Class Notes Quant PDF

yoursmahboob.wordpress.
com
yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
Contents
Chapters Page No.
1. Basic Calculations 1-13

2. Simplification 15-45
3. Number System 47-77
4. HCF and LCM 79-93
Ratio and Proportion 95-123
6. Partnership 125-134
'-TT* Percentage , 135-176
Average 177-199
%y Problems Based on Ages ^ 201-214
JJk Profit and Loss ^ 215-268
Jp. Simple Interest 269-291
L2^" Compound Interest 293-308
13. Problems Based on Instalment 309-329
14. Alligation 331-357
^±5. Time and Work 359-390
16. Work and Wages , <• 391-396
17. Pipes and Cisterns 397-418
Time and Distance 419-455
Trains 457-486
^20. Streams 487-497
21. Races and Games 499-510
22. Elementary Mensuration -1 511-574
23. Elementary Mensuration - II 575-622
24. Height and Distance 623-640
25. Permutations and Combinations ...641-661
26. Probability 663-679
27. Clocks v . 681-687
28. Calendar : 689-693
29. Logarithm 695-703
30. True Discount . 705-714
31. Banker's Discount ,.^L... 715-723
32. Stocks'and Shares A 725-739
33. Miscellaneous C 741-749
(iii)
Basic Calculations
This chapter largely includes addition, subtraction, (ii) 23145xll

multiplication, division, divisibility, squaring, square root, a)254595 b)259455 c)255955 d)254565
cube, cube root of exact cubes, etc. To learn the quicker meth- (iii) 89067x11 .
ods regarding the above mentioned topics, you are advised a) 979767 b) 976797 c) 979737 d) 978737
to consult Magical Book on Quicker Maths published by (iv) 5776800 x 11
our publication. Here we are providing sufficient practice a) 65344800 b) 63544800 c) 62544800 d) 63545800
exercises with answers and hints. Before taking up the prac- (v) 4789300x 11
tice exercises, make sure you have gone through the chap- a) 52682300 b) 62683200 c) 52628300 d) 52683200
ters of basic calculations from the text book on 'Quicker (vi) 12369 x 11
Maths'. a) 135069 b) 136059 c) 136069 d) 135059
3. Find the value of the following
Exercise 0)135609x12
a)1627308 b)1672308 c)1627038 d)1267308
1. Find the value of the following.
(ii) 458963 x 12
(i) 101 +1001 +2003 + 30005 + 9056
a) 5570556 b) 5507556 c) 5506556 d) 5507566
a)42616 b)42166 c)41266 d)42156
(iii) 254792 x 12
(ii) 5001+52351+5555+ 55+ 5
a) 3057514 b) 3507504 c) 3057504 d) 3067504
a) 62967 b) 69267 c) 62697 d) 62987
(iv) 314786x 12
(iii) 10.01 +10.0001 +100.1101 +1000.1111
a) 11202331 b) 12102313 a) 3776432 b) 3767432 c) 3777422 d) 3777432
(v) 741258 x 12
c) 1120.2313 d) 1210.2330
a)8895096 b)8885086 c)8895086 d)8885096
(iv) 5.231 + 2.3 + 4.03 +16.110 + 49.327
a) 76.998 b) 76.889 c) 78.998 d) 76.999
©15873x 13
(v) 5.838 + 6.929 + 7.001+8.9+10.987
a) 260349 b) 206349 c) 206439 d)204639
a) 39.566 b) 38.655 c) 39.655 d) 36.655
(ii) 15476x13
(vi) 1234 - 569 + 789 -1003 + 596
a)201198 b)201098 c)201188 d)201288
a) 1074 b)1067 c)1057 d)1047
(iii) 56287x14
(vii) 59.67 -42.83 + 61.73 + 5.89 + 0.093
a)788018 b) 778018 c) 788108 d)778118
a) 84.553 b) 84.554 c) 84.335 d) 85.553
(iv) 444258xl5
(viii) 89345 + 30075 - 76521 - 786<
a)6663870 b)6633870 c)6663770 d)6668370
a)43112 b)43212 c)42112 d)42113
(v) 569870x9
(ix) 789.345+30.075 - 765.21 - 7.86
a) 5218830 b) 5128830 c) 5128870 d) 5128820
a) 46.35 b) 46.36 c) 45.36 d) 46.34
(vi) 1258634 x 9
(x) 426.53 + 72.56 -183.93 -286.52 + 79.5
a) 11372706 b) 11237706 c) 11327706 d) 11327766
a) 106.18 b) 108.16 c) 108.24 d) 108.14
(vii) 125678x25
(xi) 47.932 + 56 + 97.168 - 67 - 78.3 - 22.7
a)3149150 b)3141850 c)34110950 d)3141950
a) 33 b)32.1 c)33.1 d)34.1
5. Find the value of (0.8239 + 0.762+0.02 + 5.26)
©111111x1.1 a) 6.6859 b) 6.8659 c) 6.8569 d) 6.8639
6. I f 15.9273 - x = 11.0049, then the value ofx is .
a) 122221 b) 1222221 c)222221 d).12222221
a)26.9322 b)4.9224 c)0.49224 d)4.9324
2 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS
7. tfl75* 124 = 217, then the value of 1.75 x 124 is .

s 170 17 0.17 17
a)217 b)2.17 c)0.0217 d)21.7
8. 17223-7=63.83+22 A) TT b) m ii
C )
} TT
a) 130.4 b) 86.40 c) 108.18 d) 85.83 [Railway Recruitment Board Exam, 1991]
[Bank PO Exam, 19911 21. 542-369+171-289 = ?
9. 15.60 x 0.30 = ? a) 135 b)55 c)255
a) 4.68 b) 0.458 c) 0.468 d) 0.0468 d)245 e)265
[BankPO Exam, 1991] 22. 5329+4328-369-7320 = ?
10. 7.83-(3.79-2.56) = ? a) 1698 b) 1998 c) 1958
a) 4.04 b) 1.48 c)6.06 d)6.6 d) 1968 e) None of these
[BankPO Exam, 1991] 23. 5555 + 6666-9999-1111=?
a) 1001 b) 1011 c) 1111
3420 ? „
11 = x7 d) 1221 e) None of these
19 0.01 24. 15x18 + 1 6 x 1 7 + 1 2 x 1 1 = ?
35 63 18 a) 674 b)574 c)664
a) — b) — c) — d) None of these d) 764 e) None of these
25. 9x 122 + 11 x84 = ?
[BankPO Exam, 1988]
a) 2222 b)2022 c)2002
12. If 12276 -155 = 79.2, the value of 122.76 -15.5 is equal to
d)2332 e) None of these
a) 7.092 b)7.92 c) 79.02 d)79.2 26. 732x489 = ?
[CDS Exam, 1991]
a) 351148 b) 367948 c) 357948
17.28 + ? d) 357489 e) 354799
13 = 200
3.6x0.2 27. 4321 x 6327 = ?
a) 120 b) 1.20 c)12 d)0.12 a) 27338967 b) 38432967 c) 32834563
[BankPO Exam, 1988] d) 27336966 e) 17448697
14. 80.40 + 20 -(-4.2) = ? 28. 25 x26 + 35 x34 + 39x41 =?
a) 497.8 b) 5.786 c) 947.0 d)8.22 a) 3440 b)3330 c)3439
[BankPO Exam, 1986] d)3339 e) None of these
15. 12-0.09of0.3 x2 = ? 29. 7.32x4.12 = ?
a) 0.80 b)8.0 c)80 d) None of these a)33.1564 b)30.1584 c) 30.3334
[Bank Clerical Exam, 1988] d) 39.1584 e) 30.1564
20 + 8x0.5 ,„ 30. 560 - 4.2 = ?
16. = 12
20-? a) 133! b) 132 — c) 143-
a) 8 b) 18 c)2 d) None of these 3 3 3
IBank Clerical Exam, 1990j
3V5 d) 163- e) None of these
17. If ^5 = 224, then the value of „ rr „ ,„ will be: 3
2V5-0.48 31. Which is greater?
a) 0.168 b) 1.68 c)16.8 d) 168
5 15 7 8 17 20
[Central Excise & I . Tax Exam, 1988] a) - or — b) — or - c ) — or —
; 9 19 ; 8 9 ' 19 21
18. It being given that ^15 = 3.88» the best approximation 13 12 10 20
d) — or — e) — or —
; 17 18 ' 13 23
to ^ is:
a) 0.43 b) 1.89
c)1.29 d) 1.63 32. V5297 =?(Approx)
[SBIPO Exam, 1987| a) 70.7 b) 71.87 c) 72.78
19. 6-x0.25 + 0.75-0.3125 = ? d) 74.73 e) 75.62
4
a) 5.9375 b)4.2968 c)2.1250 d)2.0000 33. (79) =? 2
[BSRB Bank PO Exam, 1990| a) 6421 b)6681 c)6111

J.289 " d) 6211 e)6241
20. \0.0
' 00121 = 9
34. (l7) +(23) =?

2 2
Basic Calculations 3
a)718 b)818 c)988 1 1 . 1 1 1

d)828 e)728
a ) T6 b) T7 e ) Ti d) T^ e ) 2^
35. 8 + 9 - 7 = ?
3 3 3
46. What approximate value should come in the place of the
a)898 b)888 c)788 question mark (?) in the following equation?
7
36. 13 -12 = ? 3 3 12833+ 133%of 1655- - of3533 = ?
a) 369 b)396 c)496
a) 9000 b) 10000 c) 10500
d)466 e)469
d) 11000 e)9500
37. 7(2197>U(l728)^ = ?
47. What approximate value should come in place of the
question mark (?) in the following equation?
a) 6 b)5 c)4
9837 + 315x6-77x 13+ 10% ofl500 = °
d)7 e)8 a) 10600 b) 10850 c) 11200
38. |(68921)'^ - ( 2 7 4 4 ) ^ f = ? d) 10700 e) 11000
48. What will be the approximate value of 163% of2395?
a)2 b)3 c)4 a) 3870 b)3890 c)3900
d)5 e) None of these d)3820 e)3935
"' 5 49. What is the approximate value of the following expres-
39. 43% of 125+65% of 10— =? sion?
12x 13 + 105% of933 + 879+18+15
a) 60.5 b)250 c)255
a) 1150 b) 1170 c)1185
d) 1200 e) 1215
40. 165% of 140+ 12.5% of 192 = ?
50. Find the approximate value of question mark (?) in the
a) 155 b)250 c)255
following expression.
34V? +37.08 -476.78 = 2400
2
J „ 1 ,.2 „ 1
41. 4 — 3 -+ 13 — 8 - =? a) 1840 b)1900 c)1960
2 7 7 4
d)2020 e)2080
,11 , 13 51. Find the approximate value of
b) 5 — 234+17+15.3 x 18-13 x3.7
a > 28 5 ' 28 C ) 28
6
a) 250 b)220 c)240

^ 17 d)230 e)260
d) 5 — e) 6—
28
; ; 28 52. What approximate value should come in place of the
^1 , 1 I „4 question mark (?) ?
42. 7 - x 5 - - 8 - x 2 — =? 12591 + 39.8 + 933 +13 -12.86 x 14.2 + 135 = ?
3 4 7 19 '
a) 340 b)330 c)325
a) 2 b | b) 2 0 i c)20l d)350 e)355
53. Find the approximate value of
33%ofl235+917 + 12-129%of765+682
d)2ll e)2ll a) 160 b)180 c)20b
d)210 e)225
17 15 54. What approximate value should come in place of ques-
43. 19 17 = ? (Approx) tion mark (?)?
+
119% of 1190 + 33% of 125 - 97% of 813 = ?
a) 1.6771 b) 1.7661 c) 1.7771 a) 620 b)700 c)675
1.7777 e) 1.6666 d)725 e)625
1 4 55. What approximate value should come in place of ques-
44. 9 21 = "? (approx) tion mark(?)?
a)0.30158 b)0.30155 c)0.30148 d)0.30147 121 % of 1379 + 7% of320-23% of490 = ?
e)0.30162 4
3 5 13 a) 68 b)73 c)80
45 —+ =? d)88 e)96
7 9 14
56. Find the approximate value of the following expression. a) 995 b)976 c)988
32% of231 - 36.5% of64 + 63% of 128 d)982 e)1000
a) 140 b) 135 c)130 67. What approximate value should come in place of ques-
d)125 e)145 tion mark(?)?
57. Find the approximate value of (14.7e) - 202.8 + 32% of2637 - 37% of422 = ?
2
278%of 1365 -138.2 x 36.8+12 - 13 3 2 a) 695 b)705 c)715

a) 265 b)250 c)280 d)725 e)735
d)295 e)235 68. What approximate value should come in place of ques-
58. Find the approximate value of the following expression. tion mark (?) ?
89.32 - 74% of513 + 7379 - 918 x 1.8
2
7 13
a) 12310 b) 12325 c) 13340 77 of3923 + 7496 - ? = 77 of357
d) 13325 e) 13310 16 16
59. Find the approximate value of the following expression? a)6205 b)6200 c)6197
758.4 x 744.6-338976 + 414.4 2
d)6203 e)6194
a)401500 b)398500 c)397000 69. What approximate value should come in place of ques-
d) 395500 e) 400000 tion mark (?)?
60. What approximate value should come in place of the 2 7 3
question mark? 6 - of 1240+ 3 - =?+ - f6130
O
j o 2
l l + 0.8 + 12 +l.l +1.2 = ?
3 3 3 3 3
a) 3063 b)3060 c)3066 a) 3,000 b) 2,500 c) 3,500

d)3060 e)3068 d) 2,000 e) 3,200
61. What approximate value should come in place of the 70. What approximate value should come in place of the
question mark (?) ?
question mark (?) ?
7
281V24 -87x3 + 18x9 = ? 15,839 + 159% of 2317 - - of3589 = ?
a) 1280 b)1290 c)1310 a) 14,500 b) 14,000 c) 15,500
d) 1350 e) 1400 d) 13,500 e) 16,000
question mark (?) ? question mark (?) ?
112% of 1523 - 96% of 121 + 27% of486 =? 9%of22-6%of26 = ?
a) 1800 b) 1600 c) 1650 a) 0.50 b)7 c)4
d)1700 e)1750 d)0.75 e)1.5
63. What approximate value should come in place of the 72. Find the approximate value of the following expresion.
question mark (?) in the following question? 317.49 + 223.3 x 407.5 -191700.5
2
324-y/l300 + 793 = ? + 450 a) 180 b)140 c)90

d) 125 e)110
a) 12000 b) 12150 c) 12200
73. What approximate value would come in place of (?) ?
d) 12250 e) 12300
9321.735 - 2674.296=? x 423.731
question (?) ? a) 14.7 b) 15.6 c) 16.9
d) 16.5 e)172
186.4% of 1768 - 2473.48 + 217% of444 = ?
a) 1750 b)1800 c)1650 74. What approximate value would come in place of (?) ?
d)1700 e)1850 157%of3540+ 129%of 1510 + ?= 117%of4572
a)-2150 b)2300 c)2250
question mark (?) ? d)-2350 e)-225
75. What approximate value would come in place of (?) ?
(17.5b) -178.86+ Vl80 -45%of216 = ?
2 31 % of731.45 + 223.2506 = ?% of 300
a) 40 b)43 , c)46 a) 75 b)125 c)150
d)37 1 e)49 d)175 e)200
66. What approximate value should come in place of ques- 76. What approximate value would come in place of (?) ?
tion mark (?)? 8 12
— of4921+2137 = — of3451 + ?
17% of 1885 - 8 i % of275 + 17.6 x 39.4 = ? a)23<50 b)2225 c)2325
d)2220 e)2380
77. The price of 8 dozens of bamboos in Rs. 1500. Whatwill question mark (?) in the following question?
be the approximate price of 125 such bamboos? 6256.56 +15306.00 = 12999 - ?
a)2000 b) 1900 c) 1945 a) 5000 b)5500 c)6000
d) 1975 e) 1950 d)8500 e)7000
question mark (?) in the following equation? question mark (?) in the following question?
5.6 x 2569 + 2058 = 157% x 6529 + ? 12.06x15.15x20.40 = ?
a) 5500 b)6200 c)6400 a)3000 b)3400 c)3500
d)6000 e)9200 d)3700 e)4000
question mark (?) ? question mark (?) in the following question?
787432 -17.5%ofl32 = 7-13.24x2.5 100
=(?) 2
a) 300 b)305 c)310 16x5.88 K 1
d)321 e)315 a)6 b)7 c)8

80. What approximate value should come in place of the d)9 e)5
question mark (?) ? 90. What approximate value should come in place of the
6439 + 521 x 69-? = 24897 question mark (?) in the following question?
a) 18000 b) 14000 c) 17500 256 190
- = = + =9
d) 16500 e) 19000 VT7 16 •
81. What approximate value should come in place of the a) 68 b)76 c)78
question mark (?) ?
446
753x446 d)70 e) —
: = 9
373 91. What approximate value should come in place of the
a) 750 b)650 c)900 question mark (?) in the following question?
d) 1050 e) 1250 231.5% of32.25 = ?
question mark (?) in the following question? d)80 e)85
46.21x501.56 +29.8x103.08 = ? 92. What approximate value should come in place of the
a) 20,000 b) 22,000 c) 24,000 question mark (?) in the following question?
d) 26,000 e) 28,000 197% of9998 = ?% of 14995
question mark (?) in the following question? d)150 e)130
40.2% of 1656 -16.8% of2012 = ? 93. What approximate value should come in place of the
a) 300 b)325 c)350 question mark (?) in the following question?
d)400 e)425 26.787+10232-29.898 = ?
84. What approximate value should come in place of the a) 6.1 b)6.9 c)7.1
question mark (?) in the following question? d)7.5 e)6.4
5208.62-4818.31 = 10865-? 94. What approximate value should come in place of the
a) 52000 b)5200 c) 10,000 question mark (?) in the following question?
d) 40,500 e) 6,000 5.08+ ? -8.342=12.2
85. What approximate value should come in place of the a) 9 b) 10 c)8.5
question mark (?) in the following question? d)15 e)15.5
400.8x297.9 = ? 95. What approximate value should come in place of the
a) 119390 b) 119395 c) 119398 question mark (?) in the following question?
d) 119400 e) 119405 8661+3242+4122 x l.3 = ?
86. What approximate value should come in place of the a) 16000 b) 17000 c)18000
question mark (?) in the following question? d) 15000 e) 19000
15263 x 1.2 + 7897x 1.5 = ? 96. What approximate value should come in place of the
a) 25000 b) 30000 c)3000 question mark (?) in the following equation?
d) 35000 e) 38000 2
87. What approximate value should come in place of the 6 6 y % of ?=32.78 x48.44
a) 900 b)880 c)920 104. What approximate value should come in place of the
d)940 e)860 question mark (?) in the following question?
97. What approximate value should come in place of the 6,595 -x 1084 + 2568.34-1708.34 = ?
question mark (?) in the following equation? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998]
158.25 x 4.6 + 21% of847 + ? = 950.93 a) 6,000 b) 12,000 c) 10,000
[SBIPO Exam, 2000] d) 8,000 e) 9,000
a) 35 b)40 c)25 105. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
d)50 e)45 are exactly equal. Which of the parts is not equal to the
98. What approximate value should come in place of the other four? The number of that part is the answer.
question mark (?) in the following equation? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998]
85.147 + 34.912 x 6.2 + ? = 802.293 a) 16.80 x 4.50 + 4.4 b) 1600 + 40+16 * 2.5
[SBIPO Exam, 2000] c) 5.5x8.4+ 34.6 d) 1620+ 20-1
a) 400 b)450 c)550 e) 1856.95-1680.65-96.3
d)600 e)500 106. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in
99. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in the following equation?
the following equation? 5679+1438-2015 = ? [BSRBMumbai PO, 1998]
9548 + 7314 = 8362 + ? [SBI PO Exam, 2000] a)5192 b)5012 c)5102
a) 8230 b)8500 c)8410 d) 5002 e) None of these
d)8600 e) None of these 107. What approximate value should come in place of the
100. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in question mark (?) in the following equation?
the following equation? 159% of6531.8+ 5.5 * 1015.2 = ?+ 5964.9
,„2 1 [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998]
a) 10,000 b) 10,900 c) 11,000
17- of 180 + - of480 = ? [SBI PO Exam, 2000]
d) 10,600 e) 12,000
a) 3180 b)3420 c)3200 108. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
d)3300 e) None of these are exactly equal. Which of the parts is not equal to the
101. What approximate value should come in place of the other four? The number of that part is the answer.
1
248.251 * 12.62 x 20.52 = ? ]SBI PO Exam, 2000] a)40%of 160+ - of240 b) 120%of 1200
a) 400 b)450 c)600
c) 38x 12-39x8 d) 1648-938-566
d)350 e)375
102. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in e) 6^- of 140-2.5 x 306.4
the following sequence are exactly equal. Which part is
not equal to the other four? The number of that part is 109. The price of four tables and seven chairs is Rs 12,090.
the answer. Approximately, what will be the price of twelve tables
and twenty-one chairs?
2
[BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998]
120 x 12-22 x20= 10%of5000+ j of 1200
a) Rs 32,000 b)Rs 46,000 c)Rs 38,000
a) h)
d) Rs 36,000 e)Rs 39,000
= 80 x 40 - 20x 110 = 8640 + 60 + 53.5 x 16
110. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in
c) d)
the following equation?
= 5314-3029-1285
2
e) [SBIPO Exam, 2000] 18y of 150.8 + ? = 8697.32 -3058.16
103. Four of thefiveparts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in
the following sequence are exactly equal. Which part is [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998]
not equal to the other four? The number of that part is a) 2764.44 b) 2864.34 c) 1864.44
the answer. d) 2684.44 e) None of these
5 + 3 +48 = 5 x3 -475 = 3 -44 =
3 3 2 3 5
• a) b) c)
,3
4 +2x17x4 = ( 6 ^ - ( 2 )
3 4 3 j of 157.85+ 39%of 1847 = 7-447.30
d) e) [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998|
]SBIPOExam,4p00] a) 1200 b) 1500 c)1600
d)1800 e)2100
yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 7
112. What should come in place of the question mark in the a) 3225 b)2595 c)2775
following questions? d) 3045 e) None of these
121. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
? 72
ISBIPOExam, 1999] are exactly equal. Which of the parts is not equal to the
24 V?~ other four? The number of that part is the answer.
a) 12 b) 16 c) 114 [Bank of Baroda, 1999]
d) 144 e) None of these 732.534 +412.256 - 544.29=1256214 -355.514 - 300.2
Directions (Q. 113-117): Following (a) to (h) are combi- a) b)
nations of an operation and an operand. = 246.86 + 439.38-80.74 = 1415.329 + 532.4-1347.229
(a) means + 3 (b) means * 3 c) d)
(c) means - 3 (d) means + 3 =398.14-239.39+441.75
(e) means + 2 (f) means x 2 e)
(g) means -2 (h) means + 2 122. What approximate value should come in place of the
You have been given one or more of these as answer question mark (?) in the following equation?
choices for the following questions. Select the appropriate
152^? +795 = 8226-3486 [Bank of Baroda, 19991
choice to replace the question mark in the equations.
113.42x21-12? = 880 [SBIPO, 1999] a) 425 b)985 c)1225
a) a b) f c) g d)1025 e)675
d) d e) None of these 123. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e
114. 36 +12 ?=48 [SBI PO, 1999] are exactly equal. Which of the parts is not equal to the
a) a followed by f b) a followed by b other four? The number of that part is the answer.
c) b followed by f d) c followed by a [SBI Associates PO, 1999|
e) None of these 175x18 5 x 3 x36
3 2
115.48?+12x4 = 80 [SBIPO, 1999] a) 7x15 b). 45x30

a) e followed by b b) d followed by a 65x24
32x5 + 6 + 2 2 2
c) f followed by a d) b followed by f c) d) 26x8 + Vl6

e) None of these 8x5x6+36
116. 1 8 x 3 - 2 + 3 <27? ]SBI PO, 1999] 35x5x9x2
e)
a) d followed by a b) a followed by g 7x5 2
c) d followed by g d) d followed by h 124. What should come in place of question mark (?) in the
e) None of these following equation?
117. (48 +9)+ 1 9 x 2 = 12? [SBIPO, 1999] 197x?+16 = 2620 2 [GuwahatiPO,1999J
a) a followed by h b) b followed by e a)22 b) 12 c) 14
c) c followed by a d) a followed by d d) 16 e) None of these
e) None of these 125. What approximate value should come in place of ques-
118. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in tion mark (?) in the following equation?
the following equation? 287.532+1894.029 - 657.48 = 743.095 + ?
^5 c l 2 .1 „
1 - T
[GuwahatiPO,1999]
6-x5- +17-x4- =? [Bank of Baroda, 1999] a) 870 b)790 c)780
6 3 3 2
d)770 e)890
i)112 126. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
b)663 c)240
are exactly equal. Which of the parts is not equal to the
other four? The number of that part is the answer.
d) 116- e) None of these 45 x l 2 0 + 5 x 10= 113x25x2 = 2 7 x 2 5 x 8 + 1 5 x 6 + 4x40=
2
a) b) c)
119. What approximate value should come in place of the 226x5 + 113 x45 = 5 0 x 2 + 1 3 x 5 0 2
question mark(?) in the following equation? d) e) [GuwahatiPO,1999]

5/7 of 1596 + 3015 = ? - 2150 [Bank of Baroda, 1999] 127. What should come in place of question mark (?) in the
a) 7200 b)48000 c)5300 following equation?
d) 58000 e)6300
3 2 llA
120. In the following equation what value would come in place 27—+ 118- •32- + ?
of question mark (?)? 11 5 22 11

5798-7 = 7385-4632 [Bank of Baroda, 1999] [GuwahatiPO,l999]
=490.92 +439.65 - 64.9 = (7189.3 - 2860.93) + 5

a) 113 b ) m± C )90JL c) d)
10
=2(269.40+163.435)
e)
d ) ,o,l e) None of these 134. What approximate value should come in place of the
128. Which of the following numbers are completely divis- question mark(?) in the following equation?
ible by seven? 9% of64 + 32% of 90 = ? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1999]
A) 195195 B)181181 C)120120 D)891891 a) 40 b)30 c)35
[BSRB Mumbai PO, 1999] d)45 e)50
a) Only A and B b) Only B and C 135. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in
c) Only D and B d) Only A and D the following equation are exactly equal. You have to
e) All are divisible find out the part that is not equal to the other four. The
129. What should come in the place of the question mark(?) number of that part is the answer.
in the following equation? [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
37,5.789 + 41.28-115.249 = 6.45 x 120.8-477.34
21 9 5 10 „ a) b)
x — * — =- ? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1999]
25 20 12 17 = 1015.71-738.416+24.526=853.12 + 109.73-661.03
c) d)
77 119 = 132.8x3.5-152.98
a) 7 c) 450
125 e)
d)l e) None of these question mark (?) in the following equation?
90
8.539 +16.84 x 6.5+4.2 = ? [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
130. What should come in the place of the question mark(?) a) 25 b)42 c)44
in the following equation? d)35 e)40
69012 - 20167 + (51246 + 6) = ? 137. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in
[BSRB Mumbai PO, 1999| the following equation are exactly equal. You have to
a) 57385 b) 57286 c) 57476 find out the part that is not equal to the other four. The
d) 57368 e) None of these number of that part is the answer.
131. What should come in the place of the question mark(?) (BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
in the following equation?
45 x27 „
2 2
45%of 1600+ - of270 = 80%of 1000+ 100%of 100
— =? 2 [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1999]
a) b)
a) 81 b)l c)243
d) 9 e) None of these = 140%of500+ 150%of 160 = 60%of 1200+ - of720
132. What should come in place of the question mark(?) in 4
the following equation? c) d)
, 1 1
41x41-81,5^ = ? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1999] = 6- f200--ofl200
o
2 3 3 3
e)
a) 8 :)1 34
1.542 x 2408.69 +1134.632=? [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
e) None of these a) 4600 b)4800 c)5200
d ) l7 d)6400 e)3600
133. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in 139. What approximate value should come in place of the
the following equation are exactly equal. You have to question mark (?) in the following equation?
find out the part that is not equal to the other four. The 143% of3015 +1974 = 9500 - ?
number of that part is the answer. [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
[BSRB Mumbai PO, 1999] a) 3500 b)3200 c)4100
7529.0 - 6 (1110.555) = 593.27 -167.20 + 439.60 d)3800 e)2800
a) b) 140. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in
the following equation? 48V?+32V?=320 [NABARD, 1999]

9568 - 6548 -1024 = ? [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999J
a) 2086 b)4044 c)2293 a) 16 b)2 c)4
d)1896 e) None of these d) 32 e) None of these
141. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in 149. What should come in place of question mark (?) in the
the following equation? following equation?
5978 + 6134 + 7014 = ? [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999] 36964 - 3(?) = 68344 - 8(5574) [NABARD, 1999]
a) 5808 b)4404 c)4400
a) 19226 b) 16226 c) 19216
d) 13212 e) None of these
150. What should come in place of the question mark(?) in
question mark (?) in the following equation? the following equation?
*l „ 2 „ 5 , 1 ij
16 V524 +1492 - 250.0521 = ? 7 - x 4 y +7 - x 3 - =? [NABARD, 1999]
[BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
a) 1600 b)1800 c)1900
a)24| b)6li c ) 5 l |
d)2400 e)1400
143. What should come in place of question mark (?)?
138.009 + 341.981 -146.305 = 123.6 + ? [BSRB d) 53— e) None of these
Hyderabad PO, 1999] 12
a)210.85 b) 120.85 c)220.085 151. Four of thefiveparts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in
d) 120.085 e) None of these the following equation are exactly equal. You have to
144. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in find out the part that is not equal to the other four. The
the following equation are exactly equal. You have to number of that part is the answer.
find out the part that is not equal to the other four. The [NABARD, 1999]
number of that part is the answer. 8362.64 + 768.3 -190.57 = 593.38 + 604.7 + 7742.29
[BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999] a) b)
=2235.925 x 4 = 9931.04 - 990.67 = 17880.74+2
275 x 1 2 - 15 + 5 = 128 x 5 - 5 x 4 + 4 x 3 x20
2 3 3 2 2
c) d) e)
a) b) 152. Four of the five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in
= 350x8 + 5 x 4 =175 x 1 4 + 1 7 x 7 + 9 0 x 7
2 2 the following equation are exactly equal. You have to
c) d) find out the part that is not equal to the other four. The
= 182.5 x 16 + 7 x 2 x5 3
number of that part is the answer.
e) ] BSRB Chennai PO, 20001
the following equation? \ + 2 4 ^ = J ^ + 4TS6 = x/216xV8T-40
3
28 ? a) b ) \)
— =— [BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999]
= ^/44T + ^y2197 = '^4^2+ 4TIAA
3 3
a) 70 b)56 c)48
d) 64 e) None of these d) e)
question mark? question mark (?) in the following equation?
48.25 x 150 + 32 x 16.5-125 x 10.5 = ? 2
[BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999] 6.39 x 15.266+115.8 o f - = ?
a) 6200 b)7500 c)6450
[BSRB Chennai PO, 20001
d)7100 e)6700
a) 145 b)165 c)180
d)130 e)135
154. What should come in place of question mark(?) in the
31% of3581 + 27% of 9319 = ? [NABARD, 1999]
following equation?
a) 2630 b)3625 c)2625
8597- ? = 7429 -4358 [BSRB Chennai PO, 2000|
d)3635 e)3824
a) 5706 b)5526 c)5426
148. What value should come in place of the question marks
(?) in the following equation?
155. What approximate value should come in place of ques-

163. (299.99999) = ? 3 [BSRB Bhopal PO, 2000]
tion mark (?) in the following equation?
857 of 14%-5.6 x 12.128 = ? a) 27000000 b) 9000000000 c) 180000
[BSRB Chennai PO, 2000] d) 2.7x10' e) 2700000
a) 48 b) 36 c)60 164. If x = 9 then what will be the value of following expres-
d)52 e)46 sion?
156. What should come in place of question mark (?) in the 20A: +12S + 3 + 5 X
3 2
following equation? [BSRB Bangalore PO, 2000]

1500of45%+ 1700of35% = 3175 of?% 10* +3 + 5x +6x
3 2
[BSRB Chennai PO, 2000] ,18 188 ,88

a) 50 b)45 c)30 c) 1 —
a ) 19"
1 ^ b )89 }
157. What should come in place of question mark (?) in the d) Cannot be determined e) None of these
following equation? 165. Four ofthe five parts numbered (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) in
the following equation are exactly equal. You have to
5i,3li + 5 I =? [BSRB Chennai PO, 2000] find out the part that is not equal to the other four. The
5 15 2 number of that part is the answer.
1 [BSRB Delhi PO, 2000)
a) 7 b) 8 c)7 :
2
10.36+ 69.802+ 24.938^=2207.1 +21 = 16-% of630.6
1
a) b)
158. What approximate value should come in the place of 1 1
question mark (?) in the following equation? = 32.84375 x 3.2= - of - of47294
d) e)
1325V17 +508.24 of20%-85.39 of | =?
166. What approximate value should come in place of ques-
[BSRB Chennai PO, 2000] tion mark (?) in the following equation?
a) 5500 b)5200 c)5800
d)4900 e)5900 33 j % of768.9 + 25%of 161.2-68.12 = ?
Directions (Q. 159-163): Find out the approximate value
which should come in place of the question mark in the [BSRB Delhi PO,2000]
following questions. (You are not expected to find the exact a) 230 b)225 c)235
value.) d)220 e)240
167. What should come in the place of question mark (?) in
159. V45689 = ? [BSRB BhopalPO, 2000] the following equation?
a) 180 b)415 c)150 8265 + 2736 + 41320 = ? [BSRB Delhi PO, 20001
d)210 e)300 .a)51321 b)52231 c)52321
,60. ( ") xV3589x0.4987 = ?
10Q08 2 168. What should come in the place of the question mark (?)
10009.001
in the following equation?
[BSRB BhopalPO, 20001
a) 3000 b) 300000 c) 3000000 (7x?) 2
d)5000 e) 9000000 = V81 [BSRB Delhi PO, 2000|

49
161. 399.9 + 206 x 11.009 = ? [BSRB Bhopal PO, 2000]
a) 2800 b)6666 c)4666 a)9 b)2 c)3
d)2400 e)2670 d) 4 e) None of these
2 7 17 6
162 - + - x — - r - =? [BSRB Bhopal PO, 2000] the following equation?
5 8 19 5
1 47 7 5 + 47% x47 -3 Ly^fj [BSRBPatnaPO,2001 [
a)l c)2
a) 3 b)2- c)6
9
d)3.5 e) None of these
170. Which of the following will come in place of both the

question marks (?) in the following equation? 9 = 12833 + 133% of 1 6 5 5 - - o f 3533
5
128 + 16x?-7x2
133 7
7 -8x6 + ?
2 2 = 12833 + 1655 x — - 3 5 3 3 x -
a) 17 b) 16 c)18
d) 14 e)3 = 12833+2201.15-4946.20
171. What approximate value should come in place of the = 10087.95 = 10000
question mark (?) in the following equation? 47.b 48.c 49.d 50.c 51.c 52.a 53. b
39.05 x 14.95-27.99 x 10.12 = (36 + ?)x 5 54. c 55. c 56. c 57. a 58. d 59. c 60. a
a) 22 b)29 c)34 61. a 62. d 63. a 64. b 65. b 66. c 67. b
d)32 e)25 68. b 69. e 70. a 71. a 72. c 73 b 74. a
75. c 76. c 77. c 78. b 79. b 80. c 81.c
Answers 82. d 83. b 84. c 85. c 86. b 87. d 88, d
1. (i)b (ii) a (iii) c 89.a 90.b 91.c 92.e 93.c 94.e 95. b
(iv)a (v)c (vi)d
(vii) a (viii)d (ix)a
(x)d (xi)c 96. a; 6 6 y % of? = 32.78 x 18.44
2 (i)b (ii) a (iii) c
(iv)b (v) a (vi) b 600x3
1 (i)a (ii) b (iii) c or, - of? * 30 x 20 or, ? ; 900
(iv)d (v)a 3 z
4. (i)b (ii) c (iii) a 97. e
(iv)a (v) b (vi) c 98. e; 85.147+34.912 x 6.2+? = 802.293
(vii)d or, 7 = 802293-85.147-34.912 x 6.2
5.b 6.b * 8 0 0 - 8 5 - 3 5 x 6 » 500
7. a; Hint: Here 175 x 1.24= 1.75x124 = 217. 99. b; 9548 + 7314 = 8362 + ?
8.b 9.a 10. d or, ? = 9548 + 7314 - 8362 = 8500
, J 1
3420
ll.d;Hint: x7n x
100. d; 1 7 - of 180+ - of480 = ?
19 0.01
3420 0.01 9 53 1
or,?= — of 180+ - of480 = 3180 +120 = 3300
19 y 7 35 3 4
101. a; 248251 + 12.62x20.52=7
122.76 12276 12276 1 79.2 or, ? * 240 + 12 x 20 = 20 x 20=400
12. b; Hint: :7.92
15.50 1550 155 10 10 102. b; The other parts are equal to 1000.
13.d 14.d 103. c; The other parts are equal to 200.
15. d; Hint: 12+0.09 of0.3 x 2 = 12 + 0.027 x 2 104. d; ? M 6.6 x 1080+2560-1700 * 7128 + 860 * 8000
105. c; Others equal 80 whereas (c) equals 80.8.
12000 „ 8000
x2 = 106. c; 7=5679 + 1438-2015=5102
27 9 107. a; ? « 160%of6530 + 5.5x 1010-5965
16. b 17. b 18.c 19. d * 10448 + 5555-5965 a 10000
108. b; Others are equal to 144 whereas (b) equals 1440.
0.289 0.28900 28900 170
20. a; Hint: 109. d
10.00121 0.00121 V 121 11
21. b 22. d 23.c 92
24. a 25. b 26. c 27- a 110. e; ? = 8697.32 - 3058.16 - — x 150.8
28. c 29. b 30. a
= 5639.16-2774.72 = 2864.44
15 S 20 13 20
3'(a) 0» T(c)? (d) ? (e) W 2 3 32. c 33. e 18 40
34. b 35. a 36. e 37. b 38. b 39. a 40. c 111. d;? * — x 160+ — x 1850 + 450
41.c 42. a 43. c 44. a 45. c » 576 + 740 + 450 * 1760 * 1800
112. d; ? V? = 24 x 72; Squaring both the sides.
46.b; 12833+ 133of 1655-T of3533=?
(? *?=)?3 = ( 8 x 3 ) x ( 8 x 3 ) x ( 8 x 9 ) x ( 8 x 9 )
2
128. e
= (8=)2 8 9 3.-. 7 = 2 x 8 x 9 = 144
3 3
„ 21 20 5 17 119 ,29
113. e; 42x217 = 880 129 d - 9 = ? = — x — x — x — = =1—
or, (42 x 21 = 882 - 880 =) 2 = 12? " 25 9 12 10 90 90
Now, by trial, (1) -> 1 2 - 3 = 4 * 2 51246
(2) -> 12x2 = 2 4 * 2 ; 130. e; ? = 48845 + r =48845 + 8541=57386
(3) -> 12-2=10 * 2
(4) -» 12 + 3 = 15 * 2; 45x45x27x27 o t
.-. answer is (5). 131 e =

- 7 = 81
114. b; 36+127=48 135x135
Now.bytriall -> 36+12 + 3 x 2 = 4 4 * 4 8 „ 9 13 25 3
132 b ? = —x
- x—
2 ->• 36+12 + 3 x 3 = 4 8 ' 2 3 3 17
115. c; 487+12x4 = 80
N,ow,bytrial 1 -> 48 + 2 x.3+48= 120 * 80
39_25 663-50
2 -> 48 + 3 + 3+48 = 97 * 80 2 17 34 34 34
3 4 8 x 2 + 3+48=120 133. d; Others are equal to 865.67
116. d
117. a; ( 4 8 + 9 ) + 1 9 x 2 = 1 2 ? 134. c; ? 4x64+1^x90 = 34.56 * 35
or, 57 + 19x2=12?
or,3x2=12?=12 + 3 + 2 = 6 135. e; Others are equal to 301.82.
136. d; ? « 8 . 6 + 4 x 6 . 5 « 3 5
41 16 53 9 41x16 + 53x9x3
118 e- ' = — x — + — x — = 137. c; Others are equal to 900
'
- 6 3 3 2 6x3 138. b; ? * 3700+1100 = 4800
656 + 1431 ^ 2087 = H g 17 139. b; ? * 9500-4300-2000 = 3200.
140. e; 7 = 9568-6548-1024=1996.
18 ~ 18 18
141. d; 7 = 5978 + 6134+7014=19126.
1590 142. a; 7 * 16x23 + 1475-250 * 1600.
119. e;? * 5 x 2 3 0 + 3000 + 215 228 143. e; ? = 138.009 + 341.981 -146.305 -123.60
7 j .-. 7=210.085
= 1150 + 3000 + 2150 = 6300 144. d; Others are equal to 3200 whereas (d) = 3199
120. d; ? = 5798 + 4632 - 7385 = 3045
28
121. c; (c) = 605.5 whereas the other parts are equal to 600.5
145. b; — • 112 :.? = V28xll2 =56
122. e;152 ? a 8200-3500-800 = 3900
v/
146. c
,_ 3900 f4000 _ ) >
147. b; 7 = 31 % of3581 + 27% of 9319
.-.V? = = slightly less than l ^ ! 26.67
- - - = 1110.11+2516.13 » 3625
i.e. 26 320
.-. ? = (26) =676 « 675 2
148. a; 48V?+ 32V? = 320 or, V? = — = 4 .-. ? = 16
123. e; Others are equal to 30. 149. b; 36964 -3(f)=68344 - 8(5574)
2620-256 or, 36964 - 3(7) = 68344 - 44592
124.b;? = = 12 or,36964-23752 = 3(7) or,? = 4404
197
125. c; ? » 285+ 1895-655-745 or, 7 = 780 _ 29 14 47 7
150.b;7lx4| + 7|x I
3 = ? or, 7 =—x — + —x—
126. d; Others equal 5650.
4 3 6 2
'3_ 2_5__-*} = 406 | 329 _ 735 _ 245 1
127.e;?= (27 + 118-32-11)+
Jl 5 22 11 12 12 ~ 12 ~ 4 ~ 4
151. c; The other parts are equal to 8940.37.
r 30 + 44-25-60 152. e; The other parts are equal to 34.
or ,? = 102 +
110
2
153. a; ? = 6.39x 15.266+115.8 of y
1 9
or ? = 102-— = 101 — « 6.50 x 15 + 115 x 0.4 = 97.50 +46 « 145
10 10
154. b; 8597-7 = 7429-4358 2 7 17 6

or,8597-7 = 3071 .-. 7 = 8597-3071=5526 162 a' =— + ~ — ~
9 x —
155. d:? = 857 of 14%-5.6* 12.128

= 857of 14%- 5.6 x 12 « 120-67 * 52 2 7 17 5 2 595 , n A n n n
= —+ —x — x — = —+ * 0.40 + 0.60 = 1.0
156. e; 1500 of 45% of 1700 of 35% = 3175 of ?% 5 8 19 6 5 912
= " of3175 = 1500 of45 +1700 of35 = 67500 + 59500
163. a; 7 = (299.99999) * (300) = 27000000
3 3
127000
7of3175 = 127000 .-. 7 = " y ^ T - = 4 0
20x +12x + 3 + 5x
3 2
3 , 11 . 1 28 56 11 164. a; Given expression is ; 5

157. a; ?= 5 - + J — 10x + 3 + 5JT + 6x
J
15 + 5 - = -—
5 +—
15 + 2
(20x +I2x)+ (3 + 5x )_ 4*(5x +3)+1(3 + 5 x )
3 2 2 2
-28 — x 11 = 2 11 = 11 = 7 ~ (l0x +5x )+(3 + 6x)

3 2 5x (2x + l)+3(2x + l)
2
~y 56 X 2 ~2 2 ~ 2
4* + l 18
158.a;?= 1325Vl7 + 508.24 of20%-85.39of- "(2jc + l ) f x + 3 ) 2 2x + l 19
165. e; The other parts are equal to 105.10.
1325y/l7 +500 of20%-85 x 0.75
5460 + 100 - 60 = 5500 166. a;7= 33-1% f768.9 +25%of 161.2-68.12
0
159.d:?= ^45689 = 213.75* 210

= 1 of768.9+ - of 161.2-68.12
b . ,(l0008-99)
9 2 x ^ x M 9 g 7 3 4
10009.001 = 256.3 + 40.3-68.12 * 230
167. c 168. c 169. c
*(l0009) xv 3600x0.50
2 ,
170. e 171. e
" = 10009x60x0.50 * 300000
161.e;? = 399.9 + 206x 11.009 „ 400 + (200 + 6)x 11
= 400 + 2200 + 66 * 2670
S i m p l i f i c a t i o n
Rule 1 2. Simplify: i 0 - | < 5 - ( 7 - ( 6 - 8 - 5 )
of Simplification: a)8 b)6 c)7 d) 10

(T) In simplifying an expression, first of all vinculum or Simplify: 18 + 1 0 - 4 + 32+(4 + 1 0 + 2 - l )
bar must be removed. For example: we know that -8- a) 5 b)9 c)8 d)7
10 = -18but, - 8 - 1 0 = - ( - 2 ) = 2 45 2 5 .2
c 1 3
( i ) After removing the bar, the brackets must be removed, +—of —

4. Simplify: -> — ±— of
••- ." ;• in the order ( ) , { } and []. 24 3 6 5
a) 13 b) 15 c)14 d) 16
i f After removing the brackets, we must use the follow-
ing operations strictly in the order given below, (a) of Simplify: 240 -s-10(2 + {7 x 3 + 2(75 - 4 x 13+12+6
(b) division (c) multiplication (d) addition and (e) sub- 24 53
traction a) d)
53 Y4
C)
Note: The rule is also known as the rule o f

• \"BODMAS' where V, B, O, D, M , A and S stand for Solve: 4 - [ 6 - { l 2 - ( 5 - 4 - 3 ) } J
Vinculum, Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Ad- a)5 b)4 c)6 d)8
dition and Subtraction respectively.
Illnstrative Example 7 3 4
Solve: 2 I " —+ —x — 4 8
Ec Simplify: 8 4 6
1^_7__I3 _8_ 29 29 28 14
I*- 0 f (6 + 8x3-2)+
5 ' 25 17 + 14 a) T
8
b)—
' 9
c)
'9
d)
_7__14 8. Simplify: 2-[2-{2-2^2}|

1-=-- of (6 + 8 x l ) +
5 ' 25 14 a) 3 b)2 c)0 d)l
1 25 9. The value o f 4.5 - [4.5 + (9.0-4.5 + x)\\= 0 , the

= 1*- of (6 + 8)+ —X 1 value of x is
5 7
a) 9 b)0 c)4.5 d) none
= l * ~ of 14 +
10. The value of 4 - [s - ^6 - (5 - 4^3)}] is
a) 4 b)l c)0 d)5
1 2 7-12 5
= 1+6+ 11. I f x = 4, y = 3, then the value o f x+(y + x-l) is
6 7~ 42 ~ ~42
Exercise
a) b)l- c) d)
1
1. Simplify: 10 — 8l+J5-(7-6-4|
2
12. Simplify: 1 2 : 8 I J5_( _4-2|
+ 7
a) I b)2 c)l d)3

16
yoursmahboob.wordpress.com PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS
a) 3 b)4 c)6 d)8 Exercise

13. 2 + J2 + 2J2-(2-3^2)+ 3-(2-3)}-{3(2-3^2)}]=? 1. Find the value of (l007f
a) 3 b)-3 c)8 d)-4 a) 1014049 b) 1104409 c) 1014409 d) 110409
14. l - [ 8 + {l5-(6-2-20)})=? 2. 0.75 x 0.75 + 025 x 0.75 " 2 + 0.25 x 0.25 = ?
a)0 b)4 c)2 d)5 1 1

a)l b)2 d)
C ) 2
15. 6-[6-{6-(6-6^3)}]=?
3. Find the value of
a) 3 b)l c)6 d) 10
0.2809 + 0.2209 + 0.94x0.53
1 1 5 1 1 0.23 x 0.23 + 0.23 x 1.54 + 0.77 x 0.77
16. 20 — + - a)l b)0.5 c)0.75 d)0.25
5 u 6 3 2
4. 1.5 x 1.5 + 0.25 +1.5 + 0.0625 + 0.75 x 0.75 +1.5 x 0.25 = ?
a)4 b)2 c)5 d) 1
a)0 c) d) 5. Find the value of3.75 x 3.75 + 0.0625 + 0.5 x 3.75.
10 20
a) 4 b) 16 c)l d)9
= 9
Answers
17. r -<- +
4 4~4 la;
Hint: (l007) =(l000 + 7 ) = ( l 0 0 0 ) + ( 7 ) +2x1000x7

2 2 2 2
1 1
c)l d)0 = 1014049
2 b).
a )
2. a 3. a 4. c 5.b
1 1 1 = 9
Rule 3
18. 2 + 2 —+
2 2 2 Application of the formula, (a-bf = a +b - lab
2 2
Illustrative Example
a)0 b)l c) Ex: Simplify the following
1.66 x 1.66+0.66 x 0.66 -1.32 x 1.66
19. 11 l - [ l 1 l - { l 1 l x ( l 11 + 11 l x l l l)}]= ?
Soln: We have the expression
a)0 b)l c)-lll d) 111 1.66 x 1.66 + 0.66 x 0.66 -1.32 x 1.66
Answers = (1.66) +(0.66) -2x0.66x1.66
2 2
l.c 2.a 3.d 4.c 5. a 6.c 7.b Now, applying the above formula,
8. c 9.b 10. c 11.c 12. a 13. c 14. c
15.a 16.a 17.d 18.a 19. a = (1.66-0.66) = ( l ) =1 2 2
Rule 2 .-. Answer = 1

Exercise
Application of the formula, (a + b) = a +b + 2ab 2 2 2
1. Find the value of3.75 x 3.75 + 0.75 x 0.75 - 0.75 x 7.5
Illustrative Example a)3 b)2 c)4 d)9
Ex: Simplify 2. 2.66 x 2.66 + 0.66 x 0.66-0.66 x 5.32 = ?
0.46 x 0.46 + 0.54 x 0.54 + 0.92 x 0.54 a)9 b)4 c)16 d) 1
Soln: We have the expression 2.32 x 2.32 -4.64 x 0.32 + 0.1024
0.46 x 0.46 + 0.54 x 0.54 + 0.92 x 0.54 3. Find the value of
11.9025 + 0.45 x 0.45 - 0.9 x 3.45
(0.46) + (0.54) + 2. x 0.46 x 0.54
2 2
4
I f we suppose a = 0.46 and b = 0.54, then b)l c)0 d)
= a +b
2 2 +2ab = (a + bf 4. Find the value of
=(0.46 + 0.54) = (1.00) =l
2 2 6.36x6.36 + 2.36x2.36-4.72x6.36
.-. Answer = 1. 3.36x3.36 + 0.64x0.64 + 1.28x3.36
a) 16 b)9 c)l d)4
Simplification 17
£ 1.43 x 1.43+ 0.43x0.43-0.86 x 1.43=?

4. (400 + 5 0 ) + ( 4 0 0 - 5 0 ) = ?
2 2
a)0 b)l c)2 d)4

6. 1.44x0.04-0.8x1.2 = ? a) 162500 b) 16250 c)325000 d)32500
a)l b)2 c)0.24 d)0.4 8xj(l64 + 64) + ( l 6 4 - 6 4 ) } _
2 2 0

5 - (l64) +(64)
2 :
0.47x0.47 + 0.35x0.35-2x0.47x0.35
a) 16 b) 4 c) 8 d) Can't be determined
0.12
Answers
a)0.1 b)0.2 c)0.3 d)0.12 l.b 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.a
0.538x0.538-0.462x0.462
8. Simplify: Rule 5
a)0 b)l c)2 d) 1.5 Application of the formula, (a + bf - (a - bf = 4ab
• - A.U
R , , 75983x75983-45983x45983
9. Find the value of Illustrative Example
75983 + 45983 Ex: Simplify the following
a) 40000 b) 49830 c) 30000 d) 35983 (l4.5 + 6 . 2 3 ) - ( l 4 . 5 - 6 . 2 3 )
2 2
(Clerk's Grade 1991)

(14.5 x 6.23)
10. Find the value of Soln: Appliying the above formula, we have
0.527 x 0.527 - 2 x 0.527 x 0.495 + (0.495) 2 a = 14.5, and b = 6.23
0.032 4x14.5x6.23
, . Expression= _ 1 4 " 5 x 6 - 2 3 4
a) 0.032 b) 0.023 c) 0.052 d) 0.042

Answers Exercise
l.d 2.b 3.d 4.c 5.b 6.a 7.d (l 125+-143) - ( l 125-143)
2 2 _ 0
8. b; Hint: 1 - 0.924 = 0.076 = 0.538 - 0.462 ' 4x1125x143

9. c lO.a a) 4 b) 1 c) 0 d) Can't be determined
Rule 4 (0.576 + 0.324) - (0.576 - 0.324) _

2 2 0
2.
Application of the formula [a + bf +(a- bf = 2(a + b ) 2 1
4x0.162x0.288
a)l b)4 c)3 d)2
3. Find the value o f (l 00 + 25) - (l 00 - 25) 2 2
Ex: Simplify the following
2[1.25x 1.25 + 0.25x0.25] a) 1000 b)100 c)40000 d) 10000
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have (250 + 50) - ( 2 5 0 - 5 0 )
2 2

100x125
a)4 b)2 c)l d)8
l\i.25)
2 +(0.25) ]=(l.25 + 0.25) + ( l . 2 5 - 0 . 2 5 )
2 2 2
(6.25 + 5.25) +(6.25-5-0.25) 2 2
5. Find the value of ^

6.25x21
= 2.25+1=3.25
a)l b)4 c)2 d)8
Exercise
Answers
(63 + 36) + ( 6 3 - 3 6 )
2 2 _ n
l.b 2.b 3.d 4.a 5.a
1 63 +362 2 ' Rule 6
a)l b)2 c)3 d)6
(ITIExam,83) Application of the formula, (a + b) (a - b) = a 2 -b 2
(0.46 + 0.64) +(0.18) 2 2

2 Find the value of
(0.64) +(0.46)2 2
Ex: Simplify (5O - 4 0 ) = ?x 45
2 2
a)l b)2 c)4 d)8

Soln: Suppose a = 50 and b = 40
3. Find the value of (5.3 + 3.5) + ( 5 . 3 - 3 . 5 )
2 2
and required number = x
Applying the above formula,
a) 40.34 b) 80.68 c)40 d)80
(50 + 4 0 X 5 0 - 4 0 ) _ 90x10 Soln: The above expression can be written as

x= = 20
45 45 (0.6) + (0.4) + 3 x 0.6 x 0.4(0.6 + 0.4)
3 3
Required answer = 20 Now, we suppose 0.6 = a and 0.4 = b and applying the
above formula, we have
Exercise
(0.6 + 0.4) = (lf 3 =\
(l.73) -(0.27)
2 2

1.73-0.27 Exercise
a)l b)2 c)4 d)0.2 1. Find the value of0.7x 0.7 x 0.7 +0.3 x 0.3 x 0.3+ 6.3
a)l b)3 c)4 d)2
(4.44) -(0.56)2 2
2. 0.6x0.6x0.6 + 0.4x0.4x0.4 + 0.4x0.6x3 _ 0
2 0.6x0.6 + 0.4x0.4 + 0.48

a)3.28 b)5 c)3.88 d)4
a)2 b)l c)3 d)4
3. Find the value of (l 75) - (75) 2 2
0.73 x 0.73 x 0.73 + 0.27 x 0.27 x 0.27 + 0.81x0.73

= 9
a) 25000 b) 20000 c) 40000 d) 50000
1 0.73 + 0.27
a)2 b)l c)4 d)0.5
(2.35) -(0.35)
2 2
= 9 12x12x12 + 27 + 108x15
4. Find the value of = 9
2.35 x 2.35 + 0.35 x 0.35 - 0.7 x 2.35
225
20 27 a) 15 b)9 c)7 d) 12
d) 5. Find the value of
a) 27~ b) W C ) 7
1.4x 1.4x1.4+ 3 x l . 4 x l . 4 x 1.6 + 3 x l . 4 x l . 6 x l . 6 + (l.6) 3
(2.8) -(l-2) 2 2
5. Find the value of a)l b)8 c)27 d)64

2.8x2.8 + 1.2x1.2 + 5.6x1.2
a) 0.5 b)0.25 c)1.6 d)0.4
(1.25) +2.25x(l.25) +3.75x(0.75) +(0.75)
3 2 2 3
4 4 3 3
—X X— a)4 b)6 c)2 d)8
6 7 7 7 7 = 7
4 3 Answers
7 7 l.a 2.b 3.b
a)l b)0 c)2 d) Can't be determined 12x12x12 + 3 x 3 x 3 + 3x3x12(12 + 3)

4. a; Hint:
0.704 x 0.704 - 0.296 x 0.296 12x12 + 3x3 + 72
7 S i m p U f y 0.704-0.296 5. c
a)l b)2 c)0 d) Can't be determined 6. d; Hint: Let 1.25 = a, and 0.75 = b, then the given expres-
0.25x0.25-0.24x0.24 '„ sion
8. Simplify — =?
= a +3bxa
3 2 +3axb 2 +b 3 = a +3a b + 3ab + b
3 2 2 3
(RRB Exam, 1991)

a) 0.0006 b)0.49 c)0.01 d)0.1 = (a + 6) = (l .25 + 0.75) = (2) = 8
3 3 3
Answers Rule 8
l.b 2.c 3. a 4.b 5.d 6. a 7. a Application of the formula,
8.c
(a-bf = a -3a b + 3ab
3 2 2 -b3
Rule 7
= a -b -3ab{a-b)
3 3
Application of the formula,

{a + bf = a +3a b+3ab 3 2 2 + b = a +b + 3ab(a + b)
3 3 3
Ex: Simplify
(7.6S) - 3 x 7.65 x 7.65 x 0.65 + 22.95 x (0.65) - (0.65)
3 2 3
Ex: Simplify
0.6 x 0.6 x 0.6 + 0.4 x 0.4 x 0.4 + 0.72. 7x7x7
Simplification
Soln: Exercise
19
(l.65f - 3 x 7.65 x 7.65 x 0.65 + 22.95 x (0.65) - (0.65) 2 3

0.835x0.835x0.835+ 0.165x0.165x0.165
1. Simplify
7x7x7 0.835x0.835-0.835x0.165 + 0.165x0.165
a)l b)2 c)3 d)0.5
_ (7.65) - 3 x (7.65) x 0.65 + 3 x 7.65 x (p.65) - (0.65)
3 2 2 3
147x147x147 + 123x123x123
7x7x7 Find the value of
147x147-147x123 + 123x123
Now, applying the above formula,
a) 160 b)270 c)140 d) 130
(7.65-0.65) _ f 7 V _ 3
0.08x0.08x0.08 + 0.01x0.01x0.01
W " W =
0.08 x 0.08 - 0.08 x 0.01 + 0.01 x 0.01
a) 0.08 b)0.01 c)0.02 d)0.09
Exercise
6.431 x 6.431 x 6.431 + 0.569 x 0.569 x 0.569
(4J5) x4.35 - 3 x(4.35) (0.35)+3x4.35x(0.35) -(0.35)
2 2 2 3
6.431 x 6.431 - 6.431 x 0.569 + 0.569 x 0.569

16
a)7 b)5 c)4 d)6
a)l b)2
c)3 d)4 Find the value of (o.6) +(0.4) +3x0.6x0.4
3 3
a)l b)2 c)1.5 d)0.5

(1.25) -(0.25) -0.75xl.25 _ „
3 3
885x885x885 + 115x115x115
2 (l.25) +(0.25) -0.5x1.25
2 2
885x885 + 115x115-885x115
a)l b) 1.5 c)2 d)4
a) 2000 b)100 c)1000 d)800
1.33xl.33xl.33-0.33x0.33x0.33-3x0.33xl.33 _ 0
[Clerk's Grade Exam, 19911
2.4x2.4x2.4 + 1.6x1.6x1.6 + 4.8x2.4x4
1.75x1.75x1.75+ 1.25x1.25x1.25
7.
1 1 1 1.75x1.75+1.25x1.25-1.75x1.25
a)l b)- c)-r d)y a)l b)2 c)3 d)4
(l.7) -(0.7) -3x0.7x1.7
3 3 0.125 + 0.027 .= 9
4 Find the value of ( 3 6 ) 2 _
+ ( 0 6 ) 2 2 x 3 6 x { ) 6 8.
(0.5) -0.15 + (0.3)
2 2
1 1 1 a)0.4 b) 0.7 c)0.8 d)0.5

a)y b)l c)y d ) ^
(0.623) +(0.377)
3 3
Answers Simplify:
(0.623) -(0.623 x 0.377)+(0.377)
2 2
l.d 2.a 3.d 4.c
a)l b)0 c)2 d)0.5
Rule 9 [LIC Exam, 1991]
Application of the formula, a +b 3 3 = {a + bia 1 -ab + b ) 2 0.5xQ.5x0.5 + 0.6x0.6x0.6 _ 9
10.
0.5x0.5-0.3 + 0.6x0.6
a)l b) 1.1 c)2 d) 1.5
0.125 + 0.064 [Hotel Management Exam, 1991]
BE Find the value of
0.25 + 0.16-0.2 5.7x5.7x5.7 + 2.3x2.3x2.3^1 _ 9
11.
5.7x5.7 + 2.3x2.3-5.7x.23_
(0.5) +(0.4) 3 3
a)2.3 b)3.4 c)5.7 d)8.0

Soln: The above expression = ( . ) 2 ( . ) * _ ( . x 0 . 4 ) 0 5 + 0 4 0 5
[CBI Exam, 1990]
Applying the above formula, (0.87) +(0.13)
3 3
12. The simplification of

a +b 3 3 (0.87) +(0.13) -(0.87X0.13)
2 2
{a + b)= , , , Here a = 0.5 andb = 0.4 yields the result:

a +b -ab 2 2 a) 0.13 b)0.75 c) 1 d)0.87
.-. Required answer = 0.5 + 0.4 = 0.9 [I. Tax & Central Excise Exam. 1988!
1.04 x 1.04 +1.04 x 0.04 + 0.04 x 0.04 0.86x0.86x0.86-0.14x0.14x0.14

13. 6. Find the value of
1.04 x 1.04 x 1.04 - 0.04 x 0.04 x 0.04 0.86x0.86 + 0.86x0.14 + 0.14x0.14
a) 0.001 b)0.1 c)l d)0.01 a)l b)0.72 c)1.7 d) 1.2
[Assistant Grade Exam, 1987] 0.89 x 0.89 x 0.89 - 0.64 x 0.64 x 0.64'
Answers s 0.89 x 0.89 + 0.89 x 0.64 + 0.64 x 0.64,
l.a 2.b 3.d 4. a 5.a 6.c 7.c
a) 2.5 b)0.25 c)0.93 d) 1.53
8.c 9. a lO.b 11.d 12.c 13.c
Answers
Rule 10 l.a 2.b 3.b 4.b 5.d 6.b 7.b
Application of the formula, a -b 3 3 ={a- bj[a + ab + b )

2 2
Rule 11
Illustrative Example Application of the formulae
Ex: Find the value of
(0 a"
3.254 x 3.254 x 3.254 - 0.746 x 0.746 x 0.746
00 a"
3.254 x 3.254 + 0.746 x 0.746 + 3.254 + 0.746
m
Soln: The above expression can be written as b_\n
(iii)
a.
(3.254) -(0.746) 3 3
(3.254) +(0.746) +(3.254x0.746) m

2 2
f
Now, we suppos a = 3.254 and (iv)
b) K a)
b=0.746
Applying the above formula, we have (v) a +b~" m =a xbm n
(a-b)=-
a -b3 3 Illustrative Examples
= 3.254-0.746=2.508
a +b +ab
2 2
_4
1
.-. Required answer = 2.508
Ex.1: Find the value of •Pi 3
216 27
Exercise
Soln: Applying the above fomula (iii), we have
0.89 x 0.89 x 0.89 - 0.64 x 0.64 x 0.64
1. Simplify:
0.89 x 0.89 + 0.89 x 0.64 + 0.64 x 0.64
f216^ 3 '27^
a) 0.25 b)0.35 c)0.64 d)0.32 ^ -4'f"4't
(2.3) -0.27 3
2. Simplify: 6x6
(2.3) +0.69 + 0.09
2
6 +3
2 4
3x3x3x3
a) 3 b)2 c)l d) Can't be determined
3. Find the value of Ex. 2: Find the value of 8 5/3 + (l 25)~I
0.7541 x 0.7541 x 0.7541 - 0.2459 x 0.2459 x 0.2459 Soln: Applying the above formula (v) we have,
0.7541x 0.7541 + 0.7541 x 0.2459 + 0.2459x 0.2459
a) 0.2409 b) 0.5082 c) 0.5802 d) 0.5820 8 5/3 - (l 25)"J = (2 J3 x (l 25f' = 32 x 25 = 800
3 3
1.75x1.75x1.75-1.953125 Ex.3: Simplify (243)° 12 x(243)° 08

1.75xl.75 + 2.1875 + (l.25) 2
Soln: Applying the above formula (1), we have
a)l b)0.5 c)1.5 d)0.3
(243) 012 x(243)° 08 =(243f 2 + 0 0 8
4.645 x 4.645 x 4.645 - 2.345 x 2.345 x 2.345 x 2.345 = (243)P=(3 )i=3 5
(4.645) +(2.345) +(4.645x2.345)

2 2
a) 3.2 b)2.5 c)5.2 d)2.3 Ex. 4: Find the value

4£)
Simplification
Soln: Applying the above formula (v), we have Answers

21
l.c 2. a 3.b 4.b 5.a 6.d 7.d

- - L f =(-216)1 = [ ( - 6 ) ] t = ( - 6 ) =36 3 2
Rule 12
V 216;
For any positive integer 'n' and a positive rational number
Ex. 5: Find the value of ( - 2) " ~ ( 2)< 2>
v , ( ^ ) r = a .
Soln: Applying the above formula (v), we have
( 2)<-
+ Illustrative Examples
= (4) =162 Ex. 1: Simplify the following:
(i) ( V5 )
3 3 Oi) V64
3
Ex. 6: Find the value of (343) -r(343) 2 4/3
Soln: ( i ) ( V 5 ) = 5
3 3
Sofai: Applying the above formula (ii), we have

(ii) 3 / " = V 4 = 4 64 3 T
(343) +(343) 2 4/3 = ( 3 4 3 ) - f = (343)1

2
Ex. 2: Find the value of x in each of the following:
(i) v 4x-7-5 = 0
3 / (ii) V3JC+.1 = 2
= faf^ = 7 2 =49
Soln: ( i ) V4x-7-5 = 0
Exercise
=> V4JC-7 = 5 => ( V 4 * - 7 ) = 5 3 3
1. Find the value of (243)° - (243)° 8 4
i 49 b)25 c)9 d) 16 => 4 x - 7 = 1 2 5 .[•.•(Hja) = a]

n
[BSRB PO 1988]
=> x = 33
2 T ^ x ( 8 1 ) ^ = ? (ii)'V3x+l = 2
6
=> (H3x^\) =2 4 4 => 3 x + l = 16
b) c)
a ) 3
=> 3 x = 15 [•.•(Va) = o ]n
5^T f V
3 / 2
3, Find the value of ^ - => x = 5

5j
Exercise
4 3
b) c) d) 1. Find the value of x in the following. \J3x-8 - 4 = 0
3
a ) 3 V5
4 Find the value of a) 12 b)24 c)36 d)7
2 I f t]4x + l - 3 = 0- Find the value of x.
a) 16 b)12 c)25 d)20
a)3 b)81 c) d)9
3. Find the value of V2401
r i *\ a) 7 b)3 c)9 d)6
343 J 4. Find the value of x, i f \J\5x + 5 = 5
a)-7 b)7 c)49 d)3 a) 208 b)225 c)220 d)120
5. Find the value of ^59049

Find the value of [ 8 x 5 1 2 ^ 2
16 a) 7 b)17 c)9 d) 13
Answers
a)4 b)8 l.b 2.d 3.a 4.a 5.c
d ) 4~
Rule 13
7. Find the value of (526)? * (526)~i
If'n'is a positive integer and 'a', 'b' are rational numbers,
•)(526f b)(526f c) (526) 3 d) (526) 8/3
then <fc ?Jb =Vab

22
Illustrative Example Exercise

Ex.: Simplify each of the following
V27
3
(0 V3.V4" 1. Find the value of -
(ii) Vl283
>9 b)
Soln: (i) V J . V i " = lj3x~4 a C >3
= V\2 V32 ^6567

V243 Vl296
(ii) Vl28 = V 6 4 x 2 =Vo4 ^ 2
a)l b)2 c)3 d)7
= V 4 . V2 = 4 V2 [Usinglst Law ^4*" = 41
Vl6
7
Vl25
3. Find the value of \J36 x \J216 x
Exercise Vl728 V625
3
1. Simplify: ->/5x V25 3

a)2 b)5 c)4 d)l
a) 5 b)4 c)3 d) Can't be simplified ^55296
2. Find the value of lfj \J4~9 x
a)l b)2 c)3 d)4

a)3 b)4 c)5 d)7
Vl1616 V41904 „
3- 5 v^TxV729=?
5 ' 3 Vl452 X 3 Vl552
a)7 b)9 c)6 d)5
a)2 b)3 c)6 d)5
4. Vl6xV4=?
Answers
a)2V2 b)3 c)l d)4
l.c 2.a 3.d
5. Find the value of 4/121 x if[21
„„ 55296 . ,1
a) 12 b)21 c)19 d) 11 4. b; Hint: -55296
p ^ - = 32 5 ^ = ( *)? = 2 2
Answers
„ 11616
m 41904
l.a 2.d 3.b 4. a 5.d 5. c; Hint: =8. = 27
1452 1552
Rule 14
Rule 15
If'n'is a positive integer and 'a', 'b' are rational numbers,
If'm', 'n' are positive integers and 'a'is a positive rational
l/a" fa"
number, then 'qifo - ""/a" = .
Ex.: Simplify each of the following
Ex.: Simplify each of the following:
4 (0 vW
4 OOvW
27 (ii)
Soln: 0 ) ^ = ^ ( i i ) M = V5 2 6
Soln: ( i ) 3 Exercise
27
1. Find the value o f tftfi x i/^f
V2 " 3
3/^" 3 aI = a 2. Find the value of ^^256
v 3888
/ J3888 3. Find the value of ^ / 2 4 3
= 4
0 0 " W M 48 Answers
1- ^3x»S l 2.2 3. V J
Simplification 23
Rule 16 Soln: The orders of the given surds are 2 and 4 respec-
tively. L C M of 2 and 4 is 4. So, we convert each surd
If'm ', 'n' are positive integers and 'a' is positive rational
into a surd of order 4.
number, then "Ma")"' =rfa~*= {a^
m
Now, J3=ij3 ~ 2 = $j9.
Illustrative Example [:• "Va" a]

EJL: Simplify: y * / ( 2 ) 3 4
Clearly, 10 > 9
Soln: Using the above property, we have .-. VTo >V9 ^>VTo>V3
Ex.3: Which is greater 3/6 or 4/s?
( 2 T =V2
Soln: The orders of the given surds are 3 and 4 respec-
Exercise tively. LCM of 3 and 4 is 12. So, we convert each surd
into a surd of order 12.
Simplify: f ^ f xf^J
Now, 3/6 = / 6 = /l296 12 4 ,2
2 Simplify: iftffj and, V8 = '^S " = - /512 5 , 2
Clearly, 1296> 512
3. Find the value of ^ ( n ] f 5 .-. 1 ^/l296 > /572 12 => v6> V8

3 / 4
j ^1/2 /„\l/3
Ex. 4: Which is greater I — or
4. Find the value of Soln: The orders of the given surds are 2 and 3 respec-
tively. LCM of 2 and 3 is 6. So, we convert each surd
into a surd of order 6 as given below.
5. Find the value of ^(p\}
&
Answers K2J
1.3; Hint: ^ ) * = ând ^/( 3 2 )f =

=6
2. V25 3. 4.13 5.3 '9 '
Rule 17 4 1
Now, - > - [ v 4 x 8 > 9 x 1]
Comparison of Surds of Distinct Orders
Illustrative Examples J 4 J 1
61— >6(_ I 1 2
Ex.1: Which surd is larger V3 or ^5 ? V9 V8
Soln: The orders of the given surds are 3 and 4 respec-
Exercise
1. Arrange the following surds in ascending order of mag-
tively.
nitude:
Now, LCM of3 and 4 =12.
So, we convert each surd into a surd of order 12. (i) V 3 , ^ 7 , ^ 4 8 (ii) V5, VlT,2 V3
3 6
Now, 3/3 = 1 ^ = #81 1

(iioVe, V2, V4 3 (iv) VJ, \l9, Vl05 6
2. Arrange the following surds in descending order of mag-

and V5 = ' v ^ = /l25
4 12
nitude:
Clearly, 125 > 81
(ii) ^, ^,^3 4
.-. ,2 /l25 > /8T =>

,2 t/5> 73.3
(iii) ^, ^,^ 4 3 (iv) Vi, SM6

Ex.2: Which is greater ^3 or i/\Q .
Answers each one of the given surds into a surd of order 12.
1. (i) The given surds are 73 , %pj, 1^48 . The orders of Now, 4/3 7 3 = I T = '727,
these surds are 4, 6 and 12 respectively. LCM of 4, 6
and 12 is 12. So, we convert each surd into a surd of
Tio = îo ='Tioo 7
order 12. We have, Clearly, '72T is a surd of order 12.
V3 = ^
Since, 100 > 27 > 25. Therefore,
= '727 , V7 = 6 = ^49
'TlOO >'727 >'725 => 7 l O > V 3 > 7 2 5 ,
and '748~ is a surd of order 12.
(ii) The given surds are of orders 3,4 and 2 respectively.
Since 27 < 48 < 49. Therefore,
The L.C.M. of 3,4,2 is 12. So, we shall convert each of
'#27 < '#48 < '#49 => V3 < '#48 <77 the given surds into a surd of order 12.
Now, 374- = 174T i ^ g = 4/J = 17^ = , 2 ^
(ii) The given surds are 75, VTT, 2^3 . These surds are
f
of orders 2, 3 and 6 respectively. L C M of 2,3,6 is 6.

and, 73 = ' v 3 = 7729 / T 1
So, we convert each surd into a surd of order 6 as

shown below. Since 729 > 256 > 125. Therefore,
'7729 > '7256 > '7L25 => 7 3 > 7 4 > V 5 -

75 = A / 5 = VT25,
T 6
(iii) The given surds are of orders 4,3 and 2 respectively.

3 Vn = ^ / n " = 7 2 i ,
2 r
The L.C.M. of 4, 3 and 2 is 12. So, we convert each
surd into a surd of order 12.
and 2^3 = 7 3 x 2 = Vl92 • 6
Now, Tfo = = '7l000>
Since 12K125 < 192.
76 = ' ^ = '71296
.-. vT2T<$/l2l<7T9T => ViT<v 5<2V3 . 3 /
and, 73 = ^ 3 = 7729>
(iii) The given surds are 7 6 , # 2 , 74 . The orders of these
1 T ,
Since 1296 > 1000 > 729

surds are 4,2 and 3 respectively. L C M of 4,2 and 3 is
12. So, we convert each surd into a surd of order 12. .-. '71296 > 'TTooo > '7729 => 76> VTo > 73 •
(iv) The given surds are of orders 3,6 and 9 respectively.
Now, V 6 = ' v ^ = ' v ^ T o \
The L.C.M. of 3, 6 and 9 is 18. So, we convert each
surd into a surd of order 18.
V 2 = ' v 2 = 7o4
T ,
NOW, 72 : : '764 ,
and, V 4 = v 4 = 7256
3 l / T 1
Since 64 < 216 < 256 7 3 = ' v 3 = v 27 and,. V ?

/ T 1 / = = ' # 6
Since, 64 > 27 > 16. Therefore,
.-. # 6 4 < '7216 < '7256 => 72 <t/6< 4 . 3v/
'764 >'727 > '7l6 => 72 > 7 3 > 7 3 > 7 4 .

(iv) The given surds are 75, 7 9 , A/105 • The orders of
these surds are 2,3 and 6 respectively. LCM of 2,3,6
Rule 18
is 6. So, we convert each surd into a surd of order 6.
Now, 7 J = 7 5 = 7 l 2 5 , T jx-ijx- ...OO and

.x=«(« + 1), then the value of expression is given by'»'.
and 7i05 is a surd of order 6. Ex: Find the value of
Since 81< 105 < 125
/20-V20-720 . 7
.-. 6 v ^ = 7 i b l = 7i2l ^ 79 < 7To5<75. 6 3 6

Soln: Detail Method:
2. (i) The given surds are of orders 4,6 and 12 respectively. Let the given expression = x
The LCM of 4, 6 and 12 is 12. So, we shall convert i . . ^Q~^T^~Z
e ? =
Simplification
or, x- =20-V20-V20-V20 ....oo = 2 0 - x 7

.-. x =20 + 720 + 720 + ... =20+x
2
or, x + x - 2 0 = 0
2
or, x 2 - 0-x=0
2
or. x + 5 x - 4 x - 2 0 = 0
2
or, x - 5 x + 4 x - 2 0 = 0
2
or.x(x + 5 ) - 4 ( x + 5) = 0 or,x(x-5) + 4 ( x - 5 ) = 0
.-. x = 4 and -5, we neglect the -ve value of x .-. x = 5or,-4
.-. Required answer = 4 We neglect the -ve value .-. required answer = 5
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
havex = 20 = 4 x 5 wehavex = 20 = 4 x 5
.-. required answer = 4 .-. Required answer = 5
Note: To find x = n(n + 1), factorize x and get the required Exercise
numbers. As for example,
2 20 1. Find the value of ^30 + 730 + 730 + ....00
2 10
5 = 4x5 a) 5 b)6 c)3 d)4
Find the value of
Exercise
7 n o + V n o + V i i o + -.co
1- ^ 6 - 16 — ...oo
a)2 b)3 c)0 d)l ^ 5 0 6 - ^ 5 0 6 - 7 5 0 6 - ....00
2- ^12-- J l 2 - - V l 2 - . ..oo = ? a)l b)2 c)0

1
c)2 d)5 6 ) 2
a)3 b)4
3. Find the value of ^210+-^210 + 7210+...00
3 Find the value of ^30-^30-4^0^...00
a) 15 b)16 c) 12 d) 14
a) 6 b)4 c)5 d)3 4. Find the value of
4. Find the value of ^42 - \J42 - 742 - ....00
a)6 b)7 c)8 d)9 ^42 + ^42 + 742 + ...00 x -^42-742-^/42 ...00
5. Find the value of J V
a) 48 b)40 c) 42 d) Can't be determined
^12-^12-jvi^ - ^20-720-720^...00^ 5. Find the value of ^380 + ^380 + 7380 + ...00
^ / A >
a)20 b)19 c)18 d) 17
a) 8 b)4 _ cc)2
)2 d) Can't be determined
Answers
6- A / l 3 2 - V l 3 2 - V 3 2 ...00 = ?
r
l.b 2.d 3.a 4.c 5.a
a)ll b) 12 c)14 d) 18
Rule 20
Answers
To Simplify a Continued Fraction:
l.a 2. a 3.c 4. a 5.c 6. a
Rule 19 Fractions of the form 1 are called continued

1
2+-
If -jx + ylx + Vx+~...oo and x = n(n +1), then the value of 1
3+
above expression is given by (n +1). 4+ 1
3
Illustrative Example fractions. A continued fraction is also written as
Ex: Find the value of
(1 1 i n
1/2O + V2O + V2O+...00 — — — —J. It is necessary that the sign '+' should be
Soln: Detail Method: written in the denominator.
To simplify a continued fraction, begin at the bottom an
Let the 72O + V2O + 720+... = .
work upwards. Following example will illustrate our poo*
Illustrative E x a m p l e
2 - ^
+ 2 + — 1
Ex: Simplify 3 +-
3 + - 5 " 3 + %
7—
2 2+ I
4+- R
6+
Exercise
Simplify the following fractions:
Soln: 3+- = 3+- = 3+- ]

13 1. 2 . - V 3.— ±
1
7— 1
10 7+ 3+-
31 1
4+- 4+ 6+
13 1-- 7+
6+- 11
=3 ^ +=3î- 1
204 204 4. 5. 5 + -
1
Process: Begin at the bottom. First take up the lowest com- 5+- 6+- 3--JL
1
6+ 6+- 2--
( \ 9 10
5
plex fraction namely Multiply the numera- J_ _ L I
7. 4 +
6+ I
V 2, 4+ 1+ 2
10 13 to a continued fraction.
8. Convert —
tor and denominator by 2 and we get — . Next multi-
Answers
ply the numerator and denominator of the fraction
31 43
13 l. 2. 3.1
by 13, and we get — . Then multiply the 222 12 227
10
4+ 55
13; 81
4. 5. 5 6.
284 496
(
1 3
7.4
numerator and denominator of by 31,and 14
7-H 3+-
31 1+-
31 31 2+ -
we get . Hence the fraction is reduced to 3 + 4
204
31 Fractions
or 3
204
Note: We may convert a fraction to a continued fraction, Rule 21
with unity as numerators and all the signs positive.
The following example will illustrate the process. Theorem: If a man spends ~ part of the total salary on
17
Ex: Convert — to a continued fraction. food, ~ part of the total salary on entertainment, —
yi ' y 3
17 1 1 1 1 part of the total salary on clothing, and so on. After these

1 expenditures, he is left with a balance amount ofRs B, then
2+— 2+-V 2+- Balance Amount
17 17 17 - + 2
X\ X-t
— +— + ~ L + ... x Total Amount
y\ 2 yi
Simplification 27
Proof: Here, the amount spent on each item is expressed as Find his salary.
a fraction of the total amount (or salary). So, spend- a)Rs21500 b)Rs21000 c)Rs31000 d)Rs24000
ing on each item is not dependent on the expenditure
incurred on the other item. This type of activity is 2. A man spent — of his savings and still has Rs 1000 left
known as independent activity.
Independent activities are always added. with him. What were his savings?
.-. Total spent part a)Rsl400 b)Rs2000 c)Rs 21000 d)Rsl800
2 3
x Total Amount 3. A man spends — of his salary on food, — of his salary
y\ y*
.-. Balance Amount = Total Amount - Total Spent 1

on house rent and 7 of the salary on clothes. He still
Part
o
=> Total Amount - has Rs 1,400 left with him. Find his salary.
a)Rs7000 b)Rs8400 c)Rs8000 d)Rs9800
X\ X-i
— +— +—+...
x Total Amount
y\ yi 4. A man spent 7 of his savings and was still left with Rs
2,000. What were his initial saving?

-— + — + - •+... x Total Amount a)Rs,5000 b)Rs5500 c)Rs8500 d)Rs8000
y\ v 3
^«MVBai*«^, • • '— - i c - w i n f c a - 1 .
In general, for independent activities,
5. A man spends — of his income on food and — on rent
:. Balance Amount 6 12
and rest he saves. I f he saves Rs 50, find his income.
1_ f L + i l x Total Amount a)Rs500 b)Rs600 c)Rs400 d)Rs800
Ui yi y-i 6. A person went to the market and purchased a pen for Rs
Illustrative Example 15. I f he is still left with — of his total money, find the
1 1 total amount of money he had initially.

EJL: A man spends — of his salary on food, — of his
a)Rs30 b)Rs25 c)Rs35 d)Rs40
1
salary on house rent and — of his salary on clothes. 7. The fuel indicator in a car shows — th of the fuel tank as
He still has Rs 18000 left with him. Find his salary. full. When 22 more litres of fuel are poured into the tank,
Soln: The expenditure incurred on each item is expressed the indicator rests as the three-fourth of the full mark.
as part of the total amount (salary), so it is an inde- Find the capacity of the fuel tank,
pendent activity. a) 50 litres b) 42 litres c) 40 litres d) 36 litres
Using the above theorem, we have 1
8. A persons spends — of his salary on entertainment,
l - l l + - l + l x Total salary = Rs 18000
5 10 5
— of his salary on purchasing books and — of his sal-
8 4
1— x Total salary = Rs 18000 ary on foods and clothing. I f his salary is Rs 16824, find
10 the balance amount with which he left.
.-. Total salary = Rs 18000 x 10 = Rs 180000. a)Rs700 b)Rs7001 c)Rs7010 d)Rs710
Exercise 3 13
9. — and — part of a pole are respectively in mud and
I i i i • i & •
water. I f the pole is 20 metres high, how much portion of
A man spends — o f his salary on food, j of his salary
it will be above water and mud?
£*i . I I a)3m b)5m c)4m d)6m
10. A man distributes 0.375 of his money to his wife and 0.4
on house rent, — of his salary on health and — of his to his son. He has still Rs 3,375 left with him. How much
salary on clothes. He still has Rs Rs 15500 left with him.
initial money the man have? How much did his wife get? a) 423 sq km b)421 sqkm
a) Rs 16000, Rs 6525 b) Rs 25000, Rs 7525 c)419sqkm d)425 sqkm
c)Rs 15000, Rs 5625 d)Rs21000,Rs8575 Answers
1 1. b 2. a 3.c 4. a 5.b 6.b
11. A lamp post has half of its length in mud, - of its length
3 1
in water and 3 — m above the water. Find the total length 7. c; Hint: | J tank capacity = 22
x
of the post. .-. tank capacity = 40 litres.

a) 20 metres b) 25 metres c) 27 metres d) 21 metres 8. c 9. c
3 10. c; Hint: 1 -(0.375 + 0.04) x total money = balance money
12. When Jack travelled 25 km, he found that - of his jour- or, (1 -0.775) x total money = 3375
ney was still left. What is the total journey to be covered 3375
by Jack. or, Total money = _ l 0 1 1 5 = Rs 15000
125 45 135 .-. wife's share = 0.375 x total money = 0.375 x 15000
a) ~y km b) — km c)62km d) — k m
= Rs5625
1 11. a; Hint: In this problem, the portion above water is given.
13. A persons expends — of his income for board and lodg- Hence, equate amount (length) above water to the part
(fraction) above water.
ing, - in clothing and — in charity, and saves Rs 3180. 1 1
o 10 I = I x length of post
3
—+ -
What is his income? 3
2 3
a)Rs6200 b)Rs7200 c)Rs7280 d)Rs7270
10 1 10
2 17 => length of post = "V T = x ^ =20 metres.
3 6 3
14. A man travelled — of his journey by coach, — by rail
12. a 13. b 14. a
and walked the remaining 1 kilometre, how far did he go? 15.a 16.c 17.c
a)22km b)20km c)33km d)27km 18. a; Hint: Since the sum of the shares of the first two sons
is equal to the share of the third, the share of the third
15. Of a certain dynasty — of the kings were of the same
1
Mates 1 1 1 = — of the whole
name, — of another, — of another, — of a fourth, and 2
4 8 12
there were 5 besides. How many kings were there? i ( 5 0 - 1
a) 24 b)28 c)16 d)48 .:. share of the first son = 1 ! 12 + 2 ] ~ 12 °^ ^

2 3
16. — of a post are imbedded in mud, — are in the water, • whole.
and 3 metres are above the surface, what is the length of
or, — of the whole = 35— sqkm
the post?
a) 15 metres b) 20 metres c) 90 metres d) 16 metres
_ 1 .-. the whole land = 35^-x 12 = 423 sq km
17. A man carrying a cask full of milk to the market lost — 4
of the milk due to leakage, he sold 7— litres and found Rule 22

that half of the cask was still full of milk. Find how much
milk did the cask contain? Theorem: If a man spends . part of the total salary on
a) 18 litres b) 32 litres c) 16 litres d) 24 litres
18. A man divided a piece of land among his three sons 2
x
food, part of the remaining (rest) amount on entertain-

.,1 5 yi
thus, he gave 35— sq km to the first, — of the whole
4 12
to the second and to the third as much as to the first two ment, ^ part of the remaining (rest) amount on clothing
together. Find the whole land.
Amplification 29
mdno on. After these expenditures he has balance amount f
if ta B. then, 1-.5C X i- x Total Amount = Ba!-

M B U Amount (B) <v 2
ft)
ance Amount
f \
i i i - * 1-^- X 1- x Total Amount i n
* 1-
LI 1 —+— * Total Income = Rs 1760
Here spending on the second item (ie entertainment) 4 5
depends on the amount left after spending on the 2 11
first item (ie food). Similarly, spending on the third => - x — x Total Income = Rs 1760
• a n (ie clothing) depends on the amount left (remain-
.-. Total Income = Rs 4800
ing l after spending on the first item and the second
Exercise
Here, spending on each item (except the first item)
3 ,4
depends on the amount remaining, after spending on 1. A man reads — of a book on a day and — of the remain-
the previous item. This type of activity is known as o 5
dependent activity. Dependent activities are always der, on the second day. I f the number of pages still un-
multiplied. read are 40, how many pages did the book contain?
Hence, in general, for dependent activity. a) 520 b)320 " c)230 d)250
Balance Amount
»An fin if i- 1
2. A man spends ~ of his income on food, — of the rest on

= 1-- « 1 - x Total Amount
Vl yi) v 3
1
house rent and — of the rest on clothes. He still has Rs
tive E x a m p l e s
1,760 left with him. Find his income.
a)Rs4500 b)Rs4600 c)Rs48^0 d)Rs4400
A man spends — of his income on food, — of the rest
3 4 1 1
3. A man spends — of his salary o i food and — of the
on house rent and — of the rest on clothes. He still 1
has Rs 1760 left with him. Find his income. remaining on clothing and - of the remaining on enter-
It is a problem on dependent activity. Hence using tainment. He is still left with Rs 600. Find his salary.
the above method, we have a)Rs2100 b)Rs2400 c)Rsl800 d)Rsl600
2
=H>H>H
=Rsl760
x Total Amount 4. A man while returning from his factory, travels — of the
distance by bus and — of the rest, partly by car, and

- Total Income = Rs 4400.
1 partly by foot. I f he travels 2 km on foot, find the dis-
A man spends — of his income on food, of the rest tance covered by him.
a)23km b)26km c)24km d)30km
1 1
A boy after giving away - of his pocket-money to one
— on house rent and — on clothes. He still has Rs
1760 left with him. Find his income. companion and — of the remainder to another, has Rs
Here, of the rest amount (after spending on food), —
200 left. How much had he at first?
1 a)Rsl550 b)Rs750 c)Rsl500 d)Rsl750
B spent on house rent and — is spent on clothes. So
ynriing on these items are independent on each At his first game a person loses — of his money, at the
r, but dependent on the expenditure incurred on
; first item. It is a problem both on dependent and
second - of the remainder, at the third — of the rest;
h >er.;er.t activities.
what fraction of his original money has he left? Illustrative Examples

4 1
a) b) c) Ex. 1: — of a pole is in the mud. When — of it is pulled out,
25 25 25 d >2l
250 cm of the pole is still in the mud. Find the full
7. One-fifth of an estate is left to the eldest son, — to the length of the pole.
6 Soln: Using the above formula, we have
\.5
second and — of the remainder to the third, how much Amount Remained
6 Total Amount :
Part Remained
was left over?
.-. Total length of pole
19 17 91 29
a) c) d) Length in mud 250
180 b >T80 180 180 = 1050
Part in mud 1_I
3 4 7 3
8, I read — of a book on one day and — of the remainder
8 5 .-. Length of pole = 1050 cm.
on another day. If there now were 30 pages unread, how Ex. 2: After covering five-eighth of my j ourney, I find that I
many pages did the book contain? have travelled 60 km. How much journey is left?
a) 160 pages b) 240 pages Soln: Using the above formula, we have,
c) 640 pages d) 100 pages Amount Remained _ Amount done
Part Remained Part done
9. The highest score in an inning was — of the total and Let the journey left = x km
60
x = 36
the next highest was — of the remainder. The score 5
1
8 8
differed by 8 runs. What was the total?
:. Journey still left = 36 km
a) 172 b)142 c)152 d) 162
Exercise
Answers
4
I . b; Hint: It is a dependent activity, because on the second 1. In a school, — of the children are boys. I f the number of
4 girls is 200, find the number of boys.
/ day he reads — of the remaining pages. a) 900 b)700 c)850 d)800
^ ...
or
fl >
1— X
3 1-11 x Total pages = P a g e s l e f t u n r e a d
I 8j v 5j 2. A drum of water is — full; when 3 8 litres are drawn from

1
or — — Total pages = 40
x x
8 5 it, it is just - full. Find the total capacity of the drum in

.-. Total pages = 320 litres.
2.d 3. a a) 80 litres b) 85 litres c) 75 litres d) 90 litres
4. c; Hint: Here distance travelled on foot is given. Hence 3. In a flag post, - is red, - is green and the rest is white.
equate the part (fraction) travelled on foot to the dis- I f the white part is 7 metres long, find the length of the
tance covered on foot, flag post.
ie Rest part on foot = distance on foot.
5. c 6.c 7. a 8.b 9. d
2
Rule 23 4. A man pays off — of his debt and has to pay Rs 240 to
In case of single activity only ie Part done + Part remained pay off the debt completely. Find the total amount of
=1 debt.
a)Rs400 b)Rs450 c)Rs500 d)Rs550
Amount Spent _ Amount Remained
Total Amount -
Balance Pa. t Part Remained 5 1
5. A man spends — of his income on food and — on rent
HS yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 31
wmd rest he saves. I f he saves Rs 50, find his income.

a)Rs6O0 b)Rs800 c)Rs575 d)625 (Inserting one fraction between - and —)
out,
covering — th o f my journey, I find that I have 1 1+5 5 5+4 4
full
175 km. How much journey is left? 3' 3 + 8 ' 8' 8 + 5' 5
b)20km c)30km d)35km 1 5
(Inserting one fraction between — and 77. and one
3.d 4. a 5. a 6. a
fraction between — and — )
o 5
Rule 24
J _6_ 5 _9_ 4
Xj X
2
tfwu+gnrn fractions be and and we want to insert ~ 3 ' l l ' 8' 13' 5
Xj X2
(Three fractions inserted between - and — )
that I
mpmcnon tying between and , the following steps Exercise
awirf t-e Taken. 1 5
Sfc^ L The numerators of two given fractions are added to 1. Insert one fraction between — and ~ .
4 6
get -ie numerator of the resulting fraction ie numerator of
nn tsaiting fraction = x +x . x 2
2 4
2. Insert two fractions between — and —.
Saej Th The denominators of two given fractions are added
tfget the denominator of the resulting fraction. That is
Ammunaior of the resulting fraction = y + y • x 2
„ 5 9
3. Insert three fractions between ~ and —
Xj + X2
Stty HI: Resulting Fraction = ~ 1 5
y\ 4. Insert four fractions between ~ and — .
•- resulting fraction so obtained has its magnitude 3 0
ber of fmtime) lying between the two given fractions. By this - • A -S f»«-J***»*£'tK
any number of fractions can be inserted between 5. Insert five fractions between — and y .
gpeen fractions.
Answers
nfrom itive Examples 2 ]_ 2 7
3 3_ 7 I l l
!• 5 - 4' 4.
1 4 2 9
3 " 4'9'5 5'2'3'9
rum in Insert one fraction between — and y .
_7_ 6_ H_ _5_ _9_
Using the above method,
5 ' 22'17'29'12'19
•es
I 111 1 - 1 1 1 ' Note: Answers may be different from what it is written here.
V 3 + 5 ' 5 ~ 3 ' 8' 5
white, Rule 25
of the Thus, the resulting fraction — is more than — and
o 3 Ex.: What must be subtracted from the sum of 13 — and
stres 00
less than — in magnitude (value).
4—: to have a remainder equal to their difference?
240 to 66
1 4
>unt of
Insert three fractions between — and —.
Difference=13^-4A = ( 1 3 _4)+[^-A
50 Using the above method
_1 111 1-111
on rent ~ 3 ' 3 + 5 ' 5 ~ 3 ' 8' 5 = 9+A = 9 l
66 33
Soln: We see that the numerators as well as denominators

7 5 12 2
Sum= 13 — + 4 — = 1 7 — = 17 — of the above fractions increase by 1, so the last frac-
66 66 66 11
.-. the required answer 5
tion, ie 7 , is the greatest fraction,
o
= i7A_9_L= 17A_9_L = 8 A [Here, a = b]
11 33 33 33 33
Direct Formula: Ex. 2: Which one of the following fractions is the greatest?
The required answer = 2 * smaller value
112.
= 2 x 4 — = 8— 8' 9 ' 10
66 33 Soln: We see that the, numerator increases by 3 (a constant
Exercise value) and the denominator also increases by a con-
11 1 o 4 7
1. What must be subtracted from the sum of 12 — and ° — stant value (1), so the last fraction ie. — isthe great-
est fraction.
to have a remainder equal to their difference?
What must be subtracted from the sum of 14 — and [Here,a>b]
Exercise
1. Which one of the following fractions is the greatest?
5— to have a remainder equal to their difference?
I ! 3
2'3'4
3. What must be subtracted from the sum of 17— and 2. Which one of the following fractions is the greatest?
1 1 A 11
15 — to have a remainder equal to their difference? 8'9*10'11
3. Which one of the following fractions is the greatest?
What must be subtracted from the sum of 5— and 3— 1 A _?_ 11

2 5 9'11'13'15
to have a remainder equal to their difference? 4. Which one of the following fractions is the greatest?
of29- and
J_ 2 4_ _3_
What must be subtracted from tl
7'9'H'lO
19-j to have a remainder equal to their difference?
5. Which one of the following fractions is the greatest'
Answers 1_ 1 0 4 7
14 2 3 5'11'7'i
2. 10 3. 30- 4.64 5.394
33 Answers
Rule 26 3 10 13
In the group of fractions / 11 3 -15
x x+a x + 2a x + 3a x + na 4 10
y' y + b' y + 2b' y + 3b'"" y + nb 4 TT 11
x + na Rule 27
y+ n has the highest value.
o
The fraction whose numerator after cross-multiplication
gives the greater value is greater.
Wherei) a = b or ii) a>b
Illustrative Examples
Ex. 1: Which one of the following fractions is the greatest? 5 9
Ex.: Which is greater — or — ?
3 4 5 8 14
—, T and 7 Soln: Students generally solve this question by changing
4 5 6
Simplification 33
the fractions into decimal values or by equating the the denominators of the fractions inc:e;;e :
denominators. But we suggest you a better method stant values (the numerators by 1 and the denomina-
far getting the answer more quickly. tors by 4).
Step I: Cross-multiply the two given fractions.
Increase in Numerator I
ie : : = ~r is greater than the
- | - ^ X ^ ^ - , w e h a v e 5 x 14 = 70and8 x 9 = 72
Increase in Denominator 4
Mep II: As 72 is greater than 70 and the numerator 1 4 ,
first fraction - . Hence the last fraction ie — is the
9
involved with the greater value is 9, the fraction
14 greatest.
is the greater of the two. Increase in Numerator
(H) If — — r— : < Firstfraction, the last
Exercise Increase in Denommator
value is the least.
6 5
w~hich is greater — or —. Ex.: Which one of the following fractions is the greatest?
2 4_ _6_
7'15'23
Which of the following is lesser — or, — .
Soln: In the above example also, we see that the numera-
tors and denominators increase by 2 and 8 respec-
15 5
tively.
Which of the following is greater, — or, —
Increase in Numerator 2
17 8 Here, - r ^ - — — = — is less than the
Which of the following is greater — or — Increase in Denominator 8
2 6
51 first fraction —. Hence, the last fraction ie — is the
25
Which of the following is lesser — or, y ^ y .
least and the first fraction ie — is the greatest.

41 53
Which of the following is lesser — or — .
Increase in Numerator
Answers (Hi) If — : = First fraction, all the
Increase in Denominator
5 4 5 values are equal.
L — 2. Ex.: Which one of the following fractions is the greatest?
13 3 9
3_ _6_ _9_ 12
17 25 41
i. — 5. 7 ' 1 4 ' 2 1 ' 28
35 51 53 Soln: In the above example we see that the numerators and
denominators increase by 3 and 7 respectively.
Rule 28
tm the group of fractions Increase in numerator 3
Here, - — is equal to the
Increase in denominator 7
x x+ a x + 2a x + 3a x + na
y' y + b' y + 2b' y + 3b'"" y + nb
first fraction —. Hence, all the fractions are equal.
a<b,we have the following relations:
Increase in Numerator Exercise
I If Firstfraction, the last 1. Which of the following fractions is the greatest?
Increase in Denominator
value is the greatest.
I 1AA
5 ' 8 ' 11' 14
IA: Which one of the following is the greatest?
2. Which of the following fractions is the greatest?
I 2L. A _L
3 A A A 2-
812'16'20 8' 11 ' 1 4 ' 1 7 ' 2 0
In the above example, we see that the numerators and
3. Which of the following fractions is the least?
3 1 *
£JL i i 11 *3 ' fiv) - x * - = —
7 ' l f 15'19 " f f l ' H r 5 U 8
; 9 12'
Which of the following fractions is the least?
o 9 2 ,16t 1 1 **
(v) 8—-=-*— = 7 — , (vf)4—-*— =1—
2 4_ 6_ _8_ v ;** 27 17 K 6*
} 17 6*
5'11'17'23 2. In a book on Arithmetic a question was printed thus:
Which of the following fractions is the least?
'Add together 1 1 1 1
: the denominator of
1A A A 2' r 13-
8'17'26'35 14- 1 9 -
3 4
Which of the following fractions is the greatest? one fraction being accidentally omitted. The answer
4 _8_ 12 16 20 11
7'15'23'3T'39 given at the end of the book was — . Find the missing
Zo
7. Which of the following fractions is the greatest?
denominator.
3 6 9 12
Answers
7 15 23 31
(ii) c - x 2o - = 14
3 , J— ;
3 3
Answers
1. (07,4; W 57 4 1 4 '
'7 3 20 2 5 7 3,1 5
3. 7. ( i i i ) 7 - - 4 — = 3—; (iv) - x l - = — ;
^14 23 35 39 v ' 3 11 33 y ' 8 9 12
o 9 ,2 ,16
Rule 29 (v) 8 — + 1 — = 7 — :
(vi) 4
A
2— = 1 —
1 n 1 1 6 5
y ) 17 27 17
To determine the missing figures which are indi- K ' 68 17 68
2.5
cated by asterisks.
There is no any general rule that will apply to all type of Some m o r e questions o n Basic Calcu
questions. We can better understand the rule to determine
lations a n d Simplification
the missing figures by the illustrative example.
SET-I
Illustrative Example 1. 171-19x9 = ?
Ex.: Supply the two missing figures which are indicated a)l b) 18 c)81 d)0
3 1 [SBIPO Exam, 1987]
by asterisks in the equality 5 —x*—= 19, the frac- 2. 5005-5000-10.00 = ?
2 a) 0.5 b)50 c)5000 • d)4505
tion being in their lowest terms. [BankPO Exam,1988|
Soln: Since (5 + a fraction) is contained (3 + a fraction) 3. 8-4(3-2) x4 + 3-7 = ?
times in 19, the integral portion of the second mixed a)-3 b)5 c)4 d)^l
number must be 3. [Railways, 19911
3 1
Hence, 5 - x 3 - = 19 10 12 ? J
* 2 4 — x — x—= 16
3 5 4
3 2 3 a) 6 b)2 c)8 d)4
o r , 5 l = 19x4 = 5 l
' * 7 7 [Railways, 1991]
.-. the required figures are 7, 3.
7 ( 3 2]_2
Exercise 9 I9 9J 9
+
1. Determine the missing figures (denoted by stars) in the

[Clerical Grade Exam, 1991 ]
following equations, the fractions being given in their
lowest terms:
a)
1
b) c) d)
1
3 3 * 9 7 9 ' 1
( i ) 6 - x * - = 30 (ii) * -7 x 2 - * = 14—
14' 12x8-19x2
[BSRB BankPO Exam, 1990]
6x7-6.5x2
Simplification
[Hotel Management. 1991 ]

29
a) 2 b) c) d) None of these 29 10 29 10
c)
a ) 79 b ) 10 d ) y
1
4 + 20 17.28,? _
2 , 15. - =2 [SBIPO Exam, 1988)
=
(BankPO Exam, 19901 3.6x0.2
22x44
a) 120 b)1.20 c)12 d)0.12
1
x4 + 20 5 6 . 8 . 3 3 1 7
16 —+ —x? , 1 — + — x3— = 2 —
a 6 7 9 5 4 3 9'
81 3 161 [GIC,AAO Exam, 1988]
c) d)l
a ) 88 b ) IT 176
a) b) c)l d) None of these
3+ ( 8 - 5 ) , ( 4 - 2 ) , 2 + —
V 13
1 7 4 l 3 l + ? + 2 l = 13-
+ [SBIPO Exam, 1887]
[Hotel Management Exam, 1991] 2 6 3 5
11 17 68 13
b) a)3f b) i f c)4l d)4-
a)
17 13 d >oI
1 1 , 1
of -
5 5 5 _o [Railways, 1991] 18- The value o f is: [SSCExam, 1987]
1 , 1 1 ' 3+-
- of - + —
5 5 5 2+ -
2
a)l b)5 d)25 19
*5
a) b) c) d)
ML (20 + 5)+2 + (16 + 8 ) X 2 + (10 + 5)X(3-!-2) = ? 19
[Clerical Grade Exam, 1991]
a) 9 b) 12 c) 15 d) 18
1 „ 1
19. How many — 's are there in 37— ?
„ 3 i Ax + l,20 =? [BankPO Exam, 1988]
10 10 5 [SBIPO Exam, 1988]
a) 300 b)400 c)500 d) Can't be determined
107
a)0 b)l c)100 d) 1 1
200 20. In a college, 7 of the girls and 7 of the boys took part
5 o
16-6x2 + 3 „
12 [BankPO Exam, 1988] in a social camp. What of the total number of students in
23-3x2 the college took part in the camp?
[SBIPO Exam, 1988]
23 14 2
b) c) 13 13 2
a ) !7 40 23
40
a ) 80 b ) 13 d) Data inadequate
C )
21. In a certain office (1/3) of the workers are women, (1/2) of

u. V 2-, ll-I l l - l - l ] the women are married and (1/3) of the married women
4 2 . 2 3 6j
have children. I f (3/4) of the men are married and (2/3) of
[Central Excise Exam, 1989] the married men have children, what part of workers are
„1 77 without children? [SBIPO Exam, 1987]
a) b)l 0 4- d)l
228 5 4 11 17
a ) l i b ) 9 C ) I¥ d)3~6
.4 The value of 1 + - is: 22. I f we multiply a fraction by itself and divide the product
1+- ,.26
1+- by its reciprocal, the fraction thus obtained is 1 8 ^y-
The original fraction is:

[LIC AAO Exam, 1988]
?1
33. hg [BSRBPO Exam, 1992]
' J a Io2 l = J
8 1
a) • 43 d)None of these a) 64 b)34 c)54 d)94
27 3
1 ^ (o.ss^+Co.o?) ,^) 2 2 _ ?
23. What fraction must be subtracted from the sum of
4 ^ (0.055) + (0.007) + (0.0027)
2 2 2
1 1 a) 10 b)100 c)50 d)1000

and — to have an average of — of all the three frac-
[MBA Exam, 1992]
tion? [SBIPO Exam, 1988]
1 1 35. J^=0.26 [SBIPOExam, 1988]
4 b)T c) d >6
a) 10 b) 1 0 2 c) 103 d) 502
24. 2 + V 2 + — U +- 18-3x4 + 2 .
2 + VT v ^ - T P « B A E n m , l « 3 ]
r
36. [BSRBPO Exam, 1986]
6x5-3x8
25. Iffx-jy = 1 and 4x + -Jy = \1, then ^/xy = ? b)
d >J
[CET Exam, 1997]
a) 72 b)64 c)82 d)96 37. W W . ! ? ?
7+12
26. =2 [CET Exam 1997] a) 6 4 b) 6 4 C) 2 6 d) 6 2
0.2x3.6
[ITI Exam, 1988]
a) 17.82 b) 17.22 c) 17.28 d) 17.12
25 x
38. Find the value of x in the equation J l + 144 = 1 + 12 '
27. V?x7xl8 = 84 [MBA Exam, 1982]
a)3.11 b)3.12 c)3.13 d)3.14 a)l b)0.5 c)2 d)4
64 9
28. 2- X y? J = 7 T , find the value of x and y. 121 64
v J x
39. 8 3 [SBIPO Exam, 1986]
[MBA Exam, 1987] —+ -
11 8
a) (3,15) b)(3,14) c)(14,3) d)(24,6)
88 31 41 99
29. I f x * y = (x + 2f{y-2) then7*5 = ? a) b) d)
31 88 C >99 41
[MBA Exam, 1983]
a) 234 b)243 c)343 d)423
30. I f m and n are whole numbers such that " = 121, then m 4°- I f V l 8 x l 4 x x = 84, then x is equal to?
a) 82 b)28 c)32 d)42
(/w-l)" +1 =? [MBA Exam, 1988]
(Auditors 1986)
a) 10 b) 10 2 c) 10 3 d) 10 4
41- V98-V50=?xV2
V1296 ? a)2 b)4 d)3 c)l
31 [CET Exam, 1996]
? 2.25 [BankPO 1980|
a) 6 b)3 c)9 d) 12 42. Express the number 51 as the difference of squares o f
two numbers.
a _17 a+b
32. If — r - — , what is equal to? a) 3 7 - 1 4 2 2 b) 3 6 - 1 5 2 2
a + b 23 a-b
17 23 23 c) 2 6 - 2 5 2 2 d) Can't be determined
a) c) [BankPO 1982]
23 11 d >17
[MAT 1995]
43. Thehighest score in an innings was — of the total score
yoursmahboob.wordpress.com a) 0.025 b) 0.225 c) 0.005 <f>0<IC25
[UTI 199*
mad the next highest was — of the remainder. These
2,(2x2)_ 0
scores differed by 8 runs. What was the total score in
me innings? 5 1 (2,2)x2 •
• 162 b)152 c)142 d)132
1
[NDA1988] a) 2 b)l c)4
4
d )
[UTI 1990|
|J_j +(64)"^+(-32)^
54. 0.9-0.3x0.3 = ?
a) 0.1 b)0.9 c)0.09 d)l
[UTI 1990]
b ) ^
2 2 N 2 2
[SSC 1994] 55. hi - + -
5 + 3 y 5 3
If _ £ , then find the value of n
4
;S b)10 c)12 d) 16 a)l b) 2 c)2

15 15 d >4
[MAT 1992]
[UTI 1990]
56. 7386 + 3333-7=10010
hlx4—+7 = 22-
3 10 3 a)619 b)609 c)719 d)709
b)4.2 c)2.6 d)2.8 ]UTI 1990[
a) 2.4
[NDA 1983] 57. 4.16x0.75 = ?
a)3.12 b)0.0312 c)31.2
(l .06 + 0.04) - ? = 4 x 1.06 x 0.04 2
d) 0.312 e) None of these
a) 1.04 b)1.4 c)1.5 d) Can't be determined [UTI 1990]
[CDS 1980]
58 2- + 3- + 4- = l
I-Il . „ 1 1 2 3 4
If a +b =45 and ab= 18, find - + - .
2 2
a) 11 b)5^ 0 9-
12
a) b) ? c)- d) Can't be determined
1
[MBA 1987] d) 10 e) None of these
a +b2 2 ab a+b [UTI 1990]

-i9 If then find the value of a-b r in terms
c +d
2 2 cd 8.4x4.2-2.1 „
of c and d only.
59 =?
2.1x4.2,8.4
:+d cd c-d c+ d a) 16 b)8 c)1.6
a) b) c) d) — - d) 1 e) None of these
~c~d~ c+ d c+ d c-a
[UTI 1990]
[MBA 1987]
50. Simplify 400
60.
V2 -V2
fl +fl i_ -V2 a
289 425
-+- [MBA 1987] a) 6800 b)256 c)272
1-a 1 + Va d)225 e) None of these
[Assistant Grade Exam, 1980)
a-l 2
a) b) c) d) 61. 1012x988 = ?
a-l y 2 a-l 1-a
a)988866 b) 989996 c) 999856
51. Solve 5V* + 1 2 ^ = 13^* d) 992786 e) None of tese
[SBI POExam.19-9]
a) 4 b)2 c)l d)6
[MBA 1987] 62. ^0.361/0.00169=?
52. 0.05 x 0.09 x 5 = ?
d)100 c)10
19 L9 19
b) c)
13 13 72. I f ( 4 ) x ( ^ " | = 2 " , t n e n n = ?
3 > J [NIC, 1982]
190 a) 10 b) 11 c)24
e) None of these
d) IT d) 12 e) 14
73. A number o f men went to a hotel and each spent as
[GIC1987]
many rupees as there were men. I f the money spent was
196 ? = 9 Rs 15625, find the number of men.
63. ? 36 [BankPO, 1980]
a) 28 b)84 c)56 a) 115 b) 125 c)130
d) 16.5 e) None of these d) 135 e) 145
[IAS, 1982] 74. The smallest possible decimal fraction up to three deci-
mal places is,
64. I f Vl 5625 =125, then a)0.001 b)0.101 c)0.011
d) 0.111 e) None of these
Vl 5625 + Vl 56.25 + Vl .5625 = ?
[IITCE,1990]
a) 1.3875 b) 13.875 c) 138.75 75. A glass full o f water weighs 100 gm. An empty glass
d) 156.25 e) None of these weighs 45 gm 320 mg. How much water can the glass
[GIC1988] hold? (Fashion Tech, 1993]
2592 a) 54.68 gm b) 145.32 gm c) 55.68 gm
65. = 324
d) 60 gm e) None of these
a) 18 b)144 c)8 76. A, B and C have to distribute Rs 1,000 between them, A
d) 16 e)64 and C together have Rs 400 and B and C Rs 700. How
[RRB 1980] much does C have? [MBA Exam, 1987]
a)Rsl00 b)Rs50 c)Rs200
VT21 45 13
66. d) Rs 300 e) None of these
11 169 V225
a) 10.31 b)l c) 35.96 8 , 3 a 3 „
n
77. I f - = — 1 0 , t h e n - — = ? [BankPO, 1983]

d)3 e) None of these a a 8 a
[UDC1983]
95 _16
25 a)-10 b) c)
67. I f J1 + 1 + — thenx=? 16 95
144 12
[BankPO 1981] 24 a -24 2
a)l b)2 c)5 d) ~2 e)

a -8 2
8a
78. I f 8 7 0 0 , x = 300and4,590-y=170,then(;c-y) *(x+y)
68. The cost of telephone calls in an industrial town is 30
=?
paise per call for the first 100 calls, 25 paise per call for
[BSRB Exam, 1988]
the next 100 calls, and 20 paise per call for calls exceed-
a) 29 b)56 c) 112
ing 200. How many calls can one make for Rs 50?
d)27 e)81
[BSRBPO Exam, 1988]
a) 175 b)180 c)200 3 7 ,.2
If 9 - x y - = 1 6 -
d)225 e)250 x 9 3'
0.538x0.5380-462x0.462 ]IRS, 1990]
69. [BankPO, 1983]
1-0.924 a) (7,1) b)(8,l) c)(13,l)
a) 2 b)1.08 c) 0.076 d)(5,l) e)(2,l)
d) 0.987 e)l 3 1 y
70. 6 - [ 5 - { ? - ( 2 - 1 . 5 ) } ] = 3 [BankPO, 1986] & x x 9 ~I2' t b e n t b e v a m°f e ' ' s
a)2 b)l c)2.5

[Assistant Grade Exam, 1992]
d)1.5 e)3.5
a ) l , 13 b) 1,5 c)l,7
16.6 d)l,ll e) 1,1
71. [ITI, 1988}
166
a) 0.1 b)l c)0.01 81. ^ - — which of the following can replace all the ques-
Simplification
tion marks?
33
[BankPO Exam, 1989] swer by . Find the correct answer.
a) 6 b)7 c)2
d) 42 e) None of these 64 46 46
a)
xy* 3x 85 b >5l C >85"
82. Divide by —
64
yz * 4z d) e) None of these
3z 4z 2z 58
a) b) 89. A woman sells to the first customer half her stock and
4
half an apple, to the second half her remaining stock and
2 half an apple, and so also to a third, and to a fourth
e) customer. She finds that she has now 15 apples left.
d >3
How many had she at first?
83. V0.0064 is equal to, [BankPO 1975] a) 255 b)552 c)525
a) 0.08 b)+0.08 c)0.8 d)265 e) None of these
d) + 0.8 e) + 8 5 4 2 4
90. — of — of a number is 8 more than — of — of the
1 1
—+ - same number. What is half of that number?
2 3
Simplify [BankPO 1975] a) 630 b)315 c)210
2 i d)105 e) None of these
7
7 7 7
Answers
a) L2 C ) 4l l.c 2.d 3.c 4.c 5.d 6. a 7.c
7 7 8. a 9.d lO.a 11.b 12.a 13.c 14.a
15.c
d >li e) 27
5 6 8 8 3 10 25
if I O ^ - 25 then what is the value o f io^ ?
2
16. b; Hint: Let xx —+ —x y.Then,
[SSC, 1994] 6 7 9 5 4 3
5 7 8 5 3 10 25
— X— X X X 1 X =
a)-5 b)5 c)
25 6 6 9 8 4 3 9
35 5 5 25
or —xx — + —= —
d) :e) None of these ' 36 9 2 9
35 25 5 5 50 + 10-45 15
1 or —~x '•
2x(37) -- 2
' 36 9~ 9 + 2 18 18
86. W. is equal to which of the following num-
2x37-1 15 36 6
.". x 18 ^ 35 ~ 7
ber?
a) 36.5 b)38 c)37.5 9 19 7
d) 37 e) None of these — + + X +
2 6 3
87. Find the number one-seventh of which exceeds its elev-
enth part by 100. 67 (9 19 17 2
a) 1925 b)1295 c)1952 — + + - = -10 = — = 3 -
5 5
5 6 3j
18. c
16
88. A boy on being asked to multiply — of a certain frac- „„ 1 75 1
19. a; Hint: 3 2 =y = g
7 x
2 ^ - =1x300
2 j 8
16
tion made the mistake of dividing the fraction by
17
Thus, the number of - ' s in 3 7 ^ is 300.
and so got an answer which exceeded the correct an-
20. c; Hint: Out of 5 girls, 1 took part in the camp and out of
8 boys, 1 took part in the camp. Thus out of 13 stu- 25. a; Hint: V I + V>' = 1 7 ®
2 and, 4x-Jy=\)
dents, 2 took part in the camp. i.e. — of total students
Adding equations (i) and (ii), we get Vx = 9
joined the camp.
21. c; Hint: Let the total number of workers be x. Subtracting equation (ii) from (i), we get Jy = 8
1 Substituting these values,
Then, number of women = —x ;
Jxy = yfxxjy = 9x8 = 72
And, number of men = — x 26. c; Hint: Putting* in place of?

jc-5-12 _ 2
Number of women having children

0.2x3.6 ~
1 A ,1 1
= —of —of —X X
3 2 3 18 or, 12 = 2x0.2x3.6 => — = 2x0.2x3.6
12
2 3 2 1
Number of men having children = —of—of—x = -x or, x= 12x2x0.2x3.6 = 17.28
27. a; Hint: Substituting x for ?, we get,
1 1 7 V * x 7 x l 8 = 84
Number of workers having children = — x + — x = — x
I—r 84
or, V * x 7 = —
1 \1 18
No. of workers having no children = ! ~ x fgj x = —x
18
22. b; Hint: Let the fraction be IT Then,

84 84x84
or, x x 7 = .". x- = 3.11
^x«U*=18- S 6 5 1 2 18x18x7
b b 21 21
28. c; Hint: Taking the quotients 2, y and 7, we get
2y = 7, which gives the quotient as 3
a a a 512
or —x —x —= w - o r 3
.-. y - 3. Substituting the value of y, we get,
' b b b 21 ° U J ,3,
o 37 T 1 3
2 —x3— = 7 —
•-=*=2- x 2 4
"b 3 3
1 1 , 1 Now, — - = 2 - = > 2 A I
23.d;Hint:Let T + ^ - x : = 3 x J "-Then,
2
4 = 2
3 I x 14 x
2
1 1 1 1
— + — x = — or x = — .-.x = 14 v = 3
4 6 4 6'
29. b; Hint: Substituting x = 7 and y = 2, we get,
V 2 - 2 + 2 + V2 7*5 = (7 + 2 ) ( 5 - 2 ) 2
24. a; Hint . 2 + V2- = (9) x3=243

(2 + V2)(V2-2) 2
30. c;Hint:Giventhatm = 121 m = (ll)n n 2
[Since a = ^2 a n d b=2 Hence, m = 11 and n = 2, substituting these values,

.-. (a + b ) ( a - b ) = 2 _ , 2a / ] (m-iy^H-lf+Ulo^lOOO
3 l.c; Hint: Putting x for (?),
= 2 + V2" ^=>2 V?+^=:
+ +
Vl296x2.25 = x
2-4
2
-2
or, 36x2.25 = x 2
Simplification
[since a m + " = "~" ]

a a
or, x = ^36x2.25
or, x = 6 x 1.5 [since ^1296 =36] .•.x = 4°
.-. x = 9 144 + 25 . x
38. a; Hint: J - ^ - = l + -
_ 17 a
I : Hint: Given that r 77 _
a + o 23 169 , x 13 x
or, J = 1 + — or,— = 1 + —
i.e., i f a = 17, then a + b = 23 ' V144 12 12 12
or, b = 6 or, x = l
a-b= 17-6=11
• a + _ 2 3 (64 -9xl2l) 2 8x11
"a-6 11 39.b;Hint:x= x ( x
8 8 + xll)
3
33. c; Hint: Putting x t o T ^ > 3 » ^ f e f a % % ^ *,w.e,ige.t.

'{6A - 3 x 3 x 1 l x l l )
1 3x11
x x' * - 1 '*~
OT (11x11x8x8) X ( 6 4 + 33)
18 162 ~X
(64 + 33X64-33)
or, x 2 =18x162 or, x =
11x8 (64 + 33)
or, x =18x18x9 o r , x = 1 8 x 3
2
. \ = 54 31
or, x = •
34. b; Hint: Let 0.55 = a, 0.07 = b and 0.027 = c
Then, the given expression becomes
40. b;Hint: V l 8 x l 4 x x = 84
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 _ l a ^ + c 2 ! Since x is under square root, so, squaring both sides
(0.1xa) +(0.1x6) +(0.1xc)
2 2 2 0.0l[a +fc +c ]
2 2 2
we get
84x84
1 8 x T 4 x = 84x84
x or, x -
= 100 18x14
0,01
35. c; Hint: Putting x for (?) and solving it for x, .'. x = 28
41. a; Hint: Putting x for (?) and solving it for x,
67.6 ^7x7x2-^5x5x2 =xx^2
= 0.26
x
or, 7 V 2 - 5 V 2 = x x V 2
67.6 .". x = 2
or, = (0.26) 2
42. c; Hint: Using the formula,

2
X = AZA_ o r x = 1000 'N+l ~N-\
, where N = original number
0.0676 N =
2 2
36. d; Hint: Putting x for (?) and applying VBODMAS rule,
PutN = 51
18-32 + 2 18 + 2-12 20-12 2
or,x = - ^ — z r - or,x = or.x =
30-24 30-24 30-24 or,51 = "51+r "51-f
2 2
or,x = — .'. x = —
6 3 or, 51 = (26) - ( 2 5 ) 2 2
37. b; Hint: Putting x for (?), and since all base are equal to 4, 43. a; Hint: Let the total score be x runs, such that
hence, put a = .
2 2 ( 2 2 2 7 .
— J C — X X X |='i Or, —x x—x = 8
or,x=W4 Nt» )r 2 5 9 9 I 9 9 9 9
or, x = a n -=-a xl or,x = a

6 1 2 - 6 or, x = a 6
2 2
or — x x — = 8 or, x = 162
"»> ft n
[since (a J 5 =\]
.-. The total score in the innings was 162.

a +b 2 2 ab a +b 2 2 lab
49. d; Hint: or, -=-
44. a; W° + ( 6 4 ) * + ( - 3 2 ) * c +d 2 2 cd ' + r f c 2 2 2co"
a +b +lab
2 2 a +b -lab
2 2
or, —5 5 = —r =
= l+ ( 8 2 ^ (-lx32^
+
c +d +lcd
2 2 c +d -lcd
2 2
= 1+ 8 ' + l ( - l ) ^ x ( 3 2 ) ^ J ( )
or, c + d
{c-d)
= i l b l=nl + + 4
a+b_ c+d
= 1 8 +
+
a-b c-d
45. c; Hint: =64
aA+a'Yi \- -Yi a
,6 _ n 50. d; Hint: — ; + -=-

or,, ( 2 " f = 2 ° 1-a X + Ja
1
:.n = X2
46. a; Hint: Putting x for (?) and solving for it gives -+
\ a^Jx-a
l l I x 4 A + A; = 22-
3 10 3
1 8 2 since l - a = ( l ) - ( ^ ) = ( l 2 2 + ^ ) ( l - ^ )
or, H - x 4 — = 2 2 y x x [sincea-b = cthena = b * c ]
^+(l-a~^Yl-a^
1 „ 8
tfi+a
or x = — x4 — \ a^Jx-a^
211 10
3 _1
since •a^+a^+X-a^-a^+X 2
2 2 21 2
3 (1-a) X-a
or, = 2.4 x
51. a; Hint: 5V* \4x - j3V* +
47. a; Hint: Putting x for (?) and solving for it The given equation is of the form
(l .06 + 0.04) - x = 4 x 1.06 x 0.04 2 5 +12
2 =13 2 2
Here, 1.06 = a and 0.04 = b [By the Pythogoras theorem of numbers]

Comparing the two equations, we find
:.(a + bf -x = 4ab
4x = 2 ;. x = 4
;. x = (a - bf = (l .06 - 0.04) = 1.0404 2
52. d 53. d 54. b 55. b 56. d 57. a 58. d
59. a 60. c
\a + bf-{a-bf=4ab\
61. c; Hint: 1012 x 988=(1000 + 12) x (1000 - 1 2 ) [Use (a+b)
(a-b) = a -b ] 2 2
48. c; Hint:. t 11 - 1 a + fc_ yla +b +lab

2 2
a b ab a o
0.361
62. d;Hint: ' ^ x l O 2
0.00169 U3
since a + b = yj(a+bf
63. b
V45 + 2 x l 8 _ ± 9 _ + 1 64. c; Hint: ^/with two decimal places = one decimal place
18 ~J&~~2
••• V156.25 =12.5
^/with four decimal places = Two decimal place

plification *3
.-. Vl .5625 = 1.25

2 127 + - or 255.
66. d 67. a 68. b 69. e 70. c
90. d; Hint: Let the number be x.
fl6.6f
5 4 2 4 .
C ; H i n t : ? = l l ^ J • —x — xx — x - x x = 8
•• 7 15 5 9
a;Hmt:(2 yx^] =2''^2 2 8 6 + 4 =2' ,
8x315 ...
or, x = = 210
~3 b; Hint: x 2 =1562 12
.-. Half of the number =105
_4.a 75. a
76. a;Hint: [(A + C) + (B + C ) ] - ( A + B + C) = C]
77. b 78. c 79. b 80. b SET -II
81. d; Hint: Put x for? Directions (Q. 1-10): Four of the five choices are ex-
82. b 83. b 84. d actly equal. Which one of the parts is not equal to the other
four? The number of that choice is the answer.
85b;Hint: io == VlO ^ == ^25 == 5 y 2 7 1. a)5280-3129 + 933
86. c b) 80% of5000 + 4% of 150 - 461 x 2
1 1 4
S a; Hint: — c) 8^ of558-1680
7 11 77
d) 1950 + 300 + 50% of 1700 - 8 x 2
of the number = 100 e) 22 x 30 + 30 x 15 + 75 x 3 5 - 6 5 1
77 2. a) 75 x 75 - 50% of2200 - 5% of 500
77- b) 80 x 30 +15 x 40 + 60% of 1800 + 420
the number = 100 x — = 1925 c) 25 x 85 + 90 x 20 + 50% of 1150
4
d) 35 x 3 5 + 2 1 x 9 0 - 5 % o f 100+1392
17 16 289-256 33 e) 1 1 0 0 x 5 + 2 x 3 0 - 5 0 % o f 2 0 8 8 - 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
88. a; Hint: Since 3. a) 1.3x5 + 2 . 3 x 5
16 17 16x17 16x17
b) 4 ! - 3 !
33 33 c) 2 + l
3 + 18-(3 +P)
3 + 22 2
.-.the fraction x - x i ? ^
d) 40% of40 + 20% of 20 - 1 0 % of 20
e) 10%of20 + 20%of80
33 16x17 _ 4
• thefraction=— 4. a)0.5 + 0.55 + 0.05
b) 0.6+ 0.04+ 0.05+ 0.3+ 0.01
c) 0.1x 1.0x0.01x1000
16 4 64
.-. the correct answer = — of — = r r d) 0.3+0.27+ 0.03+ 0.4
17 5 85 e) 0.5x2.0
89. a; Hint: Begin with the fourth customer.
1 1 1 1 1
5. a) ar *bT e- d- 7 * «
+ + b) -xe
a+b+c+d
Her stock before the 4th customer came was 2
or31 d)
e+b+c+d (a + b + c + d)
bde
Her stock before the 3rd customer came was 2 31 +
ac
or63
6. a) 87-i'% of 528 b) 6 6 y % of 522 + 6 x 1 9
Her stock before the 2nd customer came was
2^63 + - J o r l 2 7 c) 23 - 8
2 2 -3 d) 1 6 - % of 2772
Her stock before^ the 1st customer came was e) 6 2 - % of 496 + 3 7 - % of 2 8 8 - 4 + 8x6
5 5
a)21 x5 + 12x6 + 2 x 12 b)19x9 + 2 x l 5

c) 0.06 x 10 x 0.002 2 2 d) 0.3 x 2400 x 0.001 2
c)13x l l + 1 5 x 4 - 2 x 1 d) 11 x 1 9 - 2 + 12 3
e) 1 5 x 1 2 + 1 1 x 2 - 1 e) No error
63 16. a) (a + b + cf -(a-b-cf
a) 40% of 36 + 5% of 175 - —
b) (a + b-cf -{a-b-cf +4c{a + b)
b) V 6 2 5 - 2 5 % o / 2 0
c) (b + c-af -(a + b-cf + 4c(a-b)
11 d) 4a(b + c)
c) 20% of 125+ — of207-104
e) No error
d) - of424- /256 5a
17. 3 ) a (b-c)-b (a-c)+c (a-b)
2 2 2
b) -(a-b\b- c\c - a)
1 11
e) - o f 3 2 0 - — of 76 c) ab(a-b)+ bc(b-c)+ ca(c-a)
d) c (a-b)+a (b-c)-b {a-c)

2 2 2
2 10
a)35%of48 +15%of76 b) 3 + 4 - % of 25 —
2
e) No error
3 14
18. a)6.5x 1.5 + 3 . 5 x 2 . 5 - 5 x 0 . 5
c) 46.68-19.57+1.09 d) 78^-% of3.6 b) 3 + 80% o / 1 2 + 7% of 20 - 2

2 2
e) V795.24 c) ^ - 1 2 . 5 % o / 3 2
10. 3)3130+2060-1090 b)5680-3510+1930
c) 11450-5090 -+2260 d) 1080+2320 + 710 d) 3 V 7 8 4 - 8 - 2 2 2
e)8645-3155-1390 e) No error
Directions (Q. 11-30): In the following questions one of
the choices among (a), (b), (c) and (d) is different from other 19- 3 ) 4 8 2 b H 2 ^ 3 ) 2 c) (2 )
6 3 + 9 3
three. Mark the choice which is different If the four choices
are equal, the answer is i.e. No error. d) 9 x 2 8 e) No error
11. 3 ) 7 x 0 . 5 + 1 . 5 x 0 . 5 + 2.5x0.3 20. 3 ) 12 + 3 2 + 5 2 + 7 2 b)l3 + 3 3 + 4 3 _ 3 2
b) ( 1 . 4 x 5 ) - 2 + 15-10
c) 2 + 4 + 6 + 5 + 3
2 2 d) 2 + 4 2 2 1 3 3 +l +3 +2'
3 2
c) ( i + 2 + 3 ) + 3 - ( 3 x 4 ) - 6
2 2 2
e) No error
d) 2(l.5+ 1.3)-3x0.2 21. a)1.4x4 + 2 . 3 x 4 - 1 . 6 x 0 . 5
e) No error b) 2 . 7 x 4 - 1 . 8 x 3 + 2 x . 4 3
12. 3)15%ofl50 + 25x0.3 b)(l x 2 x 3 x4 x 5)-4 c) 1 . 2 x - 1 . 9 5 2 + 2 x . 2

8 8
c) 3 _
4 6 2 + 2 d) l2 + 2 2 + 3 2 + 4 2 d) 2 . 8 x 2 + 1 . 2 x 7
e) No error
e) No error
13. 3)(1.6x6 + 6.2 x 5 ) - 0 . 5 22. a) - 2 n ( « + 3 m ) 2 2
b) 13x3 + 1 4 x 2 + 1 . 4 x 5 + 1 . 2 x 5
b) - ( n - m f -{n + mf
C) 4 3 + 2 4
c) - 2m[m + 3 « ) 2 2
d) ( l + 3 + 5 + 7 ) - 2
2 2 2 2 2
e) No error d) 4r? -6mn(m-n)-6n (m 2 + n)

14. 3) 10% of45 + 55% of30 / e) No eJtfor
b) 70% of30 + 40% of 20 - 8
c) 15%of40+ 13% of 50+ 17% of 50 l 23. *){x-yf -{x + yf -( y + 2xl2x-y)
d) l x 2 + 2 x 3 + 3 x 4
e) No error b) 3y +(y-2x\x-2y)-x(2x
2 + 9y)
15. 3)1.2x0.003 x20x0.01 b) 0.003 x0.02 x l O2 3 4 c) y 2 -4x(x + y)

.:::r.
30. a)20%of45 + 17%of9 b ) 2 5 - 5 x 2.894
c)9 + 3x0.51 d)50%of 2 1 -

b) 6 - 2 4 4
e) No error
Ifc«f32 x 62.5% of25.6 d) x5
2 7
Answers
1. c; A l l others are equal to 3084.
2. d; All ohers are equal to 4500.
3. c; All others are eual to 18.
-*X*-*Xc-4--( -*) z
4. a; A l l others are equal to 1.
•-«Xft-xX*-c)..(r-*)} bde
5. c; A l l others are equal to .
ac
6. e; All others are equal to 462.
7. d; All others are equal 201.
65+15% of 9 b) 2_
5 5 x 0 .83
8. d; All others are equal to 20.
9. d; A l l others are equal to 28.2.
xl.175 d)45%of 4 6 - 10. d; A l l others are equal to 4100.
11. c; All others are equal to 5.
12. e; A l l are equal to 30.
b) 1000% of
15 14. d; A l l others are equal to 21.
15. b; All others are equal to 0.00072.
— 50% of - 16. c; A l l others are equal to 4ab + 4ac.
d) 0.09375 of 7 -
3 3 17. b; A l l others are equal to
a b - a c - ab +b c + ac - be
2 2 2 2 2 2

-ry -(y+3x)
z 2
19. c; All are equal to 2304.
x ) - (3y - x ) + 5(y - xX* + v)-12xv
2 2
20. e; All are equal to 8.
21. c; A l l others are equal to 14.
+2y)
22. c; A l l others are equal to - 2 « -6m n • 3 2
+ ^v + ( v - 2 x ) 2
23. e; All are equal to - 4 x + y - 4xy •
2 2
24. d; A l l others are equal to 1280.

wf -(n + mf 25. e; A l l others are equal to 0.
26. c; All these are equal to 20.85.
-In )-3n(n
2 + 3m) 2 -(m-nf
27. a; A l l are equal to 0.6 •
a4. +3m )
2 2
28. e; A l l are equal to - 5 x - lOxy •

2
".f -m (m + 9n)-3n (n
2 2 + m)
29. b; All others are equal to _ - 6m n •
2 w 3 2
30. d; All others are eual to 10.53.

Number System
Rule 1 and 5 times the remainder. I f the remainder is 48, the

dividend is
Dividend = (Divisor x Quotient) + Remainder
a) 808 b)5008 c)5808 d)8508
Illustrative Example 10. In a division sum, the divisor is 10 times the quotient
lu A number when divided by 602 leaves remainder 36 and 5 times the remainder. I f the remainder is 46, the
and the value of quotient is 5. Find the number. dividend is
Soto: By the above formula, we get a)4236 b)4306 c)4336 d)5336
Number = (602 x 5) + 36 = 3046
Answers
Exercise
l.b 2. a 3.b 4. a 5.c 6.c 7. a
L In a divison sum the quotient is 120, the divisor 456, and
8. a 9.c 10. d
the remainder 333, find the dividend,
a) 55035 b) 55053 c) 50553 d) 55503 Rule 2
1 In a division the quotient is 105, the remainder is 195, the
divisor is equal to the sum of the quotient and remain- Dividend - Remainder
Divisor =
der, what is the dividend? Quotient
a)31695 b)36195 c)31659 d)31965
5 times the remainder. What is the dividend, if the re- Ex.: On dividing J9724b by a certain numoer, me quuucm
mainder be 469? is 865 and the remainder is 211. Find the divisor.
a) 5566 b)5336 c)5363 d)3556 Soln: Applying the above formula, we get
397246-211
4. The quotient arising from the division of a number by 62 Divisor = TTT 4 5 Y
is 463 and the remainder is 60, what is the number?

a) 28766 b) 28566 c) 27866 d) 28676 Exercise
5. The divisor is 321, the quotient 11 and the remainder 1. On dividing 7865321 by a certain number, the quotient is
260. Find the dividend. 33612 and the remainder is 113. Find the divisor.
a) 3719 b)3971 c)3791 d)3179 a) 254 b)234 c)284 d)264
6. In a division sum the divisor is 5 times and the quotient 2. The dividend is 3792, the quotient 12 and the remainder
is 6 times the remainder which is 73. What is the divi- 0. Find the divisor.
dend? a)316 b)261 c)361 d) 136
a) 169943 b) 159963 c) 159943 d) 159953 3. What is the divisor when the dividend is 345, the re-
] 7. The quotient is 702, the remainder is 24, and the divisor mainder 5 and the quotient 20?
7 more than the sum of both. What is the dividend? a) 27 b) 17 c)7 d)37
a)514590 b)541590 c)514950 d)514509 4. A boy had to divide 76428 by 123. He copied a figure
S. In a division sum the divisor is 7239, quotient 1308 and wrong in the divisor and obtained as his quotient 611
remainder 209. By how much should the dividend be with remainder 53. What mistake did he make?
increased so that when it is divided by the same divisor a) He made no mistake
a quotient 1311 and a remainder 730 is obtained? b) He copied 133 instead of 123
a) 22238 b) 22283 c) 22338 d) 22233 c) He copied 125 instead of 123
9. In a division sum, the divisor is 10 times the quotient d) He copied 213 instead of 123.
48 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATH
5. The quotient arising from the division of 24446 by a .-. the least number to be added = 58.
certain number is 79 and the remainder is 35, what is the Ex.2: Find the least number o f 3 digits, which is exac
divisor? divisible by 14.
a) 309 b)319 c)310 d)379 Soln: The least number of 3 digits = 100
6. A boy had to divide 49471 by 210. He made some mis- On dividing 100 by 14, remainder = 2
take in copying the divisor and obtained as his quotient To determine exactly divisible least number, the abo
246 with a remainder 25. What mistake did he make? method will be applied.
a) He made no mistake b) He put down 120 for 210 .-. The required number
c) He put down 102 for 210 d) He put dwn 201 for 210 = Dividend + (Divisor - Remainder)
7. In a division sum the dividend is 57324 and quotient 123. = 100 + (14-2)=112.
If the remainder is greater than the quotient but less han
twice the quotient. Find the divisor.
Exercise
1. What least number must be subtracted from 5731625,
a) 465 b)475 c)645 d)565
get a number exactly divisible by 3546?
Answers a) 1189 b)1829 c)1289 d) 1982
Lb 2.a 3.b 4.c 5.a 6.d 7.a 2. Find the least number of 5 digits which is exactly di '
ibleby456.
Rule 3 a) 10456 b) 10424 c) 10032 d) 10023
A number (Dividend) can be made completely divisible with 3. Find the number which is nearest to 68624 and exa
the help of either of the following methods: divisible by 587.
Divisor) Dividend (Quotient a) 68679 b) 69156 c) 68569 d) 68689
4. Find the number nearest to 144759 and exactly divisi
Remainder by 927.
Method I: By subtracting remainder from dividend. For a) 144906 b) 144612 c) 144169 d) 144621
finding the greatest n-digit number completely divisible by 5. Find the greatest number of 5-digits, which is exa'
a divisor, this rule is applicable. divisible by 547.
a) 99456 b) 99554 c) 10545 d) 99545
6. What least number must be added to 954131, to get
Ex. 1: Find the greatest number of 3 digits, which is exactly
number exactly divisible by 548?
divisible by 35.
a) 63 b)563 c)485 d)611
Soln: The greatest number of 3 digit = 999
7. What least number be subtracted from 6501 to get
On dividing 999 by 35, remainder =19.
number exactly divisible by 135?
Now, applying the above method,
a)21 b)12 c)35 d)53
the required number = dividend - remainder = 999 -
8. What least number be added to 5200 to get a numb
19 = 980
exactly divisible by 180.
Ex. 2: Find the least number that must be subtracted from
a) 160 b)60 c)20 d) 180
87375, to get a number exactly divisible by 698.
9. Find the number which is nearest to 6555 and exac!
Soln: On dividing 67375 by 698, the remainder is 125.Bythe
divisible by 21.
above method,
a) 6558 b)6576 c)6552 d)6534
The least number to be subtracted is the remainder
10. Find the number which is nearest to 8845 and exaa
from dividend.
divisible by 80.
.-. the least number to be subtracted =125.
a) 8890 b)8810 c)8800 d)8880
Method II: By adding (divisor - remainder) to dividend. 11. What least number must be subtracted from 13601 to §
For finding the least n-digit number completely divisible a number exactly divisible by 87.
by a divisor, this rule is applicable. a) 39 b)29 c)27 d)33
Illustrative Examples 12. What least number must be added to 1056 to get a nui
Ex. 1: What least number must be added to 49123 to get a ber exactly divisible by 23.
number exactly divisible by 263. a)21 b)23 c)2 d)4
Soln: On dividing 49123 by 263, the remainder is 205. 13. The largest number of four digits exactly divisible by
By the above method, is
The least number to be added to the dividend a) 9856 b)9944 c)9988 d)9994
= divisor - remainder 14. Find the greatest number o f five digits exactly divisil
=263-205 = 58. by 279.
Number System
a) 99882 b) 99720 c) 99782 d) 99982 Exercise

15. Find the nearest integer to 56100 which is exactly divis- 1. 457213 and 343373 are divided by a certain number o f
ible by 456. four digits and the remainder is the same in both the
a) 56556 b) 56088 c) 56112 d) 56188 cases. Find the divisor.
16. What is the nearest whole number to one million which a) 1423 b) 1432 c)1422 d) 1433
is divisible by 537 without remainder? 2. 31593and 23456 are divided by a certain number of three
a) 999894 b) 999994 c) 999984 d) 999948 digits and the remainder is the same in both the cases.
17. What least number must be added to 2716321 to make it Find the remainder.
exactly divisible by 3456? a) 75 b)66 c)68 d)88
a)3361 b)95 c)105 d)3316
Answers
18. What least number must be subtracted from 2716321 to
l.a 2. a
make it exactly divisible by 3456?
a) 3361 b)95 c)85 d)3613 Rule 5
19. Find the least number of five digits which is exactly di- To find the product of the two numbers when the sum and
visible by 654.
the difference of the two numbers are given.
a) 10190 b) 10654 c) 10464 d) 10644
Product of the numbers
20. Which least number should be subtracted from 427396
(Sum + Difference)(Sum - Difference)
so that the remainder would be divisible by 15?
[BSRB Delhi PO, 2000] 4
a)6 b)l c)16 d)4 Illustrative Example
Answers Ex. The sum of two numbers is 14 and their difference is
3.a 4.b 5.b 6.c 7. a 10. Find the product of the two numbers.
l.c 2.c
10. d 11.b 12. c 13. b 14. a Soln: Detail Method: Let the two numbers be x and y, then
8.c 9.c
18.a 19. c 20. b x + y = 14 a n d x - y = 10
15.b 16.a 17. b
Now, we have, (x + yf =(x- yf + 4xy
Rule 4
Theorem: When two numbers, after being divided by a third or, (14) 2 =(l0f+4xy
number, leave the same remainder, the difference of those
two numbers must be perfectly divisible by the third num-
4 4
ber.
Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
Illustrative Examples have
Ex. 1: 24345 and 33334 are divided by a certain number of (14 + 10X14-10) _
three digits and the remainder is the same in both the Product 24
cases. Find the divisor and the remainder.
Note: The numbers can also be found by the direct formula
Soln: By the above theorem, the difference of 24345 and
33334 must be perfectly divisible by the divisor. We Sum + Difference _ 14 +10
x - = 12
have the difference = 33334 - 24345 = 8989 = 101 x 89 ~~2 ~~2
Thus, the three-digit number is 101.
The remainder can be obtained by dividing one of the Sum-Difference 14-10
numbers by 101. I f we divide 24345 by 101, the re-
mainder is 4. Exercise
Ex. 2: 451 and 607 are divided by a number and we get the
1. The sum of two numbers is 20 and their difference is 10.
same remainder in both the cases. Find all the pos-
Find the product of the two numbers.
sible divisors (other than 1)..
-fcJ8u b)10u
1 cJ80 "aj?5
Soln: By the above theorem:
607 - 451 = 156 is perfectly divisible by those num-
Find the product of the two numbers,
bers (divisors).
a) 598 b)958 c)589 d)859
Now, 156 = 2 x 2 x 3 x 13
1)9994 Thus, 1 -digit numbers = 2,3,2 x 2,2 x 3 = 2,3,4,6
Find the product of the two numbers,
ictly divisibB 2- digit numbers = 12,13,26,39,52,78
a) 537 b)375 c)357 d)753
3-digit number = 156
Find the product of the two numbers. a) 90 b)150 c)100 d)120

a) 54 b)63 c)36 d)64 9. Two-fifths of one-fourth of five eighths of a number is 6.
5. The sum of two numbers is 33 and their difference is 21. What is 50 per cent of that number?
Find the product of the two numbers. [BSRB Calcutta PO1999]
a) 162 b) 126 c)102 d)216 a) 96 b)32 c)24 d)48
1 4 3 5
6. The difference of twe* numbers is 11 and — th of their 10. I f — of — of — of a number is 45, what is the number?
7 IU O
sum is 9. The numbers are: [RRB Exam 1991] [BSRB Hyderabad PO 1999]
a)31,20 b)30,19 c)29,18 d)28,17 a) 450 b)540 c)560 d)650
Answers 11. Two-thirds of three-fifths of one-eighth of a certain num-
l.d 2.a 3.c 4.b 5.a ber is 268.50. What is 30 per cent of that number?
6.d; Hint: See Note. [NABARD1999]
a) 1611.0 b) 716.0 c) 1342.5 d)596.60
Rule 6 1 2 4
Ex. I f one-fifth of one-third o f one-half of number is 15, 12. I f — of — o f -j of a number is 12 then 3 0 per cent of the
find the number. number will be [SBI BankPO 2001]
Soln: Detail Method: Let the number be x. Then we have, a) 48 b)64 c)54 d)42
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.a 6.b 7.d
. \ = 1 5 x 5 x 3 x 2 = 450 8.c 9.d lO.b 11.a 12. c
Direct Formula:
Rule 7
(*) The required number = ^ - 450 The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is S. If the digits
are reversed, the number is decreased by N, then the num-
Note:(*) The resultant should be multiplied by the reverse of
each fraction.
ber is given by 5 S + N
Exercise 2 9
1. I f one-third of one-sixth of two-third of number is 64, or
find the number.
Decrease 1 Decrease
a) 1278 b) 1782 c)1728 d)3456 Sum of digits + + — Sum of digits
2. If one-tenth of one-fourth of one-fifth of number is 10, 2
find the number.
a) 200 b)2000 c)500 d)1000
Ex. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 8. If the
3. I f three-fourth of two-third of two-fifth of one-half of
digits are reversed, the number is decreased by 54.
number is 60, find the number.
Find the number.
a) 600 b)400 c)650 d)575
Soln: Detail Method: Let the two-digit number be 1 Ox + y.
4. If two-fifth of one-th.. d of two-third of number is 16, find
Then, we have;x + y = 8 ... (1) and
the nmber.
10y+x = 10x + y - 5 4
a) 160 b)280 c)180 d) 190
5. If one-fifth of two-third of one-half of number is 30, find * ,...( )
or,x-y=y =65 4
2
the number.
a) 450 b)900 c)950 d)400 From equations (1) and (2)
6. Three-fourth of one-fifth of a number is 60. The number
is: [BankPO Exam, 1990] 8+ 6 '
x = ——- = 7 and y = 1
a) 300 b)400 c)450 d)1200
7. Four-fifths of three-eighths of a number is 24. What is .-. The required number = 7 x 1 0 + 1 = 7 1
250 per cent of that number? [BSRB Mumbai, 1998] Quicker Method:
a) 100 b) 160 c)120 d)200 The required number =
8. Two-fifths of thirty per cent of one-fourth of a number is
Decrease 1 Decrease
15. What is 20 per cent of that number? Sum of digits + - + —Sum of digits -
[BSRB Mumbai 1998] 2
Number System
Soln: Detail Method: Let the number = x.

51
= 5(8 + 6 ) + ^ ( 8 - 6 ) = 7 0 + l = 71
Then, x + x = 182
2
Exercise or, x + x - 1 8 2 = 0
2
1. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 12. I f the or, x + 14x-13x-182 = 0
2
digits are reversed, the number is decreased by 18. Find

or, x(x + 14)-13(x + 14) = 0
the number.
a) 75 b)93 c)84 d)57 or, (x-13)(x + 14)=0
2 The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 9. I f the or, x = 13 (negative value is neglected).
digits are reversed, the number is decreased by 63. Find Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
the number. the required answer
a)72 b)63 c)54 d)81
_ / l + 182x4-l _ 7729-1
A 27-1
3. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 10. If the
digits are reversed, the number is decreased by 72. Find 2 2 ,- 2
the number. Exercise
a) 91 b)82 c)73 d)64 1. I f the sum of a number and its square is 240, what is the
4. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 13. If the number?
digits are reversed, the number is decreased by 45. Find a) 15 b)18 c)25 d)22
the number. 2. If the sum of a number and its square is 306, what is the
a) 85 b)76 c)49 d)94 number?
5. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 7. If the a) 16 b) 18 c)17 d) 19
digits are reversed, the number is decreased by 45. Find 3. I f the sum of a number and its square is 702, what is the
the number. number?
a) 52 b)43 c)61 d)25 a) 26 b)27 c)28 d)29
6. A certain number consists of two digits whose sum is 9. 4. I f the sum of a number and its square is 1560, what is the
I f the order of digits is reversed, the new number is 9 less number?
than the original number. The original number is a) 38 b)37 c)36 d)39
a) 45 b)36- c)54 d)63 5. I f the sum of a number and its square is 156, what is the
7. In a two-digit number the digit in the unit's place is more number?
than the digit in the ten's place by 2. I f the difference a) 16 b)14 c)12 d) 13
between the number and the number obtained by inter- 6. I f the sum of a number and its square is 210, what is the
changing the digits is 18. What is the original number. number?
[SBI Associates PO 1999] a) 12 b) 13 c)14 d) 16
a) 46 b)68 c)24 d) Data inadequate 7. I f the sum of a number and its square is 90, what is the
Answers number?
l.a 2.d 3. a 4.d 5.c 6.c a)7 b)8 c)9 d)8
7. d; Hint: Let the no. be lOx + y 8. I f the sum of a number and its square is 380, what is the
theny = x + 2 o r , y - x = 2 .... (i) number?
(10y+x)-(10x+y)=18 a) 17 b) 18 c)19 d)21
o r , 9 y - 9 x = 18 9. I f the sum of a number and its square is 342, what is the
or,y-x = 2 (ii) number?
From eqn (i) and (ii) we can't get any conclusion. a) 14 b)28 c)18 d)23
10. I f the sum of a number and its square is 552, what is the
Rule 8 number?
a)21 b)22 c)23 d)24
If the sum of a number and its square is x, then the number
Answers
Vl + 4 x - l l.a 2.c 3. a 4. d 5.c 6. c 7. c
8.c 9.c 10.C
is given by
Rule 9
The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is S. If the digits
Illustrative Example are reversed, the number is increased by N, then the num-
Ex.: I f the sum of a number and its square is 182, what is
the number?
" N~ 1
ber is given by 5 S- — + —S + — or Ex. I f 40% of a number is 360, what will be 15% of 15% of
9 2 9
that number?
Increase Increase Soln: Detail Method: Let the number be x. Then we have
Sum of digits - Sum of digits +
40%ofx = 360
360x100 „„„
Illustrative Example :.x = = 900
40
Ex.: The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 8. I f the
digits are reversed, the number is increased by 54. 15
Find the number. Now, 15%ofx = x900 = 135
100
Let the two digit number be 1 Ox + y
Again, 15% of 135 = — xl35 = 20.25
Then, we have, x + y = 8 ... (i) and 100
10y + x = 10x+y + 54 Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
o r , y - x = 6.... (ii)
From eqn (i) and (ii) 15x15x360
the required answer = —77—r~:— = 20.25.
x = 1 and y = 7. 40x100
.-. the required number = 1 x 10 + 7 = 1 7
Exercise
1. If90%ofa number is 540, what will be 10%of5%ofthat
have
number.
54 1 54 a) 30 b)3.5 c)3 d)35
Required number = 5 8+
9 2. I f 35% of a number is 3 85, what will be 5% of 5% of that
10 + 7=17 number.
a) 11 b)5.5 c)2.5 d)2.75
Exercise 3. If 17% of a number is 68, what will be 15% of 25% of that
1. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 7. I f the number. 1
digits are reversed, the number is increased by 27. Find a)20 b) 15 c)35 d)25
the number. 4. I f 18% of a number is 144, what will be 12% of 25% o f
a) 25 b)34 c) 16 d) None of these that number.
2. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 6. I f the a) 8 b) 12 c)16 d)24
digits are reversed, the number is increased by 36. Find 5. I f 39% of a number is 780, what will be 35% of 13% of
the number. that number.
a)24 b) 15 c)51 d)42
a) 91 b)52 e)65 d)78
3. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 9. I f the
digits are reversed, the number is increased by 63. Find Answers
the number. l.c 2.d 3.b 4.d 5.a
a)27 b)36 c)45 d) 18
4. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 5. I f the
Rule 11
digits are reversed, the number is increased by 27. Find If the ratio of the sum and the difference of two numbers is
the number. 'a + b\
a)23 b)32 c)14 d)41 a: b, then the ratio of these two numbers is given by
a-b
5. A number consists of two digits whose sum is 15. I f 9 is
added to the number, then the digits change their places.
The number is . Ex. The ratio of the sum and the difference of two num-
bers is 7 : 1. Find the ratio of those two numbers.
a) 69 b)78 c)87 d)96 Soln: Detail Method: Let the two numbers be x andy. Then
Answers we have
l.a 2.b 3.d 4.c 5.b x+y _ 7
Rule 10 x-y 1
Ifx% of a number is n, then y% of z% of that number is =>x+y = 7x-7y

yzn x _ 8_ 4
given by or,6x = 8y .-. - -
g
= 4:3
3
xxlOO
Number System 53
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have the sum of the two digits of the number?
a) 2 b)l c)9 d) Can't be determined
7+ 1_ 8
the required ratio = : i = 4: 2. The difference between two-digit number and the num-
7-1 ~ 6 3 ber obtained by interchanging the digits is 36. What is
Exercise the difference of the two digits of the number?
1. Ratio of the sum and the difference of the two numbers a) 4 b)3 c)2 d)8
is 5 : 3. Find the ratio of those two numbers. 3. The difference between two-digit number and the num-
a)4:l b)3:2 c)3:l d)2: 1 ber obtained by interchanging the digits is 63. What is
2. Ratio of the sum and the difference of the two the difference of the two digits of the number?
is 9 : 1. Find the ratio of those two numbers. numbers a) 7 b)9 c)8 d)6
a)5:3 b)5:4 c)4:l d)5: 4. The difference between two-digit number and the num-
3. Ratio of the sum and the difference of the two 2 ber obtained by interchanging the digits is 9. What is
is 7 : 3. Find the ratio of those two numbers. numbers the difference of the two digits of the number?
a)5:2 b)5:3 c)3:2 d)7: 4 a) 2 b)5 c)3 d) 1
4. Ratio of the sum and the difference of the two 5. The difference between two-digit number and the num-
is 2 : 1. Find the ratio of those two numbers, numbers ber obtained by interchanging the digits is 72. What is
a) 1:2 b)3:2 c)4:3 d)3: the difference of the two digits of the number?
5. Ratio of the sum and the difference of the two 1 a) 7 b)9 c)8 d) Can't be determined
is 13 : 3. Find the ratio of those two numbers. 6. The difference between two-digit number and the num-
a)5:8 b)8:3 c)8:5 d ) 8 : numbers ber obtained by interchanging the digits is 45. What is
the difference of the two digits of the number?
Answers 7 a) 6 b)5 c)8 d) Can't be determined
l.a 2.b 3.a 4.d 5.c 7. The difference between the digits of a two-digit number
is one-ninth of the difference between the original num-
Rule 12 ber and the number obtained by interchanging the posi-
To find the difference of the two digits of a two-digit num- tions of the digits. What definitely is the sum of the
ber, when the difference between two-digit number and the digits of that number? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998)
number obtained by interchanging the digits is given. a) 5 b) 14 c) 12 d) Data inadequate
Difference of two digits
1
Diff.in original and interchanged number 8. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is — of the
= 9 sum of the number and the number obtained by inter-
changing the position of the digits. What is the differ-
Note: We cannot get the sum of two digits.
ence between the digits of that number?
Illustrative Example [Bank of Baroda PO, 19991
Ex, The difference between a two-digit number and the a) 3 b) 2 c) 6 d) Data inadequate
number obtained by interchanging the digits is 27. 9. The difference between a two-digit number and the num-
What are the sum and the difference of the two digits ber obtained by interchanging the position of the digits
of the number? of that number is 54. What is the sum of the digits of that
Soln: Detail Method: Let the number be lOx+y. Then we number? [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
have a) 6 b)9 c)15 . d) Data inadequate
(lOx + y ) - ( l 0 y + x ) = 2 7 1
10. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is — of the
27 , difference between the number and the number obtained
or, 9 ( x - y ) = 27 •:x-y =— =3
by interchanging the positions of the digits. What defi-
Thus, the difference is 3, but we cannot get the sum nitely is the difference between the digits of that num-
of two digits. ber? [BSRB ChennaiPO, 2000]
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have a) 5 b) 9 c) 7 d) Data inadequate
27 Answers
l.d 2. a 3.a 4.d 5.c 6.b
Required answer - ~ - 3 7. d; Hint:
Exercise
x - y = ^{(l0x+y)-(l0y + 4 = ^(9x-9y) = x - y
1. The difference between a two-digit number and the num-
ber obtained by interchanging the digits is 18. What is
8. d: Hint: Let, the two no. be xy, ie lOx + y then, Exercise

1. The average of 5 consecutive integers is 4. Find the
x + y = ^-[(lOx+y)+(lOy + x)]=x + y
average of the squares of these integers.
Thus we see that the difference of x and y can't be deter- a) 22.5 b)45 c)18 d) Can't be determined
mined. 2. The average of 15 consecutive integers is 15. Find the
Hence, the answer is data inadequate. average o f the squares of these integers.
9. d; Hint: See note. a) 243.66 approx b)300
Let the two-digit no. be 1 Ox + y c) 225.4 approx d) 394.26 approx
According to question, 3. The average o f 9 consecutive integers is 9. Find the
(10x + y)-(10y + x) = 54 average of the squares of these integers.
9 x - 9 y = 5 4 .-. x - y = 6
2 1
10. a; Hint: Let the two-digit number be 1 Ox + y a)87 b) 8 7 - )88 d) 8 5 - c
3 3
Then,x + y = j ( l 0 x + y - 1 0 y - x ) 4. The average of 7 consecutive integers is 6. Find the
average of the squares of these integers.
1
or,x + y = ~{x-y) a) 4 6 - b) 4 6 - c)40 d) 47
3 3
5. The average of 3 consecutive integers is 3. Find the
or, 4 x - 1 4 y = 0=> — = - average of the squares of these integers.
V 2
1
Using componendo & dividendo, we have, a) 5 b) 4 c) 9— d) None of these
x +y _ 7 + 2 _ 9
7 ^ ~ 7 ^ 2 ~ 5 i e x - y = 5K Answers
Here, K has the only possible value, K = 1. l.c 2. a 3.b 4.c 5.c
Because the difference of two single-digit numbers will
always be of a single digit. Rule 14
Tofind the least number which when divided by x , x and x 2
Rule 13
Ex, The average of 7 consecutive integers is 7. Find the x 3 leaves the remainders a lt a , and a respectively.
2 3
average of the squares of these integers. (x, - a,) = (x - a ) = (x - a ) . We have an established

2 2 3 3
Soln: Use the formula: [for odd number of consecutive in- method that is given below.
tegers)
Average of squares Required least number = (LCM of x , , x 2 and x > - 3
l n i f a + ^ + l ) « (» + lX2» +l)
2 2 2
(x, - a,) or {x -a ) 2 2 or (x - a )
3 3
No. of integers 6 6 Illustrative Example

Ex.: Find the least number which, when divided by 13,15
No. of integers - 1
Where, «, = Average + and 19, leaves the remainder 2,4 and 8 respectively.
Soln: Applying the above rule,
No. o f integers + 1 13-2=15-4=19-18=11
and n = Average •
2
Now, LCM of 13,15,19 = 3705
.-. the required least number = 3705 - 1 1 = 3694
In the above case
Note: Find the least number which, when divided by 13,15
n, = 7 + — = 10 and 19, leaves the remainders 1,2,3 respectively. Can
2 we find the specific solution. No, because 13 - 1 ^
15-2 * 19-3
"2 = — — = 3
7
Exercise
10x11x21 3(4X7)' 1. Find the.least number which when divided by 24,32 and
.-. Average of squares
6 6~ 36 leaves the remainders 19,27, and 31 respectively.
a) 288 b)283 c)287 d)285
= - ! [ 3 8 5 - 1 4 ] = ^ i = 53 2. Find the least number which when divided by 12,21 and
35 leaves the remainders 6,15, and 29 respectively.
Number System
a)414 b)418 c)420 d)410 Find also the common remainder.

55
3. Find the least number which when divided by 48,60 and a) 70,6 b)71,5 c)75,l d)73,3
64 leaves the remainders 38,50, and 54 respectively. 3. The greatest number which when divides 99, 123 and
a) 860 b)960 c)950 d)850 183 leaves the same remainder is
4. Find the least number which when divided by 5, 6, 8, 9 a) 12 b)24 c)18 d)26
and 12 leaves the remainders 3, 4, 6, 7 and 10 respec- 4. Find the greatest number which divides 77,112 and 287
tively. and leaves the same remainder in each case.
a) 360 b)358 c)362 d)258 a)35 b)25 c)45 d) 15
5. Find the least number which when divided by 9, 10 and 5. Find the greatest number which divides 95,195 and 175
15 leaves the remainders 4,5, and 10 respectively. and leaves the same remainder in each case.
a) 90 b)95 c)85 d)80 a) 5 b)10 c)20 d)25
Answers Answers
l.b 2. a 3.c 4.b 5.c l.a 2.c 3.a 4. a 5.c
Rule 15 Rule 16
To find the greatest number that will divide given numbers The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of th
digits of that number is a : b. If the digit in the unit's place
say X|, x ,...
2 x so as to leave the same remainder in each
n
is n more than the digit in the ten's place, then the number
case, wefind the HCF of the positive difference of numbers
9a
ie |x] -x \,
2 \x ~x \,...
2 3 and so on. is given by n and the digits in unit's place and
lib-2a
Ex. Find the greatest number that will divide 55, 127 and IQb-a a-b
175 so as to leave the same remainder in each case. ten's place are «| and n respectively
llb-2a llb-2a)
Soln: Detail Method: Let x be the remainder, then the num-
bers (55 -x), (127 -x) and (175 -x) must be exactly Illustrative Example
divisible by the required number. * Ex.: The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of
Now, we know that if two numbers are divisible by a the digits of that number is 4 : 1. I f the digit in the
certain number, then their difference is also divisible unit's place is 3 more than the digit in the ten's place,
by that number. Hence, the numbers what is the number?
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose
(27-JC)-(55-4 (175 -x)- (l27 -x) and
the two-digit number = 1 Ox + y
(l75-x)-(55-x)
lOx + y 4
or, 72, 48 and 120 are also divisible by the required Then we have
x+ y 1
number. HCF of72,48 and 120 is 24.
Therefore, the required number is 24. or, lOx + y = 4x + 4y
Quicker Method: I f you don't want to go into the
or, 6x = 3y or, 2x - y
details of the method, find the HCF of the positive
or, x = y - x = 3 (given) and y = 6
differences of numbers. It will serve your purpose
.-. the number is 36.
quickly. For example, in the above case, positive dif-
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
ference of numbers are (127 - 55 = 72), (175 - 1 2 7 =
Required number
48) and (175-55 = 120).
HCF of72,48 and 120 is 24 9x4 1x3a = i = 36
a*
9 x 4
x3
.-. required number = 24. 11x1-2x4
Exercise Exercise
1. Find the greatest number which is such that when, 12288, 1. The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of the
19139 and 28200 are divided by it, the remainders are all digits of that number is 5 : 1 . If the digit in the unit's place
the same. is 1 more than the digit in the ten's place, what is the
a) 221 b)212 value of unit's place digit of that number?
c)122 d)321 a)4 b)5 c)3 d)7
2. Find the greatest number which is such that when 76, 2. The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of the
151 and 226 are divided by it, the remainders are all alike. digits of that number is 2 : 1 . I f the digit in the unit's place
is 7 more than the digit in the ten's place. What is the Exercise
value of ten's place digit of that number?
a)l b)2 c)3 d)64 1. Find the remainder when ( 9 + 6 ) is divided by 8.
, 9
3. The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of the

digits of that number is 3 : 1 . I f the digit in the unit's place a)2 b)3 c)5 d)7
is 5 more than the digit in the ten's place. What is the
2. Find the remainder when ( 7 + 8 ) is divided by 6.
,3
value of ten's place digit of that number?

a)4 b)3 c)2 d) 1 a) 2 b)3 c)9 d)5
4. The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of the 3. Find the remainder when ( 5 + 3) is divided by 4 23
digits of that number is 14 : 5. I f the digit in the unit's a) 7 b)4 c)3 d)2
place is 6 more than the digit in the ten's place. What is
the sum of the digits of that number? 4. Find the remainder when ( l 2 1 5 0 + 8 ) is divided by 11.
a) 10 b) 12 c)13 d)9 a) 19 b)7 c)9 d)8
5. The ratio between a two-digit number and the sum of the
5. Find the remainder when (25 625 + 241) is divided by 24.
digits of that number is 4 : 1 . If the digit in the unit's place
is 4 more than the digit in the ten's place. What is the a) 23 b)2 c)l d) Can't be determined
sum of the digits of that number? Answers
a)9 b) 10 c)15 d)12 l.d 2.b 3.b 4.c 5.b
Answers
Lb 2.a 3.c 4.a 5.d Rule 18
To find the all possible numbers, when the product of two
Rule 17 numbers and their HCF are given, we follow the following
method.
To find the remainder when (x"+k) is divided byx-1.
Product
(i) Remainder = 1 + K; when K<x-1 Step I: Find the value of T^^y •
(ii) Remainder = (I + Remainder obtained when K is di-
Step II: Find the possible pairs of value got in step I.
vided by x-I);
when K>x-1. Step III: Mr.aiply the HCF with the pair of prime factors
obtained in step II.
Ex.: Find the remainder when 7 13 +1 is divided by 6.
Ex.: The product of two numbers is 7168 and their HCF is
Soln: Detail Method: See the following binomial expansion 16. Find the numbers.
( x + y y =
7 1 6 8 -78
x"+ "C x'" y+
] ] +...+ "C^xy""' + /
"C x'- y +
2 2 2 "C^y 3
Soln: Step I: ~ 2 8
We find that each of the terms except the last term StepII:(l,28),(2,14),(4,7)
^y"j contains x. It means each term except y" is Stepffl:(l x 16,28 x 16)and(4x 16,7x 16)or(16,448)
and (64,112)
perfectly divisible by x.
Note: (2, 14), which are not prime to each other should be
Note: y" may be perfectly divisible by x but we cannot say rejected.
without knowing the values of x and y. Exercise
Following the same logic, 1. The product of two numbers is286andtheirHCFisl2.
7 13 = (6 + l ) 1 3 has each term except 1 13 exactly divis- Find the sum of the numbers.
a) 12 b)24 c)36 d)48
ible by 6. Thus, when 7 13 is divided by 6 we have the 2. The product of two numbers is 3125 and their HCF is 25.
Find the sum of the numbers.
remainder j ' 3 _ j and hence, when (7 +1) is divided 13
a) 75 b)100 c)125 d)50
by 6 the remainder is 1 + 1 = 2. 3. The product of two numbers is 2016 and their HCF is 12.
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have Find the number of all possible pairs of numbers.
K = 1 and x-l=6 a)l b)2 c)3 d) Can't be determined
i e K < x - 1. 4. The product of two numbers is 338 and their HCF is 13.
Therefore, we apply rule (i) Find the difference of the numbers.
.-. required answer = 1 + 1= 2. a) 13 b)26 c)39 d)52
Number System
a)12 b) 10 c)14 d) 16
5"
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.b 4. a 5. A number on being divided by 10 and 11 successively
leaves the remainders 5 and 7 respectively. Find the re-
Rule 19 mainder when the same number is divided by 110.
a) 70 b)98 c)74 d)75
A number on being divided by d and d successively leaves x 2
6. A number on being divided by 3 and 7 successively

the remainders r and r x 2 respectively. If the number is leaves the remainders 2 and 5 respectively. Find the sum
of digits of the remainder when the same number is di-
divided by d xd , x 2 then the remainder is given by
vided by 21.
(rf,xr + r , ) .
2
a)7 b) 17 c)8 d)6
Illustrative Example Answers
Ex. A number on being divided by 5 and 7 successively l.b 2.a 3.a 4.c 5.d 6.c
leaves the remainders 2 and 4 respectively. Find the
remainder when the same number is divided by 5 x 7 Rule 20
= 35. To find the number of zeros at the end of the product.
Soln: Detail Method: We know that zeros are produced only due to thefollowing
reasons.
5 A (i) If there is any zero at the end of any multiplicand.
7 B 2 (ii) If 5 or multiple of 5 are multiplied by any even number.
C 4 To generalise the above two statements, we may say that
In the above arrangement, A is the number which, {if (5)" has n zeros ifm >n orm zeros ifm < n.
when divided by 5, gives B as a quotient and leaves 2
Note: Always lesser value of the exponents of 5 and 2 will be
as a remainder. Again, when B is divided by 7, it gives
C as a quotient and 4 as a remainder. For simplicity, the required answer. Thus, write the product in the form
we may take C = 1. (2 x5"x.„)
m
. xi+4=11
B = 7 andA = 5x 11+2 = 57 Illustrative Example
Now, when 57 is divided by 35, we get 22 as the re- Ex.: Find the number of zeros at the end of the products.
mainder. 12x 18 x 15x40 x 25 x 16x55 x 105
Quicker M e t h o d : The required remainder =
Soln: 12x 18x 15x40x25x 16x55 x 105
d xr +
x 2 r x = 12 x 18 x 16 x 40 x 15 x 25 x 55 x 105
Where, d = the first divisor = 5

x
= (2 2 x 3)x (2 x 9)x (2f x (2 x 5)x (5 x 3)x (s) x (5 x 1 l)x (5 x 21)
3 2
r, = the first remainder = 2 = 2 x5 x.... ,0 6
[Since numbers other than 2 and 5 are useless]

r = the second remainder = 4
2
Since 10 > 6, there are 6 zeros at the end of the prod-
.-. the required remainder = 5 x 4 + 2 = 22. uct.
Note: This is the easiest way to count the number of zeros
Exercise
in the chain of products. By this method, we can eas-
1. A number on being divided by 12 and 15 successively
ily find that the product of 1 x 2 x 3 x ... x 100 contains
leaves the remainders 4 and 6 respectively. Find the re-
24 zeros.
mainder when the same number is divided by 180.
a) 46 b)76 c)84 d) 18 Exercise
2. A number on being divided by 5 and 7 successively 1. Find the number of zeros at the end of the product
leaves the remainders 3 and 6 respectively. Find the re- 15x 16x 18x25 x35x24x20
mainder when the same number is divided by 35. a) 10 b)8 c)5 d) Can't be determined
a) 33 b)23 c)32 d) Can't be determined 2. Find the number of zeros at the end of the product
3. A number on being divided by 8 and 9 successively 5 x20x2 xl0xl6xl25
2 8
leaves the remainders 5 and 7 respectively. Find the re- a) 15 b)22 c)7 d)8
mainder when the same number is divided by 72. 3. Find the number of zeros at the end of the product
a)61 b)8 c)71 d)9 50 x 625 x 15 x 10x30
4. A number on being divided by 4 and 6 successively a)10 b)9 c)12 d)3
leaves the remainders 2 and 3 respectively. Find the re- 4. Find the number of zeros at the end of the product
mainder when the same number is divided by 24.
150x250x625 x 125 x75 x20x 16 Answers

a) 9 b) 14 c)23 d)5 l.a 2.c 3.c
5. Find the number of zeros at the end of the product 4. b; Hint: 13231 = 131 x 101,131 and 101 are primes
70 x 80 x 16x64 x5 x 13 x 18x3125
6
5. c 6. a
a) 16 b)12 c)10 d)25
Answers Rule 22
l.c 2.c 3.d 4.a 5.b To find the number of numbers divisible by a certain inte-
ger.
Rule 21
To find the number of different divisors. Ex. 1: How many numbers up to 100 are divisible by 6?
Find the prime factors of the number and increase the in-
Soln: Divide 100 by 6. The quotient obtained is the required
dex of each factor by 1. The continuedproduct of increased number of numbers.
indices will give the result including unity and the number 100=J6 x6+4
itself. Thus, there are 16 numbers.
Note: Also see Rule - 36. Ex. 2: How many numbers up to 200 are divisible by 4 and 3
together?
Soln: LCM of 4 and 3 = 12
Ex. 1: Find the number of different divisors of 50, besides
Now, divide 200 by 12 and the quotient obtained is
unity and the number itself.
the required number of numbers.
Soln: I f you solve this problem without knowing the rule,
200=16x 12 + 8
you will take the numbers in succession and check
Thus, there are 16 numbers.
the divisibility. In doing so, you may miss some num-
Ex. 3: How many numbers between 100 and 300 are divis-
bers. It will also take more time.
ible by 7?
Different divisors of 50 are: 1,2,5,10,25,50
I f we exclude 1 and 50, the number of divisors will be Soln: Up to 100, there are 14 numbers which are divisible by
4. 7 (since 100=14 7 + 2). Up to 300, there are42 num-
x
bers which are divisible by 7 (since 300= 42 x 7 + 6)

By rule: 50 = 2 x 5 x 5 = 2 ' x 5 2
Hence, inere are 42 - 14 = 28 numbers.

.-. the number of total divisors = (1 + 1) x (2 + 1)
=2x3=6 Exercise
or, the number of divisors excluding 1 and 50 = 6 - 2 1. How many numbers up to 150 are divisible by 9?
=4 a) 16 b) 15 c)10 d)6
Ex. 2: Find the different divisors of37800, excluding unity. 2. How many numbers up to 200 are divisible by 7?
Soln: 37800 = 2 x 2 x 2 x3 x3 x3 x5 x5 x7 a)26 b)22 c)18 d)28 .
= 2
3 x 3 x 5 x 7
3 2 1
3. How many numbers up to 5 3 2 are divisible by 15 ?
Total no. of divisors = (3 +1) (3 +1) (2 +1) (1 +1) = 96 a) 25 b)26 c)36 d)35
4. How many numbers up to 300 are divisible by 5 and 7
.-. the number of divisors excluding unity = 96-1 = 95.
together?
Exercise a)9 b)8 c)10 d)7
1. Find the number of different divisors of307692. 5. How many numbers up to 450 are divisible by 4,6 and 8
a) 96 b)12 c)6 d)48 together?
2. Find the number of different divisors of 400, besides a) 19 b) 18 c)17 d) 16
unity and the number itself. 6. How many numbers between 50 and 150 are divisible by
a) 15 b)14 c)13 d) 12 8?
3. Find the number of divisors of999999, excluding unity, a) 24 b)12 c)18 d)8
a) 64 b)62 c)63 d)79 7. How many numbers between 100 and 200 are divisible
4. Find the number of different divisors of 13231. by 2 and 8 together?
a)64 b)4 c)25 d)5 a) 12 b) 13 c)9 d) 16
5. Find the no. of different divisors of30030, besides unity 8. How many numbers between 100 and 300 are divisible
and the number itself. by 9?
a)64 b)63 c)62 d)60 a) 11 b) 13 c)19 d)22
6. Find the no. of different divisors of4452.
a) 24 b)32 c)16 d)22 Answers
l.a 2.d 3.d 4.b 5.b 6.b 7.b 8.d
Number System 5;
Rule 23 4. Find the value of 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 62.

a) 1953 b) 1395 c)1593 d) 1359
The number which when multiplied byxis increased byy is
y 'increased Value^ ( l + 2 + 3 + 4 + . . . + 8 0 ) - ( l + 2 + 3 + ... + 60)
ghen by or a) 1830 b) 1410 c) 1140 d) 1380
x-l Multiplier - 1
Answers
Illustrative Example l.a 2.b 3.a 4.a 5.b
Ex Find the number which when multiplied by 16 is in-
creased by 225. Rule 25
Soln: Detail M e t h o d : Let that number be x. Then 2
\6x-x = 225 Theorem: Sum of first n odd numbers = n .
225 Illustrative Example
:.x = = 15 Ex.: Find the value of 1 + 3 + 5 + ... + 20th odd number.
15
Soln: 20 = 400. 2
225 _ 225 Exercise

the required number = 15 1. Find the sum of first 50 odd numbers.
16-1 15
a) 6250 b)2500 c)2520 d)2450
Exercise 2. Find the value of
Find the number which when multiplied by 36 is increased (1 +3 + 5 + ... + 80thoddnumber)-(l +3 + 5 + 7 + ...+
by 1050. 30th odd number)
a) 30 b)28 c)32 d)35 a) 5500 b)6100 c)5400 d)7300
Find the number which when multiplied by 9 is increased 3. Find the value of
by 128. 35 + 37+ ...+25th odd number.
a) 12 b) 15 ___c) 16,.,.-. d)18 a) 356 b)336 c)363 d)365
Find the number which when multiplied by 17 is increased 4. Find the value o f 1 +3 + 5 + ... + 199
by 256. a)40000 b) 10000 . c) 39601 d) Can't be determined
a) 12 b)14 c)18 d) 16 5. Find the value of 15 + 17 + . .. + 51
Find the number which when multipliedby 15 is increased a) 627 b)676 c)725 d) None of these
by 378.
1 + 3 + 5 + ... + 3983
a)26 b)16 c)27 d)28 6. is equal to
Find the number which when multiplied by 26 is increased 1992
by 625. a) 1988 b) 1989 c) 1990 d)1992
a) 26 b)25 c)24 d)27
Answers
Answers Lb 2.a
l.a 2.c 3.d 4.c 5.b 3. b; Hint: We have the following formula,
Rule 24 t =a + ( n - l ) d
n
n{n +1) tn = nth term of the series

Theorem: Sum of all the firs,t n natural numbers =
a = first term of the series
Illustrative Example n = number of numbers
L\.: Find the value of 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 105. d = common difference
For the case of odd number
105(105+ l ) _ ,
Soln: Reuired sum ; = 5565 a= l , d = 2
2
.-./„ = l + ( / i - l ) 2 = 2 n - l
Exercise
We apply this formula for solving this question. First we
3. Find the sum of first 45 natural numbers.
calculate 1 + 3 + 5 +... + 33 and then 1 + 2 + 3 +... + 25th
a) 1035 b) 1235 c) 1135 d) 1305
odd number. For getting required answer, we subtract
Find the sum of natural numbers between 20 and 100.
first from second.
a) 4480 b)4840 c)4800 d)4850
How do we calculate first i e ( l + 3 + 5 + ... + 33)?
3. Find the value of 1 +2 + 3 + .... + 210.
We have,
a)22155 b)21255 c)22515 d)22255
33 = 2n - 1 [see formula) .-. n = 17 Exercise

.-. 1 + 3 + 5 +... + 33 = 1 + 3 + 5 +... + 17th oddnumber.
1. Find the value o f l + 2 +... + 2 5 . 2 2 2
= (17) =289
2 a) 5255 b)5525 c)5552 d)5252
4.b 5. a 6.d 2. Find the value o f 25 + 26 +.... + 50 . 2 2 2
a) 38025 b) 30825 c) 38250 d) 38205

Rule 26
3. Find the value of \ + 2 +3 +... + 16 • 2 2 2
Theorem: Sum of first n even numbers = n (n +1)

a) 1946 b)1649 c)1469 d)1496
4. Find the value of 2 +3 +... + 2 4 . 2 2 2
Ex.: Find the value of 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 +... + 100 (or 50th even
a) 4899 b)4900 c)4901 d)4898
number)
Soln: 50 x (50 + 1) = 2550 5. Find the value of l + 2 +... + (30th natural number)2 2 2
Note: We have the following formula, a)9454 b)9544 c)9455 d)9555

t =a + (n- \)d
n
6. ( l + 2 + 3 +.... + 1 0 ) - ( l + 2 + 3+... + 10) is equal to

2 2 2 2
where, t = nth term

n
a) 330 b)440 c)550 d)660

a = first term
n = no. of numbers 7. I f ( l + 2 + 3 +... + 10 )=385 , then the value o f
2 2 2 2
d=common difference.
(2 +4 +6 +... + 20 )is
2 2 2 2
For the case of even numbers
a) 770 b)1540 c) 1155 d) (385 x385)
f„=2+(«-l)2
Answers
= 2 + 2 n - 2 = 2«
l.b 2.a 3.d 4. a 5.c 6.a
ro,n= y
7. b; Hint: 2 + 4 + ... + 20 2 2 2
= (l x 2) + (2 x 2) + (2 x 3) +... + (2 x 10)
2 2 2 2
Exercise
1. Find the value of 2 + 4 + 6 + ....+ 100th even number, = 2 [ l + 2 +3 +.... + 10 j
2 2 2 2 2
a) 10000 b) 10100 c) 11000 d) 10101

= 4x385=1540
2. Find the value of26 + 28 +... + 28th even number,
a) 656 b)665 c)566 d)565 Rule 28
3. Findthevalueof2 + 4 + 6 + .... + 1002. Theorem: Sum of cubes of first n natural numbers
a)251502 b)250512 c)215502 d)255102
4. Findthevalueof68 + 70 + ...+ 180 n(n +1)
a) 7608 b)7680 c)6078 d)7068 _ 2
5. Find the value of 2 + 4 + 6 ... + 56th even number.
a)3912 b)3192 c)3219 d)3129 Illustrative Example
Answers Ex.: Find the value of l + 2 + . . . + 6 3 3 3
l.b 2. a 3.a 4.d 5.b

"6x(6 + l)~j 2
Soln: = (2l) =441 2
Rule 27
Theorem: Sum of squares of first n natural numbers Exercise
_ n(/i + lX2w + l ) 1. Find the value of l + 2 +... + 12 . 3 3 3
6 a) 6804 b)6084 c)6048 d)6408

Illustrative Example 2. Find the value of 2 + 3 +... + 16 . 3 3 3
Ex.: Find the value of l + 2 + 3 + ... + 10

2 2 2 2
a) 18496 b) 18495 c) 18497 d) 14895
,2 „ 2 . 2
1 , « 2 10(10 + 1X2x10 + 1) 3. Find the value of 8 + 9 +... + 15 • 3 3 3
Soln: l + 2 + 3 + . . . + 10 =
2 2 z * 2 '-
v a) 16316 b) 13661 c) 16361 d) 13616
6
10x11x21 4. Find the value o f l + 2 +... + (l0th natural number)
: 385 3 3 3
a) 3025 b)3205 c)3052 d)3250

rHS yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
I Xiimber System
2. From 1 to 31, how many are the odd numbers?

Find the value of 2 + 3 + 4 + . . . + 9 .
3 3 3 3
a) 15 b) 16 c)14 d) 17
a) 2024 b)2025 c)2225 d)2205
3. From 1 to 51, find the number of even and odd numbers.
Find the value of 3 + 4 +... + 1 1 .
3 3 3
a) 26,25 b)25,26 c)24,25 d)25,24
a)4356 b)4348 c)4347 d)4374 4. From 51 to 91, find the number of even and odd num-
vers bers.
l.b 3.d 4. a 5. a 6.c a) 20,21 b)21,20 c)21,22 d) 19,20
5. From 51 to 90, find the number of even and odd num-
Rule 29 bers.
a)20,20 b)21,20 c)20,21 d) 19,20
n n
Answers
: first n counting numbers, there are — odd and — l.a 2.b 3.b 4.a 5.a
i numbers provided n, the number of numbers, is even.
Rule 31
50
The difference between the squares of two consecutive num-
Die, from 1 to 50, there are — = 25 odd numbers
bers is always an odd number and the difference between
the squares of two consecutive numbers is the sum of the
— = 25 even numbers.
two consecutive numbers.
For example, 16 and 25 are squares of 4 and 5 respectively
:ise
(two consecutive numbers).
the first 62 counting numbers, find the number of :. Difference = 25 - 16 = 9 (an odd number)
r*en numbers.
I :•} b)31 c)32 d)34 and 5 - 4
2 2 (Difference) =5 + 4 = 9
From 1 to 78, how many are the odd numbers?
Reasoning: a -b 2 2 = (a- b\a + b) = a + b [v a - b = l ]
r :: b)38 c)39 d)40
From 1 to 28, find the number of even numbers. Exercise
a)14 b) 13 c)12 d) 15 a)24 b) 12 c)18 d)8
From 1 to 100 find the number of even and the number of
I numbers. 1. Find the value of 6 - 5 . 2 2
a>50.50 b)51,50 c)50,51 d)49,50 a)ll b)9 c)8 d) 10

From 1 to 80 how many are the even numbers? Find the value of 35 - 3 4 . 2 2
b)42 c)39 d)40 c)70 d)71

a) 59 b)69
From 50 to 90, find the number of odd and even num- Find the value o f
bers.
•J20.21 b)20,20 c)21,22 d) 19,20 10 - 9 + 8 27 +6 2 2 2 •5 + 4 - 3 + 2 - l
2 2 2 2 2
a) 50 b)65 c)45 d)55

2.c 3. a 4. a 5.d 6. a 4. Find the value of
29 + 3 5 + 3 3 + 3 1
2 2 2 2 -34 - 3 2 - 3 0 - 2 8,2
Rule 30 a) 250 b)252 c)352 d)342
t first n counting numbers, ifn, the number of num- 5." Find the value of 65 - 6 4 2 2
a) 129 b) 128 c)120 d) 125

odd, then there are ^ - ( n + l ) odd numbers and
Answers
1 even numbers. l.a 2.b 3.d 4.b 5.a
51 + 1
. from 1 to 51 there are —-— - 26 odd numbers Rule 32
To find the number in the unit place for odd numbers.
5.-".
= 25 even numbers. When there is an odd digit in the unit place (except 5),
multiply the number by itself untilyou get 1 in the unit
place.
• r ; first 61 counting numbers, find the number of (...!)" = (...1)
•en numbers. (...3y-=(...i)
b)31 c)32 d)29 <'... 7/-=(.../;
62 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MAI
(~?y=(...i)
10. What is the number in the unit place in (4673) 721 ?
where n = J,2,3,.... a) l b)6 c)3 d)9
Illustrative Examples 11. What is the number in the unit place in (54 83) 843 ?
Ex. 1: What is the number in the unit place in ( 7 2 ° ) ? 59
a)l b)7 c)9 d)3
Soln: When 729 is multiplied twice, the number in the unit 12. What is the number in the unit place
place is 1. In other words, if729 is multiplied an even
number of times, the number in the unit place will be (I243) 76 x(l547) °? ,0
1. Thus, the number in the unit place in (729) 58 is 1. a) l b)2 c)3 d)9
13. What is the number in the unit pi
.-. (729) 59 = (729) x (729) = (...l)x(729) = 9 in the
58
unit place (24533) x(l2349) ? 76, 839
Ex. 2: Find the number in the unit place in a) 7 b)l c)9 d)3
(623) , (623) and ( 2 3 )
36 38 6 39
14. What is the number in the unit place
Soln: When 623 is multiplied twice, the number in the unit (I57) ,57 x(l59) 159 ?
place is 9. When it is multiplied 4 times, the number in
a)3 b)9' c)6 d) 1
the unit place is 1. Thus we say that i f 623 is multi-
15. What is the number in the unit place
plied 4n number of times, the number in the unit place
will be l.So, (75l) 751 x(263) 271 x(l37) 138 x(3 3 9 ) 339 ?
(623) 36 = (623) 4x9 = 1 in the unit place a)7 b)9 c)l d)6
Answers
(623) 38 =(623) x(623)
4x9 2 =(...l)x(...9)=9 in the
l.a 2.b
unit place. 3. d; Hint: When 7 is multiplied 4 times, the number in l
unit place is 1. ie if 7 is multiplied 4n number of times, i
(623) 39 = (623) 4x9 x (623) = ( . . . l ) x ( . . j ) = 7 in the
3
number in the unit place will be 1.

unit place.
.-. ( l 4 7 ) 48 = (l47) 4x12 = 1 in the unit place.
Exercise
1. What is the number in the unit place in (659) ? 56
4. c; Hint: (87) 90 = (87) 4x22 x 87 x 87
a)l b)9 c)6 d) None of these = (...l)x(...9) = 9
2. What is the number in the unit place in (329) ? 79 5. c 6.b 7. a 8.b 9.d 10. a
a)l b)9 c)7 d)4 12. a; Hint: (l243) 76 = ( l 2 4 3 ) ' =(...l) in the unit pla
4x 9
3. What is the number in the unit place in ( l 4 7 ) ? 48
(1547) 100 =(l547) 4x25 =(...l) intheunitph

a)7 b)6 c)9 d) 1
13. a; Hint: (24533) 761 = (24533) 4x190 x(24533)
4. What is the number in the unit place in (87) ? 90
a0 b)7 c)9 d)3 = (...l)x(...3)=(...3) in the unit]
5. What is the number in the unit place in ( l 2 7 ) 127 ? (l2349) 839 =(l2349) 2x4,9 x(l2349)=(...lX...9)=(.J
a)l b)7 c)3 d)9 in the unit place.
14. a
6. What is the number in the unit place in (5427) 641 ?
15. a; Hint: ( 7 5 l ) 751 = ( . . . l ) in the unit place
a)l b)7 c)9 d)3
7. What is the number in the unit place in (6231) 928 ? (263) 271 =(263) 4x67 x(263) 3
a) l b)8 c)3 d)4 = (... 1) x (...7) f= (... 7) in the unit place
8. What is the number in the unit place in (543) ? 12 (137) 138 =(137) 4x34 X(137) =(...l)x(...9) = (...9) j
2
a)l b)3 c)6 d)9 unit place I
9. What is the number in the unit place in (333) ? 74 (3 3 9 ) 339 =(3 3 9 ) 2 x l 6 9 x(3 3 9)=(...l)x(...9) = (...9)
a)l b)6 c)2 d)9 unit place.
/
Number System 63
.-. required answer = ( , . . l X - 7 X - X - ) 9 9 = (••• 7) in the 3. Find the number in the unit place in (l 602) 602
unit place. a) 2 b)4 c)8 d)6
Rule 33 4. Find the number in the unit place in (l 392) . 91
fmd the number in the unit placefor even numbers, a) 2 b)4 c)6 d)8
there is an even digit in the unit place, multiply the
5. Find the number in the unit place in (l 94) • 64
• by itself until you get 6 in the unit place.
a)6 b)8 c)2 d)4
(••2) "=(...6)
4
6. Find the number in the unit place in (5 9 2 4 ) 429 •

(...4f=(...6) a)4 b)6 c)8 d)2
(...6)«=(...6) 7. Find the number in the unit place in (216) 216 •

a)6 b)4 c)8 d)2
(...8) "
4 =(...6);wheren=l,2,3,...
8. Find the number in the unit place in (958) 116 .
3trative Examples
a)4 b)2 c)8 d)6
1: Find the number in the unit place in (l 2 2 ) , ( l 2 2 ) 20 22
9. Find the number in the unit place in (95 8 ) 117
and (122) . 23
a)2 b)4 c)6 d)8

: (...2)x(...2) = ...4
(...2)x(...2)x(...2) = 8 10. Find the number in the unit place in (958) . 118
(...2)x(...2)x(...2)x(...2) = ...6
a)4 b)2 c)6 d)8
We know that (...6) x (...6) = ...6
Thus, when (122) is multiplied 4n times, the last digit 11. Find the number in the unit place in (958) 119 •
is 6. Therefore, a)2 b)4 c)6 d)8
12. Find the number in the unit place in
(122) = ( l 2 2 )
20 4x5 = (...6) = 6 in the unit place
(1532) 162 x(3454) ' x(l23 6 )
16 162 x(53 1 8 ) 2 4 3 .
(122) = ( l 2 2 )
22 4 x 5 x ( l 2 2 ) =(...6)x(...4) = 4 in the
2
a)2 b)4 c)6 d)8

unit place 13. Find the number in the unit place in
(I22) 23 =(l22) x(l22) =(...6)x(...8)=8
4x5 3 in the
(4152) x(3268)
51 67 x ( 5 9 1 3 f x(6217) . ,Q3
unit place. a) 4 b)2 c)6 d)8

2: Find the number in the unit place in (98) , (98) 40 42
Answers
l.a 2. a 3.b 4.d 5. a 6. a 7. a
and ( 9 8 ) . 43
8.d 9.d 10. a 11. a 12. a 13. c

(98) =(...6)
4
Rule 34
,. (98) "=(...6) 4
If there is 1,5 or 6 in the unit place of the given number,
Thus, (98) 40 = (98) 4x10 = (...6)= 6 in the unit place then after any times of its multiplication, it will have the
same digit in the unit place ie
(98) 42 =(98) 4x,0 x(98) =(...6)x(...4)=4 in the unit
2
(...!)" =(...1)
place
(98) = (98)
43 4x10 x (98) = (...6)x (...2) = 2 in the unit
3
(... y=(...5)
5
place (...6)" =(...6) .

"cise Illustrative Example
Find the number in the unit place in (542) 540 • Ex.: Find the number in the unit place in
a)6 b)2 c)3 d)9 (62l) ,(625) ,(636)

240 ,25 36
Find the number in the unit place in (l542) 541 • Soln: From the above rule,
2-2 b)4 c)6 d)8 (621) 240 = (...l) 240 = 1 in the unit place
64 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS >
Now, apply the above rule,

(625) 125 = (...5) 125 = 5 in the unit place
Number of divisors = (7 + 1) (1 + 1) (2 + 1) = 84
(636) 36 = (...6) = 6 in the unit place
36
Exercise
1. Find the no. of divisors of225.
Exercise
a) 4 b)9 c)8 d)6
1. Find the number in the unit place in (l 845) 145 • 2. Find the no. of divisors of63504.
a) 5 b)3 c)9 d)l a) 25 b)32 c)75 d)56
3. Find the no. of divisors of 17640, besides unity and it-]
2. Find the number in the unit place in (99026) 1456 . self,
a) 3 b)9 c)6 \l a) 12 b)60 c)72 d)70
Find the number in the unit place in 4. Find the no. of divisors of25200, excluding unity.
a) 90 b)89 c)88 d)86
(44l) x(495)
441 126 x(l536) 236 .
Find the no. of divisors of234.
a)l b)5 c)6 d)0 a) 12 b)6 c)2 d)8
4. Find the number in the unit place in (321) 321 x (3 2 5 ) 326 • Find the no. of divisors of9000.
a) 36 b)48 c)54 d) 18
a)l b)5 c)6 d)8 7. Find the no. of divisors of 20570, besides unity and
Answers self,
l.a 2.c 3.d 4.b a) 24 b)22 c)21 d) 18
8. Find the no. of divisors of 10000, excluding itself.
Rule 35 a) 24 b)25 c)16 d)32
Ex.: What is the number in the unit place when 781, 325,
Answers
497 and 243 are multiplied together?
l.b 2.c 3.d 4.b 5. a 6.b
Soln: Multiply all the numbers in the unit place, ie 1 x 5 x 7
7.b 8.a
x 3, the result is a number in which 5 is in the unit
place. Rule 37
Exercise LetN- a b c then
p q r the sum of the divisors ofanumbe
1. Find the number in the unit place in 962 x 966 x 454 x 959.
a P^-l ^ + 1 -1 c ' + 1 -l
a) 2 b)4 c)6 d)8 -X X...
2. Find the number in the unit place in 954 x 9625 x 43216 x a-1 b-l c-1
15437x 12343. Note: This includes unity and the number itself as divisor
a)0 b)l c)5 d)6 Illustrative Example
3. Find the number in the unit place in 14532 x 14531 x 243 Ex.: Find the sum of the divisors of a number 8064.
x 245 x 247 x 249. Soln: Factorize 8064 into its prime factors.
a) 3 b)6 c)4 d)0
4. Find the number in the unit place in 1431 x 5343 x 9645 x 8064= 2 x 3 ' x 7 7 2
1489. Now, apply the above rule

2 7 l_j + 3 l + 1 _j ,2+1
a) 3 b)6 c)0 d)5
2-1
3-1 7-1
Answers
l.a 2. a 3.d 4.d 256-1
9 - 1 343-1
1 - x —2— x 6
Rule 36 = 255x4x57 = 58140.
If N is a composite number and N= a b c ... p q r Exercise
Where a, b, c,... are different prime numbers and p, q, r are 1. Find the sum of the divisors of a number 225.
positive integers. Then the number of divisors are a) 430 b)403 c)503 d)303
(p + l)(q + l)(r+l)... 2. Find the sum of the divisors of a number 63504.
Note: This includes unity and the number itself as divisors. a)213870 b)231807 c)213807 d)213708
Illustrative Example 3. Find the sum of the divisors of a number 17640.
a) 66960 b) 66690 c) 96660 d) 69660
Ex.: Find the no. of divisors of 8064.
4. Find the sum of the divisors of a number 180.
Soln: 8064= 2 7 x3'x7 2
a) 465 b)546 c)564 d)654
Number System
5. Find the sum of the divisors of a number 120. interchanged, a new number greater than the i
65
a) 360 b)420 c)480 d)630 number by 27 is obtained. What is the difference be-
6. Find the sum of the divisors of a number 64. tween the last two digits of that number?
a) 128 b)127 c)63 d)130 a)l b)2 c)3 d)4
Find the sum of the divisors of a number 3125. I f the places of last two-digits of a three-digit number are
a) 3906 b)3609 c)3096 d)3069 interchanged, a new number greater than the original
s. Find the number and the sum of the divisors of the num- number by 36 is obtained. What is the difference be-
ber 2460 excluding one and itself, tween the last two digits o f that number?
a) 24,7056 b) 42,7056 c) 24,4594 d) 24,4595 a)l b)2 c)3 d)4
I f the places of last two-digits of a three-digit number are
Answers
interchanged, a new number greater than the original
2.c 3.b 4.b 5. a 6.b 7. a
number by 45 is obtained. What is the difference be-
5 d: Hint: Sum of the divisors excluding 1 and itself = 7056.
tween the last two digits of that number?
.-. sum of the divisors including 1 and itself
a)3 b)4 c)5 d)6
= 7056-(2460+l)=4595.
Rule 38 interchanged, a new number greater than the original
If the places of last two digits of a three-digit number are
tween the last two digits of that number?
murchanged, anew number greater than the original num-
a)7 b)5 c)6 d)8
ber by N is obtained, then the difference between the last
(N) interchanged, a new number greater than the original
rwo digits of that number is given by \~g~\
Difference in two values ^ tween the last two digits of that number?
9 )' a)7 b)5 c)4 d)8
Illustrative Example interchanged, a new number greater than the original
IJU I f the places of last two digits of a three digit number number by 81 is obtained. What is the difference be-
are interchanged, a new number greater than the origi- tween the last two digits of that number?
nal number by 54 is obtained. What is the difference a)7 b)8 c)9 d) 1
between the last two digits of that number?
[NABARD1999] Answers
l.b 2.a 3.c 4.d 5.c 6. a
Detail Method:
7.d 8.c
Let the three-digit number be i oOx +10y + z •
According to the question, Rule 39
(l 00* +1 Oz + y) - (l 00* +10y + z) = 54 A number is divided by a certain number N and gives a
x
remainder 'R'. If the same number is divided by another

or, 9 z - 9 v = 54 o r z - y = 6
number N , then the new remainder is obtained by the
2
following method.
54
the required answer = = 6 "Divide R by N and the remainder obtained in this divi-
2
sion will be the new remainder". (Note: Here N > N and x 2
Exercise Afj is divisible N .) 2
L I f the places of last two-digits of a three-digit number are

interchanged, a new number greater than the original
number by 18 is obtained. What is the difference be- EXJ A number when divided by 899 gives a remainder 63.
What remainder will be obtained by dividing the same
a)l b)2 c)3 d)4 number by 29.
2 I f the places of last two-digits of a three-digit number are Soln: Detail Method:
interchanged, a new number greater than the original Number = Divisor x Quotient + Remainder = 899 *
number by 9 is obtained. What is the difference between Quotient+ 63
the last two digits of that number? = 2 9 x 3 1 xQuotient + 2 x 2 9 + 5
a)l b)3 c)4 d)6 Therefore, the remainder obtained by dividing die
3L I f the places of last two-digits of a three-digit number are number by 29 is clearly 5.
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have, Answers

63-29 i.e. 29) 63 (2 Id 2.d 3.a 4.c 5.d 6.a 7.a
58 8.c 9.a lO.d
11. a; Hint: Here we apply "Remainder Rule".
5 This rule is applicable when the same number (dividend)
.-. required answer = 5 is divided by two different divisors which are multiples
of each other.
Exercise
1. A number when divided by 221 gives a remainder 43, Suppose, the larger divisor is N , , and the smaller divi-
what remainder will be obtained by dividing the same sor is N . 2
number by 17?
Where, N = K N x 2 and K = any integer > 1.
a)7 b)6 c)8- d)9
2. A number when divided by 609 gives a remainder 65. Now, when the number is divided by N , then remain- 2
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same

der is R (say) and when the same number is divided by
2
number by 29?
a)6 b)5 c)6 d)7 N] (= KN ) , remainder is R, (say).
2
3. A number when divided by 738 gives a remainder 92. Then, by the remainder rule, we have the following for-
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same mula,
number by 18?
2N +R =R,
2 2
a)2 b)l c)9 d)8
4. A number when divided by 1491 gives a remainder 83. In the given question,
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same 357
number by 21? N =17 and K N =357 .-. K = — = 21
2 2
a)21 b)2 c)20 d) 18 Here, K > 1 an integer. Now, we can apply the remainder
5. A number when divided by 1092 gives a remainder 60. rule.
2N +R =R!
2 2
number by 28?
a)6 b)2 c)5 d)4 or,2x 17 + 5 = R,
6. A number when divided by 1156 gives a remainder 73. .\R,=39
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same Hence, the required remainder = 39.
number by 34? Note: A l l the other questions can also be solved by this rule.
a) 5 b) 17 c)13 d)4
7. A number when divided by 1836 gives a remainder 79. Rule 40
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same If the sum of two numbers is x and their difference isy, then
number by 36? the difference of their squares is xy.
a) 7 b)9 c)19 d) 14
8. A number when divided by 1207 gives a remainder 85.
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same Ex.: The sum of two numbers is 75 and their difference is
number by 17? 20. Find the difference of their squares.
a)7 b)2 c)0 d)6 Soln: Detail Method: Let the numbers be x and v.
9. A number when divided by 2470 gives a remainder 80. According to the question,
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same x + y = 75 ....(i)and
number by 38? x - y = 20....(ii)
a)4 b) 18 c)9 d)6 Now, multiplying eqn (i) and (ii), we get
10. A number when divided by 1404 gives a remainder 93. x - y
2 2 = Difference of the squares of numbers
= 75x20=1500
number by 39?
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have,
a) 4 b) 13 c)19 d) 15
required answer = 75 x 20 = 1500
11. A number when divided by 17, leaves a remainder 5.
What remainder would be obtained by dividing the same Exercise
number by 357? 1. The sum of two numbers is 100 and their difference is 37.
a) 39 b)29 The difference of their squares is
c)21 d)38 [Clerk's Grade Exam, 1991]
Number System
a) 37 b)100 c)63 d)3700 Answers

The sum of two numbers is 50 and their difference is 6. l.a 2.b 3.c 4. a 5. a
The difference of their squares is
a) 400 b)500 c)350 d)300 Rule 42
The sum of two numbers is 75 and their difference is 9. If the two consecutive numbers arex andy, then the differ-
The difference of their squares is ence of their squares is given byx+y.
a) 685 b)625 c)675 d)775
The sum of two numbers is 160 and their difference is 39.
Ex.: Two consecutive numbers are 8 and 9. Find the differ-
The difference of their squares is
ence of their squares.
a) 6420 b)4620 c)8420 d)6240
The difference of their squares is Required answer = 9 - 8 = 81 - 64 = 17
2 2
a) 13025 b) 13125 c) 13215 d) 13152 Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
Answers the required answer = 8 + 9 = 1 7
Id 2.d 3.c 4.d 5.b Exercise
1. Two consecutive numbers are 17 and 18. Find the differ-
Rule 41 ence of their squares.
// the difference between the squares of two consecutive a) 36 b)25 c)35 d)34
x+\ 2. Two consecutive numbers are 75 and 76. Find.the differ-
mmbers is x, then the numbers are and
a) 141 b) 151 c) 131 d) 115
BL The difference between the squares of two consecu-
tive numbers is 37. Find the numbers.
a) 159 b)169 c) 149 d) 158
Soln: Detail Method: Let the numbers are x and x + 1
According to the question,
(x + l ) - *
2 2 =37 a) 31 b)32 c)30 d)21
or, x +\ 2x-x
1 1 =37 ence of their squares.
or, 2^ = 3 7 - 1 = 3 6
a) 53 b)52 c)43 d)63
:.x = \% and x + l = 19
Answers
.-. numbers are 18, and 19
l.c 2.b 3.a 4.a 5.a
37-1 37 + 1
Rule 43
the required answer :
and — — = 18 and 19 If the sum of two numbers is x and sum of their squres is y,
then the
Exercise ( 2 \
x -y
'. The difference between the squares of two consecutive (i) product of numbers is given by and
numbers is 39. Find the numbers.
a) 19,20 b)20,21 c)18,19 d) 17,18 -py^: x + ^2y~-
2 The difference between the squares of two consecutive (ii) the numbers are and
a) 14,15 b) 13,14 c) 15,16 d)16,7 Illustrative Example
31 The difference between the squares of two consecutive
Ex.: The sum of two numbers is 13 and the sum of their
numbers is 35. Find the numbers. squares is 85. Find the numbers.
a) 14,15 b) 15,16 c) 17,18 d) 18,19
Soln: Detail Method: Let the numbers be x and y.
4 The difference between th*.squares of two consecutive
a) 29,30 b)30,31 c)28,29 d)27,28 x + y = i 3 . . . . ( i ) a n d x +y
2 2 =85 ....(ii)
5. The difference between the squares of two consecutive Now, from eqn (i) and eqn (ii), we have
a) 38,39 b)39,40 c)40,41 d)37,38 (x + yf=169
Soln: Detail Method: Let the numbers be x and y.

or, x +y +2xy = 169
2 2
or, 2xy = 169-85 = 84
.-. xy = 42 [xy = product of two numbers] x +y =90
2 2 (i)and
Again,
(x-y) 2 = 4 6 ....(ii)
(x-y) 2 = (x + y) -4xy
2
From eqn (ii)
= 169-4x42=1
(x-y) 2 =46
.". x-y = 1.... (iii)
From eqn (i) and eqn (iii) we have, or, x +y 2 2 -2xy = 46
x = 7andy = 6
.-. Numbers are 7 and 6 or, 90 - 2xy = 46 [Putting the value of eqn (i)]
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have, 90-46
or,xy = 22
13-V170-169
required answers and .-. product of two numbers = 22
13 + V170-169
: 6 and 7 90-46
the required answer = — - — :22
Exercise
1. The sum of two numbers is 15 and sum of their squares Exercise
is 113. The numbers are: [CDS Exam, 1991] 1. The sum of squares of two numbers is 80 and the square
a)4,11 b)5,10 c)6,9 d)7,8 of their difference is 36. The product of the two numbers
2. The sum of two numbers is 25 and sum of their squares is [Clerks' Grade Exam, 19911
is 313. The numbers are: a)22 b)44 c)58 d) 116
a) 12,13 b)20,25 c)9,16 d)21,4 2. The sum of squares of two numbers is 40 and the square
3. The sum of two numbers is 26 and sum of their squares of their difference is 20. The product of the two numbers
is 340. The numbers are: is
a) 12,14 b) 11,15 c)9,17 d) 8,18 a) 10 b)20 c)15 d) 16
4. The sum of two numbers is 30 and sum of their squares 3. The sum of squares of two numbers is 95 and the square
is 458. The numbers are: of their difference is 37. The product of the two numbers
a) 14,16 b) 12,18 c) 13,17 d) 11,15 is
5. The sum of two numbers is 14 and sum of their squares a) 18 b) 19 c)29 d)27
is 100. The numbers are: 4. The sum of squares of two numbers is 94 and the square
a)6,8 b)5,9 c)4,10 d)3,11 of their difference is 24. The product of the two numbers
6. The sum of two numbers is 13 and sum of their squares is
89. Find the product of the two numbers. a) 36 b)40 c)30 d)35
a) 40 b)36 c)22 d)30 5. The sum of squares of two numbers is 87 and the square
7. The sum of two numbers is 32 and sum of their squares of their difference is 25. The product of the two numbers
514. Find the product of the two numbers. is
a) 510 b)225 c)255 d)355 a)31 b)35 c)32 d)30
Answers Answers
l.d 2. a 3. a 4.c 5. a 6. a 7.c l.a 2. a 3.c 4. c 5. a
Rule 44 Rule 45
If the sum ofsquares of two numbers is x and the square of If the product of two numbers is x and the sum of their
their difference isy, then the product of the two numbers is squares isy, then (i) the sum of the two numbers is given by
( x-ys ^]y + 2x and (ii) the difference is ~\y-2x .
Illustrative Example Ex.: The product of two numbers is 143. The sum of their
Ex.: The sum of squares of two numbers is 90 and the squares is 290. Find the sum of the two numbers and
square of their difference is 46. The product of the also find the difference of the two numbers.
two numbers is Soln: Detail Method: Let the numbers be x and y.
Number System
According to the question, Rule 46

xy=143 andx +/=290 2
The denominator of a rational number is 'D' more than its
numerator. If the numerator is increased by x and the de-
Now,
nominator is decreased byy, we obtain P, then the rational
(x + y) =x + v +2xy
2 2 2
=290 + 2 x 143=576 p(D-y)

number is given by
x + (yP-D).
o r , x + y = V576 =24
.-. Sum of the numbers = 24 Illustrative Example
Again, Ex.: The denominator of a rational number is 3 more than
its numerator. I f the numerator is increased by 7 and
(x-y) 2 =x2 +y -2xy 2
the denominator is decreased by 2, we obtain 2. The

= 290-286 = 4
rational number is .
or, x - y = 2 Soln: Detail Method: Let the numerator be x and the de-
.-. difference of the numbers = 2 nominator = x + 3.
^•wilTO.Metburak..4x5f^vjo.ffJhfijiboye j u l e . we have
A;ccoraTrrgto*'tnc"q (je!.VK?ii,
, t -
the sum of the numbers

= V 2 9 0 + 2 x l 4 3 = A/576 = 24 and x+1
the difference of the numbers x + 3-2
= V290-2xl43 = V 4 = 2 or, x +1 = 2x + 2 .-. x = 5

.-. Numerator = 5 and the denominator = 5 + 3 = 8
Exercise
1. The product of two numbers is 120. The sum of their 5
.-. rational number = —
squares is 289. The sum of the two numbers is .
o
[Clerks' Grade Exam, 1991]
a) 20 b)23 c)169 d)33 Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we hav
2 The product of two numbers is 48. The sum of their Required answer ; 7-2(3-2) _5
squares is 100. The sum of the two numbers is . 7 + (2x2-3) 8
a) 14 b)12 c)18 d)24
Exercise
3. The product of two numbers is 168. The sum of their
1. The numerator of a rational number is 4 less than it
denominator. I f the numerator is increased by 8 and th
a) 36 b)24 c)26 d)28
denominator is decreased by 2, we obtain 3. Find the
4. The product of two numbers is 36. The sum of their
rational number.
a) 13 b) 12 c)15 d) 11 7 3 1 5
5. The product of two numbers is 35. The sum of their a) TT b >7 c ) J d ) 9
squares is 74. The sum of the two numbers is . 2. The denominator of a rational number is 6 more than it
a) 13 b)12 c)14 d) 17 numerator. I f the numerator is increased by 9 and the
The product of two numbers is 120. The sum of their denominator is decreased by 5, we obtain 5. Find th<
squares is 289. The difference of the two numbers is rational number.
a) 7 b)9 c)8 d)23

The product of two numbers is 180. The sum of then-
squares is 369. The/difference of the two numbers is
a)
7
1
b ) 8
c)
" 13
The denominator of a rational number is 3 more than it
4
numerator. I f the numerator is increased by 6 and tb
a) 3 b)27 c)5 d) 17 denominator is decreased by 2, we obtain 2. Find th
The product of two numbers is 224. The sum of their rational number.
squares is 452. The difference of the two numbers is
1 5 7 4
a>3 b)- O - d)-
a) 30 b)2 c)4 d) 15
4. The denominator of a rational number is 8 more than h
Answers numerator. I f the numerator is increased by 7 and th
l.b 2,a 3.c 4. a 5.b 6. a
denominator is decreased by 8, we obtain 8. Find th
7. a 8.b
rational number.
:. x:y= 1 :2
1 y
a) b) c) Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
9 10 "Ml >13 d
5. The denominator of a rational number is 2 more than its 150-100 1 , _

the required ratio = — — — - — - 1 : 2
numerator. I f the numerator is increased by 9 and the
denominator is decreased by 5, we obtain 7. Find the Note: In case the total ie (A + B) becomes P% of the number
rational number. 100
A, the ratio between A and B is given by
P-100,
c) d)
b >9 11 _ / 5 Exercise
The denominator of a fraction is 2 more than thrice its 1. When a number is added to another number the total
numerator. I f the numerator as well as denominator is
becomes 333 — per cent of the first number. What is the
1 3
increased by one, the fraction becomes —. What was
ratio between the first and the second number?
the original fraction. [SBIPO,1999] a)3:7 b)7:4 c ) 7 : 3 d) Data inadequate
2. When a number is added to another number the total
4 3 5
b) d)
11 C >T3 11 becomes 333 — per cent of the second number. What is
3
Answers
the ratio between the first and the second number?
l.c 2. a 3.d 4. a 5. a
[SBI PO 2000|
6. b; Hint: This type of question may be solved by hit and
a)3:7 b)7:4 c)7:3 d)4:7
trial method.
First divide the question in different parts. Then start
becomes 250 per cent of the second number. What is the
from the answer-choices one-by-one. The choice, which
satisfies all the parts of the given question, will be re-
a)3:2 b)2:3 c)4:3 d)3:4
quired answer. For example, in the above question we
have two parts.
becomes 175 per cent of the first number. What is the
(I) The denominator of a fraction is 2 more than thrice
its numerator.
a)4:3 b)3:4 c)5:3 d)3:5
(II) If the numerator as well as denominator is increased
by 1, the fraction becomes 1/3.
becomes 275 per cent of the first number. What is the
Both parts will be satisfied by the answer choice (b),
hence (b) is the required answer.
a)4:7 b)7:4 c)3:8 d)8:3
Rule 47 6. When a number is added to another number the total
When a number 'A' is added to another number 'B' and the becomes 125 per cent of the second number. What is the
total ie (A + B) becomes P% of the number B, then the ratio
a)l:4 b)4:l c)l:2 d)2:l
( P-100"
between A and B is given by 7. When a number is added to another number the total
100 becomes 375 per cent of the second number. What is the
Illustrative Example ratio between the first and the second number?
Ex.: When a number is added to another number the total a)4:11 b) 11:4 c)4:7 d)7:4
becomes 150 per cent of the second number. What is 8. When a number is added to another number the total
the ratio between the first and the second number? becomes 375 per cent of the first number. What is the
Soln: Detail Method: ratio between the first and the second number?
Let the numbers be x and y. a)4:ll b) 11:4 c)4:7 d)7:4
According to the question, 9. When a number is added to another number the total
150 becomes 225 per cent o f the first number. What is the
x + v=150%ofv=™y ratio between the first and the second number?
a)5:4 b)4:5 c)3:4 d)4:3
3 1
or, * + v = - y or,x= -y 10. When a number is added to another number the total
becomes 225 per cent of the second number. What is the
Number System
ratio between the first and the second number? Answers

a)3:4 b)4:3 c)5:4 d)4:5 l.a 2.a 3.b 4.d 5.c
Answers Rule 49
l.a 2.c 3.a 4. a 5.a 6.a 7.b
Two different numbers when divided by the same diviso
8. a 9.b lO.c
leaves remainders x andy respectively, and when their s
Rule 48 is divided by the same divisor, remainder is z, then the di
sor is given by(x+y- z). Or,
The sum of three consecutive even or odd numbers is P less
Divisor = (sum of remainders) - (Remainder when sum
or more than — of Q. Then the middle number is given by divided)
Ex: Two different numbers when divided by the same d
±P visor, left remainders 11 and 21 respectively, and whe
their sum was divided by the same divisor, remainde
was 4. What is the divisor?
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have the required an
s w e r 11+21-4=28
Note: +ve and -ve sign indicate more and less respectively.
Exercise
1. Two different numbers when divided by the same div
Ex: The sum of three consecutive even numbers is 15
sor, left remainders 10 and 15 respectively, and whe
less than three-fourth of 60. What is the middle num-
ber?
a)22 b)25 c)23_ d)21
Let the middile number be x
According to the question, sor, left remainders 5 and 7 respectively, and when the
60x3 sum was divided by the same divisor, remainder was 2
-2 + x + x + 2 = -15
What is the divisor?
or, 3x = 30 :.x= 10 a) 11 b) 12 c)10 d)9
.-. required answer = 10 3. Two different numbers when divided by the same div
Quicker Method: Since we have less type of ques- sor, left remainders 13 and 23 respectively, and whe
tion, the above formula will be like their sum was divided by the same divisor, remainde
Q P 60x--15 was 5. What is the divisor?
Middle number 1 = 10 a)32 b)36 c)30 d)31
Exercise
their sum was divided by the same divisor, remaind
1. The sum of three consecutive even numbers is 14 less
than one- fourth of 176. What is the middle number.
a)28 b)27 c)31 d)29
[BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998]
a) 10 b)8 . c)6 d)4
2 The sum of three consecutive odd numbers is 15 more
than one fourth of 120. What is the middle number?
a) 15 b) 13 c)17 d)21
a) 24 b)25 c)32 . d)42
The sum of three consecutive even numbers is 24 less
than one-•sixth of 324. What is the middle number? Answers
a) 12 b)10 c)14 d)20 l.a 2.c 3.d 4.d 5.a
The sum of three consecutive even numbers is 8 less
than two--third of 66. What is the middle number? Rule 50
a) 10 b) 18 c)16 d) 12 If the product of two numbers is x and the sum of these tw
The sum of three consecutive odd numbers is 25 more
than two -fifth of 65. What is the middle number? y+Jy 2 -4i
a) 15 b) 19 c)17 d)21 numbers isy, then the numbers are given by
Rule 51
If the product of two numbes is x and the difference be-
and
tween these two numbers is y, then the numbers are
J
Illustrative Example yjy +4x+y

2 J -yjy +4x •y
2
Ex: The product of two numbers is 192 and the sum of and
these two numbers is 28. What is the smaller of these
two numbers? Illustrative Example
[BSRB Calcutta PO 1999] Ex: The product of two numbers is 192 and the difference
Soln: Detail Method: of these two numbers is 4. What is the greater of
Let the numbers be x and y. these two numbers?
.-. xy = 192,x+y = 28 (i) Soln: Detail Method:
Let the numbers is x and y.
•"• (x-yf =(x + yf -4xy
xy= 192andx-y = 4 ....(i)
= 784-768=16
.-. x - y = 4 ....(ii) (x + y ) 2 =(x-y) +4xy 2
Combining eqn (i) and eqn (ii)

x = 16,andy = 12 = (4) +4x192 = 784
2
.-. smaller number = 12. x + y = 28 ....(if)

Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have Solving eqn (i) and eqn (ii) we have
x- 16 andy = 12
28 + V28 - 4 X 1 9 2
2
.-. Greater number = 16
the required numbers
required answer =
28 + V784-768 28+4
y +4x+y v784+4 28 + 4
= 16 and
2 8 - V 2 8 - 4 x 1 9 2 _ 2 8 - 4 _ 24 _ '
2 2
32
16.
2 2 ~ T ~ 2
.-. smaller number = 12.
•Vy +4x+y
2 yjy +4x-y
2
Exercise Note:
1. The product of two numbers is 154 and the sum of these
two numbers is 25. Find the difference between the num- Exericse
bers. 1. The product of two numbers is 221 and the difference of
a) 3 b)4 c)5 d)8 these two numbers is 4. Find the smaller number.
2. The product of two numbers is 252 and the sum of these a) 13 b) 14 c) 16 d) 17
two numbers is 33. Find the greater number. 2. The product of two numbers is 198 and the difference of
a) 21 b) 12 c)13 d)23 these two numbers is 7. Find the greater number.
3. The product of two numbers is 255 and the sum of these a) 18 b) 15 c)13 d)11
two numbers is 32. Find the smaller number. 3. The product of two numbers is 180 and the difference of
a) 17 b) 16 c)15 d) 13 these two numbers is 3. Find the sum of the numbers.
4. The product of two numbers is 168 and the sum of these a) 26 b)25 c)28 d)27
two numbers is 26. Find the smaller number. 4. The product of two numbers is 594 and the difference of
a) 12 b) 14 these two numbers is 5. Find the sum of the numbers.
c)16 d) 18 a) 46 b)39 c)40 d)49
5. The product of two numbers is 486 and the sum of these 5. The product of two numbers is 468 and the difference of
two numbers is 45. Find the smaller number. these two numbers is 8. Find the sum of the numbers.
a) 12 b) 18 c)26 d)34 a) 42 b)44 c)48 d)34
Answers Answers
l.a 2.a 3.c 4.a 5.b l.a 2. a 3.d 4.d 5.b
Number System
Miscellaneous a) 125 b)70 c)40

If a fraction's numerator is increased by 1 and the de-
6. The ratio of two numbers is 3 :2. I f 10 and the sum of the
nominator is increased by 2 then the fraction becomes
two numbers are added to their product, square of six-
2 teen is obtained. What could be the smaller number?
T • But when the numerator is increased by 5 and the
3 [NABARD, 1999]
denominator is increased by 1 then the fraction becomes a) 14 b) 12 c)16
— .What is the value of the original fraction? 7. The numbers x, y, z are such that xy = 96050 and xz •=
95625 and y is greater than z by one. Find out the num-
[Bank of Baroda PO, 1999] ber z. [NABARD, 19991
a) 425 b)220 c)525
3 5 5 6
0)3 c ) 7 d)- d)226 e)225
8. I f the sum of one-half, one-third and one-fourth of a
If the numerator of a fraction is increased by 2 and de- number exceeds the number itself by 4, what could be
nominator is increased by 3, the fraction becomes 7/9; the number? [NABARD, 19991
and if numerator as well as denominator are decreased a) 24 b)36 c)72
by 1 the fraction becomes 4/5. What is the original frac- d) 84 e) None of these
| i»? [SBI Associates PO, 1999]
9. When any number is divided by 12 then dividend be-
1j
b)
J6 11 C >6 comes of the other number. By how much per cent is
first number greater than the second number?
17
e) None of these [BSRB Chennai PO, 2000|
2?
a) 200 b) 150 c)300
If the numerator of a fraction is increased by 2 and the d) Data inadequate e) None of these
5 10. A number gets reduced to its one-third when 48 is
denominator is increased by 1, the fraction becomes — substracted from it. What is two-third of that number?
o
[BSRB BhopalPO, 2000]
and if the numerator of the same fraction is increased by
a) 24 b)72 c)36
3 and the denominator is increased by 1 the fraction
d) 46 _ e) None of these
11. The sum of three consecutive numbers is given. What is
becomes —. What is the original fraction?
the difference between first and third number?
[GuwahatiPO Exam, 1999] [BSRB BhopalPO, 20001
a)-One 2) Three
c) Either one or three d) Two
i> Data inadequate b) c)
e) None of these
12. I f the two digits of the age of Mr Manoj are reversed
1 '- e) None of these then the new age so obtained is the age of his wife. —
a a two-digit number, the digit at unit place is 1 more of the sum of their ages is equal to the difference be-
atari twice of the digit at tens place. I f the digit at unit tween their ages. I f Mr Manoj is elder than his wife then
aad lens place be interchanged, then the difference be- find the difference between their ages.
•aacn the new number and original number is less than [BSRB Bangalore PO, 2000]
1 10 that o f original number. What is the original a) Cannot be determined b) 10 years
[BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999] c) 8 years d) 7 years
b)73 c)25 e) 9 years
£ e)37 13. A number is greater than the square of 44 but smaller
than the square of 45. I f one part of the number is the
~ o f a number is equal to — of the second number. I f 3 5 square of 6 and the number is a multiple of 5, then find
o
the number. [BSRB Bangalore PO, 2000]
• added to the first number then it becomes 4 times of a) 1940 b)2080 c)1980
aacaad number. What is the value of the second num- d) Cannot be determined e) None of these
[BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999] 14. I f a number is decreased by 4 and divided by 6 the result
is 9. What would be the result i f 3 is subtracted from the 23. 11 times a number gives 132. The number is
number and then it is divided by 5? a) 11 b) 12 c) 13.2 d) None of these
[BSRB Delhi PO, 2000] [Clerks' Grade Exam 19911
a)9| b )10y c ) l l | 24. A number is 25 more than its —th . The number is:
d) 11 e) None of these [Clerks' Grade Exam, 19911

15. A two-digit number is seven times the sum of its digits.
125 125
If each digit is increased by 2, the number thus obtained b) c)60 d)80
is 4 more than six times the sum of its digits. Find the
number. [BSRB PatnaPO, 2001] 25. 24 is divided into two parts such that 7 times the first
a) 42 b)24 c)48 part added to 5 times the second part makes 146. The
d) Data inadequate e) None of these first part is:
16. The digit in the units place of a number is equal to the a) 11 b) 13 c)16 d) 17
digit in the tens place of half of that number and the digit [RRB Exam 1991]
in the tens place of that number is less than the digit in 4 2
units place of half of the number by 1. I f the sum of the 26. ~ of a number exceeds its — by 8. The number is:
digits of the number is seven, then what is the num- a) 30 b)60 c)90 d)None of these
ber? [SBI BankPO, 2001] [RRB Exam 1989]
a) 52 b) 16 c)34 27. The differencebetween squares of two numbers is 256000
d) Data inadequate e) None of these and sum of the numbers is 1000. The numbers are:
17. A fraction becomes 4 when 1 is added to both the nu- a) 628,372 b) 600,400
merator and denominator, and it becomes 7 when 1 is c) 640,630 d) None of these
subtraced from both the numerator and denominator. [GICAAO Exam, 1988]
The numerator of the given fraction is: 28. Three numbers are in the ratio 3 : 4 : 5 . The sum of the
a) 2 b)3 c)7 d) 15 largest and the smallest equals the sum of the third and
(NDA Exam 1990) 52. The smallest number is:
18. I f 1 is added to the denominator of a fraction, the frac- a) 20 b)27 c)39 d)52
tion becomes (1/2). I f 1 is added to the numerator, the [Accountants' Exam 1986]
fraction becomes 1. The fraction is: 29. A positive number when decreased by 4, is equal to 21
times the reciprocal of the number. The number is:
4 5 2 10
a)T b)~ c)y d) a)3 b)5 c)7 d}9
7 7'. .9 ~'3 -' 11
tNDA Exam 1987]
[CDS Exam 1991] 30. The sum of 3 numbers-is 68. I f the ratio between first and
19. The sum of two numbers is twice their difference. I f one second be 2 : 3 and that between second and third be 5
of the numbers is 10, the other number is: : 3, then the second number is:
a) 30 b)20 c)58 d)48
b)30 c)30or -3- d)30or3y [SSC Exam 1986]
31. Two numbers are such that the ratio between them is 3 :
[RRB Exam 1991]
5; but i f each is increased by 10, the ratio between them
becomes 5:7. The numbers are:
20. - of a certain number is 64. Half of that number is:
a) 3,5 b)7,9 c)13,22 d) 15,25
a) 32 b)40 c)80 d) 16 [RRB Exam. 1989]
[BSRB Exam 1991] 32. Divide 50 into two parts so that the sum of their recipro-
cals is (1/12):
1 1
21. — of a number subtracted from — of the number gives a)20,30 b)24,26 c)28,22 d)36,14
[RRB Exam 1988|
12. The number is:
33. The sum of seven numbers is 235. The average of the
a) 144 b)120 c)72 d)63
first three is 23 and that of the last three is 42. The fourth
[Hotel Management, 1991]
number is:
22. I f one fifth of a number decreased by 5 is 5, then the
a) 40 b)126 c)69 d) 195
number is:
[Clerks' Grade Exam. 1991]
a) 25 b)50 c)60 d)75
34. How many figures (digits) are required to number a book
[Clerks' Grade Exam 1991]
Number System _ 5
containing 200 pages?

x+ 2
a) 200 b)600 c)492 d)372 Then „ j ~ g or, 8x-5y = - l l
|+ ...(i)
[MBA 1980] y-
x+3
35. In a question, divisor is — of the dividend and 2 times Again, j ~ 4 or, 4x-3y = -9
+ -(ii)
y
the remainder. If the remainder is 5, find the dividend, solving eqn (i) and (ii), we get
a) 15 b)25 c) 18 d)24
[SSC 94] x = 3 and y = 7 .-. fraction =
36 A number when divided by 5 leaves a remainder 3. What
is the remainder when the square of the same number is 4. e; Let the original number be 1 Ox + y
divided by 5? y = 2 x + l ....(i)
a) 9 b)3 c)l d)4 and(10y + x)-(10x + y ) = 1 0 x + y - 1
[MBA 1990| or,9y-9x=10x + y - 1 or, 1 9 x - 8 y = l ....(ii)
T Assuming that A, B and C are different single-digit nu- Putting the value of (i) in equation (ii) we get,
merical values other than what is already used in the 19x-8(2x+l)=l or, 1 9 x - 1 6 x - 8 = l
following equation, what number C definitely cannot be? or,3x=9or,x = 3 So,y = 2 x 3 + l = 7
8A2 + 3B5 + C4-1271 .-. original number = 10 x 3 + 7 = 37
a) 7 b)9 c) Either 7 or 9
, /, 1_ 25
d) 6 e) None of these 5. c; 7/=
1
7// 5
...(i)
Answers II '
25
7+35=4/7 or. II + 35 = 477
l.c; Let the fraction be then, 8
.-. 77=40
jc + 1 _ 2 6. b; Let the two numbers be 3x and 2x.
or,3x + 3 = 2 y + 4 According to the question,
y+z J '
10 + (3x + 2x) + (3x x 2x)=(16) 2
or,3x = 2 y + l ....(i)
or, 6x + 5x - 246 = 0 or, 6x + 41 x - 36x - 246 = 0
2 2
x+5_ 5 or,6x(6x+41)-6(6x+41)=0
Also, we have ^ j ~ ^ + or,(6x+41)(x-6) = 0
.'. x = 6
or,4x + 20 = 5y + 5 or,4x = 5y-15 ....(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get -41
or —— (But -ve value cannot be accepted)
2y + l 5y-15
or,8y + 4 = 15y-45 So, x = 6. Hence, smaller number = 2x = 12
7. e; xy = 96050...(i)andxz=95625 ....(ii)
2y + l 2x7 + 1 a n d y - z = 1 ...(iii)
or, 7y = 49 .-. y = 7 and x - —~— =5
y _ 96050 _ 3842
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get ....(iv)
5_ 95625 3825
.-. required original fraction = Combining (iii) and (iv), we get z = 225
y 7
2. c: Let the numerator and denominator be x and y respec- 8.e; Let the number be x.
x+2 1 1 1 \ '6 + 4 + 3 13_
tively. Then y + 3 9 —+ - + — be : 12'
2 3 4/
or, 9(x + 2) = 7(y + 3) or, 9x- 7y = 3 ....(i) According to the question,
x-l _ 4 13
•x = 4 • x = 48
y- \5 o r , 5 x - 4 y = l ....(ii) 12
Solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 5, y = 6 9. d; Here neither the remainder nor the dividend nor the
Reqd fraction = 5/6 second number is given, so can't be determined.
10. e; Let the number be x.
x
z. Let the original fraction be ~~ .
then, x • £ = 48 • - x = 48
11. d; Let the three consecutive numbers be Solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 15, y = 3.
x, x + 1 and x + 2 respectively.
.-. Diff. between first and third numbers 18. c; Let the required fraction :
=x+2-x=2
12. e; Let the age of Mr Manoj be (lOx + y) yrs.
.-. His wife's age = (10y + x) years 2x-y= 1
•• y + 1 2 "
1
Then,(10x + y + lOy + x) — = lOx + y - lOy-x
And,£±l l x - y = -1
=
x _ 5 y
or, x + y = 9x - 9y or, 8x = 1 Oy or, Solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 2, y = 3.
y~4
.-. x = 5 and y = 4 (because any other multiple of 5 will 2
.-. The fraction is ~ .
make x of two digits)
.-.Diff=10x + y - 1 0 y - x = 9x-9y = 9(x-y) 19. b;Let the other number = x
= 9(5-4) = 9yrs 10 + x=2(x-10)^> x = 30.
13. c; Let the number be x.
4 64x5
44 < x < 4 5 => 1936<x<2025
2 2 ....(i) 20. b ; T X J C = 6 4 => x - = 8 0
From equation (i), the required number will be any num- 5 4

ber between 1936 and 2025.
/ Since one part of the number is the square of 6 means • I x x = i x 8 0 = 40
"2 2
one factor is 36.
LCMof36and5=180 ;| J X X - - J - X X -x = 12=>x = 144.
Numberwillbe multiple of 180 ie 180 x 11 = 1980the 12
only value which satisfies the equation (i)
14. d;Let the number be x <\
22. b; - o f x - 5 = 5 = > - = 10=>x = 50
x-4 „ x-3 58-3 5 J 5
.-. — - = 9 => = 58 Again, — — = — 7 — = 11
x
23. b ; l l x = 1 3 2 x=12
6 5 5
15. a; Let the two-digit number be lOx + y. 2 . 3x ^n 125 c
10x + y = 7(x + y) => x = 2y ....(i) 24. a; x — x = 25 => — = 25 => x = .

10(x + 2) + y + 2 = 6(x + y + 4) + 4 5 5 3
or, 10x + y + 22 = 6x + 6y + 28 => 4x-5y = 6 25. b; Let these parts be x and (24 - x). Then,
00 7x + 5 ( 2 4 - x ) = 146 => x=13.
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get x = 4 and y = 2 So the first partis 13.
16. a; Let 1/2 of the no. = lOx + y 26. b;Let the number be x. Then,
and the no. = 10V + W 4 2
—x—x• -x = 8 = > x = 60
From the given conditions, W = x and V = y -1 15
5 •3
Thus the no. = 10(y- l ) + x ....(A) 27. a; Let the numbers be x and y. Then,
.-. 2(10x + y ) = 1 0 ( y - l ) + x:=>8y-19x=10 ...(i)
x - y = 256000 and x + y = 1000.
2 2
V + W = 7 =•> y - l + x = 7 .-. x + y = 8 ....(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get x-y 2 256000
x = 2 and y = 6 .-. From equation (A), x-y = 256
x+y 1000
Number=10(y-l) + x = 52
Solving x + y = 1000, x - y = 256, we get x = 628, y = 372
x 28. c; Let the numbers be 3x, 4x and 5x.
17. d; Let the required fraction be ~ .
5x + 3x = 4x + 52 =5. x = 13.
.-. smallest number=3x = 39.
x+1 _
29. c; Let the number be x. Then,
Then, ~ 4 => x - 4y = 3
x - 4 = — = > x - 4 x - 2 1 = 0 = > x = 7.
2
x-\ x
And, 7= => x - 7 y = -6
7
.-. required number = 7
y-1
timber System
a: Let the numbers be x, y, z. Then, Number of two digit pages from 10 to 99 = 90

77
Number of three digit pages from 100 to 200 =101

x_2 y_ 5 .-. total number of required figures =
3x = 2yand5z=3y.
y ~ 3'7~ 3 9x 1+90x2+101 x3=492
3 3 3 3 9 35. a; According to the question
• y = — x, z = — y = — x— x = — x
2 5 5 2 10 Divisor = — x dividend and 2 x remainder
3 9
• x + - x + — * = 98 => 34x = 680 => x = 20.
or, — x dividend = 2 x 5
So, second number = y * = 20 j = 30
2x5x3
i Let the numbers be 3x and 5x. .-. Dividend = — - — = 1 5 .
3x + 10 5 36. d; The number is of the form (5x + 3), where x is an integer

• = —=>x = 5 (5x + 3) _ 25x +30x + 9 _ 25x
2 2 2 30x | 5 +4
•• 5x + 10 7
Hence, the numbers are 15,25. •'• 5 5 5 + 5 5
a; Let the numbers be x and (50 - x). Then, .-. the remainder is 4.
1 1 1 50-x + x 1 37. e;SinceA + B + C = 1 6
-+- (Possible values of A, B and C are 0,6,7 & 9).
x 50-x 12 ^ x(50-x) 12
Also A*B, B*C, A*C .
=> x - 5 0 x + 600 = 0 =^> x = 30or20.
2
I f C = 6, A + B should be 10, which is not possible.
a;(23x3+x + 42><3) = 235 x = 40. I f C = 9, A + B should be 7, which is also not possible.
.-. fourth number = 40. I f C = 0, A + B should be 16 which is also not possible.
c: Number of one digit pages from 1 to 9 = 9
HCF and LCM
Rule 1 Illustrative Example

Ex.: Find the HCF of 1365,1560 and 1755.
fnd the H C F of two or more numbers
Soln: 1365)1560(1
I: Method of Prime Factors 1365
the given numbers into prime factors and then find 195)1365(7
product of all the prime factors common to all the num- 1365
The product will be the required HCF. 0000
jirative Examples Therefore, 195 is the HCF of 1365 and 1560
: Find the HCF of 42 and 70. Again, 195) 1755(9
42 = 2 x 3 * 7 1755
70 = 2 x 5 * 7 0000
HCF = 2 x 7 = 1 4 .-. the required HCF = 195
Find the HCF of 1365,1560 and 1755. Method III: The work of finding the HCF may sometimes be
1365 = 3 x 5 _ x 7 x 13 simplified by the following devices:
1560 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 5 * 13 (i) Any obvious factor which is common to both num-
1755 = 3 x 3 x 3 x 5 x 13 bers may be removed before the rule is applied. Care
HCF = 3 x 5 x 13 = 195 should however be taken to multiply this factor into
D: Method of Division the HCF of the quotients.
of two numbers: (ii) If one of the numbers has a prime factor not con-
Divide the greater number by the smaller number, di- tained in the other, it may be rejected.
vide the divisor by the remainder, divide the remain- (iii) At any stage of the work, any factor of the divisor not
der by the next remainder, and so on until no remain- contained in the dividend may be rejected. This is
der is left. The last divisor is the required HCF. because any factor which divides only one of the two
cannot be a portion of the required HCF.
tive Example Ex.: Find the HCF of42237 and 75582.
Find the HCF of 42 and 70 by the method of division. Soln: 42237 = 9 x 4693
42)70(1 75582=2*9x4199
42 We may reject 2 which is not a common factor (by rule
28)42(1 i). But 9 is a common factor. We, therefore, set it aside
28 (by rule ii) and find the HCF of 4199 and 4693.
14)28(2 4199)4693(1
28 , 4199
00 494
HCF =14 494 is divisible by 2 but 4199 is not. We, therefore, divide 494
by 2 and proceed with 247 and 4199 (by rule iii).
BCF of more than two numbers
247)4199(17
Find the HCF of any two of the numbers and then
247
find the HCF of this HCF and the third number and so
1729
on. The last HCF will be the required HCF.
1729
0
80 PRACTICE B O O K O N Q U I C K E R MATHS
The HCF of 4199 and 4693 is 247. Hence, the HCF of 5. What is the greatest length which can be used to mea-
the original numbers is 247 * 9 = 2223. sure exactly 3 m 60 cm, 6 m, 8 m 40 cm and 18 m?
Note: If the HCF of two numbers be unity, the numbers a)lm20cm b)lml0cm
must be prime to each other. c) 105 cm d) 125 cm
Exercise 6. A man bought a certain number of mangoes Rs 14.40 P,
1. Find the HCF of 144 and 192. he gained 44P by selling some of them for Rs 8. Find at
2. Find the HCF of 1260 and 2376. least how much mangoes he had left with.
3. Find the HCF of 144,180andl92. a) 19 b)36 c)38 d)21
4. Find the HCF of624,936 and 264. 7. What is the largest sum of money which is contained in
5. Find the HCF of 3192 and 14280. Rs 6.25 and Rs 7.50 exactly?
6. Find the HCF of234,519,786. a)125P b)120P c)175P d)75P
7. Find the HCF of876,492,1824,1960. 8. What is the largest sum of money which will divide Rs
8. Find the HCF of 1794,2346,4761. 12.90 and Rs 9.30 exactly?
9. Find the HCF of2103,9945,9216. a)Rsl.30 b)30 c)Rs3 d)130
10. FindtheHCFof 1492,1942,2592. 9. What is the greatest length which can be used to mea-
11. What is the HCF of two consecutive numbers? sure exactly 1 m 8 cm, 2m 43 cm, 1 m 35 cm, and 1 m 89 cm?
12. Two vats contain respectively 540 and 720 litres, find a) 26 cm b)37cm c)28cm d)27cm
the vessel of greatest capacity that will empty off both 10. Two bills, one of Rs 27.50 and the other of Rs 13 are to be
vats. paid in coins of the same kind. Find the largest coin that
a) 90 litres b) 160 litres c) 180 litres d) 80 litres can be used.
13. Two masses of gold weighing 44270 and 72190 grams a)50paise b)25paise
respectively are each to be made into coins of the same c) Rs 1 d) None of these •
size, what is the weight of the largest possible coin? Answers
a)90gm b)110gm c)10gm d)210gm 1. a; Hint: 6 kg 7 hg 4 dag 3 g = 6743 g
Answers 9kg9dag7g = 9097 g.
1.48 2.36 3.12 4.24 5.168 6.3 7.4 2. a 3.c 4. c 5. a
8.69 9.3 10.2 11.1 12.c 13.c 6. a; Hint: Cost price of all the mangoes = 1440 P
Cost price of the mangoes sold = Rs 8 - 44P = 756 P.
Rule 2 Now, the HCF of 1440 P and 756 P = 36 P
Tofindthe HCF of two or more concrete quantities .-. Highest possible cost price of each mango = 36 P
First, the quantities should be reduced to the same unit. Again the cost price of the mangoes left = 1440 P - 756 P
= 684P
Illustrative Example .-. The minimum number of mangoes left s 684 -^36=19.
Ex.: Find the greatest weight which can be contained ex- 7. a 8.c 9.d 10. a
actly in 1 kg 235 gm and 3 kg 430 gm
Soln: lkg235gm=1235gm Rule 3
3kg430gm = 3430gm To find the H C F of decimals
The greatest weight required is the HCF of 1235 and First make (ifnecessary) the same number of decimalplaces
3430, which will be found to be 5 gm. in all the given numbers, thenfindtheir HCF as if they are
Exercise integers and marks off in the result as many decimal places
1. Find the greatest weight which can be contained exactly as there are in each of the numbers.
in 6 kg 7 hg 4 dag 3g and 9 kg 9 dag 7 g. Illustrative Examples
a)llg b)27g c)12g d)17g Ex.1: Find the HCF of 16.5,0.45 and 15.
2. Find the greatest weight which can be contained exactly Soln: The given numbers are equivalent to 16.50,0.45 and
in 3 kg 7 hg 8 dag 1 g and 9 kg 1 hg 5 dag 4 g. 15.00
a)199g b)299g c)189g d) None of these Step I: First we find the HCF of 1650,45 and 1500.
3. Find the greatest measure which is exactly contained in Which comes to 15.
10 litres 857 millilitres and 15 litres 87 millilitres. StepII: The required HCF = 0.15.
a) 140ml b) 138ml c) 141 ml d) 142ml Ex. 2: Find the HCF of 1.7,0.51, and 0.153.
4. Find the greatest length which can be contained exactly Soln: Step I: First we find the HCF of 1700, 510 and 153.
in 10m5dm2cm4mmand 12 m 7 dm 5 cm 2 mm. Which comes to 17.
a)5mm b)7mm c)4mm d)6mm Step II: The required HCF = 0.017.
and L C M
.-. the required LCM = 2 * 3 x 3 x 5 x 6 x 5 = 2700

Find the HCF of405.9 and 219. In line (1), 12 and 15 are the factors of 108 and 90
Fmd the HCF of 1.84,2.3 and 2.76. respectively, therefore, 12 and 15 are struck off.
Find the HCF of 18.4,23 and 27.6. In line (2), 45 is a factor of 135, therefore 45 is struck
4 Find the HCF of2.8,0.98,42,0.161,0.0189. off.
Fmd the HCF of 4.8,5.4 and 0.06. In line (5), 3 is a factor of 6, therefore 3 is struck off.
Fmd the HCF of 6.16 and 13.
Fndthe HCF of 11.52,12.96,14.4,15.84 and 17.28. Exercise
1. Find the LCM of40,36 and 126.
kmwers 2. Find the LCM of 84,90 and 120.
U13 2.0.46 3.4.6 4.0.0007 5.0.6 6.0.04 7.14.4 3. Determine the LCM of624 and 936.
4. FindtheLCMofll2,140andl68.
Rule 4 5. Find the LCM of 75,250,225 and 525.
To find the L C M of two or more given numbers. 6. Find the LCM of48,64,72,96 and 108.
Method I: Method of Prime Factors 7. Find the LCM of240,420 and 660.
Maolve the given numbers into their prime factors and8. Find the LCM of 12,15,24,52,55,60,77 and210.
Aen find the product of the highest power of all thefactors 9. Find the LCM of2184,2730 and 3360.
thmt occur in the given numbers. This product will be the 10. Find the LCM of60,32,45,80,36 and 120.
LCM. 11. Find the LCM of91,65,75,39,77 and 130.
Dlustrative Example 12. Find the LCM of364,2520 and 5265.
Ex.: Find the LCM of 18,24,60 and 150. Answers
Soln: 18 = 2 * 3 x 2 = 2 x 3
2 24 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 = 2 * 3
3 1.2520 2.2520 3.1872
60 = 2 x 2 x 3 x 5 = 2 x 3 x 5 150=2 x 3 x 5 x 5 = 2 x 3
2
4.1680 5.15750 6.1728
x52
7.18480 8.120120 9.43680
Here, the prime factors that occur in the given num- 10.1440 11.150150 12.294840
bers are 2,3 and 5, and their highest powers are 2\2
and 5 respectively.
2
Rule 5
Hence, the required LCM = 2 x 3 x 5 = 1800
3 2 2
To find the L C M of Decimals
Note: The LCM of two numbers which are prime to each First make (ifnecessary) the same number ofdecimal places
other is their product. in all the given numbers; then find their LCM as if they
Thus, the LCM of 15 and 17 is 15 x 17 = 255 were integers, and mark in the result as many decimalplaces
Method II: The LCM of several small numbers can be easily as there are in each of the numbers.
found by the following method: Illustrative Example
Write down the given numbers in a line separating Ex.: Find the LCM of 0.6,9.6 and 0.36.
them by commas. Divide by any one of the prime Soln: The given numbers are equivalent to 0.60, 9.60 and
numbers 2, 3, 5, 7, etc., which will exactly divide at 0.36.
least any two of the given numbers. Set down the Now, find the LCM of60,960 and 36. Which is equal
quotients and the undivided numbers in a line below to 2880.
the first. Repeat the process until you get a line of
numbers which are prime to one another. The product .-. the required LCM = 28.80.
of all divisors and the numbers in the last line will be Exercise
the required LCM. 1. Find the LCM of 3,1.2 and 0.06.
Note: To simplify the work, we may cancel, at any stage of 2. Find the LCM of 3.75 and 7.25.
the process, any one of the numbers which is a factor 3. Find the LCM of 72.12 and 0.03.
of any other number in the same line. 4. Find the LCM of 0.02,0.4, and 0.008.
Dlustrative Example 5. Find the LCM of 1.2,0.24 and 6.
Ex.: Find the LCM of 12,15,90,108,135,150. 6. Find the LCM of 1.6,0.04 and 0.005.
Soln: 7. Find the LCM of 2.4,0.36 and 7.2.
12, 15, 90, 108, 135, 150... (1)
3 45, 54, 135, 75 ....(2) 8. Find the LCM of0.08,0.002 and 0.0001.
9. Find the LCM of 3.9,6.6 and 8.22.
3 18, 45, 25 ..-(3)
10. Find the LCM of 0.6,0.09 and 1.8.
5 6, 15, 25.. ..(4)
11. Find the LCM ofO. 18,2.4 and 60.
6, 3, 5.. ..(5)
12. Find the LCM of 20,2.8 and 0.25.
13. Find the LCM of 1.5,0.25 and 0.075. Rule 7

Answers
LCM of Numerators
1.600 2.108.75 3.72.12 4.0.4 LCM of Fractions ~ ,,^r- n I I e
5.6 6.1.6 7.7.2 8.0.08 J HCF of Denominators
9.11754.6 10.1.8 11.180 Illustrative Example
12.140 13.1.5
Rule 6 Ex.: Find the LCM of 4 - , 3, 1 0 -

2 2
HCF of Numerators
HCF of fractions = L C of Denominators
M So,„: 4 i^,10i=2i
2 2 2 2
Dlustrative Example
93 21
54 9 36 Thus, the fractions are —, — and —
2 1 2
Ex.: Find the HCF of — , 3 — and —-
.-. the required LCM
54 6 , 9 60 36 12 ' LCMof9,3and21_63_ 63
Soln: H e r e , = , 3 - =- a n d - = -
T T
HCFof2,land2 ~ 1
Note: (i) First express the fractions in their lowest terms,
6 60 12
Thus the fractions are —, — and — (ii) LCM offractionsmay be afractionor an integer.
HCFof6,60,12 6
Exercise
. ffCF = = — 16 ,3
•• LCM of 1,17,17 17 1. Find the LCM of 8, — and 1 - .
Note: (i) First express the given fractions in their lowest
terms. 6 _1 15
2. Find the LCM of 7 , 2 - and 7 7 .
(ii) We see that each of the numbers is perfectly divis- 8 2 16
6
17
ible by ,37 ^54 35
3. Find the LCM of 1—, 2— and 5—.
Exercise 78 65 39
4. Find the least number which, when divided by each of
3 5 6
1. Find the HCF of 7 , 7 and - 4 3 12
4 6 7 the fractions —> — , and — gives a whole number as
3 18
2. Find the HCF of 6, 3 - and — . quotient in each case.
4 20
6 _1 15 b)3| c)2 , 3 f
3. Find the HCF of - , 2 - and — .
8 2 16 5. Four bells commence tolling together, they tall at inter-
100 88 1 1 3
4. Find the HCF of — , — and 4. valsof 1, I 7 , 1— and 1— seconds respectively, after
4 2 4
37 54 35 what interval will they tall together again?
5. Find the HCF of 1—, 2— and 5—. a) 2 min 40 seconds b) 1 min 40 seconds
/» 65 39 c) 2 min 45 seconds d) 1 min 45 seconds
6. What is the greatest length which is contained a whole 6. The circumferences of the fore and hind-wheels of a
number of times exactly in both 7— metres and 4— 2 3
2 4 carriage are 2— and 3— metres respectively. A chalk
metres? mark is put on the point of contact of each wheel with
a) 25 cm b)26cm c)80cm d)30cm
the ground at any given moment. How far will the c a r-
Answers riage have travelled so that their chalk marks may be
again on the ground at the same time?
, 23
1. 2. 3 —
1
4 1-
1
a) 26 metres b) 24 metres
84 20 16 3 5 m 6 a
c) 42 metres d) 16 metres
HCF a n d L C M 51-
If one of the numbers is 1071, find the others,

The circumferences of the wheels of a carriage are 6— a) 1309 b)1903 c)1039 d)1390
14 3. The product of two numbers is 20736 and their HCF is
54. Find their LCM.
dm and 8 — dm. What is the least distance in which a) 684 b)468 c)648 d)864
18
4. The product of two numbers is 396 x 576 and their LCM
both wheels simultaneously complete an integral num-
is 6336. Find their HCF.
ber of revolutions? How often will the points of the two
a) 36 b)34 c)63 d)43
wheels which were lowest at the time of starting touch
5. The HCF of two numbers, each consisting of four digits
the ground together in 1 kilometre?
is 103, and their LCM is 19261, find the numbers.
Answers a)1133,1751 b) 1313,1571 c) 1331,1751 d) 1133,1715
6. The HCF and LCM of two numbers are 16 and 192 re-
10
1.40 2. 7 - 3. 70 4. a spectively, one of the numbers is 48, find the other.
13 a) 64 b)46 c)63 d)72
,1,1 ,3 7. The HCF and LCM of two numbers are 10 and 30030
5. d; Hint: Find LCM of 1, 1 - , 1 - and 1 - . respectively, one of the numbers is 770, what is the other?
4 2 4
a) 380 b)370 c)385 d)390
6. b; Hint: A little reflection will show that chalk marks will
8. The HCF and LCM of the two numbers are 14 and 3528
touch the ground together for the first time after the
respectively. If one number is 504, find the other.
wheels have passed over a distance which is the LCM
a)88 b)98 c)84 d) 112
n 2 ,3 12 9. The HCF of two numbers is 99 and their LCM is 2772.
of 2— metres and metres. LCM of — metres and
The numbers are
a) 198,1386 b) 198,297
24 c) 297,495 d) None of these
— metres = 24 metres. 10. The LCM of two numbers is 14 times their HCF. The sum
of LCM and HCF is 600. If one number is 80, then the
.3 „1
Hint: LCM of 6— dm and 8— dm other is .
14 18 a) 160 b)60 c)40 d)280
11. The HCF of two numbrs is 1/5 th of their LCM. If the
- ^ = 2. Idm
7
2 2 product of the two numbers is 720, the HCF is .
a)20 b)12 c)15 d) 18
2x10000
and the required no. of revolutions = :45.9 12. Two numbers have 16 as their HCF and 146 as their LCM.
435 Then, one can say that;
.-. required answer = 45 times (without including the a) Many such pairs of numbers exist.
touch at the start.) b) Only on such pair of numbers exists.
Note: See Q. no. 18 of Miscellaneous. c) No such pair of numbers exists.
d) Only two such pairs of numbers exist.
Rule 8 13. The LCM of two numbers is 39780 and their ratio is' 13 :
HCF of Numbers * LCM of Numbers =Product ofNumbers 15. Then, the numbers are .
Illustrative Example a)2652,3060 b)273,315 c) 585,675 d)2562,6030
fx: The LCM of two numbers is 2079 and their HCF is 27. Answers
If one of the numbers is 189, find the other. Lb 2. a 3.d 4. a 5. a 6. a 7.d
LCM x HCF 8. b
Soln: The required number = Fifst Number 9. a; Hint: For this kind of question you have to startfromthe
answers choice.
2079x27
= 297 Try the pair of numbers 198,1386
189
The HCF of these numbers is 99
Exercise 198x1386
L The LCM of two numbers is 64699, their GCM (or HCF) LCM = :2772
99
is 97 and one of the numbers is 2231. Find the other.
a)2183 b)2813 c)2831 . d)2381 Hence, (a) is. the required answer.
2 The LCM of two numbers is 11781 andtheir HCF is 119. 10d;[Hint:LCM=14HCF
84 PRACTICE B O O K O N QUICKER M A T H S
Since LCM + HCF = 600 and 1420?

or, 14 HCF + HCF = 600 a) 40 b)20 c)10 d)30
Answers
or, HCF = — = 40 l.d 2.b 3.b 5.b
4.b
or, LCM =14x40-560
• The other number
Rule 10
To find the greatest number that will divide x, y and z leav-
LCM x HCF 560x40 ing remainders a, b and c respectively.
= 280
Given number 80 Required number = HCF of (x -a),(y- b) and (z - c)
1 Lb; Hint: LCM = 5 HCF Illustrative Example
The product of two numbers = LCM x HCF = 720 Ex.: What is the greatest number that will divide 38, 45,
or,5HCFxHCF = 720 and 52 and leave as remainders 2, 3 and 4 respec-
tively?
VI 7 2 0
or,(HCF) = — = 144
2
HCF =12 Soln: Applying the above rule, we have,
the required greatest number = HCF of (38 - 2), (45 -
12. c; Hint: As a rule HCF of the numbers completely divides
3) and (52 - 4) or 36,42 and 48 = 6
their LCM. However, 146 is not exactly divisible by 16,
.-. Ans = 6
so no such pair of numbers will exist.
13. a; Hint: Let the numbers be 13.x and 15.x. Clearly x is their Exercise
HCF. 1.
Find the greatest number that will divide 728 and 900,
Now, as a rule, the product of two numbers = HCF x leaving the remainders 8 and 4 respectively.
LCM a) 16 b) 15 c)14 d)24
or, 13xxl 5 J C = J C X 39780 2. What is the greatest number that will divide 2930 and
3250 and will leave as remainders 7 and 11 respectively?
_ 39780 a) 69 b)59 c)97 d)79
204
13x15 3. What is the greatest number that will divide 3460 and
Therefore, numbers are 13 x 204 = 2652 and 15 x 204 9380 and will leave as remainders 9 and 13 respectively?
= 3060. a) 943 b)439 c)493 d)349
4. What is the greatest number that will divide 29, 60 and
Rule 9 103 and will leave as remainders 5, 12 and 7 respec-
Tofind the greatest number that will exactly divide x,y and tively?
z. a) 24 b) 16 c)12 d) 14
Required number = HCF ofx, y and z 5. What is the greatest number that will divide 191,216 and
266 and will leave as remainders 4,7 and 13 respectively?
Illustrative Example a)22 b)39 c)33 d) 11
Ex.: What is the greatest number that will exactly divide 6. What is the greatest number that will divide 130,305 and
1365,1560 and 1755? 245 and will leave as remainders 6,9 and 17 respectively?
Soln: Applying the above rule, the required greatest num- a)4 b)5 c)14 d)24
ber = HCF of 1365, 1560 and 1755 = 195
Answers
Exercise
La 2. d 3.c 4. a 5.d 6. a
1. What is the greatest number that will exactly divide 96,
528 and 792? Rule 11
a) 12 b)48 c)36 d)24
To find the least number which is exactly divisible by x, y
2. What is the greatest number that will exactly divide 370
and z-
and 592?
a) 37 b)74 c)47 d)73 Required number = LCM ofx,yandz
3. What is the greatest number that will exactly divide 312, Illustrative Example
351 and 650? Ex: Find the least number which is exactly divisible by 8,
a)39 b) 13 c)26 d)52 12,15and21.
4. What is the greatest number that will exactly divide 48, Soln: By the above rule, we have,
168,324 and 1400? The required least number = LCM of 8,12,15 and 21
a) 14 b)4 c)16 d)8 = 840
5. What is the greatest number that will exactly divide 1600 • Ans = 840
ms
HCF a n d L C M 55
Exercise 4,6,8 and 10.

I. Find the least number which is exactly divisible by 72,90 a) 1050 b)1070 c)1080 d) 1008
and 120.
a) 260 b)630 c)360 d)620
Answers
2 Find the least number which is exactly divisible by 24,63 l.c 2.d 3.a 4.c 5.a
and 70. 6. a; Hint: The least number divisible by 48,60 and 64 is their
a) 5220 b)2550 c)5252 d)2520 LCM, which is 960.
5. Find the least number which is exactly divisible by 35,48 Clearly, any multiple of 960 will be exactly divisible by
and 56. each of the numbers 48,60 and 64. But since the required
a) 1680 b)1860 c)1380 d)1830 number is not to exceed 10,000, it is 960 * 10 = 9600.
4. Find the least number which is exactly divisible by 15,55 The above question could also be worded thus — "Find
and 99. the greatest number less than 10000 which is divisible
by 48,60 and 64."
a) 485 b)435 c)495 d)395
5. Find the least number which is exactly divisible by 52,63 7. d 8.a 9.a lO.a lie 12.c
and 162. 13. b; Hint: The LCM of27,35,25 and 21 = 4725
a) 29484 b) 24984 c) 29488 d) 29448 ••• the required no. = 4725 - 3 = 4722
6. Find the greatest number of 4 digits which is divisible by 14. c; Hint: The LCM of36,48,21 and 28 =1008.
48,60 and 64. .-.the required no. = 1008 + 5 = 1013.
a) 9600 b)1960 c)9620 d)9610 15. a; Hint: The least number divisible by 32,36,48 and 54 is
7. Find the smallest number which is exactly divisible by their LCM which is 864.
999 and 9999. .-. the greatest number that should be subtracted from
a)1199889 b)1109989 c) 1109999 d)1109889 10000 is 10000-864=9136.
8. What is the smallest number which is exactly divisible 16. a 17. c 18. c
by 36,45,63 and 80?
a) 5040 b)4050 c)5400 d)4500 Rule 12
9. Find the least number into which 47601 and 37668 will To find the least number which when divided by x, y and z
each divide without remainder. leaves the remainders a, b and c respectively. It is always
a) 13899492 b) 12899492 c) 13899493 d) 13894992 observed that, (x-a) ~ (y-b) = (z-c) = K (say)
10. Find the least number that can be divided exactly by all :. Required number = (LCM ofx, y and z)-K
numbers upto 13 inclusive. Illustrative Example
a) 360360 b) 306360 c) 360306 d) 363060 Ex.: What is the least number which, when divided by 52,
II. Find the least number that can be divided exactly by all leaves 33 as the remainder, and when divided by 78
the odd numbers upto 15 inclusive. leaves 59, and when divided by 117 leaves 98 as the
a) 46046 b) 45450 c) 45045 d) 40545 respective remainders.
12. Find the greatest number less than 900, which is divis- Soln: Since (52 - 33) = 19, (78 -59) = 19, (117 -98) = 19
ible by 8, 12 and 28. We see that the remainder in each case is less than
a) 640 b)480 c)840 d)940 the divisor by 19. Hence, if 19 is added to the required
13. What is the smallest number which when increased by 3 number, it becomes exactly divisible by 52, 78 and
is divisible by 27,35,25 and 21? 117. Therefore, the required number is 19 less than
a) 4725 b)4722 c)4723 d)4728 the LCM of52,78 and 117.
14. What is the least number which when lessened by 5 is The LCM of52,78 and 117 = 468
divisible by 36,48,21 and 28? if. The required number = 468 -19 = 449
a) 1008 b)1003 c) 1013 d)1023
15. What greatest number can be subtracted from 10000, so Exercise
that the remainder may be divisible by 32,36,48 and 54? 1. Find the least number which when divided by 24,32 and
a) 9136 b)9316 c)1360 d)8640 36 leaves the remainders 19,27 and 31 respectively.
16. What greatest number can be subtracted from 2470 so a) 283 b)823 c)382 d)238
that the remainder may be divisible by 42,98 and 105? 2. Find the greatest number of six digits which on being
a) 1000 b)1470 c)1400 d)1407 divided by 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 leaves 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 as
17. Find the greatest number offivedigits which is divisible remainder respectively.
by 32,36,40,42 and 48. a)997920 b)997918 c)998918 d)999918
a) 99720 b) 90702 c) 90720 d) 90730 3. What is the least multiple of 7, which when divided by 2,
18. Find the least number of four digits which is divisible by 3,4,5, and 6 leaves the remainders 1,2,3,4 and 5 respec-
86 PRACTICE B O O K O N QUICKER MATHS
tively? Now, 5-3 = 2,7-5 =2,12-10 = 2,15-13 = 2

a) 119 b)126 c) 112 d) Can't be determined Hence, subtracting 2 from this greatest number we shall
4. Find the least multiple of 23, which when divided by 18, get the required number which is therefore equal to
21 and 24 leaves the remainder 7,10 and 13 respectively, 999598.
a) 3013 b)3103 c)3130 d)3301
5. Find the greatest number offivedigits which being di- Rule 13
vided by 56, 72, 84 and 96 leaves 50, 66, 78 and 90 as To find the least number which, when divided by x, y and z
remainders respectively. leaves the same remainder r in each case.
a) 97887 b) 97878 c) 98778 d) 97788 Required number = (LCM ofx, y and z)+r
6. Find the least number which when divided by 12 and 16 Illustrative Example
will leave the remainders 5 and 9 respectively.
Ex: Find the least number which, upon being divided by
a) 4 b)41 c)43 d)39
2,3,4,5 and 6 leaves in each case a remainder of 1.
7. Find the least number which when divided by 24 and 36
Soln: By the above rule, we have,
will leave the remainders 14 and 26 respectively.
Required least number = (LCM of 2,3,4,5 and 6) + 1
a) 64 b)62 c)59 d)63
= 60+1 =61
8. Find the least number which when divided by 48,64,72,
80,120 and 140 will leave the remainders 38,54,62,70, Exercise
110 and 130 respectively. a) 36 b)34 c)63 d)43
a)21050 b)20250 c)21005 d)20150 1. Find the least number which when divided by 12,21 and
9. Find the greatest number of six digits which when di- 35 will leave in each case the same remainder 6.
vided by 5, 7, 12 and 15 leaves respectively remainders a) 426 b)326 c)536 d)436
3,5,10 and 13. 2. Find the least number which when divided by 18,24,30
a) 999600 b) 999596 c) 999598 d) 999602 and 42, will leave in each case the same remainder 1.
a)2523 b)2521 c)2520 d)2519
Answers
3. What is the least number, which when divided by 98 and
1. a
105 has in each case 10 as remainder?
2. b; Hint: The LCM of 6,7,8,9 and 10 = 2520
a) 1840 b)1400 c)1460 d)1480
The greatest number of six digits is 999999.
4. What is the lowest number which when divided sepa-
Dividing 999999 by 2520 we get 2079 as remainder.
rately by 27,42, 63 and 84 will in each case leave 21 as
Hence the number divisible by 2520 is 999999 - 2079 or
remainder?
997920.
a) 777 b)767 c)707 d)787
Since6-4 =2,7-5 =2,8-6 = 2,9-7 = 2,10-8 = 2, the
5. What smallest number must be subtractedfrom7894135
remainder in each case is less than the divisor by 2.
so that the remainder when divided by 34,38, 85 and 95
.-. the required number = 997920 - 2 = 997918.
leaves the same remainder 11 in ech case.
3. a; Hint: LCM of 2,3,4,5 and 6 = 60
a) 6 b)8 c)4 d)3241
Moreover, the difference between each divisor and the
6. What is the least multiple of 17, which leaves a remain-
corresponding remainder is the same, which is 1.
der of 1, when divided by each of the first twelve inte-
.-. required number is of the form (60 K - 1), which is
gers excepting unity?
divisible by 7 for the least value of K.
a)27720 b) 138601 c) 138599 d)27719
Now, on dividing 60K- 1 by 7,
7. What is the least multiple of 19, which leaves a remain-
7)60K-1(8K
der of 2, when divided by 8,12 or 15?
56K
a)718 b)724 c)722 d)716
(4K-1)
8. Find the least number which when divided by 12,16 and
We get (4K - 1) as the remainder.
18, will leave in each case a remainder 5.
We find the least positive number K for which (4K - 1 ) is
a) 139 b)144 c)149 d) 154
divisible by 7. By inspection K = 30.
9. Find the least number which when divided by 12,18 and
Hence the required number = 4 x 3 0 - 1 = 119.
30 gives the same remainder 9 in each case.
4. a 5.c 6.b 7.b 8.d
9. c; Hint: LCM of 5,7,12 and 15 = 420 a) 189 b) 187 c)179 d)198
10. Find the least number which when divided by 128 and 96
The greatest number of 6 digits = 999999
will leave in each case the same remainder 5.
We can break this number into multiple of 420 as 420 x
a) 289 b)389 c)489 d)398
2380+399 .
11. Find the least number of six digits which when divided
Hence, the greatest number of six digits that is exactly
by 4, 6, 10 and 15, leaves in each case the same remain-
divisible by the above number is 420 x 2380 = 999600.
HCF a n d L C M
der2. Exercise
a) 10020 b) 10018 1. Find the greatest number which will divided 16997 and
c) 10022 d) Can't be determined 64892 so as to leave the remainder 2 in each case.
11 Find the least number of six digits which when divided a) 1455 b)1544 c)1545 d)1554
by 5,8,12,16 and 20 leaves a remainder 3 in each case. 2. Find the greatest number which will divide 410,751 and
a) 100883 b) 100886 1030 so as to leave the remainder 7 in each case.
c)100083 d)190083 a) 63 b)31 c)13 d)36
13. Find the least multiple of 13 which when divided by 4,6, 3. Find the greatest number which will divide 260,720 and
7 and 10 leaves the remainder 2 in each case. 1410 so as to leave the remainder 7 in each case.
a) 2522 b)2252 c)2225 d)2552 a) 33 b)43 c)32 d)23
Answers 4. Find the greatest number which will divide 369,449,689
a 2.b 3.d 4. a 5009 and 729 so as to leave the remainder 9 in each case,
5c, Hint: LCM of34,38,85 and 95 is 3230. a) 42 b)49 c)35 d)40
Now, divide 7894135 by 3230, we obtain 15 as remainder 5. Find the greatest number which will divide 772 and 2778
and 2444 as the quotient. so as to leave the remainder 5 in each case.
But, according to the question, the remainder should be a) 59 b)69 c)49 d)95
11. Hence, the required smallest number that must be 6. Find the greatest number that will divide 261, 933 and
subtracted is 15 - 11 = 4. 1381, leaving the remainder 5 in each case.
6. b; Hint: LCM of first twelve integers excepting unity is a)31 b)52 c)32 d)42
r~:o. Answers
The required number is of the form (27720K + 1) which l.c 2.b 3.d 4.d 5a 6.c
leaves remainder 1 in each case.
17)27720K+1(1630K Rule 15
27710K Tofind the greatest number that will divide x, yandz living
10K+1 the same remainder in each case.
Now, on dividing (27720K + 1) by 17, Required number = HCF of\(x-y)\, \(y - z)\ \(z-x)\
we get (10 K + 1) as the remainder. Note: Here value of remainder will not be given in the ques-
We find the least positive number K for which (1 OK + 1) tion.
is divisible by 17.
By inspection K = 5. Illustrative Example
Hence, the required number = 27720 x 5 + 1 = 138601 Ex.: Find the greatest number which is such that when 76,
7. c 8.c 9.a 10.b 151 and 226 are divided by it, the remainders are all
11. c; Hint: The LCM of 4,6, 10 and 15 is 60. Now the least alike.
number of six digits = 100000. When this is divided by Soln: By the above rule, we get
60,40 is left as remainder. Also 60 - 40 = 20, the least J(x-y)| = |(76-151)| = 75
number of six digits exactly divisible by each of the |(y-z)| = |(151-226)| = 75
above numbers = 100000 + 20 = 100020. |(z-x)| = i(226-76)| =150
.. the least number of six digits which will leave a re- .-, The required greatest number = HCF of75,75 and
mainder 2 when divided by each of the given numbers 150 = 75.
= 100020 + 2=100022. Exercise
12. c 13.a 1.
Find the greatest number which is such that when 12288,
19139 and 28200 are divided by it, the remainders are all
Rule 14 the same.
To find the greatest number that will divide x, y and z leav- a)222 b)221 c) 121 d)122
ing the same remainder 'r' in each case. 2. Find the greatest number which is such that when 76,
Required number = HCF of (x -r),(y- r) and (z - r) 151 and 226 are divided by it, the remainders are all alike.
Illustrative Example Find also the common remainder.
Eu Find the greatest number which will divide 410, 751 a) 57,2 b)75,2 c)75,l d) 57,1
and 1030 so as to leave remainder 7 in each case. 3. Find a number of three digits which gives the same re-
Soln: By the above rule, the required greatest number mainder when it divides 2272 and 875.
= HCFof(410-7),(75!-7)and(1030-7) = 31 a) 172 b)127 c)125 d) 137
.-. Ans = 31 4. Find the greatest number that will divide 1305,4665 and
6905 leaving in each case the same remainder. Find also Step III: The required number = (9999-171) + 3
the common remainder. =9931
a) 1210,158 b) 1120,158 c) 1120,185 d) 1210,185
Exercise
5. Find the greatest number that will divide 705, 1805 and
1. Find the greatest number of three digits which, when
1475 leaving in each case the same remainder.
divided by 3,4 and 5 leaves no remainder.
a)110 b)120 c)114 d)115
a) 960 b)860 c)690 d)680
6. Which of the following numbers gives the same remain-
2. Find the greatest 3-digit number such that when divided
der when it divides 1110 and 864.
by 3,4 and 5, it leaves remainder 2 in each case.
a) 123 b)213 c)245 d)132
a) 122 b)962 c)958 d)118
Answers 3. The greatest number of four digits which is divisible by
I.b2.c3.b 4.c 5. a each one of the numbers 12, 18,21 and 28 is .
6. a; Hint: Another number is 246, which gives the same re- a) 9848 b)9864 c)9828 d)9636
mainder when it divides 1110 and 864. 4. Find the greatest number of five digits which is divisible
by 48,60 and 64.
Rule 16 a) 96000 b)99940 c)99840 d)98940
Tofindthe n-digit greatest number which, when divided 5.
by Find the greatest number of 4 digits which, when di-
x,yandz, vided by 16,24 and 36 leaves 4 as a remainder in each
(i) leaves no remainder (ie exactly divisible) case.
Following stepwise methods are adopted. a) 9936 b)9932 c)9940 d)9904
Step I: LCM ofx, y and z=L 6. Find the greatest number of five digits which when di-
Step II: L) n-digit greatest number ( vided by 52,56,78, and 91 leaves no remainder.
a) 12264 b) 98280 c) 97280 d) 13264
Remainder (R)
Answers
Step III: Required number = n-digit greatest
La 2.b 3.c 4.c 5.c 6.b
number-R
Illustrative Example Rule 17
Ex.: Find the greatest number of four digits which, when Tofindthe n-digit smallest number which, when divided by
divided by 12,15,20 and 35 leaves no remainder. x,y andz.
Soln: Using the above method, we get, (i) leaves no remainder (ie exactly divisible)
Step 1: LCM of 12,15,20 and 35=420 Following steps are followed.
Step II: 420) 9999 (23 [ -.- 4-digit greatest no. = 9999] Step I: LCM of x, y and z = L
9660 Step II: L) n-digit smallest number (
339 Remainder (R)

Step III: Required number = 9999 - 339 = 9660 Step HI: The required number=n-digit smallest
(ii) leaves remainder K in each case number + ( L - R )
Following stepwise method is adopted. Illustrative Example
Step I: LCM of x, y and z = L
Ex.: Find the 4-digit smallest number which when divided
Step II: L) n-digit greatest number (
by 12,15 20 and 35 leaves no remainder.
Soln: Using the above method
Remainder (R)
Step I: LCM of 12,15,20 and 35 = 420
Step III: Required number=(n-digit greatest Step H: 420) 1000 (2
number-R) + K 840
Fx.: Find the greatest 4-digit number which, when divided 160
by 12,18,21 and 28 leaves a remainder 3 in each case. Step III: The required number = 1000 + (420 -160)
Soln: Step I: LCM of 12,18,21 and 28 = 252 = 1260
Step II: 252) 9999 (39 (ii) leaves remainder K in each case.
9828 First two steps are the same as in the case of (i)
Step III: Required number = n-digit smallest num-
171 ber+(L-R)+K
F and LCM
Clearly, N * Q x K is always divisible by N.

ative Example
Find the 4-digit smallest number which, when divided Step IV: Now make (R K + R) divisible by N by putting the
0
by 12,18,21 and 28, leaves a remainder 3 in each case. least value of K. Say, 1,2,3,4
: By using the above method, we have, Now put the value of K into the expression (LK + R)
Step I: LCM of 12,18,21 and 28 = 252 which will be the required number.
Step II: 252) 1000 (3 Illustrative Example
756 Ex.: Find the least number which on being divided by 5,6,
8, 9, 12 leaves in each case a remainder 1, but when
244 divided by 13 leaves no remainder.
Step III: The required number = 1000 + (252 - 244)+3 Soln: Step I: The LCM of 5,6,8,9,12 = 360
= 1011 Step II: The required number = 360K + 1; where K is a
Exercise positive integer.
F ind the smallest 3-digit number, such that they are exactly Step III: 13)360(27
divisible by 3,4 and 5. 26
a) 105 b)120 c)115 d) 130 100
- ind the smallest 3-digit number, such that when divided 91
by 3,4 and 5, it leaves remainder 2 in each case, 9
a) 118 b)120 c)122 d) 132 .-. 3 6 0 K + l = ( 1 3 x 2 7 + 9 ) K + l
1 The least number of four digits which is divisible by = (13x27xK) + (9K+l)
each one of the numbers 12,18,21 and 28 is . Step IV: Now this number has to be divisible by 13.
a) 1008 b)1006 c)1090 d)1080 Whatever may be the value of K the portion (13 x
4. Find the smallest number of 6 digits, such that when 27K) is always divisible by 13. Hence we must choose
divided by 15,18 and 27 it leaves 5 as a remainder in each that least value of K which will make (9K + 1) divisible
case. by 13. Putting K equal to 1,2,3,4,5 etc in succession,
a) 100270 b) 100275 c) 100005 d) 100095 we find that K must be 10.
5. Find the smallest number of 4 digits which, when di- .-. the required number = 3 6 0 x K + l = 3 6 0 x l O + l
vided by 4, 8 and 10, leaves 3 as a remainder in each = 3601.
case. Note: The above example could also be worded thus — "A
a) 1040 b)1008 c)1043 d)1084 gardener had a number of shrubs to plant in rows. At
a Find the least number of five digits which when divided first he tried to plant 5 in each row, then 6, then 8,
by 52,56,78 and 91 leaves no remainder, then 9 and then 12 but had always 1 left. On trying
a) 10920 b) 19020 c) 10290 d) 10820 13 he had none left. What is the smallest number of
shrubs that he could have had".
Answers
lb 2.c 3.a 4.d 5.c 6.a Exercise
1. Find the least number which being divided by 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 ,
Rule 18 leaves in each case a remainder 1, but when divided by 7
Tofind the least number which on being divided by x,yand leaves no remainder.
z leaves in each case a remiander R, but when divided by N a) 301 b)201
leaves no remainder, following stepwise methods are c)302 d)310
mdopted. 2. Find the least number which when divided by each of
Step I: Find the LCM of x, y and z say (L). the numbers 3, 5, 6, 8, 10 and 12 leaves in each case a
Step II: Required number will be in the form of (LK + R); remainder 2 but which when divided by 13 leaves no
where K is a positive integer. remainder.
Step III: N) L (Quotient (Q) a) 963 b)692
c)269 d)962
Remainder (R^ 3. A heap of pebbles can be made up exactly into groups
.. L = N x Q + R o of 25, but when made up into groups of 18, 27 and 32,
Now put the vaue of L into the expression obtained in there is in each case a remainder of 11, find the least
step II. number of pebbles such a heap can contain.
.. required number will be in the form offNxQ + p^) a) 775 b)975 c)785 d)875
K+R Answers
o r , ( N x Q x K ) + (R K + R)
0
La 2.d 3.d
90 PRACTICE B O O K O N Q U I C K E R M A T H S
Rule 19 3. The product of two numbers is 7168 and their HCF is 16,
find the sum of all possible numbers.
There are n numbers. If the HCF of each pair is x and the
a) 640 b)860 c)460 d) Data inadequate
LCM of all the n numbers isy, then the product of n num- 4. In a long division sum the dividend is 529565 and the
bers is given by [(x)"" x y] or
1 successive remainders from the first to the last are 246,
Product of'n' numbers = (HCF of each pair)"-' x (LCM ofn 222,542. Find the divisor and the quotient.
numbers). a) 561,943 b) 669,493 c) 516,943 d) 561,493
5. In finding HCF of two numbers, the last divisor is 49 and
Illustrative Example the quotients 17,3,2. Find the numbers.
Ex: There are 4 numbers. The HCF of each pair is 3 and a) 343,5929 b) 434,2959
the LCM of all the 4 numbers is 116. What is the c)433,5299 d) Can't be determined
product of 4 numbers? 6. An inspector of schools wishes to distribute 84 balls
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have, and 180 bats equally among a number of boys. Find the
the required answer = (3) 4_1 x l 16 = 3132 greatest number receiving the gift in this way.
a) 14 b) 15 c)16 d) 12
Exercise 7. In a school 391 boys and 323 girls have been divided
1. There are 4 numbers. The HCF of each pair is 7 and the into the largest possible equal classes, so that there are
LCM of all the 4 numbers is 1470. What is the product of equal number of boys and girls in each class. What is
4 numbers? the number of classes?
a) 504210 b) 502410 a) 23 girl's classes, 19 boy's classes
c) 504120 d) Can't be determined b) 23 boy's classes, 19 girl's classes
2. There are 3 numbers. The HCF of each pair is 3 and the c) 17 boy's classes, 23 girl's classes
LCM of all the 3 numbers is 858. What is the product of d) 23 boy's classes, 17 girls' classes
3 numbers? 8. What least number must be subtracted from 1936 so that
a) 7722 b)7272 c)6622 d)7822 the remainder when divided by 9,10,15 will leave in each
3. There are 4 numbers. The HCF of each pair is 4 and the case the same remainder 7.
LCM of all the 4 numbers is 840. What is the product of a) 46 b)53 c)39 d)44
4 numbers? 9. Find the two numbers whose LCM is 1188 and HCF is 9.
a) 35760 b) 53670 c) 35670 d) 53760 a) 27,396 b)9,27 c)36,99 d) Data inadequate
4. There are 4 numbers. The HCF of each pair is 5 and the 10. Find the sum of three numbers which are prime to one
LCM of all the 4 numbers is 2310. What is the product of another such that the product of the first two is 437 and
4 numbers? that of the last two is 551.
a) 288750 b) 288570 c) 828570 d) 288650 a)91 b)81 c)71 d)70
5. There are 3 numbers. The HCF of each pair is 6 and the 11. Find the number lying between 900 and 1000 which when
LCM of all the 3 numbers is 420. What is the product of divided by 3 8 and 57, leaves in each case a remainder 23.
3 numbers? a) 935 b)945 c)925 d)955
a) 15110 b) 15120 c) 15210 d)25120 12. In a long division sum the successive remainders from
6. There are 3 numbers. The HCF of each pair is 2 and the thefirstto the last were 312,383 and 1. If the dividend be
LCM of all the 3 numbers is 210. What is the product of 86037, find the divisor and the quotient.
3 numbers? a)548,157 b)274,1 c) 1096,158 d)Noneofthese
a) 840 b)480 c)740 d)850 13. Among how many children may 429 mangoes and also
715 oranges be equally divided?
Answers a) 143 b) 15 c)18 d) 153
La 2. a 3.d 4. a 5.b 6. a 14. The product of two numbers is 4928. If 8 be their HCF
Miscellaneous find how many pairs of such numbers.
1. The numbers 11284 and 7655, when divided by a certain a)3 b)4 c)2 d)l
number of three digits, leave the same remainder. Find 15. Five bells begin to toll together and toll respectively at
the number and the remainder. intervals of 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12 seconds. How many times
a) 119,15 b) 191,15 c) 192,52 d) 191,51 they will toll together in one hour, excluding the one at
2. The sum of two numbers is 1215 and their HCF is 81. the start?
How many pairs of such numbers can be formed? Find a) 3 b)5 c)7 d)9
them. 16. 21 mango trees, 42 apple trees and 56 orange trees have
a)l b)2 c)3 d)4 to be planted in rows such that each row contains the
HCF a n d L C M 91
same number of trees of one variety only. Minimum num- .". 191 is the required number, and 15 is the remain-
ber of rows in which the above trees may be planted is der.
a) 15 b)17 c)3 d)20 2.d; Let the two numbers be 81 a and 81 b where a and b are
The sum and difference of the LCM and the HCF of two two numbers prime to each other.
numbers are 592 and 518 respectively. If the sum of two
.-. 81a + 81b=1215
numbers be 296, find the numbers.
1215
a)lll,185 b) 37,259 a+b= = 15
c) Data inadequate d) None of these 81
Now fmd two numbers, whose sum is 15. The pos-
The circumferences of the fore and hind wheels of a
sible pairs are (14, 1); (13,2);(12,3);(11,4);(10,5);
3 1 (9, 6); (8, 7). Of these the only pairs of numbers that
carriage are 6— metres and 8— metres respectively.
14 18 are prime to each other are (14,1), (13,2), (11,4) and
At any given moment, a chalk mark is put on the point of (8,7).
contact or ea'cn wneei wim'tne grouria.~Firicftne "dis- Hence the required numbers are
tance travelled byfrtecarriage so that both the chalk ( 1 4 x 8 1 , 1 x81);(13x 81,2 x 8 1 ) ; ( l l x 81,4x81);(8
marks are again on the ground at the same time. x81,7x81)
a)218m b)217.5m c)218.25m d)217m or, (1134,81); (1053,162); (891,324); (648,567).
A merchant has three kinds of wine; of the first kind 403 So, there are four such pairs.
gallons, of the second 527 gallons and of the third 589 3. a; Let the numbers be 16a and 16b where a and b are two
; aliens. What is the least number of full casks of equal numbers prime to each other.
s :ze in which this can be stored without mixing? .-. 16a x 16b = 7168 .-. ab = 28
a)21 b)29 c)33 d)31 Now the pairs of numbers whose product is 28, are
. Find the least number of square tiles required for a ter- (28,1); (14,2); (7,4)
race 15.17m long and 9.02 m broad, 14 and 2 which are not prime to each other should be
a) 841 b)714 c)814 d) None of these rejected.
. Three pieces oftimber 24 metres, 28.8 metres and 33.6 metres Hence the required numbers are !
long have to be divided into planks of the same length. 2 8 x 16; 1 x 16;7x 16;4x 16
What is the greatest possible length of each plank? or, 448, 16, 112, 64
a) 8.4 m b)4.8m c)4.5m d)5.4m Hence the required answer = 448 +16 +112 + 64 = 640
. Four bells toll at intervals of 6,^8, 42 and 18 minutes 4. a; On subtracting the remainders 246,222,542 from the
respectively. If they start tolling together at 12 a.m.; fmd numbers giving rise to them, the successive partial
after what interval will they toll together and how many products will be found to be 5049,2244,1683.
times will they toll together in 6 hours,
a) 6 times b) 5 times c) 4 times d) Data inadequate
. Three persons A, B, C run along a circular path 12 km 529565(
2466
long. They start their racefromthe same point and at the
same time with a speed of 3 km/hr, 7 km/hr and 13 km/hr
2225 .
respectively. After what time will they meet again?
a)12hrs b)9hrs c)24hrs d)16hrs
542
L When in each box 5 or 6 dozens of oranges were packed,
three dozens were remaining. Therefore, bigger boxes Hence the divisor must be a common factor of these
were taken to pack 8 or 9 dozens of oranges. However, three partial product.
still three dozens of oranges remained. What was the Now 561 is their HCF and no smaller factor (for ex-
least number of dozens of oranges to be packed? ample 51) will serve the purpose, since 5049 + 51 =99
[ N A B A R D , 1999] a two-digit number which is absurd.
a)216 b)243 c)363 d)435 .•. the divisor = 561 and the quotient = 943.
5. a; V The last divisor = 49 and quotient = 2
vers .-. dividend = 49 x 2 = 98
The required number must be a factor of (11284 - 343)5929(17
7655) or 3692. 98)343(3
Now 3692= 19 x 191 49)98(2
191)7655(40 X
764 Now, divisor = 98, quotient = 98 x 3 + 49 = 343

15 Again divisor = 343, quotient = 17, and
remainder = 98. The HCF of these three partial produts = 548

.-. dividend = 343 x 17 + 98 = 5929 .-. the divisor = 548 or a factor of548. But the divisor
Hence the required numbers are 343,5929. must be greater than each of the partial remainders
6. d; Find the HCF of 84 and 180,whichis 12 and this is the 312,383 and 1.
required answer. .-. The divisor is 548; hence the quotient is 157.
7. b; The largest possible number of persons in a class is 13. a; The number of children required must be a common
given by the HCF of 391 and 323 ie 17. factor of429 and 715. Now the HCF of429 and 715 is
391 143.
,-. No. of classes of boys = 17 - 23 and .-. the number of children required must be 143 or a
factorofl43.Butl43 = 13 x U .
323 19
No. of classes of girls .-. the number of children required is 143,13 or 11.
17
8. c; The LCM of 9,10,15 = 90
14. c; Let the numbers be 8x and 8y, where x and y are prime
On dividing 1936 by 90, the remainder = 46 to each other. Then, Sx x 8y=4928 or 64xy = 4928
But a part of this remainder = 7. .-. xy = ll .-. x= 1 or7andy = 77or 11
Hence the required number = 46 - 7 = 39. .-. these pairs of required numbers will be (8,77 x 8)
9. a; Let the two numbers be 9a and 9b where a and b are or, (8 x7,8 x 11) that is (8,616) or (56,88).
two numbers prime to each other. The LCM of 9a and 15. c; LCM of 6,7,8,9,12 is 504.
9b is 9ab.
So, the bells will toll together after 504 sec.
.-. 9ab= 1188 .-. ab=132 60x60
Now the possible pairs offactors of 132 are 1 x 132,2 In 1 hour, they will toll together = times
504
x 66,. 3 x 44,6 x 22,11 x 12. Of these pairs (2,66) and
(6,22) are not prime to each other, and therefore, not =7 times.
admissible. 16.b; HCFof21,42,56 = 7
Hence the admissible pairs are Number of rows of mango trees, apple trees and or-
1,132;3,44;4,33;11,12 21 42 56
.-. a = l , b = 1 3 2 ; a = 3 , b = 44,a = 4,b = 33; ange trees are — = 3, 6 and
7 7
a= 1 l , b = 12. .-. required number of rows = (3 + 6 + 8) = 17.
Hence the required numbers are 9,9 x 132; 9 x 3,9 x
17. a; Let the LCM and HCF be h and k respectively.
4 4 ; 9 x 4 , 9 x 3 3 ; 9 x l l , 9 x 12
.-. h + k = 592andh-k = 518
'or, 9,1188; 27,396; 36,297; 99,108.
10. c; From the question we see that the second number is 592 + 518
Consequently, h = 555 &
a common factor of the two products, and since the 2
numbers are prime to one another, it is their HCF and
is, therefore, 19. 592-518 •
.-. the first number = 437 + 19 = 23 and k= = 37.
the third number =551 - 19 = 29. 2
Hence the numbers are 23,19 and 29. i.e., LCM = 555 and HCF = 37
11. a; The least common multiple of 38 and 57 is 114 and the Now, let the numbers be 37a and 37b, where a and
multiple which is between 900 and 1000 is 912. are co-primes.
Now, 912 + 23 ie, 935 lies between 900 and 1000 and .-. 37a + 37b = 296ora + b = 8.
when divided by 38 and 57 leaves in each case 23 as Possible pairs of co-primes, whose sum is 8 are (1,
the remainder. Therefore 935 is the number required. &(3,5).
12. b; Since the last but one remainder is 383 and the last .-. possible pairs of numbers are:
figure to be affixed to it is 7, .-. the last partial product (37x1,37x7) or (37, 259)"
and(37x3, 37x5)or(lll, 185)
is 3 8 3 7 - 1 =3836. Similarly, the other partial products
will be 2740 and 548. Now, HCF x LCM = 555 x 37 = 20535.
548)86037(157 Also, 111 x 185 =20535,while37x259 * 20535
548 Hence, the required numbers are 111 and 185.
3123 84
2740 18. b;, The required distance in metres = LCM of — a
3837
3836 i 145
1 18
d LCM
In 6 hours, they will toll together

LCM of 87 & 145 f 435
HCFof 14 & 18 2 m = 217.5m 360
time + 1 time at the start = 6 times
HCF of403,527 and 589 is 31. ^72 J
.-. reqi ired answer = 31
Tiles are least, when size of each is largest. So, HCF 23. a; Time taken by A, B, C to cover 12 km is 4 hours,
€ 1517 cm and 902 cm gives each side of a tile, which
i41 cm. 12
1517x902 hours and y j hours respectively.
_-. number of tiles :
= 814
41x41 12 12
I the HCF of2400 cm, 2880 cm and 3360 cm, which LCM of 4, — and — =12.
. - \. Hence required answer is 4.8 metres. So, they will meet again after 12 hours.
LCM of 6,8,12,18 min=72 min = 1 hr 12 min. 24. c; Hint: Required number = (LCM of 5,6,8,9) + 3
So, they will toll together after 1 hr 12 min. = 360+3 = 363.
Ratio and Proportion
Rule 1 Exercise
* Find Compound Ratio 1. Find the compound ratio of the following:
1:2,3:5 and 5:9
are compounded by multiplying together the ante-
i for a new antecedent, and the consequents for a 1 1 1
< consequent. a) b)
6 '5
Find the compound ratio of the following:
^"hen the ratio 4 : 3 is compounded with itself the result- 5:7,15:14 and 98:75.
2 2 a) 1:5 b) 1:1 c)2:l d)5:l
Tig ratio is 4 :3 . It is called the duplicate ratio of 4 :3. Find the compound ratio of the following:
Similarly, 4 3 is the triplicate ratio of 4:3.
3 : 3
5:6,12:19,57:60 and 50:31
^4 : is called the subduplicate ratio of 4 : 3. a) 13:25 b)31:25 c)25:31 d)25:13
Find the subduplicate ratio of 16:25.
«V3 - ^1/3 is subtriplicate ratio of a and b.
a) 4:5 b)5:4 c)256:625 d) 625:256
The number of times one quantity contains another quan- 5. Find the subtriplicate ratio of343:729.
r?. of the same kind is called the ratio of the two quan- a) 5:7 b)9:7 c)7:9 d)7:5
2 Find the duplicate ratio of 14:17.
rties. The ratio 2 to 3 is written as 2:3 or — . 2 and 3 are a) 196:289 b) 169:256 c) 196:729 d)576:729
Find the triplicate ratio of 3:5.
:a:led terms of the ratio. 2 is the first term and 3 is the
1^ 1^
§econd term. The firstterm of the ratio is called the ante-
a)27:125 b)9:25 c)3 :5
3 3 d) 125:27
:*dent and the second the consequent. In the ratio 2:3,2
_ "_-e antecedent and 3 is the consequent.
;
Answers
1 1 l.a 2.b 3.c 4. a 5.c 6. a 7. a
If 2:3 be the given ratio, then —: — or 3:2 is called its
Rule 2
j i n erse or reciproral ratio.
Theorem: If four quantities be in proportion the product of
the antecedent = the consequent, the ratio is called the extremes is equal to the product of the means.
r e ratio of equality; as 3:3. Let the four quantities 3, 4, 9 and 12 be in proportion.
If the antecedent > the consequent the ratio is called the
ratio of greater inequality, as 4:3 3 9
We have — = —
If the antecedent < the consequent, the ratio is called 4 12
the ratio of less inequality, as 3:4 Multiply each ratio by 4 * 12
trative Example 3 9
• -x4xl2=—x4xl2
Find the ratio compounded of the four ratios: " 4 12
4:3,9:13,26:5 and2:15
.-.3x12 = 4 x 9
4x9x26x2 16 Note:
t: The required ratio ;
1. The 4th term can be found by multiplying the 2nd and
3x13x5x15 25
3rd terms together and divide the product by the first
96 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATHS
term. 11. Calculate a fourth proportional to the numbers.

2. Consider the two ratios: 500,70, and 69
1st ratio 2nd ratio
43 33 33 33
6:18 8:24 a) 9 — b) 8 — c) 9 — d) 19 —
50 50 50 50
Since 6 is one-third of 18, and 8 is one-third of 24, the
two ratios are equal. The equatity of ratios is called 12. Calculate a fourth proportional to the numbers.
proportion. 2.5,1.5, and 1.5
The numbers 6, 18,8 and 24 are said to be in propor- a)0.9 b)0.89 c)0.91 d)0.09
tion. The proportion may be written as 6:18::8:24 (6 is 13. What should come in place of the question mark (?) in
to 18 as 8 is to 24) the following equation?
6 8 28 _ ?
or, 6:18 = 8:24 o r — : — ? _ 112
The numbers 6, 18, 8 and 24 are called trms. 6 is the a) 70 b)56 c)48 d)64
first term, 18 the second, 8 the third and 24 the fourth.
Answers
The first and fourth terms ie 6 and 24 are called the
l.a 2. c 3.c 4. a 5.c 6. b 7. a
extremes (end terms), and the second and the third
8. a 9.c
terms, ie, 18 and 8 are called the means (middle terms).
lO.a 11.c 12.a
24 is called the fourth proportional.
13. b; Hint: Answer = V 2 8 x l l 2 = 56
Ex.: Find the fourth proportional to the numbers 6, 8 and Rule 3
15.
Theorem: Three quantities of the same kind are said to be
Soln: If x be the fourth proportional, then 6 : 8 = 15 : x
in continued proportion when the ratio of the first to the
:.x = 8 x 1 5
= on
20 second is equal to the ratio of the second to the third.
6 The second quantity is called the mean proportional be-
Exercise tween thefirst and the third; and the third quantity is called
1. Find a fourth proportional to the numbers 6, 8, 9. the third proportional to the first and second.
a) 12 b)7 c)5 d) 14 Thus, 9,6 and 4 are in continued proportion for 9 :6 :: 6 :4.
2. Find the value of the missing figure in the question given Hence, 6 is the mean proportional between 9 and 4, and 4 is
below. the third proportional to 9 and 6.
6:? :: 5:35 Illustrative Examples
a) 30 b)36 c)42 d)48 Ex. 1: Find the third proportional to 15 and 20.
3. Find a fourth proportional to the numbers 12,14,24. Soln: Here, we have to find a fourth proportional to 15,20
a) 38 b)36 c)28 d)30
and 20.
4. Find a fourth proportional to the numbers 5,7, 15.
I f x be the fourth proportional, we have 15 :20 = 20 : x
a)21 b)35 c)20 d)30
5. Find a fourth proportional to the numbers 21,33,56. 20x20
:. x i ^ = 261
a) 77 b)78 c)88 d)87 15 3 3
6. Find a fourth proportional to the numbers 45,60,72. Ex. 2: Find the mean proportional between 3 and 75.
a) 120 b)96 c)72 d)84 Soln: I f x be the required mean proportional, we have
7. Find the value of the missing figure in the following. 3 : x:: x: 75
?: 13:: 35:65
a)7 b)9 c)6 d)5 .•.'*= V3x75 =15
8. Find the value of x in the following proportion. Note: It is evident that the mean proportional between two
5:15 = 2:x numbers is equal to the square root of their product.
a)6 b)3 c)12 d)9 Exercise
9. Find the value of x in the following proportion.
1. Find a third proportional to the numbers 3 and 6.
75:3 = x : 9
a)21 b) 1.5 c)18 d) 12
a) 125 b) 120 c)225 d)220
2. Find a third proportional to the numbers 1.2 and 1.8.
10. Calculate a fourth proportional to the numbers.
a)2.8 b)2.7 c)3.2 d)3.7
1,2 and 3.
3. Find a third proportional to the numbers 225 and 75.
a)6 b) 1.5 c)0.6 d)5
a)25 b) 15 c)35 d)30
Ratio & Proportion
Calculate the mean proportional between 3 and 192 Ex.2: I f 15 men can reap a field in 28 days, in how many
a) 24 b)26 c)22 d)28 days will 5 men reap it?
Soln: Step I : . . . : . . . = . . . : Required number of days.
14 21
Step II: ...:... = 28 :x
Calculate the mean proportional between T — and TZZ Step III: The required number of days will be more,
363 lie since 5 men will take more time than 15 men. There-
14
a) fore, 5 : 1 5 = 2 8 : x
88 i8C )
I Calculate the mean proportional between 0.5 and 1922 1 5 o,

x 2 8
Step IV: x = — - — = 84 days.
a)39 b)29 c)31 d)41
Ex. 3: A fort had provisions for 150 men for 45 days. After
7. Find the third proportional to the numbers 5 and 10
10 days, 25 men left the fort. How long will the food
a) 20 b)2.5 . c)25 d)30
last at the same rate for the remaining men?
Answers Soln: The remaining food would last for 150 men for (45 -
Id 2.b 3. a 4. a 5. a 6.c 7. a 10 =) 35 days. But as 25 men have gone out, the re-
maining food would last for a longer period. Hence,
Rule 4 by the Rule of Three, we have the following
The Rule of Three: The method offinding the 4th term of a relationhip.
proportion when the other three are given is called Simple 125 men: 150 men = 35 days: the required no. of days.
Proportion or the Rule of Three.
150x35
In every question of simple proportion, two of the given
.-. the required no. of days = — — — - 42 days.
terms are of the same kind, and the third term is of the same
kind as the requiredfourth term. Compound Proportion or Double Rule of Three
Sow we give the rule of arranging the terms in a question Ex.: I f 8 men can reap 80 hectares in 24 days, how many
of simple proportion. hectares can 36 men reap in 30 days.
Rule: I. Denote the quantity to be found by the letter'x', Soln: We can resolve this problem into two questions.
and set it down as the 4th term. 1st: I f 8 men can reap 80 hectares, how many hectares can
II. Of the three given quantities, set down that for 36 men reap?
the third term which is of the same kind as the 8 men : 36 men = 80 hectares : the required no. of
quantity to be found. hectares
III. Now, consider carefully whether the quantity to 36x80
be found will be greater or less than the third term; .*. the required no. of hectares = — - — =360hect-
o
if greater, make the greater of the two remaining
ares.
quantities the 2nd term, and the other 1st term,
2nd: I f 360 hectares can be reaped in 24 days, how many
but if less, make the less quantity the second term,
hectares can be reaped in 30 days?
and the greater the 1 st term.
By the Rule of Three
IV. Now, the required value
24 days : 30 days = 360 hectares : the required no. of
Multiplication of means hectares.
1st term 30x360 A c n
.-. the required no. of hectares = — — — = 450

Ex. 1: I f 15 books cost Rs 3 5, what do 21 books cost? We observe that the original number of hectares,
Soln: This is an example of direct proportion. Because i f the namely 80, has been changed in the ratio formed by
number of books is increased, their cost also in- 36 30
creases. compounding the ratio — and — .
By the Rule of Three:
The above question can be solved in a single step.
Step I : . . . : . . . = . . . : Required cost.
We arrange the figures in the following form:
Step II: ...:... = Rs 35 : Required cost
8 men: 36 men
Step III: The required cost will be greater than the
: 80 hect: the reed no. of hectares
given cost; so the greater quanity will come as the
24 days: 30 days_
2nd term. Therefore,
The reqd no. of hectares
15 books: 21 books = Rs 35 : Required cost.
Multiplication of means 80x36x30
'21x35 \ :450
Step IV: .-.the required cost = ——— =Rs49 Multiplication of 1 st terms 8 x 24
Exercise a) 30 b)35 c)40 d)25

1. I f 30 men do a piece of work in 27 days, in what time can 14. A man can walk 600 kilometres in 35 days, resting 9 hours
18 men do another piece of work 3 times as great? each day. How long will he take to walk 375 kilometres if
a) 145 days b) 135 days c) 130 days d) 134 days
2. When wheat is Rs 3.90 per kg. 60 men can be fed for 15 he rests 10 hours each day and walks i— times as fast
days at a certain cost, how many men can be fed for 45
as before?"
days at the same cost, when wheat is Rs 3 per kg?
a) 25 men b) 26 men c) 28 men d) 27 men 5 3 4
3. If a family of 7 persons can live on Rs 8400 for 36 days, a) 15 — days b) 15 days c) 5 — days d) 15 — days
1
o o 5
how long can a family of 9 persons live on Rs 8100? 15. Two gangs of 6 men and 9 men are set to reap two fields
a) 27 days b) 37 days c) 36 days d) 24 days of 35 and 45 hectares respectively. The first gang com-
4. I f 1000 copies of a book of 13 sheets require 26 reams of plete their work in 12 days; in how many days will the
paper, how much paper is required for 5000 copies of a second gang complete theirs?
book of 17 sheets?
a) 180 reams b) 170 reams c) 140 reams d) 270 reams 70 79 72 82
a) — days b) — days c) ~ days d) — days
5. 5 horses eat 18 quintals of oats in 9 days, how long at
the same rate will 66 quintals last for 15 horses? 16. I f 10 masons can build a wall 50 metres long in 25 days of
a) 12 days b ) 9 days c) 13 days d) 11 days 8 hours each, in how many days of 6 hours each will 15
6. If the carriage of 810 kg for 70 km cost Rs 112.50, what masons build a wall 36 metres long?
will be the cost of the carriage of 840 kg for a distance of a) 18 days b) 15 days c) 24 days d) 16 days
63 km at half the former rate?
Answers
I. b 2.b 3. a 4.b 5.d 6.c 7. a
a) Rs 52 b) Rs 53 c)Rs52- d)Rs50-
2 4 8. a 9.b lO.a
7. I f 300 men could do a piece o f work in 16 days, how I I . a; Hint: In the first case I walk (24 - 9) or 15 hours each
day.
many men would do — of the same work in 15 days? In the 2nd I walk (24 - 18) or 6 hours each day.
Now, we have the following proportion.
a) 80 men b) 85 men c) 90 men d) 75 men
8. If 27 men take 15 days to mow 225 hectares of grass, how distance 1:2]
long will 33 men take to mow 165 hectares? rate 2:1 >:: 50 days: reqd no. of days
hours 6:15
9. How many horses would be required to plough 117 hect-
2x1x15x50
ares of land in 35 days, i f 10 horses can plough 13 hect- reqd. no. of days = = 125
1x2x6
ares in 7 days?
a) 28 horses b) 18 horses c) 24 horses d) 16 horses 12. a; Hint: 'Per diem' means per day.
10. I f 6 men can do a piece of work in 30 days of 9 hours 2200 men provisioned for 16 weeks at 45 dag per day
each, how many men will it take to do 10 times the amount per man
of work if they work 25 days of 8 hours each? ? men provisioned for 24 weeks at 33 dag per day per
a) 81 men b) 80 men c) 79 men d) 82 men man
11. I f I can walk a certain distance in 50 days when I rest 9 We have the following proportion
hours each day, how long will it take me to walk twice as
more weeks,
far if I walk twice as fast and rest twice as long each day? weeks 24:16 i less men
a) 125 b)120 c)124 d) 130 dag 33 • 45 [ *" men: men reqd. less dag,
12. A garrison of 2200 men is provisioned for 16 weeks at more men
the rate of 45 dag per diem per man. How many men must
16x45x2200
leave so that the same provisions may last 24 weeks at men required = 2000
33 dag per diem per man? 24x33
a) 200 b) 2000 c)120 d)220 Hence (2200 - 2000) or 200 men must leave.
13. A gang of labourers promise to do a piece of work in 10 i Original number 12
days, but five of them become absent. I f the rest of the 13. a; Hint: We have at once, „ . . ; r 7
' Original number - 5 To
gang do the work in 12 days, find the original number of Here the difference of the last two terms 12 and 10 is
men. 2, but the difference of the first two terms is 5.
Ratio & Proportion 99
Now we have the proportion: lions, find the urban population of that country,
diff diff men men a) 360 millions b) 260 millions
2 : 5 :: 12 30 c) 240 millions d) 200 millions
.-. original number of men = 30.
Answers
15.c 16. d
Lb 2. a 3rb- 4.d 5.d
Rule 5 Rule 6
Theorem: If two numbers are in the ratio of a : b and the
To find the number of coins.
ax
mm of these numbers is x, then these numbers will be Amount in rupees
a +b Number of each type of coins = V a l u e o f c o i n s i n r u p e e s
bx
respectively. Illustrative Examples
a +b
Ex.1: A bag contains an equal number of one rupee, 50
Illustrative Examples paise and 25 paise coins respectively. If the total value
Eil Two numbers are in the ratio of 3 : 1. I f sum of these is Rs 35, how many coins of each type are there?
two numbers is 440, find the numbers. Soln: Here number of each type of coins is same, hence we
Sou By using the above rule, we have, may write,
a = 3,b= l , x = 440 Number of each type of coins
ax 3 x 440 Total amount in Rs

First number = = 330
a +b 3+1 Sum of value of each coin
.-. Number of each type of coins
bx 1x440
Second number = = 110 35
a+b 3+1
= ~,—71—777 = 2 0 coins of each type.
Ex. 2: The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 1 + 0.5 + 0.25 J V
2 : 5. I f there are 350 students in the school, find the Ex. 2: A bag contains rupee, fifty paise and twenty five paise
number of girls in the school. coins whose values are in the proportion of 2 : 3 :4. I f
Here we can consider the total number of coins are 480 find the value of
a = number of boys = 2 each coin and the total amount in rupees.
b = Number of girls = 5
Amount in rupees
x = Total number of students = 350 Soln: Number of coins =
Value of coins in rupees
We have to find number of girls ie b
2x
bx 5x350 „ „ ., .-. Number of 1 rupee coin :
=> = 250 girls.

a+b
2+5 3x
ercise Number of 50 paise coin :
1/2
Two numbers are in the ratio of 8:7. I f sum of these two
numbers is 450- find the numbers. 4x
Number of 25 paise coin
a)210,240 b)240,210 c)235,215 d)215,235 1/4
Two numbers are in the ratio of 9:11. If sum of these two .•. 2x + 6x + I6x- 480 (given)
numbers is 660, find the difference between the num- :. x = 20
bers. .-. Value of 1 rupee coin = 2x = Rs 40
a) 66 b)56 c)46 d)76 Value of 50 paise coin = 3x = Rs 60
~ • o numbers are in the ratio of 4:5. I f sum of these two Value of 25 paise coin = 4x = Rs 80
numbers is 27, find the product of the numbers, Value of total amount = Rs 180 in the bag.
a) 190 b) 180 c)225 d)240
The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is Exercise
7:13. I f there are 400 students in the school, find the 1. A bag contains rupee, 50-paise and 25-paise coins in the
difference of the numbers of girls and boys, ratio 5:7:9. If the total amount in the bag is Rs 430, find
a) 160 b)140 c)260 d)120 the number of coins of each kind.
The ratio of the rural and urban population of a country 3)200,280,360 b) 280,200,360
is 9:5. I f the total population of the country is 560 mil- c) 360,280,200 d) 360,200,280
2. In a bag there are coins of 25-paise, 10-paise and 5-paise

12 _ 12
in the ratio 1:2:3. The value of the money in the bag is Rs • Strength of milk in the first mixture = ——~ - ~
& 12 + 3 15
60. Then, the number of 25-paise coin is
a) 10 b)120 c)100 d)20 10 10
3. A bag contains rupee, fifty paise and twenty five paise Strength of milk in the second mixture =
10 + 4 14
coins whose values are in the proportion of 4:5:6. If the
total number of coins are 760, find the number of 50- 12 10
paise coins. The ratio of their strengths =
15 ' 14
a) 80 b)200 c)480 d)280 = 12x14:15x10
4. A bag contains rupee, 50-paise and 25-paise coins in the
= 28:25
ratio 3:4:5. I f the total amount in the bag is Rs 625, find
the no. of coins of 25-paise. Exercise
a) 125 b)1250 c)500 d)1000 1. One man adds 5 litres of water to 15 litres of milk and
5. A bag contains an equal number of one-rupee, 50-paise another 6 litres of water to 12 litres of milk. What is the
and 25-paise coins respectively. I f the total value is Rs ratio of the strengths of milk in the two mixtures?
43.75, how many coins of each type are there? a) 9:8 b)8:9 c)7:6 d)6:7
6. A bag contains an equal number of 50-paise, 25-paise, another 3 litres of water to 12 litres of milk. What is the
20 paise and 5-paise coins respectively. I f the total value ratio of the strengths of milk in the two mixtures?
is Rs 40, how many coins of each type are there? a) 10:9 . b) 12:11 c)25:24 d)26:25
another 12 litres of water to 13 litres of milk. What is the
Answers
ratio of the strengths of milk in the two mixtures?
1. a; Hint: Ratio among the values of the coins
a) 13:14 b) 14:13 c) 11:13 d) 12:11
5 7 9 4. One man adds 5 litres of water to 8 litres of milk and
= 20:14:9
T 2' 4 another 3 litres of water to 10 litres of milk. What is the
ratio of the strengths of milk in the two mixtures?
20
Thus, the value of one-rupee coins = 430 x — = r s 2) a)5:4 b)7:5 c)4:5 d)9:10
5. One man adds 6 litres of water to 11 litres of milk and
another 9 litres of water to 8 litres of milk. What is the
. . . 14
the value of 50-paise coins = 430 x — = Rg 140 ratio of the strengths of milk in the two mixtures?
a)2:3 b)3:2 c) 11:8 d)8:ll
Answers
the value of 25-paise coins = ^ - ^ x — = Rs 90
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.c 5.c
.-. the number of one-rupee coins = 200 x 1 = 200
the number of 50-paise coins = 140 x 2 = 280 Rule 8
the number of 25-paise coins = 90 * 4 = 360 Ex.: Two vessels contain equal quantity of mixtures of
2.c 3.b 4.c 5.b 6.a milk and water in the ratio 5 : 2 and 6 : 1 respectively.
Both the mixtures are now mixed thoroughly. Find the
Rule 7 ratio of milk to water in the new mixture so obtained.
To And the strength to milk Soln: Detail Method: Change the ratios into fractions
Strength of milk in the mixture Milk : Water
Quantity of Milk
Vessel I
Total Quantity of Mixture
Illustrative Example 6 I
Ex: One man adds 3 litres of water to 12 litres of milk and Vessel I I
7 7
another 4 litres of water to 10 litres of milk. What is
Now, both the mixtures are mixed thoroughly.
the ratio of the strengths of milk in the two mixtures?
Therefore, the ratio of water to milk in the new vessel
Soln: Strength of milk in the mixture
Quantity of Milk - + - 2 1 1 = 1 1 : 2 = 11:3
+
7 7
+ 1 1 ) 1 1
Total Quanity of Mixture
Ratio 8t Proportion 101
Quicker Method: See carefully, i f the sum of the ra- Water Mifc
tios of milk to water in two vessels is equal [as in the
J_ 2
above example (5 + 2 = 6 + 1)] then new ratio of milk to Vessel I
water will be the sum of respective ratios of milk to 3 3
water in two vessels ie 5 + 6 = 11 and 2 + 1 = 3 respec- 2 _5
tively. Vessel I I
7 7
Note: This will not apply i f the sum of the ratios are not
same in two vessels. 1 4
From Vessel I , — is taken and from Vessel I I , — is
Exercise
1. Two vessels contain equal quantity of mixtures of milk taken.
and water in the ratio 3:2 and 4:1 respectively. Both the Therefore, the ratio of water to milk in the new vessel
mixtures are now mixed thoroughly. Find the ratio of milk 1 1 2 4 2 1 5 4
to water in the new mixture so obtained. —X 1 X —
a)3:7 b)7:3 c) 1:1 d)4:3 3 5 7 5 — x—I—x —

2. Two vessels contain equal quantity of mixtures of milk 3 5 7 5
_2_ 20 31 _ 74
and water in the ratio 2:7 and 5:4 respectively. Both the = 31:74
15 + 35 15 + 35 105'105
mixtures are now mixed thoroughly. Find the ratio of milk
to water in the new mixture so obtained. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
a) 1:2 b) 1:1 c) 11:7 d)7:ll have,
3. Two vessels contain equal quantity of mixtures of milk the required answer = 1 x l x (2 + 5) + 4 x 2 (1 + 2 ) :
and water in the ratio 8:5 and 3:10 respectively. Both the 1 x2(2 + 5) + 4 x 5 ( l + 2 )
mixtures are now mixed thoroughly. Find the ratio of milk = 1 x 7 + 8 x 3 : 2 x 7 + 20x3 = 31:74
to water in the new mixture so obtained.
Exercise
a) 11:15 b) 15:11 c) 1:1 d)4:9
1. The contents of two vessels containing water and milk
4. Two vessels contain equal quantity of mixtures of milk
are in the ratio 2:3 and 4:5 are mixed in the ratio 1:2. The
and water in the ratio 8:9 and 12:5 respectively. Both the
resulting mixture will have water and milk in the ratio
to water in the new mixture so obtained. -
a) 77:58 b) 58:77 c) 68:77 d) 77:68
a) 7:10 b) 13:21 c)21:13 d)10:7
5. Two vessels contain equal quantity of mixtures of milk
and water in the ratio 9:5 and 4:3 respectively. Both the
to water in the new mixture so obtained.
a) 184:176 b) 167:184 c) 167:148 d) 148:167
a) 17:11 b) 11:17 c)8:13 d) 13:8
Answers are in the ratio 1:2 and 2:3 are mixed in the ratio 3:4. The
Lb 2.d 3.a 4.d resulting mixture will have water and milk in the ratio
5. a; Hint: 4:3 = 8:6 and 9 + 5 = 14,8 + 6 = 14.
a) 13:22 b) 31:22 c)22:31 d)22:13
Rule 9 4. The contents of two vessels containing water and milk
Theorem; The contents of two vessels containing water and are in the ratio 2:5 and 4:7 are mixed in the ratio 1:3. The
milk are in the ratio X ] : y and x
x 2 :y
2 are mixed in the resulting mixture will have water and milk in the ratio
ratio x:y. The resulting mixture will have water and milk in
the ratio of a)53:101 b) 101:53 c)35:101 d) 101:35
xx (x +y )+ yx fa + v, )xy (x + y ) + y v (x, + >>,).
x 2 2 2 x 2 2 2
Ex.: The contents of two vessels containing water and
a) 47:9 b)74:9 c)9:141 d)9:47
milk are in the ratio 1:2 and 2:5 are mixed in the ratio
1:4. The resulting mixture will have water and milk in Answers
the ratio . l.b 2.c 3.a 4. a 5.d
Soln: Detail Method: Change the ratios into fractions.
Rule 10 5. I f income of A, B and C is in the ratio of 2:9:11 and

income of B is Rs 280 more than that of A, find the in-
Theorem: If two numbers are in the ratio of a : b and the
come of C.
difference between these numbers is x, then these numbers
a)Rs480 b)Rs440 c)Rs540 d)Rs450
will be
6. The prices of a scooter and a television set are in the
ax bx ratio 3:2. I f a scooter costs Rs 6000 more than the televi-
(i) and respectively, (where, a>b)
~a~^b sion set, the price of the television set is:
a) Rs 18000 b)Rs 12000 c)Rs 10000 d)Rs6000
ax bx (Bank PO Exam 1989)
(ii) -—— and ——~ respectively (where a < b)
b-a 7. The monthly salary of A, B and C is in the proportion 2
: 3 : 5. I f C's monthly salary is Rs 1200 more than A's
monthly salary, B's annual salary is:
Ex. 1: Two numbers are in the ratio of 9 : 14. I f the larger
a) Rs 14400 b)Rs 24000 c)Rsl200 d)Rs2000
number is 55 more than the smaller number, find the
(BankPO Exam 1990)
numbers.
Soln: Here rule (ii) will apply because (a < b). Answers
l.a 2. a 3.c 4.a 5.b 6.b
ax 9x55
Smaller number 1
99 7. a; Hint: Let the salaries of A, B, C be 2x, 3x and 5x respec-
b-a 14-9
tively.
bx 14x55 Now, 5 x - 2 x = 1200 => x = 400.
Larger number = = 154
b-a 5 .-. B'smonthly salary = 3x = Rs 1200.
Hence, numbers are 99 and 154. .-. B's annual salary = 120 s 12 = Rs 14400
Ex.2: I f income of A, B and C is in the ratio of 3 : 7 : 9 and
income of B is Rs 240 more than that of A, find the
Rule 11
income of C. Theorem: If three numbers are in the ratio ofa: b: c and
the sum of these numbers is x, then these numbers will be
Soln: Here, this rule will also apply.
Ratio of the income of A, B and C = 3 : 7 :9 ax bx cx
and
.-. Ratio of the income of A and B = 3 : 7 a+b+c a+b+c a + b + c respectively.
And difference between income of A and B = Rs 240
cx 9x240
Income of C : = Rs540 Ex.: An amount of Rs 750 is distributed among A, B and C
b-a 7-3 in the ratio of 4 : 5 : 6. What is the share of B.
[•.• a = 3,b = 7,andc = 9;andx = Rs240] bx 5x750
.-. Income of C = Rs 540 Soln: Share of B =
a +b +c 4 + 5 + 6 = Rs250
Exercise Exercise
1. Two numbers are in the ratio of 8 : 5. I f the larger number 1. An amount of Rs 950 is distributed among A, B and C in
is 27 more than the smaller number, find the sum of the the ratio of 5 : 11 : 3, what is the difference between the
numbers. share of B and A?
a) 117 b) 118 c)115 d) 116 a) 550 b>250 c)200 d)300
2. Two numbers are in the ratio of 4 : 7. I f the larger number 2. An amount of Rs 1250 is distributed among A, B and C
is 9 more than the smaller number, find the remainder in the ratio of 4 : 7 : 14. What is the ratio between the
when larger number is divided by the smaller number. difference of shares of B and A and the difference of
1
a)9 b)8 c)6 d)7 shares of C and B?

3. Two numbers are in the ratio of 4: 5. I f the larger number a)7:3 b)2:7 c)3:7 d)7:2
is 15 more than the smaller number, find the product of 3. An amount of Rs 360 is distributed among A, B and C in
the numbers. the ratio of 1 :2 : 3. Find the HCF of the shares obtained
a) 3500 b)3000 c)4500 d)4550 by A, Band C.
4. Two numbers are in the ratio of 3 : 1. I f the larger number a) 120 b)60 c)15 d)20
is 12 more than the smaller number. Find the smallest 4. An amount of Rs 975 is distributed among A, B and C in
number that should be subtracted from the product of the ratio of 5 : 7 : 13. What is the share of C?
the numbers so that remainder is divisible by sum of the a)Rs509 b)Rs507 c)Rs273 d)Rs237
numbers. An amount of Rs 1170 is distributed among A, B and C
a) 12 b) 18 c)8 d) 15 in the ratio of 3 : 5 : 7. What is the share of C?
I
Ratio 8s Proportion
a)Rs546 b)Rs456 c)Rs576 d)Rs586

6x + 5y
6. An amount of Rs 975 is distributed among A, B and C in
the ratio of 3 :4 : 8. What is the share of C?
a)Rs520 b)Rs500 c)Rs575 d)Rs530 or, 18x + 15v = 16x + 16y
Answers
x 1
l.d 2.c 3.b 4.b 5. a 6. a
or, 2x = y or, ~ ~ ^ or, x : y = 1 :2
Rule 12 Hence the two alloys should be mixed in the ratio of
Theorem: If two alloys A and B contain gold and silver in 1:2.
the ratio of a: b and c: d respectively then a third alloy C
formed by mixing A and Bin the ratio ofx: y will contain
Exercise
1. Two alloys A and B contain gold and silver in the ratio
ax of 1:2 and 1: 3 respectively. A third alloy C is formed by
a+b c+d mixing A and B in the ratio of 2:3. Find the percentage of
x l 0 0 % gold and
x+ y silver in the alloy C.
a) 7 l | % b) 2 8 j % c) 7 0 | % d) 2 9 i %
ax cy 2. Two alloys contain silver and copper in the ratio of 2 : 3

100% a+b c+d xl00% and 3 : 4. In what ratio the two alloys should be added
x+y together to get a new alloy having silver and copper in
the ratio of 1 :2? Find the percentage of gold in the alloy
C.
bx dy
•+ - •
19 ^13 „_ 5 .-,16
a+b c+d a) 4 1 — % b) 6 7 - o / o c -) 3d) 6 7 - o
2 / o
or x l 0 0 % silver. ' 21
x+ y
3. Two alloys contain silver and copper in the ratio of 4 : 5
and 3 : 4. In what ratio the two alloys should be added
together to get a new alloy having silver and copper in
the ratio of 2 :3? Find the percentage of gold in the alloy
Ex.: Two alloys contain silver and copper in the ratio of 3
C.
: 1 and 5 : 3. In what ratio the two alloys should be
added together to get a new alloy having silver and 3560 3650 0 / 2470 27400 /
copper in the ratio of 2 : 1? a) b) — % c) — % d) — %

63 ' 63 ' 63 63
Soln: Suppose that the two alloys are mixed in the ratio ofx 4. Two alloys contain silver and copper in the ratio of 2 : 1
•y and 4 : 1. In what ratio the two alloys should be added
Now, applying the above rule, together to get a new alloy having silver and copper in
Percentage quantity of silver in the mixed alloy the ratio of 3 :1?
3x 5y a)5:3 b)3:5 c)2:5 d)5:2
—+— 5. Two alloys contain silver and copper in the ratio of 2 : 1
4 8 xl00%
x+ y and 4 : 1. In what ratio the two alloys should be added
together to get a new alloy having silver and copper in
the ratio of 3 :2?
6x + 5y
x l 0 0 % ....(i) a)3:5 b)5:2
8(x+y)
c) 1:2 d) Can't be determined
V Ratio of silver to copper in the mixd alloy is 2 : 1 . 6. A and B are two alloys of gold and copper prepared by
,-. Percentage quantity of silver in the mixed alloy mixing metals in proportions 7 :2 and 7:11 respectively.
I f equal quantities of alloys are melted to form a third
.(ii) alloy C, the proportion of gold and copper in C will be:
3 3
a)5:9 b)5:7 c)7:5 d)9:5
From the equation (i) and (ii), (CDS Exam, 1989)
g^xl00Vi = ^ % Answers
8(*+v) 3 l.a 2. a "3.d 4.b
( 2x 4y ^
Rule 14
—+ — 3 10x + 12y 3 Theorem: If an alloy contains A and B metals in the ratio a
3 5_
5. d; Hint: x l 0 0 = - x l 0 0 or, T 7 T — T = 7 : b then percentage of A and B metals in the alloy will be
x+ y 5 ' I5(x + y) 5
ax 100% '
xl00% a n d 100%- -xl00%
a+b or
or, x + 3y = 0 a+b
a + b*
For any positive value of x and y, this equation will not
be satisfied. respectively.
6. c; Hint: In alloy C (when one unit each of A and B is Illustrative Example
mixed),
Ex.: I f an alloy contains copper and zinc in the ratio of 7 :
21 2 11 15 13, what is the percentage quantity of copper in the
S° l d = U + 1 8 j " l 8 and copper = [ + 9 l g
18 alloy?
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have,
21 15 the percentage quantity of copper in the alloy
.-. Ratio of gold and copper = — — - : 7 : 5 .
1 O 10 xl00% = x 100 = 35%
a + b) 7 + 13
Rule 13
Exercise
Theorem: If in a mixture ofx litres, milk and water are in
1. I f an alloy contains zinc and silver in the ratio 4 : 1 , what
the ratio ofa:b then the quantities of milk and water in the
is the percentage quantity of silver in the alloy?
ax bx a) 80% b)30% c)70% d)20%
mixture will be - litres and —— litres respectively. If ap alloy contains copper and silver in the ratio 3:5,
a +b a+b
what is the percentage quantity of copper in the alloy?
Ex.: In a mixture of 65 litres milk and water are in the ratio a) 6 2 1 % b) 3 7 - % c) 4 7 - % d) 5 2 - %
of 3 : 2. What are the quantities of milk and water in 2 2 2
the mixture? I f an alloy contains zinc and silver in the ratio 2 1 : 4 ,
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have, what is the percentage quantity of silver in the alloy?
a) 84% b) 16% c)26% d)64%
ax 3x65
quantity of milk in the mixture = a + br = — : — = 39 4. I f an alloy contains zinc and silver in the ratio 7 : 9, what
is the percentage quantity of zinc?
bx 2x65
quantity of water in the mixture : = 26 a) 4 3 - % b) 4 4 - % c) 4 5 - % d) 4 8 - %
a+b
Exercise Answers
1. In a mixture of 64 litres, milk and water are in the ratio of l.d 2.b 3.b 4. a
1:3. What is the quantity of milk in the mixture?
a) 16 b)48 c)15 d)21 Rule 15
2. In a mixture of 99 litres, milk and water are in the ratio of Theorem: If the ratio between thefirst and the second quan-
5 : 6. What is the quantity of water in the mixture? tities is a: b and the ratio between the second and the third
a) 54 b)45 c)48 d)44 quantities is c : d, then the ratio among first, second and
3. In a mixture of 80 litres, milk and water are in the ratio of third quantities is given by ac: be : bd.
11:9. What is the quantity of milk in the mixture? The above ratio can be represented diagrammatically as
a) 54 b)45 c)44 d)36
4. In a mixture of625 litres, milk and water are in the ratio of
13 : 12. What is the quantity of water in the mixture?
a) 300 b)180 c)350 d)325 ac be bd
5. In a mixture of 85 litres, milk and water are in the ratio of
14 : 3. What is the quantity of milk in the mixture? Illustrative Examples
a)80 b) 15 c)70 d)65 Ex. 1: The sum of three numbers is 98. If the ratio between
the first and second be 2 : 3 and that between the
Answers
second and third be 5 : 8, then find the second num-
la 2. a 3.c 4. a 5.c
ber.
Soln: The theorem does not give the direct value of the ond, third andfourth quantities is given by
second number, but we can find the combined ratio of
1 s t : 2nd = a : b>^
all the three numbers by using the above theorem.
The ratio among the three numbers is
2 n d : 3rd =
2 : 3
5 : 8 3rd : 4th
10 : 15 : 24
1st: 2nd : 3rd : 4th = ace : bee : bde : bdf
98
• The second number = 77———— x 15 = 30 Illustrative Examples
10 + 15 + 24
Ex. 2: The ratio of the money with Rita and Sita is 7 :15 and Ex.1: I f A : B = 3 : 4 , B : C = 8 : 1 0 a n d C : D = 1 5 : 17
that with Sita and Kavita is 7 : 16. I f Rita has Rs 490, Then find A : B : C : D.
how much money does Kavita have? Soln: A : B = 3:4
Soln: Rita: Sita: Kavita B:C = 8:10
7 : 15 C:D = 15:17
7 : 16 A:B:C:D = 3x8xl5:4x8><15:4xl0xl5:4xl0
49 : 105 : 240 x 17
The ratio of money with Rita, Sita and Kavita is 49 : = 9:12:15:17
105:240 Ex. 2: I f A : B = 1: z, B : C = 3 :4, C : D = 2 : 3 and
D : E = 3 :4
We see that 49 P Rs 490 .-. 240 • Rs 2400 ThenfindA:B:C:D:E.
Exercise Soln:
1. The sum of three numbers is 105. If the ratio between the
first and second be 2 : 3 and that between the second A :B = 1
and third be 4 : 5, then find the second number,
a) 35 b)24 c)36 d)45 B :C =
2 The sum of three numbers is 275. I f the ratio between the
first and second be 3 : 7 and that between the second
C :D =
and third be 2 : 5, then find the second number,
a) 30 b) 175 c)70 d)80
3. The sum of three numbers is 124. I f the ratio between the D :E = ••3 : 4
first and second be 4 : 9 and that between the second
A : B : C : D : E = l x 3 x 2 x 3 : 2 x 3 x 2 x 3
and third be 1 : 2. Find the difference between the third 2x4x2x3:2x4x3x3
:
number and the sum of first and second number.

a) 20 b)72 c)52 d)36 :2 x4 x 3 x4
4. The sum of three numbers is 230. If the ratio between the
first and second be 1:3 and that between the second =3:6:8:12:16
and third be 2 : 5, find the sum of the first and second
Exercise
numbers.
1. I f A : B = l : 2 , B : C = 2 : 3 a n d C : D = 3:4.
a)60 b)210 c)170 d)80
Find A : B : C: D.
5. The ratio of the money with Sita and Geeta is 3 : 4 and b) 1: 3 :4:5
a) 1:2 :3 :4
that with Geeta and Guddu is 4 : 5 . If Sita has Rs 300, how d) 1 :2 : 3:5
c)1:3 :5 :6
much money does Guddu have? 5 a n d C : D = 9:11
2. IfA:B = 2:3,B:C = 3
a) 300 b)400
Find A : B : C: D.
c)500 d) Can't be determined b)54:81:135:165
a)54:81:135:156
Answers d) Data inadequate
c)54:18:135:165
l.c 2.c 3. a 4.d 5.c 3. I f A : B = 2 : 3 , B : C = 4 : 5 a n d C : D = 3:7
Find A's share of property of Rs 2100.
Rule 16 a)Rs240 b)Rs340 c)Rs260 d)Rs420
Theorem: If the ratio between thefirst and the second quan-
4. I f A : B = 2 : 3 , B : C = 4 : 5 , C : D = 6:7andD:E = 8:9,then
tities is a : b; the ratio between the second and the third
find E's share of property of Rs 34650.
quantities is c : d and the ratio between the third and the
a)Rs9450 b)Rs8400
fourth quantities is e :f then the ratio among thefirst, sec-
c) Rs 7200 d) Data inadequate
5. I f A : B = 3 : 4 , B : C = 5 : 7 a n d C : D = 3:5,thenfindA: the hare.

B:C:D. a)30:29 b)6:5 c)10:9 d) 11:10
a)9:21:12:28 b)45:60:84:140 5. A hound pursues a hare and takes 5 leaps for every 12
c)9:12:28:21 d)9:12:21:82 leaps of the hare, but 1 leaps of the hound are equal to 3
leaps of the hare. Compare the rates of the hound and
Answers
the hare.
l.a 2.b 3.a
4. a; Hint: A : B : C: D : E = 384:576:720:840:945 a) 15:14 b) 15 :13 c) 13 :12 d)5:4
945x34650 Answers
.-. shareofE 3 8 4 + 5 7 6 + 7 2 0 + 8 4 0 + 9 45 l.a 2. a 3.c 4.c 5.d
= Rs9450. Rule 18
5.b Ex.: A can do a piece of work in 12 days. B is 60% more
efficient than A. Find the number of days it takes B to
Rule 17 do the same piece of work.
Ex. A hound pursues a hare 3nd t3kes 5 leaps for every 6 Soln: Method I:
leaps of the hare, but 4 leaps of the hound are equal A B
to 5 leaps of the hare. Compare the rates of the hound Efficiency 100 160
snd the hare. Days 160 100
Soln: Method I: or 8 5
4 leaps of hound = 5 leaps of hare
12
25 the number of days taken by B = — 5 x
5 leaps of hound leaps of hare 2 2

days.
25 Method II:
the rate of hound rate of hare = — : 6 = 25:24 By the rule of fraction: As B is more efficient, it is
4
Method II: clear that B will complete the work in less days. So,
or, Ratio of Hound Hare the number of days (12) should be multiplied by a
leap frequency 5 *-6 100
leap length 4 *— ' *5 less-than-one fraction and that fraction is
: 00 + 60
Then the required ratio of speed is the ratio of the
cross-product. 100
That is, speed of hound : speed of hare i.e., 160 . Therefore, our required answer is
= 5 x 5 : 6 x 4 = 25:24.
100 12x5
Exercise 12x = h
4 days.
160 8 2 2
1. A hound pursues a hare and takes 6 leaps for every 7
Note: You are advised to solve such kind of questions by
leaps of the hare, but 5 leaps of the hound are equal to 6
the "rule of fraction".
leaps of the hare. Compare the rates of the hound 3nd
the hare. Exercise
a)36:35 b)35:34 c)34:33 d)33:32 1. A can do a piece of work in 25 days. B is 25% more
2. A hound pursues a hare and takes 3 leaps for every 4 efficient than A. Find the number of days it takes B to do
leaps of the hare, but 2 leaps of the hound 3re equal to 3 the same piece of work.
leaps of the hare. Compare the rates of the hound 3nd
the hare. a) 20 days b) 31-1 d a y s c ) 3 3 1 days d) 24 days
a)9:8 b)7:6 c)5:6 d)8:9
3. A hound pursues a hare and takes 7 leaps for every 8 2. A can do a piece of work in 18 days. B is 20% more
leaps of the hare, but 5 leaps of the hound 3re equal to 6 efficient than A. Find the number of days it takes B to do
lesps of the hare. Compare the rates of the hound and the same piece of work.
the hare.
a)20:19 b)18:17 c)21:20 d)20:21 a) 16 days b) 2 2 1 days c) 15 days d) 24 days
4. A hound pursues a hare and takes 6 leaps for every 9
3. A can do a piece of work in 16 days. B is 20% less effi-
leaps of the hare, but 3 leaps of the hound are equal to 5
cient than A. Find the number of days it takes B to do
leaps of the hare. Compare the rates of the hound and
tano & Proportion
the same piece of work. mentioned theorem. Here, we see that the first ratio is
reversed in the second case. That is, a : b becomes b
: a in the new mixture. Moreover the total quantin of
:
107
a) 20 days b) 12 j days c)15days d) 24 days

initial mixture equals the denominator [c(a + &)]. In
A can do a piece of work in 26 days. B is 30% more
efficient than A. Find the number of days it takes B to do this case, the water to be added = a 2 -b .
2
the same piece of work. Exercise

a) 25 days b) 15 days c) 16 days d) 20 days 1. In 44 litres mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk and
A can do a piece of work in 15 days. B is 25% more water is 6 : 5. How much water should be added in the
efficient than A. Find the number of days it takes B to do mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes 2 : 3?
the same piece of work. a) 61 litres b) 16 litres c) 8 litres d) 18 litres
a) 25 days b) 20 days c) 18 days d) 24 days 2. In 60 litres mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk and
Amswers water is 4 : 1. How much water should be added in the
mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes 3:1?
100
•La: Hint: Required answer = - x l 6 =20 days 3. In 24 litres mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk and
100-20 water is 9 : 4. How much water should be added in the
(See rule of fraction). mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes 4 : 9?
5.b a) 25 litres b) 20 litres
c) 3 0 litres d) Cann' t be determ ined
Rule 19 4. In 153 litresmixtureofmilkandwatertheratioofmilkand
Theorem: If in x litres mixture of milk and water, the ratio water is 11 : 6. How much water should be added in the
r milk and water is a: b, the quantity of water to be added mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes 3 :2?
x(ad -be) a) 26 litres b) 13 litres c) 24 litres d) 12 litres
order to make this ratio c: dis 5. In 80 litres mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk and
:(a + b)
water is 13 : 3. How much water should be added in the
mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes 5 :4?
LLI: In 40 litres mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk
and water is 3 : 1 . How much water should be added in
6. In 60 litres mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk and
the mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes
water is 7 : 5. How much water should be added in the
2:1?
mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes 5 : 7?
v m: Solving the above question by the direct formula a) 42 litres b) 30 litres c) 24 litres d) 36 litres
given in the above theorem: 7. In 28 litres mixture of milk and water the ratio of milk and
The quantity of water to be added to get water is 5 : 2. How much water should be added in the
_ 40(3x1-1x2) _ 40 mixture so that the ratio of milk to water becomes 2:5?
the required ratio - 5 litres.
(3 + l)2 ~8 a) 42 litres b) 32 litres c) 24 litres d) 39 litres
jte: The above solution can be verified as follows 8. In a mixture of 601 itres, the ratio of mi lk and water is 2 : 1 .
If the ratio o f milk and water is to be 1 : 2, then the
40
In 40 litres of mixture, milk • x 3 = 3 0 litres amount of water to be further added is:
3+1
(NDA Exam 1990)
and water = 40 - 30 = 10 litres. a) 42 litres b) 56 litres c) 60 litres d) 77 litres
5 litres water is added; so in the new mixture, milk is 30
litres and water is 10 + 5 = 15 litres. Answers
Thus, the new ratio is 30 : 15 = 2 : 1. This ratio is the l.b 2. a. 3.c 4.d 5. a 6.c 7. a 8.c
same as given in the question.
Ex.2: In 30 litres mixture of milk and water, the ratio of milk
Rule 20
and water is 7 : 3. Find the quantity of water to be Theorem:^ mixture contains milk and water in the ratio a
added in the mixture in order to make this ratio 3 :7. : b. If x litres of water is added to the mixture, milk and
sMn: Following the same theorem, we have, water become in the ratio a: c. Then the quantity of milk in
ax
30(7x7-3x3) the mixture is given by and that of water is given by
the required answer = 3(7 + 3) = ^ n t r e s
•b
bx
Note: The above question is the special case of the above c-b'
Illustrative Examples Answers

Ex. 1: A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 3 :2. l.a 2.d 3.a 4.c 5.a
I f 4 litres of water is added to the mixture, milk and
water in the mixture become equal. Find the quanti- Rule 21
ties of milk and water in the mixture. Theorem : If two quantities X and Y are in the ratio x: y.
Soln: If we want to solve the above question by the theo- Then X+Y: X-Y:: x+y :x-y
rem stated above, we will have to change the form of
ratios to a : b and a : c. In the above question, the
Ex. 1: A sum of money is divided between two persons in
initial ratio is 3 :2. Thus, to equate the antecedents of
the ratio of 3 : 5. I f the share of one person is Rs 20
the ratio, we write the second ratio as 3 : 3. Then by
less than that of the other, find the sum.
the above direct formula:
Sum 3+5
3x4
The quantity of milk = - — - = 12 litres. Soln : By the above theorem :
2x4 g
and the quantity of water = - — - = 8 litres. .-.Sum= - x 2 0 = Rs80
2
Ex.2: A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 8:3. Note: The above question can also be solved as follows
On adding 3 litres of water, the ratio of milk to water (this method is similar to the above theorem):
becomes 2 : 1 . Find the quantities of milk and water in 20
the mixture. 5-3=Rs20 .-. 5 + 3 x(5 + 3)=Rs80
Soln: To follow the above theorem, we change the ratios in Ex. 2: The prices of a scooter and a moped are in the ratio of
the form a: b and a: c. Then the ratios can be written 9 : 5. I f a scooter costs Rs 4200 more than a moped,
as 8 : 3 and 8 : 4. Thus, the quantity of milk in the find the price of the moped.
8x3 Soln: Following the method mentioned in the above note,
mixture =• ~ — - = 24 litres we have,
4-3
4200 .
3x3
and the quantity of water in the mixture = - — - = 9
9-5=Rs4200 .-. 5 = - ^ y x 5 =Rs5250
litres.
Exercise
Exercise
1. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 9:4. On 1. A sum of money is divided between two persons in the
adding 4 litres of water, the ratio of milk to water be- ratio of 2 :9. I f the share of one person is Rs 21 less than
comes 3 : 2. Find the total quantity of the original mix- that of the other, find the sum.
ture. a)Rs32 b)Rs44 c)Rs33 d)Rs36
a) 26 litres b) 18 litres c) 10 litres d) 30 litres 2. A sum of money is divided between two persons in the
2. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 4:3. On ratio of 4 : 7. I f the share of one person is Rs 12 less than
adding 2 litres of water, the ratio of milk to water be- that of the other, find the sum.
comes 8 : 7. Find the total quantity of the final mixture, a)Rs44 b)Rs36 c)Rs40 d)Rs42
a) 16 litres b) 12 litres c) 28 litres d) 30 litres 3. A sum of money is divided between two persons in the
3. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 12 : 5. ratio of 5 :2. I f the share of one person is Rs 15 less than
On adding 8 litres of water, the ratio of milk to water that of the other, find the sum.
becomes 4 : 3 . Find the quantity of milk in the mixture, a)Rs25 b)Rs30 c)Rs45 d)Rs35
a) 24 litres b) 10 litres c) 14 litres d) 16 litres 4. The prices of a pen and a pencil are in the ratio of 5 :2.
4. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 6 : 1 . On I f a pen costs Rs 3 more than a pencil, find the price of a
adding 4 litres of water, the ratio of milk to water be- pencil.
comes 6:5. Find the quantity of water in the mixture, a)Rs5 b)Rs2 c)Rs3 d)Rs4
a) 6 litres b) 4 litres c) 1 litre d) 2 litres 5. The prices of a scooter and a moped are in the ratio of 11
: 7. I f a scooter costs Rs 4400 more than a moped, find
5. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio of 2 : 1 . On
the price of the moped.
adding 3 litres of water, the ratio of milk to water be-
comes 4 : 3 . Find the quantity of water in the mixture, a)Rs7700 b)Rs6700 c)Rs7600 d)Rs5500
a) 6 litres b) 12 litres c) 8 litres d) 10 litres Answers
l.c 2. a 3.d 4.b 5.a
Ratio & Proportion
Rule 22 9.
The ratio of the perimeters of two hexagons is 2 : 1. Find
the ratio of their areas.
Tfceo rem: In any two two-dimensionalfigure, if the corre-
a)4:l b)l:4 c)9:4 d)4:9
mmmding sides are in the ratio a: b, then their areas are in
10. The ratio of diagonals of two squares is 4 : 3. Find the
me rmtw a ;b . ratio of their areas.
ative Examples a)9:16 b) 16:25 c)16:9 d)25:16
1: The sides of a hexagon are enlarged by three times. Answers
Find the ratio of the areas of the new and old hexa-
l.b 2.d 3.c 4. a 5.b 6.d 7.b
gons.
8. a
%mm: Following the above theorem, we see that the ratio of
9. a; Hint: See the 'note' in the above mentioned rule.
the corresponding sides of the two hexagons is a : b 10. c
= 1:3.
Therefore, the ratio of their areas is given by Rule 23
a :6 =l :3 =l:9
2 2 2 2
Theorem: In any two 3-dimensional figure, if the corre-
i x . 2: The ratio of the diagonals of two squares is 2 : 1. Find sponding sides or other measuring lengths are in the ratio
the ratio of their areas. a: b, then their volumes are in the ratio a : & . 3 3
5mm: We should follow the same rule when the ratio of

diagonals is given instead of the ratio of sides. Thus, Illustrative Example
the ratio of their areas = 2 : l = 4 : 1.
2 2
Ex. (a) The sides of two cubes are in the ratio 2 : 1 . Find the
E L 3: The ratio of the radius (or diameter or circumference) ratio of their volumes,
of two circles is 3 :4. Find the ratio of their areas. (b) Each side of a parallelopipe is doubled find the ratio
of volume of old to new parallelopipe.
3mm: Following the rule, we have,
ratio of their areas = 3 : 4 = 9 • 16.
2 2 Soln : (a) The required ratio = (2) : (l) = 8:13 3
Wmmz The above mentioned theorem is true for any two-

(b) The required ratio = ( l ) : (2J = 1:8
3 3
dimensional figure and for any measuring length re-
lated to that figure. Exercise
Exercise 1. The diagonals of two cubes are in the ratio of 3 :4. Find
The ra!i& &fthe sides of tiro squares is 3 : 4. Find the the ratio of their volumes.
ratio of their areas. a)64:27 b)27:64 c)81:216 d)216:81
a) 16:9 b)9:16 c)4:3 d)12:16 2. The radii of two spheres are in the ratio of 1 : 7. Find the
~he areas of the two hexagons are in the ratio of 25 : 16. ratio of their volumes.
Find the ratio of their sides. a) 1:343 b) 343 :1
a)625:256 b)5:3 c)5:6 d)5:4 c) 1:243 d) Can't be determined
~he ratio of circumference of the two circles is 2:9. Find 3. The diameters of two sphere are in the ratio of 3 : 8. Find
*e ratio of their areas. the ratio of their volumes.
a)4:9 b)9:4 c)4:81 d)81:4 a)27:216 b)27:512 c)512:27 d)216:27
Die ratio of diagonals of two squares is 13 : 1 1 . Find the 4. Each side of a parallelopipe is increased 4 times. Find the
ratio of their areas. ratio of volume of new to old parallelopipe.
a) 169:121 b) 121:169 c) 112:196 d) 169:112 a) 16:1 b)64:l c)l:64 d) 1:16
The sides of a hexagon are enlarged by 5 times. Find the 5. The sides of two cubes are in the ratio 5:2. Find the ratio
ratio of the areas of the old and new hexagons. of their volumes.
• a) 1:25 b)25:l a)4:25 b) 8:125 c)125;8 d)25:4
c) 2:25 d) Can't be determined
Answers
4 The ratio of the radius of two circles is 5 :4. Find the ratio
l.b 2.a 3.b 4.b 5.c
of their areas.
a) 16:25 b)9:25 c)25:9 d)25:16 Rule 24
The ratio of the perimeters of two squares is 3 : 1. Find Theorem: The ratio between two numbers is a : b. If each
the ratio of their areas. number be increased by x, the ratio becomes c: d. Then, the
a)l:9 b)9:l c) 16:1 d) 1:16 xa{c-d) xb(c~d)
& The ratio of the diameters of two circles is 5 : 8. Find the two numbers are given as —:—;— and —:—:—, where
ratio of their areas. s ad-bc ad-bc
a)25:64 b)25:46 c)25:81 d)36:81 c-a ^ d-b
110 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATH
' ax \ bx
Ex.: The ratio between two numbers is 3 : 4. I f each num- = d-b, then the numbers are given as \and\
ber be increased by 2, the ratio becomes 7:9. Find the vc-a ) \
numbers. Illustrative Examples
Soln: Following the above theorem, the numbers are
Ex. 1: The ratio between two numbers is 3 :4. If each rfu
- 2x3(7-9) 2x4(7-9) ber be increased by 6, the ratio becomes 4:5. Find |
3x9-4x7 a n d 3x9-4x7 two numbers.
Soln: The above question may be considered as a spei
or, 12 and 16.
case of the above theorem where c - a = d - b
Note: The above question may be rewritten as "the ratio
It is easy to distinguish this type of question. In si
between two numbers is 7 : 9. I f each number be de-
a question, there should be a uniform increase in
creased by 2 the ratio becomes 3 : 4 . Find the num-
tio, i.e., the antecedent and consequent is increa
bers."
by the same value.
Exercise In the above question, we see that both the antec
1. The ratio between two numbers is 4 : 5. I f each number ent and the consequent are increased by 1 each,
be increased by 3, the ratio becomes 7 : 8. Find the num- the numbers are increased by 6. Therefore, we i
bers. say that
a) 4,5 b)8,10 c) 12,15 d) 16,20 1 =6
2. The ratio between two numbers is 5 : 7. I f each number or,3 = 3 x 6 = 18and4 = 4 x 6 = 24
be increased by 11, the ratio becomes 13:16. Find the Thus the numbers are 18 and 24.
numbers. Note: The above question may be rewritten as :
a) 5,7 b) 15,21 c) 10,14 d) 75,105 The ratio of two numbers is 4 : 5. I f each of thei
3. The ratio between two numbers is 15 : 7. I f each number decreased by 6, the ratio becomes 3 : 4 . Find the
be decreased by 2, the ratio becomes 7 : 3 . Find the numbers.
numbers. Apply the same rule in this case also.
a) 15,7 b)30,14 c)45,21 d)60,28 Ex. 2: The students in three classes are in the ratio 2 : 3
4. The ratio between two numbers is 15 :11. I f each number I f 20 students are increased in each class, the i
be decreased by 6, the ratio becomes 3 : 2. Find the changes to 4 : 5 : 7. What was the total numbc
numbers. students in the three classes before the increase
a) 30,22 b) 15,11 c)45,33 d)60,44 Soln : In the above question also, we see that each I
5. The ratio between two numbers is 2 : 1. I f each number increases by the same value. That is,
be decreased by 7, the ratio becomes 5 : 2. Find the 4 - 2 = 5 - 3 = 7 - 5 = 2. Thus, we have
numbers. 2 = 20
a)30,15 b)24,12 c)42,21 d)62,31
6. Two numbers are such that the ratio between them is 3 : .-. (2 + 3 + 5 ) = — xlO = 100 students.
5 but if each is increased by 10, the ratio between them 2
becomes 5 : 7. The numbers are: Exercise
[RRB Exam, 1989] 1. The ratio between two numbers is 3 : 4. I f each nui
a) 3,5 b)7,9 c) 13,22 d) 15,25 be increased by 4, the ratio becomes 5 : 6. Find the
Answers numbers.
l.a 2.b a) 6,8 b) 12,16 c) 18,24 d)24,32
3. b; Hint: The given question may be rewritten as "the ratio 2. The ratio between two numbers is 7 : 11. I f each nui
between two numbers is 7:3. If each number be increased be increased by 6, the ratio becomes 5 : 7. Find tht
(because we have direct formula for 'increase') by 2 the numbers.
ratio becomes 15:7. Find the numbers." a) 14,22 b) 7,11 c)21,33 d)28,44
Herex = 2,a:b = 7 : 3 a n d c : d = 1 5 :7. 3. The ratio of two numbers is 8 : 13. I f each of the
4. a 5.c 6.d decreased by 15, the ratio becomes 3 : 8 . Find the 1
bers.
Rule 25 a) 24,39 b) 16,26 c)32,52 d)40,65
Theorem: The ratio between two numbers is a : b. If each 4. The ratio between two numbers is 4 : 3. I f each nu*
number be increased by x, the ratio becomes c: d and c-a be decreased by 9, the ratio becomes 3 :2. Find thi
numbers.
o & Proportion 111
1)27,18 b)36:27 c)44:33 d)48:36 a: b = 3 :2 (Income)

The students in three classes are in the ratio 4 : 6 : 9 . I f 12 c: d = 5 :3 (Expenditure)
students are increased in each class, the ratio changes X = 2000 (Savings)
to 7 :9:12. What was the total number of students in the
Xajd-c)
three classes before the increase? Therefore, A's income =
ad-bc
i)76 b)95 c)100 d) 114
The students in three classes are in the ratio 5 : 9 : 13. I f 2000x3x(3-5)
100 students are increased in each class, the ratio Rs 12,000
3x3-2x5
changes to 9 : 13 : 17. What was the total number of
students in the three classes before the increase? Xb{d-c) 2000x2x(3-5)
a) 765 b)576 c)675 d)657 and B's income =
ad-bc 3x3-2x5
The students in three classes are in the ratio of 2 :4 : 5. I f
= Rs 8,000
15 students are taken out from each class, the ratio
changes to 1 : 3 :4. What is the total number of students Exercise
in the three classes, now? 1. The incomes of Ram and Shyam are in the ratio 4 : 3 and
a) 165 b)105 c)120 d) 115 their expenditures are in the ratio 3 : 2. I f each saves Rs
2500, what are their incomes?
ers a) Rs 10000, Rs 7500 b) Rs 12000, Rs 9000
c) Rs 8000, Rs 6000 d) None of these
^ H i n t : a : b = 7 : l l , x = 6,c:d = 5:7 = 5 x 2 : 7 x 2 = 10 14
2. The incomes of A and B are in the ratio 7 : 2 and their
• c-a=10-7 = d - b = 1 4 - l l = 3
expenditures are in the ratio 4 : 1. I f each saves Rs 1000,
i . Hint: The given question may be rewritten as "the ratio
what are their incomes?
between two numbers is 3 : 8. I f each number be in-
a) Rs 6000, Rs 21000 b)Rs21000,Rs6000
creased by 15, the ratio becomes 8 : 13. Find the num-
c) Rs 42000, Rs 12000 d) Rs 12000, Rs 42000
bers."
Here,a:b = 3 :8,x = 15andc:d = 8:b
expenditures are in the ratio 5 :2. I f each saves Rs 4900,
b 5. a 6. c
:. Hint: The given question may be rewritten as "the stu-
a) Rs 8400, Rs 6300 b) Rs 10000 Rs 7500
dents in three classes are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3. I f 15 stu-
c)Rs 9200, Rs 6900 d) Rs 9600, Rs 7200
dents are increased in each class, the ratio changes to 2
: 4 : 5. What is the total number of students in the three
expenditures are in the ratio 5:3. I f each saves Rs 1600,
classes, now?"
Here, total no. of students in the three classes before the
a)Rs5600,Rs4000 b) Rs 7000, Rs 5000
15 students from each class are taken out =
c)Rs 14000, Rs 10000 d) Rs 21000, Rs 15000
(2 + 4 + 5)xl5 5. The incomes of A and B are in the ratio 9 : 4 and their
165 students.
1 expenditures are in the ratio 7 : 3. I f each saves Rs 2000,
According to the question, total no. of students now = what are their incomes?
165-3 x 15 = 120students. a) Rs 90000, Rs 4000 b) Rs 27000, Rs 12000
c) Rs 72000, Rs 16000 d) Rs 72000, Rs 32000
Rule 26 Answers
Theorem: The incomes of two persons are in the ratio a:b l.a 2.b 3. a 4.a 5.d
md their expenditures are in the ratio c: d. If each of them
Xa(d-c) Rule 27
mtves Rs X, then their incomes are given by —^— and Theorem: The incomes of two persons are in the ratio a: b
and their expenditures are in the ratio c: d. If each of them
JLbjd-c) Xc(b-a)
ad-bc saves Rs X, then their expenditures are given by ~f^ZZ
Xd(b-a)
Dlustrative Example
and :—:—.
Eu The incomes of A and B are in the ratio 3 :2 and their ad-bc
expenditures are in the ratio 5 : 3. I f each saves Rs Illustrative Example
2000, what is their i xome? Ex.: The incomes of A and B are in the ratio 3 :2 and their
Soln: According to the above theorem, expenditures are in the ratio 5 : 3. I f each saves Rs
2000, what are their expenditures? the sum of the numbers.

Soln: According to the above theorem, Soln: Applying the above rule, we have,
a: b = 3 • 2 (income)
x{a + b\c-d)
c: d = 5 :3 (expenditure) sum of two numbers
X = 2000 (savings) ad-bc
Therefore, 9(3 + 4X18-23) _ 9 x 7 ( - 5 )
105
Xc(b-a)_ 2000x5(3-2) 3x23-4x18 ~ -3
A's expenditure = 7 ^ 7 ^ ) = _ 3 x 3 2 x 5
Exercise
= Rs 10000 1. The ratio between two numbers is 5 : 4. I f each num
Xd{b-a) _ 2000x3(3-2) be increased by 7, the ratio becomes 22 : 19. Find
B's expenditure sum of the numbers.
ad-bc 3x3-2x5
a)27 b)31 c)41 d)72
= Rs6000 2. The ratio between two numbers is 7 :15. If each num
Exercise be increased by 5, the ratio becomes 19 : 35. Find t
1. The incomes of Ram and Shyam are in the ratio 4 : 3 and sum of the numbers.
their expenditures are in the ratio 3 : 2. I f each saves Rs a) 64 b)54 c)44 d)34
2500, what are their expenditures? The ratio between two numbers is 4 : 9. If each num
a)Rs7500,Rs5000 b) Rs 6300, Rs 4200 be increased by 8, the ratio becomes 6:11. Find the s
c)Rs 6000, Rs 2000 d) Rs 7200 Rs 4800 of the numbers.
2. The incomes o f A and B are in the ratio 7 : 2 and their a) 42 b)52 c)62 d)72
expenditures are in the ratio 4 : 1. I f each saves Rs 1000, The ratio between two numbers is 11 :15. If each num
what are their expenditures? be increased by 22, the ratio becomes 11 : 13. Find the
a) Rs 20000, Rs 5000 b)Rs 16000, Rs 4000 sum of the numbers.
c) Rs 12000, Rs 3000 d) Rs 24000, Rs 6000 a) 44 b)77 c)65 d)52
3. The incomes of A. and B are in the ratio 4 : 3 and their 5. The ratio between two numbers is 9 : 2 . I f each number
expenditures are in the ratio 5 :2. I f each saves Rs 4900, be increased by 9, the ratio becomes 12:5. Find the sura
what are their expenditures? of the numbers.
a)Rs3500,Rs 1400 b) Rs 4000 Rs 1600 a)32 b)33 c)31 d)34
c) Rs 4500, Rs 1800 d) Rs 5000, Rs 2000
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.d 5.b
expenditures are in the ratio 5 : 3 . I f each saves Rs 1600,
what are their expenditures? Rule 29
a)Rs3500,Rs2100 b) Rs 4000, Rs 2400 Theorem: The ratio between two numbers is a : b. If each
c)Rs 4500, Rs 2700 d) Rs 5000, Rs 3000 number be increased by x, the ratio becomes c : d. Then.
x{a-b^c-d)
expenditures are in the ratio 7 : 3. I f each saves Rs 2000, difference of the two numbers =
what are their expenditures? ad-bc
a) Rs 56000, Rs 24000 b)Rs 63000, Rs 27000 Illustrative Example
c)Rs 49000, Rs 21000 d)Rs 70000, Rs 30000 Ex.: The ratio between two numbers is 3 : 4. I f each num-
Answers ber be increased by 2, the ratio becomes 7:9. Find the
l.a 2.a 3.a 4.b 5.d difference of the two numbers.
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have
Rule 28
x(a - b\c - d)
Theorem: The ratio between two numbers is a : b. if each difference of the two numbers :
number be increased by x, the ratio becomes c : d. Then, ad-bc
x{a + bfc- d) 2(3-4X7-9)

sum of two numbers 9x3-4x7
ad-bc
ie difference of the two numbers = 4.
Ex.: The ratio between two numbers is 3 : 4. I f each num- Exercise
ber be increased by 9, the ratio becomes 18 :23. Find 1. The ratio between two numbers is 9 : 4. If each number
Ratio 8B Proportion 113
be increased by 3, the ratio becomes 2 : 1 . Find the differ- the two numbers.
ence of the two numbers. a) 32 b)36 c)42 d)46
a)4 b)2 c)15 d)3 3. The ratio of two numbers is 13 : 7. I f each number is
2 The ratio between two numbers is 9 : 5. I f each number decreased by 6, the ratio becomes 5 : 2. Find the sum o f
be increased by 7, the ratio becomes 17 : 11. Find the the two numbers.
difference of the two numbers, a) 38 b)35 c)45 d)40
a) 10 b) 11 c)12 d)14 4. The ratio of two numbers is 9 : 19. I f each number is
The ratio between two numbers is 4 : 3. If each number decreased by 2, the ratio becomes 4 : 9. Find the sum of
be increased by 5, the ratio becomes 5 :4. Find the differ- the two numbers.
ence of the two numbers. a) 52 b)56 c)62 d)65
a)5 b) 13 c)12 d)ll 5. The ratio of two numbers is 3 : 2. I f each number is de-
4. The ratio between two numbers is 3 : 5. I f each number creased by 12, the ratio becomes 2 : 1 . Find the sum of
be increased by 10, the ratio becomes 5 : 7. Find the the two numbers.
difference of the two numbers. a) 50 b)60 c)48 d)56
a)9 b) 10 c)12 d) 15 6. The ratio of two numbers is 11 : 12. I f each number is
:" The ratio between two numbers is 9 : 4. I f each number decreased by 3, the ratio becomes 19 : 21. Find the sum
be increased by 16, the ratio becomes 1 3 : 8 . Find the of the two numbers.
difference of the two numbers. a) 46 b)40 c)44 d)64
a)9 b) 10 c)18 d)20
The ratio between two numbers is 7 : 4. I f each number Answers
be increased by 2, the ratio becomes 5:3. Find the differ- l.a 2.c 3.d 4.b 5.b 6. a
ence of the two numbers, Rule 31
a) 10 b) 12 c)14 d) 16
Theorem: The ratio between two numbers is a: b. If each
The ratio between two numbers is 9 : 7. I f each number
number be decreased by x, the ratio becomes c: d. Then,the
be increased by 6, the ratio becomes 21 : 17. Find the
difference of the two numbers, xja - b\d - c)
difference of the two numbers =
a) 8 b)14 c)16 d) 18 ad-bc
Answers Illustrative Example
l.c 2.c 3. a 4.b 5.d 6.b 7. a Ex.: The ratio of two numbers is 7 : 9. If each number is
decreased by 2 the ratio becomes 3:4. Find the differ-
Rule 30 ence of the numbers.
Theorem: The ratio between two numbers is a: b. If each Soln: From the above rule, we have, the
number be decreased by x, the ratio becomes c : d. Then, difference of the numbers
x(a + b\d - c) x(a - bjd - c) _ 2(7 - 9X4 - 3)
aun of the two numbers :
-4
ad-bc ad-bc 7x4-9x3
Illustrative Example difference of the numbers = 4
Eu The ratio of two numbers is 7 : 9. I f each number is Exercise
decreased by 2, the ratio becomes 3 : 4 . Find the sum 1. The ratio of two numbers is 2 : 3. I f each number is de-
of the two numbers. creased by 3 the ratio becomes 3 : 5. Find the difference
Soln: From the above rule, we have, of the numbers.
sum of the two numbers a)5 b)7 c)6 d)4
x{a + b\d-c) _ 2(7 + 9X4-3) 2. The ratio of two numbers is 14 : 9. I f each number is
:32
ad-bc 28-27 decreased by 8 the ratio becomes 2 : 1 . Find the differ-
ence of the numbers.
Exercise a)9 b)10 c)8 d) 12
The ratio of two numbers is 7 : 8. I f each number is de- 3. The ratio of two numbers is 17 : 14. I f each number is
creased by 2, the ratio becomes 6 : 7 . Find the sum of the decreased by 4 the ratio becomes 5 : 4. Find the differ-
two numbers. ence o f the numbers.
a) 30 b)32 c)28 d)36 a)6 b)7 c)8 d)9
1 The ratio of two numbers is 5 : 9. I f each number is de- 4. The ratio of two numbers is 5 : 9. If each number is de-
creased by 5, the ratio becomes 5 : 1 1 . Find the sum of creased by 5 the ratio becomes 1 :2. Find the difference
114 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS Ratio &
of the numbers. a)15:5:3 b) 15:3:5 c)3:5:15 d)5:3:l

a) 12 b) 18 c)10 d)20 2. The speed of three cars are in the ratio 4 : 6 : 9 . What is
5. The ratio of two numbers is 5 : 8. I f each number is de- the ratio among the times taken by these cars to travel
creased by 6 the ratio becomes 1 :2. Find the difference the same distance?
of the numbers. a)16:36:81 b ) 6 : 4 : 9 c)9:6:4 d)81:36:16
a) 9 b)10 c)12 d)8 3. The speed of three cars are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3. What is
6. The ratio of two numbers is 16 : 5. I f each number is the ratio among the times taken by these cars to travel
decreased by 2 the ratio becomes 15:4. Find the differ- the same distance?
ence of the numbers. a)3:2:l b)6:3:2 c)6:5:2 d) 6:3 :1
a) 15 b) 17 c)19 d)22 4. A person distributes his pens among four friends A, B.
Answers l 1 1 1 =
C and D in the ratio — — '• — •' ~ . What is the minimum
:
'1
l.c 2.b 3. a 4.d 5. a 6.d 3 4 5 6
number of pens that the person should have?
Rule 32 a) 57 b)75 c)67 d)76
Theorem : If the ratio of any quantities be a: b :c: d, then
5. The same type of work is assigned to three groups of
the ratio of other quantities which are inversely propor-
men. The ratio of persons in the groups is 5 : 4 : 6. Find
i 2. i j_ the ratio of days in which they will complete the work,
tional to that is given by a) 15:18:10 b) 12:15 :10 c) 12:18:21 d ) 6 : 4 : 5
b'c'd'
6. The same type of work is assigned to three groups of
Illustrative Examples men. The ratio of persons in the groups is 6 : 7 : 8. Find
Ex. 1: The speed of three cars are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 4 . What th atio of days in which they will complete the work.
is the ratio among the times taken by these cars to a)28:24:21 b)28:26:21 c)21:24:28 d ) 8 : 7 : 6
travel the same distance? 7. The same type of work is assigned to three groups of
Soln: We know that speed and time taken are inversely pro- men. The ratio of persons in the groups is 2 : 4 : 9. Find
portional to each other. That is, i f speed is more the the ratio of days in which they will complete the work.
time taken is less and vice versa. So, we can apply the a)18:9:4 b) 18:8 :5 c ) 4 : 9 : 1 8 d)9:4:2
above theorem in this case.
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.b
Hence, ratio of time taken by the three cars =
2 3 4 4. a; Hint: LCM of 3,4,5 and 6 = 60
Now, multiply each fraction by the LCM of denomi- So, the pens are distributed among A, B, C and D in the
nators i.e., the LCM of 2,3,4, i.e., 12. So, the required
ratio 1 x 6 0 : 1 x 6 0 : 1 x 6 0 : 1 x 6 0 ie20:15:12:10.
12 .12 .12 3 4 5 6
ratio is given by =6:4:3
2 ' 3 ' 4 .-. total number of pens == 20x + 15x + 12x + 1 Ox = 57x j
Ex. 2: The same type of work is assigned to three groups of For minimum number of pens, x = 1
men. The ratio of persons in the groups is 3 : 4 : 5. .-. the person should have at least 57 pens.
Find the ratio of days in which they will complete the 5. b 6. a 7. a
work.
Soln: We see that in this case also, man and days are in- Rule 33
versely proportional to each other. So, the above rule Theorem: If the sum of two numbers is A and their differ-
can be applied in this case also. Therefore, the re- ence is a, then the ratio of numbers is given byA+a:A-a.
quired ratio is Ex: The sum of two numbers is 40 and their difference is
3 4 5 4.
4. What is the ratio of the two numbers?
Multiplying the above fractions by the LCM of 3, 4 Soln: Following the above theorem,
60 60 60 the required ratio of numbers = 40 + 4 :40 - 4
= 44:36 = 11:9
and 5, i.e. 60, we have, =20:15:12
Exercise
1. The sum of two numbers is 36 and their difference is 6
Exercise
What is the ratio of the two numbers?
1. The speed of three cars are in the ratio 1 : 3 : 5 . What is a)5:7 b)7:5 c)6:5 d)5:6
the ratio among the times taken by these cars to travel
the same distance?
Ratio 8B Proportion 115
The sum of two numbers is 45 and their difference is 5. Rule 35

What is the ratio of the two numbers? Theorem : A number which, when subtractedfrom the terms
a)4:5 b)5:4 c)5:3 d)5:2
be-ad
What is the ratio of the two numbers? of the ratio a: b makes ii equal to the ratio c: dis ———.
a)32:23 b)23:32
c)31:13 d)32:13 Illustrative Example
4. The sum of two numbers is 20 and their difference is 2. Ex.: Find the number which, when subtracted from the
What is the ratio of the two numbers? terms of the ratio 11 : 23 makes it equal to the ratio 3 :
a)ll:8 b) 11:7 c) 11:6 d) 11:9
The sum of two numbers is 44 and their difference
7. I m «n
5. is 4. Soln: Here, a: b = 11 :23
What is the ratio of the two numbers?
c : d = 3:7
a)6:7 b)5:6 c)6:5 d)7:9 .-. the required number
6. The sum of two numbers is 64 and their difference is 8. bc-ad _ 2 3 x 3 - 1 1 x 7 _ 8 _ 2
What is the ratio of the two numbers? ~ c-d 3-7 ~4 ~ •

a)9:5 b)9:8 c)9:7 d)9:11 Exercise
7. The sum of two numbers is 77 and their difference is 7. 1. . Find the number which, when subtracted from the terms
What is the ratio of the two numbers? of the ratio 15:17 makes it equal to the ratio 6 :7.
a)6:5 b)6:7 c)6:l d)5:6 2. Find the number which, when subtracted from the terms
of the ratio 11:25 makes it equal to the ratio 4 : 1 1 .
Answers
3. Find the number which, when subtracted from the terms
l.b 2.b 3.a 4.d 5.c 6.c 7. a
of the ratio 13:27 makes it equal to the ratio 4 : 1 1 .
Rule 34 4. Find the number which, when subtracted from the terms
of the ratio 23 :33 makes it equal to the ratio 3:5.
Theorem: A number which, when added to the terms of the
5. Find the number which, when subtracted from the terms
ad-bc
of the ratio 12:17 makes it equal to the ratio 2 : 3.
ratio a: b makes it equal to the ratio c: d is —.
c-d 6. Find the number which, when subtracted from the terms
Illustrative Example of the ratio 5:13 makes it equal to the ratio 1:5.
Ex.: Find the number which, when added to the terms of 7. Find the number which, when subtracted from the terms
the ratio 11 :23 makes it equal to the ratio 4 : 7 . of the ratio 13:37 makes it equal to the ratio 1:13.
Soln: Following the above rule, we have, Answers
a: b = 11 :23 1.3 2.3 3.5 4.8 5.2 6.3 7.11
c:d=4:7
.-. the required number Rule 36
ad-bc 11x7-23x4 Ex.: A bucket contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in
c-d 4-7 the proportion 7:5. If 9 litres of the mixture is replaced
(-)3
by 9 litres of liquid B, then the ratio of the two liquids
Exercise becomes 7 : 9 . How much of the liquid A was there in
Find the number which, when added to the terms of the the bucket?
ratio 13:28 makes it equal to the ratio 1:2. Soln: Detailed Method:
2. Find the number which, when added to the terms of the Suppose the two liquids A and B are 7x litres and 5x
ratio 9:17 makes it equal to the ratio 3 : 5 . litres respectively.
3 Find the number which, when added to the terms of the Now, when 9 litres of mixture are taken out,
ratio 7:15 makes it equal to the ratio 3:5.
4. Find the number which, when added to the terms of the 9x7 f- 21
A remains 7x - 9 = 7JC- = ' X
ratio 11:29 makes it equal to the ratio 11 :20. 7+5
5. Find the number which, when added to the terms of the , X 12 jL 4
litres and
ratio 13 :25 makes it equal to the ratio 3 : 5.
6. Find the number which, when added to the terms of the = 5x - l^ll. - [ 5x - —
ratio 17:31 makes it equal to the ratio 13 :20.
B remains 5x - 9
1 + 5) 12 I
4.
litres. Now, when 9 litres of liquid B are added,
Answers
1.2 2.3 3.5 4.11 5.5 6.9 Ix 5x-H +9 = 7:9
V 4; 4
4. A bucket contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in

21
Ix- the proportion 4 : 1. I f 45 litres of the mixture is replaced
or, by 45 litres of liquid B, then the ratio of the two liquids
15 becomes 2 : 5 . How much of the liquid B was there in the
Sx- +9
4 bucket? What quantity does the bucket hold?
a) 56 litres, 70 litres b) 14 litres, 70 litres
189 « 105 '•
or, 63x c) 65 litres, 72 litres d) 18 litres, 90 litres
35x + 63
4 5. A bucket contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in
189 105 the proportion 5 :2. I f 28 litres of the mixture is replaced
28* = + 63 = 21 + 63 = 84 by 28 litres of liquid B, then the ratio of the two liquids
4 4
becomes 3:2. How much of the liquid A was there in the
84 bucket?
or —— —3 7x = 7x3 = 21 litres
28 a) 50 litres b) 125 litres c) 75 litres d) 100 litres
Quicker Method: I f we ignore the intermediate steps,
Answers
we find a formula which is fast-working as well as
l.b 2.a 3.c 4b 5.b
easier to remember.
1 st ratio = 7 : 5,2nd ratio = 7:9 Rule 37
D = Difference of cross-products of ratios Ex: A vessel contains liquids A and B in ratio 5 : 3. I f 16
=7x9-7x5 litres of the mixture are removed and the same quan-
= 63-35=28 tity of liquid B is added, the ratio becomes 3 : 5. What
Now, the formula is: quantity does the vessel hold?
Common factor of first ratio Soln: Detailed Method:
Suppose the vessel contains 5x litres and 3x litres of
Quantity Replaced
liquids A and B respectively.
Sum of terms in 1st ratio
16
The removed quantity contains x5 = 10 litres
Quantity replaced x term A in 2nd ratio 5+3
D of A and 16 -10 = 6 litres of B. Now,
( 5 x - 1 0 ) : ( 3 x - 6 + 1 6 ) = 3:5
9x7 _9_ 9_ 36
5x-10 3
7+5 28 ~ 12 4 ~ 12 > ,
or 777 7
= or,25x-50 = 9x + 30
.-. QuantityofA = 7 x 3 = 21 litres. 3x + 10 5
Similarly, quantity of B = 5 x 3 = 15 litres. or,16x=80 .-. x = 5
.-. The vessel contains Sx = 8 x 5 = 40 litres.
Exercise Quicker Method: When the ratio is reversed (i.e. 5 :3
1. A bucket contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in becomes 3 : 5), we can use the formula:
the proportion 5 :3. I f 16 litres of the mixture is replaced
by 16 litres of liquid B, then the ratio of the two liquids -r , (S + 3) 2
Total quantity = - _ j — - ^ x Quantity of A in the

becomes 3:5. How much of the liquid B was there in the
bucket? removed mixture
a) 25 litres b) 15 litres c) 18 litres d) 24 litres 64
2. A bucket contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in x l 0 = 4 0 litres.
16
the proportion 6: 5. I f 33 litres of the mixture is replaced
by 33 litres of liquid B, then the ratio of the two liquids Note: Since, the liquid B is used as a filler, the quantity of A
becomes 3:4. How much of the liquid A was there in the is used in the formula. I f liquid A be the filler the
bucket? quantity of B is used in the formula.
a) 84 litres b) 48 litres c) 70 litres d) 64 litres Exercise
3. A bucket contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in 1. A vessel contains liquids A and B in ratio 9:5. I f 14 litres
the proportion 8 : 3. I f 11 litres of the mixture is replaced of the mixture are removed and the same quantity of
by 11 litres of liquid B, then the ratio of the two liquids liquid B is added, the ratio becomes 5 : 9. What quantity
becomes 5:2. How much of the liquid B was there in the does the vessel hold?
bucket? a) 32 litres b) 31 litres c) 31.5 litres d) 33 litres
a) 448 litres b) 484 litres c) 168 litres d) 178 litres 2. A vessel contains liquids A and B in ratio 5 :4. I f 18 litres
Ratio & Proportion
of the mixture are removed and the same quantity of the ratio 7 : 6 and increases their wages in i
liquid A is added, the ratio becomes 4 : 5 . What quantity 14. State whether his bill of total wages
does the vessel hold? decreases, and in what ratio?
a) 72 litres b) 90 litres c) 64 litres d) 80 litres a) Increase, 13:12 b) Decrease, 13 :12
3. A vessel contains liquids A and B in ratio 3 :2. I f 15 litres c) Increase, 14: 13 d) Decrease, 13:14
of the mixture are removed and the same quantity of 2. An employer reduces the number of his employees in
liquid B is added, the ratio becomes 2 : 3 . What quantity the ratio 8 : 7 and increases their wages in the ratio " 1
does the vessel hold? State whether his bill of total wages increases or de-
a) 30 litres b) 35 litres c) 40 litres d) 45 litres creases, and in what ratio?
4. A vessel contains liquids A and B in ratio 3 : 1. I f 8 litres a) Decrease, 4 : 1 b) Increase, 1 :4
of the mixture are removed and the same quantity of c) Decrease, 5:2 d) Increase, 2 : 5
liquid B is added, the ratio becomes 1:3. What quantity 3. An employer reduces the number of his employees in
does the vessel hold? the ratio 7: 5 and increases their wages in the ratio 10 : 9.
a) 12 litres b) 14 litres c) 16 litres d) 10 litres State whether his bill of total wages increases or de-
5. A vessel contains liquids A and B in ratio 7:6. I f 26 litres creases, and in what ratio?
of the mixture are removed and the same quantity of a) Decrease, 13:9 b) Decrease 14:9
liquid B is added, the ratio becomes 6:7. What quantity c) Increase 9:14 d) Increase 9:13
does the vessel hold? 4. An employer reduces the number of his employees in
a) 142 litres b) 172 litres c) 156 litres d) 182 litres the ratio 8 :3 and increases their wages in the ratio 3 : 8.
State whether his bill of total wages increases or de-
Answers
creases, and in what ratio?
1. c
a) Remains unchanged, 1:1 b) Decrease, 3 : 1
2. a; Hint: Seethe 'note'.
c) Decrease, 2 : 1 d) Can't be determined
18 5. An employer reduces the number of his employees in
The removed quantity contains x5 = 10litres of
5+ 4 the ratio 9 :4 and increases their wages in the ratio 2 : 5 .
A and 18 -10 = 8 litres of B. Now, State whether his bill of total wages increases or de-
creases, and in what ratio?
(5 + 4) 2 a) Decrease, 10:9 b) Increase, 10:9
Total quantity = 2 . x quantity of B in the removed c) Decrease 9:11 d) Increase, 9:10
mixture = 72 litres. Answers
3.d 4. a 5.d l.b 2. a 3.b 4. a 5.d
Rule 38 Rule 39
Ex.: An employer reduces the number of his employees in
Theorem: Two candles of the same height are lighted at the
the ratio 9 : 8 and increases their wages in the ratio 14
: 15. State whether his bill of total wages increases or same time. The first is consumed in T hours and the sec-
x
decreases, and in what ratio. ond in T hours. Assuming that each candle burns at a
2
Soln: 9: 8
constant rate, the time after which the ratio of first candle
14:15
We know that the total bill = wage per person * no. of X
total employees.
Therefore, the ratio of change in bill to second candle becomes x :y is given by
= 9x 14:8x 15 = 126:120=21:20 X
T,-T 2
The ratio shows that there is a decrease in the bill.

Note: For a detailed method let the no. of employees in two
cases = 9x & 8x. Wages in two cases be 14y & 15 y hours.
Initial wage = 9x * 14y = I26xy Illustrative Example
Changed wage = 8x * 15y = 120xy Ex.: Two candles of the same height are lighted at the
This shows the decrease in bill and ratio is 126xy : same time. The first is consumed in 4 hours and the
120xy=21:20. second in 3 hours. Assuming that each candle burns
Exercise at a constant rate, in how many hours after being
1. An employer reduces the number of his employees in lighted, was the first candle twice the height of the
second?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the height of candles be h and 6 hours. Assuming that each candle burns at a constant
candle be A and B. rate, in how many hours after being lighted, the ratio
between the first and second candles becomes 3 : 1 .
The candle A burns of its height in 1 hour while a) 5 hours 36 minutes b) 5 hours
c) 5 hours 60 minutes d) 6 hours
1 4. Two candles of the same height are lighted at the same
candle B burns — of its height in one hour. time. The first is consumed in 3 hours and the second in
1 hour. Assuming that each candle burns at a constant
As per question, the height of candle A after x hours
rate, m flow many hours after being lighted, the ratio
be double of height of candle B.
between the first and second candles become 2 : 1 .
xh Ah — xh a) 48 minutes b) 1 hour 36 min
Height of candle A after x hours = h —— = —
4 4 c) 3 b minutes d) 60 minutes
5. Two candles of the same height are lighted at the same
, xh 3h- xh
time. The first is consumed in 7 hours and the second in
Height of candle B after x hours = » - — = — - —
3 hours. Assuming that each candle burns at a constant
As per given question, rate, in how many hours after being lighted, the ratio
Ah-xh _ i}h-xh)
x2 a) 2 hours b) 2 hours 20 minutes
4 3 .
c) 3 hours 20 minutes d) 3 hours
or, 12-3* = 2 4 - 8 x
Answers
or, 5x= 12
l.d 2.c 3. a 4.c 5.b
12
or, x - — hours or 2 hours 24 minutes. Miscellaneous
.'. The required answer is 2 hours 24 minutes. 1. Find the sum o f three numbers in the ratio of 3 : 2 : 5,
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we such that the sum of their squares is equal to 1862.
have, a) 70 b)75 c)69 d)60
2. A, B, C, D are four quantities of the same kind such that
(2 A : B = 3 : 4 , B : C = 8 : 9 , C : D = 15:16
4x3
12 (i) Find the ratio A : D
the required answer = hours a)5:8 b)8:5 c)4:5 d)5:4
-x4-3 (ii) Compare A, B,C,D.
1
= 2 hours 24 minutes. 9 24 24
a)4:3:-:- b)3:4:-
Note: Here, x : y = 2 : 1 5
Exercise 24 „ „ 24 9
=)4:3: d) 3 : 4 : — : -+
1. Two candles of the same height are lighted at the same J 5 2
time. The first is consumed in 8 hours and the second in Divide 94 into two parts in such a way that fifth part of
6 hours. Assuming that each candle burns at a constant the first and eighth part of the second are in the ratio 3 :
rate, in how many hours after being lighted, the ratio 4.
between the first and second candles becomes 2 : 1 . a) 30,64 b)20,44 c)35,69 d)30,65
a) 2 hours 24 minutes b) 4 hours 4. Divide 1162 into three parts such that 4 times the first
c) 1 hour 12 minutes d) 4 hours 48 minutes may be equal to 5 times the second and 7 times the third.
2. Two candles of the same height are lighted at the same Find the value o f smallest part,
time. The first is consumed in 5 hours and the second in a) 490 b)492 c)390 d)280
4 hours. Assuming that each candle burns at a constant
rate, in how many hours after being lighted, the ratio
5. Divide Rs. 680 among A, B and C such that A gets - of
a) 3 hours b) 3 hours 45 minutes
20 what B gets and B gets — th of what C gets. What is C's
c) — hours d) Can't be determined
share?
3. Two candles of the same height are lighted at the same a)Rs280 b)Rs380 c)Rs480 d)Rsl20
time. The first is consumed in 7 hours and the second in
6. I f 10% of m is the same as 20% of n, then m : n is equal to: 17. I f the weight of a 13 metres long iron rod be 23.4 kg_ the
a) 1:2 b)2:l c)5:l d) 10:1 weight of 6 metres long of such rod will be
(C.B.I. Exam. 1990) (Bank PO Exam 1986)
7. If A : B = 2 : 3 and B : C = 4 : 5, then C : A is equal to: a) 7.2kg b) 12.4kg c) 10.8 kg d)18kg
a)15:8 b) 12:10 c)8:5 d)8:15 18. The ratio of the money with Ram and Gopal is 7: 17 and
(Railway Recruitment Board, 1991) that with Gopal and Krishan is 7 : 17. If Ram has Rs 490.
8. Rs 600 has been divided among A, B and C in such a Krishan has
way that Rs. 40 more than (2/5) of A's share, Rs. 20 more a)Rs2890 b)Rs2330 c)Rsll90 d)Rs2680
than (2/7) of B's share, Rs. 10 more than (9/17) of C's 19. The students in three classes are in the ratio 2:3 : 5. If 20
share, are all equal. A's share is: students are increased in each class, the ratio changes
a)Rs280 b)Rsl70 c)Rsl50 d)Rs200 to 4 : 5 : 7. The total number of students in the three
(Railway Recruitment Board, 1991) classes before the increase were ( L I C AAO Exam 1988)
9. 729 ml of a mixture contains milk and water in the ratio 7 a) 10 b)90 c)100 d) None of these
: 2. How much more water is to be added to get a new 20. One year ago the ratio between Laxman's and Gopal's
mixture containing milk and water in the ratio 7 :3? salary was 3 : 4 . The individual ratios between their last
a) 600 ml b) 710 ml c) 520 ml d) None of these year's and this year's salaries are 4 : 5 and 2 : 3 respec-
(Railway Recruitment Board, 1991) tively. At present the total of their salary is Rs 4160. The
10. Gold is 19 times as heavy as water and copper 9 times as salary of Laxman now, is (SBI Bank PO Exam 1987)
heavy as water. The ratio in which these two metals be a)Rsl600 b)Rs2560 c)Rsl040 d)Rs3120
mixed so that the mixture is 15 times as heavy as water, 21. The sum of the squares of three numbers is 532 and the
is: (Delhi Police & CBI1990) ratio of the first to the second as also of the second to
a)l:2 b)2:3 c)3:2 d) 19:135 the third is 3 : 2. What is the second number?
a) 12 b) 14 c)10 d)8
1 1
11. If A is - o f B a n d B i s — of C, then A : B : C is a b
22. I f b c : a c : a b = l : 2 : 3 , f i n d — : —
(Police Inspector Exam. 1988) be ca
a) 1:3:6 b)2:3:6 c)3:2:6 d) 3 : 1 : 2 a)2:l b)3:l c)4:l d) 1:4
12. A certain amount was divided between Kavita and
P_
Reena in the ratio 4 : 3 . I f Reena's share was Rs. 2400, the
23. The sum of two numbers is 'c' and their quotient is .
amount is: (SBIPO Exam 1988)
a)Rs5600 b)Rs3200 c)Rs9600 d) None of these Find the numbers.
13. If a carton containing a dozen mirrors is dropped, which
pc qc qp q
of the following cannot be the ratio of broken mirrors to
unbroken mirrors? 3 ) p + q' p + q b ) p + q' (p + q)c
a)2:l b)3:l c)3:2 d)7:5
qp qc
(SBIPO Exam 1987) c) , ' d) None of these
14. A man spends Rs 8100 in buying tables at Rs 1200 each ' p+q p+q '
and chairs at Rs 300 each. The ratio of chairs to tables 24. A bag contains rupees, fifty paise, twenty five paise and
when the maximum number of tables is purchased, is ten paise coins in the proportion 1 : 3 : 5 : 7. I f the total
(SBIPO Exam 1988) amount is Rs 22.25, find the number of twenty-five paise
a) 1:4 b)5:7 c)l:2 d)2:l coins.
15. A sum of Rs 86700 is to be divided among A, B and C in a) 25 b)5 c)15 d)35
such a manner that for every rupee that A gets, B gets 90 25. In a school the number of boys and that of the girls are
paise and for every rupee that B gets, C gets 110 paise. in the ratio of 2 : 3. I f the number of boys is increased by
B's share is (LIC AAO Exam 1988) 20% and that of girls is increased by 10%. What will be
a) Rs 26010 b)Rs 27000 the new ratio of the number of boys to that of girls?
c) Rs 30000 d) None of these (SBI BankPO 2001)
16. Rs 5625 is to be divided among A, B and C, so that A a)4:5 b)5:8
may receive (1/2) as much as B and C together receive c) 8:11 d) Data inadequate
and B receives (1/4) of what A and C together receive. 26. An amount of money is to be distributed among P, Q and
The share of A is more than that of B by R in the ratio of 6 : 1 9 : 7 respectively. I f R gives Rs 200 of
(Excise and I. Tax Exam 1988) his share to Q the ratio among P, Q and R becomes 3:10
a)Rs750 b)Rs775 c)Rsl500 d)Rsl600 : 3 respectively. What was the total amount?
(SBI BankPO 2000)

we have 9 x 2 +4 X2 + 25x = 1862
2
a)Rs6400 b)Rs 12800

c) Rs 3200 d) Data inadequate ••• 38x = 1862 ••• x =49 = 7
2 2 2
27. When 3 5 per cent of a number is added to another num- .-. x = 7. Hence, the required numbers are 21,24 and
ber, the second number increases by its 20 per cent. 35
What is the ratio between the second number and the .-. sum of the numbers = 2 1 + 2 4 + 35 = 70.
first number? (BSRB Mumbai PO 1998)
A_3 B__ 8 C__ 15
a)4:7 b)7:4 2. (i)a;
c) 8:5 d) Data inadequate B~ 4' C~ 9' D~ 16
28. There is a ratio of 5 : 4 between two numbers. I f 40 per A B C 3 8 15 5
cent of the first number is 12 then what would be the 50 —x — x — — x —x — =— •A D = 5 8, -
B C D 4 9 16 8 •
per cent of the second number? (ii)b; A : B = 3 : 4
(Bank of Baroda PO 1999)
9 9
a) 12 b)24 B:C = 8:9= l : - = 4 : -
c)18 d) Data inadequate 8 2
29. An amount of money is to be distributed among P, Q and ,16 9 24
C:D=15:16=l:- = - : -
R in the ratio of 5 : 8:12 respectively. I f the total share of
Q and R is four times that o f P, what is definitely P's
9 .24
share? (Bank of Baroda PO 1999) A : B : C : D = 3:4:
2' 5
a)Rs3000 b)Rs5000
c) Rs 8000 d) Data inadequate We put down the first ratio in its original form and
30. When 30 per cent of a number is added to another num- change the terms of the other ratios so as to make
ber the second number increases to its 140 per cent. each antecedent equal to the preceding consequent.
What is the ratio between the first and the second num- (Also see Rule 16).
ber? (Bank of Baroda PO 1999) 3. a; Let these parts be x and y. Then,
a)3:4 b)4:3 x y . ,
c) 3 :2 d) Data inadequate - : - = 3:4 r , S x : 5 y = 3\4
0
31. I f 25% of a number is subtracted from a second number

the second number reduces to its five-sixths. What is 5x3 15
the ratio between the first number and the second num- •• 5y E or
4x8 32'
ber? (SBI Associates PO 1999) 5 y
Thus,x:y=15:32.
a)2:3 b)3:2
Now, sum of ratios = 15 + 32 = 47.
c) 1:3 d) Data inadequate
32. When 50% of one number is added to a second number, 94x15 „ -
the second number increases to its four-thirds. What is .-. First part = ——— = 30 >
the ratio between the first number and the second num-
ber? (Guwahati PO 1999) 94x32
second part : = 64
a)3:2 b)3:4 47
c) 2 :3 d) Data inadequate 4. d; 4 x (1 st part) = 5 x (2nd part) = 7 * (3rd part) = x (say)
33. An amount of money is to be divided among P, Q and R
X X X
in the ratio of 4 : 9 : 1 6 . I f R gets 4 times more than P, what
Then, 1st part = —, 2nd part = —; 3rd part = —.
is Q's share in it? (BSRB Calcutta PO 1999)
a)Rsl800 b)Rs2700
X X X
c) Rs 3600 d) Data inadequate :. Ratio of divisions :
34. I f a : b = 2:5.Find(3a + 4b):(4a + 5b). 4 'I'l

a)26:33 b) 14:31 c)25:32 d)33:26
35. A bag contains rupee, 50-paise and 25-paise coins in the = - : - : - = 35:28:20
4 5 7
ratio 5 : 6 : 7. I f the total amount is Rs 390, find the
Sum of ratios = 35 + 28 + 20 = 83.
number of 25-paise coins.
a) 280 b)200 c)240 d)260 1162x35
.-. I st part = = 490
Answers 83
1. a; Let the numbers be 3x, 2x, 5x. 1162x28
2nd part = 392
83
Ratio 85 Proportion .2.
1162x20 . . . 567
3rd part = — = 280 Now, 5 6 7 x 3 = 7(162 + x)
162 + x 3
o3
=> 1701 = 1134 + 7x => x = 81.
5. c; Suppose C gets Re 1. Then, B gets Re — and A gets 10. b; Let x gm of water be taken
Then, gold = 19x gm and copper = 9x gm
Let 1 gm of gold be mixed with y gm of copper.
Rs (f*/{] or R s f 2
Then, 19x + 9 x y = 1 5 x ( l + y ) = > y~~z.
Ratios of A, B and C's shares = —: —: 1 = 2 : 3 : 1 2 .
6 4 1 1 1
11. a; B = i-C,A = -B=- -C\ -C-
680x2 2 3 3 2 J 6
So, A's share = Rs = Rs 80.
680x3 .', A:B:C = -C:-C:C = - : - A or 1 : 3 : 6 .

6 2 6 2
B's share = Rs = Rs 120. 12. a; Let the amount be Rs x.
680x12 Then, Reena's share = Rs I x x ^

C's share = Rs — — — =Rs480.
10 20
6.b; 10%ofm = 20%ofn m= n 3x (^2400x7^
100 100 .'. y = 2400 or x = ^ j = R 5600. S
m_( 20 \00^ 1
' n ^100 10 ) 1 • 13. c; Sum of the ratios must divide 12.

Since 3 + 2 = 5 does not divide 12, so it can not be 3 :
A 2 Z? _ 4 A B__2 4 2.
7. a,
B 73'C~ 5^ B C~3 5
X X
14. c; Maximum number of tables purchased at Rs 1200 per
table spending within Rs 8100 is clearly 6.
C 15 Remaining amount = Rs (8100 -1200 * 6) = Rs 900
C 15 Number of chairs for Rs 900 = (9001300) = 3 -
.: Number of chairs: Number of tables = 3 :6 or 1 :2.
-A + 40 = -B + 20 = --C + \0 = x 15. b; I f A gets Re 1, B gets 90 paise.
i.c;
5 7 17 Now, if B gets Re 1, C gets 110 paise.
. A = -(x~40) = -x-\00; I f B gets 90 paise, C gets ' x 9 0 l = 99 paise.

U 0 •
2 V 7 2 100 J
.-. A : B : C = 1 0 0 : 9 0 : 9 9 .
5 = -(;t-20) =- x - 7 0 ( 90 1
2V 2 y So, B's share = Rs I 8 6 7 0 0 x ^ = Rs 27000.
„ 17/ x 17 170
i n
and C = —(x-\0) = —x-—.
16. a; A + B + C = 5625andB = - (A + C)i.e. A + C = 4B.
5 7 17 170 .-. 4B + B = 5625 o r B = 1125.

• -x-\00 + -x-10 + — x-— = 600 AIso,A + C = 4B = 4 x 1125=4500.
• 2 2 9 9
, 1
71 7100
or, — x = =>x = 100.
Also, /* = - ( B + C ) o r B + C = 2 A o r B = 2A-C.
.-. 2A-C=1125.
A's share :
-xl00-100| = R s l 5 0 .
Now, solving A + C = 4500 and 2A - C = 1125, we get
A = 1875 and C = 2625.
9.d; Quantity of milk = [ J 2 9 * - J ml = 567 ml. .-. A - B = (1875- 1125)=Rs750.
23.4x6
17. c; Let 13 23.4 .Then, = ^ 5 i v ^ = 10.8 kgx
Quantity of water = (729 - 567) ml = 162 ml 13

18. a; Let Ram, Gopal and Krishan have rupees x, y and z

* P PC
respectively. =
x=
c p+q p +q
1_
Then, and —
i / z 17 qc_
and y = Since — = —
p+q y Q.
x y 1 7 49
— x — — x — 24. a; Let the number of coins be x, 3x, 5x, 7x respectively as
y 289
17 17 rupees, fifty paise, twenty five paise and ten paise.
Thus, if Ram has Rs 49, Krishan has Rs 289.
Since
'289 Number of coin * Value of coin in rupee = Amount in
I f Ram has Rs 490, Krishan has Rs x490
49 rupees
= Rs2890. 1
19. c; Let the number of students in the class be 2x, 3x and Now, value of 50-paise coin in rupee :
5x respectively. Then,
(2x + 20): (3x + 20): (5x + 20):: 4:5 :7. Value of 25-paise coin in rupee :
2s + 20 3s + 20 5.X + 20
4 5 7
Value of 10-paise coin in rupee =
Solving these equations, we get x = 10. 10
.-. total number of students in the class
= (2x+3x+5x)=10x=100. ' f
20. a; Let the salaries of Laxman and Gopal one year before (xxl)+ 3xx — 5x x — I H 7xx- 10 = 22.25
2
be JC, , y, and now it be x , y respectively. Then, 2 2
89s
22.5 or, x = 5
3 x. 1 A and x +y =4160 2 2
or, 20 "
4 s. s'y 2 :. number of rupee coins = 5 x 1=5
Solving these equations, we get x = 1600 2
Number of 50-paise coins = 3x = 15
Number of 25-paise coins = 5x = 25
First number _ 3 3_9 Number of 10-paise coins = 7x = 35
21.a; 25. c; Let the number of boys be 2x and the number of girls
Second number 2 3 6
be3x.
First number 3 2 6
120 12*
and ~ . , :— x ^r ~r _ x = :
No. of boys is increased by 20% = 2x x = ——
Third number 2 2 4
.-. First: Second: Third = 9 : 6 : 4 , 110 33*
As per the question No. of girls is increased by 10% = 3x x — - = ——
.-. (9s) +{6xf 2 + (4s) =532 2
The new ratio of the number of boys to that of girls

or, 133s =532 or,x = 22
12s
Second Number is 6x = 12 5 8:11
33s
22. c;
bc l =
or, a: b = 2:1 10
ac 2
26. a; Let the sum of P, Q, and R be 6x, 19x and 7x.
a b a ca _ a 4 .-. total sum = 6x + 19x + 7x=32x
be ca be b b 2
1 From the question
23. a; Let the numbers be x, y. 6x:19x+200:7x-200 = 3:10:3
.-. x+y = c(given) ie6x = 7x-200 .-. x = 200
.-. total sum = 32 x 200 = Rs 6400
and (given) 120
27. b; 35percentofx + y = y
100
35s + 100>- 120 „ ^
or, = —y => 35s = 20y
x+y p+q 100 100
123
Ratio & Proportion
33. d; Here, neither the total amount nor the individual

^ = 7:4 amount is given. So the share of Q cannot be deter-
20 mined.
a 5 , 4 2 a 2
-- b = -a Given, (40% of a = ) - a = 12.
b 4 5 5 34. a; Given — - — ^
o J
.-. a = 5 x6and 6 = ^ x 5 x 6 = 24
3a + 4b
Now, [Dividing numerator and
, 24 , „ 4a + 5b Aa .
;. 50% of b = — = 12 4|-| +5
2
29.d; P : Q : R = 5:8:12
denominator by b.]
Total share of Q and R 8 + 12 20
=4
Share of P 5 5 3x- +4
5 26
So, we see that not new information has been given
33
in question and P's share can't be determined. 4x~ + 5
5
30. b; Let the first and the second numbers be x and y re-
spectively then .-. (3a + 4b): (4a + 5b) = 26:33
y + 30% of x = 140% of y or, y + 0.3x = 1.4y 5 6 7
or, 0.3x = 0.4y .-. x : y = 0.4:0.3 = 4:3 35. a; Ratio of values of the coins : = 20:12:7
1 2 4
31. a; Let the first and second number be x and y respec-
tively
Value of one-rupee coins = Rs
v
390,3 Rs 200
25 3 9
y-xx yx-
100
12
Value of 50-paise coins = Rs 3 9 0 X T T = R S 120
39
1 Value of 25-paise coins = Rs ^ 3 9 0x ^ j = Rs 70

x : y = 2:3
.-. Number of one-rupee coins = 200
Let the numbers be y and x respectively. Number of 50-paise coins = (120 x 2) = 240
4x y 4x Number of 25-paise coins = (70 M ) = 280.
x + 50%of ^ = — o r , -
0 Rule 1 25
Partnership
rem: In a group of npersons invested different amount C's share = x585 =R 225 S
65
different period then their profit ratio is
Note: In compound partnership, the ratio of profit is directly
& 2 : C r :Dt :...: Xt
3 A n
proportional to both money and time, so they are
first person invested amount A for t period, second
t multiplied together to get the corresponding shares
invested amount B for t period and so on.
2
in the ratio of profits.
Ex. 3: A starts a business with Rs 2,000. B joins him after 3
trative Examples months with Rs 4,000. C puts a sum ofRs 10,000 in the
Three partners A, B and C invest Rs 1600, Rs 1800 business for 2 months only. At the end of the year the
and Rs 2300 respectively in business. How should business gave a profit of Rs 5600. How should the
they divide a profit of Rs 193 8? profit be divided among them?
The profit should be divided in the ratios of the capi- Soln: Ratio of their profits (As: B's: C's) = 2x12: 4x9:10x2
tals, i.e. in the ratio 16 :18 :23. =6:9:5
Now, 16+18 + 23 = 57 Now,6 + 9 + 5 = 20
16 5600 r
As share = — ofRs 1938 = Rs 544
Then A's share =—^—x6 20 = R 1680
s
B'sshare=— ofRs 1938 =Rs 612 5600 „

B's share = - r ^ x 9 =Rs2520
20
C's share = — ofRs 1938 =Rs 782
5600
A, B and C enter into partnership. A advances Rs C's share = x5 = R HOO
S
~20~
1200 for 4 months, B Rs 1400 for 8 months, and C Rs
Ex.4: A and B enter into a speculation. A puts in Rs 50 and
1000 for 10 months. They gain Rs 585 altogether. Find
B puts in Rs 45. At the end of 4 months A withdraws
the share of each. v
half his capital and enters with a capital ofRs 70. At
Rs 1200 in 4 months earns as much profit as Rs 1200 x
the end of 12 months, in what ratio will the profit be
4 or Rs 4800 in 1 month.
divided?
Rs 1400 in 8 months earns as much profit as Rs 1400 x
Soln: A's share : B's share : C's share
8 or Rs 11200 in 1 month.
Rs 1000 in 10 months earns as much profit as Rs 1000 = 50x4 + —x8:45x6 + —x6:70x6
x 10orRsl0,000inl month. 2 2
Therefore, the profit should be divided in the ratio of =400:405:420 = 82:81:84
4800,11,200 and 10,000 i.e. in the ratios of 12,28 and Therefore, the profit will be divided in the ratio of 80 :
25. 81:84.
Now, 12 + 28 + 25 = 65 Now, you must have understood both simple part-
nership and compound partnership. The formula for
1 2 cot
A's share = ~-x585 = R 108 S
compound partnership can also be written as
65
A's Capital* A's Time in partnership _ A's Profit
28
B's share = —x585 =R 252 S B's Capital xB's Time in partnership B's Pr ofit
65
The above relationship should be remembered be- of the profits for managing the business, and the rest
cause it is used very often in some types of question. divided in proportion to their capitals. What does eacfc
get out of a profit ofRs 880?
Exercise
a)Rs350,Rs420 b)Rs460,Rs350
1. Three friends A, B and C started a business by invest- c)RsllO,Rs420 d)Rs460,Rs420
ing a sum of money in the ratio of 5 :7 :6. After 6 months 10. A starts a business with Rs 1000. B joins him after i
C withdraws half of his capital. If the sum invested by
months with Rs 4000. C puts a sum of Rs 5000 for 4
'A is Rs 40,000, out of a total annual profit ofRs 33,000
months only. At the end of the year the business gave i
C's share will be [BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999]
profit of Rs 2800. How should the profit be divided
a) Rs 9,000 b)Rs 12,000 c)Rs 11,000 d)Rs 10,000
among them?
2. Mr Shivkumar started a business, investing Rs 25000 in
a) Rs600,.Rs 1200, Rs 1000
1996. In 1997 he invested an additional amount ofRs
b) Rs800, Rs 600, Rs 1400
10000 and Mr Rakesh joined him with an amount ofRs
c) RslQ00,Rs 1200, Rs 600
35000. In 1998, Mr Shivkumar invested another addi-
d) Rs 1200, Rs 600, Rs 1000
tional amount ofRs 10000 and Mr Suresh joined them
11. A and B enter into a partnership for a year. A contri
with an amount ofRs 35000. What will be Rakesh's share
utes Rs 3000 and B Rs 4000. After 8 months they adi
in the profit ofRs 150000 earned at the end of three years
C, who contributes Rs 4500. If B withdraws his contri
from the start of the business in 1996?
tion after 6 months, how would they share a profit of
[SBI PO Exam, 2001]
1000 at the end of the year?
a) Rs 70000 b)Rs 50000 c)Rs 45000 d)Rs 75000
a) Rs 250, Rs 200, Rs 550 b) Rs 150, Rs 200, Rs 650
3. A starts a business by investing Rs 500, B joins him
c) Rs 375, Rs 250, Rs 375 d) Data inadequate
after two months by investing Rs 400 and C joins them
12. A, B and C enter into a partnership. A advances o
after 6 months by investing Rs 800. If the annual profit is
third of the capital for one-third of the time. B con*
Rs 444, find the profit of C.
utes one-sixth of the capital for one-third of the time
a)Rsl80 b)Rsl20 c)Rsl44 d)Rsl48
contributes the remaining capital for the whole time. H
4. A, B and C enter into a partnership. A invests Rs 4000
should they divide a profit ofRs 1200.
for the whole year, B puts in Rs 6000 at the first and
a) Rs 300, Rs 200, Rs 700 b) Rs 200, Rs 100, Rs 900
increasing to Rs 8000 at the end of 4 months, whilst C
c) Rs 200, Rs 200, Rs 800 d) Rs 150, Rs 250, Rs 800
puts in atfirstRs 8000 but withdraw Rs 2000 a the end of
13. A and B entered into partnership with Rs 700 and Rs
9 months. Find the profit of A at the end of year, if the
total profit is Rs 16950. 2
a)Rs3600 b)Rs6600 c)Rs6750 d)Rs6300 respectively. After 3 months A withdrew — of his st
5. A, B and C go into business as partners and collect a
profit ofRs 1000. If A's capital: B's capital = 2:3 and B's 3
capital : C's capital = 2:5, find the share of the profit but after 3 months more he put back — of what he
which goes of C. withdrawn. The profits at the end of the year are Rs
a)Rsl60 b)Rs240 c)Rs500 d)Rs600 how much of this should A receive?
6. Two partners put Rs 1000 and Rs 1500 into a business. a)Rs633 b)Rs336 c)Rs663 d)Rs366
How should a profit ofRs 336.70 be divided? 14. A and B start a business, A puts in double of what!
a) Rsl 34.68, Rs 202.02 b)Rs 136, Rs 200.70
1
c)Rs 132.68, Rs 204.2 d) Rsl 36, Rs 202.2 puts. A withdraws — of his stock at the end of 3 mo
7. Three partners A, B and C invest Rs 2000, Rs 2500 and
Rs 1100 respectively in a business. If the total profit is i L
Rs 562.80, find the share of A in the profit. but at the end of 7 months puts back — of what he a
a)Rs201 b)Rs205 c)Rs204 d)Rs208
8. Three men A, B and C subscribe Rs 4700 for a business.
A subscribes Rs 700 more than B and B Rs 500 more taken out, when B takes out — of his stock. A recej
than C. How much will C receive out of a profit ofRs 4
423? Rs 300 profits at the end of the year, what does B J
ceive?
a)Rsl35 b)Rsl98 c)Rs90 d)Rsl90
a)Rsl08 b)Rs272 c)Rsl92 d)Rs208
9. A is a working and B a sleeping partner in a business. A
15. A, B, C pasture in the same field. A has in it 10 oxenl
7 months, B has 12 oxen for 5 months and C has 15 oJ
puts in Rs 5000 and B puts in Rs 6000. A receives 12-^ % for 3 months. The rent is Rs 17.50. How much of the J
rtnership
should each pay?
a) Rs 7, Rs 6, Rs 4.50 b) Rs 6, Rs 8, Rs 3.50
profit is
a)Rsl000 b)Rs600 c)Rs800 d)Rs400
c)Rs7,Rs5,Rs5.50 d)Rs8,Rs5,Rs4.50 (Asstt. Grade, 1987)
Vimla and Sufjeet started a shop jointly by investing Rs 24. A and B enter into partnership investing Rs 12000 and
9000 and Rs 10500 respectively. After 4 months Jaya Rs 16000 respectively. After 8 months, C also joins the
joined them by investing Rs 12500 while Surjeet with- business with a capital ofRs 15000. The share of C in a
drew Rs 2000. At the end of the year there was a profit of profit ofRs 45600 after 2 years will be
Rs 4770. Find the share of Jaya. a) Rs 12000 b)Rs 14400 c)Rs 19200 d)Rs21200
a)Rsl620 b)Rsl650 (Central Excise & I. Tax, 1988)
c) Rs 1500 d) Data inadequate 25. Kishan and Nandan started a joint firm. Kishan's invest-
x (LIC1991) ment was thrice the investment of Nandan and the pe-
A and B enter into partnership investing Rs 12000 and riod of his investment was two times the period of in-
Rs 16000 respectively. After 8 months, C also joins the vestment of Nandan. Nandan got Rs 4000 as profit for
business with a capital ofRs 15000. The share of C in a his investment. Their total profit if the distribution of
profit ofRs 45600 after 2 years will be: profit is directly proportional to the period and amount,
a)Rs 12000 b)Rs 14400 c)Rs 19200 d)Rs21200 is
(Central Excise 1988) a) Rs 24000 b)Rs 16000 c)Rs 28000 d)Rs 20000
A and B entered into a partnership investing Rs 16000 (BankPO Exam, 1989)
and Rs 12000 respectively. After 3 months, A withdrew
Answers
Rs 5000 while B invested Rs 5000 more. After 3 more
1. a; Hint: Sum invested by A, B and C is in the ratio of
months, C joins the business with a capital fo Rs 21000.
5x 12:7* 12:6x6 + 3 x6
The share of B exceeds that of C, out of a total profit of
Rs 26400 after one year, by or, 60:84:54 or 10:14:9
a)Rsl200 b)Rs2400 c)Rs3600 d)Rs4800 9
(Central Excise, 1989) .-. share of C= — x 33000 =R 9,000S
Suresh invested Rs 12000 in a shop and Dinesh joined 2. b; Hint: Ratio of their investments
him after 4 months by investing Rs 7000. If the net profit =25,000 x 1 +35000 * 1 +45000 x 1:35000 x 2:35000 x 1
after one year be Rs 13300, Dinesh's share in the profit =3:2:1
a)Rs9576 b)Rs4900 c)Rs8400 d) None of these • Rakesh's share = - x 150000 = Rs 50000.

(SBI PO Exam, 1987) 6
3. c
Ashok invests Rs 3000 for a year and Sunil joins him
4. a; Hint: A's investment for 12 months = Rs 4000 x 12
•A ith Rs 2000 after 4 months. After the year they receive
= Rs 48000
i return ofRs 2600. Sunil's share is
B's investment (Rs 6000 for 4 months and Rs 8000 for 8
a)Rs800 b)Rsl000 c)Rs750 d)Rs900
months) = (Rs 6000 x 4 + Rs 8000 x 8) = Rs 88000
(Railway Recruitment Board, 1991)
C's investment (Rs 8000 for 9 months and Rs 6000 for 3
Jagmohan, Rooplal and Pandeyji rented a video cassette
months) = (Rs 8000 x 9 + Rs 6000 x 3) = Rs 90,000.
for one week at a rent ofRs 350. If they use it for 6 hours, Ratio of their incomes = A : B : C
10 hours and 12 hours respectively, the rent to be paid = 48000:88000:90000
by Pandeyji is = 48:88:90 = 24:44:45
a)Rs75 b)Rsl25 c)Rs35 d)Rsl50
5. d; Hint: A's capital: B's capital = 2:3
(BankPO Exam, 1988)
Manoj got Rs 6000 as his share out of the total profit of , 5 , 15
Rs 9000 which he and Ramesh earned at the end of one Also, B's capital: C's capital = 2 : 5 = ^ " ~*T
year. If Manoj invested Rs 20000 for 6 months, whereas
Ramesh invested his amount for the whole year, the 15
.-. A's capital: B's capital: C's capital = 2 : 3 :
amount invested by Ramesh was 2
a) Rs 60000 b)Rs 10000 c)Rs 40000 d)Rs5000 4:6:15
(BankPO Exam, 1991) Since 4 + 6 + 5 = 25
A, B and C invest Rs 2000, Rs 3000 and Rs 4000 in a
business. After one year A removed his money. B and C .-. A's share of the profit = — x R 1000 = Rs 160
s
continued the business for one more year. If the net 6

profit after 2 years be Rs 3200, then A's share in the
B's share of the profit = — x R 1000 = Rs 240
s
22. d 23. d 24. a

15
25. c; Hint: Let Nandan's investment be Rs x and y months.
C's share of the profit = — x Rs 1000 = Rs 600 Then, Kishan's investment is Rs 3x for 2y months
.-. Ratio of their investments = xy: 6xy =1:6
6. a 7. a 8.c Nandan's share = Rs 4000
9. d; Hint: The amount which A receives for managing So, Kishan's share = Rs 24000
1 1 .-. Total profit = Rs 28000
= 12-% fRs880= - ofRs880 = Rs 110
o
2 8 Rule 2
The amount left to be divided in the ratio of 5 : 6 Theorem: Theformulafor compound partnership can a
= Rs880-RsllO = Rs770 be written as
Now, A's share = — ofRs 770 = Rs 350
A' s Capital xA's Time in partnership A's Profit
B'sCapitalxB's Time in partnership B's Profit
B's share = yy ofRs 770 = Rs 420
.-. A's total share = Rs 350 + Rs 110 = Rs 460 Ex. 1: A began a business with Rs 450 and was joined aft
Note: A working partner is one who manages the business.
wards by B with Rs 300. When did B join if the pro
A sleeping partner is one who provides capital but
at the end of the year were divided in the ratio 2 : 1
doesnot attend to the business.
Soln: Suppose B joined the business for x months.
lO.a 11.c 12.b
Then using the above formula, we have
13. d; Hint: Ratio of profits of A and B are
450x12 2
A's profit: B's profit = 700x3+ 500 x 3 + 620 x 6:600 x 12
= 2100+1500 + 3720:7200 300xx 1 or, 300x2* = 450x12
= 7320:7200 = 61:60 450x12
9 months.
•• 2x300
726 726 , ,
.-. A's share in profit = ——— * o 1 = — - x 61 Therefore, B joined after (12 - 3) = 3 months.
60 + 61 121 Ex.2: A and B rent a pasture for 10 months. A puts in 1
= 6x61=Rs366 cows for 8 months. How many can B put in for
14. a; Hint: A's profit: B's profit remaining 2 months, if he pays half as much again
„ 4x . 14x _ _ 3x , A?
= 2xx3 + — x4 + x5: xx7 + — x5 Soln: Suppose B puts in x cows.
3 9 4 1 3
r 16x 70x „ 15x 172x 43x The ratio of A's and B's rents = 1:1 + — = 1: — = 2
2 2
= 6x + + : 7x + = :
3 9 4 9 4 100x8 100x8x3
= 16:9 Then, or,:c= —:—:— = 600
xx2 3 2x2
[We suppose that A puts Rs 2x and B puts Rs x in the
Ex. 3: A and B enter into a partnership with their capitals
business].
the ratio 7 : 9. At the end of 8 months, A withdr
15. a 16. c 17. a
18. c; Hint: Ratio of capitals of A, B and C his capital. If they receive the profits in the ratio 8
= (16000 x 3 +11000 x 9): (12000 x 3 +17000 x 9): find how long B's capital was used.
(21000 x6) = 7:9:6 Soln: Suppose B's capital was used for x months. Foil
7x8 8
B's share = Rs ( ^"j =Rs 10800
26400x ing the above rule, we have, 9xx 9
or, x =
7x8x9 8
= — =7 \
8x9 9
C's share = Rs [ 2 6 4 0 0 > < ^ = Rs 7200
Therefore, B's capital was used for 7 months.
,-, B's share exceeds C's share by Rs 3600 Exercise
19. d 20. a 1. A began a business with Rs 400 and was joined af
21. d; Hint: Ratio of rents = 6:10:12 = 3:5:6 wards by B with Rs 240. When did B join if the profi
the end of the year were divided in the ratio 4:1?
.-. Pandeyji's share of rent = Rs 350x- a) 5 months b) 8 months
14 = Rs 150
c) 6 months d) 10 months
Partnership
2. A began a business with Rs 300 and was joined after-
wards by B with Rs 150. When did B join if the profits at
Rule 3
If investments are in the ratio ofa : b : c and the timing
the end of the year were divided in the ratio 3:1? their investments in the ratio of x : y : z then the ratio
a) 4 months b) 6 months c) 8 months d) 5 months
their profits are in the ratio of ax: by: cz-
3. A began a business with Rs 550 and was joined after-
wards by B with Rs 330. When did B join if the profits at Illustrative Example
the end of the year were divided in the ratio 10:3? Ex.: A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 2 : 3 : 5; the
a) 5 months b) 6 months c) 9 months d) 3 months timing of their investments being in the ratio 4 : 5 : 6 .
4. A and B hire a meadow for 6 months. A puts in 21 cows In what ratio would their profit be distributed?
for 4 months, how many can B put in for the remaining 2 Soln : We should know that if the three investments be in
the ratio a: b : c and the duration for their investments
5
be in the ratio x: y: z, then the profit would be distrib-
months, if he pays — of what A pays?
uted in the ratio ax : by : cz.
a) 20 b)40 c)35 d)30 Thus, following the same rule, the required ratio
5. A and B rentapasture for 12 months. A puts in 120 cows = 2 x 4 : 3 x 5 : 5 x 6 = 8:15:30
for 9 months. How many can B put in for the remaining 3
Exercise
1
1. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3; the
months, if he pays — as much again as A?
timing of their investments being in the ratio 1 :2 : 3. In
a) 840 b)480 c)460 d)640 what ratio would thier profit be distributed?
6. A and B rent a pasture for 12 months. A puts in 3 50 oxen a)3:2:l b)l:2:3 c)l:4:9 d)9:4:l
for 5 months. How many can B put in for the remaining 7
2. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 2 : 5 : 7; the
2 timing of their investments being in the ratio 3 : 4 : 5. In
months, if he pays — as much again as A? what ratio would thier profit be distributed?
a) 530 b)350 c)450 d)600 a)2:10:15 b)15:10:2 c)6:20:35 d)6:20:15
". A and B enter into a partnership with their capitals in the 3. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 3 : 5 : 9; the
ratio 5 : 7. At the end of 6 months, A withdraws his timing of their investments being in the ratio 2 : 3 : 1. In
capital. If they receive the profits in the ratio 6 : 7, find what ratio would thier profit be distributed?
how long B's capital was used? a)6:15:8 b)3:5:2 c)2:5:3 d)2:3:5
a) 5 months b) 7 months c) 3 months d) 9 months 4. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 7 : 6 : 5; the
8. A and B enter into a partnership with their capitals in the timing of their investments being in the ratio 4 : 7 : 9. In
ratio 3 : 5. At the end of 4 months, A withdraws his what ratio would thier profit be distributed?
capital. If they receive the profits in the ratio 4 : 5, find a)9:14:15 b)28:42:45 c) 15:14:9 d)28:24:54
how long B's capital was used? 5. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 3 : 4 : 9; the
a) 2 months b) 5 months c) 4 months d) 3 months timing of their investments being in the ratio 9 : 6 : 7. In
; A and B enter into a partnership with their capitals in the what ratio would thier profit be distributed?
ratio 5 : 9. At the end of 8 months, A withdraws his a)9:8:21 b)27:25:63 c)27:24:36 d)9:8:12
capital. If they receive the profits in the ratio 4 : 9, find
Answers
how long B's capital was used?
l.c 2.c 3.c 4.b 5.a
.0 A started a business by investing Rs 2700. After some- Rule 4
time B joined him by investing Rs 2025. At the end of
Theorem: If investments are in the ratio a:b:c and prof
one year, the profit was divided in the ratio 2:1. After
how many months did B join the business? p q r
in the ratio p: q: r, then the ratio of time = — — — .
[UDC Exam, 1984]
e n J a b c
Answers Ex.: A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 5 : 6 : 8. At the
2.c 3.b 4.d 5.b 6.b 7. a end of the business term, they received the profits in
td 9. a the ratio 5 : 3 : 12. Find the ratio of time for which they
! 0. a; Hint: Let 'B'joined after 'x' months, then applying the contributed their capitals.
2700x12 _2 Soln: Using the above formula, we have
given formula, we have 2 5 x ( 1 2 - x ) " 1 •
20
5 3 12 13
the required ratio - : - : — = 1: — : —= 2:1:3
;
5 6 8 2 2
\*=4
130 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATHS Partr.
Exercise 2. A, B and C invest their capitals in a business. If the ratio

1. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 6:9:10. At the of their periods of investments are 2 : 3 : 4 and their
end of the business term, they received the profits in the profits are in the ratio of 4 : 3 :2. Find the ratio in which
ratio 2:3 :5. Find the ratio of time for which they contrib- the investments are made by A, B and C.
uted their capitals. a)l:2:4 b)4:2:l c)3:2:l d)4:2:3
a)2:2:3 b) 12:27:50 c) 1:1:2 d)2:3:3 3. A, B and C invest their capitals in a business. If the ratio
2. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3. At the of their periods of investments are 2 : 3 : 6 and their
end of the business term, they received the profits in the profits are in the ratio of 4 : 5 : 6. Find the ratio in which
ratio 1:2:3. Find the ratio of time forwhich they contrib- the investments are made by A, B and C.
uted their capitals. a)9:10:12 b)4:5:6 c)8:5:12 d)6:5:3
a)1:1:1 b) 1:2:3 4. A, B and C invest their capitals in a business. If the ratio
c) 1:4:9 d) Can't be possible of their periods of investments are 7 : 3 : 5 and their
3. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 4 : 5 : 6. At the profits are in the ratio of 2 : 1 :2. Find the ratio in which
end of the business term, they received the profits in the the investments are made by A, B and C.
ratio 2:3:4. Find the ratio of time for which they contrib- a)30:35:42 b)7:6: 10 c)42:30:35 d)42:25:35
uted their capitals. Answers
. a)6:5:8 b)6:5:9 c)10:12:9 d) 12:10:9 l.a 2.b 3.d 4.a
4. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 4 : 6 : 9. At the
end of the business term, they received the profits in the Rule 6
ratio 2:3:5. Find the ratio of time for which they contrib-
uted their capitals. X
a) 1:1:9 b)2:2:9 c)10:10:9 d)5:5:9 Theorem: A, B and C are partners. A receives ~ of the
5. A, B and C invested capitals in the ratio 7 : 3 : 2. At the profit and B and C share the remaining profit equally. If
end of the business term, they received the profits in the A's income is increased by Rs 'A' when the profit rises from
ratio 2:3:7. Find the ratio of time for which they contrib-
uted their capitals. ( n 100x/f A
P% to Q%, then the capital invested by A isRs

a)49:41:14 b)49:14:41 c)49:14:4 d)49:41:4 Q-P
Answers and the capital invested by B and C is Rs
La 2.a 3.d 4.c 5.c
Rule 5 ^100x^1^ x^
A's Capital^ x
Theorem: Three partners invest their capitals in a busi- Q-P
ness. If the ratio of their periods of investments are
or 2 J y'j
t\\t : / and their profits are in the ratio of a: b: c, then the

2 3
capitals will be in the ratio of — ; —.
h <-> ti 2
Illustrative Example Ex.: A, B and C are partners. A receives j of the profit
Ex.: A, B and C invest their capitals in a business. If the and B and C share the remaining profit equally. A's
ratio of their periods of investments are 2 : 3 : 4 and income is increased by Rs 220 when the profit rises
their profits are in the ratio of 4:9: 8. Find the ratio in from 8% to 10%. Find the capitals invested by A, B
which the investments are made by A, B and C. and C.
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have Soln: Detail Method: For A's share: (10% - 8%) = Rs 220
4 9 8 220
the required answer = — — T = 2 : 3 : 2 -
: 100% xl00 =Rs 11000
Exercise .'. A's capital = Rs 11000
1. A, B and C invest their capitals in a business. If the ratio
of their periods of investments are 1 : 2 : 3 and their For B's & C's share: y =11000
profits are in the ratio of 2 : 3 : 1. Find the ratio in which
the investments are made by A, B and C.
3 1000
a)12:9:2 b)2:9:12 c ) 6 : 3 : l d) 1:3 :6 x3 =R 16500
S
•'• 5
I
Partnership
.-. B's and C's capitals are Rs 8250 each. Step I: First find the ratio of the profit ie
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have, Rs x : Rs y = A : B (say)
100x220 Step II: Now, apply this formula to calculate the total profit.
A's capital = — - = Rs 11000
10- ( ioo YA + B
Total profit = RsA r
100x220 , 2 \\00-PXA-B J
x 1—
B's and C's capitals:
10-8 I 5 Illustrative Example
Ex.: Two partners invest Rs 125,000 and Rs 85,000 respec-
: Rs 8250 each. tively in a business and agree that 60% of the profit
Exercise should be divided equally between them and the re-
maining profit is to be treated as interest on capital. If
2 one partner gets Rs 300 more than the other, find the
A, B and C are partners. A receives — of the profit and total profit made in the business.
B and C share the remaining profit equally. A's income is Soln: Detail Method: The difference counts only due to the
increased by Rs 240 when the profit rises from 10% to 40% of the profit which was distributed according to
15%. Find the capitals invested by B and C. their investments.
a)Rs2400 b)Rsl200 c)Rs4800 d)Rs6000 Let the total profit be Rs x.
5 Then 40% of x is distributed in the ratio 125,000 :
_ A, B and C are partners. A receives — of the profit and 85,000=25:17
8 Therefore, the share of the first partner
B and C share the remaining profit equally. A's income is
increased by Rs 450 when the profit risesfrom4% to 9%. 25
= 40% oft
Find the capitals invested by B and C. 25 + 17
a)Rs3366 b)Rs 1687.5 c)Rs3475 d)Rs3466
9 25^ _ 40x^25^| _ 5x
= 40% of*
1 A, B and C are partners. A receives — of the profit and ^2) 100 ^42 ~2A
B and C share the remaining profit equally. A's income is and the share of the second partner
increased by Rs 270 when the profit rises from 12% to
15%. Find the capitals invested by B and C. \l\_\lx
a)Rs5000 b)Rsl000 c)Rs500 d)Rsl500 = 40% oft 105
5
Now, from the question,
A, B and C are partners. A receives — of the profit and
B and C share the remaining profit equally. A's income is the difference in share = 5x \lx = 300
increased by Rs 225 when the profit rises from 8% to 2T~T05
13%. Find the capitals invested by B and C.
a)Rsl000 b)Rs2000 c)Rs2500 d)Rs950 x(25-17)_
or, 300
' ]r 10 105
p. A, B and C are partners. A receives — of the profit and 300x105
B and C share the remaining profit equally. A's income is = Rs 3937.50
increased by Rs 550 when the profit rises from 11% to 5
13%. Find the capitals invested by B and C. Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have,
a)Rs4125 b)Rs4215 c)Rs4251 d)Rs4512 Step I: The ratio of profit = 125,000:85,000 = 25 :17
Aaswers
Ld 2.b 3.c 4. a 5. a
Step II: total profit = 3'
cm
= Rs3937.50
Rule 7
Tmv partners invest Rs x and Rsy respectively in a business Exercise
mmi agree that P% of the profit should be divided equally 1. Two partners invest Rs 24750 and Rs 16500 respectively
• B * ien them and the remaining profit is to be treated as in a business and agree that 20% of the profit should be
mmerest on capital If one partner gets RsXmore than the divided equally between them and the remaining profit
then to find the total profit made in the business we is to be treated as interest on capital. If one partner gets
m*ct the following steps. Rs 400 more than the other, find the total profit made in
the business. Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have

a)Rs5000 b)Rs2500 c)Rs3500 d)Rs4500 100 Y 3 + 2 N
2. Two partners invest Rs 26000 and Rs 16250 respectively the total profit 855 100-5
:
in a business and agree that 40% of the profit should be

divided equally between them and the remaining profit 100
= 855 - | =Rs 1500.
is to be treated as interest on capital. If one partner gets 95
Rs 450 more than the other, find the total profit made in Exercise
the business. 1. A and B invested in the ratio 5 :3 in a business. If 10% of
a)Rs3250 b)Rs3520 c)Rs3230 d)Rs3200 the total profit goes to charity and A's share is Rs 900,
3. Two partners invest Rsl7000 andRsl3000 respectively find the total profit.
in a business and agree that 75% of the profit should be a)Rsl600 b)Rsl400 c)Rsl500 d)Rsl800
divided equally between them and the remaining profit 2. A and B invested in the ratio 4 :9 in a business. If 8% of
is to be treated as interest on capital. If one partner gets the total profit goes to charity and A's share is Rs 460,
Rs 532 more than the other, find the total profit made in find the total profit.
the business.
a)Rs2625 b)Rs2526 c)Rsl526 d)Rsl625
a) Rs 16960 b)Rs 14960 c)Rs 16950 d)Rs 15960 3. A and B invested in the ratio 5 : 7 in a business. If 7% of
4. Two partners invest Rs 6280 and Rs 3768 respectively in the total profit goes to charity and A's share is Rs 1860,
a business and agree that 30% of the profit should be find the total profit.
divided equally between them and the remaining profit a)Rs8400 b)Rs4600 c)Rs4850 d)Rs4800
is to be treated as interest on capital. If one partner gets
4. A and B invested in the ratio 5 :4 in a business. If 4% of
Rs 700 more than the other, find the total profit made in
the total profit goes to charity and A's share is Rs 480,
the business.
find the total profit.
a)Rs4000 b)Rs3800 c)Rs4125 d)Rs4500 a)Rs900 b)Rs800 c)Rs850 d)Rs950
5. Two partners invest Rs 87000 and Rs 72500 respectively 5. A and B invested in the ratio 5 :2 in a business. If 12% of
in a business and agree that 25% of the profit should be the total profit goes to charity and A's share is
divided equally between them and the remaining profit Rs 770, find the total profit.
is to be treated as interest on capital. If one partner gets
a)Rsl325 b)Rsl235 c)Rsl225 d)Rs2125
Rs 240 more than the other, find the total profit made in
the business. Answers
La 2.d 3.d 4. a 5c
a)Rs3250 b)Rs3520 c)Rs3620 d)Rs3720
Answers Rule 9
l.b 2. a 3.d 4. a 5.b Formula: The ratio of investments - Ratio ofProfits
Two partners A and B invests in the ratio x :y in a business.Ex.: Three partners altogether invested Rs 114,000 in a
IfP% of the total profit goes to charity and A's share is Rs business. At the end of the year, one got Rs 337.50,
the second Rs 1125.00 and the third Rs 675 as profit.
100 Y y
X, then the total profit is given by Rs X I _p 1 1 +
How much amount did each invest? What is the per-
centage of profit?
Soln: The ratio of investments = Ratio of profits
= 337.50:1125:675
Ex.: A and B invested in the ratio 3 :2 in a business. If 5% =3375:11250:6750
of the total profit goes to charily and A's share is Rs Dividing each by 1125, we have the ratio = 3:10:6.
855, find the total profit. 114000 ,
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the total profit is Rs 100. Shares of the partners = Rs -3— — +—6: 3.
Then Rs 5 goes to charity. + 10 x
Now, Rs 95 is divided in the ratio 3:2. 114000 114000

Rs xlO andRs x6
95 , 3 + 10 + 6 3 + 10 + 6
A's share = T3 —+ 2~
x 3 =RS57 or, Rs 18000, Rs 60000 and Rs 36000
But we see that A's actual share is Rs 855. The required percentage of profit
ioo s
337.5 + 1125 + 675 2137.50
Actual total profit =855 Rs1500 Xl00: = 1.857%
~57~ 114000 1140
Partnership
Exercise 9. c; Hint: Ratio of shares of Dilip, Ram and Amar
=2700:8100:7200=3:9:8
1. Three partners A, B and C together invested Rs 375000
in a business. At the end of the year, A got Rs 52000, B If Ram's share is Rs 9, total profit = Rs 20
got Rs 65000 and C got Rs 78000 as profit. How much '20
amount did A invest? If Ram's share is Rs 3600, total profit = Rs x 3 6 0 0
a) Rs 100000 b)Rs 125000

c) Rsl 50000 d)Rs 160000 = Rs8000
2. Three partners A, B and C together invested Rs 14400 in
a business. At the end of the year, A got Rs 1250, B got
Rs 2500 and C got Rs 3750 as profit. How much amount
Rule 10
did C invest? Two partners A and B start a business. A puts in Rs 'A
a)Rs2400 b)Rs4800 c)Rs7200 d)Rs9600 more in the business than B, but B has invested his capit
3. Three partners A, B and C together invested Rs 36000 in for T periods while A has invested his capitalfor 7j per
2
a business. At the end of the year, A got Rs 4200, B got ods. If the share of A is Rs 'a' more than that ofB out of the
Rs 7000 and C got Rs 9800 as profit. How much amount total profits of Rs 'P', then the capital contributed by B
did B invest?
a)Rs7200 b)Rs 12000 c)Rs 16800 d)Rs 12500
4. Three partners A, B and C together invested Rs 22500 in
a business. At the end of the year, A got Rs 2800, B got Rs (P + a)T 2 and the capital contributed by A is
Rs 8400 and C got Rs 14000 as profit. How much amount -1
did A invest?
a)Rs2500 b)Rs7500 c)Rs 12500 d)Rs5000 given by [Rs A + Capital of BJ.
5. Three partners A, B and C together invested Rs 21600 in Illustrative Example
a business. At the end of the year, A got Rs 700, B got Ex.: A puts Rs 600 more in a business than B, but B has
Rs 800 and C got Rs 900 as profit. How much amount did invested his capital for 5 months while A has invested
B and C together invest? his for 4 months. If the share of A is Rs 48 more than
a)Rs 15300 b)Rs 13500 c)Rs 14400 d)Rs 16300 that of B out of the total profits ofRs 528, find the
6. Three partners A, B, C agree to divide the profit or losses capital contributed by each?
in the ratio 1.50 : 1.75 :2.25. If, in a particular year, they Soln: Detail Method:
earn a profit ofRs 66000, find the share of B.
a) Rs 21000 b)Rs 27000 c)Rs 18000 d)Rs 22000 528-48
B's profit = Rs = Rs240
(LIC1991)
7. X and Y invested in a business. They earned some profit A's profit = Rs 240 + Rs 48 = Rs 288
and divided in the ratio 2:3. If X invested Rs 40, find the 288
money invested by Y.
a)Rs20 b)Rs30 c)Rs80 d)Rs60 .-. A's profit per month = Rs —— =Rs72
(Railways 1991)
8. Jayant started a business, investing Rs 6000. Six months 240
later Madhu joined him, investing Rs 4000. If they made B's profit per month = Rs —— =Rs48
a profit ofRs 5200 at the end of the year, how much must Now, their capitals are proportional to their profits.
be the share of Madhu? .-. A's capital: B's capital = 72 :48 = 3 : 2
a)Rsl300 b)Rs3900 c)Rs3600 d)Rsl200 .-. If the difference between their capitals be Re 1,
(BankPO 1991) then A's capital is Rs 3 and B's capital is Rs 2. But the
9. Dilip, Ram and Amar started a shop by investing Rs actual difference is Rs 600.
2700, Rs 8100 and Rs 7200 respectively. At the end of .-. A's capital = Rs 600 x 3 = Rs 1800
one year, the profit was distributed. If Ram's share was B's capital = Rs 600 x 2 = Rs 1200
Rs 3600, theirtotal profit was (BankPO Exam 1988) Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
a) Rs 10800 b)Rs 11600 B's capital
c)Rs8000 d) None of these 600 600 600
= Rsl200
Answers [(528 + 48)5) 576x5
1 - 1 1
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.a 5.a 6.a {(528 - 48)4 J 480x4
7.d 8. a A's capital = Rs 1200 + Rs 600 = Rs 1800.
Exercise the trip, A has Rs 20 left with him, B Rs 30 and C Rs 40,

1. A puts Rs 795 more in a business than B, but B has how must they settle then accounts?
invested his capital for 6 months while A has invested a) C must pay Rs 10 to A b) A must pay Rs 10 to B
his for 5 months. If the share of A is Rs 33 more than that c) A must pay Rs 10 to C d) Can't be settled
of B out of the total profits of Rs 432, find the total (ITI1985)
capital put in the business. 5. A and B invest Rs 3000 and Rs 4000 in a business. A
a)Rs2000 b)Rs2790 c)Rs4785 d)Rs7490 receives Rs 10 per month out of the profit as a remunera-
2. A puts Rs 550 more in a business than B, but B has tion for running the business and the rest of profit is
invested his capital for 4 months while A has invested divided in proportion to the investments. If in a year 'A'
his for 3 months. If the share of A is Rs 45 more than that totally receives Rs 390, what does B receive?
of B out of the total profits of Rs 235, find the capital a)Rs630 b)Rs360 c)Rs480 d)Rs380
contributed by A?- (IAS 1980)
a)Rsll20 b)Rs550 c)Rs570 d)Rsl210 6. A sum of money is to be divided among A, B and C in
3. A puts Rs 375 more in a business than B, but B has the ratio 2 : 3 : 7. If the total share of A and B together is
invested his capital for 4 months while A has invested Rs 1500 less than C, what is A's share in it?
his for 8 months. If the share of A is Rs 75 more than that a) Rs 1000 b) Rs 1500 c) Rs 2000 d) Data inadequate
of B out of the total profits ofRs 125, find the capital (BankPO Exam, 1989)
contributed by B? Answers
a)Rs750 b)Rs375 c)Rs735 d)Rs573
4. A puts Rs 768 more in a business than B, but B has 1 1 1
invested his capital for 7 months while A has invested 1. b; Ratio of shares = Ratio of 1 days's work = — '• — •' —
his for 4 months. If the share of A is Rs 42 more than that
= 15:12:10.
of B out of the total profits ofRs 358, find the capital
contributed by B?
a)Rs642 b)Rsl400 c)Rs632 d)Rs462 .-. A's share = Rs ( ^ 2 2 2 0 x ^| |
5. A puts Rs 280 more in a business than B, but B has
invested his capital for 3 months while A has invested
his for 4 months. If the share of A is Rs 55 more than that B's share = Rs [ 2 2 2 !?*§| | •
of B out of the total profits of Rs 245, find the total
capital in the business. ;, A's share exceeds B's share = Rs 180
a)Rsl520 b)Rsl800 c)Rs3320 d) Data inadequate 2. c; Do yourself.
Answers 3. c; Let the initial investments of A, B, C be Rs 3x, Rs 5x and
l.c 2.a 3.b 4.c 5.c Rs Ix respectively. Then,
(3x-45600): 5x: (7x +337600) = 24:59:167
Miscellaneous 3x- 45600 24
1. A, B and C can do a work in 20,25 and 30 days respec- 5 x 5 9 x = 47200
tively. They undertook to finish the work together for Rs
2220, then the share of A exceeds that of B by .-. A invested initially Rs (47200 * 3) = Rs 141600
a)Rsl20 b)Rsl80 c)Rs300 d)Rs600 4. a; Do yourself.
(Central Excise, 1989) 5. b; Total profit - Remuneration = Balance profit.
2. A, B and C contract a work for Rs 550. Together A and B This balance profit is divided in proportion to their in-
vestments.
are to do — of the work. The share of C should be Balance profit of A _ Investment of A
Balance profit of B Investment of B
a)Rs400 b)Rs300 c)Rs200 d)Rs 183 1
390-10x12 3000 3
(Clerical Grade, 1991)
o r ' Balance profit of B ~ 4000 ~ 4
3. A, B and C enter into partnership by making invest-
ments in the ratio 3:5:7. After a year, C invests another (Since remuneration of A is Rs 10 per month)
Rs 337600 while A withdraws Rs 45600. The ratio of in- ,270
vestments then changes to 24:59: 167. How much did A or, Balance profit of B = ~ ^ ~ =Rs360
4 x
invest initially?
a) Rs 45600 b) Rs 96000 c) Rs 141600 d) None of these Since B does not get any remuneration, hence B re-
ceives Rs 360 at the end of the year.
(LIC, AAO Exam 1988)
6.b; 7x-(2x + 3x) = Rs 1500
4. Three hikers A, B and C start on a trip with Rs 50 each
and agree to share the expenses equally. If at the end of .-. x = Rs750 .-. A = 2x = Rsl500
Percentage
Rule 1 25 1
a) b) c)
25 12
X x_
To express any fraction ~ in rate per cent, we multiply [ C B I E x a m , 1989]
Answers
Lb 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.d
bylOOie ~ * 100%.
6. c; Hint: A l s o see R u l e 2.

To express rate per centx as a fraction, we divide x by 100
Exj What percentage is equivalent to — ?
x
Sour - x 100 = — = 3 7 - % ie — is the required fraction.

8 2 2
Exercise Illustrative Example
Ex.: What fraction is 12 — percent?

1. What percentage is equivalent to — ?
l 2 i
a) 25% b)75% c)50% d) 125%
1 2 _ 25 _ 1
Soln: 1 2 2 % = W = 200 8 =
What percentage is equivalent to —?

Exercise
a) 4 5 ^ - % b) 6 2 ^ % C ) 22-j% d) 3 7 ^ - % 1. What fraction is 22— per cent?
17 9 6
3. What percentage is equivalent to — ? d)
40 40 C ) 20 20
a) 68% b)34% c)85% d)51% 2. What fraction is 15 per cent?
33
4 ^ What percentage is equivalent to — ? a) b) c) d)
20 20 20 10
a) 94% b)94.18% c) 94.28% d) 94.38%
11 3. What fraction is 32— p e r cent?
5^ Give percentage equivalent to — .
41 31 21 41
a)64A 0 / o b )88Ao / o c ) 88ô / o d ) 8 4 ^ a) b) d)
125- 125 C ) !4T 75
4. Express as fractions i n their lowest terms.
6. 8 — % expressed as a fraction is
(i) 10%
mission at 12—percent?
10 11
c)
a ) To b ) 5 11 d >To a)Rs 355.50 b)Rs 365.50 c)Rs 345.50 d)Rs445.50
„ 1
(ii) T% 8
6. What is the duty on goods worth Rs 6200 at 2 — per
cent?
1 l_
a; b) c) d)
16 16 12
1
A rent collector receives ^ 0 / / ° for collecting rent. What
(iii) 100%
w i l l he receive for collecting Rs 5000?
b)l d) Can't be determined
a) 2 c ) Too a)Rs25 b)Rs50 c)Rs75 d)Rsl25
A n auctioneer charges 10% for selling a piano. The sale
Answers price is Rs 3455. What is the auctioneer's commission?
3.a 4.(i)a (ii)c (iii)b
l.a 2.c a) Rs 345.50 b)Rs345
Rule 3 c)Rs 385.50 d)Rs385
9. A cask containing 425 litres lost 8% by leakage. H o w
many litres were left in the cask?
To findx% of an item we have the following formula:
100 a) 34 litres b) 391 litres c) 334 litres c) 389 litres
x Value of the item 10. A t an election where there are two candidates only, the
candidate who gets 62 per cent o f the votes is elected by
Illustrative Example a majority o f 144 votes. Find the total no. o f votes re-
Ex.: Find 8% o f Rs 625. corded.
a) 1200 b)1800 c)700 d)600
Soln: 8%ofRs625= — x625=—x625 =R 50 S
A t an election where there are two candidates ony, the
candidate who gets 43 per cent o f the votes is rejected
Exercise by a majority o f 420 votes. Find the total no. o f votes
1. Find4%ofRs3125. recorded.
a)Rs250 b)Rsl25 c)Rsl50 d)Rs75 a) 3000 b)600 c)1200 d)2400
2. Find 15% o f Rs 600.
a)Rs90 b)Rs75
Answers
c)Rsl50 d)Rsl25
l.b 2. a 3,d
4.(i)b (ii)c (iii) a (iv)c (v)a 5.c
3. Find 1 2 ^ - % o f Rs 1000.
2 6.d 7.c 8. a
100-8
4. Find the value o f 9. b; Hint: Required answer = x 4 2 5 = 391 litres
100
(i) 5 per cent o f Rs 1400.
a)Rs35 b)Rs70 c)Rsl40 d)Rsl05
(ii) 7 p e r c e n t o f R s 7 1 5 0 or A m o u n t lost by leakage = 425 = 34 litres
a)Rs500 b ) R s 8 0 0 c)Rs 500.50 d)Rs250
.-. required answer = 425 - 34 = 391 litres
(iii) 4 per cent o f 37 k g 500 g.
10. d; Hint: Let the total no o f votes be x
a)lkg500g b)2kg
Now, according to the question,
c)2kg500g d)lkg
62%ofx-38%ofx=144
(iv) 40 per cent o f 4 quintals
a) 1 quintal 50 kg b) 2 quintal 60 kg 62x 38x
or 144
c) 1 quintal 60 kg d) 2 quintal 50 kg Too Too
'2- .-. x = 600.
(v) 0 — per cent o f 2 k g 6 hg 3 dag 7 g.
0 11. a; Hint: Let the total no. o f votes be x. N o w according to
a)lkg7hg5dag8g b ) 1 k g 5 hg 7 dag 8 g 57x_43x

the question, = 420
c)lkg 8hg5dag7g d) 1 k g 7 hg 8 dag 5 g 100 100
5. A n agent sells goods o f value Rs 2764, what is his com- .-. x = 3000.
Percentage 137
tained after finding the percentage is called the R e -

Rule 4
sult (R).
lfx% of Number (N) isy, then the number (N) = — x 100, Illustrative Example
Ex.: 0.625 is equal to what per cent o f — ?1
Note: 1. x % means
100
2. The number whose percentage is to be found is Soln: Here, 1 — = Original Number ( N ) and 0.625 = Result
called the Original Number (N) and the number 28
obtained after finding the percentage is called the (R)
Result. Using the above formula,
Usii
Illustrative Example 0.625

value o f percentage = x 100 = 50%
Ex.: 25% o f what number is 36?
1-
Soln: Using the above formula, we have 28
36
required number = — x100 = 1 4 4 . Exercise
Exercise 1 ,*2
1. Rs 1 2 - is what per cent o f Rs 1 6 - ?
1. 60% o f what number is 30? 2 3
a) 50 b)25 c)60 d)75 a) 50% b)25% c)75% d)45%
2. What rate per cent is 1 quintal 25 k g o f 1 metric tonne?
16—% o f what number is 75?
a)12^% b)25% c)22^-% d)45%
a) 250 b)550 c)450 d)225
3. What rate per cent is 6 P o f the Re?
26 j % o f what number is 164? a) 5% b)6% c)12% d) 18%
a) 651 b)615 c)516 d)561 ! 1 5
4. Express — as a percentage o f — .
4. What is the sum o f money o f w h i c h 3—% is Rs 45?
a)Rsl500 b)Rsl200 c)Rsl250 d)Rsl550 500

a) 60% b) c)30% d)90%
5. I f 17% o f a certain number o f mangoes is equal to 1360,
what is the number o f mangoes?
a) 8000 b)6000 c)8500 d)7000
Answers
1. c
2. a; Hint: Here Original Number ( N ) = 1 metric tonne = 1000
6. What is the number, 1 2 ^° / o ofwhichis64?
k g and Result (R) = 1 quintal 25 k g = 125 kg
a)510 b)312 c)512 d)521
125 1
". After spending 6 9 % o f her money, a lady has Rs 93 left. .-. required percentage = x 100 = 12—%
How much had she at first?
a)Rs300 b)Rs400 c)Rs75 d)Rsl50 Note: This question is often put thus- "Express the fraction
which 1 quintal 25 k g is o f 1 metric tonne as a percent-
Answers age".
:.a 2.c 3.b 4.b 5. a 6.c 3. b; Hint: Required percentage
93 x l 0 0 =Rs300
a; Hint: = J ^ - x l 0 0 = — x l 0 0 = 6%
100-69 IRe 100
Rule 5
lfthex% of a number (N) is the result (R), then the value of
4. a; Hint: Required percentage = y x 1 0 0 = 60%
Result (R)
percentage (x) = Q H g m a l N u m b e r ^ xlOO
Note: Value given after the word ' o f is the Original Number
Note: Here the number whose percentage is to be found is
(N) and the other is the Result (R): (Always Remember |
called the Original Number (N) and the number ob-
Rule 6 Illustrative Examples

Ifx% andy% of a number (N) are jc, and y x respectively, ,„ 1
Ex. 1: I f the price o f one k g o f wheat is increased by 12—%,
then following relationship exists the increase is Rs 5. Find the original and new price
x y 100' o f wheat per kg.
Illustrative Example Soln: Here, Total Value = Original price = ?
Ex.: 25% o f a number is 20, what is 4 0 % o f that number? (Consider original price and increased price as two
Also find the number. items)
Soln: Using the above relationship, we w i l l solve this prob- Value o f absolute difference = Difference in price (ie
lem. increase in price) = Rs 5
Difference in per cent = per cent increase o f price o f
Here, x = 2 0 , x = 25l
y = 40, y x =? one k g o f wheat = 12—% .

2
From the above formula
N o w applying the above formula, we have the
^L = Zl = > 2 1 = A '
x y 25 40 original p r i c e : Difference in price -xlOO
Difference in per cent
.-. y t = 32 and
Xt 1 5
Number ( N ) = ~ ^ ^ (from the above formula) x
x]00 = Rs40
25
20 2
x 100 = 80
25
225
Exercise .-. new price (ie increased price) = 40 x Rs 45
200
1. ^ ~ ^ ° o f a number is 20, what is 6 0 % o f that number?

0//
Ex. 2: Ram and Mohan appeared in an examination. I f the
difference o f their marks is 60 and percentage differ-
a) 32 b)64 c)96 d)84
ence o f their marks is given as 30. Find the full marks
2 2 for which examination has been held.
2. 1 6 y % o f a number is 50, what is ^ y 2 0 / / ° o f that num- Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
ber? Full marks
a) 240 b)80 c)160 d) Data inad-
Difference o f their marks
equate -xlOO
3 4 4 % o f a number is 275, what is 6 4 % o f that number? Percentage difference o f their marks
a) 450 b)400 c)375 d)500
= — x l 0 0 = 200
22—% o f a number is 45, what per cent o f that number 30
is 90? Exercise
a) 25% b)65% c)30% d)45% 1. I f the price o f one k g o f rice is increased by 25%, the
5. '35% o f a number is 105, what per cent o f that number is increase is Rs 12. Find the new price o f rice per kg.
100. a)Rs48 b)Rs60 c)Rs72 d)Rs36
a) 40% b) 3 7 - % C ) 33-% d) 3 3 - % 2. I f the price o f pen is increased by 7 y % , the increase is

' 2 3 ' 3
Answers Rs 15. Find the original price o f pen.

l.c 2.b 3b 4.d 5.c a)Rs230 b)Rs200 c)Rsl00 d)Rsll5
2
Rule 7 7 3. I f the price o f a pencil is decreased by 1 6 y % and the
If the value of absolute difference and percentage differ-
decrease is Rs 3, find the new price o f pencil.
ence of two items A and B are given, then the total value =
a)Rsl8 b)Rs21 c)Rs24 d)Rsl6
Value of absolute difference 4. A and B appeared in an examination. I f the difference o f
-xlOO
Difference in per cent their marks is 25 and percentage difference o f their marks
Percentage 139
is given as 20%. F i n d the full marks for w h i c h examina- Exercise

tion has been held.
1. One type o f liquid contains 14% o f m i l k , the other con-
a) 125 b)100 c)80 d)120 tains 2 4 % o f m i l k . A can filled w i t h 5 parts o f the first
I A and B appeared i n an examination. I f the difference o f
l i q u i d and 5 parts o f the second liquid. Find the percent-
their marks is 35 and percentage difference o f their marks
age o f m i l k i n the new mixture.
is given as 7%. Find the full marks for which examination
a) 19 b)29 c)20 d)21
has been held.
2. One type o f l i q u i d contains 15% o f m i l k , the other con-
a) 500 b)700 c)350 d)450 tains 5% o f m i l k . A can filled w i t h 7 parts o f the first
Answers l i q u i d and 8 parts o f the second liquid. Find the percent-
b 2.b 3.b 4. a 5. a age o f m i l k i n the new mixture.
a) 9% b) 9 - % )9|% d) 9 | %
% r ^ ^ ~ £ l
C
R u I e 8
Theorem: If one type of liquid contains X% of milk, the

3. One type o f l i q u i d contains 16% o f m i l k , the other con-
'\<mker contains Y% of milk. A can isfilled with x parts ofthe
tains 4 % o f m i l k . A can filled w i t h 3 parts o f the first
m*t liquid andy parts of the second liquid. Then, percent-
liquid and 6 parts o f the second l i q u i d . Find the percent-
xX + yY age o f m i l k in the new mixture.
of milk in the new mixture is
x+ y a) 9% b)8% c)6% d) 10%
4. One type o f l i q u i d contains 4 5 % o f m i l k , the other con-
trative Example tains 2 5 % o f m i l k . A can filled w i t h 9 parts o f the first
One type o f l i q u i d contains 2 5 % o f m i l k , the other liquid and 11 parts o f the second l i q u i d . Find the per-
contains 30% o f m i l k . A can filled w i t h 6 parts o f the centage o f m i l k in the new mixture.
first liquid and 4 parts o f the second liquid. F i n d the a) 34% b)48% c)36% d)35%
percentage o f m i l k i n the new mixture. 5. One type o f l i q u i d contains 16% o f m i l k , the other con-
A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have tains 2 6 % o f m i l k . A can filled w i t h 5 parts o f the first
the required percentage o f m i l k i n the l i q u i d and 7 parts o f the second liquid. F i n d the percent-
age o f m i l k i n the new mixture.
6x25 + 4x30
new mixture^ • 27 % a) 2 1 % b)22% c) 21.83% d)23.5%
6+ 4
This can also be solved by the following methods. Answers
The required percentage o f m i l k i n the new mixture l.a 2. c 3.b 4. a 5.c
Quantity o f m i l k i n the new mixture

xlOO
Rule 9 7
Quantity o f the new mixture
Increased daily wage
Original daily wage = 1 o
0 0 + / o i n c r e a s e x l 0 ° ; "*«•
6 parts o f 2 5 % m i l k + 4 parts o f 3 0 % m i l k
xlOO
(6 parts + 4 parts) o f the l i q u i d increase per cent is given.
, 25 . 30
6x + 4x Ex: The daily wage is increased b y 2 0 % and a person
100 100 x 100 = (15+ 12) = 2 7 % now gets Rs 24 per day. W h a t was his daily wage
10 before the increase?
This equation can be solved b y the method o f A l l i g a - Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have,
tion
24
required original daily wage = x 100 = Rs 20
Exercise
1. The daily wage is increased by 2 5 % and a person n o w
gets Rs 25 per day. W h a t was his daily wage before the
x-25 increase?
or, 6 0 - 2 * = 3 * - 7 5
2^ The daily wage is increased by 12% and a person now
• x = 27%
gets Rs 14 per day. What was his daily wage before the
increase?
5. The daily wage is decreased by 10% and a person now

1
a)Rsl2y b)Rsl2 c)Rs25 d)Rsl6 gets Rs 18 per day. What was his daily wage before the
decrease?
3. The daily wage is increased by 2 8 % and a person now
increase? Answers
a)Rsl50 c)Rsl25 d)Rsl45 d)Rsl20 l.a 2.c 3.d 4.b 5.a
Rule 11
Ex.: Due to fall in manpower, the production in a factor,
increase?
decreases by 25%. B y what per cent should the work-
a)Rs25 b)Rs21 c)Rs20 d)Rsl6
ing hour be increased to restore the original produc-
tion?
Soln: Method I : Decrease in production is only due to de-
increase?
crease i n manpower. Hence, manpower is decreased
700 100 200 by 25%.
a) Rs — b) Rs 10 c) Rs d)Rs
Now, suppose that to restore the same production.
working hours are increased by x % .
Answers Production = Manpower x Working hours = M x W
l.d 2. a 3.b 4.c 5. a
(say)
Now, M x W = ( M - 2 5 % o f M ) x ( W + x % o f W )
Rule 10
75 100 + x
Decreased daily wage
Original daily wage = - % decrease
1 0 0 ' w h e n
or, M x w = — M x 100 W
or, 100 x 100 = 75 (100+ x)
decrease per cent is given.
400
Illustrative Example or, 100 + x
3 3
Ex.: The daily wage is decreased by 15% and a person
now gets Rs 17 per day. What was his daily wage Method I I : To make the calculations easier, suppose
before the decrease? Manpower = 100 units and Working hours = 100 units
Soln: Applying the above formula, Suppose w o r k i n g hours increase by x % .
the required original daily wage Then, ( 1 0 0 - 2 5 ) ( 1 0 0 + x ) = 100 x 100
400
= — — — x l 0 0 = Rs20 or, 1 0 0 + x = — .-.
100-15 3 3
Direct Formula:
Exercise Required % increase in w o r k i n g hours
1. The daily wage is decreased by 2 0 % and a person now
decrease? 25
_ = M =3 3 l %
%
x l 0 0
a)Rs20 b)Rs25 c)Rs24 d)Rs21 100- 25 3 3

Exercise
1. Due to fall in manpower, the production in a factory de
decrease?
creases by 2 4 % . B y what per cent should the w o r k u p
hour be increased to restore the original production?
gets Rs 27 per day. What was his daily wage before the , 600
a) —— % b) -jf* c) —— % d) — %
decrease? 19 19 ~ ' 19 "y 19
Due to fall in manpower, the production in a factory
a)Rs33 b)Rs34 c)Rs33| d )Rs33i
creases by 20%. B y what per cent should the w o r k r
hour be increased to restore the original production?
gets Rs 41 per day. What was his daily wage before the a) 24% b)25% c)20% d)35%
decrease? Due to fall i n manpower, the production in a factory de
a)Rs51 b)Rs50 c)Rs45 d)Rs55 creases by 4 0 % . B y what per cent should the worki
Percentage 141
hour be increased to restore the original production? Answers

l.b 2.c 3.b 4,d 5.a
, 200 1 0 0 0/ 200, loo
a) /« b)' 3
— % c) d) — %
9 7 3 Rule 13
Due to fall in manpower, the production in a factory de- Theorem: If two values are respectively x% andy% more
creases by 36%. B y what per cent should the working
lOO + y ,
hour be increased to restore the original production? than a third value, then the second is the x l 0 0 % of
a) 36% b)56% c)57% d) 56.25% 100 +x
the first.
Due to fall in manpower, the production in a factory de-
creases by 30%. B y what per cent should the working Illustrative Example
hour be increased to restore the original production? Ex.: Two numbers are respectively 2 5 % and 50% more
than a third. What percentage is the second o f the
0/ 100
%
3 0 0
b) — % d) first?
a) — % ' 7
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have
Answers the required value
La 2.b 3.c 4.0. 5. a 100 + 50 150
xl00; x 100 = 120%
100 + 25 125
Rule 12
Theorem: If two values are respectively x% andy% more Exercise
1. Two numbers are respectively 4 8 % and 11 % more than a
+x : ioo
tkan a third value, then the first is the -xl00% third. What percentage is the second o f the first?
100 + >> of
1
-Jte second. a)74% b)75% c) 3 7 - % d)80%
Illustrative Example 2. Two numbers are respectively 6 8 % and 26% more than a
Ex.: Two numbers are respectively 2 0 % and 50% more third. What percentage is the second o f the first?
than a third. What percentage is the first o f the sec- a) 75% b)72% c)85% d)78%
ond? 3. Two numbers are respectively 25% and 4 0 % more than a
SDln: Following the above theorem, we have third. What percentage is the second o f the first?
a) 110% b)115% c)112% d) 122%
120 4. Two numbers are respectively 6 0 % and 2 0 % more than a
the required value = y ^ y x 100 • : 8 0 %
third. What percentage is the second o f the first?
a) 70% b)80% c)65% d)75%
Exercise
Two numbers are respectively 2 5 % and 2 0 % more than a Answers
third. What percentage is the first o f the second? l.b 2. a 3.c 4.d
a) 104% b) 104.16% c) 104.26% d) 105%
1 Two numbers are respectively 2 0 % and 35% more than a Rule 14
third. What percentage is the first o f the second? Theorem: If two values are respectively x% and y% less
, 200 400. , 800 200 than a third value, then the second is the ———— x 100% of
a)—/o c ) — /. d) — %
100-x
the first.
Two numbers are respectively 8% and 3 2 % more than a
third. What percentage is the first o f the second? Illustrative Example
Ex.: Two numbers are respectively 3 0 % and 4 0 % less than
800 n / 1000 n /
a) % „) —% a third number. What per cent is the second o f the

; 11 first?
Two numbers are respectively 15% and 84% more than a Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
third. What percentage is the first o f the second? the required answer
100-40 60
a) 6 4 - % b) 6 5 - % c) 6 3 - % d) 6 2 - % x l 0 0 = — xlOO = 8 5 - %
' 2 2 2 2 7
100-30 70
Two numbers are respectively 2 6 % and 5% more than a Exercise
third. What percentage is the first o f the second? 1. Two numbers are respectively 15% and 2 0 % less than a
a) 120% b)100% c)80% d)125% third number. What per cent is the second o f the first?
the second number.

94^%
a) b)94^-% c)94-^% d )95%
a)83y% b)16j% C )83|% d) 1 6 j %
2. T w o numbers are respectively 25% and 30% less than a
third number. What per cent is the second o f the first?
Answers
l.b 2. a 3.d 4.b
a) 93% b)93y% C )93y% d)44%
Rule 16
3. T w o numbers are 30 and 37 per cent less than a third
number. H o w much per cent is the second number less Theorem: If A is x% of C and B is y% of C, then A is
than the first?
a) 90% b)80% c)10% d)20% -xl00% ofB.
4. T w o numbers are 40 and 46 per cent less than a third y
number. H o w much per cent is the second number less Illustrative Example
than the first? Ex.: T w o numbers are respectively 2 0 % and 25% o f a third
a) 90% b) 10% c)15% d)80% number. What percentage is the first o f the second?
Answers Soln: Following the above theorem, we have
l.b 2.c 20
the required value = ~ x 100 = 80%
i.c; Hint: Second number is x 100 = 90% 0 f the
Note: The above relationship is very simple. When "what
first number. is the first o f second" is asked, put the first as the
.-. Second number is (100-90=) 10% less than the numerator and the second as the denominator and
first number. vice-versa.
4.b
Exercise
Rule 15 1. T w o numbers are respectively 15% and 2 0 % o f a third
number. What percentage is the first o f the second?
Theorem: If two values are respectively x% and y% less a) 75% b)80% c)70% d)65%
2. T w o numbers are respectively 7% and 28% o f a third
titan a third value, then the first is the \00-y
——xl00% of number. What percentage is the first o f the second?
a) 28% b)20% c)30% d)25%
the second.
3. T w o numbers are respectively 10% and 16% o f a third
Illustrative Example number. What percentage is the first o f the second?
Ex.: T w o numbers are respectively 25% and 4 0 % less than
a third number. What per cent is the first o f the sec- a) 62% b) 3 7 - % c) 6 2 - % d) 6 5 - %
ond? 2 2 2
Soln: Using the above theorem, we have 4. T w o numbers are respectively 16% and 48% o f a thii
the required answer number. What percentage is the first o f the second?
= 1 ^ * 1 0 0 = ^ x 1 0 0 = 125% a) 3 3 - % b) 3 3 y %
100-40 60 2
Exercise
c) 6 6 | % d) 3 3 | %
1. T w o numbers are respectively 28% and 25% less than a
third number. What per cent is the first o f the second? 5. T w o numbers are respectively 2 0 % and 25% o f a th
a) 120% b)96% c)84% d) 108% number. What per cent is the second o f the first?
2. T w o numbers are respectively 3 7% and 3 0 % less than a a) 120% b)75% c)80% d) 125%
third number. What per cent is the first o f the second?
a) 90% i b)85% c)95% d)80%
Answers
3. T w o numbers are respectively 3 2 % and 2 0 % less than a l.a 2.d 3.c 4.b
third number. What per cent is the first o f the second? 5.d; Hint: See Afore
a) 80% b)75% c)64% d)85% 25
4. T w o numbers are respectively 35% and 2 2 % less than a Required answer = — x 100 = 125%
third number. What per cent is the first number less than
Percentage V"*
Rule 17 ^ <^\p^ Rule 18

Theorem: x% 0/ a quantity is taken by the first, y% of the Theorem: If initial quantity is A and x% of the quan:
remaining is taken by the second and z% of the remaining taken by the first, y% of the remaining was taken by the
is taken by third person. Now, ifRs A is left in thefund, then second and z% of the remaining is taken by third person:
/txlOOxlOOxlOO A x (l 00 - * X l 00 - >>Xl 0 0 - z )
then is left in the fund.
therewas ( 1 0 0 - x X l O O - j X l O O - z ) bi ^ beginning. 100x100x100
Illustrative Example Illustrative Example

Ex.: Pankaj and Chandan deposits Rs 1200 in a common
Ex.: A man loses 12 — % o f his money and, after spend- fund. 2 0 % o f the initial amount is taken by Pankaj and
4 0 % o f the remaining amount is taken by Chandan.
ing 70% o f the remainder, he is left w i t h Rs 210. H o w
H o w much is left in the common fund.
much had he at first? Soln: F o l l o w i n g the above theorem, we have
Soln: Quicker Method: the amount left in the fund
It is a very short and fast-calculating method. The
1200 x (lOO-20Xl 0 0 - 4 0 )
only thing is to remember the formula w e l l . = Rs576
100x100
His initial money
Note: As "left money" is definitely less than the 'initial
210x100x100 210x100x100
money' there should not be any confusion in putting
(100-12.5X100-70) 87.5x30 the smaller value (100 - 20) in the numerator and larger
=Rs800 value (100) in the denominator.
Note: As his "initial money" is definitely more than the "left Exercise
money", there should not be any confusion in put-
1. A man spends 3 0 % o f his income in board and lodging,
ting the larger value (100) in the numerator and the
2 5 % o f the remainder in other personal necessities and
smaller value (100 - 12.5) in the denominator.
20% o f the rest in charity. I f his income is Rs 25000, find
Exercise the amount left by h i m at the end.
A n electrical contractor purchases a certain amount o f a)Rs8500 b)Rs9500 c)Rs 10500 d)Rs 10000
wire, 10% o f which was stolen. After using 85% o f the 2. A man spends 15% o f his income in board and lodging,
remainder, he had 47 m 25 cm o f wire left. H o w much wire 10% o f the remainder in other personal necessities and
did he purchase? 5% o f the rest in charity. I f his income is Rs 20000, find
a) 350 m b)320m c)300m d)370m the amount left by h i m at the end.
1 A man spends 5 0 % o f his income in board and lodging, a)Rs 14535 b)Rs 14353 c)Rs 14533 d)Rs 15435
20% o f the remainder i n other personal necessities and 3. A man spends 4 5 % o f his income in board and lodging,
25% o f the rest in charity, find his income, i f he is left 35% o f the remainder in other personal necessities and
with Rs 4200. 25% o f the rest in charity. I f his income is Rs 16000, find
a) Rs 14000 b)Rs8000 the amount left by h i m at the end.
c)Rs 12000 d)Rs 18000 a)Rs4920 b)Rs4290 c)Rs4390 d)Rs4260
A man loses 15% o f his money and, after spending 85% 4. A man loses 2 5 % o f his money and after spending 75%
o f the remainder, he is left with Rs 510. H o w much had he o f the remainder, how much is he left with i f initial money
at first? is Rs 3200?
a)Rs4500 b)Rs3500 a)Rs800 b)Rs400 c)Rs900 d)Rs600
c)Rs4000 d)Rs4200
A man loses 14% o f his money and, after spending 2 5 %
Answers
l.c 2. a 3.b 4.d
of the remainder, he" is left w i t h Rs 1290. H o w much had
he at first? Rule 19
a)Rs4000 b)Rs2000 c)Rs2500 d)Rs3000 Theorem: x% of a quantity is added. Again, y% of the in-
creased quantity is added. Again z% of the increased quan-
swers
tity is added. Now, it becomes A, then the initial amount is
4725cm x 100 x 100
Hint: = 350m ,4x100x100x100
(100-lOXl 00-85)
3.c 4.b
^"^(IOO+xXIOO+ÎOO+z)-
Illustrative Example year, the new amount is added. So, the sum should be
Ex.: A man deposited 5 0 % o f the initial amount to his multiplied by
locker. A n d again after some time he deposited 2 0 % 100 + 20 100 + 25
and
o f the increased amount. N o w the amount becomes 100 100
Rs 18,000. H o w much was the initial amount?
u. 1 , 4800x120x125 . „
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have, • the required amount = Rs 7200
100x100
18000x100x100 Exercise
initial amount = = Rs 10,000
(lOO + 50XlOO + 20) 1. A man had Rs 1200 i n his locker two years ago. In the
first year, he deposited 10% o f the amount in his locker.
Exercise In the second year, he deposited 2 0 % o f the increased
1. A man deposited 3 0% o f the initial amount to his locker. amount i n his locker. F i n d the amount at present in his
A n d again after some time he deposited 2 5 % o f the i n - locker.
creased amount. N o w the amount becomes Rs 13,000. a)Rsl584 b)Rsl854 c)Rsl485 d)Rsl548
How much was the initial amount?
2. A man had Rs 1400 in his locker two years ago. In the
a)Rs8000 b)Rs 10000 c)Rs 12000 d)Rs9000 first year, he deposited 3 0 % o f the amount in his locker.
2. A man deposited 4 0 % o f the initial amount to his locker. In the second year, he deposited 4 0 % o f the increased
A n d again after some time he deposited 3 5 % o f the i n -
amount i n his locker. Find the amount at present in his
creased amount. N o w the amount becomes Rs 18,900.
locker.
How much was the initial amount?
a)Rs2485 b)Rs2584 c)Rs2548 d)Rs3548
a)Rs 12000 b)Rs 10500 c)Rs 11000 d)Rs 10000
3. A man had Rs 4600 i n his locker two years ago. In the
3. A man deposited 15% o f the initial amount to his locker.
first year, he deposited 5 0 % o f the amount in his locker.
I n the second year, he deposited 15% o f the increased
creased amount. N o w the amount becomes Rs 6670. H o w
amount in his locker. Find the amount at present in his
much was the initial amount?
locker.
a)Rs8000 b)Rs4500 c)Rs4000 d)Rs7500
a)Rs7935 b)Rs9735 c)Rs7953 d)Rs7395
4. A man had Rs 600 i n his locker two years ago. In the first
year, he deposited 6 0 % o f the amount in his locker. In
creased amount. N o w the amount becomes Rs 9240. H o w
the second year, he deposited 7 0 % o f the increased
much was the initial amount?
amount i n his locker. Find the amount at present in his
a)Rs6250 b)Rs6200 c)Rs6350 d)Rs6260
locker.
A n d again after some time he deposited 4 5 % o f the i n - a)Rsl362 b)Rsl263 c)Rs2631 d)Rsl632
creased amount. N o w the amount becomes Rs 16530. Answers
How much was the initial amount? La 2.c 3.a 4.d
a) Rs 10500 b)Rs 10000 c)Rs9500 d)Rs9000
Rule 21
Answers Population Formula I
la 2.d 3.c 4. a 5.b
Theorem: If the original population of a town is P, and the
annual increase is r%, then the population in n years is
Rule 20
T h e o r e m : If initial quantity is A andx% of the initial quan-
given by p 1 + -
tity is added. Again y% of the increased quantity is added.
100,
Again z% of the increased quantity is added, then initial
^ x ( l Q 0 + x ) ( l 0 0 + >;)(l00 + z ) Ex.: I f the annual increase in the population o f a town is
quantity becomes
100x100x100 4 % and the present number o f people is 15,625, what
w i l l the population be in 3 years?
Illustrative Example Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
Ex.: A man had Rs 4800 in his locker two years ago. I n the
first year, he deposited 2 0 % o f the amount in his locker.
In the second year, he deposited 2 5 % o f the increased the required population = 15625 1+
100
amount-in his locker. Find the amount at present in
his locker. 26 26 26
Soln: The amount is certainly more than Rs 4800. A n d each
= 15625x-x_x_ = 1 7 5 7 6
Percentage 1-5
• \ercise a) 17580 b) 15780 c) 17850 d) 18750

I The population o f a t o w n is 32000. I t increases 15 per 5. I f the annual increase i n the population o f a town be
cent annually. What w i l l i t be i n 2 years? 25% and the present population be 87500, what was it
a) 42320 b) 43220 c) 42520 d) 42330 three years ago?
1 The population o f a town is 25000. I t increases 2 per cent a) 44400 b) 44800
annually. What w i l l i t be i n 2 years? c) 48800 d) 44600
a) 27010 b) 26010 c) 25010 d) 28010 6. The income o f a company increases 2 0 % per annum. I f
The population o f a t o w n is 125000. I t increases 6 per its income is Rs 2664000 i n the year 1999 what was its
cent annually. What w i l l i t be i n 3 years? income i n the year 1997?
a) 148877 b) 148787 c) 147788 d) 147878 a) Rs 2220000 b) Rs 1850000
The population o f a t o w n is 15625. I t increases 8 per cent c)Rs2121000 d)Rs 1855000
annually. What w i l l i t be i n 3 years? [ B S R B P a t n a P O , 20011
a) 16983 b) 18693 c) 19683 d) 19638 7. The population o f a village increases by 5% annually. I f
the present population is 4410, what i t was 2 years ago?
Answers a) 3410 b)3300 c)4000 d)4140
•.a 2.b 3. a 4.c
[ L I C , 1991]
Rule 22 Answers
Pipulation Formula I I l.b 2. a 3.c 4.d 5.b
Theorem: If the annual increase in the population of a 6. b;Hint: Consider income o f the company as a population
and apply the above rule.
•oi be r% and the present population be P , then the
n
7. c
fpulation ofthe town n years ago was given as Rule 23

1+- T Population Formula H I
100 J
Theorem: If the original population of a town is P, and the
annual decrease is r%, then the population in n years will
strative Example
I f the annual increase i n the population o f a t o w n be
4% and the present population be 17576, what was i t be P 1--
100 J
three years ago?
F o l l o w i n g the above theorem, we have Illustrative Example
Population 3 years ago Ex.: I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n is
5% and the present number o f people is 40,000, what
17576 17576x25x25x25
= 15625 w i l l the population be i n 2 years?
26x26x26 Soln: F o l l o w i n g the above theorem, we have
• • - T Population i n t w o years
100 J
Ixercise = 4 ^ 1 - - ^ T = 4 0 Q 0 0 X 1 9 X 1 9 =36100
!i"the annual increase i n the population o f a t o w n be 2 % { 100 J 20x20
and the present population be 65025, what was i t t w o
ears ago? Exercise
a) 65200 b) 62500 c) 63500 d) 65300 1. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n is 4 %
f the annual increase i n the population o f a t o w n be 4 % and the present number o f people is 62500, what w i l l the
and the present population be 16224, what was it t w o population be i n 2 years?
ears ago? a) 57600 b) 56700 c) 56600 d) 58600
a) 15000 b) 14000 c) 15500 d) 16000 2. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n is 10%
I f the annual increase i n the population o f a t o w n be 6% and the present number o f people is 16000, what w i l l the
and the present population be 148877, what was i t three population be i n 3 years?
years ago? a) 12664 b) 11664 c) 11564 d) 11654
a) 125500 b) 135000 c) 125000 d) 125600 3. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n is 8%
If the annual increase i n the population o f a t o w n be 8% and the present number o f people is 68750, what w i l l the
and the present population be 21870, what was i t t w o population be i n 2 years?
ears ago? a) 58920 b) 58910 c) 58290 d) 58190
4. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n is 15% year and again increases by z% during the third year. The
and the present number o f people is 72000, what w i l l the population after 3 years will be
population be i n 3 years? P x ( l 0 0 + xXl00+vXl00 + z)
a)44127 b)44217 c)44317 d)44227 100x100x100
l.a 2.b 3.d 4.b Ex.: The population o f a t o w n is 8000. I t increases by !10%
during the first year and b y 2 0 % during the second nd
Rule 24 year. What is the population after t w o years?
Population Formula I V
8000x110x120
Theorem: If the annual decrease in the population of a Soln: The required population = rrr—rrr iO
= 10,560
n r c 100x100
town he r% and the present population be P , then the
Exercise
n 1. The population o f a t o w n is 7000. I t increases by 5
population n years ago was during the first year and b y 10% during the second year.
What is the population after two years?
100 J a) 8085 b)7085 c)9085 d)8805
2. The population o f a t o w n is 12400. I t increases by 15%
during the first year, by 2 0 % during the 2nd year, and bw
Ex.: I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n be
25% during the third year. What is the population after
4 % and the present population be 57600, what was i t
three years?
two years ago?
a)23190 b)22390 c)21390 d)21360
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula,
3. The population o f a t o w n is 6480. I t increases by 2 :
Population o f the t o w n 2 years ago was
during the first year and b y 3 0 % during the second year.
57600 57600x25x25 What is the population after t w o years?
:62500 a) 10350 b) 10530 c) 10620 d) 10360
24x24
> - - ) ' Answers
lOOj l.a 2.c 3.b
Exercise
1. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n be 5% Rule 26
and the present population be 68590, what was i t three Population Formula V I
years ago? W h e n Population Increases for One Y e a r and Then
a) 80000 b) 60000 c) 86000 d) 65000 creases for the Next Y e a r .
2. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a town be Theorem: The population ofa town is P. It increases by.
10% and the present population be 21870, what was it during the first year, decreases by y% during the second
two years ago? year and again increases by z% during the third year. Th
a) 27036 b) 27600 c) 27000 d) 28000 population after 3 years will be
3. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n be
P{\0 + x X l 00 - vXl 00 + z).
15% and the present population be 98260, what was i t
100x100x100
three years ago?
a)) 60060 b) 180000 c) 150000 d) 160000 IMustrafive Example
4. I f the annual decrease i n the population o f a t o w n be Ex.: The population o f a t o w n is 10,000. I t increases
2 0 % and the present population be 25600, what was i t 10% during the first year. D u r i n g the second year,
two years ago? decreases b y 2 0 % and increased b y 3 0 % during
a) 40000 b) 48000 c) 50000 d) 42000 third year. What is the population after 3 years?
Answers 10000x110x80x130
l.a 2. c 3. d 4. a Soln: The required population
100x100x100
Rule 25 = 11440
Population Formula V Exercise
W h e n the Rate of Growth is Different for Different Y e a r s 1. The population o f a t o w n is 144000. I t increases by 5 C
Theorem: The population of a town is P. It increases by x% during the first year. During the second year, it decreasa
d u r i n g the first year, increases by y % during the second by 10% and increased b y 15% during the third yea
Percentage
What is the population after 3 years?
29700x100 xlOO
a) 154692 b) 156492 c) 156942 d) 156462 Soln : The required population = ( 1 0 0 _ 1 0 ) (
x 1 0 0 + 1 0 )
2. The population o f a town is 12500. I t increases by 10%
during the first year. During the second year, i t decreases 29700x100x100
by 15% and increased by 2 0 % during the third year.
90x110
What is the population after 3 years?
a) 14025 b) 14625 c) 15025 d) 14035 Exercise
3. The population o f a town is 32000. I t increases by 15% 1. During one year, the population o f a locality increases
during the first year. During the second year, it decreases by 2 0 % but during the next year, it decreases by 15%. I f
by 2 0 % and increased by 2 5 % during the third year. the population at the end o f the second year was 17340,
What is the population after 3 years? find the population at the beginning o f the first year.
a) 38600 b) 39800 c) 36800 d) 38900 a) 17000 b) 16000 c) 19000 d) 18000
4. The population o f a t o w n is 64000. It increases by 10% 2. During one year, the population o f a locality increases
during the first year. During the second year, i t decreases by 5% but during the next year, it decreases by 10%. I f
by 25% and increased by 5% during the third year. What the population at the end o f the second year was 37800,
is the population after 3 years? find the population at the beginning o f the first year.
a) 654400 b) 56440 c) 55450 d) 55440 a) 40000 b) 50000 c) 45000 d) 48000
Answers 3. The population o f a town increases at the rate o f 2 0 %
l.b 2. a 3.c 4.d during one year and i t decreases at the rate o f 2 0 % dur-
ing the second year. I f it has 57,600 inhabitants at present,
Rule 27 find the number o f inhabitants t w o years ago.
Population Formula V I I a) 80000 b) 65000 c) 61000 d) 60000
Theorem: If during the firstyear, the population of town The population o f a town increases at the rate o f 15%
increases by x%, during the next year (ie second year) de- during one year and it decreases at the rate o f 15% dur-
creases byy% and again decreases by z% during the third ing the second year. I f it has 78,200 inhabitants at present,
year and the population at the end of third year is given as find the number o f inhabitants t w o years ago.
P. Then the population at the beginning of the first year a) 80000 b) 82000 c) 81000 d) 79500
5. During the first year, the population o f a town increases
PxIQOxlOQxlOO
by 2 0 % during the second year decreases by 5% and
was
(100 + x X l O O - y X l O O - z ) ' again decreases by 10% during the third yerar and the
population at the end o f third year is 51300. Find the
Illustrative Examples population at the beginning o f the first year,
Ex. 1: During one year, the population o f a locality increases a) 50000 b) 51000 c) 49200 d) 40000
by 5% but during the next year, it decreases by 5%. I f The population o f a t o w n increases by 12% during first
6.
the population at the end o f the second year was year and decreases by 10% during second year. I f the
7980, find the population at the beginning o f the first
present population is 50400, what it was 2 years ago?
year.
a) 40000 b) 50000 c) 42000 d) 40400
100 100 [LIC1991]
Soln: The required population = 7980 x
1 0 0 - 5 A 100 + 5 Answers
l.a 2.a 3.d 4.a 5.a 6. b
7980x100x100
= 8000
Rule 28
95x105 Population Formula VTH
Note: In the above example, the population after two years Theorem: The population of a town increases by x% dur-
is given and the population i n the beginning o f the ing the firstyear, increases by y% during the second year
first year is asked. That is why, the fractional values and again increases by z% during the third year. If the
are inversed. M a r k that point. The same thing hap- present population of a town is P, then the population 3
pens to the next example.
PxlOOxlOOxlOQ
Ex.2: The population o f a town increases at the rate o f 10% years ago was
(l00 + x)(l00 + j ) ( l 0 0 + z ) '
during one year and i t decreases at the rate o f 10%
during the second year. I f it has 29,700 inhabitants at Illustrative Example
present, find the number o f inhabitants two years ago.
Ex.: The population o f a town increases by 10% during
the first year and by 2 0 % during the second year. The 15% during the t h i r d year. What w i l l be the population
present population o f a t o w n is 26400. Find the popu- after 3 years?
lation o f the t o w n t w o years ago. a) 34884 b) 44884 c) 38484 d) 34484
Soln: Following the above formula, we have 2. The population o f a town is 64000. I t decreases by 5%
the required population during the first year, 15% during the second year and
25% during the third year. What w i l l be the population
= 26400x100x100
after 3 years?
110x120
a) 37860 b) 38670 c) 38760 d) 38790
Exercise 3. The population o f a town is 6250. I t decreases by 10%
1. The population o f a town increases by 5% during the during the first year, 2 0 % during the second year and
first year and by 15% during the second year. The present 30% during the third year. What w i l l be the population
population o f a town is 11109. Find the population o f the after 3 years?
town two years ago. a)3250 b)3150 c)3510 d)3100
a) 10000 b)9820 c)9200 d)9300 Answers
2. The population o f a town increases by 20% during the l.a 2.c 3.b
first year and by 2 5 % during the second year. The present
" population o f a town is 8400. Find the population o f the Rule 30
town two years ago. Population Formula X
a) 5600 b)6500 c)7500 d)5700 Theorem: The population of a town decreases by x% dur-
3. The population o f a t o w n increases by 15% during the ing the firstyear, decreases byy% during the second year
first year and by 3 0 % during the second year. The present and again decreases by z% during the third year. If the
population o f a town is 3 8870. Find the population o f the present population of a town is P then the population of the
town two years ago.
PxlOOxlOOxlOO
a) 36000 b) 46000 c) 26000 d) 28000
town, threeyears ago was (loo-xXlOO-ÔO-z)-
Answers
l.c 2.a 3.c Illustrative Example
Ex.: The population o f a town decreases by 2 0 % during
Rule 29 the first year, decreases by 3 0 % during the second
Population Formula I X year and again decreases by 4 0 % during the third
Theorem: The population of a town is P. It decreases byx% year. I f the present population o f the town is 67200
during the first year, decreases by y% during the second then what was the population o f the town three years
year and again decreases by z% during the third year. The ago?
population after three years will be Soln: Following the above formula, we have
the required population
Px(lQ0-xXl00-yX 1 0 °- )
z
100x100x100 67200x100x100x100 „„„„„„

= 7— w w r = 200000
(IOO-20X1OO-30X1OO-40)
Ex.: The population o f a t o w n is 8000. I t decreases by
10% during the first year, 15% during the second year
Exercise
1. The population o f a t o w n decreases by 5% during the
and 20% during the third year. What w i l l be the popu-
firstyear, decreases by 10% during the second year and
lation after 3 years?
again decreases by 15% during the third year. I f the
present population o f the town is 29070 then what was
the required population
the population o f the t o w n three years ago?
_ 8000(l 0 0 - 1 0 X l 0 0 - 1 5 X l 0 0 - 2 0 ) a) 40000 b) 36000 c) 40500 d) 42000
100x100x100 2. The population o f a t o w n decreases by 10% during the
first year, decreases by 15% during the second year and
8000x90x85x80 .
n , n
again decreases by 2 0 % during the third year. I f the
= = 4896
100x100x100 present population o f the town is 15300 then what was
the population o f the t o w n three years ago?
Exercise
a) 24000 b) 24500 c) 25000 d) 25400
1. The population of a town is 48000. I t decreases by 5%
3. The population o f a t o w n decreases by 15% during the
during the first year, 10% during the second year and
first year, decreases by 2 0 % during the second year and
Percentage
again decreases by 2 5 % during the third year. I f the a) 5000 b)3000 c)4000 d)1000
present population o f the t o w n is 10200 then what was 2. The population o f a t o w n is 5000. I f the males increase
the population o f the town three years ago? by 6% and the females by 14%, the population w i l l be
a)20000 b)30000 " c) 15000 d) 19000 5500. Find the number o f females in the town.
a) 5000 b)2000 c)6000 d)2500
Answers
3. The population o f a t o w n is 8000. I f the males increase
l.a 2.c 3.a
by 9% and the females by 16%, the population w i l l be
Rule 31 9000. Find the number o f females in the town.
a) 2000 b)4500 c)3000 d)4000
Population Formula XI
4. I n a certain year, the population o f a certain town was
Theorem: The population of a town is P . If the males in- x
9000. I f the next year the population o f males increases
creases by x% and the females by y%, the population will by 5% and that o f the females by 8% and the total popu-
lation increases to 9600, then what was the ratio o f popu-
be P then the number of males andfemales
2 are given by
lation o f males and females i n that given year?
P xl00-P (\00
2 l + y) P x l 0 0 - P j ( l 0 0 + x)
2
a) 4 : 5 b) 5 : 4 c) 2 : 3 d) Data inadequate
and re- [Bank of Baroda P O , 1999]
Answers
spectively. l.d 2.d 3.d
Illustrative Example 4. a; Hint: B y applying the given rule we have the no. o f
Ex.: The population o f a t o w n is 8000. I f the males i n - males = 4000 and the no. o f females = 5000
crease by 6% and the females by 10%, the population
4000
w i l l be 8600. Find the number o f females in the town. Required r a t i o :
= 4:5
5000
Soln : Detail Method: Let the population o f females be x.
Then 110% o f x + 106% o f (8000 - x) = 8600
Rule 32
11 Ox 106(8000-x) Theorem : If the price of a commodity increases by r%, then
or. = 8600
100 100 the reduction in consumption so as not to increase the ex-
or, x ( l 1 0 - 1 0 6 ) = 8 6 0 0 x 1 0 0 - 8 0 0 0 x 1 0 6
penditure, is -xlOO %
100 + r
8600x100-8000x106 12000
.-. x = — = = 3000
110-106 4 Illustrative Example
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, Ex.: I f the price o f a commodity be raised by 20%, find by
the required number o f females how much per cent must a householder reduce his
8 6 0 0 x 1 0 0 - 8 0 0 0 ( 1 0 0 + 6) consumption o f that commodity so as not to increase
= 3000. his expenditure.
10-6
Note: I f we ignore the intermediate steps, we can get the Soln: Detail Method: Present price o f 1 k g o f a commodity
population o f females and males directly thus we can = 120 per cent o f the former price o f 1 k g
see that how the quicker method has been derived.
The population o f females = — o f the former price o f 1 k g
8600x100-8000(100+6)
( I M = 3 .° 0 0
= former price o f — kg.
The population o f males
.". Fromer price o f 1 k g = present price o f 5/6 kg
8 6 0 0 x 1 0 0 - 8 0 0 0 ( 1 0 0 + 10)
Therefore, in order that the expenditure may remain
(6-10)
5
= ^ = 5000 the same as before, for 1 k g consumed formerly, — kg
4 6
must be consumed now, that is, the consumption must
Exercise
1. The population o f a town is 6000. I f the males increase 1 100 50 2
be reduced by — or by —— = — = 16— percent.
by 5% and the females by 9%, the population w i l l be 6 6 3 3
6500. Find the number o f males i n the town.
Quicker Method: F r o m the above formuIa we have ; centage o f reduction that a family should effect i n the
use o f cooking o i l so as not to increase the expenditure
20
reduction in c o n s u m p t i o n :
-xlOO on this account is:
100+20
a) 15% b)20% c)25% d)30%
[Central Excise & I . Tax, 1988]
120 3 3 Answers
l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d 5.c 6.d 7.b
Exercise
1. I f the duty on imported sugar be increased b y 25 per Rule 33
cent. B y h o w much per cent must a man reduce his con-
Theorem: If the price of a commodity decreases by r%, then
sumption o f that article so as not to increase his expen-
increase in consumption, so as not to decrease expenditure
diture?
a) 20% b)25% c) 16% d) 10%
on this item is xlOO %
2. I f the price o f a commodity be raised b y 10%, find how (100-r)
much per cent must a householder reduce his consump-
tion o f that commodity, so as not to increase his expen- Illustrative Example
diture. Ex.: I f the price o f sugar falls d o w n b y 10%, b y how much
per cent must a householder increase its consump-
a) 11 — % b) 9 — % c) 7 - 1 % d) 2 6 | % tion, so as not to decrease expenditure i n this item?
' 11 ; 11 Soln: F r o m the above formula, we have
1,
I f the price o f a commodity be raised by 12—% , find increase i n consumption = — 1 ^ — x l 0 0 = l l — %
100-10 9
how much per cent must a householder reduce his con-
sumption o f that commodity, so as not to increase his
Exercise
expenditure. 1. I f the price o f sugar falls down b y 20%, by how much per
cent must a householder increase its consumption, so
a ) 9 I % b ) l o l % c)lli% d ) 9 l % as not to decrease expenditure i n this item?
a) 25% b)20% c)30% d) 15%
I f the price o f a c o m m o d i t y be raised by 15%, find h o w 2. I f the price o f tea falls d o w n by 25%, b y h o w much per
much per cent must a householder reduce his consump- cent must a householder increase its consumption, so
tion o f that commodity, so as not to increase his expen- as not to decrease expenditure i n this item?
diture.
a) 33% b)25% c) 3 3 ^ / 0 d) 3 3 - %
a) 14% b)12^% 0)23^% d ) 13^%
I f the price o f rice falls d o w n b y 5%, b y h o w m u c h per
cent must a householder increase its consumption, so
I f the price o f a commodity be raised by 16—% find >
as not to decrease expenditure i n this item? \
how much per cent must a householder reduce his con- a) 5% b)20% c) 5 — %
' 19 A
sumption o f that commodity, so as not to increase his
expenditure. 4. I f the price o f wheat falls d o w n b y 15%, b y h o w much
per cent must a householder increase its consumption,
a ) 1+1% b ) 13y% c)14y% d)16|% so as not to decrease expenditure i n this item?
n 1_
a) 17 b) 17 c)19 d)19ii
17 17 19 ' 19
I f the price o f a commodity be raised b y 2 6 y % ; find
1
how m u c h per cent must a householder reduce his con- 5. I f the price o f salt falls d o w n b y 12—% , by h o w much
sumption o f that commodity, so as not to increase his per cent must a householder increase its consumption,
expenditure. so as not to decrease expenditure i n this item?
1 2
a) 2 0 l % b ) 26|% C )26% a) 14% b) 1 4 - % c )25% d) 1 4 - %
7. The price o f cooking o i l has increased by 25%. The per-

Percentage 151
I f the price o f coffee falls down by 16—% . by how 6. A number is 16 — % m o r e m a n the other. Then how much
much per cent must a householder increase its consump- per cent is the second number less than the first?
tion, so as not to decrease expenditure in this item?
a)14y% b) 15% c)26|% d ) 14^%
a) 25% b) 1 6 - % C )20% d)18%
Answers
The price o f an article is cut by 10%. To restore it to the
l.a 2.a 3.c 4.d 5.c 6. a
former value, the new price must be increased by
Rule 35
a) 10% b ) 9 l % c ) H - % d)ll% Theorem: If thefirst value is r% less than the second value
[ C P O Exam, 1990]
then, the second value is -xlOO 0/0 more than the
Answers 100-r
l.a 2.c 3.c 4. a 5.d 6.c 7.c first value.

Theorem: If first value is r% more than the second value, Ex.: I f A's salary is 3 0 % less than that o f B , then how
much per cent is B's salary more than that o f A?
r
then the second is -x 100 ° less than thefirst value.
0//
100 + r
Soln: The required answer = — ^ — x l O O = 4 2 - %
100-30 7
Ex.: I f A's salary is 2 5 % more than that o f B , then how Exercise
much per cent is B's salary less than that o f A? 1. I f A's salary is 5% less than that o f B , then how much per
cent is B's salary more than that o f A ?
25
a) 5% b ) 5 l % c ) 5 l % d) 10%
Soln: The required answer = j [ ^ Q ~ S i ! ® ® ° ~ ^ x 0// 0 / °
2. I f A's salary is 10% less than that o f B, then how much
Exercise per cent is B's salary more than that o f A?
1. I f A's salary is 2 0 % more than that o f B , then how much
per cent is B's salary less than that o f A? a)lll/o b ) 9 l % C )5% d)20%
a) 1 6 - % b)20% c)40% d) 10%
3. I f A's salary is 15% less than that o f B, then how much
I f A's salary is 10% more than that o f B , then how much per cent is B's salary more than that o f A?
per cent is B's salary less than that o f A ?
l_ ^ 2 l l
a) 17 b ) H - c ) ! 7 -
d)l5%
a) 9 - 1 % b ) l l | % c)10% d)20% 17
4. I f A's salary is 2 0 % less than that o f B, then how much
I f A's salary is 5% more than that o f B , then how much per cent is B's salary more than that o f A ?
per cent is B's salary less than that o f A ?
25.
a) 2 1 % b) f % c)30% d)25%
a) 10% b ) ^7
5 % C ) ^Y
4 % d ) 5 %
5. I f A's salary is 2 5 % less than that o f B, then how much

A number is 5 0 % more than the other. Then how much per cent is B's salary more than that o f A ?
per cent is the second number less than the first?
a) 20% b) 3 3 i %
a) 50% b)25% c) 33 j % d) 3 3 y %
c)25% d)30%
A number is 6 0 % more than the other. Then how much I f A's salary is 5 0 % less than that o f B, then how much
per cent is the second number less than the first? per cent is B's salary more than that o f A?
a) 50% b)75%
a) 2 2 - % b) 2 7 I / 0 C ) 37-1% d ) 6 0 o / o
c)100% d) Can't be determined
Answers a) Loss, 1.96% b) Loss, 2.56%

l.b 2. a 3.c 4.d 5.b 6.c c) Profit, 1.96% d) Loss, 2.56%
Ex.1:
5. The salary o f a worker is first increased by 2 1 % and
Rule 36 thereafter it was reduced by 2 1 % . What was the change
Theorem: If the value of a number is first increased byx% in his salary?
and later decreased by x%, then net change is always a a) There is a decrease o f 4 . 3 1 %
b) There is a increase o f 4 . 4 1 %
decrease which is equal to x% of x or c) There is a increase o f 4 . 3 1 %
100 d) There is a decrease o f 4 . 4 1 %
6. The salary o f a worker is first increased by 2 5 % and
thereafter it was reduced by 25%. What was the change
Ex. 1: The salary o f a worker is first increased by 10% and
in his salary?
thereafter it was reduced by 10%. What was the
a) There is a decrease o f 6.25%
change in his salary?
b) There is a decrease o f 6 2 . 5 5 %
c) There is a increase o f 6.25%
Soln: There is a decrease in his salary : Vo
100 d) There is a increase o f 62.5%
Ex. 2: A shopkeeper marks the price o f his goods 12% higher Answers
than its original price. After that, he allows a discount l.b 2. a 3.b 4. a 5.d 6.a
o f 12%. What is his percentage profit or loss?
Soln: In this case, there is always a loss. A n d the % value Rule 37
Theorem: If the value is first increased by x% and then
o f loss E L - 1.44%
100 decreasedbyy%, then there i s ^ x - y - j % increas&pr
Ex. 3: I f the population o f a t o w n is increased by 15% in the
first year and is decreased by 15% i n the next year, decrease, according to the +ve or -ve sign respectively.
what effect can be seen in the population o f that town?
(15) 2
Ex. 1: The salary o f a worker was first increased by 10% and

thereafter, decreased by 5%. What was the change in
Soln: There is a decrease o f ^ - % i.e., 2.25%
his salary?
Exercise Soln: Thus, i n this case, 10 - 5 - * = 4 5% increase as

1. The salary o f a worker is first increased by 5% and there- 100
after it was reduced by 5%. What was the change i n his the sign is +ve.
salary? Ex. 2: A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 2 0 %
a) Increase in his salary, increase % is 0.25 higher than the original price. After that, he allows a
b) Decrease in his salary, decrease % is 0.25 discount o f 10%. What profit or loss did he get?
c) Increase in his salary, increase % is 4 %
d) Decrease in his salary, decrease % is 0.5 Soln: B y the theorem: 20 - 1 0 - 2 0 x 1 0 = 8%
2. The salary o f a worker is first increased by 2 0 % and 100
thereafter it was reduced by 20%. What was the change .-. he gets 8% profit as the sign obtained is +ve.
in his salary? Note: I f the order o f increase and decrease is changed, the
a) Decrease in his salary, decrease % is 4 result remains unaffected ie i f the value is first de-
b) Decrease in his salary, decrease % is 0.4 creased by x % and then increased by y % , then there
c) Increase in his salary, increase % is 4
d) Decrease in his salary, decrease % is 5 is x ~y- 7^j ° 0// increase or decrease, according
3. The salary o f a worker is first increased by 13% and
thereafter it was reduced by 13%. What was the change to the +ve or - v e sign respectively.
in his salary? In other words, we may write this theorem as
a) Profit, 1.69% b) Loss, 1.69% % effect = % increase - % decrease -
c) Loss, 1.09% d) Profit, 1.09%
% increase x decrease
4. The salary o f a worker is first increased by 14% and
thereafter it was reduced by 14%. What was the change 100
in his salary?
Percentage 152
Illustrative Examples a) Profit, 15% b) Profit 13%

c) Profit, 10% d) Loss, 10%
Ex.1 I f the salary o f a worker is first decreased by 20% and A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 30* •
then increased by 10%. What is the percentage effect higher than the original price. After that, he allows a
on his salary? discount o f 20%. What profit or loss did he get?
Soln: By Quicker Maths: a) Loss, 10% b ) Loss, 4%
% effect = % increase - % decrease - c) Profit, 4% d) Loss, 4%
% increase x % decrease A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 50%
higher than the original price. After that, he allows a
100
discount o f 16%. What profit or loss d i d he get?
10x20 a) Loss, 26% b) Profit, 26%
= 10-20- -12%
100 c) Profit, 34% d) Profit, 17%
.-. His salary is decreased by 12% (because the sign 7. I f the salary o f a worker is first decreased by 15% and
is -ve). then increased by 5%. What is the percentage effect on
(Change o f order o f increase and decrease means that his salary?
in the above example, firstly an increase o f 10% is a) Decrease o f 10% b) Increase o f 10%
performed and then the decrease o f 20% is performed. c) Decrease o f 10.75% d) Increase o f 10.75%
In both the cases, the result remains the same.) The population o f a town was reduced by 25% in the
Ex.2: The population o f a town was reduced by 12% in the year 1988. In 1989, it was increased by 20%. What is the
year 1988. In 1989, it was increased by 15%. What is percentage effect on the population in the beginning o f
the percentage effect on the population in the begin- 1990?
ning o f 1990? a) Decrease o f 20% b) Increase o f 10%
Soln: % effect = % increase - % decrease c) Decrease o f 10% d) Increase o f 20%
% increase x % decrease Answers

l.a 2.b 3.c 4.c 5.c 6.b
100
7.c 8.c
15x12
= 15-12 = 3-1.8 = 1.2 Rule 38
100
Theorem: If the value is increased successively by x% and
Thus, the population is increased by 1.2%.
Exercise 2x + - %
x% then the final increase is given by
1. The salary o f a worker was first increased by 7% and 100
thereafter, decreased by 5%. What was the change i n
his salary? Illustrative Example
33 33 Ex.: A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 20%
a) increase, higher than the original price. Due to increase in de-
b) decrease, — / o mand he again increases by 20%. What profit did he
23 get?
c) increase, ^ 0 / / °
23 Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
The salary o f a worker wasd)first
decrease, — by 10% and
increased / o
(201
thereafter, decreased by 15%. What was the change in the required profit = 2 x 2 0 + : 40 + 4 = 44%
100
his salary?
a) increase, 6.5% b) decrease, 6.5% Exercise
c) increase 5.5% d) decrease 5.5% 1. A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 5% higher
The salary o f a worker was first increased by 15% and than the original price. Due to increase in demand he
thereafter, decreased by 12%. What was the change in again increases by 5%. What profit d i d he get?
his salary?
a) increase, 12% b) decrease, 1.02% a) 10% b) 1 0 - % c)5% d) 12%
c) increase, 1.2% d) increase, 1.02% 4
A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 25% 2. A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 25%
higher than the original price. After that, he allows a higher than the original price. Due to increase in demand
discount o f 12%. What profit or loss d i d he get? he again increases by 25%. What profit did he get?
a) 50% b)56% c) 56.25% d)60% creases the price by 20%. How much % profit w i l l he
3. A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 15% get?
higher than the original price. Due to increase in demand a) 45% b) 48.25% c)50% d)50.5%
he again increases by 15%. What profit did he get?
a) 32.5% b) 32.25% c)30% d)32% Answers
l.c 2.c 3.a 4.d 5.c
4 A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 16%
higher than the original price. Due to increase in demand Rule 40
he again increases by 16%. What profit did he get?
Theorem: If the value is decreased successively by x% and
a) 34.56% b)32% c)34% d)35%
5. A shopkeeper marks the prices o f his goods at 26% xy_
y% then the final decrease is given by x+ y- %
higher than the original price. Due to increase in demand 100
he again increases by 26%. What profit did he get? Illustrative Example
a) 52% b)58% c)60% d) 58.76% Ex.: The population o f a town is decreased by 10% and
Answers 20% in two successive years. What per cent popula-
l.b 2.c 3.b 4. a 5.d tion is decreased after two years?
Rule 39 10x20
Theorem: If the value is increased successively byx% and per cent decrease in population = 10 + 20 -
100
xy_ = 3 0 - 2 = 28.
y% then the final increase is given by x+y + %
100 Exercise
Illustrative Example 1. The population o f a town is decreased by 5% and 10%
in two successive years. What per cent population is
Ex.: A shopkeeper marks the prices at 15% higher than
decreased after two years?
the original price. Due to increase in demand, he fur-
ther increases the price by 10%. H o w much % profit a) 15% b) 14% c)14.5% d)15.5%
w i l l he get? 2. The population o f a t o w n is decreased by 8% and 5% in
two successive years. What per cent population is de-
15x10 iL C D /
creased after two years?
a) 13% b)12.6% c)12.5% d) 13%
Soln: B y theorem: % profit = 1 5 + 1 0 + = 26.5%
3. The population o f a t o w n is decreased by 15% and 2 0 %
in two successive years. What per cent population is
Exercise decreased after two years?
1. A shopkeeper marks the prices at 5% higher than the a) 32% b)35% c)32.5% d)34.5%
original price. Due to increase in demand, he further i n - 4. The population o f a t o w n is decreased by 25% and 4 0 %
creases the price by 10%. H o w much % profit w i l l he in two successive years. What per cent population is
get? decreased after two years?
a) 15% b) 15.25% c)15.5% d) 16% a) 65% b)56% c)55.5% d)55%
2. A shopkeeper marks the prices at 5% higher than the 5. The population o f a t o w n is decreased by 2 0 % and 2 5 %
original price. Due to increase in demand, he further i n - in two successive years. What per cent population is
creases the price by 15%. H o w much % profit w i l l he decreased after two years?
get? a) 40% b)45% c)35% d)35.5%
a) 20% b) 20.25%. c) 20.75% d)20.5%
Answers
3. A shopkeeper marks the prices at 2 0 % higher than the
l.c 2.b 3.a 4.d 5.a
original price. Due to increase in demand, he further i n -
creases the price by 15%. H o w much % profit w i l l he
Rule 41
get?
Theorem: If the value is decreased successively by x% and
a) 38% b)40% c) 38.75% d)35%
4. A shopkeeper marks the prices at 10% higher than the
x% then the final decrease is given by 2x--
original price. Due to increase in demand, he further i n - 100
creases the price by 25%. H o w much % profit w i l l he
get?
a) 37% b)35% c) 37.05% d)37.5% Ex.: The population o f a town was reduced by 12% in the
5. A shopkeeper marks the prices at 2 5 % higher than the year 1988. In 1989, it was again reduced by 12%. What
original price. Due to increase in demand, he further i n -
Percentage -.5-:
is the percentage in the population in the beginning uct

ofl990? = Increase % value - Dec. % value -
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
Inc. % value x Dec. % value
12
and the value is in-
12 Z 100
the required answer = 2 * 12 -
100 creased o r decreased a c c o r d i n g to the +ve o r - v e
2 4 - 1 . 4 4 = 22.56% sign obtained.
Note: The above written formula is the general form o f both
Exercise the cases.
1. The population o f a town was reduced by 5% i n the year
1988. In 1989, it was again reduced by 5%. What is the yx
For Case (i) it becomes: y-x-
percentage in the population i n the beginning o f 1990? 100
a) 10% b)9.5% c)9.75% d) 10.25%
xy
2 The population o f a t o w n was reduced by 10% in the Whereas for Case ( i i ) it becomes: x-y-
year 1988. In 1989ît was again reduced by 10%. What is 100
the percentage i n the population in the beginning o f Thus, we see that it is more easy to remember the
1990? general formula which works in both the cases equally.
a) 20% b) 19% c)19.5% d) 18.5%
3. The population o f a t o w n was reduced by 16% in the
Ex. 1: The tax on commodity is diminished by 2 0 % and its
year 1988. In 1989, it was again reduced by 16%. What is
consumption increases by 15%. Find the effect on
the percentage in the population in the beginning o f
revenue.
1990?
Soln: Detail Method: N e w Revenue = Consumption x Tax
a) 34.56% b)32% c) 29.44% d) 32.44%
4. The population o f a t o w n was reduced by 2 0 % in the = ( l 15% x 80%) o f the original
year 1988. In 1989, it was again reduced by 20%. What is
'115 80
the percentage i n the population in the beginning o f x 1 o f the original
100 100
1990?
a) 40% b)36% c)44% d)36.5%
115
5. The population o f a t o w n was reduced by 15% in the x80 3/0 o f original 9 2 % of original
year 1988. I n 1989, it was again reduced by 15%. What is 100
the percentage in the population in the beginning o f Thus, the revenue is decreased by (100 - 92) = 8%
1990? Q u i c k e r M e t h o d : B y Theorem:
a) 27.75% b)30% c)27.5% d)28% Effect on revenue = Inc. % value - Dec. % value -
e difference between a discount o f 3 5 % and two suc-
cessive discounts o f 2 0 % and 2 0 % on a certain b i l l was
100
Rs 22. Find the amount o f the b i l l .
a)Rsll00 b)Rs200 15x20
c) Rs 2200 d) Data inadequate = 15-20- = -8%
100
[ B S R B Mumbai P O , 1999]
Therefore, there is a decrease o f 8%.
Answers
Ex.2: I f the price is increased by 10% and the sale is de-
l.c 2.b 3.c 4.b 5.a
creased by 5%, then what w i l l be the effect on in-
6. c; Hint: Equivalent discount o f t w o succesive discounts
come?
(20)1-. Soln: B y theorem: % effect
2x20-- : 36%
100 = Inc. % value - Dec. % value -
Now, from the question, 3 6 % - 35% = Rs 22
• Amount o f the bill = Rs 22 * 100 = Rs 2200
100
Rule 42
:eorem: = 1 0 - 5 - B ^ 4.5% =
100
If the one factor is decreased by x% and the other
factor is increased byy%, .-..his income increases by 4.5%.
Ex. 3: I f the price is decreased by ! 2 % and sale is increased
tip or, if the onefactor is increased by x% and the other
by 10% then what w i l l be the effect on income?
factor is decreased byy% then the effect on the prod-
tion increases by 1 1 % . Find the effect on revenue

12x10
Soln: % effect = 1 0 - 1 2 - -3.2% a) N o change in the revenue
100 b) 1.21 per cent decrease in revenue
.-. his income is decreased by 3.2%. c) 1.21 per cent increase in revenue
Exercise d) 1.31 per cent decrease i n revenue
2. Tax on commodity is diminished by 17% and consump-
1. The tax on commodity is diminished by 15% and its con-
tion increases by 17%. Find the effect on revenue.
sumption increases by 10%. F i n d the effect on revenue,
a) 2.89 per cent decrease i n revenue
a) decrease o f 6% b ) decrease o f 5%
b) 3.89 per cent decrease in revenue
c) increase o f 6.5% d) decrease o f 6.5%
c) 2.79 per cent decrease in revenue
2. The tax on commodity is diminished by 10% and its con-
d) 2.89 per cent increase i n revenue
sumption increases by 2 0 % . F i n d the effect on revenue,
3. Tax on commodity is diminished by 19% and consump-
a) decrease o f 8% b) decrease o f 10%
tion increases by 19%. Find the effect on revenue
c) increase o f 8% d) increase o f 10%
a) 3.61 per cent increase in revenue
3. I f the price is increased by 12% and the sale is decreased
b) 3.71 per cent increase in revenue
by 5%, then what w i l l be the effect on income?
c) 3.61 per cent decrease in revenue
a) income increases by 6.6%
b) income increases by 6.4% d) 2.61 per cent decrease in revenue
c) income decreases by 6.6% 4. Tax on commodity is diminished by 2 2 % and consump|
d) income decreases by 6.4% tion increases by 2 2 % . Find the effect on revenue.
4. I f the price is increased by 16% and the sale is decreased a) 4.44 per cent increase i n revenue
by 15%, then what w i l l be the effect on income? b) 4.44 per cent decrease i n revenue
a) income decreases by 1.4% c) 4.84 per cent increase in revenue
b) income increases by 1.4% d) 4.84 per cent decrease in revenue
c) income decreases by 1.5% 5. Tax on commodity is diminished by 2 9 % and consu
d) income increases by 1.5% tion increases by 29%. Find the effect on revenue.
5. I f the price is increased by 5% and the sale is decreased a) 8.41 per cent decrease i n revenue
by 16%, then what w i l l be the effect on income? b) 8.41 per cent increase in revenue
a) income increases by 1 1 % c) 7.41 per cent increase in revenue
b) income decreases by 10.2% d) 7.41 per cent decrease in revenue
c) income decreases by 11.8% Answers
d) income increases by 11.2% l.b 2.a 3.c 4.d 5.a
Answers
l.d 2.c 3.b 4.a 5,c
Rule 44
Theorem: If one factor is decreased by x% and the ot
Rule 43 factor also decreases byy%, then the effect on the prod
Theorem: (I) If onefactor is decreased by x% and the other xy_
is given by x + y- % decrease.
factor is increased by x%, 100
(u) or, if onefactor is increased byx% and the other factor
is decreased by x% then the product will always decrease
Ex.: The land holding o f a person is decreased by Y
% due to late monsoon, the production decreases
and the effeton the product is given by
100 8%. Then what is the effect on the revenue?
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
Ex.: Tax on commodity is diminished by 25% and con- 10x8
the decrease in revenue = 10 + 8 - - 17..
sumption increases by 25%. Find the effect on rev- 100
enue. Note: Revenue is directly proportional to (landhol
Soln: Following the above theorem, production)
1
252
Exercise
1. The land holding o f a person is decreased by 1
% decrease i n revenue = Jj^ = 6.25% to late monsoon, the production decreases by 4%.
what is the effect on the revenue?
Exercise a) 16% b) 15% c) 15.48% d) 15.52*
1. Tax on commodity is diminished by 11 % and consump-
tmage
yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 15"
I t land holding o f a person is decreased b y 15% due Rule 46

late monsoon, the production decreases by 12%. Then
Theorem: If one factor is increased by x% and the other
ihat is the effect on the revenue?
increases by y% then the effect on the product is given by
)27% b) 12.18%
126.8% d)25.2% xy_
x+ y + increase.
he land holding o f a person is decreased by 20% due 100
i late monsoon, the production decreases by 16%. Then Illustrative Example
hat is the effect on the revenue?
Ex_ - The number o f seats i n a cinema hall is increased b y
136% b)32.8%
25%. The price on a ticket is also increased by 10%.
132.2% d)33%
What is the effect on the revenue collected?
ers Soln: F o l l o w i n g the above formula, we have
2.d 3.b the increase i n the revenue
Rule 45 = 25 + 1 0 + ^ ^ - = 35 + 2.5 = 37.5%

100
em: If one factor is decreased byx% andUhtthe other
also decreases byx%, then the effect on the product Exercise
1. The number o f seats i n a cinema h a l l is increased by
by 2x — % 0 decrease. 30%. The price on a ticket is also increased by 5%. What
100
is the effect on the revenue collected?
a) 36.5% increase b) 35.5% increase
tive Example
c) 3 5 % increase d) 3 6 % increase
The number o f seats i n a cinema hall is decreased b y
2. The number o f seats i n a cinema hall is increased b y
5 o. The price on a ticket is also decreased by 5%.
25%. The price on a ticket is also increased by 20%.
'•\bat is the effect on the revenue collected?
Applying the above formula, we have
a) 4 5 % increase b ) 4 9 % increase
± e decrease i n the revenue collected
c) 5 0 % increase d) 5 2 % increase
3. The number o f seats i n a cinema hall is increased b y
= 1 0 - — = 1 0 - - = 9.75% 16%. The price on a ticket is also increased by 12%.
100 4
Here revenue collected is directly proportional to the a) 29.92% increase b ) 2 8 % increase
product o f number o f seats i n a cinema hall and the c) 26.08% increase d) 28.92% increase
rnceonaticket.
Answers
. >e l.a 2.c 3. a
ie number o f seats i n a cinema hall is decreased b y 8%.
at price on a ticket is also decreased b y 8%. What is Rule 47
e effect on the revenue collected? Theorem: If one factor is increased byx% and the other
15 36% decrease b ) 16% increase factor also increases byx% then the effect on the product is
I f 64% decrease d) 15.64% increase
at number o f seats i n a cinema hall is decreased b y
given by 2x + -
?h The price o n a ticket is also decreased b y 12%. 100 increase.
l a : is the effect on the revenue collected?
2 4 o decrease
: b) 24.44% decrease Illustrative Example
56% decrease d) 22.56% decrease EXJ The landholding o f a person is increased by 10%.
u m b e r o f seats i n a cinema hall is decreased by Due to early monsoon, the production increases by
The price on a ticket is also decreased by 24%. 10%. Then what is the effect on revenue?
is the effect on the revenue collected? Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
~6% decrease
100
44% decrease % increase i n revenue = 20 + = 21%
100
: decrease
>4% decrease
Exercise
1. The landholding o f a person is increased b y 2 1 % . Due
3.b to early monsoon, the production increases by 2 1 % . Then
what is the effect on revenue? find the maximum marks.

a) 46.41 % increase b) 4 2 % increase a) 300 b)600 c)250 d)350
c) 24.41% increase d) 46.59% increase 5. In an examination, a candidate must get 75% mark;
2. The landholding o f a person is increased by 3 1 % . Due pass. I f a candidate who gets 90 marks, fails by 60 mari
to early monsoon, the production increases by 3 1 % . Then find the maximum marks.
what is the effect on revenue? a) 300 b)400 c)200 d) 100
a) 71.51 % increase b) 71.61 % increase 6. I n an examination, a candidate must get 65% marks
c) 62.51% increase d) 6 3 % increase pass. I f a candidate who gets 645 marks, fails by
3. The landholding o f a person is increased by 23%. Due marks, find the maximum marks,
to early monsoon, the production increases by 23%. Then a) 1300 b) 1350 c) 1200 d) 1260
what is the effect on revenue?
Answers
a) 4 6 % increase b) 52.29% increase
l.b 2,b 3.b 4.a 5.c 6.a
c) 51.29% increase d) 49.29% increase
Answers Rule 49
l.a 2.b 3.c Theorem: A candidate scoring x%inan examination fi
by 'a'marks, while another candidate who scores y% m
Rule 48 gets 'b' marks more than the minimum requiredpass m
Theorem: The pass marks in an examination is x%. If a Then the maximum marks for that examination are
candidate who secures y marks fails by z marks, then the
_ 100(a + fe)
100(y + z) y-x •
maximum marks,is given by ~ .
Illustrative Examples Ex.: A candidate scores 2 5 % and fails by 30 marks, w
Ex. 1: A student has to secure 4 0 % marks to get through. I f another candidate who scores 50% marks, gets
he gets 40 marks and fails by 40 marks, find the maxi- marks more than the m i n i m u m required marks tc
mum marks set tor trie examination. the examination. Find the maximum marks for th
Soln: B y the above theorem, amination.
100(40 + 40) Soln: B y the theorem, we have
maximum marks= 200
40 100(30 + 20) _ ,
maximum marks = = 200
Ex. 2: In an examination, a candidate must get 80% marks to 50-25
pass. I f a candidate w h o gets 210 marks, fails by 50 Note: ( i ) The above formula can be written as
marks, find the maximum marks.
Soln: B y the above theorem, we have 100(Diff. o f their scores
Maximum marks =
Diff. o f their % marks
100(210 + 50) _ ,
the maximum marks = •325 ( i i ) Difference o f their scores = 30 + 20. Becaussj
80
first candidate gets 30 less than the required
Exercise marks, while the second candidate gets 20
1. A student has to secure 3 0 % marks to get through. I f he than the required pass marks.
gets 40 marks and fails by 20 marks, find the maximum Exercise
marks set for the examination. 1. A candidate scores 3 5 % and fails by 40 marks,
a) 600 b)200 c)100 / d)300 another candidate who scores 6 0 % marks, gets 351
2. A student has to secure 15% marks to get through. I f he more than the m i n i m u m required marks to pass thi
gets 80 marks and fails by 70 marks, find the maximum amination. Find the maximum marks for the examin^
marks set for the examination. a) 300 b)200 c)350 d)450
a) 100 b)1000 c)1500 d)900 2. A candidate scores 4 6 % and fails by 55 marks,
3. A student has to secure 16% marks to get through. I f he another candidate who scores 81 % marks, gets 15
gets 55 marks and fails by 25 marks, find the maximum more than the m i n i m u m required marks to pass
marks set for the examination. amination. Find the maximum marks for the exami
a) 400 b)500 c)550 d)450 a) 350 b)100 c)150 d)200
4. In an examination, a candidate must get 6 0 % marks to 3. A candidate scores 2 6 % and fails by 49 marks,
pass. I f a candidate who gets 120 marks, fails by 60 marks, another candidate who scores 3 6 % marks, gets 36
£R MATHS
percentage 159
d)350
more than the m i n i m u m required marks to pass the ex- Exercise
amination. Find the maximum marks for the examination, 1. I n measuring the sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken
75% marks |
a) 850 b)750 c)600 d)800 3% in excess and the other 5% in deficit. Find the error
ils by 60 marl
A candidate scores 3 9 % and fails by 58 marks, while per cent in area calculated from the measurement.
another candidate who scores 55% marks, gets 22 marks a) 2 % deficit b) 3.15% deficit
d) 100
more than the m i n i m u m required marks to pass the ex- c) 2.15% deficit d) 2.15% excess
t 65% marks I
amination. Find the maximum marks for the examination, 2. In measuring the sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken
cs, fails by W
a) 450 b)650 c)500 d)550 10% in excess and the other 4 % in deficit. Find the error
A candidate scores 2 5 % and fails by 45 marks, while per cent in area calculated from the measurement.
d) 1260
another candidate who scores 5 0 % marks, gets 5 marks
more than the m i n i m u m required marks to pass the ex- a) ^ j % excess b) ^ - j % excess
6. a amination. Find the maximum marks for the examination,
a) 100 b)150 c)250 d)200
A candidate scoring 2 5 % in an examination fails by 30 c) 6% excess d) 5—% excess
•amination fa marks while another candidate who scores 50% marks
cores y% mar gets 20 marks more than the minimumrequired for a pass. In measuring the sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken
iredpass man Find the minimum pass percentage, 12% in excess and the other 5% in deficit. Find the error
nination are a) 20% b)80% c)40% d)50% per cent i n area calculated from the measurement.
a) l\ excess b) 7—% excess
Mrs
2.d 3. a 4.c 5.d
Hint: A p p l y i n g the above formula, c) 6—% excess d) 6—% excess
' 30 marks, wt
100x50
b marks, gets maxm. marks = = 200 4. I n measuring the sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken
red marks to p i 25 10% in excess and the other 2 0 % in deficit. Find the error
marks for the ( M i n i m u m pass marks = 25% o f 2 0 0 + 30 = 80 per cent in area calculated from the measurement,
M i n i m u m pass percentage a) 8% excess b) 8% deficit
c) 12% excess d) 12% deficit
80
xlOO % = 4 0 %
200 Answers
00.
l.c 2.d 3.c 4.b
mas Rule 50 Rule 51

their scores) pt In measuring the sides of a rectangle, one side is
:
Theorem: If one of the sides of a rectangle is increased by
eir % marks ix% in excess and the other y% in deficit. The error
x% and the other is increased byy% then the per cent value
rami in area calculated from the measurement is
+ 20. Because:
xy xy
j the required | by which area changes is given by x+y + % increase.
in excess or deficit, according to the +ve or -ve 100
date gets 20 100 . *
tkerform this may be written as Ex.: I f one o f the sides o f a rectangle is increased by 2 0 %
y 40 marks, % excess x % deficit and the other is increased by 5%, find the per cent
arks, gets 35 ' = % excess - % deficit • value by which the area changes.
100
irks to pass the i Soln: Following the above formula,
brtheexamina itive Example
d)450 measuring the sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken % increase = 20 + 5 + - j - ^ p = 2 6 %
y 55 marks, & in excess and the other 4 % in deficit. Find the
arks, gets 15na ror per cent i n area calculated from the measure- Exercise
irks to pass the
1. I f one o f the sides o f a rectangle is increased by 2 0 % and
fortheexamina die above theorem,
the other is increased by 10%, find the per cent value by
d)200
5x4 1 4 which the area changes.
jy 49 marks, >d| error = 5 - 4 - = 1 — = — % excess because a) 32% b)30% c)36% d)34%
iarks,gets36ral 100 5 5
2. I f one o f the sides o f a rectangle is increased by 25% and
inis+ve.
the other is increased by 4 % , find the per cent value b>
160 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MAT
which the area changes. Rule 53

a) 29% b)30% c)30.5% d) 30.25% Theorem: In an examination x% failed in English and
3. I f one o f the sides o f a rectangle is increased by 13% and failed in maths. Ifz% of students failed in both thesubjen
the other is increased by 2 % , find the per cent value by the percentage of students who passed in both the subf
which the area changes.
is \00-(x + y-z).
a) 15.36% b) 15.26% c) 16.26% d) 16.36%
4. I f one o f the sides o f a rectangle is increased by 2 5 % and Illustrative Example
the other is increased by 15%, find the per cent value by Ex.: In an examination, 4 0 % o f the students failed in M
which the area changes. 30% failed in English and 10% failed in both. Find
a) 43.75% b) 40.75% c)40% d) 43.25% percentage o f students who passed in both the
5. I f one o f the sides o f a rectangle is increased by 3 0 % and jects.
the other is increased by 2 0 % , find the per cent value by Soln: Follwoing the above theorem:
which the area changes. The required % = 100 - (40 + 30 - 1 0 ) = 40%
a) 50% b)59% c)56% d)55% Note: We should know that the following sets complete
Answers system, i.e.,
l.a 2.b 3.b 4. a 5.c 100% = % o f students w h o failed i n English on!>
+ % o f students w h o failed in Maths only
Rule 52 - % o f students w h o failed in both subjects
Theorem: If one of the sides of a rectangle is decreased by + % o f students w h o passed in both subjects.
x% and the other is decreased byy% then the per cent value
Exercise
xy 1. In an examination, 10% o f the students failed in M
by which area changes is given by x + y- 0/0 decrease. 20% failed in English and 5% failed in both. Find
100
percentage o f students w h o passed i n both the i
Illustrative Example jects.
$ m ~,>,m, $)Wb
5% in deficit and the other 4 % in deficit. Find the error 2. I n an examination, 4 5 % o f the students failed in N*
per cent in area calculated from the measurement. 15% failed i n English and 3 0 % failed in both. Find
Soln: Applying the above formula, percentage o f students who passed in both the
percentage decrease in area jects. •
a) 70% b) 10% c)25% d)75%
= 5+ 4--^- = 9 - . 2 = 8.8% 3. I n an examination, 3 3 % o f the students failed in
100
2 4 % failed in English and 17% failed in both. Find
Exercise percentage o f students w h o passed i n both the
1. In measuring sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken 3% jects.
in deficit and the other 2 % in deficit. Find the error per a) 55% b)60% c)65% d)70%
cent in area calculated from the measurement. 4. I n an examination, 4 6 % o f the students failed in M
a) 5% b)4.5% c)4.94% d)5.4% 29% failed i n English and 2 5 % failed in both. F :
2. In measuring sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken 10% percentage o f students w h o passed i n both the
in deficit and the other 5% i n deficit. Find the error per jects.
cent in area calculated from the measurement. a) 50% b)60% c)65% d)40%
a) 14.5% b) 15% c)15.5% d) 14% 5. I n an examination, 41 % o f the students failed in •
3. In measuring sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken 35% 29% failed in English and 10% failed in both. Find
in deficit and the other 5% i n deficit. Find the error per percentage o f students w h o passed i n both the
cent in area calculated from the measurement. jects.
a) 39.5% b) 39.25% c)40% d) 38.25% a) 50% b)60% c)55% d)40%
4. I n measuring sides o f a rectangle, one side is taken 15% 6. I n an examination 5 0 % o f the students failed in 1
in deficit and the other 8% in deficit. Find the error per 40% failed in English and 10% failed in both. Fini
cent in area calculated from the measurement. percentage o f students w h o passed i n both the
a) 21.8% b)22.8% c)23% d)22.2% jects.
a)80% . b)20% c)30% d)70%
Answers /
7. I n an examination, 5 2 % o f the candidates failed in

l.c 2.a 3.d 4.a
glish, 4 2 % failed in Mathematics and 17% failed in i
Percentage 161
The number o f those who have passed in both the sub- the percentage increase in his savings.
jects is: [ C D S 1991]
a) 23% b)35% c)25% d)40% a) 17% b) 1 6 y % c) 1 6 - % d) 17 j %
Answers
la 2. a 3.b 4. a 5.d 6. b 7. a Answers
l.a 2. c 3.d 4. a 5.b
Rule 54
Theorem: A man spends x% of his income. His income is
Rule 55
mcreased by y% and his expenditure also increases by z%, Theorem: A solution of salt and water contains x% salt by
Aen the percentage increase in his savings is given by weight. Of it 'A' kg water evaporates and the solution now
contains y% of salt. The original quantity of solution is
\\00y-xz
I \Q0-x y
given by kg. In other words, it may be rewritten
y-x
as the original quantity of solution = Quantity of evapo-
Lu A man spends 7 5 % o f his income. His income i n -
creases by 2 0 % and his expenditure also increases ' Final % of salt^
by 10%. Find the percentage increase in his savings. rated water x
% Diff. of salt
Soln: Detailed Method: Suppose his monthly income = Rs
Thus, he spends Rs 75 and saves Rs 25.
Ex.: A solution o f salt and water contains 15% salt by
His increased income = 1 0 0 + 2 0 % o f 100 = Rs 120
weight. O f it 30 k g water evaporates and the solution
His increased expenditure = 75 + 1 0 % o f 75 = Rs 82.50
now contains 2 0 % o f salt. Find the original quantity
.-. his new savings = 120 - 82.5 = Rs 37.50
o f solution.
.-. % increase in his savings
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose there was x kg o f solution
37.50-25 initially.
x 100 = 5 0 %
25 \5x _3x
Thus quantity o f salt = 15% o f x = - — kg
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we
have
Now, after evaporation, only (x-30) k g o f mixture
percentage increase in savings
20x100-10x75 1250 3x
= 50% • contains — k g o f salt.
100-75 25
. rcise 3x x - 3 0 _ 3x
o r , 2 0 % o f ( x - 3 0 ) = — ,or,
A man spends 6 0 % o f his income. His income increases ~~5 20
by 15% and his expenditure also increases by 5%. Find
600
the percentage increase in his savings, or, 15x = 2 0 x - 6 0 0 ; = 120 kg
a) 30% b) 15% c)20% d)25%
A man spends 7 0 % o f his income. His income increases Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have,
20
the percentage increase in his savings, original quantity o f solution = 30I = 120 kg
20-15
a) 35% b)24% c)45% d)55%
nan spends 5 0 % o f his income. His income increases
Exercise
30% and his expenditure also increases by 20%. Find
1. A solution o f salt and water contains 5% salt by weight.
± e percentage increase in his savings.
O f it 20 k g water evaporates and the solution now con-
> a) 25% b)50% c)60% d)40%
tains 15% o f salt. Find the original quantity o f solution,
n a n spends 8 0 % o f his income. His income increases
a) 15 k g b)30kg c)18kg d)24kg
r> 40% and his expenditure also increases by 25%. Find
the percentage increase in his savings.
: .00% b)50% c)80% d)40%
tains 17% o f salt. Find the original quantity o f solution,
A man spends 65% o f his income. His income increases
a) 102 k g b)85kg c)68kg d)84kg
O f it 22 kg water evaporates and the solution now con- the no. o f total books
tains 27% o f salt. F i n d the original quantity o f solution,
100 100 100
a) 60 k g b) 56.4 kg c) 60.4 kg d) 59.4 k g = 6300
1,100-20 A 1 0 0 - 5 0 A 1 0 0 - 3 0
4. A solution o f salt and water contains 13 % salt by weight.
tains 2 0 % o f salt. Find the original quantity o f solution,
6300x100x100x100
a) 160 kg b) 120 k g c) 125 kg d) 145 k g = 22,500
80x50x70
O f it 32 k g water evaporates and the solution n o w con- Exercise
tains 2 2 % o f salt. Find the original quantity o f solution, 1. I n a library, 5% o f the books are i n H i n d i , 10% o f the
a) 88 kg b)66kg c)86kg d)68kg remaining are i n English and 15% o f the remaining are in
Answers French. The remaining 5814 books are i n regional lan-
l.b 2.b 3.d 4.b 5. a guages. What is the total number o f books i n the l i -
brary?
Rule 56 a) 8000 b)8140 c)6000 d)8500
T h e o r e m : Ifx% of a thing is one type,y% ofthe remaining 2. I n a library, 12% o f the books are i n H i n d i , 15% o f the
thing is of second type, z%of the remaining thing is ofthird remaining are i n English and 18% o f the remaining are in
type and the value of remaining thing is given as 'AThen French. The remaining 15334 books are i n regional lan-
the total number of things is obtained by the following guages. What is the total number o f books i n the l i -
formula, brary?
a) 25000 b) 26000 c) 12500 d) 13000
( ion V ion V 100 >* 3. I n a library, 2 0 % o f the books are i n H i n d i , 25% o f the
Total no. of things = A
100 -x 100- y) 100-z remaining are i n English and 3 0 % o f the remaining are ia
French. The remaining 29400 books are i n regional lan-
Illustrative Example guages. What is the total number o f books i n the l i -
Ex.: I n a library, 2 0 % o f the books are i n H i n d i , 50% o f the brary?
remaining are i n English and 30% o f the remaining are a) 35000 b) 70000 c) 45000 d) 90000
i n French. The remaining 6300 books are i n regional 4. I n a library, 15% o f the books are i n H i n d i , 55% o f r l
languages. What is the total number o f books i n the remaining are i n English and 35% o f the remaining are i
library? French. The remaining 1989 books are i n regional laa-j
Soln: D e t a i l M e t h o d : Suppose there are x books i n the l i - guages. What is the total number o f books i n the
brary. brary?
x a) 8500 b)7500 c)7000 d)8000

Then, the no. ofhnaXrs in Hindi = 10 /o of X — — Q 5. I n a library, 8% o f the books are i n H i n d i , 12% o f I
remaining are i n English and 7 2 % o f the remaining are ^
French. The remaining 3542 books are i n regional km
50% o f the remaining, i.e. 5 0 % o f \* ~ ~j = 5 0 % of guages. What is the total number o f books i n the b-j
brary?
4x 2x
— - — are i n English. a) 16525 b) 15625 c) 12655 d) 16625
Answers
Now, 3 0 % o f the r e m a i n i n g , i.e. 3 0 % o f l.a 2. a 3.b 4.d 5.b
'x 2x
— +— 2x _ 3x Rule 57
15 5 - 3 0 % o f — - — books are i n
Theorem: The manufacturer of an article makes a profit.
French. x%, the wholesale dealer makes a profit ofy%, and i
retailer makes a profit of z%. If the retailer sold it for Rs 4
fx 2x 3x} „ n n
then the manufacturing price of the article is obtained i
N o w , ^ r T + - j = 6300
the following formula,
. ^ = 6300 , ^ 6 3 0 0 x 25 100 100 100

o r
Cost of manufacturing = A
25 7 100 + x 100 + y 100+11
Q u i c k e r M e t h o d : A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have

Percentage 152
Illustrative Example 18
Ex.: The manufacturer o f an article makes a profit o f 25%, ,\ • = 6 litres.
the wholesale dealer makes a profit o f 20%, and the
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have
retailer makes a profit o f 28%. Find the manufacturing
price o f the article i f the retailer sold it for Rs 48. 9(50-30)
the quantity o f water to be added = 6
Soln: B y the above rule, 30
Cost o f manufacturing litres.
100 100 100 Exercise
= 48
100 + 28 A 100 + 20 A 100 + 25 1. What quantity o f water should be added to reduce 5
litres o f 4 5 % acidic liquid to 2 5 % acidic liquid?
= 48
100Y100Y100 a) 3 litres b) 2 litres c) 4 litres d) 4.5 litres
= Rs25.
U28A120JU25 2 What quantity o f water should be added to reduce 10
litres o f 15% acidic liquid to 5% acidic liquid?
Exercise a) 9 litres b) 20 litres c) 18 litres d) 15 litres
1. The manufacturer o f an article makes a profit o f 5%, the 3. What quantity o f water should be added to reduce 24
wholesale dealer makes a profit o f 10%, and the retailer litres o f 12% acidic liquid to 9% acidic liquid?
makes a profit o f 15%. Find the manufacturing price o f a) 8 litres b) 6 litres c) 9 litres d) 8.5 litres
the article i f the retailer sold it for Rs 5313. 4. What quantity o f water should be added to reduce 16
a)Rs4000 b)Rs4500 c)Rs5000 d)Rs4950 litres o f 2 5 % acidic liquid to 2 0 % acidic liquid?
2. The manufacturer o f an article makes a profit o f 20%, the a) 5 litres b) 4 litres c) 12 litres d) 8 litres
wholesale dealer makes a profit o f 25%, and the retailer 5. What quantity o f water should be added to reduce 6
makes a profit o f 30%. Find the manufacturing price o f litres o f 50% acidic liquid to 2 0 % acidic liquid?
the article i f the retailer sold it for Rs 39. a) 8 litres b) 9 litres c) 12 litres d) 9.5 litres
3. The manufacturer o f an article makes a profit o f 8%, the Answers
l.c 2.b 3.a 4.b 5.b
wholesale dealer makes a profit o f 12%, and the retailer
makes a profit o f 16%. Find the manufacturing price o f
Rule 59
the article i f the retailer sold it for Rs 21924.
Theorem: In 'A' litres of x% acidic liquid, the amount of
a)Rs 15625 b)Rs 16525 c)Rs 15655 d)Rs 14625
water to be taken out from the acidic liquid to make y%
Answers
My-x)
l.a 2.c 3.a acidic liquid is litres.
y
Rule 58 Note: Here, y is always greater than x ie acidic liquid is
Theorem: In 'A' litres of x% acidic liquid, the amount of concentrated.
A(x-y) Illustrative Example
water to be added to make y% acidic liquid is
y Ex: What quantity o f water should be taken out to con-
centrate 15 litres o f 4 0 % acidic liquid to 60% acidic
litres.
liquid.
Note: Here, x is always greater than y.
Soln: Detailed Method: A c i d in 15 litres = 4 0 % o f 15 = 6
Illustrative Example litres
Ex.: What quantity o f water should be added to reduce 9 Suppose x litres o f water are taken out.
litres o f 50% acidic liquid to 3 0 % acidic liquid? Then, there are 6 litres o f acid in (15 - x) litres o f
Soln: Detailed Method: concentrated liquid.
A c i d in 9 litres = 50% o f 9 = 4.5 litres. N o w , according to the question
Suppose x litres o f water are added. Then, there are 60%of(15-x) = 6
4.5 litres o f acid in (9 + x ) litres o f diluted liquid.
Now, according to the question, o r ! |(l5-x)=6
3 0 % o f ( 9 + x ) = 4.5
or, 1 5 - x = 10 or,x = 5litres.
or, ^ ( 9 + ^ = 4 . 5
Quicker Method: F o l l o w i n g the above formula, we
or,27 + 3 x = 4 5 or,3x=18 have
15(60-40)_ 1
a) y k g b)3kg c)2kg d)lkg
the required answer = 5 litres
60
3. In 50 kg mixture o f sand and cement 45% is cement. H o w
Exercise much sand should be added so that the proportion o f
1. What quantity o f water should be taken out to concen- cement becomes 10%?
trate 12 litres o f 30% acidic liquid to 4 0 % acidic liquid, a) 175 k g b) 225 kg c) 200 kg d) 150 kg
Answers
2. What quantity o f water should be taken out to concen-
l.c 2.d 3.a
trate 21 litres o f 25% acidic liquid to 35% acidic liquid,
a) 6 litres b) 8.4 litres c) 6.4 litres d) 8 litres Rule 61
3. What quantity o f water should be taken out to concen-
Ex.; In an examination the percentage o f students quali-
trate 27 litres o f 12% acidic liquid to 18% acidic liquid,
fied to the number o f students appeared from school
a)6 litres b) 12 litres c) 13.5 litres d ) 9 litres
' A ' is 70%. In school ' B ' the number o f students ap-
4. What quantity o f water should be taken out to concen- peared is 2 0 % more than the students appeared from
trate 29 litres o f 17% acidic liquid to 29% acidic liquid, school ' A ' and the number o f students qualified from
a) 12 litres b) 13 litres c) 12.5 litres d) 13.5 litres school ' B ' is 5 0 % more than the students qualified
Answers from school ' A ' . What is the percentage o f students
l.c 2.a 3.d 4.a qualified to the number o f students appeared from
school ' B ' ?
Rule 60 Soln: Detailed Method: Suppose 100 students appeared
Theorem: When a certain quantity of goods B is added to from school A . Then we have
change the percentage of goods A in a mixture of A and B Appeared Passed
then the quantity ofB to be added is A -> 100 70
B -» 120 70 + 5 0 % o f 7 0 = 1 0 5
Previous % value of A
x Mixture Quantity • Mixture Quantity
Changed % value of A
Required % = — x 100 = 87.5%
120
Direct Formula (Quicker Method):
Ex.: In 1 kg mixture o f sand and iron, 2 0 % is iron. H o w
much sand should be added so that the proportion o f 7 0 x ( l 0 0 + 50)%
iron becomes 10%? R e q u i r e d % ôoxOoo^/o"100
Soln: Detail Method: In 1 kgmixture, iron = 20% o f 1000 gm
= 200 gm and sand = 800 g m 70x150
x 100 = 87.5%
Suppose x gm sand is added to the mixture 100x120
Then, total mixture = (1000 + x ) gm
Exercise
200 1. I n an examination the percentage o f students qualified
Now, % o f i r o n :
- x l 0 0 = 10 (given)
(l000 + x ) to the number o f students appeared from school ' A ' is
or, 1000 + x = 2000 80%. I n school ' B ' the number o f students appeared is
.;. x = 1 0 0 0 g m = l k g 25% more than the students appeared from school ' A '
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have and the number o f students qualified from school ' B ' is
the required quantity o f sand to be added 40% more than the students qualified from school ' A ' .
What is the percentage o f students qualified to the num-
= — x l - 1 = 2 - 1 = 1 kg ber o f students appeared from school ' B ' ?
10 s
a) 45% b)90% c)89.5% d)89.6%
2. I n an examination the percentage o f students qualified
Exercise
to the number o f students appeared from school ' A ' is
1. In 2 kg mixture o f water and m i l k 3 0% is milk. H o w much
60%. I n school ' B ' the number o f students appeared is
water should be added so that the proportion o f m i l k
30% more than the students appeared from school ' A
becomes 15%?
and the number o f students qualified from school ' B ' is
a) 4 k g b) 0.5 kg c)2kg d) 1 kg
60% more than the students qualified from school ' A ' .
2. In 3 kg mixture o f water and m i l k 2 4 % is milk. H o w much
What is the percentage o f students qualified to the num-
water should be added so that the proportion o f milk
ber o f students appeared from school ' B ' ?
becomes 18%?
Percentage
its cost was Rs 12 per k g . Find by how much per ccat a
a) 70% b)75% z) 7 3 — % d) 7l|i% family should reduce its consumption, so as to keep the
' 13 expenditure the same.
3. I n an examination the percentage o f students qualified a) 2 0 % b)28% c)25% d)30%
to the number o f students appeared from school ' A ' is 3. Sugar is now being sold at Rs 18 per kg. During last
65%. I n school ' B ' the number o f students appeared is month its cost was Rs 25 per kg. Find by how much per
25% more than the students appeared from school ' A ' cent a family should increase its consumption, so as to
and the number o f students qualified from school ' B ' is keep the expenditure the same.
4 0 % more than the students qualified from school ' A . a) 30% b)29% c)28% d)25%
What is the percentage o f students qualified to the num- 4. Wheat is now being sold at Rs 20 per k g . During last
ber o f students appeared from school ' B ' ? month its cost was Rs 25 per k g . Find by how much per
a) 70.8% b)78.2% c)72.8% d)73% cent a family should increase its consumption, so as to
4. In an examination the percentage o f students qualified keep the expenditure the same.
to the number o f students appeared from school ' A ' ' i s a) 25% b)20% c)16% d)18%
55%. In school ' B ' the number o f students appeared is 5. Tea is now being sold at Rs 30 per kg. During last month
15% more than the students appeared from school ' A ' its cost was Rs 24 per k g . Find by how much per cent a
and the number o f students qualified from school ' B ' is family should reduce its consumption, so as to keep the
3 expenditure the same.
6 7 — % more than the students qualified from school a) 30% b)20% c)24% d) 15%
' A ' . What is the percentage o f students qualified to the Answers

number o f students appeared from school ' B ' ? l.a 2.c 3.c 4.b 5.b
a) 80% b)85% c)75% d)90%
Rule 63
Answers
Theorem: If original price of a commodity is Rs O and new f
l.d 2.c 3.c 4.a

price of a commodity is Rs N, then keeping expenditure (E)
Rule 62 constant, change in quantity of commodity consumed ( AQ)

Theorem: If the original price of a commodity isRsX and e(n-o,.)
new price of the commodity is Rs Y, then the decrease or is obtained by the following formula, ^
NxO,
increase in consumption so as not to increase or decrease
Y-X Ex.: A reduction o f Rs 2 per k g enables a man to purchase
the expenditure respectively, is xlOO %
4 kg more sugar for Rs 16. Find the original price o f
sugar.
Difference i n price Soln: Here, A Q (change i n quantity consumed) = 4 kg
xlOO %
ie New price
O -N
r (change i n price) = Rs 2 per kg
Illustrative Example E (expenditure) = Rs 16

Ex.: Wheat is now being sold at Rs 25 per k g . During last N o w put the values i n the above formula,
month its cost was Rs 21 per k g . Find by how much 16x2 r O -N=2~
v r
per cent a family should reduce its consumption, so .\ = 0 -2

"(O -2)xO
r r
as to keep the expenditure the same.

Soln: Following the above formula, we have ( O - 4 ) ( O + 2) = 0
r r
.-. Original price o f sugar = Rs 4 per k g

25-21
Exercise
the required answer = — ^ j — x 100 = 16% 1. A reduction o f 50 paise per dozen in the price o f eggs
means that a dozen more eggs can be bought for Rs 66.
Exercise Find the original price.
a)Rs6 b)Rs5 c)Rs6.5 d)Rs8
1. Rice is now being sold at Rs 20 per kg. During last month
2. A reduction o f Rs 2 per k g enables a man to purchase 2
its cost was Rs 18 per k g . Find by how much per cent a
k g more tea for Rs 8. Find the original price o f tea per kg.
family should reduce its consumption, so as to keep the
a) Rs 4 per k g b) Rs 6 per kg
expenditure the same.
c) Rs 2 per k g d) Rs 3 per kg
a) 10% b)20% c) 15% d)5%
2. Tea is now being sold at Rs 16 per kg. During last month
3. A reduction o f Rs 3 per kg enables a man to purchase 6

1
kg more rice for Rs 8. Find the original price o f rice per 3. A reduction o f 33— per cent in the price o f oranges
kg.
would enable a purchaser to obtain 8 more for a rupee.
a) Rs 3 per kg b) Rs 5 per k g
What was the price before the reduction?
c) Rs 6 per k g d) Rs 4 per kg
a) 16 per rupee b) 24 per rupee
Answers x ) 12 per rupee d) None o f these
l.a 2. a 3.d
. 4 / A reduction o f 2 4 % in the price o f tea enables a person
buy 3 k g more for Rs 75. Find the original price o f tea per
Rule 64
kg.
Theorem: If original price of a commodity is Rs O and new r
price of a commodity is Rs N, keeping expenditure (E) con- 16 17

i)Rs 6 b)Rs 7
stant, then the change in quantity of commodity consumed 19 19
( A Q ) , when there is an increase or decrease of p% in the
17
price of commodity, is obtained by the following for- c)Rs6 d)Rs 6
19
xE & r N Answers
mula, AQ = £ , where p=~
WxlOO o_ l.a 2.b 3. a 4.b

Ex.: A reduction o f 2 5 % in the price o f tea enables a per- Theorem: To split a number A into two parts such that one
7
son to buy 5 kg more for Rs 120. Find the original

100
price o f tea per k g . part isp%of the other. The two split parts are -xN
Soln: Using the above formula, 100 + p
px E 25x120
and •xN
N= per k g 100+p
AQxlOO 5x100
O - N
Here, P 1
xlOO Ex.: Split the number 120 into two parts such that one part
is 2 0 % o f the other.
Soln: F o l l o w i n g the above formula,
0 - 6
25 = xlOO=>250, = 1 0 0 0 - 6 0 0
O,
the numbers are r ^ x 120 and y ^ x 120
600 or, 100 and 20

•o, =
75
Exercise
.-. Original price is Rs 8 per kg
1. Split the number 150 into two parts such that one part is
Exercise 25% o f the other.
a) 120,30 b) 100,50 c)90,60 d) 110,40
A reduction o f 12— per cent in the price o f mangoes 2. Split the number 112 into two parts such that one part is
12% o f the other.
enables a purchaser to obtain 4 more for a rupee. What a) 84,28 b)80,32 c) 100,12 d) 102,10
are the reduced price and the original price per mango? 3. Split the number 280 into two parts such that one part is
1 1 1 1 40% o f the other.
b ) R e - , R e - a)240,40 b)200,80 c) 190,90 d)210,70
a ) R e 3 T ' R e 2 8
4. Split the number 27 into t w o parts such that one part is
35% o f the other.
d) None o f these
c ) R e 2 i ' 3 7 a) 18,9 b)21,6 c)24,3 d)20,7
2. A reduction o f 20 per cent i n the price o f tea would 5. Split the number 31 into t w o parts such that one part is
enable a purchaser to obtain 4 k g more for Rs l d o , what 24% o f the other.
is the reduced price, and original price? a) 25,6 b)24,7 c)22,9 d)27,4
a)Rs6.25,Rs5 b)Rs5,Rs6.25
Answers
c)Rs6,Rs5.25 d)Rs5:25,Rs6 l.a 2.c -3.b 4.d 5. a
Percentage 167
Rule 66 Exercise
Theorem: IfX litres of oil was poured into a tank and it was 1. 270 litres o f oil was poured into a tank and it was still
stillx% empty, then the quantity of oil that must be poured 2 5 % empty. Find the capacity o f the tank.
( Xxx 2. 170 litres o f o i l was poured into a tank and it was still
into the tank in order to fill it to the brim is
Uoo- 15% empty. Find the capacity o f the tank.
litres.
3. 220 litres o f oil was poured into a tank and it was still
Illustrative Example 12% empty. Find the capacity o f the tank.
Ex.: 240 litres o f o i l was poured into a tank and it was still a) 260 litres b) 350 litres c) 250 litres d) 500 litres
20% empty. H o w much o i l must be poured into the 4. 86 litres o f oil was poured into a tank and it was still 14%
tank i n order to fill it to the brim? empty. Find the capacity o f the tank.
Soln: Following the above formula, we have a) 100 litres b)T 70 litres c) 150 litres d) 106 litres
240x20 5. 1260 litres o f oil was poured into a tank and it was still
37% empty. Find the capacity o f the tank.
the required answer = 7^—— - 60 litres. a) 2520 litres b) 2000 litres c) 2500 litres d) 2050 litres
Answers
Exercise l.a 2.c 3.c 4.a 5.b /V
30% empty. H o w much o i l must be poured into the tank Rule 68
in order to fill it to the brim? .i^jL s\<tbyx%,y%
Theorem: If a number is successively increasl
a) 60 litres b) 90 litres c)«9^fres d) 70 litres andz%, then single equivalent increase in that number will
2 5 % empty. H o w much o i l must be poured into the tank xy + yz + zx \
be (x + y + z)+ %
in order to fill it to the brim? 100 100 2

3. 66 litres o f oil was poured into a tank and it was still 12% Illustrative Example
empty. H o w much o i l must be poured into the tank i n Ex.: Find a single equivalent increase, i f a number is suc-
order to fill it to the brim? cessively increased by 10%, 15% and 20%.
a) 9 litres b) 12 litres c) 6 litres d) 8 litres Soln: Following the above formula, we have
4. 1020 litres o f o i l was poured into a tank and it was still the required answer
15% empty. H o w much o i l must be poured into the tank /,„ »*\x15 + 15x20 + 10x20) (10x15x20)
in order to fill it to the brim? = (10 + 15 + 20 +-^ t+J i
a) 160 litres b) 90 litres c) 180 litres d) 170 litres v ; 100 10000
5. 410 litres o f oil was poured into a tank and it was still 65 3 450 + 6 5 + 3
= 45 + — + — ' = 51.8%
18% empty. H o w much o i l must be poured into the tank 10 10 10
in order to fill it to the brim?
Exercise
1. Find a single equivalent increase, i f a number is succes-
Answers
l.b 2.a \ 4.c 5.c sively increased by 5%, 10% and 15%.
a) 32.8% b)31.8% c)38.2% d)23.8%
Rule 67 2 Find a single equivalent increase, i f a number is succes-
Theorem: IfX litres of oil was poured into a tank and it was
sively increased by 15%, 2 0 % and 25%.
A^xlOO a) 72.2% b)72.5% c) 72.75% d)72%
still x% empty. Then the capacity of the tank is 3. Find a single equivalent increase, i f a number is succes-
U00-*
sively increased by 20%, 2 5 % and 30%.
litres. a) 90% b)75% c)95% d)85%
Illustrative Example 4. Find a single equivalent increase, i f a number is succes-
Ex.: 240 litres o f o i l was poured into a tank and i t was still sively increased by 10%, 2 0 % and 25%.
20% empty. Find the capacity o f the tank. a) 55% b)65% c)70% d)60%
Answers
240x100 O A n
l.a 2b 3.c 4.b.
the capacity o f the tank = ————- = 300 litres.
F J 100-20
Rule 69 Exercise
1. The price o f tea is increased by 10% and its consump-
Theorem: If three successive discounts ofx%,y% and z%
tion also increases by 10%. Find the new expenditure as
are allowed on an amount then a single discount that
a ratio o f initial expenditure.
equivalent to the three successive discounts will be
a) 11:10 b) 121:100
xy + yz + zx xyz c) 111: 100 d) None o f these
x + y + z- —— +- %
100 100 2 2. The price o f rice is incresed by 2 0 % and its cnsumption
is decreased by 30 per cnet. Find the new expenditure as
Illustrative Example a ratio o f initial expenditure.
Ex.: Find a single discount equivalent to a discount series a)21:25 b)25:21 c)7:8 d)8:7
o f 20%, 10% and 5%. 3. The price o f sugar is decreased by 4 0 % and its con-
Soln: Applying the above rule, sumption is also decreased by 25%. Find the new expen-
the equivalent successive discount diture as a ratio o f initial expenditure.
a)9:20 b)20:9 c)7:4 d)4:7
v 4. / T h e price o f wheat is decreased by 25% and its con-
20x10 + 10x5 + 5x20 20x10x5
20 + 10 + 5 - sumption increases by 25%. Find the new expenditure
100 10000
as a ratio o f initial expenditure.
= 31.6% a)3:4 b)5:4 c) 16:15 d) 15:16
Exercise Answers
1. Find a single discount equivalent to a discount series o f l.b 2. a 3.a 4.d
5%, 10% and 15%.
a) 30% b) 27.23% c) 27.32% d) 23.72% Rule 71 7 >
2. Find a single discount equivalent to a discount series o f Ex.: In an examination 30% o f the students failed in Math,
10%, 15% and 20%. 25% o f the students failed in English, 4 0 % o f the stu-
a)45% b)38.8% c)43.8% d)39.8% dents failed in H i n d i . I f 15% o f the students failed in
Find a single discount equivalent to a discount series o f Math and English, 2 0 % o f the students failed in En-
15%, 20% and 25%. glish and Hindi, 2 5 % o f the students failed in Math
a) 60% b)65.5% c)49% d)55.6% and Hindi and 10% o f the students failed in all the
4. Find a single discount equivalent to a discount series o f three subjects Math, English and Hindi, then find the
10%, 20% and 25%. percentage o f students who passed in all three sub-
a) 46% b)56% c)55% d)45% jects.
Soln: We have the following formula,
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.c 4.a (A U B U C) = n(A) + n(B) + n(C) - n (A n B )
-n(BoC)-n(AnC) +n(AnBnC)
Rule 70
Ex.: The price o f sugar is decreased by 20% and its con- .-. Total per cent o f failed candiates
sumption increases by 30%. Find the new expendi- = 30 + 40 + 2 5 - 2 5 - 2 0 - 1 5 + 1 0 = 45%
ture as a ratio o f initial expenditure. .-. Total per cent o f passed candidate
= 1 0 0 - 4 5 = 55%
New expenditure _ (l 00 + x X l 00 +
Soln: Exercise
Initial expenditure (lOO) 2
1. In an examination 35% o f the students failed in Math,
Note: Put x as (+x) and y as (+y) in the case of'increase' and 25% o f the students failed in English, 45% o f the stu-
x as ( - x ) and y as ( - y ) in the case o f 'decrease'. dents failed in Hindi. I f 10% o f the students failed in
Here in the first case price o f sugar decreases and in Math and English, 2 0 % o f the students failed in English
the second case consumption increases. and Hindi, 3 0 % o f the students failed in Math and Hindi
Hence the above formula becomes as and 5% o f the students failed in all the three subjects
Math, English and H i n d i , then find the percentage o f
(lOO-xXlOO + y ) _ ( l 0 0 - 2 0 X l 0 0 + 30)
students who passed in all three subjects.
100 2 100 2
a) 10% b)50% c)80% d)90%

80x130 _ 26 2. In an examination 4 0 % o f the students failed in Math,
100x100 ~ 25 30% o f the students failed in English, 50% o f the stu-
dents failed in Hindi. I f 2 5 % o f the students failed in
Percentage 169
•: âth and English, 15% o f the students failed in English 2. I n a recent survey 2 0 % houses contained two or more
and Hindi, 2 2 % o f the students failed in Math and H i n d i people. O f those houses containing only one person
and 13% o f the students failed in all the three subjects 10% were having only a male. What is the percentage o f
Math, English and Hindi, then find the percentage o f all houses w h i c h contain exactly one female and no
students who passed in all three subjects, males?
a) 35% b)29% c)60% d)71% a) 7 2 % . b)27% c)70% d)62%
3. In an examination 2 0 % o f the students failed in Math, 3. I n a recent survey 3 0 % houses contained two or more
15% o f the students failed in English, 2 5 % o f the stu- people. O f those houses containing only one person
dents failed in Hindi. I f 5% o f the students failed in Math 15% were having only a male. What is the percentage o f
and English, 10% o f the students failed in English and all houses w h i c h contain exactly one female and no
Hindi, 15% o f the students failed in Math and Hindi and males?
2% o f the students failed in all the three subjects Math, a) 60% b)60.5% c)59% d)59.5%
English and Hindi, then find the percentage o f students 4. In a recent survey 4 0 % houses contained two or more
who passed in all three subjects, people. O f those houses containing only one person
a) 55% b)65% c)68% d)32% 2 0 % were having only a male, What is the percentage o f
all houses w h i c h contain exactly one female and no
Answers
males?
l.b 2.b 3.c
a) 48% b)50% c)45% d)56%
Rule 72 Answers
In a recent survey x% houses contained two or more people. l.d 2a 3.d 4.a
Of those houses containing only one person y% were hav- y
ing only a male. The percentge of all houses which contain Rule 73
exactly one female and no males is given by Monthly income of A is x% more than that of B. Monthly
income of B is y% less than that of C. If the difference
(100-x)(100-j;)
Vo between the monthly incomes of A and CisRs 'M\ the
100 monthly incomes of B and C are given by Rs
Illustrative Example 100x(100->OxM

Ex.: In a recent survey 2 5 % houses contained two or more and
(100 + x ) ( 1 0 0 - > 0 - ( 1 0 0 ) 2
people. O f those houses containing only one person
2 0 % were having only a male. What is the percentage
o f all houses which contain exactly one female and 100 xM 2
Rs respectively.
no males? (100 + x ) ( 1 0 0 - > - ) - ( 1 0 0 ) 2

Houses containing only one person = 100 - 25 = 75% Illustrative Example
Ex.: Ram's monthly income is 15% more than that o f
, 20
n
Shyam. Shyam's monthly income is 10% less than
Houses containing only a male = 75 x = 15%
that o f Sohan. I f the difference between the monthly
.-. Houses containing only one female = 75-15 = 60% incomes o f Ram and Sohan is Rs 350, what is the
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we monthly income o f Shyam?
have Soln: Detail M e t h o d :
the required answer Ram's monthly income
(100-25)000-20) 75x80 = Shyam's income + 15% o f Shyam's income
= 60% = 1.15 Shyam's income
100 100
Shyam's income
Exercise = Sohan's income - 10% o f Sohan's income
1. In a recent survey 4 0 % houses contained two or more = 0.9 Sohan's income
people. O f those houses containing only one person .-. Ram's income = 1 . 1 5 x 0 . 9 Sohan's income
25% were having only a male. What is the percentage o f = 1.035 Sohan's income
all houses which contain exactly one female and no Now,
males? Ram's income - Sohan's Income
a) 75 b)40 c)15 d)45 = 1.035 Sohan's income - Sohan's income
[SBI Bank P O Exam, 2000] = Rs 350 given

Sohan's income = = Rs 10,000 Ex: Weight o f two persons A and B are i n the ratio o f 3 :
0.035
.-. Shyam's income = 0.9 x 10,000=Rs9000 5. A ' s weight increases b y 2 0 % and the total weight
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we o f A and B together becomes 80 k g , w i t h an increase
have o f 25%. B y what per cent did the weight o f B increase?
100x(100-10)x350 Soln: Detail Method:
Shyam's income = Rs ( J Q Q +j 5 _j _
) ( 2
] 0 0 0 ) ( 1 0 0 )
Let the weights o f A and B be 3x and 5x.
N o w , according to question,
100x90x350 9000x350
3xxl20
115x90-10000 10350-10000 + B ' s n e w w t = 80 (i)
100
= Rs9000
100x100x350 (3x + 5 x = ) 8 x x l 2 5
and ° 0 .... (ii)
Sohan's Income = Rs ( 100 + 15Xl00-10)-(l00) 2
100
= R s 10,000 From(ii)x = 8
Putting x = 8 i n ( i ) , we get
Exercise B ' s n e w w t = 8 0 - 2 8 . 8 = 51.2 k g
1. Naresh's m o n t h l y income is 3 0 % more than that o f
Raghu. Raghu's monthly income is 20% less than that o f 51.2-40
% increase i n B ' s w t = xlOO = 2 8 %
vishal. I f the difference between the monthly incomes o f 40
Naresh and Vishal is Rs 800, what is the monthly income Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have
o f Raghu? [Bank of Baroda P O , 1999] the required answer
a) Rs 16000 b)Rs 20000
c) Rs 12000 d) Data inadequate 100 + 25 Y 3^ 3(100+20'
+1 xlOO
2. A ' s monthly income is 2 5 % more than that o f B . B's 100 A + 5 s{ 100 .
OlQatMy income is 5% less than that o f C. I f the differ-
ence between the monthly incomes o f A and C is Rs
125 8 [ 3 120 ,
1875,FindB'sincome. x <— x +1 xlOO
a)Rs9500 b)Rs 10000 100 5 15 100
c) Rs 11375 d) None o f these
100-86
3. Naresh's m o n t h l y income is 3 0 % more than that o f xlOO = 2 8 %
50
Raghu. Raghu's monthly income is 15% less than that o f
vishal. I f the difference between the monthly incomes o f Note: I f you have to calculate percentage increase, as i n the
Naresh and Vishal is Rs 1050, what is the m o n t h l y i n - above case, y o u can also use R u l e 8.
come o f Raghu?
Exercise
a)Rs9500 b)Rs 10550 c)Rs8500 d)Rs 10000 1. Weights of two friends Ram and Shyam are in the ratio
4. Naresh's m o n t h l y income is 4 0 % more than that o f
o f 4 : 5. Ram's weight increases by 10% and the total
Raghu. Raghu's monthly income is 2 0 % less than that o f
weight o f Ram and Shyam together becomes 82.8 k g ,
vishal. I f the difference between the monthly incomes o f
w i t h an increase o f 15%. B y what per cent did the weight
Naresh and Vishal is Rs 2400, what is the m o n t h l y i n -
o f Shyam increase? [Guwahati P O E x a m , 1999]
come o f Raghu?
a) 12.5% b)17.5% c) 19% d)21%
a) Rs 16000 b)Rs 20000 c)Rs 30000 d)Rs 18000 2. Weights o f t w o friends Seeta and Geeta are i n the ratio
Answers o f 1 : 2. Seeta's weight increases by 2 0 % and the total
l.a 2. a 3.c 4. a weight o f Seeta and Geeta together becomes 60 k g , w i t h
an increase o f 30%. B y what per cent d i d the weight o f
Rule 74 Geeta increase?
Weights of two persons A and B are in the ratio of a:b.A's a) 35% b)40% c)34.5% d)36.5%
weight increases by x% and the total weight of A and B 3. Weights o f two friends R i n k u and Sunil are i n the ratio o f
together becomes 'W' kg, with an increase ofy%, then the 3 : 7. R i n k u ' s weight increases b y 2 0 % and the total
percentage increase in the weight of B is given by weight o f R i n k u and Sunil together becomes 75 k g , with
f lOO + y lOO + x an increase o f 40%. B y what per cent d i d the weight o f
I 100 100
+1 xl00% Sunil increase?
Percentage 171
a) 4 4 y O / o b) 4 8 | o / o 6000 x (100)-
M o n t h l y income o f Raju
c)49% d) None o f these = (100-20)(100-25)
Weights o f t w o friends Ashok and V i n o d are i n the ratio = Rs 10000
o f 2 : 5. A s h o k ' s weight increases by 5% and the total
6000x20x100
weight o f A s h o k and V i n o d together becomes 89 k g ,
A m o u n t spent on the food = ( i 0 0 - 2 0 ) ( 1 0 0 - 2 5 )
with an increase o f 15%. B y what per cent d i d the weight
o f V i n o d increase? =Rs2000
a) 19% b)19.5% c)16% d)21.5%
_ 25x6000
Answers A m o u n t spent on the r o o m rent
100-25
l.c 2. a 3.b 4. a
= Rs2000
Rule 75 Exercise
A person spends x% of his monthly income on item 'A' and 1. M r Yadav spends 6 0 % o f his monthly salary on con-
j \ the remaining on the item 'B'. He saves the remain- sumable items and 5 0 % o f the remaining on clothes and
ing amount. If the saving amount is Rs 'S', then transport. He saves the remaining amount. I f his say-
ings at the end o f the year were Rs 48456, h o w much
Sx(100) 2 amount per month w o u l d he have spent on clothes and
the monthly income of person = Rs transport? [ B S R B Delhi P O , 2000]
(100-x)(100-y)
a)Rs4038 b)Rs8076 c) Rs 9691.20 d)Rs 4845.60
>U) the monthly amount spent on the item A
2. Pankaj spends 15% o f his m o n t h l y salary on entertain-
SxxxlOO ment, and 4 0 % o f the remaining on board and lodging.
= R s (100-x)(100-v) He saves the remaining amount. I f his monthly savings
are Rs 1020, find the m o n t h l y salary o f Pankaj.
iii) the monthly amount spent on the item B
a)Rs2000 b)Rs5000 c)Rs2200 d)Rs5500
1~ yxS 3. M r Yadav spends 3 0 % o f his m o n t h l y salary on con-
= R s |_(100->>) sumable items and 2 5 % o f the remaining on clothes and
Note: Here ' S ' = Saving per month. transport. He saves the remaining amount. I f his sav-
ings at the end o f the year were Rs 63000, h o w much
Illustrative Example amount per month w o u l d he have spent on clothes and
l u M r Raju spends 2 0 % o f his monthly income on food transport?
and 25% o f the remaining on r o o m rent. He saves the - a)Rsl570 b)Rsl750 c)Rsl850 d)Rs3000
remaining amount. I f the saving amount is Rs 6000, 4. M r Yadav spends 10% o f his monthly salary on con-
find the monthly income o f Raju, the amount spent sumable items and 15% o f the remaining on clothes and
on food and the amount spent on r o o m rent. transport. He saves the remaining amount. I f his sav-
Soln: Detail Method: ings at the end o f the year were Rs 18360, how much
Let the m o n t h l y income o f Raju be x. amount per month w o u l d he have spent on clothes and
transport?
A m o u n t spent on food = 2 0 % o f x = —
a)Rs2700 b)Rs720 c)Rs270 d) None o f these
Ax x Answers
A m o u n t spent on r o o m rent = 2 5 % o f • 1. a; Hint: Here savings = Rs 48456 (for a year ie 12 months)
5 7
x _ 3x 48456
Remaining amount = i f Savings per m o n t h ; :Rs4038
5 T ~ T 12
3x N o w , apply the above rule ( i i i ) , we have
According to the question, 6000
5 50xRs4038
the required answer = —77^——— = R s 4 0 3 8
.-. x = Rs 10000 100-50
.-. M o n t h l y income o f Raju = Rs 10000 2. a 3.b 4.c
A m o u n t spent on food = Rs 2000 and amount spent
on r o o m rent = Rs 2000. Rule 76
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we When the price of an item was increased by x%, a family
have reduced its consumption in such a way that the expendi-
ture on the item was onlyy% more than before. If'W'kg Per cent ExpendHue Change
were consumed per month before, then the new monthly
( Common increase or decrease^
flOO+y"!
- [ io j *
consumption is given by I I Q Q + j c J Note: Here -ve sign shows the decrease i n expenditure ie in
the above case there is always decrease i n the expen-
Illustrative Example diture.
Ex.: When the price o f tea was increased by 25%, a family Illustrative Example
reduced its consumption i n such a w a y that the ex- Ex.: The price o f sugar is increased b y 2 0 % and a house-
penditure on tea was only 20% more than before. I f 25 wife reduced her consumption o f sugar b y 20% and
kg were consumed per month before, find the new hence her expenditure on sugar,
monthly consumption. a) remains unaltered b) decreases b y 20%
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have c) decreases b y 4 per cent d) increases b y 4 %
100 + 20
the required answer = x25 = 2 4 k g Soln: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have
100 + 25
Note: Expenditure = Price x Consumption (20)
2
the required answer = _ TT = -4%

Exercise
ie expenditure decreases b y 4 %
1. When the price o f rice was increased b y 32%, a family
.'. answer is (c)
reduced its consumption i n such a way that the expendi-
ture on rice was only 10% more than before. I f 30 k g were Exercise
consumed per m o n t h before, find the new m o n t h l y con- 1. The price o f coffee is increased b y 15% and a housewife
sumption. reduced her consumption o f coffee by 15% and hence
a) 25 k g b)24kg her expenditure on coffee,
c)20kg d)18kg a) remains unchanged b) increases by 1 %
2. When the price o f tea was increased b y 20%, a family c) decreases b y 4 % d) decreases b y 2.25%
reduced its consumption i n such a way that the expendi- 2. The price o f tea is increased b y 10% and a housewife
ture on tea was only 15% more than before. I f 24 k g were reduced her consumption o f tea b y 10% and hence her
consumed per m o n t h before, find the new monthly con- expenditure on tea,
sumption. a) remains unaltered b) decreases b y 1 %
a) 19kg b)18kg c)23kg d)21kg c) decreases b y 4 % d) decreases by 2 %
3. When the price o f wheat was increased by 44%, a family 3. The price o f sugar is increased b y 25% and a housewife
reduced its consumption i n such a way that the expendi- reduced her consumption o f sugar b y 25% and hence
ture on wheat was only 2 0 % more than before. I f 18 k g her expenditure on sugar,
were consumed per month before, find the new monthly a) remains unaltered b) increases b y 6.25%
consumption. c) decreases b y 6.25% d) decreases b y 2.25%
a) 14 k g b)15kg c)16kg d)10kg 4. The price o f groundnut o i l is increased b y 30% and .
4. When the price o f coffee was increased by 24%, a family housewife reduced her consumption o f groundnut oil
reduced its consumption i n such a way that the expendi- by 3 0 % and hence her expenditure on groundnut oil,
ture on coffee was only 8% more than before. I f 31 k g a) remains unchanged b ) increases by 9%
were consumed per month before, find the new monthly c) decreases b y 6% d) decreases b y 9%
consumption.
Answers
a) 26 kg b)25kg c)28kg d)27kg l.d 2.b 3.c 4.d
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.d Miscellaneous
1. I n a school, a total o f 110 students are studying toget
Rule 77 i n t w o divisions A and B o f Class X . The students
If the price of an item is increased by x% and a housewife studying only H i n d i , only Sanskrit or both H i n d i
reduced the consumption of that item by x%, then her ex- Sanskrit. The total number o f students i n A and B d
sions are i n the ratio o f 5 : 6; the number o f stude
studying only H i n d i is 4 0 % o f the total number o f s
penditure on that item decreases by ^~ | %. Or, in words
dents i n the t w o divisions. The number o f stude
it can be written as the following. studying both subjects i n A division is 3 0 % o f the s
MATHS
Percentage
dents in that division and is equal to the number o f stu- the city is 156800 what is the total population?
dents studying only Hindi in the same division. 36 stu- [ B S R B P a t n a P O , 20011
dents study both Hindi and Sanskrit. What is the total a)245000 b) 367500 c) 196000
number o f students studying only Sanskrit in class X ? d) 171500 e) None o f these
diture ie in [ S B I B a n k P O , 1999] 8. The ratio o f the number o f students appearing for exam i -
the expen- a)44 b)38 c)36 nation in the year 1998 in the states A , B and C was 3 : 5
d) 30 e) None o f these : 6. Next year i f the number o f students in these states
Out o f a total 85 children playing badminton or table increases by 20%, 10% and 2 0 % respectively, the ratio
tennis or both, total number o f girls in the group is 70% in states A and C would be 1:2. What was the number o f
i d a house-
o f the total number o f boys in the group. The number o f students who appeared for the examination in the state
iy 20% and
boys playing only badminton is 5 0 % o f the number o f A in 1998? [ B S R B Patna PO, 2001J
boys and the total number o f boys playing badminton is a) 7200 b)6000 c)7500
iby20%
60% o f the total number o f boys. The number o f children d) Data inadequate e) None o f these
by 4% playing only table tennis is 4 0 % o f the total number o f Directions (Q. 9-13): A n s w e r these questions on the
children and a total o f 12 children play badminton and basis of the information given below:
table tennis both. What is the number o f girls playing i) I n a class o f 80 students the girls and the boys are in the
only badminton? ] S B I Associates P O , 1999] ratio o f 3 : 5. The students can speak only Hindi or only
a) 16 b)14 c)17 English or both H i n d i and English.
d) Data inadequate e) None o f these ii) The number o f boys and the number o f girls who can
Pradip spends 40 per cent o f his monthly income on speak only Hindi is equal and each o f them is 4 0 % o f the
food items, and 50 per cent o f the remaining on clothes total number o f girls.
a housewife and conveyance. He saves one-third o f the remaining iii) 10% o f the girls can speak both the languages and 58%
/ and hence
0
amount after spending on food, clothes and convey- o f the boys can speak only English.
ance. I f he saves Rs 19,200 every year, what is his monthly [ S B I B a n k P O , 20011
1% income? [ B S R B Calcutta P O , 1999] 9. H o w many girls can speak only English?
2.25% a) Rs 24000 b) Rs 12000 c) 16000 a) 12 b)29 c)18
a housewife d) Rs 20000 e) None o f these d) 15 e) None o f these
nd hence her Ashok gave 40 per cent o f the amount he had to Jayant. 10. In all how many boys can speak Hindi?
Jayant in turn gave one-fourth o f what he received from a) 12 b)9 c)24
l 1% Ashok to Prakash. After paying Rs 200 to the taxidriver d) Data inadequate e) None o f these
out o f the amount he got from Jayant, Prakash now has 11. What percentage o f all the students (boys and girls to-
1 a housewife Rs 600 left with him. H o w much amount did Ashok have? gether) can speak only Hindi?
% and hence [ B S R B C h e n n a i P O , 2000] a) 24 b)40 c)50
a) Rs 1200 b) Rs 4000 c) Rs 8000 d) 30 e) None o f these
16.25% d) Data inadequate e) None o f these 12. I n all how many students (boys and girls together) can
y2.25% Rajesh solved 80 per cent o f the questions in an exami- speak both the languages?
>y 30% and a nation correctly. I f out o f 41 questions solved by Rajesh a) 15 b)12 c)9
groundnut oil 37 questions are correct and o f the remaining questions d) 29 e) None o f these
>undnut oil, out o f 8 questions 5 questions have been solved by 13. H o w many boys can speak either only H i n d i or only
y9% Rajesh correctly then find the total number o f questions English?
>y 9% asked in the examination. a) 25 b) 3 8 c) 41 d) 29 e) None o f these
[ B S R B Bangalore P O , 2000] 14. Madan's salary is 2 5 % o f Ram's salary and Ram's salary
a) 75 b)65 c)60 is 4 0 % o f Sudin's salary. I f the total salary o f all the three
d) Can't be determined e) None o f these for a month is Rs 12000, how much did Madan earn that
In a class o f 60 children, 3 0 % children can speak only month? (Bank PO 1991)
English, 20% Hindi and English both and the rest o f the a)Rs800 b)Rs8000 c)Rs6Q0 d)Rs850
dying together
children can speak only H i n d i . H o w many children can 15. ? % o f 130= 11.7 ( S B I B a n k PO Exam, 1987)
ie students an
speak Hindi? [ B S R B P a t n a P O , 2001] a) 90 b)9 c)0.9 d)0.09
>oth H i n d i ant
a) 42 b)36 c)30 16. 4 0 % o f 7 0 = 4 x ? ( B a n k Clerical Exam, 1990)
I A and B dm
d) 48 e) None o f these a) 28 b)280 c)7 d)70
ber o f studeni
The ratio o f males and females in a city is 7 : 8 and the 17. What is 25% o f 25% equal to? (Astt. Grade 1987)
number o f stn
percentage o f children among males and females is 25% a) 6.25 b).625 c).0625 d) .00625
>er o f studeni
and 20% respectively. I f the number o f adult females in 18. 5 out o f 2250 parts o f earth is sulphur. What is the per-
30%ofthesta
centage o f sulphur in earth? profit o f 10% based on the worth o f the house. B sells
(Hotel Management 1991) the house back to A at a loss o f 10%. In this transaction,
A gets ( C B I Exam 1990)
- ) «
1
")c
S
c)
2^ d) a) a profit o f Rs 2000 b) a profit o f Rs 1100
50 45
c) a profit o f Rs 1000 d) no profit no loss
30% o f 80 „. 30. p is six times as large as q. The per cent that q is less than
19. = 24 (Delhi Police 1989) p, is: ( C P O Exam 1990)
2 1
a) 1 6 - b)60 c)90 d) 83-
b)l c) d)2 3 ~' 3 I
To~
a) 17
31. In an examination 7 0 % candidates passed in English and
20. 75% o f a number when added to 75 becomes the number
65% in Mathematics. I f 27% candidate failed in both the
itself. The number is:
subjects and 248 passed the examination, the total num-
a) 150 b)200 c)225 d)300
ber o f candidates was: (Bank Clerical Exam, 1991)
(Railway Recruitment 1991)
a) 400 b)348 c)420 d)484
0.756x- Answers
21. is equivalent to: ( S S C E x a m 1987)
4 1. d; 30 students
a) 18.9% b)37.8% c)56.7% d)75% 2. b; Let the number o f boys = x
22. I f 90% o f A = 3 0 % o f B and B = x% o f A , then the value 7x
o f x is:
(Astt. Grade 1987) then x + — = 8 5 = > x = 50
a) 600 b)800 c)300 d)900
No. ofgirls = 8 5 - 5 0 = 35
23. The marked price is 10% higher than the cost price. A Badminton
discount o f 10% is given on the marked price. I n this
k i n d o f sale, the seller ( C D S 1991)
a) Bears no loss, no gain b ) Gain 1 %
c) Loses 10% d) Loses 1 %
24. I f x is 9 0 % o f y, what per cent o f x is y?
(Astt. Grade 1990)
a)90 b)190 c) 101.1 d) 111.1
25. Which number is 6 0 % less than 80?
3.c; Food items = 4 0 %
(Astt. Grade 1990)
a) 48 b)42 c)32 d) 12
Clothes + conveyance = — o f 6 0 % = 3 0 %
26. I f the base o f a rectangle is increased by 10% and the
area is unchanged, then its corrsponding altitude must
1 19200
be decreased by? ( C B I Exam 1990) 10%= 1600
-of30%=-12- =
a)H^% b)9-L% c) 1 1 % d) 10% • 100% = Rs 16000
2 1 2 . 1 .
27. The price o f an article was increased by p % . Later the 4.c; J = t A p = - x - A = — A and — A - 2 0 0 = 60ft"
new price was decreased by p % . I f the latest price was 4 5 10
Re 1, the original price was: ( C P O E x a m 1990)
1
A =800
l-p 2 •• 10
a)Rel
A = Rs8000
5. b; Suppose there are 8x questions apart from the 41 qu
10000 tions.
c)Rs d)Rs
100 10000-p 2 37 + 5x _ 4 G n /
Then — - — = 80% = -
28. I f 10% o f m is die same as 2 0 % o f n then m : n is equal to: 41 + 8x 5
( C B I Exam 1990) => 185 + 2 5 x = 1 6 4 + 32x => 7x = 21 => x = 3
a)l:2 b)2:l c)5:l d) 1 0 : 1 .-. Total no. o f questions = 41 + 8x = 65
29. A owns a house worth Rs 10000. He sells it to B at a 6. a; Number o f students who speak only English
Percentage 175
= 30%of60=18
Number o f students who speak H i n d i and English 18. b;Percentage o f sulphur = f xlOO j % = - %
= 20%of60=12
.-. Number o f students who speak only H i n d i
= ( 6 0 - 3 0 = ) 30 3 0 % o f 80 „„ ^ '30
19. b; = 24=>24x = x80 = 24 x =1
.-. N o . o f students w h o speak H i n d i = 30 + 12 = 42 x ,100
20. d ; 7 5 + ( 7 5 % o f x ) = x
" b: Number o f females = 1 5 6 8 0 0 x ^ ° - = 196000
80
c n 75 + x = x
7
Number o f males = - x 196000 = 171500
8
3 . 3
.-. Total population = 196000+171500 = 367500 or, 75 + —x = x o r , x — x = 75
Ii- d; Let the number o f students appearing for examination 4 4
in the year 1998 i n the states A , B and C be 3x, 5x and 6x 1
respectively.
•'• TX = 75. So,x = 7 5 x 4 = 300
4
21.c;
120
3xx
According to the question, i o p _ l = = > i = i 0.756x-
756 x l) (756*1 xlOO % = 56.7%
6xx 120 2 2 2 1000 A) 1,1000x4
100
90 . 30 _
M 3 ) : N o . o f boys i n the class = - x 8 0 = 50 2 2 c ; l ^ A = Tbi B «'3A=B...(i)
8
.-. N o . o f girls i n the class = 8 0 - 5 0 = 30 Given B =x% o f A or, B = — x A .... (ii)
B(50) G(30) F r o m eqn (i) and (ii) we have,

x = 300.
23. d;LetCP=Rs i W . Then, marked'pn'ce = Rs i i6
10
Discount = (10%ofRs 110) = ofRsllO = R s l l
100
.-. SP = R s ( 1 1 0 - l l ) = R s 9 9
So, the seller loses 1 % . [See R u l e 37]
l i lO.e 11.d 12.b 13.c
• L i. Let Sudin's salary = Rs x. Then, 90 9y y 10
40 2x 24.d;x = 9 0 % o f y = — y = - l M = -
Ram's salary = I ' ' s
100 5 z
Let y = z% o f x = —x => —
25 2x . 100 x 100
and Madan's salary = Rs x— =R S
1,100 5 z _ 10 10x100
z = = 111.1%
x + — + — = 1200 = > x = 8000 100 ~ 9
5 10
( 8000^1 25.c;(80-60%of80)= | 8 0 _ 7 ^ x 8 0 | = ( 8 0 - 4 8 ) = 32
So. Madan's salary = Rs I I = Rs 800
26. b; Let length = 100 m and height = x m ; Area = (1 OOx)
tLetx%ofl30=11.7 N e w length = 110 m & let new height = (x - y % o f x )
rhen x l 3 0 = 11.7: 11.7x100 = 9
' 100 130 Then, H O x f x — - y = 100 xx
L«40%of70 = 4 x x
, 100
40 x70 = 4 x x = > x = | — x 7 0 x i | = or, H O x 1 - J_

I 100 U00 4, 100 j
25 25 625 100 y _ 100 _ 10 _ 1
= 0.0625 or, 1 —
10000 100 110 ° '100~
r 110 ~ 110 ~ 11
Thus profit made by A i n t w o transactions

100 „ 1
. y= = 9—% = R s ( 1 0 0 0 + 1 0 0 ) = Rs 1100
• ' 11 11
27. d; Let original price = Rs x 1
30.d;P = 6 q = > q = - p
o
100-p (lOO + p ' j
100
of
I ioo J ofx=l
:.
{
q is less than p by I P ^ P j _
1 ) - _
5
^"P
100x100 10000
.'. x =
( 1 0 0 - p X l O O + p) (10000-p ) 2
• Required percentage : | g P x p x ^ ^ % = 83-%

3
10 20 m 20 100
28 b m = n => — 31. a; Failed in English only = (30 - 27) = 3%
°- ° ' 100 100 n
ioo x 10 I 1
Failed in Mathematics only = (35 - 27) = 8%
.-. m : n = 2 : 1 Failed i n both the subjects = 2 7 %
110 Failed in one or both o f the subjects
29. b; Price paid by B = R s | J ^ * 1 0 0 0 0 | = R s 11000 = ( 3 + 8 + 2 7 ) % = 38%
62
.-. 6 2 % o f x = 248 x x = 248
90 100
Price paid by A = Rs I x 1 1 ° 0 I = Rs 9900
0
248x100
= 400
62
Sun
i 5-
i ft
Fucs
: i :
Average
Rule 1 Answers
1. b; Hint: First 6 prime numbers are 2 , 3 , 5 , 7 , 1 1 and 13.
It find the average, when the number of quantities and
5(l + 2 + 3 + .... + 25)
Aeir sum is given. We have the following formula 2. a; Hint: Required average = —
Sum of the quantities 25x26 5 , x
= — — — x — = 65
a ^ e Number of quantities 2 25
n{n +1)
•ustrative Example V 1+2+ ... + / J :
lb: A batsman scores 35, 45 and 37 runs in first, second

3. a; Hint: First five prime numbers are 2 , 3 , 5 , 7 , 1 1 .
and third innings respectively. Find the average runs
4. b
in the three innings.
5. a ; H i n t : b = a + 2, c = a + 4 , d = a + 6 a n d e = a + 8
\Smka: Follow the above formula, we have
.-. required average
35 + 45 + 37
average runs = = 39 runs. a+a+2+a+4+a+6+a+l
= a+4
c rcise
I Find the average o f first 6 prime numbers. 76535 + 88165
6. c; Hint: Required average = Rs = Rs451.23
365
a) 4 b)6- c) 5 - d ) 6- 7. b
Find the average o f first 25 multiples o f 5. Rule 2

a) 65 b)60 c)75 d)80 To find the sum, when the number of quantities and their
Find the average o f first 5 prime numbers. average is given. We have the following formula:
[Clerical Grade E x a m , 1989] Sum of quantities = Average x Number of quantities.
a) 5.6 b)5.5 c)6.5 . d)4.6
Find the average o f first 18 multiples o f 6.
Ex.: The average marks obtained by 120 candidates in a
a) 75 b)57 c)67 d)76
certain examination is 35. Find the total marks.
I f a, b, c, d, e are five consecutive odd integers, then
what is their average? Soln: Following the above formula, we have
[ B a n k P O E x a m , 1989] the total marks = 120 x 35 = 4200.
abode , - Exercise
a)a + 4 b) — — c) 5(a + b + c + d + e) d)a+8
1. The average weight o f a class having 52 students is 52
What was the average daily expenditure o f a man in 1999 kg. Find the total weight o f the class.
who spent Rs 76535 in the first halfyear and Rs 88165 i n a) 2504 k g b) 2708 k g c) 2704 k g d) 2407 k g
the last? 2. The average scores o f a batsman is 44.4 runs. I f he played
a)Rs450 b)Rs451.32 c)Rs451.23 d)Rs 450.23 125 innings so far, find the total runs made by him.
The average o f first five multiples o f 3 is a) 5550 runs b) 5250 runs c) 5450 runs d) 5560 runs
[Central Excise & I . Tax, 1988] 3. The average marks obtained by 144 candidates in a cer-
a)3 b)9 c)12 d) 15 tain examination is 55. Find the total marks.
178
yoursmahboob.wordpress.com P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATHS
a) 7290 b)7920 c)7930 d)7390 Answers

4. The population o f 6 villages is 803,900,1100,1023,945 I. c 2.a 3.b
and 980. What is the population o f the seventh village i f 4. a; Hint: Population o f seventh village = 7 x 1000 - (803 -
the average population o f the seven villages is 1000? 900 +1100 +1023 + 9 4 5 + 9 8 0 ) = 1249
a) 1249 b)1429 c)1428 d)1349 5. a; Total temperature from 9th to 16th o f January
5. The mean temperature from the 9th to the 16th o f Janu- = 8x 11.6°C=92.8°C
ary, both days inclusive, was 11.6° C and from the 10th Total temperature from 10th to 17th o f January
to the 17th i t was 12.2° C. The temperature on the 9th = 8 x 12.2 = 97.6° C
was 10.8° C. What was it on the 17th? Now, according to the question,
a)15.6°C b)4.8°C c)9.6°C d)15°C Temperature on 17th o f January
6. The weights o f four rowers o f a boat are respectively 70 = 10.8° C + 97.6° C - 92.8° C = 15.6° C
kg, 72 kg, 73 kg and 74 kg and the average weight o f 6. a; Hint: Required answer = 5 x 70 - (70 + 72 + 73 + 74)
whole crew, including the coxswain is 70 kg. Find the = 61 kg.
weight o f the coxswain. 7. d; Hint: Weight o f new student = (20 x 24.8 - 19 x 25)
a) 61 kg b)68kg c)62kg d)63kg = 21 kg
7. The average weight o f 19 students was 25 kg. B y the 8. a; Hint: Let 7th number be x.
admission o f a new student the average weight is re- Sum o f given 6 numbers = (6 x 8) = 48
duced to 24.8 kg. The weight o f the new student is 48 + x
a) 24.8 kg b) 20.8 k g c) 20.6 k g d)21kg
8. The average o f 6 numbers is 8. What is the 7th number .-. Average o f 7 numbers = — ~ — .
so that average becomes 10? | L I C E x a m , 1991]
a)22 b) 18 c)21 d)20 48+x
9. The average o f 5 0 numbers is 3 8. I f two numbers namely, :. = 1 0 or,48 + x = 70 o r x = 22.
Hence, the 7th number is 22.
45 and 55 are discarded, the average o f remaining num- 9. c; Hint: Total o f 50 numbers = 50 x 38 = 1900.
bers is: [ C B I Exam, 1990]
Average o f 48 numbers
a) 36.50 b) 37.00 c) 37.50 d) 37.52
1 9 0 0 - ( 4 5 + 5 5 ) _ 1800 ='_.37.50
10. The average age o f an adult class is 40 years. 12 new
students with an average age o f 32 years j o i n the class, 48 ~ 48
thereby decreasing the average o f the class by 4 years. 10. c;Hint: 40x + 1 2 x 3 2 = ( l 2 + x ) x 3 6 :.X = 12
The original strength o f the class was: II. c
[ C e n t r a l Excise & I . Tax 1989] 12. a; Hint: Temperature o f the last day
a) 10 b) 11 c)12 d) 15 := [ 2 8 . 5 x 7 - ( 2 7 x 3 ) - ( 2 9 x 3 ) ] ° = 3 1 . 5 °
11. The average expenditure o f a man for the first five months
13. d; Hint: Let the runs he should score in third test be
is Rs 120 and for the next seven months is Rs 130. His
Then,
monthly average income i f he saves Rs 290 in that year,
is: [Railways 1991] 180 + 258 + x
230: :252.
a)Rsl60 b)Rsl70 c)Rsl50 d)140
12. The average temperature o f first 3 days is 2 7 ° and o f the 14. d; Hint: Total monthly salary o f 21 personnels
next 3 days is 2 9 ° . I f the average o f the whole week is = Rs (21 x 2000) = Rs 42000.
28.5° C, the temperature o f the last day is: Total monthly salary o f 20 personnels
[Railways 1991] = R s ( 2 0 x 1900) = Rs38000.
a)31.5° b)10.5 ° c)21° d)42° M o n t h l y salary o f the manager = Rs 4000.
13. A cricketer scored 180 runs in the first test and 258 runs Annual salary o f the manager = Rs 48000.
in the second. H o w many runs should he score in the
third test so that his average score i n the three tests Rule 3
would be 230 runs? [BankP01991] To find number of quantities, when the sum of quant?
a)219 b)242 c)334 d) None o f these and average are given. We have the following formula:
14. The average salary o f 20 workers in an office is Rs 1900
Sum of quantities
per month. I f the manager's salary is added, the average Number of quantities =
becomes Rs 2000 per month. The manager's annual sal- •*' Average
ary (in Rs) is: Illustrative Example
[ S B I P O Exam, 1988] Ex.: I f the sum o f the ' n ' number o f quantities is 30 and
a) 24000 b) 25200 c) 45600 d) None o f these average is 6. Find the value o f ' n ' .
Average 179
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have Where, f , f,, f 3 f are the frequencies ie no. of items
and Xj, x , x
2 3 , x „ - are the values of each respective item
Ex. 1: A man bought 13 shirts o f Rs 50 each, 15 pants o f Rs

Exercise 60 each and 12 pairs o f shoes at Rs 65 a pair. Find the
1. I f the sum o f x number o f quantities is 162 and the aver- average value o f each article.
age is 9. Find the value o f x. Soln: Direct Method:
a) 18 b)28 c)19 d) 17 13x50 + 15x60 + 12x65
2. Average daily income o f a rickshaw puller is Rs 45. I f
A v e m g e = 13 + 15 + 12 = R S 5 8 2 5
after x days, rickshaw puller earns Rs 315, find the value

Ex. 2: The average score o f a cricketer in two matches is 27
ofx.
and in three other matches is 32. Then find the aver
a ) 8 days b) 15 days c ) 5 days d ) 7 days
age score in all the five matches.
3. Total temperature o f the month October is 7 7 5 ° C. I f the
Soln: Direct Method:
average temperature o f that month is 2 5 ° C, find o f how
Average in 5 matches
many days is the month o f October?
a) 30 days b) 29 datys c) 31 days d) Data inadequate 2x27 + 3x32 54 + 96
:30
4. I n a coconut grove, (x + 2) trees y i e l d 60 nuts per year, x 2 +3
trees yield 120 nuts per year and (x - 2) trees yield 180
nuts per year. I f the average yield per year per tree be Exercise
100, find x. [ M B A 1986] 1. A student bought 4 books for Rs 120 from one bool<
a) 4 b)2 c)8 d)6 shop and 6 books for Rs 150 from another. The average
Answers price ( i n rupees), he paid per book was _.
2.d 3.c a)Rs27 b)Rs27.50 c ) R s l 3 5 d)Rsl38
2. I n a class o f 100 students, the mean marks obtained in
subject is 30 and i n another class o f 50 students the
(* + 2 ) x 6 0 + ; c x l 2 0 + ( x - 2 ) x l 8 0
4. a; Hint: ~ 4 — = 100 mean marks obtained in the same subject is 60. The mear
x+2+x+x-2 marks obtained by the students o f t w o classes takei
x = 4 together is .
a) 30 b)50 c)40 d)45
Rule 4 3. A class has 20 boys and 30 girls. The average age o
Theorem: If the average of'm' boys is 'x'and the average boys is 12 years and that o f girls is 11 years what is th<
of 'n' boys is 'b' then the average of all of them put together average age o f the whole class?
mx + ny a) 11.4 years b) 11.6 years c) 11.2 years d) 12 years
= total average) is 4. O f 20 men 12 gain Rs 335 each and 8 men gain Rs 24(
m+ n
each. What is the average gain per man?
a)Rs297 b)Rs290 c)Rs279 d)Rs397
Ex.: The average age o f students in section A o f 50 stu-
5. I f 20 chairs are bought at Rs 50 each, and 15 at Rs 4:
dents is 14 years and the average age o f students in
each and 15 more at Rs 40 each. What is the averagi
section B o f 30 students is 6 years. Find the average
price o f a chair?
age o f students i n both sections taken together.
a)Rs60 b)Rs45 c)Rs45.5 d)Rs50.5
Soln: Following the above formula, we have
6. The average height o f 3 0 girls out o f a c l a s s o f 4 0 i s 16i
50x14 + 3 0 x 6 ,.
the required average = + = v e a r s - c m and that o f the remaining girls is 156 cm. What is tfo
average height o f the whole class?
Note: The above rule is a k i n d o f discrete series.
a) 159 cm b) 160 cm c) 159.5 cm d) 160.5 cm
In a discrete series the values of the variables are multi-
7. The average expenditure o f a man for the first five month
plied by their respective frequencies and the products so
is Rs 1200 and for the next seven months is Rs 1300. F i n
obtained are totalled. This total is divided by the number of
his monthly average income i f he saves Rs 2900 durin
items, which in a discrete series, is equal to the total of the
the year.
êquencies. The resulting quotient is a simple arithmetic
a)Rs750 b)Rsl500 c)Rsl750 d)Rs500
jverage of the series. In the form offormula it is written as
8. A man bought 13 tins at Rs 50 each, 15 tins at Rs 60 eac
X J\+ 2fl+-
X + X,Jn and 12 tins at Rs 65 each. What is the average price pai
Average = per tin?
A+f2+A+- + f„
a)Rs58 b ) R s 58.50 c)Rs 58.25 d)Rs 58.75
PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS
180
In a certain primary school there are fifteen boys at the 8.c 9. a 10. c
age o f 12, sixteen at 15, and eighteen at 14 years. Find 11. c; Hint: Required daily average
the average age o f boys.
4x2163 + 3x1960
= = 20 lo
a) 13— years b) 1 7 years 1
12. a
13. b; Let the average age o f the new scholars be x.
1c J
3
Now,
c ) 1 y y e a r s d) 13— years
6 0 0 x 1 0 . 7 5 + 40 x x
10. Out o f 24 girls 6 are 1 m 15 cm in height, 8 are 1 m 5 cm and = 10.4375
the rest 1 m 11 cm. What is he average height o f the 600 + 40
girls? or, 6450+40x = 6680
a) 1 m b)2m c)lml0cm d)2ml0cm
23 c3
11. The average daily number o f persons passing a certain •'• x = T4 = 5 74
point on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday
14.c 15.c 16. b
is 2163. The average daily number passing on Friday,
Saturday and Sunday is 1960. What is the daily average
Rule 5
for the whole weak?
Theorem: If the average age of'm' boys is 'x' and the aver-
a) 2706 b)2067 c)2076 d)3076
age age of 'n' boys out of them (m boys) is 'y' then the
12. The average age o f the boys i n a class o f 20 boys is 15.6
years. What w i l l be the average age i f 5 new boys come mx-ny
whose average is 15.4 years? average age of the rest of the boys is
a) 15.56 years b) 13.36 years
c) 15 years d) 15.50years Illustrative Example
13. The average age o f 600 scholars o f a school is 10.75 Ex.: The average o f 10 quantities is 12. The average o f 6 o f
years. B y the enrolment o f 40 new scholars the average them is 8. What is the average o f remaining four num-
is reduced to 10.4375 years. Find the average age o f the bers.
new scholars. Soln: B y the above theorem, we have
10x12-6x8 1 0
4 3 3 3 the required average = —— »*.
a) 3 y years b) 5— years c) 4 y years d) 6— years
10 — 6
14. I n a certain primary school, there are 60 boys o f age 12 Exercise
each, 40 o f age 13 each, 50 o f age 14 each and 50 o f age 1. A group o f 20 girls has average age o f 12 years. Average
15 each. The average age ( i n years) o f the boys o f the age o f first 12 from the same group is 13 years. What is
school is: [Clerical Grade E x a m , 1991] the average age o f other 8 girls in the group?
a) 13.50 b) 13 c) 13.45 d) 14 [ B S R B BhopalPO2000]
15. The average height o f 30 girls out o f a class o f 40 is 160 a) 10 b)ll c) 11.5 d) 10.5
cm and that o f the remaining girls is 156 cm. The average 2. A group o f 30 girls has average age o f 13 years. Average
height o f the whole class is: age o f first 18 from the same group is 15 years. What is
[Central Excise & I Tax E x a m , 1988] the average age o f other 12 girls in the group?
a) 158 cm b) 158.5 cm c) 159 cm d) 159.5 cm a) 12 years b ) 10 years c) 16 years d) 10.5 years
16. The average height o f 30 boys, out o f a class o f 50, is 160 3. The average age o f 30 students in a class is 12 years.
cm. I f the average height o f the remaining boys is 165 The average age o f a group o f 5 o f the students is 10
cm, the average height o f the whole class (in cm) is: years and that o f another group o f 5 students is 14 years.
[Clerical Grade Exam, 1989] Find the average age o f the remaining students.
a) 161 b)162 c)163 d)164 a) 14 years b ) 10 years •
c) 12 years d) Data inadequate
Answers 4. 30 horses are bought for Rs 150000. The average cost of
l.d 2. c 3. a 4. a 5.c 6.a
18 o f them is Rs 4500. What is the average cost o f oth-
7. b ; Hint: Required average monthly income
ers?
5 x 1 2 0 0 + 7 x 1 3 0 0 + 2900 18000 a)Rs5750 b)Rs7550 c)Rs5760 d)Rs4750
12 12 5. The average o f 12 results is 15, and the average o f the
first two is 14. What is the average o f the rest?
= Rsl500
a) 15.2 b) 13.2 c) 15 d) 16
Average
6. The average o f 3 numbers is 7, that o f the first two is 4, 4. The average age o f 13 students and the class teach
find the third number. 19 years. I f the class teacher's age is excluded, the a
a) 13 b) 10 c)12 d)ll age reduces by 2 years. What is the age o f the c
7. The average score o f a cricketer for 10 matches is 38.9 teacher?
runs. I f the average for the first 6 matches is 42, find the a) 45 years b) 40 years
average for the last four matches. c) 38 years d) 39 years
a)34.52 b)43.25 c)34.25 d)35 5. The average age o f 15 students and the class teach
15 years. I f the class teacher's age is excluded, the a
Answers
age reduces by 1 year. What is the age o f the c
l.d 2.b
teacher?
3. c; Hint: Required average
a) 30 years b) 31 years
3 0 x l 2 - { ( 5 x l 0 ) + ( 5 x l 4 ) } _ 240 c) 29 years d) 28 years
3 0 . - ( 5 + 5) ~ 20 ~ Answers
4. a; Hint: Required average 1. c
150000(30x5000)-18x4500 442
= Rs5750 2. d; Hint: Here, n = 26, x = — = 1 years and y 7
30-18 ZD
5.a = 1 7 - 2 = 15 years.
N o w apply the formula and get the answer = 67 ye
3x7-2x4
6. a; Hint: Required number = 13 3. b 4. a 5.a
3-2
7.c Rule 7
Theorem: If the average of 'n' numbers is'm' and if
Rule 6 added to or subtracted from each given number, the
Theorem: If the average of '«' quantities is equal to 'x'. age of'n' numbers becomes (m+x) or (m-x) respect
When a quantity is removed the average becomes 'y\ In the other words average value will be increased o
the value of the removed quantity is [n (x -y) +yj. creased by 'x'.
Illustrative Example Illustrative Examples
Ex.: The average age o f 24 boys and a class teacher o f a Ex. 1: The average o f 11 numbers is 2 1 . I f 3 is added to
class is equal to 15 years. I f class teacher left the given number, what w i l l be the new average?
class due to health problem the average becomes 14. Soln: From the above theorem, we have
Find the age o f class teacher w h o left the class. new average = 21 + 3 = 24
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have Ex. 2: The average o f 6 numbers is 15. I f 3 is subtracted
therequiredanswer = 2 5 ( 1 5 - 1 4 ) + 14 = 2 5 + 1 4 = 39 each given number, what w i l l be the new averag
years. Soln: From the above theorem, we have
n e w a v e r a g e = 1 5 - 3 = 12
Exercise
1. The average age o f 24 students and the class teacher is Exercise
16 years. I f the class teacher's age is excluded, the aver- 1. The average o f 15 numbers is 25. I f 5 is added to
age reduces by 1 year. What is the age o f the class given number, what w i l l be the new average?
teacher? [ B S R B Mumbai P O , 1998] a) 20 b)30 c)25 d)Datainadeq
a) 50 years b) 45 years 2. The average o f n numbers is 4n. I f n is added to
c) 40 years d ) Data inadequate given number, what w i l l be the new average?
2. The total age o f 26 persons are 442 years. Out o f these a)(n+l)4 b)5n c)(n+l)5 d)Noneofth
persons one is a teacher and others are students. I f the 3. The average o f 8 numbers is 14. I f 2 is subtracted
teacher's age is excluded, the average reduces by 2 years. each given number, what w i l l be the new average?
What is the age o f the teacher? a) 12 b) 10 c)16 d)Noneofth«
a) 50 years b) 55 years c) 60 years d) 67 years 4. The average o f x numbers is 3x. I f x - I is subtra
3. The average age o f 30 students and the class teacher is from each given number, what w i l l be the new aver
20 years. I f the class teacher's age is excluded, the aver- a)2x+l b)(x-l)3 C)2JC-1 d)Datainadec
age reduces by 1 year. What is the age o f the class
teacher?
Answers
l.b 2.b 3.a 4. a
a) 39 years b) 50 years c) 40 years d) 49 years
L82
Rule 8
'heorem: If the average of'n' quantities is equal to 'x'and E x . 1: The average o f 12 numbers is 35. I f each o f the num-
>hen a new quantity is added the average becomes y \ bers is multiplied by 2, find the average o f new set o f
"hen the value of the new quantity is [n (y - x) + yj. In numbers.
nother words it may be written as, Soln: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have
required answer = 35 2 = 70x
'alue of new entrant = No. of old members x Increase in
E x . 2: The average o f 12 numbers is 35. I f each o f the num-
verage + New average.
bers is divided b y 5, find the average o f new set o f
llustrative Example numbers.
Ix.: The average age o f 30 boys o f a class is equal to 14
35 _ _
years. When the age o f the class teacher is included
the average becomes 15 years. Find the age o f the
Soln: Required answer = — - '
class teacher.
loin: Detailed Method: Total ages o f 3 0 boys
Exercise
= 1 4 x 3 0 = 420 years
1. The average o f n numbers is x. I f each o f the numbers is
Total ages when class teacher is included
multiplied by (n — 1), find the average o f new set o f
= 15 ><31 = 4 6 5 y e a r s
numbers.
.-. Age o f class teacher = 465 - 420 = 45 years
a) b) (n-l)x c) nx d)
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we n-l n-\
have
2. The average o f 13 numbers is 36. I f each o f the numbers
the required answer = 15 + 30(15 - 1 4 ) = 45 years is multiplied by 3, find the average o f new set o f num-
bers.
Exercise
a) 108 b)120 c)104 d)106
. The average age o f 34 boys i n a class is 14 years. I f the
3. The average o f 29 numbers is 45. I f each o f the numbers
teacher's age is included the average age o f the boys
and the teacher becomes 15 years. What is the teacher's is divided by 9, find the average o f new set o f numbers.
age? [ B S R B Calcutta PO1999] a)9 b)5 c)6 d)8
a) 48 years b) 46 years c) 49 years d) 45 years 4. The average o f 40 numbers is 405. I f each o f the numbers
The average age o f 24 boys i n a class is 16 years. I f the is divided by 15, find the average o f new set o f numbers.
teacher's age is included the average age o f he boys and a)27 b)28 c)21 d)26
the teacher becomes 18 years. What is the teacher's age? 5. The average o f 8 numbers is 2 1 . I f each o f the numbers is
multiplied by 8, find the average o f new set o f numbers.
. The average age o f 44 boys i n a class is 26 years. I f the
[ C e n t r a l Excise 1989|
teacher's age is included the average age o f the boys
and the teacher becomes 27 years. What is the teacher's a) 168 b)167 c)158 d) 161
age? Answers
a) 69 years b ) 70 years l.b 2! a 3.b 4. a 5. a
. The average age o f a class o f 40 boys is 16.95 years, but Rule 10
by the admission o f a new boy the average age is raised T h e o r e m : The average weight of 'n'persons is increased
to 17 years. Find the age o f the new boy. by 'x' kg when some of them [n n ,... n, where n + n +...<
p 2 l 2
a) 19 years b) 18 years c) 15 years d) 19.5 years n] who weigh [y + y + ... where, y,+y
t 2 + ... = y kg] are
2
The average age o f 30 children i n a class is 9 years. I f the

replaced by the same no. ofpersons. Then the weight of the
teacher's age be included, the average age becomes 10
new persons is (y + nx) ie.
years. Find the teacher's age. [Bank P O 1991]
Weight of new persons = Weight of removed person + No. of
persons x-tucrease
answers in average.
.c 2.c 3.a 4. a 5. a
Rule 9 Ex.1: The average weight o f 4 men is increased by 3 k g
"heorem: If the average of 'n' numbers is'm' and if each when one o f them w h o weighs 120 k g is replaced by
iven no. is multiplied to or divided by 'x', then the average another man. What is the weight o f the new man?
Soln: Q u i c k e r A p r o a c h : I f the average is increased by 3
rn numbers becomes mx or — respectively. kg, then the sum o f weights increases by 3 * 4 = 12 kg.
Average is
A n d this increase in weight is due to the extra weight

included due to the inclusion o f new person. c ) 4 1 years d) 40 — years
.-. Weight o f new man = 1 2 0 + 12 = 132 kg.
Quicker Method: Weight o f new person = weight o f 7. The average weight o f the 8 oarsmen in a boat is
removed person + N o . o f persons * increase in aver- creased by 1 k g when one o f the crew, who weighs 60
age = 120 + 4 x 3 = 132 kg. is replaced by a new man. What is the weight o f the n
Ex. 2: The average age o f 8 persons in a committee is i n - man?
creased by 2 years when t w o men aged 35 years and a) 78 k g b)66kg c)68kg d)72kg
45 years are substituted by t w o women. Find the av- 8. The average weight o f 8 persons is increased by 2.5
erage age o f these t w o women. when one o f them whose weight is 56 k g is replaced
Soln: B y the direct formula, we have a new man. The weight o f the new man is:
the total age o f two women = 2 x 8 + (35 + 45) [Central Excise & I Tax 198
= 1 6 + 80 = 96 years a) 66 k g b)75kg c)76kg d)86kg
96 Answers
l.b 2.h 3.b
.-. Average age o f two women = — = 48 years.
4. b; Hint: The average age o f committee o f 7 trustees is
Exercise same as it was 5 years ago. B u t today committee gain
x 5 = 35 years. Hence, we can conclude that the young
1. The average weight o f 8 persons increases by 1.5 kg. I f
man who replaced the trustee 5 years ago is 35 ye
a person weighing 65 k g is replaced by a new person,
younger than the trustee.
what could be the weight o f the new persons?
In another way it can be explained as the following
[ B S R B Delhi P O 2000]
the new member w o u l d have not been substituted, th
a) 76 k g b)77kg
the increased age = (5 x 7) = 35 years. So the new me
c) 76.5 k g d) Data inadequate
ber is 35 years younger than the trustee whose place
2. The average weight o f 10 men is increased by 1— k g
took.
when one o f the men who weighs 68 k g is replaced by a 5. b 6.d 7.c 8.c
new man. Find the weight o f the new man.
a) 73 k g b)83kg
Rule 11
c) 82.5 k g d) Data inadequate Theorem: The average age of 'n'persons is decreased
3. The average weight o f 15 men is increased by 2 k g when 'x'years when some of them [n n ... n; where n, + n
p 2 2
one o f the men who weighs 48 k g is replaced by a new <n] aged fy +y +... where, y + y +... =y years] are
t 2 l 2
man. Find he weight o f the new man. placed by the same number ofpersons. Then the age of
a) 88 k g b)78kg new persons is fy- nx] ie
c) 77.5 k g d) Data inadequate Age of new persons = Age of removed persons - No
4. The average age o f a committee o f 7 trustees is the same persons x Decreased in average
as it was 5 years ago, a younger man having been sub-
stituted for one o f them. H o w much younger was he
Ex.: I n a class, there are 20 boys whose average age
than the trustee whose place he took?
decreased by 2 months, when one boy aged 18 ye
a) 3 0 years b) 3 5 years
is replaced by a new boy. Find the age o f the new h
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have
5. The average age o f 10 persons in a committee is increased
by 1 year when t w o men aged 42 years and 38 years are 2
the required answer = 18 - 20 x —
substituted by t w o women. Find the average age o f these
two women.
a) 46 years b ) 45 years = 1 8 -l° = *Ll42
c) 42 years d ) 44 years 3 3 3
6. The average age o f 11 persons in a committee is increased = 14 years 8 months.
by 2 years when three men aged 32 years, 33 years and
Exercise
34 years are substituted by three women. Find the aver-
1. I n a class there are 24 boys whose average age is
age age o f these three women.
creased by 3 months, when 1 boy aged 20 years is
feS: .\ .,i placed by a new boy. Find the age o f the new boy.
a) 40 years b) 4 1 T years
184
I
I n a class there are 36 boys whose average age is de-
.-.x=100
creased by 5 months, when 1 boy aged 30 years is re- .-. number o f passed candidates = 100.
placed by a new boy. Find the age o f the new boy. Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we
a) 16 years b) 10 years c) 15 years d) 20 years have
5. In a class there are 15 boys whose average age is de-
120(35-15) _
creased by 4 months, when 1 boy aged 23 years is re- no. o f passed candidates = 100
placed by a new boy. Find the age o f the new boy. 39-5
a) 20 years b) 18 years c) 21 years d) 18.5 years
Exercise
i. In a class there are 27 students whose average age is
1. The average o f marks obtained by 90 candidates in a
decreased by 4 months, when 4 students aged, 16,17,18
certain examination is 38. I f the average marks o f passed
and 19 years respectively are replaced by the same num-
candidates is 40 and that o f the failed candidates is 30,
ber o f students. Find the average age o f the new stu-
what is the number o f candidates who passed the exami-
dents.
nation?
a) 15.25 years b) 15 years
a) 72 b)70 c)75 d)80
c) 15.5 years d) 16 years
5. I n a class there are 18 students whose average age is
certain examination is 32. I f the average marks o f passed
decreased by 2 months, when 3 students aged 12, 13
and 14 years respectively are replaced by the same num-
ber o f students. Find the average age o f the new stu-
nation?
dents.
a) 170 b)70 c)80 d)75
6. I n a class there are 16 students whose average age is certain examination is 25. I f the average marks o f passed
decreased by 3 months, when 2 students aged 24 and 26 candidates is 27 and that o f the failed candidates is 14,
years respectively are replaced by the same number o f what is the number o f candidates who passed the exami-
students. Find the average age o f the new students. nation?
a) 23 years b) 21 years c) 18 years d) None o f these a) 55 b)65 c)60 d)75
Answers 4. The average o f marks obtained by 75 candidates in a
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.a 5.b 6.a certa.ii examination is 3 1 . I f the average marks o f passed
Rule 12 what is the number o f candidates who passed the exami-
Theorem: The average of marks obtained by 'n' candidates nation?
in a certain examination is 'T'. If the average marks of a) 40 b)46 c)45 d)54
passed candidates is 'P' and that of thefailed candidates is 5. The average o f marks obtained by 77 candidates in a
'F'. Then the number of candidates who passed the exami- certain examination is 17. I f the average marks o f passed
nation is
n(T - F)~
P-F nation?
ie Number of passed candidates a) 36 b)63 » c)40 d)70
Answers
Total candidates (Total Average - Failed Average)
l.a 2,b 3.a 4.c 5.b
Passed Average - Failed Average
Rule 13
Illustrative Example Theorem: The average of marks obtained by V candidates
Ex.: The average o f marks obtained by 120 candidates in a in a certain examination is 'T'. If the average marks of
certain examination is 35. I f the average marks o f passed candidates is 'P' and that of thefailed candidates is
passed candidates is 39 and that o f the failed candi- 'F'. Then the number of candidates who failed the exami-
• dates is 15, what is the number o f candidates who
passed the examination? 'n(P-T)l
Soln: D e t a i l M e t h o d : Let the number o f passed candidates
nation is P-F
hex.
ie, the number of failed candidates
Then total marks = 1 2 0 x 3 5 = 39x + ( l 2 0 - x ) x l 5
_ Total candidates (Passed average - Total average)
or, 4200 = 3 9 * + 1 8 0 0 - 1 5 *
Passed average - Failed average
or, 24* = 2400
Average

Ex.: The average o f marks obtained by 120 candidates in a Ex.: The average o f 11 results is 50. I f the average o f f
certain examination is 35. I f the average marks o f six results is 49 and that o f last six is 52, find the si
passed candidates is 39 and that o f the failed candi- result.
dates is 15, what is the number o f candidates who
failed the examination?
Soln: Following the above formula, we have sixth result = ^ y ^ ( 4 9 + 52) - 1 1 x 50
120(39-35)
the no. o f failed candidates = — r r — - - 2 0 . = 6 x ( l 0 l ) - 5 5 0 = 56
Exercise Exercise
I. The average o f marks obtained by 108 candidates in a 1. The average o f 17 numbers is 45. The average o f firs
certain examination is 20. I f the average marks o f passed o f these numbers is 51 and the last 9 o f these number
candidates is 28 and that o f the failed candidates is 16, 36. What is the ninth number?
what is the number o f candidates who failed the exami- [BSRB MumbaiPO,19
nation? a) 14 b)16 c)22 d) 18
a) 70 b)78 c)81 d)72 2. The average o f 19 numbers is 40. The average o f first
2 The average o f marks obtained by 110 candidates in a o f these numbers is 39 and the last 10 o f these numb
certain examination is 15. I f the average marks o f passed is 36. What is the 10th number?
candidates is 25 and that o f the failed candidates is 14, a) 12 b) 14 c)18 d) 10
what is the number o f candidates who failed the exami- 3. The average o f 15 numbers is 50. The average o f fir
nation? o f these numbers is 52 and the last 8 o f these number
a) 100 b)90 c)105 d)95 39. What is the 8th number?
3. The average o f marks obtained by 102 candidates i n a a)32 b)22 c)31 d)30
certain examination is 18. I f the average marks o f passed 4. The average o f 13 numbers is 30. The average o f fir
candidates is 21 and that o f the failed candidates is 15, o f these numbers is 32 and the last 7 o f these number
what is the number o f candidates who failed the exami- 22. Find the 7th number.
nation? a) 18 b) 12 c)16 d) 10
a) 51 b)52 c)61 d)50 5. The average o f 21 numbers is 3 5. The average o f first
4. The average o f marks obtained by 115 candidates i n a o f these numbers is 42 and the last 11 o f these numb
certain examination is 36. I f the average marks o f passed is 23. What is 11th number?
candidates is 40 and that o f the failed candidates is 17, a)20 b)22 c)18 d)23
what is the number o f candidates who failed the exami- 6*. The average o f 25 results is 18; that o f first 12 is 14
nation? o f the last 12 is 17. Thirteenth result is:
a) 30 b)25 c)20 d)34 [CBIExam,19
5. The average o f marks obtained b y 125 candidates in a a) 78 b)85 c)28 d)72
certain examination is 29. I f the average marks o f passed Answers
candidates is 36 and that o f the failed candidates is 11, l.d 2.d 3.a 4.b 5.a 6.a
what is the number o f candidates w h o failed the exami-
nation? Rule 15
a) 32 b)35 c)30 d)40 Ex.: The average o f 11 results is 30, that o f the first fiv
25 and that o f the last five is 28. Find the value o f
Answers 6th number.
l.d 2. a 3. a 4.c 5.b
Soln: Direct F o r m u l a :
Rule 14 6th number = Total o f 11 results - (Total o f first fiv
Total o f last five results)
Theorem: If the average of n results (where n is an odd = H x 3 0 - ( 5 x 2 5 + 5x28)=330-265 =
Exercise
number) is 'a' and the average of first I ^ I results is 'b'
1. The average o f 11 numbers is 37.15, the average o f
n+l n+l
and that of last is 'c'. Then th result is first 3 is 36.41 and o f the last 7 is 37.51. The fourth ni
{ 2 ) ber is found to be wrong. Find the average o f the re
~n + \ a) 37.28 b)37 c)37.18 d) 37.08
-(b + c)- na
2. The average o f 12 results is 36, that o f the first six is
86
and that o f the last five is 35. Find the value o f the 7th Answers
number. l.a 2.b 3.b 4.a 5.b

a) 65 b)60 c )6 4 d)56
The average o f 15 results is 28, that o f the first seven is Rule 17
26 and that o f the last seven is 25. Find the value o f the T h e o r e m : If a cricketer has completed 'n' innings and his
8th number. average is 'x' runs. The number of runs, he must make in
a) 36 b)66 c)65 d)63 his next innings so as to raise his average to 'y' are fn (y -
. The average o f 13 results is 39, that o f the first five is 38 x) +yj.
and that o f the last seven is 36. Find the value o f the 6th
number. Illustrative Example
Ex.: A cricketer has completed 10 innings and his average
a) 64 b)46 c)65 d)56
is 21.5 runs. H o w many runs must he make in his next
Answers innings so as to raise his average to 24?
. c ; H i n t : The fourth number = 11 x 37.15 - ( 3 x 36.41 + 7 x Soln: Following the above theorem, we have
37.51) = 36.85 the required answer = 10 (24 - 2 1 . 5 ) + 2 4 = 2 5 + 2 4 = 4 9 .
Number can not be in fraction. Hence this is wrong.
.-. Required average
Exercise
1. A cricketer has completed 15 innings and his average is
11x37.15-36.85 371.8 , _ 1 0
= = = 3 /. 18 20 runs. H o w many runs must he make in his next i n -

10 10 nings so as to raise his average to 25?
l.a 3.d 4.c a) 75 b)50 c)100 d)85
Rule 16 44.5 runs. H o w many runs must he make in his next i n -
Theorem: If a batsman in his nth innings makes a score of nings so as to raise his average to 45?
'x', and thereby increases his average by 'y', then the aver- a) 45 b)60 c)40 d)55
age after 'n' innings is fx —y (n -1)]. 3. A cricketer has completed 31 innings and his average is
Illustrative Example 18 runs. H o w many runs must he make in his next i n -
Ex.: A batsman i n his 17th innings makes a score o f 85 ni ig,3 so as to raise his average to 22?
r
and thereby increases his average by 3. What is his a) 124 b)146 c) 136 d) 142
average after 17 innings? 4. A cricketer has completed 18 innings and his average is
Soln: Following the above formula, 26.5 runs. H o w many runs must he make in his next in-
nings so as to raise his average to 2 7 ? Vv
8 5 - 3 ( 1 7 - l ) = 37.
a) 63 b)36 c)45 d)54
Exercise
1. A batsman in his 16th innings makes a score o f 92 and
30 runs. H o w many runs must he make in his next i n -
thereby increases his average by 4. What is his average
nings so as to raise his average to 32?
after 16 innings?
a) 60 b)55 c)65 d)50
a) 32 b)30 c)34 d)23
2. A batsman, in his 19th innings, missed a century by 2 Answers
runs and thereby increases his average by 3. What is his l.c 2.d 3.b 4.b 5.a
average after 19 innings.
a) 54 b)44 c)45 d)43 Rule 18
3. A batsman in his 21st innings makes a score o f 88 and T h e o r e m : If a person travels a distance at a speed ofxkm/
thereby increases his average by 2. What is his average hr and the same distance at a speed of y km/hr, then the
after 21 innings? 2xy
a) 46 b)48 c)45 d)44
average speed during the whole journey is given by x + y
4. A batsman in his 20th innings makes a score o f 110 and
thereby increases his average by 4. What is his average km/hr.
after 20 innings? or,
a) 34 b)43 c)36 d)30 If half of the journey is travelled at a speed of x km/hr and
5. A batsman i n his 44th innings makes a score o f 86 and the next half at a speed of y km/hr, then average speed
thereby increases his average by 1. What is his average 2xy
during the whole journey is ~~ km/hr.
after 44 innings?
a) 34 b)43 c)46 d)40 or,
Average 187
// a man goes to a certain place at a speed of x km/hr and Rule 19

returns to the original place at a speed ofy km/ltr, then the
Theorem: If a person travels three equal distances at a
2xy speed of x km/ltr, y km/ltr and z km/lir respectively, then
average speed during up-and-down journey is km/ 3xyz
x+ y
average speed during the whole journey is y X + yZ + x z
Note: In all the above three cases the t w o parts o f the j o u r -

km/hr.
ney are equal, hence the last t w o may be considered
as a special case o f the first. That's why all the three Illustrative Example
lead to the same result. Ex.: A person divides his total route o f journey into three
equal parts and decides to travel the three parts with
speeds o f 40, 30 and 15 km/hr respectively. Find his
KJL : A train travels from A to B at the rate o f 20 k m per
average speed during the whole journey.
hour and from B to A at the rate o f 30 km/hr. What is
Soln: B y the theorem:
the average rate for the whole journey?
3x40x30x15
Soln: B y the formula: Average speed
4 0 x 3 0 + 30x15 + 40x15
2x20x30
Average speed = 2 Q + 3 0 = 24 km/hr. 3x40x30x15
= 24 km/hr.
2250
Ixercise
A constant distance from A to B is covered by a man at Exercise
40 km/hr. The person rides back the same disance at 30 1. A person divides his total route o f journey into three
km/hr. Find his average speed during the whole journey, equal parts and decides to travel the three parts w i t !
a) 34 km/hr b) 35.29 km/hr speeds o f 2 0 , 1 5 and 10 km/hr respectively. Find his av-
c) 34.29 km/hr d) 35 km/hr erage speed during the whole journey.
1 A man goes to a certain place at a speed o f 15 km/hr and
a) 1 3 — km/hr b) 1 1 — km/hr
returns to the original place at a speed o f 12 km/hr, find
the average speed during up-and-down journey. 3
c) 1 3 — km/hr d) 1 1 — km/hr
,„ 1
a) 13 km/hr b) 1 3 - km/hr 2. A person divides his total route o f journey into thre<
equal parts and decides to travel the three parts w i t l
speeds o f 5,10 and 15 km/hr respectively. Find his aver-
c) 1 3 - km/hr d) 1 1 - km/hr age speed during the whole journey.
A man goes to a certain place at a speed o f 30 km/hr and

a) 8 — km/hr b) 1 1 — km/hr
returns to the original place at a speed o f 20 km/hr, find
the average speed during up-and-down journey.
a)24km/hr b)25km/hr
c) 8 — km/hr d) 9 — km/hr
c)28km/hr d)23km/hr
Ram travels half o f a journey at the speed o f 24 km/hr 3. A person divides his total route o f journey into thre(
and the next half at a speed o f 16 km/hr. What is the equal parts and decides to travel the three parts w i t l
average speed o f Ram during the whole journey? speeds o f 2 0 , 2 5 and 40 km/hr respectively. Find his av
erage speed during the whole journey.
a) 19— km/hr b) 20 km/hr
5 1
a) 26 — km/hr b) 2 6 — km/hr
c) 19-j km/hr d) 1 6 - km/hr

5
c) 2 5 — km/hr d) 2 5 — km/hr
A person travels h a l f o f a journey at the speed o f 30 k m / ' 23
hr and the next half at a speed o f 15 km/hr. What is the 4. The average speed o f a cyclist who covers first, secon<
average speed o f the person during the whole journey? and third k m at 2 0 , 1 6 and 12 km/hr respectively ( i n km
a)20km/hr b)25km/hr c)18km/hr d)24km/hr hr) is .
•Btwers a) 16.24 km/hr b) 16 km/hr
Ic 2. b 3. a 4. c 5. a c) 15.66 km/hr d) 15.32 km/hr
188
Answers
yoursmahboob.wordpress.com Note:
1. I f instead o f A t h , Bth and Cth part we are given

l.a 2.c 3.a 4.d A % , B % and C % the expression changes to aver-
Rule 20
Theorem: If a person covers A km atx km/hr and B km aty 100
km/hr and Ckmatz km/hr, then the average speed in cov- age speed : A B C km/hr.
—+— + —
y
A+B+C 2. A t h B t h and Cth part or A % , B % and C% together
ering the whole disance is ~A B C km/hr. constitute the total distance covered.
—+—+ —
x y z
1
Ex.: A person covers 12 km at 3 km/hr, 18 k m at 9 km/hr Ex.: A person runs the first - th o f the distance at 2 km/hr.
and 24 k m at 4 km/hr. Then find the average speed in
covering the whole distance. the next one half at 3 km/hr and the remaining dis-
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have tance at 1 km/hr. Find his average speed.
12 + 18 + 24 54 1 1 3_
the average speed - ^ — j | — = km/hr. Soln: Remaining distance = 1 -+ —
5 2 10
T + ~9~ + T Now, applying the above rule,
Exercise the average speed
1. A person covers 15 k m at 5 km/hr, 12 k m at 6 km/hr and 16
1 1 _ 30 _ , 1 3
km at 4 km/hr. Then find the average speed in covering
1/5 1/2 3/10 _ 1 _ 1 _3_ ~ 17 "
the whole distance.
2 + 3 + 1 10 6 10
a) 7— km/hr km/hr
Exercise
1. Find the average speed o f a person when he covers firs
c) 4 - km/hr d) 7 - km/hr
1
2. A person covers 9 km at 3 km/hr, 25 k m at 5 km/hr and 30 one-third o f the distance at 10 km/hr, next — rd at 8 km b
k m at 10 km/hr. Then find the average speed in covering
the whole distance. and the last one-third at 6 km/hr.
a) 7.66 km/hr b) 6.77 km/hr c) 6.67 km/hr d) 7.86 km/hr
a) 5 — km/hr b) 1 1 - km/hr
2. A person runs the first — th o f the distance o f 8 k m ^
3
c) 9 — km/hr d) 5 — km/hr the next — th at 6 km/hr and the remaining distance at M
3. A person covers 18 km at 6 km/hr, 16 k m at 8 km/hr and 30 km/hr. Find his average speed.
k m at 6 km/hr. Then find the average speed in covering a) 17 km/hr b) 17.87 km/hr
the whole distance. c) 17.78 km/hr d) None o f these
3. A man covers first 2 0 % o f the distance at 10 km/hr, n
a) 6.5 km/hr b) 6.4 km/hr c) 6.2 km/hr d) 6 km/hr
50% at 5 km/hr and the remaining distance at 15 k m
Answers Find his average speed.
l.c 2.a 3.b a)7km/hr b)7.14km/hr
c) 7.24 km/hr d) 4.17 km/hr
Rule 21 4. A train covers 50% o f the journey at 30 km/hr, 25% of
Theorem: If a person covers Ath part of the distance atx
journey at 25 km/hr and the remaining at 20 km/hr. F
km/hr, Bth part of the distance aty km/ltr and the remain- the average speed o f the train during the whole j o u r
ing Cth part at z km/hr, then his average speed is
^25 ^1 5
a) 2 5 — km/hr b) 2 5 — km/hr
47 47
1
23
A B C km/hr. c) 2 5 — km/hr d) None o f these
—• + -— + — 47
x y
Average 15?
On a journey across M u m b a i , a taxi averages 30 km/hr a) 300 b)290 c)390 d)310

for 60% o f the distance, 20 km/hr for 2 0 % o f it and 10 k m / 4. The average salary o f the entire staff in a office is Rs 200
hr for the remainder. The average speed for the whole per month. The average salary o f officers is Rs 318 and
journey (in km/hr) is that o f non-officers is Rs 183. I f the number o f officers is
a) 20 km/hr b) 22.5 km/hr 34, then find the number o f non-officers in the office,
c) 25 km/hr d) 24.625 km/hr a) 118 b)240 c)246 d)236
5. The average salary o f the entire staff in a office is Rs 150
Answers
per month. The average salary o f officers is Rs 450 and
(La 2.c 3.b 4. a 5. a
that o f non-officers is Rs 80. I f the number o f officers is
Rule 22 14, then find the number o f non-officers in the office,
a) 65 b)55 c)60 d)70
: Theorem: If the average value of all the members of a group
m the average value of the first part of members is y', Answers
'Âe average value of the remaining part of members is 'z' l.b 2. a 3.b 4.d 5.c
the number of thefirst part of members is 'n', then the
Rule 23
n(x-y)
Theorem: If the average value of all the members of a group
is x, the average value of thefirst part of members isy, the
ber of the other part of members is
average value of the remaining part of members is z and
the number of the remaining part of members is n, then the
Bnstrative Example
iu The average salary o f the entire staff in a office is Rs n(x - z)
number offirst part of members is
120 per month. The average salary o f officers is Rs v-
460 and that o f non-officers is Rs 110. I f the number
o f officers is 15, then find the number o f non-officers Illustrative Example
in the office. Ex.: The average age o f all the students o f a class is 18
•in: Detail Method: Let the required number o f non-offic- years. The average age o f boys o f the class is 20
ers = * years and that o f the girls is 15 years. I f the number o f
Then, 110* + 4 6 0 x 15 = 1 2 0 ( 1 5 + * ) girls in the class is 20, then find the number o f boys in
or, 120* - 1 1 0 * = 460 x 15 - 1 2 0 x 15 = 15(460 - 1 2 0 ) the class.
or, 10*= 15 x 3 4 0 ; .-. x = 15 x 34 = 510. Soln: Following the above formula, we have
Quicker Method: N o . o f non-officers
= No. o f officers x 20(18-15)
= 30
20-18
A v . salary o f officers - Mean average
Mean average - A v . salary o f non - officers Exercise
1. The average age o f all the students o f a class is 16 years.
= 1 /460-120, 5 1 Q The average age o f boys o f the class is 21 years and that
U20-110 o f the girls is 12 years. I f the number o f girls in the class
is 10, then find the number o f boys in the class.
I tercise a) 4 b)8 c)12 d) 10
The average salary o f the entire staff in a office is Rs 130 2. The average age o f all the students o f a class is 24 years.
per month. The average salary o f officers is Rs 540 and The average age o f boys o f the class is 29 years and that
that o f non-officers is Rs 114. I f the number o f officers is o f the girls is 20 years. I f the number o f girls in the class
16, then find the number o f non-officers in the office, is 25, then find the number o f boys in the class.
a) 140 b)410 c)510 d) 150 a)30 b) 15 c)24 d)20
1 The average salary o f the entire staff in a office is Rs 220 3. The average age o f all the students o f a class is 22 years.
that o f non-officers is Rs 170. I f the number o f officers is o f the girls is 19 years. I f the number o f girls in the class
25, then find the number o f non-officers in the office. is 16, then find the number o f boys in the class.
a)215 b)315 c)250 d)350 a) 12 b) 10 c)6 d)8
The average salary o f the entire staff in a office is Rs 166 4. The average age o f all the students o f a class is 25 years.
that o f non-officers is Rs 142. I f the number o f officers is o f the girls is 23 years. I f the number c f girls in the class
24, then find the number o f non-officers in the office. is 32, then find the number o f boys in the class.
190 yoursmahboob.wordpress.com PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATH ;
a)24 b) 16 c)32 d)28 a)Rs390 b)Rs295 c)Rs395 d)Rs400

5. The average age o f all the students o f a class is 22 years. There were 42 students in a hostel. I f the number
The average age o f boys o f the class is 24 years and that students increases by 7, the expenses o f the mess i
o f the girls is 20 years. I f the number o f girls in the class crease by Rs 32.5 per day while the average expenditu
is 30, then find the total number o f students in the class, per head diminishes by Rs 1.5. Find the original expenc
a) 60 b)30 c)45 d)50 ture o f the mess.
a)Rs636 b)Rs536 c)Rs630 d)Rs656
Answers
4. There were 36 students in a hostel. I f the number
l.b 2.d 3.a 4.c 5.b
students increases by 4, the expenses o f the mess
Rule 24 crease by Rs 32 per day while the average expend'
per head diminishes by Re 1. Find the original expe -
Ex.: There were 35 students i n a hostel. I f the number o f

ture o f the mess.
students increases by 7, the expenses o f the mess
a)Rs640 b)Rs648 c)Rs650 d)Rs658
increase by Rs 42 per day while the average expendi-
ture per head diminishes by Re 1. Find the original Answers
expenditure o f the mess. l.b 2.c 3.a 4.b
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the average expenditure was
Rs *. Then total expenditure = 35*. Rule 25
When 7 more students j o i n the mess, total expendi-
n+l
ture = 3 5 * + 4 2 The average offirst 'n' natural numbers is
3 5 * + 42 3 5 * + 42
Now, the average expenditure :
35 + 7 42 Ex.: Find the average o f first 61 natural numbers.
3 5 * + 42 Soln: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we have
Now, we have
42
= *-! 61 + 1
the required average = 31.
or, 3 5 * + 42 = 4 2 * - 4 2
or, 7 * = 84 . \ = 12 Exercise
Thus the original expenditure o f the mess = 3 5 x 1 2 = 1. Find the average o f first 62 natural numbers.
Rs420 a)31 b)31.5 c)31.2 d)32
Direct Formula: 2. Find the average o f first 31 natural numbers,
I f decrease in average = * a) 15 b)14 c)16 d) 17
increase in expenditure = v 3. Find the average o f first 91 natural numbers,
increase in no. o f students = z a) 45 b)47 c)45.5 d)46
and number o f students (originally) = N , then 4. Find the average o f first 101 natural numbers.
a) 50.5 b)52 c)51 d) None of
x(N + z)+ y
the original expenditure = N
z
Answers
l.b 2.c 3.d 4.c
l(35 + 7 ) + 4 2
In this case, 35 = 35 x !2 = R s 4 2 0 Rule 26
7
Ex.: The average weight o f 50 balls is 5 gm. I f the
Exercise o f the bag be included the average weight incr
1. There were 40 students i n a hostel. I f the number o f by 0.05 g m . What is the weight o f the bag?
students increases by 8, the expenses o f the mess i n - Soln: Direct Formula:
crease by Rs 48 per day while the average expenditure Weight o f bag = O l d average + Increase in a v e r J
per head diminishes by Rs 2. Find the original expendi- Total no. o f objects
ture o f the mess. = 5 + 0.05 x 51 = 5 + 2.55 = 7.55 g J
a)Rs620 b)Rs720 c)Rs750 d)Rs820 Exercise
2. There were 45 students i n a hostel. I f the number o f
1. The average weight o f 30 balls is 3 gm. I f the w e u j l
students increases by 9, the expenses o f the mess i n -
the bag be included the average weight increassJ
crease by Rs 25 per day while the average expenditure
0.03 g m . What is the weight o f the bag?
per head diminishes by Re 1. Find the original expendi-
a)3.93gm b)3gm c)4gm d)4.39gj
ture o f the mess.
2. The average weight o f 40 balls is 4 gm. I f the we J
%verage 191
the bag be included the average weight increases by (a) merely consecutive numbers eg, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
0.04 gm. What is the weight o f the bag? Average — average of the middle two numbers
a) 4.64 gm b) 6.64 gm
c) 5.64 gm d) None o f these \ = 3.5. - ^ 2
2
The average weight o f 20 balls is 2 gm. I f the weight o f
p e bag be included the average weight increases by 1+2+3+4+5+6 21 , .
0.02 gm. What is the weight o f the bag? Proof: Average = = — - 3.5 ,
a) 2.04 gm b)2.42gm c)3.42gm d)3.04gm 6 6
(b) consecutive odd numbers eg, 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11
~»ers
2.c 3.b Average = 5 + 7 = 6.
Rule 27 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 36
average ofn (where n is an odd number) consecutive Proof: Average = — - 6.
i is always the middle number. The numbers may be 6 6
merely consecutive numbers eg, 1,2,3,4, 5. (c) consecutive even numbers eg 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12.
Average value of these 5 consecutive numbers will be
Average 6 + 8 = 7.
me middle number le 3
1+2+3+4+5 15
: Average = = 3 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12 72
5 5 Proof: Average = = 7
consecutive odd numbers eg 1, 3, 5, 7, 9. 6 6
The average = middle number = 5 Note: In all the above series, there are t w o middle terms.
Hene the required average can be calculated by the
1+3+5+7+9 25
Average = following methods.
5 I . In the case of'consecutive numbers':
tcmsecutive even numbers eg, 2,4, 6, 8,10. Average = Smaller middle term + 0.5 or Greater middle
The average = middle number = 6 term-0.5
2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 30 I I . I n the case o f 'consecutive odd' and 'consecutive
Proof: Average • = 6. even':
Average = Smaller middle term + 1 or Greater middle
rcise term - 1 .
Rnd the average o f these 9 consecutive numbers.
5.6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13
Exercise
1. F i n d the average value o f the f o l l o w i n g consecutive
Find the average o f the consecutive numbers given be- numbers.
(i) 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 1 0 , 1 1 , 1 2 , 1 3 , 1 4
. 26,27,28,29,30,31 (ii) 22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32,33
Find the average o f the consecutive odd numbers given (iii) 71,72,73,74,75,76
below. 2. Find the average value o f the following consecutive odd
35,37,39,41,43,45 numbers.
Fmd the average o f the consecutive odd numbers given (i) 9,11,13,15,17,19
below. (ii) 35,37,39,41,43,45,47,49
| "3.75,77,79,81,83,85,87,89,91 (iii) 81,83,85,87,89,91,93,95
Fmd the average o f the consecutive even numbers given 3. Find the average value o f the following consecutive even
below. numbers.
R52,54,56,58,60,62,64,66,68,70,72,74 (i) 82,84,86,88,90,92
ers (ii) 50,52,54,56,58,60,62,64
2.28 3.39 4.81 5.62
Answers
Rule 28 1. (i)9.5 (ii) 27.5
m:Theaverageof'n'(wheren=even number) con- (iii) 73.5
€ numbers (whether merely consecutive, consecu- 2. CO 14 0042
or consecutive even) is the average of the middle (iii) 88
ers. 3. (i)87 (ii)57
192
Rule 29
PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATH
The average of odd numbers from 1 to n is Ex.: Find the average o f squares o f natural numbers till
[Last odd number + 1J
, where n = natural odd number. (7 + lX2x7 + l ) _ 8x15 J
2 the required answer = — - — - 21
6 o
Ex.: What is the average o f odd numbers from 1 to 35? Exercise
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have What is the average o f square o f the natural num
from 1 to 10.
35 + 1 1 0
a) 39 b)40 c)38.5 d)37.5
the required answer = — - — = 1» . What is the average o f square o f the natural num
from 1 to 23.
Exercise a) 188 b)182 c)180 d) 183
1. What is the average o f odd numbers from 1 to 39? What is the average o f square o f the natural num
a)20 b)19 c)18 d)21 from 1 to 35.
2. What is the average o f odd numbers from 1 to 79? a) 436 b)426 c)416 d)446
a) 30 b)25 c)35 d)40 What is the average o f square o f the natural num
3. What is the average o f odd numbers from 1 to 103? from 1 t o 4 1 .
a)53 b)51 c)52 d)50 a) 580 b)571 c)851 d)581
4. What is the average o f odd numbers from 1 to 51?
a) 27 b)26 c)25 d)28
Answers
l.c 2.a 3.b 4.d
Answers
l.a 2.d 3.c 4.b
Rule 32
Rule 30 The average of cubes of natural numbers till •
The average of even numbers from 1 to n is n{n + \f
Last even number + 2 4
; where n = natural even number. Illustrative Example

Ex.: Find the average o f cubes o f natural numbers till
Illustrative Example Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
Ex.: What is the average o f even numbers from 1 to 50?
. , 7(7 + l ) 7x8x82
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the required answer = — —=

the required answer 50 + 2 = 2 6 .
:
M 4 4
Exercise
2
Exercise 1. Find the average o f cubes o f natural numbers f n r
1. What is the average o f even numbers from 1 to 30? 16.
a) 16 b)I5 c)IS d)17 a) 1156 b) 1516 c)U55 d) 1165
2. What is the average o f even numbers from 1 to 80? 2. Find the average o f cubes o f natural numbers from
a)40 b)41 c)42 d)44 15.
3. What is the average o f even numbers from 1 to 42? a) 690 b)960 c)890 d)980
a)20 b)24 c)22 d) 18 3. Find the average o f cubes o f natural numbers fro
4. What is the average o f even numbers from 1 to 92? 24.
a) 7350 b)3570 c)3750
a) 45 b)44 c)46 d)47
these
Answers
4. Find the average o f cubes o f natural numbers fr
l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d 27.
a) 756 b)9252 c)5922 d)5292
Rule 31
5. Find the average o f cubes o f natural numbers fr
The average of square of natural numbers till n is
8.
(n + \)(2n + \y a) 162 b) 172 c) 153 d) 163
Answers
l.a 2.b 3.c 4d 5. a
•erage 193
Soln: F o l l o w i n g the above rule, we have

Rule 33
the required answer
Mme nerage of first n consecutive even numbers is (n +1).
2(lO + lX20 + l ) _ 2 x 1 1 x 2 1
••strative Example 3 3
fa.- Find the average o f first 50 consecutive even num- Exercise
bers. 1. Find the average o f squares o f first 11 consecutive even
Soln: Following the above rule, we have numbers.
the required answer = 5 0 + 1 = 5 1 . a) 184 b)148 c)186 d)174
Exercise , 2. Find the average o f squares o f first 14 consecutive even
Find the average o f first 52 consecutive even numbers. numbers.
a)52 b)53 c)51 d)50 a) 280 b)270 c)290 d)295
1 Find the average o f first 60 consecutive even numbers. 3. Find the average o f squares o f first 17 consecutive even
a)61 b)59 c)62 d)58 numbers.
• Find the average o f first 14 consecutive even numbers. a) 450 b)420 c)430 d)410
a) 14 b) 13 c)16 d) 15 4. Find the average o f squares o f first 23 consecutive even
4. Find the average o f first 18 consecutive even numbers. numbers.
a) 16 b) 17 c)19 d) 18 a) 750 b)754 c)725 d)752
Answers Answers
l> 2. a 3.d 4. c l.a 2.c 3.b 4.d
Rule 34 Rule 36
e average of first n consecutive odd numbers is 'n'. The average of squares of consecutive even numbers till n
Illustrative Example ~(n + \\n + 2)~

Find the average o f first 16 consecutive odd num- is ^
bers.
Ex.: Find the average o f squares o f consecutive even num-
fata: Applying the above rule, we have
bers t i l l 10.
the required answer = 1 6 .
Exercise 11x12,.
Find the average o f first 17 consecutive odd numbers,
a) 16 b)17 c)18 d) 15 the required answer = — - — - 4 4 .
1 Find the average o f first 28 consecutive odd numbers,
a) 28 b)27 Exercise
c)29 d)26 1. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive even num-
Find the average o f first 64 consecutive odd numbers, bers from 1 to 11.
a) 64 b)63 c)65 d)66 a)65 b)52 c)44 d)51
Find the average o f first 55 consecutive odd numbers, 2. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive even num-
a) 54 b)56 c)55.5 d)55 bers from 1 to 22.
wers a) 184 b)174 c)182 d) 186
3. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive even num-
M> 2. a 3. a 4.d
bers from 1 to 26.
Rule 35 a) 243 b)236 c)252 d)235
ie average of squares of first n consecutive even numbers bers from 1 to 35.
~2(w + lX2» + l)~ a) 484 b)445
c)408 d)444
3
lustrative Example bers from 1 to 44.
L: Find the average o f squares o f first 10 consecutive a) 680 b)960 c)690 d)860
even numbers.
Answers
l.c 2.a 3.c 4.c 5.c
194
Rule 37 Correct average = 25 + — - — = 25 - 9 = 16.

The average of squares of consecutive odd numbers till n is
~n(n + 2)~
Exercise
1. The average weight o f a group o f 20 boys was calcu-
. 3 _' lated to be 89.4 k g and it was later discovered that one
weight was misread as 78 k g instead o f the correct one
o f 87 k g . The correct average weight is
Ex.: Find the average o f squares o f consecutive odd num-
a) 88.95 k g b) 89.25 kg c) 89.55 kg d) 89.85 kg
bers till 15.
2. The average weight o f a group o f 15 boys was calcu-
Soln: F o l l o w i n g the above formula, we have
lated to be 60 k g and it was later discovered that one
. , 15(15 + 2 ) weight was misread as 24 k g instead o f the correct one
the required answer = »•>.
o f 42 k g . The correct average weight is
a) 60.2 kg b) 61.2 kg c)62kg d)61kg
Exercise 3. In a calculation Ram found that the average o f 10 num-
1. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive odd number bers is 45 and on rechecking Shyam noticed that the
from 1 to 14. some numbers 18,34,63 is wrongly taken as 81,43 and
a) 70 b)65 c)75 d)66 36. Find the correct average.
2. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive Odd number a) 39.5 b)40.5 c)45.5 d) 50.50
from 1 to 20. 4. The average weight o f a group o f 9 boys was calculated
a) 142 b) 136 c)133 d)144 to be 74.5 k g and i t was later discovered that one weight
3. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive odd number was misread as 56 k g instead o f the correct one o f 65 kg.
from 1 to 2 1 . The correct average weight is
a) 164 b) 161 c)144 d)184 a) 75 k g b) 73.5 kg c) 75.5 kg d)76kg
4. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive odd number 5. The average weight o f 15 students was calculated to be
from 1 to 37. 52 k g and it was later discovered that one weight was
a) 404 b)464 c)481 d)444 misread as 21 k g instead o f the correct one o f 12 k g . The
5. Find the average o f squares o f consecutive odd number correct average weight is
from 1 to 44.
a) 51.4 kg b ) 50.6 k g c) 52.4 kg d) 51.6 kg
a) 645 b)702 c)802 d)502
Answers
Answers l.d 2.b 3.b 4.c 5.a
l.b 2.c 3.b 4.c 5.a
Rule 39
Rule 38 Geometric M e a n : Geometric mean is useful in calculating
Theorem: If the average of n members is 'A' and on re- averages of ratios such as average population growth rate,
checking it is noticed that some of the numbers (ie average percentage increase etc.
*i,x 2 *3> ••• *„) are wrongly taken as
Geometric mean of x\, x , J c , x „ is denoted by
2 3
(x\, x' , x '

2 3 , x'„) then their correct average is
GM= ^]x x x x *
x 2 3 x...xx n
Previous average
Sum of correct numbers - Sum of wrong numbers Illustrative Example

Ex.: Find the geometric mean o f 4 , 8 , 1 6 .
n'
or, Correct average Soln: G M = ^ 4 x 8 x 1 6 = \Ul2 =8
. . {xi+X +X +...X„)-(x' +X +X +...

2 i i 2 3 + X„) Exercise
= A-i ——
n 1. Find the geometric mean o f 2 , 4 and 8.
Illustrative Example a) 2 b)4 c)3 d)5
Ex.: In a calculation M o h a n found that the average o f 4 2. Find the geometric mean o f 3 , 6 and 12.
numbers is 25 and on rechecking Sohan noticed that a) 4 b)8 c)6 d) None o f these
a number 15 is wrongly taken as 5 1 . Find the correct 3. Find the geometric mean o f 4 , 1 0 and 25.
average. a) 5 b) 10 c)20 d) 15
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, 4. Find the geometric mean o f 9 , 1 2 and 16.
a) 8 b)12 c)14 d)22
Average
Answers a) 23 b)32 c)24 d)22

l.b 2.c 3.b 4.b (iii) 85,87,89,91,93,95
a) 91 b)89 c)90 d)92
Rule 40 (iv) 70,72,74,76,78,80,82,84,86,88,90
Harmonic Mean: Harmonic mean is useful forfinding out a) 80 b)82 c)78 d)84
average speed of a vehicle, average production per day, (v) 35,37,39,41,43,45,47,49,51,53,55
etc. a) 47 b)49 c)43 d)45
Note: T r y to solve the above questions by using the ru
Harmonic mean of x , , x , 2 x ,...,
3 x n is denoted by
27 and 28.
Answers
HM
1 1 1 1 i. b ii. a in. c iv. a v.d
— + — + — + ... + —
x x x x
n 2 3 n
Rule 42
Illustrative Example If the average of thefirst and the second of three numbers
Ex.: Find the harmonic mean o f 2 , 3 , 4 and 5. 'x' more or less than the average of the second and t
third of these numbers, then the differene between theft,
1 and the third of these three numbers is given by '2x'.
Soln: HM =
1 1 1 1 r Note: Here only 2 numbers (ie first and second or seco
— + —+ —+ —
4 _2 3 4 5_ and third) are involved i n calculating average, thei
fore, we m u l t i p l y * by 2. I f ' n ' numbers are involve
4 x 6 0 _ 240 for getting answer, we multiply x by n.
30 + 20 + 15 + 12 77 ~~TT Illustrative Example
60 Ex.: The average o f the first and the second o f three nu
bers is 10 more than the average o f the second a
the third o f these numbers. What is the differen
Exercise
between the first and the third o f these three nu;
1. Find the harmonic mean o f 5 , 6 , 7 and 8.
bers?
2. Find the harmonic mean o f 4 , 6 and 8.
3. Find the harmonic mean o f 12,15,18 and 2 1 .
Average o f the first and the second numbers
Answers First + Second
= - and
3360 72 5040 2
1. 2.
533 13 299 Average o f the second and the third numbers
Second + T h i r d
Rule 41
Average of a series having common difference 2 is According to the question,
first term + last term First + Second Second + T h i r d

= 10
2 ~' 2 2
.-. F i r s t - T h i r d = 20
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above rule, we c
Ex.: Find the average o f the f o l l o w i n g series
get
25,27,29,31,33
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the required a n s w e r = 2 x 10 = 20.
25 + 33 „„ Exercise
the required average = — - — = 2 9 .
1. The average o f the first and the second o f three nu
bers is 15 more than the average o f the second and t
Exercise
third o f these numbers. What is the difference betwe
1. Find the average o f the f o l l o w i n g series
the first and the third o f these three numbers?
(i) 22,24,26,28,30,32,36,38,40
[SBIPOExam,20(
a)32 b)31 c)29 d)33
a) 15 b)45
(ii) 13,15,17,19,21,23,25,27,29,31,33
c)60 d)30
The average o f the first and the second o f three num-
ence, Mathematics and History i n first group and En-

bers is 12 more than the average o f the second and the glish History, Geography and Mathematics i n second
third o f these numbers. What is the difference between group. W e observe that English, Mathematics and His-
the first and the third o f these three numbers? tory are c o m m o n to both the groups. Hence the differ-
a) 24 b)10 c)12 d) Data inadequate ence o f marks i n Science and Geography is given by 4 x
The average o f the first i n d the second o f three num- 15 = 60. [Also see note.]
bers is 16 more than the average o f the second and the 7. a; Hint: Average temperature for Monday, Tuesday and
third o f these numbers. What is the difference between Wednesday was 1 ° C less ( 4 1 ° C - 4 0 ° C) than the aver-
the first and the third o f these three numbers? age temperature o f Tuesday, Wednesday and Thurs-
a) 32 b)48 c)61 d) 16 day. Therefore, difference o f temperature between Thurs-
The average o f the first and the second o f three num- day and M o n d a y is given b y 3 * 1 ( B y the rule) = 3° C.
bers is 13 more than the average o f the second and the Temperature o f Thursday is 4 2 ° C given. Hence, tem-
third o f these numbers. What is the difference between perature o f Monday is (42 - 3 = ) 3 9 ° C.
the first and the third o f these three numbers? 8. d
a) 25 b)24 c)26 d) 19 9. c; Hint: M o n d a y to Wednesday = Monday, Tuesday,
The average o f Suresh's marks i n English and History is Wednesday
55. His average o f marks i n English and Science is 65. Tuesday to Thursday = Tuesday, Wednesday, Thurs-
What is the difference between the marks w h i c h he ob- day
tained i n History and Science? Difference o f temperature between M o n d a y and Thurs-
[Bank of Baroda P O 1999] day = 3 x (37 - 34) = 9° C.
a) 40 b)60 c)20 d) Data inadequate According to the question,
The average marks scored by Ganesh i n English, Sci- 4x n „
ence, Mathematics and History is less than 15 from that x - —— 9 [where, x = temperature o f M o n d a y ]
scored by h i m in English, History, Geography and Math-
.'. x = 45
ematics. What is the difference o f marks i n Science and
.-. Temperature o f M o n d a y = 4 5 ° C and
Geography scored b y him? [ B S R B Chennai P O 2000]
4
a) 40 b)50 c)60 d) Data inadequate temperature o f Thursday = — x 4 5 = 3 6 ° C
The average temperature for M o n d a y , Tuesday and
Wednesday was 4 0 ° C. The average for Tuesday,
Rule 43
Wednesday and Thursday was 4 1 ° C. That for Thurs-
If average of 'n' consecutive odd numbers is 'x', then the
day being 4 2 ° C, what was the temperature on Monday?
difference between the smallest and the largest numbers is
a)39°C b)45°C c)44°C d)40°C
given by2(n-l).
The average temperature for M o n d a y , Tuesday and
Note: W e see that the above formula is independent o f x.
Wednesday was 4 0 ° C. The average f o r Tuesday,
That means, this formula always holds good irrespective o f
Wednesday and Thursday was 4 1 ° G and that o f Thurs-
the value o f * .
day being 4 5 ° C. What was the temperature on M o n -
day? Illustrative Example
a)48°C b)41°C c)46° d)42°C Ex: I f average o f 7 consecutive numbers is 2 1 , what is the
The mean temperature o f M o n d a y to Wednesday was difference between the smallest and the largest num-
3 7 ° C and that o f Tuesday to Thursday was 3 4 ° C. I f the bers?
temperature on Thursday was th that o f Monday, the required answer = 2 (7 — 1) = 12.
what was the temperature on Thursday?

Exercise
1. I f average o f 6 consecutive numbers is 48, what is the
a) 34° b)35.5°C c)36°C d)36.5°C
difference between the smallest and the largest num-
swers bers? [NABARD,1999]
2. a 3. a 4. c a) 10 b) 12 c)9 d) Data inadequate
;; Hint: Here, we can say that the average o f Suresh's 2. I f average o f 8 consecutive numbers is 64, what is the
marks i n English and History is 10 less than the average difference between the smallest and the largest num-
marks i n English and Science. (65 - 55 = 10) and n o w bers?
apply the above rule. a) 12 b)16 c)14 d) 18
; Hint: Here four subjects are involved ie English, Sci- 3. I f average o f 15 consecutive numbers is 32, what is the
Average
difference between the smallest and the largest num- rate o f return he earns on his total capital?
bers? a) 5% b) 10% c)5.5% d) 10.5°/
a)28 b) 18 c)26 d)24 8. Out o f three given numbers, the first one is t w i
4. I f average o f 18 consecutive numbers is 45, what is the second and three times the third. I f the average o
difference between the smallest and the largest num- numbers is 88, then the difference between first an
bers? is .
a) 48 b)72 c)96 d)32
a) 36 b)34 c)35 d)37
9. The average o f 8 readings is 24.3, out o f which t h
Answers age o f first t w o is 18.5 and that o f next three is 21.2
l.a 2.c 3.a 4.b
sixth reading is 3 less than seventh and 8 les
Miscellaneous eighth, what is the sixth reading?
1. The average attendance o f a college for the first three a) 24.8 b)26.5 c)27.6 d)29.4
days o f a week is 325, and for first four days it is 320. 10. The average age o f a family o f 6 members is 22 y<
H o w many were present on the fourth day? the age o f the youngest member be 7 years, the a
a) 305 b)350 c)530 d)503 age o f the family at the birth o f the youngest m
was [Railway;
2. A car runs for t\s at vj km/hr, t 2 hours at v k m / 2
a) 15 years b) 17 years c) 17.5 years d) 18 ye

hr. What is the average speed o f the car for the entire
11. The average age o f a husband and wife was 2 :
journey?
when they were married 5 years ago. The average
V]?i + Vt the husband, the wife and a child who was born
+h 2 2
a) V,fj km/hr b) ~ ~ km/hr the interval, is 20 years now. H o w old is the chile
+ vt 2 2
a) 9 months b ) 1 year c) 3 years d) 4 yes

v,f 2 + v r, 2 V! + V 2
12. 5 years ago, the average age o f A , B , C and D v
c) km/hr d) T " ~~~ km/hr
- W i t h E j o i n i n g them now, the average age o f all t
v l + v 2 ' V;?] + v-,t-
2'2
is 49 years. H o w o l d is E?
3. A car runs x k m at an average speed o f v, km/hr and y a) 25 years b) 40 years c) 45 years d) 64 ye
13. 5 years ago, the average o f Ram and Shyam's ag
k m at an average speed o f v 2 km/hr. What is the average
20 years. N o w , the average age o f Ram, Shya
speed o f the car for the entire journey?
Mohan is 30 years. What w i l l be Mohan's age I I
V!V (*+ y) 2 xv 2 + yv l
hence? [LIC
a) , km/hr b) 77777T777\r a) 45 years b) 50 years c) 49 years d) 60 yt
14. The average height o f 40 students is 163 cm. Or
xy(v| + v ) 2 + yv
XV] 2
ticular day, three students A , B , C were absent i
c) , .„. km/hr d) „ y . . . .. \r average o f the remaining 37 students was foun<
xv + yvx 2 _ /xy(v + v ) } 2
162 cm. I f A , B have equal heights and the height

4. A n aeroplane covers the four sides o f square field at
2 cm less than that o f A , find the height o f A .
speeds o f 2 0 0 , 4 0 0 , 6 0 0 and 800 km/hr. Then the average
[LI<
speed o f the plane in the entire journey is
a) 176cm b) 166cm c) 180cm d)186c
a) 600 km/hr b) 400 km/hr c) 500 km/hr d) 384 km/hr
15. Out o f three numbers, the first is twice the seconc
5. The average age o f the three boys is 15 years. Their
half o f the third. I f the average o f the three num
ages are in the ratio 3:5:7. Then the age o f the oldest is
56, the three numbers in order are:
[ S B I P O Exam, 1987]
[Central Excise & I. Ta:
a) 48,96,24 b) 48,24,96 c) 96,24,48 d)96,4!
6. The population o f a town increased by 2 0 % during the
16. O f the three numbers, second is twice the first
first year, by 2 5 % during the next year and by 4 4 % dur-
also thrice the third. I f the average o f the three ni
ing the third year. Find the average rate o f increase dur-
is 44, the largest number is: [Railway!
ing 3 years.
a)24 b)36 c)72 d) 108
a) 36.87% b) 37.68% c) 38.67% d) None o f these
17. The sum o f three numbers is 98. I f the ratio betwe
1 and second be 2 : 3 and that between second an
7. A n investor earns 3% return on — th o f his capital, 5% be 5 : 8, then the second number is: [ S S C E x a n
a) 30 b)20 c)58 d)48
18. The average weight o f 3 men A , B and C is 84 \
on — rd and 1 1 % on the remainder. What is the average
other man D j o i n s the group and the average n
jmes 80 kg. I f another man E, whose weight is 3 k g
.-. Total o f their ages = 3x + 5x + 7x = 3 * 15

lore than that o f D , replaces A , then average weight o f or, 15x = 45 => x = 3
, C, D and E becomes 79 k g . The weight o f A is: .-. The age o f the oldest = 7x = 21 years.
[Bank P O 1989] 6.c; Let the initial population be 100
170 kg b)72kg c)75kg d)80kg Population after the first year = 100 Ki .20 = 120
he average age o f A , B , C, D 5 years ago was 45 years, Population after the second year = 120 * 1.25 = 150
y including X , the present average o f all the five is 49 Population after the third year = 150 x 1.44 = 216
:ars. The present age o f X is: [Bank P O , 1988] Net increase = 216 - 100 = 116
164 years b) 48 years c) 45 years d) 40 years Net per cent increase during 3 years
he average age o f A and B is 20 years. I f C were to
:place A , the average would be 19 and i f C were to 116
-x 100 = 116%
place B , the average would be 2 1 . What are the ages o f 100
,BandC? [MBA 1982]
116,
122,18,20 b) 18,22,20 c) 22,20,18 d) 18,20,22 Net per cent increase per year = % = 38.67%
/ers
Required answer = 320 * 4 - 325 x 3 = 305.
Distance covered in f, hours = /,v, k m .
7. a; Remainder capital
U 3
Distance covered in t hours = t v 2 2 2 km

= i 3 + 8 - l 1 1- 1
Total distance = t v x x +t v 2 2
12 12 ~ 12
Total return
Total time = t + 1
x 2
= 3x—+5x —+ l l x —
9 + 40 + 11 _ 60 _ 5
: . Average speed = km/hr

4 3 12 ~12 "72 ~
.-. Average per cent return = 5%
x
Time taken in the first journey = hours 8. c; Let first x. Then, second = — and third
2 3
y :.x +—+ — = 3 x 8 8
Time taken in the second journey = hours 2 3
Total distance = (x + y ) k m 11*

or, — = 264
( \
x x
Total time = —+— hours 264x6
or,x= 144
11
Distance x+ y First-Third = 1 4 4 - - x l 4 4 ] = 96
.-. Average speed =
Time
9. c; Let 6th reading=x. Then, 7th = (x + 3) and 8th = (x + 8)
\l V 2 ;
.-. 2 x 18.5 + 3 x21.2 + x + (x + 3) + ( x + 8 ) = 8 x 2 4 . 3
or,37 + 63.6 + 3 x + 1 1 = 194.4 or,x = 27.6
km/hr 10. d; Total present age o f the family = (6 x 22) = 132 years
xv 2 +yv t
Total age o f the family 7 years ago = (132 - 7 * 6) = 90

Let one side o f the square be x k m . Then, the total years
distance=4x km. A t that time, the number o f members = 5.
90
Total t i m e - ^ + ^ + ^ + ^ =f 6 hours
.•. Average age at that time = ^ j years = 18 years.
4xx96 11. d; Present total age o f husband and wife

.-. Average speed = = 384 km/hr
= ( 2 x 2 3 + 2 x 5 ) = 56 years.
Let their ages be 3x, 5x and 7x
Average
Present total age o f husband, wife and child So, the numbers are 3 6 , 7 2 and 24.
= 3 x 20 = 60 years. Hence, the largest one is 72.
17. a; Let the numbers be x, y and z. Then,
Present age o f child = (60 - 56) = 4 years.
12. c; 5 years ago, ( A + B + C + D ) = (45 x 4 ) years £ y 5
= 180 years. x + y + z = 98,
3 a n d 7 " 8
Now, ( A + B + C + D ) = ( 1 8 0 + 4 x 5) years=200 years.
Now, (A + B + C + D + E ) = ( 5 x 49) years = 245 years. 2v
.-. Age o f E now = ( 2 4 5 - 2 0 0 ) = 45 years. x = — and z-
5
13. b; Total age o f Ram and Shyam 5 years ago
49v
= (2 x 20) = 40 years
S o , f + v + f = 98 or,
15
98 ory =
.-. Total age o f Ram and Shyam n o w
= (40 + 5 + 5) = 50 years. 18. c; Weight o f D = (80 x 4 - 84 x 3) k g = 68 k g
Total age o f Ram, Shyam and M o h a n now Weight o f E = (68 + 3) k g = 71 k g
= (3 x 30) = 90 years. ( B + C + D + E) 's weight = (79 x 4) k g = 316 k
Mohan's age now = (90 - 50) years = 40 years. .-. ( B + C)'s weight = [316 - (68 + 71)] k g = 1
Mohan's age 10 years hence = (40 + 10) years Hence, A's weight = [(84 x 3) - 177] k g = 75
= 50 years. 19. c; Total age o f A , B , C, D 5 years ago = (45 x 4
14. a; Let the heights o f A , B , and C be x cm, x cm and (x - 2) = 180ye
cm Total present age o f A , B , C, D and X = (49 x
Then, x + x + (x - 2) = (163 x 40 - 1 6 2 x 37). = 245 y
.-. x = 176cm Present age o f A , B , C and D = (180 + 5 x 4 )
15. b; Let the numbers be 2x, x and 4x. = 200 years.
.-. Present age o f X = 45 years.
2x + x + 4x _ Ix
Average = r = 56 20. a; Say, a, b, c are the ages o f A , B , and C
a +b= 2x20=40
3x56 „„ + b + c= 2 x 1 9 = 38
.-. x = = 24 + c + a= 2x21=42
_+ a+b + c= 60
Hence, the numbers in order are 4 8 , 2 4 and 96.
[ A d d i n g all the 3 eq
b +c = 38
16. c; Let the numbers be x , 2 x and y * . a = 22
a+ b 40
b 18
x + 2x + — x ,.
Average = 3 1 Ix -44 and c = 20
.-. Age o f A = 22 years
Age o f B = 18 years
44x9 Age o f C = 20 years
x = = 36
11
Problems Based on Ages
Rule 1 a) 20 years b) 25 years c) 22 years d) 26 years

2^ A is twice as old as B. 12 years ago, A was five times as
Theorem: If tyears earlier thefather's age wasx times that old as B. Find the present age of A.
of his son. At present the father's age is y times that of his a) 16 years b) 32 years c) 24 years d) 28 years
son. Then the present ages of the son and the father are 3. The age of the father 4 years ago was 8 times the age of
his son. At present the father's age is 4 times that of his
x-y and y respectively. son. Find the present age of son.
x-y
Illustrative Examples 4. The age of the father 8 years ago was 5 times the age of
Ex. 1: The age of the father 3 years ago was 7 times the age his son. At present the father's age is 3 times that of his
of his son. At present the father's age is five times son. Find the present age of father.
that of his son. What are the present ages of the a) 48 years b) 36 years c) 46 years d) 58 years
father and the son? 5. The age of the father 6 years ago was 3 times the age of
his son. At present the father's age is twice that of his
3x(7-l) n
son. Find the present age pf son.
Soln: Son's age = —-—-— - " yrs
and father's age = 9 * 5 = 45 years 6. 12 years ago, the ratio of the ages of Ram and Rahim is 2
Ex. 2: Ten years ago A was half of B in age. I f the ratio of : 3. I f the ratio of their present ages is 5 : 6, what will be
their present ages is 3 :4, what will be the total of their the total of their present ages.
present ages? a) 46 years b) 42 years c) 44 years d) 48 years
7. The age of a man is 4 times that of his son. Five years
Soln: 10 years ago A was — ofB'sage. ago, the man was nine times as old as his son was at that
time. The present age of the man is:
At present A is — of B's age. 8. The age of Arvind's father is 4 times his age. I f 5 years
4
ago, father's age was 7 times of the age of his son at that
time, what is Arvind's father's present age?
:. B's age = — ^ — ^ - = 20 years. (SBIPO Exam 1987)
2~4 Answers
l.c 2. a 3.b 4. a5.d
2
A's age = — of 20 = 15 years.
6. c; Hint: 12 years ago Ram was — of Rahim's age
.-. Total of their present ages = 20 + 15 = 35 years. 5
At present Ram is — of Ram's age.
Exercise
Now apply the given formula to get the answer.
!. A father is twice as old as his son. 20 years ago, the age
of the father was 12 times the age of the son. The present 7. b
age of the son is . 8. c; Hint: Here x = 7 and y = 4, Now apply the given formula.
Rule 2
Theorem: If the present age of thefather is x times the age becomes — times of the age of P. Hence t = 4 years and
of his son. t years hence, the father's age becomes y times
the age of his son. Then the present ages of the father and y - —. Now apply the formula and get the answer as 32
his son are x and ( y - i > years respectively. years. Hence (d) is the correct answer. Also see Rule-8.
x-y x-y 2. d 3. a 4.c 5. a 6.c

Ex.: At present the age o f the father is five times that of
Theorem: If /, years earlier the age of the father was x
the age of his son. Three years hence, the father's
age would be four times that of his son. Find the times the age of his son. t 2 years hence, the age of the
present ages of the father and the son. father becomes y times the age of his son. Then the present
(4-l)x3
= 9 yrs
ages of the son and the father are ^(^ j) A —0 +t x an( /
Son's age :
{x-y)
5-4
and father's age = 9 x 5 = 45 years ^ p i ( , + , ) - | ( , - l ) + ^ - l ) years respec-
Exercise lively.
1. The ratio between the present ages of P and Q is 5 : 8. Note: When /, =t =t, then the formulae become the fol-
2
After four years, the ratio between their ages will be 2 : 3 .

lowing.
What is Q's age at present.
(BSRB Mumbai PO1998) t{x + y-2)
a) 36 years b) 20 years c) 24 years d) 32 years (i) present age of the son = years and
2. The age of Mr Ramesh is four times the age of his son.
After ten years the age of Mr Ramesh will be only twice (i) present age of the father
the age of his son. Find the present age of Mr Ramesh's
Son's age , \ / \
son. —2—\+y)-^K -y) x years
(BSRB Bangalore PO 2000)
3. The age of Mrs Anjali is 5 times the age of his son. After
Ex. 1: Three years earlier the father was 7 times as old as his
12 years the age of Mrs Anjali will be only twice the age
son. Three years hence the father's age would be
of his son. Find the present age of Mrs Anjali's son.
four times that of his son. What are the present ages
of the father and the son?
4. The age of Mrs Rachana is 6 times the age of his son.
Soln: Quicker Method:
After 6 years the age of Mrs Rachana will be only thrice
the age of his son. Find the present age of Mrs Rachana's Son's age = 3(4-1) 3(7-1)
+ = 9 + 18 9 yrs
son. 7-4
5. The age of Mr Anuj is 7 times the age of his son. After 7 Father's age = | [ 7 + 4 ] + | ( l - 7 > + | ( 4 - 1 )
years the age of Mr Anuj will be only 4 times the age of
his son. Find the present age o f Mr Anuj's son. 99 + 9
a) 7 years b) 16 years c) 12 years d) 21 years 9 = 45 years
6. A man's age is three times that of his son. In 12 years, Ex. 2: One year ago the ratio between Samir's and Ashok's
the father's age will be double the son's age. Man's age was 4 : 3 . One year hence the ratio of their ages
present age is: will be 5 : 4. What is the sum of their present ages in
a) 27 years b) 32 years c) 36 years d) 40 years years?
4
Answers
Soln: One year ago Samir's age was — of Ashok's age.
1. d; Hint: Consider Q and P as father and son to apply the
msij-sq^ni .no.* .moSHBarftasmit £1 esw.-wlgflarftlo 1 B V
given formula. From the question it is clear that Q's age One year hence Samir's age will be — of Ashok's
is - times of P ie x ~ ~ , and after 4 years, Q's age 4
age.
roblems Based on Ages 203
Ashok's age (by formula (3)); Answers

1. b; Hint: In this problem, you have been asked to find
-1 + 1 1 1 Mohan's present age. To calculate Mohan's present age
- +—
A= 3 4 = 7 years by 'Quicker Method' you have to calculate Ram's
4_5 J_ present age first and then apply this result to the for-
3 4 12 mula for Mohan's present age. This involves a complex
Now, by the first relation: process. Hence you may solve such problem quickly by
"traditional method" as it has been given below. It is up
(S-l) 4 =
to you which method you are comfortable with. I f you
7-1 3 have to find Ram's present age, you can go for 'quicker
... S = 8 + 1 = 9years. method':
.-. Total ages = A + S = 9 + 7 = 1 6 years. Let Mohan's present age be x years and Ram's present
where A = Ashok's present age and S = Samir's age be y years.
present age Thus, accordingly to the first conditions
( x - 1 0 ) = 3 ( y - 1 0 ) o r x - 3 y = -20
Exercise
Now, Mohan's age after 10 years = (x + 10) years.
Ten years ago Mohan was thrice as old as Ram was but
Ram's age after 10 years = (y + 10) years.
10 years hence, he will be only twice as old as Ram. Find
.-. (x+10) = 2(y+10)or(x-2y)=10
Mohan's present age.
Solving (i) and (ii) one gets x = 70 and y = 30.
.-. Mohan's age = 70 years. Ram's age = 30 years.
c) 30 years d) Cannot be determined
2. a 3.b 4.c 5.c 6.c
1 A father was 4 times as old as his son 8 years ago. Eight
7. b; Hint: Present ages of father and his son are 70 and 30
> ears hence, father will be twice as old as his son. Find
years respectively.
the sum of their present ages,
.-. required ratio = 7:3
8. c
c) 40 years d) None of these
A's mother was four times as old as A, ten years ago. Rule 4
After ten years she will be twice as old as A. Then A's Theorem: If tyears earlier, thefather's age was x times that
present age is . of his son. At present the father's age isy times that of his
a) 30 years b) 20 years c) 24 years d) 25 years son. Then the sum total of the age of thefather and the son
A man says to his son, "seven years ago I was seven
times as old as you were and three years hence 1 will be
three times as old as you will be." There ages are is x-y years.
and years.
a) 60,12 b)52,12 c)42,12 d)50,15 Illustrative Example
Sunil was three times as old as Sandeep 6 years back. Ex.: Ten years ago A was half of B in age. I f the ratio of
Sunil will be 5/3 times as old as Sandeep 6 years hence. their present ages is 3 :4, what will be the total of their
How old is sandeep today? present ages?
Ten years ago A was thrice as old as B was but 12 years Soln: 10 years ago A was -r of B's age
hence, A will be only twice as old as B. Then the A's
present age is years.
a) 66 b)32 c)76 d)56 At present A is — of B's age
The age of a father 10 years ago was thrice the age of his
son. Ten years hence, the father's age will be twice that Now, applying the above theorem,
of his son. The ratio of their present ages is:
a)8:5 b)7:3 c)5:2 d)9:5
L 10 years ago Chandravati's mother was 4 times older Total of their present ages : +1
than her daughter. After 10 years, the mother will be V 3
twice older than the daughter. The present age o f 2 4
Chandravati is:
(BankPO Exam 1988) 20x7
= 35 years.
Exercise a) 20 years b) 25 years c) 30 years d) 60 years

1. 8 years ago Raman was thrice the age of Chandan. I f the 3. At present the age of the father is 7 times the age of his
present age of Raman is twice the age of Chandan, what son, 4 years hence the fathers' age would be 4 times that
will be the total of their present ages? of his son. What is the sum of the present ages of father
a) 48 years b) 42 years c) 36 years d) 54 years and his son?
2. 5 years ago Saket was 4 times the age of Alok. If the a) 21 years b) 24 years c) 28 years d) 32 years
present age of Saket is thrice the age of Alok, what will 4. At present the age of the father is 3 times the age of his
be the total of their present ages? son, 9 years hence the fathers' age would be twice that
a) 56 years b) 60 years c) 45 years d) 65 years of his son. What is the sum of the present ages of father
3. 9 years ago Vimal was 5 times the age of Sudarshan. I f and his son? /
the present age of Vimal is twice the age of Sudarshan, a) 36 years b) 38 years c) 32 years d) 46 years
what will be the total of their present ages? 5. At present the age of the father is 7 times the age of his
a) 66 years b) 54 years c) 36 years d) 46 years son, 6 years hence the fathers' age would be 5 times that
4. 8 years ago Kunal was 8 times the age of Kamal. If the of his son. What is the sum of the present ages of father
present age of Kunal is 4 times the age of Kamal, what and his son?
will be the total of their present ages? a) 80 years b) 64 years
a) 54 years b) 60 years c) 65 years d) 70 years c) 96 years d) None of these
5. 14 years ago Ram was 4 times the age of Pankaj. If the Answers
present age of Ram is twice the age of Pankaj, what will l.b 2.c 3.d 4. a 5.C
be the total of their present ages?
a) 42 years b) 63 years c) 62 years d) 48 years Rule 6
Answers Theorem: If the sum of the present ages of A and B is x
l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d 5. b years, 't'years ago, the age of A was 'y' times the age of the
B. Then the present ages of A and B are as follows;
Rule 5 x+ t{y-l) xy-t{y-\)
Theorem: If the present age of thefather is x times that the (i)AgeofB= j (ii) Age of A
y+l
age of his son. t years hence, the fathers' age becomes y
times the age of his son. Then the sum of the present ages of Illustrative Example
Ex: The sum of the ages of a mother and her daughter is
father and his son is (x + l ) years. 50 years. Also 5 years ago, the mother's age was "
x-y times the age of the daughter. What are the presen:
ages of the mother and the daughter?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the age of the daughter be x years
Ex.: At present the age of the father is 5 times the age of
Then, the age of the mother is (50 -x) years.
his son, three years hence the fathers' age would be
5 years ago, 7 ( x - 5 ) = 5 0 - x - 5
four times that of his son. What is the sum of the
or,8x = 5 0 - 5 + 35 = 80
present ages of father and his son?
;.x=10
Therefore, daughter's age = 10 years,
(4~l)x3 and mother's age = 40 years.
the required answer : (5 + 1) 9 x 6 = 54
5-4 Quicker Method:
Daughter's age
years.
Exercise Total ages + No. of years ago (Times -11
1. At present the age of the father is 6 times the age of his Times +1
son, 4 years hence the fathers' age would be 5 times that
50 + 5(7-1)
of his son. What is the sum of the present ages of father years
7 +1
and his son?
a) 116 years b) 112 years c) 114 years d) 111 years 50x7-5(7-1)
2. At present the age of the father is 4 times the age of his Mother's age = 4U years
7 +1
son, 3 years hence the fathers' age would be thrice that
Thus, daughter's age = 10 years and mother's a a
of his son. What is the sum of the present ages of father
and his son? = 40 years.
Problems Based on Ages 205
Lxercise Soln: Detail Method: Let the age of the son be x years.
The sum of the ages of Sweta and her mother is 63 years. Then , the age of the father is (56 - x) years.
Four years back her mother's age was 4 times of Sweta's After 4 years, 3 (x + 4) = 56 - x + 4
age at that time. Then the present age of Sweta's mother or, 4^ = 56 + 4 - 1 2 = 48
is years. .-. x = 12 years.
a) 48 years b) 44 years c) 40 years d) 52 years Thus, son's age = 12 years.
1 The sum of the present ages of A and B is 60 years. Also Quicker Method:
12 years ago, the ratio of the ages of A and B is 5 :4. Find Son's age
the present age of A. Total ages - No. of years after (Times - 1 )
a) 28 years b) 32 years c) 18 years d) 42 years Times +1
I The sum of the ages of Anjali and her mother is 48 years. 5 6 - 4 ( 3 - 1 ) 48 "
Six years back her mother's age was twice the age of = v ' = — =12 years.
Anjali. Find the ratio o f the present ages of Anjali's 3+1 4
mother and Anjali. Exercise
a)3:5 b)4:5 c)5:4 d)5:3 1. 4 years hence, mother's age will be twice the age of her
x The sum of the ages of Vineet and Roshan is 56 years. 4 daughter. The sum of their present ages is 46 years. Find
years back Roshan's age was 3 times the age of Vineet. the present ages.
Find the present age of Vineet. a) 32 years, 14 years b) 36 years, 10 years
a) 40 years b) 32 years c) 24 years d) 16 years c) 38 years, 8 years d) Can't be determined
The sum of the ages of P and Q is 42 years. 3 years back 2. The sum of ages of A and B is 60 years. After 10 years A
the age of P was 5 times the age of the Q. Find the differ- will be thrice as old as B. Find the difference of their
ence between the present ages of P and Q. present ages.
a) 23 years b) 24 years c) 28 years d) 33 years a) 30 years b) 40 years c) 10 years d) 50 years
i. The sum of the ages of a father and a son is 50 years. 3. The sum of the ages of a father and a son is 56 years.
Also, 5 years ago, the father's age was 7 times the age of After 4 years, the age of the father will be three times
the son. The present ages o f the father and the son that of the son. Then the age of the father is _.
respectively, are: a) 35 years b) 40 years c) 42 years d) 44 years
a) 35 years, 15 years b) 40 years, 10 years 4. The sum of the ages of the father and his son is 41 years.
c) 38 years, 12 years d) 42 years, 8 years After 17 years the father's age will be twice the age of his
son. Then the respective ages of the father and son are
Aaswers
and years.
a)32,9 b)34,7 c)33,8 d)31,10
5. The sum of the ages of the father and his son is 66 years.
1 r. Hint: Here A's age is — times of the age of B. After 3 years, the fathers' age will be thrice the age of his
: Hint: Age of Anjali = 18 years and the age of her mother son. Then find the ratio of the present ages of father and
= 30 years. his son.
Hence the required ratio = 30: 18 = 5:3. a) 25:17 b) 17:6 c)17:5 d) 17:3
|ti 5.b 6.b 6. The sum of the ages of a son and father is 56 years. After
four years, the age of the father will be three times that of
Rule 7 the son. Their ages respectively are:
TWorem: If the sum of the present ages of A and B is 'x' (Railway Recruitment Board Exam, 1989)
J H T 5 . After 'V years, theageofA will be 'y'times that of B.
a) 12 years, 44 years b) 16 years, 48 years
"ten the ages of A and B are given below. c) 16 years, 42 years d) 18 years, 36 years
xy + t{y-\)
Answers
m The age of A = ^ j + and La 2.b 3.d 4c 5.c 6.a
x-t{y-\) Rule 8
* The age of B= y ^
+ years. Theorem: If the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is a
: b. After 'T' years the ratio will become c : d. Then the
••strative Example present ages of A and B are as follows:
fc. The sum of the ages of a son and father is 56 years.
After 4 years, the age of the father will be three times T(c-d) T(c-d)
Age of A= a x = ax-
that of the son. What is the age of the son? ad -be difference of cross products
206
T{c-d)__ Tje-d) Rule 9

Age ofB j _
a difference of cross products Theorem: If the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is a
: b. 'T' years earlier, the ratio was c: d. Then the present
Illustrative Example (i) Age of A
Ex.: The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at T(c-d) T(c-d)
present is 6: 1. After 5 years the ratio will become 7 : flx- AX-
be-ad difference of cross products
2. What are the present ages of the son and the fa-
ther? (ii) Age ofB
Soln: Father : Son T{c-d) T{c-d)
Present age = 6 : 1 m bx bx
be - ad difference of cross products
After 5 years = 7 : 2
5(7-2) Illustrative Example
Son's age = 1 x = 5 years.
6x2-7x1 Ex.: The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at
5(7- present is 3 :1.4 years earlier, the ratio was 4:1. What
Father's age = 6 x -^— = 30 years. are the present ages of the son and the father?
6x2-7x1
Soln: Father: Son
Exercise
Present age = 3:1
1. The ratio of present ages of P and Q is 7 : 3. After four
4 years before = 4:1
years their ages are in the ratio of 2 : 1. What is the
present age of P? (BSRB Chennai PO 2000) 4(4-1)
Son's age : lx- = 12 years.
a) 24 years b) 28 years 4x1-3x1
2. 4(4-1)
The present ages of the father and son are in the ratio 6 Father's age = 3 * - — : — ~ 7 36 years.
: 1. After 5 years, the ratio will be 13 : 3. Find the present 4x1-3x1
age of the son.
Exercise
1. 6 years ago Jagunnath was twice as old as Badri. If the I
3 The ages of A and B are in the ratio 3 : 5 . After 9 years
ratio of their present ages is 9 : 5 respectively, what is the j
the ratio of their ages will be 3 :4. The present age of B is
difference between their present ages in years?
(BSRB Bhopal PO 200*
a) 24 b)30
4. The present ages of father and son are in the ratio 5 : 1 .
c) 50 d) Cannot be determined
After 5 years, the ratio will be 11 : 3. Then the present
2. 3 years ago Ambuj was thrice as old as Avinash. If tael
age of the father is years.
ratio of their present ages is 8 : 3 respectively, what is a e |
difference between their present ages in years?
5. The ratio of the present ages of P and Q is 8 : 5. After 6
years their ages are in the ratio of 3 : 2. Find the ratio of
3. 8 years ago, the ratio of the ages of Nagendra and m
the sum and difference of the present ages of P and Q.
was 3 : 2. I f the ratio of their present ages is 7 : 5 resp
1)13:3 b)39:19 c)13:2 d) 13:5
tively, what is the sum of their present ages?
6. The ages of A and B are in the ratio 2 : 5 . After 8 years
their ages will be in the ratio 1 : 2. The difference of their
4. 8 years ago, the ratio of the ages of Rachana and Arch
ages is:
was 4 : 3. I f the ratio of their present ages is 6 : 5 resp
tively, what is the ratio of the sum and difference of t
7. The ratio of the ages of father and son at present is 6 : 1.
present ages?
After 5 years, the ratio will become 7 :2. The present age
a) 11:2 b) 11:4 c) 11 :1 d) 11:3
of the son is:
5. The ratio of the ages of A and B at present is 4 :
years earlier, the ratio was 3 : 2, then find the pres
(Bank PO 1991)
ages of A and B.
Answers a) 40 years and 30 years b) 48 years and 36 years
l.b 2.d 3.b 4.d c) 64 years and 48 years d) 20 years and 15 years
5. a; Hint: Age of P = 48 years and Age of Q = 30 years
Answers
.-. Required ratio = 48+ 30:48-30 = 78:18= 13:3
1. a; Hint: Here c : d = 2 : 1 and present ages of Jagunnatr
6. b 7.d
Badri is 54 and 30 years respectively.
2.b
3. a
207
Rule 11
4. c; Hint: Their present ages were 24 and 20 years respec-
Theorem: If the product of the present ages of A and B b 'x'
tively
years and the ratio of the present ages of A and B is a : b.
.-. the required ratio = 24 + 20 :24 - 20 = 44:4 = 11:1
Then the present
5. a
(i) Age of A = ax. years and (ii) Age of B
Rule 10
Theorem: If the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is a years
: b. After 'T'years the ratio will become c: d. Then the sum
'Tied)] Ex.: I f the product o f the present ages of the father and
of present ages of A and B is {a + b)
ad-be or his son is 900 years and the ratio of their present ages
is 25 : 9. Find their present ages.
T(c-d) Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
<{a + b) Present age of the father
difference of cross products
900 25x30
Illustrative Example = 25x = 50 years.
15
Ex.: The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at "'25x9
present is 6 : 1. After 5 years the ratio will become 7 : Present age of his son
2. What is the sum of the present ages of the father 900 9x30
9x = 1! years.
and the son? 25x9 15
Exercise
the required answer = 5(7 f
-2)
_6x2- - 7 x 1
(6 + 0
1. The ratio of A's and B's ages is 4 : 5. The product of their
ages is 320 years. Then A's present age is .
= 5 x 7 = 35 years.
Exercise 2. The ratio of A's and B's ages is 3 :2. The product of their
The ratio of the ages of Sweta and Rachna is 2 : 5. After ages is 216 years. Then the sum of their present ages is
8 years, their ages will be in the ratio 1:2. Then the sum years.
of their present ages is . a) 18 years b) 30 years c) 36 years d) 32 years
a) 56 years b) 46 years c) 36 years d) 58 years 3. The age of Jayshree is thrice the age of her younger
1 The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at present sister. The product of their ages is 300 years. Then the
is 5 : 2. After 3 years the ratio will become 7:3. What is Jayshree's present age is years.
the sum of the present ages of the father and the son? a) 30 b)20 c)10 d)40
a) 64 years b) 74 years c) 84 years d) 88 years 4. I f the product of the present ages of the father and his
: The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at present son is 750 years and the ratio of their present ages is 6 :
is 4 : 1. After 9 years the ratio will become 5:2. What is 5. Find the difference between their present ages.
the sum of the present ages of the father and the son? a) 10 years b) 15 years c) 8 years d) 5 years
a) 50 years b) 60 years c) 45 years d) 55 years 5. I f the product of the present ages of the father and his
4 The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at present son is 3600 years and the ratio of their present ages is 16
is 5 : 3. After 7 years the ratio will become 3 : 2. What is : 9. Find the difference between their present ages.
the sum of the present ages of the father and the son? a) 45 years b) 40 years
a) 46 years b) 48 years c) 56 years d) 58 years c) 35 years d) None of these
: The ages of Kanchan is thrice the age of the Chandan. 6. The ratio of the father's age to the son's age is 4 : 1. The
After 12 years the age of Kanchan will become twice the product of their ages is 196. The ratio of their ages after
age of Chandan. Then the sum of their present ages is 5 years will be:
years. a)3:l b) 10:3 c) 11:4 d) 14:5
a) 42 years b) 48 years c) 46 years d) 50 years Answers
l.b 2.b
Answers
3. a; Hint: Ratio of Jayshree and her younger sister = 3 : 1
|La 2.c 3.c 4.c
4. d 5.c
: : Hint: Here, a : b = 3 : 1 and c : d = 2 : 1. Now apply the
6. c; Hint: Applying the given formula, we have
given formula.
their present ages are 28 and 7 years respectively.

Ratio oftheir ages after 5 years will be 28 + 5 : 7 + 5 = 33 I x + y
: 12= 11:4 Note: If t, = t = t, then formula will become V years.
1 2 yx-y)
Theorem: If the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is a Ex: A man's age is 125% of what it was 10 years ago, but
: b. 'T'years earlier, the ratio was c: d, then the sum of the
present ages of A and B is 8 3 - % of what it will be after 10 years. What is his
T{c-d) present age?

{a + b {a + b)
be-ad difference of cross products
Soln: Detail method: Let the present age be x years. Then
Ex.: The ratio of the ages of the father and the son at 125%of(x-10) = x;and 8 3 - % f ( x + 10)=x 0
present is 3 :1.4 years earlier, the ratio was 4 : 1 . What

is the sum of the present ages of the son and the .-. 125%of(x-10)= 8 3 - % f ( x + 10) 0
father?
Soln: Following the above formula, we have o r > I ( x - 1 0 ) = | ( * 10)
+
4(4-1)
the required answer (3 + 1
:
4x1-3x1 5 5 50 50
or — — x 1" - —
x
= 4 x 12 = 48 years. '4 6 6 4
Exercise 5x 250
.-. = 50 years x
1. If the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is 2 : 1.6

years earlier, the ratio was 3 : 1 . What is the sum of the Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we ha\
present ages of A and B? the required answer
c) 34 years d) 36 years 125 x No. of years ago + 83 i x No. of yrs after
2. If the ratio of the ages o f A and B at present is 3 : 2. 3
years earlier, the ratio was 5 : 3 . What is the sum of the 125-83
present ages of A and B?
a) 30 years b) 32 years c)35 years d) 40 years
3. If the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is 4 : 3. 2 1 . 7 3 7 5 + 250
125x10 + 83^x10 10(^
years earlier, the ratio was 5 : 2. What is the sum of the
present ages of A and B? 375-250
125-83
a) 37 years b) 31 years c)42 years d) 36 years
4. I f the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is 7 : 2. 7
years earlier, the ratio was 6 : 1 . What is the sum of the 10x625
= 50 years.
present ages of A and B? 125
5. If the ratio of the ages of A and B at present is 5 : 3. 6
years earlier, the ratio was 2 : 1 . What is the sum of the Exercise )
present ages of A and B? 1. A man's age is 150% of what it was 10 years ago. I
a) 48 years b) 46 years c) 47 years d) 49 years 75% of what it will be after 10 years. What is his prey
age?
Answers
l.d 2. a 3.c 4.b 5.a
2. A man's age is 135% of what it was 5 years ago, but 8?
Rule 13
of what it will be after 2— years. What is his pres.
Theorem: If a man's age isx% of what it was têars ago,
buty% of what it will be after t,years. Then his present age age?
xt + yt ~
x 2 >
is years. c) 20 years d) None of these
3.
A man's age is 132% of what it was 3 years ago, but 88% Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
209
of what it will be after 5 years. What is his present age? have

4. A man's age is 125% of what it was 9 years ago, but 80%
5+3
of what it will be after 9 years. What is his present age? the required answer = 1+1
a) 26 years b) 24 years c) 41 years d) 32 years 4
5. A man's age is 130% of what it was 4 years ago, but 90% 4
of what it will be after 4 years. What is his present age? = 8x4x —= 72 years.
a) 9 years b) 15 years c) 12 years d) 22 years 4
Exercise
Answers
1. The ratio o f P's and Q's ages is 5 : 7. I f the difference
:.b 2.d 3.d 4.c 5.d
between the present age of Q and the age of P 6 years
Rule 14 hence is 2 then what is the total of present ages of P and
Q? (Bank of Baroda PO 1999)
The ratio of A's and B's ages is a : b. If the difference be-
tween the present ages of A and B 'V years hence is 'x' then
f \ 2. The ratio of P's and Q's ages is 3 : 5. I f the difference
t+x between the present age o f Q and the age of P 3 years
i) the present age of A (younger) years hence is 3 then what is the total of present ages of P and
Q?
3. The ratio of P's and Q's ages is 5 : 8. I f the difference
between the present age of Q and the age of P 9 years
ii) the present age of B (older) = years and hence is 6 then what is the total of present ages of P and
Q?
iiii) the sum of the present ages of A and B 4. The ratio of Radha's and Ruchi's ages is 9 : 4. I f the
difference between the present age of Radha and the
1+- age of Ruchi 5 years hence is 5 then what is the sum of
years.
the present ages of Radha and Ruchi?
5. The ratio of the ages of Ram and Shyam is 7 : 4. I f the
Vote: Here A is always younger than B and a: b is younger
difference between the present age of Ram and the age
b _ older Shyam 2 years hence is 4 then what is the sum of the
: older. Hence ~ ~ .
a younger present ages of Ram and Shyam.
Illustrative Example a) 22 years b) 18 years c) 24 years d) 32 years
Lu The ratio of A's and B's ages is 4 : 5. I f the difference Answers
between the present age ofB and the age of A 5 years l.b 2. a 3.b
hence is 3, then what is the total of present ages of A 4. c; Hint: See Note: Here a: b = 9:4 because Radha is older
andB? than Ruchi.
*>ln: Detail Method: I f you apply the given formula we get
Radha's present age = 18 years and Ruchi's present age
A 4 5 = 8 years.
5. a
B - ( A + 5 ) = 3or,B = A + 8
Rule 15
-A=A+& or, A 1 = 8 The difference of present ages of A and Sis'x 'years. If 'V
4 years back their ages were in the ratio a : b, then
.-. A = 32 years
5 = 1 x 3 2 = 40 years
4 (i) the age of A t+- + x years, (ii) the age of
.-. A + B = 40 + 32 = 72 years
one is 5 : 2. Then the present age of younger one is

years.
B = t+- years and (in) the total Age of A and B a) 16 b)28 c)14 d)24
5. The difference of present ages of A and B is 10 years. If
-1
4 years back their ages were in the ratio of 7 : 5. Find the
sum of their present ages.
t+- Answers
years.
-1 1. c; Hint: Here Radha - Rahul = 10 years,
ie Radha - Rahul = A - B and
Note: Here A > B ie A is older than B. Hence a > b. Radha : Rahul = 2 : 1 . Now by applying the given for-
10
Ex: The difference of present ages of A and B is 12 years. mula, we have the age of Radha = 5 + + 10
If 6 years back their ages were in the ratio 3 : 2, how 2 - l
old are A and B? 1
Soln: Detail Method: = 25 years.
A-B=12years ....(i) 2. a; Hint: Here A = Mohan, B = Ram and a: b = 3 : 1
A-6 Now apply the given rule.
- => 2A-12 = 3B-18 3. b; Hint: Here a: b = 2 : 1 , and apply the given Rule -15 (i)
3-6
4. c 5.d
or,2A-3B = -6 ....(ii)
From eqn (i) and eqn (ii), we get Miscellaneous
A ' a a ^ c — 4 2 y&ura and D ' s age —3 0 years.
1. I f the ages of P and R are added to twice the age of Q, the
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we total becomes 59. I f the ages of Q and R are added I
have thrice the age of P, the total becomes 68. And if the agj
of P is added to thrice the age of Q and thrice the age I
12 R, the total becomes 108. What is the age of P?
the age of A - 6 + + 12 = 4 2 years and |SBI Bank PO, 1999
1-1 a) 15 yrs b) 19 yrs c) 17 yrs
2
d) 12 yrs e) None of these
2. The product of the ages of Harish and Seema is 240. If
twice the age of Seema is more than Harish's age b> -
12 years, what is Seema's age in years?
the age of B • 6 + 30 years.
1-1 [SBI Bank PO, 199*t
2 a) 12 years b) 20 years c) 10 years
d) 14 years e) Data inadequate
Exercise 3. Jayesh is twice as old as Vijay and half as old as Surest.
Rahul is younger than Radha by 10 years. If 5 years back I f the sum of Suresh's and Vijay's ages is 85 years, what
their ages were in the ratio 1 : 2, how old is Radha? is Jayesh's age in years?
a) 20 years b) 15 years [BSRB Bhopal PO, 2000
c) 25 years d) Data inadequate a) 34 b)36 c)68
The ages of Ram and Mohan differs by 16 years. Six d) Can not be determined e) None of these
years ago, Mohan's age was thrice as that of Ram's. 4. Present age of Rahul is 8 years less than Ritu's preseJ
Find the sum of their ages. age. I f 3 years ago Ritu's age was x, which of the follow-
a) 30 years b) 27 years c) 24 years d) 25 years ing represents Rahul's present age?
The difference between the ages of two persons is 8 [BSRB Delhi PO,2
years. 15 years ago, the elder one was twice as old as the a)x + 3 b)x-5 c)x-3 + 8
younger one. Then the present age of the elder person d) x + 3 + 8 e) None of these
is years. 5. The ratio of the present ages of a son and his father is II
a)23 ' b)31 c)28 d)24 : 5 and that of his mother and father is 4 : 5. After 2 yeaJ
4. The difference between the ages of two persons is 12 the ratio of the age of the son to that of his mothd
years. 6 years ago, the ratio o f the elder and younger
Problems Based on Ages 211
becomes 3 : 1 0 . What is the present age of the father? as his son?

a) 30 years b) 28 years c) 3 7 years a) 19 years b) 9 years c) 10 years d) 15 years
d) Data inadequate e) None of these 19. The total ages of A, B and C at present is 90 years. Ten
1 years ago the ratio of their ages was 1 : 2 : 3. Then the
present age of B is .
6. 20 years ago my age was — of what it is now. What is my
present age? c) 40 years d) None of these
a) 30 years b) 25 years c) 35 years d) 40 years 20. The sum of the ages of a father and son is 45 years. Five
7. 15 years hence, A will be twice as old as B, but five years years ago, the product of their ages was four times the
ago A was 4 times as old as B. Find the difference of father's age at that time, then the present ages of the
their present ages. father and son respectively are and
a) 15 years b) 45 years c) 30 years d) 25 years years.
8. A says to B " I am twice as old as you were when I was as a)39,6 b)35,10 c)36,9 d)40,10
old as you are". The sum of their ages is 63 years. Find 21. The ratio of the father's and son's age is 7 :4. The prod-
the difference of their ages. uct of their ages is 1008. The ratio of their ages after 6
a) 27 years b) 12 years c) 9 years d) 6 years years hence will be .
9. A is as much younger than B as he is older than C. If the a)5:3 b)8:5 c)7:4 d)5:8
sum of B's and C's ages is 40 years. Find the age of A. 22. Ratio of Sujeet's age to Sameer's age is 4 :3. Sujeet will
a) 20 years b) 25 yerars c) 30 years d) 27 years be 26 years old after 6 years. Then the present age of
10. A is twice as old as B was two years ago. I f the differ- Sameer is .
ence in their ages be 2 years, find A's age. a) 21 years b) 15 years c) 24 years d) 18 years
a) 14 years b) 18 years c) 8 years d) 12 years 23. I f 6 years are subtracted from the present age of Randheer
11. In ten years, A will be twice as old as B was 10 years ago. and the remainder is divided by 18, then the present age
If A is now 9 years older than B. Find the present age of of his grandson Anup is obtained. I f Anup is 2 years
B. younger to Mahesh whose age is 5 years, then what is
a) 39 years b) 40 years c) 36 years d) 49 years the age of Randheer? | Bank PO 19931
12. Five years ago, the total of the ages of father and son a) 96 years b) 84 years c) 48 years d) 60 years
was 60 years. The ratio of their present ages is 4 : 1. Then 24. The ratio of Vimal's age and Arun's age is 3 : 5 and sum
the present age of the father is . of their ages is 80 years. The ratio of their ages after 10
a) 48 years b) 51 years c) 56 years d) 61 years years will be . [Bank PO 1990J
13. Two years ago, a mother was four times as old as her a)2:3 b) 1:2 c)3:2 d)3:5
daughter. 8 years hence, mother's age will exceed her 25. Shyam is 3 times as old as his son. After 10 years, the
daughter's age by 12 years. The ratio of the present sum of their ages will be 76 years. The respective ages of
ages of mother and daughter is . the father and the son are and years.
a)3:l b)4:l c)3:2 d) 5: 1 a)42,14 b)39,13
14. A is 3 years younger to B. C is two years older than A. c) 45,15 d) None of these
Then B's relation to C is . 26. A is 20 years older than B. He is also 6 times as old as B.
a) two years older b) one year younger Then the respective ages of A and B are and
c) one year older d) two years younger years.
15. If C's age is twice the average age of A, B and C. A's age a) 24,4 b)42,7 c)30,5 d) None of these
is one half the average of A, B and C. I f B is 5 years old, 27. The ages of A, B and C together total 185 years. B is
the aveage age of A, B and C is . twice as old as A and C is 17 years older than A. Then
a) 10 years b) 15 years c) 12 years d) 9 years the respective ages of A, B and C are
16. A father's age is three times the sum of the ages of his a) 40,86 and 59 years b) 42, 84 and 59 years
two children, but 20 years hence his age will be equal to c) 40,80 and 65 years d) None of these
the sum of their ages. Then the father's age is . 28. The ratio of Vimal's age and Arun's age is 3 : 5 and the
a) 30 years b) 40 years c) 35 years d) 45 years sum of their ages is 80 years. Find the ratio of their ages,
17. A father's age is four times as much as the sum of the (i) after 10 years and (ii) 10 years ago
ages of his three children but 6 years hence his age will a ) 2 : 3 , 2 : l b ) 2 : 3 , l : 2 c ) 3 : 2 , l : 2 d) 3 :2,2 : 1
be only double the sum of their ages. Then the age of 29. In 10 years, A will be twice as old as B was lOyearsago.
the father is . If A is now 9 years older than B, the present age ofB is:
a) 30 years b) 40 years c) 60 years d) 45 years a) 29 years b) 39 years c) 19 years d) 49 years
18. The respective ages of a father and his son are 41 and 16 | L I C Exam 1989|
years. In how many years will the father be twice as old
30. The difference between the ages of two persons is 10 4. b; Let the Rahul's present age is 'A' years.
years. 15 years ago, the elder one was twice as old as the Then Ritu's present age is A + 8
younger one. The present age of the elder person is: Now, according to the question,
a) 35 years b) 25 years c) 45 years d) 55 years A + 8- 3 = x .-.A = x-5years
31. One year ago a father was four times as old as his son. In Hence, (b) is the correct answer
6 years time his age exceeds twice his son's age by 9
S I _ M 4
years. Ratio of their ages is: 5 - - = - r > F = 5S
e — =— M =-F
a) 13:4 b)12:5 c) 11:3 d)9:2 ' F 5 F 5
32. Ratio of Ashok's. age to Pradeep's age is equal to 4 : 3. S+2
Ashok will be 26 years old after 6 years. How old is => 105 + 20 = 3*/+ 6
M+2 '0
Pradeep now?
[Railway Recruitment Board Exam 1989|
= 3 x - x 5 S + 6 = 125' + 6
5
•) v e a r s D ) 2 1 years c) 12 years d) 15 years . \ 2 S = 1 4 => S = 7 years .-. F = 5S = 35 years
33. Deepak is 4 times as old as his son. Four years hence the 6. a; Let my present age be x years.
sum of their ages will be 43 years. How old is Deepak's
son now? V (* - 2 0 ) = ! or (3x - 60) = x or, 2x = 60
.-. x = My present age = 30 years.
34. The ratio of Mona's age to the age of her mother is 3 : 11.
7. c; Let A's age = x, and B's age = y years.
The difference of their ages is 24 years. The ratio of their
As per the first condition : (x + 15) = 2(y +15)
ages after 3 years will be:
orx-2y=15....(i)
a) 1:3 b)2:3 c)3:5 d)None ofthese
As per the second condition : (x - 5) = 4 (y - 5) or x - 4y
i1 = -15 ....(ii)
35. Kamla got married 6 years ago. Today her age is 1 — times
Solving (i) and (i i), one gets, x = 45, y = 15.
her age at the time of marriage. His son's age is (1/10)
.-. A's age = 45 years, B's age = 15 years
times her age. The age of her son is:
8. c; Let A's age be x years and B's age be y years.
.-. x + y = 63 ....(i)
[Bank PO Exam 1988]
(x - y) years ago, A was of y years age.
36. Sachin was twice as old as Ajay 10 years back. How old
Now according to the question,
is Ajay today i f Sachin will be 40 years old 10 years
x = 2 [ y - ( x - y ) ] o r , x = 2(y-x)
hence? [Bank PO Exam 1991]
or, 3x-4y = 0 (ii)
Solving equ (i) and equ (ii), we get x = 36, y = 27
37. The sum of the ages of a father and son is 45 years. Five
.-. A's age = 36 years, B's age = 27 years.
years ago, the product of their ages was four times the
.-. Difference of their ages = 36 - 27 = 9 years.
father's age at that time. The present age of the father is:
9. a; Given that (B - A) = (A - C) or (B + C) = 2A ...(f) and B
+ C=40....(ii)
.-. A = 20 years.
10. c; Let B's age 2 years ago be x years.
Answers .-. A's present age = 2x years
1. d; P + R + 2Q = 59;Q + R + 3P = 68 Also 2x - (x + 2) = 2
andP + 3(Q + R)=108 or, x = 4 .-. A's age = 2 x 4 = 8 years
Solving the above two equations, we get P = 12 yrs. 11. a; Let B's age be x years, then A's age be (x + 9) years.
2. a; Let the ages of Harish and Seema be x and y respec- As per the given condition
tively. (x + 9+10)=2(x-10)or,x = 39
According to the question, .-. The present age o f B = 39 years
x.y=240....(i) 2y-x=4....(ii) 12. c; Let the present age of the son be x and that of the father
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get be 4x years.
y = 12 years .-. (x-5) + (4x-5) =60 or5x = 70 .-. x = 14 years
3. a; J : V : S = 2:1 :4 .-. Father's present age = 56 years.
2 13. a; Let the mother's age 2 years ago be 4x and daughter's
.-. Jayesh'sage = T j ^ j-x85
- = 34 years age 2 years ago be x.
.-. (4x + 8)-(x + 8)=12
or,3x= 12orx = 4 .-. 4x + 6 = 2 6 o r x = 5

213
.-. Mother's present age = 4x + 2 = 18 years and .-. Sameer's present age = 3 * 5 = 15 years
daughter's present age = x + 2 = 6 years 23. d;Anup's age = (5 - 2) years = 3 years
.-.requiredratio = 3 :1 Let Randheer's age be x years.
14. c; Let the age of A be (x - 3) years
.-. B's age = x years . fdL.3
.-. C'sage = (x-3) + 2 = x - 1 •• 18
.-. B's age - C's age = x - (x -1) = 1 year or, x = 54 + 6 = 60 years
.-. B is one year older than C. 24. a; Let their ages be 3x and 5x years.
15. a; Let the average age of A, B and C be x years .-. 3x + 5x = 80orx= 10
.-. total age of A, B and C = 3 x x = 3x years .-. Vimal's age 10 years hence = (3x + 10) = 40 years
Now, according to the question, Aruna's age 10 years hence = (5x + 10) = 60 years
Ratio = 40:60 o r 2 : 3
3 x - ^ 2 x + ^j = 5 . = i O y e a r s
x
25. a; Let son's present age be x years.
.*, Father's present age = 3x years.
16. a; Let the present, age of father be x years and the present Son's age 10 years hence = x + 10
age of son be y years. Father's age 10 years hence = 3x + 10
.-. x = 3y ....(i) As per the condition, (x + 10) + (3x + 10) = 76
Also,(x + 20) = (y + 20 + 20) ....(ii) or4x = 56 .-. x = 14
[20 will be added twice as for 2 children] .-. Son's present age = 14 years
Solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 30 years. Father's present age = 42 years
17. c; Let father's age be x years and the sum of ages of chil- 26. a; Let the age of B be x years
dren be y years. According to the question,
.-. x = 4y....(i) x + 20 = 6x .-. x = 4 years
Also(x + 6) = 2(y + 6 + 6 + 6) ....(ii) .-. A' age = 4 x 6 = 24 years and B's age = 4 years
[6 is added thrice for three children] 27. b;Let A's age be x years
Solving (i) and (ii) B's age be 2x years
x = 60 years and y = 15 years. C's age = (x + 17) years
18. b; Suppose x years hence the father will be twice as old as According to the question,
his son. x + 2x + (x+17)=185
x + 41=2(x+16) .-. 4x= 185-17= 168
or,x = 41 -32 = 9years .-. x = 42, .-. A's age = 42 years
19. a; Let the respective ages of A, B and C ten years ago be B's age = 84 years
x, 2x and 3x years. C's age = 42 + 17 = 59 years
.-. (x+10) + (2x+10) + (3x+10) = 90 28. b;Let the ages be 3x and 5x years.
or,x=10 .-. 3x + 5x = 80 .-. x = 10
.-. B's present age = 2x + 10 = 30 years (i) Ratio of their ages after 10 years = 3 x + 1 0 : 5 x + 1 0
20. c; Let son's age be x years or 40:60 = 2:3
or Father's age = (45 - x) years. (ii) Ratio of their ages before 10 years = 3x -10: 5x -10
.-. ( x - 5 ) ( 4 5 - x - 5 ) = 4(45-x-5) or20:40=l:2
or, x = 9 years 29. b; Let the present ages o f B and A be x yrs & (x + 9) yrs
.-. The son's age = 9 years or,(x + 9 + 10)=2(x- 10)orx=39.
Father's age = 45 - 9 = 36 years 30. a; Let the present age of the elder person be x years.
21. b;Let father's and son's age be 7x and 4x respectively. Then, the present age of another person = (x -10) years.
(x-15) = 2(x-10-15)orx = 35
.-. 28x = 1008 or
2 x 2 = 36 orx = 6
.-. The present age of the elder person is 35 years.
.-. Father's age = 7x = 42 years 31. c; Let the present ages of father & son be x & y respec-
Son's age = 4x = 24 years tively.
Father's age after 6 years hence = 48 years Then,(x-l) = 4 ( y - l ) o r 4 y - x = 3 ....(i)
Son's age 6 years hence = 30 years And,(x + 6)-2(y + 6) = 9or-2y + x = 15....(ii)
Ratio = 4 8 : 3 0 o r 8 : 5 Solving (i) & (ii) we get, x = 33 and y = 9.
22. b; Let the respective ages of Sujeet and Sameer be 4x and .-. Ratio of their ages = 33 :9 or, 11 : 3.
3x years. 32. d; Ashok's present age = (26 - 6) years = 20 years.
.-. 1 Ox = -(l Ox - b) or 40x = 50x - 30 or x = 3

.-. Pradeep's present age = [ ^ x 2 0 J years = 15 years. 4
36. a; Let Ajay's age 10 years back be x years.
33. b;Let the son's age be x years.
Then, Sachin's age 10 years back = 2x years.
Then,(x + 4) + (4x + 4) = 43
.-. 2x + 20 = 40orx=10.
or5x = 35 orx = 7
Ajay's present age = (10 + 10) years = 20 years.
34. a; Let the ages of Mona and her mother be 3x and 1 l x
37. b;Let father's present age = x years.
years respectively.
Then,(llx-3x) = 24orx = 3. Then, son's present age = (45 - x) years.
So, their present ages are 9 years and 33 years. (x-5)(45-x-5) = 4(x-5)
Ratio of their ages after 3 years = 12 :36 or 1 : 3. or * - 4 i ; c + 180 = 0
2
35. b;Let son's age be x. Then, Kamla's age = lOx years. or(x-36)(x-5) = 0
Kamla's age at the time of marriage = (1 Ox - 6) years. .-. x = 36 years.
Profit and Loss
Rule 1 it for Rs 84. What is the cost price of the article?

[BSRfi DefhiPO, 2uWf
To find profit or loss when cost price and selling price are
?iveii. Answers
fi) When Selling Price > Cost Price, there is a profit and it 1. (i)Rs 100 profit (ii)Rs201oss
is given by Selling Price - Cost Price, (iii) Rs 2269.50 (iv)Rs 56.40
i ii) When Selling Price < Cost Price, there is a loss and it is 2. (i)Loss = R s l 2 (ii)CP = Rs300
given by Cost Price - Selling Price. (iii) Profit = Rs 4000 (iv) CP = Rs 2395.50
(v) Gain = Rs4
3. a; Hint: Let the cost price of the article be Rs x.
E\ 1: A man buys a toy for Rs 25 and sells it for Rs 30. Find
Then, 2 ( 8 4 - x ) = 9 6 - x
his profit.
or, 168-2x = 9 6 - x
Soln: In this example,
.-. x = Rs72.
Selling Price (SP) of a toy = Rs 30 and
Cost Price (CP) of a toy = Rs 25 Rule 2
Here,SP>CP
The profit or loss is generally reckoned as so much per cent
Now, following the above formula (i), we have
on the cost.
profit = Rs 30 - Rs 25 = Rs 5
Fv 2: A boy buys a Parker pen for Rs 50 and sells it for Rs Loss or Gain
Gain or Loss per cent = — 1
x u u
45. Find his loss.
Soln: In the above example,
Cost Price (CP) of a Parker pen = Rs 50 and Illustrative Examples
Selling Price (SP) of a Parker pen = Rs 45 Ex. 1: A man buys a toy for Rs 25 and sells it for Rs 30. Find
Here.SP<CP his gain per cent.
Now, following the above formula (ii), we have
loss = Rs50-Rs45 = Rs5 Soln: % G a i n = ^ x 100 = ^ x 1 0 0 = 20%
Exercise Ex. 2: A boy buys a pen for Rs 25 and sells it for Rs 20. Find
Given the following values, find the unknown values. his loss per cent.
(i) CP = Rs 500, SP = Rs 600, Profit/Loss = ?
I oss 5
(ii) CP = Rs 1270, SP = Rs 1250, Profit/Loss = ? Soln: % Loss = x 100 = — x 100 = 20%
(iii) CP = ?,SP = Rs 2390, Profit = Rs 120.50
(iv) CP = Rs 72, SP = ? Loss = Rs 15.60 Exercise
2. Fill in the blanks in each of the following 1. Find the gain or loss per cent, i f
(i) CP = Rs 1265, SP = Rs 1253, Loss = Rs (i) CP = Rs 500 and SP = Rs 565
(ii) CP = Rs SP = Rs 450, Profit = Rs 150 (ii) CP = Rs 700 and SP = Rs 630
(iii) CP = Rs 3355, SP = Rs 7355 = Rs 2. If the profit made on a packet of tea is Rs 4 and the cost
(iv) CP = Rs , SP - Rs 2390, Loss = Rs 5.50 price of the packet is Rs 20, then how much is the profit
(v) CP =Rs 6556, SP = Rs 6560, .... = Rs percentage?
3. By selling an article for Rs 96, double profit is obtained a) 20% b)25% c)30% d)15%
than the profit that would have been obtained by selling 3. A box of Alphanso mangoes was purchased by a fruit
seller for Rs 300. However, he had to sell them for Rs 255 Answers
because they began to get over ripe. What was the loss 1. (i) 13% gain (ii) 10% loss
percentage? 2. a 3.a
a) 15% ' b)IO% c)20% d) 18% 4. d; Hint: Total CP = Rs (1200 + 200) = Rs 1400 and SP
4. Harish bought a second-hand typewriter for Rs 1200 = Rsl680
and spent Rs 200 on its repairs. He sold it for Rs 1680. SP > CP, Hence profit and profit %
Find his profit or loss. What was his profit or loss per
cent? 1680-1400
-x 100 = 20%
a) 10% loss b) 15% loss c) 20% loss d) 20% gain 1400
5. Karim bought 150 dozen pencils at Rs 10 a dozen. His 5. d; Hint: Total cost price = 150 * 10 + 100 = Rs 1600
overhead expenses were Rs 100. He sold them at Rs 1.20 Total selling price = 150 x 12 x 1.20 = Rs 2160
each. What was his profit or loss per cent? Profit = Rs 2160 - Rs 1600 = Rs 560
a) 30%profit b) 30% loss c) 35% loss d) 35% profit
6. Venkat purchased 20 dozens of toys at the rate of Rs 375 Profit % = ^ r x 100 = 35%
1600
per dozen. He sold each one of them at the rate of Rs 33.
What was his percentage profit? 6. b; Hint: Cost price of 20 dozens toys = 20 * 375 = Rs 7500
IBSRBChennaiPO, 2000] Selling price of 20 dozens toys = 20 x 33 x 12 = Rs7920
a) 6.5 b)5.6 c)3.5 d)4.5 7920-7500
7. By selling twelve notebooks, the seller earns profit equal Profit percentage = x 100 = 5.6%
to the selling price of two note-books, what is his per-
7. a; Hint: Percentage profit
centage profit? [BSRB Delhi PO, 2000|
= t-=—rXl00 = — xl00 = 20%
a) 20% b)25% c) 1 6 y % d) Data inadequate (12-2) 10
[Also see Rule 81]
8. A loss of 5% was suffered by selling a plot for Rs 4,085.
The cost price ofthe plot was: |RRBExam, 1991] f 100
-Rs4300
8. d; Hint: CP = Rs I x 4 0 8 5
a)Rs4350 b)Rs 4259.25
c)Rs4200 d)Rs4300 100
" Hnx: :P = R s | ~ 1 5 0 j = R 2 0 0 x s
9. The CP of an article which is sold at a loss of 25% for Rs
150, is [RRB Exam, 1991] 10. b; Hint: CP of 10 articles = Rs 8
a)Rsl25 b)Rsl75 c)Rs200 d)Rs225 SP of 10 articles = Rs (1.25 x 10) = Rs 12.50
10. A man buys 10 articles for Rs 8 and sells them at the rate Profit = Rs (12.50 - 8) = Rs 4.50
of Rs 1.25 per article. His gain percent is:
(4.50 ^ 1
|CDS Exam, 1991] Gain%= I ~ ^ x l 0 0 j = 5 6 4 %
a) 50% b) 5 6 - % c) 1 9 - % d)20% 11. c; Hint: Total CP of 120 reams = Rs (120 * 80 + 280 + 72 -

120 x 0.4) = Rs 10000.
11. Bhajan Singh purchased 120 reams of paper at Rs 80 per
ream. He spent Rs 280 on transportation, paid octroi at ( 250^
the rate of 40 paise per ream and paid Rs 72 to the coolie. CPofl ream = (10000-120)= Rs
If he wants to have a gain of 8%, the selling price per
ream must be: [Bank PO Exam, 1988] 250
a) Rs 86 b) Rs 89 .-. SP of 1 ream = 108% of Rs — Rs 90.
3
c)Rs90 d)Rs 87.48
12. c; Hint: CP = Rs 10
12. If I purchased 11 books for Rs 10 and sold all the books
at the rate of 10 books for Rs 11, the profit per cent is: 11
| RRB Exam, 1989] ^
; .o^'j-^'o
a) 10% b)ll% c)21% d)100%
13. An umbrella marked at Rs 80 is sold for Rs 68. The rate of 121 , n
21
Clair : y -10
Q Rs
discount is: [RRB Exam, 1989] 10
21
a) b) 15% c) 17 — % d)20% Gain % = Rs -xlOO = 2 1 %
17 10x10
13. b
Profit and Loss 217
Rule 3 Rule 4
If the profit earned by selling an article for Rs x is equal to Theorem: If a reduction of x% in the price of an article
the loss incurred when the same article is soldfor Rsy, then enables a person to buy n kg more for Rs A, then the re-
to make z% profit the sale price of the article should be Rs duced and the original prices per kg of the article are
(x + yXlOO + z ) 1 ' Ax \ Ax
200 per kg and [ ( y ^ ^ per kg respectively.
Ex.: The profit earned by selling an article for Rs 600 is
Ex.: A reduction of 20% in the price of sugar enables a
equal to the loss incurred when the same article is
person to buy 2 kg more for Rs 30. Find the reduced
sold for Rs 400. What should be the sale price of the
and the original price per kg of sugar.
article for making 25 per cent profit?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the cost price be Rs x.
Now, according to the question, 30x20
the reduced price of sugar =
6 0 0 - x = ;c-400 or,2x=1000 .-. x = Rs500. 100x2
Again, selling price of the article for making 25% profit = Rs 3 per kg and
500x125
30x20 _15
= -w~ = R s 6 2 5
the original price of sugar = ( _2o)2 ~ T
100
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we

have
the required answer
h
= Rs 3— per kg.
_ (600 + 400X100 + 25)
= 5x125 =Rs625.
200 Exercise
1. A reduction of 30% in the price of tea enables a person
Exercise
to buy 3 kg more for Rs 20. Find the original price per kg
1. The profit earned by selling an article for Rs 832 is equal
of tea.
to the loss incurred when the same article is sold for Rs
448. What should be the sale price of the article for mak-
a)Rs2| b)Rs2y c)R 2y
S d)R 3y
S
ing 50 per cent profit? jBSRB Chennai PO, 2000|
a)Rs960 b)Rsl060 c)Rsl200 d)Rs920 2. A reduction of 15% in the price of coffee enables a per-
2. The profit earned by selling an article for Rs 482 is equal son to buy 2 kg more for Rs 30. Find the original price per
to the loss incurred when the same article is sold for Rs kg of coffee.
318. What should be the sale price of the article for mak-
ing 30 per cent profit? „11 *H 10 „ 1
a)Rs2— b)Rs3— c)Rs2- d)R 2- S
a)Rs560 b)Rs520 c)Rs540 d)Rs580

3. The profit earned by selling an article for Rs 317 is equal 3. A reduction of 25% in the price of rice enables a person
to the loss incurred when the same article is sold for Rs to buy 4 kg more for Rs 40. Find the reduced and the
233. What should be the sale price of the article for mak- original price per kg of rice respectively.
ing 20 per cent profit?
10 10
a)Rs390 b)Rs370 c)Rs350 d)Rs330 b)Rs2.5,Rs
a)Rs y ,Rs2.5
4. The profit earned by selling an article for Rs 515 is equal
to the loss incurred when the same article is sold for Rs
n
475. What should be the sale price of the article for mak- c) Rs3.5,Rs d) Can't be determined
3
ing 40% per cent profit?
a)Rs693 b)Rs707 c)Rs683 d)Rs673 4. A reduction of 10% in the price of salt enables a person
5. The profit earned by selling an article for Rs 680 is equal to buy 2 kg more for Rs 18. Find the reduced and the
to the loss incurred when the same article is sold for Rs original price per kg of salt respectively.
420. What should be the sale price of the article for mak- a)Rel,Rs0.9 b)Rs0.9,Rel
ing 60 per cent profit? c)Rs2,Rsl.9 d)Rsl.9,Rs2
5. A reduction of 10 per cent in the price of potatoes en-
a)Rs870 b)Rs890 c)Rs880 d)Rs990
ables me to obtain 25 kg more for Rs 225. What is the
Answers reduced price per kg? Find also the original price per kg.
La 2.b 3.d 4.a 5.c a)Rs0.9,Rel b)Rel,Rs2
c)Rs0.8, Rs2 d) None of these Exercise

6. A reduction of 20 per cent in the price of onions enables 1. A 15% hike in the price of wheat forces a person to
a purchaser to obtain 8 kg more for Rs 80. What is the purchase 2 kg less for Rs 46. Find the original price of
reduced price per kg? What was the price per kg before the wheat.
reduction? a) Rs 3 per kg b) Rs 2 per kg
a)Rsl.50,Rs2 b)Rs2,Rs2.50 c) 3.5 per kg d) Data inadequate
c)Rs3,Rs2.50 d)Rel,Rs2.50 2. A 20% hike in the price of wheat forces a person to
7. A reduction of 25 per cent in the price of clay would purchase 1 kg less for Rs 20. Find the original price of
enable a purchaser to obtain 25 kg more for Rs 45. What the wheat.
is the reduced price per kg and what was the price per kg
before reduction? a) Rs 3 per kg b) Rs 3 - per kg
a)40P,60P b)45P,50P c)45P,60P d)45P,48P
8. A reduction of 12— per cent in the price of oranges c) Rs 3 — per kg d) Data inadequate
enables one to purchase 15 oranges more for Rs 42. Find 3. A 25% hike in the price of tea forces a person to pur-
the price per orange before and after reduction. chase 2 kg less for Rs 75. Find the original price of the
a)40P,35P b)30P,40P c)45P,35P d)35P,45P tea:
9. If a reduction of 25 per cent were made in the price of a)Rs7 b)Rs8 c)Rs7.5 d)Rs8.5
sweets it would enable a purchaser to obtain 10 more 4. A 12% hike in the price of coffee forces a person to
than before for Rs 7.20. Find the reduced price, and the purchase 2 kg less for Rs 56. Find the original price of
present price. the coffee.
a)18P,25P b)25P,30P a)Rs2 b)Rs2.5 c)Rs3.5 d)Rs3
c)l8P,24P d) None of these
10. A reduction of 40 per cent in the price of bananas would Answers
enable a purchaser to obtain 60 more for Rs 45. What is l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d
the reduced price? Rule 6
a)50P b)40P c)60P d)30P Theorem: If a man purchases 'x' items for Rs 'y' and sells
Answers 'y' items for Rs 'x', then the profit or loss [depending upon
l.b 2.a 3.b 4.b 5.a 6.b 7.c the respective (+ve) or (~ve) sign in thefinal result} made by
8. a 9c 10. d
2 2
Rule 5 him is x -y xlOO %
y
Theorem: If a hike ofx% in the price of an article forces a
person to buy n kg less, then the new and the original prices Illustrative Example
Ex.: I f a man purchases 11 oranges for Rs 10 and sells 10
Ax
per kg of the article are per kg and oranges for Rs 11. How much profit or loss does he
100K make?
Soln: Detailed Method: Suppose that the person bought 11
Ax
per kg respectively. x 10= 110 oranges.
{\Q0 + x)n
C P o f l 10 oranges = y y x l l ° =Rs 100
Ex.: A 10% hike in the price of rice forces a person to
SP of 110 oranges = J ^ x l l ° =Rs 121
purchase 2 kg less for Rs 110. Find the new and the
original prices of the rice. .-. Profit = R s l 2 1 - R s l 0 0 = Rs21
and % profit = y ^ - x 100 = ^ x 100 = 21%
10x110 1
the new price = = Rs 5 — per kg and
IUU x z. 2. Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
have,
10x110
the original price : = Rs 5 per kg
110x2 x 100 = 21%.
^10^
Profit and Loss 219
Since the sign is +ve, there is a gain of 21%. Exercise

Exercise 1. A person buys 8 oranges for Rs 15 and sells them at 10
1. If a man purchases 12 mangoes for Rs 10 and sells 10 for Rs 18. What does he gain or lose per cent?
mangoes for Rs 12. How much profit or loss does he a) gain of 4% b) loss of 4% c) gain of 2% d) loss of 2%
make? 2. A person buys 4 apples for Rs 5 and sells them at 5 for
a) 40% loss b) 40% profit c) 44% loss d) 44% profit Rs 4. What does he gain or lose per cent?
2. I f a man purchases 15 bananas for Rs 12 and sells 12 a) loss of 36% b) gain of 36%
bananas for Rs 15. How much profit or loss does he c) loss of 30% d) gain of 30%
make? 3. A person buys 16 bananas for Rs 5 and sells them at 12
a) 56.25% profit b) 56.25% loss for Rs 5. What does he gain or lose per cent?
c) 56.75% profit d) 56.75% loss
3. If a man purchases 4 apples for Rs 5 and sells 5 apples a) 33 y % loss b) 33% loss
for Rs 4. How much profit or loss does he make?
a) 36% profit b) 36% loss c) 36.5% profit d) 36.5% loss
c) 3 3 - % profit d) 3 3 y % profit
4. I f a man purchases 7 oranges for Rs 8 and sells 8 or-
anges for Rs 7. How much profit or loss does he make? 4. A person buys 12 eggs for Rs 15 and sells them at 10 for
275 Rs 14. What does he gain or lose per cent?
0/
2 7 5
a) *—- /o loss a) 10% loss b) 12% profit c) 12% loss d) 15% profit
16
b) — % profit
Answers
0/
3 7 5
Lb 2. a 3.c 4.b
c) ~rr loss
16 375
d) T 7 - Profit
%
A grocer buys eggs at 10 for Rs 816and sells at 8 for Rs 10. Rule 8
Find his gain or loss per cent. Problems Based on Dishonest Dealer
1 3 Error
a) gain per cent of 56— b) gain per cent of 56— -xlOO
% gain =
True value - Error
True weight - False weight

or, % gain = xlOO
c) loss per cent of 56^- d) gain per cent of 56-^- False weight

: d 2. a 3.b 4.c 5.d Ex.: A dishonest dealer professes to sell his goods at cost
price, but he uses a weight of960 gm for the kg weight.
Rule 7 Find his gain per cent.
Theorem: If a man purchases 'a' items for Rs 'b' and sells Soln: Detailed Method: Suppose goods cost the dealer Re
-' items for Rs'd', then the gain or loss [depending upon 1 per kg. He sells for Re 1 what cost him Re 0.96.
tie respective (+ve) or (-ve) sign in thefinal result] made by ;•. Gain on Re 0.96 = Re 1 - Re 0.96 = Re 0.04
ad-be .-. Gain on Rs 100= 7 r ^ 7 ° =Rs t
un is -xlOO 0.96
x l 0 4
6
be
Vote.- Rule - 6 is the special case of this rule. In Rule - 6, we .-. Gain%= - %
4
have, 6
Quicker Method: Applying the above Rule, we have
a = d = x and b = c = y.
Illustrative Example 40 1
A boy buys 9 oranges for Rs 16 and sells them at 11 the required gain % = 1 Q 0 Q _ 4 0 x 1 0 0 = 4 T%
for Rs 20. What does he gain or lose per cent?

tin: Following the above formula, we have Exercise
1. A dishonest fruit vendor professes to sell his goods at
9x20-16x11 , J 3 n /
cost price but he uses a weight of900 g for the kg we ight.
% profit or loss = —— x 100 = 2 — %
16x11 11 Find his gain per cent. |RRB Exam, 19911
Since the sign is +ve, there is a gain of 2 — % . a ) 9 TT% b)ii- c) d) 9—%

11
;
A cloth dealer professes to sell poplin at cost price, but Exercise

uses a metre having a length of 92 cm only and charges 1. A grocer sells rice at a profit of 5% and uses a weight
for the metre. Find his gain per cent. which is 20% less. Find his total percentage gain.
a) 31.25% b) 1.5% c)31% d) Data inadequate
a) 8 ^ % b) 9 - ^ % 2. A grocer sells rice at a profit of 10% and uses a weight
; 23 ; 23
which is 25% less. Find his total percentage gain.
c) 7 ^ % d) Data inadequate
; 23 a) 3 6 y % b) 4 6 i | % C ) 461% d) 3 6 j %
A dishonest fruit vendor professes to sell his goods at 3. A grocer sells rice at a profit of 20% and uses a weight
cost price but he uses a weight of950 g for the kg weight. which is 20% less. Find his total percentage gain.
Find his gain per cent. a) 25% b)50% c)75% d)45%
4. A grocer sells rice at a profit of 25% and uses a weight
a) 5*3-% b) 5—% which is 25% less. Find his total percentage gain.
19 } 19
1 3 2
a) 66% b) 66-% C ) 66-% d) 6 6 - %
c) 5—% d) Data inadequate
19 5. A grocer sells rice at a profit of 20% and uses a weight
4. A dishonest fruit vendor professes to sell his goods at which is 25% less. Find his total percentage gain,
cost price but he uses a weight of 800 g for the kg weight. a) 50% b)55% c)60% d)65%
Find his gain per cent.
Answers
a) 20% b)40% c)25% d)50%
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.d 5c
5. A cloth dealer professes to sell bedsheet at cost price,
but uses a metre having a length of 80 cm only and Rule 10
charges for the metre. Find his gain per cent. Theorem: If the shopkeeper sells his goods at x% loss on
a) 25% b)20% c) 16% d)30% cost price but usesygm instead of z gm, then his % profit or
Answers
l.b 2. a 3. a 4.c 5. a loss is [l 00 - x]— -100 according as the sign is +ve or - -MB
y
Rule 9
% profit + % less in wt 1
Total percentage profit = x 100 Ex.: A dishonest dealer sells goods at 6—% loss on c
1 0 0 - % less in wt
4
Illustrative Example price but uses 14 gm instead of 16 gm. What is hs
Ex.: A grocer sells rice at a profit of 10% and uses a weight percentage profit or loss?
which is 20% less. Find his total percentage gain. Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the cost price is Rs x per
Soln: Detail method: 25^
Suppose he bought at Rs x/kg. 100- —
4_
Then he sells the goods for Rs x
'110*' 100
80
Then he sells at Rs
100 p e r Too k g
11 Ox 100 llx 15x

or, at Rs * — per kg or, at Rs — per kg = Rs — per kg
Now, suppose he bought y kg of goods.

llx Then, his total investment = Rs xy
Now, % profit 8 -x 100 = — = 37.5%
:
15x (16^ 15
and his total return = Rs "jg" A x J Rs — 4=

the total % profit 15
—-xy-xy 5 Q
.-. his % profit = 2S x 100 = — ll4

1 0 - x , 0 0 = ^ l M = 37.5%.
+ 2 0
7
100-20 80 xy 7
Quicker Method: In the above case,
Profit and Loss 221
% profit or loss 100-61 H -100

:
4 14 or loss is -xlOO according as the sign is +ve or -
100-y
1500-1400 100 50 ve.

3 7 5 1 6 lor
X 10C : 14 14 ~ 7 Illustrative Example
4 14 1
Since the sign is +ve, there is a profit of y % . 7
Ex.: A dishonest dealer sells the goods at 6—% loss on
Exercise
1. A merchant professes to lose 4% on a certain tea, but he cost price but uses 1 ^ ~ % l e s s weight. What is his
uses a weight equal to 840 g instead of 1 kg. Find his real
loss or gain per cent. percentage profit or loss?
Soln: Following the above formula we have
a) 14 y % loss b) 1 6 - % loss 25_25
2 4 ^ , 0 0 = ^ = 7-1%.
% loss or gain =
c) 14—% gain d) \6-% gain 25 14
100-
1 A merchant professes to lose 10% on a certain tea, but

he uses a weight equal to 900 g instead of 1 kg. Find his Since sign is +ve there is a profit of 7—% .
real loss or gain per cent, 7
a) 10% gain b) 10% loss
Exercise
c) neither gain nor loss d) Data inadequate
1. A dishonest dealer sells the goods at 10% loss on cost
I A merchant professes to lose 8% on a certain tea, but he
price but uses 20% less weight. What is his percentage
uses a weight equal to 460 g instead of 1 kg. Find his real
loss or gain per cent. profit or loss?
a) 50% gain b) 100% gain c) 200% gain d) 75% gain
a) 1 2 ^ % loss b) 12.5% gain
I A cloth dealer professes to lose 9% on a certain gar-
ments, but he uses a metre having a length of 91 cm only c) 13.5% gain d) 12% gain
and charges for the metre. Find his gain or loss per cent, 2. A dishonest dealer sells the goods at 20% loss on cost
a) 10% gain b) 9% loss price but uses 15% less weight. What is his percentage
c) 9% gain d) Neither gain nor lose profit or loss?
: A dishonest fruit vendor professes to lose 20% on his
goods, but he uses a weight of 720 gm for the kg weight.
a) 5—% loss b) 5—% loss
Find his gain or lose per cent.
11.
a) 11—% gain b) *k% gain c) Jj-
5 /o gam d) 5—% gain

c) 1 1 - % gain d) H - % lose price but uses 25% less weight. What is his percentage
profit or loss?
A merchant professes to lose 6% on a certain tea, but he
uses a weight equal to 900 gm instead of one kg. His real a) 6 y ° gain
0// b) 6 j % gain
gain per cent is: [Clerks' Grade Exam, 1991]
c) 6% gain d) 6--% loss
a)5^/o b)6% c)4% d) 4 J%
Answers
profit or loss?
2.c 3.b 4.d 5.c 6.d
a) 20% gain b) 28% gain c) 20% loss d) 25% loss
Rule 11 5. A dishonest dealer sells the goods at 5% loss on cost
TVorem: A dishonest dealer sells the goods atx% loss on
profit or loss?
me price but uses y% less weight, then his percentage profit
a) 25% loss b) 20% gain c) 20% loss d) 25% gain
Answers a) 20% gain b) 15% gain

l.b 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.d c) 25% gain d) 30% gain
4. A seller uses 1250 gm in place of one kg to sell his goods.
Rule 12 Find his actual % profit or loss, when he sells his article
Theorem: If a seller uses 'X' gm in place of one kg (1000 on 25% gain on cost price.
gm) to sell his goods and gains a profit of x% on cost price, a) 10% loss b) 15% gain
then his actual gain or loss percentage is c) Neither loss nor gain d) Can't be determined
5. A seller uses 870 gm in place of one kg to sell his goods
1000
(100+x) 100 according as the sign is +ve or -ve. Find his actual % profit or loss, when he sells his article
on 16% gain on cost price.
Ex.: A seller uses 840 gm in place of one kg to sell his a) 3 3 - % loss b) 331% loss
goods. Find his actual % profit or loss, when he sells
his article on 4% gain on cost price.
c) 33—% gain d) 3 3 - % gain
Soln: Detail Method: Selling price of840 gm
= Rs(100 + 4) = Rs 104
Answers
.-. Profit = S P - C P = 104-84=Rs20
l.b 2. a 3.c 4.c 5.d
v CP of 840 gm = - — - x 840 = Rs 84
1000
Rule 13 V /
If a dealer wants to earn x% profit on an article after offer-

20x100
c .17 ing y% discount to the customer. To arrive at label price.
.-. % profit = — = 23—%
84 21 x+y
the marked price should be increased by 10C
Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we Too^v
have per cent.
(.00 + 4{lMK 0 0 = 23ll% Illustrative Example

\0 j 21 Ex.: If a dealer wants to earn 20% profit on an article afta-
offering 30% discount to the customer, by what per-
Since sign is +ve, there is a profit of 2 3 — % centage should he increase his marked price to arn*e|
at the label price?
Exercise
1. A seller uses 900 gm in place of one kg to sell his goods. 20 + 30
xlOO 71-%
Find his actual % profit or loss, when he sells his article 100-30
on 20% gain on cost price.
Exercise
a) 33% gain b) J J ~ / o gain 1. I f a dealer wants to earn 5% profit on an article ana
offering 10% discount to the customer, by what perce-r*
age should he increase his marked price to arrive at ~m
2
c) 33--% loss label price? (NABARD, 199%
d) 33—% gain
2. A seller uses 990 gm in place of one kg to sell his goods. a) 15 b)16| c)15i d)16|
Find his actual % profit or loss, when he sells his article
on 10% gain on cost price. 2. I f a dealer wants to earn 10% profit on an article ar
offering 15% discount to the customer, by what perced
a) ' ' ^ 0 / o gain b) 9 — % gain age should he increase his marked price to arrive at •
label price?
c) 1 1 - % loss d) 9 — % loss a) 1 7 — % b) 2 9 ^ % C )29A% d)29Ao.

' 29
3. A seller uses 920 gm in place of one kg to sell his goods. 3. If a dealer wants to earn 15% profit on an article sM
Find his actual % profit or loss, when he sells his article offering 20% discount to the customer, by what pero
on 15% gain on cost price. age should he increase his marked price to arrive at
Profit and Loss 223
label price? of 5 per cent and the shopkeeper makes a profit of 12 per
a)34.75% b)43.25% c)43.75% d)34.25% cent by selling itforRs 141.12. Find the cost of the manu-
4. I f a dealer wants to earn 20% profit on an article after facturer.
offering 25% discount to the customer, by what percent- a)Rs 100.50 b)Rsl00 c)Rsl50 d)Rs 142.51
age should he increase his marked price to arrive at the 4. A sells a good to B at a profit of 10% and B sells it to C
label price? at a profit of 15%. If C pays Rs 1265 for it, what was the
a) 60% b)50% c)45% d)55% cost price for A?
5. I f a dealer wants to earn 15% profit on an article after a)Rsll00 b)Rs950 c)Rsl000 d)Rsl250
offering 25% discount to the customer, by what percent- 5. A sells a good to B at a profit of 15% and B sells it to C
age should he increase his marked price to arrive at the at a profit of 20% . If C pays Rs 690 for it, what was the
label price? cost price for A?
a)Rs600 b)Rs500 c)Rs630 d)Rs580
a) 53% b) 5 3 - % J5±% d) 5 3 1 %
Answers
l.c
Answers
750x100x100x100
l.b 2.b 3.c 4. a 5.d 2. a; Hint: Required answer = Rs384
125x125x125
Rule 14 3. b 4.c 5.b
Goods passing through successive hands Rule 15

Theorem: A sells a goods to Bat a profit ofx% and B sells
Theorem: A sells a goods to Bat a loss ofx% and B sells it
it to Cat a profit ofy%. If C pays Rs Xfor it, then the cost to Cat a loss ofy%. IfC pays Rs Xfor it, then the price at
100 X
2
price for A is Rs which A buys is Rs
(lOO + xXlOO + y ) (l00-*Xl00-v)
i_t: A sells a good to B at a profit of 20% and B sells it to Ex.: A sells a horse to B at a loss of 20% and B sells it to C
C at a profit of 25%. I f C pays Rs 225 for it, what was at a loss of 25%. I f C pays Rs 900 for it, at what price
the cost price for A? did A buy?
- In: During both the transactions there are profits. So our Soln: Following the above formula, we have
calculating figures would be 120, 125 and 100. A's the required answer
cost price is certainly less than C's selling price.
100 100 900x100x100
« J? ioo loo „ ; t _
m
= 900x-
100-20 100-25 80x75
• Required price = 225 x x - — = Rs 150
120 125 = Rsl500.
Since we need a value which is less than the given Exercise
value, so our multiplying fractions should be less than 1. A sells a horse to B at a loss of 5% and B sells it to C at
100 a loss of 10%. I f C pays Rs 855 for it, at what price did A
one. That is why we multiplied 225 with 7120 ^ and buy?
100
a)Rs955 b)Rsl000 c)Rsl050 d)Rsll00
Y25 2. A sells a horse to B at a loss of 10% and B sells it to C at
Exercise a loss of 20%. I f C pays Rs 1440 for it, at what price did A
\s a horse to B at a profit of 5% and B sells it to C at buy?
a profit of 10%. I f C pays Rs 2310 for it, what did it cost a)Rs2000 b)Rs2500 c)Rsl800 d)Rsl840
I A? 3. A bicycle passes through the hands of three dealers
a 1 Rs 2300 b)Rs2200 c)Rs2000 d)Rs2050 each of whom loses 5%. I f the third sells it for Rs 6859,
\e passes through the hands o f three dealers what did the first pay for it?
each of whom gains 25%. I f the third sells it for Rs 750, a)Rs6900 b)Rs7000 c)Rs8000 d)Rs7950
what did the first pay for it? Answers
; a)Rs384 b)Rs483 c)Rs564 d)Rs374
l . b 2.a
The manufacturer of a machine sells it to a wholesale
100x100x100x6859
zealer making a profit of 20 per cent on its cost, the
3. c; Hint: Required answer = -, ~
-holesale dealer sells it to shopkeeper, making a profit 95x95x95
= Rs8000

Theorem: A sells a goods to B at a profit of x % and B sells Ex: A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 20% and B sells it
it to C at a loss of y%. If C pays Rs X for it then the price at to C at a profit of 25%. Find the resultant profit per
cent.
lOO ^ 2
Soln: Following the above formula,
which A buys is Rs [ ( o + x)(lOO-v) 1 0
The resultant profit per cent
Note: I f A sells a goods to B at a loss of x% and B sells it to 20x25
C at a profit of y%, then the formula for cost price will be = 20 + 25 + - = 50%
100
(l00) Jf
2 Exercise
(l00-x)(l00+v) 1. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 5% and B sells it to C
at a profit of 10%. Find the resultant profit per cent.
a) 15% b)16.2% c)15.2% d) 15.5%
Ex.: A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 30% and B sells it
2. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 10% and B sells it to C
to C at a loss of 20%. If C pays Rs 520 for it, at what
price did A buy?
a) 25% b)26.5% c)25.6% d)26.2%
Soln: In the whole transaction there is a gain of 30% and a
loss of 20%, so our calculating figures would be 130,
80 and 100.
a) 3 8% b)35% c)36% d)34%
100
B's cost of price = 520 x — -
4. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 7 — % and B sells it to
J-i 100 100
As cost price = 5 2 0 x - ^ r 777: =Rs500.
x
80 130 C at a profit of 17 — %. Find the resultant profit per cent

Exercise
1. A sells an article to B at a profit of 5% and B sells it to C
at a loss of 5%. I f C pays Rs 23.94 for it, what did it cost a) 25% b) 2 5 77 % c)26^% d ) 16^%
A? 10 16 26
a)Rs24 b)Rs25 c)Rs26 d)Rs30 5. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 25% and B sells it to C
2. A sells an article to B at a profit of 20% and B sells it to at a profit of 30%. Find the resultant profit per cent,
C at a loss of 20%. I f C pays Rs 19.20 for it, what did it a) 55% b)62.5% c)63.5% d)60.5%
cost A? Answers
a)Rs25 b)Rs23 c)Rs20 d)Rs24 l.d 2.b 3.a 4.c 5,b
3. A sells an article to B at a profit of 15% and B sells it to
C at a loss of 10%. If C pays Rs 207 for it, what did it cost Rule 18
A? r
Theorem: When there is a profit ofx% and loss ofy% in «
a)Rsl97 b)Rsl99 c)Rs201 d)Rs200 transaction, then the resultant profit or loss per cent is givt
4. A man sells a car to his friend at 10% loss. If the friend
sells it for Rs 54000 and gains 20%, the original CP of the xy
car was: [SSCExam, 1987J
by JQQ j according to the + ve and the -ve signs
a) Rs 25000 b)Rs 37500 c)Rs 50000 d)Rs 60000
respectively.
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.d
Ex.: A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 30% and B sella :
4. c; Hint: See 'note' in the given formula,
to C at a loss of 20%. Find the resultant profit or loss.
100x100x54000 I Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
Cost price = ( f _ ^
0 0) =Rs 50000.
1 0 0 0 + 2 0
the resultant profit or loss = 3 0 - 2 0 - ^ x 2 0 = 4%|

Rule 17 100
Theorem: When there are two successive profits ofx% and profit, because sign is +ve.
y% , then the resultant profit per cent is given by
Exercise
xy 1. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 15% and B sells it tc 1
x +y +
100 at a loss of 5%. Find the resultant profit or loss,
a) 9.75% loss b) 9.75% gain
Profit and Loss 225
c) 9.25% gain d) 10.25% gain for Rs 15 more, 17% would have been gained. Find the
2. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 10% and B sells it to C cost price.
at a loss of 20%. Find the resultant profit or loss. a)Rs550 b)Rs650 c)Rs600 d)Rs500
a) 12% loss b) 12% gain c) 22% loss d) 22% gain 4. I sold a book at a profit of 5%. Had I sold it for Rs 17
3. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 20% and B sells it to C more, 15% would have been gained. Find the cost price.
at a loss of 15%. Find the resultant profit or loss. a)Rs85 b)Rsl70 c)Rsl50 d)Rsl80
a) 2% loss b) 2% gain c) 8% gain d) 8% loss
Answers
La 2.b 3.d 4.b
at a loss of 10%. Find the resultant profit or loss.
a) 3.5%gain b) 3.5% loss c) 2.5% gain d) 4.5% gain Rule 20
5. A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 20% and B sells it to C Theorem: If a person sells a goods at a loss of x%. Had he
at a loss of 5%. Find the resultant profit or loss. been able to sell it at a gain ofy%, it would havefetched Rs
a) 15% gain b) 14% gain c) 16% gain d) 13% gain X more than it did, then the cost price is given by Rs
Answers
l.c 2. a 3.b 4. a 5.b -xlOO
x+ y
Rule 19
Theorem: If a person sells a goods at a profit ofx%. Had he Illustrative Example
sold itfor Rs X more, y % would have been gained. Then the Ex.: A man sold a horse at a loss of 7%. Had he been able
to sell it at a gain of 9%, it would have fetched Rs 64
more than it did. What was the cost price?
cost price is given by Rs -xlOO . In other words, cost
Here 109 % of cost - 93% of cost = Rs 64
More gain .-. 16%ofcost = Rs64
price - Difference in percentage profit-xlOO
64x100
.-. cost= —rz— =Rs400.
16
Ex: I sold a book at a profit of 12%. Had I sold it for Rs 18 Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
more, 18% would have been gained. Find the cost 64x100 64x100
price. the cost price = ^ ^
+ Rs 400
16
Soln: Detailed Method: Here,
118% of cost -112% of cost = Rs 18 Exercise
.-. 6%ofcost = Rs 18 1. A chair was sold at a loss of 10 per cent. I f it was sold for
Rs 84 more, there would have been a gain of 4 per cent.
18x100
.-. cost= — =Rs300. For how much was the chair sold?
6 a)Rs600 b)Rs640 c)Rs540 d)Rs500
Quicker Method: Following the above formula, we 2. A man sells a machine at 10% below cost price. Had he
have received Rs 1494 more than he did, he would have made
18x100 1
cost = . „ = Rs300. a profit of 12—%. What did the machine cost?
18-12
a)Rs6640 b)Rs6650 c)Rs6460 d) Rs 6440
Exercise 3. A man had a table to sell. I offered him a sum of money
1 for the table which he refused as being 13% below the
1. A man sold a table at a profit at 6— per cent. Had he value of the table. I then offered Rs 450 more and the
second offer was 5% more than the estimated value.
sold it for Rs 1250 more, 19 per cent would have been
Find the value of the table.
gained. Find the cost price.
a)Rs2250 b)Rs2750 c)Rs2400 d)Rs2500
a) Rs 10000 b)RslOO0
4. I sold a book at a loss of 8% . Had I sold it for Rs 120
c) Rs 100000 d) Can't be determined
more, 7% would have been gained. Find the cost price.
2 I sold a pen at a profit of 15%. Had I sold it for Rs 24
a)Rs900 b)Rs800 c)Rs600 d)Rs750
more, 21% would have been gained. Find the cost price.
5. I sold a book at a loss of 5%. Had I sold it for Rs 72 more,
a)Rs300 b)Rs400 c)Rs450 d)Rs600
13% would have been gained. Find the cost price.
I A person sold a chair at a profit of 14%. Had he sold it
a)Rs450 b)Rs500 c)Rs300 d)Rs400

Ex: A person sells an article at a profit of 10%. I f he had
84
1. c; Hint: Cost price of the chair = xlOO =Rs600 bought it at 10% less and sold it for Rs 3 more, he
10 + 4
would have gained 25%. Find the cost price.
600x90 Soln: Detail Method: Let the actual cost price = Rs 100
.-. Selling price of the chair = Rs540.
100 Actual selling price at 10%profit=Rs 110
2. a 3.d 4.b 5.d Supposed cost price at 10% less = Rs 90
Supposed selling price at 25% gain
Rule 21
125
Theorem: When there are two successive loss of x% and = Rs90 x = Rs 112.5
y%, then the resultant loss per cent is given by 100
the difference in the selling prices
x+y-- = Rs 112.5- R s l l 0 = Rs 2.5
00 I f the difference is Rs 2.5, the CP = Rs 100
If the difference is Rs 3, the CP = y j ^ x J = Rs 120.
Ex.: A sells a good to B at a loss of 20% and B sells it to C
at a loss of 25%. Find the resultant loss per cent. Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have, the have
required loss per cent = 20 + 25 - ^ ^ = 40%.

z x 2 3
Cost Price = xlOO
100 25x10
Exercise 25- 10 + 10 +
100
1. A sells a good to B at a loss of 5% and B sells it to C at
a loss of 10%. Find the resultant loss per cent.
a) 15% b) 15.5% c)14.5% d) 14% = — x l 0 0 = Rs 120.
2.5
a loss of 15%. Find the resultant loss per cent. Exercise
a) 26.5% b)23.5% c)25.5% d)25% 1. A bookseller sells a book at a profit of 10 per cent. If he
3. A sells a good to B at a loss of 5% and B sells it to C at had bought it at 4 per cent less and sold it for Rs 6 more.
a loss of 15%. Find the resultant loss per cent.
a) 19.75% b) 20.75% c) 19.25% d)20% he would have gained 18— per cent. What did it cost
a loss of 20%. Find the resultant loss per cent. him?
a) 32% b)38% c)35% d)32.5% a)Rs75 b)Rsl25 c)Rsl50 d)Rs200
5. A sells a good to B at a loss of 10% and B sells it to C at 2. A man bought a chair and sold it at a gain of 10%. If he
a loss of 20%. Find the resultant loss per cent. had bought it at 20% less and sold it for Rs 10 more, he
a) 30% b)32% c)26% d)28% would have gained 40%. Find the cost price of the chair-
a)Rs500 b)Rs600 c)Rs550 d)Rs650
Answers 3. A man bought a chair and sold it at a gain of 20%. If he
l.c 2.b 3.c 4. a 5.d had bought it at 20% less and sold it for Rs 60 more, he
would have gained 50%. Find the cost price of the char
Rule 22 a)Rs3200 b)Rs2400
Theorem: A person sells an article at a profit ofx%. If he c)Rs3000 d) Can't be determined
had bought it at y% less and sold it for Rs 'X' more, he 4. A man bought a chair and sold it at a gain of 15%. If he
would have gained z%, then the cost price is given by Rs had bought it at 15% less and sold it for Rs 160 more, he
would have gained 40%. Find the cost price of the chair.
X a)Rs4000 b)Rs3000 c)Rs3600 d)Rs3200
xlOO 5. A man bought a chair and sold it at a gain of 5%. If hd
zv 1
y + x + ^— had bought it at 5% less and sold it for Rs 45 more, h j
lOOj
would have gained 20%. Find the cost price of the char
a)Rs400 b)Rs500 c)Rs450 d)Rs550
.YxlOO 2
or Rs 6. A man sells an article at a profit of 10%, if he had bougi

(l 00 + z\\0 -y)-\l 00 + x)
it at 5% less and sold it for Rs 160 more he would hav
Profit and Loss 22"
made profit of 20%. Find the cost price of the article. price of the article.
Answers 4. A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of 15%.
I f he had bought it for 5% less and sold it for Rs 87 more
l.c 2. a
he would have had profit of 20%. Find the cost price of
60 the article.
3. d; Hint: Required answer = xlOO
20x50 a)Rs200 b)Rs400 c)Rs350 d)Rs300
5 0 - 20 + 20 + 5. A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of 15%.
100
If he had bought it for 20% less and sold it for Rs 114
60 more he would have had profit of 30%. Find the cost
x 100 = Can't be determined
50-50 price of the article.
60 a)Rs600 b)Rs500 c)Rs700 d)Rs650
- = — = not defined 6. A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of 10%.
50-50 0
If he had bought it for 20% less and sold it for Rs 55
4. a 5.b 6. a
more, he would have had a profit of 40%. The CP of the
Rule 23 1 article is: [Central Excise & I Tax, 1988|
Theorem: A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of a)Rs200 b)Rs225
x%. If he had bought itfory% less and sold itfor RsXmore c) Rs 250 d) None of these
he would have had a profit of z%, then the cost price of the Answers
V —'—~- ~ V La 2.b 3.c 4.d 5.a 6.c
X
xlOO Rule 24
article is Rs zy_
z+ x-y- Theorem: A man buys an article and sells it at a profit of
100 x%. If he had bought it aty% less and sold it for Rs X less,
Illustrative Example he would have gained z%, then the cost price is Rs
Ex.: A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of
10%. If he hacfbought it for 20% less and sold it for
X
Rs 55 more he would have had profit of 40%. Find the xlOO
cost price of the article. zy
x + y-z + ^—
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have 100
cost price Ilustrative Example
Ex.: A man sells an article at a profit of 20%. If he bought
it at 20% less and sold it for Rs 75 less, he would have
55 gained 25%. What is the cost price?
x l 0 0 = —xlOO
40x20 22 Soln: Following the above theorem, we have
40+ 10-20- Cost price
100
75
= Rs250. xl00 = —xlOO
25x20^1 20
Exercise 20+ 2 0 - 2 5 +
100
1. A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of 5%. I f
he had bought it for 10% less and sold it for Rs 78 more = Rs375.
he would have had profit of 20%. Find the cost price of Exercise
the article. 1. A man sells out an article at a profit of 25%. Had he
a) 600 b)Rs500 c)Rs650 d)Rs550 bought it at 25% less and sold it for Rs 25 less, he would
1 A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of 10%. have still gained 25%. Find the cost price.
If he had bought it for 15% less and sold it for Rs 58 more a)Rs90 b)Rs80 c)Rs70 d)Rs60
he would have had profit of 40%. Find the cost price of
2. A man sells an article at a gain of 15%. If he had bought
the article.
it at 10% less and sold it for Rs 4 less, he would have
a)Rs300 b)Rs200 c)Rsl50 d)Rs250 gained 25%. Find the cost price.
3. A person bought an article and sold it at a loss of 10%. a)Rsl60 b)Rs260 d)Rs610 d)Rsl80
If he had bought it for 20% less and sold it for Rs 270 3. A man sells an article at a profit of 10%. If he bought it at
more he would have had profit of 50%. Find the cost 10% less and sold it for Rs 110 less, he would ha\
gained 10%. What is the cost price?

_ 100(112.5)
a) Rs 1100 b) Rs 1050 c) Rs ! 000 d) Rs 950 = Rs 1125.
7.5 + 2.5
4. A man sells an article at a profit of 30%. If he bought it at
15% less and sold it for Rs 54.75 less he would have 100x100
gained 10%. What is the cost price? Cost Price = = Rs 1000
7.5 + 2.5
a) Rs 1500 b) Rs 1600 c) Rs 150 d)Rs 160
5. A man sells an Stick at a profit of 40%. If he bought it at Exercise
30% less and sold it for Rs 140 less, he would have 1. A dealer sold a chair at a loss of 5%. Had he sold it for Rs
gained 20%. What is the cost price? 150 more, he would have gained 10%. For what value
a)Rs250 b)Rsl50 c)Rs200 d)Rs300 should he sell it in order to gain 20%? Find the initial
co.V. I'rice also.
Answers
a) Rs 1200, Rs 1000 b) Rs 1300, Rs 1000
l.b 2.a 3.c 4.c 5.a
c) Rs 1000, Rs 850 d) Rs 1000, Rs 950
Rule 25 2. A dealer sold a table at a loss of 10%. Had he sold it for
Rs 75 more, he would have gained 15%. For what value
Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a loss of x%. Had he
should he sell it in order to gain 25%?
sold itfor RsX more, he would have gainedy%. In order to
a)Rs475 b)Rs575 c)Rs375 d)Rs300
gain z%, the selling price and the initial cost price of the
3. A dealer sold a pen at a loss of 15%. Had he sold it for Rs
X(\00+z)~ 35 more, he would have gained 20%. For what value
article are given by Rs , or
x+ y should he sell it in order togain 5%?
a)Rsl50 b)Rsl05 e)Rsl25 d)Rsll5
„ ,, More rupees (100 + % final gain)
Selling Price = - s - — ' - and 4. A dealer sold a TV set at aloss of 20%. Had he sold it for
% gain + % loss Rs 9000 more, he would have gained 25%. For what value
100JC should he sell it in order to gain 30%?
Rs respectively.
x+y a) Rs 27000 b)Rs 36000
c)Rs 28000 d)Rs 26000
5. A dealer sold a camera at a loss of 13%. Had he sold it for
Ex.: A dealer sold a radio at a loss of 2.5%. Had he sold it
for Rs 100 more, he would have gained 7.5%. For what
value should he sell it in order to gain 12'/2%? Find
a) Rs 72720 b)Rs 27270
the initial cost price also.
c)Rs 72270 d)Rs 27720
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose he bought the radio for Rs x.
Then selling price at 2.5% loss Answers
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.d 5.d
100-2.51 97.5x
= Rsx Rule 26
100 100
Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a profit of x%. If he
100 + 7.5 increases its price by Rs X, he earns a profit ofy%, then the
and selling price at 7.5% gain = Rs x
100 cost price and the initial selling price of the article are Rs
107.5* ~\oox~ ~(\oo+x)x'

Rs and Rs respectively.
100 .y~ x - y-x
107.5* 97.5x Illustrative Example
From the question, jtt7-=Rs100
Ex: A hawker sells oranges at a profit of 25 per cent. If he
or, 10x= 100 x 100 .-. x = Rsl000 increases the selling price of each orange by 30 paise.
Therefore to gain 12.5%, he should sell for he earns a profit of 40%. Find the cost price and the
'100 + 12.5" initial selling price of each orange.
Rs 1000 Rsll25 Soln: Following the above theorem,
100
100x30 _ n n
Quicker Method: We have the following formula, Cost Price = ———" = 2 0 0 paise
40-25
More rupees (100 + % final gain)
Selling Price 1
, . . „ „ . (l00 + 25)x30
% gain + % loss Initial Selling Price = ^ ;
: 250 paise.
40-25
Profit and Loss
Exercise Exercise
1. A dealer sells an article at a profit of 15%. If he increases 1. A man had to sell rice at a loss of 5%. If he increases the
its price by Rs 120, he earns a profit of 20%. Find the price by Rs 3 per kg, he would make a profit of 10%. Find
cost price and the initial selling price respectively. the cost price and initial selling price per kg of rice.
a)Rs2760,Rs2400 b) Rs 2400, Rs 2760 a)Rs20,Rsl9 b)Rsl9,Rs20
c)Rs 2400, Rs 2670 d) Rs 2670, Rs 2400 c)Rsl8,Rsl9 d)Rsl9,Rsl8
2. A dealer sells an article at a profit of 10%. I f he increases 2. A man had to sell coffee at a loss of 15%. If he increases
its price by Rs 49, he earns a profit of 17%. Find the cost the price by Rs 7 per kg, he would make a profit of 20%.
price and the initial selling price respectively. Find the cost price and initial selling price per kg of cof-
a) Rs 700, Rs 770 b) Rs 770, Rs 700 fee.
c)Rs600,Rs660 d) Rs 660, Rs 600 a)Rsl8,Rs20 b)Rs20,Rsl8
3. A dealer sells an article at a profit of 12%. If he increases c)Rs20,Rsl7 d)Rsl7,Rs20
the its price by Rs 81, he earns a profit of 21%. Find the 3. A man had to sell tea at a loss of 5%. If he increases the
cost price and the initial selling price respectively. price by Rs 4 per kg, he would make a profit of 15%. Find
a)Rs 1008, Rs 800 b) Rs 800, Rs 1008 the cost price and initial selling price per kg of tea.
c) Rs 900, Rs 1008 d) Rs 900, Rs 1000 a)Rsl9,Rs21 b)Rs20,Rsl9
c) Rs 19, Rs 20 d) Can't be determined
' „ 1
4. A hawker sells oranges at a profit of 12— per cent. I f he 4. A man had to sell pulse at a loss of 10%. If he increases
the price by Rs 5 per kg, he would make a profit of 15%.
increases the selling price of each orange by 60 paise, he Find the cost price and initial selling price per kg of pulse.
earns a profit of 20%. Find the cost price and the initial a)Rs20,Rsl8 b)Rsl8,Rs20
selling price of each orange, c)Rsl5,Rsl8 d)Rsl8,Rsl5
a) 900 P, 700 P b)700P,900P
c)900P,800P d)800P,900P Answers
5. A hawker sells oranges at a profit of 30 per cent. If he La 2.c 3.b 4. a
increases the selling price of each orange by 20 paise, he
earns a profit of 50%. Find the cost price and the initial
Rule 28
selling price of each orange. Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a profit ofx%. Had he
a)100P, 130P b) OOP, 100P sold itfor Rs x less, he would have still gained y%. In order
c)150P, 100 P d)100P, 150 P to gain z%, selling price and the initial cost price of the
Answers ~X(\00 + z)~ \oox~

l.b- 2. a 3.c 4.d 5. a article are given by and respec-
x-y . ~y.
x
Rule 27 tively.
Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a loss ofx%. If he sells Illustrative Example
it at RsXmore he makes a profit ofy%, then the cost price Ex: A dealer sold a radio at a profit of 20%. Had he sold it
"lOOX for Rs 100 less, he would have gained 15%. For what
and the initial selling price of the article are Rs x ^+ value should he sell it in order to gain 25%? Also find
the initial cost price?
(l00-x)x Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
and Rs respectively.
x+ y 100x(l00 + 25)
Illustrative Example selling price = 20-15 = ^ S anC *
Ex: A man had to sell wheat at a loss of 10%. I f he in-
100x100 _
creases the price by Rs 5 per kg, he would make a initial cost price = —— ~ 2000.
profit of 20%. Find the cost price and initial selling
price per kg of wheat. Exercise
Soln: Applying the above theorem, 1. A dealer sold a TV set at a profit of 10%. Had he sold it
100x5 r * per
5 0 2 for Rs 200 less, he would have gained 8%. For what
the required cost price = — =Rs 16y
10 + 20 value should he sell it in order to gain 5%?
kg and a) Rs 12500 b)Rs 10500
(l00-10)x5 c) Rs 9500 d) Data inadequate
the initial selling price = Rsl5 per kg 2. A dealer-sold a camera at a profit of 12%. Had he sold it
10 + 20
for Rs 240 less, he would have gained 7%. For what X(\00 + z)
value should he sell it in order to gain 20%? article are given by Rs and Rs re-
x-y
a)Rs5760 b)Rs6760 c)Rs7560 d)Rs6750
3. A dealer sold a sofa set at a profit of 18%. Had he sold it spectively.
for Rs 450 less, he would have gained 12%. For what Illustrative Example
value should he sell it in order to gain 14%? Ex: A dealer sold a radio at a loss of 20%. Had he sold it
a)Rs5880 b)Rs5850 ^)Rs8550 d)Rs8850 for Rs 100 more, he would have lost 15%. For what
Answers vafue should he self it in order to gain 25%. A/so find
l.b 2.a 3.c the initial cost price.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
Rule 29 100x(l00 + 25)
Rs 2500 and
Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a profit ofx%. Had he selling price = 20-15
sold itfor Rs X more, he would have gained y%. In order to 100x100
gain z%, selling price and the initial cost price of the ar- initial cost price = = Rs 2000.
20-15
X(l00 + z)~ \oox Exercise
tide are given by Rs and Rs re- 1. A dealer sold a CD player at a loss of 25%. Had he sold
V- y-x
it for Rs 135 more, he would have lost 20%. For what
spectively. value should he sell it in order to gain 35%.
Illustrative Example a)Rs3645 b)Rs3465 c)Rs3545 d)Rs3655
Ex: A dealer sold a radio at a profit of 15%. Had he sold it 2. A dealer sold a TV set at a loss of 27%. Had he sold it for
for Rs 100 more, he would have gained 20%. For what Rs 500 more, he would have lost 17%. For what value
value should he sell it in order to gain 25%? Also find should he sell it in order to gain 40%.
the initial cost price. a)Rs6000 b)Rs5000 c)Rs7000 d)Rs8000
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have 3. A dealer sold a chair at a loss of 12%. Had he sold it for
Rs 150 more, he would have lost 3%. For what value
100(100 + 25) „
should he sell it in order to gain 8%.
selling price = i = Rs 2500 and
5 F 20-15 a)Rsl600 b)Rsl800 c)Rs2100 d)Rsl500
100x100 Answers
l.a 2.c 3.b
initial cost price = - ^ r — — - R s 2000.
Rule 31
Exercise Theorem: If an article is sold at a profit ofx%. If both the
1. A dealer sold a camera at a profit of 5%. Had he sold it cost price and selling price are Rs A less, the profit would
for Rs 120 more, he would have gained 15%. For what (x + y)xA
value should he sell it in order to gain 10%? bey% more, then the cost price is
a)Rsl320 b)Rsl330 c)Rsl230 d) Data inad- y
In other words, cost price
equate
2. A dealer sold a TV set at a profit of 20%. Had he sold it [initial Profit % + Increase in profit %]x A
for Rs 525 more, he would have gained 25%. For what Increase in profit %
value should he sell it in order to gain 40%?
a) Rs 17400 b)Rs 14700 c)Rs 15700 d)Rs 17500
Ex: An article is sold at a profit of 20%. If both the cost
3. A dealer sold a pen at a profit of 12%. Had he sold it for
price and selling price are Rs 100 less, the profit
would be 4% more. Find the cost price.
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the cost price of that article
is Rs x.
Answers
l.a 2.b 3.c (120
Rule 30 The selling price = Rs x I y^Tj
Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a loss ofx%. Had he
New cost price and selling price is Rs (x -100) and Rs
sold it for Rs X more, he would have still losty%. In order
to gain z%, the selling price and the initial cost price of the 120" 100 respectively.
100
Profit and Loss 231
Rule 32
New profit = Rs H°__ o|-(*-100)
1 0
Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a profit of.x%. If he
100
reduces the price by Rs X, he incurs a loss ofy%, then the
cost price and the initial selling price of the article are Rs
120 20 ]Q0X (\00 + x)x~

= Rs = Rs x and Rs respectively.
,100 100 x+ y x+ y
.-. New percentage profit
20 Ex: A man sells wheat at a profit of 5%. I f he reduces the
100 20x price by Rs 4 per kg, he would make a loss of 15%.
xl00 = % Find the cost price and the initial selling price per kg
x-100 100
of wheat.
We are also given that the new percentage of profit Soln: Applying the above theorem,
= 20+4 = 24%
100x4
20* cost price 7 Rs 20 and
or, — = 24 r , 4x = 2400
0
15 + 5
x-100
... • (100 + 5)4 D
.-. x = 600 selling price = i '— = Rs 21.
Thus cost of the article = Rs 600 15 + 5
Quicker Method: When cost price and selling price Exercise
are reduced by the same amount (say A) then 1. A man sells rice at a profit of 10%. If he reduces the price
Cost price by Rs 3 per kg, he would make a loss of 20%. Find the
[initial profit % + Increase in profit %]x A initial selling price per kg of rice.
Increase in profit % a)Rsl0 b)Rsll c)Rs9 d)Rs21
2. Ram sells pulse at a profit of 15%. If he reduces the price
(20 + 4)xl00 by Rs 4 per kg, he would make a loss of 25%. Find the
In this case, Cost price = Rs = Rs 600
initial selling price per kg of pulse.
a)Rsll b)Rs 11.25 c ) R s l l . 5 d)Rs 11.75
Exercise
3. Anubhav sells tea at a profit of 20%. I f he reduces the
1. An article is sold at a profit of 10%. If both the cost price
price by Rs 10 per kg, he would make a loss of 30%. Find
and selling price are Rs 25 less, the profit would be 5%
the initial selling price per kg of tea.
more. Find the cost price.
a)Rsl2 b)Rsl6 c)Rs20 d)Rs24
4. Shakshi sells coffee at a profit of 12%. If he reduces the
2. An article is sold at a profit of 13%. If both the cost price
and selling price are Rs 36 less, the profit would be 6%
the initial selling price per kg of coffee.
a)Rsll2 b)Rsll7 c)Rsl29 d)Rsll3
a)Rsll9 b)Rsll4 c)Rsl08 d)Rsll2
5. Shashank sells salt at a profit of 18%. I f he reduces the
3. An article is sold at a profit of 14%. I f both the cost price
and selling price are Rs 132 less, the profit would be
the initial selling price per kg of salt.
12% more. Find the cost price.
a)lRs23.5 b)Rs32.6 c)Rs32.5 d)Rs23.6
a)Rs286 b)Rs268 c)Rs266 d)Rs276
4. An article is sold at a profit of 15%. If both the cost price Answers
and selling price are Rs 56 less, the profit would be 7% l.b 2.c 3.d 4. a 5.d
a)Rsl76 b)Rsl86 c)Rsl56 d)Rsl96 Rule 33
5. An article is sold at a profit of 14%. If both the cost price Theorem: A dealer sells an article at a profit of x%. If he
and selling price are Rs 117 less, the profit would be 9% reduces the price by Rs X, he makes a profit ofy% then the
more. Find the cost price. cost price and the initial selling price of the article are Rs
a)Rsl99 b)Rs399
~(\00 + x)X~
c) Rs 299 d) Data inadequate and Rs respectively.
x-y
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.a 4.a 5.c
Illustrative Example the percentage profit increases by 10%. Find the cost
Ex.: A hawker sells oranges at a profit of 40%. If he re- price.
duces the selling price of each orange by 30 paise, he a)Rs50 b)Rs75 c)RslO0 d)Rs40
earns a profit of 25%. Find the cost price and the 3. An article is sold at 25% profit. I f its cost price and sell-
initial selling price of each orange. ing price are less by Rs 20 and Rs 17.5 respectively and
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have the percentage profit increases by 15%. Find the cost
price.
100x30 a)Rs75 b)Rs80 c)Rs70 d)Rs65
cost price - 200 paise and
40-25
(100 + 40)30 4. An article is sold at 12 — % profit. I f its cost price and

selling price :
= 280 paise.
40-25 selling price are less by Rs 10 and Rs 8.85 respectively
Exercise
and the percentage profit increases by 7 — %. Find the
1. A hawker sells mango at a profit of 35%. I f he reduces
the selling price of each mango by 10 paise, he earns a cost price.
profit of 20%. Find the initial selling price of each mango,
a) 90 paise b) 80 paise c) 95 paise d) Re 1
5. An article is sold at 30%profit. I f its cost price and sell-
2. A hawker sells apple at a profit of 40%. If he reduces the ing price are less by Rs 25 and Rs 19 respectively and
selling price of each apple by 40 paise, he earns a profit the percentage profit increases by 20%. Find the cost
of 20%. Find the initial selling price of each apple. price.
a) 140 paise b) 280 paise c) 160 paise d) 260 paise
3. A hawker sells orange at a profit of 25%. I f he reduces a)Rs97 b)Rs92.5 c)Rs98.5 d)Rs98
the selling price of each orange by 60 paise, he earns a Answers
profit of 5%. Find the initial selling price of each orange, l.d 2. a 3.c 4.d 5.b
a) 375 paise b) 400 paise c) 475 paise d) 360 paise
Rule 35 >
Answers Theorem: An article is sold at P% profit. If its cost price
l.a 2.b 3.a and selling price are increased by Rs c and Rs s respec-
tively and percentage profit decreases by p%, then the cost
Rule 34 \
~c{P-p)-\00(s-c)]
Theorem: An article is sold at P% profit. If its cost price is
lowered by Rs c and at the same time its selling price is also price of that article is Rs
lowered by Rs s, and the percentage of profit increases by
p%. Then the cost price of that article is Illustrative Example
_ c(P + p)-\00(s-c) Ex: An article is sold at 25% profit. I f its CP and SP are
increased by Rs 20 and Rs 4 respectively, the per-
centage of profit decreases by 15%. Find the cost
Illustrative Example price.
Ex: An article is sold at 20% profit. I f its cost price and Soln: Quicker Method: Applying the above formula,
selling price are less by Rs 10 and Rs 5 respectively Cost Price :
and the percentage profit increases by 10%. Find the 20(25 -15) 15 15
-100(4 - 2 0 ) _ 1800
cost price. Rs 120.
Soln: Using the above formula: Exercise
10(20 +10)-100(5-10)_ 800 1. An article is sold at 10% profit. I f its CP and SP are
Rs 80. increased by Rs 15 and Rs 5 respectively, the percent-
10 • 10
age of profit decreases by 5%. Find the cost price.
Exercise a)Rs215 b)Rs213 c)Rs512 d)Rs312
1. An article is sold at 10% profit. I f its cost price and sell-
ing price are less by Rs 5 and Rs 2.5 respectively and the 2. An article is sold at 1 2 - % profit. If its CP and SP are
percentage profit increases by 5%. Find the cost price.
a)Rs40 b)Rs45 c)Rs60 d)Rs65 increased by Rs 10 and Rs 2 respectively, the percent-
2. An article is sold at 15% profit. If its cost price and sell-
age of profit decreases by ^ —%. Find the cost price.
ing price are less by Rs 10 and Rs 7.5 respectively and
Profit and Loss 233
Cost price of the chair

2 1 1
a ) R s H 6 j b ) R s H 4 - c)Rs 113- d)Rs 113
3 25
25 x
An article is sold at 5% profit. I f its CP and SP are in-
xl00 = Rs 240
creased by Rs 7.50 and Rs 2.50 respectively, the percent-
„1
age of profit decreases by 2 — %. Find the cost price. Exercise
1. A person sells his table at a profit of 25% and the chair at
a)Rs215 b)Rs207.5 c)Rs215.5 d)Rs270.5
a loss of 20% but on the whole he gains Rs 18. On the
An article is sold at 25% profit. I f its CP and SP are
other hand if he sells the table at a loss of 20% and the
increased by Rs 16 and Rs 6 respectively, the percent-
chair at a profit of 25% then he neither gains nor loses.
Find the cost price of the table and the chair.
a)Rs45 b)Rs58
c) Rs 54 d) Data inadequate a) Rs 200, Rs 160 b) Rs 160, Rs 200
An article is sold at 50% profit. I f its CP and SP are c)Rs250,Rsl80 d)Rs210,Rs 170
increased by Rs 32 and Rs 12 respectively, the percent- ,„ 1
2. A person sells his table at a profit of 12— % and the
a) Rs 58 b)Rs60 chair at a loss of 10% but on the whole he gains Rs 9. On
c)Rs68 d) Rs 54 the other hand if he sells the table at a loss of 10% and
Answers the chair at a profit of 12 — % then he neither gains nor

l.a 2.c 3.b 4.c 5.a
loses. Find the cost price of the table and the chair.
Rule 36 a)Rs210,Rsl70 b)Rs200,Rs 160
c) Rs 250, Rs 160 d) Data inadequate
Theorem: If a person sells an item 'A' at a profit ofx% and
the other item 'B' at a loss ofy% but on the whole he gains 3. A person sells his table at a profit of 15% and the chair at
Rs X. On the other hand if he sells the item 'A' at a loss of a loss of 5% but on the whole he gains Rs 16. On the
y% and the item 'B' at a profit ofx% then he neither gains other hand i f he sells the table at a loss of 5% and the
t ^
Xx Find the cost price of the table and the chair.
nor loses, then the (i) Cost Price ofAisRs -xlOO
x -y a)Rsl20,Rs40 b)Rsl50,Rs90
\ c) Rs 40, Rs 120 d) Data inadequate
Xy
x 100 4. A person sells his table at a profit of 30% and the chair at
and the (ii) Cost Price of B is Rs
) a loss of 10% but on the whole he gains Rs 32. On the
other hand if he sells the table at a loss of 10% and the
Find the cost price of the table and the chair.
Ex: A person sells his table at a profit of 12—% and the
a)Rsl40,Rs20 b)Rsl50,Rs40
c)Rsl20,Rs40 d)Rsl80,Rs40
chair at a loss of 8 — % but on the whole he gains Rs 5. A person sells his table at a profit of 40% and the chair at
a loss of 20% but on the whole he gains Rs 60. On the
25. On the other hand if he sells the table at a loss of other hand if he sells the table at a loss of 20% and the
8—% and the chair at a profit of 12—% then he Find the cost price of the table and the chair.
3 2 a)Rs200,Rsl00 b)Rs 100,Rs200
neither gains nor loses. Find the cost price of the c)Rs250,Rsl50 d)Rs 150,Rs250
table and the chair.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have Answers
l.a 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.a
25
25 x
Rule 37
Cost price of the table = -xlOO
Theorem: If cost price of x articles is equal to the selling
price of y articles, then the profit percentage =
fj"
^^xl00%
= Rs360.
Illustrative Example If cost price of 12 articles is equal to the selling price of

Ex: The cost price of 10 articles is equal to the selling 8 articles. Find the profit per cent,
price of 9 articles. Find the profit per cent. a) 50% b)40% c)60% d)30%
Soln: Detail Method: Let the cost price of 1 article be Re 1 A man sells 320 mangoes at the cost price of 400 man-
.-. Cost of 10 articles = Rs 10 goes. His gain per cent is:
.-. Selling price of 9 articles = Rs 10 |Asstt. Grade Exam. 1987|
a) 10% b)25% c)15% d)20%
10x10 100
Selling price of 10 articles = Rs Rs Answers
l.a 2.b
100 10
•. gain on Rs 10 = Rs — - Rs 10 = Rs —
1-
3. b; Hint: Required answer = -x 100 = 25%
100 ,,1
•. gain on Rs 100 = Rs — =Rs H -
4. c; Hint: Here, x - y = 22 metres.

.-. profit per cent is H — %. 5. a 6.b
Another Method: Rule 38

To avoid much calculation we should suppose that Theorem: An article is sold atx% profit. If its cost price is
the total investment = 1 0 x 9 = Rs 90 increased by Rs A and at the same time if its selling price is
also increased by Rs B, the percentage profit becomes y%,
Then cost price of 1 article = y r = Rs 9
Ay)
A-B +
I r ! ! : S y u : : ; l ^ : k- t
; 90 \ 100
and selling price of 1 article = — =Rs 10 then the cost price of the article is xlOO.
.-. % profit = x 100 = I x 100 = 111%

Note: (x -y) is the difference in the profits.
By Direct Formula (given in theorem) Illustrative Example
Ex: An article is sold at 20% profit. I f its cost price is
% profit = ^ - ^ x l 0 0 = l l i % increased by Rs 50 and at the same time i f its selling
price is also increased by Rs 30, the percentage of
Exercise
2
1. The cost price of 24 articles is equal to the selling price profit becomes 1 6 y % . Find the cost price. [The last
of 18 articles. Find the gain per cent.
statement of the question may be written as "the per-
1
<s>/LW„ .1
centage o f profit decreases by -*y% le
2. I sell 16 articles for the some money as I paid for 20.
What is my gain per cent?
a) 24% b)25% c)30% d)35% 2 1 ^
20%-16-% = 3-%
3 3
3. If the selling price of — of a number of books be equal
to the cost price of the whole, find the profit per cent. 50x50
50-30 +
1 2 300
a)20% b)25% c) 3 3 - % d) 16-% Cost Price = xlOO =Rs850.
10
4. By selling 66 metres of cloth, I gain the cost of 22 metres. 3
Find my gain per cent.
Exercise
2 1 I. An article is sold at 10% profit. I f its cost price is in-
a)25% b) 6 6 - % c )33-% d)20%
creased by Rs 25 and at the same time if its selling price
Profit and Loss 235
is also increased by Rs 15, the percentage of profit be- 25% profit.

comes 5%. Find the cost price.
20 5x1' 2 4 '
a)Rs325 b)Rs525 c)Rs225 d)Rs255 Now, profit •Rs 62
An article is sold at 25% profit. I f its cost price is in- 100J 4 100 T2l Joo
is also increased by Rs 40, the percentage of profit be- x x x
or, — + — + - 62
comes 15%. Find the cost price. 20 20 10
a)Rs390 b)Rs290
4x 62x20
o r , — = 62 :.x = — - — = R 3 1 0 . S
An article is sold at '2—% profit. I f its cost price is Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
the
increased by Rs 30 and at the same time i f its selling value of commodity
price is also increased by Rs 20, the percentage of profit
62x100 62x100
becomes 7 — % . Find the cost price. - x l 5 + - x 2 0 + —x24 5+5+10
3 4 12
a)Rs225 b)Rs245 c)Rs345 d)Rs249
Rs310.
An article is sold at 22—% profit. I f its cost price is Exercise
increased by Rs 40 and at the same time i f its selling 2 1

1. — of a commodity is sold at 30% profit, — is sold at
price is also increased by Rs 35, the percentage of profit
becomes 15%. Find the cost price. 16% profit and the rest at 12% profit. If a total profit of
Rs 75 is earned, then find the value of the commodity.
2 2 1
a ) R 1 4 6 y b ) R s ! 5 6 y ) R s 146-
s c d)Rsl56 a)Rs300 b)Rs250 c)Rs350 d)Rs325
3
An article is sold at 45% profit. I f its cost price is in- 3 1
is also increased by Rs 70, the percentage of profit be- 18% profit and the rest at 60% profit. If a total profit of
comes 30%. Find the cost price. Rs 67 is earned, then find the value of the commodity.
a)Rs345 b)Rs335 c)Rs385 d)Rs435
a)Rs246 b) Rs 2 2 6 - c) Rs 2 9 3 - d) Rs 2 2 6 -
1 1
Answers 3. — of a commodity is sold at 24% profit, 77 is sold at
Ic 2.b 3.b 4. a 5.b 24% profit and the rest at 60% profit. If a total profit of
Rs 90 is earned, then find the value of the commodity.
Rule 39 a)Rsl00 b)Rs300 c)Rs200 d)Rsl50
TWorem: Ifxpart is soldatm%profit,ypart is sold atn%
ft®fit, z part is sold at p% profit and Rs P is earned as 1 1
mmerall profit then the value of total consignment =
IP x 100 40% profit and the rest at 30% profit. If a total profit of
tr^r+~pz' ( <
Where x+y+z=Mai). Rs 150 is earned, then find the value of the commodity.
a)Rs550 b)Rs450
•nstrative Example c)Rs650 d)Rs500
1 1
fc. - of a commodity is sold at 15% profit, — is sold at 3 1
5. — of a commodity is sold at 15% profit, — is sold at 15%
20% profit and the rest at 24% profit. I f a total profit of
Rs 62 is earned, then find the value of the commodity. profit and the rest at 15% profit. Ifa total profit of Rs 37.5
SBB : Detail Method: Suppose the value of the commodity is earned, then find the value of the commodity.
a)Rs250 b)Rs200
x x
was Rs x. Then — was sold at 15% profit, — was c)Rs350 d)Rs300
3 4
'* x^ Answers
sold at 20% profit and ; — + —_ 5 x
l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d 5.a
4 - 7y was sold at
x
3
Rule 40 a)Rs6500 b)Rs5700 c)Rs5600 d) Data inadequate

4. 4/7th of a consignment was sold at a profit of 42% and
Theorem: Ifx part is sold atm% profit and the resty part is
the rest at a loss of 28%. I f there was an overall profit of
sold at n% loss and Rs P is earned as overall profit then the
Rs 84, find the value of the consignment.
( PxlOO" a)Rs650 b)Rs750 c)Rs600 d)Rs700
value of the total consignment is Rs . 5. 5/9th of a consignment was sold at a profit of 27% and
XTfi fly .
the rest at a loss of 18%. I f there was an overall profit of
Illustrative Example Rs 112, find the value of the consignment.
Ex.: Two-thirds of a consignment was sold at a profit of a)Rsl600 b)Rs 1400 . c)Rs 1500 d)Rsl200
6% and the rest at a loss of 3%. I f there was an overall Answers
profit of Rs 540, find the value of the consignment. l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d 5.a
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the value of consignment
Rule 41
was Rs x. Then — x was sold at 6% profit, i.e., for Rs Theorem: If a person bought two items for Rs P. He soli
one at a loss of x% and the other at a gain of y% and he
2 106 found that each item was sold at the same price, then the
cost prices of two items are given as follows:
3 1100
P(l00+y)
97
And — part is sold at Rs ^
^ 100 (i) Cost price of the item sold at loss is (1 QO - x) + (l 00 + \
\lx( 106 | x( 97
N Yl and
(ii) Cost price of the item sold at gain it
Now,profit= 3 ( io J 3ilOO
0 + '
P(l00-x)
_ 212*+ 97* _ 309*-300* _ 9x (l00-.r)+(l00+v)'
300 ~ 300 ~300
X
9 x tiAn Ex.: A person bought two watches for Rs 480. He SCJC
Since = 540 one at a loss of 15% and the other at a gain of 1
since, 3 0 Q
540x300 and he found that each watch was sold at the sane
.-. x = Rs =Rs 18,000. price. Find the cost prices of the two watches.
Soln: Direct Formula : CP o f watch sold at loss
480 x ( l 00 + % profit)
Total Profit xlOO
the value of Consignment = ( l 0 0 - 1 5 ) + ( l 0 0 + 19)
2 f
% profit x — % loss x -
3 3
480x119
540x100 = Rs280.
= Rs 18,000. 204
r i
2 1
CP of watch sold at gain = 480 - 280 = Rs 200.
6x — 3 x -
3 3 480 x ( l 0 0 - % loss)
Exercise Note: CP of watch sold at gain
(lOO-15)+(lOO + 19)
1. 3/5th of a consignment was sold at a profit of 15% and
the rest at a loss of 10%. I f there was an overall profit of = Rs200.
Rs 32, find the value of the consignment. Exercise
a)Rs640 b)Rs960 c)Rs460 d)Rs740 1. A person bought two horses for Rs 960. He sold one
2. 4 '5th of a consignment was sold at a profit of 25% and a loss of 20% and the other at a gain of 60% and
the rest at a loss of 35%. I f there was an overall profit of found that each horse was sold at the same price. F
Rs 910, find the value of the consignment. the cost price of two horses.
a)Rs6000 b)Rs7000 c)Rs7500 d)Rs8000 a)Rs640,Rs320 b) Rs 540, Rs 420
3. 3/8th of a consignment was sold at a profit of 32% and c)Rs440,Rs520 d)Rs650,Rs310
the rest at a loss of 16%. I f there was an overall profit of 2. A person bought two goats for Rs 630. He sold one
Rs 112, find the value of the consignment. loss of 10% and the other at a gain of 20% and he f
Profit and Loss 237
that each goat was sold at the same price. Find the cost
5568
price of two goats. Rs
a)Rs350,Rs280 b) Rs 360, Rs 270
c)Rs340,Rs290 d)Rs300,Rs330 5568 768
X A person bought two oxen for Rs 410. He sold one at a Profit = 960 = R S
loss of 20% and the other at a gain of 25% and he found

that each ox was sold at the same price. Find the cost 768x100
price of two oxen. ••• p r o f , t -Tx^6ir^ 1 6 %
a) Rs 240, Rs 170 b) Rs 230, Rs 180 Quicker Method:

c) Rs 260, Rs 150 d) Rs 250, Rs 160 Percentage profit
I A person bought two tables for Rs 201. He sold one at a
loss of 14% and the other at a gain of 15% and he found (First part x % profit on first part + )
that each table was sold at the same price. Find the cost [second part x % profit on second part j
price of two tables. Total of two parts
a)Rsll5,Rs86 b)Rsll4,Rs87
Here, total ^ 20 dozens are sold in two parts;
c)Rsll6,Rs85 d)Rsll9,Rs82
first part = 8 dozens and second part ~ 12 dozens.
I A person bought two chairs for Rs 380. He sold one at a
loss of 22% and the other at a gain of 12% and he found 8x10+12x20 320
.-. % profit = 16%
that each chair was sold at the same price. Find the cost 20 20
price of two chairs.
a)Rs225,Rsl55 b) Rs 226, Rs 154 Exercise
c) Rs 224, Rs 156 d) Data inadequate
\nswers 1. A person buys 50 mangoes at Rs 2 each. He sells . th of
l.a 2.b 3.d 4. a 5.c the mangoes at 5% profit and the remaining mangoes at
15% profit. What is his total profit percentages in this
Rule 42 transaction?
Theorem: A person buys certain quantity of an article for a) 20% b) 13% c) 16% d) 14%
Ms A. If he sells mth part of the stock at a profit ofx% and 2. Rachana purchased 25 dozens Jackets at Rs 5000 pe-
ak<? remaining nth part aty% profit, then the per cent profit dozen. He sold 12 dozens at 15% profit and the remain-
rnx + ny ing 13 dozens at 25% profit. What is his profit percent-
this transaction is age in this transaction?
m+n
a)20% b)25.5% c)20.5% d)20.2%
First part x % profit on first part + Second part 3. Radha purchased 13 dozens pens at Rs 70 per dozen. I ! ;
x % profit on sec ond part sold 10 dozens at 7% profit and the remaining 3 doze: 1
Total of two parts at 7% profit. What is his profit percentage in this (re-
action?
a) 8% b)7% c)10% d) 14%
lustrative Example 4. Ramesh purchased 30 bananas at Rs 3 each. He so'J I
L: Nandlal purchased 20 dozen notebooks at Rs 48 per bananas at 15% profit and the remaining at 30%pr6lit.
dozen. He sold 8 dozen at 10% profit and the remain- What is his profit percentage in this transaction?
ing 12 dozen at 20% profit. What is his profit percent- a) 33% b)22% c) 17% d)31%
age in this transaction?
: Cost price of 20 dozen notebooks = 20 * 48 = Rs 960 Answers
.„ . (no) 1. b; Hint: Here m = 50 x - = 10 mangoes and n 50 10

Selling price of 8 dozen notebooks = Rs 8 * 481 JTJjjj
Selling price of 12 dozen notebooks = 40 mangoes

2. d 3b ^4.b
120)
100 J
= Rs 12 x 481 " Rule 43
Theorem: If xpart is sold at m% loss, y part is sold at u%
2112 3456 loss, the rest part z is sold at p% loss and Rs P is overall
.-. total selling price = Rs Rs
PxlOO Exercise
loss, then the value of total consignment is x m + n y + p z - 3

1. - of a consignment was sold at 8% loss and the rest at
Illustrative Example aprofitof4%. Iftherewas an overall loss of Rs 120, find
the value of the consignment.
Ex: y of a commodity is sold at 15% loss, — is sold at
a)Rs2450 b)Rs2500 c)Rs2400 d)Rs2600
20% loss and the rest at 24% loss. I f a total loss is Rs
62, then find the value of the commodity. 4
2. - of a consignment was sold at 10% loss and the rest at
62x100 a profit of 5%. If there was an overall loss of Rs 840, fine
Total value = Rs310.
the value of the consignment.
- x l 5 + - x 2 0 + —x24
3 4 12 a) Rs 12000 b) Rs 16000 c) Rs 14000 d) Data inadequate
Exericse 4
3. — of a consignment was sold at 21 % loss and the rest at
2 1
a profit of 14%. I f there was an overall loss of Rs 600.
1. - of a commodity is sold at 15% loss, — is sold at 12%
find the value of the consignment,
loss and the rest at 18% loss. I f a total loss is Rs 45, then a) Rs 60000 b)Rs 10000 c)Rs 15000 d)Rs 12000
find the value of the commodity.
a)Rs200 b)Rs250 c)Rs300 d)Rs450 4. — of a consignment was sold at 16% loss and the rest a
8
1 1
2. - of a commodity is sold at 16% loss, — is sold at 24% a profit of 8%. Iftherewas an overall loss of Rs 140, fire
4 » the value o f the consignment.
loss and the rest at 32% loss. If a total loss is Rs 54, then a)Rs2000 b)Rs2500 c)Rsl800 d)Rs2400
find rbu value of the commodity.
3
a)Rs200 b)Rs300 5. — of a consignment was sold at 15% loss and the rest x
1 2 a profit of 10%. If there was an overall loss of Rs 15, fir
3. — of a commodity is sold at 12% loss, ~ is sold at 15% the value of the consignment.
loss and the rest at 30% loss. I f a total loss is Rs 72, then a)Rs200 b)Rs250 c)Rs350 d)Rs300
find the value of the commodity. Answers
a)Rs360 b)Rs450 l.c 2. a 3.b 4. a 5.d
Answers
Rule 45
l.c 2.a 3.c Theorem: A person buys certain quantity of an article]
Rs A. If he sells nth part of the stock at a loss of x%, them^
Rule 44 make an overall profit of y% on the total transaction
Theorem: Ifx part is sold atm% loss and the other rest part should sell the remaining stock at the per cent profit
y is sold atn% profit andRsP is overall loss, then the value y + xn
f PxlOO A
l-n
of total consignment is Rs
xm — yn Illustrative Example
Ex: I f goods be purchased for Rs 450, and one thira m
sold at a loss of 10 per cent, at what gain per i-m
should the remainder be sold so as to gain 20 per ?m
Ex: — of a consignment was sold at 6% loss and the rest
on the whole transaction?
at a profit of 3%. Iftherewas an overall loss ofR^540, Soln: Detail Method:
find the value of the consignment. 1
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the Cost of one third of goods = - of Rs 450 = Rs Ira
total value = 5 4 0 x 1 0 0 = Rs 18000. I The selling price of one-third of goods = Rs 150 >-
2 1
6x x3 = Rsl35
3 3 > x
Profit and Loss
. . . 120
to make an overall profit ofy% on the total transaction he
255
The total selling price is to be Rs 450 x — rRs540 O

should sell the remaining stock at the per cent profit or loss
Hence the selling price of the remaining two-thirds of y-xn

of according to the f+ve) or (-ve) sign.
the goods must be (Rs 450 - Rs 135) or Rs 405. l-n
But the cost of this two-thirds = Rs 300
.-. gainonRs300 = Rs405-Rs300 = Rs 105 Illustrative Example
*sa isq iiwiw JA J?b I jto ego! 1
.-. gain on Rs 100 = - of Rs 105 = Rs 35.
Ex: A man buys rice for Rs 4400. He sells r rd of it at a
.-. gain % is 35.
profit of 5%. At what per cent gain should he sell
have remaining ~ rd so as to make an overall profit of 10%
1 on the whole transaction?

20 + lOx
Soln: Following the above theorem,
the required % profit = : 35%
1
10-5x
the required % profit : ^ = . I %
2
Exercise 2 2
A distributor buys books for Rs 8000 from a publisher.
He had to sell one-fourth at a loss of 20%. At what per
Exercise
cent gain he should sell the remaining stock so as to
make an overall profit of 10% on the total transaction?
a) 20% b)25% c) 18% d) 16% 1. A man buys wheat for Rs 5200. He sells' — rd of it at a
1 If goods be purchased for Rs 840, and one fourth be profit of 6%. At what per cent gain should he sell re-
sold at a loss of 20 per cent, at what gain per cent should
the remainder be sold so as to gain 20 per cent on the
mauling —rd so as to make an overall profit of 12% on
whole transaction.
the whole transaction?
a) 3 3 - % b)33% c) 3 3 - % d) 3 3 - % a) 24% b)20% c)22% d)26%
3 2 3
2. A man buys tea for Rs 8400. He sells — th of it at a profit

If goods be purchased for Rs 380, and — rd be sold at a
of 15%. At what per cent gain should he sell remaining
loss of 15 per cent, at what gain per cent should the
remainder be sold so as to gain 10 per cent on the whole
— th so as to make an overall profit of 20% on the whole
transaction.
a) 60% b)70% c)90% d)40% transaction?
a) 27% b)27.5% c)28% d) Data inadequate
If goods be purchased for Rs 480, and — th be sold at a
3. A man buys pulse for Rs 4800. He sells — th of it at a
loss of 25 per cent, at what gain per cent should the
remainder be sold so as to gain 25 per cent on the whole profit of 25%. At what per cent gain should he sell re-
transaction.
maining — th so as to make an overall profit of 19% on
a) 37% b) 3 7 y % c) 3 2 ^ % d) Data inadequate
the whole transaction?
Answers a) 15% b)18% c)21% d) 12%
2.d 3. a 4.b
A man buys coffee for Rs 7200. He sells ~ t h of it at a
o
I Rule 46 profit of 24%. At what per cent gain should he sell re-
Theorem: A person buys certain quantity of an article for
Ms 4. If lie sells nth part of the stock at a profit ofx%, then maining — th so as to make an overall profit of 21% on
8
the whole transaction? he should sell the remaining stock so as to make an

overall no profit no loss on the total transaction?
a) 18^% b) 2 0 - % C ) 1 9 - % d) Data inadequate 3 2 2 .
a) 1 4 - % b) 1 6 y % c) 1 4 - % d) Data inadequate
5. A man buys rice for Rs 5520. He sells — th of it at a profit 4. A distributor buys books for Rs 670 from a publisher. He
of 14%. At what per cent gain should he sell remaining had to sell - t h at a loss of 16%. At what per cent gain
o
— th so as to make an overall profit of 18% on the whole he should sell the remaining stock so as to make an
overall no profit no loss on the total transaction?
transaction?
a) 28% b)24% c) 27% d) Data inadequate a) 9 | % b) 9 | % C ) 9y% d) « | %
Answers
A distributor buys books for Rs 5400 from a publisher.
l.a 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.a
Rule 47 He had to sell ~ th at a loss of 6%. At what per cent gain

6
Theorem: A person buys certain quantity of an article for he should sell the remaining stock so as to make an
Rs A. If he sells nth part of the stock at a loss ofx%, then to overall no profit no loss on the total transaction?
make an overall no profit no loss on the total transaction, a) 20% b)30% c)32% d)25%
he should sell the remaining stock at the per cent profit of
Answers
% l.d 2. a 3.c 4.a 5.b
Rule 48
Illustrative Example Theorem: A person buys certain quantity of an article for
Ex: A distributor buys books for Rs 8000 from a pub- Rs A. If he sells nth part of the stock at a profit ofx%, then
lisher. He had to sell one-fourth at a loss of 20%. At to make an overall no profit and no loss on the total trans-
what per cent gain he should sell the remaining stock action he should sell the remaining stock at the per cem
so as to make an overall no profit no loss on the total
transaction? %
loss of
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have .1-/7
20x1 Illustrative Example

4 5x4
the required per cent profit = 1
1-1 Ex: A man buys rice for Rs 4400. He sells - rd of it at a
4
profit of 5%. At what per cent loss should he seB
Exercise
1. A distributor buys books for Rs 6000 from a publisher. remaining — rd so as to make no profit no loss on the
He had to sell one-third at a loss of 30%. At what per
cent gain he should sell the remaining stock so as to whole transaction?
make an overall no profit no loss on the total transac- Soln: Following the above theorem, we have
tion?
a) 25% b) 12% c)10% d) 15% 5x- ,
2. A distributor buys books for Rs 750 from a publisher. He the required per cent loss = = — = 2—%
2
had to sell — th at a loss of 15%. At what per cent grin 1 1 2 2
he should sell the remaining stock so as to make an

overall no profit no loss on the total transaction? Exercise
a) 10% b)9% c)12% d) 15%
3. A distributor ouys books for Rs 510 from a publisher 1. A man buys coffee for Rs 4500. He sells ~ rd of it
tm^liîihîîici^sde^^c^ dJ" oakum profit of 6%. At what per cent loss should he sell re
had to sell — th at a loss of 18%. At what per c*.:
Profit and Loss
2-:
ing — rd so as to make no profit no loss on the whole Ex: A man buys 400 oranges at 4 a rupee and 500 oranges
at 2 a rupee. He mixes them together and sells them at
transaction? 3 a rupee. Find his per cent loss or gain.
a) 10% b)6% c) 12% d)18% Soln: Applying the above formula,
2 (400 + 500)x4x2
% profit or loss -1 x l 0 0 %
A man buys tea for Rs 4600. He sells — th of it at a profit (400x2 + 500x4)x3
of 15%. At what per cent loss should he sell remaining

j 7 7
-ve sign shows that there is a loss in the transaction.
- th so as to make no profit no loss on the whole trans-
% loss 14-%
action? :
7
a) 10% b) 12% c)14% d)8%
A man buys wheat for Rs 4800. He sells — th of it at a Exercise
1. A man buys 200 bananas at 8 a rupee and 250 bananas at
profit of 14%. At what per cent loss should he sell re-
4 a rupee. He mixes them together and sells them at 6 a
2 rupee. Find his per cent loss or gain.
maining — th so as to make no profit no loss on the
whole transaction? b) 1 4 - % profit
a ) 1 4 y /« loss
5
a) 25% b)30% c) 35% d) Data inadequate
A man buys grains for Rs 4750. He sells — th of it at a c) 16—% loss d) 16—% profit
o
profit of 16%. At what per cent loss should he sell re- 2. A man buys 300 oranges at 5 a rupee and 450 oranges at
„1
maining — th so as to make no profit no loss on the 2 — a rupee. He mixes them together and sells them at 4
8
whole transaction? a rupee. Find his per cent loss or gain.
a) Approx. 28% loss b) Approx. 28% profit
a) 9 - % b) 9 - % c) Approx. 22% loss d) Approx 29% profit
5 5 3. A man buys 25 apples at 8 a rupee and 35 apples at 4 a
rupee. He mixes them together and sells them at 6 a ru-
c) 9 - % d) Data inadequate pee. Find his per cent loss or gain.
5
a) 15% b)16% c) 16.78% d) 15.78%
4. A person purchased 100 oranges at 4 a rupee and 200
A man buys cereals for Rs 6000. He sells — th of it at a oranges at 2 a rupee. He mixed them and sold at 3 or-
profit of "18%. At what per cent loss should he sell re- anges a rupee. Find his per cent loss or gain.
a) 20% loss b) 25% loss c) 20% profit d) 25% profit
5. A person buys 100 toffees at 10 a rupee and 200 toffees
maining ~ th so as to make no profit no loss on the
at 5 a rupee. He mixes them together and sells at 4 a
whole transaction? rupee. Find his per cent profit.
a) 64% b)60% c)65% d) 63% a) 20% b)25% c)40% d)50%
\nswers Answers
c 2. a 3.c 4. a 5.d l.a 2.c 3.d 4. a 5.d
Rule 49 Rule 50
Theorem: A man purchases m articles atx a rupee and n Theorem: A man purchases a certain number of articles at
articles aty a rupee. He mixes them together and sells them a rupee and the same number aty a rupez. He mixes them
x
ml z a rupee. Then his gain or loss per cent is together and sells them atza rupee. Then his gain or loss %
• (m + n)xy 2xy
xlOO /o according as the +ve or -ve sign. -1 x 100 according as the sign is +ve or -ve.
I {my + nx)z z{x + y)
Note: This rule is the special case of Rule - 49. If we put m Exercise
= n in the Rule - 49 we get Rule - 50. 1. A man purchases a certain number of oranges at 5 per
Illustrative Examples rupee and the same number at 6 per rupee. He mixes
Ex. 1: A man purchases a certain number of mangoes at 3 them together and sells them at 8 per rupee. What is his
per rupee and the same number at 4 per rupee. He gain or loss per cent?
mixes them together and sells them at 3 per rupee.
What is his gain or loss per cent? a) 33—% loss b) 3 1 — % loss
Son: By the theorem:
"2x3x4 c) 31 — % loss d) 33 — % profit
Profit or loss per cent = xlOO
3(3 + 4)
2. A man purchases a certain number of oranges at 6 pe-
24 00
xl00 = J rupee and the same number at 8 per rupee. He mixes
21 them together and sells them at 6 per rupee. What is his
gain or loss per cent?
Since the sign is +ve, there is a gain of 14—% .
a) 14—% gain b) 1 6 - % loss
Ex.2: A man purchases a certain number of toffees at 25 a
rupee and the same number at 20 a rupee. He mixes
them together and sells them at 45 for 2 rupees. What V» loss d ) i e | % loss
does he gain or lose per cent in the transaction?
Soln: By the theorem: A man purchases a certain number of toffees at 20 a
45 rupee and the same number at 15 a rupee. He mixes the-
x = 25, y = 20 and z = = 22.5 together and sells them at 40 for 2 rupees. What does he
gain or lose per cent in the transaction?
2xy
.-. % profit or loss - 1 xlOO
{x + y) b) 14—% loss
a) l 4 y % gain
2x25x20 "
xlOO
22.5(25 + 20) c) 14—% gain d) 1 4 - /» loss
5
1000-1012.5 12.5 4. A man purchases a certain number of toffees at 15 •

xl00 = — xlOO
1012.5 1012.5 rupee and the same number at 10 a rupee. He mixes then
together and sells them at 35 for 2 rupees. What does
100
ii- gain or lose per cent in the transaction?
"IT 81 h "
;ii 1—7 % gain b)31y%gain
Since the sign is -ve there is a loss of 1i —
i. %
81
Ex.3: Oranges are bought at 11 for a rupee and an equal C) 3 1 y % loss d) 3 1 - 9/° loss
3
number more at 9 for a rupee. If these are sold at 10 for

a rupee, find the loss or gain per cent. 5. Oranges are bought at 12 for a rupee and an equal nur
Soln: By the theorem: ber more at 8 for a rupee. I f these are sold at 15 for
"2x11x9 rupee, find the loss or gain per cent,
% profit or loss :
xlOO a) 36% loss b) 36% profit c) 38% loss d) 38% profit
10(11 + 9)
6. Oranges are bought at 16 for a rupee and an equal num-
198 -2 ber more at 14 for a rupee. I f these are sold at 20 fc
- 1 xl00 = — x l 0 0 = - l %
200 200 rupee, find the loss or gain per cent,
Since the sign is -ve there is a loss of 1%. a) 25% loss b) 25.3% profit
Note: (1) From the above two eamples, we find that w i n * z c) 25.6% loss d) 25.3% loss
7. A man buys a certain number of oranges at 20 per ruad
x+v
there is always loss. and an equal number at 30 per rupee. He mixes them ami
sells them at 25 per rupee. What is his gain or loss pal
(2) If there is x = y = z, there is neither gain nor loss. cent?
Do you agree? a) 4% profit b) 4% loss c) 20% profit d) 20% lc
Profit and Loss 243
A man buys a certain number of oranges at 5 a rupee and prices of the two chairs.
an equal number at 3 a rupee. He mixes them together a)Rs375,Rs360 b)Rs385,Rs350
and sells at 4 a rupee. Find his per cent profit or loss. c) Rs 370, Rs 365 d) Data inadequate
3. A person bought two goats for Rs 920. He sold one at a
a) 6 ^ % profit b) 25% profit gain o f 18% and the other at a gain of 12% and he found
that each goat was sold at the same price. Find the cost
prices of the two goats.
c) 6—% loss d) Data inadequate a)Rs462,Rs458 b) Rs 472, Rs 448
c) Rs 482, Rs 43 8 d) Data inadequate
9. A man buys toffees at 6 a rupee and an equal number of
4. A person bought two oxen for Rs 500. He sold one at a
toffees at 3 a rupee. He mixes them together and sells at
gain of 23% and the other at a gain of 27% and he found
4\ rupee. Find his per cent loss or profit,
that each ox was sold at the same price. Find the cost
a) Neither loss nor profit b) 100% loss
prices of the two oxen.
c) 100% profit d) Can't be determined
a)Rs264,Rs236 b) Rs 244, Rs 266
Answers c) Rs 254, Rs 246 d) Data inadequate
l.b 2. a 3.b 4.d 5. a 6.d 7.b 5. A person bought two sofa-sets for Rs 2800. He sold one
8.c 9. a at a gain of 35% and the other at a gain of 45% and he
found that each sofa-set was sold at the same price.
Rule 51 Find the cost prices of the two sofa-sets.
Theorem: If a person bought items A and B for Rs R He a)Rs 1430, Rs 1370 b)Rs 1440, Rs 1360
sold A at a gain ofx% and the other at a gain ofy% and he c)Rs 1460, Rs 1340 d)Rs 1450, Rs 1350
found that each item A and B was sold at the same price,
then the
Answers
l.a 2. a 3.b 4.c 5.d
(l00+y)x/>
(0 cost price of A = ( 1 0 0+c ) ( l 0 0 + y) and the
J + Rule 52
Theorem: If certain article is bought at the rate of 'A 'for a
(l00 + s)x/> rupee, then to gain x%, the article must be sold at the rate
(ii) cost price of B
(l00 + x)+(l00 + y)-
( 100 )
Illustrative Example °f V100 + x j * ^ f or a ru P
ee (R e m e m D e r the rule of frac-
Ex: A person bought two horses for Rs 690. He sold one
at a gain of 10% and the other at a gain of 20% and he tion).
found that each horse was sold at the same price. Illustrative Example
Find the cost prices of the two horses. Ex: I f toffees are bought at the rate of 25 for a rupee, how
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have the many must be sold for a rupee so as to gain 25%?
(i) cost price of the first horse 125 5
(l00 + 20)x690 Soln: Detail Method: SP of 25 toffees = Re 1 x — = Rs -
100 4
= (100 10)+(100 + 2 0 )
+ = R S 3 6 °-
(ii) cost price of the second horse No. of toffees sold for Rs — = 25
4
(100 + I0)x690
Rs330 25x4
(l00 + 10)+(l00 + 20) No. of toffees sold for Re 1 = 20
Exercise Short-cut Method (Method of Fraction):

1. A person bought two tables for Rs 860. He sold one at As there is 25% gain so our calculating figure would
a gain of 5% and the other at a gain of 10% and he found be 125 and 100. Now, to gain a profit the number of
that each table was sold at the same price. Find the cost articles sold for one rupee must be less than the num-
prices of the two tables. ber bought for one rupee. Thus the multiplying frac-
a) Rs 440, Rs 420 b) Rs 460, Rs 400 100
c) Rs480, Rs 380 d) Data inadequate tion is
125
2. A person bought two chairs for Rs 735. He sold one at a
gain of 20% and the other at a gain of 25% and he found 100
• required no. of toffees = 25 x = 20 .
that each chair was sold at the same price. Find the cost 125
Exercise
Px-\WX
1. I f oranges are bought at the rate of 21 for a rupee, how (ii) one item of B is
many must be sold for a rupee so as to gain 5%? m(x + y) _
a)20 b) 18 c) 16 d) 19 Ex: If a man buys 10 pens and 5 pencils for Rs 500, and
2. I f apples are bought at the rate of 11 for a rupee, how sells the pens at a profit of 10% and the pencils at a
many must be sold fr>r a rupee so as to gain 10%? loss of 15%, and his whole gain is Rs 25. What price
a) 10 b) 12 c)15 d)8 does he pay for a pen and a pencil?
3. If bananas are bought at the rate of 30 for a rupee, how Soln: Following the above theorem, we have the
many must be sold for a rupee so as to gain 20%?
100x25 + 500x15
a) 24 b)25 c)28 d)30 price of a pen : Rs 40 and
4. A man buys oranges at 6 a rupee. For how many a rupee 10(10 + 15)
he should sell them so as to gain 20%.
500x10-100x25
a) 4 oranges a rupee b) 5 oranges a rupee the price of a pencil ;
Rs 20
c) 3 oranges a rupee d) Data inadequate 5(10 + 15)
Answers 2. If a man buys n items ofA and m items ofB for Rs P,

and sells the items of A at a loss ofx% and the items
l.a 2.a 3.b 4.b
ofB at a loss ofy%, and his whole loss is Rs X, then
Rule 53 the price he pays for
Theorem: If a man buys n items of A and m items ofBforRs \WX-Py
P, and sells the items of A at a profit ofx% and the items of one item of A is and
n(x-y)
B at a profit of y%, and his whole gain is Rs X, then the
price he pays for
~Px-\00X~ ~\00X-Px
one item of B is or
100 A" -Py m(x-y) m{y-x)
(i) one item of A is and
n(x - y) J Ex: A man buys 5 horses and 7 oxen for Rs 5850. He sells
the horses at a loss of 10% and oxen at a loss of 16%
' Px-\ 00 A" 'mx-Px and his whole loss is Rs 711. What price does he pay
(ii) one item of B is or
m(x - y \ m(y-x) for a horse and a ox?
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have the
Ex: A man buys 5 horses and 7 oxen for Rs 5850. He sells 100 + 711-5850x16
price of a horse • Rs750 a n d
the horses at a profit of 10% and oxen at a profit of 5(10-16)

16% and his whole gain is Rs 711. What price does he
pay for a horse and a ox? 5850x10-100x711 „ „„
price of a ox = -7———\ Rs 300 .
Soln: Following the above theorem, 7U0-16J
100x711-5850x16 3. If a man buys n items ofA and m items of Bfor Rs P.
Price of a horse = and sells the items of A at a loss ofx% and the items
-22500 ofB at a profit ofy%, and his whole loss is Rs X.
= Rs750 then the price he pays for one item of A is
•30
5850x10-100x711
Price of a ox = and one item of B is
7(10-16)
58500-71100
= Rs 300.
-42
m(x + y)
Note: 1. If a man buys n items of A andm items ofB for Rs P,
Ex: I f a man buys 10 pens and 5 pencils for Rs 500, and
and sells the items of A at a profit of x% and the
sells the pens at a loss of 10% and the pencils at a
items of B at a loss ofy%, and his whole gain is Rs
profit of 15% and his whole loss is Rs 25. What price
X, then the price he pays for
does he pay for a pen and a pencil?
\00X+ Py Soln: Following the above,theorem, we have the
(i) one item of A is and
n(x + y) . , 100x25 + 500x15 „ , „
price of a pen = -. = Rs 40 and the
5
10(10 + 15)
Profit and Loss 245
* 9x
500x10-100x25 Then his total investment
price of a pencil = 5(10 + 15) Rs20 :
4 20"= R S
2*x2 4*
Exercise Total selling price = Rs — ~ — = Rs ~9~
9
1. A man buys 20 pens and 16 books for Rs 360. He sells 9* 4x 81*-80x x
pens at a profit of 40% and books with a gain of 25%. I f total loss = — " ~9 " 180
180
his overall gain is Rs 120, the CP of the pen is .
a)Rsl3 b)Rsl2 c)Rsl5 d)Rsl0 then Rs Rs3 x = 180x3 = 540
2. 6 horses and 8 cows cost me Rs 37500.1 sell them for Rs 180
44625 making a profit of 25 percent on the horses and 10 Therefore he bought 2 * 540 = 1080 oranges in total.
per cent on the cows. What is the average cost of each Quicker Method: In the above question:
horse and of each cow. I f * oranges/rupee and y oranges/rupee are mixed in
a)Rs3750,Rs!875 b) Rs 3650, Rs 1975 same numbers and sold at z oranges/rupee then
c) Rs4750, Rs 2875 d) Data inadequate loss rupees x 2xyz
3. A man buys5 horses and 7 oxen for Rs 58500. He sells Number of total oranges bought = z(x + y)-2xy
the horses at a profit of 10 per cent and oxen at a profit of
16 per cent and his whole gain is Rs 7110. What price 3x2x5x4x4.5 120x4.5
= 1080 oranges.
does he pay for a horse? 4.5(5 + 4 ) - 2 x 5 x 4 40.5-40
a) Rs 7500 b) Rs 3000 Exercise
c) Rs 8500 d) Rs 5700 1. A person bought some oranges at the rate of 6 per ru-
4. A man buys 3 tables and 12 chairs for Rs 2400. He sells pee. He bought the same number of oranges at the rate
the tables at a profit of 20% and chairs at a profit of 10% of 4 per rupee. He mixes both the types and sells at 10 for
and makes a total profit of Rs 300. At what price did he rupees 2. In this business he bears a loss of Rs 4. Find
buy tables and chairs? out how many oranges he bought in all?
a)Rs600,Rsl800 b)Rs200,Rs350 a) 480 oranges b) 840 oranges
c) Rs 800, Rs 1400 d) Can't be determined c) 490 oranges d) Data inadequate
5. Raman buys 5 pens and 30 pencils for Rs 1000. He sells 2. A person bought some oranges at the rate of 3 per ru-
the pens at a profit of 15% and pencils at a profit of 10% pee. He bought the same number of oranges at the rate
and makes a total profit of Rs 120. Find the cost of a pen of 2 per rupee. He mixes both the types and sells at 5 for
and of a pencil. rupees 2. In this business he bears a loss of Rs 2. Find
a)Rs70,Rs30 b)Rs85,Rsl5 out how many oranges he bought in all?
c) Rs 80, Rs 20 d) Data inadequate a) 240 oranges b) 120 oranges
Answers c) 180 oranges d) Cann't possible
1. d 3. A person bought some oranges at the rate of 6 per ru-
2. a; Hint: Here ' X ' = gain = Rs 44625 - Rs 37500 = Rs 7125 pee. He bought the same number of oranges at the rate
Now apply the above rule and get the answer. of 5 per rupee. He mixes both the types and sells at 10 for
3. a rupees 2. In this business he bears a loss of Rs 4. Find
4. a; Hint: By the formula we calculate price of one table out how many oranges he bought in all.
and one chair ie Rs 200 and Rs 150 respectively. a) 240 oranges b) 680 oranges
.-. required answer = the price of 3 tables c) 480 oranges d) Cann't possible
= 3 x200 = Rs600 4. A person bought some oranges at the rate of 12 per
and the price of 12 chairs = 12 x 150 = Rs 1800. rupee. He bought the same number of oranges at the
5. c rate of 8 per rupee. He mixes both the types and sells at
20 for rupees 2. In this business he bears a loss of Rs 8.
Rule 54 Find out how many oranges he bought in all?
Ex.: A person bought some oranges at the rate of 5 per a) 1680 b)1820 c)1920 d) 1290
rupee. He bought the same number of oranges at the Answers
rate of 4 per rupee. He mixes both the types and sells l.a 2.b
at 9 for rupees 2. In this business he bears a loss of Rs
3. d; Hint: Applying the given formula, we get no. of or-
3. Find out how many oranges he bought in all?
anges = -240, that is not possible.
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose he bought x oranges of each
4. c
quality.
Rule 55 l O x - 1 0 0 - x = 100
Theorem: If a tradesman marks his goods atx% above his
• x= = 22 —%
cost price and allows purchasers a discount ofy% for cash, • 9 9
( k_l Exercise
1. A shopkeeper labels the price of articles 20% above the
then there is \~y~ J % profit or loss according to cost price. If he allows Rs 31.20 off on a bill of Rs 312;
find his profit per cent on the article.
+ve or —ve sign respectively. }BSRBMumbaiPQ, )999}
x
100 2
-ve sign
note: wnen x = y, tnen lormuia oecomes 1 „2 lD
indicates that there will be always loss. m b)12j c) 1 1 - d)8j

Illustrative Examples 2. A trader allows a discount of 5 per cent for cash pay-
Ex. 1: A tradesman marks his goods at 25% above his cost ment. How much per cent above the cost price must he
mark his goods to make a profit of 10 per cent?
& 1
price and allows purchasers a discount of 12 — % for

a) 15—% b l 15—% C ) 19 — % d) 15—%
cash. What profit % does he make? ' 19 ; 19 ; 19 ; 19
Soln: Detail Method: Let the cost price = Rs 100 3. A tradesman marks his goods 30 per cent above cost
Marked price = Rs 125
price but makes a reduction of 6 — per cent on the marked
Discount = 12-o/oofRs 125 = Rs 1 5 -
2 8 price for ready money, find his gain per cent.
to 520J s - ^ ^ a u g H M f t f t 5 3
• reduced price = Rs 125-Rs 1 5 - = R 109- S a) 2 6 — % b)27l% c ) 2 1 Zo / o d ) 2 2 7„ / o
8 8 ' 10
4. A tradesman's charges are 20 per cent over cost price. If
.-. gain per cent = 109 J - 1 0 0 = 9 ^ % he allows his customers 10 per cent off their bills for
8 8
cash payment, what is his gain per cent?
|RRB Exam 1999]
have
a) 4% b)8% c)10% d) 12%
5. A tradesman marks his goods at 30 per cent above the
x = 25%,y= 1 2 - %
2 cost price. I f he allows a discount of 3 paise in a Re off
the marked price, what percentage of profit does he make 0
a) 25% b)27% c)28% d)26%

x-y-
100 6. How much per cent above the cost price should a shop-
keeper mark his goods so that after allowing a discount
,J 25 x25 V 3 of 10%, he should gain 26%.
'2 1% = 9 j % profit
2 200 a) 16% b)40% c)30% d)36%
7. The marked price is 10% higher than CP. A discount of
Note: Thus we see that i f
10% is given on marked price. In this kind of sale the
x = marked percentage above CP
seller. [RRB Exam 19911
V = discount in per cent
a) bears no loss, no gain b) gains
z = profit in per cent
c) loses d) loses 1%
Then there exists a relationship;
Answers
xy
z= x-y- 31 20
100 l.a; Hint: Here,* = 20%, v = —312 x 100 = 10%
Ex. 2: A trader allows a discount of 10% for cash payment.
How much % above cost price must he mark his goods
5*
to make a profit of 10%? 2.b; Hint: x-S-— = 10
Soln: I f we use the relationship discussed above, we have
Iflv 300 ..15..
Profit and Loss 247
J. c 4.b Exercise
5. d; Hint: Here x =30% and y = discount = 3 paise in 1 Re 1. A man buys two chairs for Rs 1250. He sells one so as to
lose 5% and the other so as to gain 20%. On the whole
ie x ' 00 = 3% . Now apply the given formula and he neither gains nor loses. What does each chair cost?
a)Rsl000,Rs250 b)Rs 1100, Rs 150
get the answer. c)Rs900,Rs350 d) Rs 950, Rs 300
x 10
x 2. A man buys two tables for Rs 1750. He sells one so as to
6. b; Hint: ^ - 1 0 - ^ ^ - = 26 lose 10% and the other so as to gain 15%. On the whole
he neither gains nor loses. What does each table cost?
.-. x = 40%
a) Rs 1000, Rs 750 b) Rs 1050, Rs 700
7. d; Hint: See 'Note" given in the formula
c) Rs 950, Rs 800 d) Can't be determined
3. A man buys two oxen for Rs 3000. He sells one so as to
loss%= ^ - = 1% lose 5% and the other so as to gain 25%. On the whole
100
he neither gains nor loses. What does each ox cost?
Rule 56 a)Rs2500,Rs500 b)Rs2100,Rs900
c)Rs 2400, Rs 600 d) Rs 2700, Rs 300
Theorem: If a man buys two items A and B for Rs P, and
4. A man buys two goats for Rs 440. He sells one so as to
sells one item A so as to losex% and the other item B so as
lose 12% and the other so as to gain 28%. On the whole
to gain y%, and on the whole he neither gains nor loses,
he neither gains nor loses. What does each goat cost?
Py x
a)Rs306,Rsl34 b) Rs300, Rs 140
then (i) the cost of the item A is and
x+ y c) Rs 308, Rs 132 d) Can't be determined
5. A man buys two horses for Rs 1550. He sells one so as
Px
(ii) the cost of the item B is to lose 23% and the other so as to gain 27%. On the
yj whole he neither gains nor loses. What does each horse
Illustrative Example cost?
Ex.: A man buys two horses for Rs 1350. He sells one so a)Rs807,Rs743 b)Rs817,Rs733
as to lose 6% and the other so as to gain 7.5%. On the c)Rs827,Rs723 d)Rs837,Rs713
whole he neither gains nor loses. What does each
Answers
horse cost?
l.a 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.d
Soln: Detail Method: Loss on one hors e= gain on the other
.-. 6% of the cost of first horse = 7.5% of the cost of
Rule 57
the second.
Theorem: By selling a certain item at the rate of 'X' items a
Cost of first horse _ 7.5% _ 15 _ 5 rupee, a man loses x%. If he wants to gain y%, then the
" Cost of second horse 6% 12 4 number of items should be sold for a rupee is
Dividing Rs 1350 in the ratio of 5 :4,
^100-x^
Cost of first horse = Rs 750
100+v
Cost of the second = Rs 600
Quicker Method: The above rule may be written as Illustrative Example
given below. Ex: By selling oranges at 32 a rupee, a man loses 40%.
Cost of first horse How many for a rupee should he sell in order to gain
CP of both x % loss or gain on 2nd 20%?
% loss or gain on 1 st + % loss or gain on 2nd Soln: Applying the above formula, we have,
Cost of second horse /100-40 | N 32x60
the required answer = 32i 16
U 0 0 + 20 120
CP of both x % loss or gain on 1 st
% loss or gain on 1 st + % loss or gain on 2nd Exercise
1. By selling bananas at 21 a rupee, a man loses 30%. How
Now, applying the formula, we have the
many for a rupee should he sell in order to gain 5%?
1350x7.5 a) 15 b) 12 c)14 d) 16
cost of 1 st horse = — — — r ~ = Rs 750 and the
6 + 7.5 2. By selling apples at 46 a rupee, a man loses 15%. How
1350x6 many for a rupee should he sell in order to gain 15%?
cost of 2nd hose = — — r - r = Rs 600. a) 17 b)34 c)27 d)24
6 + 7.5
3. By selling mangos at 44 a rupee, a man loses 20%. How

1
many for a rupee should he sell in order to gain 10%? 5. By selling an article for Rs 77 a person gained — of his
a) 32 b)30 c)33 d)28
4. By selling oranges at 35 a rupee, a man loses 25%. How outlay. What would he have gained or lost per cent by
many for a rupee should he sell in order to gain 25%? selling it for Rs 63?
a)35 b)21 c)25 d)30 a) 10% profit b) 20% loss
5. By selling 12 oranges for one rupee a man loses 20%. c) 10% loss d) Data inadequate
How many for a rupee should he sell to get a gain of Answers
20%? (CDS Exam 1989| 1. b
a) 5 b)8 c)10 d) 15 2. a; Hint: From the given formula we have to find the
Answers value y as given below.
l.c 2.b 3. a 4.b 5.b 100+y
x 5060 = 4370 .-. y = -5%
Rule 58 100+10,
Theorem: By selling an article for RsA,a dealer makes a Here, -ve sign shows that there is a loss.
profit of x%. If lie wants to make profit of y%, then he 3. b
y- 100 + ^ 6 3 247.50
should increase his selling price by Rs and 4. b; Hint:
100 + x 100 + 5 J12 50
• y = - 1 % [-ve sign shows loss]
100+y .-. required answer = 1% loss
the selling price is given by Rs xA
100 + x
100+y ?
5. c; Hint: 77 = 63
Illustrative Example 100 + 10
Ex.: By selling an article for Rs 19.50 a dealer makes a
profit of 30%. By how much should he increase his [* = ^ o f o u t l a y = 100 = 10%]
selling price so as to make a profit of 40%. Find the
selling price also. .-. y = -10% .-. there is a loss of 10%.
Rule 59
40-30 Theorem: By selling an article for Rs A, a dealer makes a
increase in selling price 19.50 = Rs 1.5
100 + 30 loss of x%. If he wants to make a profit of y%, then he
and
x+ y
should increase his selling price by Rs and
100 + 40 lOO-x
the selling price :
19.50= Rs 21
100 + 30
'(100 + y
Exercise the selling price is given by Rs
100
1. By selling wheat at Rs 2.34 a kg a grocer gained 17%. At
what price should he have sold it to gain 20%? Illustrative Examples
a)Rsl.40 b)Rs2.40 c)Rs3.40 d)Rs3.50 Ex. 1: By selling an article for Rs 160 a dealer makes a loss of
2. A machine is sold for Rs 5060 at a gain of 10%. What 20%. By how much should he increase his selling
would have been gained or lost per cent i f it had been price so as to make a profit of 25%. Also find the
sold for Rs4370? selling price.
a) 5% loss b) 5% gain c) 22% gain d) 22% loss Soln: Following the above theorem, we have
3. A time piece is sold for Rs 64 at a gain of 28%. What
would be gained or lost per cent by selling it for Rs 47.50 25 + 20
P?
a) 4% profit b!5%loss c) 4% loss d) 5% profit increase in selling price = —— x 160 = Rs 90 and
4. By selling 12 kg of onions for Rs 63,1 gain 5%. What do the selling price : xl60 = Rs250
1 gain or lose per cent by selling 50 kg of the same on- 100-20
100 + 25
ions for Rs 247.50? Ex. 2: A man bought a certain quantity of rice at the rate of
a) 20% loss b) 1 % loss c) 5% loss d) 1% profit Rs 150 per quintal. 10% of the rice was spoiled. At
Profit and Loss 249
what price should he sell the remaining to gain 20% Answers

of his outlay? l.c 2. a 3.d 4. a 5.c
Soln: "10% of the rice is spoiled" may be considered as i f
he bought the rice at 10% loss, ie if he sells the rice at
6 b-
o.o, Hint- ( ( j
Mini. m 0 0+ _
y 1 8 l>
^ 1 6 0 0
Rs 150 per quintal, 10% loss will occur. Now, applying

the above formula, we have
the selling price A o/ •
2 0 2
... V = — = 6 - % gain
100 + 20
Rs 150 R s l 5 0 x ^ ° - = Rs200 7. a
100-10 90
f \
Exercise 100+y
1. By selling salt at Rs 55.80 per quintal a dealer lost 7 per 8. c; Hint: x "60 = 77
100
cent. At what price should he have sold it to gain 7 per 100
cent?
a)Rs64 b)Rs 64.02 c)Rs 64.20 d)Rs 64.25
2. By selling a carriage for Rs 570,1 would lose 5%. At what x = I of outlay = - x 100 = — %
7 7 7
price must I sell it to gain 5%?
a)Rs630 b)Rs840 c)Rs420 d)Rs730 .-. y = 10% .-. required answer = 10% gain.
3. By selling a book for Rs 14 a book seller would lose 9.c
12—% . At what price should he sell it to gain 12*i% . Rule 60

Theorem: A dealer buys an item atx% discount on its origi-
a)Rsl6 b)Rs28 c)Rs24 d)Rsl8 nal price. If he sells it at a y% increase on the original
4. By selling clay at Rs 38 a kilogram, a dealer lost 5%. At
what price should he have sold it to gain 30%? y+x
price, then the per cent profit he gets is xlOO
a)Rs52 b)Rs78 c)Rs54 d)Rs64 100-
5. I f 6 — per cent is lost by selling an article for Rs 9.35, for
Ex: A dealer bought a horse at 20% discount on its origi-
what price should it be sold to gain 13%? nal price. He sold it at 40% increase on the original
a)Rsll b)Rs 12.30 c)Rs 11.30 d)Rs 13.30 price. What percentage profit did he get?
6. A horse is sold for Rs 1230 at a loss of 18%. What would Soln: Following the above theorem, we have
have been gained or lost per cent i f it had been sold for
Rsl600? dealer's profit per cent = ^ q ^ o x 1 0 0 = 7 5 % •
Exercise
a) y % loss
6 b) 6 y % gain
1. A dealer bought a horse at 10% discount on its original
price. He sold it at 20% increase on the original price.
c) 6—% gain d) Can't be determined What percentage profit did he get?
7. I f 13% is lost by selling goods for Rs 295.80, what would 3)33^% b)9^-% c)ll|% d)9j-%
be gained or lost per cent by selling them for Rs 323?
a) 5% loss b) 5% gain c) 3% loss d) 10% gain 2. A dealer bought a horse at 5% discount on its original
price. He sold it at 10% increase on the original price.
B E r ^ A U * w « > a itmj v$L\m<- 1 What percentage profit did he get?
S. If by selling an article for Rs 60, a person loses — of his
outlay. What would he have gained or lost per cent by c) 7 — % d) 5—%
a) 5 f % b ) 5 f ' 19 19
selling it for Rs 77? ;
a) 20% gain b) 20% loss c) 10% gain d) 10% loss 3. A dealer bought a horse at 25% discount on its original
9. On selling an article for Rs 240, a trader loses 4%. In price. He sold it at 45% increase on the original price.
order to gain 10%, he must sell that article for What percentage profit did he get?
[NDA Exam, 1990] 1 2 1
a)Rs264.00 b)Rs273.20 c)Rs275.00 d)Rs280.00 a) 2 6 - % b) 1 6 - % C ) 9 3 - % d) Data inadequate
Answers turned to his hand.

l.a 2. b 3.c 810
.-. A's% loss = ^ x l 0 ° = 9 %
Rule 61
Theorem: If a trader buys an article atx% discount on its B gains Rs 810 (the same as A loses) and his invest-
original price and sells it at y% increase on the price he ment in this transaction is Rs 8100.
buys it, then the percentage of profit he makes on the origi-
.-. B's % gain = 100 = 10%
8100
nal price is y-x- Quicker Maths (direct formula): In such case,
100
the first buyer bears loss and his % of loss is given
% gain ( 1 0 0 - % loss)
Ex: A trader bought a car at 20% discount on its original by
100
price. He sold it at 40% increase on the price he bought
it. What percentage of profit did he make on the origi- 10(100-10)
nal price? In this case, A's loss% 9%
100
40 x 20 9 ^
% profit = 4 0 - 2 0 — = 12%. and loss amount = 9000 [j^j =R 1 '
Exercise Exercise
1. A trader bought a car at 15% discount on its original 1. A horse worth Rs 16000 is sold by A to B at 5% loss. B
price. He sold it at 30% increase on the price he bought sells the horse back to A at 5% gain. Find the value of
it. What percentage of profit did he make on the original loss amount.
price? a)Rs860 b)Rs760 c)Rsl260 d)Rs960
a) 11.5% b) 10.5% c)ll% d) 10% 2. A horse worth Rs 12000 is sold by A to B at 15% loss. B
2. A trader bought a car at 10% discount on its original sells the horse back to A at 15% gain. Find the value of
price. He sold it at 20% increase on the price he bought loss amount.
it. What percentage of profit did he make on the original a)Rsl530 b)Rsl630 c)Rsl350 d)Rsl550
price? 3. A horse worth Rs 8000 is sold by A to B at 20% loss. B
a) 8% b)6% c)10% d) 12% sells the horse back to A at 20% gain. Find the value of
3. A trader bought a car at 5% discount on its original loss amount.
price. He sold it at 10% increase on the price he bought a)Rsl380 b)Rsl480 c ) R s l l 8 0 d)Rsl280
it. What percentage of profit did he make on the original 4. A horse worth Rs 5000 is sold by A to B at 25% loss. B
price? sells the horse back to A at 25% gain. Find the value of
a) 5.5% b)6.5% c)4.5% d)3.5% loss amount.
a) Rs 937.5 b)Rs938
Answers
c)Rs 938.5 d) Can't be determined
l.b 2.a 3.c
Answers
Rule 62 l.b 2. a 3.d 4. a
Ex: A horse worth Rs 9000 is sold by A to B at 10% loss.
B sells the horse back to A at 10% gain. Who gains Rule 63
and who loses? Find also the values. Theorem: A person marks his goods x% above the cost
Soln: Detail Method: price but allows y% discount for cash payment. If he sells
the article for Rs X, then the cost price is
(90)
A sells to B for Rs 9000 I T T T J =RS8100 100 100
100 + x 100- yj
110
Again, B sells to A for Rs 8100 = Rs8910 Illustrative Example
100
Ex: Satish marks his goods 25% above the cost price but
Thus, A loses Rs (8910 - 8100) = Rs 810.
allows 12.5% discount for cash payment. If he sells
In this whole transaction, A's investment is only Rs
the article for Rs 875, find his cost price.
9000 (the cost of the horse) because the horse re-
Profit and Loss
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the 3. A milkman buys some milk. If he sells it at Rs 8 a litre, he
251
100 Y 100 N
loses Rs 233, but when he sells it at Rs 9 a litre, he gains
cost price = 875 100 + 25 A 100-12.5 = Rs 800 Rs 317. How much milk did he purchase?
a) 550 litres b) 450 litres c) 600 litres d)_/>0liri
Exercise
Answers
1. Ramesh marks his goods 20% above the cost price but
l.c 2.b 3.a
allows 20% discount for cash payment. If he sells the
article for Rs 960, find his cost price. Rule 65
a)Rs800 b)Rs900
Ex: A fruit merchant makes a profit of 25% by selling
mangoes at a certain price. If he charges Re 1 more on
2. Rakesh marks his goods 10% above the cost price but
each mango, he would gain 50%. Find what price per
allows 10% discount for cash payment. I f he sells the
mango did he sell at first. Also find the cost price per
article for Rs 1980, find his cost price.
mango.
a)Rs3000 b)Rs2400 c)Rs2500 d)Rs2000
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the cost price of a mango be
3. Ritesh marks his goods 15% above the cost price but
Rsx.
article for Rs 3450, find his cost price. 100 + 25 5x
a)Rs4000 b)Rs4200 c)Rs4300 d)Rs4125 Then, first selling price = Rs x Rs
100
4. Rishav marks his goods 30% above the cost price but
If he charges Re 1 more and gets 50% profit then
there exists a relationship.
article for Rs 2730, find his cost price.
a)Rs3500 b)Rs2800 c)Rs2950 d)Rs3000 5x , (100 + 50^1 3x
— +\ x\ —
Answers 4 I 100 J 2
2.d 3.a 4.d
3x 5x .
Rule 64 <*> Y " T = 1
Ex. A milkman buys some milk. If he sells it at Rs 5 a litre, .-. x = R<= 4

he loses Rs 200, but when he sells it at Rs 6 a litre, he
.-. Cost price/mango = Rs 4
gains Rs 150. How much milk did he purchase?
Soln: Detail Method: Difference in selling price = Rs 6/litre f 125 Rs5.
-Rs5/litre = Re 1/litre. and first selling price = 41
If he increases the SP by Re 1/litre, he gets Rs 200 + Quicker Maths (direct formula):
Rsl50 = Rs350more.
100 x More charge
Rs350 Cost price = % D i f f e r e n c e i n p r o f i t and
.-. he purchased = 350 litres milk.
Re 1/litre
More charge (100 + % first profit)
Quicker Maths (direct formula) Selling price !
% Difference in profit
Quantity of milk
Thus in this case
Difference of amount 150 (-200)
Difference of rate 6-5 100x1 1x125
CP = Rs4,SP = Rs5.
50-25 50-25
350
= 350 litres. Exercise
1
1. A fruit merchant makes a profit of 15% by selling or-
Exercise anges at a certain price. I f he charges Rs 2 more on each
A milkman buys some milk. If he sells it at Rs 10 a litre, he orange, he would gain 35%. Find what price per orange
loses Rs 400, but when he sells it at Rs 12 a litre, he gains did he sell at first. Also find the cost price per orange.
Rs 300. How much milk did he purchase? a)Rsll.5,Rsl0 b)Rs 10.5, Rs 11
a) 360 litres b) 700 litres c) 350 litres d) 175 litres c)Rsl2,Rsll.5 d)Rsll.5,Rs9
1 A milkman buys some milk. I f he sells it at Rs 2 a litre, he 2. A fruit merchant makes a profit of 5% by selling apples
loses Rs 125, but when he sells it at Rs 7 a litre, he gains at a certain price. If he charges Rs 2 more on each apple,
Rs 125. How much milk did he purchase? he would gain 30%. Find what price per apple did he sell
a) 100 litres b) 50 litres c) 75 litres d) Data inadequate
at first. Also find the cost price per apple, Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
a) Rs 8.4, Rs 6 b) Rs 8, Rs 6.4 12.5x9x14x2x11
c) Rs 8.4, Rs 8 d) None of these the required answer = Rs 462.
2.5x4x1.5x5
3. A fruit merchant makes a profit of 10% by selling ba-
nanas at a certain price. If he charges Re 1 more on each
Exercise
banana, he would gain 20%. Find what price per banana 1. 5 chairs cost as much as 12 stools, 7 stools as much as 2
did he sell at first. Also find the cost price per mango. tables, 3 tables as much as 2 sofas, if the cost of 5 sofas
a)Rs24,Rs20 b)Rsl2,Rsl0 be Rs 8750, find that of a chair.
c)Rs24,Rsl2 d)Rs20,RslO a)Rs800 b)Rs875
4. A fruit merchant makes a profit of 10% by selling man- c)Rs950 d) Can't be determined
goes at a certain price. I f he charges Re 1 more on each 2. I f 2 horses are worth 3 camels, and 9 camels are worth 10
mango, he would gain 25%. Find what price per mango bicycles and 100 bicycles are worth 3 motor cars, what is
did he sell at first. Also find the cost price per mango. the price of a horse, if a motor car costs Rs 192000?
a)Rs960 b)Rs9600 c)Rs320 d)Rs3200
1 2 3. If 3 cups cost as much as 2 plates and 9 plates as much
a)Rs 8 - , R s 6- b)Rs 8 - R S 6-
3 3 ' 3 3 as 2 kettles and one kettle as much as 3 dishes, what is
the price of a cup, if a dish costs Rs 13.50?
c)Rs 6 y , R S 5- d) Can't be determined a)Rs6 b)Rs3 c)Rs9 d)Rsl2
4. A gets Rs 3 as often as B gets Rs 4, B gets Rs 5 as often
Answers as C gets Rs 6, C gets Rs 8 as often as D gets Rs 15, if A
gets Rs 3.25, what will D get?
l.a 2.c 3.b 4. a
a)Rs9.50 b)Rs9.25
Rule 66 c)Rs9.75 d) Can't be determined
Theorem: The rule of column: x kg of milk costs as much as 5. 10 kg of rice costs as much as 20 kg of wheat, 25 kg of
y kg of rice, z kg of rice costs as much as p kg ofpulse, w kg wheat costs as much as 2 kg of tea, 5 kg of tea costs as
of pulse costs as much as t kg of wheat, u kg of wheat costs much as 25 kg of sugar. Find the cost of 6 kg of sugar if
as much as v kg of edible oil. Ifn kg of milk costs Rs A, then 4 kg of rice costs Rs 32.
Axxxzxwxuxm
the cost of m kg of edible oil is Rs 6. 20 kg of potato costs as much as 5 kg of tomato, 12 kg of
nxyxpxtxv tomato costs as much as 30 kg of onion, 15 kg of onion
Note: 1 x kg of milk costs as much as y kg of rice, z kg of costs as much as 18 kg of cabbage. I f 10 kg of cabbage
rice costs as much as p kg of pulse, w kg ofpulse costs Rs 50. Find the cost of 24 kg of potato.
costs as much as t kg of wheat, u kg of wheat costs a)Rs90 b)Rs72 c)Rsl08 d)Rs96
as much as v kg of edible oil. If k kg of edible oil Answers
costs Rs B, then the cost of n kg of milk is Rs 1. a; Hint: See Note:
Bxvxtxpxyxn x rupees = 1 chair
kxuxwxzxx 5 chairs = 12 stools
7 stools = 2 tables
Ex.: 9 kg of rice costs as much as 4 kg of sugar, 14 kg of
3 tables = 2 sofas
sugar costs as much as 1.5 kg of tea, 2 kg of tea costs
5 sofas = Rs 8750
as much as 5 kg of coffee. Find the cost of 2.5 kg of
rice, i f 11 kg of coffee costs Rs 462. 1x12x2x2x875 o n n
Soln: Applying the above theorem, • x= • 800

5x7x3x5
the required answer
.-. the price of a chair si Rs 800.
462x2.5x4x1.5x5 „ ,„ „, 2. b; Hint: Here cost of one motor car is given as Rs 192000
= = Rs 12.50
11x2x14x9 .-. cost of 3 motor cars is as Rs 192000 x 3.
2. For detail please consult "Magical Book on 1x3x10x3x192000
.-. required answer = -—-—— = Rs 9600
Quicker Maths" 2x9x100
Illustrative Example 3.a 4.c
Ex: 9 kg of rice costs as much as 4 kg of sugar, 14 kg of
sugar costs as much as 1.5 kg of tea, 2 kg of tea costs 10x25x5x6x32
5. a; Hint: Cost of 6 kg of sugar = — _ _,—:— =Rs60
as much as 5 kg of coffee, find the cost of 11 kg of 20x2x25x4
coffee, if 2.5 kg of rice costs Rs 12.50.
Profit and Loss 253
5x30x18x50x24 Illustrative Examples

a; Hint: Cost of 24 kg of potato : Ex. 1: Each of the two cars is sold at the same price. A profit
20x12x15x10
of 10% is made on the first and a loss of 7% is made
R&90.
on the second. What is the combined loss or gain?
Soln: By the theorem, we have
Rule 67
rheorem: A person saves x% of his income. If his income 1 0 0 ( l 0 - 7 ) - 2 x l 0 x 7 _ 160,
% gain as the sign is
ncreases byy% and he decides to save z% of his increased 200 + 1 0 - 7 203
ftcome, then the per cent by which his saving is increased +ve.
Ex.2: Each of the two horses is sold for Rs 720. The first
100+ v
given by 100 one is sold at 25% profit and the other one at 25%
loss. What is the % loss or gain in this deal?
ate: If he sticks to his previous saving habit ofx% then by Soln: Detail Method: Total selling price of two horses = 2 x
the direct formula, 720 = Rs 1,440
100
100 + y The CP of first horse = 720 x — =Rs576
% increase in saving = \ x
100
100
=iy%, which is same as the percentage increase in The CP of second horse = 720 x — = Rs 960
income. Total CP of two horses = 576 + 960 = Rs 1,536
•lustrative Example Therefore, loss = Rs 1,536-Rs 1,440 = Rs 96
ilx: A person saves 10% of his income. I f his income in- 96x100
creases by 20% and he decides to save 15% of his % loss : : 6.25%
1536
income, by what per cent has his saving increased?
Direct Formula: (See theorem; note):
ffh: Applying the above rule, we have the
In this type of question where SP is given and profit
(100 + 20)15-10x100 and loss percentage are same, there is always loss
% increase in saving = = 80%
10 and the
rcise (25) 2 _ 625

% loss = = 6.25%
A person saves 20% of his income. I f his income in- 100 100
creases by 40% and he decides to save 30% of his in- [The above example is a special case when percent-
come, by what per cent has his saving increased? age values of loss and gain are the same.]
- ^0% b) 100% c)160% d)110% Note: 1. In the special case when P = L we have
A person saves 25% of his income. I f his income in-
100xQ-2P'
.-eases by 15% and he decides to save 24% of his in-
come, by what per cent has his saving increased? 200 100
0% b)15% c)10.4% d) 10.5% Since the sign is -ve, there is always loss and the
A person saves 15% of his income. I f his income in-
(% value) 2
creases by 25% and he decides to save 20% of his in- value is given as
come, by what per cent has his saving increased? 100
2. When each of the two commodities is sold at the
ja)66-% b) 66^-% c) 33~% d) 3 3 ^ % same price Rs A, and a profit of P % is made on the
first and a profit of L % is made on the second, then
\00(P + L)+2PL
the percentage gain is
i 2.c j.a (IOO + />)+(IOO+Z,)'
Rule 68 Ex: A man sells two articles, each for the same price Rs
500. He earns 25% profit on the first and 15% profit
trim: When each of the two commodities is sold at the
on the second. Find his overall per cent profit.
trice RsA, and a profit of P% is made on thefirst and
of L % is made on the second, then the percentage
% profit
]Q0(P-L)-2PL
r loss is (]00 + />) + (l00-Z,) a c c o r d i " S to the+ve or 100(25 + 1 5 ) + 2 x 2 5 x l 5 _ 4750
•19.79%
(l00 + 25) + (l00 + 15) ~ 240
3. When each of the two commodities is sold at the

/ixl00x(l00+y)
same price Rs A and a profit of P% is made on the = Rs-
first and a profit of P% is made on the second, then p n c e ™(ioo) -(ioo+yXioo-x)
2
the percentage gain is [P%].

Difference in profit x 100 x (lOO + y)
Ex.: A man sells two articles, each for the same price Rs
or (ioo) -(ioo+vXioo-x)
300. He earns 20% profit on the first and 20% profit 2
on the second. Find is overall per cent profit.

Ex: Rakesh calculates his profit percentage on the sell
the required per cent profit = 20%
price whereas Ramesh calculates his profit on the cc
Exercise price. They find that the difference of their profits
1. A man sells two goats at Rs 120 each and by doing so he Rs 150. I f the selling price of both of them are I
gains 15% on one goat and loses 15% on the other. same, and Rakesh gets 25% profit and Ramesh ge
What is the % loss or gain in this deal? 20% profit, then find their selling price.
a) 22.5% gain b) 2.25% gain Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the
c)2.25%loss d)2.25%gain
150xlQ0x(l00 + 20)
2 A person sells two horses at Rs 240 each and by doing
so he gains 27% on one goat and loses 27% on the S e l l i n g p d c e = (l00) 2 -(100 + 20X100-25)
other. What is the % loss or gain in this deal?
150x100x120
a) 7.29% gain b) 7.29% lossc) 8.29% loss d) 6.29% loss = Rsl800
A man sells two articles, each for the same price Rs 890. 100x100-120x75
He earns 20% profit on the first and 14% profit on the Note: A person calculates his profit percentage on the s-.
second. Find his overall per cent profit. ingprice where the other person calculates hisp r
on the cost price. They find that the different

0/
1 6 0 3 2 0 0/ their profits is Rs A. If the selling price of boi
loss
a) % gain b) % them are the same and both of them gets x% pr
' 203 ; 203
20 - 40 . ^ x l 0 0 x ( l 0 0 + .n
c) % gain d) — % gam then the selling price = Rs ^
K)3
4. A man sells two articles, each for the same price Rs 640.
Difference in profit x 100 x (l 00 + x)
He earns 20% profit on the first and 10% profit on the 2
second. Find his overall per cent profit. x
a) 14.78% b) 14.08% c) 14.58% d) None of these Ex: Rakesh calculates his profit percentage on the se.
5. A man sells two articles, each for the same price Rs 550. price whereas Ramesh calculates his on the cost i
He earns 25% profit on the first and 35% profit on the They find that the difference of their profits is Rs
second. Find his overall per cent profit. I f the selling price of both of them are the sam;
a) 29.8% b)29% c)30.6% d)30.8% both of them get 25% profit, find their selling
A man sells two houses at the rate ofRs 1.995 lakh each. Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the selling price for
On one he gains 5% and on the other he loses 5%. His them is Rs x.
gain or loss per cent in the whole transaction is: 100-25
[Central Excise & I . Tax 1988) Now, cost price of Rakesh =
100
a) 0.25% loss b) 0.25% gain
c) 2.5% loss d) neither loss nor gain
100
Answers and cost price of Ramesh = *|
100 + 25,
l.c 2.b 3.c 4. a 5.a
6. a; Hint: See 'note' in the given rule. 3 x
Rakesh's profit = x — x = —
4 4
Rule 69
Theorem: A person calculates his percentage on the sell- 4 x
ing price whereas the other person calculates his profit on Ramesh's profit = x - — x - —
the cost price. They find that the difference of their profits
is Rs A. If the selling price of both of them are the same, and Now, difference of their profits
one gets x% profit and the other getsy% profit then selling Rs 100 (given)
4 5
Profit and Loss 255
Rule 70
or, = 100
20 Theorem: A man sells two items for Rs A. The cost price of
thefirst is equal to the selling price of the second. If the first
.-. x = Rs2000
is sold atx% loss and the second aty% gain, then the total
Thus selling price = Rs 2000
100 2
Diff.in profitxl00x(l00 + 25) (l00-x)-

100 + y
the selling price : gain or loss is Rs x A according as
(25f !00 + ( l 0 0 - x )
100x100x125
Rs2000.
25x25
the +ve or -ve sign.
Sunil calculates his profit percentage on the selling price
Ex: A man sells two horses for Rs 1710. The cost price of
whereas Sujeet calculates his profit on the cost price.
the first is equal to the selling price of the second. If
They find that the difference of their profits is Rs 900. I f
the first is sold at 10% loss and the second at 25%
the selling price of both of them are the same, and Sunil
gain, what is his total gain or loss (in rupees)?
gets 50% profit and Sujeet gets 40% profit, then find
Soln: Detail Method: We suppose that the cost price of the
their selling price.
first horse is Rs 100. Then we arrange our values in a
a)Rs4200 b)Rs4500 c)Rs4000 d)Rs4800
tabular form:
I Ajay calculates his profit percentage on the selling price
1st horse 2nd horse Total
whereas Vijay calculates his profit on the cost price. They
find that the difference of their profits is Rs 130. If the 100
CP 100 100 80 180
selling price of both of them are the same, and Ajay gets 125
15% profit and Vijay gets 10% profit, then find their sell-
ing price. 90
a)Rs220 b)Rs2200 c)Rs2300 d)Rs230 SP 10( \i^J ° = 9 ioo 190
I Pankaj calculates his profit percentage on the selling
.-.CP:SP= 180:190=18:19
price whereas Chandan calculates his profit on the cost
price. They find that the difference of their profits is Rs
• Profit = 1 9 ~ 1 8 xl710=Rs90
135. If the selling price of both of them are the same, and
Pankaj gets 30% profit and Chandan gets 25% profit, Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
then find their selling price.
a)Rsl250 b)Rsll50 c)Rsl450 d)Rsl350 100
(IOO-IO)-IOO!
Vineet calculates his profit percentage on the selling price 100 + 25
profit = xl710
whereas Roshan calculates his profit on the cost price. 100 + (l00-10)
They find that the difference of their profits is Rs 275. I f
the selling price of both of them are the same, and Vineet 90-80
xl710 = Rs 90
gets 25% profit and Roshan gets 15% profit, then find 190
their selling price.
a)Rs2350 b)Rs2300 Exercise
c)Rs2100 d)Rs2250 1. A man sells two horses for Rs 1850. The cost price of the
Miheer calculates his profit percentage on the selling first is equal to the selling price of the second. If the first
price whereas Safya calculates his profit on the cost is sold at 15% loss and the second at 25% gain, what is
price. They find that the difference of their profits is Rs his total gain or loss (in rupees)?
110. If the selling price of both of them are the same, and a) Rs 50 loss b) Rs 500 loss
Miheer gets 10% profit and Satya gets 5% profit, then c) Rs 50 gain d) Rs 500 gain
"~nd their selling price. 2. A man sells two horses for Rs 1950. The cost price of the
a)Rs2200 b)Rs2250 first is equal to the selling price of the second. If the first
c)Rsl750 d)Rs2100 is sold at 5% loss and the second at 25% gain, what is
his total gain or loss (in rupees)?
Answers a) Rs 150 loss b)Rs 150 gain
2.b J.d 4.b 5.d
c) Rs 250 gain d) None of these
3. A man sells two horses for Rs 1475. The cost price of the a)Rs4000 b)Rs2000 c)Rs4500 d)Rs2500
first is equal to the selling price of the second. If the first 2. A dealer sells a horse for Rs 460, making a profit of 15° c
is sold at 20% loss and the second at 25% gain, what is He sells another horse at a loss of 5%, and on the whole
his total gain or loss (in rupees)? he makes neither profit nor loss. What did the secon;
a) Rs 60 loss b) Rs 60 gain horse cost him?
c) Rs 80 gain d) Neither gain nor loss a)Rsl200 b)Rsl250
4. A man sells two horses for Rs 11900. The cost price of c)Rsll00 d) None of these
the first is equal to the selling price of the second. If the 3. A dealer sells an ox for Rs 1260, making a profit of 2 0 V
first is sold at 30% loss and the second at 25% gain, He sells another ox at a loss of 10%, and on the whole he
what is his total gain or loss (in rupees)? makes neither profit nor loss. What did the second ox
a) Rs 600 loss b) Rs 700 loss cost him?
c) Rs 750 gain d) Rs 700 gain a)Rs2000 b)Rs2200
5. A man sells two horses for Rs 1760. The cost price of the c) Rs 2100 d) Data inadequate
first is equal to the selling price of the second. If the first 4. A dealer sells a goat for Rs 260, makjng a profit of 30 > c
is sold at 24% loss and the second at 25% gain, what is He sells another goat at a loss of 20%, and on the whole
his total gain or loss (in rupees)? he makes neither profit nor loss. What did the second
a) Rs 40 gain b) Rs 40 loss goat cost him?
c) Rs 60 loss d) Neither loss nor gain a)Rs300 b)Rs360 c)Rs350 d)Rs290
5. A dealer sells a table for Rs 405, making a profit o f ?
Answers ;
He sells another table at a loss of 30%, and on the whce

l.c 2.b 3.d 4.b 5.b
he makes neither profit nor loss. What did the secor
Rule 71 table cost him?
Theorem: If a dealer sells an item for Rs A, making a profit a)Rs360 b)Rs350 c)Rs340 d)Rs300
ofx%, and he sells another item at a loss ofy%, and on the Answers
whole he makes neither profit nor loss, then the cost of the l.b 2.a 3.c 4.a 5.b
100 Rule 72
second table is Rs
\00 + x)y
Theorem: If a discount of x, % is given on the marked p
Illustrative Example of an article, the shopkeeper gets a profit of P%. If he offc
Ex: A dealer sells a table for Rs 400, making a profit of a discount of x % on the same article, then his per c
2
25%. He sells another table at a loss of 10%, and on

the whole he makes neither profit nor loss. What did
profit is given by (l 00 + P) ^ * 2 100.
the second table cost him? 100-x,
Soln: Detail Method: Profit on the first table
In other words, required % profit
= 4 0 0 f ^ = Rs80 100 -%2nd discount
{\25 = (l 00 + % profit) - -100
100 -%\st discount
He loses Rs 80 on the second table (since there is
neither profit nor loss) Illustrative Example
80 Ex.: If a discount of 10% is given on the marked price'
.-. Cost price of second table : 100 = Rs 800 an article, the shopkeeper gets a profit of 20%. F
10'
his % profit if he offers a discount of 20% on the sa
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have article.
cost price of the second table Soln: Detail Method:
lOOY 25 s Suppose the marked price = Rs 100
400 = Rs 800
.125 A T O . Then selling price at 10% discount = Rs (100 - 1G
= Rs90
Exercise
Since he gets 20% profit, his cost price
1. A dealer sells a chair for Rs 600, making a profit of 20%.
He sells another chair at a loss of 5%, and on the whole
= 9of—^ = Rs75
\e makes neither profit nor loss. What did the second (,120
\chaircost him?
Profit and Loss 257
Now, at 20% discount, the selling price = Rs (100 - 20) individual cost price of the cow and the calf.
= Rs80 Soln: Quicker Method: (i) For cost of cow:
Thus his % profit Cow Calf
(1) 110%+ 125% = 760
80-75 500 20
XlOO: (2) 125%+ 110% = 767.5
75 75 3
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule 125% of 767.5 -110% of 760
Cost of cow
(l25%) -(l!0%)
2 2
the required % profit = (l 00 + 20^ ' ' ' ' ' ' •100
1 2
100-10
5-x 767.5 - — x 760
320 20 4 10
-100 = -100 = — = 6 - %
1.90 3 3 3 ' (1.25) -(L1)
2 2
Exercise
1. I f a discount of 15% is given on the marked price of an
959.375-836 123.375
article, the shopkeeper gets a profit of 30%. Find his % Rs350.
profit if he offers a discount of 30% on the same article. (l.25 + l . l X l . 2 5 - l . l ) 2.35x0.15
(ii) For cost of calf:
a) 7 — % c) 1 7 - % d) 17-9Vo Cow Calf
' 17 (1) SP 110%+ 125% = 760
(2) SP 125%+110% 767.5
If a discount of 12—% is given on the marked price of
125% of 760 -110% of 767.5
an article, the shopkeeper gets a profit of 25%. Find his Cost of calf=
(125%) -(110)
2 2
% profit i f he offers a discount of 25% on the same ar-

ticle. 950-844.25
2.35x0.15 Rs300.
2 5 1
a)7y% b) 7 ^ % c )7y% d) Data inadequate Exercise
1. A farmer sold a horse and a mule for Rs 1520 and got a
If a discount of 5% is given on the marked price of an profit of 20% on the horse and 50% on the mule. I f he
article, the shopkeeper gets a profit of 10%. Find his % sells the horse and the mule for Rs 1535 and gets a profit
profit if he offers a discount of 10% on the same article. of 50% on the horse and 20% on the mule, find the indi-
•>
vidual cost price of the horse and the mule.
a) 4 — % b) 4 - % z) 4 — % a) Rs 590.74, Rs 540.74 b) Rs 590.84, Rs 540.84
; 19 ; 19 4
c) Rs 580.74, Rs 550.74 d) Can't be determined
If a discount of 15% is given on the marked price of an
2. A farmer sold a cow and a ox for Rs 800 and got a profit
article, the shopkeeper gets a profit of 25%. Find his %
of 20% on the cow and 25% on the ox. If he sells the cow
profit if he offers a discount of 20% on the same article.
and the ox for Rs 820 and gets a profit of 25% on the cow
0/
1 0 0 0/
3 0 0 o/ 3 0 0 and 20% on the ox, find the individual cost price of the
a) b) %
7 % d) 17 %
W
17 c) 7 % _ / cow and the ox.
If a discount of 20% is given on the marked price of an a) Rs 530.6, Rs 130.6 (Approx)
article, the shopkeeper gets a profit of 30%. Find his % b) Rs531.5,Rsl35.5(Approx)
profit if he offers a discount of 25% on the same article. c) Rs 515.6, Rs 115.6 (Approx)
d) Cannot be determined
a) 2 1 - % b)ll-% c) 2l -% 7
d)ll-% Answers
l.a 2.a
\nswers
i. a 2.c 3.d 4.d 5.c Rule 74
Theorem: An article is sold at a certain price. If there is a
Rule 73 1
Ex: A farmer sold a cow and a calf for Rs 760 and got a
profit of 10% on the cow and 25% on the calf. I f he loss of x% when the article is sold at — of the previous
sells the cow and the calf for Rs 767.50 and gets a selling price, then the percentage profit is [n(\0 - x) -100]
profit of 25% on the cow and 10% on the calf, find the
or [«(l 00 - % loss)-100].

Ex: What will be the percentage profit after selling an l.b 2.a 3.a 4.d 5.c
article at a certain price i f there is a loss of 12V4%
when the article is sold at half of the previous selling Rule 75
price? Ex: 5% more is gained by selling a cow for Rs 1010 than
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the previous selling price = by selling it for Rs 1000. Find the cost price of the
Re v cow.
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the cost price = Rs x
-A
Now, the later selling price = Rs — 100-x ' . 1010-x . ] n
Then xl00 + 5= xlOO

1 x
There is a loss of 12 — % when selling price = —
2 2 100
or, — [ l 0 1 0 - x - 1 0 0 0 + x] = 5
x
x( 100 ^ _ lOOx _ 4x
• cost price = 2 ^ ^ " " 100
1 7 5 7
or, (10) = 5
x
Now, when selling price is Rs x, % profit .-. x = Rs200
Quicker Method:
4x 5% of cost price = Rs (1010 - 1000) = Rs 10
x - 10x100
7 xl00= 7 *~ 4 X x l 0 0 = - x l 0 0 = 75% • CP = = Rs200.
4x 4x
Direct Formula:
7
Quicker Method: lOOxDiff.inSP 100x10
Cost price :
Required % profit = 100-2 x % loss [•.• Here, n = 2 % diff. in profit or loss 5
.-. n(100-x)-100 = 2 0 0 - 2 x - 1 0 0 Rs200.
= 100 - 2x or, 100 - 2 x % loss.]
Exercise
= 100-2 x 1 2 - = 100-25 1. 10% more is gained by selling an ox for Rs 750 than b\
2
selling it for Rs 730. Find the cost price of the ox.
= 75%.
Exercise 2. 12% more is gained by selling a goat for Rs 248 than b>
1. What will be the percentage profit after selling an article selling it for Rs 224. Find the cost price of the goat.
at a certain price if there is a loss of 40% when the article a)Rs200 b)Rsl00 c)Rsl50 d)Rs250
is sold at 1/3 rd of the previous selling price? 3. 15% more is gained by selling a camel for Rs 1260 than
a) 20% b)80% c)75% d)60% by selling itforRs 1215. Find the cost price ofthecame!
2. What wi 11 be the percentage profit after selling an article a)Rs350 b)Rs300 c)Rs250 d)Rs325
at a certain price if there is a loss of 30% when the article 4. 16% more is gained by selling a cow for Rs 760 than bj
is sold at half of the previous selling price? selling it for Rs 720. Find the cost price of the cow.
a) 40% b)30% c)50% d)35% a)Rs250 b)Rs300
3. What will be the percentage profit after selling an article c)Rs200 d) Not possible
at a certain price if there is a loss of 35% when the article 5. 20% more is gained by selling a horse for Rs 800 than b>
is sold at half of the previous selling price? selling it for Rs 880. Find the cost price of the horse.
a) 30% b)25% c)35% d)20% a)Rs400 b)Rs300
4. What will be the percentage profit after selling an article c) Rs 500 d) Not possible
at a certain price if there is a loss of 25% when the article Answers
is sold at half of the previous selling price? l.c 2.a 3.b 4.a
a) 45% b)60% c)55% d)50% 5. d; Hint: 20% more can not be gained by selling a horse
5. What will be the percentage profit after selling an article for Rs 800 than Rs 880. Hence, it is not possible.
at a certain price if there is a loss of 60% when the article
1 Rule 76
is sold at — th of the previous selling price? Theorem: A shopkeeper uses a false scale (or weight) ft
a) 65% b)80% c)60% d) Can't be determined selling and purchasing an article. If, on purchasing, he
Profit and Loss 259
deceives the seller by x% and on selling, he deceives the pen by 2 times. Initial gain per cent is given as 5%. Find
customer byy%, then the overall per cent gain in the whole out the new gain per cent.
"(l00 + ;r)(l00 + y ) a) 10% b) 110% c)170% d) 140%
transaction is -100 2. A shopkeeper increases the original selling price of a
100
pen by 2 times. Initial gain per cent is given as 15%. Find
Illustrative Example out the new gain per cent.
Ev: A shopkeeper, on purchasing, deceives the seller by a) 130% b)30% c)140% d)40%
20% and on selling, deceives the customer by 30%. 3. A shopkeeper increases the original selling price of a
What is the overall per cent gain in the whole trans-
action? pen by 3 times. Initial gain per cent is given as 2—% .
- 'In:
Applying the above theorem, we have
Find out the new gain per cent.
(100 + 20X100 + 30)--100 = 56% a) 192°, b)207.5% c) 193.5% d) 194.5%
7o gain :
100 4. A shopkeeper increases the original selling price of a
Exercise pen by 2 times. Initial gain per cent is given as 20%. Find
out the new gain per cent,
1. A shopkeeper, on purchasing, deceives the seller by
a) 120% b)20% c)140% d)40%
10% and on selling, deceives the customer by 5%. What
is the overall per cent gain in the whole transaction? Answers
a) 15.5% b) 15% l.b 2.a 3.b 4.c
c) 25.5% d) Neither lose nor gain
E A shopkeeper, on purchasing, deceives the seller by Rule 78
15% and on selling, deceives the customer by 10%. What Theorem: If a person sells ri\ of the property at Xi %
is the overall per cent gain in the whole transaction?
a) 26.25% b)26.6% c)26.5% d)26% gain, n partof the property at x
2 2 % gain and the remain-
? A shopkeeper, on purchasing, deceives the seller by
ing part at x % loss, then the over all gain or loss per cent
3
10% and on selling, deceives the customer by 20%. What

is the overall per cent gain in the whole transaction? is given by «,x, + n x + « (- x ) according as the +ve or -
2 2 3 3
a) 32% b)33% c)31% d)26%

ve sign. Here, «, + n +n 2 3 = the whole part.
I A shopkeeper, on purchasing, deceives the seller by
20% and on selling, deceives the customer by 25%. What Note: This formula is applicable to any number of parts of
is the overall per cent gain in the whole transaction? the property, incurring different % gain and % loss
a) 25% b)40% * c)60% d)50% on each part and when overall % gain or % loss is to
; A shopkeeper, on purchasing, deceives the seller by be found out. Put +ve for profit and -ve sign for loss
25% and on selling, deceives the customer by 30%. What in the formula.
is the overall per cent gain in the whole transaction? Illustrative Example
a) 62.2% b)62.5% c)72.5% d)63.2%
Answers Ex: A person sells — th part of his property at 20% gain,
l.a 2.c J. a 4.d 5.b
Rule 77 rd part of the property at 2 1 % gain and the remain-

3
T heorem: A shopkeeper increases the original selling price ing part at 12% loss what is the overall % gain or %
n times. If initial gain per cent isx%, then the new gain loss incurred by him.
\is [(l 00 + JC)« -100]. Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
1 2 1
Illustrative Example % gain or % loss = - x 20 + - x 21 + — x (-12)
Ex.: A shopkeeper increases the original selling price of a = 5 + 1 4 - 1 = 18%.
pen by 3 times. Initial gain per cent is given as 5%. -ve sign indicates that there is a loss in transaction.
Find out the new gain per cent. .-. %loss= 18%
new gain per cent = ( 100 + 5) 3 - 100 = 215%. Exercise
Exercise
1. A merchant buys 1260 kg of corn, — of which he sells at
I A shopkeeper increases the original selling price of a
From the question, we have

1
a gain of 5 per cent, — at a gain of 8 per cent, and the 103
1 1 % - — % = Rs 72.80
remainder at a gain of 12 per cent. I f he had sold the 10
whole at a gain of 10 per cent, he would have gained Rs
27.30 more. Find the cost price per kg. or — % = Rs 72.80
• 10
a)Rs2 b)Rs2.5 c)Rs3 d)Rs3.5
2. A merchant buys 4000 kg of wheat, one-fifth of which he .-. 100% = Rs 10400 = cost price
sells at a gain of 5 per cent, one-fourth at a gain of 10%, 10400
one-half at a gain of 12 per cent, and the remainder at a .-. cost price of the corn per k g :
= Rs2.60
4000
gain of 16 per cent. I f he had sold the whole at a gain of
3.c 4.b
11 per cent, he would have made Rs 72.80 more. What
was the cost price of the corn per kg? Rule 79
a)Rs2 b)Rs2.60 c)Rs2,50 d) None of these
Theorem: If a merchant, by selling his goods, has a gain of
1 x% of the selling price, then his real gain per cent on the
3. A person sells — rd part of his property at 15% gain,
cost price is -xlOO

1 100-x
~ th part of the property at 12% gain and the remaining
6 Note: Real profit per cent is always calculated on cost price
part at 10% loss what is the overall % gain or % loss and real prcfit per cent is always more than the %
incurred by him. profit on selling price.
a) 2% loss b) 12% gain c) 2% gain d) 2.5% gain Illustrative Example
1 Ex: I f a merchant estimates his profit as 20% of the selling
4. A person sells — th part of his property at 25% gain, price, what is his real profit per cent?
— th part of the property at 25% gain and the remaining [ 20
-xlOO =25%.
the real gain per cent = JQQ_2O %
part at 25% loss what is the overall % gain or % loss

incurred by him. Exercise
a) 5% loss b) 5% gain 1. I f a merchant estimates his profit as 25% of the selling
c) 25% gain d) None of these price, what is his real profit per cent?
Answers
a)20% b) 3 3 y % C ) 16_|% d)25%
t 1 „ 1 5 107
l.a; Hint: % profit = 5 X 4 + 8 X 3 + 1 2 x ] 2 ~ ~KT
= 2. I f a merchant estimates his profit as 15% of the selling
price, what is his real profit per cent?
From the question,
107 a) 1 7 — % b) 1 1 — % c)17—% d)7—%
10% - % = Rs 27.30 ; 17 ; 17 ; 17 ; 17
12 3. I f a merchant estimates his profit as 5% of the selling
or, — % = Rs 27.30
12
a) 5—% M 6—%
2730x12 >
a 1 9 u> 1 9
c ) 5 ii % d ) l 9 j9 %
100%: Rs 2520 = cost price

13 I f a merchant estimates his profit as 10% of the selling
2520
.-. cost price of corn per k g : Rs2 1
1260 a)H~% b ) l l | % c)9U d)ll-%
2. b; Hint: % profit = y * 5 + ^ - x l 0 + ^-x 12 + ^ x 1 6 5. I f a merchant estimates his profit as 30% of the selling
103
% a)42|% b) 43-|% C ) « | % d)43^-%
To"
Profit and Loss
6. A man purchased a watch for Rs 400 and sold it at a gain Rule 81

of 20% of the selling price. The selling price of the watch
Theorem: If a merchant, by selling A' articles gains the
is: [Clerks' Grade Exam 1990]
selling price of n articles, then the gain per cent is
a)Rs300 b)Rs320 c)Rs440 d)Rs500
n
Answers -xlOO %
N-n
l.b 2. a 3.c 4.d 5.a
20
6.d; Real gain per cent :
-xl00 = 25% Ex: By selling 66 metres of cloth, I gain the selling price of
100-20 22 metres. Find the gain per cent.
Selling price = 4 0 0 (^ 0 1 ) = R s 5 0 0
22
gain % = -xl00 = 50%
66-22
Rule 80 Exercise
Theorem: If a merchant, by selling his goods, has a loss of 1. By selling 15 metres of cloth, I gain the selling price of 7
x%, of the selling price, then his real loss per cent on the metres. Find the gain per cent.
a) 77.5% b)87.5% c)37.5% d) None of these
xlOO 2. By selling 75 metres of cloth, I gain the selling price of 25
cost price is
100 + ; metres. Find the gain per cent.
Illustrative Example a) 33~% b)50% c)25% d)45%

Ex: If a merchant estimates his loss as 10% of the selling
3. By selling 25 metres of cloth, I gain the selling price of 5
price, what is his real loss per cent? metres. Find the gain per cent.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the a) 20% b)25% c)24% d) 16%
real loss per cent = — — — x l 0 0 = 9—% Answers
100 + 10 11
l.b 2.b 3.b
Note: Real loss % (ie per cent loss on cost price) is always
less than % loss on selling price.
Rule 82
Exercise Theorem: If a merchant, by selling N articles, loses the
I. I f a merchant estimates his loss as 5% of the selling selling price of n articles, then the loss per cent is
price, what is his real loss per cent?
-xlOO %
N +n
a) 4 — % b) 4 ^ 0 / c) 3 — % d) None of these
; 21 ' 21 21 Illustrative Example
If a merchant estimates his loss as 15% of the selling Ex: By selling 66 metres of cloth, I lose the selling price of
price, what is his real loss per cent? 22 metres. Find the loss per cent.
i) 13 — % b) 23±% c) 1 3 - % d) 22
' 23 25 23
loss % = 2 2 x 100 = 25%
I f a merchant estimates his loss as 20% of the selling 66 + 22
price, what is his real loss per cent? Exercise
1 1. By selling 75 metres of cloth, I lose the selling price of 25
a) 1 4 - % b) 2 6 - < ;) 1 6 - % d) 9—% metres. Find the loss per cent.
3 ~' 3 ' 11
If a merchant estimates his loss as 25% of the selling a)20% b) 3 3 y % c )25% d) None of these
a) 30% b)24% c)25% d)20% 2. By selling 85 metres of cloth, I lose the selling price of 15
If a merchant estimates his loss as 30% of the selling metres. Find the loss per cent.
a) 12% b) 15% c)18% d)20%
3. By selling 60 metres of cloth, I lose the selling price of 30
]_ _2_
) 23~% b) 2 3 ^ % ) ' ^y 3 0 / / ° d) None of these metres. Find the loss per cent.
13 13
Answers a)33y% b ) 16y% c)33|% d )50%
l.b 2. a 3.c 4.d 5. a
4. By selling 48 metres of cloth, I lose the selling price of 12 4ioo-*)

metres. Find the loss per cent. Selling Price
:
100
a) 24% b)20% c)25% d) Can't be determined (Marked Price - Selling Price = Customer's saving on
marked price due to discount) = Rs 80, given)
Answers
A(\00-x)
l.c 2.b 3.a 4.b A-- Rs 80
100
Rule 83 or, A = Rs500
Theorem: If a merchant, by selling N articles, gains or loses 500(100-16)
.-. Selling Price = 1 =Rs420.
the cost price ofn articles, the gain or loss per cent is given
by the 100 Exercise

N 1. How much per cent above the cost price should a shop-
Illustrative Example keeper mark his goods so as to earn a profit of 26% after
Ex: By selling 66 metres of cloth a person gains the cost allowing a discount of 10% on the marked price.
price of 22 metres. Find the gain per cent. a) 40% b)3J)% c)20% d)50%
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 2. A shopkeeper's price is 50% above the cost price. I f he
allows his customer a discount of 30%, what profit does
% gain 100 = 3 3 ^ / o . he make? [IT Inspectors' Exam, 1991 [
oo 5
a) 5% b) 10% c)8% d)4%
Exercise 3. A man's price is 20% above the cost price. He allows his
1. By selling 48 metres of cloth a person gains the cost customers a discount and makes a profit of 8%. Find the
price of 12 metres. Find the gain per cent. rate of discount. [RBI Exam 1989]
a) 25% b)20% c)28% d)30% a) 20% b) 15% c)10% d)25%
2. By selling 75 metres of cloth a person gains the cost 4. How much per cent above the cost price should a shop-
price of 15 metres. Find the gain per cent. keeper mark his goods so as to earn a profit of 36% after
a) 20% b)25% c)24% d)30% allowing a discount of 15% on the marked price?
3. By selling 96 metres of cloth a person gains the cost a) 60% b)50% c)40% d)65%
price of 16 metres. Find the gain per cent.
Answers
1. a; Hint: From the given formula, we have
a) U~% b ) 16|% c) 2 6 - % d)20%
A(100-x) = C(100 + y)
4. By selling 100 metres of cloth a person gains the cost or,A(100-10) = C(100 + 26)
price of 32.5 metres. Find the gain per cent, 126
a) 32.6% b)30% c)32.5% d) None of these or, C = 1.4C = (1 + 0.4)C
~90~
Answers ie A is + 0.4 more than C
l.a 2.a 3.b 4.c .-. Marked price A is 40% above the cost price.
2. a 3. c 4. a
Rule 84
Theorem: A businessman marks an article at Rs A and Rule 85
allows x% discount (on the marked price). He gains y%. If If a person buys an article with x per cent discount on the
the cost price of the article is Rs B, then the selling price of marked price and sells the article with y per cent profit on
the article can be calculatdfrom the equation given below the marked price, then his per cent profit on the price he
A(\00-x) 5(100+y) ( x+ y
xlOO per cent.
1CJ(5 = 100 = s e l l i n S Price. buys the article is given by I JQQ_JC
Note: Remember discount is given on marked price, and Illustrative Example
gain is calculated on the cost price. Ex: Raman bought on article with 20 per cent discount on
Illustrative Example the labelled price. He sold the article with 30 per cent
Ex: A discount of 16% on the marked price of a book profit on the labelled price. What was his per cent
enables a man to buy a pen which costs Rs 80. How profit on the price he bought?
much did he pay for the book? Soln: Detail Method:
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have Let the labelled price of the article be Rs x.
Profit and Loss
f 100 - 20 ) 4x
5. Vinay bought an article with 20 per cent discount on the
labelled price. He sold the article with 12 per cent profit
Cost price = *l - ^ ,
m
on the labelled price. What was his per cent profit on the
price he bought?
100 + 30^ _ 13
Selling price = ! x
= Rs a) 35% b)25% c)20% d)40%
ioo ; io
Answers
\3x Ax 13x-8x x l.c 2.c 3.b 4. a 5.d
Profit =
10 10
Rule 86
A person sells articles at Rs A each after giving x% dis-
x
5 125 count on marked price. Had he not given the discount, he
2
% Drofit = — x 100 = - x 100 = = 62.5% would have earned a profit ofy% on the cost price. Then
/opium 4x 8 2 the cost price of each article is given by Rs
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we \W A

2
have (lOO-xXlOO + y )
20 + 30
the required per cent profit = I j QQ - •20 xlOO
Ex: A shopkeeper sold certain articles at Rs 425 each af-
ter giving 15% discount on labelled price. Had he not
= - x l 0 0 = 62.5% given the discount, he would have earned a profit of
8 25% on the cost price. What was the cost price of
i
each article?
Exercise
1. Jeevan bought an article with 30 per cent discount on
the labelled price. He sold the article with 12 per cent 425x100
profit on the labelled price. What was his per cent profit Labelled price of the article = • Rs 500
85
on the price he bought? [Bankof BarodaPO 1999] Let the cost price be Rs x
a) 40 b)50 c)60 d) Data inadequate Now, according to the question,
2. Anjali bought an article with 12 — per cent discount on 500 -x

x l 0 0 = 25
,-, 1 or x( 100+ 25) = 50000

the labelled price. He sold the article with 17— percent
_ 50000
profit on the labelled price. What was his per cent profit • Rs 400
125
on the price he bought?
cost price of each article Rs400
:
a)35% b)34±% c ) 34|% d) 3 5 ^ % Exercise

1. A shopkeeper sold sarees at Rs 266 each after giving 5%
3. Deepti bought an article with 15 per cent discount on discount on labelled price. Had he not given the dis-
the labelled price. He sold the article with 10 per cent count, he would have earned a profit of 12% on the cost
profit on the labelled price. What was his per cent profit price.. What was the cost price of each saree?
on the price he bought? |SBI Associates PO 1999
a)Rs280 b)Rs260 c)Rs240 d)Rs250
i) 2 8 — % b, 2 9 - Vo
, 2. A shopkeeper sold tables at Rs 2139 each after giving
7% discount on labelled price. Had he not given the
discount, he would have earned a profit of 15% on the
c) 2 9 — % d) Data inadequate
; 17 cost price. What was the cost price of each table?
4. Naval bought an article with 25 per cent discount on the a)Rs2500 b)Rs2100 c)Rs2000 d)Rsl900
labelled price. He sold the article with 5 per cent profit on 3. A shopkeeper sold chairs at Rs 528 each after giving
the labelled price. What was his per cent profit on the 12% discount on labelled price. Had he not given the
price he bought? discount, he would have earned a profit of 20% on the
a) 40% b)45% c)35% d)30% cost price. What was the cost price of each chair?
a)Rs500 b)Rs520 c)Rs480 d)Rs490 proximate total selling price? [Guwahati PO 1999]
4. A shopkeeper sold almirahs at Rs 166 each after giving a) Rs 28000 b)Rs 29000 c)Rs31000 d)Rs 28500
17% discount on labelled price. Had he not given the 2. A garment company declared 12% discount for whole-
discount, he would have earned a profit of 25% on the sale buyers. Mr Mohan bought garments from the com-
cost price. What was the cost price of each almirah? pany for Rs 8800 after getting discount. He fixed up the
a)Rsl65 b)Rsl55 c)Rsl60 d)Rsl64 selling price of garments in such a way that he earned a
5. A shopkeeper sold beds at Rs 1134 each after giving profit of 4% on original company price. What is the ap-
19% discount on labelled price. Had he not given the proximate total selling price?
discount, he would have earned a profit of 40% on the a) Rs 10400 b)Rs 14000
cost price. What was the cost price of each bed? c) Rs 10800 d) Data inadequate
a)Rsll00 b)Rsl000 c)Rsl050 d)Rs900 3. A garment company declared 17% discount for whole-
sale buyers. Mr Sameer bought garments from the com-
Answers
pany for Rs 1660 after getting discount. He fixed up the
l.d 2.c 3.a 4.c 5.b
selling price of garments in such a way that he earned a
Rule 87 profit of 7% on original company price. What is the ap-
proximate total selling price?
A certain company declares x per cent discount for whole-
sale buyers. If a person buys articles from the company for a)Rs2130 b)Rs2140 c)Rs2410 d)Rs2310
Rs A after getting discount. He fixed up the selling price of 4. A garment company declared 14% discount for whole-
the articles in such a way that he earned a profit y% on sale buyers. Mr Sujeet bought garments from the com-
original company price. Then the total selling price is given pany for Rs 860 after getting discount. He fixed up the
selling price of garments in such a way that he earned a
100 + y profit of 6% on original company price. What is the ap-
byRs proximate total selling price?
100-x
a)Rsl060 b)Rsll60
Illustrative Example c)Rs960 d) Can't be determined
Ex: A garment company declared 15% discount for whole-
Answers
sale buyers. Mr Sushil bought garments from the com-
l.c 2.a 3.b 4. a
pany for Rs 8500 after getting discount. He fixed up
selling price of garments in such a way that he earned
Rule 88
a profit of 10% on original company price. What is
A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs A after giving x% dis-
the total selling price?
count on the labelled price and madey% profit on the cost
price. Had he not given the discount, the percentage profit
8500x100
Original company price = JQQ _ 15 = R s lu 000. x+ y
xlOO per cent.
would have been
100-x
Let the total selling price be Rs x.
Now, according to the question, Illustrative Example
Ex: A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 400 after giving
^ 9 0 x 1 0 0 = 10 20% discount on the labelled price and made 30%
10000
profit on the cost price. What would have been the
or, lOOx-1000000 =100000
percentage profit, had he not given the discount?
or, x = Rs 11000.
.-. total selling price = Rs 11000.
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have 400x100
Labelled price = = Rs500
100 + 10 80
the total selling price : x 8500 = R 11000.S
100-15 400x100 4000

Cost price = — — — - Rs - y y -
Exercise
1. A garment company declared 15% discount for whole- Now, according to the question,
sale buyers. Mr Sachdev bought garments from the com-
pany for Rs 25000 after getting discount. He fixed up the 500- 4 0 0 0
13
selling price of garments in such a way that he earned a Profit % = xlOO
4000
profit of 8% on original company price. What is the ap-
13
Profit and Loss
_ 250 _ 125
= 62.5% Ex: I f oranges are bought at the rate of 30 for a rupee,
4 " 2
how many must be sold for a rupee in order to gain
25%?
20 + 30 Soln: Applying he above formula, we have
the required per cent profit : -xlOO
100-20
100
= —xlOO = — = 62.5% the required number of oranges = 301- 24
80 2 U00 + 25,
Exercise Exercise
1. A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 720 after giving 10% 1. I f bananas are bought at the rate of 24 for a rupee, how
discount on the labelled price and made 20% profit on many must be sold for a rupee in order to gain 20%?
the cost price. What would have been the percentage a)20 b) 18 c)22 d) 16
profit, had he not given the discount? 2. If apples are bought at the rate of 39 for a rupee, how
[GuwahatiPO!999] many must be sold for a rupee in order to gain 30%?
a) 33 b)36 c)30 d) None of these
a) 25% b)23% c) 3 3 y % d)28%
3. If mangoes are bought at the rate of 56 for a rupee, how
A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 750 after giving 20% many must be sold for a njpee in order to gain 40%?
discount on the labelled price and made 40% profit on a) 44 b)42 c)43 d)40
the cost price. What would have been the percentage 4. I f oranges are bought at the rate of 27 for a rupee, how
profit, had he not given the discount? many must be sold for a rupee in order to gain 35%?
a) 75% b)85% c)60% d)70% a) 26 b)25 c)20 d)24
A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 880 after giving 12% 5. I f bananas are bought at the rate of 46 for a rupee, how
discount on the labelled price and made 32% profit on many must be sold for a rupee in order to gain 15% 9
the cost price. What would have been the percentage a) 40 b)30 c)35 d)45
profit, had he not given the discount? Answers
a) 25% b)35% c)40% d)50%
l.a 2.c 3d 4.c 5. a
A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 860 after giving 14%
discount on the labelled price and made 29% profit on Miscellaneous
the cost price. What would have been the percentage 1. An article when sold for Rs 200 fetches 25 per cent profit.
profit, had he not given the discount? What would be the percentage profit/loss i f 6 such ar-
a) 50% b)60% c)45% d)55% ticles are sold for Rs 1056? [BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999)
A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 210 after giving 16% a) 10 per cent loss b) 10 per cent profit
discount on the labelled price and made 5% profit on the c) 5 per cent loss d) 5 per cent profit
cost price. What would have been the percentage profit, e) None of these
had he not given the discount?
2. A shopkeeper gave an additional 20 per cent conces-
a) 50% b)25% c)30% d)20%
sion on the reduced price after giving 30 per cent stan-
A shopkeeper sells a TV set for Rs 16560 at 10% dis-
dard concession on an article. I f Arun bought that ar-
count on its marked price and earns 15% profit. I f no
ticle for Rs 1120, what was the original price?
discount is offered, then what will be his present per
[BSRB Calcutta PO, 1999]
cent profit? [BSRB Patna PO 2001 ]
a)Rs3000 b)Rs4000 c)Rs2400
d) Rs 2000 e) None of these
a) ?j
2 b)22| c) 25 — d) Data inadequate 3. A shopkeeper bought 150 calculators at the rate of Rs
250 per calculator. He spent Rs 2500 on transportation
Answers and packing. I f the marked price of calculator is Rs 320
be 2. a 3.d 4. a 5.b 6. a per calculator and the shopkeeper gives a discount of
5% on the marked price then what will be the percentage
Rule 89 profit gained by the shopkeeper?
Theorem: If an item is bought at the rate of X items for a [BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999[
-upee, then the number of items sold for a rupee in order to a) 20% b) 14% c) 15%
d) 16% e) None of these
100
gain x% is X 4. An article when sold for Rs 960 fetches 20% profit. What
100 + x would be the per cent profit or loss i f 5 such articles are
sold for Rs 825 each? |SBI PO Exam 1987]

[BSRB BhopalPO, 2000] a) Rs 7.50 per kg b)Rs9perkg
a) 3.125% profit b) 3.125% loss c)Rs8.20perkg d) Rs 8.85 per kg
c) Neither profit nor loss d) 16.5% profit 15. The loss incurred on selling an article for Rs 270 is as
e) None of these much as the profit made after selling it at 10% profit. The
5. Two chairs and three tables cost Rs 1025 and 3 chairs CP of the article is: [Bank PO Exam 1989|
and two tables cost Rs 1100. What is the difference be- a)Rs90 b)Rsll0 c)Rs363 d)Rs300
tween the cost of one table and that of one chair? 16. An item costing Rs 200 is being sold at 10% loss. If the
[BSRB BhopalPO, 2000] price is further reduced by 5%, the selling price will be:
a)Rs75 b)Rs35 c)Rsl25 |NDA Exam 1987]
d) Cannot be determined e) None of these a) 179 b)Rsl75 c)Rs!71 d)Rsl70
6. What per cent of selling price would be 34% of cost 17. A retailer purchases a sewing machine at a discount of
price if gross profit is 26% of the selling price? 15% and sells it for Rs. 1955. In the bargain he makes a
[BSRB Bangalore PO, 2000] profit of 15%. How much is the discount which he got
a) 17.16 b) 74.00 c)25.16 from the whole sale? [LIC AAO Exam 1988|
d) 88.40 e) None of these a)Rs270 b)Rs290
7. A sells a horse to B for Rs 4860, thereby losing 19 per c)Rs300 d) None of these
cent, B sells it to C at a price which would have given A 18. A discount series of 10%, 20% and 40% is equal to a
17 per cent profit. Find B's gain. single discountof: [Central Excise & I Tax 1989|
[SBI Bank PO, 1998] a) 50% b) 56.80% c)70% d) 70.28%
a)Rs2160 b)Rs2610 c)Rsl260 d)Rs2260 19. While selling a watch a shopkeeper gives a discount of
8. Profit after selling a commodity for Rs 425 is same as 5%. If he gives a discount of 7%, he earns Rs 15 less as
loss after selling it for Rs 355. The cost of the commodity profit. What is the marked price of the watch?
is: [Bank PO 1989] [LIC AAO Exam 1988]
a)Rs385 b)Rs390 c)Rs395 d)Rs400 a) Rs 697.50 b)Rs 712.50
9. The cost price of an article, which on being sold at a gain c) Rs 787.50 d) None of these
of 12% yields Rs 6 more than when it is sold at a loss of 20. A shopkeeper earns a profit of 12% after selling a book
12%, is [CBI Exam 1990] at 10% discount on the printed price. The ratio of the
a)Rs30 b)Rs25 c)Rs20 d)Rs24 cost price and printed price of the book is:
10. Alok bought 25 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 6.00 per kg |GIC Exam 1988|
and 35 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 7.00 per kg. He mixed a)45:56 b) 50:61
the two and sold the mixture at the rate of Rs 6.75 per kg. c) 99:125 d) None of these
What was his gain or loss in this transaction? 21. Tarun bought a TV with 20% discount on the labelled
[PO Exam 1990] price. Had he bought it with 25% discount he would
a) Rs 16.00 gain b) Rs 16.00 loss have saved Rs 500. At what price did he buy the TV?
c) Rs 20.00 gain d) None of these [PO Exam 1990]
11. When the price of pressure cooker was increased by a)Rs5000 b)Rs 10000
15%, its sale fell down by 15%. The effect on the money c)Rs 12000 d) None of these
receipt was: [SBI PO Exam 1987] 22. A reduction of 20% in the price of mangoes enables a
a) no effect b) 15% decrease person to purchase 12 more for Rs 15. The price of 16
c) 7.5% increase d) 2.25% decrease mangoes before reduction was:
12. A boy buys oranges at Rs 2 for 3 oranges and sells them ] RRB Exam 1989
at a rupee each. To make a profit of Rs 10, he must sell: a)Rs5 b)Rs6 c)Rs7 d)Rs9
[CDS Exam 1991] 23. Therewouldbe 10%lossifriceissoldatRs5.40perkg
a) 10 oranges b) 20 oranges At what price per kg should it be sold to earn a profit o:
c) 30 oranges d) 40 oranges 20%? [SBI PO Exam 1988
9 a)Rs7.20 b)Rs7.02 c)Rs6.48 d)Rs6
13. Subhash purchased a tape recorder at — th of its sell- Answers
ing price and sold it at 8% more than its selling price. His
gain is: [SBI PO Exam 1987] l.b; CP = ^ x l 0 0 = R 1 6 0
S
a) 9% b) 10% c)18% d)20%

.-. CPof6articles = 6x 160 = 960
14. At what price must Kantilal sell a mixture of 80 kg sugar
at Rs 6.75 per kg with 120 kg at Rs 8 per kg to gain 20%?
Profit and Loss 267
.-. profit =1056-960 = 96 10. d; CP of total 60 kg of rice = Rs (6 x 25 + 7 x 35) = Rs 395.

SP of total 60 kg of rice = Rs (6.75 x 60) = Rs 405.
96
Percentage profit = — * 100 = 10% Gain = Rs(405-395) = RslO.
960 11. d; Let the original cost of each cooker be Re 1 and let the
„ m100 100 number sold originally be 100.
2. d; Original price = 1120 x — x — = R 2000 s
Total sale proceed = Rs (100 x 1) = Rs 100.
/U oU
New rate = (115% of Re 1) = Rs 1.15.
I b: CP of 150 calculators = 150 x 250 = Rs 37500
Number sold now = 85.
.-. total CP = 37500 + 2500 = Rs 40000
.-. Sale proceed now = Rs( 1.15 * 85) = Rs 97.75.
Marked price of 150 calculators =150x320 = Rs 48000
So, there is a decrease of 2.25% in the money receipt.
95 12. c; Suppose he sells x oranges
Selling price after discount = 48000 x — =Rs 45600
Then, CP of x oranges = Rs — x.
45600-40000 t n n t J t m j
;. percentage profit = TTTTT x 100 = 14% SP of x oranges = Rs x

r ° v 40000
4 a; Cost price of the article = 960 x — = R goo s Profit on x oranges = Rs I x ^ = Rs
.-. Cost price of 5 articles = Rs 800 x 5 = Rs 4000

.-. Selling price of 5 articles = 825x5 = Rs4125 . ± = 10: x = 30.
•• 3
•Gain%= 4 1 2 5 - ° x l 0 0 = 3.125%
4 0 Q
13. d; LettheSPbeRsx.
•' 4000
9x
I a: Let the cost of each table and chair be Rs x and y Then, CP paid by Subhash = Rs
10'
respectively.
,-.2y + 3x=1025 and 27*
3y + 2x=1100 SP received by Subhash = (108% of Rs x) = Rs
25~
Solving the above two equations, we get
x = Rs 175andy = Rs250 ( 21 x 9x) (9x)
.-. Diff. between the cost of one table and one chair Gain = Rs
= Rs(250-175) = Rs75
§.c; Let the selling price of the article of Rs 100. f9x 10 |
.-. Profit = Rs 26 Hence, gain % = I ^ x ^ x 100 J % = 2 0 % •
.-. Cost price of the article = 100 - 26 = Rs 74
14. b; Total CP of200 kg sugar=Rs (80 r 6.75 + 120 x 8) = Rs
34x74 ^ ,r r n /
1500
.: Reqd.%= = 25.16%
100
1500^
100 CP of 1 kg = Rs Rs7.50.
Cost of the horse paid by A =4860x 200 J
= Rs6000.
"8T
Gain required = 20%.
117 .-. SP of l k g = (120% of Rs 7.50)
Cost of the horse paid by G = 6000 x - Rs 7020
100
120
Gain ofB = Rs 7020 - Rs 4860 = Rs 2160.
= Rs [j5o"* - J 7 50 =Rs9perkg.
LetCP = RsxThen,
425-x = x-355 => 2x = 780 x = 390. 15. d; Let CP be Rs x. Then,
Let the CP beRsx
'12* \\2x x-270 = 10%of x = ^ orx = 300.
Then, SP when gain is 12% - •+x
100 100 • 16. c; SP = 90%ofRs200 = Rs 180.
\\2x 88* Further, SP = (95% of Rs 180) = Rs 171
=6
100 100 17. c; Let the marked price be Rs x.
Discount availed by the retailer = 15% of Rs x.
24x 600
or, = 6 or, x •• = Rs25 .-. CP of the machine by the retailer
Too 24
17*
= ( * - 1 5 % o f JC) = RS
20 IfSPisRs 100,MP = Rs [^ xl00 J =Rsl25.
17* , „ „ 17* Now, if discount is 25%, then SP = (75% of Rs 125)

So,15o/oof — = 1 9 5 5 - — .
375
= Rs — - .
• + = 1955 r x = 2000 O
400 20 375 25
Discount received by retailer = (15% of Rs 2000) Diff. between two SP = Rs i o o ~ -
v J = R s _
= Rs300.
18. b; Let original price = Rs 100. 25
Price after 1 st discount = Rs 90. I f diff. is Rs — ,SP = Rsl00
i 8 0 n n )
Price after 2nd discount = Rs | "J^Q" I = Rs 72. Ifdiff.isRs500, SP = Rs 100x — x500 = Rs8000.
x 9 0
V 25
22. a; Suppose the price of 1 mango be x paise
Price after 3rd discount = Rs [ x 7 2 J = Rs 43.20
1500
Number of mangoes for Rs 15
.-. Single discount = (100 -43.20) = 56.8%.
19. d; Let the marked price be Rs x.
4*
Then, (7% of x) -15 = (5% of x) New price of one mango = (80% of x) = — paise.
Ix 5x ..
or 'Too Tcw _ = 1 5 o r x = 7 5 0 - 1500x5
Number of mangoes for Rs ' ^ -
20. a; Let the printed price of the book be Rs 100. 4x
After a discount of 10%, SP = Rs 90.
7500 1500 ,„
Profit earned = 12%.
.-. — = 12orx = 31.25
4* *
, ioo n n 1125
Rs
.-. CP of the book = Rs I yyy * 90 14 .-. Cost of 16 mangoes before reduction
1125 f 31.25x16^1
Hence, (CP): (Printed price) = — — : 100 or 45 : 56
= R s { ioo J = R s 5 -
21. d; Let SP of TV (by trader) = Rs 100. 23. a; Let CP per kg be Rsx. Then,
IfSP isRs80, MP = Rs 100. x- 10% of* = 5.40 or* = 6.
.-. SP = Rs [6 + 20% of 6] = Rs 7.20
11 Simple Interest
Rule 1 Soln: I = [A - P]; where A = Amount, P = Principal

= 500 - 468.75 =Rs 31.25
To find simple interest
Now, applying the above formula, we have
Pxtxr
3le Interest (SI) = 100x31.25 ' 3125 3
100 r= — = 100x x - = 4%.
A, ,9 n 5 46875 5
re, P = Principal, t = number of years, r = rate per cent 468.75 x -
3
strative Example (iv) To find time
Find the simple interest on Rs 400 for 5 years at 6 per
100/
cent. t :
Pr
400x5x6
SI Rs 120. Where, I = Interest, P = Principal, r = Rate per cent
100
To find principal
Ex.: In what time will Rs 8500 amount to Rs 15767.50 at
100/ "
P = .1
tr
Where, P = Principal, I = Interest, t = Number of years, 4 — per cent per annum?
r = Rate per cent
Soln: Here, Interest = Rs 15767.50 - Rs 8500 = Rs 7267.50
strative Example = 19 years.
8500x4.5
7267.50x100
What sum of money will produce Rs 143 interest in
Exercise
3 — years at 2 — per cent simple interest? 1. A sum of Rs 800 is lent for one year at the rate of 18%
per annum. Find the interest.
: Applying the above formula, we have a) Rs 144 b) Rs 140 c) Rs 150 d) Rs 154
100x143 „ 100x143x4x2 2. A sum of Rs 4000 is lent for 5 years at the rate of 15%
P = Rs = Rs 1760. per annum. Find the interest.
,1 1
0 13x5
3 —x2 — a)Rs 3000 b)Rs2000 c)Rsl000 d) None of these
4 2
3. Anita borrowed Rs 400 from her friend at the rate of
To find rate per cent
12% per annum for 2~ years. Find the interest and the
100/
r= ; Where I = Interest, P = Principal, t = No. amount paid by her.
of years a) Rs 140, Rs 540 b) Rs 130, Rs 530
c) Rs 125, Rs 525 d) Rs 120, Rs 520 .
trative Example
4. A farmer borrowed Rs 2400 at 12% interest per annum.
A sum of Rs 468.75 was lent out at a simple interest
' 1 1
and at the end of 1 year 8 months the total amount
At the end of 2 — years, he cleared his account by pay-
was Rs 500. Find the rate of interest per Gent per an-
num. ing Rs 1200 and a cow. Find the cost of the cow.
a)Rsl820 b)Rsl720 17. The sum of money that will give Re 1 as interest per da;-
c) Rs 1920 d) None of these at 5% per annum simple interest is:
5. Find the interest on Rs 1200 at 6% per annum for 146 [Clerical Grade, 1991
days. a) Rs 3650 b) Rs 36500 c) Rs 730 d) Rs 7300
a) Rs 28.80 b) Rs 30 c) Rs 25.50 d) Rs 28
Answers
6. What sum of money will produce Rs 150 interest in 2
l.a2. a 3.d
years at 5 per cent simple interest?
a)Rsl400 b)Rsl050 2400x12x5
c) Rs 1500 d) Data inadequate 4. c; Hint: SI = — = Rs 720
7. A sum of Rs 400 was lent out at a simple interest and at Amount = Rs 2400 + Rs 720 = Rs 3120
.-. Cost of cow = Rs 3120 - Rs 1200 = Rs 1920
the end of 6— years the total amount was Rs 625. Find
4
5. a; Note: 73, 146, 219 and 292 days are respectively
the rate of interest per cent per annum.
a) 9% b)8% c)5% d) 6%
8. In what time will Rs 500 amount to Rs 625 at 5 per cent 2 3
, and — of a year.
per annum?
a) 6 years b) 5 years c) 10 years d) None of these 6. c 7. c 8. b 9. a lO.a 11.b
9. At what rate per cent will Rs 425 amount to Rs 476 in 3 12. a 13. c
years?
100xx 100
a) 4% b)5% c)6% d) 2%
14. c; Hint: Principal = Rs Rs
10. In how many years will Rs 300 amount to Rs 405 at 5 XXX
per cent?
a) 7 years b) 3 years c) 5 years d) 9 years looxioooy
15. a; Hint: Rate% 5%
11. The simple interest on Rs 500 for 6 years at 5% per 5000x4 J
annum is
[Clerical Grade, 1991] )0x9\
16. b;Hint: Rate =
a)Rs 250 b)Rsl50 c)Rsl40 d) Rs 120 1x60
12. A man will get Rs 87 as simple interest on Rs 725 at 4%
per annum in: ( 365x100^1
[Clerical Grade, 1991] 17. d; Hint: Sum = Rs I — — = Rs 7300.
, 1
a) 3 years b) 3 years c) 4 years d) 5 years Rule 2
2 j When time (t) changes from r, to t , 2
. i ,3
13. Interest on a certain sum of money for *• — years at 3 — % Pxrx^ -t )
2
M,-SI = 2 — ;
per annum isRs210. The sum is [Railways, 1989]
a) Rs 2800 b) Rs 1580 c) Rs 2400 d) None of these Where, SI = Simple Interest, P = Principal, r = Rate
14. The simple interest at x% for x years will be Rs x on a cent per annum.
sum of
100^1 100 Ex.: If the simple interest on Rs 2000 increases by Rs
a) Rs x b)Rsl00x c)Rs
lrJ d ) R S
2 when the time increases by 4 years. Find the raa
cent per annum.
15. A borrowed Rs 5000 from B at simple interest. After 4
years. B received Rs 1000 more than the amount given Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
to B on loan. The rate of interest was: 2000x/-x4
[BSRB Exam, 1991] 40
100
a) 5% b)25% c)20% d)4%
16. If 1 Re produces Rs 9 as interest in 60 years at simple 40x100
- = 0.5% •
interest, the rate per cent is: [Clerical Grade, 1991] 2000x4
a) 30 b) 15 d)9 Note: Here, SI, - S I = Rs 40 and t , - t

2 2 = 4 years.
c) i :
Exercise
Simple Interest
2 1
271
1. I f the simple interest on Rs 1000 increases by Rs 20, est rate of 2 — per cent per annum and another amount
when the time increases by 2 years. Find the rate per at the simple interest rate of 5 per cent per annum. The
cent per annum. total interest earned at the end of one year on the total
a) 0.5% b)0.25% c) 1% d) None of these . V _l
2. If the simple interest on Rs 625 increases by Rs 25, when amount invested became 3— per cent per annum, find
the time increases by 2 years. Find the rate per cent per the total amount invested.
annum. Rs 5000 b)Rs 8000 c) Rs 6000 d) Rs 2000
a) 2% b)3% c) 1% d)0.5% A man deposits Rs 1350 in a bank at 5% per annum and
3. I f the simple interest on Rs 1500 increases by Rs 30, Rs 1150 in another bank at 6% per annum. Find the rate
when the time increases by 8 years. Find the rate per of interest for the whole sum.
cent per annum. a) 5.40% b)6.40% c) 5.46% d) 11%
a) 0.5% b)0.25% c) 0.75% d) 1.25% 5. A man deposits Rs 4000 in a bank at 15% per annum
4. If the simple interest on Rs 170 increases by Rs 17, when and Rs 6000 in another bank at 16% per annum. Find
the time increases by 5 years. Find the rate per cent per the rate of interest for the whole sum.
annum. a) 15.86% b) 31% c) 14.6% d) 15.6%
a) 2% b)l% c)2.5% d) 1.5% Answers
Answers l.c; Hint: Applying the rule we have,
l.c 2. a 3.b 4. a
12000xl0 + x x20
2
Rule 3 14 :
12000 + x,
Theorem: If a person deposits Rs x in a bank at r, % per
x
or, x = Rs 8000
2
innum and Rs x 2 in another bank at r % per annum,

2
.-. Total amount = Rs 12000 Rs 8000 = Rs 20000.
2. c 3. a 4. c 5. d
2'2
'Jien the rate of interestfor the whole sum is
Rule 4
Illustrative Example Theorem: If the simple interest on a sum of money is \jn
E\.: A man deposits Rs 2000 in a bank at 4% per annum of the principal, and the number of years is equal to the
and Rs 3000 in UTI at 14% per annum. Find the rate rate per cent per annum, then the rate per cent is
of interest for the whole sum.
Soln: Following the above formula, we have lOOx 1
the rate of interest for the whole sum
_ (2000x4)+(3000x14) _ 50000 _ Note: 1. Time is also given by the same formula
2000 + 3000 " 5000 ~ °'
IC
lOOx 1
Ixercise years.
Parameshwaran invested an amount of Rs 12000 at the 2. Also see Rule 35.
simple interest rate of 10 per cent per annum and an-
other amount at the simple interest rate of 20 per cent
per annum. The total interest earned at the end of one 1
Ex.: The simple interest on a sum of money is — of the
year on the total amount invested became 14 per cent
per annum, find the total amount invested. principal, and the number of years is equal to the rate
[SBI Associates PO Exam, 1999] per cent per annum. Find the rate per cent.
a) Rs 22000 b) Rs 25000 c) Rs 20000 d) Rs 24000 [Clerical Grade, 1991]
Randhir invested an amount of Rs 6000 at the simple Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
interest rate of 5 per cent per annum and another amount
at the simple interest rate of 10 per cent per annum. The 1 0 0 x 1 = ^ = 31%.
total interest earned at the end of one year on the total
amount invested became 7 per cent per annum, find the
Exercise
total amount invested.
a) Rs 8000 b) Rs 4000 c) Rs 10000 d) Rs 15000
1. The simple interest on a sum of money is — of the prin-
Raju invested an amount of Rs 3000 at the simple inter-
cipal, and the number of years is equal to the rate per 2. If the simple interest on Rs 2764 be more than the inter-
cent per annum. Find the rate per cent. est on Rs 2464 by Rs 15 in 5 years, find the rate per cent
a) 6% b)4% c)5% d) 10% per annum.
a) 2% b)2.5% c)4% d) 1%
ii 1 ni i T i i i ii •iJ
3. If the simple interest on Rs 1888 be more than the inter-
2. The simple interest on a sum of money is — of the est on Rs 1763 by Rs 25 in 4 years, find the rate per cent
per annum.
principal, and the number of years is equal to the rate
a) Y/o b) 3% c) 8% d) 10%
pci e c u l pci aiinuiM. F f i n i Ci'ic laCc p c i tent.
a) %l% b) 3 ^ % c) 4—% d) None of these Answers
2 l.b 2. d 3. a <^
3. The simple interest on a sum of money is — of the

Rule 6
When Rate (r) changes from R to R , S/, - SI x 2 2 is givtm
principal, and the number of years is equal to the rate
per cent per annum. Find the rate per cent, Px(r\ )xt
2
a) 3% b)4% c)2% d)2.5% by

100
\ _ ^ / The simple interest on a sum of money is equal to the
principal and the number of years is equal to the rate per Illustrative Example
cent per annum. Find the rate per cent, Ex.: If simple interest on Rs 2000 increases by Rs 40, wl
a) 25% b) 100% c)10% d) Can't be possible the rate % increases by 2% per annum. Find the tir
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have,
The simple interest on a sum of money is — of the prin- 2000x2xr
40 =
cipal, and the number of years is equal to the rate per 100
cent per annum. Find the rate per cent. 100x40
or, t : 1 year.
2000x2
a) e | % b) 5 ^ % c ) 7.|% d) ( > \
Exercise
Answers 1. I f simple interest on Rs 300 increases by Rs 15, w
l.c 2. a 3.c 4. c 5. a the rate % increases by 4% per annum. Find the tir
RuleS H a) 1— years b) 1 year c) 2~ years d) 2 years

When Principal (P) changes from P to P , then SY, - SI
{ 2 2
2. If simple interest on Rs 1250 increases by Rs 50, j
(f,-P )xrxt
2
the rate % increases by 4% per annum. Find the tim
is given by a) 1 year b) 1.5 years
100
c) 2 years d) 1.25 years
Illustrative Example 3. I f simple interest on Rs 375 increases by Rs 75. I
Ex.: I f the simple interest on Rs 1200 be more than the the rate % increases by 5% per annum. Find the tin*
interest on Rs 1,000 by Rs 30 in 3 years, find the rate a) 2 years b) 8 years
per cent per annum. c) 4 years d) None of these
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have, 4. The difference between the interests received from
different banks on Rs 1000 for 2 years is Rs 2 0 . 1
(l200-1000)x/-x3
30 = the difference between their rates is per cent
100 a) 2 b) 1 c)1.5 d)2.5
100x30 Answers
or, r :
= 5%
3x200 l.a 2. a 3. c
Exercise 1000x(/-,-/- )x2 2 2 Q
4. b; Hint:
1. I f the simple interest on Rs 1350 be more than the inter- 100
est on Rs 1250 by Rs 20 in 2 years, find the rate per cent
2000
per annum. 1 per cent
a) 5% b) 10% c)6% d)8% 1000x2
Simple Interest 273
Rule 7 due 5 years hence at the rate of 6% simple interest?

a)Rs 500 b)Rs 560 c)Rsl000 d) None of these
Theorem: The annual payment that will discharge a debt
5. What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 9270
ofRs A due in t years at the rate of interest r% per annum
due 3 years hence at the rate of 3% simple interest?
a)Rs3000 b)Rs2000 c)Rs2500 d) Rs 3500
l(XM 6. What annual instalment will discharge a debt of Rs 4,200
due in 5 years at 10% simple interest? |AAO 1982]
100/ , EES a) Rs 700 per year b) Rs 350 per year
c) Rs 750 per year d) Rs 650 per year
Answers
Ex.: What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 770
l.a 2. d 3.c 4. c 5. a 6. a
due in 5 years, the rate of interest being 5% per an-
num?
Rule 8
Soln: Detail Method: Let the annual payment be P rupees.
Ex.: The rate of interest for the first 2 years is 3% per
The amount of Rs P in 4 years at 5%
annum, for the next 3 years is 8% per annum and for
100/> + 4 x 5 P \20P the period beyond 5 years 10% per annum. If a man
100 100 gets Rs 1520 as a simple interest for 6 years, how
much money did he deposit?
115P
The amount of Rs P in 3 years at 5% = Soln: Detail Method: Let his deposit = Rs 100
100
Interest for first 2 years = Rs 6
HOP Interest for next 3 years = Rs 24
The amount of Rs P in 2 years at 5%
100 Interest for the last year = Rs 10
Total interest = Rs 40
10SP When interest is Rs 40, deposited amount is Rs 100
The amount of Rs P in 1 year at 5% =
100 .-. when interest is Rs 1520, deposited amount
These four amounts together with the last annual pay-
100
ment of Rs P will discharge the debt of Rs 770. x 1520 = R 3800
S
40
120P \15P WOP \05P
+ /> = 700
100 100 100 100 Interest x 100
Direct Formula: Principal
550P 770x100
:770 = 140
••100 550
1520x100 1520x100
Hence annual payment = Rs 140
2x3+3x8+1x10 40
Quicker Method: Using the above theorem, we have
= Rs 3800.
100x770 770x100
5x100 + mi
annual payment :
Note: Here i = 6 - 5 = 1 year.
3
550
2
Exercise
1. Arun borrowed a sum of money from Jayant at the rate
Rs 140.
of 8% per annum simple interest for the first four years,
i\ercise 10% per annum for the next 6 years and 12% per annum
What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 19350 for the period beyond 10 years. I f he pays a total of Rs
due 4 years hence at the rate of 5% simple interest? l'ilbU as interest only at the end of 15 years, how much
a)Rs4500 b) Rs 5400 c)Rs4000 d) None of these money did he borrow? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 1998]
What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 1540 a) Rs 8000 b) Rs 10000 c) Rs 12000 d) Rs 9000
due 7 years hence at the rate of 10% simple interest? 2. Ashok borrowed some money at the rate of 6 per cent
per annum for the first two years, at the rate of 9 per cent
a)Rs 1 7 0 ^ r b ) R s 168— c) Rs 169— d) Rs 169 — per annum for the next three years and at the rate of 14%
13 13 23 13 per cent per annum for the period beyond five years. I f
What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 47250 he pays a total interest of Rs 11400 at the ena of 9 years
due 3 years hence at the rate of 5% simple interest? how much money did he borrow?
a) Rs 15500 b) Rs 16000 c) Rs 15000 d) Rs 14000 [Bank of Baroda PO, 1999]
What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 5600 a) Rs 16,000 b) Rs 14,000 c) Rs 18,000 d) Rs 12,000
3. Nelson borrowed some money at the rate of 6 per cent Soln: Using the above formula, we have
per annum for the first three years, 9 per cent per annum 100(4-1)
for the next five years and 13 per cent per annum for the t= = 60 years.
period beyond eight years. If the total interest paid by
Exercise
him at the end of eleven years is Rs 8160, how much
1. A sum of money becomes 6 times in 20 years at SI. Find
money did he borrow? [BSRB Chennai PO 2000|
the rate of interest.
a) Rs 12000 b)Rs 10000
a) 20% b) 15% c) 16% d) 25%
4. Manish borrowed some money at the rate of 7 per cent
per annum for the first three years, 9 per cent per annum
a) 25% b)24% c) 14% d) 15%
for the next six years and 10 per cent per annum for the
period beyond nine years. I f the total interest paid by
him at the end of fifteen years is Rs 4050, how much
a) 20% b) 16% c)25% d) 10%
money did he borrow?
4. A sum of money becomes 3 times in 10 years at SI. Fina
a)Rs2800 b) Rs 3600 c) Rs 3000 d) Rs 3500
5. Manoranjan borrowed some money at the rate of 5 per
a) 16% b) 18% c)20% d) 25%
cent per annum for the first two years, 4 per cent per
5. In what time does a sum of money become four times a:
annum for the next four years and 3 per cent per annum
the simple interest rate of 10% per annum?
for the period beyond six years. If the total interest paid
by him at the end of eight years is Rs 3840, how much a) 30 years b) 25 years c) 35 years d) 40 years
money did he borrow? 6. In what time does a sum of money become twice at the
simple interest rate of 5% per annum?
a) Rs 12000 b)Rs 1200 c) Rs 8000 d) Rs 6000 a) 25 years b) 24 years c) 20 years d) 16 years
Answers 7. In what time does a sum of money become thrice at the
l.a 2. d 3.c 4. c 5. a simple interest rate of 8% per annum?
Rule 9
Theorem: If a sum of money becomes 'x'times in't'years Answers
l.d 2. a 3. a 4. c 5. a 6. c 7. d
\00(x-\) o/
at SI, the rate of interest is given by n. Rule 10

Illustrative Examples Theorem: A certain sum is invested for certain time,
Ex. 1: A sum of money doubles itself in 10 years at simple amounts to Rs A at r % per annum. But when invested
x x
interest. What is the rate of interest?

r % per annum, it amounts to Rs A , then the timt
2 2
Soln: Detail Method: Let the sum be Rs 100

After 10 years it becomes Rs 200 A d 2
given by xlOO
• Interest = 200 - 100 = 100 years.
^2 \ r A2
r
100/ 100x100
Then, rate :
10% Illustrative Example
Pt 100x10
Ex.: A certain sum is lhvestea'ior certain time, it amour
Direct Formula:
to Rs 80 at 5% per annum. But when invested at 2
100(2-1) per annum, it amounts to Rs 40. Find the time.
Using the above formula: rate 10%
10 Soln: Applying the above formula, we have,
Ex. 2: A sum of money trebles itself in 20 years at SI. Find
the rate of interest. 80-40
time = -xl00 = 100 years.
100(3-1) 40x5-80x2
Soln: Rate = 10%
20 Exercise
Note: If a sum of money becomes x' times at the rate of r% 1. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts
lOOpr-l) Rs 400 at 10% per annum. But when invested at 4% pa-
simple interest, then the time (t) is given by
r annum, it amounts to Rs 200. Find the time.
years. a) 100 years b) 75 years c) 50 years d) 60 years
Ex.: In what time does a sum of money become four times 2. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts
at the simple interest rate of 5% per annum? Rs 150 at 5% per annum. But when invested at 3% per
Simple Interest
annum, it amounts to Rs 100. Find the time. 4. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to
a) 120 years b) 100 years c) 80 years d) 60 years Rs 500 at 8% per annum. But when invested at 3% per
3. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to annum, it amounts to Rs 200. Find the sum.
Rs 450 at 7% per annum. But when invested at 5% per a)Rs20 b)Rs50 c) Rs 25 d) Rs 35
annum, it amounts to Rs 350. Find the time.
Answers
l.a 2. b 3. c 4. a
4. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to
Rs 60 at 6% per annum. But when invested at 3% per Rule 12
annum, it amounts to Rs 30. Find the time. Theorem: A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for t years.
a) 15 years b) 20 years c) 5 years d) Not possible Had it been putatx% higher rate, it would havefetched Rs
5. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to
Rs 500 at 8% per annum. But when invested at 3% per \Ax\00~
annum, it amounts to Rs 200. Find the time. 'A' more, then the sum is Rs x or
More Interest x l 0 0
Answers
Time x More Rate
l.c 2. b 3. a
4. d; Hint: Applying the given rule, Illustrative Example
60-30 30 Ex.: A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 2 years. Had
required time = cannot be defined.
30x6-60x3 0 it been put at 3% higher rate, it would have fetched
5. d Rs 300 more. Find the sum.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the sum be Rs x and the original
Rule 11 rate be y% per annum. Then, new rate = (y + 3)% per
Theorem: A certain sum is invested for certain time. It annum.
amounts to Rs A at r % per annum. Rut when invested at
x x
x(y + 3)x2 x(y)x2
= 300
r % per annum, it amounts to Rs A , then the sum is
2 2 100 100
xy + 3x-xy= 15,000
M -Ah or, x = 5000
given by Rs
Thus, the sum = Rs 5000.
Illustrative Example have,
Ex.: A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts
to Rs 80 at 5% per annum. But when invested at 2% sum= 3 0 0 X 1 0 0 = Rs 5000.
per annum, it amounts to Rs 40. Find the sum. 2x3
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have Exercise
40x5-80x2 40 .„1 1. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 3 years. Had it
sum :
Rs — =Rs 1 3 - been put at 4% higher rate, it would have fetched Rs
5-2
600 more. Find the sum.
Exercise a)Rs 5000 b)Rs4000 c) Rs 6000 d) Rs 3000
1. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to 2. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 5 years. Had it
Rs 400 at 10% per annum. But when invested at 4% per been put at 5% higher rate, it would have fetched Rs
annum, it amounts to Rs 200. Find the sum. 500 more. Find the sum.
200 400 a) Rs 2500 b) Rs 2000 c) Rs 1500 d) Rs 1800
a)Rs— b)Rsl00 c)Rs d) None of these 3. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 6 years. Had it
been put at 4% higher rate, it would have fetched Rs
2. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to 960 more. Find the sum.
Rs 150 at 5% per annum. But when invested at 3% per a)Rs3000 b)Rs 3500 c)Rs4000 d)Rs4500
annum, it amounts to Rs 100. Find the sum. 4. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 4 years. Had it
a)Rs50 b)Rs25 c) Rs 30 d) Rs 60 been put at 4% higher rate, it would have fetched Rs
3. A certain sum is invested for certain time. It amounts to 160 more. Find the sum.
Rs 450 at 7% per annum. But when invested at 5% per a) Rs 1500 b) Rs 800 c) Rs 1200 d) Rs 1000
annum, it amounts to Rs 350. Find the sum. 5. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 2 years. Had it
a) Rs 150 b) Rs 250 c) Rs 100 d) Rs 200
been put at 5% higher rate, it would have fetched Rs Rs 560 in 3 years while in 5 years it amounts to Rs 600.
125 more. Find the sum. Find the sum and the rate of interest.
a) Rs 1250 b) Rs 1000 c) Rs 750 d) Rs 1500 a) Rs 400, 5% b) Rs 500, 4%
c) Rs 300, 5% d) Rs 400, 4%
Answers
I. a 2.b 3.c 4. d 5. a Answers
l.a 2. b 3. c 4. c 5. a 6. c 7. b
Rule 13
Theorem: If a certain sum of money amounts to Rs A in x
Rule 14
Theorem: A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for t years.
t, years and to Rs A in t years, then the sum is given by
2 2
Had it been put at x% lower rate, it would have fetched Rs
r A t -At
2 x " Ax\00~
*1'2
A less, then the sum is Rs or
txx
Less Interest x 100
Ex.: A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 756 in 2 years
Time x Less rate
and to Rs 873 in 3.5 years. Find the sum and the rate
of interest. Ex.: A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 2 years. Had
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have it been put at 3% lower rate, it would have fetched Rs
873x2-756x3.5 300 less. Find the sum.
Soln: Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
2-3.5
have
-900
= Rs 600 300x100
1.5 Sum Rs 5000.
.-. sum = Rs600 2x3
SI = 756 - 600 = Rs 156
Exercise
100x156 1. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 4 years. Had it
rate - 1 3 % per annum.
600x2 been put at 5% lower rate, it would have fetched Rs 100
(Also see Rule 31] less. Find the sum.
a) Rs 500 b) Rs 5000 c) Rs 400 d) Rs 4000
Exercise 2. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 5 years. Had it
1. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 550 in 3 years been put at 2% lower rate, it would have fetched Rs 150
and to Rs 650 in 4 years. Find the sum. less. Find the sum.
a)Rs 250 b)Rs 300 c)Rsl50 d) Rs 350 a) Rs 1000 b) Rs 1500 c) Rs 1800 d) Rs 2000
2. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 758 in 4 years 3. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 3 years. Had it
and to Rs 875 in 6 years. Find the sum. been put at 4% lower rate, it would have fetched Rs 600
a)Rs 534 b) Rs 524 c) Rs 624 d)Rs434 less. Find the sum.
3. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 1125 in 5 years a) Rs 500 b) Rs 4000 c) Rs 5000 d) Rs 6000
and to Rs 1200 in 8 years. Find the sum. 4. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 2 years. Had it
a) Rs 900 b) Rs 500 c) Rs 1000 d) Rs 800 been put at 7% lower rate, it would have fetched Rs 280
4. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 625 in 4 years less. Find the sum.
and to Rs 680 in 5 years. Find the sum. a) Rs 1500 b) Rs 1800 c) Rs 2800 d) Rs 2000
a)Rs 505 b)Rs 305 c)Rs405 d) Rs 504 5. A sum was put at SI at a certain rate for 4 years. Had it
5. A certain sum of money at simple interest amounts to Rs been put at 6% lower rate, it would have fetched Rs 720
379.50 in 3 years and to Rs 453.75 in TA years. Find the less. Find the sum.
sum and the rate of interest.
a) Rs 3000 b) Rs 4000 c) Rs 3500 d) Rs 2400
a) Rs 330, 5% b) Rs 370, 5%
c) Rs 330, 4% d) Rs 370, 4% Answers
6. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amounts to l.a 2. b 3.c 4. d 5. a
Rs 460 in 3 years while in 5 years it amounts to Rs 500.
Find the sum and the rate of interest. Rule 15
a) Rs 400, 4% b) Rs 300, 5% Theorem: Rs X is divided into two parts such that if one
c)Rs400, 5% d) None of these part be invested at r, % and the other at r %, the annual
2
7. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amounts to interest from both the investments is Rs A. Then the first
Simple Interest
ers. For one loan, he paid 5% per annum and for the
277
\00A-r X
2
other, he paid 7% per annum. The total interest paid for
part is given by
two years was Rs 265. How much did he borrow at each
rate? [MBA '19861
Illustrative Example a)Rs2125, Rs 375 b) Rs 2000, Rs 500
Ex.: Rs 4000 is divided into two parts such that if one part c) Rs 1875, Rs 625 d) None of these
be invested at 3% and the other at 5%, the annual
Answers
interest from both the investments is Rs 144. Find
1. b; Hint: Let the amount borrowed second time be Rs x.
each part.
9000
Soln: Detail Method: .-. X = Rs (15000 + x), A Rs — — = Rs 4500
Let the amount lent at 3% rate be Rs x,
[Since total interest is given for 2 years.]
then 3% of* + 5% o f (4000-x) = 144
or, 3x + 5 * 4000 - 5x = 14400 fj =12% and r =15% 2
or, 2x = 5600 .-. x = 2800 Now, applying the above formula, we have
Thus, the two amounts are Rs 2800 and 100x4500-15(l5000 + x) _ '
Rs (4000-2800) or Rs 1200
12-15
or,x = Rs 18000
have,
.-. Total amount borrowed = Rs 15000 + Rs 18000 = Rs
100x144-5x4000 33000
the first part = 2. d; Hint: Applying the formula, we have
3-5
the amount deposited at the rate of 15% per annum
-5600 100x4050-18x25000
= Rs 2800 and
15-18
the second part = Rs 4000 - Rs 2800 = Rs 1200. = Rs 15000
Exercise .-. Amount deposited at the rate of 18% per annum
= Rs 25000-Rs 15000
1. Anish borrowed Rs 15000 at the rate of 12% and an
= Rs 10000.
other amount at the rate of 15% for two years. The total
interest paid by him was Rs 9000. How much did he 3. a 4. b 5. c 6. a
borrow? [BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999]
Rule 16
a) Rs 32000 b) Rs 33000 c) Rs 30000 d) Rs 63000
2. Aniket deposited two parts of a sum of Rs 25000 in dif- Theorem :Ata certain rate of simple interest Rs X amounted
ferent banks at the rates of 15% per annum and 18% per to Rs A in fj years. If the rate of interest be decreased by
annum respectively. In one year he got Rs 4050 as the
r%, then after t 2 years the new interest is given by Rs
total interest. What was the amount deposited at the rate
of 18% per annum? | BSRB Patna PO, 2001 ]
~(A-X S
a)Rs 9000 b)Rs 18000
3.
c) Rs 15000 d) None of these
A man had Rs 2000, part of which he lent at 5 per cent
I h J ^100 J 2.
and the rest at 4 per cent. The whole annual interest was Illustrative Example
Rs 92. How much did he lend at 5 per cent? Ex.: At a certain rate of simple interest Rs 800 amounted
a)Rsl200 b)Rs 800 c) Rs 700 d) Rs 1300 to Rs 920 in 3 years. I f the rate of interest be de-
4. Sudarshan had Rs 1500, part of which he lent at 3 per creased by 3%, what will be the amount after 3 years.
cent and the rest at 2 per cent. The whole annual interest Soln: Detail Method:
was Rs 32. How much did he lend at 2 per cent? 120x100 . . .
a)Rs200 b ) R s l 3 0 0 c) Rs 300 d) Rs 1200 First rate of interest = ———r- -J/O
800x3
5. Saket deposited two parts of a sum of Rs 12500 in dif-
New rate = 5 - 3 2%
ferent banks at the rates of 15% per annum and 18% per
annum respectively. In one year he got Rs 2025 as the 800x3x2
New Interest : Rs 48
total interest. What was the amount deposited at the rate 100
of 15% per annum? .-. New amount = 800 + 48 = Rs 848
a) Rs 5000 b) Rs 6500 c) Rs 7500 d) Rs 8000 Quicker Method: Applying the above formula,
6. A milk man borrowed Rs 2,500 from two money lend-
New rate = 5 + 3 = 8%
920-800 3x800
New Interest :
x3 800x3x8
100 • New Interest = Rs 192
100
= (40 - 24)3 = Rs 48. .-. New Amount = 800 + 192 = Rs 992.
.-. New Amount = 800 + 48 = Rs 848. Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
Exercise have
1. At a certain rate of simple interest Rs 400 amounted to 920-800 3x800
The New Interest = + x3
Rs 460 in 3 years. If the rate of interest be decreased by 100
3%, what will be the amount after 3 years? = (40 + 24)3 =64 x 3 = Rs 192.
a)Rs424 b)Rs484 c) Rs 242 d) Rs 848 .-. New Amount = 800 + 192 = Rs 992.
2. At a certain rate of simple interest Rs 900 amounted to
Exercise
Rs 1260 in 4 years. I f the rate of interest be decreased
1. At a simple interest Rs 800 becomes Rs 956 in three
by 2%, what will be the amount after 4 years?
years. I f the interest rate is increased by 3%, how much
a)Rsl338 b ) R s l l 8 8 c ) R s l 3 7 8 d ) R s l l 2 8
would Rs 800 become in three years?
a) Rs 1020.80 b)Rsl004
2. At a simple interest Rs 900 becomes Rs 1060 in 4 years.
a) Rs 1720 b) Rs 1680 c) Rs 1600 d) Not possible
I f the interest rate is increased by 2%, how much would
Rs 900 become in 5 years?
a)Rs 1206 b)Rs 1206.50
c)Rsll90 d)Rs 1260.70
a)Rsl387 b ) R s l 2 8 7 c) Rs 1278 d) Rs 1388
3. At a simple interest Rs 850 becomes Rs 1250 in 5 years.
I f the interest rate is increased by 5%, how much would
a)Rsl340 b)Rsl430
a) Rs 1320 b) Rs 1320.8 c) Rs 1318.8 d) Rs 1638.8
c) Rs 1340.50 d) None of these
Answers 4. At a simple interest Rs 1240 becomes Rs 1340 in 4 years.
l.a 2. b If the interest rate is increased by 2%, how much would
1840-1600 3x1600 Rs 1240 become in 3 years?
3. c; Hint: New interest a) Rs 1839.40 b) Rs 1389
100
c)Rs 1380.40 d)Rs 1389.40
= (48 - 48)5 = 0 5. At a simple interest Rs 1300 becomes Rs 1550 in 5 years.
.-. New amount = Rs 1600 + 0 = Rs 1600 If the interest rate is increased by 3%, how much would
4. b 5. c Rs 1300 become in 2 years?
a)Rsl478 b ) R s l 7 4 8 c ) R s l 5 7 8 d ) R s l 8 7 4
Rule 17 6. At a simple interest Rs 1400 becomes Rs 1727 in 3 years.
Theorem: At a certain rate of simple interest Rs X amounted If the interest rate is increased by 4%, how much would
to Rs A in f, years. If the rate of interest be increased by
a)Rs2490 b) Rs 2390 c) Rs 2890 d) Rs 2590
r% then after t years the new interest is given by Rs
2
7. Rs 1,200 amounts to Rs 1,632 in 4 years at a certain rate
of simple interest. I f the rate of interest is increased by
(rX\
+
1%, it would amount to how much?
LI 'i 3 l i o o j [BankPO, 19911
a) Rs 1635 b) Rs 1644 c) Rs 1670 d) Rs 1680
Ex.: At a certain rate of simple interest Rs 800 amounted Answers
to Rs920 in 3 years. If the rate of interest be increased 1. c; Hint: Applying the above theorem, we have,
956-800 3x800
Soln: Detail Method: the new interest = x 3 =Rs228
3 100
120x100
First Rate of interest = 5% .-. required answer = Rs 800 + Rs 228 = Rs 1028
800x3 2. c 3. a 4. d 5. a 6. b 7. d
Simple Interest
Rule 18 y Rule 197°

Theorem: The simple interest on a sum of money will be Theorem: The simple interest on a sum of money will be
Rs x after't' years. If in the next V years principal be-
Rs x after t years. If in the next t years principal be-
x 2
comes n times, then the total interest at the end of the '2t'th
year is given by Rs f(n + l)xj. comes n times, then the total interest at the end of(t +t )th x 2
V
Ex.: The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 300 year is given by Rs x 1+
after 5 years. In the next 5 years principal is trebled,
what will be the total interest at the end of the 10th Note: Rule - 18 is a special case of this rule.
year? In rule -18, t = t = t, hence we have
x 2

the formula like [x (1 + n)].
Pxrxt
SI ; Here SI = Rs 300, t = 5 years given. Illustrative Example
100
Ex.: The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 300
Pxrx5
300 5Pr = 300xl00 (0 after 4 years. In the next 6 years principal becomes 4
100 times, what will be the total interest at the end of the
Now, we calculate SI for next 5 years. 10th year?
3Pxrx5
SI = [ v In the next 5 years Principal (P) Pxrx4
100
Simple Interest for 4 years 5 Rs300
is trebled.] 100
From equation (i) =$ 4Pr = 300 x 100 .... (i)
3x300x100
SI = = Rs 900. 4Pxrx6
100 Simple interest for the next 6 years :
100
.-. Total SI at the end of 10th year
= Rs 300 + Rs 900 = Rs 1200. [ •.• P becomes four times in the next 6 years]
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we From equation (i)
have, 300x100x6
SI = Rs 1800.
the required Simple Interest = ( 3 + l)300 = Rs 1200. 100
Total simple interest at the end of 10th year
Exercise = Rs 300 + Rs 1800 = Rs 2100.
1. The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 250 Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
after 6 years. In the next 6 years principal is doubled, have
what will be the total interest at the end of the 12th year? the total simple interest at the end of 10th year
a)Rs 850 b)Rs 750 c)Rs650 d) None of these
2. The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 400
= 300 ; H - |> : = 300x7
after 3 years. In the next 3 years principal becomes 4
times, what will be the total interest at the end of the 6th
= Rs2100.
year?
a) Rs 2000 b) Rs 2500 c) Rs 1800 d) Rs 1600 Exercise
3. The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 150 1 The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 450
after 4 years. In the next 4 years principal becomes 5 after 6 years. In the next 8 years principal becomes 3
times, what will be the total interest at the end of the 8th times, what will be the total interest at the end of the
year? 14th year?
a)Rs 950 b)Rs 850 c) Rs 900 d) Rs 860 a)Rs2250 b)Rsl250
4. The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 190 c)Rs2050 d) None of these
after 7 years. In the next 7 years principal becomes 3 The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 235
times, what will be the total interest at the end of the after 5 years. In the next 7 years principal becomes 5
14th year? times, what will be the total interest at the end of the
a)Rs 760 b)Rs 850 c) Rs 750 d) Rs 780 12th year?
a) Rs 1980 b) Rs 1080 c) Rs 1880 d) Rs 1860
Answers The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 165
l.b 2. a 3.c 4. a
after 2 years. In the next 4 years principal becomes 2 Exercise

times, what will be the total interest at the end of the 6th 1. A sum of Rs 1440 is lent out in three parts in such a way
year? that the interests on first part at 2% for 3 years, second
a)Rs 835 b) Rs 825 c) Rs 625 d) None of these part at 3% for 4 years and third part at 4% for 5 years are
4. The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 225 equal. Then find the difference between the largest and
after 3 years. In the next 5 years principal becomes 3 the smallest sum.
times, what will be the total interest at the end of the 8th a)Rs460 b)Rs 560 c) Rs 400 d) Rs 200
year? 2. A sum of Rs 2560 is lent out in two parts in such a way
a)Rsl250 b ) R s l 3 3 0 c ) R s l 3 6 0 d) Rs 1350 that the interest on one part at 4% for 5 years is equal to
5. The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 625 that on another part at 3% for 4 years. Find the two sums,
after 4 years. In the next 12 years principal becomes 8 a) Rs 960, Rs 1600 b) Rs 560, Rs 2000
times, what will be the total interest at the end of the c) Rs 860, Rs 1700 d) Rs 900, Rs 1660
16th year? 3. A sum of Rs 1085 is lent out in two parts in such a way
a) Rs 16525 b) Rs 16625 c) Rs 15625 d) Rs 15525 that the interest on one part at 9% for 3 years is equal to
that on another part at 18% for 2 years. Find the two
Answers
3. b 4. d 5. c sums.
l. a
a) Rs 620, Rs 465 b) Rs 600, Rs 485
Rule 20 c) Rs 520, Rs 565 d) Rs 630, Rs 655
4. A sum of Rs 1521 is lent out in two parts in such a way
Theorem: A sum of Rs X is lent out in n parts in such a
that the interest on one part at 10% for 5 years is equal
way that the interest on first part at i\ for /, years, the to that on another part at 8% for 10 years. Find the two
interest on second part at r % for t years the interest on
2 2
sums.
a) Rs 926, Rs 595 b) Rs 906, Rs 615
third part at r % for t years, and so on, are equal, the
3 3
c)Rs916, Rs605 d) Rs 936, Rs 585
ratio in which the sum was divided in n parts is given by 5. A sum of Rs 2525 is lent out in two parts in such a way
that the interest on one part at 7% for 4 years is equal to
_L-J_-_L- _ L that on another part at 6% for 7 years. Find the differ-
ence between the two parts of the sum.
Note: Compare this rule with Rule - 24. In this rule inter- a)Rs 505 b ) R s l 5 1 5 c)Rsl010 d) None of these
est on different parts of the sum are equal. Whereas
in Rule - 24 amounts of different parts of the sum Answers
become equal after different time periods. 1 1 1 u^Pf
1. b; Hint: Required ratio = : r — r — - • - — r = 10:5:3
Illustrative Example 2 x j j x 4 4x5
Ex.: A sum of Rs 2600 is lent out in two parts in such a
way that the interest on one part at 10% for 5 years is 1st part = Rs 800, second part = Rs 400 and
equal to that on another part at 9% for 6 years. Find
the two sums. third part = Rs 240
.-. required answer = Rs 800 - Rs 240 = Rs 560
1st Part x 5 x 1 0 2nd Part x 6 x 9
Each Interest 2. a 3. a 4. d
100 100 5. a; Hint: Two parts will be Rs 1515 and Rs 1010
1st Part 6 x 9 _ 27 .-. difference = Rs 1515-Rs 1010 = Rs 505
or. 2nd Part 5 x 1 0 ~ 25 = 27:25
Rule 21
2600 Theorem: If a sum of money becomes 'n' times at the simple
1 st Part x27 Rs 1350
27 + 25 interest rate of r% per annum, then it will become'm' times
and 2nd Part = 2 6 0 0 - 1350 = Rs 1250
Quicker Method: If we use the above theorem, at the simple interest rate of xr per cent.
1 1 L«—i J
54 : 50 = 27 : 25
50 54: Illustrative Example
2600 Ex.: A sum of money becomes four times at the simple
1 st Part = x27 = R 1350 and
S
27 + 25 interest rate of 5% per annum. At what rate per cent

2nd Part 2 6 0 0 - 1350 = Rs 1250. will it become sevenfold?
Simple Interest 281
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have Quicker Method: Applying the above formul;.
7- have
the required rate x5 = 10 percent.
4-1 575 575
Exercise Sum =
840x5
1. A sum of money becomes three times at the simple in- 4 750x4
terest rate of 4% per annum. At what rate per cent will it
become six fold? 575 575x20
a) 10% b) 12% c)8% d) None of these Rs 500.
28-5 23
2. A sum of money becomes eight times at the simple in-
20
terest rate of 7% per annum. At what rate per cent will it
become four fold? Exercise
a) 3% b)3.5% c)4% d) 2% 1. A certain sum of money amounted to Rs 710 at 7% in a
3. A sum of money becomes five times at the simple inter- time in which Rs 700 amounted to Rs 910 at 5%. If the
est rate of 8% per annum. At what rate per cent will it rate of interest is simple, find the sum.
become seven fold? a)Rs 500 b)Rs450 c) Rs 650 d) Rs 600
a) 6% b) 10% c) 12% d) 14% 2. A certain sum of money amounted to Rs 810 at 4% in a
4 A sum of money becomes two times at the simple inter- time in which Rs 450 amounted to Rs 720 at 3%. If the
become five fold? a)Rs 500 b)Rs450 c) Rs 600 d)Rs475
a) 10% b) 8% c) 6% d) 9% 3. A certain sum of money amounted to Rs 825 at 7% in a
5 A sum of money becomes six times at the simple inter- time in which Rs 560 amounted to Rs 960 at 6%. I f the
become twelve fold? a)Rs 550 b)Rs475 c) Rs 650 d) Rs 450
a) 10% b) 12% c)9% d) 11% 4. A certain sum of money amounted to Rs 765 at 8% in a
time in which Rs 640 amounted to Rs 750 at 5%. If the
Answers rate of interest is simple, find the sum.
l.a 2. a 3.c 4. b 5. d
a)Rs650 b)Rs 600 c) Rs 700 d)Rs450
5. A certain sum of money amounted to Rs 1020 at 9% in a
Rule 22 f
time in which Rs 720 amounted to Rs 880 at 4%. I f the
Theorem: A certain sum of money amounted to Rs A at x
rate of interest is simple, find the sum.
r. % in a time in which Rs P amounted to Rs A at r %. If 2 2 a)Rs680 b)Rs 780 c) Rs 700 d) Rs 580
the rate of interest is simple, then the sum is given by Rs Answers
l.a 2. b 3.d 4. b 5. a
Rule 23
' A\ 2r
Theorem: A certain sum of money amounts to Rs A in t
+ x
l 2JPr years at r% per annum, then the time in which it will amount
-xP to Rs A 2 at the same rate of interest is given by

Note: I f % = r %, the formula becomes
2
100 100
Illustrative Example t+- years.
T
Ex.: A certain sum of money amounted to Rs 575 at 5% in
a time in which Rs 750 amounted to Rs 840 at 4%. I f
the rate of interest is simple, find the sum.
Ex.: A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 2613 in 6
years at 5% per annum. In how many years will it
Interest = Rs 840 - Rs 750 = Rs 90 amount to Rs 3015 at the same rate?
90x100 Soln: Detail Method:
Time =3
:
750x4 years.
Now, by the formula, IGOxAmount 100x2613
Principal = Rs2010
100 + r/ 100 + 30
100 x Amount 100x575
Sum : Rs 500. [See Rule - 26].
100+ rt 100 + 3x5
Again, get the same amount after 2, 3, and 4 years respec-

tively. If the rate of simple interest is 5% then find the
100x3015 100x3015-100x2010
2010: ratio in which the amount was invested for A, B and
100x5? 2010 C?
Soln: Quicker Method: Following the above theorem,
100x1005
10 years. the required ratio
2010x5
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, 1 1 1
100 + 2x5 100 + 3x5 100 + 4x5
3015 100 100
the required time = 2613 1 1 1
5 IF
~ 110 ' 1 1 5 ' 120
3015 = 276 : 264 : 253.
x 2 6 - 2 0 = 3 0 - 2 0 = 10 years.
2613 Exercise
Exercise 1. Rs 7930 is so divided into three parts such that their
1. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 4800 in 5 years amounts after 2, 3 and 4 years respectively are equal,
at 4% per annum. In how many years will it amount to the simple interest being at the rate of 5% per annum.
Rs 5120 at the same rate? Find the difference between the greatest and the small-
a) 6 years b) 7 years c) 8 years d) 9 years est parts of the sum.
2. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 456 in 2'A years a)Rs250 b)Rs 230 c) Rs 280 d) Rs 330
at 8% per annum. In how many years will it amount to 2. Rs 8829 is divided into three parts in such a way that
Rs 608 at the same rate? their amounts at 4% per annum simple interest after 5,6
a) 614 years b) 12VJ years c) 7!4 years d) 6% years and 8 years are equal. Find each part of the sum.
3. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 5000 in 5 years a) Rs 3069, Rs 2970, Rs 2790
at 10% per annum. In how many years will it amount to b) Rs 3609, Rs 2970, Rs 2790
Rs 6000 at the same rate? c) Rs 3089, Rs 2970, Rs 2790
a) 8 years b) 6 years c) 10 years d) 9 years d) Rs 3069, Rs 2960, Rs 2760
4. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 1572 in 4 years 3. Rs 7914 is divided into three parts in such a way that the
at 5% per annum. In how many years will it amount to first part at 3% per annum after 8 years, the second part
Rs 1703 at the same rate? at 4% per annum after 5 years and third part at 6% per
a) 5 years b) 6 years c) 7 years d) 8 years annum after 2 years give equal amounts. Find each part.
5. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 1400 in 8 years a) Rs 2520, Rs 2604, Rs 2790
at 5% per annum. In how many years will it amount to b) Rs 2620, Rs 2504, Rs 2790
Rs 1500 at the same rate? c) Rs 2520, Rs 2704, Rs 2690
a) 10 years b) 8 years d) None of these
c) 12 years d) None of these 4. Divide Rs 2379 into three parts so that their amounts
after 2, 3 and 4 years respectively may be equal, the rate
Answers
of interest being 5 per cent per annum.
l.b 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. a
a) Rs 838, Rs 782, Rs 759
Rule 24 b) Rs 828, Rs 792, Rs 759
c) Rs 828, Rs 782, Rs 769
Theorem: When different amounts mature to the same
d) None of these
amount at simple rate of interest, the ratio of the amounts
5. A sum of Rs 18750 is left by will by a father to be di-
invested are in inverse ratio of (100 + time x rate). That is,
vided between two sons of 12 and 14 years of age, so
the ratio in which the amounts are invested is
that when they attain maturity at 18, the amount (princi-
1 1 1 pal + interest) received by each at 5 per cent simple in-
100 + r,/, 100 + r,r 2 100 + r /
3 3 100+ r„t„ • terest will be the same. Find the sum allotted at present
to each son.
Note: Also see Rule - 20. Try to understand the difference
a) Rs 9000, Rs 9750 b) Rs 8000, Rs 1750
between these two rules.
Answers
Ex.: A man invests an amount of Rs 15,860 in the names
l.b 2. a 3. a 4. b
of his three sons A, B, and C in such a way that they
Simple Interest
5. a; Hint: Required ratio Illustrative Example

1 1 Ex.: A person lent a certain sum of money at 4% simple
100 + ( l 8 - 1 2 ) x 5 ' 100 + ( l 8 - 1 4 ) x 5 interest, and in 8 years the interest amounted to Rs
340 less than the sum lent. Find the sum lent.
= - L J _ = 12:13
: Soln: Detail Method: Let the sum be Rs x.
130 120
18750 , „ x x 8 x 4 _ 32x
Interest
Sum allotted to first son = TZ~r^ = Rs 9000 xl2
:
100 "Too
12 +1 J
18750 ,„ From the question,
Sum allotted to second son = ——— ' J = Rs 9750 X
12+ 1 j 32x _
340
Rule 25 100 ~
Theorem: There is a direct relationship between theprin- 32x = 100x-34000
100x Amount 34000
x = Rs 500
cipal and the amount and is given by sum = 68
100 + //
Illustrative Example have
Ex.: A certain sum of money amounts to Rs 2613 in 6 100x340 340x100
years at 5% per annum. Find the sum. Sum Rs 500.
100-8x4 68
Exercise
100x2613 1. A person lent a certain sum of money at 5% simple in-
t h e s u m =loo+ô-= R s 2 0 1 °- terest, and in 6 years the interest amounted to Rs 350
less than the sum lent. Find the sum lent.
Exercise
a)Rs600 b)Rs 500 c) Rs 650 d)Rs450
1. What principal will amount to Rs 274.05 in 2 years 6
2. A person lent a certain sum of money at 4% simple in-
months at 3'/2% per annum simple interest?
terest, and in 3 years the interest amounted to Rs 880
a)Rs 252 b)Rs250 c) Rs 248 d) Rs 270
2. What principal will amount to Rs 560 in 3 years at 4 per
a)Rsl000 b ) R s l 2 5 0 c ) R s l l 0 0 d)Rs!200
cent per annum simple interest?
3. A person lent a certain sum of money at 754% simple
a)Rs 540 b)Rs500 c) Rs 550 d) Rs 560
interest, and in 1254 years the interest amounted to Rs
3. Find the sum of money that will amount to Rs 5105 in
625 less than the sum lent. Find the sum lent.
654 years at 4% per cent per annum simple interest.
a) Rs 5000 b) Rs 10,000 d) Rs 1 00 d) Rs 1200
a)Rs3600 b)Rs4500 c)Rs4000 d)Rs4400
4. Find to the nearest rupee, what principal amount to Rs
3456.50 at 554 per cent in 4 years?
a)Rs2832 b) Rs 2633 c) Rs 2732 d) Rs 2833
a)Rs400 b).Is 450 c) Rs 500 d) Rs 560
5. What principal will amount to Rs 6133.75 in 3 years 9
months at 254 per cent?
a)Rs 5806 b) Rs 5608 c) Rs 5506 d) Rs 5508
Answers a)Rs 600 b)Rs650 c) Rs 700 d) Rs 750
l.a 2. b 3. c Answers
100x3456.5 l.b 2. a 3. b 4. a 5. b
4. d; Hint: Principal Rs 2833.2 (nearly)
100 + 22
Rule 27
Theorem: If a sum of money becomes 'n'times in't' years
Rule 26 at a simple interest, then the time in which it will amount to
Theorem: A person lent a certain sum of money at r% (m-l)
I imple interest and in't'years the interest amounted to Rs
'//i' times itself is given by I _ j j t years.
A less than the sum lent, then the sum lent is given by Rs
\00A Illustrative Example

100-/7 Ex.: A sum of money doubles itself in 4 years at a simple
interest. In how many years will it amount to 8 times
itself? a) 5 years b) 8 years c) 10 years d) 12 years

Soln: Applying the above formula, we have, 2. The simple interest on Rs 601 will be less than the inter-
est on Rs 726 at 5% simple interest by Rs 25. Find the
I
the required time : x4 = 28 years. time.
2-1
Exercise 3. 1 he simple interest on Rs 750 will be less than the inter-
1. A sum of money becomes 4 times itself in 3 years at a est on Rs 845 at 10% simple interest by Rs 57. Find the
simple interest. In how many years will it amount to 7 time.
times itself? a) 5 years b) 4 years c) 6 years d) 7 years
a) 6 years b) 12 years c) 8 years d) None of these 4. The simple interest on Rs 750 will be less than the inter-
2. A sum of money becomes 3 times itself in 3 years at a est on Rs 900 at 8% simple interest by Rs 60. Find the
simple interest. In how many years will it amount to 5 time.
times itself? a) 3 years b) 4 years c) 9 years d) 5 years
a) 8 years b) 6 years c) 7 years d) 5.5 years 5. The simple interest on Rs 1250 will be less than the in-
3. A sum off money becomes 5 times itself in 5 years at a terest on Rs 1400 at 3% simple interest by Rs 45. Find
simple interest. In how many years will it amount to 7 the time.
times itself?
a) 7 years b) 6 years 6 months
c) 6 years d) 7 years, 6 months Answers
4. A sum of money becomes 5 times itself in 4 years at a l.c 2. b 3c 1 4. d 5. a
simple interest. In how many years will it amount to 9 Rule 29
times itself?
a) 8 years b) 10 years c) 9 years d) 8 Vi years Theorem: Two equal amounts of money are deposited at
5. A sum of money doubles itself in 20 years, in how many r°/a and r % for /, and i years respectively. If the dif-
2 2
yea." would it treble itself?

ference between their interests is I d then the sum =
6. A sum of money doubles itself in 5 years. It will become /jxlQQ
4 times of itself in — r-yt
2'2
(Clerical Grade Exam, 19911
a) 10 years b) 12 years c) 15 years d) 20 years Illustrative Example
Ex.: Two equal amounts of money are deposited in two
Answers
banks each at 15% per annum for 3.5 years and 5
l.a 2. b 3.d 4. a 5, b 6. c
years respectively. If the difference between their in-
Rule 28 terests in Rs 144, find each sum.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the sum be Rs x, then
Theorem: If the simple interest on Rs P is less than the
x
X x 15 x 5 xxl5x7
144
interest on Rs P at r% simple interest by Rs A, then the
2
100 200
/IxlOO or, 150*- 105*= 144 x 200
time is given by 1 years.
144x200
.-. * = — = Rs 640
Ex The simple interest on Rs 1650 will be less than the Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
interest on Rs 1800 at 4% simple interest by Rs 30. have,
Find the time. 144x100 144x100
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have, Sum : Rs 640.
15x5-15x3.5 22.5
30x100 _ 30x100 _ 5 Exercise
Time =
4(1800-1650) ~ 4x150 ~ y C a r S ' 1. The simple interest on a certain sum of money at 4% per
annum for 4 years is Rs 80 more than the interest on the
Exercise same sum for 3 years at 5% per annum. Find the sum.
I. The simple interest on Rs 825 will be less than the inter- a) Rs 8000 b) Rs 8500 c) Rs 9000 d) Rs 4500
est on Rs 900 at 2% simple interest by Rs 15. Find the 2. "Die simple interest in 14 months on a certain sum at the
time rate o f 6 per cent per annum is Rs 250 more than the
mple Interest 285
interest on the same sum at the rate of 8 per cent in 8 the difference between their rates
months. How much amount was borrowed? 2.5x100
= 0.25%
[BSRB Bangalore PO, 2000] 500x2
a) Rs 15000 b) Rs 25000 c) Rs 7500 d) Rs 14500
The difference in simple interests on a certain sum of
Exercise
1. The difference between the interest received from two
money for 3 years and 5 years at 18% per annum is Rs
different banks on Rs 450 for 4 years is Rs 18. Find the
2160. Then the sum is .
differene between their rates.
a)Rs6500 b) Rs 4500 c) Rs 6000 d) Rs 7500
a) 2% b) 1% c) 1.5% d)3%
The difference in simple interests on a certain sum at
5% for 4 years and 6% for 3 years is Rs 20. Find the
sum.
a) Rs 1000 b) Rs 1200 c) Rs 800 d) Rs 900
a) 2% b) 1% c)2.5% d) 1.5%
The difference in simple interests on a certain sum at
4% per annum for 3 years and at 5% per annum for 2
years is Rs 50. Find the sum.
a)Rs5000 b)Rs4000 c) Rs 3000 d)Rs2500
The difference in simple interests earned on a certain a) 5% b)7% c)10% d)9%
sum of money at 6% per annum at the end of 2 years and 4. The difference between the interest received from two
at the end of 4 years is Rs 1200. What is the sum? different banks on Rs 600 for 6 years is Rs 72. Find the
a) Rs 5000 b) Rs 7000 c) Rs 10000 d) Rs 9000 differene between their rates.
a) 3% b)3.5% c)4% d) 2%
i*swers 5. The difference between the interest received from two
t Hint: Here Id = Rs 80, r, = 4%, r, = 4 years different banks on Rs 750 for 2 years is Rs 90. Find the
r = 5% and t - 3 years.
2 2
a) 4% b)6% c)8% d) None of these

250x100
I Hint: Sum Rs 15000 Answers
— x6 x8 l.b 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. b
12 12
Rule 31
4. a 5.d 6. c
Theorem: If a sum amounts to Rs A in t years and Rs X x
Rule 30 A 2 in t-, years at simple rate of interest, then rate per an-
rem: If the difference between the interest received
IOO[A -A ]
2 X
two different banks on RsXfor tyears isRs I , then d
num
I xl00
d
difference between their rates is given by

Xxt Illustrative Example
Ex.: A sum of money at simple interest amounts to Rs 600
sent. in 4 years and Rs 650 in 6 years. Find the rate of
interest per annum.
trative Example Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the rate of interest = r%
The difference between the interest received from two and the sum = Rs A
different banks on Rs 500 for 2 years is Rs 2.5. Find
the differene between their rates. Now, A + A x r > < 4 = 600 or, A + — = 600
Detail Method: 100 25
500x2x_r L 500x2xr 2 ,„
= 10r, or, A 1 + - = 600 ...(1)
ioo~ I =
2 100
- = 10r
2
2
25
/, -l =\0r =2.5 . , . Axrx6 ...

2 2
And A + = 650
100
, -r = — = 0.25%
or, A 1 +jr = 650 ....(2)
o r r 7
' 1 2 10
50
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Dividing (1) by (2), we have
have, |
Rule 32
1+ Theorem: If a person borrows RsXfrom a bank at simpli
25 600 (25 + r ) x 2 _ 12
interest and after t years he paid Rs x to the bank and m
t t
650' or, 50 + 3r 13 the end of r, years from the date of borrowing he paid Rs
50
to the bank to settle the account, then the rate of interest a
or,(50 + 2r) x 13 = (50 + 3r) x 12
or, 650 + 26r= 600 + 36r; or, lOr = 50 X, + Xj X
given by xl00 %.
.-. r = 5%. \h +
x h{ ~ \)_
x x
Quicker Method: Following the above theorem, we

have Illustrative Example
Ex.: Ramesh borrows Rs 7000 from a bank at SI. A i t s
100[650-600] 100x50
= 5% three years he paid Rs 3000 to the bank and at the e-:
6x600-4x650 1000 of 5 years from the date of borrowing he paid Rs 54>C
Note: Also see Rule -13. to the bank to settle the account. Find the rate of : T -
Exercise terest.
1. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amounts to Soln: Detail Method: Any sum that is paid back to the b i n
Rs 720 in 2 years and to Rs 1020 in 7 years. Find the before the last instalment is deducted from the p
rate per cent per annum. cipal and not from the interest. Thus,
a) 10% b) 12% c)5% d) 15% Total interest = Interest on Rs 7000 for 3 years +
2. The amount of a certain sum with simple interest for 20 terest on (Rs 7000 - Rs 3000) = Rs 4000 for 2 v e i -
years is Rs 586.40 and with simple interest for 10 years or, (5450 + 3000 - 7000)
more is Rs 696.35. Find the rate per cent per annum at 7000x3xr 4000x2xr
which interest is reckoned. -+ -
100 100
a) 3% b)4% c)5% d) 8%
3. A certain sum of money at simple interest amounts to Rs or, 1450 = 210r + 80r
379.50 in 3 years and to Rs 453.75 in 754 years. Find the
rate of interest. 290 = 5%.
1 4 5 0
a) 6% b)4% c)5% d) 8% Quicker Method: Following the above theorem

4. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amounts to have
Rs 460 in 3 years while in 5 years it amounts to Rs 500. 3000 + 5450-7000 3
Find the rate of interest. the rate of interest
(3000 x 3) +(5 x 4000") j '
a) 6% b)5% c)4% d) 3%
5. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amount to Rs _ 1450x100 _ 1450 _ 5 0
560 in 3 years while in 5 years it amounts to Rs 600.

29000 ~ 290 "
Find the rate of interest.
a) 3% b)5% c)4% d) 6% Exercise
6. A certain sum of money at SI amounts to Rs 1012 in 2V4 1. Rakesh borrows Rs 3500 from a bank at SI. After
years and to Rs 1067.20 in 4 years. The rate of interest years he paid Rs 1500 to the bank and at the enc
per annum is [Central Excise, 1989| years from the date of borrowing he paid Rs 27251
a) 2.5% b)3% c)4% d) 5% bank to settle the account. Find the rate of interest
7. A certain sum of money at simple interest amounts to Rs a) 10% b)5% c)2.5% d)Noneofi
1260 in 2 years and to Rs 1350 in 5 years. The rate per 2. Sudhir borrows Rs 6000 from a bank at SI. After 4 j
cent per annum is [Central Excise, 1988) he paid Rs 2500 to the bank and at the end of 5 \
a) 2.5% b) 3.75% c) 5% d) 7.5% from the date of borrowing he paid Rs 4560 to the
Answers to settle the account. Find the rate of interest,
a) 3% b)3.5% c)3.85% d)Nonec
3. Uday borrows Rs 5000 from a bank at SI. After S
2. a; Hint: Here r = 20 + 10 = 30 years
2
he paid Rs 1700 to the bank and at the end of 5
(696.35-586.40)100 from the date of borrowing he paid Rs 3550 to the |
.•. Required rate % = = 3% to settle the account. Find the rate of interest.
586.40x30-696.35x20
a)l% b) 1.5% c)2% d) 10%
3. c 4. b 5. c 6. c 7. a
4. Binod borrows Rs 5500 from a bank at SI. After Z
Simple Interest
he paid Rs 2410 to the bank and at the end of 2 years
from the date of borrowing he paid Rs 3690 to the bank
3. Some amount out o f Rs 950 was lent at 6% per annum
and the remaining at 4% per annum. I f the total simple
to settle the account. Find the rate of interest. interest from both the fractions in 5 years was Rs 200.
find the sum lent at 6% per annum,
a) % b) 2 - % c) 6 - % d) 5 - % a) Rs 700 b) Rs 100 c) Rs 250 d) Rs 450
2
Answers
Answers l.c 2. b 3.b
l.b 2. c j. a 4. d
Rule 34
Rule 33
Theorem: Some amount out of Rs P was lent at r % per / Theorem: A person invested n of his capital atx %, t
annum and the remaining at r,% per annum. If the total

simple interest from both the fractions in t years was Rs
'A', then the sum lent at r % per annum wus given by Rs
t
at x % and the remainder ~ at x %. If his annual income
2 }
00A-Pr t 2
/IxlOO
is Rs A, the capital is given by Rs
Illustrative Example >h n-, n-.
Ex.: Some amount out of Rs 7000 was lent at 6% per an- Illustrative Example
num and the remaining at 4% per annum. If the total
1 1
simple interest from both the fractions in 5 years was Ex.: A man invested - ot his capital at 7%, — at 8% and
Soln: J 4
Rs 1600, find the sum lent at 6% per annum.
the remainder at 10%. If his annual income is Rs561,
Detail Method: Suppose Rs x was lent at 6% per
find the capital.
annum.
xx6x5 (7000-x)x4x5 Soln: Detail Method:
Thus, 100
— +- 100
-r = '600
1
Let the capital be Rs x.
ix 7000 -x From the question,
or, — + = 1600
0 5
3x + 14000-2x
1 1 I 1
x o f 10%
1600 -x of 7%+ - x o f 8% +
or, 3 4 3 + 4
10
* x = 16000-14000 = Rs 2000. Rs 561
have -xx7 —xx8 xxlO
A 12
100x1600-7000x4x5 or, —+- Rs 561
100 100 100
the required answer =
(6-4)5
25
= Rs 2000. or, 1 x + 2x + —6
x = 561xI00
Exercise 561x100x6
or, x Rs 6600.
1. Some amount out of Rs 8000 was lent at 7% per annum 51
and the remaining at 5% per annum. I f the total simple Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
interest from both the fractions in 6 years was Rs 2600, have
find the sum lent at 7% per annum.
2000 5000 4000 561x100
Capital = -= rr- = Rs 6600.
a) Rs —r- b) Rs 1500 c) Rs — — d) Rs T ~
j J 3 - +2+—
2. Some amount out of Rs 9000 was lent at 8% per annum
and the remaining at 6% per annum. I f the total simple Exercise
interest from both the fractions in 7 years was Rs 3900,
1 1
find the sum lent at 8% per annum. 1. — of my capital is invested at 4 per cent, — at 3 per
5000 6000
a)Rs —z— b)Rs -*-±— c)Rs!600 d) None of these cent and the remainder at 5 per cent. I f my annual in-
come is Rs 50, find the capital. Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
a ) R s l l 0 0 b ) R s l 3 0 0 c) Rs 1200 d) Rs 1600 00x40
rate = = 5%
2 1 160
2. — of my capital is invested at 3 per cent, — at 6 per
Exercise
cent and the remainder at 12 per cent. I f my annual in- 1. The simple interest on certain sum Rs 625 is Rs 1
come is Rs 25. find the capital. and the number of years is equal to the rate per cent
a)Rs 500 b)Rs600 c) Rs 650 d)Rs450 annum. Find the rate per cent.
a) 5% b)4% c)3% d)4.5%
1 1
3. — of my capital is invested at 4 per cent, — at 6 per 2. The simple interest on certain sum Rs 225 is Rs 4.
4 8
the number of years is equal to the rate per cent per
cent and the remainder at 8 per cent. I f my annual innum. Find the rate per cent.
come is Rs 270, find the capital.
a)Rs 5000 b)Rs4400 c) Rs 4000 d) Rs 3800
a) 1% b) 2 j % c)l-% d)NoneoftL
3 1
4. — of my capital is invested at 8 per cent, - at 8 per 3. The simple interest on certain sum Rs 100 is Rs 9.
4 8
the number of years is equal to the rate per cent per
cent and the remainder at 8 per cent. I f my annual innum. Find the rate per cent.
come is Rs 480, find the capital. a) 3% b)4% c) 1% d)2%
a)Rs6000 b)Rs6600 c) Rs 4800 d) Rs 5600 4. The simple interest on certain sum Rs 729 is Rs
1 1 and the number of years is equal to the rate per cere
5. — of my capital is invested at 5 per cent, — at 5 per cent annum. Find the rate per cent.
and the remainder at 5 per cent. I f my annual income is

a ) 4 l % b ) 4 i % C ) 3^% d ) 9 J %
Rs 50, find the capital. 9 3 3 4
a)Rs 800 b)Rs1000 c) Rs 1200 d ) R s l 5 0 0 5. The simple interest on certain sum Rs 900 is Rs
1 1 and the number of years is equal to the rate per cen
6. Out of a certain sum, — rd is invested at 3%, — th at 6% annum. Find the rate per cent.
3 6
and the rest at 8%. If the simple interest for 2 years from a) 3 | % b) 3% c) 3 - % d)Noneofr
all these investments amounts to Rs 600, find the origi-
nal sum. |BSRB Bank PO Exam, 1988] Answers
a)Rs 5000 b)Rs6000 c) Rs 5200 d) Rs 5500 l.b 2.c 3.a 4. a 5. c
Answers
l.c 2. a 3. c 4. a 5. b
Rule 36
Theorem: To find the amount (Principal + Simple .
600 est).
6. a; Hint: Here A = annual income = Rs Rs300
If a borrower has to pay at r% simple interest per ai
= simple interest per annum. for t years and simple interest is given as Rs I, themi
Now, apply the given rule and get the answer. following formula is used to find the amount.
\ 100"
Rule 35 A (Amount) = I (Simple Interest) 1 +
Theorem: If the simple interest on certain sum 'P' is T

and the number of years is equal to the rate per cent per Illustrative Example
annum, then the rate per cent or time is given by Ex.: A certain sum of money is borrowed by a
4% simple interest for 5 years. I f he has to
100x7 160 as interest, find the total amount he has I
Note: Compare this rule with Rule - 4. 100

Amount = 1+ = Rs 960.
Illustrative Example ~20
Ex.: The simple interest on certain sum Rs 160 is Rs 40, Exercise
and the number of years is equal to the rate per cent 1. A certain sum of money is borrowed by a perse
per annum. Find the rate per cent. simple interest for 5 years. If he has to pay R i
Simple Interest
interest, find the total amount he has to pay.
a)Rs400 b)Rs 500 c)Rs550 d) None of these
terest.
a) 10% b) 8% c) 7% d) 5%
2. A certain sum of money is borrowed by a person at 3% 5. The simple interest on Rs 150 for 3 years together :~
simple interest for 4 years. I f he has to pay Rs 120 as that on Rs 250 for 6 years came to Rs 97.50, the rate
interest, find the total amount he has to pay. being the same in both the cases. Find the rate per cent
a) Rs 1020 b) Rs 820 c) Rs 1120 d) Rs 1220 of interest.
3. A certain sum of money is borrowed by a person at 5% a) 10% b)5% c)6% d)8%
simple interest for 3 years. I f he has to pay Rs 150 as 6. A lent Rs 600 to B for 2 years and Rs 150 to C for 4
interest, find the total amount he has to pay. years and received altogether from both Rs 90 as simple
a)Rsll50 b)Rsl250 c)Rsl050 d)Rsl350 interest. The rate of interest is: |Railways, 1988|
4. A certain sum of money is borrowed by a person at 3% a) 12% b) 10% c)5% d)4%
simple interest for 6 years. I f he has to pay Rs 144 as
Answers
interest, find the total amount he has to pay.
l.b 2. a 3.d 4. a 5.b 6. c
a) Rs 1044 b) Rs 844 c) Rs 1144 d) Rs 944
Answers Rule 38
l.b 2.c 3. a 4. d Theorem: On Rs P, invested at a simple interest rate
Rule 37 per cent per annum, Rs /, is obtained as interest in certain
Theorem: If a person lends Rs P\ r, years and Rs P 2 years. In order to earn Rs l 2 as Interest on Rs P in the
2
for t years received altogether Rs I as a simple interest,

2
same number of years, the rate of simple interest is given
100/ -xr, per cent.

the rate per cent per annum is by
yP,t +P t
x 2 2j
Ex.: On R.s 2500 invested at a simple interest rate 4 per
Ex.: A person lends Rs 600 for 5 years and Rs 750 for 2
cent per annum, Rs 500 is obtained as interest in cer-
years, received altogether Rs 450 as a simple inter-
tain years. In order to earn Rs 2000 as interest on Rs
est. Find the rate per annum.
4000, in the same number of years, what should be
Soln: Applying he above formula, we have
the rate of simple interest?
100x450 Soln: Detail Method:
= 10%.
(600x5)+ (750x2) 500x100
Time = — ~ - 5 years
Exercise 2500x4
1. A lent Rs 600 to B for 2 years, and Rs 150 to C for 4 2000x100
years and received altogether from both Rs 90 as inter- Rate 10%
5x4000
est. Find the rate of interest, simple interest being calcu-
lated. Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
a) 4% b)5% c)6% d) 10% 2500 2000
2. A man lends Rs 3 5 0 for 6 years and Rs 540 for 2 A years the required answer :
-x4 = 10%
X
4000 500
to two persons and receives in all Rs 115 as interest. Fin
the rate per cent, if simple interest be reckoned. Exercise
1. On Rs 3000 invested at a simple interest rate 6 per cent
a) 3 ^ % b ) 2 i % c)3^-% d ) 2 | % per annum, Rs 900 is obtained as interest in certain years.
j 3 3 3 In order to earn Rs 1600 as interest on Rs 4000 in the
3. The simple interest on Rs 400 for 5 years together with same number of years, what should be the rate of simple
that on Rs 600 for 4 years came to Rs 132, the rate being interest? [BSRB Mumbai PO, 19991
the same in both the cases. Find the rate per cent of in- a) 7 per cent b) 8 per cent
terest. c) 9 per cent d) Data inadequate
a)l% b)5% c)4% d)3% 2. On Rs 1250 invested at a simple interest rate 2 per cent
4. The simple interest on Rs 300 for 6 years together with per annum, Rs 250 is obtained as interest in certain years.
that on Rs 500 for 5 years came to Rs 430, the rate being In order to earn Rs 1000 as interest on Rs 2000 in the
the same in both the cases. Find the rate per cent of in- same number ofyears, what should be the rate of simple
P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATHS Sr
interest? treble itself in 25 years?

a) 3% b)4% c)5% d) None of these a) 4% b)5% c)8% d) 6%
3. On Rs 1500 invested at a simple interest rate 3 per cent 3. In how many years will a sum of money treble itself at
per annum, Rs 450 is obtained as interest in certain years.
,1
In order to earn Rs 800 as interest on Rs 2000 in the
same number of years, what should be the rate of simple
interest? a) 64 years b) 32 years c ) 54 years d) 60 years
a) 4% b)6% c)5% d) 8% 4. At what rate of interest per annum will a sum double
4. On Rs 3500 invested at a simple interest rate 7 per cent itself in 8 years?
per annum, Rs 500 is obtained as interest in certain years. [Bank PO Exam, 1986|
a) 1254% b)5% c)6% d) 10'/2%
In order to earn Rs 800 as interest on Rs 4900 in the
same number of years, what should be the rate of simple Answers
interest?
a) 9% b) 10% c) 12% d)8% 2-1
l.c; Hint: xlOO = 20 ... = 5%
r
5. On Rs 4500 invested at a simple interest rate 12 percent

per annum, Rs 1200 is obtained as interest in certain 2. c 3. a 4. a
years. In order to earn Rs 1800 as interest on Rs 5400 in
the same number of years, what should be the rate of Miscellaneous
simple interest? 1. I f the rate of interest rises from 654 to 8%, a man's an-
a) 14% b) 15% c) 18% d) 16% nual income increases by Rs 4050. Find the capital
a) Rs 270000 b) Rs 370000
Answers
l.b 2. c 3. a 4. d 5. b
2. I f Rs 5600 amount to Rs 6678 in 314 years, what will Rs
Rule 39
Theorem: The time in which a sum of money becomes n 9400 amount to in 5 — years, at the same rate per cent
times itself at r% per annum simple interest is given by
per annum simple interest?
( n-V a)Rs9400 b) Rs 12114.25
xlOO years.
3. A man derives his income from the investment of R>
Illustrative Example 4150 at a certain rate of interest and Rs 3500 at 1 pa
Ex.: In what time will a sum of money double itself at 5% cent higher. His whole income for 4 years is Rs 1211
per annum simple interest being charged? Find the rates of interest.
a) 3 54%, 4 54% b) 2 54%, 3 54%
Soln: Detail Method
c) 454%, 5 54% d) None of these
Suppose the capital is Rs 100, in order to double it- 4. The simple interest on a sum of money will be Rs 600
self the interest on it should also amount to Rs 100. after 10 years. I f the principal is trebled after 5 years,
Now, the interest on Rs 100 for 1 year = Rs 5 the total interest at the end of 10 years will be:
IBank PO 198"]
100 a) Rs 600 b) Rs 900
the required no. of years = 20 years.
5. I f x is the simple interest on y and y is the simple interest
on z, the rate % and the time being the same in both
have
cases, what is the relation between x, y and z?
2-1 IBank PO, 1989]
the required answer x 100 = 20 years
a) x = yz
2 b) y 2 = xz c) z = xy
2 d) xyz = 1
Exercise Answers
1. At what rate per cent simple interest will a sum of money 1. a; Due to the rise in the rate of interest, annual incorr-;
double itself in 20 years?
IBank PO Exam, 1990J
increases by Rs 8 - 6 2 I = Rs 1 —, when the capital I
2. At what rate per cent simple interest will a sum of money Rs 100.
Simple Interest
100x2x4050 1211 1071

Thus the required capital : = Rs 270000 Interest on Rs 7650 = Rs Rs 35 = Rs
2. b; We first find the rate per cent 1071 100 1

Interest on Rs 5600 = Rs 6678 - Rs 5600 = Rs 1078 .-. Interest on Rs 100 = Rs — j - = Rs 3 -
100x1078 100x1078x2
rate%- 5 6 0 0x3 5600x7 .-. The lower rate is 3 i % and the higher rate is 4 - j % .
4. c; Let the sum be Rs x.

9400x21x11 SI = Rs 600, Time = 10 years
Interest on Rs 9400 = Rs
100x4x2 600x100
Rate = I )%
*x!0 ) " '
1 f6000
10857
/0
\ /'Perannum.
= Rs Rs 2714.25
f xx5x6000^|
.-. the required amount = Rs 9400 + Rs 2714.25 SI for first 5 years = Rs = Rs 300.
= Rs 12114.25 lOOxx J
1211 ( 3xx5x6000 A
3. a; Income for 1 year = Rs —^— SI for last 5 years = Rs Rs 900

V lOOx*
Since the rate of interest for Rs 3 500 is 1 % higher, there-
Hence, total interest at the end of 10 years = Rs 1200
1211
fore, if we subtract 1% on Rs 3500 from Rs the yxrxt zxrxt
5. b; =
x and v :
remainder will be 1 year's interest on (Rs 4150 + Rs 100 100

3500) at the lower rate of interest.
Interest on (Rs 4150 + Rs 3500) V
or, or,
y z
1211 , n /
= Rs — 1% on Rs 3500 Correct answer is (b).
Compound Interest
Rule 1
years at 3 - per cent
lfPrincipal = R s P
Time = t years a) Rs 2979.10 b)Rs2997.10
Rate = r per cent per annum and c) Rs 2797.10 d) None of these
Interest is compounded annually, then, 6. What is the amount at compound interest for 2 years at
2 per cent?
r a) 2.0404 times the principal
Amount = b) 1.0404 times the principal
100
c) 1.404 times the principal
Illustrative Example d) Data inadequate
Ex.: Rs 7500 is borrowed at CI at the rate of 4% per
Answers
annum. What will be the amount to be paid after 2
years? 10
l.d;Hint: Amount = 10000 1 +
Soln: Applying the above formula, 100
. n2
7500x26x26
Amount = 7500 1 + - = lOOOOx j i x j ^ x j ^ =Rsl3310
100 25x25
• Rs 8112. 17640
2.b;Hint:^= 1 + 4 or 16000
Exercise 100 J
I. Raviraj invested an amount of Rs 10,000 at compound
interest rate of 10 per cent per annum for a period of 111025 , r 5x7x3 r
or il —H or
three years. How much amount will Raviraj get after 3 ' 10000
Al 100 ' 100 "Too
years? |SBI Associates PO, 1999]
a)Rs 12340 b)Rs 13210 c)Rs 13320 d)Rs 13310 105-100
or, or,r = 5%
Seema invested an amount of Rs 16000 for two years at 100 100
compound interest and received an amount of Rs 17640 3.d 4. a 5.a 6.b
on maturity. What is the rate of interest?
|SBI Associates PO, 1999| Rule 2
a) 8 pcpa b) 5 pcpa c)4pcpa d) None of these When interest is compounded half-yearly
Amit Kumar invested an amount of Rs 15000 at com-
pound interest rate of 10 pcpa for a period of 2 years. l2l
r
What amount will he receive at the end of two years?
Amount = P i + i i+-
|GuwahatiPO,1999] 200
100
a) Rs 18000 b)Rs 18500 c)Rs 17000 d)Rs 18150
Find the amount at compound interest of Rs 625 in 2 Illustrative Example
years at 4 per cent. Ex.: Rs 7500 is borrowed at CI at the rate of 4% per annum.
a)Rs676 b)Rs756 c)Rs767 d)Rs675 What will be the amount to be paid after 1 year, i f
5. Find the amount at compound interest of Rs 2700 in 3 interest is compounded half-yearly?
Soln: Applying the above formula, Find the compound interest on Rs 10000 in 9 months at
4 per cent interest payable quarterly.
Amount = 7 5 0 0
1+- a) Rs 303 (Approx) b) Rs 313 (Approx)
200 _ c) Rs 203 (Approx) d) None of these
7500x102x102 Find the compound interest on Rs 8000 in 3 months at 5
= Rs7803. per cent interest payable quarterly.
Ton x 100
a)Rs250 b)Rs200 c)R 5 150 d)Rsl00
Exercise
Answers
1. Find the amount of Rs 1000 in 1 year at 5 per cnet com-
pound interest payable half-yearly,
a) Rs 1050 (Approx) b) Rs 950 (Approx) 1. b; Hint: Amount - 200o| + i .d S S L -
c) Rs 1125 (Approx) d) Rs 1025 (Approx) 400
2..-Find the amount of Rs 6400 in 1 year 6 months at 5 per
cent compound interest, interest being calculated half
= 2000|— Rs 2262.81
yearly. I 40
a) Rs 6882.10 b)Rs6892.10
Compound interest = 2262.81 - 2000 = Rs 262.81
3. Find the compound interest on Rs 350 for 1 year at 4 per 2. a 3.d
cent per annum, the interest being payable half yearly.
Rule 4
a)Rs364.14 b)Rs365.15 c)Rs 14.14 d)Rs 15.15
Let Principal = R s P
Answers Time = t years
l.a 2.b Rate = r per cent per annum
204 204
3. c; Hint: Amount = j 5 0 x ^ " ^ " =Rs364.14
0 x 0
CI (Compound Interest) = A - P = P 1+—^— -1
100x« J
.-. Compound interest = Rs 364.14 - Rs 350 = Rs 14.14
Where, n = 1, when the interest is compounded yearly
Rule 3 ^ 0 n = 2, when the interest is compounded half-yearly
When interest is compounded quarterly n = 4, when the interest is compounded quarterly
n = 12, when the interest is compounded monthly
r When, interest is compounded yearly, n = 1
Amount = P =P 1+-
100 400 1+ r
CI= P
Too
Illustrative Example Note: Rule 1,2 and 3 are special cases of this general rule.
Ex.: Rs 7500 is borrowed at CI at the rate of 4% per annum. Illustrative Example
What will be the amount to be paid after 6 months, i f Ex.: If the interest is compounded annually, find the
interest is compounded quarterly? compound interest on Rs 2000 for 3 years at 10%
Soln: Applying the above formula, per annum.
Soln: Applying the above formula,
4 7500x101x101
Amount = 7500 3
400 100x100 ( io V fill
CI= 2000 i + — - i = 2000 — - 1
= Rs 7650.75. I IOOJ Uo,
Exercise = Rs662.
1 Exercise
1. Find the compound interest on Rs 2000 for 1 — years at 1. The compound interest on any sum at the rate of 5% for
two years is Rs 512.50. Find the sum.
10 per cent per annum, the interest being payable quar-
[BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999|
terly.
a)Rs5200 b)Rs4800 c)Rs5000 d)Rs5500
a) Rs 2262.81 b)Rs 262.81
2. Find the amount on Rs 60,000, i f the interest is com-
Compound Interest
512.50x400
pounded half-yearly at 4 per cent per annum for 1— x= — = Rs 5000
41
years. [NABARD, 1999] 4 3'
a) Rs 63672.48 b) Rs 62424.00 2. a; Hint: Here r = - = 2% and t = - x 2 =3 years
c)Rs 67491.84 d)Rs 64896.00
3. What will be the compound interest acquired on a sum
of Rs 12000 for 3 years at the rate of 10% per annum? Amount = 60000 1 + 60000x — x — x —
100 50 50 50
[BSRBBhopalPO,2000]
a)Rs2652 b)Rs3972 c)Rs3960 d)Rs3852 = Rs 63672.48
4. Find the compound interest on Rs 4000 for 3 years at 5
per cent per annum. 10
3. b; Hint: Compound interest = 12000 1 + - -12000
a)Rs630 b)Rs 620.50 v
Too
c) Rs 630.50 d) None of these = 15972-12000 = Rs 3972
\d the compound interest on Rs 1600 for 3 years at 4. c 5. a
6. c; Hint: Let Rs P be the principal
per cent per annum.
.2
a) Rs 186.83 b)Rs 168.83 c)Rs 186.38 d)Rs 168.38 ThenP|l + — I -H52
6. What principal will amount to Rs 13 52 in 2 years at 4 per
cent compound interest?
25 25
7. On what principal will the compound interest for 3 years
at 5 per cent amount to Rs 63.05? p = 1352x25x25
a)Rs400 b)Rs500 c)Rs450 d)Rs550 26x26
CSÂ^ property decreases in value every year at the rate of
.-. the required principal is Rs 1250
6 — per cent on its value at the beginning of that year. I f 7. a; Hint: Let Rs P be the principal
its value at the end of 3 years be Rs 21093.75, what was

it worth at the beginning of these three years? ThenRsP jf 1 + ^j _ 1 f=Rs63.05
a) Rs 25600 b)Rs 26500 c)Rs 25500 d)Rs 25800
9. One man offers Rs 80000 for an estate and another Rs
21 21 21^_
x x 1 6305
84270 to be paid in 3 year's time, allowing 6 per cent
compound interest. Which is the better offer. {20 20 20 100
a) first b) second c) both d) None of these P = Rs400
10. A merchant commences with a certain capital and gains the required principal is Rs 400
annually at the rate of 25 per cent. At the end of 3 years
he is worth Rs 10,000. What was his original capital.
a)Rs5120 b)Rs5220 c)Rs5210 d)Rs5130
8. a; Hint: Here P 1 — = 21093-

11. What sum put out for 1 — years at 4 per cent compound 100
interest, payable half-yearly will amount to Rs 6632.55?

a)Rs6250 b)Rs6520 c)Rs6350 d) None of these
84375
12. Rs 800 at 5% per annum compound interest amount to .-. P I T
Rs 882 in vl6y
[Clerical Grade 1991]
a) 4 years b) 3 years c) 2 years d) 1 year _ 84375x16x16x16
•'• P = A k i< i<
4x15x15x15 =Rs25600
Answers
.-. Original value of the property = Rs 25600
1. c; Hint: Let the sum be Rs x
9. a; Hint: Rs 80000 after 3 years will become
441-400
512.50 = „ „ „ 106 106 106
100J 400 80000 ^ ^ " J ^ = R s 95281.28, which is greater
x x 0 x
than Rs 84270. Hence, first one is a better offer. a)Rs28119 b)Rs29118 c)Rs28129 d)Rs28117
4. What sum will amount to Rs 15916.59 in 3 years at com-
10000x100x100x100
10. a; Hint: Original capital = ————~~z = 80 pound interest, the interest for 1st, 2nd and 3rd years
being 3,2 and 1 per cent respectively.
I ^£ j X X l £j
a) Rs 15900 b) Rs 15000 c) Rs 16000 d) None of these
x64 = Rs5120 5. What sum of money will amount to Rs 699.66 in 2 years,
6<J23.SS~ 1 0 0~ l O O ^ l O O reckoning compound interest for 1 year at 4 per cent and
11. a;Hint:Sum= =Rs6250
102x102x102 for the other at 3 — per cent per annum.
4
a)Rs560 b)Rs650 c)Rs670 d)Rs580
6632.55 = Sum l + -2-
100 Answers
Lb 2.d 3.a
12. c; Hint: Let time be t years 4 b-Hinf 15916.59 '== P\x

P\ —
' UOO 100 100
it „„„ ,
882 21
882 = 800 1 + 1591659x100x100
00 800 20 P = = Rs 15000
103x102x101
699.66x100x200
t = 2 years 5. b; Hint: Sum = = Rs 650
104x207
Rule 5 Rule 6
Let, Amount = Rs A
When rate of interest is r %, r % and r % for 1st year,
x 2 3
Principal = R s P
2nd year, and 3rd year respectively, then Amount = P Time = t years
X"i 4-" X
+
100 100 100 Rate of interest (r) = n x 100 % per annum.

Ex.: Rs 7500 is borrowed at CI at the rate of 2% for the first Where, n = 1, when the interest is compounded yearly
year, 4% for the second year and 5% for the third n = 2, when the interest is compounded half-yearly
year. Find the amount to be paid after 3 years. n=4, when the interest is compounded quarterly
Soln: Applying the above theorem, n = 12, when the interest is compounded monthly
If the interest is compounded yearly, then n = 1
Amount = 7 5 0 0
1+- 1+- 1 + _5_
100 100 100
._ 100 % per annum.
7500x102x104x105
= Rs 8353.8.
100x100x100
Exercise Ex. 1: At what rate per cent per annum will Rs 1000 amount
1. Rs 50000 is borrowed at CI at the rate of 1 % for the first to Rs 1331 in 3 years? The interest is compounded
year, 2% for the second year and 3% for the third year. yearly.
Find the amount to be paid after 3 years, Soln: Applying the above formula,
a) Rs 50355.3 b)Rs 53055.3 c)Rs 53505.3 d)Rs 53053.5
2. Rs 125000 is borrowed at CI at the rate of 2% for the first [1331]
1/3
year, 3% for the second year and 4% for the third year. r = 100
t1000J
100 iir*-,
Find the amount to be paid after 3 years, 10
a) Rs 135678 b)Rs 136587 c)Rs 163578 d)Rs 136578
= 10% per annum
3. Rs 25000 is borrowed at CI at the rate of 3% for the first
Ex.2: At what rate per cent compounded yearly will Rs
year, 4% for the second year and 5% for the third year.
80,000 amount to Rs 88,200 in 2 years?
Find the amount to be paid after 3 years.
Compound Interest 297
, 1 t 1
Soln: Detail Method: We have 80,000 | 1 + Rs88200 annum, compounded yearly for - — years.
100
Soln: We know that, compound interest = Amount - Princi-
88200 441 ,,\ pal
or, 1+- CI = A - P
100 80000 400
Now, using the above formula,
21
or, 1+- 1+-
00 20 A= P 1 +-
100 200
• r = 5%
Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, 2
"105" "205"
= 2000 X
f88200Y , _100_ 200 _
100 - 1 = 100 2 1 1
1,80000 J _20~ . 2000x105x105x205
Rs 2260.12
= 5% per annum. 100x100x200
Exercise .-. CI = 2260.12-2000 = Rs260.12.

At what rate per cent compound interest, will Rs 400 Exercise
amount to Rs 441 in 2 years?
a) 4% b)5% c)6% d)3% 1. Find the amount of Rs 800 at compound interest in 2-
1 At what rate per cent compound interest will Rs 625 years at 5 per cent.
amount to Rs 676 in 2 years? a) Rs 904.05 b)Rs 904.50 c)Rs904 d)Rs 905.04
a) 3% b)Rs2% c)4% d)5%
I At what rate per cent will the compound interest on Rs On what sum will the compound interest for 2— years
2500 amount to Rs 477.54 in 3 years?
at 10% amount to Rs 6352.50?
a)Rs4900 b)Rs5500 c)Rs5000 d)Rs5800
Answers
' 1 [
l.b 2.c Find the amount of Rs 4000 for 2— years at 6% com-

pound interest,
( 2977.54 V
3 a: Hint: rate % = 100 a) Rs 4629.23 b)Rs 4692.32
i 2500 c)Rs 4639.32 d) None of these
Answers
V Here compound interest = Rs 477.54 (given)
1. a
• Amount (A) =Rs 2500+ Rs 477.54 = Rs 2977.54
6352.50x100x100x100
< — -1 • 6°., 2. c;Hint: Sum = — —
110x110x105 = Rs5000
.50 3.a
Rule 7 Rule 8
Let Principal = P Theorem: A sum of money, placed at compound interest,
Rate = r% per annum becomes n times in tyears andm times in xyears. We calcu-
Amount = A and late the value of x from the equation given below
Time is given in the form of fraction like 2— years.
r
Ex. 1: A sum of money placed at compound interest doubles
\mount(A)= P 1 + - itself in 4 years. In how many years will it amount to
100 100
eight times itself?
Ll: Find the compound interest on Rs 2000 at 5% per We have P •2P 1+- = ?
100 J 100,
Cubing both sides, we get itself in 5 years. In how many years will it amount to 8
times itself?
1+- = 2=8 a) 18 years b) 15 years c) 16 years d) 12 years
100J 2. A sum of money placed at compound interest doubles
itself in 6 years. In how many years will it amount to 16
( V 2 times itself?
Or P = 8P a) 24 years b) 26 years c) 22 years d) 20 years
u' 1, 100 ^ 3. A sum of money placed at compound interest thrice it-
Hence, the required time is 12 years. self in 4 years. In how many years will it amount to 27
Quicker Method-1: times itself?
x becomes 2x in 4 years a) 12 years b) 15 years c) 14 years d) 10 years
2x becomes 4x in next 4 years ^ 4 ^ " l f a sum o f money at compound interest amounts to
4x becomes 8x in yet another 4 years thrice itself in 3 years, then in how many years will it be
Thus, x becomes 8x in 4 + 4 + 4 = 1 2 years 9 times itself? | Bank PO Exam, 19811
Quicker Method - II a) 12 year b) 6 years c) 9 years d) 15 years
Answers
2 ./4 = 8 l/, 2 I / 4 = 2 3 / * ^ I = 3 l.b 2. a 3.a 4.c
Rule 9
:.x = \2 years.
Theorem: If a certain sum becomes'm' times in 7' yean,
Quicker Method - III: Remember the following con-
clusion: the rate of compound interest r is equal to 100 [(/w) ' - l i
17
If a sum becomes n times in t years at CI then it will Illustrative Example

be (n) times in mt years. Thus, i f a sum becomes 2
m
Ex.: At what rate per cent compound interest does a sum
times in 4 years it will be (2) times in 3 x 4 = 12 years.
3
of money become nine-fold in 2 years?
Ex.2: A sum of money at compound interest amounts to Soln: Detail Method: Let the sum be Rs x and the rate of
thrice itself in three years. In how many years will it compound interest be r% per annum, then
be 9 times itself?
Soln: Detail Method: 9x = x(]+-^~) or, 9
Suppose the sum = Rs x K lOOj 100
Then, we have
or, 3 200%
>3
1 + Too;or'ioo
3x = x 1 + - or, 3 = 1 + -
100 100 Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we ha'
Squaring both sides r = 1 Oo[(9) -1] = 100(3 - 1 ) = 200% .

1/2
Exercise
fi+—1 1. At what rate per cent compound interest, does a sum
9
money become — times itself in 2 years?
Now multiply both sides by x; then 9x = x\ + a) 50% b)100% c)25% d)40%
100 J 2. At what rate per cent will the compound interest, does
the sum x will be 9 times in 6 years. sum of money become four fold in 2 years?
Quicker Method: Remember the following conclu- IBank PO Exam, 19"
sion: a) 150% b)100% c)200% d)75%
3. At what rate per cent will the compound interest, does
If a sum becomes n times in (years at CI then it will
sum of money become 27 times in 3 years?
be (n) m times in mt years. a) 100% b) 150% c)75% ' d)200%
4. At what rate per cent will the compound interest, does
Thus, i f a sum becomes 3 times in 3 years it will be
sum of money become 16 times in 4 years?
(3) times in 2 x 3 = 6 years.
2
a) 100% b) 150% c)50% d)75%
Exercise Answers
1. A sum of money placed at compound interest doubles La 2.b I d 4. a
Compound Interest
\
Theorem: If the CI on a certain sumfor t years atr%be Rs

Rule 10 Quicker Method II: Here, t = 2
C, then the SI is given by the following formula, Simple SI= 101.50 = Rsl00 (SeeNotel
rt Exercise
Interest (SI) = x Compound Interest
I f the CI on a certain sum for 2 years at 5% be Rs 410.
100 , 1 + — -1 what would be the SI?
v 100
a)Rs200 b)Rs300 c)Rs350 d)Rs400
(CI). 2. I f the CI on a certain sum for 2 years at 4% be Rs 510,
what would be the SI?
Note: Whent = 2 a)Rs500 b)Rs505 c)Rs400 d)475
2r 3. I f the CI on a certain sum for 2 years at 6% be Rs 25.75,
xCI
what would be the SI?
SI= - 1+— +
100 1
r
100 '00 2
4. If the compound interest on a certain sum for 3 years at
5 per cent be Rs 50.44, what would be the simple inter-
2rxC/xlQQ 200r
xCI est?
r +200r 2 r(r+ 200) a)Rs49 b)Rs48 c)Rs44 d)Rs40
5. The compound interest on a sum of money for 3 years at
[ 200
-xCI 5 percent is Rs 1324.05. What is the simple interest?
S I = r + 200 a)Rsl260 b)Rsl560 c ) R s l l 6 0 d)Rsl360
6. The compound interest on a certain sum of money for 2
years at 10% per annum is Rs 420. The simple interest on
Ex.: If the CI on a certain sum for 2 years at 3% be Rs
the same sum at the same rate and same time will be:
101.50, what would be the SI?
|Clerical Grade Exam, 1991]
a)Rs350 b)Rs375 c)Rs380 d)Rs400
3 \ /imA
103 2
CI on 1 rupee = | 1 + — •1 = -1 Answers
100 J l.d 2. a 3.a 4.b 5.a 6.d
609
Re
10000
Rule 11 'TY "
Theorem: IftheSIon a certain sumfor 2 years atr% beRs
'S' then the CI is given by the following formula, CI =
SIonlrupee^Re^Re^
r + 200
-xS
6
10000 200 200
• si
"CI 100-x- 609 203 Illustrative Example
Ex.: The simple interest on a certain sum of money for 2
200 200 t M . years at 10% per annum is Rs 400. Find the compound
• • • ^ S 203-
I -
= o f C I = X l 0 1 5 = R s 1 0 0
interest at the same rate and for the same time.
Quicker Method I: Applying the above formula, we Soln: Using the above formula,
have, 210
rt CI= ^ x 4 0 0 =Rs420.
mple Interest : x Compound Interest
100 1 + - Exercise
100
1. The simple interest on a certain sum of money for 2 years
at 5% per annum is Rs 100. Find the compound interest
3x2 at the same rate and for the same time.
X101.50: xl01.50
a) Rs 102.50 b)Rsl03 c)Rs 103.50 d)Rs 102.25
103 Y _
;oo 100 2. The simple interest on a certain sum of money for 2 years
I IOOJ 100 J
at 6% per annum is Rs 300. Find the compound interest
at the same rate and for the same time.
10000
xl01.50 = R s l 0 0 a)Rs310 b)Rs308 c)Rs307 d)Rs309
100 609 3. The simple interest on a certain sum of money for 2 years
at 4% per annum is Rs 350. Find the compound interest 50.50 and simple interest is Rs 50. Find the rate of inter-
at the same rate and for the same time. est per annum and the sum.
a)Rs387 b)Rs367 c)Rs357 d) None of these a) 4%, Rs 1000 b) 2%, Rs 1150
4. The simple interest on a certain sum of money for 2 years c) 2%, Rs 1250 d) 4%, Rs 1250
at 20% per annum is Rs 200. Find the compound interest 2. The compound interest on a certain sum for 2 years is Rs
at the same rate and for the same time. 105 and simple interest is Rs 100. Find the rate of interest
a)Rs320 b)Rs220 c)Rs210 d)Rs225 per annum and the sum.
5. SI on a sum at 4% per annum for 2 years is Rs 80. The CI a) 10%, Rs 500 b) 10%, Rs 1000
on the same sum for the same period is: c) 20%, Rs 1000 d) None of these
[Asstt. Grade 1987] 3. The compound interest on a certain sum for 2 years is Rs
a) Rs 1081.60 b)Rs 81.60 c ) R s l 6 0 d) None of these 60.60 and simple interest is Rs 60. Find the rate of inter-
est per annum and the sum.
Answers
a) 2%, Rs 1600 b) 2%, Rs 1400
l.a 2.d 3.c 4.b 5.b
c) 3%, Rs 1500 d) 2%, Rs 1500
Rule 12 Answers
Theorem: If the compound interest on a certain sum for 2 l.c 2.a 3.d
years isRs'C and simple interest is Rs 'S', then the rate of
Rule 13
"2x(C-S)
-xlOO 0/ Theorem: If on a certain sum of money, the simple interest
interest per annum is
/ 0 per or for 2 years at the rate of r% per annum is Rs X, then the
2xDiff. xlOO difference in compound interest and simple interest is given
SI \ (Xr
Illustrative Example ^* Uoo,
s
Ex.: The compound interest on a certain sum for 2 years is Note: This formula is applicable only for 2 years.
Rs 40.80 and simple interest is Rs 40.00. Find the rate
of interest per annum and the sum.
Ex.: On a certain sum of money, the simple interest for 2
Soln: Detail Method: A little reflection will show that the
years is Rs 50 at the rate of 5% per annum. Find the
difference between the simple and compound inter-
difference in CI and SI.
ests for 2 years is the interest on the first year's inter-
est.
50x5
40
First year's SI = Rs — = Rs 20
difference in CI and SI = = Rs 1.25.
CI - SI = Rs 40.8 - Rs 40 = Re 0.80
Interest on Rs 20 for 1 year = Re 0.80 Exercise
80x100 1. On a certain sum of money, the simple interest for 2 \a
.'. Interest on Rs 100 for 1 year = Rs is Rs 140 at the rate of 4% per annum. Find the differer.a
100x20
in CI and SI.
= Rs4
a)Rs3 b)Rsl.5 c)Rs2.8 d)Rsl.8
.-. rate = 4%
2. On a certain sum of money, the simple interest for 2 1
Now, principal P is given by
is Rs 160 at the rate of 5% per annum. Find the differeia
100x1 100x40 in CI and SI.
P = — — = . . =Rs500
tr 2x4 a)Rs4 b)Rs5 c)Rs6 d)Rs8
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have 3. On a certain sum of money, the simple interest for 2 \a
2x0.8 is Rs 150 at the rate of 3% per annum. Find the different
the rate = - x l 0 0 = 4% in CI and SI.
40
a)Rs5 b)Rs4.5 c)Rs2.5 d)Rs2.25
40x100 4. On a certain sum of money, the simple interest for 2 y
and sum = —-—;—- = Rs 500.
4x2 is Rs 200 at the rate of 7% per annum. Find the differn^
in CI and SI.
Exercise
1. The compound interest on a certain sum for 2 years is Rs a)Rs7 b)Rs6 c)Rs3.5 d) None of the!
Answers
l.c 2. a 3.d 4. a
C o m p o u n d Interest
301
Rule 14
Theorem: When difference between the compound interest Ex: Find the difference between the compound interest
and simple interest on a certain sum of moneyfor 2 years at and the simple interest for the sum Rs 1500 at 10% per
r% rate is Rs x, then the sum is given by annum for 2 years.
Soln: Using the above theorem, we have
s 2
Difference x 100x100 x{\00) 2 100
Sum = = x r
Rate x Rate r2
Difference = Sum 1500 I°_ Rs 15.
Too 100
Ex.: The difference between the compound interest and Exercise
the simple interest on a certain sum of money at 5% 1. Find the difference between the compound interest and
per annum for 2 years is Rs 1.50. Find the sum. the simple interest for the sum Rs 1250 at 4% per annum
Soln: Using the above theorem: for 2 years.
a)Rs2 b)Rs2.5 c)Rsl.5 d)Rel
100 2. Find the difference between the compound interest and
Sum = 1.5 = 1.5 x 400 = Rs 600. the simple interest for the sum Rs 1500 at 5% per annum
5
for 2 years.
Exercise a)Rs3.25 b)Rs7.5 c)Rs3.75 d)Noneofthese
The difference between the compound interest and the 3. Find the difference between the compound interest and
simple interest on a certain sum of money at 4% per the simple interest for the sum Rs 625 at 8% per annum
annum for 2 years is Rs 2. Find the sum. for 2 years.
a)Rsl260 b)Rsl225 c)Rsl250 d)Rsl230 a)Rs3 b)Rs4 c)Rs4.5 d)Rsl.5
1 The difference between the compound interest and the 4. Find the difference between the compound interest and
simple interest on a certain sum of money at 5% per the simple interest for the sum Rs 2500 at 6% per annum
annum for 2 years is Rs 3. Find the sum. for 2 years.
a)Rs600 b)Rsl200 a)Rs9 b)Rs8 c)Rs7.5 d)Rs6
c)Rsl400 d) Data inadequate
: The difference between the compound interest and the Answers
simple interest on a certain sum of money at 8% per l.a 2,c 3.b 4.a
annum for 2 years is Rs 4. Find the sum. Rule 16
a)Rs625 b)Rsl260
Theorem: If the difference between CI and SI on a certain
c)Rs312.5 d) None of these
sum for 3 years at r% is Rs x, the sum will be
I The difference between the compound interest and the
simple interest on a certain sum of money at 10% per Difference x(lQO) 3
annum for 2 years is Rs 2.50. Find the sum. /- (300 + r )

2
a)Rs350 b)Rs275 c)Rs250 d)Rs325

: The difference between the compound interest and the
Ex.: If the difference between CI and SI on a certain sum
simple interest on a certain sum of money at 4% per
of money for 3 years at 5% per annum is Rs 122, find
annum for 2 years is Rs 1.40. Find the sum.
the sum.
Soln: By the above theorem:
The difference between the compound interest and
simple interest on a certain sum at 5% for 2 years is Rs
Sum. 1 2 2 x 1 0 0 x 1 0 0 x 1 0 0 =Rs 16,000.
1.50. The sum is [Bank PO 1987] 5 (300 + 5)
2

Answers 1. On what sum will the difference between the simple and
JLc 2.b 3.a 4.c 5.a 6. a compound interests for 3 years at 5 per cent per annum
amount to Rs 12.20?
Rule 15 a)Rsl600 b)Rs800 c)Rs 1200 d)Rs 1500
n keorem: On a certain sum of money, the difference be- 2. On what sum will the difference between the simple and
mKen compound interest and simple interestfor 2 years at compound interests for 3 years at 4 per cent per annum
amount to Rs3.04?
rate is given by sum a)Rsl250 b)Rs625 c)Rs650 d)Rs675
100 3. On what sum will the difference between the simple and
compound interests for 3 years at 6 per cent per annum 3.b 4. a

amount to Rs 13.77?
a)Rsl250 b)Rsl320 c)Rsl520 d)Rsll50 Rule 18
4. On what sum will the difference between the simple and Theorem: If an amount of money grows upto Rs A, in n
compound interests for 3 years at 3 per cent per annum years and upto RsAin(n +1) years on compound interest,
amount to Rs 27.27?
{a -a
2 ] )100
a)Rs5000 b)Rs 10000 c)Rs8000 d) None of these then the rate per cent is given by
Answers
l.a 2.b 3.a 4.b Difference of amount after n years and (n + \) years x 100
or Amount after n years
Rule 17
Theorem: On a certain sum of money, the difference be- Illustrative Examples
tween compound interest and simple interestfor 3 years at Ex. 1: An amount of money grows upto Rs 4840 in 2 years
and upto Rs 5324 in 3 years on compound interes:
Sum xr (300 + r)
2
Find the rate per cent.
r% per annum is given by difference :
(100) 3 Soln: Detail Method: We have,

P + CI of 3 years = Rs 5324 .... (1)
Illustrative Example P + CI of 2 years = Rs 4840 ... (2)
Ex.: Find the difference between CI and SI on Rs 8000 for Subtracting (2) from (1), we get
3 years at 2.5% pa. CI of 3rd year = 5324 - 4840 = Rs 484
Soln: Using the above theorem, Thus, the CI calculated in the third year which is
484 is basically the amount of interest on the amo
Sumxr (300 + r )
2
Difference = generated after 2 years which is Rs 4840.

(100) 3
484x100
4840x1
8000x2.5x2.5(300 + 2.5)
Quicker Method (Direct Formula):
100x100x100
Difference of amount after n years and (n +1) years •
8x25x25x3025 121 Rate = Amount after n years
= Rs 15.125.
100x100x100 In this case, n = 2
Exercise Difference of amount after 2 years and 3 years i

Rate = Amount after 2 years
1. Find the difference between the simple and compound
interest on Rs 500 for 3 years at 4 per cent.
a) Rs 2.432 b)Rs 3.432 c)Rs 2.342 d)Rs 2.423
= (5324-4840) x [ 0 0 = 484x100
2. What is the difference between the simple and compound
interest for 3 years at 5 per cent? 4840 4840
a) 0.0007625 times the principal Note: The above generalised formula can be used for.
b) 0.07625 times the principal positive value of n. See in the following example
c) 0.007625 times the principal Ex.2: A certain amount of money at compound intc
d) Data inadequate grows upto Rs 51168 in 15 years and upto Rs 51
3. Find the difference between the simple and compound 16 years. Find the rate per cent per annum.
interest on Rs 10000 for 3 years at 3 per cent. Soln: Using the above formula:
a)Rs27.8 b)Rs 27.27 c)Rs 37.27 d)Rs37.8 (51701-51168)xlOQ _ 533x100
4. Find the difference between the simple and compound Rate
51168 51168
interest on Rs 8000 for 3 years at 5 per cent.
a)Rs6l b>Rs60 c)Rs51 d)Rs59
96 24 24 '
Answers
1. a Exercise
2. c; Hint: Let P be the principal 1. A certain amount of money at compound interest i
Difference between CI and SI upto Rs 6560 in 3 years and upto Rs 7216 in 4 years
Px5x5x(300 + 5) the rate per cent per annum,
-0.007625 P a) 10% b)5% c)8% d)6%
100x100x100
Compound Interest
A certain amount of money at compound interest grows

303
2200
upto Rs 7520 in 15 years and upto Rs 7896 in 16 years. a) Rs b)Rs800
Find the rate per cent per annum.
a) 10% b)8% c)5% d) None of these 2500
A certain amount of money at compound interest grows c)Rs d) None of these
upto Rs 3840 in 4 years and upto Rs 3936 in 5 years. Find
the rate per cent per annum. Answers
a) 2.05% b)2.5% c)2% d)3.5% l.a 2.c 3.a 4.c
upto Rs 4950 in 19 years and upto Rs 5049 in 20 years. Rule 20
Find the rate per cent per annum. Theorem: To find the ratio of Compound Interest (CI) to
a) 2% b) 2.5% c) 1 % d) 1.5% Simple Interest (SI) on a certain sum at r% for 2 years, we
_ i
upto Rs 12960 in 2 years and upto Rs 13176 in 3 years. C I r
Find the rate per cent per annum.

use the following formula — - TTT + . 1
a) % b) c) 2 | % d) -%
Ex.: Find the ratio of CI to SI on a certain sum at 4% per
Answers
annum for 2 years.
l.a 2.c 5.b 4. a 5.d
Rule 19 CI _ 4 - 204 _ 51
Theorem: If an amount of money grows upto Rs A in n t SI ~ 200 ~ 200 " 50
years and upto Rs A in (n + l)yearson compound interest, Exercise
1. Find the ratio of CI to SI on a certain sum at 5% per
n
annum for 2 years.
tit en the sum is given by Rs i • a)41:40 b)42:41 c)43:40 d)41:35
K2 JA
2. Find the ratio of CI to SI on a certain sum at 8% per
Illustrative Example annum for 2 years.
Ex.: An amount of money grows upto Rs 4840 in 2 years a)27:26 b)26:25 c)26:21 d)25:24
and up to Rs 5324 in 3 years on compound interest. 3. Find the ratio of CI to SI on a certain sum at 45% per
Find the sum. annum for 2 years.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, a) 49:47 b)49:42 c)49:40 d) None o f
(4840V these
Sum = 4840 x : Rs4000. 4. Find the ratio of CI to SI on a certain sum at 15% per
1^5324 J
annum for 2 years.
Exercise » a)53:40 b)53:50 c)43:40 d)50:43
1. What sum of money at compound interest will amount 5. Find the ratio of CI to SI on a certain sum at 10% per
to Rs 650 at the end of the first year and Rs 676 at the end annum for 2 years.
of the second year? a)7:5 b)21:20 c)8:5 d)20: 19
I What sum of money at compound interest will amount
Answers
l.a 2.b 3.c 4.c 5.b
to Rs 480 at the end of the first year and Rs 576 at the end
of the second year? Rule 21
a)Rs420 b)Rs450 c)Rs400 d)Rs375 Theorem: If a sum 'A' becomes 'B' in t years at compound
t
1 An amount of money grows upto Rs 2750 in 2 years and

upto Rs 3125 in 3 years on compound interest. Find the rate of interest, then after t,years the sum becomes ^ y / ' , - i 2
sum.
rupees.
a) Rs 2129.6 b)Rs 1229.6
c)Rs22I9.6 d) Data inadequate Illustrative Example
| An amount of money grows upto Rs 1200 in 2 years and Ex.: Rs 4800 becomes Rs 6000 in 4 years at a certain rate of
upto Rs 1440 in 3 years on compound interest. Find the compound interest. What will be the sum after 12
sum. years?
Soln: Detail Method: We have: Illustrative Examples

Ex. 1: Find the compound interest on Rs 18,750 in 2 years,
4800 1 + - 6000 the rate of interest being 4% for the first year and 8° |
100 for the second year.
6000 5 Soln: After first year the amount = 18750 M +
or, • - T - 100,
100 J 4800 4
v4x3
125 18750f^
Now, 1+ U00;
100 ~64~
104Y108
After 2nd year the amount = 18750
125x75 9375 100 1100
or, 1+-
100 64x75 4800
27
02 = 18750
25
or, 4800 1 + = 9375
100 = Rs21060
The above equation shows that Rs 4800 becomes Rs .-. CI =21060-18750 = Rs 2310.
9375 after 12 years. Ex. 2: Find the compound interest on Rs 10000 for 3 year 1
the rate of interest is 4% for the first year, 5% for 1
second year and 6% for the third year.
(6000) 3
Soln: The compound interest on Rs x i n ' t ' years if the rae
(6000) / 12 4
(4800) 2 of interest is r^/o for the first year, r % for the secca^
2
the required amount = ( y2/4-i 4 g 0 0 year ... and r % for the tth year is given by
t
\
Exercise = Rs9375 f r \
1+ —
1. Rs 2400 becomes Rs 3000 in 3 years at a certain rate of 100 100 / [ 100J
compound interest. What will be the sum after 6 years?
a)Rs4750 b)Rs3750 Note: Here, t = t
] 2
c) Rs 3570 d) None of these In this case

2. Rs 1200 becomes Rs 1500 in 2 years at a certain rate of
6
compound interest. What will be the sum after 6 years? c i = 10000 1 + 1+- -1000c
100 100 100
a)Rs2433.25 b)Rs2334.75c)Rs2343.75 d)Rs2343.25 v
53
= 10000 11 -10000
compound interest. What will be the sum after 12 years?
a) Rs 15000 b)Rs 14000 c)Rs 16000 d)Rs 18000
(II:20 50
11575.20-10000 = Rs 1575.2.
compound interest. What will be the sum after 4 years? Exercise
a)Rs2500 b)Rs2400 c)Rs2200 d) None of these 1. Find the compound interest on Rs 9375 in 2 years.!
rate of interest being 2% for the first year and 4% fa
Answers
second year.
l.b 2.c 3.a 4.a
a)Rs570 b)Rsll40 c)Rsll55 d)Rs67
Rule 22 2. Find the compound interest on Rs 8000 in 2 yean^
rate o f interest being 5% for the first year and 1C
Theorem: If the compound rate of interest for the first /, the second year.
years is r %,for the next t years is r %,for the next t
x 2 2 }
a)Rsl340 b)Rsl420 c)Rsl240 d) N o r ;
these
years is r %,... and the last t„ years is r %, then com-
3 n
3. Find the compound interest on Rs 3200 in 2 year^J
pound interest on Rs x for (/, +t +t + ...t ) years is
2 3 n
rate of interest being 7 j % for the first year and
x 1+- -x for the second year.

100 100 100 J a)Rs620 b)Rs670 c)Rs770 d)Rs76(
C o m p o u n d Interest 215
4. Find the compound interest on Rs 50000 for 3 years i f a)Rs5000 b)Rs5200 c)Rs5130 d)Rs4910
the rate of interest is 5% for the first year, 6% for the What sum of money at compound interest will amount
second year and 10% for the third year. to Rs 1365.78 in 3 years, if the rate of interest is 2% for
a) Rs 10632 b)Rs 16032 c)Rs 10362 d)Rs 13062 the first year, 3% for the second year and 4% for the
5. Find the compound interest on Rs 80000 for 3 years i f third year?
the rate of interest is 5% for the first year, 4% for the a)Rsl360 b)Rsl250 c ) R s l l 6 0 d)Rsl240
second year and 5% for the third year. What sum of money at compound interest will amount
a)Rs 17128 b)Rs 11728 c)Rs 11278 d)Rs 11738 to Rs 562.38 in 3 years, i f the rate of interest is 3% for the
first year, 4% for the second year and 5% for the third
Answers
year?
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.a 5. b
a)Rs400 b)Rs450 c)Rs500 d)Rs520
Rule 23 What sum of money at compound interest will amount
to Rs 2893.8 in 3 years, if the rate of interest is 4% for the
Theorem: Certain sum of money at compound interest will
first year, 5% for the second year and 6% for the third
mmount to Rs A in (t +t +1 +... +1„) years. If the rate of
x 2 3
year/
interest for the first /, years is %,for the next t years is 2
a)Rs2500 b) Rs 2400 c) Rs 2200 d) None of these
-•_ %,for the next t years is r %... and the last t years is
3 3 n
Answers
l.a 2.b 3.c 4. a
. %, then the sum is given by
r
Rule 24
100 Y 100 Y 100 100
Theorem: If a man borrows Rs P at r% compound interest
100 + r, ){\00 + r ){\00 + r )
2 3 100+7, and pays back Rs A at the end of each year, then at the end
nJ
a here t, = / , = / , = . . . = f = 1 of the nth year he should pay
111 ustrative Example

Ex.: What sum of money at compound interest will amount Rs 1+-
100
-A 1+-
100
+1+-
-T 100 J
to Rs 2249.52 in 3 years, if the rate of interest is 3% for 100 J
the first year, 4% for the second year and 5% for the Illustrative Example
third year? Ex.: A man borrows Rs 3000 at 10% compound rate of
Soln: Detail Method: The general formula for such ques- interest. At the end of each year he pays back Rs
tion is 1000. How much amount should he pay at the end of
the third year to clear all his dues?
A = P\ + 1+- 1+- Soln: Using the above formula,
100 100 100 the required answer
Where, A = Amount, P = Principal, and r,, r , r are the 2 3
rates of interest for different years. = 3000 1 + L°_ 1000 , 1 0 V C 1 0
In the above case, 100 1+— + 1+ —

100 J I 100
2249.52= P\ + — Tl + - 4 1+
IOOA IOOA 100
u
3000flixlixll 1000
or, 2249.52 = P( 1.03) (1.04) (1.05) Uo 10 10 10
2249.59
• ' • = l . 03xl.04xl.05 =
P R S 2 0 0 °-
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have 3993- 1000x — + 1 0 0 0 x 1 1
100 10
100Y100Y100'
principal = 2249.52 = Rs2000. = 3993-1210-1100 = Rsl683.
103 A 104 A 105
Exercise
I vercise 1. A man borrows Rs 1500 at 5% compound rate of inter-
What sum of money at compound interest will amount est. At the end of each year he pays back Rs 500. How
to Rs 5305.53 in 3 years, if the rate of interest "is 1% for much amount should he pay at the end of the third year
the first year, 2% for the second year and 3% for the to clear all his dues?
third year?
B's present share = Rs 3903 - Rs 2028 = Rs 1875.

a) Rs 680 7 7 b)Rs600 7 7 Exercise
16 16
1. Divide Rs 2708 between A and B, so that A's share at the
3 end of 6 years may equal B's share at the end of 8 years,
C)RS660T7 d) None of these
16 compound interest being at 8%.
2. A man borrows Rs 4000 at 20% compound rate of inter- a) Rs 1458, Rs 1250 b) Rs 1448, Rs 1260
est. At the end of each year he pays back Rs 1500. How c)Rs 1438, Rs 1270 d)Rs 1468, Rs 1240
much amount should he pay at the end of the third year 2. Divide Rs 1105 between A and B, so that A's share at the
to clear all his dues? end of 5 years may equal B's share at the end of 7 years,
a)Rs2592 b)Rs2852 c)Rs2952 d)Rs2953 compound interest being at 10%.
3. A man borrows Rs 3000 at 30% compound rate of inter- a)Rs505,Rs600 b) Rs605, Rs 500
est. At the end of each year he pays back Rs 1000. How c)Rs705,Rs400 d)Rs625,Rs480
much amount should he pay at the end of the third year 3. Divide Rs 6100 between A and B, so that A's share at the
to clear all his dues? end of 3 years may equal B's share at the end of 5 years,
compound interest being at 20%.'
a)Rs3602 b)Rs3601 c)Rs3603 d)Rs3604
a)Rs3600,Rs2500 b)Rs 3500, Rs 2600
Answers c)Rs 3400, Rs 2700 d) Rs 3450, Rs 2650
l.c 2.c 3.b
Answers
. Rule 25 l.a 2.b 3.a
Theorem: If a sum of money say Rs x is divided among it
parts in such a manner that when placed at compound in- Miscellaneous
terest, amount obtained in each case remains equal while 1. The difference between the simple and the compour..:
interest compounded every six months at the rate of I I
the rate of interest on each part is r,, r , r 2 3 , r n respec-
percent per annum at the end of two years is Rs 12415
tively and time period for each part is t t , t t ]t 2 lt n What is the sum? [SBI PO Exain, 20<*|
respectively, then the divided parts of the sum will in the a) Rs 10000 b)Rs6000 c)Rs 12000 d)Rs8000
ratio of 2. A person invested a certain amount at simple interes: x
the rate of 6 per cent per annum earning Rs 900 as 21
interest at the end of three years. Had the interest bea
1 1 1 1 compounded every year, how much more interest wouM
r1+Af :f1+if:f,tiY':~yI+i.f. he have earned on the same amount with the same inta*
est rate after three years? [N AB ARD, 19 fj t
t 100 J t 100 J ^ 100J t 100 J a)Rs38.13 b)Rs25.33 c)Rs55.08 d) Rs 35.30 1

3. Find the effective annual rate of 5 per cent per annua
Illustrative Example compound interest paid helf yearly.
Ex.: Divide Rs 3903 between A and B, so that A's share at a) 1.025% b) 6.0625% c) 5.0625% d ) N o n e o f t i J
the end of 7 years may equal B's share at the end of 9 4. Find the effective annual rate of 4 per cent per ar~jm
years, compound interest being at 4%. compound interest paid quarterly,
Soln: Applying the above theorem, a) 4.0604% b) 4.604% c) 5.0605% d) 5.605%
A's share : B's share = 5. In what time will Rs 390625 amount to Rs 456976 at 4 re-
cent compound interest?
6. Find the least number of complete years in which a SJM
_ j 625 of money put out at 20 per cent compound interest
be more than doubled,
4 V 626
100 c) 4 years d) Data inadequate
= 626:625 7. In what time will Rs 6250 amount to Rs 6632.55 at 4W
Dividing Rs 3903 in the ratio 676 :625 compound interest payable half-yearly?
3 ' 5 ^îl^B
a) 3 years b) — years c) 1 years d) — years
As present share = r r — ; ^ . . x3903 = R 2 0 2 8 .
7 c S
0 / 0 + 625
Find what is that first year in which a sum of mone;-
Compound Interest
become more than double in amount i f put out at com-

4
pound interest at the rate of 10% per annum, ' 4 '
a) 6th year b) 7th year
= 100 1 + - * - -100
c) 8th year d) Data inadequate 100
9. A sum of money put out at compound interest amounts ^ J
in 2 years to Rs 578.40 and in 3 years toRs 614.55. Find
104.0604-100 = 4.0604%
1 1 V
a) 6% b)6-% c) 6-0/0 d)6-% 5.b; 1+- A (See Rule-1)
4 2 4 100
10.
Divide Rs 3903 between A and B, so that A's share at the
end of 7 years may equal to B's share at the end of 9
390625 l + — I =456976
years, compound interest being at 4 per cent. 100,
a)Rs2028,Rsl875 b) Rs 2018, Rs 1885
c) Rs 2008, Rs 1895 d) Rs 2038, Rs 1865 4 V Arcane. (i/;A
11. Vijay obtains a loan of Rs 64,000 against his fixed depos- 456976 26 4
1+
its. I f the rate of interest be 2.5 paise per rupee per an- 100 390625 .25;
num, calculate the compound interest payable after 3 4
years. '26 V 26
t=4
a)Rs4921 b)Rs5020 c)Rs4821 d)Rs4920 25 J 25
12. A certain sum is interested at compound. The interest
accrued in the first two years is Rs 272 and that in the the required time is 4 years
first three years is Rs 434. Find the rate per cent.
20
6.c; HereP|l + — I > 2P
a) 1 2 ^ % b) 7 - % c) 1 7 1 % d)25%
Answers '6 V
or, >2
1. d; Let the sum be Rs x.
xxl0x2 6 6 6 6 „
Then x 1 + 100
-
100 124.05 By trial ^ ^ " " J J X X X > 2
Solving the above eqn, we get x = Rs 8000 .-. the required time is 4 years.
900x100 f 4 f
2. c; Certain sum for the person ; : Rs 5000
7.b; 62501 1+-^- <>63:.:'
.-. interest on Rs 5000 by CI 100
( c \
J
= 5000 1 + - -5000 = R 955.08 S
100
21
.-. More interest = Rs (955.08 - 900) = Rs 55.08. 2 ) 663255 132651
or, 1+-
3. c; The amount of Rs 100 in one year at compound inter-
est at 5% per annum payable half-yearly
100 y 625000 12500
Uo
'502T
5 > or, 5 0 y or,2t = 3
V
2_
1+
= Rsl00 100 = Rs 100(l.025) =Rs 105.0625
2
t = — years
Thus the nominal rate of 5% payable half-yearly has

10
the same effect as the rate 5.0625 per cent would have 8.c; H e r e P | l + — | > 2P
if payable yearly.
Hence 5.0625 per cent is calle the effective annual
rate of 5% per annum payable half-yearly >2
4. a; Effective annual rate or,
t = 3 yrs
llxllxllxllxllxllxllxll „
Bv trial >2
* 10x10x10x10x10x10x10x10 1 + 0.025x100
C I = 64000
Hence, the first year in which a sum of money will 100
become more than double in amount is 8th year.
9. b; Clearly, the difference between Rs 578.40 and Rs 6400o[(l + 0.025) - 1 ] = Rs 492 2
614.55 is the interest on Rs 578.40 for 1 year.

.-. The compound interest payable is Rs 4921
.-. interest on Rs 578.40 for 1 year = Rs 614.55 - Rs
Note: Remember that x paise per rupee per annum = Rs x per
578.40 = Rs 36.15
cent per annum.
100
interest on Rs 100 for 1 year = Rs 36.15 x
578.40
12. a; Amount A = P 1 + -
100
3615 _ A100
=R S x = Rs 6 —
57840 1 4
CI = P 1+-
1 100
.-. the required rate is 6— per cent.
10. a; We have at once

Putting ' + 100 J = 1 m t n e a b o e equation,
v
(A's present share)

100 J .-. fortwoyears,t = 2,then,P [ ^ - l j = 2 7 2 2 (i)
For three years P [g- - l j =434 3 (ii)

= (B's present share) 1+
-T Dividing (ii) by (i)
100 )
(q +q + \)(q-\)
2 434
A's present share 676
(q + \)(q-\) 272
B's present share 100 J 1,25 625
Dividing Rs 3903 in the ratio 676 : 625 q + q + l _ 217
l tl
=> •
or, q+l 136 q + \6
676
.-. A's present share : of Rs 3903
676 + 625
or, 136? +81^ + 81 = 0 2
= Rs2028
.-. B's present share = Rs 3903 - Rs 2028 = Rs 1875
11.a; P=Rs64000 or, q =
r = 2.5 paise per rupee per annum (given)
= 0.025 rupee per rupee per annum. r 9 1 1
.-. 1 + = - = > r = - x l 0 0 % = 12-%
= 0.025 x 100 rupee per hundred rupee per annum.
100 8 8 2 '
= 0.025 x 100 per cent per annum
= 2.5 per cent per annum
Problems Based on Instalment
Introduction Principal for the fifth month = Rs 16 - Rs 8 = Rs 8

1. Instalment Purchase Schemes: To increase their Principal for the sixth month = Rs 8 - Rs 8 = Rs 0
sales, different business organisations offer different .-. Total Principal = Rs 120
schemes to the buyers to enable them to buy costly articles
even i f their income is very low. One such scheme is the Therefore, interest on Rs 120 for 1 month or — year
12 '
usialment scheme. The cost o f the article bought is paid in is Rs 8.
•stalments.
2. In instalment scheme the buyer has to pay more 57x100 8x100
Rate % =
aecause in addition to the selling price, the buyer has to pay PxT
120x
interest also on it. 12
3. Cash Price: The amount for which the article can
x purchased on full payment is called cash price. 8x100x12
= 80%
4. Cash Down Payment: While purchasing an article 120x1
mier instalment scheme, some payment has to be made ini- Hence the rate o f interest is SO%.
mSh. It is called cash down payment. The remaining amount Ex2: A television is marked at Rs 3575 cash or Rs 1500 as
B paid in equal monthly, quarterly or annual instalements as cash down payment and Rs 420 a month for 5 months.
«av be decided at the time of purchase. Find the rate of interest for this instalment plan.
Case-I: Based on Simple Interest Soln: Cash price = Rs 3 575
When the period over which the instalment scheme Cash down payment = Rs 1500
s operative is less than a year. The payment is made in a Amount paid in 5 monthly instalments
specified number of equal monthly instalments. Naturally we = Rs(420x5) = Rs2100
calculate the simple interest in such cases. .-. Total amount paid under instalment plan
T\e I: Monthly instalment being given, to find the rate of = Rs 1500 + Rs2100 = Rs3600
interest. .-. Interest charged = Rs 3600 - Rs 3575 = Rs 25
The principal for each month is as under:
Principal for the lstmonth =Rs3575-Rs 1500
E i . 1: A coat is sold for Rs 60 or Rs 20 cash down payment
= Rs2075
and Rs 8 per month for 6 months. Determine the rate
Principal for the 2nd month = Rs 2075 - Rs 420
of interest.
= Rsl655
Soln: Cash price of the coat = Rs 60
Principal for the 3rd month = Rs 1655 - Rs 420
Cash down payment = Rs 20
= Rs 1235
Amount paid in 6 instalments = Rs (8 x 6) = Rs 48
Principal for the 4th month = Rs 123 5 - Rs 420
Total amount paid under instalment plan
= Rs815
= Rs20 + Rs48 = Rs68
Principal for the 5th month = Rs 815 - Rs 420
Interest charged = Rs 68 - Rs 60 = Rs 8
= Rs395
Now we find the principals for each of the six months.
Total Principal = Rs 6175
Principal for the first month = Rs 60 - Rs 20 = Rs 40
The final (sixth) instalment of Rs 420 consists of the
Principal for the second month = Rs 40 - Rs 8 = Rs 32
amount of Rs 395 and the interest of Rs 25 (Rs 395 +
Principal for the third month = Rs 32 - Rs 8 = Rs 24
Rs25 = Rs420).
Principal for the fourth month = Rs 24 - Rs 8 = Rs 16
Hence the rate of interest is 6.5%

Thus, the interest on Rs 6175 for 1 month or — year Ex 4: A radio is available for Rs 950 cash or Rs 200 cash
down payment and 10 monthly instalments of Rs 80
is Rs 25. each. Find the rate o f interest charged.
PxTxR Soln: Cash price = Rs 950
1= Cash down payment = Rs 200
100
.-. Amount paid in 10 monthly instalments = Rs (80 x
7x100 25x100 10) = Rs800

R(Rate)= -j^r .-. Total amount paid under instalment plan =Rs800
6175x 1_
+ Rs 200 = Rs 1000
12
.'. Interest charged = Rs 1000 - Rs 950 = Rs 50
25x100x12 1200 Principal for 1 st month = Rs 950 - Rs 200 = Rs 750
= 4.86%
6175x1 247 Principal for 2nd month = Rs 750 - Rs 80 = Rs 670
Hence the rate of interest is 4.86%. Principal for 3rd month = Rs 670 - Rs 80 = Rs 590
Ex3: A house is sold for Rs 30000 cash or Rs 17500 as cash Principal for 4th month = Rs 590 - Rs 80 = Rs 510
down payment and instalments of Rs 1600 per month Principal for 5th month = Rs 510 - Rs 80 = Rs 430
for 8 month. Determine the rate of interest correct to Principal for 6th month = Rs430-Rs80 = Rs350
one decimal place, under the instalment plan> Principal for 7th month = Rs 350 - Rs 80 = Rs 270
Soln: Cash price = Rs 30000 Principal for 8th month = Rs 270 - Rs 80 = Rs 190
Cash down payment = Rs 17500 Principal for 9th month = Rs 190 - Rs 80 = Rs 110
Total amount paid in 8 monthly instalments Principal for 10th month = Rs 110 - Rs 80 = Rs 30
= Rs(1600x8) = Rsl2800 Total Principal for 1 month = Rs 3900
Total amount paid under instalment plan The last instalment of Rs 80 comprises Rs 30 plus Rs
= Rs 17500 + Rs 12800 = Rs 30300 50 interest.
Interest charged = Rs 30300 - Rs 30000 = Rs 300 l_
Principal for 1 st month = Rs 30000 - Rs 17500 Time = 1 month : year, I = Rs 50
12
Rs12500
Principal for 2nd month Rs 12500-Rs 1600 PxTxR 7x100
7= R(Rate) :
Rs10900 100 PxT
Principal for 3rd month Rs10900-Rs 1600
Rs9300
Rate =
50x100 50x100x12 2oo = 1 5 A
Principal for 4th month Rs 9300-Rs 1600 3900 13 13
3900x—
Rs7700 12
Principal for 5th month Rs 7700-Rs 1600
Rs6100 Hence the rate of interest is 15—% •
Principal for 6th month Rs6100-Rsl600 13
Rs4500 Type 2: Rate of interest being given, to find the monthh
Principal for 7th month Rs 4500-Rs 1600 instalment.
Rs2900
Principal for 8th month Rs 2900-Rs 1600
Ex. 1: A pocket transistor is sold for Rs 125 cash or for Ri
Rsl300
26 as cash down payment followed by 4 equal monthh
Total Principal = Rs 55200
instalments. I f the rate of interest charged is 25% per
The last instalment of Rs 1600 includes Rs 1300 plus
annum, determine the monthly instalment.
Rs 300 interest.
Soln: Cash price of the transistor = Rs 125
1 Cash down payment = Rs 26
Time = 1 month = 12
— year, Interest = Rs 300
Balance of price due = Rs 125 - Rs 26 = Rs 99
PxTxR 7x100 Rate of interest charged = 25% p.a.
7= R (Rate) • Interest on Rs 99 for 4 months
100 PxT
300x100 300x100x12 _ 150 99x — x 2 5

6.52 = Rs 12
55200 23 Rs— = 7^8.25
55200x 100 4
12

311
PxTxR
.-. Balance to be paid in 3 equal monthly instalments
100 = Rs485-Rsl05 = Rs380
.-. Amount due = Rs 99 + Rs 8.25 = Rs 107.25 ....(i) Rate of interest = 16% p.a.
Let monthly instalment be x rupees Interest on Rs 380 for 3 months
.-. At the end of 4th month
1 st instalment of Rs x will amount to 380x — x l 6
= Rs- 12 • = Rs 15.20
3 ^ 100
xx — x25
12
Rs * + 100 A', * + — ] = /& — I
PxTxR
16 J 16 100
.-. Amount due = Rs 380 + Rs 15.20 = Rs 395.20... (i)
PxTxR Let the monthly instalment be Rs x.
A=P+I=P+
100 1 st instalment of Rs x will amount to
2nd instalment of Rs x will amount to f 2

xx — x 16 2* 77*
' 2 Rs * + — 1 2 — Rs * + = Rs
25 100 75 75
12<XZ:> ( x\ 25x
Rs x + — = Rs
Rs x + — = Rs
100 24 24
2nd instalment of Rs x will amount to
V
3rd instalment of Rs x will amount to 1
*x — x l 6 2* 76*
Rs Rs * + - Rs
* + 12 75 ^75~
xx — x25 100
12 49x
Rs x + = Rs * + - Rs
100 48 48 3rd instalment of Rs x will amount to
V xx0xl6
Rs\ + : = Rsx
4th instalment of Rs x will amount to 100
xx Ox 25 . Total amount payable under instalment plan
Rs * + - Rs x
100 „ f 7 7 * 76* ?| n llx + 16x + 15x
Total amount of 4 instalments at the end of 4th •• Rs\ + * = Rs
I. 75 75 ) 75
.17* 25* 49* ^
month = Rs\—-+ + +* _ 228 76
' 16 24 48 = Rs * = Rs—x
75 25
51* + 50* + 49x + 48* From (i) and (ii), we get
Rs
48 76 395.20x25 9880
* = 395.20 130
_ 198* _ 33
25 ^ * =• 76 76
= Rs = Rs—* Cjil Hence the monthly instalment = Rs 130.
48 8 "~ W
From (i) and (ii), we get Exercise

1. An electric iron is sold for Rs 110 cash or for Rs 50 cash
33 107.25x28 858 ^
down payment followed by Rs 62 after a month. Find the
— * = 107.25 => x = = = 26
8 33 33 rate of interest charged under instalment plan.
Hence the monthly instalment is Rs 26. 2. A bicycle is sold for Rs 400 cash or Rs 160 cash down
Ex. 2: A ceiling fan is marked at Rs 485 cash or Rs 105 cash payment followed by 2 monthly instalments of Rs 130
down payment followed by 3 equal monthly each. Find the rate of interest.
instalments. I f the rate of interest charged under this 3. A pressure cooker is available on Rs 180 cash or for Rs
instalment plan is 16% per annum, find the monthly 70 cash down payment followed by Rs 60 a month for 2
instalment. months. Find the rate of interest charged under instal-
Soln: Cash price of the ceiling fan = Rs 485 ment plan.
4. A television set is priced at Rs 2400 cash or Rs 1200 cash Principal for 1 st month - Rs 240
down payment followed by 6 monthly instalments of Rs Principal for 2nd month = Rs 240 - Rs 130 = Rs 110
225 each. What rate of interest will the dealer charge Total Principal = Rs 350
under instalment plan? Thus, Rs 20 is the interest on Rs 350 for 1 month or
5. A mixi is marked at Rs 1000 cash or Rs 250 cash down
payment followed by Rs 200 a month for 4 months. Find J_
year.
the rate of interest for this instalment plan. 12
6. A room cooler is marked at Rs 2000 cash or Rs 400 cash PxTxR 7x100
down payment followed by Rs 300 per month for 6 .-. 7 = R=
100 " PxT
months. Determine the rate of interest charged under
this instalment plan. 20x100 20x100x12 480 = 6 8 l
R= 7 7
7. A watch is sold either for Rs 180 cash or for Rs 40 cash 350
350 x
down payment followed by Rs 30 a month for 5 months. 12
Determine the rate of interest.
8. Determine the interest rate charged under each of the
Hence the rate of interest is 68—%p a
following instalment plans.
Article Cash Cash Each No. of Cash price of the pressure cooker = Rs 180
price down instalment monthly Cash down payment = Rs 70
payment instalments Balance to be paid = Rs 180 - Rs 70 = Rs 110
©TV 2575 1000 300 6 Monthly instalment = Rs 60
(ii) Refrigerator 3580 1500 440 5 .-. Amount paid in 2 equal monthly instalments Rs
(iii) Typewriter 3600 1200 280 10 (60x2) = Rsl20
(iv) Tape recorder 1600 300 175 8 .-. Interest charged = Rs 120 - Rs 110 = Rs 10
9. An article is sold for Rs 100 each or for Rs 10 as cash Principal for 1 st month = Rs 110
down payment followed by 5 equal monthly instalments. Principal for 2nd month = Rs 110 - Rs 60 = Rs 50
I f the rate of interest charged under instalment plan be Total Principal for 1 month = Rs 160
48% per annum, determine the monthly instalment. Thus, Rs 10 is the interest on Rs 160 for 1 month or
Answers
1. Cash price of the electric iron = Rs 110 ^ year.
7x100 10x100 10x100x12
Balance to be paid after 1 month 7?: = 75
= R s l l O - R s 5 0 = Rs60 PxT 160
160x
Monthly instalment = Rs 62 12
.-. Interest = Rs 62 - Rs 60 = Rs 2 Hence the rate of interest is 75% per annum.
Thus Rs 2 is charged as interest on Rs 60 for 1 month Cash price of the television set = Rs 2400
1
or — year Balance to be paid = Rs 2400 - Rs 1200 = Rs 1200
12 3
Monthly instalment = Rs 225
PxTxR 7x100 .-. Amount paid in 6 equal monthly instalments = Rs
R(Rate) = (225x6) = Rsl350
100 PxT
Interest charged = Rs 1350 - Rs 1200 = Rs 150
2x100 2x100x12 Principal for 1st month = Rs 1200
= 40
60 Principal for 2nd month = Rs 1200 - Rs 225 = Rs 975
60 x
12 Principal for 3rd month = Rs 975 - Rs 225 = Rs 750
Principal for 4th month = Rs 750 - Rs 225 = Rs 525
Hence the rate of interest is 40%.
Cash price of bicycle = Rs 400
Total principal for 1 month = Rs 3825
Balance to be paid = Rs 400 - Rs 160 = Rs 240
Thus, Rs 150 is the interest on Rs 3 825 for 1 month or
.-. Amount paid in 2 equal monthly instalments
= Rs(130x2) = Rs260 year
12
.-. Interest charged = Rs 260 - Rs 240 = Rs 20
7x100 150x100 7x100 200x100

313
R Rs 7?:
PxT PxT
3825 x 5100x —
12 12
150x100x12 800 200x100x12 ,_ 800 _ 4 ? J_

:47-
3825 17 5100 ~ 17 17
Hence the rate of interest is 47 j y % pa Hence, the rate of interest is 47—% p a
Cash price of the mixi = Rs 1000 Cash price of the watch = Rs 180
Cash down payment = Rs 250 Cash down payment = Rs 40
Balance to be paid = Rs 1000 - Rs 250 = Rs 750 .-. Balance to be paid = Rs 180 - Rs 40 = Rs 140
Monthly instalment = Rs 200 Monthly instalment = Rs 30
.-. Amount paid in 4 equal monthly instalments = Rs .-. Amount paid in 5 equal monthly instalments
(200x4) = Rs800 = Rs(30x5) = Rsl50
.-. Interest charged = Rs 800 - Rs 750 = Rs 50 .-. Interest charged = Rs 150-Rs 140 = Rs 10
Principal for 1st month = Rs 750 Principal for 1 st month = Rs 140
Principal for 2nd month = Rs 750 - Rs 200 = Rs 550 Principal for 2nd month = Rs 140 - Rs 30 = Rs 110
Principal for 3rd month = Rs 550 - Rs 200 = Rs 350 Principal for 3rd month = Rs 110 - Rs 30 = Rs 80
Principal for 4th month = Rs 350 - Rs 200 = Rs 150 Principal for 4th month = Rs 80 - Rs 30 = Rs 50
Total Principal for 1 month = Rs 1800 Principal for 5th month = Rs 50 - Rs 30 = Rs 20
Thus Rs 50 is the interest on Rs 1800 for 1 month or Total principal for 1 month = Rs 400
^year Thus Rs 10 is the interest for 1 month or — year on

12 3
7x100 50x100 Rs400

7? =
7x100 10x100 10x100x12
P x T 1800x — 7? = :30
12 PxT j_ 400
400 x
12
50x100x12
Hence, the rate of interest is 30% pa
1800 3 3
8.(i) Cash price ofTV = Rs 2575
1 Cash down payment = Rs 1000
Hence the rate of interest is 33—% pa .-. Balance to be paid = Rs 2575 - R s 1000 = Rs 1575
Cash price of the room cooler = Rs 2000
.-. Amount paid in 6 equal monthly instalments
= R s ( 3 0 0 6 ) = Rsl800
x
Balance to be paid = Rs 2000 - Rs 400 = Rs 1600
.•. Interest charged = Rs 1800 - Rs 1575 = Rs 225
Principal for 1 st month = Rs 1575
.-. Amount paid in 6 equal monthly instalments = Rs
Principal for 2nd month = Rsl575-Rs300 = Rsl275
(300x6)= 1800
Principal for 3rd month = Rs 1275 - Rs 300 = Rs 975
.-. Interest charged = Rs 1800 - Rs 1600 = Rs 200
Principal for 1st month = Rs 1600
Principal for 2nd month = Rs 1600 - Rs 300 = Rs 1300
Principal for 3rd month = Rs 1300 - Rs 300 = Rs 1000
Total principal for 1 month = Rs 4950
Thus Rs 225 is the interest on Rs 4950 for 1 month or
Total principal for 1 month = Rs 5100 year
12
Thus Rs 200 is the interest on Rs 5100 for 1 month or
7x100 225x100
7?:
year PxT
12 4950 x —
12
225x100x12 600 Hence, the rate of interest is 41.67% pa

= 54.55 (iv) Cash price of the tape recorder = Rs 1600
4950x1 11
Hence the rate of interest is 54.55% pa Cash down payment = Rs 300
(ii) Cash price of the refrigerator = Rs 3580 Balance to be paid = Rs 1600-Rs 300 = Rs 1300
Cash down payment = Rs 1500 Monthly instalment = Rs 175
.-. Balance to be paid = Rs 2080 Amount paid in 8 equal monthly instalments = Rs
Monthly instalment = Rs 440 (175 x8) = Rs 1400
.-. Amount paid in 5 equal monthly instalments = Rs .-. Interest charged = Rs 1400-Rs 1300 = Rs 100
(440x5) = Rs2200 Principal for 1 st month = Rs 1300
.-. Interest charged = Rs 2200 - Rs 2080 = Rs 120 Principal for 2nd month = Rs 1300-Rs 175 = Rs 1125
Principal for 1st month = Rs 2080 Principal for 3rd month = Rs 1125- Rs 175 = Rs950
Principal for 2nd month = Rs 2080 - Rs 440 = Rs 1640 Principal for 4th month = Rs 950 - Rs 175 = Rs 775
Principal for 3rd month = Rs 1640 - Rs 440 = Rs 1200 Principal for 5th month = Rs 775 - Rs 175 = Rs 600
Total principal for 1 month = Rs 6000 Principal for 8th month = Rs250-Rsl75 = Rs75
Thus, Rs 120 is the interest on Rs 6000 for 1 month or Total principal for 1 month = Rs 5500
Thus, Rs 100 is the interest on Rs 5500 for 1 month or
^year
year
7x100 120x100 120x100x12 12
R = 24
PxT 600x1 7x100 100x100
6000 x
12 7? =
PxT
5500x —
Hence the rate of interest is 24% pa 12
(iii) Cash price of the typewriter = Rs 3600
Cash down payment = Rs 1200 100x100x12 240
= 21.81
.-. Balance to be paid = Rs 3600 - Rs 1200 = Rs 2400 5500x1 11
Monthly instalment = Rs 280 Hence, the rate of interest charged is 21.8% pa
.-. Amount paid in 10 equal monthly instalments = Rs 9. Cash price of the article = Rs 100
(280 x 10) = Rs2800 Cash down payment = Rs 10
.-. Interest charged = Rs 2800 - Rs 2400 = Rs 400 .-. Balance to be paid = Rs 100 - Rs 10 = Rs 90
Principal for 1 st month = Rs 2400 Rate of interest charged = 48% pa
Principal for 2nd month = Rs 2400 - Rs 280 = Rs 2120
Principal for 3rd month = Rs 2120 - Rs 280 = Rs 1840 Interest on Rs 90 for 5 months or — year is
Principal for 4th month = Rs 1840 - Rs 280 = Rs 1560 12
Principal for6th month = Rs 1280-Rs280 = Rs 1000 90x — x 4 8
= Rs 12 ; R s 90x5x48 = R s l g

100 12x100
Principal for 9th month = Rs 440 - Rs 280 = Rs 160 Amount due = Rs 90+ Rs 18 = Rs 108 ....(i)
Principal for 10th month = Rs 160 - Rs 2 8 0 = - Rs 120 Let the monthly instalment be x rupees
Ignore the negative principal .-. At the end of 5th month:
.-. Total principal for 1 month = Rs 11520 1st instalment of Rs x will amount to
Thus, Rs 400 is the interest on Rs 11520 for 1 month
1 xx — x48
or — year Rs 12
12 x+
100
7x100 400x100 J
7? = PxTxR
PxT A =P+ I= P+
11520x
12 100
4x 29x
400x100x12 125 = Rs x + — =Rs
= 41.67 25 J 25
11520x1 3
Problems Based on Instalment 315
2nd instalment of Rs x will amount to

115P
3 ^ The amount of Rs P in 3 years at 5% =
x x — x48 100
12 3x 28*
Rs x + = Rs x + = Rs
100 25 J 25 nop
The amount of Rs P in 2 years at 5% :
J 100
3rd instalment of Rs x will amount to
105 P
2 ^ The amount of Rs P in 1 year at 5% =
xx — x48 100
12 2*"| 27x
Rs x + Rs x + — =Rs
100 . 25j 25 These four amounts together with the last annual
) payment of Rs P will discharge the debt of Rs 770.
4th instalment of Rs x will amount to 120P 115P HOP 105P
-+P = 770
100 100 100 100
1 *
xx — x48 550 P
12 26* 770
Rs x + = Rs x + = Rs 100
100 25 25
770x100
P= = 140
550
5th instalment of Rs * will amount to Hence, annual payment = Rs 140
* + 0x48 l >
Rs * + - Rsx have,
100
100x770
Total amount of 5 instalments at the end of 5 months Annual payment • fa 140
5x5(5-1)
100x5 +
29* 28* 27* 26*
= Rs
+ + + +*
1, 25 25 25 25 Exercise
29* + 28* + 27* + 28* + 25* 1. What annual instalment will discharge a debt of Rs 2210
Rs due in 4 years at 7% simple interest?
25
a)Rs450 b)Rs500 c)Rs550 d)Rs575
135* 27* 2. What quarterly payment will discharge a debt of Rs 2120
....(ii)
= R S -2T = R S 5 in one year at 16% per annum simple interest?
From (i) and (ii), we get a)Rsl000 b)Rs400 c)Rs850 d)Rs500
3. What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 193 5 0
27* 108x5 „ „ due 4 years hence at the rate of 5% simple interest?
= 108 * =— = 20
5 27 a)Rs4600 b)Rs3500 c)Rs4500 d)Rs4550
Each instalment = Rs 20 4. Find the annual instalment that will discharge a debt of
Rs 12900 due in 4 years at 5% per annum simple interest.
Type 3: To find the annual payment to discharge a debt if the
a)Rs3500 b)Rs2500 c)Rs3000 d)Rs3200
rate per cent is given.
5. Find the annual instalment that will discharge a debt of
Theorem: The annual payment that will discharge a debt
Rs 5400 due in 5 years at 4% per annum simple interest.
ofRs A due in tyears at the rate of interest r% per annum is
\QQA 6. What quarterly payment will discharge a debt of Rs 2280
due in two years at 16% per annum simple interest?
a)Rs500 b)Rs450 c)Rs550 d)Rs250
(Bank PO Exam 1989)
Illustrative Example 7. What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 580
Ex.: What annual payment will discharge a debt of Rs 770 due in 5 years, the rate being 8% per annum?
due in 5 years, the rate of interest being 5% per an- a)Rs 166.40 b)Rsl20 c)Rsl00 d)Rs65.60
num?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the annual payment be P rupees.
Answers
The amount of Rs P in 4 years at 5% 1. b; Hint: Required annual payment
100P + 4x5P 120P 100x2210 100x2210

= Rs500
100 100 7x4(4-1) 442
100x4 +
2. d; Hint: Here instalment is quarterly. Hence from the Illustrative Example

16 . 0 /
Ex: A sum of Rs 3 310 is to be paid back in 3 equal annual
instalments. How much is each instalment if the inter-
question, we have, t = 4 and r = — - 4 /o
est is compounded annually at 10% per annum.
Now applying the given rule, Soln: First Method: Let each equal annual instalment be Re
100x2120 100x2120 1.
required answer • 4 x 4(4 - 1 ) 424
100x4 + .-. The 1st instalment is paid after a year
.-. Principal of the 1st instalment
= Rs 500.
3. c; Hint: Required answer
A = P\l +
100x19350 100x19350 100
= Rs4500.
5x4x3 430
100x4 +
:Relx!K R e^
11 11 100 J 10
10
P = Ix
100x12900 100x12900
= Rs 3000 17
5x4(4-1) 430
100x4 +
Similarly, the principal of 2nd instalment
5. b; Hint: Required answer
A 2
100
100x5400 100x5400 Relx Re
:Rsl000. 121
4x5x(5-l) 540
100x5 +
The principal of 3rd instalment
6. d; Hint: Here, t = 8 and r = 4% [Since, payment is quar- 10 1000
terly for 2 years] Relx Re
! 1331
Now, applying the given rule, we have the
required answer Total of the three principals
100x2280 2280x100 (10 00 1000

= Rs 250. = Rs
8x7x4 912 ll v + 121 + 1331
100x8 +
„ 1210 + 1100 + 1000 „ 3310
= Rs = Rs-
7. c; Hint: Required answer 1331 1331
100x580 100x580 3310
= Rsl00 When the principal is Rs , .f
8x5x(5-l) 500x580
100x5 +
each instalment = Re 1
Case - 2: Based on Compound Interest When the principal is Re 1 each instalment
The problems o f money lending in which the pay- D i

= Relx 1 3 3 1
ment is made in instalments and the range normally is in 3310

years. In such cases compound interest computations are
When the principal is Rs 3310 each instalment
used.
1331-x3310 = R s i 3 3 i
Type I: To find each instalment when the instalments are = Rs
3310
equal
.-. Each instalment = Rs 1331
Theorem: A sum of Rs P is to be paid back in n equal
Second Method: Let each equal annual instalment be
annual instalments. If the interest is compounded annually
atR% per annum, then the value of each instalment is given Rs x and P ,P ,P ,
l 2 be respectively the principals for
i
the three instalments.

The first instalment is paid after a year
.-. Principal (P ) of the first instalment
l
by
2 / 10 \0x
100 100 100
+ ...+ xx-
IQ0 + R 100 + /? V100 + /? 11 11
Principal:
10
Similarly p = 2 x J 100 >
Forthe lstyear= (ioo + /?
( loo V
in For the 2nd year = RsX\
Uoo+/?,
Now P + P + P
x 2 3 3310
2
lOx ho]
+x +X — 3310
i.e. 11 ( loo V
01; OU For the tth year = X
100 + /?
10^ , 10 fio Interest Charged:
1+—+ — = 3310
11 11 \ 100
Interest in 1st instalment = ^* •*
100 + /?,
TioY, 10 100 3310
x — 1+— + 100
UiA i i 121 Interest in 2nd instalment - Rs X 1 - 100 + /?,
/ 1 0 Y 1 2 1 + 110 + 1001 = 3310
121
10Y33] 100
= 3310 Interest in nth instalment = ^ s r
UUU21 100 + /?,
11 121
x = 3310x — x 1331 Ex: A man borrowed some money and paid back in 3 equal
10 331
annual instalments of Rs 2160 each. What sum did he
Hence the required annual instalment = Rs 1331
borrow, if the rate of interest charged by the money
lender was 20% per annum compounded annually?
have the
Find also the total interest charged. Also calculate
3310 the principal and interest charged with each instal-
required annual instalment = JQ JQQ JQQQ" ment.
Soln: Detail Method
TT T 2 T 1331
+ +
Amount of each annual instalment = Rs 2160
_ 3310x1331 Rate of interest = 20% p.a. Number of instalments = 3
/fr 1331-
3310 2160
Principal for the 1st year = Rs
T*pe II: Tofindthe Principal when each instalment is given. 20
1+
TWorem: A man borrows some money on compound inter- 100
• znd returns it in t years in n equal instalments. If the rate
Wmterest is R% and the yearly instalment is Rs X, then the = Rs 2 1 6 0 x - = Rs 1800
nt borrowed is given by 6
t' \
H\
r
100 v A = 1+ —
100 100
X IOOJ
100 + /? Uoo+/? Uoo+/?j \ 20 \ >
2160 = p 1 +
I 100,
: 1. To find the total interest charged we use the follow-
ing formula, Principal for the 2nd year
25
( 100 > f 100 "
2 = f a 2 1 6 0 x - 1 =/?s2160x — = /?il500
f 100 ^ 6) 36
X K
[ l 0 0 + rt; * ^100 + /?; + ....+ 100 + /?J

;
V
Principal forthe 3rd year
2. To calculate the principal and interest charged with

each instalment following formula is used. - Rs 2160 <| - / & 2 1 6 0 x — =/?5l250
216
Amount borrowed = Sum of the principals for all the balance at R% and is to be included in each instalment,
three years = Rs (1800 + 1500 + 1250) = Rs 4550 then the value of each instalment is given by the following,
Total interest charged
Rn
= Total amount of the three instalments - Amount Instalment at the end of 1 st year = Rs 1+
borrowed 100
= Rs (2160 * 3 - 4550) = Rs (6480 - 4550) = Rs 1930
Interest in 1st instalment Instalment at the end of 2nd year = Rs
= 1st instalment - Principal for 1st instalment 100
= Rs (2160-1800) = Rs 360
Interest in 2nd instalment R(n-2)
Instalment at the end of 3rd year = Rs 1+
= 2nd instalment - Principal for 2nd instalment 100
= Rs (2160-1500) = Rs 660
Interest in 3rd instalment R(n-3)~
Instalment at the end of 4th year = Rs 1+
= 3rd instalment - Principal for 3rd instalment 100
= Rs(2160-1250) = Rs910
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we have
(i) Amount borrowed
1+-
100 100 ( 100 Instalment at the end of nth year = Rs
100
2160
100+20 UOO+20) V100 + 20 Note: Number of instalments = no. of years.
Now, we can alternatively write the above theorem as
5 25 125 follows.
2160 — + — +
6 36 216 Value of instalment at the end of required year
= 1800+ 1500+ 1250 = Rs4550 Sum which is to be paid back
No. of instalments
, .5 25 125
(ii) Total interest charged = 2160 3 H - + — +
6 36 216 (Rate per cent) (no. o f instalments - one less the year
= Rs (6480- 4550) = Rs 1930 after which instalment is payable)
1+
(iii) Interests - in 100
1st instalment = 2160| 1 - - = Rs 360

Ex.1: A sum of Rs 7500 is to be paid back in 3 annua,
25 instalments. How much is each instalment, if the in-
2nd instalment - I- Rs 660
2 1 6 0
36. terest is compounded annually on the balance at 4 ° t
and is to be included in each instalment.

125 Soln: The loan is to be paid in 3 annual instalments.
3rd instalment = 1- = Rs9lO
2 1 6 0
216 .-. Each instalment will be of Rs (7500- 3) or Rs 2500
together with the interest on the balance for 1 year
(iv) Principal for the
Amount payable at the end of 1 st year
= Rs 2500 + 4% of Rs 7500
lstyear= Rs 2 1 6 0 x - = Rs 1800
6
= Rs2500 + Rs - i - x 7 5 0 0
25 100
2nd year = Rs 2160x — = Rs 1500 = Rs 2500 + Rs 300 = Rs 2800
36
Balance at the end of first year
125 = Rs 7500 - Rs 2500 = Rs 5000
3rd year = Rs 2\60x~ = Rs 1250
.-. Amount payable at the end of 2nd year
= Rs2500 + 4%ofRs5000
Type III: Tofindeach instalment when the instalments are
not equal.
Theorem: A sum of Rs P is to be paid back in n annual = Rs2500 + Rs — *5000
instalments. If the interest is compounded annually on the
= Rs 2500 + Rs 200 = Rs 2700
= Rs 2000 + Rs 400 = Rs 2400

319
Balance at the end of 2nd year = Rs 5000 - Rs 2500 =

Rs2500 Balance at the end of 3rd year
.-. Amount payable at the end of 3rd year = Rs 8000 - Rs 2000 = Rs 6000
= Rs 2500 + 4% of Rs 2500 Amount payable at the end of 4th year
= Rs 2000 + 5% ofRs 6000
4
= Rs 2500 + Rs — x 2500
= Rs2000 + Rs ] 0 ^ x 6 0 0 0
= Rs 2500 + Rs 100 = Rs 2600

Hence the three instalments are Rs 2800, Rs 2700 and = Rs 2000 + Rs 300 = Rs 2300
Rs2600 Balance at the end of 4th year
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we = Rs 6000 - Rs 2000 = Rs 4000
have Amount payable at the end of 5th year
Amount payable at the end o f 1 st year = Rs 2000+ 5% ofRs 4000
7500 4x(3-0) = Rs2000 + Rs j ^ x 4 0 0 0

1+ [see note]
100
= Rs 2000 + Rs 200 = Rs 2200
= Rs2800 Balance at the end of 5th year
Amount payable at the end o f 2nd year = Rs 4000 - Rs 2000 = Rs 2000
Amount payable at the end of 6th year
75001~.1 + -4 x ( 3 - l ) Rs2700 = Rs 2000+ 5% ofRs 2000
100
Amount payable at the end o f 3rd year = Rs2000 + Rs T 5 o " x 2 0 0 0
7500 = Rs2000 + Rsl00 = Rs2100

4(3-2)'
1+ Hence the six instalments are Rs 2600, Rs 2500, Rs
25
2400, Rs 2300, Rs 2200, Rs 2100.
= 2500 + 100 = Rs 2600 Quicker Method: Applying the given rule we have,
Ex 2: A loan of Rs 12000 is to be paid back in 6 annual Amount payable at the end of 1 st year
instalments. How much is each instalment i f the inter- 12000 5x(6-0)
est is compounded annually on the balance at 5% 1+
100
and is included in each instalment?
= 2000 + 2 0 0 0 X 3 = Rs 2600
The loan is to be paid in 6 annual instalments. 10
.-. Each instalment will be ofRs 12000 + 6 or Rs 2000
Amount payable at the end of 2nd year
together with interest on the balance for 1 year.
Amount payable at the end of 1st year 12000 5x(6-l)
1+
= Rs 2000 + 5% of Rs 12000 100
= Rs2000 + Rs 12000 = 2000 +500 = Rs 2500

Similarly we can find the remaining instalments as Rs
= Rs 2000 + Rs 600 = Rs 2600 2400, Rs 2300, Rs 2200 and Rs 2100.
Balance at the end of first year
Type IV: To find cash price when different instalments are
= Rs 12000 - Rs 2000 = Rs 10000
given.
Amount payable at the end of 2nd year
Theorem: A person buys an item on the terms that he is
= Rs 2000 + 5 % ofRs 10000
required to Rs P cash down payment followed by Rs x at
5 the end offirst year, Rsy at the end of secondyear and Rs z
-x10000
= Rs2000 + Rs 100 at the end of thirdyear. Interest is charged at the rate ofR%
= Rs 2000+ Rs 500 = Rs 2500 per annum, then the
Balance at the end of 2nd year (i) Cash price of the item is given by
= Rs 10000 - Rs 2000 = Rs 8000
,2"
Amount payable at the end of 3rd year 100 100 100
Rs P + - x+ y + 2 and
= Rs 2000+ 5% ofRs 8000 \Q0+R \100 + RJ {100+R,
00 The total interest charged is given by
= Rs2000 + Rs 7 ^ * 8 0 0 0
Rs[P + x + y + z- Cash Price]
Illustrative Example cash price of the refrigerator

Ex: Subash purchased a refrigerator on the terms that he
10
is required to pay Rs 1500 cash down payment fol- = 1500 + - 1020 + 1003x — + 990x —
11 11 121
lowed by Rs 1020 at the end of first year, Rs 1003 at
the end of second year and Rs 990 at the end of third
10 123420 + 110330 + 99000
year. Interest is charged at the rate of 10% per annum. = 1500
Calculate the cash price and the total interest charged. 11 121
Soln: Detail Method: Let the cash price of the refrigerator = 1500 +2500 = Rs 4000
beRsx Total interest charged
Cash down payment = Rs 1500 = 1500+1020+1003 + 990-4000 = Rs513
.-. Remaining amount = Rs (x - 1500)
Exercise
Let P , P , P be the principals of the three annual
x 2 3 1. The price of a tape recorder is Rs 1500. A customer pur-
instaments. Then chased it by paying a cash sum of Rs 300 and the bal-
ance with due interest in three half yearly equal
' 10 ^ instalments. I f the dealer charges interest at the rate of
1020 = / j 1 + -
100 10, 5% per annum compounded half yearly, find the value of
each instalment.
2. A dealer offers a refrigerator for Rs 3000 on cash pay-
v A = P\l +
100 ment. A customer agrees to pay Rs 1000 cash down and
the balance with due interest in three equal annual
P =fal020x
x
instalments. I f the dealer charges an interest of 1 2 ~ °
C/
pa compounded annually, what should be the annount

11 of each instalment?
Similarly 1003 = A
I IOOJ 3. A man borrows some money on compound interest and
returns it in two years in two equal instalments. I f the
P = 1003 rate of interest is 5% and yearly instalment is Rs 441:
(TT)
2
find the amount borrowed.

10 4. A sum of money is to be paid back in 3 annua! instalments
and 990 = P | 1 + 3
ofRs 2800, Rs 2700 and Rs 2600 payable at the end of 1 st
100
year, 2nd year and 3rd year respectively. I f rate of inter-
10 est be 4% pa, calculate the principal and the interest
990 charged.
In 5. One can purchase a flat from a house building socien
for Rs 55000 cash or on the terms that he should pay Rs
\ 2 * i = fa
P P P
1 0 20x^ 1003W
+ 2 + 99(/^ 4275 as cash down payment and the rest in three equai
11 [nj [u
yearly instalments. The society charges interest at the
s Rs=\— + 9 9 0 x — rate of 165 per annum compounded half yearly. If the flat
11V. 11 121 is purchased under instalment plan, find the value of
10 (123420 + 110330 + 99000 each instalment.
= Rs
TT 121
6. A sum o f Rs 5600 is paid back in yearly instalments
How much is each instalment, i f the interest is com-
_ 10 332750 pounded annually on the balance at 8% per annum anc
= Rs—-x = Rs 2500 is to be included in each instalment?
11 121
7. A sum of Rs 6000 is paid back in 3 annual instalments
• x -1500 = 2500 :=> x = 2500 +1500 = 4000
How much is each instalment i f the interest is com-
.-. Cash price of the refrigerator ~- Rs 4000
pounded annually on the balance at 10% per annum anc
Total sum paid = Rs (1500 + 102-J + 1003 + 990)
is to be included in each instalment?
= Rs4513
8. A sum o f Rs 8400 is to be returned in three annua
.-. Total interest charged = Rs (4513 - 4000) = Rs 513
instalments. What is the annual instalment, if the rate c:
have
interest is 9— % per annum compounded annually on
the balance and is to be included in each instalment? 15% per annum. Calculate the total cash price of the gas
321
9. The price of a tape-recorder is Rs 1561. A customer pur- stove.

chased it by paying a cash of Rs 300 and balance with 20. A dealer advertises that a cassette recorder is sold at Rs
due interest in 3 half yearly equal instalments. I f the 450 cash down followed by two yearly instalments ofRs
dealer charges interest at the rate of 10% per annum 680 and Rs 590 at the end of first year and second year
compounded half yearly, find the value of each instal- respectively. If the interest charged is 18% per annum
ment. compounded annually, find the cash price of the cas-
10. A loan ofRs 2550 is to be paid back in two equal half sette recorder.
yearly instalments. How much is each instalment, if the 21. A colour TV set purchased under instalment purchase
interest is compounded half yearly at 8% per annum? system. Cash down payment is Rs 2000 and 3 annual
11. A sum ofRs 2600 is to be paid back in 2 equal annual instalments ofRs 1800, Rs 1560 and Rs 1430 are payable
instalments. What is the annual instalment, if the rate of at the end o f first year, second year and third year re-
interest is 8% per annum compounded annually? spectively. I f the rate of interest is 10% per annum re-
12. A man borrows Rs 816 and agrees to return it in two spectively, find the cash price of the TV set and the total
equal annual instalments. What is the annual instalment, interest charged under instalment plan.
if the rate of interest is 12.5% per annum compounded 22. A sewing machine is available at Rs 240 cash down pay-
annually? ment followed by 3 annual instalments of Rs 380, Rs 240
13. Govind borrowed money from a money lender and agreed and Rs 200 payable at the end of first year, second year
to pay back in 3 equal annual instalments ofRs 665.50 and third year respectively. If the rate of interest is 25%
each. What sum did he borrow, i f the rate of interest per annum compound interest, find the cash price and
charged by the money lender was 10% per annum com- total interest being charged under the instalment plan.
pounded annually?
Answers
14. A man takes loan on compound interest and returns it in
1. Price of the tape recorder = Rs 1500
two equal annual instalments. I f the rate of interest is
Paid cash = Rs 300
16% per annum and the yearly instalment is Rs 1682,
Balance to be paid = Rs (1500 - 300) = Rs 1200
find the principal and the interest charged with each
Let each half-yearly instalment = Rs x
instalment.
r = 5% pa = (5/2)% half-yearly, Amount = Rs 1200
15. A man borrowed some money and paid back in 3 equal
;•. Using the formula
annual instalments o f Rs 2160 each. What sum did he
borrow if the rate of interest charged by the money lender
was 20% per annum compounded annually? Find also A= P 1+-
100
the total interest charged.
16. Kusum borrowed money and returned it in 3 equal quar-
5/2
terly instalments ofRs 1630.50 each. What sum did she x=P 1+
borrow if the rate of interest charged by the money lender 100 1200J U0
was 20% per annum compounded quarterly? Find also Principal (P) included in the first instalment
the total interest charged.
40 40
17. Naresh took loan from a bank and the payment was made xx — = —x
in 3 annual instalments ofRs 2600, Rs 2400 and Rs 2200 41 41
payable at the end of first, second and third year respec- Similarly, Principal included in the second instalment
tively. Interest was charged at 10% per annum. Calculate
'40 x 2
the amount of loan taken and the interest paid by him.
18. A person borrows Rs 5407.50 and agrees to pay the loan 41
back with compound interest at the rate of 13 — % per '40^

Principal included in the third instalment :
.41
annum in 3 equal half yearly instalments. Find the amount
of each instalment, i f the interest is compounded half
40 (40} 2 f '40 N
yearly. x+ x+ x = 1200
19. Sanjay bought a gas stove on instalment basis. He has
41 V 41; \, 4 1 ,
to pay Rs 500 cash down payment and Rs 810 at the end
of first year, Rs 520 at the end of second year and Rs 460 40 + 40 r40]
+
1200
at the end of third year. Interest is charged at the rate of 41' 41 \4\J
The man paid Rs 441 as the amount at the end of first

40 40 1600^
1+ = 1200 year and another Rs 441, as the amount at the end of
41' 41 1681 second year.
.-. Principal of the first year
40 (1681 + 1640 +1600) ,„ n f t
_s —x\0 , + 1 =441
„„, +
B 41 I, 1681 J = 441 + 1 5 1 0 5
100 J 100
4921 41
=> x = 1200x — = 1230 ,,,1 2 1 AA, 2 0
^ 1681 40 = 441 + - =441x-= R s 4 2 0
1681
=> x = 1230x — — 20.20
= R s
4921 ' 5 f
Principal for the second year = 441 + 1 +
Cash price = Rs 3000 100.
Balance = Rs (3000 -1000) = Rs 2000 . . . 20 20
= 441x — x — =Rs400
Let the amount of each instalment = Rs x 21 21
.-. Total principal = Rs 420 + Rs 400 = Rs 820
Rate = 12 i % pa = (25/2)% pa Let the principals for the three annual instalments be
Principal included in the first instalment is given by P P ,P .

U 2 3 Then
25/2 25
x'-P 1+ 2800= P\ 1 + - />, =Rs2800x
100 100 26
A=P •:A = P\ +
loo J UooJ " 5 100
8
P = xx
2b
2700= P \ + 2
P =Rs2700x
2
Similarly, principal included in the 2nd instalment = 100 2 6.
(2£
2600=^3 1+- P, =Rs2600x
' H i 100 26.
Total sum borrowed = P + P + P x 2 3
Principal included in the 3rd instalment = * | — x
I '25
= Rs 2800 26) + 2600
{26) 1 26
x x — + x\ x\ | = 20ou 5 2 25 2 5 25"
9 {?) — + 26 x — x
Rs^xlOO 26 26 26
W l + l ^ t ^ 2000 2500f^ 675 625

B
9 I 9 81 =r s 28 + + —
R S 26 I 26 26
8 (81 + 72 + 64
= 2000 2500 ( 728 + 675 + 625 2500 2028
81 ;Rs = Rs x-
26 V 26 26 26
8 217* „ „ „ „ = Rs2500x3=Rs7500
-x = 2000
9 81 Total money paid = Rs (2800 + 2700 + 2600) = Rs 8100
.-. Total interest charged = Rs 8100 - Rs 7500 = Rs 600
2000x81x9 Cash price of the flat = Rs 55000
= Rs 839.86
8x217 In the instalment plan, cash down payment = Rs 4275
Amount of each instalment = Rs 839.86 .•. Present value of the price to be paid in instalments
= Rs 55000 - Rs 4275 = Rs 50725
Let each instalment be Rs x Balance at the end of 1st year

Rate = 16% pa - 8% half-yearly = Rs (5600 -1400) = Rs 4200
.-. Principal for the 1 st instalment at the end of 1 st Amount payable at the end of 2nd year
= Rs 1400+ 8% ofRs 4200
half yearly = Rs g
_8_
1+- Rs 1400 + Rs x4200
100 100
= Rs 1400+ Rs 336 = Rs 1736
V J5_
v A = P] 1 + x= P 1+ Balance at the end of 2nd year
100 J 100 = Rs (4200 -1400) = Rs 2800
Amount payable at the end of 3rd year
100 (25) = Rs 1400+ 8% ofRs 2800
_8_
Rs 1400 + Rs x2800
Similarly, Principal forthe 2nd instalment 100
'25^ = Rs 1400 + Rs 224 = Rs 1624

= Rs 27 Balance at the end of 3rd year
= Rs(2800-1400) = Rs 1400
.-. Amount payable at the end of 4th year
25
Principal for the 3rd instalment = Rs | ~ I x
= Rs 1400+ 8% ofRs 1400
8
Total principal for the three instalments Rs 1400 + Rs xl400
U00
3
25 '25> 2 |'25> = Rs 1400 + Rs 112 = Rs 1512
Rs —x + x+\ X
27 ^27; \ 27J
V
Hence the four instalments are
Rs 1848, Rs 1736, Rs 1624 and Rs 1512
It should be equal to Rs 50725 The sum is to be paid back in 3 annual instalments
2~ .-. Each instalment will be ofRs (6000 + 3), ie Rs 2000
25 1 f25>
2 5
= 50725 together with interest on the balance for one year
27' 1 + — +{llj
27 .-. Amount payable at the end of 1 st year
= Rs 2000 + 10% ofRs 6000
25 f, 25 625'. ^ e n c ' 10
—x 1 +— + =50725 = Rs 2000 + Rs -x6000
27 I 27 729, .100 )
= Rs 2000 + Rs 600 = Rs 2600
25 ("729 + 675 + 625
= 50725 Balance at the end of 1 st year
27 % 729 = Rs (6000 - 2000)=Rs 4000
.-. Amount payable at the end of 2nd year
25 2029 M W
= Rs 2000 + 10% ofRs 4000
=> —xx = 50725
• 27 729 10 ^
50725x27x729 , ^ 0 0 = Rs2000 + Rs — x 4 0 0 0
100
=> x = = 19683
25x2029 = Rs 2000 + Rs 400 = Rs 2400
.-. Each instalment = Rs 19683 Balance at the end of 2nd year
The sum is to be paid back in 4 annual instalments. = Rs 4000 - Rs 2000 = Rs 2000
.-. Each instalment will be ofRs (5600 * 4) .-. Amount payable at the end o f 3rd year
ie Rs 1400 together with interest on the balance for = Rs 2000+10% ofRs 2000
one year
.-. Amount payable at the end of 1 st year 10
= Rs 2000 + Rs x2000
= Rs 1400+ 8% ofRs 5600 100
= Rs 2000 + Rs 200 = Rs 2200
= Rs 1400 + Rs I 5600X 75 " 0
Hence the three instalments are: Rs 2600, Rs 2400 and
= Rs 1400+ Rs 448 = Rs 1848 Rs2200.
8. The sum is to be returned in 3 annual instalments. Similarly, principals for the next two instalments are
.-. Each instalment will be ofRs (8400 + 3), ie Rs 2800
together with interest on the balance for one year.
.-. Amount payable at the end of 1 st year
P =Rs(f]*andP =Rs(f)*
2 3
19 PP
l+ i + P =1261
3
= Rs 2800 + — % ofRs 8400
2
f20^ '20Y f'20V
19 1 1 x+\— x + \ — x = 1261
.21) \
= Rs2800 + Rs — x
2 100
x8400
J
Ui; .21J
i1 + — + 20
= Rs 2800+ Rs 798 = Rs 3598 20
Balance at the end of 1st year
2 0
1261
21 21 21J
= Rs 8400 - Rs 2800 = Rs 5600
.-. Amount payable at the end o f 2nd year
20 , 20 400 , ,
19 —> 1+— + =1261
= Rs 2800 + — % ofRs 5600 21
21 441
2
20 r441 + 420 + 400 , , , , , s
19 1 —x\ = 1261
Rs2800 + Rs — x 5 6 0 0 21 I, 441
.200 J
= Rs 2800 + Rs 532 = Rs 3332 20 1261 1261x21x441
—xx = 1261 => x =
Balance at the end of 2nd year 21 441 20x1261
= Rs 5600 - Rs 2800 = Rs 2800
.-. Amount payable at the end of 3rd year rz> x = = 463.05
20
= Rs 2800 + ^ % ofRs 2800 .-. Each instalment = Rs 463.05
2 10. Let each instalment be Rs x
19 Rate = 8% pa = 4% half yearly
= Rs2800 + Rs x2800
v 200 .-. Principal (P ) included in the 1st instalment
x
=Rs 2800 + Rs 266 = Rs 3066 26 25^

Hence, the three instalments are: Rs 3598, Rs 3332 Rs = Rs x + Rs
25 26.
and Rs 3066
1+ —
Cash price of the tape recorder = Rs 1561 V 100.
Similarly, principal (P ) for the next instalment 2
.-. Price to be paid in instalment has its present value
= Rs 1561 -Rs300 = Rs 1261
25: \
Let each instalment be Rs x Rs
Rate = 10% pa = 5% half yearly 26y
.-. Principal (P) included in the 1 st instalment
P, + P = 2550 2
Rs f25^ '25]
1+- ie { 2 6 ;x + ^26) x = 2550
100
25 25
= 2550
A= P 1+ \x = P 1 + - 26A 1 + 26
100 100
25 26 + 25
= 2550
105 100 26 26
= Rs x + - = Rs x x -
100J 105
2i. ^ x : x ll = 2550
(20 26 26
Rs
21
=> x = 2550x — x — = 1352 10

25 51 = 665.50+ 1 +
100 J
11. Let each instalment be Rs x 10 V
Rate = 8% pa A = P 1+- 665.50 =P\+ —
100 100 J
.*. Principal (P,) included in the 1st instalment
108 = 665.50 + — I = 665.50 x — =R 605 S

= Rs = Rs *
100
1+-
100
Principal (P ) for the second year
2
100 25
= Rs 10'
108 665.50+ 1 + = 665.50 +
100 10
Similarly, principal (P ) included in the 2nd instalment
2
*^" *« io io
;
25 n 2
= 665.50x — x — =Rs550
= R S | 2T Principal (P ) for the third year

3
.-. P, + P = 26002
10 V
= 665.50 + 1 1 + =665.50x
10)
(25^ (25) 100
ie x+ x = 2600
{21 j
127 J r t c cr. 10 10 10
On solving this equation, you will obtain x = 1458 = 665.50 x — x — x — =Rs500
.-. Each annual instalment = Rs 1458 .-. Total principal = P +P l 2 +P i
12. Let each annual instalment be Rs x

= Rs (605 + 550 +500) = Rs 1655
Rate =12.5% pa
14. The yearly instalment paid at the end of 1 st year and
.-. Principal (p,) included in the 1st instalment 2nd year = Rs 1682
.-. Principal (P,) for the first year
112.5
= Rs = Rs x +
100
1+
12.5}
= 1682 + i i
1 +100
100,
100 1000 8 y 16
Rs xx- Rs xx- = Rs 1682 = P.\ +
112.5 J 1125 9)
A = P\l +
100 ) 100J
Similarly principal (P ) included in the 2nd instal-
2
= Rs ! 6 8 2 +
r 1 1 6
100
ment = Rs
\9j
100 f 25^
P +P
x 2 =816 = Rs 1682x
116
= Rsl450
Principal (P ) for the 2nd year
2
On solving this equations you will get x = 486 \

JL6_ 25
.•. Each annual instalment = Rs 486 = 1682 + 1 + 100J = R s 1682 x
29.
13. Govind paid Rs 665.50 as the amount at the end of 1st
year, 2nd year and 3rd year.
25 25
.-. Principal (P, )for the first year = Rs 1682x — x — =Rsl250
.-. Total principal = P + P x 2

HQ
= Rs 2600 +
= Rs 1450+ Rs 1250 = Rs 2700 Too
Total amount paid = Rs (1682 * 2) = Rs 3364
.-. Total interest = Rs 3364 - Rs 2700 = Rs 664 100
Interest charged with first instalment = Rs 2600 x
110
= Rs 2700x — =Rs432
100 = Rs 2 6 0 0 x ^ = R s ^
Interest charged with second instalment 11) K S ii
= Rs664-Rs432 = Rs232 2nd instalment paid at the end of 2nd year = Rs 2400
15. See the solution of Q. No. 12.
16. The quarterly instalment paid at the end of 1 st, 2nd 10
.-. Principal of 2nd instalment = Rs 2400 x
and 3rd quarter = Rs 4630.50 11
.-. Principal (P ) for the first quarter
x
10 10 240000
Rs 2 4 0 0 x - x = T T R s
= 4630.50- 1+- 3rd instalment paid at the end of 3rd year = Rs 2200
100
.-. Principal of 3rd instalment
-Rs 4630.50 + —
V 100 Rs 2200 <| H
100 10 10 10
: R s 4630.50 x = Rs 2200 x — x — x —
105
11 11 11
20 200000
Rs
Rs 4630.50 x — | = 4 4 1 0
121
26000 240000 200000^1
Similarly, principal (P ) for the 2nd quarter
2
:. Total principal = Rs + +
11 121 121 J
f20^
286000 + 240000 + 200000
= Rs 4630.50 ;Rs
121
20 20 7260000
= Rs 4630.50 x — x — Rs4200 = Rs = Rs 6000
21 21 121
Principal (P ) for the 3rd quarter
3
.-. The amount of loan taken = Rs 6000
Total amount paid = Rs (2600 + 2400 + 2200) = Rs 7200
'20^ 3
Total interest paid = Rs (7200 - 6000) = Rs 1200
= Rs 4630.50 18. Let each instalment be ofRs x
121
40
20 20 20 Rate= 1 3 - % pa % pa
= Rs 4630.50 x - - x — x — =Rs4000
21 21 21
Total principal = P +P +P
i 2 i
4o/ 020
— % = — % half-yearly
= Rs (4410 +4200 + 4000) = Rs 12610
Total amount paid = Rs (4630.50 x 3) = Rs 13891.50 .-. Principal {P ) for amount x at the end of 1 st six
x
.-. Total interest = Rs 13891.50-Rs 12610

=Rs 1281.50 20/3''
17. Instalment paid at the end o f 1st year = Rs 2600 months = Rs * "" 1 + - 5
100
.-. Principal of 1 st instalment
P = /I +
= R s 2600 + 1 + lOOj
100
3rd instalment = Rs 460

327
320 ] 300s 15
= Rs x + - =Rs*|^J = Rs^ 1 6 ;
300
\3
Similarly, the principal for amount x at the end of sec- '20Y =Rs 460x
, 20 20 20
A n
= Rs 460 — — x— x —
23 23 23 23
15:\
ond six months = Rs *| ~ 160000
= Rs
529
Principal (P )for amount x at the end of third six
3
16200 208000 160000)

.-. Total principal = Rs •+ • ; +-
15" 23 529 529
months = Rs *
V, 1 6 ,
372600 + 208000 + 160000 740600
/> + p + p, = 5407.50
2 = Rs — = Rs
529 529
05" f f l 740600 740600

ie \x \ —
1 5
15407.50 JC-500 = x = 500 +
J6, 06, i tiej 529 ^ >29
2" 264500+740600 1005100

(HI
'15_ N x= = 1900
1+— + = 5407.50 529 529
16 U6y
.-. Cash price of the gas stove = Rs 1900
20. Let the cash price of the cassette recorder be Rs x
256 + 240 + 225 Cash down payment = Rs 450
= 5407.50
,16. 256 .-. Remaining amount = Rs(x-450)
Rate = 18% pa
721
= 5407.50 1st instalment paid at the end of first year = Rs 680
16A256
( 18
.-. x = 5407.50 x — x — = 2048 .-. Principal of first instalment =Rs 680 + I1 +
15 721
19. Let the cash price of the gas stove be Rs x
Cash down payment = Rs 500 A =P 1+
100 { IOOJ
.-. Remaining amount = Rs (x - 500)
1 st instalment paid at the end of first year = Rs 810
(100
( V
= R s 6 8 0 + l i - = R s 680
8
15 100 v 118
.-. Principal of 1 st instalment = Rs 810 + ^1 +
'50^ 34000
115 Rs 680 Rs
= R s 810 + v59y 59
100
2nd instalment at the end of 2nd year = Rs 590
A = P\\ :.P = A*\ + /50f

100 100 .-. Principal of second instalment = Rs 590
.59 J
100 '20^ 16200 50 50 25000
c n n
= Rs 810x = Rs 810 Rs Rs 590x — x — = R

115; v23, 23 S
59 59 59
2nd instalment = Rs 520
34000 25000
Total principal = Rs
(20 s
59 59
.-. Principal of 2nd instalment = Rs 520 —
59000
= Rs 5 9 =Rs 1000
„ C20 20 A 208000
= Rs 520x — x — = R s • x-450=1000 zz>x= 1000 + 450= 1450
23 23 S 529
Hence, the cash price of the casette recorder is Rs .-. Remaining amount = R s ( x - 240)
1450 1 st instalment at the end of first year = Rs 380
21. Let the cash price of the colour TV be Rs x
Cash down payment = Rs 2000 25
,\l of 1 st instalment = 380 + 1 1 +
.-. Remaining amount = Rs (x - 2000) 100
Rate = 10% pa
1 st instalment paid at the end of first year = Rs 1800 v r V r
A = P\ + :.P = A + 1 + —
100 J IOOJ v
.-. Principal of first instalment =Rs 1800+ 1 + 125"

100 Rs 380 +
100,
i
ft r } . ( r Y" 100 u s
Rs 380
n
A=P 1+ :P = A + \ + — = Rs380 = Rs304
I \125
100, 1 IOOJ _
2nd instalment at the end of 2nd year = Rs 240
= R s [l800+i!° .-. Principal of 2nd instalment
100
-„ n16 768
= Rs 240
100 Rs 2 4 0 x — = r s
= Rs 1800x =R S 1800^ 25 5
110; 3rd instalment at the end of 3rd year = Rs 200
18000
Rs
11 4 4 4
2nd instalment paid at the end of 2nd year = Rs 1560 = Rs 200 = Rs 200x — x-^x —
5 5 5
'io^ 2
.;. Principal of 2nd instalment = Rs 1560 _ 512
10 10 156000 The total principal of the three instalments

= R s l 5 6 0 * — x — =Rs
121 ( . . . 768 512
= Rs 304 + — + _
3rd instalment paid at the end of third year = Rs 1430
fioV '1520 + 768 + 512^

.-. Principal of 3rd instalment = Rs 14301 — - Rs V 5 j
„ . . . . 10 10 10 130000 2800
= Rs 1430x — x — x — = R S
= Rs — r — =Rs560
11 11 11 121
.-. Total principal of the three instalments .-. x-240 = 560 =>x =560 + 240 = 800
.-. Cash price of the sewing machine = Rs 800
'18000 156000 130000^1
= Rs Total amount paid = Rs (240 + 380+240 + 200)
11 + 21 ' 121 = Rsl060
198000 + 156000 + 130000 .-. Total interest paid = Rs 1060 - Rs 800 = Rs 260
= Rs
121 Case 3: Instalments to pay off debt
484000 Suppose borrower is to pay a sum ofRs P due after
= Rs =Rs4000 T years, but he wants to pay through equal instalments at an
agreed interval (may be quarterly, monthly, half-yearly or
x- 2000 = 4000 => x = 2000 + 4000 = 6000
yearly) to discharge off his debt in T years. Hence, through
.-. The cash price of the colour TV = Rs 6000
equal instalment payments, the debt ofRs P due in T years is
Amount paid in instalment plan
cleared in T years.
= Rs (2000 + 1800 +1560 + 1430) = Rs 6790 Then,
.-. Total interest paid = Rs 6790 - Rs 6000 = Rs 790.
22. Let the cash price of the sewing machine be Rs x n(n-\)
A = nx + xr
Cash down payment = Rs 240 lOOw
Where A = amount due after T years

3:;
n = number of instalments to be actually paid to dis- a)26|% b) f 2 2 % c)16j% d)33i%

charge the debt,
r = rate per cent per annum charged on simple interest 3. A sum ofRs 10 is lent out to be returned in 11 monthly
m = number of instalments per year, instalments of Re 1 each, interest being simple. The rate
= 1, if yearly instalment is paid. of interest is .
= 4, if quarterly instalment is paid.
= 2, if half yearly instalment is paid, a) 10% b) 11% c)9^-% d) 2 1 - ^ %
= 12, i f monthly instalment is paid,
x = amount of each instalment in Rs. Answers
Note: Also see Type 3 of Case I. 1. a; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have
A = Rs2,x = R e l , n = 3,m= 12
Ex: A man borrows a sum of money at 16% per annum fxl 3x2
or, 2 = 3x1 + x
simple interest, promising to pay Rs 8480 after a year 100x12 2
from the date of borrowing. I f he wants to discharge
or, r = 400% *. the rate per cent per annum = 400%
the debt by paying four equal quarterly instalments,
2. a; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have,
how much should be each instalment.
lxr 10x(l0-l)
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 9 = 10x1 + -
100x12
8480 = Ax + x [ : m = 4 (quarterly^
100x4 2 15r
106 or, " T T T = - 1 [we omit the -ve sign]
8480 => x = /?s 2000 400
25 '
400 80 2
Exercise . r= = — = 26—%
1. A sum ofRs 2 is lent to be paid back in 3 equal monthly 15 3 3
instalments of Re 1 each. Find the rate per cent. IA ,, I l X r Hx(ll-l)
a) 400% b)140% c)340% d)40% 3d- Hint: 10 = 11x1 + x i '-
mm. 100x12 2
2. A money lender lends out Rs 9 on the condition that the
loan is payable in 10 months in 10 equal instalments of 240 „ , 9 „,
o r > , = _ = 21 %. n
Re 1 each. Find the rate per cent per annum.

Alligation
Rule 1 17 a kg?
a) 1:1 b) 1:3 c)2:3 d)3:l
Theorem: The proportion in which rice at Rs x per kg must
3. In what proportion must coffee at Rs 21 per kg be mixed
be mixed with rice at Rs y per kg, so that the mixture be
with coffee at Rs 28 per kg, so that the mixture be worth
y- Rs 25 a kg?
worth Rsza kg, is given by a)4:3 b)4:5 c)5:4 d)3:4
z-x
4. In what proportion must cotton at Rs 24.50 per kg be
Illustrative Example mixed with cotton at Rs 30.50 per kg, so that the mixture
Ex.: In what proportion must rice at Rs 3.10 per kg be be worth Rs 26 a kg?
mixed with rice at Rs 3.60 per kg, so that the mixture be a) 3:1 b) 1:3 c)3:2 d)2:3
worth Rs 3.25 a kg? 5. In what proportion must sugar at Rs 16.60 a kg be mixed
Soln: Detail Method: Let the required ratio be x : y. with sugar at Rs 16.45 a kg so that the mixture may be
As per the question, worth Rs 16.54 a kg?
310x + 360y = 325(x + y) a) 2:1 b)2:3 c)3:2 d)4:l
or,310x + 360y = 325x+325y % 6. In what proportion must tea at Rs 47.50 per kg be mixed
or,325;c-310x = 360y-325y with tea at Rs 50.50 per kg to produce a mixture worth Rs
£ 35
= = ? . 48.50 per kg?
or, 15.v = 35y a)2:l b) 1:2 c)4:l d)3:2
y 15
7. In what proportion must a brewer mix beer at Rs 11 a litre
Alligation Method:
with bear at Rs 6 a litre, so that the mixture may be worth
CP of 1 kg cheaper rice CP of 1 kg dearer rice
Rs 8 a litre?
(310paise) (360 paise)
a)2:l b)l:2 c)3:2 d)2:3
Mean Price
(325 paise) 8. How must a grocer mix teas at Rs 6 a kg and Rs 6.50 a kg
so that the mixture may be worth Rs 6.20 a kg.
15
a)2:3 b)3:2 6)3:1 d) 1:3
Quantity of cheaper _ CP of dearer Mean Price
9. In what ratio should gold at Rs 15 per gm be mixed with
Quantity of dearer Mean Price - CP of cheaper gold at Rs 10 per gm so that the resulting mixture be
_ 360-325 _ 35 _ ; worth Rs 13 pergm.
~ 325-310 " 15 ~ a)3:2 b)3:l c) 1:1 d)2:3
.-. they must be mixed in the ratio of 7 : 3. 10. In what ratio must a grocer mix sugar at 72 paise per kg
Note: This result can be obtained directly by applying the with sugar at 48 paise per kg so that by selling the mix-
above theorem.
1
Exercise ture at 63 paise per kg he may gain — of his outlay?
In what proportion must wheat at Rs 3.20 per kg be mixed a) 1:3 b)3:l c)2:3 d)3:2
with wheat at Rs 3.70 per kg, so that the mixture be worth 11. Sugar at Rs 15 per kg is mixed with sugar at Rs 20 per kg
Rs 3.35 a kg? in the ratio 2:3. Find the price per kg of the mixture.
a)9:5 b)7:5 c)7:3 d)3:l a)Rsl8 b)Rsl6 c)Rsl7 d)Rsl9
1 In what proportion must tea at Rs 14 per kg be mixed 12. A grocer buys black tea at Rs 5.25 per kg and green tea
with tea at Rs 18 per kg, so that the mixture be worth Rs at Rs 7.50 per kg. How must he mix them so that by
1 17 1
selling the mixture at Rs 7 per kg he may gain — of his
Hence, ~7~Z ~ " ^ kg of each are taken.
outlay.
a) 1:2' b) 1:3 c)2:l d)3:l 15. a; Hint: Per quintal cost of two different sorts of rice
13. In what proportion should water and wine at Rs 22.50 a
4642.50 Rs 77.375 per quintal
litre be mixed to reduce the price to Rs 18 a litre? 60
a) 1:4 b)4:l c)2:3 d)3:2
14. Currants at Rs 50 per kg are mixed with currants at Rs 90 75.50-77.375 _ 1.875
Proportion = = 5:7
per kg to make a mixture of 17 kg worth Rs 70 per kg, how 77.375-80 ~ 2.625
many kilograms of each are taken?
60
The quantity of better sort = 7—x 5 = 25 quintals and
a) 8 kg, 9 kg b) * T kg of each
60 _ . •
c) 7 kg, 10 kg d) None of these the quantity of worse sort = — x 7 = 35 quintals.
15. A person bought 60 quintals of rice of two different
sorts for Rs 4642.50. The better sort costs Rs 80 per 16. b; Hint: Two lots of whisky having equal quantities are
quintal and the worse Rs 75.50 per quintal. How many mixed.
quintals were there of each sort? Let the price of mixture of whisky be Rs x per litre.
a) 25 quintals, 35 quintals b) 20 quintals, 40 quintals
18-x
c) 32 quintals, 28 quintals d) None of these .-. — — - .-. x = Rs 20 a litres.
1
16. A man has whisky worth Rs 22 a litre and another lot x-22
worth Rs 18 a litre. Equal quantities of these are mixed Now this mixture is mixed with water and worth Rs 16 a
with water to obtain a mixture of 50 litres worth Rs 16 a litre.
litre. Find how much water the mixture contains? Hence, the proportion of water to mixture
20-16 = 1:4
Answers 16-0
l.c 2.b 3.d 4. a 5.b 6. a 7.c 50
8.b 9d .-. quantity of water • x l = 10 litres.
1+4
10. a; Hint: Rule 2

1 7+ _ P 7 of the cost price of a kg of the mix-
Theorem: The quantity of salt at Rs x per kg that a man
ture =63 P
must mix with n kg of salt at Rs v per kg, so that he may, on
63 selling the mixture at Rs z per kg, gain p% on the outlay is
.-. cost price of a kg of the mixture - —r - 54P
1- ~\00z-y(l00 + p)
6 given by , ; x [ (
x l 0 0)_ +kg-p ] 0 0 z
Now, applying the given formula, we have

Note: I f we suppose that the quantity of salt at Rs x be m.
54-48 then we have.
the required answer = = 1:3
72-54
m _ l O O z - y ( l 0 0 + p)
20-2 2 n x(l00 + /?)-100z
11. a; Hint: .-. Z = Rs 18perkg
Z-15 3
12. c; Hint: See Q. No. 10.
Ex.: How many kg of salt at 42 P per kg must a man mix
20.50-18
13. a; Hint: Required proportion with 25 kg of salt at 24 P per kg, so that he may, on
18-0 selling the mixture at 40 per kg, gain 25% on the oui-
[ v Water worths Rs 0 a litre] lay?
4.50 = 1:4
18 Let the required amount of salt be x kg.
90-70 , ,
14. b; Hint: Required ratio = ^ =':' 100
42xx + 24x25(x + 25)x40x
125
Alligation 333
profit on the cost price?

v Selling price of the mixture = 40 per kg given
a) Rs 28.00 b)Rs 20.00 c)Rs 18.40 d)Rs 17.40
.'. Cost price of the mixture = 40 x x (x + 25) (BSRB Delhi PO 2000)
125 v
5. A grocer buys two kinds of barley at Re 1.50 P and 95
or, 42x + 24x25 = 32x + 32x25 paise per kilogram respectively. In what proportion
o r , l 0 x = 25x8 .-. x = 20kg. should these be mixed so that by selling the mixture at
Method of Alligation: Re 1.60 P per kilogram, 25% may be gained?
a)3:l b)3:2 c)4:l ~ d)2:3
.- 100 6. In what proportion must a grocer mix one kind of wheat
Cost price of mixture = ^25 P = 32Pperkg....
at Rs 4.50 per kg with another at Rs 4 per kg in order that
By the rule of fraction by selling the mixture at Rs 5.20 per kg he may make a
24 profit of 20 per cent?
a)3:l b)4:l c)3:2 d)2:l
8- —10 7. How many kg of salt costing 40 P per kg must be mixed
Ratio = 4:5 with 16 kg of salt costing 55 P per kg so that 25 per cent
Thus for every 5 kg of salt at 24 P, 4 kg of salt at 42 P may be gained by selling the mixture at 60 P per kg?
is used. a) 14kg b)16kg c)12kg d)15kg
8. What weight of wheat worth Rs 4.20 per kg should be
.-. the required no. of kg = 25 * — = 20 . mixed with 60 kg of sugar worth Rs 2.70 per kg so that
when the mixture is sold at Rs 3.30 per kg, there may be
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, neither gain nor loss.
a) 50 kg b)45kg c)55kg d)40kg
~100x40-24x(lQ0 + 25)
Required answer = [4 2 x ( 1 0 o
+ 25)-100x40
x25 9. Kantilal mixes 80 kg. of sugar worth of Rs. 6.75 per kg.
with 120 kg. worth of Rs. 8 per kg. At what rate shall he
sell the mixture to gain 20%?
"4000 -3000" "1000"
x25 = x25 =20 kg. a)Rs7.50 b)Rs.9 c)Rs.8.20 d)Rs.8.85
.5250 -4000_ .1250.
(SBIPO Exam 1987)
Exercise Answers
1. Jaydeep purchased 25 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 16.50
l O O x z - 24.50(100 + 25)
per kg and 35 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 25.50 per kg. He la; Hint: 35 = 25
mixed the two and sold the mixture. Approximately, at 16.50(l00 + 25)-100xz
what price per kg did he sell the mixture to make 25 per
lOOz-3062.5
cent profit? (BSRB Mumbai PO1998) or, 2062.5-lOOz
a) Rs 26.50 b)Rs 27.50 c)Rs 28.50 d)Rs 30.00 7
2. Jagtap purchases 30 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs 11.50 or, 700z - 21437.5 = 10312.5 - 500z
per kg and 20 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs 14.25 per kg. or,1200z=31750
He mixed the two and sold the mixture. Approximately at .\ = Rs 26.458 per kg * Rs 26.50 per kg.
what price per kg should he sell the mixture to make 30
100xz-14.25(l00 + 30)l
per cent profit? 2. a; Hint: 20 = 30
11.50(l00 + 30)-100xz_
a)Rs 16.30 b)Rs 18.20 c)Rs 15.60 d)Rs 14.80
(BSRB Calcutta PO 1999)
lOOz-1852.5
3. Prabhu purchased 30 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 17.50 per or, or500z = 8190
1495 -lOOz
kg and another 30 kg rice at a certain rate. He mixed the
two and sold the entire quantity at the rate of Rs 18.60 18190
per kg and made 20 per cent overall profit. All what price Rs 16.38 « R s 16.30
500
per kg did he purchase the lot of another 30 kg rice?
a) Rs 14.50 b)Rs 12.50 c)Rs 15.50 d)Rs 13.50 100x18.60-^x120
3. d; Hint: 30 = 30
(BSRB Chennai PO 2000) .17.50x120-100x18.60
4. A grocer purchased 20 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 15 per
or, 1860 -120y=2100 -1860 = 240
kg and 30 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 13 per kg. At what
1620
price per kg should he sell the mixture to earn 33—% or, 120y=1620 :.y- = Rs 13.50
120
By the Alligation Rule, milk and water are in the ratio

100 of5:'l.
lOOxz-13 100 +
.-. quantity ofmilk in the mixture = 5 x 16 = 80 litres.
4.c; Hint: 30 = 20
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
15x 1 0 0 + — |- !O0xr Quantity of milk in the mixture
3
90
.-. z = Rs 18.40 = 16! 16x5 = 80 11^5,
5. b; Hint: See Note. 108-90
100x1.60-0.95(100 + 25) Exercise

Required proportion = . ( 0 + 25)-100xl.60
1 5 0 1 0
1. A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with 25 litres of
water is worth Rs 2 per litre. I f pure milk be worth Rs 12
160-118.75 _ 4125 _ 3 per litre how much milk is there in the mixture?
187.5-160 ~ 2750 ~ 2 a) 5 litres b) 7 litres c) 6 litres d) 4 litres
=3:2 2. A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with 16 litres of
6. d 7. a water is worth Rs 3 per litre. I f pure milk be worth Rs 7 per
8. d; Hint: Put the value of p = 0 in the given rule. litre how much milk is there in the mixture?
.-. Required answer a) 10 litres b) 12 litres
c) 14 litres d) None of these
100x3.30-2.70(100+0) ; 6 Q
3. A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with 32 litres of
~ 4.20x(l00 + 0 ) - 1 0 0 x 3 . 3 0 X
water is worth Rs 1.50 per litre. If pure milk be worth Rs
4.50 per litre how much milk is there in the mixture?
60x60
= 40 kg. a) 18 litres b) 14 litres c) 16 litres d) 20 litres
90
Answers
lOOz-8(100 + 20) l.a 2.b 3.c
9. b; Hint: 120 80
675(l00 + 20)-100z '
Rule 4
.-. z = Rs9perkg.
Theorem: The proportion in which water must be mixed
Rule 3 with spirit to gain or to lose x% by selling it at cost price is
Theorem: A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with T
given by [ y ^
litres of water is worth Rs x per litre. If pure milk be worth
x Illustrative Example
Rsy per litre, then the quantity of milk is given by I Ex.: In what proportion must water be mixed with spirit to
y-x)
2
litres.
gain 16y % by selling it at cost price?
Illustrative Example Soln: Detail Method: Let the required proportion of wate r
Ex.: A mixture of a certain quantity of milk with 16 litres of to spirit be a: b and the cost price of spirit be Rs x per
water is worth 90 P per litre. I f pure milk be worth 108 litre.
P per litre how much milk is there in the mixture? As per the question,
Soln: Detail Method: Let the quantity of milk be x litres. Selling price of the mixture = Rs x per Jitre.
(x + 16) 90=x x 108 + 16 x 0 [ v the price of water is Cost price of the mixture
OP)
100 6x
or, 90x + 1 6 x 9 0 = 108x = xx- Rs — per litre.
50
100 +
or, 18x = 1 6 x 9 0 .'. x = 80litres.
.'. The quantity of milk = 80 litres.
Now, assume that the cost price of water = Rs 0 per
Alligation Method: The mean value is 90 P and the
litre.
price of water is 0 P.
milk water • (ax0 + bxx) = (a + b)^-
108-^^ 0
J > 90« fi ( \6
L J, 6 ! 6a
s
90r-0 ^ 108-90 or, bx = {a + b)-x

v 'l
or, b 1 — = —
' I 1 7
Alligation 335
b 6a a 1 Solution(required % value — present % value)

added -
o r'7 T ° 'fe 6
r = (lOO - required % value)
.-. required ratio = 1 : 6
Alligation Method: Let CP of sprit be Re 1 per litre. Illustrative Example
Ex.: 300 gm of sugar solution has 40% sugar in it. How
2, much sugar should be added to make it 50% in the
Then SP of 1 litre of mixture = Re 1. Gain = 16-=-%
3 solution?
Soln: Alligation Method: The existing solution has 40%
100x3x1 f c\
sugar. And sugar is to be mixed; so the other solution
CP of 1 litre of mixture = Rs = Re
350 has 100% sugar. So by alligation method:
CP of 1 litre water CP of 1 litre pure spirit 40% 100%
(ReO) (Rel)
'50%
50% : 10%
The two mixtures should be added in the ratio 5 : 1 .
300
Therefore, required sugar = - x l = 60 gm.

have
Quantity of water 300(50-40)
quantity of sugar added = 60 gm.
Quantity of spirit 100-50
or Ratio of water and spirit = 1 : 6 . Exercise

Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, 1. A mixture of 40 litres of milk and water contains 10%
50 , . water. How much water must be added to make 20%
water in the new mixture?
the required proportion = = 1 •9• a) 5 litres b) 6 litres c) 8 litres d) 10 litres
2. A petrol pump owner mixed leaded and unleaded petrol
Exercise in such a way that the mixture contains 10% unleaded
1. In what proportion must water be mixed with spirit to petrol. What quantity of leaded petrol should be added
2 to 1 litre mixture so that the percentage of unleaded petrol
gain 26—% by selling it at cost price?
a)4:15 b)2:7 c) 1:11 d) 15:4 becomes 5%.
2. In what proportion must water be mixed with spirit to a) 1000 ml b) 900 ml c) 1900 ml d) 1800 ml
(SBI Associates PO -1999)
gain 3 3 y % y selling it at cost price?
D
3. 150 gm of sugar solution has 20% sugar in it. How much
a)3:l b) 1:2 c) 1:3 d)2:3 sugar should be added to make it 25% in the solution?
3. In what proportion must water be mixed with spirit to a)10gm b)45gm c)35gm d)40gm
gain 16% by selling it at cost price? 4. A petrol pump owner mixed leaded and unleaded petrol
a)4:25 b)2:9 c)l:6 d)25:4 in such a way that the mixture contains 20% unleaded
4. In what proportion must water be mixed with spirit to petrol. What quantity of leaded petrol should be added
gain 25% by selling it at cost price? to 2 litres mixture so that the percentage of unleaded
a) 4:1 b)3:4 c)4:3 d) 1:4 petrol becomes 10%.
a) 1000 ml b) 2000 ml c) 1500 ml d) None of these
Answers 5. A 40 litres mixture of milk and water contains 10 per cent
La 2.c 3.a 4.d of water. How much water must be added to make the
water 28% in the new mixture?
Rule 5 a) 10 litres b) 14 litres c) 8 litres d) 12 litres
Theorem: n gm of sugar solution has x% sugar in it. The 6. In a mixture of wheat and barley the wheat is 60%. To 400
quantity of sugar should be added to make it y% in the quintals of the mixture a quantity of barley is added and
solution is given by n gm. or Quantity of sugar then the wheat is 53—%of the resulting mixture. How
l^lOO-y
many quintals of barley are added?

„1 ,l A
400 6. b; Hint: Here barley is added. Hence y = 100 - 5 3 - = 4 6 - ,

a) ~z~ quintals b) 50 quintals
x = 100 - 60 = 40%. Now, applying the given rule, we
have
c) 46— quintals d) 53 — quintals
46 = - 4 0
7. 50 gm of an alloy of gold and silver contains 80% gold
the required answer = x400
(by weight). Find the quantity of gold that is to be mixed
100-46 =
up with this alloy so that it may contain 95% gold. 3
a)130gm b)140gm c)145gm d)150gm
= 50 quintals.
8 15 litres of a mixture contains 20% alcohol and the rest
7. d
water. I f 3 litres of water be mixed in it, the percentage of
8. b; Hint: In the mixture, water is added.
alcohol in the new mixture will be:
Hence, % of water in the mixture = 100 - 20 = 80%
2 1 Now, applying the given rule, we have
a) 17 b) 16- c) 18— d) 15
the percentage of water in the new mixture
(Clerical Grade 1991)
'y-80 N
9. 729 ml of a mixture contains milk and water in the ratio = 15 =3

100-v
7:2. How much more water is to be added to get a new
mixture containing milk and water in ratio 7:3?
500
a) 600 ml b) 710 ml c) 520 ml d) None of these .-. y=- -%
(Railways, 1991)
10. In a mixture of 60 litres, the ratio of milk and water is 2 : 1 . required answer ie % of alcohol in the new mixture
I f the ratio of the milk and water is to be 1 : 2, then the
amount of water to be further added is: 1 0 0 _500 = 100 = 50 = 1 6 2 %

6 6 3 3
(NDAExam 1990)
9. d; Hint: Percentage of water in first mixture
11. A mixture of 66 litres of milk and water are in the ratio 5 :
1, and water is added to make the ratio 5 : 3 . Find the = -2-xl00=™%
quantity of water added. 2+7 9
a) 20 litres b) 18 litres c) 22 litres d) 24 litres percentage of water in the second mixture
(LIC Exam 1988)
= -2— x l 0 0 = 30%
Answers 7+3
Now applying the given rule,
20-10
1. a; Hint: Required amount of water = x40 200
100-20 30-
required answer = 729 = 81 ml
400 100-30
: 5 litres.
80
2. a; Hint: Here we have to find the quantity of leaded petrol
Hence, we have to make certain changes in the given 200 100
data. 10. d; Hint: 60 3 3 = 60 litres.
% of leaded petrol in the mixture = 100-10 = 90%. 200
100
After addition of leaded petrol (that has to be calcu- 3
lated) percentage of leaded petrol becomes (100 - 5 =)
11.c
95%.
Now, applying the given theorem, we have Rule 6
95-90 Theorem: There are W students in a class. Rs X are dis-
the required answer = 1000 ml =1000 ml tributed among them so that each boy gets Rs x and each
1,100-95 )
girl gets Rs y. Then the ratio of boys to the girls is given by
3.a 4.b 5. a
X-Ny'
and the no. of boys and the no. of girls are
Nx-X
Alligation 337
girl gets 50 P. Find the ratio of boys to the girls.

(X-Ny^ f Nx-X*\ a)3:5 b)l:2 c)3:4 d)5:3
and respectively.
{ ~y x J s, - y
x ) 2. There are 75 students in a class, 48 rupees are distrib-
uted among them so that each boy gets Re 1 and each
Illustrative Example girl gets 40 P. Find the number of boys and girls in that
Ex.: There are 65 students in a class, 39 rupees are distrib- class.
uted among them so that each boy gets 80 P and each a) 30,45 b)40,35 c)25,50 d)35,40
girl gets 30 P. Find the number of boys and girls in 3. There are 50 students in a class, 32 rupees are distrib-
that class. uted among them so that each boy gets Re 1 and each
Soln: Detail Method: Let the ratio of boys to the girls in the girl gets 50 P. Find the number of girls and boys in that
class be a : b. class.
As per the question, a) 14 girls, 36 boys b) 36 girls, 14 boys
65 x a 65x6 c) 20 girls, 30 boys d) 30 girls, 20 boys
No. of boys = and the no. of girls =
a +b a +b Answers
La 2. a 3.b
o r ^ , 8 0 + ^ x 3 0 = 3900
' a+b a+b
Rule 7
or, (5200 - 3900)o = (3900 - 1 9 5 0 > Theorem: A person has a liquid ofRs xper litre. The ratio
a 1950 3 in which water should be mixed in that liquid, so that after
or, b selling the mixture at Rs y per litre he may get a profit of
1300 2
a:b = 3 :2
65x3
.-. the no. of boys = —7— - 39 and P%, is given by r P\
\oo)
65x2
the no. of girls :
26
Alligation Method: Here alligation is applicable for Ex.: A person has a chemical o f Rs 25 per litre. In what
"money per boy or girl." ratio should water be mixed in that chemical so that
3900 after selling the mixture at Rs 20/litre he may get a
Mean value of money per student : = 60P profit of 25%.
~65
Soln: Detail Method: Let the ratio of chemical to water in
the mixture be a: b.
Cost price of the chemical is Rs 25 per litre
.-. cost price of a litre of the chemical = Rs 25
Assume that the cost price of water be Rs 0 per litre
.-. Boys: Girls = 3:2
65 Selling price of the mixture = Rs 20 per litre
.-. Number of boys x3 = 39 ;
3+2 .-. Selling price of (a + b) litres of the mixture
and number of girls = 65 - 39 = 26. = Rs(a + b)20
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Cost price of (a + b) litres of the mixture
have
100
N = 65 X = Rs39 = 3900P = (a + b ) x 2 0 :
x=80P y = 30P 125
(By the rule of fraction)
3900-65x30 1950
No. of boys :
= 39. = Rs(a + b)16
80-30 50
or,25* a + 0*b = (a + b)\6
65x80-3900 1300 or, 9a = 16b
No. of girls = = 26
80-30 50 a 16
Exercise * > T t
1. There are 60 students in a class, 120 rupees are distrib- * a:b=16:9
uted among them so that each boy gets Rs 2.50 and each .-. Required ratio = 16:9.
/
Alligation Method: In this question the alligation

500
method is applicable on prices, so we should get the 3. a; Hint: Here, x = = 50/>,y = 56P,P = 40%
average price of mixture. 1000
SP of mixture = Rs 20/ litre, profit = 25% 56
Ratio of milk to water= 1 = 4,
100 1
.-. average price = 20x 125 = Rs 16/litre (50-56)+ — x 5 0
v ' 100
Chemical .-. required answer (ie ratio of water to milk) = 1:4.
25
4. a
16-
.-. C : W = 1 6 : 9 Rule 8
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Theorem: A person travels D km in Thours in two stages
have the In thefirst part of the journey, he travels by bus at the spee:
ofx km/hr. In the second part of the journey, he travels •
20 80 16
reqd ratio = = 16:9 train at the speed ofy km/hr. Then the distance travelled h
45 ~ 9
(25-20)+ — x 2 5
v 100
;
yT-D
bus is x km and the distance travelled by train .
y-x
Exercise
1. A man buys milk at Rs 7.50 a litre and after adding water
D-xT
y km.
sells it at Rs 9 a litre thereby making profit of 33-^-%. y-x
Find the proportion of water he has added. Illustrative Example

a)9:l b)7:l c)9:2 d)3:l
Ex.: A person travels 285 km in 6 hours in two stages. ix
2. A man buys milk at Rs 5 a litre and mixes it with water. By
the first part of the journey, he travels by bus at th»
speed of 40 km per hr. In the second part of the jour-
selling the mixture at Rs 4 a litre he gains 12^- per cent
ney, he travels by train at the speed of 55 km per sr.
on his outlay. How much water did each litre of the mix- How much distance did he travel by train?
ture contain? Soln: Detail Method: Let the person travels for* hours S
32 13 32 the train.
a) ^ litre b) — litre c) — litre d) None of these .-, Time for which he travels by bus = (6 -x) hours
The distance travelled by train = 55 x x km and
3. A milk seller pays Rs 500 per kilolitre for his milk. He
the distance travelled by bus f (6 - x) 40i km
adds water to it and sells the mixture at 56 P a litre, thereby
making altogether 40% profit. Find the proportion of
4 0 ( 6 - x ) + 55;c=285
water to milk which his customers receive,
15x = 45 :. x 3 hours.m
a) 1:4 b)2:3 c)l:5 d)4:l
Distance travelled by train = 55 x 3 = 165 km.
4. A person has a chemical of Rs 50 per litre. In what ratio
Alligation Method: In this question, the alligatic*
should water be mixed in that chemical so that after sell-
method is applicable for the speed.
ing the mixture at Rs 40 per litre he may get a profit of
Speed of bus Speed of trait
50%.
40^ ^ 55
a) 8:7 b)9:8 c)10:7 d)4:3
Average Speed
Answers
l.a
32
2. b; Hint: Required ratio = = — = 32:13
.-. time spent in bus : time spent in train

The quantity of water that the each litre of the mixture
13 , 13 = ± ^ =l:l
contains = x l = — litre 6 6
32 + 13 45 .-. distance travelled by train = 55 x 3 = 165 km.
Alligation
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we For a matter of convenience suppose that the price of
have pulse is 1 rupee per kg.
Then price of x kg pulse = Rs x and price of (50 - x) kg
285-40x6 , „ c c
read distance = —rt———x55 = 3x55 = 165 km. pulse = Rs (50 -x)

n 55-40
Now we get an equation,
Exercise 18% of* + 8% of ( 5 0 - x ) = 14% of 50
1. A person travels 255 km in 7 hours in two stages. In the => 18x + 8(50-x) = 14x50
first part of the journey, he travels by bus at the speed of => 10x = 300 .-. x = 30
30 km per hr. In the second part of the journey, he travels By Alligation Method:
by train at the speed of 45 km per hr. How much distance I Part II Part
did he travel by bus? 8% profit 18% profit
a) 120 km b) 135 km c) 145 km d) 125 km 14%
2. A person travels 245 km in 6 hours in two stages. In the (mean profit)
first part of the journey, he travels by bus at the speed of 4%'^
30 km per hr. In the second part of the journey, he travels = 4 : 6 = 2:3
by train at the speed of 50 km per hr. How much distance Therefore the quantity sold at 18% profit
did he travel by train?
a) 162.5 km b) 82.5 km c) 164 km d)83km = - ^ - x 3 = 30 ke
2+3 ' B
3. A person travels 490 km in 6 hours in two stages. In the Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
first part of the journey, he travels by bus at the speed of have
60 km per hr. In the second part of the journey, he travels the required quantity
by train at the speed of 100 km per hr. What is the ratio
14-8
between distances travelled by bus and train? X50: x 50 = 30
18-8 J 10 kg-
a)65:33 b)5:3 c)3:5 d)33:65
4. A man travels a distance of200 km in 4 hours, partly by Exercise
bus at 40 km/hr and the rest by train at 75 km/hr. Find the 1. A trader has 25 kg of rice, part of which he sells at 4%
distance covered in each part? profit and the rest at 9% profit. He gains 7% on the
5 2 2 5 whole. What is the quantity sold at 9% profit?
a ) 8 5 y k m , 114ykm b) U 4 - km, 8 5 - k m a) 15kg b)10kg c)18kg d)12kg
2. A trader has 100 kg of wheat, part of which he sells at
2 5 5 2 16% profit and the rest at 36% profit. He gains 28% on
c) 8 4 - k m , H 5 - k m d) H 5 y k m , 8 4 - k m the whole. What is the quantity sold at 36% profit?
a) 50 kg b)60kg c)45kg d)65kg
Answers 3. A trader has 40 kg of pulses, part of which he sells at
l.a 2. a 3.d 4.b 10% profit and the rest at 20% profit. He gains 16% on
the whole. What is the quantity sold at 20% profit?
Rule 9 a) 28 kg b)30kg c)24kg d)26kg
Theorem: A trader has N kg of certain item, part of which
he sells atx% profit and the rest aty% profit He gains P%
Answers
on the whole. The quantity of item sold at x% profit is l.a 2.b 3.c
(y-P} Rule 10
N kg and the quantity of item sold aty% profit Theorem: A trader has N kg of a certain item, a part of
which he sells atx% profit and the rest ofy% loss. He gains
N P% on the whole. Then the quantity sold at x% profit is
is given by kg.
y~ .
x
\(P+y^ N
Illustrative Example given by kg and the quantity sold aty% loss
[x + yj
Ex A trader has 50 kg of pulses, part of which he sells at
8% profit and the rest at 18% profit. He gains 14% on
is given by N
the whole. What is the quantity sold at 18% profit? x+ y kg.
Ex.: Detail Method:
Let the quantity sold at 18% profit be x kg. Then the Illustrative Example
quantity sold at 8% profit will be (50 - x ) kg. Ex.: A trader has 50 kg of rice, a part of which he sells at
10% profit and the rest at 5% loss. He gains 7% on a) 26 kg, 19 kg b) 36 kg, 9 kg

the whole. What is the quantity sold at 10% gain and c) 3 5 kg, 10 kg d) None of these
5% loss? 3. A trader has 40 kg of tea, a part of which he sells at 12%
Soln: Detail Method: Let the quantity sold at 10% profit be profit and the rest at 8% loss. He gains 9% on the whole.
xkg. What is the quantity sold at 12% gain and 8% loss?
Then the quantity sold at 5% loss will be (50 -x) kg. a) 30 kg, 10 kg ' b) 32 kg, 8 kg
For a matter of convenience suppose that the price of c) 33 kg, 7 kg d) 34 kg, 6 kg
rice is 1 rupee per kg.
Answers
Then price of x kg rice = Rs x and price of (50 - x) kg
l.a 2.b 3.d
rice = Rs(50-;t)
Now we get an equation, Rule 11
10% profit of x + 5% loss of (50 - x ) = 7% gain of 50
Theorem: A trader has N kg of a certain item, a part of
or, 10% of x - 5% of (50 - x) = 7% of 50
which he sells at x% profit and the rest aty% loss. On the
or, 10x-250 + 5x = 350
whole his loss is P%. Then the quantity sold atx% profit is
.-. x = 40kgand(50-x) = 5 0 - 4 0 = 1 0 k g .
Therefore, the quantity sold at 10% profit = 40 kg and
the quantity sold at 5% loss = 50 - 40 = 10 kg. N kg and the quantity sold aty% loss is given by
Kx +y
Alligation Method:
I I Part fx+f}
N kg.
x+ y
•1
^ -3
.-. Ratio of quantities sold at 10% profit and 5% loss
Ex.: A trader has 50 kg of rice, a part of which he sells at
= 12:3 = 4 : 1
14% profit and the rest at 6% loss. On the whole his
Therefore, the quantity sold at 10% profit
loss is 4%. What is the quantity sold at 14% profit
= - ^ - x 4 = 40kg and that at 6% loss?
4+1 s
Soln: Detail Method: Let the quantity sold at 14% profit be
and the quantity sold at 5% loss = 50 - 40 = 10 kg. x kg. Then the quantity sold at 6% loss will be ( 5 0 - x )
Note: Whenever there is loss, take the negative value. Here,
kg.
difference between 7 and (-5) = 7 - (-5) = 7 + 5=12. For a matter of convenience suppose that the price of
Never take the difference that counts negative value. rice is 1 rupee per kg.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Then price of x kg rice = Rs x and price of (50 - x ) kg
have rice = R s ( 5 0 - x )
r 7+5 Now, we have
Quantity sold at 10% profit = .10 + 5 150 14% profit of x + 6% loss of ( 5 0 - x ) = 4% loss of 50
or, 14% of JC - 6% of (50 -x) = - 4 % of 50
12
x50 = 40 kg. or, 14x-300 + 6;t = -200
15 or,2Qx=100
.-. * = 5kg
(10-7
Quantity sold at 5% loss = I JQ <; x50
+
m
10 kg. and 5 0 - x = 50-5 =45 kg.
Therefore, the quantity sold at 14% profit = 5 kg and
the quantity sold at 6% loss = 45 kg.
Exercise
Alligation Method:
1. A trader has 90 kg of pulse, a part of which he sells at
I Part
20% profit and the rest at 10% loss. He gains 14% on the
whole. What is the quantity sold at 20% gain and 10%
loss?
{as there is loss on
a) 72 kg, 18 kg b) 70 kg, 20 kg
the whole)
c) 62 kg, 28 kg d) None of these
18
2 A trader has 45 kg of wheat, a part of which he sells at
,-. ratio of quantities sold at 14% profit and 6% loss
30% profit and the rest at 15% loss. He gains 2 1 % on the
= 2:18 = 1:9
whole. What is the quantity sold at 30% gain and 15%
/loss?
,-. quantity sold at 14% profit = J ^ x 1 = 5 kg
Alligation
and sold at 6% loss = 50 - 5 = 45 kg.
341
_ 112 84
Note: Numbers in the third line should always be +ve. That Increased expenditure = « x — - —x
is why (-) 6 - (-)4 = - 2 is not taken under consider-
ation. 11 84 107x
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, Increased saving = " y * 2 5 ^ ~ ~ $q
-
Quantity sold at 14% profit

I07x _lx
6-4 Increase in saving = 2x
x50 = 5 kg and 50 50
14 + 6
Ix
f 14 + 4 % increase in saving = -xl00 = 7%
x 50 = 45 kg- 50x2x
the quantity sold at 6% loss :
14 + 6 Alligation Method:
Expenditure Saving
Exercise
12 x
1. A trader has 40 kg of rice, a part of which he sells at 28%
(% increase in exp) (% increase in saving)
profit and the rest at 12% loss. On the whole his loss is
8%. What is the quantity sold at 28% profit and that at
12% loss?
a) 4 kg, 36 kg b) 10 kg, 30 kg
c) 8 kg, 32 kg d) None of these
3 2 (given)
We get two values of x, 1 and 13. But to get a viable
answer, we must keep in mind that the central value
(10 ) must lie between x and 12. Thus the value of x
8% loss?
should be 7 and not 13.
a) 42 kg, 6 kg b) 44 kg, 4 kg
.-. required % increase = 7%
c) 4 kg, 44 kg d) 6 kg, 42 kg
have
the required percentage increase in saving
18% loss?
-+4 1x10- - x l 2
a) 2 kg, 42 kg b) 4 kg, 40 kg
c) 42 kg, 2 kg d) 40 kg, 4 kg
= 2 5 - 1 8 = 7%.
Answers
Exercise
l.a 2.c 3.a
1. Ritu's expenditure and saving are in the ratio 5 : 2. Her
Rule 12 income increases by 12%. Her expenditure also increases
Theorem: A person's expenditure and savings are in the by 14%. By how many % does her saving increase?
ratio a : b. His income increases by x%. His expenditure a) 14% b)7% c)8% d)9%
also increases byy%. His percentage increase in saving is 2. Sita's expenditure and saving are in the ratio 5 : 3 . Her
income increases by 15%. Her expenditure also increases
by 9%. By how many % does her saving increase?
given by +1
a) 20% b)30% c)25% d)24%
3. Ranju's expenditure and saving are in the ratio 4 : 5. Her
Illustrative Example income increases by 25%. Her expenditure also increases
Ex.: Mira's expenditure and saving are in the ratio 3 : 2. by 35%. By how many % does her saving increase?
Her income increases by 10%. Her expenditure also a) 15% b)16% c)18% d) 17%
increases by 12%. By how many % does her saving
Answers
increase?
l.b 2.c 3.d
Soln: Detail Method: Let the Mira's expenditure and sav-
ing be Rs 3x and Rs 2x Rule 13
Mira's income = 3x + 2x = 5x Theorem: A vessel of L litres is filled with liquid A and B.
. 110 11 x% of A andy% of Bis taken out of the vessel It is found
Increased income = x =
that the vessel is vacated by z%. Then the initial quantity of
a) 25 litres, 15 litres b) 30 litres, 10 litres

c) 22 litres, 18 litres d) None of these
liquid A and B Is given by L litres and
x-y 3. A vessel of 80 litres is filled with milk and water. 65% of
litres respectively. milk and 25% of water is taken out of the vessel. It is
found that the vessel is vacated by 50%. Find the initial
Illustrative Example quantity of milk and water,
Ex.: A vessel of 80 litres is filled with milk and water. 70% a) 45 litres, 35 litres b) 50 litres, 30 litres
of milk and 30% of water is taken out of the vessel. It c) 55 litres, 25 litres d) None of these
is found that the vessel is vacated by 55%. Find the
initial quantity of milk and water.
Answers
Soln: Detail Method: Let the initial quantity of milk be x l.a 2.a 3.b
litres. Therefore, initial quantity of water = (80 - x)
litres.
Rule 14
Theorem: In a group, there are some 4-legged creatures
and some 2-legged creatures. If heads are counted, there
70% of* + 30% of ( 8 0 - x ) = 55% of 80
arex and ifleggs are counted there arey, then the no. of 4-
or, 70* + 2400 -30x = 4400
or,40x=2000 (y-2x s
.-. x = 50 litres. legged creatures are g >en by

i%
Initial quantity of water = (80 - 50) = 30 litres.

Alligation Method: Here the % values of milk and water that Total legs - 2 x Total heads
is taken from the vessel should be taken into consid- or and the no. of 2-legged
eration.
Milk Water , (4x-y) (Ax Total heads- Total legs
70%- 30% creatures are given by —z— \
25% 15% Illustrative Example

=> 5:3 Ex.: In a zoo, there are rabbits and pigeons. I f heads are
Ratio of milk to water = 5 counted, there are 200 and i f legs are counted, there
are 580. How many pigeons are there?
80
.-. quantity of milk = 5 + 3 x5 = 50 litres. Soln: Detail Method: Let the no. of rabbits be R and the
pigeons be P.
80
and quantity of water : x3 = 30 litres. According to the question,
5+3 R + P = 200 (i)and
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, 4R+2P=580....(ii)
Initial quantity of milk [ v Rabbits are 4-legged creatures and pigeons are 2-
f 55-30^ o 25 „„
n r t n
legged creatures.]
= x 80 = — x 80 = 50 litre,. From solving eqn (i) and (ii) we get
1,70-30 J 40 - 1 1 I r e s
R = 90, andP=110
Initial quantity of water .-. No. of rabbits = 90 and
'70-55" No. of pigeons = 110.
x 80 = - ^ x 8 0 = 30 l i t r e s . Alligation Method: Rule of Alligation is applicable
70-30,
on number o f legs per head, y
Exercise 580 29
Average number of legs per head
To
:
1. A vessel of 120 litres is filled with milk and water. 80% of 200
milk and 40% o f water is taken out o f the vessel. It is
found that the vessel is vacated by 65%. What is the
ratio of milk to water?
a) 5:3 b)6:5
c)3:5 d)4:3
2. A vessel of 40 litres is filled with milk and water. 75% of
milk and 35% of water is taken out of the vessel. It is
found that the vessel is vacated by 60%. Find the initial Rabbit: Pigeons = 9:11
quantity of milk and water.
I
Alligationyoursmahboob.wordpress.com
Soln: Method I:
200
.-. Number of pigeons = x l 1 = 110
9 + 11 1
In original mixture, % of liquid B :
4+1
xioo = ;
have In the resultant mixture, % of liquid B
the number of pigeons (2-legged)
= - ^ - x l 0 0 = 60%
_ 4x200-580 _ 2+3
2 Replacement is made by the liquid B, so the % (
second mixture = 100%
Exercise
Then by the method of Alligation:
1. In a courtyard there are many chickens and goats. I f
20% _—10
heads are counted, it comes to 100 but when legs are
60%'
counted, it comes to 320. Find the number of chickens
40%-—] --40%
and goats in the courtyard.
-.". Ratio in which first and second mixtures should be
a) 40,60 b)60,40
added is 1 : 1. What does it imply? It simply implies
c)45,55 d)55,45
that the reduced quantity of the first mixture and the
2. In a zoo, there are rabbits and pigeons. I f heads are
quantity of mixture B which is to be added are the
counted, there are 100 and i f legs are counted, there are
same.
290. How many rabbits are there?
• Total mixture = 10 + 10 = 20 litres.
a) 55 b)45 c)40 d)50
3. \n a zoo, there are rabbits and pigeons. I f heads are 2 0A
counted, there are 50 and i f legs are counted, there are and liquid A : 16 litres.
— x4 •
140. How many pigeons are there? 5
Method U
a) 20 b)25 c)30 d)35
The above method is explained through percentage.
Answers Now, method II will be explained through fraction.
l.a 2.b 3.c 1
Fraction of B in original mixture = —
Rule 15
Theorem: A jar contains a mixture of two liquids A and B Fraction of B in second mixture (liquid B) = 1
in the ratio a : b. When L litres of the mixture is taken out Fraction of B i n resulting mixture = —
and P litres of liquid B is poured into the jar, the ratio
becomes x: y. Then the amount of liquid A, contained in
L i+
aJ a) x
the jar, is given by —x— litres
f b x +(
a 1- y b
a x—
yj y,
and the amount of liquid B in the jar is given by 2.<r ^ \
5 5
Thus, we see that the original mixture and liquid B are
X mixed in the same ratio. That is, i f 10 litres of liquid B
' X
litres. is added then after taking out 10 litres of mixture from
(a b x <yj
x— 1- the jar, there should have been 10 litres of mixture left.
b a y y So, the quantity of mixture in the jar = 10 + 10 = 20
litres
Ex.: Ajar contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in the 20 .
ratio 4 : 1 . When 10 litres of the mixture is taken out and quantity of A in the jar = — x 4 - 16 litres.
and 10 litres of liquid B is poured into the jar, the ratio
becomes 2 : 3 . How many litres of liquid A was con- Method m
tained in the jar? This method is different from the Method of Alliga-
tion. Let the quantity of mixture in the jar be 5x litres.
Then
the vessel?
4x-10| — 1: x -10| + 10 = 2:3 ....(*)
1 a) 14 litres b) 20 litres c) 18 litres d) 30 litres
,4 + l J V4 + 1. 3. A can contains a mixture of two 1 iquids in proportion 7:5.
or, 4 x - 8 : x - 2 + 10 = 2 : 3 When 9 litres of mixture are drawn off and the can is
filled with B, the proportion of A and B becomes 7:9.
4JC-8 2 How many litres of liquid A was contained by the can
or, x + 8 : y :.x = 4
initially?
Then quantity of A in the mixture = 4x = 4 x 4 = 16 a) 21 litres b) 18 litres c) 24 litres d) None of these
litres. (Railways 1991)
Note: (*): Liquid A in original mixture = 4x Answers
A l.a 2.c 3.a
Liquid A taken out with 10 litres of mixture = 10 x
4+1
Rule 16
litres.
Theorem: L litres of a mixture contains two liquids A and
.-. Remaining quantity of A in the fixture
Bin the ratio a: b. The amount of liquid B, that is added to
4 get a new mixture containing liquid A and B in the ratio x
= 4x-ld
5 f \
{ y :
Liquid B in original mixture=x 1
X
Liquid B taken out with 10 litres of mixture : y, is given by L litres.
1+* \*±
V a j K b)
10 litres
15
Liquid B added = 10 litres.
Ex.: 729 litres of a mixture contains milk and water in the
ratio 7 :2. How much water is to be added to get a new
.-. Total quantity of liquid B =x- 101 7 10 mixture containing milk and water in the ratio 7:3?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the amount of water be x litres.
And the ratio of the two should be 2 : 3.
( 729x7 s
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we The original mixture contains [ litres of milk
have I 7+2
amount of liquid A contained in the jar ( 729x2
and litres of water.
. 7+2
i o f l - 1 ] + 10
H) 2
— X
13
4
—
1
729x7
I 4 3y •1 x litres of water is added. Therefore
729x2
•+x
' 2£ 25
i + o 2 4 or, 729x7x3 = 729x2x7 + 9 x 7 *
= - x - x - = 8 x 2 = 16 htres.
î +I 3 1 or, 63x = 7x729
6 3 7x729
Exercise •'• x = —7^— = s 1 litres.
03
1. Ajar contains a mixture of two liquids A and B in the Alligation Method:
ratio 3 : 1 . When 15 litres of the mixture is taken out and To solve this question by the method of alligation,
9 litres of liquid B is poured into the jar, the ratio be- we can use either of the two, percentage or fractional
comes 3 :4. How many litres of liquid A was contained in value.
the jar? Percentage value => change the ratio into percent-
a) 27 litres b) 24 litres c) 30 litres d) 21 litres age.
2. A vessel contains mixture of liquids A and B in the ratio
% of water in the original mixture
3 : 2. When 20 litres of the mixture is taken out and re-
placed by 20 litres of liquid B, the ratio changes to 1 : 4. 2 - 200
-xl00=
How many litres of liquid A was there initially present in 7+2
Alligation
Exercise
% of water in theresultingmixture = y ^ y x 100 - 30% 1. 56 litres of a mixture contains milk and water in the ra:;c
5 :2. How much water is to be added to get a new mixture
-100% containing milk and water in the ratio 5:3?
2. 36 litres of a mixture contains milk and water in the ratio
30% 2:1. How much water is to be added to get a new mixture
containing milk and water in the ratio 1:1?
3. 25 litres of a mixture contains milk and water in the ratio
Therefore, the ratio in which the mixture and water are 3:2. How much water is to be added to get a new mixture
1 containing milk and water in the ratio 3 :4?
to be added is 1 : — or 9 : 1 a) 12 litres b) 8 litres c) 10 litres d) 14 litres
Answers
729 , l.d 2.a 3.c
Then quantity of water to be added = 1
= 81 litres. Rule 17
Fractional value => Change the ratio into fraction. Theorem: Ifx glasses of equal size arefilled with a mixture
of spirit and water. The ratio of spirit and water in each
J ^ i . 2
Fraction of water in the original mixture = — glass are as follows: a, : b , a : b ,... a : b . If the con-
x 2 2 x x
tents of all the x glasses are emptied into a single vessel,

then proportion of spirit and water in it is given by
Fraction of water in the resulting mixture = ~
- + ... + -
dr. - + ... + -
a, + 6, a +
2 b2 a, + b r {a^+b, a +b
2 2 a +b
x x
Ex.: In three vessels each of 10 litres capacity, mixture of
milk and water is filled. The ratios of milk and water
are 2 : 1,3 : 1 and 3 :2 in the three respective vessels.
7 \ I f all the three vessels are emptied into a single large
10 90 vessel, find the proportion of milk and water in the
mixture.
Therefore, the ratio in which the mixture and water are
Soln: By the above theorem the required ratio is
7 7 1_
to be added is f ^ ^ : = 1 : y = 9 : 1
f 2 3 1 2^
U +l 3 + 1 3 + 2 ; 1,2 + 1 3 + 1 3 + 2
Then quantity of water to be added to the mixture =
2 3 3 1 1 2
729 —+ — + - - + —+ —
—— = 81 litres. 3 4 5 3 4 5
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, 40 + 45 + 36 20 + 15 + 24
7 3 W A 3x4x5 3x4x5
1 = 121:59
required amount of water x 729 Note: This question can also be solved without using the
1*1 1+- theorem. For convenience in calculation, you will have
7
to suppose the capacity of the vessels to be the LCM
3_ 7__2 of (2 + 1), (3 + 1) and (3 + 2), i.e. 60 litres. Because it
x729 hardly matters whether the capacity of each vessel is
7*9 9
10 litres or 60 litres or 1000 litres. The only thing is
1 2} 729 that they should have equal quantity of mixture.
x729 = — = 81 i e . itr S
3 9)
Exercise
1. Three equal glasses are filled with a mixture of spirit and
346 , PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS
/ '• I
water. The proportion of spirit to water in each glass is Illustrative Example
as follows. In the first glass as 2:3, in the second as 3:4,
in the third as 4:5. The contents of the three glasses are Ex.: I f 2 kg of metal, of which — is zinc and the rest of
emptied into a single vessel. What is the proportion of
spirit and water in it?
a)401:544 b) 501:445 c) 544:401 d)455:401 copper, be mixed with 3 kg of metal, of which -~ is
2. Three equal glasses are filled with mixtures of milk and
water. The proportion of milk and water in each glass is zinc and the rest is copper, what is the ratio of zinc to
as follows. In the first glass as 3:1, in the second glass as copper in the mixture?
5:3 and in the third as 9:7. The contents of the three Soln: Detail Method: Quantity of zinc in the mixture
glasses are emptied into a single vessel. What is the _ 2 3 _ 8 + 9 _ 17
proportion of milk and water in it? " 3 4 ~ 12 ~ 12
a)31:17 b) 17:31 c) 15:31 d)31:15 *
3. Four vessels of equal sizes contain mi ture of spirit and Quantity of copper in the metal
water. The concentration of spirit in 4 vessels are 60% ?
70%, 75% and 80% respectively. I f all the four mixtures = 3+2 - H =5 - l I= ^
12 12 12
are mixed, find in the resultant mixture the ratio of spirit
to water. 17 43 , „ „„
r a t i o = - : - = 17:43
a) 57:13 b)23:57 c) 57:23 d)Noneofthese
4. Two equal glasses filled with mixtures of alcohol and
water in the proportions of 2 : 1 and 1 : 1 respectively Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
were emptied into a third glass. What is the proportion have
of alcohol and water in the third glass? the required ratio
a) 5:7 b)7:5 c)3:5 d)5:3
(Bank PO Exam, 1990) - 1 , 1 2 3
2x — + j x - —+—
Answers . 3 4 j _ l
4M4 H
= 1 7 : 4 3
l.a 2.a
3. c; Hint: Ratio of spirit to water in the different vessels
70 „ , 80 Exercise
^ = 3:2 2 * . 3:1 •— = 7:3 — = 411
40 ' 25 30 ' 20
1. I f 1 kg of metal of which — is zinc and the rest copper be
Now applying the given rule, we have
the required ratio
mixed with 2 kg of metal of which "* is zinc and the rest
3 7
3 4 2 3 1 1
—+ — +—+ — — + — + —+ — copper, what is the ratio of zinc to copper in the mixture?
5 10 4 5 5 10 4 5
a) 5:13 b)6:13 c)13:5 d) 13:6
12 + 14 + 15 + 16 6+6 +5+4
= 57:23 2. I f 4 kg of metal of which — is zinc and the rest copper be
20 20
4.b
1
mixed with 5 kg of metal of which — is zinc and the rest
Rule 18
copper, what is the ratio of zinc to copper in the mixture?
Theorem: IfM kg ofmixture, of which — is A and the rest a)2:7 b)3:7 c)4:7 d)5:7
is B, be mixed with N kg of metal, of which is A and the 3. I f 5 kg of metal of which — is zinc and the rest copper be
rest is B, then the ratio of A to B in the mixture is given by

mixed with 3 kg of metal of which — is zinc and the rest
.a x
M- + N copper, what is the ratio of zinc to copper in the mixture?
b y
a)3:5 b)5:3 sc)5:2 d)2:5
Ml \ - - \ N Answers . '• -
v
{ b) I y)
l.a 2. a 3.b
Alligation 3-1-
Rule 19 and 9:5 respectively. Find the ratio milk to water if the
contents of all the four glasses are poured into one large
Theorem: Ifx glasses ofdifferentsizes, say S , S , { 2 -S ,...
3
vessel.
S,
x are filled with a mixture of spirit and water. The ratio a) 13:6 b) 13:7 c) 11:7 d)7:13
4. Three vessels of sizes 3 litres, 4 litres and 5 litres contain
of spirit and water in each glass are as follows, a, : bi, mixture of milk and water. The concentration of milk in
the three vessels are 60%, 75% and 80% respectively. I f
a :b , 03 :b ,...., a : b . Ifthe contents ofallthe glasses
2 2 3 x x
all the three mixtures are mixed, what is the ratio of milk
are emptied into a single vessel, then proportion of spirit
to water in the resultant mixture,
and water in
in it is
is given by a) 11:4 b) 12:5 c)4:ll d)5:12
aS 2 2 Answers
• +a +
+ ... + -
a, + Z>, 2 b 2 a + b
3 } 1. b; Hint: Ratio of wine to water, when 20 litres of water are
not added
b,St b-,Sj b,S, b„S„ 13x48 18x42
1 - + ——— + - + ... + - J
7x48 17x42
+
a +b
2 a,+b, 2 a +b x x
20 35 20 + • 35
Note: Rule 17 is the special case of this rule. --264:186 = 44:31
Illustrative Example Now, 20 litres of water are added,
Ex.: Three glasses of sizes 3 litres, 4 litres and 5 litres 48 + 42 „„ 264
contain mixture of spirit and water in the ratio 2 : 3 , 3 : quantity of wine —r—rrx44 = — - litres
44 + 31 5
7 and 4:11 respectively. The contents of all the three
glasses are poured into single vessel. Find the ratio f 48 + 42 ^
of spirit to water in the resultant mixture. and quantity of water = 2 0 + 1 -^g—— x 31
Soln: Applying the above theorem,
Spirit: Water „ 186286n
= + 20 =
2x3 3x4 4x5 3x3 7x4 11x5 5 5
•H +
2+3 3+7 4 + 11 2+ 3 3+7 4 + 11 264 286
.-. required ratio = - — ~ r ~ = 12:13
:
6 12 20 9 28 55
—+ — + — —h — + — 90 . , 80
5 10 15 5 10 15 2. a; Hint: Ratios are — ~ '20 4:1 ™ = 7 : 3
' 30
56 124 3.b 4. a
— : — = 56:124
~ 15 15
Rule 20
or, Spirit: Water = 1 4 : 3 1 .
Theorem: A man mixes M\ of milk at Rs x per litre
Exercise
1. Two casks of 48 and 42 litres are filled with mixtures of with M 2 litres at Rs y per litre. Amount of water, that
wine and water, the proportions in the two casks being should be added to make the average value of the mixture
respectively 13:7 and 18:17. I f the contents of the two [M,(x-z)+ M (y-z)
2
casks be mixed, and 20 litres of water added to the whole Rs z per litre, is given by ~ litres.
what will be the proportion of wine to water in the re-
sult? Illustrative Example
a) 13:12 b) 12:13 c)21:31 d)31:21 Ex.: A man mixes 5 kilolitres of milk at Rs 600 per kilolitre
2. Three glasses of capacity 2 litres, 5 litres and 9 litres with 6 kilolitres at Rs 540 per kilolitre. How many
contain mixture of milk and water with milk concentra- kilolitres of water should be added to make the aver-
tions 90%, 80% and 70% respectively. The contents of age value of the mixture Rs 480 per kilolitre?
three glasses are emptied into a large vessel. Find the Soln: Detail Method: According to the question,
milk concentration and ratio of milk to water in the re- Cost of 5 kilolitres of milk = 600 x 5 = Rs 3000
sultant mixture. Cost of 6 kilolitres of milk = 540 x 6 = Rs 3240
a) 121:39 b) 131:49 c)39:121 d)49:131 Now, we suppose that x kilolitres of water is added.
3. Four glasses of sizes 3 litres, 4 litres, 6 litres and 7 litres Total amount of the mixture = 5 + 6 + x = (l \ x)
contain mixture of milk and water in the ratio 2:1,5:3,6:3 kilolitres.
Total cost of the mixture = Rs 3000 + Rs 3240 = R 6240 the average value Rs 270 per kilolitre. How many kilolitres
From the question, of water has he added?
•1
6240 A O n ,, 6240 „ a) 2— kilolitres b) 2— kilolitres
= 480 or 11 + * = =13
U + jt ' 480 , 1, ^2
•'• x = 2 kilolitres. c) 3-kilolitres d) 6j kilolitres
Alligation Method: This question should be solved
by the method of alligation.
l.a 2.b 3.a
Cost of milk when two qualities are mixed
5x600 + 6x540 6240 Rule 21
5+6 Rs : ———
11 per kilolitre. Ex.: In an alloy, zinc and copper are in the ratio 1 :2. In the
Cost of water = Rs 0/ kilolitre. second alloy the same elements are in the ratio 2 :3. In
what ratio should these two alloys be mixed to form a
So, First mixture (milk) Second mixture (water)
new alloy in which the two elements are in ratio 5 : 8?
6240 Soln: Detail Method: Let them be mixed in the ratio x : y
2x
Then, in 1st alloy, Zinc = — and Copper =
y
2nd alloy, Zinc = and Copper =
x 1y 2x 3y
960 Now, we have — + '-%* • ~ ~J~ = 5 : 8 +
Ratio of milk and water = 480:

11
5x + 6y 5
or. 10x + 9>' or, 40* + 48^ = 50^ + 45^
1 = 11:2
11 £ 3_
Which implies that 11 kilolitres of milk should be mixed or, 10x = 3y
•'• y~\0
with 2 kilolitres of water. Thus 2 kilolitres of water Thus, the required ratio = 3:10.
should be added. By Method of Alligation:
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we You must know that we can apply this rule over the
have fractional value of either zinc or copper. Let us con-
the required amount of water sider the fractional value of zinc.
5 x (600 - 480)+ 6 x (540 - 480)
480
5x120 + 6x60 _ 960
- 2 kilolitres.
480 ~ ~ 480
Exercise
1. A man mixes 5 kilolitres of milk at Rs 6000 per kilolitre
with 6 kilolitres at Rs 5400, and with sufficient water to Therefore, they should be mixed in the ratio
make the average value Rs 4800 per kilolitre. How many 1 2 1
1 39
39 3
kilolitres of water has he added?
Ts'w o r '^ T x = To o r 3 : 1 °
a) 2 kilolitres b) 4 kilolitres Note: Now, we try to solve it by taking fractional value of
c) 3 kilolitres d) 1.5 kilolitres
Copper.
2. A man mixes 6 kilolitres of milk at Rs 650 per kilolitre with
1st alloy 2nd alloy
7 kilolitres at Rs 600, and with sufficient water to make
2 3
the average value Rs 540 per kilolitre. How many kilolitres
of water has he added? 3 5
a) 3 kilolitres b) 2 kilolitres
c) 4 kilolitres d) None of these
3. A man mixes 6 kilolitres of milk at Rs 325 per kilolitre with
9 kilolitres at Rs 300, and with sufficient water to make
Alligation
Therefore, they should be mixed in the ratio kg, at which he should sell the remaining to get a profit of
1 2 1 39 3 ny - mx
— x — or, 3: 10 y% on the total deal, is given by Rs P 1 +
65 ' 39 ° ' 65 2
r X 10 («-/n)l00

In an alloy, zinc and copper are in the ratio 1 : 3. In the Ex.: Jayshree purchased 150 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs
second alloy the same elements are in the ratio 3 : 4. In 7 per kg. She sold 50 kg at a profit of 10%. At what
what ratio should these two alloys be mixed to form a rate per kg should she sell the remaining to get a
new alloy in which the two elements are in ratio 5 :4? profit of 20% on the total deal?
1)7:11 b)4:11 c)5:ll d)Noneofthese Soln: Detail Method:
1 In an alloy, zinc and copper are in the ratio 2 : 3. In the Selling price o f 150 kg wheat at 20% profit
second alloy the same elements are in the ratio 4 : 5. In 120
what ratio should these two alloys be mixed to form a = 150x7 — | =Rsl260
1100,
new alloy in which the two elements are in ratio 6 : 5?
a) 5:36 b)25:36 c)35:36 d) None of these Selling price o f 50 kg wheat at 10% profit
In an alloy, zinc and copper are in the ratio 3 : 4. In the
second alloy the same elements are in the ratio 4 : 5. In = 5 0 x 7 | — I =Rs385
'.vhat ratio should these two alloys be mixed to form a
new alloy in which the two elements are in ratio 7:3? UooJ
a)161:181 b) 171:181 c) 161:171 d) 151:161 .-, Selling price per kg of remaining 100 kg wheat
= Rs8.75
Ajar full of whisky contains 40% of alcohol. A part of 100
this whisky is replaced by another containing 19% alco- 1260-385
By Method of Alligation: Selling price per kg at 10%
hol and now the percentage of alcohol was found to be profit = Rs 7.70
26. The quantity of whisky replaced is: Selling price per kg at 20% profit = Rs 8.40
Now, the two lots are in ratio = 1 : 2
1
b) d)
(Hotel Management, 1991)

wers
2.b 3.c
Hint: Ratio of alcohol to whisky in the Jar=40:60 = 2:3.
Ratio of alcohol to whisky in another jar =19:81.
Ratio of alcohol to whisky in the new mixture = 26:74 =
1337 8.4-7.7 0.7
Now, applying the given alligation method, we have x _ 8.4 = — = 0.35 . \ = 8.75
x-8.4 2
2 J9_ .-. Selling price per kg of remaining 100 kg = Rs 8.75
• \ 100 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
have
150x20-50x10
the required answer = + 1 x7
(l50-50)xlOO
7 / \_
100 50 3000-500
+ 1 x7
. ratio of alcohol to whisky in the replaced mixture 100x100
7 7
= 1:2 35
100 50 -x7 = Rs8.75 per kg.
2 2
quantity of whisky replaced =
T+2~" 3 ' Exercise
1. Sugandha purchased 160 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 25
Rule 22 per kg. She sold 60 kg at a profit of 20%. At what rate per
rem: If a person buys n kg of an item at the rate of Rs kg should she sell the remaining to get a profit of 30% on
kg. If he sells m kg at a profit ofx%, then the rate per the total deal?

2. Sunanda purchased 80 kg of wheat at the rate of Rs 10 or, 7770-*) = 7 ^ 0 - * ) + *
per kg. She sold 30 kg at a profit of 10%. At what rate per 10 10
kg should she sell the remaining to get a profit of 15% on
the total deal? or, ( l - * ) - « * or —x — —
' 5 5
a)Rsll.8 b)Rsl0.8 c)Rsll d)Rs 10.75
3. Mala purchased 7 5 kg of pulses at the rate of Rs 8 per kg.
She sold 25 kg at a profit of 5%. At what rate per kg .•. — part of the mixture is taken out.
should she sell the remaining to get a profit of 10% on Alligation Method: Let us suppose that initially
the total deal? tainer contains x litres of the mixture, then
a)Rs8.25 b)Rs9.50 c)Rs9 d)Rs9.75
Ix 3x „ .
Answers M i l k : Water= — : — = 7:3
l.d 2.a 3.c
Now, applying the alligation method,
Rule 23 Mixture Water
Theorem: A container contains xpart milk andy part wa-
ter. From this container, 'a' part of the mixture is taken out
and replaced by water. Now, half of the container contains
milk and another half contains water. The value of 'a' is
y
given by part.
Ex.: A container contains 7 part milk and 3 part water.
How many parts of mixture should be taken out and
replaced by water so that container contains half milk
and half water. taken out mixture = replaced water = part.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the container contain 1 litre of Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
mixture
1(7-31 2
the required answer < ? part.
Amount of milk = litre and the amount of water
10
Exercise
= - litre. 1. A vessel is filled with a liquid, 3 parts of which are d
and 5 parts syrup. How much of the mixture mus:
Now, let us suppose that x part of the mixture is taken drawn off and replaced with water so that the mixt
2__7x may be half water and half syrup?
out. In the container amount of milk =
10 10 1 1
a) c) d)
5 b ) 7~ "5 "MO
3x
litres. A cask contains 3 parts ale and 1 part porter. How
litres and the amount of water |
of the mixture must be drawn off and porter substir.
If container is replaced by x part of water, then the in order that the resulting mixture may be half and \
amount o f water in the container becomes
1 - 1 1 2
( 3 3x ^ a) b)
+ x litres. 2 C ) I d ) i
Uo 10 3. A container contains 8 parts milk and 4 parts water,
As per the question many parts of mixture should be taken out and rep
by water so that container contains half milk and
7__7x t
water.
10 10 _ 2
3 3x ~ 1^ 1 1 1 1 J
+x a) —parts b) - parts c) - parts d) - par
2
\ 10
Alligation
A container contains 9 parts milk and 6 parts water. How Exercise

35 I
many parts of mixture should be taken out and replaced 1. How much water must be added to 14 kilolitres of milk
by water so that container contains half milk and half worth Rs 5.40 a litre so that the value of the mixture may
water. be Rs 4.20 a litre?
a) 4 kilolitres b) 8 kilolitres
1 1 1 1
b) ? c)- d)- c) 6 kilolitres d) 5 kilolitres
2 How much water should be added to 60 litres of milk at
A container contains 4 parts milk and 1 parts water. How
many parts of mixture should be taken out and replaced 1 — litres for Rs 10 so as to have a mixture worth Rs 5 -
by water so that container contains half milk and half 2 3
per litre?
water.
a) 16 litres b) 15 litres
3 1 3 c) 18 litres d) 20 litres
b) c) How much water must be added to a cask containing
d >8
Answers 40— litres of spirit worth Rs 15.68 a litre to reduce the

La 2. a 3.c 4.b 5.d
price to Rs 12.96 a 1 itre?
Rule 24
a) 7— litres b) 8 - litres
Theorem: There is a cask which contains 'L' litres of milk
JS cost price Rsx/litre. The amount of water, which should
be added to the cask so that the cost of milk reduces to Rsy „1
c) 8— litres d) None of these
( \ 2
4. How much chicory at Rs 24 a kg should be added to 15
litre, is given by ^ x-y litres.
kg of tea at Rs 60 a kg, as to make the mixture worth Rs 39
y a kg?
Illustrative Example a) 21 kg b)20kg
Ex.: How much water must be added to a cask which con- c)27kg d)18kg
tains 40 litres of milk at cost price Rs 3.5/litre so that 5. How many bananas at 5 for Re 1.20 should be mixed with
the cost of milk reduces to Rs 2/litre? 300 bananas at 6 for Rs 2.10 so that they should all be
Soln: Detail Method: Let the x litres of water be added to worth Rs 3.60 a dozen?
the cask.\ a) 350 b)280 c)320 d)250
Cost price of 40 litres of milk = 40 x 3.5 = Rs 140.
According to the question, Answers
l.a
140
2 or, 2x = 140-80 = 60 10x2 „ 20 ,.
40 + x 2.b; Hint: Here x = Rs — a litre
.-. = 30 litres.
x
3 3
Now, applying the given rule, we have
Alligation Method: We will apply the alligation on
price of milk, water and mixture. (20 16 ^
Milk 3
3.5- _ the required answer = x 60 =15 litres
Mean
T
2'
2 3. c
4. a; Hint: By alligation Method:
ratio of milk and water should be 2 : 1.5 = 4 : 3.
Tea Chicori
added water :
40-x3 = 30 litres. 60 — 2 4
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we 15 21

have .•; ratio of tea and chicori = 5:7.
required amount of water 15 _
3 .-. added chicori = — * ' =21 kg.
40/ 3 . 5 - = 4 0 x - : 30 litres.
4
5.d; Hint: Exercise

Bananas at 6 Bananas at 5 1. A solution of sugar syrup has 15% sugar. Another s
210 tion has 5% sugar. How many litres of the second s;
= 35 1 ^ = 24 tion must be added to 20 litres of the first solutic-
make a solution of 10% sugar?
360 a) 10 b)5 c)15 d)20
30:
~V2~ (NABARD-1°
One liquid contains 22— per cent of water, another

:. Required answer = - g - * 5 - 2 5 0 . per cent. A glass is filled with 5 parts of one liquid •
parts of the other. What percentage of water in the g 2
Rule 25
Theorem: One type of liquid contains x% of A, the other a) 2 5 - % b)25.75% c) 25.25% d)25%
o
contains y% of A. A can is filled with n parts of the first
One type of liquid contains 15% of milk, the othe-:
liquid and m parts of the second liquid. Then the percent-
tains 20% of milk. A can is filled with 4 parts of the
nx + my liquid and 11 parts of the second liquid. Find the
age of liquid A in the new mixture is given by centage of milk in the new mixture.
(n + m)
per cent.
a) b) 18% c) 1 8 - % d) 18-
Ex.: One type of liquid contains 25% of milk, the other 1
contains 30% of milk. A can is filled with 6 parts of the One type of liquid contains 12—% of milk, the
first liquid and 4 parts of the second liquid. Find the
contains 15% of milk. A can is filled with 8 pans a!
percentage of milk in the new mixture.
first liquid and 12 parts of the second liquid. F:rc
Soln: Detail Method: The reqd. percentage of milk in the new
percentage of milk in the new mixture,
mixture
a) 12% b) 13% c) 15% d) 14%
Quantity of milk in the new mixture
xlOO
Quantity of the new mixture One type of liquid contains 3 j % of milk, the othert
6 parts of 25% milk + 4 parts of 30% milk

x 100 tains 5 j % ofmilk. A can is filled with 3 parts of
(6 parts + 4 parts)of the liquid
liquid and 5 parts of the second liquid. Find the re:
^ 25 . 30
6x + 4x age of milk in the new mixture.
100 100 x l 0 0 = (l5 + 12)=27
10 a) 4 i % b) 7 - % c) 4 | % d)
Alligation Method: This equation can be solved by
the method of Alligation. Answers
15x20 + 5x/w
1. d; Hint: = 10 m = 20 litres
20 + w
2. a 3.c 4.d 5.a
x-25 Rule 26
or,60-2x = 3jc-75 Theorem: Weights of twofriends A and B are in th
or,5x = 60 + 75 a: b. A's weight increases by x% and the total we
.-. x = 27% and B together becomes w kg, with an increase of \
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we axlOOxw
Then the weight ofA =
have the (a + b)(l00 + y) kg-
6x25+4x30 270 V bx\00xw
required answer = = = 27 %. Weight ofB kg-
6+4 10 (a + Z>Xl00 + >>)
Alligation
weight of Pran and Prem together becomes 41 kg.
f lOOw A
an increase of 8%. By what per cent did the weight
Total weight = Weight of A + Weight of B = kg
100 + y Prem increase?
and the per cent by which weight of B increases = a) 10% b) 12% c)9% d) None of these
3. Weights of two friends Sudhir and Sudhesh are in the
y(a + b)-ax ratio of 4 : 1. Sudhir's weight increases by 12% and the
— %
b \- total weight of Sudhir and Sudhesh together becomes
50 kg, with an increase of 25%. By what per cent did the
Illustrative Example weight of Sudhesh increase?
Ex.: Weights of two friends Ram and Shyam are in the a) 77% b)75% c)74% d)70%
ratio of 4 : 5. Ram's weight increases by 10% and the
total weight of Ram and Shyam together becomes
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.a
82.8 kg, with an increase of 15%. By what per cent did
the weight of Shyam increase?
Rule 27
Soln: Detail Method: Let the weights of Ram and Shyam be
Theorem: Suppose a container contains Munits ofmixture
Ax and 5x.
of A and B. From this, R unit of mixture is taken out and
Now, according to question,
replaced by an equal amount of ingredient B only. This
4xxl00 process (of taking out and replacing it) is repeated n times,
+ Shyam's new wt = 82.8 ....(i)
100 then after n operations,
Amount of A left
and + = 8 2 .8 ft 1- and the
Amount of A originally present M
From (ii),jc = 8 amount of B left = M- amount of A left.
Putting in (i), we get
Shyam's new wt = (82.8 - 35.2 =) 47.6 Illustrative Examples
Ex. 1: An 8-litres cylinder contains a mixture of oxygen and
( 47.6-40 nitrogen, the volume of oxygen being 16% of total
% increase in Shyam's wt = I : x 100 | = 19%
40 volume. A few litres of the mixture is released and an
Alligation Method: equal amount of nitrogen is added. Then the same
Ram amount of the mixture as before is released and re-
Shyam
10% placed by nitrogen for the second time. As a result,
15% the oxygen content becomes 9% of the total volume.
How many litres of mixture is released each time?
5 (given)
By the rule of alligation Soln: The cylinder originally contains a mixture of oxygen
and nitrogen. An equal amount of released mixture is
x-15 _4
replaced by an equal amount of nitrogen. So, apply-
15-10 ~ 5
ing the above formula,
o r , x - 1 5 = 4 .-. x = 1 9
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, Amount of A (oxygen) left _ ' RY
% increase in Shyam's weight Amount of A (oxygen) originally present V. M )
_15x9-4xl0_95_ 1 9 „,
Where, total volume of mixture = Volume of cylinder =
5 5
M = 8 litres.
Exercise Released amount of mixture = R litres
1. Weights of two friends Naval and Keval are in the ratio Number of operations done (n) = 2
of 3 : 4. Naval's weight increases by 16% and the total
weight of Naval and Keval together becomes 83 kg, with 0.09x8 R
1 R=2
an increase of 20%. By what per cent did the weight of •• 0.16x8
Keval increase?
.-. 2 litres of mixture is released each time.
a) 23% b)32% c)24% d)28%
Ex.2: A dishonest hair dresser uses a mixture having 5 parts
2. Weights of two friends Pran and Prem are in the ratio of pure after-shave lotion and 3 parts pure water. After
taking out some portion of the mixture, he adds equal
2 : 3. Pran's weight increases by 6~% and the total amount of pure water to the remaining portion of mix-
ture such that the amount of after-shave lotion and Rule 28

water become equal. Find the part of mixture taken
Theorem: Amount of liquid left after n operations, when
out.
the container originally contains x units of liquid from
Soln: The hair dresser originally uses mixture. Equal part of
the mixture is replaced by an equal part of water. So, f v
using the above theorem, which y units is taken out each time is x units. Or,
Amount of A (after - shave lotion) left R_ we can alternately write as

Amount of A (after - shave lotion) originally present M Amount of the liquid left _( y
Where, original amount of mixture = 1 litre (suppose) Amount of the liquid originally present \
R Ex.: A container contained 80 kg of milk. From this con-
1- , (Since n = 1)
5 tainer 8 kg of milk was taken out and replaced by
water. This process was further repeated two times.
* 1
=>R- ?
How much milk is now contained by the container.
1 ,l3
part of the mixture has been taken out. 80-8
the amount of milk left = 80 kg =58.32 kg
:
Note: Also see Rule 23. 80

Note: Consider a container containing only ingredient ' A
Exercise
of x0 unit. From this, x r unit is taken out and re-
1. An 12-litres cylinder contains a mixture of oxygen and
nitrogen, the volume of oxygen being 40% of total vol- placed by an equal amount of ingredient B. This pro-
ume. A few litres of the mixture is released and an equal cess is repeated n times, then, after n operations.
amount of nitrogen is added. Then the same amount of
the mixture as before is released and replaced by nitro-
gen for the second time. As a result, the oxygen content Amount of A left
becomes 10% of the total volume. How many litres of Amount of B left
mixture is released each time?
l'-3t
a) 3 litres ' b) 9 litres
Ex: A bottle is full of dettol. One third of it is taken out
and then an equal amount of water is poured into the
2. An 25-litres cylinder contains a mixture of oxygen and
bottle to fill it. This operation is done four times. Find
nitrogen, the volume of oxygen being 25% of total vol-
the final ratio of dettol and water in the bottle.
ume. A few litres of the mixture is released and an equal
Soln: The bottle originally contains dettol only.
Let the bottle contain 1 litre of dettol originally.
So, applying the above formula,
gen for the second time. As a result, the oxygen content
becomes 9% of the total volume. How many litres of f \
mixture is released each time? 1-^
a) 15 litres b) 10 litres c) 14 litres d) 18 litres Amount of A (dettol) left 0J X
3. An 50-litres cylinder contains a mixture of oxygen and Amount of B (water) left

nitrogen, the volume of oxygen being 25% of total vol-
ume. A few litres of the mixture is released and an equal oJ
gen for the second time. As a result, the oxygen content
becomes 16% of the total volume. How many litres of 1-1
mixture is released each time? 1
Dettol _16
c) 28 litres d) 20 litres Water 65
1-
Answers
lie 2.b 3.b
Alligation
.-. Finally, the bottle contains dettol and water in the 2. b; Hint: The alcohol now contained in the vessel
3 5:
ratio 16:65. \i /...\

1024
Exercise
v 1 5 3125
1. From a cask of wine, containing 64 litres, 8 litres are
drawn out and the cask is filled up with water. If the same 1024 2101
process is repeated a second, then a third time, what will Required answer = 1 •
3125 3125
be the number of litres of wine left in the cask?
3. a
7
a) 4 2 - i k g b) 4 2 - kg =) 48 kg d) 4 2 - g
k 4. a; Hint: Quantity of a wine left in the cask
1_ 64
2. From a vessel filled with alcohol, 7 of its contents is 1-IlV 4
125
5 5J
removed, and the vessel is then filled up with water. I f
this be done 5 times in succession, what proportion of 64 _ 61
the alcohol originally contained in the vessel will have Quantity of water left in the cask = 1
125 V 125
been removed from it?
64 / 6 1 64
1024 2101 1024 .-.required ratio = — / — = - = 6 4 : 6 1 .
a) b) c) d) None of these
3125 ' 3125 ' 2101
From a cask full of spirits one-hundredth part is drawn 5 c: Hint: Amount of wine left ---* 1~7>TJ
l >
and the cask filled with water. From the mixture one-
hundredth part is drawn and the cask again filled with 64
water, and a similar operation is again performed. Find = 125 x = 64 litres
the ratio of the quantity of wine left in the cask to the 125
original quantity after the third operation, 6. a; Hint: Required proportion
a)970299:1000000 b)29701:1000000 S 3
c)970399:1000000 d)971099:1000000 343

4. From a cask of wine containing 25 litres, 5 litres are with 512 = 343:169.
drawn and the cask is filled with water. The process is IV x_343
repeated a second and then a third time. Find the ratio of 1-1
tj : | -
wine to water in the resulting mixture.
a)64:61 b)61:64 c)51:54 d) 46:61 7.d; Hint: See Note of the given rule.
5. A vessel contains 125 litres of wine. 25 litres of wine was
taken out of the vessel and replaced by water. Then 25
Rule 29
litres of mixture was withdrawn and again replaced by Theorem: 'L' litres are drawn from a caskfull of water and
water. The operation was repeated for third time. How it is then filled with milk. After n operations, if the quantity
much wine is now left in the vessel? of water now left in the cask is to that of milk in it as a: b,
a) 54 litres b) 25 litres c) 64 litres d) None of these
6. From a cask of wine, containing 64 litres, 8 litres are
drawn out and the cask is filled up with water. If the same
process is repeated a second, then a third time, what will then the capacity of cask is given by litres.
be the proportion of wine to water in the resulting mix- 1-
ture? a+b
a)343:169 b) 343 :512 c)169:343 d)512:343
7. A vessel contains 24 litres of milk. 4 litres are withdrawn Illustrative Example
and replaced by water. The process is repeated a second Ex.: Nine litres are drawn from a cask full of water and it is
time. Find the ratio of milk to water in the resulting mix- then filled with milk. Nine litres of mixture are drawn
ture? and the cask is again filled with milk. The quantity of
water now left in the cask is to that of the milk in it as
a)25:36 b)36:11 c) 11:25 d) 25:11
16:9. How much does the cask hold?
Answers Soln: Here no. of operations are 2
1. d; Hint: Required answer
.-. n = 2
_8_ Applying the above theorem, we have
= 1 x64 = x64 ^ kg
64
the capacity of the cask is the fineness of the resulting compound?

a) 14 carats b) 16 carats c) 12 carats d) 18 carats
9
= 9x5 = 45 litres. 3. In what ratio must a person mix three kinds of wheat
costing him Rs 1.20, Rs 1.44 and Rs 1.74 per kg, so that
1
the mixture may be worth Rs 1.41 per kg?
a)ll:77:7 b)7:11:77
Exercise c) 11:7:77 d) None of these
1. Eight litres are drawn off from a vessel full of water and 4. Fresh fruit contains 72% water and dry fruit contains
substituted by pure milk. Again eight litres of the mix- 20% water. How much dry fruit from 100 kg of fresh fruit
ture are drawn off and substituted by pure milk. I f the can be obtained?
vessel now contains water and milk in the ratio 9 : 40, a) 32 kg b)33kg c)30kg d)35kg
find the capacity of the vessel. (MBA 1991)
a) 14 litres b) 24 litres 5. In two alloys, copper and zinc are related in the ratios of
c) 16 litres d) 12 litres 4:1 and 1:3.10 kg of 1 st alloy 16 kg of 2nd alloy and some
2. Ten litres of wine are drawn from a vessel full of wine. It of pure copper are melted together. An alloy was ob-
is then filled up with water. Ten litres of the mixture are tained in which the ratio of copper to zinc was 3:2. Find
drawn and the vessel is again filled up with water. The the weight of the new alloy.
ratio of the quantity of wine now left in the vessel is to a) 34 kg b)35kg c)36kg d)30kg
that of the water in it as 144:25. Find the capacity of the (MBA 1984)
vessel.
Answers
1. b; Let M be the vessel containing milk and W the vessel
containing water.
3. 19 litres are drawn from a vessel full of spirit and it is
First Vessel Second Vessel
filled with water. Then 19 litres of the mixture are drawn
and the vessel is again filled with water. The ratio of the 1
1st operation 1M W
spirit to water now present in the vessel is 81:19. What is
the full capacity of the vessel?
a) 190 litres b) 180 litres 2nd operation — M -W +- M
c) 170 litres d) 195 litres 3 3
4. 6 litres are drawn from a cask full of wine and it is then
filled with water. 6 litres of the mixture are drawn and the 1.. 2(1_ 2.. 1 7 1(1 2 '
3rd operation ^ M + - l - W + - M -W +- M
cask is again filled with water. The quantity of wine now .3 3 ,
left in the cask is to that of the water in it as 121:23. How 4th operation
much does the cask hold?
a) 54 litres b) 62 litres c) 70 litres d) 72 litres -M +-(-W+ -M
3 313 3
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.a 4.d
1.. 2(1,., 2./
— - W + —M + — - M + — - W + — M
313 3 J 3 3 3l3 I
Miscellaneous
1. There are two vessels of equal capacity, one full of milk, Simplifying the quantity on the right hand side, we ge:
and the second one-third full of water. The second ves- the proportions of water and milk in the second vessel
sel is then filled up out o f the first, the contents of the
1 O O i l 1 A
second are then poured back into the first till it is full and -W +- M+- J - M +- W +- M
then again the contents of the first are poured back into 9 9 3 13 9 9
the second till it is full. What is the proportion of milk in
the second vessel? — W + —M+ —M+ — W + — M
9 9 9 27 27
20 20 37 27
a ) 37 b) 27 c) Io" d) Yo 2 2 8
proportion of mi lk = - M + - M + — M
20
M
27 27
2. Three lumps of gold, weighing respectively 6,5,4 g and
20
of the second vessel is milk.
of 15,14, 12— carats fineness are mixed together, what 27
Alligation
2. a; Fineness of the compound (Quantity of 2nd kind of wheat)
357
(Quantity of 1st kind of wlieat I

(Quantity of 1st kind of wheat) (Quantity of 3rd kind of wheal)
6x15 + 5x14 + 4 x 1 2 -
?_ carats 7 11
6 + 5x4 —x —
1 7
210 . Quantities of wheat of (1 st kind: 2nd kind : 3rd kind |
or 14 carats.
15
7
3. a; Step I. Mix wheats of first and third kind to get a mix- = 1:7: = 11:77:7
11
ture worth Rs 1.41 per kg.?
4. d; We are concerned with solid part of the fruit (pure
CP. of 1 kg wheat CP. of 1 kg wheat
portion). Assume x kg of dry fruit is obtained.
of 1 st kind of 3rd type
.-. Solid part in fresh fruit = Solid part in dry fruit
120P V 174P
or, 0.28 x 100 = 0.8 x x
or, x = 35 kg.
Mean price s
.-. 35 kg of dry fruit can be obtained from 100 kg fresh
141P
fruit.
33
5. b; Here two alloys are mixed to form a third alloy, hence
By alligation rule:
quantity of only one of the ingredients in each of the
(Quantity of 1st kind of wheat) _ 33 _ 11 alloy will be considered. [Refer to Rule 21]
(Quantity of 3rd kind of wheat) ~ 21 ~ 7 Here, pure copper is also added, hence, quantity of
copper in all the three alloy will be considered.
i.e., they must be mixed in the ratio 11:7.
Let the amount of pure copper = x kg.
Step II. Mix wheats of 1st and 2nd kind to obtain a
.•. pure copper + copper in 1st alloy + copper in 2nd
mixture worth of Rs 1.41 per kg.
alloy = copper in 3rd alloy
CP. of 1 kg wheat CP. of 1 kg wheat
of 1st kind of 2nd kind
or, x + — x l 0 + — x l 6 =— (l0 + 16 + x)
120 P . 144P 5 4 5 V ;
>y, Mean Price

•J
S 141P or, 12 + x = - ( 2 6 + ;c)
3 / 5 V '
:. By alligation rule: or, x = 9 kg
.-. Weight of new alloy = 10 + 16 + 9 = 35 kg
(Quantity of 1st kind of wheat) 3
Note: In place of pure copper, i f pure zinc were added then
(Quantity of 2nd kind of wheat) 21 quantity of zinc in all the three alloys have to be con-
i.e., they must be mixed in the ratio 1 : 7. sidered for finding the weight of the new alloy.
(Quantity of 2nd kind of wheat)
T h u s ' (Quantity of 3rd kind of wheat)
Time and Work
Rule 1 W = 60 (cutting of trees is taken as work)

x
Theorem: If M , persons can do W works in D, days and i M 2 = 4 0 - 8 = 32, D =\2,W 2 2 =?

M2 persons can do W works in D days then we have a
2 2
Putting the values in the formula,
very general formula in the relationship of M D,W = M D W
X 2 2 2 X
MDW l l 2 = MDW .
2 2 X
Wehave,40x8x w = 32x 12x60 2
32x12x60
Illustrative Examples or, W 2 • = 72 trees.
Ex. 1:16 men can do a piece of work in 10 days. How many 40x8
men are needed to complete the work in 40 days? Ex.3: A can do a piece of work in 5 days. How many days
Soln: Detail Method: To do a work in 10 days, 16 men are will he take to complete 3 works of the same type?
needed, or, to do the work in 1 day, 16 x 10 men are Soln: Quicker Method:
16x10 M,D W = X 2 M D W,
2 2
needed. So to do the work in 40 days, As 'A' is the only person to do the work in both the
40
men are needed. cases, so M , = M = 1 (Useless to carry it) 2
Quicker Method: M D W = M D W X { 2 2 2 l
£>, = 5 days, W = 1 , D =? and W = 3l 2 2
Putting the values in the formula we have,

M , = 16, Z), = 10, W = 1 t and
5x3 = D xlor,D =15days.
2 2
Mj = 7, D = 40, W = 1
Exercise
2 2
Thus, from M D,W X 2 =M D W

2 2 X 1. 8 men can do a piece of work in 5 days. How many men
are needed to complete the work in 10 days?
16xlO = M x 4 0 2
a) 8 men b)4men c)2men d) None of these

,V A 1 6 X 1 0
2. 15 men can do a piece of work in 6 days. How many men
or, 2 = —71— - men.
M 4
are needed to complete the work in 3 days?
40
Ex. 2: 40 men can cut 60 trees in 8 hours. I f 8 men leave the a) 30 men b) 25 men c) 35 men d) 40 men
job, how many trees will be cut in 12 hours? 3. 20 men can cut 30 trees in 4 hours. I f 4 men leave the job,
Soln: Detail Method: how many trees will be cut in 6 hours?
40 men - working 8 hrs - cut 60 trees a) 30 trees b) 36 trees c) 40 trees d) None of these
4. 10 men can cut 15 trees in 2 hours. I f 2 men leave the job,
60 how many trees will be cut in 3 hours?
or, 1 men - working 1 hr - cuts trees
40x8 a) 15 trees b) 20 trees c) 16 trees d) 18 trees
5. A can do a piece of work in 6 days. How many days will
60x32x12
Thus, 32 men - working 12 hrs - cut = 72 • he take to complete 2 works of the same type?
40x8
a) 12 days b) 10 days c ) 6 days d)3 days
trees.
Quicker Method:
Answers
l.c £a 3.b 4.d 5. a
U - 40, £>, = 8 (as days and hrs both denote time)
Rule 2 2xyz
Theorem: If M persons can do W works in £>, days work- Let be 'r'then
] x
xy + yz + xz
ing T hours a day and M persons can do W works in
t 2 2
f \
D, days working T hours a day then we have a very gen-
2 'A' alone will do the same work in days or
y-r
eral formula in the relationship of M D TyW = l l 1 MDTW
2 2 2 r
2xyz
Illustrative Example days,
xy + yz-zx,
Ex: 5 men can prepare 10 toys in 6 days working 6 hours
a day. Then in how many days can 12 men prepare 16
toys working 8 hrs a day? B' alone will do the same work in days or
Soln: By using the above theorem
5x6x6xl6 = 12xD x8xl0 2
2xyz
5x6x6x16 , , days and
. . £), = = 3 days ^yz + zx-jcy_) *
12x8x10
Note: Number of toys is considered as work in the above xr
C alone will do the same work in days or
example. x-r
Exercise
1. The work done by a woman in 8 hours is equal to the 2xyz
work done by a man in 6 hours and by a boy in 12 hours. days.
xz + xy-^z-
I f working 6 hours per day 9 men can complete a work-in
6 days then in/how many days can 12 men, 12 women Illustrative Example
and 12 boys together finish the same work working 8 Ex: A and B can do a pi^ct of work in 12 days, B and C in
hours per day? 15 days, C and A in 20 days. How long would each
•I , ,2 t L Q . ^ i HXV It, take separately to do the same work?
a) 1 —days b) 3— days c) 3 days d) 1 — days
Soln: Using the above theorem,
(BSRBPatnaPO-2001) 2x12x15x20
2. 10 men can prepare 20 toys in 3 days working 12 hours a r =• = 10 days.
12x15 + 12x20 + 15x20
day. then in how many days can 24_men prepare 32 toys
working 4 hrs a day? 10x15
a) 2 days b) 3 days" c) 4 days days
3. 20 men can prepare 40 toys in 24 days working 18 hours Now, A can do the work in ——— = 30 days.
a day. Then in how many days can 36 men prepare 48
toys working 16 hrs a day? 20-10
10x20
a) 16 days b) 12 days c) 21 days d) 18 days B can do the work in ——— = 20 days.
10x12
Answers C can do the work in = 60 days.
12-10
1. d; Hint: 8 Women = 6Men =12 Boys
J2M +,12^+ 1 2 ^ = 4 2 A / + £ A / + 6 M = 2 7 M Exercise
Now, applying the above formula, we have 1. A and B can fin ish a piece of work in 3 0 days, B and C in
40 days while C and A in 60 days. How long will they
9 * 6 * 6 = 27 *8-x' 2 D
take to finish it together?

9x6x6 1 / s
2 2
t •• 2 27 x j 2 Q a y S
a) 26- daysb) 16 - days c) 25 days d) 24 days
2. a\d
Rule 3 2./ A and B can do a piece of work in 10 days, B and C in 15
days and C and A in 20 days. They all work at it for 6
Theorem: If A and B can do a piece of work in x days, B
days, and then A leaves, and B and C go on together for
andCinydays,CandAinzdays,then(A+B + C) working
4 days more. I f B then leaves, how long will C take to
2xyz complete the work?
together will do the same work in days a) 20 days b) 25 days c) 10 days d) 15 days
xy + yz + xz
Time a n d W o r k 361
3. A and B can do a piece of work in 6 days, A and C in Illustrative Example

Ex.: A can do a piece of work in 5 days, and B can do it in
5 — days, B and C in 4 days. In what time could each do
6 days. How long will they take if both work together?
it?
19 16 19 Soln: Detail Method: 'A' can do 7 work in 1 day.
™ 4
20 — 8 ^ , 7 M 8— 20— 7
13 ' 31 35 ;31' 1 3 ' 35
4 ' B ' can do — work in 1 day.

^19 6
7 — 8 — 20 d) None of these
35 ' 3 1 ' 13
1 1
A and B can mow a field in 3 — days, A and C in 4 days, Thus 'A' and ' B ' can do I J" "^ j work in 1 day.
1
B and C in 5 days. In what time could they mow it, all

1
working together? 'A' and ' B ' can do the work in days
1 1
* 75 „ 74 „ 74 47 - +—
5 6
•> i043 b > !o3-
2 * W3
3 d > 2 103
30 „ 8
Answers = T T = 2 days.
T T
la
2. c; Hint: A, B and C together can do the work in
5x6
2x10x15x20 120 days A + B can do the work in days
5+6
10x15 + 20x10 + 15x20 30
13 -7 A
3 0 8
work done by all in 6 days = - TT- TT -
20 2 d a y s
Exercise
work done by B and C in 4 days = —
1. 10 men can complete a piece of work in 15 days and 15
women and complete the same work in 12 days. If all the
. .13' 4
Remaining work = I 20
. . + 15 i ~ 12 > 10 men and 15 women work together, in how many days
1
w n ' c n i s t 0 D e
will the work get completed?
done by C.
Now, from the question, a) 6 b)7| d)6~
3 - / 3
120 (SBI Associates PO-1999)
xlO
C alone can do the whole work in 120 days 2. A can do a piece of work in 20 days and B can do it in 30
120 days. How long would they take to do it working to-
10
13 gether? ^ \
[See Rule-6] a) 12 days b) 10 days c) 15 days d) 16 days
3. A can do a piece of work in 6 days. B takes 8 days. C
. — of the work is done by C in - — = 10 days. takes as long as A and B would take working together.
12 12 J ' How long will it take B and C to complete the work to-
gether?
11
3. a; V'Wfif; 2 2
Hint: Here x = 6, y = 4 and z = — . Now apply the a) 2 - d a y b) 2~ days c) 6 days d) 4—days
4.b given rule.
Rule 4 ftrrfes [ X A^ does

d
— of a piece of work in 15 days. He does the
Theorem: If A can do a piece of work in x days and B can remainder with the assistance of B in 4 days. In what
do it in y days then A and B working together will do the time could A and B together do it?
f \ 1
xy
same work in days. a) 13— days b) 12 days
x+ y
work.
c) 12— days d) None of these
d 3 9 - 11
5. A can do a piece of work in 16 days, B in 10 days. A and Now, remaining work I 1 40 _ 40 I ' s c ' o n e ^ 3
B work at it together for 6 days and then C finishes it in days

3 days, in how many days could C have done it alone? .-. The whole work is done by C in 40 * 3 = 120 days.
a) 40 days b) 80 days c) 90 days d) 120 days 6. b; Hint: A, B and C together can do a piece of work in
, can do a piece of work in 4 hours, B and C can do it in
3 hours, A and C can do it in 2 hours. How long would B ( 4x3\ 1 2 \
alone take to do it? 4 + 3 ~ 7 J hours.
a) 14 hours b) 12 hours c) 10 hours d) 16 hours
B alone take to complete a piece of work
can do a piece of work in 30 days while B can do it in
40 days. A and B working together can do it in f 12
x2
3 „_1 ' 1 . 12
a) 70 days b) 42—days c) 27 y y Ud S d) 1'ydays 12 hours.
7
(Railways 1989)
can do (1/3) of a work in 5 days and B can do (2/5) of [See Rule-6]
the work in 10 days. In how many days both A and B 7, d
together can do the work? 8. b; Hint: A can do the whole work in (5 x 3 = 15) days.
3 3 4 ' 1 0 x 5 - ^ l
a) 7 —days b) 9-days c) 8—days d) 10 days B can do the whole work in
: days. .
4 8 5
(Railways 1991) 25x15
A and B together can do the work in
Answers 25 + 15
1. c; Hint: x = 15 days, y = 12 days, Now apply the above
rule. 7 5 -9 3 A
2. a T~ s d a y s -
( 6 x 8 _ 24^) Rule 5
3. b; Hint: C completes the work in I ^ g J days+
Theorem: Jf A, B and C can do a work in x, y and z days
.-. B and C together complete the work in respectively then all of them working together can finish
r 1
xyz
f 24 the work in days.
x8 \xy + yz + xz \
7 1^ = 2 days.
2
24 5 5
+8
, 7 Ex: A can do a piece of work in 5 days, and B can do it in
J
6 days. I f C, who can do the work in 12 days, joins
_7_ them, how long will they take to complete the work?
4. a; Hint: work is done by A and B in 4 Soln: By the theorem:
10 10
A, B and C can do the work in
days
5x6x12 360 = 2
4x10 days.
.-. The whole work is done by A and B in 5x6 + 6x12 + 5x12 162 9
Exercise
40 1 1. A can do a piece of work in 5 days, B in 4 days and A, B
= -r-= 1 3 j days.
and C together in 2 days. In what time would C do it
5.d; Hint: A and B together can do the whole work in alone?
16x10 80
-days. 2. A takes half as long to do a piece of work as B takes, and
16 + 10
if C does it in the same time as A and B together, and if all
13 . 39 three working together would take 7 days, how long
.-. In 6 days A and B together can do — x 0 = — would each take separately?
80 40
a) 21 days, 42 days, 14 days

4/3 x 3
40
b) 20 days, 40 days, — days
45 or, — = 7 ; X =21 days

c) 15 days, 45 days, — days
d) None of these Hence, A completes the work in 21 days, B in
Five men can do a piece of work in 2 hours, which 7
women could do in 3 hours, or 9 children in 4 hours. How (21 x 2 =42)days and C in ^ | x 2 1 = 14 j days.
long would 1 man, 1 woman and 1 child together take to 3. a; Hint: 1 men can do a piece of work in (2 * 5 = 10) days
do the work? 1 woman can do the same work in (7 3 = 21) days. x
1260 1270 1 child can do the same work in (9 * 4 = 36) days.

1221
a) b) c) d)None of these Now, applying the given rule, we have
221 " f 231 ; 260
10x21x36
A takes twice as much time as B and thrice as much time the required answer
10x21 + 21x36 + 10x36
as C to finish a piece of work, working together they can
finish the work in 2 days, find the time each will take to 7560 1260 ,
finish the work. 1326 221 days.
a) 12,6,4 b) 18,9,6 4. a; Hint: Let A takes x days to complete the work.
c) 24,12,8 d) None of these
If A does a piece of work in 4 days, which B can do in 5, x x
B takes — and C takes — days.
and C can do in 6, in what time will they do it, all working
together? Now, applying the given rule, we have
50 x x
a)2 days b) — days xx — x —
2 3 =2
60 X X jC
d) None of these xx — + — x — + xx —
c) — days 2 2 3 3
6. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 6, 12 and 24 days x
respectively. They altogether will complete the work in
or, ~6 = 2 ;. x= 12 days.
, 3 7 .4 5
a) 3— days b) — days c) 4 — days d) — days
(Clerical Grade Exam, 1991) I 1 2 -
Answers A takes 12 days, B takes I ~2~ ) days and C

1. d; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have
takes days to complete the work.
3
=2 '12
the required answer = , , . 5 X 4 X 2
5.c 6. a
M 5x4+5x2+4xz
0r,20z=40+18z
Rule 6
or,2z = 40 .-. z = 20 days.
Theorem: If A and B together can do a piece of work in x
2. a; Hint: Let A takes x days to complete the work.
days and A alone can do it in y days, then B alone can do
.-. B takes 2x days
From the question, C takes to complete the work xy
the work in days.
2xxx 2 y-
2 7 7 T 3*
d a y s
(See Rule 4) Ex: A and B together can do a piece of work in 6 days and
Now, applying the given rule, we have A alone can do it in 9 days. In how many days can B
alone do it?
xx2xx — x
3
„ „ 2 2x Soln: Detail Method: A and B can do 7 of the work in 1
xx2x + 2xx—x + x*— 6
3 3
day. 7. A and B can reap a field in 30 days, working together.

After 11 days, however, B is called off and A finishes it
A alone can do — of the work in 1 day. by himself in 38 days more. In what time could each
alone do the whole?
a) 60 days each b) 15 days, 30 days
I _ I c) 20 days, 60 days d) None of these
B alone can do r r of the work in 1 day.
6 9
1o 8. A, B and C together can do a piece of work in 6 days,
.-. B alone can do the whole work in 18 days. which B alone can do in 16 days and B and C together
Quicker Method: By the theorem: can do in 10 days, in how many days can A and B to-
6x9 54 gether do it?
B alone can do the whole work in =— =]8
240 242 241
9-6 3 a) — b) — c) d) None of these
31 ' 31 ' 31
days.
A and B together can do. A piece of work in 8 days, B
Exercise alone can do it in 12 days, supposing B alone works at it
1. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 6, 12 and 24 days for 4 days, in how many more days could A alone finish
respectively. In what time will they altogether do it? it?
,4 ,2 ,3 _3 a) 18 days b) 24 days c) 16 days d) 20 days
a) 3 y days b) 3— days c) 3—days d) y days 2
10 A and B can together do a piece of work in 15 days. B

2. A and B working together could mow a field in 28 days alone can do it in 20 days. A alone can do it in:
and with the help of C they could have mowed it in 21 a) 30 days b) 40 days c) 45 days d) 60 days
days. How long would C take by himself? (Railways 1991)
a) 86 days b) 48 days 11 A and B finish a job in 12 days while A, B and C can
c) 84 days d) None of these finish it in 8 days. C alone will finish the job in:
3. B can do a piece of work in 6 hours, B and C can do it in a) 20 days b) 14 days c) 24 days d) 16 days
(Hotel Management 1991)
4 hours and A, B and C in 2 — hours. In how many hours Answers
l.c
can A and B do it?
28x21
a) 3— hours 2. c; Hint: Required answer = = 84 days.
b) 3—hours 28-21
3. a; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have
c) 3-y hours d) None of these f 6x4
C can do a the whole work in 12 days.
6-4
Now from the question,
4. A and B together can do a piece of work in 4 — days, B
8
12x
and C together can do it in 8 days, and A, B and C 96
together in 4 days. How long would A and C together required answer = — = 3— days.
8 28 7 7
take to do it? In what time would B do it alone? 12-
a) 8 days, 12 days b) 4 days, 8 days
c) 6 days, 12 days d) 8 days, 16 days 24
2 4. c; Hint: C alone can do the work in - j | = 24 days.
5. A does — of a piece of work in 9 days, he then calls in B,
and they finish the work in 6 days. How long would B

( 8x4
take to do the whole work by himself? days.
A alone can do the work in 8-4
6. A and B together can do a piece of work in 6 days, B Now applying the Rule-4, we have
alone could do it in 16 days. I f B stops after 3 days, how A and C together can do the work in
long afterwards will A have finished the work?
24x8
,4 .4 .4 , .1 = 6 days
a) ' — days b) -> — days c) 4 — days d) -- days 4
24 + 8
ime a n d W o r k 365
6x4 n \ l']2x8 _ )
B alone can do the work in days.
6-4 9. c; Hint: A alone can do the work (j?_g ~ J days.
5 Q _ 4 5
Work done by B in 4 days
12 ~ 3
a; Hint: A takes I ^ 2 J ^ ^ a s t 0 c o m P' e t e t n e
] 2
whole work. Remaining work is done by A in
v 3 3,
A and B do (1
I ~- ~ 7 lI work in 6 days.
1
2 3
2
x24 = 16 days.
3
f 6 x 5 - V
days. lO.d
.-. A and B do the whole work in ~ 1 U
12x8 .
ll.c; Hint: C alone will finish the job in "^""vr days.
Now applying the given rule, we have 12 — o
—xlO A- 1«
. .
the required answer = —
2 45x10 ,
= 25 = 18 days.
1 0 Rule 7
-10 4 5 Theorem: To do a certain work B would take n times as
2 long as A and C together and C m times as long as A and B
c: Hint: A alone can do the whole work in together. If the three men together complete the work in x
days, then if the number of days taken by B = (no. of days
( 16x6 48'
days. taken by A + B + C) x (n + 1) and the number of days taken
16-10 5 by C = (no. of days taken byA+B + C)* (m + 1).
3 1 Illustrative Example
Work done by, A and B together in 3 days = — = —. Ex: To do a certain work B would take three times as long
as A and C together and C twice as long as A and B
1 1 1 1 48 together. The three men together complete the work
Remaining work 2~ 2) 's done by A in ^ ~7/ x
in 10 days. How long would each take separately?
Soln: Detail Method: By the question
24 .4 3 times B's daily work = (A + C)'s daily work.
= y = 4--days.
Add B's daily work to both sides.
.-. 4 times B's daily work = (A + B + C)'s daily work
a: Hint: Work done in 11 days by A and B :
30
~ To
h 1 1 - 1 9
Remaining work I 1 30 is done bv A in 38
days B's daily work =

40
30x38 Also, 2 times C's daily work = (A + B)'s daily work.
.-. the whole work is done by A in : 60 days.
Add C's daily work to both sides.
.•. 3 times C's daily work = (A + B + C)'s daily work
(30x60
B alone can do the whole work in = 60
i.60-30 J_
days. " 10
'-. Hint: A alone can do a piece o f work in
.-. C's daily work :
10x6 30
= 15 days.
10-6 1 1
Now A's daily work = jq
A and B together can do a piece o f work in 40 30 24
15x16 240 .-. A, B and C can do the work in 24, 40 and 30 days
15 + 16 31 • days. respectively.
[See Rule-4],
Quicker Method: 2. b; Hint: B alone can do the work in (4 + 1) x 5 = 25 da;.

Number of days taker, by B C alone can do the work in (3 + 1) x 5 = 20 days
= (Number of days taken by A + B + C) x (3 + 1)
25x20
= 10(3+1) = 40 days B and C together can do the work in
25 + 20
Similarly,
Number of days taken by C = 10 (2 + 1) = 30 days days
j. c
1
Number of days taken by A :24
:
J_ J_
Rule 8
40 30 Theorem: If x, men or y, women can reap a field in D'
days. days, then x 2 men and y 2 women take to reap
Exercise ,
1. A, B and C together can finish a piece of work in 12 days, days
0. A and C together work twice as much as B, A and B tin +x,y 2
together work thrice as much as C. In what time could

each do it separately? Illustrative Example
Ex.: If 3 men or 4 women can reap a field in 43 days, he
a) 28 42,48 b) 2 8 - , 36,48 long will 7 men and 5 women take to reap it?
Soln: First Method:
c) 28, 3 6 - , 48 d) None of these 3 men reap — of the field in 1 day.
2. To do a certain work B would take 4 times as long as A

and C together and C 3 times as long as A and B to- .-. 1 man reaps ^ T ~ T of the field in 1 day.
gether. The three men together complete the work in 5
days. How long would take B and C to complete the
work? 4 women reap ^ of the field in 1 day.
1 1 2 3
a) 9— days b) 11— daysc) 26— daysd) 28 —days 1
.-. 1 woman reaps of the field in 1 day.
43x4
3. To do a certain work B would take 2 times as long as A
and C together and C 3 times as long as A and B to- 7 5
gether. The three men together complete the work in 16
days. How long would take B and C to complete the 7 men and 5 women reap I 43 3 x + 43^4
work?
of the field in 1 day.
2 3 4 .-. 7 men and 5 women will reap the whole field ir
a) 27— daysb)27days c) 27—days d) 27— days
days.
Second Method:
Answers 3 men = 4 women
l.b; Hint: B completes the work in [12(2 + 1) = 36] days
.-. 1 man = ~r women
and
C completes the same work in [12(3 + 1) = 48] days
B and C together complete the work in 28
.-. 7 men = — women
36x48 144
days. 28 j 43
36 + 48 7
.-. 7 men + 5 women = — + 5 - — women
A takes to complete the same work Now, the question becomes:
I f 4 women can reap a field in 43 days, how long
144
12x 43
144 , 4 ,
= 2 8 - days. — women take to reap it?
144 5 >• 5
-12 The "basic-formula" gives
1
ime a n d W o r k
that 10 men or 12 women finish the work in 10 days.

367
43
4x43 = — x D , Now we can apply the given formula.
^ 4x43x3 ,„
or, D , = — = 12 days. Rule 9
43
Quicker Method: Theorem: If a men and b boys can do a piece of work in
{ {
x days and a 2 men and b boys can do it in y days, then

2
Required number of days =

the following relationship is obtained:
yb 2 - xt\
1 man - boys
xax -ya 2
2 days
7x4+5x3
Ex: I f 12 men and 16 boys can do a piece of work in 5 days
The above formula is very easy to remember.
and 13 men and 24 boys can do it in 4 days, how long
If we divide the question in two parts and call the first
will 7 men and 10 boys take to do it?
?art as OR-part and the second part as AND-part then
12 men and 16 boys can do the work in 5 days .... (1)
7 Number of men in AND - part 13 men and 24 boys can do the work in 4 days .... (2)
43 x 3 Number of days x Number of men in OR - part Now it is easy to see that i f the no. of workers be
multiplied by any number, the time must be divided
Similarly, you can look for the second part in denomina-
by the same number (derived from: more workers less
tor. time). Hence multiplying the no. of workers in (1) and
43x3x4 (2) by 5 and 4 respectively, we get
Second step of the quicker method 7 4 5 3
x + x
is
5(12 men + 16 boys) can do the work in — = 1 day
'he form of formula given in the Rule 8.
rcise
If 3 men or 5 women can reap a field in 43 days, how long 4(13 men + 24 boys) can do the work in — = 1 day
will 5 men and 6 women take to reap it? or,5(12m+16b) = 4(13m + 24b)
a) 15 days b) 25 days c) 18 days d) 12 days or, 60 m + 80 b = 52 m + 96 b... (*)
If 2 men or 4 women can reap a field in 44 days, how long or,60m-52m = = 96b-80b
or, 8 m = 16 b
will 3 men and 5 women take to reap — th of the field? .'. 1 man = 2 boys.
a) 10 days b) 8 days c) 12 days d) None of these Thus, 12 men + 16 boys = 24 boys + 16 boys = 40
If 6 men or 10 women can reap a field in 86 days, how boys
cmgwill 10 men and 12 women take to reap it? and 7 men + 10 boys = 14 boys + 10 boys - 24 boys
21 30 days b) 35 days c) 25 days d) 40 days The question now becomes:
If 4 men or 6 boys can finish a piece of work in 20 days, " I f 40 boys can do a piece of work in 5 days how long
n how many days can 6 men and 11 boys finish it? will 24 boys take to do it?"
i 1 8 days b)6 days c)7 days d ) 9 days Now, by "basic formula", we have
(LIC Exam, 1991) 40x5=24xD (*)(*) 2
iO men can finish a piece of work in 10 days whereas it 40x5 _ 1 c
o r , D = ~ ^ ~ - 3 days.
2 4 8
takes 12 women to finish it in 10 days. I f 15 men and 6
•"•omen undertake to complete the work how many days Note: During practice session (*) should be your first step
will they take to complete it? to be written down. Further calculations should be
a)ll b)5 c)4 d)2 done mentally. Once you get that 1 man = 2 boys,
(BankPO Exam, 1991) your next step should be (*) (*)• This way you can
get the result within seconds.
ers
2.c 3. a 4.b
Hint: 10 men and 12 women can finish a piece of work 24x4-16x5 16
1 men = = 2 boys.
in the same no. of days ie 10 days. Hence we can say 12x5-4x13 8
Thus, 12 men + 16 boys = 24 boys + 16 boys = 40 3. a; Hint: Let 5 men and 2 boys can do the work in x da\
boys Hence a man and a boy together can do the same
and 7 men + 10 boys = 14 boys + 10 boys = 24 boys work in 4x days.
Now, by basic formula, we have Now, applying the given rule, we have
40 x 5 = 24 x D 2
4xx]-xx2
the required answer = :—: r = 2 : 1 ,
n = —^-
or D 2
4 0 x 5
= Q 8-days.
^1
Note: Also see Rule-15

4. b; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have
Exercise
1. I f 12 men and 16 days can do a piece of work in 5 days
and 13 men and 24 boys can do it in 4 days, compare the -x5-6x3
Man
daily work done by a man with that done by a boy. Boy
6x2 — x]
a) 1:2 b)2:l c) 1 :3 d) 3 : I 2
2. IfSOmenand 14 boys can reap a field in 21 days, in how
.-. Boy: Man = 3 : 7 .
many days will 20 men and 4 boys reap it, supposing
5.c; Hint: 2 children = 1 man
that 3 men can do as much as 5 boys?
.-. 8 children + 12 men = 16 men
From the question,
3. If 5 men and 2 boys working together can do 4 times as
Since 16 men can complete a certain piece of work
much work per hour as a man and a boy together, com-
9 days
pare the work of a man with that of a boy.
a) 2 : 1 b) 3 :1 c) 4 :1 d) Data inadequate 16x9
4. I f 1 must hire 2 men and 3 boys for 6 days to do the same 12 men finish the work in 12 days.
12
1
piece of work as 11 men and 5 boys could do in 1
Rule 10
days, compare the work of a boy with that of a man. Theorem: A certain number of men can do a work in D
8)7:3 b)3:7 c)2:5 d)5:2 days. If there were 'x' men less it could be finished in i
5. 8 children and 12 men complete a certain piece of work in days more, then the number of men originally are]
9 days. Each child takes twice the time by a man to finish
x(D + d)~
the work. In how many days will 12 men finish the same
work? d
a) 8 b)9 c)12 d) 15
(BankPO Exam, 1988)
Ex: A certain number of men can do a work in 60 days. Iff]
Answers there were 8 men less it could be finished in 10 day*|
1. b; Hint: Applying the above theorem, more. How many men are there?
Soln: Using the above formula, we have
aman'swork 24x4-16x5 16 ±
aboy'swork 12x5-4x13 8 _ 8(60 + 10)_
the original number of men 56 « .
2. a; Hint: Here relationship between men and boys is 10
given. Exercise
1. A certain number of men can do a work in 45 days.
3 men = 5 boys .-. I man = — boys. there were 4 men less it could be finished in 15
more. How many men are there?
Now, 30A/ + 14£ = ^ ^ - + 14 = 64boys and
5
2. A certain number of men can do a work in 30 da>f
there were 6 men less it could be finished in 20 d?w
20M + 4B = ~ boys. more. How many men are there?
a) 15 men b) 12 men
c) 18 men d) 20 men
112
From the formula, 64 x 21 = xD 3. A certain number of men can do a work in 50 da> s
there were 6 men less it could be finished in 12
.-. D, = 36 days. more. How many men are there?
a) 30 men b) 32 men c) 28 men d) 31 men (MBA, 1983)

I A certain number of men can do a work in 70 days. I f
Answers
there were 2 men less it could be finished in 10 days
l.b 2. a 3.c 4. a
more. How many men are there?
a) 15 men b) 17 men c) 16 men d) 12 men Rule 12
Answers Theorem: If a person can finish a work in d days at h x t
: b 2. a 3.d 4.c
hours a day and another person can finish the same work
Rule 11 in d days at h hours a day, then the no. of days in which
2 2
Theorem: If A is 'n' times as fast (or slow) as B, and is they can finish the works working together 'h' hours a day
therefore able to finish a work in 'D' days less (or more)
;han B, then the time in which they can do it working to- (h,d,jh d )
2 2
days
is
(M;)+(M;)
Dn
gether is given by days
n -l2 Illustrative Example
Ex: I can finish a work in 15 days at 8 hrs a day. You can
LvA is thrice as fast as B, and is therefore able to finish ,2
finish it in 6— days at 9 hrs a day. Find in how many
a work in 60 days less than B. Find the time in which
they can do it working together. days we can finish it working together 10 hrs a day.
Soln: Detail Method: Soln: Detail Method: First suppose each of us works for
A is thrice as fast as B, means that if A does a work in only one hour a day.
1 day then B does it in 3 days. Then I can finish the work in 15 * 8 = 120 days
Hence, i f the difference be 2 days, then A does the
20
work in 1 day and B in 3 days. But the difference is 60
and you can finish the work in — x9 = 60 days
days. Therefore, A does the work in 30 days and B in
90 days. Now, we together can finish the work in
Now A and B together will do the work in 120x60
—— = 40 days
——— days = — = 22.5 days 120 + 60 '
30 + 90 2 But here we are given that we do the work 10 hrs a
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we day. Then clearly we can finish the work in 4 days.
have Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
60x3 60x3 45 have
the required answer = 3 - l 2 2 20
= 22.5 days. ? 15x8x — x 9 1
the required answer = 3 4 days.
Exercise 20 10
A is twice as fast as B, and is therefore able to finish a 15x8 + — x9
3
work in 30 days less than B. Find the time in which they
can do it working together. Exercise
aj/TS days b) 20 days c) 24 days d) 22 days 1. I can finish a work in 10 days at 4 hrs a day. You can
1 A. is 4 times as fast as B, and is therefore able to finish a finish it in 15 days at 5 hrs a day. Find in how many days
>* work in 45 days less than B. Find the time in which they we can finish it working together 10 hrs a day.
can do it working together.
a) 12 days b) 16 days c) 8 days d) 20 days 50 70 60 40
a) — days b) — days c) — days d) — days
1 A is thrice as fast as B, and is therefore able to finish a
work in 40 days less than B. Find the time in which they 2. I can finish a work in 16 days at 5 hrs a day. You can
can do it working together. finish it in 12 days at 4 hrs a day. Find in how many days
a) 16 days b) 10 days c) 15 days d) None of these we can finish it working together 6 hrs a day.
- A is thrice as good a workman as B and is therefore able a) 5 days b) 4 days c) 6 days d) None of these
to finish a work in 80 days less than B. Find the time in 3. I can finish a work in 14 days at 6 hrs a day. You can
which they can do it working together, finish it in 8 days at 2 hrs a day. Find in how many days
a) 30 days b) 20 days c) 24 days d) 25 days we can finish it working together 4 hrs a day.
2. A can do a work in 4 days. B takes 5 days to complete I

b) 9 — days C takes as long as A and B would take working together
a ) 3 25 d a y S
How long will it take B and C to complete the work to
gether?
c) 3 — days d) 4 — days
20 25 22 20
Answers a) 17 b ) u c ) n d ) T ,
l.c 2. a 3.c 3. A can do a work in 6 days. B takes 7 days to complete I
C takes as long as A and B would take working togethe*
Rule 13 How long will it take A and C to complete the work to
Theorem: If A can do a work in x days, B takes y days to gether?
complete it and C takes as long as A and B would take _1
working together, then B and C together take to complete a) 2 — days b ) 2 days O 2 ± daysd) 3 —da\
10
xy 4. A can do a work in 8 days. B takes 6 days to complete n
the work = • 9 * . A and C together take to com- C takes as long as A and B would take working together
2x + y
How long will it take A and C to complete the work to-
gether?
plete the work = d a . v s and A, B and C together take
x + 2y 1 ,2 -3
a) 2— days b) 3— days c) 2 — days d) 2—days
A can do a work in 10 days. B takes 15 days to complett

to complete the work = days
2{x + y) it. C takes as long as A and B would take working to-
gethcr. How long will it take A, B and C to complete the
Illustrative Eample work together?
Ex: A can do a work in 6 days. B takes 8 days to complete a)6 days b)3 days c ) 4 days d)8 days
it. C takes as long as A and B would take working 6. A can do a work in 20 days. B takes 5 days to complete
together. How long will it take B and C, A and C, and it. C takes as long as A and B would take working to-
A, B and C to complete the work together? gether. How long will it take A, B and C to complete the
Soln: Using the above formula, we have, work together?
6x8 a)2 days b)4 days c)3 days d)6 days
(B + C) together take to complete the work =
12 + 8 Answers
l.b 2. a 3.c 4.d 5.b 6.a
48 12 2
— = — = 2 — days
20 5 5 Rule 14
Theorem: A is n times as good a workman as B. If together
6x8
(A + C) together take to complete the work they finish the work in x days, then A and B separately cam
6 + 16
do the same work in \x Jays jjjjjJ+ l)x4aysrm
{ — ) '
= — = 2 — days
22 11 \ J
(A + B + C) together take to complete the work spectively.
6x8 48 12 , 5 . Ex: A is twice as good a workman as B. Together, the>
= —, r=— =— =\ finish the work in 14 days. In how many days can it be
2(6 + 8) 28 7 7 '
done by each separately?
Exercise Soln: Detail Method:
1. A can do a work in 3 days. B takes 4 days to complete it. Let B finish the work in 2x days.Since A is twice as
C takes as long as A and B would take working together. active as B therefore, A finishes the work in x days.
How long will it take B and C to complete the work to-
gether? (A + B) finish the work in = 14
3x
orx = 21
a) — days b) — days c) — days d) —days .-. A finishes the work in 21 days and B finishes the
work in 21 * 2 = 42 days.
Quicker Method I: Using the above theorem: gether, then the comparison of the work of a man with th at
(2 + l ) x l 4 „, , Man _ nb ~b, 2
A finishes the work in = 21 days.
of a boy is given by R "
o _ ^
y a ; w
B finishes the work in (2 + 1) 14 = 42 days.

Quicker Method II: Twice + One time = Thrice active Illustrative Example
person does the work in 14 days. Then one-time ac- EK 5 men and 2 boys working together can do 4 times as
tive person (B) will do it in 14 * 3 = 42 days and twice much work per hour as a man and a boy together.
; 14 „ , Compare the work of a man with that of a boy.
active person (A) will do it in — = 21 days. Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
Note: Efficient person takes less time. In other words we Man _ 4 x 1 - 2 _ 2
may say that "Efficiency (E) is indirectly propor- ~Bo~y~T^\~~\, a = land 6 = 1 ]
2 2
tional to number of days (D) taken to complete a

work". Then mathematically That is, a man is twice as efficient as a boy.
1 K Exercise
Ea — or, E = — , whee K is a constant
D D 1. 6 men and 3 boys working together can do 5 times as
or, ED = constant much work per hour as a man and a boy together. Com-
pare the work of a man with that of a boy.
or, £,D, = £,£>, = £ £> = E D
3 3 4 4 = ...£„£>„, And we
a)2:l b)3:l
see in the above case: £,D, ED
2 2 =£ D
3 3 or, 3 * c)3:2 d)4:l
2. 8 men and 4 boys working together can do 6 times as
14 = 2 x 2 1 = 1 x 42
much work per hour as a man and a boy together. Com-
Thus, our answer verifies the above statement, pare the work of a man with that of a boy.
rcise a)2:l b)3:l c) 1 :1 d) 1:2
1. A and B together can do a piece of work in 7 days. If A Answers
does twice as much work as B in a given time, find how l.a 2.c
long A alone would take to do the work?
Rule 16
a) 21 days b) 20 days c) 10 days d) 1 0 - days Theorem: If A and B can do a work in x andy days respec-
tively, they began the work together, but A left after some
A and B together can do a piece of work in 8 days. I f A time and B finished the remaining work in z days; then the
does twice as much work as B in a given time, find how no. of days after which A left is given by
a) 10 days b) 12 days c) 14 days d) 16 days xy y-z
days
A and B together can do a piece of work in 9 days. I f A {x + y
does thrice as much work as B in a given time, find how
long A alone would take to do the work? Illustrative Example
a) 12 days b) 14 days c) 16 days d) 18 days EK A and B can do a work in 45 and 40 days respectively.
4. A and B together can do a piece of work in 6 days. I f A They began the work together, but A left after some
does twice as much work as B in a given time, find how time and B finished the remaining work in 23 days.
long A alone would take to do the work? After how many days did A leave?
a) 16 days b) 9 days c) 18 days d) 21 days Soln: Detail Method: B works alone for 23 days.
5. A and B together can do a piece of work in 3 days. I f A 23
does thrice as much work as B in a given time, find how .-. Work done by B in 23 days work :
40
23 17
a) 4 days b) 10 days c) 14 days d) 12 days .-. A + B do together 1 = — work
Answers 40 40
l.d 2.b 3.a 4.b 5. a 40x45 40x45
Now, A + B do 1 work in days.
40 + 45 85
Rule 15
17 40x45 17 _ Q
Theorem: If a, men and 6, boys working together can do n A + B do — work in g 5 9 days.

times as much work per hour as a men and b boys to-
2 2
Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, Illustrative Example

Ex: 1 man or 2 women or 3 boys can do a work in 44 days.
40x45 Y 4 0 - 2 3
the required answer = = 9 days. Then in how many days will 1 man, 1 woman and 1
40 + 45 40
boy do the work?
Exercise Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
1. A and B can do a work in +0 and 35 days respectively. 44x1x2x3
They began the work together, but A left after some time the no. of required days
1x2+2x3+1x3
and B finished the remaining work in 10 days. After how
many days did A leave? 44 x 1 x 2 x 3
•24 days.
2+6+3
,, 1
a) 13— daysb) 13 days c) '3 — days d) 14 days Exercise
A and B can do a work in 35 and 25 days respectively. 1. 2 men or 3 women or 4 boys can do a work in 52 days,
They began the work together, but A left after some time Then in how many days will 1 man, 1 woman and 1 boy
and B finished the remaining work in 15 days. After how do the work?
many days did A leave? a) 24 days b) 42 days c) 36 days d) 48 days
5 5 5 2. 3 men or 4 women or 5 boys can do a work in 47 days,
a) 6 days b) 5 days c)
days d) o— days Then in how many days will 1 man, 1 woman and 1 boy
6 6
do the work?
A and B can do a work in 20 and 15 days respectively.
They began the work together, but A left after some time a) 40 days b) 50 days c) 60 days d) 45 days
and B finished the remaining work in 8 days. After how 3. 1 man or 3 women or 4 boys can do a work in 38 days,
many days did A leave? Then in how many days will 1 man, 1 woman and 1 boy
a)4 days b)5 days c)3 days d)6 days do the work?
4. A and B can together finish a work in 30 days. They a) 24 days b) 12 days c) 18 days d) 36 days
worked for it for 20 days and then B left. The remaining 4. 1 man or 2 women or 4 boys can do a work in 56 days,
work was done by A alone in 20 more days. A alone can Then in how many days will 1 man, 1 woman and 1 boy
finish the work in: do the work?
a) 54 days b) 60 days c) 48 days d) 50 days a) 24 days b) 28 days c) 20 days d) 32 days
(Central Excise 1988) Answers
Answers l.d 2.c 3.a 4.d
l.c 2.c 3.a
4. b; Hint: In the given formula, we have
Rule 18
Theorem: A group of men decided to do a work in x days,
- ^ - = 30 days. but 'n' of them became absent. If the rest of the group did
x+y the work in 'y' days, then the original number of men is
B left the work, ie y = time taken by A to complete the ny
given by men.
whole work and z = 20 days. y-x
Now, applying the given formula, we have
30 x :20 Ex: A group of men decided to do a work in 10 days, but
y = 60 days.
five of them became absent. I f the rest of the group
did the work in 12 days, find the original number of
^\e 17 > men.
Theorem: If x, men or x women or x boys can do a
2 3
work in 'D' days, then the no. of days in which I man, 1 5x12
the required answer = 30 men.
woman and 1 boy do the same work is given by thefollow- 12-10
ing formula, number of required days =
Exercise
Dxx, xx 2 xx 3
1. A group of men decided to do a work in 13 days, but 6 of
days. them became absent. I f the rest of the group did the
X,X2 + X,X; +x,x
1*3 work in 15 days, find the original number of men.
Time a n d W o r k
a) 30 men b) 35 men c) 40 men d) 45 men Rule 20 A

373
2. A group of men decided to do a work in 12 men, but 8 of Theorem: A builder decided to build a farmhouse in 'D'
them became absent. I f the rest of the group did the days. He employed 'x'men in the beginning and 'y' more
work in 20 days, find the original number of men. men after'd' days and completed the construction in stipu-
a) 18 men b) 20 men c) 22 men d) 24 men lated time. If he had not employed the additional men, th e
3. A group of men decided to do a work in 15 days, but 2 of the men in the beginning would have finished it in
them became absent. I f the rest of the group did the
work in 25 days, find the original number of men. D(x + y)-yd y(D-d)
days and it would have been
Answers days behind the schedule.
l.d 2.b 3.a
7 Ex.: A builder decided to build a farmhouse in 40 days. He
Rule 19
employed 100 men in the beginning and 100 more
Theorem: A certain number of men can do a work in 'D'
after 35 days and completed the construction in stipu-
days. If there were 'x'men more it could befinished in'd'
lated time. If he had not employed the additional men,
lx(D-d) how many days behind schedule would it have been
days less, then the number of men originally are . finished?
Soln: Detail Method: Let 100 men only complete the work
or
in x days.
No. of more workers x Number of days taken by the second group Work done by 100 men in 35 days + Work done by
No. of less days 200 men in
(40-35 = ) 5 d a y s = l .
35 200x5 ,
Ex.: A certain number of men can do a work in 60 days. I f or, — + — =1
there were 8 men more it could be finished in 10 days x lOOx
less. How many men are there? 45
or, — = 1 •'• x = 45 days
original number of workers Therefore, i f additional men were not employed, the
work would have lasted 45 - 40 = 5 days behind sched-
ule time.
No. of more workers x No. of days taken by the second group Quicker Approach:
No. of less days 200 men do the rest of the work in 40 - 35 = 5 days.
8x(60-10) _ 8x50 _ 4 Q
5x200
10 10 men.
.-. 100 men can do the rest of the work in -- 0 1
Exercise days.
1. A certain number of men can do a work in 50 days. I f
.-. required number of days = 1 0 - 5 = 5 days.
there were 3 men more it could be finished in 5 days less.
How many men are there?
have
a) 36 men b) 18 men c) 27 men d) 30 men 100(40-35)
the required number of days = • 5 days.
2. A certain number of men can do a work in 75 days. I f 100
there were 6 men more it could be finished in 15 days
less. How many men are there?
Exercise
a) 20 men b) 24 men 1. A builder decided to build a farmhouse in 45 days. He
c) 28 men d) 32 men employed 150 men in the beginning and 120 more after
3. A certain number of men can do a work in 35 days. I f 30 days and completed the construction in stipulated
there were 10 men more it could be finished in 10 days time. If he had not employed the additional men, how
less. How many men are there? many days behind schedule would it have been finished?
a) 12 days b) 10 days c) 15 days d)8 days
2. Â builder decided to build a farmhouse in 50 days. He
Answers employed 50 men in the beginning and 50 more after 40
l.c 2.b 3.a days and completed the construction in stipulated time.
If he had not employed the additional men, in how many
days would it have been finished by the men in the be- tion of work. Find in how many days the work was fin-
ginning? ished?
a) 80 days b) 60 days c) 40 days d) 75 days a)5 days b)8 days c) 10 days d) 12 days
3. A builder decided to build a farmhouse in 60 days. He 2. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 10,12 and 15 days
employed 150 men in the beginning and 130 more after respectively, they start working together but C leaves
45 days and completed the construction in stipulated after working 3 days and B, 4 days before the comple-
time. I f he had not employed the additional men, how tion of work. Find in how many days the work was fin-
many days behind schedule would it have been finished? ished?
,2 ,1 2 2
4. A builder decided to build a farmhouse in 20 days. He a) 6—days b) 5— days c) daysd) 6— days
employed 40 men in the beginning and 20 more after 10
days and completed the construction in stipulated time. 3. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 5, 8 and 10 days
I f he had not employed the additional men, in how many respectively, they start working together but C leaves
days would it have been finished by the men in the be- after working 2 days and B, 1 days before the comple-
ginning? tion of work. Find in how many days the work was fin-
ished?
Answers i 1 i 2 ,11
a) 3 days b) 3— ays c) 3- days d) 2—days
l.a 2.b 3.c 4.a
Rule 21 Answers
Theorem: A, B and C can do a work in x, y and z days l.c 2. a 3.d
respectively. They all begin together. If A continues to work
Rule 22
till it is finished, C leaves after 'orking d 2 days and B d x
Theorem: There is a sufficient food for 'M' men for 'D'
days before its completion, then Jie time in which work is days. If after'd' days'm' men leave the place, then the rest
of the food will last for the rest of the men for
x(yz + d z + d y)
1 2
finished, is given by days

xy + xz + yz D-d
xM
M-m
Ex: A, B and C can do a work in 8, 16, 24 days respec- Illustrative Example
tively. They all begin together. A continues to work Ex: There is a sufficient food for 400 men for 31 days.
till it is finished, C leaving off 2 days and B one day After 28 days, 280 men leave the place. For how many
before its completion. In what time is the work fin- days will the rest of the food last for the rest of the
ished? men?
Soln: Detail Method: Soln: Detail Method: The rest of the food will last for
Let the work be finished in x days. (31 - 28) = 3 days if no body leaves the place.
Then, A's x day's work + B's (x - 1) day's work + C's 400
(x - 2) day's work = 1 Thus the rest of the food will last for 3 days for
120
x x-l x-2
' 8 l 6 ~
o r + +2 T- •••*
= 1 y - = 5 d a s
the 120 men left.
Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we ( 400
10 days.
have ••• A HT20,
n s =
8[(l6x24)+(l x 24)+(2 x 16)] Note: For less persons the food will last longer, therefore, 3
the required answer = ( ) (
8 x l 6) ( +4) 1 6 x 2 4 + 8 x 2 400
is multiplied by , a more than one fraction.
3072 + 448 3520
= 5 days. Quicker Method: Using the above formula, we have
704 404
The required answer = - — — - — * 4 0 0 = lfj days.
4U0 — zoO
Exercise
1. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 16,32 and 48 days Exercise
respectively, they start working together but C leaves 1. There is a sufficient food for 200 men for 36 days. After
after working 4 days and B, 2 days before the comple- 33 days, 140 men leave the place. For how many days
will the rest of the food last for the rest of the men? days, and C alone in 30 days, in what time could B alone
a) 5 days b) 10 days c) 18 days d) 15 days do it?
2. There is a sufficient food for 116 men for 25 days. After a) 40 days b) 60 days c) 45 days d) 35 da> s
21 days, 100 men leave the place. For how many days 3. A can do a certain work in the same time in which B and
will the rest of the food last for the rest of the men? C together can do it. If A and B together could do it in 12
a) 19 days b) 24 days c) 29 days d) 15 days days, and C alone in 24 days, in what time could B alone
3. There is a sufficient food for 300 men for 32 days. After do it?
29 days, 210 men leave the place. For how many days a) 36 days b) 40 days c) 44 days d) 48 days
will the rest of the food last for the rest of the men? 4. A can do a certain work in the same time in which B and
a) 12 days b) 14 days c) 15 days d) 10 days C together can do it. If A and B together could do it in 10
4. There is a sufficient food for 150 men for 15 days. After days, and C alone in 15 days, in how many days can A
10 days, 75 men leave the place. For how many days will alone do the same work?
the rest of the food last for the rest of the men? a) 12 days b) 60 days c) 24 days d) 48 days
a) 10 days b)8 days c)5 days d) 15 days
Answers
Answers l.a 2.b 3.d 4.a
l.b 2.c 3.d 4.a
Rule 24 y
Rule 2 3 7 Theorem: A team of xpersons is supposed to do a work in
Theorem: A takes as much time as B and C together take to 'D' days. After 'd ' days, 'y' more persons were employed
t
finish a job. If A and B working together finish the job in x

and the work was finished' d ' days earlier, then the num-
2
days. C alone can do the same job in y days, then B alone
"/ t 2xy
->.... \ ber of days it would have been delayed if 'x' more persons
can do the same work in days and A alone can do \y{D-{d d )}-d x l+ 2 2
y-x were not employed is given by

2xy days and the number of days in which the work would have
the same work in days. ~{x + y\D-d )-d,y 2
been finished is given by days

x
Ex: A takes as much time as B and C together take to Illustrative Example
finish a job. A and B working together finish the job Ex: A team of 30 men is supposed to do a work in 38 days.
in 10 days. C alone can do the same job in 15 days. In After 25 days, 5 more men were employed and the
how many days can B alone do the same work? work finished one day earlier. How many days would
Soln: Quicker Method I: Using the above theorem, B alone it have been delayed if 5 more men were not employed?
Soln: Quicker Approach:
2x15x10
can do the same work in 60 days 35 men do the rest of the job in 12 days (12 = 3 8 - 2 5
15-10
-1)
Quicker Method II:
.-. 30 men can do the rest o f the j o b in
15x10 12x35
(A + B) + (C) can do in , , 6 days. = 14 days.
15 + 10 30
Since A's days = (B + C)'s days. Thus the work would have been finished in 25 + 14
B + C can do in 6 x 2 = 12 days. = 39 days that is, ( 3 9 - 3 8 ) = 1 day after the scheduled
15x12 £ n
time.
.-. B [ B = {B + C } - C ] c a n d o i n 1 $ _ 1 2 = 6 ° days. have
5{38-(25 + l)}-1x30
Exercise the required answer =
30
1. A can do a certain work in the same time in which B and 5x12-30
C together can do it. If A and B together could do it in 10 1 day .
30
days, and C alone in 50 days, in what time could B alone
do it? Exercise
a) 25 days b) 30 days c) 24 days d) 20 days 1. A team of 40 men is supposed to do a work in 48 days.
2. A can do a certain work in the same time in which B and After 35 days, 15 more men were employed and the work
C together can do it. If A and B together could do it in 15
finished 2 days earlier. How many days would it have

been delayed i f 15 more men were not employed? y(l6-4)+(3xl6)
32
,1 ,1 the required answer : 16 64
a) 2 days b) — days c) I — days d) 1 day
2
+ 32
o o
= 2 x 4.5 = 9 days.
2. A team of 25 men is supposed to do a work in 44 days.
After 18 days, 2 more men were employed and the work Exercise
finished 1 day earlier. How many days would it have 1. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 12, 18 and 24 days
been delayed if 2 more men were not employed? respectively, they work at it together, A stops the work
a) 1 day b) 2 days c) 1.5 days d) None of these after 4 days and B is called off 2 days before the work is
3. A team of 20 men is supposed to do a work in 30 days. done. In what time was the work finished?
After 12 days, 5 more men were employed and the work a) 12 days b) 14 days c) 16 days d)8 days
finished 2 days earlier. In how many days would it have 2. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 6, 9 and 12 days
been finished if 5 more men were not employed? respectively, they work at it together, A stops the work
a) 30 days b) 28 days c) 32 days d) 34 days after 2 days and B is called off 1 day before the work is
4. A team of 27 men is supposed to do a work in 36 days. done. In what time was the work finished?
After 30 days, 9 more men were employed and the work a)4 days b)6 days c)7 days d)3 days
finished 3 days earlier. In how many days would it have 3. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 18,27 and 12 days
been finished if 9 more men were not employed? respectively, they work at it together, A stops the work
a) 35 days b) 28 days c) 34 days d) 39 days after 6 days and B is called off 3 days before the work is
done. In what time was the work finished?
Answers
l.b 2.a 4.c • 6
j. c
a) 6 days b) 8 days c) 10 days d) 6— days
Rule 25 y> 4. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 24, 36 and 48 days
Theorem:A,B and C can do a work in x days, y days and z respectively, they work at it together, A stops the work
days respectively. They started the work together but after after 8 days and B is called off 4 days before the work is
done. In what time was the work finished?
d days A left. If B left the work d^ days before the comple-
x
a) 10 days b)8 days c) 16 days d) 14 days

tion of the work, then the whole work will be completed in
Answers
y(x-d,)+d x 2
l.d 2.a 3.d 4.c
days
y+ z
Rule 26
Illustrative Example Theorem: A started a work and left after working a, days.
,.4 Then B was called and he finished the work in b, days.
Ex: A, B and C can do a work in 16 days, »2— days and
Had A left the work after working for a 2 days, B would
32 days respectively. They started the work together
but after 4 days A left. B left the work 3 days before have finished the remaining work in b days. Then, each 2
the completion of the work. In how many days was of them ieA and B, working alonefinishthe whole work in
the work completed?
b a,2 -b,a 2 a b, 2 a,b2
Soln: Detail Method: days and days respectively.
Suppose the work is completed in x days,
As 4 day's work + B's (x - 3) day's work + C's x day's Illustrative Example
work = 1 Ex: A started a work and left after working for 2 days.
4 (x-3)S x , Then B was called and he finished the work in 9 days.
or — + - —+ — = 1 Had A left the work after working for 3 days, B would
' 16 64 32 have finished the remaining work in 6 days. In how
16 + 5JC-15 + 2 X , many days can each of them, working alone, finish
64 the whole work?
or, Ix +1 = 64 .". x = 9 days. Soln: Detailed Method: Suppose A and B do the work in x
Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we and y days respectively. Now, work done by A in 2
have days + work done by B in 9 days = 1
Time a n d W o r k
days can each of them, working alone, finish the whoie

377
2 9_ 3 6 ,
or, ~ + - 1 Similarly, ~ + -•'
y
work?
a) 5 days, 20 days b) 10 days, 30 days
c) 15 days, 30 days d) 5 days, 30 days
To solve the above equation put — = a and _ 0 . Answers
l.b 2. a 3.b
Thus
2a + 9 b = l (1) and 3a + 6b = 1 ....(2) Rule 27
Performing (2) x 3 - (1) * 3 we have Theorem: A can do a work in x days and B can do the same
1 1 ' • work in y days. If they work together for'd' days and A
5a = 1 • a = — or, * -> days. goes away, then the number of days in which Bfinishes the
5 n
1 ,c work is given by y-\ + days.

and y = T days.
Quicker Method: In such case: (Using the above theo- Illustrative Example
rem) Ex: A can do a work in 25 days and B can do the same
3x9-2x6 15 _ work in 20 days. They work together for 5 days and
A will finish the work in — ~ — — = .5 days. then A goes away. In how many days will B finish the
9 —6 3 work?
Soln: Detail Method
For B, we should use the above result.
2 3 A + B can do the work in 5 days = 5
B does 1 — = - work in 9 days. 25 20
5 5 3
:. B does 1 work in 9 x — - 15 days. 5x45 _9_

25x20 20
Exercise
1. A started a work and left after working for 1 day. Then B Rest of the work = 1 _9_
20 20
. . 1
was called and he finished the work in 4 — days. Had A 11 9
B will do the rest of the work in = 1
= — days.
20 20
left the work after working for 1— days, B would have
finished the remaining work in 3 days. In how many days have
can each of them, working alone, finish the whole work?
the required answer = 2 0 - ( l + ^ - j x 5
a) 5 days, 15 days b) 2.5 days, 7.5 days
c) 3.5 days, 8.5 days d) None of these
2. A started a work and left after working for 3 days. Then = 2 0 - 9 = 11 days.
Exercise
B was called and he finished the work in 13 — days. Had
1. A can do a piece o f work in 6 y days and B in 5 days.
A left the work after working for 4— days, B would They work together for 2 days and then A leaves B to
finish the work alone. How long will B take to finish it?
have finished the remaining work in 9 days. In how many
days can each of them, working alone, finish the whole 1
a)l b)3 days c)2 days d) 1 day
work?
a) 7.5 days, 22.5 days b) 7 days, 9 days 2. A can do a piece of work in 50 days and B in 40 days.
c) 5 days, 1~5 days d) 23.5 days, 8.5 days They work together for 10 days and then A leaves B to
3. A started a work and left after working for 4 days. Then finish the work alone. How long will B take to finish it?
B was called and he finished the work in 18 days. Had A a) 11 days b) 18 days c) 22 days d) 26 days
left the work after working for 6 days, B would have 3. A can do a piece of work in 20 days and B in 15 days.
finished the remaining work in 12 days. In how many They work together for 6 days and then A leaves B to
finish the work alone. How long will B take to finish it?
1 A can he finish — of the work?
a) 3 days b) 4 days c) 3— days d) 4— days
a) 20 days b)5 days
c) 4 days d) Data inadequate
4. A can do apiece of work in 12— days and B in 10 days.
3. Sudhir can do — of a work in 8 days. In how many days
They work together for 2 ^ days and then A leaves B

1
to finish the work alone. How lone will B take to finish it? can he finish — of the work?
i: a) 1 day b) 2 days c) 3 days d) None of these

a) — days b) — days c) 6 days n
d) — days
Answers
l.c 2.c 3.a
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.d 4.d Rule 29 V
Rule 28 Ex.: 38 men, working 6 hours a day can do a piece of Work
in 12 days. Find the number of days in which 57 men
working 8 hrs a day can do twice the work. Assume
Theorem: If A can complete — part of a work In x days,
that 2 men of the first group do as much work in 1
hour as 3 men of the second group do in 1 — hr.

then the — part of the work will be done in y days. We can
Soln: Detailed Method:
2 x 1 men of first group = 3><1.5 men of second group
x _ y
calculate the value of yfrom the given equation ^ ~ ^ . a c
or, 2 men of first group = 4.5 men of second group
4.5
No. of days worked 38 men of first group : x38 = 19x4.5
Note: = constant for a person
Part of work done y (19x4.5) men do 1 work, working 6 hrs/day in
12 days.
.-. 1 man does 1 work working 1 hr/day in
3 (12 x 19x4.5 x 6) days.
Ex: A can do — of a work in 12 days. In how many days .-. 57 men do 2 work working 8 hrs/day in
12xl9.x4.5x6
can he finish — of the work? 2 = 27 days.
8 57x8
Quicker Method:
(SBIPO Exam 1987) Ratio of efficiency of persons in first group to the
Soln: Using the above theorem, we have second group
12 y 12 1 = E, : E =(3x1.5):2x1 = 4.5:2
2 (*)
374" = W 0r> ' = T > < 4 X 8 = 2 d 3 y S - Now, use the formula:
Exercise M^.T.E.Wj = M D T E W, 2 2 2 2 (*)(*)
38x12x6x4.5x2 _„ ,
1. Ram can do — of a work in 16 days. In how many days .'. D , = = 27 days.
57x8x2x1
Note: (*) Less number of persons from the first group
can he finish — of the work? do the same work in less number of days,
12
so they are more efficient.
(*)(*) M represents the number of men.
a) 1 day b) 3 days c) 2 days d) 2 — days D represents the number of days.
T represents the number of working hours.
E represents the efficiency.
2. Vinay can do — of a work in 5 days. In how many days
W represents the work and
the suffix represents the respective groups.
Time a n d W o r k
Exercise than if both A and B would together. If B worked alone,

1. 40 men, working 8 hours a day can do a piece of work in he took 4 hours more to complete the job than A and B
15 days. Find the number of days in which 60 men work- worked together. What time, would they take if both A
ing 4 hrs a day can do twice the work. Assume that 3 and B worked together?
men of the first group do as much work in 2 hour as 4 a) 5 hours b) 8 hours c) 9 hours d) None of these
men of the second group do in 3 hrs. 3. A alone would take 27 hours more to complete the job
a) 60 days b) 40 days c) 80 days d) None of these than if both A and B would together. If B worked alone,
2. 30 men, working 4 hours a day can do a piece of work in he took 3 hours more to complete the job than A and B
10 days. Find the number of days in which 45 men work- worked together. What time, would they take if both A
ing 8 hrs a day can do twice the work. Assume that 2 and B worked together?
men of the first group do as much work in 2 hour as 4 a) 8 hours b) 10 hours c) 9 hours d) 6 hours
men of the second group do in 1 hr. Answers
,1 .2 .3 .1 l.a 2.b 3.c
a) 6-days b) 6 —days c) 7 days d) 3— days
3 3
5
6 6
Rule 31 ^
Answers Theorem: If A, B and C can do a job alone in x days, y
1. c; Hint: 3><2 men of first group = 4 x 3 men of second days and z days respectively.
group .-. alone time for A =xdays
.-. Ratio of efficiency of persons in first group to the alone time for B=y days
alone timefor C = z days
second group = £, : £ = 2 : 1 . Now apply the given
2
Now consider the following cases,
formula. Case I: To find the amount of work done by A, B and C
2. b
separately.
Using the formula,
Rule 30 Y
Number of days actually worked
Theorem: If A working alone takes 'x' days more than A Amount of work =
alone time
and B, and B working alone takes 'v' days more than A and
and assuming that A, B and C have worked for
B together then the number of days taken by A and B work-
d, days, d 2 days and d days respectively, then
3
ing together is given by \[xy \

d, I
amount of work by A = — , amount of work by
Ex: A alone would take 14 hours more to complete the j ob
than if both A and B would together. If B worked
B = — and amount of work by C = — •
alone, he took 3— hours more to complete the job
f*8«o7*3&» •"• ''?W<4 fester*
r
Case II: If the job is complete, then add the amount of work
than A and B worked together. What time, would they
take if both A and B worked together? done by A, B and C and equate it to 1.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have d d d
ie — + — + — = 1, if the job is half complete the
the required answer = ^ — - — = 7 hours. x y z
following equation is obtained,
Exercise
1. A alone would take 8 hours more to complete the job x y z 2
than if both A and B would together. If B worked alone,
he took 4— hours more to complete the job than A and Ex: A man, a woman or a boy can do a job in 20 days, 30
days or 60 days respectively. How many boys must
B worked together. What time, would they take if both A
assist 2 men and 8 women to do the work in 2 days.
and B worked together?
(MBA 1992)
Soln: Let the required number of boys be x.
(Income Tax and Excise Fram, 1985)
Now, using the above theorem,
2 A alone would take 16 hours more to complete the job
(2 men's work for 2 days) + (8 women's work for
380
2 days) + (x boy's work for 2 days) = 1 Answers

1. b; Hint: Let the whole work be 1
or, f 2 x 2 x — l + f 8 x 2 x — l + f x x 2 x —
I 20) { 30) { 60.
A and B in 1 day do J_
.-. x = 8 boys. 12 '
Exercise B and C in 1 day do J_
1. A and B together can do a piece of work in 12 days 16 '
which B and C together can do in 16 days. After A has As 5 day's work + B's 7 day's work + C's 13 day's
been working at it for 5 days, and B for 7 days. C finishes work = 1
it in 13 days. In how many days could each do the work Or, As 5 day's work + B's 5 day's work + B's 2 day's
by himself? work + C's 2 day's work + C's 11 day's work = 1
a) 16,48 and 26 days respectively
5 2 J
b) 16,48 and 24 days respectively •. — + — + C'5 11 day'swork= 1
c) 26,48 and 24 days respectively 12 16
d) 16,46 and 24 days respectively
2. A can do ajob in 20 days, B in 30 days and C in 60 days. C's 11 day's work = h
12 16 + 24
If A is helped on every 3rd day by B and C, then in how
many days, the job is finished?
[ITI1989] ,-. C's 1 day's work =
24
3. A can do a job in 12 days, B in 15 days. They work
together for 2 days. Then B leaves and A alone contin- .-. B's 1 day's work = _ L _ - _ L - _ L
16 24 " 4 8
ues the work. After 1 day C joins A and work is com-
pleted in 5 more days. In how many days can C do it 1 1
.-. A's day's work = — - — •
alone? 12 48 16
a) 15 days b) 20 days c) 25 days d) 30 days .-. A, B and C can do the work in 16, 48 and 24 da\
4. A and B can do ajob in 15 days and 10 days respec- respectively.
tively. They began the work together but A leaves after 2. b; Hint: Since A is helped by B and C on every 3rd day
some days and B finished the remaining job in 5 days. A works for 3 days while B and C work for 1 day
After how many days did A leave?
a)2 days b)4 days c)3 days d)6 days 1 , 1 , 1 , 1
5. A and B can do ajob in 16 days and 12 days respec- 20 X 30 X 60 + 5 [ v B a n d C n e l P o n l y° n
tively. 4 days before finishing the job, A joins B. B has 3rd day]
started the work alone. Find how many days B has .-. Total time for the job = 3 x 5 = 15 days. it
worked alone? [ Bank P O l 9891 3. c; Hint: Let C do it alone in x days
a)8 days b) 10 days c ) 4 days d)5 days A's amount of work +B's amount of work +C's amour:
6. A man, a woman or a boy can do a job in 20 days, 30 of work = 1
days or 60 days respectively. How many boys must as-
sist 2 men and 8 women to do the work in 2 days?
[MBA 1992] °'. ( 2 + , + 5 ) 7rK) K) ' + =
a) 8 boys b) 10 boys c) 12 boys d) 16 boys

7. A can do ajob in 3 days less time than B. A works at it A=,-f- - ^ 5 1
or — = 7 .-. x = 25
8 +
or, 12 15
alone for 4 days and then B takes over and completes it.
I f altogether 14 days were required to finish the job, how .-. C can do it alone in 25 days.
many days would each of them take alone to finish it? 4. c; Hint: In this problem, total time for the work is not
a) 13 days, 16 days b) 12 days, 15 days known and also it is not to be found out. Hence tota
c) 15 days, 12 days d) 15 days, 18 days time for the work is not to be considered.
8. A can do a piece of work in 24 days, while B alone can do I f A leaves after x days ie A works for x days and B
it in 16 days. With the help of C they finish the work in 8 works for x + 5 days,
days. Find in how many days alone C can do the work? then applying the given rule, we have
[MBA 1988]
a) 48 days b) 36 days c) 40 days d) 50 days No. of days A worked No. of days B worked _ ;
Alone time for A Alone time for B
Erne a n d W o r k 381
x x+5 Illustrative Examples

Ex. 1: A and B working alone can finish a job in 5 days and
o r 'TI lrr + = l o r ' x = 3
7 days respectively. They work at it alternately for a

. . A leaves after 3 days.
day. I f A starts the work, find in how many days the
Hint: I f B works alone for x days; A's amount of work
job will be finished?
+ B' s amount of work = 1
Soln: Applying the above theorem:
xy 3x7 35 - 4
° ' l?
r + ~i2~- 1 •• X = 5 Step I: P = ^ 7 * j2
+ (nearest integer value)
x+ y
Hint: Using the given rule we have (2 men's work) +
(8 women's work) + (x boy's work) = 1 Step II: x - y = 5- 7 = -2, Here, formula (a) will be applied
.*. Total time to finish the job i f A starts the work
or, 2 x 2 x — 1 + 1 8 x 2 x — ) + f xx2x — U- !
20 30 60 _ xy + p(x-y) _ 5 x 7 + 3(5-7)
x ' 5
1 8 * ,
or, - + — + — = 1 29 .4
' 5 15 30
6 + 16 + *
= T 7 = 5 days '
r, — - 1 .-. x = 8boys. Ex. 2: A and B working separately can do a work in 9 and 12
30 days respectively. A starts the work and they work
: Hint: Let A alone takes x days to finish the work and on alternate days. In how many days will the work be
hence B alone takes (x + 3) days. completed?
Now, using the given rule, we have Soln: Applying the above theorem,
A's amount of work + B's amount of work = 1
12x9 108
4 10 , Step I: P = - x 5 (nearest integer value)
or, - + r =l *=12 12 + 9 21
x x+ 3
Step I I : x - y = 9 - 1 2 = -3, Here formula (b) will be applied.
.-.A alone takes 12 days and B alone takes (12 + 3 =
15) days to complete the work. .-. Total time to finish the job i f A starts the work
8 8 8 _ sy-p(jt-y)^(9xl2)-5(9-12)
. Hint: — + 77 .'. * = 48 days.
+ - = 1
V 12
24 16 x
108 + 15 41 1
Rule 32 = — — = - = 10- days
)rem: Two persons A and B can finish a job alone in x Now we try to solve the above examples by Detail
i y days respectively. If they start working on alternate Method.
then to find the total job completion time, following Ex.1: Detail Method:
weps are taken.
ce: This formula is applicable only when* andy are inte- In the first day A does 7 of the work
• w : I f A starts the work

Hep I : First calculate the value of p; where p = nearest inte- In the second day B does — of the work
ger value to be considered 1 1 12

ar+y* in the first 2 days _ + _: of the work
n : 5 7 35J
(a) When, x - y = ±2, ± 4 then, apply the following 12 , 24
formula. in 4 days 35 x 35" 0 1 m e work
_ xy + p(x-y)
T (Total job completion time) 1 2 4 1 _ H
Now,
1 ~~ J- ~ of the work remains to be done.
(b) When, x-y = ±l, ± 3 , then apply the following
In fifth day A does — of the work
formula,
11
T (Total job completion time^ = — — — — B will finish the work of the work
35 5, 35
Step II: x - y = 5- 7 = -2; Here, formula (a) will be applied

,", Total time to finish the job i f B starts the work
i n 35 * 7 ° r 5 d 3 y S -
= xy-p{x-y) = {5xl)-3{5-l)
y 7
.-. the total time required : 4 + l + - J = 5 - days.
35 •3(-2) 41 6
1 1 y = 5 - days.
Ex. 2: Detail Method: (A + B)'s day's work = - + — = —
Ex.2: A and B working separately can do a work in 9 and
days respectively. B starts the work and they work 1
We see that 5 — = — Oust less than 1) ie (A + B)
x
alternate days. In how many days will the work
36 36
completed?
work for 5 pairs of days ie for 10 days.
(1 3 5 V 1 12x9 _ 108
5 (nearest integer value)
Step I: p =
Now rest of the work I 35 I ~ 35 is to be done by 12 + 9 ~ 21
Step II: x- y-9 -12 = -3, Here formula(b) will be applied
total time to finish the job is B starts the work
• 1 1
A can do —: work in 9 x — = — day xy+ p(x-y)
36 36 4
• Total days =10 + —= 10— days.

4 4 9x12 + 5(9-12) _ 108-15 _ 31 _ 1
Note: Two persons A and B can finish a job alone in x and -10- days.
9 ~ 9 ' 3 ~ 3
y days respectively. If they start working on alter-
nate days, then to find the total job completion time, Exercise
following steps are taken. 1. Two women, Ganga and Jamuna, working separately cm
Case: If B starts the work mow a field in 8 and 12 hours respectively. If they worn
Step I: First calculate the value of p; for an hour alternately, Ganga beginning at 9 am, whaj
where p = nearest integer value to be considered will the mowing be finished?
/ s . 1
a) 6 - p m b) 8—pm c) 3—pm d)Noneoftha
, x + y.
2. Ram and Mohan can do ajob alone in 10 and 8 dzyd
Step II:
respectively. On 1 st January Ram starts the job and ths
a) when, x - y = ±2, ± 4 , then apply the following they work on alternate days. When will the work be fn
formula, ished?
a) 8th January b) 10th January
xy-pjx-y)
T(Total job completion time) c) 9th January d) None of these
y i. A and B working, separately can plough a field m 6
b) when x-y = ±1, ± 3 , then apply the following 10 hours respectively. At 8 A M A starts the work
they work in stretches of one hour alternately, when
formula, |
the ploughing be completed?
J xy + p{x-y) a) 3:20 PM b) 2.20 PM
T (Total job completion time)
x c) 12.30 PM d) None of these
Illustrative Examples Answers

Ex. 1: A and B working alone can finish ajob in 5 days and 8x12
7 days respectively. They work at it alternately for a l.a; Hint: P * 5 H e r e x - y = 8-12 = -4
)
8 + 12
day. I f B starts the work, find in how many days the
job will be finished? Hence apply the formula (a).
Soln: Apply the above theorem: 96-20 76
.-. reqd answer = — - — = —- — = 9 - hour
35 , ' 2 2
Step hp- 7— « 3 (Nearest integer value) Ganga started at 9 am hence she completes the
x+y 12
do the work in 24 days and B alone can do the same work

at 9 am + 9— hrs = 6— nm. in 36 days. Find in what time C alone can do that work?
2 2 v
8x10 3. A, B and C together can do a work in 4 days. A alone can
c; Hint: P 58 5 , here x - y = 10 - 8 = +2, hence do the work in 12 days and B alone can do the same work
18
in 18 days. Find in what time C alone can do that work?
apply the formula (a).
80 + 10 4. A, B and C together can do a work in 12 days. A alone
required answer ; : 9 days.
10 can do the work in 36 days and B alone can do the same
Since Ram starts on 1 st January work in 54 days. Find in what time C alone can do that
.-. work will be completed on 9th day ie on 9th of work?
January. a) 9 days b) 18 days c) 24 days d) 27 days
6x10 „ Answers
5. a; Hint: P = — — * 4 l.a 2.c 3.c 4.d
16
Here x - y = 6 -10 = 4, hence formula (a) will be applied. Rule 34
6x10 + 4(6-10) Theorem: If A and B can do a work in x andy days respec-
.-. required time = — tively and A leaves the work after doingfor 'a' days, then B
6
22 1 ~{x-a)y~
= — - / • - hours. does the remaining work in days.
.-. required answer = 8 am + 7 - hours = 3:20 pm. Ex: A can complete a work in 25 days and B can do the
same work in 10 days. I f A after doing 4 days, leaves
Rule 33 the work, find in how many days B will do the remain-
T h eo rem: If A, BandC together can do a work in x days, A ing work?
ilone can do the work in 'a' days and B alone can do the Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
*ork in 'b' days, then C will do the same work in the required answer
_ ( 2 5 - 4 ) x l 0 _ 21x10 42 _ 2 0
x ab Tt —zrz— - — - 8— davs.
days.
ab - x(a + b) 25 23 5 5
Exercise
lustrative Example 1. A can complete a work in 20 days and B can do the same
c A, B and C together can do a work in 6 days. A alone work in 25 days. I f A after doing 5 days, leaves the work,
can do the work in 18 days and B alone can do the find in how many days B will do the remaining work?
same work in 27 days. Find in what time C alone can
do that work?
a) 18— days b) 8— days
: i n: Applying the above formula, we have 4
6x18x27
the required answer = c c) 17— days d) None of these
H 18x27-6(18 + 27)
2. A can complete a work in 35 days and B can do the same
- 13 i days. work in 28 days. I f A after doing 10 days, leaves the
work, find in how many days B will do the remaining
.ericse work?
A, B and C together can do a work in 2 days. A alone can
3. A can complete a work in 24 days and B can do the same
do the work in 6 days and B alone can do the same work
work in 18 days. I f A after doing 4 days, leaves the work,
in 9 days. Find in what time C alone can do that work?
find in how many days B will do the remaining work?
a) 4— days b) 6 —days c) 9 days d) None of these
Answers
A, B and C together can do a work in 8 days. A alone can
l.a 2.b 3.c
Rule 35 the required answer

(8-5)24 _
9 days.
Theorem: If A and B can do a work in x andy days respec-
tively, and B leaves the work after doing for 'a' days, then 2.c 3.b 4.d
15x10
5.d; Hint: B and C together can do the work in
A does the remaining work in days. 15 + 10
days. (See Rule-5)
Illustrative Example Here, y = 6 days, and x = 9 days.
Ex: A can do a work in 15 days and B alone can do that Now applying the given rule, we have
work in 25 days. If B after doing 5 days leaves the job, (6-2)x9
find in how many days A will do the remaining work. the required answer = days. 0

_ (25-5)xl5
Rule 36
the required answer Theorem: A and B can do a piece of work in x andy dan
25
respectively and both of them starts the work together. Ifi
20x15 = 12 days leaves the work 'a' days before the completion of work,
25 then the total time, in which the whole work is completed.
Exercise
1. A and B working together can do a piece of work in 6
days, B alone could do it in 8 days. Supposing B works days.
x+y
at it for 5 days, in how many days A alone could finish
the remaining work? Illustrative Example
a) 9 days b)8 days c)6 days d) 12 days Ex: rt
and B can do a piece of work in 15 days and 3
2. A and B working together can do a piece of work in 10 days. Both starts the work together for some tire,
days, B alone could do it in 20 days. Supposing B works but B leaves the job 7 days before the work is c c i -
at it for 4 days, in how many days A alone could finish pleted. Find the time in which work is finished.
the remaining work? Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
a) 9 days b) 12 days c) 16 days d) 10 days (25 + 7)15 '
3. A and B working together can do a piece of work in 30 the required answer = 12 days.
25 + 15
days, B alone could do it in 50 days. Supposing B works
at it for 10 days, in how many days A alone could finish Exercise
the remaining work? 1. A and B can do a piece of work in 20 days and 30
a) 12 days b) 60 days c) 16 days d) 18 days Both starts the work together for some time, but B lea v
1 the job 5 days before the work is completed. Find rae|

4. A and B working together can do a piece of work in 7 time in which work is finished,
a) 7 days b) 12 days c) 14 days d) 16 da\
days, B alone could do it in 12— days. Supposing B 2. A and B can do a piece of work in 25 days and 35 az
Both starts the work together for some time, but B lea
v1 the job 7 days before the work is completed. Fine
works at it for 2— days, in how many days A alone time in which work is finished.
could finish the remaining work?
a) 5 days b)8 days c ) 7 days d) 15 days x-l^jiii-. ••• -rtitrr hTiriftun-Wit mW
a) 17 days b) 17 - days c) 18 days d) 20 day
5. A can complete a job in 9 days. B in 10 days and C in 15
days. B and C start the work and are forced to leave after 3. A and B can do a piece of work in 30 days and 45
2 days. The time taken to complete the remaining work Both starts the work together for some time, but B I
is: (NDA Exam 1987| the job 15 days before the work is completed. Fine
a) 13 days b) 10 days c ) 9 days d ) 6 days time in which work is finished,
a) 24 days b) 28 days c) 20 days d) 16 da\
Answers
4. A and B can do a piece of work in 16 days and 24
1. a; Hint: First apply the Rule-6. and find the no. of days
Both starts the work together for some time, but B I
in which A alone could do the whole work ie
the job 6 days before the work is completed. Find
6x8 „; time in which work is finished,
Now, applying the given rule, we have 5. A and B can do a piece of work in 17 days and 33
Both starts the work together for some time, but B leaves work completed?
the job 7 days before the work is completed. Find the a) 2 days b) 4 days c) 5 days d) 8 da\
time in which work is finished. Answers
l.d 2.a 3.c 4.c
a) 3— days b) J J days
5
Rule 38
Theorem: A can do a piece of work in x days. If A does the
c) 13 j days d) None of these
work only for 'a' days and the remaining work is done by B
xb \
Answers in 'b' days, the B alone can do the work in days.
l.c 2.b 3.a 4. c 5.c X-M
Rule 37 Ex: A can do a piece of work in 12 days. A does the work
Theorem: A and B can do a piece of work in x andy days for 2 days only and leaves the job. B does the remain-
respectively and both of them starts the work together. If A ing work in 5 days. In how many days B alone can do
leaves the work 'a' days before the completion of the work, the work?
then the total time in which the whole work is completed Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
_ (x + a)y 12x5
: { )
x+y
the required answer
12-2
6 days.

Ex: A and B can do a piece of work in 10 days and 20 days 1. A can do a piece of work in 15 days. A does the work for
respectively. Both starts the work together but A 3 days only and leaves the job. B does the remaining
leaves the work 5 days before its completion time. work in 8 days. In how many days B alone can do the
Find the time in which work is finished. work?
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have a) 12 days b) 10 days c) 15 days d)8 days
2. A can do a piece of work in 25 days. A does the work for
the required answer = x _ ^ ® = jo days.
+
5 days only and leaves the job. B does the remaining
10 + 20 work in 4 days. In how many days B alone can do the
Exercise work?
1. A can do a piece of work in 14 days and B in 21 days. a)5 days b) 15 days
They begin together. But 3 days before the completion c) 9 days d) None of these
of the work, A leaves off. In how many days is the work 3. A can do a piece of work in 23 days. A does the work for
completed? 11 days only and leaves the job. B does the remaining
work in 9 days. In how many days B alone can do the
J Mm work?
a) 10 days b) 5 days c) •>— days d) — days
I U
1 3
A can do a piece of work in 15 days and B in 25 days. a) 17 days b) 18 days c) 17 — days d) 17 — days
They begin together. But 5 days before the completion
of the work, A leaves off. In how many days is the work 4. A can do a piece of work in 22 days. A does the work for
completed? 12 days only and leaves the job. B does the remaining
work in 5 days. In how many days B alone can do the
1 1 3 work?
a) 12—days b) 13— days c) 11— days d) 25 days
A can do a piece of work in 20 days and B in 40 days. 5. A can do a piece of work in 80 days. He works at it for 10
They begin together. But 10 days before the completion days and then B alone finishes the work in 42 days. The
of the work, A leaves off. In how many days is the work two together could complete the work in:
completed? a) 24 days b) 25 days c) 30 days d) 35 days
a) 10 days b) 15 days c) 20 days d) 25 days (Clerical Grade Exam, 1991)
A can do a piece of work in 5 days and B in 10 days.
Answers
, • • . -1 l.b 2.a 3.c 4.a
They begin together. But 2— days before the comple-
tion of the work, A leaves off. In how many days is the
80x42 2 2 1
5.c; Hint: B alone can do the work in 48 days. a) 6 days b) 6— days c) 7 y days d) days
80-10
The two together could complete the work in Answers
l.a 2.c 3.b 4.d
48x80
= 30 days. (See Rule-4)
80 + 48 Rule 40
Theorem: A completes a work in 'x'days. B completes the
Rule 39 same work in 'y' days. A started working alone and after
Theorem: A and B can do a piece of work in x andy days 'a' days B joined him. Then the time in which, they will
respectively. Both starts the work together. But due to some take together to complete the remaining work is given by
problems A leaves the work after some time, and li does the
(x-a)y
remaining work in 'a' days, then the time after which A
x+ y
{y-a)x
leaves the work is given by days. Illustrative Example
x+ y
Ex: Ram completes a work in 10 days. Shyam completes
the same work in 15 days. Ram starts working alone
Ex A and B can do a piece of work in 45 days and 40 days
and after 5 days B joins him. How many days will the\
respectively. They start the work together but after
now take together to complete the remaining work?
some days, A leaves the job. B alone does the re-
maining work in 23 days. Find after how many days
does A leave the job? (10-5)15 i
Soln: Using the above theorem, we have 25 d a y S
the required answer = i——23)45 _ ^ ^ Exercise

45 + 40 1. A completes a work in 12 days. B completes the same
work in 15 days. A started working alone and after I
Exercise
days B joined him. How many days will they now take
1. A and B can do a piece of work in 20 days and 25 days
together to complete the remaining work?
respectively. They start the work together but after some
a)5 b)8 c)6 d)4
days, A leaves the job. B alone does the remaining work
(BSRB Calcutta PO 19991
in 10 days. Find after how many days does A leave the
2. A completes a work in 20 days. B completes the same
job?
work in 25 days. A started working alone and after 2
• • ,2 A ...'2 days B joined him. How many days will they now take
a) v— days b) »— days c) 6 days d) 5 — days together to complete the remaining work?
2. A and B can do a piece of work in 25 days and 30 days a) 12 days b) 10 days c)8 days d) 16 days
respectively. They start the work together but after some 3. A completes a work in 12 days. B completes the same
days, A leaves the job. B alone does the remaining work work in 13 days. A started working alone and after 1
in 8 days. Find after how many days does A leave the days B joined him. How many days will they now take
job? together to complete the remaining work?
a) 12 days b) 8 days c) 10 days d) 16 days 3 3 3
3. A and B can do a piece of work in 14 days and 21 days a) 1— days b) 3— days c) 2 days d) 2— days
work in 24 days. A started working alone and after 6
days B joined him. How many days will they now take
job?
together to complete the remaining work?
a)7 days b)6 days c)8 days d ) 9 days
a)6 days b)8 days c) 10 days d) 12 days
4. A and B can do a piece of work in 22 days and 23 days
work in 20 days. A started working alone and after 1 da>
B joined him. How many days will they now take to-
gether to complete the remaining work?
job?
a) 8 days b) 7 days c) 6 days d) None of these
Time a n d W o r k
6. Mahesh and Umesh can complete a work in 10 and 15 days will 10 men and 8 women together take to complete
days respectively. Umesh starts the work and after 5 the same job? [BSRB Delhi PO. :0»>v
days Mahesh also joins him. In all, the work would be
1
completed in: a) 6 b) 13 c)12 d) None of these
a) 9 days b) 7 days
6. If 5 men and 3 boys can reap 23 hectares in 4 days and if
c) 11 days d) None of these
3 men and 2 boys can reap 7 hectares in 2 days, how
(Clercial Grade 1991)
many boys must assist 7 men in order that they may reap
Answers 45 hectares in 6 days?
a) 2 boys b) 6 boys c) 4 boys d) 5 boys
l.a 2.b 3.d 4.b 5.a 7. 25 men can reap a field in 20 days. When should 15 men
6. a; Hint: Here A = Umesh, B = Mahesh leave the work, i f the whole field is to be reaped in
.-. x = 15 days and y = 10 days
Now, applying the given rule, we have the time taken 37^- days after they leave the work?
by A and B together to complete the remaining work
a) 6 days b) 4 days
(15-5)10 _
c) 5 days d) None of these
= "loTl5"" 4days - 8. A can copy 75 pages in 25 hours, A and B together can
.-. total time consumed to complete the work copy 135 pages in 27 hours. In what time can B copy 42
= 5 + 4 = 9 days. pages?
a) 21 hrs b) 5 hrs 36 sees
Miscellaneous c) 18 hrs d) 24 hrs
1. Twenty-four men can complete a work in sixteen days. 9. 15 men would finish a piece of work in 210 days. But at
Thirty-two women can complete the same work in the end of every 10 days, 15 additional men are employed.
twenty-four days. Sixteen men and sixteen women started In how many days will it be finished?
working and worked for twelve days. How many more a) 30 days b) 70 days c) 35 days d) 60 days
men are to be added to complete the remaining work in 2 10. A piece of work was to be completed in 40 days, a num-
days? ber of men employed upon it did only half the work in 24
[Bank of Baroda PO, 1999] days, 16 more men were then set on, and the work was
a) 48 b)24 c)36 d) None of these completed in the specified time, how many men were
2. 25 men and 15 women can complete a piece of work in 12 employed at first?
days. All of them start working together and after work- a) 16 men b) 32 men c) 24 men d) 48 men
ing for 8 days the women stopped working. 25 men com- 11. Ramesh can finish ajob in 20 days. He worked for 10
pleted the remaining work in 6 days. How many days will days alone and completed the remaining job working
it take for completing the entire job if only 15 women are with Dinesh, in 2 days. How many days would both
put on the job? [Guwahati PO, 1999] Dinesh and Ramesh together take to complete the entire
a) 60 days b) 88 days job?
c) 94 days d) None of these a) 4 b)5 c)10 d) 12
3. 10 men and 15 women finish a work in 6 days. One man [BSRB BankPO Exam, 1991]
alone finishes that work in 100 days. In how many days 12. A can do a piece of work in 12 days. B is 60% more
will a woman finish the work? efficient than A. The number of days, it takes B to do the
[BSRB Hyderabad PO, 1999] same piece of work, is:
4. A can do a piece of work in 12 days, B can do the same , 1
b)6- c)8 d)6
4) ... » ^ 4 Q h a « S ^ t t a t t f t l i ^ £ ; 4
[CBI Exam, 19911
work in 8 days, and C can do the same job in — th time
13. 12 men can complete a work within 9 days. After 3 days
required by both A and B. A and B work together for 3
they started the work, 6 men joined them to replace 2
days, then C completes the job. How many complete
men. How many days will they take to complete the re-
days did C work? [NABARD, 1999]
maining work?
a) 8 b)6 c)3 d) None of these
5. 12 men take 18 days to complete ajob whereas 12 women „1
a) 2 b)3 c)4 d)4-
3
in 18 days can complete — of the same job. How many [BSRB BankPO Exam, 1991 ]
14. A can do a piece of work in 5 hours, B in 9 hours and C

in 15 hours. I f C could work with them for 1 hour only, Now, in 2 days — part o f the work is done by
the time taken by A and B together to complete the work
is: I6 5 •
2 4 x — 77 =
x men 4 0
2 24
a) 2 hours b) 3 hours c) 3— hours d) 4 hours
2. d; 25 men and 15 women can complete, a piece of work
lClerical Grade, 1991] in 12 days.
15. A does half as much work as B in three-fourth of the
time. If together they take 18 days to complete a work, 8 2
.•. work done by them in 8 days = — - ~ .
how much time shall B take to do it?
a) 40 days b) 35 days Remaining work is completed by 25 men in 6 days.
c) 30 days d) None of these .-. Time taken by 25 men to complete the whole work
[LIC AAO Exam, 1988]
3x6
16. Two workers A and B working together completed ajob 18 days.
in 5 days. I f A worked twice as efficiently as he actually
From the question,
1
did and B worked — as efficiently as he actually did, the Time taken by 25 men to complete the whole work
work would have completed in 3 days. Find the time for 36
A to complete the job alone. : 36 days
3-2
(MBA, 1982)
1 1 1
1 1 3 1 work is completed by 15 women in
a) 6— days b) 6— days c) 6 —days d) 12— days 12 18 36
one day.]
17. Mohan can mow his lawn in x hours. After 2 hours it
3. d; One man alone finishes the work in 100 days.
begins to rain. The unmoved part of the lawn is .
.-. 10 men finish the work in 10 days.
2 2-x x x-2 From the question,
a) b) c) d)
x 1 1 1
[ITI, 1988] 15 women finish in one day, — ~ — - 77 work
6 10 15
18. If factory A turns out x cars an hour and factory B turns
.-. 15 women finish the whole work in 15 days.
out y cars every 2 hours, the number of cars which both
.-. 1 women finishes the whole work in 15 x 15
factories turn out in 8 hours is .
= 225 days.
4. d
a)8(x+y) b ) 8 x + ^- c ) 16(x + y ) d)(2x+y)4
[MBA, 1985] 5.b; 12 M x 18 = 12 W x 18 x W= - M

4
Answers
Lb; 24 men complete the work in 16 days
10M + 8 W = 1 0 M + 8 x - M = 1 6 M
4
16 12 V
.-. 16 men can complete the same work in
.-. 16 men complete I T 7 7g x J% P a r t °^ w o r ' ™'
c 2
12x18 _ 27 1
days - T 7 - = - 1 3 - days
T
32 women complete the work in 24 days 6 . a; 5 men + 3 boys can reap 23 hectares in 4 days (i)
3 men + 2 boys can reap 7 hectars in 2 days (ii)
16 14 7 .-. from(l).
.-. 16 women complete — * — = — part of work in 14 (5 men + 3 boys) can reap 23x14 hectares in 4 days
....(iii)
(12 + 2=) 14 days Now, from (2)
So, the remaining part of the work which is done by 23 (3 men + 2 boys) can reap 7 x 2 x 23 hectares in 4
sixteen men + sixteen women and the reqd additional days ....(iv)
no. of men in1-2 days .-. 14(5 men + 3 boys) = 23 (3 men + 2 boys)
2 24 J ~ 2 24 ~ 2 4 ~ ( P )
+ art
.-. 70 men + 42 boys = 69 men + 46 boys
Time a n d W o r k
1 men = 4 boys Now,

25;
Now, 5 men + 3 boys = 23 boys 1 2 3 21

.-. 23 boys can reap 23 hectares in 4 days —+—+— +. =1
21 21 21 21; 21
.-. 1 boy can reap 1 hectare in 4 days
Hence total time to complete the whole work = 1 0 - 1 0
.-. 4 boys can reap 1 hectare in 1 day
+ 10+ 10+ 10+ 10 = 60 days.
• 4 x 45 boys can reap 45 hectares in 1 day
10. b; Let x men are employed at first.
4x45
.-. —~— boys can reap 45 hectares in 6 days 1
x men do — of the work in 24 days
.-. 30 boys can reap 45 hectares in 6 days .-. 1 man do the whole work in 24 x 2 x x = 48x days.
But 30 boys = 28 boys + 2 boys = 7 men + 2 boys
Hence 2 boys must assist 7 men.
7.c; 25 men can reap the field in 20 days. J a j f lI
(x+ 16) men do the remaining work £
1
1
^ r ^n I in (40
20x25
.-. 10 men can reap the field in — r r — or50davs. - 2 4 = 16) days.
r 10
when 15 men leave the work, 10 men remain and .-. 1 man do the whole work in 16 * 2 (x + 16) days.
or,48x = 32(x+ 16).-. x = 32men.
1 37-
these can reap in 37— days & or — of the field. 11. a; Ramesh alone finished — of the work in 10 days.
2 50 4
1
f, 3 1 I
Remaining — ofthe job was finished by Ramesh and
Hence all men must work till I 1 or — ofthe field
Dinesh together in 2 days.
is reaped. Therefore, they both together can finish the complete
1 20 job in 4 days.
Now 25 men reap — of the field in — or 5 days.
4 4 12. a; A's 1 day's work =
8. a; In 25 hours A can copy 75 pages 12
75 1 1 2
B's 1 day's work = — + 60% of — = — .
In 1 hour A can copy — = 3 pages
In 27 hours A and B can copy 135 pages 15 _ 1

.-. B can do the work in —- ie 7 — days
In 1 hour A and B can copy 135 . pages 2 2
27
1
.-. In 1 hour B can copy ( 5 - 3 = 2) pages 13. d; 12 men can complete ~ of the work in 3 days and the
.-. B can copy 42 pages in 21 hours.
10 remaining — of the work in 6 days.

9. d; 10 days' work by 15 men :
210 21
At the end of every 10 days 15 additoonal men are
employed ie for the next 10 days we have 1 man can complete — of the work in ( l 2 x 6 ) = 72
15 + 15 = 30 men.
days.
. Next 10 day's work by 30 men = —
21 .-. 12-2 + 6 = 1 6 men can complete — of the work in
72 1
Hence, in 20 days only ^ 21 2T ~ 2T J
+ w o r ^ l s c o m " - = 4 - days.
pleted. 1 1 A) 17
To complete the whole work we have to reach the 14. a; , + n + , , ie. — work is finished in 1 hour.
5 9 151 45
20 work Remaining work = 1 ~

17 28
value o f I T^Y 45 ~ 45 '
1 1 14
(A + B)'s 1 hour's work = 7 + - = — . Since efficiency of A and B are 2 and 7 respectively,
5 9 45
ii . — x 2 x 3 + — x — x3 = 1
work is done by A and B in 1 hour. " x y 3
45
6 J__ 1 1 1
28 (45 2 8 , , .(ii)
— work will be done by A and B in I y j 7^" I - - x
>x
or y~ + •-® xm y~5
d +
Now, subtracting eqn (i) from eqn (ii) we have

hours.
25 1 e
x = — = 6— days.
15. c; Suppose B takes x days to do the work. 4 4
, 33 ] 3x 17. d; Mohan mows the whole lawn in x hours.
A takes | z x A j ie — days to do it.
x
'4 2
.-. Mohan mows, in 2 hours, — of the lawn.
x
Now, (A + B)'s 1 day's work = 77 . . 2 x-2
1o .-. Unmowedpart= P - art
1 2 1 18. d; Factory A turns out x cars in one hour. Factory B

.-. - + — = 7 r o r x = 30.
x 3x 18
turns out — cars in one hour .
16. b; Efficiency is proportional to work done per day and 2
work done per day x number of days worked = amount In one hour both the factories A and B can turn out
of work done
Considering efficiency of A and B initially as 1
Suppose A alone can do the work in x days and B cars.
alone can do the same work in y days.
5_ 5 .-. i n 8 hours both factories turn out ST* + ^ I c a r s
Then, ~ += total work done = 1

ie 4(2*+y) cars.
Work and Wages
Rule 1 Both of them work together to do the work. If the total

amount paid for the work is Rs 440, how much is A's
Theorem: A can do a work in x days and B can do the same
share in it?
work in y days. If the contractfor the work is RsX, and both
a)Rs200 b)Rs250 c)Rs240 d)Rs260
of them work togehter, then the share of A and B is given by
3. Ram can do a certain work in 15 days while Chandan can
X X do it in 25 days. Both work together and finish the work.
Rs -xy and -xx respectively. In what ratio should the total earnings be divided be-
x+ y x+ y
tween them?
Illustrative Example a) 3:5 b)2:5 c)5:2 d)5:3
Ex: A can do a work in 6 days and B can do the same work 4. A, B and C can do a work in 4, 6 and 10 days respec-
in 5 days. The contract for the work is Rs 220. How tively. They finish the work together and earn Rs 310.
much shall B get if both of them work together? What is the share of each?
a) Rs 150, Rs 100, Rs 60 b) Rs 140, Rs 110, Rs 60
Soln: Method I: As 1 day's work :
c) Rs 160, Rs 90, Rs 60 d) Rs 150, Rs 110, Rs 50
Answers
l.a 2.c
B's 1 day's work = — 3. d; Hint: Ram's wage: Chandan's wage
F t X X
ratio of their wages :
5:6 xy: XX
6*5 x+ y x+ y
220 or, y:x [i.e. the ratio in which the wages are divided is in
•• B's share = x6 = ftsl20. inverse proportion to the time taken by them to do the
5+6 work alone] = 25 :15 = 5:3
Method II: As wages are distributed in inverse pro- Note: This rule can be extended to more than two workers
portion of number of days, their share should be in also. Seethe Q.No. 4.
the ratio 5:6 4. a; Hint: A's share : B's share : C's share
220 ''
.-. B's share = " j y - * Rs 120.
6
Method III: Applying the above theorem, we have = 1:1:^ = 15:10:6

4 6 10
X 220 c
B'sshare= J^y~ xx = J ^ + 6 = Rsl20. 15

A's share = X 310 =R S 150
15 + 10 + 6
Exercise
1. Two men A and B, working together complete a piece of
work which it would have taken them respectively 12 B's share x310 = R s 100
and 18 days to complete if they worked separately. They
received in payment Rs 1492.50, find their shares.
a) Rs 895.50, Rs 597 b) Rs 895, Rs 597.50 C's share = x310 Rs60
c) Rs 885.50, Rs 607 d) Rs 885, Rs 607.50 .15 + 10 + 6
2. A can do a work in 10 days while B can do it in 12 days. Note: (Also see RuIe-2)
Rule 2 7 days. How should the money be divided among them?

Theorem: A, B and C can do a work in x, y and z days a) Rs 147, Rs 122.50, Rs 105
respectively. If doing that work together they get an amount b) Rs 157, Rs 122.50, Rs 95
c) Rs!47,Rs 112.50, Rs 115
( Xyz * d) Rs 137, Rs 132.50, Rs 105
ofRs X,. then the share ofA=Rs 2. A, B and C contract to do a work for Rs 4200. A can do
xy + xz + yz
the work in 6 days, B in 10 days and C in 12 days. If they
work together to do the work, what is the share of C?
Xxz
Share of B = Rs and Share of C = Rs a)Rs2000 b)Rsl200 c)Rsl000 d)Rsl500
Kxy + xz + yz 3. A, B and C contract to do a work for Rs 6500. A can do
the work in 10 days, B in 15 days and C in 20 days. If they
Xxy work together to do the work, what is the share of B?
a)Rs200 b)Rs3000 c)Rsl500 d)Rs2500
yxy + xz + yz^
Answers
and ratio of their shares is given by A:B:C = yz:xz:xy
l.a 2,c 3.a
Ex: A, B and C can do a work in 6, 8 and 12 days respec- Rule 3
tively. Doing that work together they get an amount Theorem: A person A can do a work in x days. With the
of Rs 1350. What is the share of B in that amount? help of a another person B, he can do the same work in y
Soln: Detail Method: days. If they get Rs Xfor that work, then the share of A and
1 Xy
A's one day's work = — B is given by Rs and Rs respectively.
6
B's one day's work = — Illustrative Example

o Ex: A man can do a work in 10 days. With the help of a
boy he can do the same work in 6 days. If they get Rs
C's one day's work = — 50 for that work, what is the share of that boy?
12
1 1 1
As share : B's share : C's share = ^ ., 10x6
The boy can do the work in — — - = 15 days
Multiplying each into ratio by the LCM of their de-
(Recall the theorem)
nominators, the ratios become 4:3:2.
Man's share : Boy's share = 15: 10 = 3 :2
1350
B's share = -x3 = R 4 5 0 .
S
Man's share = ~ x 3 = 30 .
Quicker Method I: Applying the above theorem, we
have: 50
Boy's share : x 2 = Rs 20
1350x6x12 1350 „„ „
Share of B = = x72 = Rs450. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem
48 + 96 + 72 216 50x6
Quicker Method II: Man's share : = Rs 30.
10
A's share : B's share : C's share
= B's time * C's time: A's time x C's time : A's time x 50x(lQ-6)
Boy's share : = Rs 20.
B's time 10
= 96:72:48 = 4 : 3 : 2 Exercise
1350 ' 1. Ram can do a work in 20 days. Ram and Shyam together
do the same work in 15 days. I f they are paid Rs 400 for
.-. B's share = — — x3 =Rs450. that work, what is the share of each.
a)Rs300,RslOO b) Rs 200, Rs 200
Exercise c)Rs250,Rsl50 d)Rs350,Rs50
2. Suresh can do a work in 15 days. Suresh and Ramesh
1. A, B and C together do a piece of work for Rs 374.50. A
working alone could do it in 5 days, B working alone
could do it in 6 days and C working alone could do it in
Work and Wages
together do the same work in 10 days. I f they are paid Rs assistance of a boy they finish it in 3 days. Find the
1500 for the work, how should the money be divided share of the boy.
between them? a)Rs25 b)Rsl00 c)Rs75 d)Rs50
a) Rs 1000, Rs 500 b) Rs 700, Rs 800 2. A and B contract to do a work together for Rs 300. A
c) Rs 1200, Rs 300 d) None of these alone can do it in 8 days and B alone in 12 days. But with
3. Sohan can do a work in 25 days. Sohan and Mohan the help of C they finish it in 4 days. Find the share of C.
together do the same work in 20 days. If they are paid Rs a)Rs30 b)Rs60 c)Rsl00 d)Rs50
625 for the work, how much money should Mohan get? 3. Sita and Gita undertake to do a work together for Rs 600.
a)Rs400 b)Rs200 c)Rsl00 d)Rsl25 Sita alone can do it in 15 days and Gita alone in 20 days.
But with the assistance of Rita they finish it in 5 days.
Answers
Find the share of Rita.
l.a 2. a 3.d
Rule 4 Answers
Theorem: A and B undertake to do a work for Rs X. A can l.a 2.d 3.c
do it alone in x days and B in y days. If with the assistance
of a boy they finish the work in'd' days, then the share that Rule 5
Theorem :A,BandC contract a workfor Rs X. If together,
dX (dX)
A gets is Rs , B gets is Rs and the Boy gets is x
x y)
A and B are supposed to do ~~ of the work, then the share
y
x+ y
Rs X -
xy f L%
And the ratio of shares is given by A: B: Boy = dy: dx: xy Rs X 1 - -
of C is given by Rs
-d(x+y) . - i y)

Ex: A and B undertake to do a work for Rs 56. A can do it Ex: A, B and C contract a work for Rs 550. Together A
alone in 7 days and B in 8 days. If with the assistance
of a boy they finish the work in 3 days, then the boy and B are supposed to do — of the work. How much
gets Rs .
Soln: Detail Method: does C get?
A's 3 days' work + B's 3 days' work + Boy's 3 day's
work = 1 Soln: Detail Method: (A + B) did — work and C did
3 3
Or — + — + Boy's 3 day's work = 1
7 o 1-1 work
11 11
3 3 11
Or, Boy's 3 day's work = ' 7 4 „ •
7 + 8j 56 (A + B)'s share : C's share = — : — = 7:4
3 3 11 _ 3x56 3x56 11x56 550

C's share x4 = fo200,
Ratio of shares = - > - : — - — : — : 11
:

= 24:21:11
have
56
;. Boy's share : x l l =Rs 11.
24 + 21 + 11 C's share = 5 5 0 ^ 1 - ^ j = fo 200.
have Exercise
1. A, B and C undertake to do a work for Rs 660. A and B
7+8
Boy's share * 56 foil
7x8 8
together do — of the work and rest is done by C alone.
Exercise
1. Two men undertake todoapieceof work for Rs 200. One How much should C get?
alone could do it in 6 days, the other in 8 days. With the a)Rs200 b)Rsl60 c)Rsl80 d)Rsl90
2. A, B and C undertake to do a work for Rs 707. A and B
2. Wages of 20 boys for 15 days is Rs 9000. I f the daily

together do — of the work and rest is done by C alone. wage of a man is one and half times that of a boys, how
many men must work for 30 days to earn Rs 13500?
How much should C get? a) 12 men b) 20 men c) 16 men d) 10 men
a)Rs202 b)Rs200 c)Rsl02 d)Rsl50 3. Wages of 10 women for 5 days is Rs 1250. The daily
3. A, B and C undertake to do a work for Rs 480. A and B wage of a man is twice that of a woman. How many men
1 must work for 8 days to earn Rs 1600?
a) 5 men b)8men c)4men d)6men
together do — of the work and rest is done by C alone.
Answers
How much should C get? l.b 2.d 3.c
a)Rs360 b)Rsl20 c)Rs240 d)Rsl80
Answers Rule 7
l.c 2.a 3.a
Theorem: x men and y boys can earn Rs X\ d\
x x
Rule 6
if x 2 men and y 2 boys can earn Rs X 2 in d 2 days, then
Theorem: Wages for x women amount to Rs X\ d\
the following relationship is obtained
days. If the daily wage of a man is n times that of a woman,
men _ X y d -X y d
[ 2 2 2 l l
then the number of men that receive Rs X 2 for the work of
boys
d days is X 7 £ X
— Illustrative Example
A)
2
1^1 J EK 3 men and 4 boys can earn Rs 756 in 7 days. 11 men

Ex: Wages for 45 women amount to Rs 15525 in 48 days. and 13 boys can earn Rs 3008 in 8 days. In what time
How many men must work 16 days to receive Rs 5750, will 7 men with 9 boys earn Rs 2480?
the daily wages o f a man being double those of a
756
woman? Soln: (3m + 4b) in 1 day earn Rs - ~ = Rs 108
5 115 3008
1 5 5 2
Wage of a woman for a day = ——— = Rs -rr ( l l m + 13b) in 1 day earn Rs = Rs 376 ....(2)
45x48 16
From (1), we see that to earn Re 1 in 1 day there should
115 [15
Thus, wage of a man for a day = 2 x Rs 3m + 4b
16 be — — — persons. Similarly, from (2), to earn Re 1
108
Now, number of men
11m+136
Total wage in 1 day there should be persons.
376
No. of days x 1 man's 1 day's wage
3m+ 46 l l m + 136
5750x8 And also;
= 25 men. 108 376
16x115 or,m(3 x 3 7 6 - l l x 108) = b(108* 13-4*376)....(**)
Note: We should remember the relationship:
m _ 100 _ 5
Total wage = One person's one day's wage * No. of
persons x No. of days •'• b ~ 60 * 3
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we have Now, from (1)
(3m + 4b) in 1 day earn Rs 108
5750 48 45 „ e
l h e n o . o f m e n - — x - x = 25
y m e n .
or, 3m + 4 x - m in 1 day earn Rs 108
Exercise
1. If the wages of 45 women amount to Rs 46575 in 48 days, 27m
how many men must work 16 days to receive Rs 17250,
the daily wages of a man being double than those of a or, —j- in 1 day earn Rs 108
woman?
a) 20 men b) 25 men c) 30 men d) 15 men 108x5
.-. 1 m in 1 day earns Rs ——— = Rs 20
and Wages
Thus, we get that a man earns Rs 20 daily and a boy 2. If 3 men with 4 boys can earn Rs 2100 in 7 days and 11
395
earns men with 13 boys can earn Rs 8300 in 8 days, in what

• •v,;i*9§gp DbnBffi ^fib.01 .-ni;QW?*ff n a t t » i a r ^ 3 » - time will 7 men with 9 boys earn Rs 11000?
Rs 2 0 x - =Rs 12 daily. a) 16 days b) 18 days c) 14 days d) 20 days
3. I f 12 men with 13 boys can earn Rs 4893.75 in 3 days and
V 7m + 9bearnRs(7x20 + 9 x 12) = Rs248in 1 day. 5 men with 6 boys can erarn Rs 3562.50 in 5 days, in what
7m + 9b earn Rs 2480 in 10 days, time will 3 men with 4 boys earn Rs210?
i *) Since both the LHS and the RHS denote the same a) 8 days b ) 7 days c) 10 days d)9 days
quantity: "Number of persons earning Re 1 in 1 day". 4. 5 men and 5 women earn Rs 660 in 3 days. 10 men and 20
**) We can arrive at this step directly be using cross- women earn Rs 3500 in 5 days. In how many days can 6
multiplication-division rule. Arrange the given infor- men and 4 women earn Rs 1300?
mation as follows: a)5 days b) 10 days c ) 6 days d) 12 days
Men Boys Earning Days 5. 4 men and 6 boys earn Rs 1600 in 5 days. 3 men and 7
| .3 4 x 756 7 boys earn Rs 1740 in 6 days, in what time will 7 men and
11 13 x 3008 6 boys earn Rs 3760?
Now, a) 6 days b) 8 days c) 10 days d) 12 days
3x3008 11x756^ Answers
Men
8 Id; Hint:
Men 3825x3x4-1050x7x6 1800
^13x756 4x3008j = 2:1
Boys Boys 1050x6x5-3825x2x4 900
7 8
1 men = 2 boys.
or,m(3 x 3 7 6 - l l x 108) = b(108* 1 3 - 4 * 3 7 6 )
(5m + 7b) can earn in 6 days Rs 3825.
m 5 3825
°'
r ~b 3
=
5m + 7b can earn in 1 day — - — • 637.5
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we 6
have 5m + — m can earn in 1 day Rs 637.5
2
men 756x13x8-3008x4x7 -5600 j 637.5x2
boys 3008x3x7-756x11x8 -3360 .-. Im can earn in 1 day KS is
17
75
756 and / b can earn in 1 day Rs
Now, 3m + 4b in 1 day earn Rs ~z~ = Rs 108.
75
(7m + 6b) can earn in 1 day = 7 x 75 + 6 x — = Rs 750
or, 3mx4x-m i i day earn Rs 108
n
.-. Rs 22500 can be earned by

27m (22500
in 1 day earn Rs 108 (7/W + 66) in = 30 days
or, I, 750
2. a 3.b 4. a 5.b
108x5
I m in 1 day earns Rs Rs 20.
27 Rule 8
Thus, we get that a man earns Rs 20 daily and a boy Theorem: IfA, B and C together earn Rs x , in d days, A x
3
earns Rs 20 x - = Rs 12 daily and C together earn Rs x 2 in d 2 days and B and C to-
5
V 7m + 9bearnRs(7x20 + 9 x 12) = Rs248in 1 day gether earn Rs Xy in d 3 days, then the daily earning of A
.-. 7m + 9b earn Rs 2480 in 10 days.
xd -x d xd -x d
lercise f } } t t 2 2 x
isRs B is Rs and C is
If 5 men with 7 boys can earn Rs 3825 in 6 days and 2 d .d.
x
men with 3 boys can earn Rs 1050 in 4 days, in what time

will 7 men with 6 boys earn Rs 22500? x 7
a) 15 days b) 20 days c) 25 days d) 30 days Rs


Ex: A, B and C together earn Rs 1350 in 9 days. A and C 1. A, B and C together earn Rs 2700 in 18 days. A and C
together earn Rs 470 in 5 days. B and C together earn together earn Rs 940 in 10 days. B and C together earn
Rs 760 in 10 days. Find the daily earning of C. Rs 1520 in 20 days. Find the daily earning of C.
Soln: Detail Method: Daily earning of A + B + C a)Rs20 b)Rs40 c)Rsl0 d)None of these
2. A, B and C together earn Rs 640 in 8 days. A and C
/^y 1350
Rs 150 ....(l) together earn Rs 250 in 5 days. B and C together earn Rs
420 in 6 days. Find the daily earning of C.
to470 _ . n
Daily earning of A + C = — - — = to 94 ...(2) 3. A, B and C together earn Rs 1500 in 10 days. A and C
together earn Rs 800 in 8 days. B and C together earn Rs
Rs 760 900 in 9 days. Find the daily earning of B.
Daily earning of B + C :
= Rs 76 ..(3)
10 a)Rs50 b)Rs60 c)Rs40 d)Rs30
From (1) and (2) daily earning of B 4. A, B and C together earn Rs 750 in 5 days. A and C
= 150-94 = Rs56....(4) together earn Rs 400 in 4 days. B and C together earn Rs
From (3) and (4) daily earning of C = 76 - 56 = Rs 20
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we .1 *
450 in 4— days. Find the daily earning of A.
have
„ 760 470 1350 a)Rs40 b)Rs60 c)Rs55 d)Rs50
daily earning o f C - —— + —^—
9 Answers
= 76 + 94-150 = Rs20. l.a 2. a 3. a 4. d
17 Pipes and Cisterns
Rule 1 tank emptied in 7 hours.

Theorem: If a pipe can fill a tank in x hours, then the part
Wf' - R : 1 •'•••-•'"to ~ Hftfm^qjifUi a a) - b) — c) — d) None of these
~died in I hour = —.
X 2. A pipe can empty a cistern in 27 hours. Find the time in
Illustrative Example 2 / U.!>;i} linotUtUOili::-
Ix A pipe can fill a tank in 10 hours. Find the part of tank which y part of the cistern will be emptied.
filled in one hour.
Answers
the part filled in 1 hour = — . l.c 2.d
10
Exercise
Rule 3
Theorem: If a pipe can fill a tank in x hours and another
'.. A pipe can fill a cistern in 25 hours. Find the part of tank
pipe can empty the full tank in y >urs, then the net part
filled in 5 hours.
1 .
a) —
1
b) -
1
c) — d) Data inadequate
(it)
filled in I hour, when both the pipes are opened ~
1 A pipe can fill cistern in 33 minutes. Find the time in \
,-. time (T) taken to fill the tank, when both the pipes are
which t t part of the cistern will be filled.
a) 3 minutes b) 2 minutes opened = y _ x
c) 11 minutes d) None of these

Note: I f T is (+ve), then cistern gets filled up and if T is (-
\nswers ve), then cistern gets emptied
l.b 2.a
Rule 2 Ek A pipe can fill a tank in 10 hours and another pipe can
empty it in 12 hours. I f both theipipes are opened,
Theorem: If a pipe can empty a tank in y hours, then the find the time in which tank is filleq.
part of the full tank emptied in I hour = .
10x12 _
the required time = p _ jq ~ " un r s -
Ix A pipe can empty a tank in 12 hours. Find the part of
the tank emptied in one hour. Exercise
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have :• - •• 2 ' îjgJlaaiH .
1 1. A water tank is ~ th full. Pipe A c;.n fill the tank in 10
minutes and the pipe B can empty it in 6 minutes. If both
the part emptied in 1 hour = — .
the pipes are open, how long will it take to empty or fill
Exercise the tank completely?
1. A pipe can empty a tank in 14 hours. Find the part of the
398 P R A C T I C E B O O K O N Q U I C K E R MATHS
a) 6 minutes to empty b) 6 minutes to fill 4. c

c) 9 minutes to empty d) 9 minutes to fill
(BSRB Mumbai PO-1999) 5. b; Hint: T = I f I = +25minutes.
2 5 x 5 0
2. Pipe A fills the cistern in half an hour and pipe B in 40 2^50-25,

minutes, but owing to a crack in the bottom of the cis- +ve sign shows that tank is filled in 25 minutes.
tern it is found that pipe A now takes 40 minutes to fill
the cistern. How long will B take now to fill it and how Rule 4
long will the crack take to empty it?
Theorem: If a tap can fill a x t part of the cistern in t
t
a) The leak empties in 1 hour and B fills in 2 hours.

b) B fills in an hour and the leak empties in 2 hours minutes and x part in t minutes, then following expres-
2 2
c) B fills in an hour and the leak empties in an hour

d) Data inadequate sion is obtained
3. A cistern which could be filled in 9 hours takes one our
more to be filled owing to a leak in its bottom. I f the
cistern is full, in what time will the leak empty it?
Ex A fill pipe can fill — of cistern in 16 minutes. In how
4. A tap can fill a cistern in 8 hours and another can empty 4
it in 16 hours. I f both the taps are opened simultaneously,
the time (in hours) to fill the tank is: many minutes, it can fill — of the cistern.
a) 8 b) 10 c) 16 d)24
(Clerical Grade Exam, 1991) Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
5. A tap can fill a tank in 25 minutes and another can empty 16x4
16 tt
it in 50 minutes. I f the tank is already half full and both x3 = 48 minutes.
1/4 3/4 ' 4
the taps are opened together, the
a) tank is emptied in 20 minutes Note: If a tap can empty part of the cistern in t minutes
x
b) tank is filled up in 25 minutes

c) tank is filled up in 20 minutes and x 2 part in t 2 minutes, then following expres-
d) tank is emptied in 25 minutes
(SBI Bank PO Exam, 1985) sion is obtained ~ .
Answers
1. a; Hint: Time taken to fill or empty the whole tank
Ex: An empty pipe can empty ~ of cistern in 8 minutes.
6x10
= - — — =-15 minutes
o —10 In 9 minutes what part of cistern will be emptied?
-ve sign shows that the tank will be emptied. Soln: Applying the above theorem,
15x2 8 9
.-. — th full of the tank will be emptied in =6
2/3 ~ x 2
minutes. 9 3
2. b; Hint: Let the leak empties it in x hours.
or, x - — = — part of the cistern will be emptied.
2
From the given rule, we have
xx30 Exercise
: 40 . x = 120 minutes = 2 hours. 3
x-30 1. A fill pipe can fill — of cistern in 27 minutes. In how
4
Now, from the question, applying the rule we have,
2
time taken by B to fill the tank when crack in the bot- many minutes,,it can fill — of the cistern.
120x40 a) 36 minutes b) 24 minutesc) 28 minutes d) 21 minutes
torn develps = ^0-40 = ^ m m u t e s = 1 n o u r
3. c; Hint: Let the leak empty the full cistern in x hours. A fill pipe can fill — of cistern in 21 minutes. In how
Now applying the given rule,
9xx many minutes, it can fill — of the cistern.
= 9+1 = 10
x-9 a) 12 minutes b) 18 minutes
or,* = 90 hours. c) 15 minutes d) None of these
Pipes and Cisterns
Rule 6
3. An empty pipe can empty — of cistern in 3 minutes. In
Theorem: If a pipe can fill a tank in x hours and another
can fill the same tank in y hours, then the net part filled in
7 — minutes what part of cistern will be emptied?
I hr, when both the pipes are opened — —

1 x y
3 >5 b >6 C ) 2 d >3
Answers xy
time taken to fill the tank hours.
l.b 2.c 3.b x+ y

Theorem: A tap A can empty a cistern in x hours and the Ex.: Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 36 hours and 45
other tap B can empty is in y hours. If both emptying taps hours respectively. I f both the pipes are opened si-
are opened together, then the time taken to empty the full multaneously, how much time will be taken to fill the
tank?
( .... \
xy_ 1
cistern is given by hrs.
{x + yj Soln: Detail Method: Part filled by A alone in 1 hour = ~
36
Part filled by B alone in 1 hour= —
Ex: A pipe can empty a tank in 10 hrs and another pipe J 45
.-. Part filled by (A + B) in 1 hour
can empty it in 5 hours. I f both the pipes are opened
simultaneously, find the time in which a full tank is
emptied. 36 45 180 • 20
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have Hence, both the pipes together will fill the tank in 20
hours.
10x5 50 10 „ 1 ,
the required time = — = — = 3 - hrs. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem:
10 + 5 15 3 3
Exercise Time taken - 36x45 = 20 hrs.
36 + 45
1. A pipe can empty a tank in 5 hrs and another pipe can
empty it in 15 hours. I f both the pipes are opened simul- Exercise
taneously, find the time in which a full tank is emptied. 1. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 30 minutes and 18
15 minutes respectively. I f both the pipes are opened si-
a) 7 hrs b) — hrs multaneously, how much time will be taken to fill the
15 tank?
c) — hrs d) None of these 45 45
a) — minutes b) —• minutes
2. A pipe can empty a tank in 15 hrs and another pipe can 2
empty it in 10 hours. I f both the pipes are opened simul- 45 45
taneously, find the time in which a full tank is emptied, c) — minutes d) — minutes
o
a) 8 hrs b) 6 hrs c) 4 hrs d) 5 hrs Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 30 minutes and 15
3. A pipe can empty a tank in 12 minutes and another pipe minutes respectively. I f both the pipes are opened si-
can empty it in 16 minutes. I f both the pipes are opened multaneously, how much time will be taken to fill the
simultaneously, find the time in which a full tank is emp- tank?
tied. a) 10 minutes b) 12 minutes
1 c) 8 minutes d) 9 minutes
a) 6 minutes b) 6 y minutes Two pipes can fill a cistern in 9 hours and 12 hours re-
spectively. In how much time will they fill the cistern
c) minutes d) None of these when opened together?
Answers c 1
a) hours hours
l.c 2.b
12x16 48
3. d; Hint: Required answer = : 6 y minutes c) 5 y hours d) 5 hours
12 + 16 7
Answers to fill because of a leak in its bottom.If the cistern is full,

l.b 2. a the leak will empty it in:
J. a
[Railways 1991|
Rule 7 a) 16 hrs b) 40 hrs c) 25 hrs d) 20 hrs
Theorem: A pipe can fill a tank in x hours. Due to a leak in Answers
the bottom it is filled in y hours. If the tank is full, the time 1. a; Hint: Herex = 3.5 hours and y = 3.5 + 0.5 =4 hours.
taken by leak to empty the tank =
m hrs. 2. a
5. b;
Now apply the given rule.
3.b 4.c
Hint: Herex = 8 hrs andy = 8 + 2 = 10hrs
Ex.: A pipe can fill a tank in 15 hours. Due to a leak in the 8x10
bottom, it is filled in 20 hours. If the tank is full, how the required answer = — — - - 4 U hrs.
IU — o
much time will the leak take to empty it?
Soln: Detail Method: Work done by the leak in 1 hour Rule 8
Theorem: If a pipe fills a tank in x hours and anotherfills
J_
20, the same tank in y hours, but a third one empties the full
15 60 tank in z hours, and all of them are opened together, the net
.*„ the leak will empty the full tank in 60 hrs.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we partfilled in 1 hour = L + L-L
have x y z
15x20 xyz
required time : 60 hrs. .-. time taken to fill the tank = hours.
20-15 yz + xz- xy
1. There is a leak in the bottom of a cistern. When the Ex.: Pipe A can fill a tank in 20 hours while pipe B alone
can fill it in 30 hours and pipe C can empty the full
1
cistern is thoroughly repaired, it would be filled in 3 tank in 40 hours. I f all the pipes are opened together,
how much time will be needed to make the tank full 0
hours. It now takes half an hour longer. I f the cistern is Soln: Detail Method: Net part filled in 1 hour
full, how long would the leak take to empty the cistern?
a) 28 hours b) 27 hours c) 32 hours d) 24 hours. J_ J 1_
There is a leak in the bottom of a cistern. When the 20 30 40 1 120
cistern is thoroughly repaired, it would be filled in 12
minutes. It now takes 18 minutes longer. If the cistern is 120 l
.-. The tank will be full in - r - i.e. 17— hours.
full, how long would the leak take to empty the cistern? 7 7
a) 20 minutes b) 24 minutes Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
c) 26 minutes d) 30 minutes have
3. There is a leak in the bottom of a cistern. When the time taken to fill the tank
cistern is thoroughly repaired, it would be filled in 8 hours.
20x30x40 _ 120 _ 1 ? 1
It now takes 12 hours. I f the cistern is full, how long
would the leak take to empty the cistern? ~ 30x40 + 2 0 x 4 0 - 2 0 x 3 0 ~~T~ 7 h r S '
a) 20 hours b) 24 hours c) 28 hours d) 32 hours Exercise
4. There is a leak in the bottom of a cistern. When the 1. Top A can fill a water tank in 25 minutes, tap B can fill the
cistern is thoroughly repaired, it would be filled in 4 min- same tank in 40 minutes and tap C can empty the tank in
utes. It now takes 16 minutes. I f the cistern is full, how 30 minutes. If all the three taps are opened together, in
long would the leak take to empty the cistern?
how many minutes will the tank be completely filled up
or emptied? (BSRBPatnaPO,2001)
'
a) 5 y minutes b) 4 y minutes
,,2 ,.5
a) 3 — b) 15 — C )8— d) 31 —
,1 } 13 ; 13 ' 13
; 13 19
c) •>- minutes d) None of these 2. A cistern can be filled by two pipes, A and B in 12 min-
A cistern is normally filled in 8 hrs but takes 2 hrs longer utes and 14 minutes respectively and can be emptied by
Pipes and Cisterns 401
a third pipe C in 8 minutes. I f all the taps be turned on at the three pipes are opened together, the tank is full in
the same moment, what part of the cistern will remain 50 minutes. How much time will be taken by C to empty
unfilled at the end of 7 minutes? the full tank?
5 19 7 17 Soln: Detail Method:
a) ^247 b') —
24 • c' ) 24
— d)
~' 24 Work done by C in 1 min
3. A cistern has 3 pipes, A, B and C. A and B can fill it in 2 1 Y 3 = 1
and 3 hours respectively. C is a waste pipe. I f all the 3 60 75 50 J 300 * 100
+
7 .-. C can empty the full tank in 100 minutes.

pipes be opened at once, — of the cistern will be filled
up in 30 minutes. In what time can C empty the full cis- have
tern?
60x75x50
a) 3 hours b) 4 hours c) 5 hours d) 6 hours the required time =
75x50 + 6 0 x 5 0 - 6 0 x 7 5
Answers = 100 minutes.
25x40x30
1. d; Hint: required answer = ——————————— Exercise
M 40x30 + 2 5 x 3 0 - 2 5 x 4 0
1. Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 12 minutes and 15
600 11 minutes respectively. There is also an outlet C. If all the
""~19~ . 19 m m u t e s three pipes are opened together, the tank is full in 10
2. b; Hint: Time taken to fill the whole tank minutes. How much time will be taken by C to empty the
full tank?
12x14x8 168
minutes a) 10 min b) 20 min c) 15 min d) Data inadequate
14x8 + 12x8-12x14 2. Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 36 minutes and 45
minutes respectively. There is also an outlet C. If all the
n
.-. in 7 minutes 7 7 T ' = — part of the tank will be
5 5
X three pipes are opened together, the tank is full in 30
168 24
minutes. How much time will be taken by C to empty the
filled.
full tank?
_5___19
.*. required answer = 1 - part. 3 1 J'i
wA •
24 ~ 24 a) 1 hour b) — hour c) — hour d) 1 — hours
, 7 - 1 3. Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 18 hours and

3.b; Hint: •.• — of the cistern will be filled up in — hr.
22— hours respectively. There is also an outlet C. If all
.-. The whole o f the cistern will be filled up in
the three pipes are opened together, the tank is full in 15
1 24
—x — yjhrs. hours. How much time will be taken by C to empty the
.2 7 full tank?
Let the pipe C be empty the whole cistern in x hours.
Now, applying the given rule we have,
4. Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 24 minutes and 30
2x3x x _ 12 minutes respectively. There is also an outlet C. If all the
3xx+2xx-2x3 7 three pipes are opened together, the tank is full in 20
or, 42* = 60*-72 .-. x = 4 hours. minutes. How much time will be taken by C to empty the
full tank?
Rule 9 a) 30 min b) 40 min c) 45 min d) 1 hour
Theorem: Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in x hrs and Answers
y hrs respectively. There is also an outlet C. If all the three Lb 2. a 3.c 4.b
pipes are opened together, the tank is full in Thrs, then the
Rule 10
xyT
time taken by C to empty thefull tank is Theorem: A cistern isfilled by three pipes whose diameters
hrs.
yT + xT-xy arex cm,y cm andz cm respectively (where, x<y<z). Three
pipes are running together. If the largest pipe alone willfill
it in P minutes and the amount of waterflowing in by each
Ex: Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 1 hour and 75 pipe being proportional to the square of its diameter, then
minutes respectively. There is also an outlet C. I f all the time in which the cistern will befilled by the three pipes
when the largest alone fill it in 42 minutes, the amount of

Pz'
minutes. water flowing in by each pipe being proportional to the
is x y z
2 + 2 + 2
square of its diameter?
Illustrative Example a) 27 minutes b) 36 minutes
Ex In what time would a cistern be filled by three pipes c) 18 minutes d) 24 minutes
2. In what time would a cistern be filled by three pipes
,1
whose diameters are 2 cm, 3 cm, 4 cm, running together,
whose diameters are 1 cm, I — cm, 2 cm, running to-
gether, when the largest alone fill it in 61 minutes, the water flowing in by each pipe being proportional to the
amount of water flowing in by each pipe being pro- square of its diameter?
portional to the square of its diameter? a) 23 minutes b) 32 minutes
Soln: Detail Method: In 1 minute the pipe of 2 cm diameter c) 36 minutes d) 28 minutes
1 3. In what time would a cistern be filled by three pipes
fills — of the cistern. whose diameters are 1 cm, 3 cm, 4 cm, running together,
61
1 1 water flowing in by each pipe being proportional to the
In 1 minute the pipe of 1 cm diameter fills ~ T of X
square of its diameter?
r 614
the cistern --(*) a) 20 minutes b) 24 minutes
c) 16 minutes d) 12 minutes
1 1 4 4. In what time would a cistern be filled by three pipes
In 1 minute the pipe of ] — cm diameter fills 77*77 of
3 619 whose diameters are 1 cm, 2 cm, 4 cm, running together.
the cistern. —(**) | 1
when the largest alone fill it in 1 — hours, the amount
In 1 minute
1
61x4
1 + 4
61x9j
1 1
~ . , , ofthecis
J6
of water flowing in by each pipe being proportional to
the square of its diameter?
tern is filled. a) 38 minutes b) 42 minutes
.-. the whole is filled in 36 minutes. c) 44 minutes d) 48 minutes
Note: (*) We are given that amount of water flowing is pro-
Answers
portional to the square of the diameter of the pipe.
l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d
1
Since 2 cm diameter fills — of the cistern, Rule 11
61
Theorem: Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in x minutes
1 1 and y minutes respectively. If both the pipes are opened
cm diameter fills 7 7 T of the cistern.
X
simultaneously, then the time after which pipe B should be
611 2 61 4
t
, 1 4 1 1 1 4 closed, so that the tank is full in t minutes, is
(**) cm diameter fills t t X T
3 3 61 4 {3) _ 6T 9 X minutes.
of the cistern. Illustrative Example
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Ex: Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 24 minutes and 22
have minutes respectively. I f both the pipes are openec
simultaneously, after how much time should B be
the required time = . 61x(2) 2 61x4 closed so that the tank is ftill in 18 minutes?
Of T 2 -(2)
1 + 1^ + 4
9
Soln: Detail Method: Let B be closed after x minutes. Then,
part filled by (A + B) in x min. + part filled by A in (18
<3,
-x)min. = 1.
61x4x9 • ,
= 36 minutes. • x\1_
(
..X . 2 4 -(18-*) x - U ,
9 + 16 + 36 32 24
Exercise Ix 18-x ,
1. In what time would a cistern be filled by three pipes or, — + =1
whose diameters are 1 cm, 2 cm, 3 cm, running together, ' 96 24
or, 7x + 4 ( l 8 - x ) = 96
Pipes and Cisterns
or, 3x = 24 :. x = 8 Illustrative Example

So, B should be closed after 8 min. Ex: Two pipes P and Q would fill a cistern in 24 hours and
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, 32 hours respectively. I f both pipes are opened to-
gether, find when the first pipe must be turned off so
Pipe B should be closed after x32 = 8 min. that the cistern may be just filled in 16 hours.
24 Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the first pfpe was closed af-
ter x hrs.
Exercise
Then, first's x hrs' supply + second's 16 hrs' supply =
1. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 12 minutes and 16
1
minutes respectively. I f both the pipes are opened si-
multaneously, after how much time should B be closed x 16 , x
so that the tank is full in 9 minutes? or, — + — = 1
24 32 "'• 24
a) 8 min b)6min c)4min d) 10 min x = 12 hrs.
2. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 6 hours and 8 hours
respectively. I f both the pipes are opened simulta-
have
neously, after how much time should B be closed so that
(.16)
the tank is full in 4— hours? the first pipe should work for l» ^ n r s
2
= 12 hrs.
„1
a) 1 hour b) 2 hours c) 3 hours d) 2— hours Exercise
2
1. Two pipes, P and Q can fill a cistern in 12 and 15 minutes
Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 36 minutes and 48
respectively. Both are opened together, but at the end of
3 minutes the first is turned off. How much longer will
multaneously, after how much time should B be closed
the cistern take to fill?
so that the tank is full in 27 minutes?
a) 10 min b) 12 min c)14min d) 16 min
a) 8— minutes b) 11— minutes
Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 18 minutes and 24
multaneously, after how much time should B be closed c) 7— minutes d) 8— minutes
4
,, 1
so that the tank is full in 13— minutes? 2. Two pipes P and Q would fill a cistern in 12 and ^ m i n -
2 utes respectively. Both pipes being opened, find when
a) 9 min b)6min c)8min d) 10 min the first pipe must be turned off so that the cistern may
Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 20 minutes and 25 be just filled in 8 minutes
minutes respectively. Both are opened together, but at a) 15 minutes b) 8 minutes
the end of 5 minutes, B is turned off. How much longer c) 6 minutes d) 10 minutes
will the cistern take to fill? 3. A cistern can be filled by two pipes in 30 and 40 minutes
a) 16 minutes b) 18 minutes respectively. Both the pipes were opened at once, but
c) 11 minutes d) None of these after some time the first was shut up, and the cistern was
Answers filled in 10 minutes more. How long after the pipes had
l.c 2.b 3.b 4.b been opened was the first pipe shut up?
t 90 90
5. a; Hint: 25| 1 =5 t = 16 minutes.
20
a) — minutes b) — minutes
Rule 12 90 45
Theorem: Two pipes P and Q will fill a cistern in x hours c) 7 7 minutes d) — minutes
andy hours respectively. If both pipes are opened together, Answers 2
then the time after which the first pipe must be turned off, t , 45 , , 1 . .
l.a; Hint: 12 = 3 .-. t = — = 11— minutes
15. 4 4
so that the cistern may bejustfilled in t hours, isX 1 —
I yj J = 8— minutes
required answer
hours. 4 4
2. c 2. I f two pipes function simultaneously, the reservoir is

3. b; Hint: Let the first pipe be shut up after x minutes. filled in 18 hrs. One pipe fills the reservoir 15 hours faster
Now, applying the above rule, we have than the other. How many hours does the faster pipe
take to fill the reservoir?
x + 10
30 1 [Heret = ( x + 10) minutes] a) 60 hours b) 30 hours c) 40 hours d) 45 hours
40 3. I f two pipes function simultaneously, the reservoir is
90 .
or, x = — minutes. filled in 9 hrs. One pipe fills the reservoir 7— hours
7
faster than the other. How many hours does the faster
Rule 13 pipe take to fill the reservoir?
Theorem: If two pipes A and B function simultaneously, a) 15 hours b) 20 hours c) 25 hours d) 30 hours
the reservoir is filled in x hours and pipe A fills the reser- 4. I f two pipes function simultaneously, the reservoir is
voir y hoursfaster than the other, then the time taken by the filled in 24 minutes. One pipe fills the reservoir 20 min-
utes faster than the other. How many hours does the
•Jy +4x
2 2 ~{y-2x) faster pipe take to fill the reservoir?
faster pipe A tofill the reservoir is a) 60 min b) 45 min c) 40 min d) 30 min
Answers
hours. Lb 2.b 3.a 4.c
Ex: If two pipes function simultaneously, the reservoir is
Rule 14
filled in 12 hrs. One pipe fills the reservoir 10 hours Theorem: Three pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in x
faster than the other. How many hours does the faster hours. If after working togetherfor t hours, C is closed and
pipe take to fill the reservoir? A and Bfill the cistern iny hours, then the time in which the
Soln: Detail Method: Let the faster pipe fills the tank in x
xy
hrs. cistern can be filled by the pipe C is hours.
y-x + t
Then the slower pipe fills the tank in x + 10 hrs.
When both of then are opened, the reservoir will be
filled in
Ex: Three pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in 6 hrs. After
x(x + 10) working together for 2 hours, C is closed and A and B
12
x + (x + 10) fill the cistern in 8 hrs. Then find the time in which the
cistern can be filled by pipe C.
or, x - 1 4 x - 1 2 0 = 0
2
.'. x = 20,-6 Soln: Detail Method: A + B + C can fill in 1 hr = - o f

But x can't be -ve, hence the faster pipe will fill the 6
reservoir in 20 hrs. cistern.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we : ^ / t>im\mtU4 2 1 S -
have A + B + C can fill in 2 hrs = — = — of cistern.
6 3
the time taken by the faster pipe
Unfilled part = | 1 - j = is filled by A + B i n 8 hrs.
_ V(l0) +4(l2) - ( 1 0 - 2 x 1 2 )
2 2
8x3
.-. (A + B) can fill the cistern in = 12 hrs.
^100 + 576 +14 40 • ,
= = — = 20 hours. And we have (A + B + C) can fill the cistern in 6 hrs.
2 2 .-. C = (A + B + C) - (A + B) can fill the cistern in
Exercise 12x6 ,„
1. I f two pipes function simultaneously, the reservoir is =12 hrs
12-6
filled in 6 hrs. One pipe fills the reservoir 5 hours faster
than the other. How many hours does the faster pipe
have
take to fill the reservoir?
6x8
a) 20 hours b) 10 hours c) 15 hours d) 12 hours the required time = 12 hrs.
8-6 + 2
Pipes and Cisterns -C5
Exercise 4+ y 20
I. Three taps A, B and C can fill a cistern in 10, 15 and 20 3
minutes respectively. They are all turned on at once, but y - 4+-
after 3 minutes C is turned off. How many minutes longer
will A and B take to fill the cistern? 2 5
.». y = — = o—J minutes.
a) 2 min b) 2 min 6 sec 4 4
c) 1 min 6 sec d) 3 min 8 sec 3.d 4. a 5.c
Three taps, A, B and C can fill a cistern in 10 min, 12 min
and 15 min respectively. They are all turned on at once,
Rule 15
Theorem: A pipe can fill a tank in x units of time and an-
,1
other pipe iny units of time, but a third pipe can empty it in
but after 1 — min B and C are turned off. How many z units of time. If thefirst two pipes are kept open for t units
minutes longer will A take then to fill the cistern? of time in the beginning and then the third pipe is also
A opened, the time in which the cistern is emptied is given by
a) 6 — min b) 7— min c) 6— min d) 8— min
3. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in 12 hrs. After
working together for 4 hours, C is closed and A and B fill zt
units of time.
the cistern in 16 hrs. Then find the time in which the
xy
cistern can be filled by pipe C.
K x +y
a) 12 hrs b) 16 hrs c) 20 hrs d) 24 hrs
4. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in 36 minutes.
After working together for 12 minutes, C is closed and A
and B fill the cistern in 48 minutes. Then find the time in Ex. A pipe can fill a tank in 12 minutes and another pipe in
which the cistern can be filled by pipe C. 15 minutes, but a third pipe can empty it in 6 minutes.
The first two pipes are kept open for 5 minutes in the
a) 72 minutes b) 60 minutes
beginning and then the third pipe is also opened. In
what time is the cistern emptied?
5. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in 18 minutes.
After working together for 6 minutes, C is closed and A
and B fill the cistern in 24 minutes. Then find the time in
which the cistern can be filled by pipe C.
Cistern filled in 5 minutes = 5J ^ 1 _ 3
12 15) ~ 4
c) 36 minutes d) 45 minutes Net work done by 3 pipes in 1 minute
Answers 1 1
12 15 60
10x15x20 60
Lb;Hint: x = - minutes.
10x15 + 10x20 + 15x20 13
Now, applying the given rule, we have -ve sign shows that — part is emptied in 1 minutes.
60 3 . . . . 3
21 .-. — part is emptied in 60 x — = 45 minutes.
—L2 = 20 or, y = — = 2 min 6 seconds.
60 , ' 10 4 4
v +3
13 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
have
10x12x15 6x5 6x5x3
2. a; Hint: * = = 4 mm the required time = = 45 min-
10x12 + 12x15 + 10x15 12x15
1 15 + 12
B and C are turned off after 1 — min
utes.
2
.-. B and C together can f i l l a cistern in Exercise
12x15 20 1. A pipe can fill a tank in 10 minutes and another pipe in 15
U 2 + 15 3 min minutes, but a third pipe can empty it in 5 minutes. The
first two pipes are kept open for 4 minutes in the begin-
ning and then the third pipe is also opened. In what time
is the cistern emptied?

15
a) 25 minutes b) 20 minutes 6xl0x
c) 24 minutes d) 28 minutes 2(A + B + C)fillin
2. A pipe can fill a tank in 12 minutes and another pipe in 18 6 x l 0 + 6x — + 10x —
minutes, but a third pipe can empty it in 7 minutes. The 2 2
first two pipes are kept open for 1 minute in the begin-
6x5x15 5
ning and then the third pipe is also opened. In what time
is the cistern emptied?
a) 35 minutes b) 28 minutes .-. A + B + C fill the tank in 5 hrs.
c) 45 minutes d) 38 minutes 10x5
3. A pipe can fill a tank in 24 minutes and another pipe in 30 Now, A[= (A + B + C) - (B + C)] fills in = = 10
10-5
minutes, but a third pipe can empty it in 12 minutes. The
first two pipes are kept open for 10 minutes in the begin- hrs.
ning and then the third pipe is also opened. In what time 15
is the cistern emptied? x5
a) 45 minutes b) 60 minutes Similarly, B fills in 15hrs.
c) 75 minutes d) 90 minutes H . 5
2
4. A pipe can fill a tank in 20 minutes and another pipe in 30
minutes, but a third pipe can empty it in 10 minutes. The 5x6 „„
and C fills in 7 — = 30 hrs.
first two pipes are kept open for 8 minutes in the begin- 6—5
ning and then the third pipe is also opened. In what time Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
is the cistern emptied? Time taken by A to fill the tank
a) 3 5 minutes b) 3 8 minutes
15
c) 40 minutes d) 30 minutes 2x6xl0x
900
Answers 10 hrs.
> , n 151 A , 15 90
l.b 2. a 3.d 4.c 6 x l 0 + 10x 6x —
2 2
Rule 16 Time taken by B to fill the tank
Theorem: A, B and C are three pipes connected to a tank. A
andB togetherfill the tank in x hours. B and C togetherfill 2x6xl0x~
900
the tank in y hours. A and C together fill the tank in z = 15 hrs.
60
hours. 10x — + 6x — - 6 x 1 0
2 2
Ixyz Time taken by C to fill the tank
(i) Time taken by A to fill the tank = hrs,
xy + yz-xZ;
2x6xl0x —
2xyz 900
(ii) Time taken by B to fill the tank hrs, = 30 hrs.
yz + xz-xy 6 x 15 + 6 x l 0 _ 1 0 x 15 = 30
Ixyz 2 2
(iii) Time taken by C to fill the tank = hrs
^xz + xy-yz Exercise
1. Three pipes A, B and C are connected to a tank. A and B
Illustrative Example together can fill the tank in 60 minutes, B and C together
Ex: A, B and C are three pipes connected to a tank. A and in 40 minutes and C and A together in 30 minutes. In
B together fill the tank in 6 hrs. B and C together fill how much time will each pipe fill the tank separately?
the tank in 10 hrs. A and C together fill the tank in a) 80 min, 240 min, 48 min b) 40 min, 120 min, 24 min
_1 c) 60 min, 250 min, 64 min d) None of these
7 — hrs. In how much time will A, B and C fill the tank 2. Three pipes A, B and C are connected to a tank. A and B
separately? together can fill the tank in 6 hours, B and C together in
Soln: Detail Method: A + B fill in 6 hrs. 4 hours and C and A together in 3 hours. In how much
B + C fill in 10 hrs, time will each pipe fill the tank separately?
„ 1 15
A + C f i l l i n 7 - = — hrs * 2 4
2 2 a) 4 hrs, 12 hrs, 2 - hrs b) 8 hrs, 24 hrs, 4 - hrs
J 5
Pipes and Cisterns
earlier.
407
„ 4 , 4
c) 8 hrs, 12 hrs, 4- hrs d) 4 hrs, 24 hrs, ~ hrs
4 => the work of (12 -4 =) 8 hrs will be completed now
in
3. Three pipes A, B and C are connected to a tank. A and B
together can fill the tank in 12 hrs, B and C together in 20 8+2 ^- = 3 = 12 hrs • totaltime = 4 + 12= 16hrs
hrs and C and A together in 15 hrs. In how much time will 3 2
each pipe fill the tank separately? OR
a) 10 hrs, 15 hrs, 30 hrs b) 20 hrs, 15 hrs, 60 hrs
1
c) 20 hrs, 30 hrs, 60 hrs d) 20 hrs, 3 0 hrs, 45 hrs
4. Three pipes A, B and C are connected to a tank. A and B Since - of supplied water leaks out, the leakage emp-
together can fil 1 the tank in 12 hrs, B and C together in 8 ties the tank in 12 x 3 = 36 hrs. Now, time taken to fill
hrs and C and A together in 6 hrs. In how much time will
the tank by the two pipes and the leakage
each pipe fill the tank separately? 36x12
3 3 = 18 hrs.
a) 16 hrs, 48 hrs, 9- hrs b) 16 hrs, 24 hrs, 9- hrs 36-12
.-. time taken by the two pipes and the leakage to fill
o 4
2 2
c) 8 hrs, 48 hrs, 9 - hrs d) 16 hrs, 48 hrs, 8 - hrs
- of the tank = 1 8 x - = 12 hrs.
Tnoi»d tii as i- •, - ~ :;:<
3 .-,*•}/.
Answers
.-. total time = 4 hrs + 12hrs= 16 hrs.
l.a 2.b 3.c 4. a Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
Rule 17 — x—
Theorem: Two pipes can separatelyfilla tank in x hrs and 20x30 3 3
the total time :
y hrs respectively. If both the pipes are opened to fill the 20 + 30 1-1/3
tank but when the tank is n part full a leak develops in the J
tank through which m part of the total water supplied by
both the pipes leak out, then the total time to fill the tank is 6 0 0 1A L4
= x —= 16 hrs.
f \ (l-mn\ 50 3
[x + y] { 1-m J hrs. Exercise
1. Two pipes can separately fill a tank in 10 hrs and 15 hrs
I lustrativc E x a m p l e respectively. Both the pipes are opened to fill the tank
EK TWO pipes can separately fill a tank in 20 hrs and 30
but when the tank is — full a leak develops in the tank
hrs respectively. Both the pipes are opened to fill the 6
1 \
tank but when the tank is ~ full a leak develops in the through which — of the water supplied by both the
6
1 pipes leak out. What is the total time taken to fill the
tank through which ~ of the water supplied by both tank?
a) 8 hrs b)5hrs c)6hrs d)9hrs
the pipes leak out. What is the total time taken to fill 2. Two pipes can separately fill a tank in 30 hrs and 45 hrs
the tank? respectively. Both the pipes are opened to fill the tank
Soln: Detail Method: Time taken by the two pipes to fill the
2
20x30
tank = hrs= 12 hrs. hut when the tank is y full a leak develops in the tank
20 + 30
2
1 12 through which — of the water supplied by both the
.-. - of tank is filled in — - 4 hrs.
pipes leak out. What is the total time taken to fill the
tank?
1 .-• ^ a) 25 hrs b) 30 hrs c) 35 hrs d) None of these
Now, - of the supplied water leaks out
3. Two pipes can separately fill a tank in 20 hrs and 30 hrs
respectively. Both the pipes are opened to fill the tank
1 2
the filler pipes are only 1 - — = — as efficient as but when the tank is — full a leak develops in the tank
to fill because of a leak in its bottom. If the cistern is full,

through which — o f the water supplied by both the the leak will empty it in hr.
pipes leak out. What is the total time taken to fill the a) 70 hrs b) 60 hrs c) 50 hrs d) 35 hrs
tank? Answers
a) 20 hrs b) 18 hrs c) 21 hrs d) 27 hrs l.b 2.b 3.c 4.d
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.c
Rule 19
Theorem: If three taps are opened together, a tank is filled
Rule 18 in t hours. One of the taps can fill it in x hours and another
Theorem: A cistern is normallyfilled in x hrs but takes thrs in y hours. The third tap fills or empties the tank in
longer to fill because of a leak in its bottom. If the cistern is
xx(x + t)
full, the leak will empty it in hrs.
x+ y hours.
1-t
Illustrative Example xy
Ex.: A cistern is normally filled in 8 hrs but takes two hrs
Nature of the third tap — whether it is filler or waste pipe
longer to fill because of a leak in its bottom. I f the
— depends upon the (+ve) or (-ve) sign of the above expres-
cistern is full, the leak will empty it in hrs.
sion.
Soln: Detailed Method: Suppose the leak can empty the tank
in x hrs. Illustrative Example
Ex: I f three taps are opened together, a tank is filled in 12
1 1 x-8
Then part of cistem filled in 1 hr = hrs. One of the taps can fill it in 10 hrs and another in
8 8x
15 hrs. How does the third tap work?
Sx Soln: Detail Method: We have to find the nature of the
Cistern will be filled in hrs third tap — whether it is a filler or a waste pipe.
x-8
Let it be a filler pipe which fills in x hrs.
or, 8x = 10x-80 .-. x = 40hrs.
10xl5xx _
Quicker Approach: The filler takes 2 hrs more
' 10xl5 + 10x + 15x ~
T h e n
=> the leak empties in 10 hrs what the filler fills in 2
or, 150x=150x 12 + 25xx 12
hrs. or,-150x=1800
2 I * f ' m
.-. x = -12
=> the leak empties in 10 hrs = — = — of cistern -ve sign shows gjgj i ' third pipe is a waste pipe
n e
8 4
Which vacates the tank in 12 hrs.
=j> the leak empties the full cistern in 4 * 10 = 40 hrs.
Quicker Method: have
8x (8 + 2)
12
- = -12 hrs.
The leak will empty in — \ - — - = 40 hrs. 10 + 15
1-12
10x15)
Exercise
:. -ve sign shows that the third pipe is a waste pipe
1. A cistern is normally filled in 4 hrs but takes 1 hr longer
which vacates the tank in 12 hrs.
to fill because of a leak in its bottom. I f the cistern is full,
the leak will empty it in hr. Exercise
a) 10 hrs b) 20 hrs c) 15 hrs d) 12 hrs 1 I f three taps are opened together, a tank is filled in 6 hrs.
2. A cistern is normally filled in 6 hrs but takes 3 hrs longer
One of the taps can fill it in 5 hrs and another in 7 — \_ hrs.
to fill because of a leak in its bottom. I f the cistern is full,
the leak will empty it in _ _ _ hrs. 2
a) 24 hrs b) 18 hrs c) 30 hrs d) 21 hrs How does the third tap work?
3. A cistern is normally filled in 5 hrs but takes 1 hr longer a) 6 hours, fill pipe b) 8 hours, waste pipe
to fill because of a leak in its bottom. I f the cistern is full, c) 6 hours, waste pipe d) 8 hours, fill pipe
the leak will empty it in hr. If three taps are opened together, a tank is filled in 18 hrs.
4. a) 10 hrs is normally
A cistern b) 12 hrs
filled inc)1030hrs
hrsbut takes
d) 4
18hrs
hrslonger One of the taps can fill it in 15 hrs and another in 22-
hrs. How does the third tap work? full, it is emptied in 30 minutes. How many litres does the
a) 16 hrs, fill pipe b) 18 hrs, fill pipe cistern hold?
c) 18 hrs, waste pipe d) 16 hrs, waste pipe a) 15 litres b) 30 litres c) 25 litres d) 45 litres
If three taps are opened together, a tank is filled in 24 hrs. 4. Two pipes A and B can separately fill in 45 and 30 min-
One of the taps can fill it in 20 hrs and another in 30 hrs. utes respectively and a waste pipe C can carry off 9 litres
How does the third tap work? per minute. If all the pipes are opened when the cistern is
a) 24 hrs, waste pipe b) 20 hrs, waste pipe ,1
c) 20 hrs, fill pipe d) 24 hrs, fill pipe
full, it is emptied in 1— hours. How many litres does the
If three taps are opened together, a tank is filled in 36 hrs.
One of the taps can fill it in 30 hrs and another in 45 hrs. cistern hold?
How does the third tap work? a)225 litres b) 135 litres c) 125 litres d) None of these
a) 36 hrs, waste pipe b) 30 hrs, waste pipe 5. Two pipes A and B can separately fill a cistern in 7 y
c) 36 hrs, fill pipe d) 24 hrs, waste pipe and 5 minutes respectively and a waste pipe C can carry
Answers off 14 litres per minute. If all the pipes are opened when
l.c 2.c 3.a 4. a the cistern is full, it is emptied in 1 hour. How many litres
does it hold?
Rule 20 a) 40 litres b) 3 5 litres c) 45 litres d) 60 litres
Theorem: Two pipes can fill a cistern in x andy minutes
respectively. A waste pipe carries of w litres of water per Answers
l.a 2.c 3.a 4.b 5.a
minute from the cistern. If all three pipes are opened to-
gether and a full cistern gets emptied in z minutes, then the Rule 21
Theorem: To find out the capacity (C) of the cistern in litres,
>(xyz)
capacity of the cistern is litres. if n number of filling pipes, each capable of filling a cistern
xy + xz + yz
alone in x minutes, and m number of emptying pipes, each
Illustrative Example capable of emptying a cistern alone iny minutes, are opened
Ex together and as a result w is the rate at which the tank fills
Two pipes A and B can separately fill in 15 and 10
minutes respectively and a waste pipe C can carry off
per minute, thefollowingformula Is used, c '•• wxy
7 litres per minute. I f all the pipes are opened when
the cistern is full, it is emptied in 2 hours. How many ny-mx
litres does the cistern hold? litres.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have Illustrative Example
the capacity of cistern
EK There are 5 filling pipes, each capable of filling a cis-
7x15x10x120 tern alone in 12 minutes, and 3 emptying pipes each
• = 40 litres.
15x10 + 10x120 + 15x120 capable of emptying a cistern alone in 16 minutes. All
Exercise pipes are opened together and as a result, tank fills 1 f
litres of water per minute. Find the capacity of the
1
Two pipes A and B can separately fill in 7 and 5 min- tank.
utes respectively and a waste pipe C can carry off 14 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
litres per minute. I f all the pipes are opened when the the capacity of the cistern
cistern is full, it is emptied in 1 hour. How many litres 11x12x16 11x12x16
= 48 litres.
does the cistern hold? 16x5-3x12 44
Two pipes A and B can separately fill in 30 and 20 min- Exercise
utes respectively and a waste pipe C can carry off 6 litres 1. There are 10 filling pipes each capable of filling a cistern
per minute. If all the pipes are opened when the cistern is alone in 6 minutes and 6 emptying pipes each capable of
full, it is emptied in 60 minutes. How many litres does the emptying a cistern alone in 8 minutes. A l l pipes are
cistern hold? opened together and as a result, tank fills 22 litres of
a) 10 litres b) 30 litres c) 60 litres d) 45 litres water per minute. Find the capacity of the tank.
Two pipes A and B can separately fill in 15 and 10 min- a) 48 litres b) 36 litres
utes respectively and a waste pipe C can carry off 3 litres c) 24 litres d) 16 litres
per minute. If all the pipes are opened when the cistern is 2. There are 6 filling pipes each capable of filling a cistern
alone in 16 minutes and 4 emptying pipes each capable what time would the leak empty it?
of emptying a cistern alone in 20 minutes. All pipes are a) 112 hrs b) 56 hrs c) 84 hrs d) 98 hrs
opened together and as a result, tank fills 14 litres of 2. Two pipes can fill a cistern in 8 and 10 hours respec-
water per minute. Find the capacity of the tank, tively. The pipes are opened simultaneously and it is
a) 60 litres b) 80 litres c) 75 litres d) 45 litres 2
3. There are 3 filling pipes each capable of filling a cistern found that due to leakage in the bottom, — hrs extra are
alone in 8 minutes and 2 emptying pipes each capable of taken for the cistern to be filled up. If the cistern is full, in
emptying a cistern alone in 10 minutes. All pipes are what time would the leak empty it?
opened together and as a result, tank fills 7 litres of wa-
ter per minute. Find the capacity of the tank. a) 90 hrs b) 9 3 - hrs
4. There are 12 filling pipes each capable of filling a cistern c) 93 hrs d) 90 i hrs
alone in 32 minutes and 8 emptying pipes each capable
of emptying a cistern alone in 40 minutes. All pipes are 3. Two pipes can fill a cistern in 10 and 15 hours respec-
opened together and as a result, tank fills 28 litres of tively. The pipes are opened simultaneously and it is
water per minute. Find the capacity of the tank. found that due to leakage in the bottom, 2 hrs extra are
taken for the cistern to be filled up. If the cistern is full, in
what time would the leak empty it?
Answers a) 20 hrs b) 21 hrs c)24 hrs d) 28 hrs
l.c 2.b 3.c 4. a 4. Two pipes can fill a cistern in 30 and 15 hours respec-
tively. The pipes are opened simultaneously and it is
Rule 22 found that due to leakage in the bottom, 5 hrs extra are
Theorem: Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in x andy taken for the cistern to be filled up. If the cistern is full, in
hours respectively. If opened together they take t hours what time would the leak empty it?
extra to fill the cistern due to a leak, then the time in which a) 60 hrs b) 45 hrs c) 35 hrs d) 30 hrs
the leak alone empties the full cistern is
Answers
xy 1 + xy l.b 2.b 3.c 4.d
hours.
x+ y {x + y)t
Rule 23
Illustrative Example Theorem: A cistern has a leak which would empty it in x
Ex: Two pipes can fill a cistern in 14 and 16 hours respec- hours. If a tapis turned on which admits water at the rate of
tively. The pipes are opened simultaneously and it is w litres per hour into the cistern, and the cistern is now
emptied in y hours, then the capacity of the cistern is
8
found that due to leakage in the bottom, ~ hrs extra f \ .
xy
wx litres.
are taken for the cistern to be filled up. If the cistern is
full, in what time would the leak empty it? Illustrative Example
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have Ex: A cistern has a leak which would empty it in 8 hours.
time taken by leak to empty the cistern A tap is turned on which admits 6 litres a minute into
the cistern, and it is now emptied in 12 hours. How
14x16 14x16 many litres does the cistern hold?
1+-
14 + 16 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
(14 + 16)
15 w = 6 litres per minute = 6 60 litres per hour
x
x = 8 hours and y = 12 hours

12x8
112 112 112 capacity of cistern = x6x60 = 8640 litres.
1 +- 15 = 112 hrs. 12-8
15 15 '
15x 8^ Exercise
15
Exercise 1. A cistern has a leak which would empty it in 4 hours. A
1. Two pipes can fill a cistern in 7 and 8 hours respectively. tap is turned on which admits 3 litres a minute into the
The pipes are opened simultaneously and it is found cistern, and it is now emptied in 6 hours. How many
that due to leakage in the bottom, 16 minutes extra are litres does the cistern hold?
taken for the cistern to be filled up. If the cistern is full, in a) 360 litres b) 1080 litres
oes and Cisterns 411
c) 2160 litres d) None of these time when the cistern will be full if both fill pipes are
A cistern has a leak which would empty it in 10 hours. A opened together.
tap is turned on which admits 2 litres per hr into the a) 6 minutes b) 5 minutes c) 9 minutes d) 7 minutes
cistern, and it is now emptied in 15 hours. How many 4. One filling pipe A is 10 times faster than second filling
litres does the cistern hold? pipe B. I f B can fill a cistern in 55 minutes, then find the
a) 50 litres b) 60 litres c) 45 litres d) 360 litres time when the cistern will be full i f both fill pipes are
A cistern has a leak which would empty it in 8 hours. A opened together.
tap is turned on which admits 4 litres per minute into the a) 5 minutes b) 4 minutes
cistern, and it is now emptied in 16 hours. How many c) 7 minutes d) None of these
litres does the cistern hold? Answers
l.c 2.a 3.d 4.a
Answers Rule 25
It Theorem: Onefilling pipe A is n timesfaster than the other
| Hint: Here w = 2 litres per hour filling pipe B. If A can fill a cistern in x hours, then the time
in which the cistern will befull, if both the filling pipes are
15x10
x2 = 60 litres
.-. required answer = j ^ J j q
opened together, is x hours.
n+ I
Rule 24 Note: Value of the faster filling pipe is given.
Theorem: Onefilling pipe A is n timesfaster than the other Illustrative Example
~Ming pipe B. IfB can fill a cistern in x hours, then the time EK One filling pipe A is 5 times faster than second filling
m *hich the cistern will befull, if both thefilling pipes are pipe B. If A can fill a cistern in 18 minutes, then find
the time when the cistern will be full if both fill pipes
ffened together, is \^ n + jJ hours. are opened together.
Note: Value of the slower filling pipe is given. n=5
Illustrative Example x = 18 minutes [Here, filling pipe A is faster than the
Lc One filling pipe A is 5 times faster than second filling filling pipe B.]
pipe B. I f B can fill a cistern in 18 minutes, then find
• the required time = |
the time when the cistern will be full if both fill pipes
are opened together.
U + |llJ8 = 15 minutes.
Soto: Applying the above theorem, Exercise
x = 18 minutes [Filling pipe B is slower than the filling 1. One filling pipe A is 4 times faster than second filling
pipe A ] pipe B. I f A can fill a cistern in 15 minutes, then find the
n=5 time when the cistern will be full i f both fill pipes are
18 opened together.
.-. the required time : 3 minutes. a) 10 minutes b) 12 minutes
5+1
Exercise 2. One filling pipe A is 3 times faster than second filling
One filling pipe A is 3 times faster than second filling pipe B. If A can fill a cistern in 12 minutes, then find the
pipe B. I f B can fill a cistern in 16 hours, then find the time when the cistern will be full i f both fill pipes are
time when the cistern will be full i f both fill pipes are opened together.
opened together. a) 9 minutes b) 10 minutes
a) 5 hrs b) 6 hrs c) 4 hrs d) Data inadequate c) 12 minutes d) None of these
1 One filling pipe A is 5 times faster than second filling 3. One filling pipe A is 6 times faster than second filling
pipe B. I f B can fill a cistern in 36 minutes, then find the pipe B. I f A can fill a cistern in 28 minutes, then find the
time when the cistern will be full i f both fill pipes are time when the cistern will be full i f both fill pipes are
opened together. opened together.
a) 6 minutes b) 8 minutes c) 4 minutes d) 12 minutes a) 20 minutes b) 24 minutes
One filling pipe A is 7 times faster than second filling c) 18 minutes d) 12 minutes
pipe B. I f B can fill a cistern in 56 minutes, then find the
One filling pipe A is 9 times faster than second filling

nx
pipe B. If A can fill a cistern in 30 minutes, then find the opened together is minutes. A willfill the cistern
time when the cistern will be full i f both fill pipes are
opened together.
nx
a) 28 minutes b) 25 minutes in minutes and B will fill the cistern in
minutes.
Answers
Note: Here A is the slower filling pipe and B is the faster one.
l.b 2.a 3.b 4.d
Rule 26 Ex: One fill pipe A is 4 times slower than the second fill
Theorem: If onefilling pipe Aisn times faster and takes x pipe B and takes 30 minutes more time than the fill
minutes less time than the other filling pipe B, then the pipe B. When will the cistern be full if both fill pipes
time, they will take to fill a cistern, if both the pipes are are opened together? Also find, how much time will
A and B separately take to fill the cistern?
nx
opened together,isis minutes. A will fill the cis- Soln: Following the above formula, we have
A" (2' 4x30
the required time 8 minutes
tern in minutes and B will take to fill the cistern
n-1
4x30
( nx A will fill the cistern in = 40 minutes and
minutes. 4-
v /i-/,
30
Note: Here, A is the faster filling pipe and B is the slower one. B will fill the cistern in = 10 minutes.
.4-1
Exercise
Ex O".o fill pipe A is 4 times faster than second fill pipe B 1. One fill pipe A is 2 times slower than the second fill pipe
and takes 30 minutes less than the fill pipe B. When B and takes 9 minutes more time than the fill pipe B. Find
will the cistern be full i f both fill pipes are opened how much time will A take to fill the cistern?
together?
a) 6 minutes b) 10 minutes c) 15 minutes
d) 8 minutes
4x30
the required time = • 8 minutes. 2. One fill pipe A is 3 times slower than the second fill pipe
B and takes 16 minutes more time than the fill pipe B.
Find how much time will B take to fill the cistern?
Exercise
a) 6 minutes b) 21 minutes c) 14 minutes
1. One fill pipe A is 3 times faster than second fill pipe B
d) Data inadequate
and takes 24 minutes less than the fill pipe B. When will
the cistern be full if both fill pipes are opened together? Answers
a) 14 min b) 9 min c) 18 min d) Data inadequate l.a 2. a
2. One fill pipe A is 4 times faster than second fill pipe B
and takes 15 minutes less than the fill pipe B. When will Rule 28
the cistern be full if both fill pipes are opened together? Theorem: 'P'pipes arefitted to a water tank. Some of these
a) 4 min b) 6 min c) 9 min d) 12 min arefilling pipes and the other emptying pipes. Each filling
3. One fill pipe A is 5 times faster than second fill pipe B pipe can fill the tank In 'x' hours and each waste pipe can
and takes 48 minutes less than the fill pipe B. When will empty the tank in 'y' hours. On pening all the pipes, an
the cistern be full i f both fill pipes are opened together? empty tank isfilled in 'T'hours. Then the number of filling
a)12min b)8min c)10min d)15min ( .. . „ ^ ..x
y + PT x
pipes is x — and the number of waste pipes is
Answers x+ y T
PT x y \
l.b 2.a 3.c
X—
Rule 27 x+y T
Theorem: If onefilling pipe A is n times slower and takes x Illustrative Example
minutes more time than the other filling pipe B, then the Ex: 6 pipes are fitted to a water tank.Some of these are
time, they will take to fill a cistern, if both the pipes are filling pipes and the other emptying pipes. Each fill-
Pipes and Cisterns -•.3
ing pipe can fill the tank in 9 hours and each waste cistern than two fill pipes A and B opened together to
pipe can empty the tank in 6 hours. On opening all the fill it. Second fill pipe B takes 8 minutes more to fill
pipes, an empty tank is filled in 9 hours. Find the cistern than two fill pipes A and B opened together to
number of filling pipes. fill it. When will the cistern be full if both pipes are
Soln: Following the above theorem, we have opened simultaneously?
P = 6, T = 9 hours, x = 9 hours and y = 6 hours. Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
6+6x9 9
.-. the required no. of filling pipes = - - — — — x
the required time = x 8 = 6 minutes.
9+6 9
60
= iT= 4 Exercise
.-. the no. of waste pipes = 6 - 4 = 2.
Check the answer from the above formula, 1. One fill pipe A takes 2 — minutes more to fill the cistern
6x9-9 6 45 6 than two fill pipes A and B opened together to fill it.
no. of waste pipes = 9 + 6 x ^ = yj 9
X - = 2
Second fill pipe B takes 10 minutes more to fill cistern

Exercise than two fill pipes A and B opened together to fill it.
8 taps are fitted to a water tank. Some of them are water When will the cistern be full i f both pipes are opened
taps to fill the tank and the remaining are outlet taps simultaneously?
used to empty the tank. Each water tap can fill the tank in a) 6 minutes b) 5 minutes
12 hours and each outlet tap can empty it in 36 hours. On c) 4 minutes d) Data inadequate
opening all the taps, the tank is filled in 3 hours. Find the 2. One fill pipe A takes 3 minutes more to fill the cistern
number of water taps. than two fill pipes A and B opened together to fill it.
a) 5 b)4 c)3 d)2 1
1 16 taps are fitted to a water tank. Some of them are water Second fill pipe B takes 21 — minutes more to fill cistern
taps to fill the tank and the remaining are outlet taps than two fill pipes A and B opened together to fill it.
used to empty the tank. Each water tap can fill the tank in When will the cistern be full i f both pipes are opened
6 hours and each outlet tap can empty it in 18 hours. On simultaneously.
opening all the taps, the tank is filled in 1 j hours. Find c) 8 minutes d) 10 minutes
3. One fill pipe A takes 4 minutes more to fill the cistern
the number of empty taps, than two fill pipes A and B opened together to fill it.
a) 7 b)9 c)6 d)8 Second fill pipe B takes 9 minutes more to fill cistern
: 9 taps are fitted to a water tank. Some of them are water than two fill pipes A and B opened together to fill it.
taps to fill the tank and the remaining are outlet taps When will the cistern be full i f both pjpes are opened
used to empty the tank. Each water tap can fill the tank in simultaneously.
9 hours and each outlet tap can empty it in 9 hours. On a) 4 minutes b) 6 minutes
opening all the taps, the tank is filled in 9 hours. Find the c) 5 minutes d) None of these
number of water taps.
Answers
l.b 2.c 3.b
Answers
la 2.b 3.b Rule 30
Rule 29 A General Method to solve the Problems on Pipes
and Cisterns
Theorem: Two filling pipes A and B opened together can
fill a cistern in t minutes. If the first filling pipe A alone Theorem: If first fill pipe can fill a cistern in x minutes
]
ukes x minutes more or less than t and the secondfill pipe

alone, second fill pipe can fill the same alone in x min-2
S alone takes y minutes more or less than t minutes, then t

utes, and similarly, first empty pipe can empty the full cis-
a given by [r = ~Jx^\
tern alone in v, minutes, second empty pipe can empty the
Illustrative Example full cistern alone in y minutes, then
2
Ec One fill pipe A takes 4— minutes more to fill the the alone filling time for first fill pipe = jc, minutes,
alone filling time for secondfill pipe = x mintues 2

utes and fill tap B fills the rest part of cistern in 2:
minutes. After how many minutes, was tap A turned
alone emptying timeforfirst empty pipe = y minutes and off?
t
alone emptying time for second empty pipe = y mintues. Soln: Here, total filling time is not given and you don't need
2
to calculate also.
Now, if first fill pipe and secondfill pipe are openedfor /, Let the tap A be turned off after x minutes
minutes and t minutes respectively. First empty pipe and
2
.-. tap B is opened for (x + 23) minutes.
Now, use the above method
second empty pipe are openedfor / minutes and r min- 3 4
x x + 23
utes respectively, then — + =1
Step I 45 40
To find the amount of work (filling or emptying) done by 8x + 9x + 207
each pipe (fill or empty), we use the following formula, or, 1
360
Amount of work (filling or emptying) done
or, 17x= 153 .-. x = 9 minutes.
No. of minutes opened Ex3: A cistern can be filled by two pipes filling separateK
Alone time (empty or fill) in 12 and 16 minutes respectively. Both pipes are
opened together for a certain time but being clogged.
Note: Put (-ve) sign for 'emptying work'.
Step II Add the amount of work done by each pipe and equate
it to the part of cistern filled. only — of full quantity water flows through the former
8
iL + il.-ii--ii- =l
(i) , if cistern is filled completely and only — through the latter pipe. The obstruc-
y, y 2 6
tions, however, being suddenly removed, the cistern
(ii) 2 , if cistern is made half full. is filled in 3 minutes from that moment. How long was
y. y 2
it before the full flow began?
Soln: Let both pipes remain clogged for x minutes and hence
(iii) L l + L l . _ i i . _ i±_ = o , i f full cistern is emptied full flow began after x minutes only.
*i i y\
x
.-. part of cistern filled in x minutes + part of cistern
completely and so on. filled in 3 minutes = cistern filled
Step III: Find the value of unknown Now use the above method,
x' ^5 ' 3 3 "
|+
x
4_ 1
Exl: Two fill pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 12 and 16
minutes respectively. Both fill pipes are opened to-
or, ^ 8 X 12, 1^6 X 16; _12 16_
gether, but 4 minutes before the cistern is full, one
12x 7 ,
pipe A is closed. How much time will the cistern take or, — + — = 1 x = 4.5 minutes.
to fill. 96 16
Soln: Let the cistern be filled in x minutes. Exercise
.-. Pipe B is opened for x minutes and pipe A is opened 1. Two fill pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 6 and 8 minutes
for (x - 4) minutes. respectively. Both fill pipes are opened together, but 2
Using the above method minutes before the cistern is full, one pipe A is closed.
How much time will the cistern take to fill.
x-4 x 4 x - 1 6 + 3x
1 or, =1
12 + 16 48 AA A 5 ^ * 5
a) 4 — min b) 4—min c) 6— i n d) 6— min m
64 _ 1 . 2. Two fill pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 18 and 24

x - — - *— minutes minutes respectively. Both fill pipes are opened together,
but 6 minutes before the cistern is full, one pipe A is
1 closed. How much time will the cistern take to fill.
.-. The cistern is filled in 9 — minutes.
4 5 5
Ex2: Two fill taps A and B can separately fill a cistern in 45 a) 12— min b) 12— min c) 13— min d) None of these
and 40 minutes respectively. They started to fill a cis-
3. Two fill taps A and B can separately fill a cistern in 10
tern together but fill tap A is turned off after few min-
and 20 minutes respectively. They started to fill a cistern
;s and Cisterns
together but fill tap A is turned off after few minutes and Net filling in these x minutes
fill tap B fills the rest part of cistern in 8 minutes. After
x 5 x 9_ 19*
how many minutes, was tap A turned off?
a) 3 min b)4min c)5min d)2min 30 6 X 3 6 * 10 " 360
Two fill taps A and B can separately fill a cistern in 15
and 30 minutes respectively. They started to fill a cistern 19* r360-19s
Remaining part - I - , .
( (
together but fill tap A is turned off after few minutes and \0
fill tap B fills the rest part of cistern in 9 minutes. After
360-19x 341
how many minutes, was tap A turned off? or x = 1.
a) 6 min b) 8 min 360 360
c) 7 min d) Data inadequate Hence, the pipes remained clogged for 1 minute.
A cistern can be filled by two pipes filling separately in
15 and 25 minutes respectively. Both pipes are opened
5
Rule 31
together for a certain time but being clogged, only — of Theorem: Three pipes A, B and C are attached to a cistern.
A can fill it in x minutes and B in y minutes.C is a waste
f* v;i' ' '. .ytn
full quantity water flows through the former and only — pipe for emptying it. After opening both the pipes A and B,
o
a man leaves the cistern and returns when the cistern should
through the latter pipe. The obstructions, however, be-
have been just full. Finding, however, that the waste pipe
ing suddenly removed, the cistern is filled in 5 minutes
had been left open, he closes it and the cistern now gets
from that moment. How long was it before the full flow
filled in t minutes. The time in which the pipe C, if opened
began?
161 168 xy I
a) — minutes b) minutes alone, empty the full cistern is minutes.
x+ y

c) minutes d) None of these
Ex: Three pipes A. B and C are attached to a cistern. A
A cistern can be filled by one of two pipes in 30 minutes can fill it in 10 minutes and B in 15 minutes. C is a
and by the other in 36 minutes. Both pipes are opened waste pipe for emptying it. After opening both the
together for a certain time but being particularly clogged, pipes A and B, a man leaves the cistern and returns
when the cistern should have been just full. Finding,
only — of the full quantity of water flows through the however, that the waste pipe had been left open, he
closes it and the cistern now gets filled in 2 minutes.
In how much time the pipe C, if opened alone, empty
former and only through the latter. The obstruc- the full cistern.
tions, however, being suddenly removed, the cistern is Let the pipe C alone empty the cistern in x minutes.
10x15
filled in 15 — minutes from that moment. How long was A and B together can fill the cistern in = 6
10+15
it before the full flow of water began? minutes
a) 1 minute b) 2 minute V waste pipe C had been left open for 6 minutes
c) minute d) 1— minute in 6 minutes — part of the cistern will be emptied

2
\nswers by the waste pipe C.

l.a 2.c 3.b 4.c 5.b
Now, — part of the cistern would be filled by A and B
Hint: Net filling in last 15— minutes
2 together in 2 minutes.
31 1 1 341
.-. Cistern will be full in — minutes.
30 36 1 360
Now, suppose they remained clogged for x minutes.
would the waste pipe C, i f opened alone, empty the full

=6 x = 18 minutes. cistern?
a) 48 min b) 24 min c) 36 min d) 42 min
Here, x = 10 minutes Answers
y = 15 minutes l.a 2.b 3.c 4.d 5,a
t = 2 minutes
Rule 32
10x15 1 Theorem: If a pipe A fills a cistern in x hours and suddenly
Empty time for waste pipe C = a leak develops through which every hour n part of the
10 + 15
water filled by the pipe A leaks out, then the time in which
6x6
18 nun.
tank is full hours.
I-n
Exercise
1. A bath can be filled by the cold water pipe in 10 minutes Illustrative Example
and by the hot water pipe in 15 minutes. A person leaves Ex: A pipe A can fill a tank in 12 hours. Due to develop-
the bathroom after turning on both pipes simultaneously
1
and returns at the moment when the bath should be full. ment of a whole in the bottom of the tank — rd of the
Finding, however, that the waste pipe has been open, he -j<t ••>V-JV H.iigWo 3»s i J -m
now closes it. In 4 minutes more the bath is full. In what water filled by the pipe A leaks out. Find the time
time would the waste pipe empty it? when the tank will be full.
a) 9 min b) 8 min c) 12 min d) 6 min Soln: Detail Method:
2. A bath can be filled by the cold water pipe in 15 minutes 1.
and by the hot water pipe in 30 minutes. A person leaves In 1 hour — part of the tank is filled.
and returns at the moment when the bath should be full.
Finding, however, that the waste pipe has been open, he Due to the leak, every hour I 3 * 12 _ 36 j P a r t °^
now closes it. In 5 minutes more the bath is full. In what
the water leaks out.
time would the waste pipe empty it?
.-. the whole tank will be emptied in 36 hours.
a) 25 min b) 20 min c) 30 min d) None of these
3. A bath can be filled by the cold water pipe in 20 minutes 12x36
time to fill the tank = = 18 hours.
and by the hot water pipe in 30 minutes. A person leaves 36-12
the bathroom after turning on both pip%s simultaneously Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
and returns at the moment when the bath should be full.
12 12x3
Finding, however, that the waste pipe has been open, he the required answer = 18 hours.
now closes it. In 6 minutes more the bath is full. In what 1-13
time would the waste pipe empty it?
a) 16 min b) 29 min c) 24 min d) 27 min Exercise
4. A bath can be filled by the cold water pipe in 30 minutes
and by the hot water pipe in 60 minutes. A person leaves 1. A pipe A can fill a tank in 18 minutes. Due to develop-
and returns at the moment when the bath should be full. ment of a whole in the bottom of the tank — of the water
Finding, however, that the waste pipe has been open, he 4
now closes it. In 8 minutes more the bath is full. In what filled by the pipe A leaks out. Find the time when the
time would the waste pipe empty it? tank will be full.
a) 25 min b) 30 min c) 40 min d) 50 min a) 24 min b) 20 min c) 27 min d) Data inadequate
5. Three pipes A, B and C are attached to a cistern, A can 2. A pipe A can fill a tank in 27 minutes. Due to develop-
fill it in 20 minutes and B in 30 minutes. C is a waste pipe 1
meant for emptying it. After opening both the pipes A ment of a whole in the bottom of the tank — of the
and B, a man leaves the cistern and returns when the water filled by the pipe A leaks out. Find the time when
cistern should have been just full. Finding however that the tank will be full.
the waste pipe had been left open, he closes it and the a) 32 min b) 34 min c) 36 min d) 30 min
cistern now gets filled in 3 minutes. In how much time 3. A pipe A can fill a tank in 28 minutes. Due to develop-
1 3 minutes before the tank is filled. In what time will the

ment of a whole in the bottom of the tank — of the water tank be full?
o
filled by the pipe A leaks out. Find the time when the
3. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank in 15 minutes. 20
tank will be full.
minutes and 30 minutes respectively. The pipe C is closed
6 minutes before the tank is filled. In what time will the
I A pipe A can fill a tank in 16 minutes. Due to develop-
tank be full?
Bl I
a) 5 min
Answers
b)8min c)6min d) 12 min
ment of a whole in the bottom of the tank — of the water l.b 2.c 3.b
filled by the pipe A leaks out. Find the time when the
tank will be full. Miscellaneous
a) 18 min b) 24 min c) 20 min d) Data inadequate 1. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 15 hours and 20
hours respectively while a third pipe C can empty the
Answers
full tank in 25 hours. A l l the three pipes are opened in
la 2.d 3.b 4.c
the beginning. After 10 hours C is closed. Find, in how
Rule 33 much time will the tank be full?
Theorem: If pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in x, y and z a) 12 hrs b)8hrs c) 10 hrs d) 14 hrs
hours respectively. If pipe C is closed t hours before the 2. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a cistern in 10 hours, 12
.istern is full, then the time in which tank is filled = hours and 15 hours respectively. First A was opened.
xy{t + z)
hrs. After 1 hour, B was opened and after 2 hours from the
xy + yz + xz
start of A, C was also opened. Findthe time in which the
Illustrative Example cistern is just full.
Ec Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank in 12 minutes, 16 a) 2 hrs b)4hrs c) 2 hrs 52 min d) 4 hrs 52 min
minutes and 24 minutes respectively. The pipe C is 3. A, B, C are pipes attached to a cistern. A and B can fill it
closed 3 minutes before the tank is filled. In what time in 20 and 30 minutes respectively, while C can empty it in
will the tank be full? 15 minutes. I f A, B, C be kept open successively for 1
Soln: Detail Method: minute each, how soon will the cistern be filled?
Let the tank be full in x minutes. a) 167 min b) 160 min c) 166 min d) 164 min
x x x-3 Answers
Now, 7 r + 77 + -TT-
12 16 24
= 1
1. a; Tank filled in 10 hours = 10

L + _L__L
U5 20 25,
23
30
Ax + 3x + 2x-6 +
or, =1
48
( 23
or, 9x = 54 .-. x = 6 minutes Remaining part :
30 J 30
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem
Here, t = 3 minutes
x = 12 minutes Work done by (A + B) in 1 hour <
L5 + 20 J~ 60
y = 16 minutes
z = 24 minutes
.-. the required time Now, — part is filled by (A + B) in 1 hour
60
12x16x27
6 minutes. 60 7
16x12 + 16x24 + 12x24
•. — part will be filled by ( A + B) in I y ^ J hrs x
Exercise
= 2 hours
1. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank in 6 minutes, 8
.-. Total time in which the tank is full =(10 + 2)
minutes and 12 minutes respectively. The pipe C is closed
= 12 hours
6 minutes before the tank in filled. In what time will the
2. d; [(A's 1 hour work) + (A + B)'s 1 hour work]
tank be full?
2.
a) 6 min b)4min c)5min d) Data inadequate
Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank in 3 minutes, 4
= JL (J_ _LXir
+ +
minutes and 6 minutes respectively. The pipe C is closed 10 I 10 12J 60-

171 43 55 1
Remaining part = Clearly, part of cistern is filled in 3 * 55 or 165 min.
60 J 60 • 60
1 1 55 1
Now,(A + B + C)'s 1 hourwork= ^ J Q- Hl 2 + 1- 5
+ Remaining part =
60 J 60 12
— part is filled by 3 pipes in 1 hour.

Now, — part is filled by A in 1 min.
43 f. 43
— part will be filled by them in I hrs , 1
and I j 2
0
20 J ' e
1
30 ^ a r t ' "
S by B in 1 min.
= 2 hours 52 min.
.-. required time = (3 x 55 + 1 + l ) m i n = 167 min.
.-. Total time taken to fill the cistern = 4 hours 52 min.
3. a; Work done in 3 minutes :

J_ J L|-J_
20 + 30 15 J ~ 60
Time and Distance
Rule 1 Ex. 5: Express 10 m/sec in km/hr.

Soln: Applying the above formula (v), we have,
(i) Distance = Speed * Time
Distance 10m/sec= [ y ] km/hr = 36km/hr,
(ii)Time = 1 0 x
Speed
Distance Exercise
(iii) Speed= 1. A train runs at the rate of 45 km an hour. What is its
Time
speed in metres per second?
(iv)x km/hr = I * x j g I m/sec a) 12— m/sec b)25 m/sec

2
(v) x m/sec = x x - km/hr c) 10— m/sec d) None of these

2
2. A motor car takes 50 seconds to travel 500 metres. What
Illustrative Examples is its speed in km per hour?
Ex. 1: Find the distance covered by a man walking for 10 a) 32 km/hr b) 36 km/hr c) 34 km/hr d) 38 km/hr
minutes at a speed of 6 km/hr. 3. How many km per hour does a man walk who passes
Soln: Applying the above formula (i), we have through a street 600 m long in 5 minutes?
10 10 a) 3.6 km/hr b) 7.2 km/hr
Distance = 6 km/hr x — - hrf-.- 10 minutes = ~ hrl c) 8 km/hr d) None of these
60 60
4. Compare the rates of two trains, one travelling at 45 km
= lkm an hour and the other at 10 m a second.
Ex. 2: Find the time taken to cover a distance of 125 km by a
a)4:5 b)3:5 c)5:4 d)5:3
train moving at a speed of 50 km/hr.
5. The distance of the sun from the earth is one-hundred
Soln: Applying the above formula (ii). we have,
forty-three million four hundred thousand km and light
125 travels from the former to the latter in seven minutes and
Time = hours = 2.5 hours fifty-eight seconds. Find the velocity of light per sec-
ond.
Ex. 3: A train covers a distance of 1250 km in 25 hours. Find
a) 300000 km/sec b) 30000 km/sec
the speed of the train.
c) 3 x 10 km/sec
6 d) Can't be determined
Soln: Applying the above formula (iii),
. A 2
Speed = - ^ = 50 km/hr 6. The wheel of an engine 4— metres in circumference

25
makes seven revolutions in 4 seconds. Find the speed
Ex. 4: Express a speed of 18 km/hr in metres per second.
of the train in km per hour.
Soln: Applying the above formula (iv), we have
7. Sound travels 330 metres a second. How many kilometres
18 km/hr ~ 1 • I m/sec = 5 m/sec. is a thunder-cloud distant when the sound follows the
flash after 10 seconds?
a) 3.3 km b)3km c) 3.2 km d) 3.5 km time = 7 x 60 + 58 = 478 seconds

8. What is the length of the bridge which a man riding 15
143400000
km an hour can cross in 5 minutes? .-. speed = = 300000 km/sec
478
a) 1 km b) 2 km c) 2 — km d) 1 — km 6. d; Hint: Distance travelled by the train in 4 seconds
30
9. A man crosses a street 600 m long in 5 minutes. His = — x7 = 30 metres
speed in kilometres per hour is
IClerical Grade Exam, 19911 15
.-. speed of the train = — = — m/sec
5_ 2
a) 7.2 b) c)3.6 /X d) 10
36 (using the given rule (
15 15 18
10. I f a man covers 10— km in 3 hours, the distance cov- — m/sec = ~ x " =27 km/hr
2 2 5
ered by him in 5 hours is [Asst. Grade Exam, 1987j (Using the given rule (v))
a) 18km b)15km c)16km d)17km
330x10
11. A train travels 92.4 km/hr. How many metres will it travel 7. a; Hint: Distance = Speed * Time = = 3.3 km
inlOminutes? [BankPO Exam, 1991]
a) 15400 b) 1540 c)154 d) 15.40 ... 5 5 . 1
8. d; Hint: Required answer = > 5 x — = — = 1 - km
12. xA train covers a distance in 50 minutes i f it runs at a ^ 60 4 4
\ speed of 48 km per hour on an average. The speed at
(Using the given rule (i))
which the train must run to reduce the time of journey to
40 minutes, will be 600 18
|Central Excise and I Tax Exam, 1988] 9. a; Hint: Required answer = -5 —
x 6 ~0 —
5 = 7.2 km/hr
x
X

Answers 10. d; Hint: Distance covered in 5 hours = x5 km
,5x3
1. a; Hint: Use the given rule (iv)
17km
45x5 25 1
ie required answer = 12 m per sec
18
I i . a: Hint: speed of nam t * | g j m/sec = -— m/sec
500
2. b; Hint: Speed of the motor car in m/sec = -TJT =10 m/sec
( 77
Distance covered in (10 * 60) sec = ^ ~ x 10x60
10x18
10 m/sec = —a— = JO km/hr (Use rule (v)) metres = 15400 metres
600 _ 12. c; Hint: Distance = (speed x time) = 48 x —1 = 40 km

3. b; Hint: Man's speed in m/sec = -—-— = 2 m/sec 60 J
5x60
18x2 _„ Distance (40x60
2 m/sec = — : — = 7.2 km/hr Speed = km/hr = 60 km/hr
Time 40
4. c; Hint: Speed of the first train = 45 km/hr
18
Rule 2
Speed of the second train = 10 m/sec = j 0 * — = 36 km/ Theorem: If a certain distance is covered at x km/hr and
the same distance is covered at y km/lir then the average
hr
Ixy
.-. ratio of the speeds of the trains = 45 : 36 = 5 : 4
Distance speed during the whole journey is x + km/hr.
5. a; Hint: Speed = ——
Time Illustrative Example
Here, distance between the sun and the earth
Ex.: A man covers a certain distance by car driving at 70
= 143400000 km and
km/hr and he returns back to the starting point riding
on a scooter at 55 km/hr. Find his average speed for
Time and Distance -1\
the whole journey. Rule 3

Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have, Theorem: A person is walking at a speed ofx km/hr. After
2x70x55 every kilometre, if he takes restfor t hours, then the time h e
Average speed = 7 0 + 5 5 km/hr = 61.5 km/hr.
will take to cover a distance ofy km is hr. Or.

Exercise
1. A man covers a certain distance by car driving at 40 km/ in other words, required time
hr and he returns back to the starting point riding on a
scooter at 10 km/hr. Find his average speed for the whole _ Distance to be covered
+ Number of rest x
journey. Speed
a) 8 km/hr b) 16 km/hr Time for each rest
c) 12 km/hr d) None of these
2. A man covers a certain distance by car driving at 30 km/
Ex.: A man is walking at a speed of 12 km per hour. After
hr and he returns back to the starting point riding on a
every km he takes rest for 12 minutes. How much time
scooter at 20 km/hr. Find his average speed for the whole
will he take to cover a distance of 36 km.
journey.
Rest time = Number of rest x Time for each rest
A man covers a certain distance by car driving at 15 km/
hr and he returns back to the starting point riding on a 12 -
scooter at 35 km/hr. Find his average speed for the whole = 3 5 x - = 7hr
journey.
[ v To cover 36 km, the man has to take rest 35 times,
as he takes rest every hour]
A man covers a certain distance by car driving at 40 km/
hr and he returns back to the starting point riding on a 36 „ , „
Total time to cover 36km = — + 7 = 10 hours.
scooter at 20 km/hr. Find his average speed for the whole 12
journey. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
Here, x= 12 km/hr
a) 1 6 - km/hr b)26km/hr y=36km
3
12
c) 36— km/hr d) 2 6 - km/hr t = 12 minutes : hr.
60 5
A train goes from a station A to another station B at a
speed of 64 km/hr but returns to A at a slower speed. I f 36 ,\
Total time = — + ->6 -1)— =3 + 7=10 hours.
v
its average speed for the trip is 56 km/hr, the return speed
of the train is nearly. | Hotel Management, 19911
a) 48 km/hr b) 50 km/hr c) 52 km/hr d) 47.4 km/hr Exercise
On a tour a man travels at the rate of 64 km an hour for 1. A man is walking at a speed of 6 km per hour. After every
the first 160 km, then travels the next 160 km at the rate of km he takes rest for 6 minutes. How much time will he
80 km an hour. The average speed in km per hour for the take to cover a distance of 18 km.
first 320 km of the tour, is [SBIPO Exam, 1988| a) 5 hrs b) 5 hrs 42 min
a)35.55 b)71.11 c)36 d)72 c) 4 hrs 42 min d) None of these
2. A man is walking at a speed of 18 km per hour. After
Answers every km he takes rest for 18 minutes. How much time
2. a 3.c 4.d will he take to cover a distance of 54 km.
b; Hint: Let the return speed of the train be y km/hr a) 18 hrs b) 18 hrs 54 min
Then, applying the given rule, we have, c) 16 hrs 54 min d) None of these
2x64x_y _ ^ 3. A man is walking at a speed of 9 km per hour. After every
"(64+v) ~~ km he takes rest for 9 minutes. How much time will he
or,2 x64 x y = 56(64+y) take to cover a distance of 27 km.
or, y = 49.8 = 50 km/hr (nearly) a) 6 hrs b) 6 hrs 45 min
c) 6 hrs 54 min d) None of these
(2x64x80^
b; Hint: .-. Average speed = I ^ go I km/hr +
4. A man rides at the rate of 18 km an hour, but stops 6
minutes to change hours at the end of every 7th kilometre
= 71.11 km/hr How long will he take to go a distance of 90 kilometres 0
a) 6 hrs b) 6 hrs 12 min

c) 6 hrs 15 min d) None of these Time taken to cover x km at 40 km/hr = hrs.
40
5. A man rides at the rate of 20 kilometres an hour. But
stops 10 minutes to change horses at the end of every
25th kilometre. How long will he take to go a distance of Difference between the time taken = 15 min = — hr.
4
175 kilometres?
a) 9 hrs 15 min o) 9 hrs 45 min x x _1
or, 4x - 3x = 30 or, x = 30
c) 10 hrs d) 8 hrs 45 min •'• 3 0 ~ 4 0 ~ 4
Answers Hence, the required distance is 30 km.
l.c 2.b 3.c Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
4.b; Hint: Here instead of every kilometre, every 7th hove
kilometre is given. Hence, we should first calculate 30x40 10 + 5
the required distance = ~ — — ~ x- 30 km.
90 40-30 60
no. of rest ie « 12
Note: 10 minutes late and 5 minutes earlier make a differ-
Now applying the given rule, we have ence of 10 + 5 = 15 minutes. As the other units are in
km/hr, the difference in time should also be changed
— + 12x — into hours.
18 60 15 1
= 5 hrs+ 1 hr 12 min .-. 15 minutes = ~TZ — ~r hr.
= 6 hrs 12 min 60 4
Exercise
175
5.b; Hint: No. of rest : -1 = 6 1. A man covers a certain distance between his house and
~25 office on scooter. Having an average speed of 15 km/hr,
175 , U 1 he is late by 5 min. However, with a speed of 20 km/hr, he
.-. required answer = -r— + 6 x — - y hrs 45 min . 1
20 60 reaches his office 2 — min earlier. Find the distance be-
2
tween his house and office.
Rule 4
Theorem: A person covers a certain distance between two 1
a)15km b)15^-km c)7km d ) 7 - km
points. Having an average speed of x km/lir, he is late by x x
2
2. A man covers a certain distance between his house and
hours. However, with a speed of y km/hr he reaches his
office on scooter. Having an average speed of 60 km/hr,
destination y hours earlier. The distance between the two
s
he is late by 20 min. However, with a speed of 80 km/hr,
he reaches his office 10 min earlier. Find the distance
*r(*i + y\) between his house and office.
points is given by km. Or,
(?-*) J a) 120km b)90km c)80km d)60km
Required distance 3. A man covers a certain distance between his house and
office on scooter. Having an average speed of 45 km/hr,
Product of two speeds he is late by 15 min. However, with a speed of 60 km/hr,
x Difference between
Difference of two speeds
arrival times he reaches his office 7— min earlier. Find the distance
2
(See note) between his house and office.
Ex.: A man covers a certain distance between his house a) 45^- km b) 6 7 k m c)45km d) 3 7 ^ km
and office on scooter. Having an average speed of 30 4. Ram travels at the rate of 3 km/hr and he reaches 15
km/hr, he is late by 10 min. However, with a speed of minutes late. If he travels at the rate of 4 km/hr, he reaches
40 km/hr, he reaches his office 5 min earlier. Find the 15 minutes earlier. The distance Ram has to travel is
distance between his house and office. |CDS Exam, 1989|
Soln: Detail Method Let the distance be A: km. a) l k m b)6km c)7km d)12km
Answers
Time taken to cover* km at 30 km/hr = — hrs.
l.d 2. a 3.b 4.b
Time and Distance 423
Rule 5 Rule 6
Theorem: A person walking at a speed ofx km/hr reaches Theorem: A person goes to a destination at a speed of x
km/hr and returns to his place at a speed of y km/hr. If he
his destination x hrs late. Next time he increases his speed
]
takes T hours in all, the distance between his place and
by y km/hr, but still he is late by y, hrs. The distance of his
( xy
destination is xT km. In other words,
yx + y
destination from his house is given by (x, -y^x + y)-
Required distance
km. Product of the two speeds
Total time taken x
Illustrative Example Addition of the rwo speeds
Ex.: A boy walking at a speed of 10 km/hr reaches his
school 15 minutes late. Next time he increases his Illustrative Example
speed 2 km/hr, but still he is late by 5 minutes. Find Ex: A boy goes to school at a speed of 3 km/hr and re-
the distance of his school from his house. turns to the village at a speed of 2 km/hr. If he takes 5
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have hrs in all, what is the distance between the village and
the required distance the school?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the required distance be x km.
l ^ | (
1 0 + 2 ) x H = 10km.
60 Jv ' 2 Then time taken during the first journey = — hr.
Exercise
1. A boy walking at a speed of 15 km/hr reaches his school and time taken during the second journey = — hr.
20 minutes late. Next time he increases his speed 5 km/hr,
but still he is late by 10 minutes. Find the distance of his x x . 2x + 2>x
school from his house. .-.— + — = 5 => = 5 => 5x = 30
a) 15km b)10km c)18km d)20km 3 2 6
2. A boy walking at a speed of 45 km/hr reaches his school .-. x = 6
10 minutes late. Next time he increases his speed 15 km/ :. required distance = 6 km
hr, but still -he is late by 5 minutes. Find the distance of Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
his school from his house. 3x2
a) 10km b)12km c)25km d)15km the required distance = 5 x = 6 km.
3+2
3. A boy walking at a speed of 30 km/hr reaches his school
40 minutes late. Next time he increases his speed 10 km/ Exercise
hr, but still he is late by 20 minutes. Find the distance of
1
his school from his house. 1. A man walks to a town at the rate of 5 — kilometres an
a) 30 km b)25km
c) 40 km d) None of these hour and rides back at the rate of 10 kilometres an hour,
4. A man walking with a speed of 5 km/hr reaches his target how far has he walked, the whole time occupied having
5 minutes late. I f he walks at a speed of 6 km/hr, he still been 6 hours 12 minutes?
reaches 3 minutes late. Find the distance of his target a)31km b)29km c)22km d)17km
from his house. 2. A man walks to a town at the rate of 4 ki lometres an hour
and rides back at the rate of 5 kilometres an hour, how far
a) 3 km b)2km c) !•£ km d)lkm has he walked, the whole time occupied having been 9
hours?
Answers a)20km b)25km c)18km d)15km
l.b 2.d 3.c 3. A man walks to a town at the rate of 5 kilometres an hour
4. d;Hint: Herey = 6km/hr-5km/hr = 1 km/hr
has he walked, the whole time occupied having been 6
Now applying the given rule we have
hours?
a)17km b)35km c)17.5km d)35.2km
the required distance = 4. A man walks to a town at the rate of 8 kilometres an hour
has he walked, the whole time occupied having been 7 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
hours? have
2x10x21x24 „a
5. A boy goes to school with the speed of 3 km an hour Distance = = 224 km.
and returns with a speed of 2 km/hr. If he takes 5 hours in 21 + 24
all, the distance in km between the village and the school Note: Remember that half of the journey means half of the
is |NDA 1990| distance and not the time.
a) 6 b)7 c)8 d)9 Exercise
6. A car completes a certain journey in 8 hours. It covers 1. A motor car does a journey in 12 hrs, the first half at 15
half the distance at 40 km/hr and the rest at 60 km/hr. The kjn/hr and the second half at 30 km/hr. Find the distance.
length of the journey in kilometres is a) 190 km b) 280 km c) 240 km d)210km
IClerical Grade, 19911 2. A motor car does a journey in 6 hrs, the first half at 10
a) 192 b)384 c)400 d)420 km/hr and the second half at 20 km/hr. Find the distance.
Answers a) 90 km b)80km c)60km d) None of
these
11 , 12 31
l.c;Hint: x — km/hr, y = 10 km/hr, T = « + — = — hours 3. A motor car does a journey in 27 hrs, the first half at 14
2 60 5 km/hr and the second half at 13 km/hr. Find the distance.
Now applying the given rule, we have a)264km b)351km c)251km d) 364 km
4. A motor car does a journey in 9 hrs, the first half at 12
—xlO a, km/hr and the second half at 15 km/hr. Find the distance.
2 w j l
22 km a) 120 km b) 100 km c) 124 km d)96km
the required distance :
11
+ 10 J
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.d 4. a
2. a 3.c 4.d 5.a
1 40x60 Rule 8
x8 = 192 km Theorem: The distance between two stations, A and R is D
6. b; Hint: — ofthejourney
2 - ^ 4 0 + 60 km. A train starts from A and moves towards B at an aver-
.-. The total length of the journey = 192 x 2 = 384 km
age speed of x km/lir. If an another train starts from B, t
Rule 7 hours earlier than the train at A, and moves towards A at
an average speed of y km/hr, then the distance from A,
Theorem: If a person does a journey in Thours and thefirst
half at S, km/It r andthe second halfat S km/hr, then the 2
where the two trains will meet, is {D-ty km.

x + y)
2 x Time x S, x S 2
distance •
S,+S, Illustrative Example
Where, S, = Speed during first half and Ex.: The distance between two stations, Delhi and
S = Speed during second half of journey
2 Amritsar, is 450 km. A train starts at 4 pm from Delhi
and moves towards Amritsar at an average speed of
60 km/hr. Another train starts from Amritsar at 3.20
Ex.: A motor car does a journey in 10 hrs, the first half at
pm and moves towards Delhi at an average speed of
21 km/hr and the second half at 24 km/hr. Find the
80 km/hr. How for from Delhi will the two trains meet
distance.
and at what time?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance be x km.
x x Suppose the trains meet at a distance of x km from
Then — km is travelled at a speed of 21 km/hr and —
Delhi. Let the trains from Delhi and Amritsar be A and
km at a speed of 24 km/hr. B respectively. Then,
Then, time taken to travel the whole journey [Time taken by B to cover (450 - x) km]
40
= 10 hrs - [Time taken by A to cover x km] = — (see note)
2x21 2x24 60
2x10x21x24 450-x x 40
So..v = = 224 km.
21 + 24 80 60 " 6 0
Time and Distance
Another train, starting from B, 2 hrs earlier, travels to-

425
.-. 3(450-x)-4x = 160 7x = 1190 => x = 170.

Thus, the trains meet at a distance of 170 km from wards A at 50 km/hr. Find the distance from station A at
Delhi. which two trains meet?
170 d) 4 - km
a) 5 km b) 5 — km c) 4 km
Time taken by A to cover 170 k m : hrs
60
= 2 hrs 50 min. Answers
So, the trains meet at 6.50 p.m. l.c 2.a 3.c 4.d
40 Rule 9
Note: RHS = 4:00 p.m. - 3.20 p.m. = 40 minutes = — hr
Theorem: The distance between two stations A and B, is D
LHS comes from the fact that the train from Amritsar km. A train starts from A and moves towards B at an aver-
took 40 minutes more to travel up to the meeting point age speed of x km/hr. If an another train starts from B, t
because it had started its journey at 3.20 p.m. whereas hours later than the train at A, and moves towards A at an
the train from Delhi had started its journey at 4 p.m. average speed ofy km/hr, then the distance from A, where
and the meeting time is the same for both the trains.
have the two trains will meet, is {D + ty km.
x + y)
the distance from Delhi at which two trains meet
= 1450-^x80 M^- Ex.: The distance between two stations, Delhi and
60 A 60+ 80
Amritsar, is 450 km. A train starts at 3.10 pm from
190 Delhi and moves towards Amritsar at an average
•170 km. speed of 20 km/hr. Another train starts from Amritsar
at 4 pm and moves towards Delhi at an average speed
170 of 60 km/hr. How far from Delhi will the two trains
Time taken by A to cover 170 km = hrs
meet and at what times.
= 2 hrs 50 min. Soln: Detail Method:
Suppose the trains meet at a distance of x km from
So, the trains meet at 6.50 p.m.
Delhi. Let the trains from Delhi and Amritsar be A and
Exercise B respectively. Then,
1. At what distance from Delhi will a train, which leaves [Time taken by A to cover x km] - [Time taken by B to
Delhi for Amritsar at 2.45 pm and goes at the rate of 50
km an hour, meet a train which leaves Amritsar for Delhi 50
cover (450 - x) km] = .. (see note)
at 1.35 pm and goes at the rate of 60 km per hour, the 60
distance between the two towns being 510 km? x 450 - x _ 50
a) 150km b) 170km c)200km d)210km
20 60 ~ 60
2. The distance between two stations A and B is 900 km.
Atrain starts from A and moves towards B at an average 3 x - 4 5 0 + x = 50
speed of 30 km/hr. Another train starts from B, 20 min-
utes earlier than the train at A, and moves towards A at or, 4x = 500 x = —— = 125 km.
an average speed of 40 km/hr. How far from A will the 4
two trains meet? Thus, the trains meet at a distance of 125 km from
a) 380 km b) 320 km c) 240 km d) None of these Delhi.
3. The distance between two stations A and B is 450 km. 125
Atrain.starts from A and moves towards B at an average
Time taken by A to cover 125 km = -ZT - 6 hrs 15
speed of 15 km/hr. Another train starts from B, 20 min-
utes earlier than the train at A, and moves towards A at minutes.
an average speed of 20 km/hr. How far from A will the So the trains meet at 9.25 p.m.
two trains meet? 50
a) 180 km b) 320 km c) 190 km d) 260 km Note: RHS = 4 p.m.-3.10 p.m. = 50 minutes or, 77 hrs.
4. Two stations A and B are 110 km apart on a straight line. 60
A train starts from A and travels towards B at 40 km/hr. LHS comes from the fact that the train from Delhi took
50 minutes more to travel up to the meeting point
because it had started its journey at 3.10 p.m. whereas

the train from Amritsar had started its journey at 4 y = 36 + 36* j =48km/hr
p.m. and the meeting time is the same for both the
trains. Now, applying the given rule we have
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we the required answer
have
distance from Delhi at which two trains meet 68 + 1x48 I f - * - km
3
3 6
J148+36J
Y 20 500 2. a; Hint: Here / = 0, and applying the given rule, we get
450-t ~^x< = 1 2 5km
A 20+ 60
50
Time taken by A to cover 125 km x 900 = 375 km from Calcutta
5 + 70
125
= 6 hrs 15 min. 375 _ 1 1
20 time = - - - - - I — hrs = 9 pm + 7 — hrs = 4.30 am
So the trains meet at 9.25 pm.
Note: This problem can also be solved by Rule 9. Try
Exercise to solve by that rule also.
1. A train which travels at the uniform rate of 10 metres per 3. a; Hint: The distance from B where the two meet
second leaves Patna for Kanpur at 7 am. At what dis- = 9 x 8 = 72 km
tance from Patna will it meet a train which leaves Kanpur .-. the distance from A where they meet = D - 72 km
for Patna at 7.20 am and travels one-third faster than it Let the D be the distance between Allahabad and
does, the distance from Patna to Kanpur being 68 km? Kanpur.
2. A train going 50 km an hour leaves Calcutta for Allahabad 12
(D + 2 * 8 ) = D-72
(900 km) at 9 pm. Another train going 70 km an hour 20
leaves Allahabad for Calcutta at the same time, when or,3D + 48 = 5D-360
and where will they pass each other? or, 2D = 408 .-. D = 204km
a) 375 km from Calcutta, 4.30 am 4. a 5.b
b) 525 km from Calcutta, 4.30 pm
c) 525 km from Allahabad, 4.20 am Rule 10
d) None of these
a
3. A starts from Allahabad to Kanpur and walks at the rate
of 12 km an hour. B starts from Kanpur 2 hours later and Theorem: If the new speed of a person is — of the usual
walks towards Allahabad at the rate of 8 kilometres an
hour, i f they meet in 9 hours after B started, find the speed, then the change in time taken to cover the same
distance from Allahabad to Kanpur. distance is 1 1 x usual time or, usual time is given by
a)204km b) 104km c) 140km d)240km
4. The distance between Delhi and Patna is 1000 km. A
train leaves Delhi for Patna at 5 pm at 150 km/hr. Another
train leaves Patna for Delhi at 6.30 pm at 100 km/hr. How Change in time
far from Delhi will the two trains meet? hrs.
a)690km b)310km c)590km d)410km a
5. The distance between two stations A and B is 220 km. A
train leaves A towards B at an average speed of 80 km Note: A person improves his timing or becomes late de-
per hr. After half an hour, another train leaves B towards pends on the -ve or +ve sign respectively of the
A at an average speed of 100 km/hr. Find the distance above expression.
from A of the point where the two trains meet. Illustrative Examples
a) 180km b) 120km c) 160km d)80km
_ . 3
Answers Ex.1: Walking — of his usual speed, a person is 10 min late
1
l.c; Hint: t = 7.20am-7am = 20minutes = — hr to his office. Find his usual time to cover the dis-
A 3 tance.
v' \ A 18 Soln: Detail Method: Let the usual time be .v min.
x = 10m/sec=\10xy =36 km/hr
"lme and Distance 427
his office. Find his usual time to cover the distance,

3 4x
Time taken at — of the usual speed = — min a) 27 minutes b) 25 minutes
4 3
[Note: If the speed of a body is changed in the ratio a
: b, then the ratio of the time taken changes in the 3
ratio b : a.] By walking at — of his usual speed, a man reaches of-
-X — X = 10 : = 10=>x = 30 mm. fice 20 minutes later than usual. His usual time is
[Railways, 19911
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we a) 30 minutes b) 60 minutes
have .1
c) 75 minutes d) 1— hours
2
Change in time 10 10
Usual time = = 30 min- Answers
1 - l.a 2.c 3.c 4. a 5.b
3
utes.
Rule 11
Here sign is (+ve) and hence in the question late time Theorem: If a train travelling x km an hour leaves a place
has been given. and t hours later another train travelling y km an hour,
where y > x, in the same direction, then they will be to-
4 " -
E\.2: Running — of his usual speed, a person improves t(xy)
gether after travelling km from the starting place.
his timing by 10 minutes. Find his usual time to cover v-
the distance.
Soln: Direct Formula: Applying the above theorem,
Ex.: A train travelling 25 km an hour leaves Delhi at 9 a.m.
Change in time 10 and another train travelling 35 km an hour starts at 2
Usual time : = -40 minutes
2_, _ I p.m. in the same direction. How many km from Delhi
4 4 will they be together?
Here (-ve) sign shows that the person improves his Soln: Detail Method I:
timing. Hence in the question improved time has been Let the required distance be x km
given. From the question,
.-. correct answer = 40 minutes. x x
Exercise — - = 2p.m.-9a.m. = 5 hours.
Walking — of his usual speed, a person is 15 min late to or, x(35-25)

35x25
his office. Find his usual time to cover the distance,
35x25x5
a) 30 minutes b) 25 minutes x= = 437^-km.
c) 15 minutes d) None of these 10
Detail Method II:
Walking — of his usual speed, a person is 6 min late to The first train has a start of 25 x 5 km and the second
train gains (35 - 25) or 10 km per hour.
his office. Find his usual time to cover the distance.
25x5
a) 12 minutes b) 18 minutes the seconcrtrain will gain 25 * 5 km in
10
c) 24 minutes d) Data inadequate
1
or 12— hours.
Walking - of his usual speed, a person is 12 min late to
2
his office. Find his usual time to cover the distance.
a) 36 minutes b) 18 minutes .•. the required distance from Delhi = 12— * 35 km
c) 6 minutes d) Can't be determined
= 437-km.
Walking - of his usual speed, a person is 18 min late to 2

have 19 13
— x—
19x13x5
25x35x(2 p.m.-9 a.m.) required distance = _4 ?_ km
the required distance 19 _ 13 4x2x7
35-25
4 12
25x35x5 1'
= = 4 3 7 - km 19x13x5 4 _ 65
10 2
° '
r t i m e = 7 ^ 7 ~ X ! 9 = .4 h r S
Exercise
1. A train leaves Calcutta at 7.30 am and travels 40 km an required answer = 7 am + 4 — hrs
hour, another train leaves Calcutta at noon and travels 14
64 km an hour, when and where will the second train 9x60 4
overtake the first? = 11 am + min =11.38 — am.
a) 480 km, 7.30 pm b) 480 km, 2.30 pm 14 7
3. a; Hint: Here,* = 4 km/hr
c) 840 km, 7.30 pm d) 480 km, 6.30 pm
24
Time taken by A to cover the distance of 24 km = — = 6
A man starts at 7 am and travels at the rate of 4 — km an
4
hrs
hour. At 8.15 am a coach starts from the same place and
Time taken by B to cover the same distance = 6 - 2 = 4
, 1 hrs (according to the question)
follows the man travelling at the rate of 6 — km an hour, 24 r
•'• v = — = 6 km/hr and / = 1 hr

at what o'clock will the coach overtake the man? 4
a) 12.50 pm b) 11.38- am Now applying the given rule, we have

6x4
the required answer ; x l =12 km from Delhi.
6-4
c) 12.53 — pm d) None of these
3. A starts from Delhi to Alwar (24 km) at 6 am walking 4 Rule 12

kilometres an hour. B starts from Delhi an hour later and Theorem: If two persons A and B startfrom a place walk-
reaches Alwar one hour before A, where did they meet? ing at x km/hr and y km/hr respectively, at the end of t
a) 12 km from Delhi hours, when they are moving in same direction andx <y,
b) 10 km from Alwar they will be (y -x) t km apart.
c) 10 km from Delhi Illustrative Example
d) Data inadequate Ex.: Two men A and B start from a place P walking at 3 km
Answers and 3.5 km an hour respectively. How many km will
they be apart at the end of 3 hours, i f they walk in
1. a; Hint: t = 7.30 am - 12 noon = 4— = — hrs same direction?
2 2 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
Now applying the given rule, we have the required distance = (3.5 - 3 ) 3 = 1.5 km.
64x40 9 ... Exercise
x - = 480 km
60-40 2 1. One man takes 100 steps a minute, each 5 decimetres
long, another walks 4 km an hour, if they start together,
480 15 _ 1 how soon will one of them be 75 metres ahead to the
Required time = —— = — = 7 — hrs
64 2 2 other?
a) 3 min 30 sec b) 2 min 40 sec
.-. required answer = 12 noon + 7 — hrs = 7.30 pm. c) 4 min 20 sec d) 4 min 30 sec
2. Two men A and B start from a place P walking at 4 km
and 5 km an hour respectively. How many km will they
2. b; Hint: Here t = 7 am - 8.15 am = 1— hrs be apart at the end of 4 hours, if they walk in same direc-
4
tion?
.-. Applying the given rule we have the
a)3km b)4km c)2km d)4.5km
: Two men A and B start from a place P walking at 6 km Rule 14

and 8 km an hour respectively. How many km will they Theorem: Two men A and B walkfrom PtoQ,a distance of
be apart at the end of 2 hours, if they walk in same direc-
'D' km, at the speed of 'a' km/hr and 'b' km/hr respectively.
tion?
IfB reaches Q, returns immediately and meets A at R, then
a) 2 km b)8km c)6km d)4km the distance travelled by A (or distance from P to R) is
Answers
d:Hint: 100 steps = 5 x 100 = 500 dm = 50 m 2D ~~Z I km and the distance travelled by B (or PQ +
50 _ 5
Speed of the first man = 50 m per minute = ~rz - ~ m/sec
60 6 QR) is 2D km.
5 5 18
.-. — m/sec = 7 t - =3 km/hr
x
6 6 5
Now, applying the given rule, we have Ex.: Two men A and B walk from P to Q, a distance of 21
km, at 3 and 4 km an hour respectively. B reaches Q,
75
(4-3)/ = -x60 returns immediately and meets A at R. Find the dis-
1000 tance from P to R.
Soln: Detail Method: When B meets A at R, B has walked
.-. t = — = 4 min 30 sec
2 the distance PQ + QR and A the distance PR. That is,
2,b 3.d both of them have together walked twice the distance
from P to Q, i.e. 42 km.
Rule 13 Now the rates of A and B are 3 : 4 and they have
Theorem: If two persons A and B startfrom a place walk- walked 42 km.
-ig at x km/lir and y km/hr respectively, at the end of t
Hence the distance PR travelled by A
hours, when they are moving in opposite directions, they
»ill he (x +y)t km apart. 3
= -j of42km=18km
Quicker Method: When the ratio of speeds of A and
Ex.: Two men A and B start from a place P walking at 3 km
B is a : b, then in this case:
and 3.5 km an hour respectively. How many km will
Distance travelled by A " 2 * Distance of two points
they be apart at the end of 3 hrs, if they walk in the
opposite directions?
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have a+b
the required distance = (3.5 + 3) 3 = 19.5 km.
x
and distance travelled by B = 2 x Distance of two
Exercise
Two men A and B start from a place P walking at 2 km
P° i n t s [Jtb,
and 5 km an hour respectively. How many km will they
be apart at the end of 2 hrs, i f they walk in the opposite Thus, distance travelled by A (PR)
directions?
= 2x21 = 18km.
a)7km b)8km c)12km d)14km 3+ 4
1 Two men A and B start from a place P walking at 3.5 km
and 4.5 km an hour respectively. How many km will they Exercise
be apart at the end of 3 hrs, if they walk in the opposite 1. Two men A and B walk from P to Q, a distance of 18 km,
directions? at 4 and 5 km an hour respectively. B reaches Q, returns
a)21km b)24km immediately and meets A at R. Find the distance from P
c) 18 km d) Data inadequate toR.
• Two men A and B start from a place P walking at 5.5 km a) 15km b)16km
and 6.5 km an hour respectively. How many km will they c)12km d) Can't be determined
be apart at the end of 5 hrs, if they walk in the opposite 2. Two men A and B walk from P to Q. a distance of 22 km.
directions? at 5 and 6 km an hour respectively. B reaches Q, returns
a)60km b)50km c)45km d)30km immediately and meets A at R. Find the distance from P
toR.
Answers
Id 2.b 3.a
3. Two men A and B walk from P to Q, a distance of 30 km, Delhi. After passing each other they complete their jour-
at 7 and 8 km an hour respectively. B reaches Q, returns neys in 4 and 16 hours respectively. At what rate does
immediately and meets A at R. Find the total distance the second man cycle if the first cycle at 18 km per hour?
travelled by B. a) 8 km b)9km c)12km d)6km
a)35km b)36km c)32km d)33km 3. A man sets out to cycle from Delhi to Rohtak, and at the
4. Two men A and B walk from P to Q, a distance of 24 km, same time another man starts from Rohtak to cycle to
at 11 and 13 km an hour respectively. B reaches Q, re- Delhi. After passing each other they complete their jour-
turns immediately and meets A at R. Find the total dis- neys in 16 and 25 hours respectively. At what rate does
tance travelled by B. the second man cycle if the first cycle at 25 km per hour?
a)21km b)18km c) 1 2 - k m d)20km
Answers 2
l.b 2.c 3.c 4.a 4. A man sets out to cycle from Delhi to Rohtak, and at the
same time another man starts from Rohtak to cycle to
Rule 15 t Delhi. After passing each other they complete their jour-
Theorem: If two persons A and B start at the same time in neys in 9 and 16 hours respectively. At what rate does
the second man cycle if the first cycle at 16 km per hour?
opposite directions from two points and after passing each
other they complete the journeys in 'a' and 'b' hrs respec-
Answers
tively then A's speed: B's speed = 4b \4a •
l.b 2.b 3.d 4. a
Ex.: A man sets out to cycle from Delhi to Rohtak, and at Rule 16 V
the same time another man starts from Rohtak to cycle Report of guns
to Delhi. After passing each other they complete their Theorem: If two guns werefiredfrom the same place at an
journeys in i- and 4 — hours respectively. At what interval of f, minutes but a person in a train approaching
rate does the second man cycle i f the first cycle at 8 the place hears the second report t minutes after the first,
2
km per hour? then the speed of the train, supposing that sound travels at
Soln: If two persons (or train) A and B start at the same time
in opposite direction from two points, and arrive at 330 metres per second, is 1188 km/hr.
the point a and b hrs respectively after having met,
then j Illustrative Example
A's rate : B's rate = : 4ct (from the theorem) Ex.: Two guns were fired from the same place at an inter-
val of 13 minutes but a person in a train approaching
Thus in the above case
the place hears the second report 12 minutes 30 sec-
onds after the first. Find the speed of the train, sup-
posing that sound travels at 330 metres per second.
1st man's rate
Soln: Detail Method: It is easy to see that the distance trav-
2nd man's rate
elled by the train in 12 min. 30 seconds could be trav-
elled by sound in (13 min - 12 min 30 seconds) = 30
seconds
5 _ ,2
.-.2nd man's rate = 7 x 8 _ 0 ~ " km/hr.
6 i .-. the train travels 330 * 30 metres in 12— min.
Exercise
1. A man sets out to cycle from Delhi to Rohtak, and at the 330x30x2x60
the speed of the train per hour
same time another man starts from Rohtak to cycle to * 25x1000
Delhi. After passing each other they complete their jour-
1188 13
neys in 4 and 9 hours respectively. At wjiat rate does the
= 1f 0 T 4 7 25 k m -
second man cycle if the first cycle at 9 km per hour?
a) 4 km b) 6 km c) 8 km d) Data inadequate Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
2. A man sets out to cycle from Delhi to Rohtak, and at the have
same time another man starts from Rohtak to cycle to
Time and Distance
25^ f
431
13- — Ex.: Two runners cover the same distance at the rate of 15
speed of the train per hour =1188 2_ km and 16 km per hour respectively. Find the distance
25 travelled when one takes 16 minutes longer than the
2 other.
1188 ,.,13 Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance bex km.
25 or 4 7 —
25 km.
Exercise Time taken by the first runner = — hrs

1. Two bullets were fired at a place at an interval of 12
minutes. A person approaching the firing point in his Time taken by the second runner = — hrs
car hears the two sounds at an interval of 11 minutes 40
seconds. The speed of sound is 330 m/sec. What is the
x x _ 16
speed of the car?
N o w 'TTT6 ^ =
1188 594
a) km/hr b) km/hr JC(16- 15) _ 16
35 35
or, 15x16 60
1881
c) km/hr d) Data inadequate
16
:.x = — x l 5 x l 6 = 64 km
2. Two bullets were fired at a place at an interval of 34 60
minutes. A person approaching the firing point in his
car hears the two sounds at an interval of 33 minutes.
The speed of sound is 330 m/sec. What is the speed of 15x16 16 .,
Distance = — * — = km. 6 4
the car? 16-15 60

a)72km b)36km Note: The above theorem may be written as, " I f two run-
c)45km d)51km ners A and B cover the same distance at the rate of x
3. Two bullets were fired at a place at an interval of 28 km/hr and y km/hr respectively, then the distance trav-
minutes 30 seconds. A person approaching the firing elled, when B takes t hours less than the A, is
point in his car hears the two sounds at an interval of 27
minutes. The speed of sound is 330 m/sec. What is the xy
km."
speed of the car? • y-x
See the following example,
4. Two bullets were fired at a place at an interval of 38
Ex.: Two cars run to a place at the speeds of 45 km/hr and
minutes. A person approaching the firing point in his
60 km/hr respectively. I f the second car takes 5 hrs
car hears the two sounds at an interval of 36 minutes.
less than the first for the journey, find the length of
The speed of sound is 330 m/sec. What is the speed of
the journey.
the car?
a)66km b)49km c)99km d)98km 45x60
Soln: Distance : x5 = 900 km.
Answers 60-45
l.a 2.b 3.b 4. a Exercise
Rule lfr 1. Two men start together to walk a certain distance, one at
Theorem: If two runners A and B cover the same distance 3
it the rate of x km/lir andy km/lir respectively, then the 3— km an hour, and the other at 3 km an hour. The
4
distance travelled, when A t~kes t hours longer than the B, former arrives half an hour before the latter. Find the
xy distance.
—— xt km. or
1
a) 7 - km b)15km c) 15 d)7km :
Distance =
Multiplication of speeds Two bicyclists do the same journey by travelling respec-
x Difference in time
Difference of Speeds tively at the rates of 9 and 10 km an hour. Find the length
to cover the distance of the journey when one takes 32 minutes longer than
(See Note) the other.
a) 3 8 km b)36km c)48km d)24km Illustrative Example

3. A man walks from A to B and back in a certain time at the Ex.: A carriage driving in a fog passed a man who was
walking at the rate of 3 km an hour in the same direc-
rate of 3 — km per hour. But if he had walked from A to B tion. He could see the carriage for 4 minutes and it
was visible to him upto a distance of 100 m. What was
at the rate of 3 km an hour and back from B to A at the
the speed of the carriage?
rate of 4 km an hour, he would have taken 5 minutes
Soln: Detail Method: The distance travelled by the man in 4
longer. Find the distance between A and B.
a) 14km b)12km c)6km d)7km 3x1000
minutes x4 =200 metres.
4. A car starts from P for Q travelling 20 kilometres an hour. 60
distance travelled by the carriage in 4 minutes
1 — hours later another car starts from P and travelling = (200+100) = 300 metres.
300 60
„1 speed of the carriage km per hour
at the rate of 30 kilometres an hour reaches Q 2— hrs 1000
before the first car. Find the distance from P to Q.

a) 90 km b) 150 km c) 240 km d) 270 km = 4— km per hour
2
Answers Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
I. a 2.c have
x = 3 km/hr
3. d; Man's speed in the first case = 3^- km/hr 4 1
t = 4 minutes = — - 77 hrs
Man's average speed in the second case 60 15
2x3x4 24 100
km/hr (See Rule 2) d= 100 metres = km
3+ 4 1000 10
Now, applying the given rule, Now, applying the above rule, we have
7 24
— X
we have 2(AB) = 2 7 14 km the required answer = 3 + ^0- = 3 + ~ = 4 km/hr
24 X 60
15
A Exercise
.-. AB = — = 7
2 1. A carriage driving in a fog passed a man who was walk-
ing at the rate of 6 km an hour in the same direction. He
^1 , 1 „ could see the carriage for 8 minutes and it was visible to
4. c; Hint: Herer= 2—+ 1— = 4 hours
2 2 him upto a distance of200 m. What was the speed of the
Now applying the given rule we have carriage?
the required distance = 30x20

- x4 = 240 km a)9km/hr b) 7 - km/hrc)7km/hr d) 8~ km/hr
30-20
2. A carriage driving in a fog passed a man who was walk-
Rule 18t ing at the rate of 5 km an hour in the same direction. He
Carriage driving in a fog could see the carriage for 6 minutes and it was visible to
him upto a distance of 120 m. What was the speed of the
Theorem: A carriage driving in a fog passed a person who
carriage?
was walking at the rate ofx km/hr in the same direction. If
he could see the carriage for 1 hours and it was visible to «1
him upto a distance of'd' km, then the distance travelled a) 6 j km/hr b) 5 - km/hr
by the carriage in t hours is (xt + d) metres and speed of
c) 6— km/hr d) None of these
the carriage is \ + ~ | km/hr.
3. A carriage driving in a fog passed a man who was walk-
rime and Distance
ing at the rate of 6 km an hour in the same direction. He a) 8 hrs b) 8 hrs 20 min
433
could see the carriage for 12 minutes and it was visible c) ^ hrs 20 min d) 8 hrs 40 min
to him upto a distance of 150 m. What was the speed of 2. A man takes 5 hrs 42 min in walking to a certain place
the carriage? and riding back. He would have gained 1 hr 18 min b>
riding both ways. How long would he take to walk both
^ 3 3
a) 7 - km/hr b) 6 - km/hr c) 5 - km/hr d) 8 km/hr ways?
a) 6 hours b) 6 hours 50 min
4. A carriage driving in a fog passed a man who was walk- c) 7 hours d) Data inadequate
ing at the rate of 8 km an hour in the same direction. He A man takes 7 hours in walking to a certain place and
could see the carriage for 15 minutes and it was visible riding back. He would have gained 3 hours by riding
to him upto a distance of 500 m. What was the speed of both ways. How long would he take to walk both ways?
the carriage? a} 10 hours b) 12 hours c) 8 hours d) 9 hours
4. A man takes 8 hrs 32 min in walking to a certain place
a) 10 km/hr b) 8 - km/hr and riding back. He would have gained 2 hrs 14 min by
2
riding both ways. How long would he take to walk both
ways?
Answers a) 10 hrs b) 10 hrs 36 min
l.b 2. a 3.b 4. a c) 10 hrs 46 min d) 10 hrs 40 min
Rule 19 Answers
l.d 2.c 3. a 4.c
Theorem: A person takes x hours to walk to a certain place
and ride back. However, he could have gained t hours, if he
Rule 20
had covered both ways by riding, then the time taken by
Theorem: A man takes x hours to walk to a certain place
him to walk both ways is (x +1) hours.
and ride back. However, if he walks both ways he needs t
or,
hours more, then the time taken by him to ride both ways is
Both ways walking = One way walking and one way riding
(x-t) hours.
rime + gain in time
Ex.: A man takes 12 hrs to walk to a certain place and ride
Ex.: A man takes 8 hours to walk to a certain place and
back. However, i f he walks both ways he needs 3
ride back. However, he could have gained 2 hrs, if he
hours more. How long would he have taken to ride
had covered both ways by riding. How long would
both ways?
he have taken to walk both ways?
required time = 12 - 3 = 9 hrs.
Walking time + Riding time = 8 hrs (1)
2 Riding time = 8 - 2 = 6 hrs (2) Exercise
2 x ( l ) _ ( 2 ) gives the result
2 x walking time = 2 * 8 - 6 = lOhrs. 1. I walk a certain distance and ride back by taking 6
.-. both ways walking will take 10 hrs.
Quicker Approach: Two ways riding saves a time of
2 hrs. It simply means that one way riding takes 2 hrs hours altogether. 1 could walk both ways in 7 — hours.
less than one way walking. It further means that one
How long would it take me to ride both ways?
way walking takes 2 hrs more than one way riding.
Thus, both way walking will take 8 + 2 = 10 hrs. 1 3 3 1
a) 4 - hrs b) 5 - hrs c) 4 - hrs d) 4 - hrs
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we ' 4 4 4 2
have
Both ways walking = One way walking and one way 2. A man takes 5 — hrs to walk to a certain place and ride
riding time + Gain in time = 8 + 2 = 10 hrs.
Exercise back. However, if he walks both ways he needs 1 — hours
L A man takes 6 hrs 30 min in walking to a certain place 4
and riding back. He would have gained 2 hrs 10 min by more. How long would he have taken to ride both ways?
riding both ways. How long would he take to walk both , 1 ,11 .11 .1
ways? a) 3— hrs b) 3— hrs c) 4 — hrs d) 4 — hrs
3. A man takes 8 hrs to walk to a certain place and ride Note: The above example may be written as "A man leaves
back. However, if he walks both ways he needs 1 hour a point P at 6 a.m. and reaches the point Q at 10 a.m.
more. How long would he have taken to ride both ways? Another man leaves the point Q at 8 a.m. and reaches
a) 9 hrs b)7hrs c)6hrs d) None of these the point P at 12 noon. At what time do they meet?"
Answers
x = 10 am - 6 am = 4 hrs
^ 3 ^ 1 3 , y = 12 noon - 8 am = 4 hrs
1. c; Hint: Here t = 1 — 6 — = — hrs
4 4 2 First man starts at 6 am and second man starts at 8 am
Applying the given rule, we have Therefore, second man starts (8 am - 6 am = 2 hrs) late
than the first.
1 3 3 .-. t = 2hrs.
the required answer = 6 = 4— hrs
4 2 4
2, b 3.b .-. the required time = I 1
Rule 21 Hence, they meet at 6 am + 3 am = 9 am.

Theorem: A person A leaves a point P and reaches Qinx Exercise
hours. If another person B leaves the point Q, t hours later 1. A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 3
than A and reaches the point P in y hours, then the time in hours. Another man leaves the point Q, 1 hour later and
reaches the point P in 3 hours. Find the time in which
which A meets toBis{y-{f + hrs. first man meets to the second man.
y a) 2 hrs b) 3 hrs
c) 1 - hrs d) Data inadequate
Ex.: A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 4
2. A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 5
hours. Another man leaves the point Q, 2 hours later
and reaches the point P in 4 hours. Find the time in
and reaches the point P in 7 hours. Find the time in which
which first man meets to the second man.
first man meets to the second man.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance PQ = A km.
And they meet* hrs after the first man starts. , 1
a) 4 hrs b) 4 - hrs c) j — hrs d) ? | hrs
Average speed of first man : km/hr 3. A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 6
Average speed of second man = — km/hr
first man meets to the second man.
a) 6 hrs b)5hrs c)4hrs d)3hrs
Ax
Distance travelled by first man km 4. A man leaves a point P at 8 am and reaches the point Q
at 12 noon. Another man leaves the point Q at 9 am and
They meet x hrs after the first man starts. The second reaches the point P at 1 pm. At what time do they meet ? 1
man, as he starts 2 hrs late, meets after ( x - 2 ) hrs from a) 10.30 am b) 11.30 am
his start. Therefore, the distance travelled by the sec- c)10am d)They will never meet
4.x-2) Answers
ond man = km
4 La 2.c 3.b 4. a
Ax A(X-2)
Now, — + — — ' km = A Rule 22
4 4 Theorem: A person A leaves a point P and reaches Q in x
or, 2 x - 2 = 4 hours. If another person B leaves the point Q, t hours ear-
.-. x = 3 hrs lier than A and reaches the point P in y hours, then the time
have in which A meets to B is {y-t hrs.
x = 4 hrs, y = 4 hrs and t = 2 hrs x+ y
.-. the required time - (4 + 2\ | =3 hrs. Illustrative Example

\ + 4j Ex.: A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 4
Time and Distance
hours. Another man leaves the point Q. 2 hours ear- hours. Another man leaves the point Q. 2 hours earlier
435
lier and reaches the point P in 4 hours. Find the time in and reaches the point P in 6 hours. Find the time in which
which the first man meets to the second man. the first man meets to the second man.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance PQ = A km
And they meet x hrs after the first man starts. a) 1 hr b) 3 hrs d) 1 - hrs c) 2 hrs
2
A A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 5
Average speed of first man = — km/hr
hours. Another man leaves the point Q. 3 hours earlier
A
Average speed of second man = — km/hr the first man meets to the second man.
Ax a)lhr b) 1 - hrs
Distance travelled by first man = — km
4
They meet x hrs after the first man starts. The second
c) 2 - hrs d) None of these
man, as he starts 2 hrs late, meets after (x + 2) hrs from
his start. Therefore,
Answers
the distance travelled by the second man
La 2. c 3.b
= ^ k m Rule 23
4
Theorem: Speed and time taken are inversely proportional.
Ax A(x + 2)
Now, — + — - km = A
pas i '4 4 Therefore, S T = S T x r 2 2 = S 7 ....
3 3
2x + 2 = 4 .-. x = l h r Where, S v S , S ... are the speeds

2 3
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we and T , T , 7 .... are the time taken to travel the same dis-
x 2 3
have
tance.
x = 4 hrs, y = 4 hrs and t = 2 hrs
Note: Also see Rule 32.
.-. the required time = ( 4 - 2 = 1 hr Illustrative Example
4+4
Ex.: A person covers a distance in 40 minutes if he runs at
Note: The above example may be written as "A man leaves
a speed of 45 km per hour on an average. Find the
a point P at 8 am and reaches the point Q at 12 noon.
speed at which he must run to reduce the time of
Another man leaves the point Q at 6 am and reaches
journey to 30 minutes.
the point P at 10 am. At what time do they meet?"
Soln: Required speed = 45 x 40 = S x 30 2

x = 12 noon - 8 a.m. = 4 hrs 45x40 r , .
n
y = 10 a.m. - 6 a.m. = 4 hrs • S, = = 60 km/hr.

First man starts at 8 a.m. and second man starts at 6 2 30
a.m. Therefore, second man starts (8 a.m. - 6 a.m. = 2 Exercise
hrs) earlier than the first. 1. A person covers a distance in 8 minutes if he runs at a
• t = 2 hrs speed of 9 km per hour on an average. Find the speed at
which he must run to reduce the time of journey to 6
.-. the required time = (4 - 2 = 1 hr minutes.
4+4 a) 12 km/hr b) 10 km/hr c) 9 km/hr d) None of these
Hence, they meet at 8 a.m. + 1 hour = 9 a.m. 2. A person covers a distance in 24 minutes if he runs at a
speed of 27 km per hour on an average. Find the speed at
Exercise which he must run to reduce the time of journey to 18
1. A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 3 minutes.
hours. Another man leaves the point Q. 1 hour earlier a) 27 km/hr b) 36 km/hr c) 45 km/hr d) 48 km/hr
and reaches the point P in 3 hours. Find the time in which 3. A person covers a distance in 12 minutes if he runs at a
the first man meets to the second man.
a) 1 hr b) 2 hrs 1
c) 30 min d) Can't be determined speed of 13 — km per hour on an average. Find the speed
2. A man leaves a point P and reaches the point Q in 6
at which he must run to reduce the time of journey to 9
minutes. Exercise
a) 16 km/hr b) 21 km/hr c) 24 km/hr d) 18 km/hr 1. Without any stoppage a person travels a certain dis-
4. A person covers a distance in 16 minutes i f he runs at a tance at an average speed of 40 km/hr, and with stop-
speed of 18 km per hour on an average. Find the speed at pages he covers the same distance at an average speed
which he must run to reduce the time of journey to 12 of 30 km/hr. How many minutes per hour does he stop?
minutes.
_1
a) 16 km/hr b) 18 km/hr
a) 7 min b) 7— min c) 15 min d)Noneofthese
2. Without any stoppage a person travels a certain dis-
Answers
tance at an average speed of 42 km/hr, and with stop-
l.a 2.b 3.d 4.c
pages he covers the same distance at an average speed
of 28 km/hr. How many minutes per hour does he stop?
Rule 24
a) 15 minutes b) 14 minutesc) 28 minutes d) 20 minutes
Theorem: Without any stoppage if a person travels a cer-
3. Without any stoppage a person travels a certain dis-
tain distance at an average speed of x km/hr, and with
stoppages he covers the same distance at an average speed
pages he covers the same distance at an average speed
f S of 15 km/hr. How many minutes per hour does he stop?
x-y
ofy km/hr, then he stops 60 minutes per hour. a) 26 min 40 sec b) 30 min
{ y J c) 26 min d) 16 min 40 sec
Or 4. Without any stoppage a person travels a certain dis-
Difference of speed pages he covers the same distance at an average speed
Time of rest per hour = x60
Speed without stoppage of 12 km/hr. How many minutes per hour does he stop?
minutes. a)15min b)12min c)16min d)18min

Ex.: Without any stoppage a person travels a certain dis- l.c 2.d 3.a 4.b
pages he covers the same distance at an average
Rule 25
speed of 60 km/hr. How many minutes per hour does Theorem: A person has to cover a distance of x km in t
he stop? hours. If he covers nth part of the journey in mth of the total
Soln: Detail Method: Let the total distance be x km. fx \-n)
time, then his speed should be I ~ x \
m J km/hr to cover
Time taken at the speed of 80 km/hr = — hrs.
80 the remaining distance in the remaining time.
Time taken at the speed of 60 km/hr = — hrs. Ex: A person has to cover a distance of 80 km in 10 hrs. I f
60
x x 20x _ x he covers half of the journey in — th time, what should

he rested for hrs : hrs
6080 60x80 ~~240
be his speed to cover the remaining distance in the
x x x 60 1 time left?
• his rest per hour = — • - . _ x ^ - t a Soln: Detail Method:
= 15 minutes.
.elf di: lance 80 1-^-j =40 km
Time of rest per hour
Difference o f speed Time left = 10 1-- -4 hrs

x60 minutes 5)
Speed without stoppage
40
.-. required speed :10 km/hr
80-60 T
x 60 = - x 60 hr = 15 minutes. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
80 4
have
Time and Distance -3"
80 And time spent in journey by walking = — hrs.

4
the required speed : 10 km/hr.
10 x x
Therefore, "^" 7"
+ = 5 hrs 48 minutes.
Exercise 29x ,48 29 100 o n
or = 5— = — . \ = = 20 km
1. A person has to cover a distance of 15 km in 3 hrs. If he ' 100 60 5 5
1 2
covers — of the journey in — rd time, what should be the required distance
his speed to cover the remaining distance in the time ,48 25x4 29 25x4
= 5— x — x 20 km
left? 60 25 + 4 5 29
a)12km/hr b)10km/hr c)5km/hr d)15km/hr
Exercise
2. A person has to cover a distance of 60 km in 15 hrs. If he
1. A man rode out a certain distance by train at the rate of
1 2 30 km an hour and walked back at the rate of 5 km per
covers — of the journey in — th time, what should be
hour. The whole journey took 7 hrs. What distance did
his speed to cover the remaining distance in the time he ride?
left? a) 30 km b)25km c)28km d)35km
a)5km/hr b)9km/hr c)6km/hr d)12km/hr 2. A man rode out a certain distance by train at the rate of
3. A person has to cover a distance of 40 km in 5 hrs. If he 13 km an hour and walked back at the rate of 12 km per
hour. The whole journey took 5 hours. What distance
1 3 did he ride?
covers ~ ofthe journey in — th time, what should be his
a) 32 km b)26km c) 31.2 km d) 26.5 km
speed to cover the remaining distance in the time left? 3. A man rode out a certain distance by train at the rate of
a) 18 km/hr b) 15 km/hr c) 16 km/hr d) 14 km/hr 15 km an hour and walked back at the rate of 12 km per
4. Laxman has to cover a distance of 6 km in 45 min. If he hour. The whole journey took 9 hours. What distance
did he ride?
2
covers one half of the distance in — rd time, what should a) 48 km b)60km c)36km d) None of these
be his speed in km/hr to cover the remaining distance in

Answers
the remaining time? [Bank PO Exam, 1991 ] La 2.c 3.b
a) 12 b) 16 c)3 d)8
Rule 27
Answers Theorem: A man travels D km in x hours, partly by air and
l.b 2. a 3.c 4. a partly by train. If he had travelled all the way by air, he
Rule 26 would have saved — of the time he was in train and would
Theorem: A man rode out a certain distance by train at the b
rate of x km/hr and walked back at the rate of y km/hr. If have arrived at his destination y hours early, then the dis-
the whole journey took 't'hours, then the distance he rode
xy ajb
tkm. tance he travelled by air is D km.
x+ y x-v
Ex.: A man rode out a certain distance by train at the rate Illustrative Example
of 25 km an hour and walked back at the rate of 4 km
Ex.: A man travels 360 km in 4 hrs, partly by air and partly
per hour. The whole journey took 5 hours and 48 min-
by train. I f he had travelled all the way by air, he would
utes. What distance did he ride?
4
Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance be x km.
have saved — of the time he was in train and would
have arrived at his destination 2 hours early. Find the
Then time spent in journey by train hrs.
25 distance he travelled by air and train.
4
Soln: Detail Method: — oftotal time in train = 2 hours.
N
4/5
3. b; Hint: Distance travelled by the air = 400
2x5 5 8-4
.-. Total time in train = = — hrs.
4 2
5 3 = 300 km
• Total time spent in air = 4 — = — hrs. .-. distance travelled by the train = 400 - 300 = 100 km
K 2 2
.-. required ratio = 3 : 1 .
By the given hypothesis, if 360 km is covered by air,
then time taken is (4 - 2 =) 2 hrs. Rule 28
Theorem: One aeroplane starts t hours later than the sched-
.-. when — hrs is spent in air, distance covered
uled time from a place D km away from its destination. To
reach the destination at the schedued time the pilot has to
360 3 increase the speed by 'p' km/hr. Then the plane takes
= x - = 270 km.
2 2
.-. Distance covered by train = 360 - 270 = 90 km. 2 4Dt
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, t + +t
hours in the normal case. And the normal
5x2
4-
Distance covered by air = 3 6 0
4-2
2D.
= 3 6 0 x - = 270 km.
4 speed of the aeroplane is 2 4Dt km/hr.
r + +/
.-. distance covered by train = 360 - 270 = 90 km.
Exercise
Note: Normal case indicates the original case in which speed
1. A man travels 480 km in 6 hrs, partly by air and partly by
of the aeroplane has not been changed.
train. If he had travelled all the way by air, he would have
saved — of the time he was in train and would have Ex: One aeroplane started 3 0 minutes later than the sched-
4
uled time from a place 1500 km away from its destina-
arrived at his destination 3 hours early. Find the dis-
tion. To reach the destination at the scheduled time
tance he travelled by train.
the pilot had to increase the speed by 250 km/hr. What
a) 320 km b) 160 km c) 260 km d) 220 km
was the speed of the aeroplane per hour during the
journey?
train. If he had travelled all the way by air, he would have
2 Let it take x hrs in second case.
saved — of the time he was in train and would have
1500 1500
arrived at his destination 2 hours early. Find the dis- Then speed + 250
1
tance he travelled by air. x+-
train. If he had travelled all the way by air, he would have 1500|x + - j - 1 5 0 0 x
4 or, ^ , \ 2 =250
saved ~ of the time he was in train and would have
x\ + -
arrived at his destination 4 hours early. Find the ratio
between distances travelled by the air and the train.
a)T:3 b) 3 : 1 c)2:l d) 1:2 t X _ _
or,750 = 250x x + — or, x + — 3 = 0
1
Answers 2
l.b 2. a or, 2x +x-6
1 =0
Time and Distance
or, 2x + 4 x - 3 x - 6 = 0
2
2 4Dt
or, x ( 2 x - 3 ) + 2 ( 2 x - 3 ) = 0 V + 1
the train takes hours in the normal case
or, (x + 2X2x-3) = 0
2.?
(original case) and the normal speed (original speed) of
Therefore, the plane takes — hrs in second case, ie ( \
3 1 2D
the train is km/hr.
— + — = 2 hrs in normal case. Thus, normal speed = 2 4Dt
2 2 r + 1
1500
= 750 km/hr.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, Illustrative Example

Normal speed of the aeroplane Ex.: A train leaves the station 1 hour before the sched-
uled time. The driver decreases its speed by 4 km/hr.
2x1500 2x1500 At the next station 120 km away, the train reached on
= 750 km/hr.
1_ 4x1500x1 J_ time. Find the original speed of the train.
4 + 2x250 + 2 Soln: Detail Method: Let it takes x hours in second case.
120 120
Exercise Then speed =
x-\
1. One aeroplane started 1 hour later than the scheduled
time from a place 3000 km away from its destination. To 120 120 120(x-x + l )
reach the destination at the scheduled time the pilot had or, = 4 or,
x-l x
to increase the speed by 500 km/hr. What was the speed
of the aeroplane per hour during the journey? or, 120 = 4x 2 -4x or, 4x^ - 4 x - 1 2 0 = 0
a) 1500 km/hr b) 1000 km/hr
c) 850 km/hr d) None of these or, x - x - 3 0 = 0
2
or, x - 6 x + 5 x - 3 0 = 0
l
2. One aeroplane started 1 — hrs later than the scheduled or, x ( x - 6 ) + 5 ( x - 6 ) = 0

time from a place 2400 km away from its destination. To or,x = - 5 , 6 .-. x = 6
reach the destination at the scheduled time the pilot had Therefore, the train takes 6 hours in second case, ie
to increase the speed by 800 km/hr. What was the speed ( 6 - 1 = 5 ) hours in original case.
of the aeroplane per hour during the journey?
120
a) 1600 km/hr b) 800 km/hr
c) 1200 km/hr d) 1550 km/hr .-. Original speed = ~ r ~ - 24 km/hr
3. One aeroplane started 30 minutes later than the sched-
uled time from a place 1800 km away from its destination. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
To reach the destination at the scheduled time the pilot Original speed of the train 2x120 :
had to increase the speed by 300 km/hr. What was the ,2,4*120x1 ]
speed of the aeroplane per hour during the journey?

2x120
= 24 km/hr.
Answers 11-1
l.b 2.b 3.d
Exercise
Rule 29 1. A train leaves the station 1 hour before the scheduled
Theorem: A train leaves the station t hours before the sched- time. The driver decreases its speed by 50 km/hr. At the
uled time. The driver decreases its speed by p km/lir. At the next station 300 km away, the train reached on time. Find
next station D km away, the train reached on time. Then the original speed of the train.
a)100km/hr b)150km/hr
c)200 km/hr d) None of these •V =3 km/hr and V V = 9 km/hr

2
V = 6 km/hr and V, i 2
2. A train leaves the station 1— hours before the sched- 3 km/hr
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem.
2
uled time. The driver decreases its speed by 80 km/hr. At V, - V = 27(4.5X4.5-4) = 3 km/hr
2
the next station 240 km away, the train reached on time.

Find the original speed of the train, v , = v+ Vv(y-*)
3. A train leaves the station 30 minutes before the sched-
= 4.5+ — = 6 km/hr and
uled time. The driver decreases its speed by 30 km/hr. At 2
the next station 180 km away, the train reached on time.
Find the original speed of the train. v 2 - y- Jy(y~ )
x

3
Answers = 4 . 5 - - =3km/hr.
l.b 2.b 3.c 2
Exercise
Rule 30 1. When a man travels equal distance at speeds V and V,
Theorem: When a person travels equal distance at speed km/hr, his average speed is 8 km/hr. But when he travels
at these speeds for equal times his average speed is 9
and V km/hr, his average speed is x km/lir. But when
2
km/hr. Find the difference of the two speeds.

he travels at these speeds for equal times his average speed a) 6 km/hr b) 5 km/hr c) 4 km/hr d) 8 km/hr
2. When a man travels equal distance at speeds V and V 2
isy km/hr, then the values of K, and V are [y + yjy(y - x)) 2
km/hr, his average speed is 6 km/hr. But when he travels

km/hr and (y - yjy(y - x)) km/hr respectively. And the dif- at these speeds for equal times his average speed is 8
ference of the two speeds is given by 2^y(y-x) km/hr. a) 7 km/hr b) 6 km/hr c) 8 km/hr d) 10 km/hr
3. When a man travels equal distance at speeds V! and V,
Illustrative Example km/hr, his average speed is 5 km/hr. But when he travels
Ex.: When a man travels equal distance at speeds V and at these speeds for equal times his average speed is 9
V km/hr, his average speed is 4 km/hr. But when he
2
travels at these speeds for equal times his average a) 10 km/hr b) 12 km/hr c) 14 km/hr d) 8 km/hr
speed is 4.5 km/hr. Find the difference of the two
speeds and also find the values of V, and V,. Answers
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the equal distance = D km l.a 2.c 3.b
Then time taken with V. and V speeds are 2
Rule 31
D D
Y hrs and y hrs respectively. Theorem: A person travels for T hours at the speed of
x
km/hr and for T hours at the speed of R km/hr. At the

2 2
Total distance 2D end of it, if he finds that he has covered f of the total
.-. average speed
Total time distance, then his average speed, to cover the remaining
— + —
{W+R T }y-\
2 2
2V,V
I 2 v
= 4 km/hr distance in T hours, should be km/

v, + v 2
In second case,
v,+v 2
hr.
average speed = = 4.5 km/hr
Thatis; V ^ V ^ Q a n d V , V , = 18
Ex.: A person travels for 3 hrs at the speed of 40 km/hr
Now, (v, - V ) = (V, + V, ) - 4V, V
2 2 2 2
and for 4.5 hrs at the speed of 60 km/hr. At the end of
= 81-72 = 9 3
it, he finds that he has covered - of the total dis-
Time and Distance
tance. At what average speed should he travel to Answers

cover the remaining distance in 4 hrs? l.a 2.b 3.c
Soln: Detail Method: Total distance covered in (3 +4.5) hrs.
= 3 x40 + 4.5 x60 = 390 km. Rule 32
3 Theorem: If a person A walking at the rate of 5, kmhr.
Now, since — of the distance = 390 km
takes t\ to cover a distance and another person B,
2 5 2 walking at the rate of S km/hr, takes t hours to cover the
2 2
•'• - of the distance = 390 * - * - = 260 km.

same distance, then iS*,/, =S t 2 2 =Distanceor, S t = S t
] ] 2 2 =
.-. average speed for the remaining distance =
constant.
260 Thus we see that both speed and time are inversely propor-
65 km/hr.
:
4 tional to each other. That is, if the speed increases to 4

have times, the time will decrease to — times.
the average speed for the remaining distance
Application of the above theorem,
Case I: I f A takes 8 hours to cover a distance and B is four
\ 1 times faster than A, then what time will B take to cover
the same distance?
We have, S\t = S t x 2 2
(40x3+60x4.5| - - 1 => S,r, = 4S,r 2
390x2 Case II: I f A takes 8 hours to cover a distance and he is 4

= 65 km/hr.
4x2 times faster than B, then what time will B take to cover
Exercise the same distance?
1. A person travels for 4 hrs at the speed of 30 km/hr and We have,
for 6 hrs at the speed of 40 km/hr. At the end of it, he S t =S t
x x 2 2 =>45 x8 = S 2 2 xt
2
3 :. t = 32 hrs.
2
finds that he has covered — of the total distance. At
4 Case III: I f B is 20% faster than A, then what time will he take
what average speed should he travel to cover the re- to travel the distance which A travels in 20 minutes?
maining distance in 3 hrs? We have, 5,f, = S t 2 2

120 _
2. A person travels for 2 hrs at the speed of 15 km/hr and 5, x20 -5, xt 2
for 3 hrs at the speed of 20 km/hr. At the end of it, he 100

20x100
2 — = Il foi y min
• 5 0 2
finds that he has covered — of the total distance. At 120

Case IV: I f B takes 30% less time than A, to cover the same
what average speed should he travel to cover the re- distance. What should be the speed of B if A walks at
maining distance in 5 hrs? a rate of 7 km/hr?
a) 8 km/hr b) 9 km/hr c)6km d) None of these
km/ 100-30
Again, 7 x r ;
3. A person travels for 3 hrs at the speed of 12 km/hr and 100

for 4 hrs at the speed of 15 km/hr. At the end of it, he
7x100
4 .:S2 = = 10 km/hr.
70
finds that he has covered — of the total distance. At
Exercise
what average speed should he travel to cover the re-
1. If A takes 6 hours to cover a distance and B is 2 times
maining distance in 6 hrs?
faster than A, then what time will B take to cover the
same distance? Illustrative Example

Ex.: A person travelled 120 km by steamer, 450 km by train
a)2 hrs b) 3 hrs c) — hrs d) 4 hrs and 60 km by horse. It took 13 hours 30 minutes. If the
2
rate of the train is 3 times that of the horse and 1.5
2. I f A takes 4 hours to cover a distance and B is four times
times that of the steamer, find the rate of the train per
faster than A, then what time will B take to cover the
hour.
same distance?
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the speed of horse = x km/
_1 hr. Then speed of the train = 3x km/hr and speed of
a) 2 hrs b) 2— hrs c) 1 hr d) l | hrs
the steamer = 2x km/hr
3. I f A takes 3 hours to cover a distance and he is 3 times 120 450 60
faster than B, then what time will B take to cover the Now, —— + —— + — = 13.5 hours
2x 3x x
same distance?
a) 9 hrs b) 6 hrs c) 8 hrs d) None of these (Since 13 hrs 30 minutes =13.5 hrs)
4. I f A takes 4 hours to cover a distance and he is 2 times 360 + 900 + 360
or, = 13.5
faster than B, then what time will B take to cover the 6JC
same distance?
a) 6 hrs b) 8 hrs c) 9 hrs d) None of these 1620
= 20
5. If B is 25% faster than A, then what time will he take to 6x13.5
travel the distance which A travels in 25 minutes? .-. Speed of train = 3x = 3 x 20 = 60 km/hr
a) 25 minutes b) 20 minutes Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
c) 30 minutes d) None of these have
6. If B is 30% faster than A, then what time will he take to
1.5x120 + 450 + 3x60
travel the distance which A travels in 26 minutes? Speed of the train =
a) 15 minutes b) 20 minutes 13.5
c) 25 minutes d) None of these 60 km/hr.
7. I f B takes 10% less time than A, to cover the same dis- 1
tance. What should be the speed of B if A walks at a rate Speed of the horse = — x 60 • 20 km/hr.
3
of 9 km/hr?
1 2
a)10km/hr b)15km/hr c)20km/hr d)5km/hr Speed of the steamer = — - x 60 = - x 60 = 40 km/hr.
8. I f B takes 40% less time than A, to cover the same dis- 3/2 3
tance. What should be the speed of B i f A walks at a rate Exercise
of 15 km/hr? 1. A person travelled 60 km by steamer, 225 km by train and
a) 15 km/hr b) 20 km/hr 30 km by horse. It took 15 hours. I f the rate of the train is
c) 25 km/hr d) None of these 3 times that of the horse and 2 times that of the steamer.
Answers Find the speed of the train per hour.
l.b 2.c 3.a 4.b 5.b 6.b 7.a 29 29
8.c a) — km/hr b) — k m / h r

Rule 33 2. A person travelled 50 km by steamer, 60 km by train and
Theorem: A person travels x km by steamer, x km by
} 2
60 km by horse. It took 15 hours. If the rate of the train is
train and x km by horse. It took T hours. If the rate of
3
4 times that of the horse and 3 times that of the steamer.
Find the rate of the steamer.
train is 'n' times that of the horse and'm' times that of the
TOC] + X 2 + «X 3
3. A person travelled 25 km by steamer, 40 km by train and
steamer, then the rate of the train is km/ 30 km by horse. It took 7 hours. I f the rate of the train is
J
4 times that of the horse and 2 times that of the steamer.
1 ( mx\ + «x
2 3
Find the rate of the horse.
hr, rate of the horse is km/ltr and the
n \ a)15km/hr b) 7 - km/hr c)30km/hr d)16km/hr
mx + x + roc
x 2 3
Answers
rate of the steamer is km/hr.
m l.c 2. a 3.b
Time and Distance
Rule 34 reduced in arrival (40 minutes) is equal to the time

increased in arrival (40 minutes) then
Theorem: A person covers a certain distance on scooter.
Speed
Had he moved ,x km/hr faster, he would have taken f,
;
2 x (increase in speed x Decrease in speed)

hours less. If he had moved x km/hr slower, he would have 2
Difference in increase and decrease in speeds

taken t 2 hours more, then the original speed (S) is
2x(3x2) ,„
x x {t +t )~\
x 2 x 2 = / x - 1 2 km/hr
, km/hr and the distance is given by
t
(3-2)
L '2*1 -hX2 J * J
(l2 + 3 ) x ( l 2 - 2 )
\ + x) Now, Distance = . „\^ v \ Diff. between
x
km. (l2 + 3 ) - ( l 2 - 2 ) '
arrival time
Illustrative Example 15x10 40 + 40

Ex.: A man covers a certain distance on scooter. Had he 5 -x 60 = 40 km.
moved 3 km/hr faster, he would have taken 40 min- Note: 1.40 minutes late and 40 minutes earlier make a differ-
utes less. I f he had moved 2 km/hr slower, he would
have taken 40 minutes more. Find the distance (in km) 80
and original speed. ence of40 + 40 = 80 minutes = ~ hrs.
60
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the distance is D km and the
2. This question is the special case of the above theo-
initial speed is x km/hr.
rem.
D D 40 D D 40 Here, = t ) , put this into the formula and get the
2
Then, we have — and
x+2 x 60 above method.
x 60 x- 2
D D 3D _ 22 Exercise
or, °' xjx^3)~3 • 0) 1. A man covers a certain distance on scooter. Had he
x+3 r
moved 4 km/hr faster, he would have taken 30 minutes

D D 2 2D _2 less. I f he had moved 3 km/hr slower, he would have
and •(2)
x-2 x 3 o r ' 4c^2)~3 taken 30 minutes more. Find the original speed.
a)24 km/hr b)20 km/hr c) 28 km/hr d)18km/hr
3D 2D 2. A man covers a certain distance on scooter. Had he
From (1) and (2) we have
x(x + 3) x[x-l) moved 6 km/hr faster, he would have taken 30 minutes
less. I f he had moved 4 km/hr slower, he would have
or, 3 ( x - 2 ) = 2 ( x + 3) or, 3 x - 6 = 2x + 6
taken 1 hr 30 minutes more. Find the original speed.
.-. x = 12 km/hr
Now, if we put this value in (1) we get a) 7 km/hr b) 6 y km/hr
D = 2T X -
12x15 = 40 km.
3 3 c) 6 y km/hr d) None of these
Quicker Method I: Applying the above theorem, we
have 3. A man covers a certain distance on scooter. Had he
the required speed moved 8 km/hr faster, he would have taken 30 minutes
less. I f he had moved 6 km/hr slower, he would have
taken 15 minutes more. Find the distance (in km) anu
v \3 3) S : original speed.
- 1 2 km/hr and a) 36 km/hr b) 24 km/hr c) 18 km/hr d) 30 km/hr
2 i \ 2
— x3 x2 Answers
3 3
l.a 2.c 3.a
1 2 x - ( l 2 + 3)
the required distance : = 40 km. Rule 35
Theorem: A thief is spotted by a policeman from a distance
Quicker Method II: In the above question when time ofd km. When the policeman starts the chase, the thief also
starts running. Assuming the speed of the thiefx kilometres a) 150 metres b) 200 metres
an hour, and that of the policeman y kilometres an hour, c) 300 metres d) 1 km
4. A thief is spotted by a policeman from a distance of 300
x metres. When the policeman starts the chase, the thief
then the thief will run before ne is overtaken = d
also starts running. Assuming the speed of the thief 12
km kilometres an hour, and that of the policeman 15
kilometres an hour, how far will have the thief run before
Or,
The distance covered by the thief before he gets caught he is overtaken?
a) l k m b) 1.2km c) 1.5km d)2km
Lead of distance
- x Speed of thief
Relative speed Answers
100 _ 1
Illustrative Example 1. b; Hint: d= 100 metres = km
1000 10
Ex: A thief is spotted by a policeman from a distance of
x = 1 kilometre in 10 minutes = 6 km/hr
200 metres. When the policeman starts the chase, the
thief also starts running. Assuming the speed of the
y = 1 kilometre in 8 minutes = 7 — km/hr
thief 10 kilometres an hour, and that of the policeman 3 2
12 kilometres an hour, how far will have the thief run Now applying the given rule, we have
before he is overtaken?
f \
Soln: Detail Method: Relative speed = 1 2 - 10 = 2 km/hr
100 4
0.2
the thief will be caught after = hr. 15 1000 10 km = 400 metres
2 10 -6
I 2
.-. distance covered by the thief before he gets caught
2.d 3.c 4.b
= 1 0 x -^ = 1 km Rule 36
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we To find the average speed
have
Theorem: If a moving body travels x x , x ,... x , metres, u 2 3 n
0.2 km moving with different speeds S S^ S S metres per r J f n

the required distance - — — — x 1 U km/hr = 1 km.
2 km/hr second in time T , T , T , F seconds respectively, then it
t 2 }
is necessary to calculate the average speed of the body

Exercise
throughout the journey. If the average speed is denoted by
1. A policeman goes after a thief who has 100 metres'start.
K, then,
If the policeman runs a kilometre in 8 minutes, and the
thief a kilometre in 10 minutes, how far will the thief have Total distance travelled
gone before he is overtaken? Total time taken
Xj + X
2 "» X^ + ... *r X N
c) 450 metres d) 460 metres Case I =

2. A thief is spotted by a policeman from a distance of 400 T T +T +...
]+ 2 3 +Tn
metres. When the policeman starts the chase, the thief S T +S T +S T +...
i l 2 2 z i + S„T„
also starts running. Assuming the speed of the thief 8 Case 11 =
T +T +Ti+...
x 2 +T n
kilometres an hour, and that of the policeman 10

kilometres an hour, how far will have the thief run before X, +X-, +X-, + ... + x„
Case 111 =
he is overtaken? *1 .
+ — + ...+ —
X 2
.2 s, s 2
S\
a) 2 km b) 1 km c) l — km d) V
5 ' 5 Illustrative Examples
3. A thief is spotted by a policeman from a distance of 150 Ex. 1: A train travels 225 km in 3.5 hours and 370 km in |
metres. When the policeman starts the chase, the thief hours. Find the average speed of train.
also starts running. Assuming the speed of the thief 12 Soln: Applying the above theorem (case-I)
kilometres an hour, and that of the policeman 18
225 + 370
kilometres an hour, how far will have the thief run before Average speed = _, _ ^ - 70 km/hr
+
he is overtaken?
MATHS
Ex.2: A car during its journey travels 30 minutes at a speed Rule 37

of 40 km/hr, another 45 minutes at a speed of 60 km/hr
Theorem: A train does a journey without stopping in T
and 2 hours at a speed of 70 km/hour. Find its average
hours. If it had travelled x km an hourfaster, it would have
speed of the car.
done the journey in t hours, then the origninal speed is
Soln: Applying the above theorem (case-II)
Average speed ( ' V )
j _ J * J km/hr and the length of the journey is given by
x
^ x 4 0 | + ~ j x 6 0 | + (2x70) Tt
60 km.
- = 63 km/hr. T-t
30 45 ,
— +— +2 Illustrative Example
60 60
Ex: A train does a journey without stopping in 8 hours. I f
Ex.3: A man walks 3 km at a speed of 3 km/hr, runs 4 km at
it had travelled 5 km an hour faster, it would have
a speed of 4 km/hr and goes by bus another 16 km.
done the journey in 6 hours 40 minutes. What is its
Speed of the bus is 16 km/hr. I f the speed of the bus is
original speed?
considered as the speed of the man, find the average
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have,
speed of the man.
the required original speed
Soln: Applying the above theorem (case-Ill)
2 r 20
3 + 4 + 16 23 _2 6— —
Average speed :
3 4~ T 6 = T = 7 3 k m / h r = ^ - x 5 = 4 - = 25 km/hr.
- + —+ — 8-6- 4
3 4 16
3
Exercise
Exercise
1. A car finishes a journey in 10 hours at the speed of 80
1 A train travels 150 km in 5 hours and 250 km in 3 hours.
km/hr. I f the same distance is to be covered in eight
Find the average speed of train.
hours how much more speed does the car have to gain?
|BSRB Delhi PO, 2000]
2 A train travels 220 km in 6 hours and 340 km in 2 hours.
Find the average speed of train.
2. A train does a journey without stopping in 8 hours. If it
had travelled 6 km an hour faster, it would have done the
I A car during its journey travels 2 hrs at a speed of 25 km/
journey in 6 hours. What is its original speed?
hr, another 4 hrs at a speed of 30 km/hr and 4 hours at a
a)20km/hr b)15km/hr c)21 km/hr d)18km/hr
speed of 35 km/hour. Find its average speed of the car.
3. A train does a journey without stopping in 5 hours. I f it
I A car during its journey travels 40 minutes at a speed of
30 km/hr, another 50 minutes at a speed of 60 km/hr and
1 hour at a speed of 30 km/hr. Find its average speed of
the car.
4. A train does a journey without stopping in 9 hours. I f it
& A man walks 6 km at a speed of 1 — km/hr, runs 8 km at a
Answers
speed of 2 km/hr and goes by bus another 32km. Speed
of the bus is 8 km/hr. I f the speed of the bus is consid- 1. c;Hint 80 x = 20 km/hr
ered as the speed of the man, find the average speed of 10-8
2. d 3,c 4.b
the man.
Rule 38
a) 1 5 - km/hr b) 7 y km/hr Theorem: If a car travels a distance of D km in T hours
partly at a speed of x km/hr and partly aty km/hr, then the
c) 3— km/hr d) None of these distance travelled at a speed of x km/hr is
6
Answers [p-Ty km.
La l.b 3.b 4. a 5.c x-y

Ex: A car travels a distance of 170 km in 2 hours partly at Ex: A long distance is covered by Rakesh in 56 minutes.
a speed of 100 km/hr and partly at 50 km/hr. Find the
distance travelled at a speed of 100 km/hr. 2
Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance travelled at the speed He covers — of it at 4 km/hr and the remaining at 5
of 100 km/hr=x km. km/hr. Find the total distance.
The distance travelled at the speed of 50 km/hr =
( l 7 0 - x ) km 56
60
170 170 the required distance :
or, x 170-s
100 50
56 30
170-x •4 km.
= 2 60 7
or. 100
X
50
.-. x = 140km Exercise
1. A long distance is covered by Rakesh in 5 hours. He
.-. cartravels 140 km at the speed of 100 km/hr.
have covers — of it at 12 km/hr and the remaining at 16 km/hr.
the required distance Find the total distance.
100 a)64km b) 128km c)32km d)45km
= (170-2x50^ = 70x2 = 140 km. 2. A long distance is covered by Rakesh in 3 hours. He
100-50
Exercise covers ~ of it at 5 km/hr and the remaining at 15 km/hr.

1. A car travels a distance of 85 km in 2 hours partly at a
Find the total distance.
speed of 50 km/hr and partly at 25 km/hr. Find the dis-
a) 30 km b)35km c)25km d)25km
tance travelled at a speed of 50 km/hr.
A long distance is covered by Rakesh in 6 hours. He
2. A car travels a distance of 80 km in 3 hours partly at a 1
covers — of it at 4 km/hr and the remaining at 2 km/hr.
speed of 45 km/hr and partly at 20 km/hr. Find the dis- 2
tance travelled at a speed of 45 km/hr. Find the total distance,
a)36km b)44km c)46km d)34km a) 16km b)12km c)14km d)18km
3. A car travels a distance of 160 km in 3 hours partly at a
speed of 90 km/hr and partly at 40 km/hr. Find the dis- Answers
tance travelled at a speed of 90 km/hr. La 2.c 3.a
Rule 40
Answers
Theorem: A thief goes away with a car at a speed of x km/
l.c 2.a 3.d
hr. If the theft has been discovered after't' hours and the
Rule 39 owner sets off in another car aty km/lir, then the owner will
Theorem: A person covers a certain distance in Thours. He
X/
overtake the thieffrom the start in hours.
y-x J
covers ~ of it at x km/hr and the remaining at y km/hr. The
Ex: A thief goes away with a Maruti car at a speed of 40
km/hr. The theft has been discovered after half an
hour and the owner sets off in another car at 50 km/hr.
total distance is given by km. When will the owner overtake the thief from the start 0
Soln: Detail Method: Distance to be covered by the thief

b , and by the car owner is the same.
Let after hours owner catches the thief,
ame and Distance
S,T, = S T
2 2 = Disance
840 _840
fx 50= | \>: t = 2 hours. x + 10 x
840 840
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we = 2
or, x + 10
have
40 1 . 840(x + 10)-840x _
the required time : x— — 2 hours
50-40 2 o r ' x(x + 10)
Exercise or, 8400= 2x +20x 2
A thief steals a motor car at 1 PM and drives it at 45 km

or, x +10x-4200 = 0
2
an hour. The theft is discovered at 2 PM and the owner
sets off in another car at 54 km an hour. When will he or, x - +60, -70
overtake the thief? .-. x = 60 km/hr [We take only +ve value ofx]
a) 5 PM b) 3 PM Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
c) 7 PM d) Can't be determined have
1 A thief goes away with a Maruti car at a speed of 20 km/ the original speed
hr. The theft has been discovered after 15 minutes and
= V(2xl0) +(4x840xl0x2)-(2xl0)
2
the owner sets off in another car at 30 km/hr. When will
2x2
the owner overtake the thief from the start?
V400 + 6 7 2 0 0 - 2 0 260- 20
a) 30 minutes b) 20 minutes 60 km/hr.
c) 45 minutes d) None of these
3. A thief goes away with'a Maruti car at a speed of 15 km/ Exercise
hr. The theft has been discovered after 1 hour and the 1. A car travels a distance of 84 km at uniform speed. Ifthe
owner sets off in another car at 25 km/hr. When will the speed of the car is 1 km/hr more, it takes 2 hours less to
owner overtake the thief from the start? cover the same distance. Find the original speed of the
car.
,1 1
a) 1 hr b) 2 hrs c) I — hrs d) 2 — hrs a) 6 km/hr b) 8 km/hr c) 7 km/hr d) None of these
2. A car travels a distance of 350 km at uniform speed. I f
Answers the speed of the car is 20 km/hr more, it takes 2 hours
1. c; Hint: t = 2 PM - 1 PM = 1 hour less to cover the same distance. Find the original speed
Applying the given rule, we have of the car.
45
required answer ; x 1 - 5 hours 3. A car travels a distance of 35 km at uniform speed. If the
1 54-45 speed of the car is 2 km/hr more, it takes 2 hours less to
ie 2PM + 5 hrs = 7 PM cover the same distance. Find the original speed of the
2. a 3.c car.
a) 5 km/hr b) 4 km/hr c) 7 km/hr d) None of these
Rule 41
Theorem: A car travels a certain distance 'D' km at uni-
Answers
form speed. If the speed of the car is 'x' km/lir more, it takes La 2.b 3.a
t' hours less to cover the same distance, then the original
Rule 42
Theorem: A car travels a certain distance 'D' km at uni-
^(xtf +(4Dxt)-xt
speed of the car is km/hr. form speed. Ifthe speed of the car is x km/hr less, it takes't'
It hours more to cover the same distance, then original speed
+ 4Dxt +xt
of the car is 2t km/lir.
Ex: A car travels a distance of 840 km at uniform speed. I f
the speed of the car is 10 km/hr more, it takes 2 hours
less to cover the same distance. Find the original speed Illustrative Example
of the car. Ex.: A car travels a distance of840 km at uniform speed. I f
Soln: Detail Method: Let the original speed be x km/hr. the speed of the car is 10 km/hr less, it takes 2 hours
more to cover the same distance. Find the original

r \
speed of the car.
Soln: Detail method: Let the original speed be x km/hr T
actual time taken by A and B is hours and
840 840
-+ 2
10
840 840 hours respectively.

or,
x-10 x
y
840x-840x + (840x10)
or. Illustrative Example
(x-10)x
Ex.: The ratio between the speeds of Ram and Shyam is 6
or, 8400 = 2x - 20x2
: 7. If Ram takes 30 minutes more than Shyam to cover
or, x -\ -4200 = 0
2
a distance, then find the actual time taken by Ram and
or, x - 70x + 60x - 4200 = 0
2 Shyam.
or, x ( x - 7 0 ) + 60(x-70) = 0 Soln: Detail Method: Let the speed of Ram and Shyam be
or, x = 10 and -60 5, km/hr and S km/hr. 2
.'. x = 70 km/hr Distance = 5,7j = S T 2 2 [where, T hrs and T hrsx 2
[ •.• we take only +ve value of x] are the time taken by Ram and Shyam respectively to
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, cover the distance]
Original speed
6 T2
7-6 %-r,
_V^xIO) 2 +(4x840xl0x2) + (2xl0) or, or,
2x2
30
260 + 20 280 „„ or, 1 = 6 0
= ; = = 70 km/hr. or, T = — hours
x
4 4 7 T x
Exercise
T
1. A car travels a distance of 84 km at uniform speed. If the 7 6
3 hours
• 7, =— X —:
speed of the car is 1 km/hr less, it takes 2 hours more to " 2 2 7
cover the same distance. Find the original speed of the
.-. Actual time taken by Ram = — hours and
car. 2
a) 8 km/hr b) 7 km/hr Shyam = 3 hours.
c) 6 km/hr d) None of these Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
2. A car travels a distance of 35 km at uniform speed. Ifthe have
speed of the car is 2 km/hr less, it takes 2 hours more to
cover the same distance. Find the original speed of the I
car. * - : 7
a) 5 km/hr b) 7 km/hr c) 8 km/hr d) 6 km/hr Time taken by Ram = — ~ = — hours
3. A car travels a distance of 350 km at uniform speed. I f 1-* 2
the speed of the car is 20 km/hr less, it takes 2 hours

more to cover the same distance. Find the original speed ' 1 ^
of the car. Time taken by Shyam = 6 1u
7 6
a) 50 km/hr b) 60 km/hr c) 40 km/hr d) 70 km/hr — = — x — = 3 hours

7 2 7
Answers
l.b 2.b 3.d Exercise
1. The ratio between the speeds of Sita and Rita is 5 : 6. I f
Rule 43
Sita takes 1 hour more than Rita to cover a distance, then
Theorem: The ratio between the speeds of A and Bisx:y. find the actual time taken by Sita and Rita,
If A takes T hours more than B to cover a distance, then the a) 6 hrs, 5 hrs b) 6 hrs, 4 hrs
rime and Distance
c) 5 hrs, 4 hrs d) None of these

The ratio between the speeds of Ramesh and Suresh is 3 2. A man covers — th of his journey at 12 km/hr and the
: 4. I f Ramesh takes 30 minutes more than Suresh to
cover a distance, then find the actual time taken by remaining journey at 16 km/hr. Ifthe total journey is c: I
:
Ramesh and Suresh. km, what is his average speed for the whole journey?
„ 1 ,1 ,„ 1
a) 2 hrs, 1 hr b) 2— hrs, 1— hrs a) 1 2 - km/hr b) 1 2 - km/hr
2 2
,1 d) 1 2 - km/hr
c) 2 hrs, 1— hrs d) 2 l hrs, hr c) 15 km/hr
2
: The ratio between the speeds of Sudhesh and Vivek is
2 : 5 . If Sudhesh takes 3 hrs more than Vivek to cover a A man covers — th of his journey at 25 km/hr and the
distance, then find the actual time taken by Sudhesh
remaining journey at 15 km/hr. Ifthe total journey is of 50
and Vivek.
km, what is his average speed for the whole journey?
a) 5 hrs, 3 hrs b) 5 hrs, 2 hrs
c) 4 hrs, 3 hrs d) None of these „6 ,,2
a) 18 km/hr b) 20 km/hr c)"17- km/hrd) 1 6 - km/hr
Answers
3.b Answers
R.a 2.c
Rule 44 l.a 2.d J.c
m
Rule 45
Theorem: If a person covers — th part of the total journey Theorem: To plant a pillar at every certain distance
Case I: When the system is open, ie road, path etc.
it speed 5, km/lir and the remaining journey at speed S 2
If pillars are to be planted at every d km distance on
km/hr then his average speed for the total journey is the road or the path of / km length, then the total no.
/
of pillars are . In other words
SS
] 2
km/hr.
w _ In other words,
1 S, +-S 2
I n) n Total no. of pillars

Total length of the road
+1
Illustrative Example Distance between two adjacent pillars
Ex: A man covers one-third of his journey at 15 km/hr
and the remaining journey at 30 km/hr. I f the total Illustrative Example
journey is of 175 km, what is his average speed for the Ex: A road is of 900 km length. A contractor wants to
whole journey? plant some pillars on the road at every 10 km of dis-
Soln: Applying the above theorem, tance. Find the total no. of pillars that the contractor
Average speed has to plant.
Soln: Applying the Case-I of the above theorem, we have,
15x30
= — = 22— km/hr 900
10 + 10 2 2 the total no. of pillars : + 1=91.
1--|xl5 + -x30 10
3J 3
Case II: When the system is closed ie, circle, square, rect-
angle etc.
Exercise
If pillars are to be planted at every d km distance on a
rectangle, or a circle, or a square etc, then the total no.
A man covers — rd of his journey at 30 km/hr and the
of pillars are given by
remaining journey at 60 km/hr. If the total journey is of Perimeter
270 km, what is his average speed for the whole jour- Distance between two adjacent pillars J
ney?
a) 36 km/hr b) 37 km/hr c) 45 km/hr d) 42 km/hr Illustrative Example
Ex: A person wants to plant trees at the edge of a circular
field of radius 7 km at every 11 km of the distance.

Xt + d
Find the no. of trees he will have to buy for this pur-
and at x km distance from the spot whence the
pose. y-x
Soln: Applying the aboe theorem,
hare took flight.
22
x2x7 Illustrative Example
Required no. of trees _ 7 = 4. Ex.: A hare sees a dog 100 metres away from her and scuds
11 off in the opposite direction at a speed of 12 km an
[Since perimeter of the circular field hour. A minute later the dog perceives her and gives
chase at a speed of 16 km per hour. How soon will the
22 n
= 27tr 2 x — 7 I km]
x
dog overtake the hare, and at what distance from the
spot whence the hare took flight?
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the hare at H sees the dog at
Exercise
D.
1. Supposing that telegraph poles on a railroad are 5 0 metres
apart, how many will be passed by a train in 4 hours i f
D H K
the speed of the train is 45 km an hour.
.-. DH = 100 metres
a)3601 b)3600 c)360 d)361
Let K be the position of the hare where the dog sees
2. A railway passenger counts the telegraph posts on the
her.
line as he passes them. I f they are 50 metres apart and
.-. HK = the distance gone by the hare in 1 min
the train is going at the speed of 48 km per hour, how
many will he pass per minute? 12x1000
x 1 = 200 m
a) 15 b) 18 c)16 d)20 60
3. A road is of 800 km length. A contractor wants to plant .-. DK=100m + 200m = 300m
some pillars on the road at every 16 km of distance. Find The hare thus has a start of 300 m
the total no. of pillars that the contractor has to plant, Now, the dog gains ( 1 6 - 12) or 4 km in an hour.
a) 50 b)49 c)51 d) Data inadequate
4. A person wants to plant trees at the edge of a circular 60x300 1 A
.•. the dog will gain 300 m in or 4— min.

field of radius 21 km at every 6 km of the distance. Find 4X1WVJU 2
the no. of trees he will have to buy for this purpose.
a) 21 b)22 c)23 d) Data inadequate Again the distance gone by the hare in 4— min
Answers
1. b; Hint: In the given condition system will be closed. 12x1000 , 1
= - ^ x 4 - 900m
Hence the required no. of telegraph poles
Quicker Method: Applying he above theorem, we
45x4x100
3600 have
50
2. c; Hint: Distance covered by the train in one minute 100 1 1
x= 12km/hr d- 100m= - — km
48x1000
: 800 metres.
60
y- 16 km/hr and / = l m i n = 7 r h r .
.-. No. of telegraph posts passed by the train per minute 60
800
16 12x — + —
50
3.c 4.b • the required time = — — — = — hrs
16-12 40
Rule 46 3 , f t ,1
Dog and Hare = 40 2 m i n a n d
Theorem: A hare sees a dog d km awayfrom her and scuds

off in the opposite direction at a speed ofx km/hr. Ift hours 3 9
the required distance = ~ ^ = — \\
x
later the dog perceives her and gives chase at a speed ofy 1 40 10
xt + d
km/hr, then the dog will overtake hare in /touts x 1000 = 900 metres.
K y-x 10
Time and Distance -3.
Exercise takes 4 leaps.

1. A hare sees a dog 5 0 metres away from her and scuds off .-. the grey-hound takes 1 leap whilst the hare
in the opposite direction at a speed of 6 km/hr. Two min- 4
utes later the dog perceives her and gives chase at a — leaps.
speed of 8 km per hour. How soon will the dog overtake
the hare, and at what distance from the spot whence the
hare took flight? .-. the grey-hound goes 2 — m whilst the hare
, 1
a) 7 — min, 750 metres b) 15 min, 1500metress
— xl— m
3 4
c) 7 min, 350 metres d) None of these
2. A hare sees a dog 200 metres away from her and scuds ,3 4 3
off in the opposite direction at a speed of 24 km/hr. Two .-. the grey-hound gains 2 xl—
minutes later the dog perceives her and gives chase at a 4 3 4
speed of 32 km per hour. How soon will the dog overtake
or — m i n one leap.
the hare, and at what distance from the spot whence the 12
hare took flight?
175 175 12
_1 x —
a) 8 min, 2 km b) 7 — min, 2 km .-. the grey-hound gains —— m in 2 5.
2
or 210 leaps.
c) 7— min,3km d) 7 — min, 1 km
have
the required no. of leaps
Answers
l.a 2.c 50 50x21
= 210 leaps
11 4
Rule 47 — x—
4 7
Theorem: A hare, pursued by a grey-hound, is 'L' of her
own leaps ahead of him. While the hare takes 'h' leaps the Exercise
grey-hound takes 'g' leaps. If in one leap the hare goes d x 1. A hare, pursued by a grey-hound, is 30 metres before
m and the grey-hound d m, then the no. of leaps in which

2 him at starting, whilst the hare takes 4 leaps the grey-
hound takes 3. In one leap the hare goes 1— metres and
the grey-hound will overtake the hare are « ,"..-1. JL'î ' V
the grey-houind 2 — metres. How far will the hare have
gone when she is caught by the hound?
a) 120 m b) 150 m c) 80 m d) Data inadequate
Illustrative Example 2. A hare, pursued by a grey-hound, is 60 of her own leaps
Ex.: A hare, pursued by a grey-hound, is 50 of her own ahead of him. While the hare takes 6 leaps the grey-
leaps ahead of him. While the hare takes 4 leaps the hound takes 3 leaps. In one leap the hare goes-4 metres
grey-hound takes 3 leaps. In one leap the hare goes and the grey-hound 12 metres. In how many leaps will
the grey-hound overtake the hare?
i 3 , ,3
1— metres and the grey-hound 2— metres. In how a) 30 b)60 c)40 d)45
4 4
3. A hare, pursued by a grey-hound, is 20 of her own leaps
many leaps will the grey-hound overtake the hare? ahead of him. While the hare takes 5 leaps the grey-
«3
hound takes 4 leaps. In one leap the hare goes 2 —
50 leaps of the hare = 50 * 1— m = m
4 2
metres and the grey-hound 3— metres. In how many
.-. the grey-hound should gain —^— m over the hare.
leaps will the grey-hound overtake the hare?
Now the grey-hound takes 3 leaps whilst the hare a) 176 b)186 c)276 d) None of these
Answers .-. No. of leaps that grey-hound takes to overtake

40
l.a Hint: Here, L = 30 x - = 20 leaps
hare = \JZ^ X6 = 2 4 0 l e a P - s
Now applying the given rule, we have

Quicker Method:
20 20 Here,L = 40,/V = 8,g = 6, h =6and g, = 4 x
= 60 leaps.
5_ 5_4 Now, applying the above rule, we have
2__1 3 3 40
I 3
The required answer
6 8
= 240 leaps.
;
2 4 6
ie grey-hound will take 60 leaps to overtake the hare. Exercise
Now, grey-hound's 3 leaps = hare's 4 leaps
1. A hare, pursued by a grey-hound is 20 of her own leaps
4 ahead of him. While the hare takes 4 leaps, the grey-
.-. grey-hound's60leaps = hare's — x60 = 80 leaps. hound takes 3 leaps. 2 leaps of grey-hound is equal to 3
leaps of hare. In how many leaps will the grey-hound
overtake the hare?
.-. Hare's 80leaps = 8 0 x - = 1 2 0 m e t r e s
a) 3 60 leaps b) 90 leaps
2.b 3.a c) 120 leaps d) 270 leaps
Rule 48 ahead of him. While the hare takes 6 leaps, the grey-
Theorem: A hare, pursued by a grey-hound, is 'L' of her hound takes 5 leaps. 4 leaps of grey-hound is equal to 5
own leaps ahead of him. While the hare takes 'h' leaps, the leaps of hare. In how many leaps will the grey-hound
overtake the hare?
grey-hound takes 'g' leaps. If /i, leaps of hare is equal to
a) 625 leaps b) 652 leaps
g, leaps of grey-hound, then the number of leaps in which c) 265 leaps d) 500 leaps
ahead of him. While the hare takes 9 leaps, the grey-
hound takes 4 leaps. 2 leaps of grey-hound is equal to 5
the grey-hound will overtake the hare are k h leaps of hare. In how many leaps will the grey-hound
— x— overtake the hare?
g\ a) 200 leaps b) 110 leaps c) 88 leaps d) 210 leaps
Ex.: A hare, pursued by a grey-hound is 40 of her own l.c 2.d 3.c
leaps ahead of him. While the hare takes 8 leaps, the
grey-hound takes 6 leaps. 4 leaps of grey-hound is Rule 49
equal to 6 leaps of hare. In how many leaps will the Problems on monkey
grey-hound overtake the hare? Theorem: A monkey trys to ascend a pole. If he ascends in
Soln: Detail Method: first minute and slips down in the second minute, then the
Since grey-hound is overtaking hare, therefore, we multiple of ascend and descend is
have to express leaps o f grey-hound in terms of the
leaps of hare. Length of the pole - Distance of ascent
v 4 leaps of grey-hound is equal to 6 leaps of hare. Distance of ascent - Distance of slip down
Now consider the following cases.
;*; 1 leap of grey-hound is equal to — leaps of hare.
Case I: Ifthe result is a whole number, then this whole num-
ber will be multiple. And the required answer will be
.-. 6 leaps of grey-hound is equal to — x6 leaps of (2 x multiple+1).
hare = 9 leaps of hare.
Ex: A monkey tries to ascend a greased pole 14 metres
In equal time, when hare takes 8 leaps, then grey-
high. He ascends 2 metres in first minute and slips
hound takes 9 leaps equivalent to hare.
Time and Distance
down 1 metre in the alternate minute. If he continues Exercise

to ascend in this fashion, how long does he take to 1. A monkey climbing up a greased pole, ascends 10 m and
reach the top? slips down 3 m in alternate minutes. If the pole is 63 m
Soln: Detail Method: In every 2 minutes he is able to as- high, how long will it take him to reach the top?
cend 2 - 1 = 1 metre. This way he ascends upto 12 a) 16 min 42 sec b) 16 min 40 sec
metres because when he reaches at the top, he does c) 18 min 42 sec d) None of these
not slip down. Thus, upto 12 metres he takes 12 x 2 = 2. A monkey tries to ascend a greased pole 91 metres h igh.
24 minutes and for the last 2 metres he takes 1 minute. He ascends 10 metres in first minute and slips down 1
Therefore, he takes 24 + 1 = 25 minutes to reach the metre in the alternate minute. If he continues to ascend
top. That is, in 26th minute he reaches the top. in this fashion, how long does he take to reach the top?
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we a) 19 minutes b) 18 minutes
have c) 20 minutes d) None of these
3. A monkey tries to ascend a greased pole 58 metres high.
14-2 ,„
Multiple = = 12 He ascends 12 metres in first minute and slips down 4
2-1 metres in the alternate minute. I f he continues to ascend
Required answer = 2 x 12+ 1 =25 minutes. in this fashion, how long does he take to reach the top?
Case II: Ifthe result is not the whole number ie it is a fraction, a) 13 minutes 30 seconds b) 12 minutes 50 seconds
then the multiple will be the whole number of that c) 12 minutes 40 seconds d) 12 minutes 5 seconds
fraction and the required answer will be 4. I f a snail, on an average, creeps 31 cm up a pole during
12 hours in the night, and slip down 16 cm during the 12
2 x Multiple+ - hours in the day. How many hours will he be in getting
Distance of ascent to the top of a pole 4.2 m high?
-,,->30
Illustrative Example a) 312— hrs b) 624— hrs
Ex: A monkey tries to ascend a greased pole 92 metres
high. He ascends 10 metres in first minute and slips
c) r r hrs d) 655— hrs
down 1 metre in the alternate minute. If he continues 6 j 5
to ascend in this fashion, how long does he take to

reach the top? Answers
Soln: Detail Method: 63-10 7 4
In every 2 minutes he is able to ascend 1 0 - 1 I.a; Hint: Multiple = 7

10-3
= 9 metres.
This way he ascends up to 9 x 10 = 90 metres. 63-(l0-3)x8
Thus upto 90 metres he takes 10 x 2 = 20 minutes and .-. required answer = 2x8 +
10
for the remaining distance 92 - 90 = 2 metres, he takes [ See case II]
2 _1
— - — min = 12 seconds. = 16 + — = 16 hrs 42 min
.-. total time = 20 minutes 12 seconds.
2. a 3.b
4. c; Hint: Length of the pole = 420 cm. Now in 24 hrs, the
92-10 82 1 snail creeps up (31 - 16) cm or 15 cm, therefore in (24 x
M u I t i p l e : 10-1 ~9~
9 9 26) hrs, the snail creeps up (15 * 26) cm or 390 cm. There-
fore, he has (420 - 390) cm or 30 cm more to get up. And
Multiple is in fraction, hence multiple will be the whole
he goes 31 cm in 12 hrs and therefore over 30 cm in
number of 9 ^ = 9 + 1 10 12x36
92-(l0-l)xl0 — r j — hrs. Therefore, he reaches on top in (24 26 + x
.-. the required answer = 2 x 10 +

10
12x30 ' , . 1 9
20 + - = 20 min 12 sec. ——— = 6 j j — ) hrs [The number of days (26) has been
so determined that (420 cm - 15 cm x 26) may be equal to
31 cm or just less than 31 cm].
This kind of questions can also be solved by the given
rule (Quicker Method). See the following steps given a)4:l b)l:4 c)2:l d) 1:2
below. 7. If a boy takes as much time in running 10 metres as a car
takes in covering 25 metres; the distance covered by the
4.2-0.31
Step I: Multiple 1
^ = 25^26 boy during the time the car covers 1 km, is
0.31-0.16 15 15 [Asst Grade Exam, 1987]
Here, Case II: of the given rule will be applied. a) 400 metres b) 40 metres c) 4 metres d) 2.5 metres
Step II: Required answer 8. Suresh started cycling along the boundaries of a square
4.2-(0.31-0.16)x26 12x30 field from corner point A. After half an hour, he reached
= 12 2x26 + x- = 24x26- the corner point C, diagonally opposite to A. If his speed
0.31 31
was 8 km per hour, the area of the field in square km is
[BankPO Exam,1988|
= 6 3 5 ^ hrs a) 64 b)8 c)4 d) Can't be determined
9. Two trains start at the same time from Aligarh and Delhi
Note: Here difference between the periods of ascend and and proceed towards each other at the rate of 16 km and
descend is 12 hrs, hence we multiply the given formula 21 km per hour respectively. When they meet, it is found
by 12. We hope, now you can appreciate this formula. that one train has travelled 60 km more than the other.
The distance between two stations is
Miscellaneous [BankPO Exam, 19881
Two cars A and B are running towards each other from
a) 445 km b) 444 km c) 440 km d) 450 km
two different places 88 km apart. Ifthe ratio of the speeds
of the cars A and B is 5:6 and the speed of the car B is 90 Answers
km per hour, after how long will the two meet each other? <
[BSRB Patna PO, 20011 1. c; Hint: Speed of the car A = - 90 = 75 km/hr
x
a) 26— minutes b) 24 minutes

,-. Reqdtime : -x60 = 32 minutes
90x75
2. Two boys begin together to write out a booklet contain- 2. c; Hint: Let the two meet at the xth line.
ing 817 lines. The first boy starts with first line, writing at From the question,
the rate of 200 lines an hour, and the second boy starts x 817-x
with the last line, then writes line 816, and so on, back- •x =466.85
200 150
wards proceeding at the rate of 150 lines an hour. At
ie at the 467th line, they will meet.
what line will they meet?
3. b; Hint: A has already gone 3.75 km when B starts. Of the
a) 466th b) 465th c) 467th d) 468th
remaining 48 km, A walks 3.75 km and B walks 4.25 km in
3. A starts from P to walk to Q, a distance of 51.75 kilometres
one hour ie they together pass over 3.75 + 4.25 or 8 km in
at the rate of 3.7 5 km an hour. An hour later B starts from
Q for P and walks at the rate of 4.25 km an hour. When 48
and where will A meet B? one hour. Therefore, 48 km are passed over in — or 6
o
a) 26.25 km from Q b) 25.50 km from Q hours. Therefore A meets B in 6 hours after B started.
c) 25.30 km from P d) Can't be determined And therefore they meet at a distance of 4.25 * 6 or 25.5
4. A train leaves Delhi at 5 am and reaches Kanpur at 10 km from Q.
am. Another train leaves Kanpur at 7 am and reaches 4. a; Hint: Let the distance between Delhi and Kanpur be x
Delhi at 2 pm. At what time do the two trains meet? km
a) 8.45 am b) 3.45 pm Suppose the train leaving from Delhi is A and the train
c) 6.45 am d) Data inadequate leaving from Kanpur be B.
5. Suresh travelled 1200 km by air which formed (2/5) of his
x x
trip. The part of his trip which was one third of the whole A's speed = , n ~ < km/hr
c
trip, he travelled by car. The rest of the journey was r 10 am - 5 am 5

performed by train. The distance travelled by train was x _x
[Hotel Management Exam, 1991J B's speed = ~ ^ ~ ^ km/hr
r 2pm-1 am 1
a) 1600 km b) 800 km c) 480 km d) 1800 km
6. A certain distance is covered at a certain speed. I f half Since B starts two hours later than A, the distance al-
this distance is covered in double the time, the ratio of 2x
the two speeds is [Bank PO Exam, 1986] ready covered by A at the time of start of B = — km
Time and Distance
2x 3x 1 st speed = {xly) km per hour

Remaining distance = * - — - — km
f 1 ^
x x \2x ' x^
2nd speed :
2v km per hour
Relative speed of approach of two trains = — + — -
V J
km/hr
Time taken to cover the remaining distance by both trains
Ratio of speeds = •^ l:-=4:l
f' 3
^l = l 5i = Z
x 3 7. a; Hint: 25:10:: 1000 :x
= 12x 5 12 4 hrs= 1— hrs= 1 hr45 min
10x1000
or, x- = 400 metres
.-. the two trains will meet at 7 am + 1 hr45 min = 8.45 am 25
5. b; Hint: Let the total distance be x km. Then, 8. c; Hint: Distance covered in half an hour = 4 km
2 x (side of the square) = 4 km
-x = 1200 r x = 3000km
O
or side of the square = 2 km
.-. Area of the square field = 4 sq km
9. b; Hint: Suppose they meet after x hours. Then,
Distance covered by car = ^3000 ^ J km = 1000 km
x 21x-16x = 60 or,x=12
Now, distance between the stations
.-. Distance travelled by train = [3000-(1000+ 1200)] km
= ( I 6 x l 2 + 2 1 x l 2 ) k m = 444km
= 800 km
6. a; Hint: Let x km be covered in y hours. Then, Note: See Rule 11 of the chapter "Trains".
km
Trains
Rule 1 [Clerical Grade Exam, 1989|

a) 40 km/hr b) 43.2 km/hr
Theorem: When train passes a telegraph post or a station-
ary man it should travel the length equal to the length of c) 45 km/hr d) None of these
the train. 8. A train crosses a platform in 60 seconds at a speed of 45
km/hr. How much time will it take to cross an electric pole
Illustrative Example if the length of the platform is 100 metres?
Ex.: How many seconds will a train 100 metres long run- [Bank PO Exam, 1990]
ning at the rate of 36 km an hour take to pass a certain a) 8 seconds b) 1 minute
telegraph post? c) 52 seconds d) None of these
Soln: In passing the post the train must travel its own 9. A train 110 metres long travels at 60 km/hr. How long
length. does it take to cross a telegraph post?
a) 6 sec b) 5.6 sec c) 6.6 sec d) 6.8 sec
Now, 36 km/hr = 36 x — = 10 m/sec
1 o< Answers
1 0 0 ^ 1. b
.-. required time = - seconds 5 25
l W
2. c; Hint: Speed = 30 km/hr = 30x — = — m/sec
lo 3
Exercise 25 27 225
I. How long will a train 130 m long travelling at 40 km an Length of the train = — — x :
2 u 4 m
hour, take to pass a kilometre stone? 36x5
a) 12 sec b) 11.7 sec c) 11.2 sec d) 11 sec 3. a; Hint: Speed of the train = 36 km/hr = -10 m/sec
18
2 A train travelling at 30 km an hour took i3— sees in 110
required time : 11 sec
passing a certain point. Find the length of the train. 10 '
a)113m b)112m c)112.5m d)Noneofthese 4. a 5,d
3. A train 110 m in length runs through a station at the rate 160 18 „
of 36 km per hour. How long will it take to pass a given 6. c; Hint: Speed of the train = "7r* ~"T x km/hr
point? 18 5
a) 11 sec b) 12 sec c) 13 sec d) 15 sec 7. b
4 A train 135m long is running with a speed of 54 km per 8. c; Hint: Distance covered by the train in crossing the plat-
hour. In what time will it pass a telegraph post? ' 45x60 "| 3
a) 9 sec b) 12 sec c)8sec d)6sec form= * * n n km= — km=750m
^ 3600 4
5. A train 550 metres long is running with a speed of 55 km .-. Length of train = (750 -100) m = 650 metres
per hour. In what time will it pass a signal post?
a) 30 sec b) 24 sec c) 42 sec d) 36 sec 750"
:. Time taken to cross the pole = 650 -=-
6. A train 160 metres long passes a standing man in 18 60 , sec
seconds. What is the speed of the train?
a) 28 km/hr b) 36 km/hr c) 32 km/hr d) None ofthese 60
650 x sec = 52 sec
7. A train 120 m long, crosses a pole in 10 seconds. The 750
speed of the train is: 9.c
Rule 2 seconds. The speed of the train in m/sec is

Theorem: When a train passes a platform or crosses a bridge [Railways, 1989|
it should travel the length equal to the sum ofthe lengths of a) 150 b)50 c)10 d) 15
train and platform or bridge both. 11. A train 700 m long, is running at the speed of 72 km/hr. I f
it crosses a tunnel in 1 minute, then the length of the
Illustrative Example tunnel (in metres) is [NDA Exam, 1990]
Ex.: How long does a train 110 metres long running at the a) 700 b)600 c)550 d)500
rate of 36 km/hr take to cross a bridge 132 metres in 12. A train 110m long travels at 60 km/hr. How long does it
length? take to cross a platform 240 metres long?
Soln: In crossing the bridge the train must travel its own a) 21 sec b) 20 sec c) 18 sec d) 24 sec
length plus the length of the bridge. 13. A train with 90 km/hr crosses a bridge in 36 seconds.
Another train 100 m shorter crosses the same bridge at
Now,36km/hr= 3 6 x T^ : 10 m/sec 45 km/hr. Find the time taken by the second train to cross
1O
the bridge.
242 a) 64 sec b) 60 sec .) 72 sec d) 1 hr
.-. required time = rr— = 24.2 seconds.
Answers
Exercise
2. d; Hint: Speed of the train=45 km/hr
1. How long will a train 60 m long travelling at 40 km an
hour, take to pass through a station whose platform is 90 as 25
5
m long? = 18 = Y °
a) 14 sec b) 13.5 sec c) 14.5 sec d) None of these Let the length of the bridge be x m
2 Find the length of a bridge, which a train 130 long, trav-
elling at 45 km an hour, can cross in 30 sees, -130
or, 30
a) 240 m b)235m c)250m d)245m 25
3. A column of men, extending 250 m in length takes one 2
hour to march through a street at the rate of 50 paces a or,x+ 130'= 15x25 x = 375-130 = 245 m
minute, each pace being 75 cm. Find the length of the
street. 50x75 5
3. a; Hint: Speed of the train = , ^ m/sec = - m/sec
a)2km b)lkm c) 1.5 km d)2.5km 100x60 8
4. It is noticed that exactly half a minute elapses between Let length of the street be x m.
the time when the engine of a train 50 m long enters a
tunnel 500 m long and the time when the last carriage of x + 250 60x60x5
= 2250 m
the train leaves the tunnel. Find at how many km per 8
hour the train is travelling?
a) 66 km/hr b) 55 km/hr c) 64 km/hr d) None of these .-.x = 2000 m=2km
5. A train 540 m long is running with a speed of 72 km/hr. In
what time will it pass a tunnel 160 m long? 50 + 500 55
a) 40 sec b) 30 sec c) 35 sec d) 42 sec 4. a; Hint: Speed of the train = —yo~~ ~ ~3~ m / ' s e c
6. A train 200 m long is running with a speed of 72 km/hr. In

_ 55 18
what time will it pass a platform 160 m long?
- — — =66 km/hr
x
a) 18 sec b) 21 sec c) 15 sec d) 20 sec
7. A train 240 m long passes a bridge 120 m long in 24 sec. 5. c; Hint: Speed of the train = 72 km/hr
Find the speed with which the train is moving.
a)45 km/hr b)54 km/hr c)36km/hr d)42km/hr ^ x I g I m/sec = 20 m/sec
8. A train 150 m long passes a telegraph post in 12 sec-
onds. Find, in what time, it will pass a bridge 250 m long? Sum of the lengths of the train and tunnel = (540 -
a) 32 sec b) 36 sec c) 25 sec d) 24 sec 160)m=700m
9. A train 280 m long is moving at a speed of 60 km/hr. The .-. Time taken to pass the tunnel
time taken by the train to cross a platform 220 m long is = Time taken to cover 700 m at 20 m/sec
[RRB Exam, 1989]
700")
2Q I sec = 35 sec
10. A train 50 m long passes a platform 100 m long in 10
?rains yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 459
•}. a tively are running in opposite directions, one at the

rate of 40 km and the other at the rate of 32 km an hbur.
240 + 120
"b; Hint: Speed » m/sec = 54 km/hr In what time will they be completely clear of each
24 other from the moment they meet?
Soln: As the two trains are moving in opposite directions
150 their relative speed = 40 + 32 = 72 km/hr, i.e. they are
S. a; Hint: Speed of the train = m/sec
12 approaching each other at 72 km/hr or 20 m/sec.
Time taken to cross the bridge .-. the required time
Total length 121+99
(l50 + 250)x — = 11
32 sec Relative speed 20 sees.
v 150 7
§.c 10. d Exercise

11. d; Hint: Let the length of tunnel be x metres. 1. A train 110 metres in length travels at 60 km/hr. In what
time will it pass a man who is walking against the train at
Speed of train = (j^ y£j
X m/sec = 20 m/sec 6 km a hoar?
Time taken by the train to cover (700 + x) m ,1

a) ' j seconds b) 6 seconds
'700 + x N
, 20 sec
=
c) 6 y seconds d) Data inadequate
700 + x 2. Two trains 70 m and 80 m long respectively, run at the
= 60 => x = 500
20 rates of 68 and 40 km an hour respectively on parallel
Ha rails in opposite directions. How long do they take to
pass each other?
113. a; Hint: Speed of the first train = 90 km/hr
â) 5 seconds b) 10 seconds
90x5 . 25 m/sec
:
c) 12 seconds d) 6 seconds
18 3. Two trains 132 metres and 108 metres in length are run-
Let the length of the bridge be x m and that of the ning towards each other on parallel lines, one at the rate
train be ym. of 32 km/hr and another at 40 km/hr. In what time will
.-. x + v = 25x36 = 900....(i) they be clear of each other from the moment they meet?
Again, a) 12 sec b)9sec
Speed of the second train = 45 km/hr c) 15 sec 3) Data inadequate
45x5 25 .A
18 2 m/sec 4. A train 100 metres long takes ~ seconds to cross a
1
.-. time taken by the second train to cross the bridge man walking at the rate of 5 krn/hr in a direction opposite
to that of the train. Find the speed of the train,
•_ (s-100)+y _ (x + y-100)2
25 ~ 25
5. A train 135 metres long is running with a speed of 49 km
2 per hour. In what time will it pass a man who is walking at
Now, putting the value of (x + y) from eqn (i) we 5 km/hr in the direction opposite to that of the train?
have a) 9 sec b) 12 sec c) 15 sec d) 18 sec
6. Two trains 127 metres and 113 metres in length respec-
(900-100)2 _ 800x2 _
= 64 sec tively are running in opposite directions, one at the rate
25 25 of 46 km/hr and another at the rate of 26 km per hour. In
[Note: Also see Rule 36] what time will they be clear of each other from the mo-
ment they meet?
Rule 3 a) 17 sec b) 12 sec
srem: When two trains are moving in opposite direc- c) 14 sec d) None of these
r their speeds should be added tofind the relative speed. A train 270 metres long is moving at aspeed of 25 km/hr.
strative Example It will cross a man comingfromthe opposite direction at
Two trains 121 metres and 99 metres in length respec- a speed of 2 km/hr in
a) 36 seconds b) 32 seconds
c) 28 seconds d) 24 seconds
8. A train 150 metres long crosses a man walking at a speed - I 72 x — | /sec = 20 m/sec
m
of 6 km/hr in the opposite direction in 6 seconds. The Sum of lengths of the trains = (132 + 108) m = 240 m
speed of the train is Time taken by the trains in passing each other
9. A train of length 150 metres, takes 10 seconds to pass 240
sec = 12 sec
over another train 100 metres long coming from the op- 20 J
posite direction. If the speed of the first train be 30 km/ 4. b; Hint: Let the speed of the train be x km/hr
hr, the speed of the second train is [Railways, 1991J
a)54km/hr b)60km/hr c)72km/hr d)36km/hr .-. relative speed = (JC + 5) km/hr = (x + 5) x — m/sec
10. A train 300 metres long is running at a speed of 18 km/hr. 1o
How many seconds will it take to cross a 200 m long train
(x + 5)5 36
running in the opposite direction at a speed of 12 km/hr? Now, — — — ~ - mx
1o 5
[Bank PO Exam, 1989]
or,2x+10 = 100 .-. x=45
a) 60 c)12 d)20 .-. required speed of the train = 45 km/hr
5. a; Hint: Relative speed = (49 + 5) km/hr = 15 m/sec
11. Two trains are running in opposite directions with the .-. Time taken by the train to pass the man
same speed. If the length of each train is 135 metres and
they cross each other in 18 seconds, the speed of each sec = 9 sec
train is [Railways, 1991]
a) 104 km/hr b)27km/hr 6. b; Hint: Relative speed=(46 + 26) km/hr=20 m/sec
c) 54 km'hr d) None of these rime taken by the trains in passing each other
12. A train 110 metres long travels at 60 km/hr. How long = Time taken to cover (127 + 113) m at 20 m/sec
does it take to cross a man running at 6 km/hr in the
opposite direction? 240
= 12 sec
a) 6 sec b)9 sec c)5 sec d)8 sec 20
13. A train 110 metres long travels at 60 km/hr. How long 7. a
does it take to cross another train 170 metres long, run- 8. b; Hint: In 6 seconds, the man walking at the rate of 6 km
ning at 80 km/hr in opposite direction? hr, covers 10 metres.
a) 7 sec b) 8.2 sec c) 6.2 sec d) 7.2 sec So, the train has to move actually (150 - 10) i.e. 140
3 metres in 6 seconds to cross the man.
14. A train 100 metres long takes 3— seconds to cross a 140
Hence, speed of the train = — r - m/sec
man walking at the rate of 6 km/hr in a direction opposite 6
to that of the train. Find the speed of the train.
f 140 18^
a)94km/hr b)90km/hr c)64km/hr d)60km/hr km/hr =84 km/hr
15. Two trains start simultaneously from stations P and Q, 3 x 5)
V
500 km apart and meet after 5 hours. If the difference in 9. b; Hint: Let the speed of second train be x km/hr
their speeds be 20 km/hr, find their speeds. Then, relative speed = (30+x) km/hr
a) 60 km/hr, 40 km/hr b) 30 km/hr, 70 km/hr .-. Time taken to cover (150 + 100) metres
c) 65 km/hr, 35 km/hr d)45 km/hr, 55 km/hr at (30 + x) km/hr = 10 seconds
Answers 250 250x18
1. b; Hint: Relative speed = 60 + 6 = 66 km/hr = 10: = 10=>x = 60 km'hr
(30 + x)> 150+5*
66x5 55 18
= - - y m/sec
T r
10. a; Hint: Relative speed = (18 + 12) km/hr=30 km/hr
110x3 .
. .-. required time = — J $ ~ = s e c = ^ Jg]
x m/sec = — m/se;
2. a
25
3. a; Hint: Relative speed = (32 + 40) km/hr=72 km/hr Time taken to cover (300 + 200) m at — m/sec
rains
overtakes a goods train on a parallel line of rails. The
500x3^1
sec = 60 sec goods train is going 26 km an hour, and is 1712 dm long.
25 How long does the passenger train takes in passing the
b; Hint: Let the speed of each train be x m/sec other?
135 + 135
Then, = 18 A train 110 metres in length travels at 60 km per hour. In
x+x what time will it pass a man who is walking in the same
15 15 18 „ direction at 6 km an hour?
•'••* = — m/sec = — * — -27 km/hr A ,1
a) 6 sec b) o - sec c) i- sec d) 6 j sec
-a 13d
. a; Hint: Let the speed of the train be x km/hr 4. Two trains 70 m and 80 m long respectively, run at the
Now, according to the question rates of 68 km and 40 km an hour respectively on parallel
Relative speed = (x + 6) km/hr rails in the same direction. How long do they take to
pass each other?
_ (x + 6)x5
m/sec 1
18 a) 19y seconds b ) 1 9 - seconds
18x100 18
A g a i n ' 5(x + 6) 5 c) seconds d) 5 seconds
.-. x=100 - 6 = 94km/hi 5. A train 100 m long is running with a speed of 70 km per
hour. In what time will it pass a man who is running at 10
a; Hint: Let the speeds of the two trains be x and y km/hr km per hour in the same direction in which the train is
going?
.-. relative speed = (x+y) km/hr = -^^- = 100 km/hr and a) 6 sec b) 12 sec c)9sec d) 16 sec
x - y = 2 0 km/hr (given). A train 550 metres long is running with a speed of 55 km
After solving the above equations, we get per hour. In what time will it pass a man who is walking at
x = 60 km/hr and y = 40 km/hr 10 km per hour in the same direction in which the train is
going?
Rule 4 a) 42 sec b) 33 sec c) 40 sec d) 44 sec
em: When two trains are moving in the same direc- 7. A train IOOmetres long meets a man going in opposite
i the relative speed will be the difference of their speeds. - - .- " ,1
itive Example direction at 5 km per hour and passes him in ' — sec-
Two trains 121 metres and 99 metres in length respec- onds. At what rate is the train going?
tively are running in the same direction, one at the a)45km/hr b)54km/hr c)42km/hr d)36km/hr
rate of 40 km and the other at the rate of 32 km an hour. 8. Two trains of length 110 metres and 90 metres are run-
In what time will they be completely clear of each, ning on parallel lines in the same direction with a speed
otherfromthe moment they meet? of 35 km per hour and 40 km per hour respectively. In
what time will they pass each other?
20 a) 144 sec b) 140 sec c) 134 sec d) 154 sec
Relative speed = 40 - 32 = 8 km/hr = — m/sec
A train 110 metres long travels at 60 km/hr. How long
Total length = 121 + 99 = 220 m does it take to cross a man running at 6 km/hr in the same
direction?
Total length 220
.-. reqd time = x9 = 99 sec. a) 7.33 sec b)8sec c)7|sec d) 8.33 sec
Relative speed 20
10. A train 110 metres long travels at 60 km/hr. How long
1
does it take to cross another train 170 metres long, run-

rise
How many seconds will a train 60 m in length travelling ning at 54 km/hr in the same direction?
M. the rate of 42 km an hour, take in passing another train a)2min40sec b) 2 min 48 sec
S4 m long proceeding in the same direction at the rate of c) 3 min 48 sec d) 3 min 40 sec
30 km an hour? Answers
1 1. b; Hint: Relative speed = 42 - 30 = 12 km/hr , '
a) 43 sec b)43r sec c) 43.5 sec d)43~ sec
12x5 10
A passenger train going35 km an hour and 1213 dm long = ~T8 "T _ m / s e e
462 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICK ATHS
Total length = 60 m + 84 m•= 144 m Rule 5 Of

144x3 Theorem: Two trains are moving in the same direction atx
/. Required time — = 43- s e c
km/hr andy km/hr (where x >y). If thefaster train crosses
a man in the slower train in't' seconds, then the length of
2. a; Hint: Relative speed = 35 - 26 = 9 km/hr
9x5 5
= — = -m/sec the faster train is given by metres.
18 J
121.3 + 171.2 292.5x2 Illustrative Example

.-. Required time = <j = -—— = 117 sec Ex.: Two trains are moving in the same direction at 50 km
hr and 30 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the
slower train in 18 seconds. Find the length of the
3. c; Hint: Relative speed = 60 - 6 = 54 km/hr faster train.
54x5 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
15 m/sec
48
the required length = ^ ( 5 0 - 30)x 18 = 100 m.
110 _1
.-. required time = - J T * * seconds.
-
Exercise
4. a 1. Two trains travel in the same direction at 56 km and 29
5. a km an hour and the faster train passes a man in the slower
25
m/sec train in 16 seconds. Find the length of the faster train,
6. d; Hint: Relative speed = (55 -10) km/hr = I - y a) 100 m b)120m
c) 124 m d) Data inadequate
.-. Time taken by the train to pass the man 2. Two trains are moving in the same direction at 25 km/hr
550 x — sec = 44 sec and 15 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the slower
25) train in 9 seconds. Find the lerigth of the faster train.
7. a; Hint: Let the speed of the train be x m/sec a)50m b)75m c)25m d)30m
3. Two trains are moving in the same direction at 33 km/hr
25 and 24 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the slower
Speed of man m/sec = m/sec
18 train in 12 seconds. Find the length of the faster train.
a)30m b)40m c)20m d)50m
25 18£+25 4. Two trains are moving in the same direction at 50 km/hr
Relative speed : x+- m/sec = m/sec
18j 18 and 32 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the slower
train in 10 seconds. Find the length of the faster train.
100 36 '225^ a)45m b)60m c)75m d)50m
18x + 25 I 18 m/sec Answers
18 l.b 2.c 3.a 4.d
225 18 Rule 6
x — km/hr = 45 km/hr
Theorem: A train running atx km/hr takes t seconds to x
18 5
'25^ pass a platform. Next it takes t seconds to pass a man
2
8. a; Hint: Relative speed = (40 -35) km/hr m/sec walking aty km/hr in the opposite direction, then the length
U8
Time taken by the trains in passing each other
of the train is —(x + y)t 2
metres and that of the plat-
'25 18 v r i
= Time taken to cover (110 + 90) m at m/sec

formis T T M ' I ~ 2)~yh] metres.
t
200x18 1o
= 144 sec
9. a 10. b Ex.: A train running at 25 km/hr takes 18 seconds to pass
a platform. Next, it takes 12 seconds to pass a mar;
Trains yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
walking at 5 km/hr in the opposite direction. Find the Rule 7
length of the train and that of the platform. Theorem: Two trains are moving in opposite directions at
Soln: Detail Method: x km/hr andy km/hr (wherex >y), ifthefaster train crosses
Speed of the train relative to man = 25 + 5 = 30 km/hr a man in the slower train in t seconds, then the length of the
«i 5
-MX—-—m/sec
2 5 ,
faster train is given by metres.
Distance travelled in 12 seconds at this speed
= — xl2 = 100 m
Ex.: Two trains are moving in the opposite direction at 50
3
km and 40 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the
Length of the train = 100 m slower train in 3 seconds. Find the length of the faster
125 train.
Speed of train - 25 km/hr = 25 x r r - — m/sec
the required length of the train
lo lo
Distance travelled in 18 sees at this speed = — (50 + 40)x30 = 75 m

18v ' '
125
= _ x l 8 = 125 m. Exercise
18
1. A man sitting in the train which is travelling at the rate of
.-. length of train + length of platform = 125 m
50 km per hour observes that it takes 9 seconds for a
.-. length of platform = 125- 100 = 25m
goods train travelling in the opposite direction to pass
him. If the goods train is 187.5 metres long, find its speed,
have,
2. Two trains are moving in the opposite direction at 24 km
the length of the train = ^ (25 + 5)x 12 = 100 m and and 12 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the slower
train in 2 seconds. Find the length of the faster train.
a) 25 m b)30m c)20m d) Data inadequate
the length of the platform =-^-[25(l8-12)-5xl2] Two trains are moving in the opposite direction at 12 km
= —x90 = 25 m.
1O
18 and 6 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the slower
train in 10 seconds. Find the length of the faster train,
Exercise a) 50 m b)75m c)40m d)150m
1. A train running at 36 km/hr takes 12 seconds to pass a 4. Two trains are moving in the opposite direction at 30 km
platform. Next it takes 6 seconds to pass a man running and 24 km/hr. The faster train crosses a man in the slower
at the rate of 9 km/hr in the opposite direction. Find the train in 6 seconds. Find the length of the faster train.
length of the train and length of the platform. a)80m b)100m c)110m d)90m
a)75m,45m b)70m,50m
c) 65 m, 35 m d) Data inadequate Answers
2 A train running at 24 km/hr takes 15 seconds to pass a 1. a; Hint: Let the speed of the goods train be y km/hr
platform. Next, it takes 10 seconds to pass a man walking Now, applying the given rule, we have
at 12 km/hr in the opposite direction. Find the length of 5
(50 +y)9 = 187.5
the train. 18
a)50m b)100m c)75m d)120m y = 25 km/hr
3. A train running at 20 km/hr takes 12 seconds to pass a 2.c 3.a 4.d
platform. Next, it takes 6 seconds to pass a man walking
at 4 km/hr in the opposite direction. Find the length of Rule 8
the p\atform. Theorem*. A train running at x km/hr takes f, seconds to
pass a platform. Next it takes t seconds to pass a man
2
2 2 walking aty km/hr in the same direction, then the length of

a)40m b)26m c) 4 0 - m d) 2 6 - m
5.
the train is :(*-v> 2
metres and that ofthe platform is
Answers 18
l.a 2.b 3.d
t )+yt ] metres.
2 2
18
464 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATI
Illustrative Example platform,

Ex.: A train running at 25 km/hr takes 18 seconds to pass a) 200 m b)190m c)210m d)100m
a platform. Next, it takes 9 seconds to pass a man Answers
walking at 5 km/hr in the same direction. Find the Lb 2.c 3.a 4.c
length of the train and that of the platform.
Soln: Detail Method: Speed of the train relative to man Rule 9
5 *\ rfteorem: L mates Cong train crosses a bridge of length
25-5 = 20 km/hr =20x — = — m/sec
18 9 metres in T seconds. Time taken by the train to cross
Distance travelled in 9 seconds at this speed
L+ L 7
platform of metres is given byL + L seconds.

= y x 9 =50m
.-. Length of the train = 50 m Illustrative Example

Ex.: 150 metres long train crosses a platform of length 25^
5 125
Speed of the train = 25 km/hr = 25 x — = —— rn/sec metres in 30 seconds. Find the time for train to c~
lo lo
a bridge of 130 metres.
Distance travelled in 18 seconds at this speed Soln: Detail Method:
125 According to the question,
-xl8 = 125 m
18 150+250 40
speed of the train = m/sec
.-. length of train + length of platform = 125 m 30 3
.-. length of platform = 125 - 50 = 75 m
In the second case train has to cover (150 + 130) metres.
have 280x3 - 2 1 seconds.
.-. required time =
40
the length of the train = ~(25- 5)x 9 = 50 m
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, »e
1O
have the
the length of the platform = -^[25(l8-9)+5x9] ... (130 + I50)x30 280x30 „,
1O read time = ± '- = = 21 sees.
150 + 250 400
= — x270 = 15x5 = 75 m. Exercise
1. A train speeds pasj a pole in 15 seconds and speeds
Exercise pasf a platform of 100 metres in 30 seconds. Its length ( •
1. A train running at 35 km per hour takes 18 seconds to metres) is [Bank PO Exam, 1989}
pass a platform. Next, it takes 12 seconds to pass a man a)200 b)100 c)50 d) Data inadequate
walking at the rate of 5 km/hr in the same direction. Find 2 75 metres long train crosses a platform of length 125
the length of the train and that of the platform. metres in 20 seconds. Find the time for train to cross a
a)50m,75m b) 100m, 75m bridge of 65 metres.
c) 75 m, 25 m d) None of these
11 21
2. A train running at 25 km/hr takes 18 seconds to pass a a) 12 sec b) 18 sec c) 14 secd) _ sec
platform. Next it takes 10 seconds to pass a man walking 2
at the rate of 7 km/hr in the same direction. Find the 250 metres long train crosses a platform of length 350
length of the platform and the length of the train. metres in 50 seconds. Find the time for train to cross a
a)25m,50m b)45m,85m c)50m,75m d)50m,80m bridge of230 metres.
3. A train running at 30 km/hr takes 20 seconds to pass a a) 45 sec b) 50 sec c) 40 sec d) 54 sec
platform. Next, it takes 8 seconds to pass a man walking 4. 125 metres long train crosses a platform of length 175
at 12 km/hr in the same direction. Find the length of the metres in 20 seconds. Find the time for train to cross a
train. bridge of 115 metres.
a)40m b)50m . c)44m d)42m a) 18 sec b) 15 sec c) 16 sec d) 12 sec
4. A train running at 36 km/hr takes 24 seconds to pass a Answers
platform. Next, it takes 6 seconds to pass a man walking
at 18 km/hr in the same direction. Find the length of the 1. b; Hint: Here = 0 because in place of bridge, pole has
been given in the question.
1 + 0 36 = 15 x+ y
.-. required answer =
{L + 100 tance between A and B is
x-y
d km. or
.-. L=100m
Sum of speeds
1c 3.b 4.c Distance=Difference in distance x ^ .
D i f f s p e g d s
Rule 10
Theorem: IfL metres long train crosses a bridge or a plat-
Ex.: Two trains start at the same timefromHyderabad and
form of length metres in Tseconds, then the time taken Delhi and proceed towards each other at the rate of
80 km and 95 km per hour respectively. When they
hr train to cross a pole is given by
L + Li ) seconds. meet, it is found that one train has travelled 180 km
more than the other. Find the distance between Delhi
•strative Example and Hyderabad.
120 metres long train crosses a tunnel of length 80 Soln: Detail Method-I: Faster train moves 95 - 80 = 15 km
metres in 20 seconds. Find the time for train to cross more in 1 hr.
a man standing on a platform of length 130 metres.
•: Detail Method: .-. faster train moves 180 km more in — x 180 = 12
120+80
hrs.
Speed of the train = — —
20 — = '0 m/sec Since, they are moving in opposite directions, they
120 cover a distance of80 + 95 = 175 km in 1 hr.
Time taken by train to cross the man = = 12 sees. ,-, in 12 hrs they cover a distance = 175 x 12=2100 km
10 .-. distance = 2100 km
Here length of the platform is given to confuse the Detail Method I I :
student. Because it is of no use in solving the above
Hyderabad Delhi
example.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we 1 : 1 1 1
have y km xkm
120x20 M Let the train started from Delhi, covers x km of the
the required time = „„ - 1 2 seconds. distance and the train started from Hyderabad covers
120+80
y km of the distance when they meet.
lse From the question,
60 metres long train crosses a tunnel of length 40 metres x - y = 180 km (i)
m 10 seconds. Find the time for train to cross a man 95 80 19
standing on a platform of length 65 metres, and 7 * - . * n g * - «
2. 240 metres long train crosses a tunnel of length 160 Put the value of x of equation (ii) into equation (i)
metres in 40 seconds. Find the time for train to cross a 19
man standing on a platform of length 260 metres, y - y = 180
16
100 metres long train crosses a tunnel of length 60 metres .-. y=960km
in 16 seconds. Find the time for train to cross a man or,x-y = 180 km
standing on a platform of length 65 metres, .-. x=960+180= 1140 km
a) 12 sec b) 11 sec c) 8 sec d) 10 sec /. the distance between Hyderabad and Delhi
= 1140 + 960 = 2100 km
ers Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
2.c 3.d have
Rule 11 Sum of speed
Distance = Difference in distance >< Diff. in speed
m: Two trains start at the same time from A and B
proceed towards each other at the rate ofx km/hr and
•r respectively. When they meet it is found that one 180x — = 2100 km
has travelled d km more than the other. Then the dis- 15
Exercise .-. Total distance = 110 km = 40x + 50 (x - 2)

1. Two trains start at the same time from Patna and Gaya Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, « e
and proceed towards each other at the rate of 60 km and have
40 km per hour respectively. When they meet, it is found 110 + 2x50 210 7 1
that one train has travelled 20 km more than the other. the required time = — = 2 - hnJ
40 + 50 90 3 3 H
Find the distance between Gaya and Patna.
a) 100km b)80km c) 120km d)90km Note: The above example may be put as "Two stations A
2. Two trains start at the same time from Ranchi and and B are 110 km apart on a straight line. One trail
Rourkela and proceed towards each other at the rate of starts from A at 8 am and travels towards B at 40 ka
85 km and 63 km per hour respectively. When they meet, per hour. Another train starts from B at 10 am and
it is found that one train has travelled 11 km more than travels towards A at 50 km per hour. At what time wil
the other. Find the distance between Rourkela and they meet?
Ranchi. 110 + (l0 aw-8 am)x50
a) 84 km b) 148 km c)74km d) None of these Soln: 8am + -
40 + 50
3. Two trains start at the same time from Allahabad and
Kanpur and proceed towards each other at the rate of 73 210
= 8am + 10.20 am.
km and 47 km per hour respectively. When they meet, it 90
is found that one train has travelled 13 km more than the
other. Find the distance between Kanpur and Allahabad, Exercise
a) 70km b)60km c)75km d)65km 1.
Two stations A and B are 110 kms apart on a straight
4. Two trains start at the same time from Lucknow and line. One train startsfromA at 7 AM and travels towards
Jaunpur and proceed towards each other at the rate of B at 20 km/hr speed. Another train startsfromB at 8 AM
75 km and 65 km per hour respectively. When they meet, and travels towards A at 25 km/hr speed. At what time
it is found that one train has travelled 10 km more than will they meet? [Railways, 1989|
the other. Find the distance between Jaunpur and a) 9 AM b)10AM
Lucknow. c) 11 AM d) None of these
2. Two stations A and B are 60 km apart on a straight line.
a)75km b)65km c)80km d) 140km A train startsfromA towards B at the rate of 20 km/hr. 3
Answers hours later another train starts from B and travels to-
La 2.c 3.b 4.d wards A at the rate of 25 km/hr. When will the first train
meet to the second train?
Rule 12 a)lhr b)2hrs c)3hrs d)4hrs
Theorem: Two stations A and B are D km apart on a straight 3. Two stations A and B are 145 km apart on a straight line.
line. A train starts from A towards B at x km/hr. t hours A tram startsfromA towards B at the rate of 25 km/hr. 1
later another train starts from B towards A aty km/hr. The hours later another train starts from B and travels to-
time after which the train starting from A will meet the wards A at the rate of 35 km/hr. When will thefirsttrain
train startingfrom B is x + y hours. a)3hrs b)2hrs c)l'/ hrs » d)214hrs
2
4. A train startsfromstation A at 9 am and travels at 50 km

Illustrative Example hr towards station B, 210 km away. Another train starts
Ex.: Two stations A and B are 110 km apart on a straight from station B at 11 am and travels at 60 km/hr towards
line. A train starts from A towards B at the rate of 40 station A. At what time will they meet and at what dis-
km/hr. 2 hours later another train starts from B and tancefromA?
travels towards A at the rate of 50 km/hr. When will a) 12 noon, 150 km b) 11 am, 100 km
the first train meet to the second train? c) 10am, 50 km d) 1 pm, 200 km
Soln: Detail Method: Let the first train meet the second x Answers
hrs after it starts, then Lb 2.c 3.a
40* + (x -2)x 50 = 110 .... (see note) 210 + (lla-w-9am)60
Distance covered by the first train = 40x km 4. a; Hint: Required answer = 9 am+
50 + 60
The second train starts 2 hrs after the first starts its = 9 am + 3 hours = 12 noon
journey, so the distance covered by the second train and the required distance from A
= 50(x-2) = Distance travelled by the first train = 3 x 50 = 150 km
IATH • yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
Trains 467
Rule 13 a) 150m b)100m

Theorem: A train passes by a stationary man standing on2 A man standing on a railway platform noticed that a
the platform or a pole in r, seconds andpasses by the plat- train took 21 seconds to completely pass through the
station, which was 88 metres long and that it took 9
form completely in t seconds. If the length ofthe platform
2
seconds in passing him. Find the length of the train, and
the rate of the train in kilometres per hour,
is 'p' metres, then the length of the train is metres a) 198 m, 26 km/hr b) 66 m, 26.4 km/hr
c) 132 m, 25 km/hr d) Data inadequate
and the speed of the train is m/sec. Or Length of 3. A man is standing on a railway bridge which is 50 metres
the train long. He finds that a train crosses the bridge in 4 ^
Length of the platform ^ (Time taken to cross a ^ seconds but himself in 2 seconds. Find the length of the
Difference in time [stationary pole or man) and train and its speed.
Length of the platform a)40m,72km/hr b) 30 m, 92 km/hr
speed of the train •• c)42m,75km/hr d)4m,70km/hr
Difference in time
4. A railway train travelling at a uniform speed, clears a
Illustrative Example platform 200 metres long in 10 seconds and passes a
Ex.: A train passes by a stationary man standing on the telegraph post in 6 seconds. Find the length of the train
platform in 7 seconds and passes by the platform and its speed.
completely in 28 seconds. I f the length of the plat- a)300m, 180km/hr b)200m, 180km/hr
form is 330 metres, what is the length of the train? c) 300 m, 50 km/hr d) 200 m, 50 km/hr
Soln: Detail Method: Let the length of the train be x m. 5. A train passes a station platform in 36 seconds and a
man standing on the platform in 20 seconds. If the speed
Then speed of the train = — m per sec. of the train is 54 km/hr, find the length of the platform.
a)240m b)120m c)160m d)140m
x + 330 6. The train crosses a man standing on a platform 150 metres
And also the speed of the train long in 10 seconds and crosses the platform completely
28 m per sec.
:
in 22 seconds. Find the length and speed of the train,

x+330 a) 125 m, 12 m/sec b) 120m, 25 m/sec
Both the speeds should be equal, ie, — -
28 c) 125 m, 12.5 m/sec d) Data inadequate
or, 28x-7x = 7x330 Answers
7x330 La
21 = 110 m 88x9
2. b; Hint: Length of the train = :66 m
Quicker Approach: The train covers its length in 7 11-9
seconds and covers its length plus length of platform
in 28 seconds. That is, it covers the length of the 88 18 132
Speed of the train = „ . » x — = = 26.4 km/hr
platform in 28 - 7 = 21 seconds. 21-9 5
Now, since it covers 330 m in 21 seconds. 3. a 4. a
330
Distance covered in 7 seconds = y j ~ 110 mx 7
5. a; Hint: Speed of the train = 54 km/hr = 54x5 = 15 m/sec
Thus we get a direct formula as: 18
Length of train Now, applying the given theorem, we have
= Length
5 of rplatform „ ^ ,
x T i m e t0 c r o s s a P
15 = .-. p=15x 16 = 240m
Difference in time 36-20
stationary pole or man 6.c
= ^ x 7 = 110m.
21 Rule 14
Exercise Theorem: Two stations A and B are D km apart on a straig
1. A train passes a pole in 15 seconds and passes a plat- line. A train startsfrom A and travels towards Batx km/h
150 km form 100 m long in 25 seconds. Find its length. Another train, starting from B't' hours earlier, trvels t
wards A aty km/hr. The time after which the train starting
a) 3 hrs b) 2 hrs c) 2 - hrs d)l :
D-ty
fromA will meet the train startingfrom Bis hours. 3. Two stations A and B are 126 km apart on a straight line.
x+y J
A train starts from A and travels towards B at 23 km/hr.
Illustrative Example Another train, starting from B 30 minutes earlier, travels
Ex.: Two stations A and B are 110 km apart on a straight towards A at 32 km/hr. When will the first train meet to
line. A train startsfromA and travels towards B at 40 the second train?
km/hr. Another train, starting from B 2 hours earlier,
travels towards A at 50 km/hr. When will thefirsttrain a) 1 hr b) 1^ hrs c)2 hrs d) 2 - hrs
Soln: Detail Method: Let the first train meet the second Answers
train x hours after it starts, then Lb 2.a 3.c
40x+(x+2)x50=110
[Distance covered by the first train = 40* km Rule 15
The second train starts 2 hrs earlier than the first starts Theorem: If a train I metres long moving at a speed of x
its journey, so the distance covered by the second km/hr crosses another train in t seconds, then time taken by
train = 50(x + 2)
.-. Total distance = 110 km = 40* + 50(x + 2)] 18
// to cover its own length is given by "T" seconds.
or,40x + 50x+100=110
90x=10
18f /
1 60 20 , 2
x=- hrs = — = — = 6 j minutes. Case -I: If ^ I j < t, trains are moving in the same direc-
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we tion.
have
Case- II: If > t, trains are moving in opposite direc-
110-50x2 1 5 \X;
the required time • — hrs= 6— min-
50 + 40 tion.
utes. Illustrative Example
Note: Above example may be put as the following Ex.: A train 105 metres long moving at a speed of 54 km
"Two stations A and B are 110 km apart on a straight per hour crosses another train in 6 seconds. Then
line. A train starts from A at 10 am and travels to- which of the following is true?
wards B at 40 km per hour. Another train starting from (a) Trains are moving in the same direction.
B at 8 am travels towards A at 50 km per hour. At what (b) Trains are moving in the opposite direction.
time will they meet? (c) The other train is not moving.
Soln: They will meet at (d) Data inadequate
110-(l0am-8am)x50 Soln: Applying the above theorem, first
8am + 8.6 a.m. (approx).
40 + 50 18 / 18 105 _
find the value of — — -JT - I seconds
x _ X
Exercise 5 x 5 54
1. Two stations A and B are 95 km apart on a straight line. 7 seconds > 6 seconds
A train starts from A and travels towards B at 35 km/hr. Hence trains are moving in the opposite direction ie
Another train, starting from B 30 minutes earlier, travels (b) is the correct answer.
towards A at 40 km/hr. When will the first train meet to Exercise
the second train? 1. A train 100 metres long moving at a speed of 36 km per
hour crosses another train in 8 seconds. Then which of
a)2hrs b) 1 hr c) 1 i hrs d) 2^- hrs the following is true?
a) Trains are moving in the same direction.
2 Two stations A and B are 145 km apart on a straight line.
b) Trains are moving in the opposite direction.
A train startsfromA and travels towards B at 15 km/hr.
c) The other train is not moving.
Another train, starting from B 1 hr earlier, travels to-
d) Data inadequate
wards A at 25 km/hr. When will the first train meet to the
2. A train 125 metres long moving at a speed of 45 km per
second train?
VTHS yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
Trains 469
hour crosses another train in 12 seconds. Then which of are moving in the same direction,
the following is true? a) 12 sec b) 24 sec c) 28 sec d) 16 sec
a) Trains are moving in the same direction. 4. Two trains of the same length but with different speeds
b) Trains are moving in the opposite direction. pass a static pole in 8 seconds and 12 seconds respec-
c) The other train is not moving. tively. In what time will they cross each other when they
d) Data inadequate are moving in the same direction,
Answers
l.b 2.a Answers
l.c 2.a 3.b 4.d
Rule 16
Theorem: Two trains of the same length but with different Rule 17
speeds pass a static pole in t seconds and t seconds re-Theorem: Two trains of the same length but with differen
y 2
speeds pass a static pole in /, seconds and t seconds re

spectively. They are moving in the same direction. The time 2
spectively. They are moving in the opposite directions. T

2Ul<2
they will take to cross each other is given by sec-
\<2 time they will take to cross each other is given by
onds. V'l
Illustrative Example seconds.
Ex.: Two trains of the same length but with different speeds Illustrative Example
pass a static pole in 4 seconds and 5 seconds respec- Ex.: Two trains of the same length but with different speeds
tively. In what time will they cross each other when pass a static pole in 4 seconds and 5 seconds respec-
they are moving in the same direction? tively. In what time will they cross each other when
Soln: Detail Method: Let the length of the trains be x m. they are moving in the opposite direction.
Soln: Detail Method: Relative speed when they are moving
x x
The speeds of the two trains
— m/s & — m/s. x x 9x
in opposite directions
4 m.
Total distance to be travelled = 2JC 5 —: 20 -
• —+ m / S C C
Relative speed when they are moving in the same 4 5

. 9x _ 40 4
.-. required time = * " — - —-4—• seconds.
2 - i
X X X
direction - — - — - — m/sec. zO y y
4 5 20 Quicker Method: When they are moving in opposite
directions:
.-. required time = 2x* — - 40 seconds.
2(4x5) 40 .4
Quicker Method: When they are moving in the same Time— — — T ~ "7T 4— seconds.
= =
5+4 9 9
direction:
2(4x5) Exercise
Time = 40 seconds.
:
1. Two trains of the same length but with different speeds
5-4
pass a static pole in 4 seconds and 8 seconds respec-
Exercise tively. In what time will they cross each other when they
1. Two trains of the same length but with different speeds are moving in the opposite direction.
pass a static pole in 5 seconds and 6 seconds respec-
tively. In what time will they cross each other when they 16 14
a) — sec b)5 sec c)6 sec d) sec
are moving in the same direction.
a) 1 hr b) 50 sec c) 1 min d) 60 min Two trains of the same length but with different speeds
2. Two trains of the same length but with different speeds pass a static pole in 10 seconds and 15 seconds respec-
pass a static pole in 6 seconds and 9 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross eachother when they
tively. In what time will they cross each other when they are moving in the opposite direction,
are moving in the same direction. a) 13 sec b) 11 sec c) 12.5 see d)12 sec
a) 36 sec b) 30 sec c) 40 sec d) 42 sec Two trains of the same length but with different speeds
3. Two trains of the same length but with different speeds pass a static pole in 12 seconds and 18 seconds respec-
pass a static pole in 4 seconds and 6 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross eachother when they
tively.In what time will they cross eachother when they are moving in the opposite direction.
a) 14 sec b) 13.4 sec c) 14.4 sec d) 15 sec 8 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross each
Answers other when they are moving in the same direction?
La 2.d 3.c
Answers
Rule 18 La 2.c 3.c
Theorem: Two trains of the length /, and l m respectively
2
Rule 19
with different speeds pass a static pole in /, seconds and t 2
Theorem: Two trains of the length /, mand l m respec- 2
seconds respectively. When they are moving in the same

tively with different speeds pass a static pole in /, seconds
direction, they will cross each other in sec- and t seconds respectively. When they are moving in the
2
1<2 opposite direction they will cross each other in

onds.
Illustrative Example seconds.
Ex.: Two trains of the length 100 m and 125 m respectively hh +t\i
with different speeds pass a static pole in 4 seconds
and 7 seconds respectively. In what time will they
Ex.: Two trains of the length lOOmand 125 m respectively
cross each other when they are moving in the same
with different speeds pass a static pole in 4 seconds
direction?
and 7 seconds respectively. In what time will they
cross each other when they are moving in the oppo-
Length of the trains are 100 m and 125 m
site direction?
100 125 Soln: Detail Method:
The speeds of the trains = m/sec and - y ml Lengths of the trains are 100 m and 125 m
sec 100 125
Total distance to be travelled = 100 + 125 = 225 m Speeds of the trains = —— = 25 m/sec and —z~ ml
4 7
Relative speed when they are moving in the same
sec
100 125 _ 175-125 50 Total distance to be travelled =100+125=225m
direction m/sec. Relative speed when they are moving in the opposite
4 7 ~ 1 7
225x7 , , . 125 300
.-. required time = ——— - 3 1 . 5 seconds. direction = 25 + ~z~ ~ m/sec
7 7
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we 225x7 ...
have .-. required time = = 5.25 seconds.
the required time
(100 + I25)x4x7 225x4x7 63 „ have
- — -31.5 sec.
7x100-4x125 200 (100 + I25)x4x7 225x4x7
Exercise the required time- ( ) ( xl25) ~llW~
7 x l 0 0 + 4 =
1. Two trains of the length 200 m and 250 m respectively = 5.25 seconds.
with different speeds pass a static pole in 8 seconds and
14 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross Exercise
each other when they are moving in the same direction? 1. Two trains of the length 100 m and 150 m respectively
a) 63 sec b) 64 sec c) 72 sec d) 81 sec with different speeds pass a static pole in 1 min and 3
2. Two trains of the length 150 m and 350 m respectively min respectively. In what time will they cross each other
with different speeds pass a static pole in 4 seconds and when they are moving in the opposite direction?
10 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross 5
each other when they are moving in the same direction? a) - sec b) 100 sec c) 120 sec d) 50 sec
a) 150 sec b) 75 sec c) 200 sec d) None of these
2 Two trains of the length 200 m and 250 m respectively
3. Two trains of the length 125 m and 150 m respectively
with different speeds pass a static pole in 4 min and 6
with different speeds pass a static pole in 6 seconds and
min respectively. In what time will they cross each other
' • - • \ - -
when they are moving in theopposite direction? 100 + 125 9
a) 150 min— b) 4 min 48 sec Required time = — — - 4 . 5 seconds.
Quicker Method: Applying the case-II of the above
. 10
c) 4 — min d) None of these theorem, we have
Two trains of the length 150 m and 350 m respectively 4+5
the required time = = 4.5 seconds.
with different speeds pass a static pole in 5 min and 9
min respectively. In what time will they cross each other
when they are moving in the opposite direction? Exercise
225 235 with the same speeds pass a static pole in 6 seconds and
a) b) - j j - min
31 min 5 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross each
other when they are moving in opposite direction.
225 a) 4.5 sec b) 5.5 sec c) 6 sec d) 6.5 sec
c) min d) None of these
Answers with the same speeds pass a static pole in 7 seconds and
l.b 2.c 3.a 9 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross each
other when they are moving in opposite direction.
Rule 20 a) 8 sec b) 6 sec c) 9 sec d) 7.5 sec
Theorem: Two trains of the length l m and l m with the
x 2
with the same speeds pass a static pole in 8 seconds and
same speed pass a static pole in ?, and t seconds respec-
2 10 seconds respectively. In what time will they cross
tively. each other when they are moving in opposite direction,
Case I: When they are moving in the same direction, they a) 8 sec b) 10 sec c) 9 sec d) 9.5 sec
cannot pass each other. Answers
Case II: When they are moving in the opposite direction, l.b 2.a 3.c
they will cross each other in | ' 0 seconds ie Rule 21

Theorem: Two trains of length /, mand l m respectively
2
average of the two times.

run on parallel lines of rails. When running in the same
Illustrative Example direction the faster train passes the slower one in t sec- x
EXJ Two trains of the length 100 m and 125 m respectively

onds, but when they are running in opposite directions with
with the same speeds pass a static pole in 4 seconds
and 5 seconds respectively. In what time will they the same speeds as earlier, they pass each other in t sec- 2
cross each other when they are moving in onds. Then the speed of each train is given as thefollowing.
(i) the same direction
(ii) opposite directions. Speed of thefaster train = m/sec and the
Soln: (i) Applying the case-I of the above theorem, they v Hh J
cannot pass each other.
Proof: Length of the trains = 100 m and 125 m speed of the slower train = m/sec.
100 125 Thus a generalformula for the speed is given as
Speed of the two trains = —— and —— Average length of two trains
4 5 ;
= 25 m/sec = same. 1 1
Because they are moving with the same speed rela- Opposite direction's time Same direction's time
tive speed wiJJ be zero. Hence they will never cross
each other, Illustrative Example
(ii) Detail Method: Ex.: Two trains of length 100 m and 80 m respectively run
Length of the trains = 100 m and 125 m on parallel lines of rails. When running in the same
100 125 direction the faster train passes the slower one in 18
Speed of the two trains = and ~j- = 25 m/sec seconds, but when they are running in opposite di-
Relative speed = 25 + 25 = 50 m/sec \ rections with the same speeds as earlier, they pass
each other in 9 seconds. Find the speed of each train.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the speeds of the trains be x m/s Rule 22
and y m/s.
When they are moving in the same direction, Theorem: Two trains can run at the speed of 5, km/lirand
the relative speed = {x-y) m/s S km/hr respectively on parallel tracks. When they are
2
100+80 running in opposite directions they pass each other in 7j

x-y = \0
18 seconds. When they are running in the same direction, a
100 + 80 person sitting in thefaster train observes that he passes the
Similarly, x + y- = 20 other train in T seconds.
2
Solving the two equations Then the length of the faster train
x= 15 m/s andy = 5 m/s
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we [7i(S, + S )-T (S
2 2 i -S )]—
2 metres and the length of the
18
have
100 + 80^18+9"
the speed of the faster train = slower train = ^ ( S j -S )— metres.
2
2 U8x9, 1o
J 27 "\ Illustrative Example

= 9d = ' ^ m/s and
18x9j Ex.: Two trains can run at the speed of 54 km/hr and 36
the speed of the slower train I km/hr respectively on parallel tracks. When they are
100 + 80 ' 1 8 - 9 running in opposite directions they pass each other
5 m/s.
: in 10 seconds. When they are running in the same
2 v 18x9
direction, a person sitting in the faster train observes
Exercise that he passes the other train in 30 seconds. Find the
Two trains, each 80 m long, pass each other on parallel length of the trains.
lines. If they are going in the same direction, the faster Soln: Detail Method: Speeds of trains in metres per sec-
one takes one minute to pass the other completely. If onds is 15 m/s and 10 m/s respectively. Let the length
they are going in different directions, they completely of faster & slower trains be x m and y m respectively.
pass each other in 3 seconds. Find the rate of each trains When they are running in opposite directions:
in m per second. Relative speed = 15 + 10 = 25 m/s
Total length = (x+y) m
' 1
a) 28 m/sec, 25— m/sec b) 28— m/sec, 25 m/sec
x+y
c) 26 m/sec, 24 m/sec d) 28 m/sec, 25 m/sec
:. time to cross each other ^ = 10
Two trains 200 metres and 175 metres long are running
:. x+y = 250 ....(1)
on parallel lines. They take 7 ^ seconds when running
In the second case, man passes the length of the
/ slower train (y) with a speed of (15 - 10) m/s = 5 m/s
1 v
in opposite directions and 37— seconds when running
Then time = ~ =30
in the same direction, to pass each other. Find their speeds
in km per hour. .-. y=150m
a) 108 km/hr, 72 km/hr b) 98 km/hr, 82 km/hr .-. length of slower train = 150 m
c) 100 km/hr, 75 km/hr d) None of these And from(l),Jt= 100m
3. Two trains, 130 and 110 metres long, while going in the
.-. Length of faster train = 100 m
same direction, the faster train takes one minute to pass
the other completely. If they are moving in opposite di-
have the
rection, they pass each other completely in 3 seconds.
the length of the faster train
Find the speed of trains.
= [10(54 + 36)-30(54-36)] 18
a) 24 m/sec, 19 m/sec b) 42 m/sec, 3 8 m/sec
c) 40 m/sec, 36 m/sec d) Data inadequate = 360x — =100mand
Answers
l.a 2.a 3.b the length of the slower train = — x 30[54 - 36] = 150 m.
Trains yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 473

1. Two trains running at the rates of 45 and 3 6 km an hour Ex: A train overtakes two persons who are walking in the
respectively, on parallel rails in opposite directions, are same direction as the train is moving, at the rate of 2
observed to pass each other in 8 seconds, and when km/hr and 4 km/hr and passes them completely in 9
they are running in the same direction at the same rate and 10 seconds respectively. Find the speed and the
as before, a person sitting in the faster train observes length of the train.
that he passes the other in 30 seconds. Find the length Soln: Detail Method: Speeds oftwo men are:
of the trains. „ 5 5 „ 5 10
a) 105 m, 75 m b) 50m, 25 m 2km/hr= 2 x ^ = 9 m/s and 4 km/hr = ^ "~ 4 x = 9
c)120m,90m d) 100m, 75m

2. A certain passenger train travels at the rate of 42 km/hr, m/s
and a goods train whose length is half more than the Let the speed of the train be x m/s. Then relative
passenger train, travels at 33 km/hr. When the two are
travelling in the ame direction it takes 50 seconds for the ( 1 5 ( 10 V
passenger &ais & ctear ite goodste-w.JJpw kmg does speeds are I ~~^ I m/s and I * ^ I m/s
x
it take the two trains to pass when they are travelling in Now, length oftrain = Relative Speed x Time taken to
opposite directions? pass a man
5"| 10
3. Two trains run on parallel tracks at 90 km/hr and 72 km/hr length of train = \ ^ J x9 = xlO
9
respectively. When they are running in the opposite di-
rections they cross each other in 5 seconds. When they
100 45 55
are running in the same direction at speeds same as be- x= m/s
fore a passenger sitting in the faster train sees the other
train passing him in 25 seconds. Find the length of each 55 18 „
train. .-. speed of the train = — — = 22 km/hr and x
a) 225 m, 100 m b)125 m, 200 m

c) 125 m, 100 m d) Data inadequate ( ^
'55 5'
length of the train 9 = 50 5
9=
Answers ^9 9,
:
X m.
1. a 9J I
7j(42+33)-50(42-33) _ 2 have
2. a; Hint: ( 2-33)
50 4 ~3 the length of the train
Diff. in Speed of two men x T, x T _5_ 2
50x27
••• T. = = 6 sec (T -T,) 2 18
3x75
3.c where T, and T are times taken by the train to pass
2
the two men, all in the same direction.

Rule 23 (4-2)x9xl0 5
Theorem: A train overtakes two persons who are walking Thus in this case x — = 50m
in the same direction as the train is moving, at the rate of 10-9 18
M km/hr and M km/hr and passes them completely in
x 2
Speed of the train» km/hr

T seconds and T seconds respectively. Speed ofthe train
X 2 , 72-71
MT2 2 MT
X X MT
2 2 •M T X X
4x10-2x9
18 m/sec or km/hr and =22 km/hr.
T -T2 x
10-9
J
~(M -M )T T 2 X X 2 _5_ Exercise
the length of the train is given by T -T 2 x
18
1. A train 75 metres long over took a person who was walk-
metres
ing at the rate of 6 km an hour, and passes him in 7 —
Difference in speed of two men x T x T x 2
or metres. seconds. Subsequently it overtook a second person,

18 M T -M{T
2 2 X
and passed him in 6— seconds. At what rate was the
m/sec or km/hr and the length of the
r,-7-,
second person travelling?
a)lkm/hr b)4km/hr c)2km/hr d)5km/hr {M -M )r T
2 x x 2
2. A train 75 metres long overtook a man who was walking train is given by m.
at the rate of 6 km/hr and passed him in 18 seconds.
Again, the train overtook a second person in 15 sec^ Illustrative Example
onds. At what rate was the second person travelling? Ex.: A train passes two persons who are walking in the
a)3km/hr b)5 km/hr c)8km/hr d)9km/hr direction opposite which the train is moving, at the
3. A train overtakes two persons walking in the same di- rate of 5 m/s and 10 m/s in 6 seconds and 5 seconds
rection at 5 km/hr and 8 km/hr respectively and com- respectively. Find the length of the train and speed of
pletely passes them in 10 seconds and 12 seconds re- the train.
spectively. Find the length of the train, Soln: Detail Method: Let the speed of the train be x m/s.
a) 100m b)125m c)75m d)50m Length of the train = (x + 5) 6 = (x + 10) 5
4. A train overtakes two persons walking in the same di- or,(x + 5)6 = O+10)5
rection at 3 km/hr and 5 km/hr respectively and com- .-. x = 20 m/s
pletely passes them in 10 seconds and 11 seconds re- and length of the train = (20 + 5) x 6 = 150 m.
spectively. Find the speed and length of the train. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
560 550 have
b) 24 km/hr, — m
5x10-6x5
a) 25 km/hr, - y m
the speed of the train = —; 20 m/sec and
d) None of these 6—5
550 (10-5)X6X5
c) 25
Answers km/hr, - ym the length of the train = - — 7 ^ = 150 m.
1. c; Hint: Speed of the second person will be less than the 6—5
first. Because train takes more time to overtake first per- Exercise
son than the second. 1. If a train overtake's two persons who are walking in the
same direction in which the train is going at the rate of 2
15x27 km/hr and 4 km/hr and passes them completely in 9 and
(6-x)
2x4 5 10 seconds. Find the length of train and its speed in km
or, 75 x = 2km/hr
15 27 18 per hour.
2 ~4 a) 50m, 22 km/hr b) 52 m, 25 km/hr
2. a; Hint: Since the train takes lesser time to cross the sec- c) 100 m, 44 km/hr d) Data inadequate
ond person than the first. Hence, speed of the second 2. A train passes two men walking in the direction oppo-
person will be lesser than the first. Let the speed of the site to the train at 7 m/sec and at 12 m/sec in 5 and 4
second person be x km/hr. seconds respectively. Find the length of the train.
Now, applying the given rule, we have a) 100m b)120m c)75m d)125m
3. A train passes two men walking in the direction oppo-
(6-s)l8xl5
= 75 site to the train at 3 m/sec and 5 m/sec in 6 seconds and
18-15 18 5 seconds respectively. Find the length of the train.
or, 6-x-3 :.x = 3 km/hr a)75m b)80m c)65m d)60m
3.d 4.c Answers
-,5 5
Rule 24 1. a; Hint: M, = 2 km/hr = 2 x — = - m/sec
Theorem: A train passes two persons who are walking in 18 9
the direction opposite which the train is moving, at the rate 10
M , = 4 km/hr = 4 *
of A/, m/sec and M m/sec in T seconds and T seconds
2 x 2 18 — m/sec :
MT 2 2 -A/,7] !°-xl0-ix9
respectively. Then the speed of the train is
Speed of the train = 9 9 = — m/sec
10-9 9
•
rains yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 475
and another train of the 200 m length travelling in oppo-

55 18 „
—x — = 22 km/hr site direction in 10 seconds. Find the speed of the sec-
ond train.
*- -)l0x9
l 5 c)72km/hr d)81 km/hr
9 9)
.-. length of the train = = 50 m 3\ train 180 metres in length passes a pole in 20 seconds
10-9 and another train of the 108 m length travelling in oppo-
la 3.d site direction in 18 seconds. Find the speed of the sec-
ond train.
Rule 25 a) 21.6 km/hr b) 25.2 km/hr
Theorem: A train I , metres in length passes a pole in T c)21.2 km/hr {
d) 25.6 km/hr
mconds and another train of the length Answers

metres travel*
1,1 2.b . 3.b
*g in opposite direction in T seconds. Têtt the speed of
2
Rule 26
+e second train is m/sec or Theorem: If a train crosses I , mand m long bridge or
platform or tunnel In 7] seconds and T seconds respec-
2
(T -T
X 2 18
km/hr.
tively, then the length of the train
lis i m and
{ T l~ 2
T
trative Example ,
A train 100 metres in length passes a polefat10 sec-
onds and another train of the same iengm/miVellirig the speed of the train is m/sec.
in opposite direction in 8 seconds. Find the speed of
the second train. Illustrative Example
Detail Method: Ex.: A train crosses 210 metres and 122 metres long bridge
in 25 seconds and 17 seconds respectively. Find the
Speed of the first train = = 10 m/s length and speed of the train.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the length of the train L m and
100+100 „ speed o f the train be x m/sec.
Relative speed in second case = - = 25 m/.s According to the question equating the speed, ie
,i->i -till )u • 8
.-. Speed of the second train = 25 - 10 » 15 m/s 210+1 _ 122 + 1

=x
18 „ 25 ~ 17
or, 15x—= 54 km/hr or,(210+L)17 = 25(122+L)
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we or,25L-17L=210* 17-122*25
have 210x17-122x25 520
or, L = = 65 m
10-8"! 18 25-17 8
the speed of the train .-. Length of the train = 65 metres
10x8; + 8. 5
210 + 65 275 . .
120 18 .-. speed (x) = — — = *£r- = 11 m/sec
= — x — = 54 km/hr.
o 5 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
lercise have
A train 120 m in length passes a pole in 12 seconds and the length of the train
another train of the length 100 m travelling in opposite 210x17-122x25 520
directions in 10 seconds. Find the speed of the train in = 65 mand
25-17 o 4-..
km per hour.
a)43.2 km/hr b)43 km/hr 210-122 88
c) 44 km/hr d) 43.5 km/hr the speed of the train =
25-17 = T = U m / s e C -
A train 150 metrer in length passes apole in 15 seconds
Exercise 96 + 144
1. A train takes 18 seconds to pass completely through a Relative speed in second case = — — — = 10 m/s
station 162 metres long and IS seconds to pass com- .-. speed of the second train
pletely through another station 120 metres long. Find = speed of the first train - relative speed.
' the length of the train and its speed in km/hr. [See Note]
a) 90 metres, 50 km/hr b) 90 metres, 50.4 km/hr
1 .-. speed of the second train =16m/s-10m/s
c) 92 metres, 50 km/hr d) 92 metres, 50.4 km/hr = 6 m/s
2. A train crosses 105 metres and 61 metres long bridge in „ 18 108 „ , 3
= 6 x = — = 21-km/hr
y
12^ seconds and 8^- seconds respectively. Find the

length and speed of the train. have
a) 65 m, 11 m/sec b) 32.5 m, 5.5 m/sec the speed of the second train
c) 32.5 m, 11 m/sec d) Data inadequate
18 144
3. A train crosses 420 metres and 244 metres long bridge in
50 seconds and 34 seconds respectively. Find the length 5 4\ 2—
4 xV
6) 24
and speed of the train. 18 96x18 . 18 108 3 0 ]
a) 130 m, 44 m/sec b) 130 m, 22 m/sec - 6 = 6 x y = — = 2 1 - km/hr

24x6
c) 130 m, 11 m/sec d) 65 m, 11 m/sec
[Note: In this case speed of the first train will be always more
Answers than the speed of the second train, because, first train
162x15-120x18 crosses the second train travelling in the same direc-
1. b; Hint: Length of the train = = 90 tion.
18-15
metres .-. Relative speed = First speed - Second speed
or, Second speed = First speed - Relative speed]
162-120
Speed of the train : 14 m/sec Exercise
1.
A train 192 metres in length passes a pole in 12 seconds
14x!8 and another train of the length 288 metres travelling in
^50.4 km/hr the same direction in 48 seconds. Find the speed of the
second train.
2.c 3.c
a)42.6km/hr b) 32.4km/hr c)32 km/hr d)21.6 km/hr
Rule 27 2 A train 72 metres in length passes a pole in 8 seconds
and another train of the length 108 metres travelling in
Theorem: A train L metres in length passes a pole in T
x
the same direction m 36 seconds. Find the speed of the
x
seconds and another train of the length L metres travel- second train.
2
a)14.4km/hr b)24km/hr c)15km/hr d)15.4km/hr

ling in the same direction in T seconds. The speed of the3. A train 144 metres in length passes a pole in 16 seconds
2
and another train of the length 216 metres travelling in

18 the same direction in 1 min 12 seconds. Find the speed
second train is TT km/hr or
X 2
of the second train.
a) 14.4 km/hr b)28.4km/hr
T ~TZ X c) 104.4 km/hr d) Data inadequate
T .T X 2
m/s. Answers
l.d 2.a 3.a
Ex.: A train 96 metres in length passes a pole in 6 seconds Rule 28
and another train of the length 144 metres travelling Theorem: A goods train and a passenger train are running
in the same direction in 24 seconds. Find the speed of on parallel tracks in the same or in the opposite direction.
the second train. The driver of the goods train observes that the passenger
Soln: Detail Method: train coming from behind overtakes and crosses his train
96 completely in T seconds. Whereas a passenger on the pas-
x
Speed of the first train 16 m/s

senger train marks that he crosses the goods train in T-
Trains 477
seconds. If the speeds of the trains be in the ratio of a: b,
then the ratio of their lengths is given by

T\-Ti B , 8 B 3
Illustrative Examples or '7 +1 = ? or '7 ?
=
p . 1 : A goods train and a passenger train are running on .-. A : B = 5:3

parallel tracks in the same direction. The driver of the Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
goods train observes that the passenger train com- have
km/hr ing from behind overtakes and crosses his train com-
pletely in 60 seconds. Whereas a passenger on the the required ratio - ^ - = 1 = 5:3
:
40-25 3
passenger train marks that he crosses the goods train
in 40 seconds. I f the speeds of the trains be in the Exercise
ratio of 1 :2, find the ratio of their lengths. 1. A goods train and a passenger train are running on par-
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the speeds of the two trains allel tracks in the same direction. The driver of the goods
are x m/s and Zx m/s respective^. Also, suppose that (ram observes that the passenger train coming from be-
the lengths of the two trains are A m and B m respec- hind overtakes and crosses his train completely in 30
tively. seconds. Whereas a passenger on the passenger train
marks that he crosses the goods train in 20 seconds. If
A+B „
Then, = 60 (1) the speeds of the trains be in the ratio of 1 : 2, find the
2x -x ratio of their lengths.
a)3:2 b)3:l c)2:l d)4:l
and — = 40 (2) 2. A goods train and a passenger train are running on par-
2x-x
allel tracks in the same direction. The driver of the goods
Dividing (1) by (2) we have
train observes that the passenger train coming from be-
A+J3 60= hind overtakes and crosses his train completely in 40
A ~40 seconds. Whereas a passenger on the passenger train
marks that he crosses the goods train in 30 seconds. I f
B . 3 B 1 the speeds of the trains be in the ratio of 1 : 2, find the
or, l = -
'7 I
7 +
o r =
ratio of their lengths.
;.A:B = 2:1 a)3:l b)l:2 c)l:3 d)l:2
Qokker Method; Applying the abxrve theorem, «(? 1 A g&sds tram and a passenger Jre.w are wm'mg on par-
have allel tracks in the same direction. Thi driver of the goods
train observes that the passenger train coming from be-
40
the required ratio ,_
1 = 40:20 = 2:1 hind overtakes and crosses his train completely in 50
60-40 seconds. Whereas a passenger on the passenger train
A goods train and a passenger train are running on marks that he crosses the goods train in 25 seconds. I f
parallel tracks in the opposite directions. The pas- the speeds of the trains be in the ratio of 1 : 2, find the
senger train crosses the goods train completely in 40 ratio of their lengths.
seconds. Whereas a passenger on the passenger train a)2:l b)l:2
marks that he crosses the goods train in 25 seconds. c) 3 :2 d) both trains will be of same length
If the speeds of the trains be in the ratio of 4: 5, find 4. A goods train and a passenger train are running on par-
the ratio of their lengths. allel tracks in the same direction. The driver of the goods
Detail Method: Suppose the speeds of the two trains train observes that the passenger train coming from be-
are Ax m/sec and Sx m/sec respectively. Also sup- hind overtakes and crosses his train completely in 15
pose that the lengths of the two trains are A m and B seconds. Whereas a passenger on the passenger train
m respectively. marks that he crosses the goods train in 12 seconds. If
A+B A n
the speeds of the trains be in the ratio of 1 : 2, find the
Then,- — = 40 ( l ) and ratio of their lengths.
4x + 5x v '
a)4:l b)3:l c)l:4 d)2:3
= 25.... )(2 Answers
4x + 5x
l.c 2. a '-i.d 4. a
Dividing (1) by (2), we have
Rule 29 536
or,D= —— = 134 km
Theorem: A train after travelling d km meets with an x 4
.-. Distance which the train travels =134 km.
x Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
accident and then proceeds at ~ of its former speed and have
arrives at its destination /, hours late. Had the accident
occurred d kmfurther, It would have reached the destina-
2
speed of train =
m 6x4x6
= 48 km/hr
tion only t hours late. The speed of the train is
2 3^35-25")
4{ 60 J
24x35
km/hr and the distance which train travels is
and distance = 50 + — ^ — = 50+84 = 134 km
Note: A train after travelling d km meets with an accident

x
? d t + ^l and then proceeds at of its former speed and ar-

km.
h-h)
rives at its destination f, hours late. Had the accident
Ex: A train after travelling SO km meets with an accident occurred d km behind, it would have reached the
2
3 ' $ 5
destination only t hours late. The speed of the train
2
and then proceeds at — of its former speed and ar-

rives at its destination 35 minutes late. Had the acci-
dent occurred 24 km further, it would have reached 1--
the destination only 25 minutes late. Find the speed y)
of the train and the distance which the train travels. is given by km/hr and the distance is
Soln: Detail Method: Let the speed of the ti ain be x km/hr
and the distance D km.
From the question we have,
given by a , + ^ L km.
50 i (l>-50)4 D 35
|
x 3x x 60 Ex.: A train after travelling 50 km meets with an accident

150 + 4D-200 12D+Ix 3
or, 3x I2x and then proceeds at — of its former speed and ar-
or, 4Z>-7x = 200 ....(i)and rives at its destination 25 minutes late. Had the acci-
dent occurred 24 km behind, it would have reached
74 (D-74)4_£> 25 the destination only 35 minutes late. Find the speed
x 3x x 60 of the train and the distance travelled by the train.
222+4D-296 \2D+5x Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance be D km and speed
or, 3x \lx be the x km/hr
4D-5x = 296 ...(ii)
50 (D-50)4 D 25 D 5
Now, subtracting equation (i) from the equation (ii), — + i C = _ + — = _ + —
we have x 3x x 60 x 12
2x=96 150 + 4P-200 UD + 5x
.-. x=48 km/hr or, 3x ~ I2x
.-. Speed.ofthe train = 48 km/hr
To find the distance, put the value of JC in equation (ii) 4D-50 12D + 5*
4D-5x=296 or, 3x I2x
or,4D-5x48=296
or, 16D-200 = 12D + 5x
MATH' yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
Trains
.-. 4D-5x = 200...(i)and

then proceeds at ^ of its former speed and arrives at its
an.
leorem, v.e 50-24 (fl-26)4 _ D 35_ Z) 7 _ \2D + lx destination 45 minutes late. Had the accident occurred
x 3JC ~ x 60 x 12 ~ 12* 36 km further, it would have reached the destination only
15 minutes late. Find the speed of the train and the dis-
26 4D-104 _ l2D + 7x
|
tance which the train travels.
= 48 km/hr r ' x 3x \2x a)216km/hr, 108km b) 108 km/hr, 108 km
78 + 4D-104 \2D + lx c) 206 km/hr, 180 km d) Data inadequate
or, A train after travelling 60 km meets with an accident and
3x \2x
2
34 km AD-26 \2D + lx then proceeds at — of its former speed and arrives at its
or, 3x \2x
destination 40 minutes late. Had the accident occurred
an accident or, 4D-7x = 104 ....(ii) 30 km further, it would have reached the destination only
Now, subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i) we 20 minutes late. Find the speed of the train and the dis-
eed and ar- have tance which the train travels,
2x=96 a) 45 km/hr, 90 km b) 60 km/hr, 120 km
:he accident .-. x = 48 km/hr c) 45 km/hr, 120 km d) None of these
Put the value of* in equation (i) and find the distance
reached the Answers
(D)
l.c 2.a 3.c
of the train or, 4D-5x48 = 200
or, 4D=200 + 240 = 440 Rule 30
440
.-. D = — = 110 km. . Theorem: A train after travelling d km meets with an
x
4
distance is Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we X ,u"' -. :• i
have accident and then proceeds at ~ of its former speed and
arrives at the terminus f, hours late. Had the accident hap-

'l--|24
6x4x6 pened d km further on, it would have arrives t minutes
the speed ofthe train = 48 2 2
3^35-25 V
an accident 4^ 60 J
1--
km/hr and
peed and ar- sooner. The speed of the train is km/hr and
the distance = 50+ 2 4 x 2 5 =50 + 60 = 110 km.
lad the acci- 10
lave reached
nd the speed trcise d t +d t
x 2 2 x
y the train, A train running from A to B meets with an accident 50 the distance is km.
m and speed
kilometres from A, after which it moves with — th of its Illustrative Example
original speed, and arrives at B 3 hours late. Had the Ex.: A train after travelling 50 km meets with an accident
accident happened 50 kilometres further on, it would • ' •"• • 4 \ -a -
have been only 2 hours late. Find the original speed of and then proceeds at — of its former rate and arrives
the train and the distance from A to B.
at the terminus 45 minutes late. Had the accident hap-
pened 20 km further on, it would have arrived 12 min-
a) 30 km/hr, 200 km b)33y km/hr, 200^-km utes sooner. Find the rate of the train and the dis-
tance.
c ) 3 3 j krn/hr,200km d) 3 0 i km/hr,200km Soln: Detail Method - 1 : Let the distance be D km and the
speed of the train be x km/hr.
A train after travelling 54 km meets with an accident and From the question we have,
.*. Usual time taken to travel 20 km = 48 min.

50 (D-50)5 D 45 D 3
x 4x x 60 x 4 20
200 + 5D-250 4Z) + 3x .-. Speed of the train per hour = — x 6 0 = 25 km

or, 4x 4X From (1) we have,
or, 5D-50 = 4D+3x time taken to travel CB = 45 * 4 min = 3 hours
or, D-3x = 50 (i)and ••• the distance CB = 25x3or75km
50 + 20 to-(50 + 20)}5 D 45-12 D 11 Hence the distance AB = the distance (AC + CB) =
x 4x x 60 x 20 (50+75) or 125 km.
70 5D-350 20£> + lbc have
or, — + 1
x 4x 20x l-jjx20 x20
280 + 5D-350 20D + 11* the required speed = 4 12 :5x;
A
or, 4x 20x —x — 4x —x —
1 1
5 60 5 5
or, 25D-350 = 20D + lbt =25 km/hr and
or, 5D-11* = 350 ....(ii) the required distance
Now, 5 x equation (i) - equation (ii), we have
50x12 + 20x45 600 + 900 1500
4x =100 = 125 km.
12 12 12
100 ^ Note: The above example can be solved by applying the
.'• x = —— = 25 km/hr
4 previous theorem (ie Rule 29),
.-. speed of the train = 25 km/hr Here, t = 45 -12 = 33 min
2
Put the value of x in equation (i) to find the value of

Now, speed of the train
distance (D).
D-3x=50
or,D-3 *25 = 50 20 1
5) ' 25 km/hr
.-. D= 125km
4 f 45-33 4 1
.-. distance which train travels = 125 km.
5 60 —x—
Detail Method - I I : Let A be the starting place, B the 5 5
terminus, C and D the places where the accidents
take place. 20x45
Distance= 50 + — - — = 50 + 75 = 125 km.
A C D B 12
I I I I Exercise
1. A train after travelling 100 km meets with an accidera
By travelling at — of its original rate, the train would
3' I
and then proceeds at — of its former rate and arrives at
5 : i ;•' .
take — of its usual time ie — of its original time more. the terminus 48 minutes late. Had the accident happened
4 4 30 km further on, it would have arrived 24 minutes sooner
,.- U - _~ .. - ~ Find the rate of the train and the distance,
.-. — of the usual time taken to travel the distance a) 50 km/hr, 160 km b) 45 km/hr, 150km
4
c) 50 km/hr, 150 km d) 50 km/hr, 120 km
CB=45min....(l) 2. A train after travelling 90 km meets with an accident and
1
then proceeds at — of its former rate and arrives at the
and — of the usual time taken to travel the distance
DB = (45-12) = 33 min ....(2) terminus 40 minutes late. Had the accident happened 45
Subtracting (2) from (1) km further on, it would have arrived 20 minutes sooner
Find the rate of the train and the distance,
— of the usual time taken to travel the distance CD a) 67.5 km/hr, 160 km b) 67.5 km/hr, 180 km
4 c) 68 km/hr, 180 km d) 72 km/hr, 180 km
= 12 min 3. A train after travelling 54 km meets with an accident anc
Trainsyoursmahboob.wordpress.com 481
4d-l2x d „,
then proceeds at — of its former rate and arrives at the or,— = - or,4d-\2x = 3d
3x x
terminus 45 minutes late. Had the accident happened 36 or, d = 12x
km further on, it would have arrived 15 minutes sooner. In 2nd case distance of accident site = (3* + 150) km
Find the rate of the train and the distance, Distance left = d - (3x +150)
a) 48 km/hr, 189km b) 48 km/hr, 180km
c) 42 km/hr, 190 km d) None of these 3x + 150 , d-(3x + 150) d 7
•'• +1+ — '- = — + -
x 75 2 x
Answers xx —
l.a 2.b 3.a 100
3x + 150 4rf-12x-600 \2x 5
Rule 31 or, + :
3x = + -
Theorem: A train meets with an accident' hours after
starting, which detains it for '$' hours, after which it pro- = 12 or, d = \2x
ceeds at ~ of its original speed. It arrives at the destina- 3*+ 150 36*-600 29
tion 't ' hours late. Had the accident taken place'd' km
2
or, x 3x
farther along the railway line, the train would have arrived 15*-50 29
or, or, = 100
x
only *7 'hours late. The original speed of the train is given

3
x 2
;. original speed of the train = 100 km/hr
x v distance (d)= 12*
.-. distance = 12 x 100 = 1200 km
y> Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
by km/hr and the length of the trip is given by have.
y
15ofl--
d the original speed = = 100 km/hr and
km.
'3 A 4{ 2)
Ex.: A train meets with an accident 3 hours after starting,
which detains it for 1 hour, after which it proceeds at 150 (4 ^
75% of its original speed. It arrives at the destination the required distance = 4+3 - - 1
4 hours late. Had the accident taken place 150 km A ^ U J
farther along the railway line, the train would have 4 "2j
= 300x4= 1200 km.
arrived only 3 ^ hours late. Find the length of the trip Note: 1. Change the percentage into fraction. In the above
and the original speed of the train. 75 _ 3
Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance be d km and the ini- example 75%=
100 4"
tial speed be x km/hr. 2. In the above formula, detention time (t) has been
As the accident taken place after 3 hours cancelled.
Distance of accident site = 3x km
Distance left = (d - 3x) km Exercise
Es. . d , X
1. A train meets with an accident 4 hours after starting,
Total time taken, if no accident happened = — hrs which detains it for 2 hours, after which it proceeds at
60% of its original speed. It arrives at the destination 5
Given is
hours late. Had the accident taken place 180 km farther
, , d-3x d . 4d-\2x
A d , along the railway line, the train would have arrived only
3 + 1+ — = — + 4=>4+ =—+4 4 hours late. Find the length of the trip and the original
xx- 75 x 3x x speed of the train.
100
48: PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS
a) 120krn/hr, 1830km b) 120km/hr, 1380km have

c) 100 km/hr, 1530 km d) 100 km/hr, 1280km
48
2 A train meets with an accident 5 hours after starting, the speed of the train = -x5 = 80 km/hr and
which detains it for 1 hour, after which it proceeds at 48-45
40% of its original speed. It arrives at the destination 6 45x48
hours late. Had the accident taken place 200 km farther the distance = 5 — = 60 km.
48-45 60
along the railway line, the train wouldhave arrived only
5 hours late. Find the length of the trip and the original 1
speed of the train. Note: (1) In the formula for distance we have used — to
a) 300 knvhr, 1700km b) 200 km/hr, 1650km 60
c)350km/hr, 1750km d) 250 km/hr, 1700 km change minutes into hours.
(2) We don't need to remember the formula for dis-
Answers tance. Once we find the speed, we may use the
l.b 2.a first information to find the distance.
45
Rule 32 Thus, distance = 80 x — = 60 km
60
Theorem: A train covers a distance between station A and
Exercise
B in 7j hours. If the speed is reduced by x km/hr, it will 1. A train covers a distance between stations A and B in 2
cover the same distance in T hours, then the distance be-
2
hours. If the speed is reduced by 6 km/hr, it will cover the
same distance in 3 hours. What is the distance between
xT T ^ ( x the two stations A and B (in km)? Also, find the speed of
2
tween the two stations A and B is km and the the train.

K 2 \J T
a) 36 km, 18 km/hr
l
b) 42 km, 21 km/hr
c)18km,9km/hr d) 28 km, 14 km/hr
*T 2
speed of the train is given by km/hr. 2 A train covers a distance between stations A and B in 1
hour. If the speed is reduced by 4 km/hr, it will cover the
same distance in 3 hours. What is the distance between
the two stations A and B (in km)? Also, find the speed of
Ex.: A train covers a distance between stations A and B the train.
in 45 minutes. If the speed is reduced by 5 km/hr, it a)8km,5km/hr b)6km,6km/hr
will cover the same distance in 48 minutes. What is c) 9 km, 6 km/hr d) Data inadequate
the distance between the two stations A and B (in 3. A train covers a distance between stations A and B in 3
km)? Also, find the speed of the train. hours. If the speed is reduced by 8 km/hr, it will cover the
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the distance is x km and the same distance in 6 hours. What is the distance between
speed of the train is y km/hr. the two stations A and B (in km)? Also, find the speed of
Thus we have two relationships: the train.
x 45 3 3 a) 36 km, 12 km/hr b) 40 km, 15 km/hr
( 1 ) - = 77 = T = = T3
: > J C ;
c) 48 km, 16 km/hr d) Data inadequate
y 60 4
Answers
x48 4 4 / IK l.a 2.b 3.c
(2) = — = - = > * = —(y-5)
y - 5 60 5 5 V 1
Rule 33
From (1) and (2)
Theorem: Two places P and Q are D km apart A train
leaves Pfor Q and at the same time another train leaves Q
for P. Both the trains meet Thours after they start moving.
If the train travelling from PtoQ travels x km/hrfaster or
4x20 o n
slower than the other train, then the speed of the faster
> > 7lor —
or ,= T 7IJ
_ knvhr
= 8 0
(D + Tx} {D-Tx\
Therefore speed = 80 km/hr and distance train is _™ km/hr and the slower train is
IT
km/hr.
x = - x 8 0 = 60 km
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Ex. 1: Two places P and Q are 162 km apart. A train leaves P
Trains 483
for Q and at the same time another train leaves Q for P. a) 7 km/hr, 15 km/hr b)8km/hr, 16 km/hr
Both the trains meet 6 hrs after they start moving. I f c)8km/hr, 15km/hr d) 7 km/hr, 16 km/hr
the train travelling from P to Q travels 8 km/hr faster 4. Two places P and Q are 150 km apart. A train leaves P for
than the other train, find the speed of the two trains. Q and at the same time another train leaves Q for P. Both
Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the speeds of the two trains the trains meet 2 hrs after they start moving. If the train
are p km/hr and q km/hr respectively. Thus travelling from P to Q travels 5 km/hr slower than the
other train, find the speed of the two trains.
162
p + q = —— = 27 .... (i) and p - q = 8 .... (ii)
6 a) 2 1 ^ km/hr, 16 km/hr b) 42^-km/hr 3 5 km/hr
2 2
(i) + (ii) implies that
c)421an/hr,36km/hr d) Can't be determined
2p = 35 .-. p= 17.5 km/hr
and (i) - (ii) implies that Answers
2q= 19 .-. q = 9.5km/hr l.c 2. a 3. a 4.b
have, Rule 34
Theorem: Two trains A and B start from P and Qtowards Q
162 + 6x8 162-6x8
speeds of the trains : and and P respectively. After passing each other they take T
2x6 2x6
hours and T hours to reach Q and P respectively, if the
2
= 17.5 km/hr and 9.5 km/hr.
Ex. 2: Two places P and Q are 162 km apart. A train leaves P train from P is moving x km/hr, then the speed of the other
for Q and at the same time another train leaves Q for P.
Both the trains meet 6 hrs after they start moving. I f train is km/hr.
the train travellingfromP to Q travels 8 km/hr slower
Or
than the other train, find the speed of the two trains.
Speed of thefirst train
the speed of the slower train Time taken by first train after meeting
162-6x8 Time taken by second train after meeting
9.5 km/hr and
2x6
the speed of the faster train Ex.: Two trains A and B start from Delhi and Patna to-
162 + 6x8 = 17.5 km/hr. wards Patna and Delhi respectively. After passing
2x6 each other they take 4 hours 48 minutes and 3 hours
and 20 minutes to reach Patna and Delhi respectively.
Exercise If the train from Delhi is moving at 45 km/hr then find
L Two places P and Q are 160 km apart. A train leaves P for the speed of the other train.
Q and at the same time another train leaves Q for P. Both Soln: Detail Method:
the trains meet 5 hrs after they start moving. If the train A * B
travelling from P to Q travels 6 km/hr faster than the Delhi (45 km) M x km/hr Patna
other train, find the speed of the two trains. Suppose the speed of train B is x km/hr and they meet
a)19km/hr, 16km/hr b) 131oTVhr,9km/hr at M. Now,
c) 19 km/hr, 13 km/hr d) Can't be determined distance MB = 45 x (4 hrs + 48 minutes)
2. Two places P and Q are 92 km apart. A train leaves P for
Q and at the same time another train leaves Q for P. Both
the trains meet 4 hrs after they start moving. If the train =^5* ( j ) =
4 4 5 x y = 2 1 6 km
t travelling from P to Q travels 7 km/hr faster than the And the distance AM = x x (3 hrs + 20 minutes)
other train, find the speed of the two trains,
a) 15 km/hr, 8 km/hr b) 12 km/hr, 8 km/hr f.n lOx
c)121an/hr,9krn/hr d) 15 km/hr, 9 km/hr
3. TWO places P and Q are 132 km apart. A train leaves P for = H 3 j= T"
Q and at the same time another train leaves Q for P. Both Now, the time to reach the trainfromPatna to M = the
the trains meet 6 hrs after they start moving. If the train time to reach the train from Delhi to M.
travelling from P to Q travels 7 km/hr slower than the MB AM 216 lOx
other train, find the speed of the two trains. or, Is" OT'T 3 + 45
each takes 3 seconds to cross a telegraph post, find

or, \0x =216x3x45 or, x =2916
2 2
the time taken by the trains to cross each other com-
.*. x=54 km/hr.
pletely?
Soln: Detail Method: Since both the trains cross a telegraph
have
pole in equal time, the ratio of their speeds should be
the speed of the other train
equal to the ratio of their lengths. That is, the lengths
of the two trains are in the ratio of 3 : 4.
Suppose the lengths of the two trains be 3x and Ax
= 45 1=45^^1
1 V 5 10
= 45,1 metres respectively. Since each of them takes 3 sec-
onds to cross a telegraph pole, speed of the first train
1 3* '
= — = „ m/s and speed of the second train
= 4 5 x - = 54 km/hr.
4x
Exercise = — m/s
1. Two trains A and B start from Lucknow and Delhi to- Since they are moving in opposite directions their
wards Delhi and Lucknow respectively. After passing
each other they take 4 hours and 9 hours to reach Delhi Ax Ix
and Lucknow respectively. If the train from Lucknow is
relative speed =x + ~~^~ ~^~ ^
= m s
moving at 60 km/hr then find the speed of the other train.
a)40km/hr b)30km/hr c)35km/hr d)50km/hr Sum of their lengths = 3x + Ax = Ix m
2. Two trains A and B start from Delhi and Chandigarh Tx
time taken to cross each other = = 3 sees.
towards Chandigarh and Delhi respectively. After pass- Tx
,1 3
ing each other they take 3— hours and 5 hours to reach Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
Chandigarh and Delhi respectively. If the trainfromDelhi Here x: y = 3 :4 and a = b = 3 seconds
is moving at 35 km/hr then find the speed of the other Thus, time to cross each other
train. 3x3+3x4 21 ,
a)26km/hr b)42km/hr c)28km/hr d)32km/hr = — ~ — - — - — - 3 seconds.
3+4 7
3. Two trains A and B start from Kanpur and Patna to-
Note: As in the above example, if a = b then the general
wards Patna and Kanpur respectively. After passing each
formula becomes:
other they take 4 hours and 1 hour to reach Patna and
Required time to cross each other
Kanpur respectively. If the train from Kanpur is moving
at 30 km/hr then find the speed of the other train. = "(x + y)
a) 15 km/hr b)60km/hr (x + y) = a sees.
c) 45 km/hr d) Can't be determined
Ex 2: The speeds of two trains are in the ratio of 7 :9. They
Answers are moving on the opposite directions on parallel
La 2.c 3.b tracks. The first train crosses a telegraph pole in 4
seconds whereas the second train crosses the pole in
Rule 35 6 seconds. Find the time taken by the trains to cross
Theorem: Thespeedoftwo trains are in the ratio x:y. They each other completely.
are moving in the opposite directions on paralle tracks. Soln: Detail Method: Suppose the speeds are Ix m/s and 9x
The first train crosses a telegraph pole in 'a' seconds m/s
whereas the second train crosses a telegraph pole in 'b' Then length of first train = Ix x 4 = 28x metres and the
seconds. Time taken by the trains to cross each other com- length of second train = 9x x 6 = 54* metres
( ax + by^ Sum of lengths
pletely is given by I seconds. Time to cross each other = Sum ofspeeds
28;r + 54s _ _82

_ _ _41 1
Illustrative Examples 5— seconds.
lx + 9x 16 8 8
Ex. 1: The speeds of two trains are in the ratio 3:4. They are
Quicker Method: Using the above theorem, we have
going in opposite directions along parallel tracks. If
Trains 485
7x4 + 9x6 82 ,1 bridge at 45 km/hr. Find the time taken by the second
the required time = — ~ — - -> — seconds. train to cross the bridge.
7+9 16 8 Soln: Detail Method:
Exercise
1. Two trains are moving in the opposite directions on par- Speed of the first train = 90 x — = 25 rn/sec
allel tracks at the speeds of 64 km/hr and 96 km/hr re-
spectively. The first train passes a telegraph post in 5 Io
seconds whereas the second train passes the post in 6 Let the length of the bridge be x m and length of the
seconds. Find the time taken by the trains to cross each train be y m.
other completely. or,x+j>=25 x 36metres ...(i)
18 28
mis.train
Speed of the second ami=imsfr.
4J * —hits= —M m/sec
Q! ft
a) — sec b) — sec c) 6 sec d) None of these
The speeds of two trains are in the ratio of 3 :5. They are 25 „
moving on the opposite directions on parallel tracks. x + (y—100) = ~^~ x ' —(ii) [where t = required time]
The first train crosses a telegraph pole in 3 seconds
whereas the second train crosses the pole in 5 seconds. Now, putting equation (i) into equation (ii), we have,
Find the time taken by the trains to cross each other (25x36)-100 = 25t
completely.
17 b)4sec c) — 15 sec d) A4-1 (900-100)2 800x2 -64 seconds.
sec or, / = 25 25
3. The
a) —speeds
sec of two trains are in the ratio of 2 :3. They are Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
moving on the opposite directions on parallel tracks. have
The first train crosses a telegraph pole in 10 seconds
whereas the second train crosses the pole in 15 sec- the required time
onds. Find the time taken by the trains to cross each = ~45x 3 6 - 45x5
- ^ - = 72-8 = 64 sees.
other completely.
a) 23 sec b) 14 sec c) 13 sec d) 16 sec 18
4. The speeds of two trains are in the ratio 5 : 9. They are Exercise
going in opposite directions along parallel tracks. If each
takes 5 seconds to cross a telegraph post, find the time 1. A train with 60 km/hr crosses a bridge in 25 seconds.
taken by the trains to cross each other completely? Another train 120 metres shorter crosses the same bridge
a) 3 sec b)5 sec c)6 sec d)9 sec at 30 km/hr. Find the time taken by the second train to
Answers cross the bridge.
a) 35 sec b) 34.6 sec c) 35.2 sec d) 35.6 sec
l.b;Hint:x:y = 64:96 = 2:3 2. A train with 36 km/hr crosses a bridge in 18 seconds.
Another train 90metres shorter crosses the same bridge
rule, we have28 3
Now applying the given2x5+3x6 at 27 km/hr. Find the time taken by the second train to
the required answer: 2 + 3 = T = 5 J S e c cross the bridge.
: a 3.c 4.b a) 20 sec b) 18 sec c) 16 sec d) 12 sec
3. train with 72 km/hr crosses a bridge in 36 seconds.
A
Rule 36 Another train 180 metres shorter crosses the same bridge
at 54 km/hr. Find the time taken by the second train to
Theorem: A train with x km/hr crosses a bridge in Tsec- cross the bridge.
onds. Another train L metres, shorter crosses (fee same bridge a) 24 sec b) 32 sec
at y km/hr. Time taken by the second train to cross the c) 36 sec d) Can't be determined
Answers
bridge is given by X-T- seconds.
yx 18 l.d 2.d 3.c
Illustrative Example Miscellaneous
Ex.: A train with 90 km/hr crosses a bridge in 36 seconds. 1. Train 'A' leaves Mumbai Central for Lucknow at 11 am,
Another train 100 metres shorter crosses the same running at the speed of 60 km/hr. Train 'B' leaves Mumbai
Central for Lucknow by the same route at 2 pm on the
same day, running at the speed of 72 km/hr. At what time
will the two trains meet each other?
[BSRBPatnaPO,2001] .-. Time taken to cross each other = = 15 hrs
a) 2 am on the next day b) 5 am on the next day
c) 5 pm on the next day d) None of these 12
2. A passenger train leaves Calcutta at 4 PM and travels at .-. required time = 2 pm + 15 hours
the rate of 30 kilometres an hour. The mail train leaves = 5 am on the next day.
Calcutta at 9 PM and travels, on a parallel line of rails, at 2. c; Hint: The first train has started 5 hrs before the sec-
the rate of 45 km an hour, when will the second train ond. Therefore, (30 x 5 = 150) km away when the sec-
overtake the first? ond train starts. Therefore the second train has to
a) 10 hrs after thefirsttrain start gain 150 km on thefirst,at the rate of 15 ie (45 - 30 =
b) 12 hrs after the second train starts 15) km an hour.
c) 10 hrs after the second train starts Second train gains 15 km in 1 hour on the first.
d) 12 hrs after thefirsttrain starts .-. Second train gains 150 km in 10 hours on the first.
Answers .". the time required is 10 hours after the second train
1. b; Distance covered by train A before the train B leaves starts.
Mumbai Central = 60 x 3 = 180 km .-. the second overtakes the first at a distance of
(45 x 10)=450 kmfromCalcutta.
Streams
Rule 1 Rule 2
Theorem: If the speed of the boat (or the swimmer) isxkm/ Theorem: If the speed of the boat (or the swimmer) isx km/
hr and if the speed of the stream is y km/hr then, while hr and if the speed of the stream is y km/hr then, while
upstream the effective speed of the boat = (x-y) km/hr. downstream the effective speed of the boat = (x+y) km/hr.

Ex.: Speed of a man is 8 km/hr in still water. I f the rate of Ex.: Speed of a swimmer is 8 km/hr in still water. If the rate
current is 3 km/hr, find the effective speed of the man of stream is 3 km/hr, find the effective speed of the
upstream. swimmer downstream.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
effective speed of the man upstream effective speed of the swimmer downstream
= ( 8 - 3 = 5) km/hr = (8 + 3)= 11 km/hr.
Note: Normally by speed of the boat or swimmer we mean
Exercise
the speed of the boat (or swimmer) in still water.
1. The speed of a boat in still water is 10 km/hr. I f its speed
Exercise downstream be 13 km/hr, then speed of the stream is:
1. The speed of a boat in still water is 2 km/hr. I f its speed a)1.5km/hr b)3km/hr c) 11.5km/hr d)5.75km/hr
upstream be 1 km/hr, then speed of the stream is 2. The rowing speed of man in still water is 20 km/hr. Going
[Asst. Grade Exam, 1997] downstream, he moves at the rate of 25 km/hr. The rate
a)2km/hr b)3km/hr of stream is
c) 1 km/hr d) None of these a) 45 km/hr b) 2.5 km/hr c) 12.5 km/hr d) 5 km/hr
2 A boat goes 14 km upstream in 56 minutes. The speed of 3. If a man goes upstream at 6 km/hr and the rate of stream
stream is 2 km/hr. The speed of boat in still water is is 2 km/hr, then the man's speed in still water is
a)6km/hr b)15km/h> c)14km/hr d)17km/hr a)4km/hr b)8km/hr c)2km/hr d)12km/hr
3. Speed of a man is 7 km/hr in still water. I f the rate of 4. A boat goes 12 kms upstream in 48 minutes. The speed
current is 2 km/hr, find the effective speed of the man of stream is 2 km/hr. The speed of boat in still water is
upstream. a) 13 km/hr b)2.25km/hr c) 17km/hr d)15km/hr
a)9km/hr b)5 km/hr Answers
c) 14 km/hr . d) Data inadequate 1. b;Hint: 10 + y = 13 .-. y = 13-10 = 3km/hr
1 Speed of a man is 9 km/hr in still water. I f the rate of 2. d 3 . b
current is 5 km/hr, find the effective speed of the man
12x60
upstream. 4.c;Hint: — =x-2 .-. x=15 + 2 = 17km/hr
4o
Answers Rule 3
: c ; H i n t : 2 - y = l .-. y = 2 - 1 = 1 km/hr Theorem: Ifx km per hour be the man's rate in still water,
14x60 1
- d; Hint: Rate upstream = ——— = 15 km/hr then x = — (man's rate with current + his rate against
56
current) ie "A man's rate in still water is half the sum of his
(x-2)=15 .-. x=17km/hr
3 b 4.c rates with and against the current."
Illustrative Example 36 km downstream in 6 hours, then the speed of man in

Ex.: A man can row upstream at 10 km/hr and downstream still water is
at 16 km/hr. Find the man's rate in still water. a) 0.5 km/hr b) 5.5 km/hr c) 6 km/hr d) 5 km/hr
Soln: Detail Method: Let the speed of the man in still water 11. I f a man's downstream rate is 10 km/hr, and the rate of
be x km/hr and speed of the stream be y km/r. stream is 1.5 km/hr, then the man's upstream rate is
According to the question, a) 13 km/hr b) 10 km/hr c) 3 km/hr d) 7 km/hr
x+y= 16.... ( i ) a n d x - y = 10 (ii) 12. I f a man rows at 8 km/hr in still water and his upstream
Adding eqn (i) with eqn (ii), we have rate is 5 km/hr, then the man's rate along the current
2x = 26 :.x= 13 km/hr (downstream) is
.-. Speed of the man in still water = 13 km/hr. a)21km/hr b)8km/hr c)16km/hr d ) l l k m / h r
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Answers
have La 2.b
Rate of man in still water = 1 (l 6 +10) = 13 km/hr. 3. a; Hint: (x + 1 9 ) - =12 \ x = 24--19 = 5 km/hr
2 » 2
Exercise 4. c 5.c 6.c
1. A man can row downstream at the rate of 14 km/hr and
upstream at 5 km/hr. Find man's rate in still water. 7. b; Hint: (x + 3 . 5 ) 1 =5 •. x = 1 0 --3.5 = 6.5 km/hr
a)9.5km/hr b)8km/hr c)8.5km/hr d)9km/hr
2. A man can row downstream at the rate of 16 km/hr and
8. a; Hint: Man's rate in still water = — [man's rate with
upstream at 11 km/hr. Find man's rate in still water.
a) 14 km/hr b) 13.5 km/hr c) 14.5 km/hr d) 15.5 km/hr current + his rate against
3. The speed of a boat in still water is 12 km per hour. Going current]
downstream it moves at the rate of 19 km per hour. The
speed of the boat against the stream is km/hr. 1[44 25"
o r
' 8 =
2|T +
T
c) 8 km/hr d) Data inadequate .-. t = 5 hours.
4. A man can row 15 km downstream in 3 hours and 5 km 9. b 10. b
upstream in 2 — hours. His speed in still water is 11. d; Hint: Rate of stream = — (downstream rate - up-
km/hr. stream rate)
a)4km/hr b)4.5 km/hr
c)3.5 km/hr d) Data inadequate
or, 1.5= l ( l 0 - x ) .-. x = 7km/hr
5. A man can row with the stream at 10 km/hr and against
the stream at 5 km/hr. Man's rate in still water is
a) 5 km/hr b) 2.5 km/hr c) 7.5 km/hr d) 15 km/hr 12. d; Hint: Man's rate in still water = — (downstream rate
6. A boat goes 40 km upstream in 8 hours and a distance of
36 km downstream in 6 hours. The speed of the boat in + upstream rate)
standing water is
a) 6.5 km/hr b) 6 km/hr c) 5.5 km/hr d) 5 km/hr or,8= -(S+x)*U km/hr
7. If a man rows at the rate of 5 km/hr in still water and his
rate against the current is 3.5 km/hr, then the man's rate Rule 4
along the current is
Theorem: Ifx km per hour be the rate ofthe current, theny
a) 8.5 km/hr b) 6.5 km/hr c) 6 km/hr d) 4.25 km/hr
8. A man can row 44 km downstream in 4 hours. I f the 1
man's rowing rate in still water is 8 km/hr, then find in = — (man's rate with current -his rate against current) ie
what time will he cover 25 km upstream? "The rate of the current is half the difference between the
a) 5 hours b) 6 hours c) 4.5 hours d) 4 hours rate of the man with and against the current"
9. A man can row his boat with the stream at 6 km/hr and
against the stream at 4 km/hr. The man's rate is Illustrative Example
a) 1 km/hr b)5km/hr c)8km/hr d)6km/hr Ex.: A man can row upstream at 10 km/hr and downstream
10. A man rows 40 km upstream in 8 hours and a distance of at 16 km/hr. Find the rate of the current.
Streams 489
Soln: Detail Method: a)2km/hr b) 1 km/hr c)1.5km/hr d)2.5km/hr

Let the speed of the man in still water be x km/hr and 9. The speed of a boat downstream is 15 km/hr and the
the rate of the current be y km/hr speed of the stream is 1.5 km/hr. The speed of the boat
According to the question, upstream is
Effective speed of man downstream a) 13.5 km/hr b) 16.5 km/hr c) 12 km/hr d) 8.25 km/hr
= x + y = 16 km/hr.... (i) 10. I f a man's rate with the current is 12 km/hr and the rate of
Effective speed of man upstream current is 1.5 km/hr, then the man's rate against the cur-
= x—y — 10 km/hr.... (ii) rent is
Subtracting eqn (ii) from eqn (i), we have a) 9 km/hr b) 6.75 km/hr c) 5.25 km/hr d) 7.5 km/hr
2y = 6 km/hr 11. A man can swim downstream at 8 km/hr and upstream at
or, y = 3 km/hr 2 km/hr. Find man's rate in still water and the speed of
.-. Speed of the current = 3 km/hr current.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, a) 5 km, 2 km/hr b) 5 km, 1 km/hr
c) 6 km, 3 km/hr d) 5 km, 3 km/hr
Rate of current = l ( l 6 - 1 0 ) = 3 km/hr 12. A man rows upstream 20 km and downstream 30 km tak-
ing 5 hours each. Find the speed of current.
Exercise a)2km/hr b) 1 km/hr
1. A man rows upstream 16 km and downstream 27 km tak- c) 1.5 km/hr d) None of these
ing 5 hours each time. What is the velocity of current? 13. A boat man can row 2 km against the stream in 20 min-
a)2km/hr b)2.1 km/hr utes and return in 15 minutes. Find the rate of rowing in
c) 1.1 km/hr d) None of these still water and the speed of current.
a) 7 km/hr, 2 km/hr b) 6 km/hr, 2 km/hr
„ 1 c) 7 km/hr, 1 km/hr d) 7.5 km/hr, 1.5 km/hr
2. A boat moves downstream at the rate of one km in 7 —
2 14. A boat moves downstream at the rate of 12 km/hr and
minutes and upstream at the rate of 5 km an hour. What upstream at 4 km/hr. Find the speed of the boat in still
is the velocity of current? water and also the speed of current.
a) 1.3km/hr b) 1.2km/hr c)1.6km/hr d) 1.5km/hr a) 8 km/hr, 4 km/hr b) 4 km/hr, 2 km/hr
3. A person rows a kilometre down the stream in 10 min- c) 6 km/hr, 3 km/hr d)3km/hr, 1.5km/hr
utes and upstream in 30 minutes. Find the velocity of the .7
stream. 15. A man can row downstream at the rate of 2 — metres per
a) 1 km/hr b)2km/hr c)3km/hr d)4km/hr second and upstream at the rate of 5 km/hr. Find the
4. A man can row three quarters of a km against the stream man's rowing rate in still water and speed of current,
in 11 minutes 15 seconds and return in 7 minutes 30 a) 8 km/hr, 3 km/hr b) 7.5 km/hr, 3 km/hr
seconds. Find the speed of the man in still water and c) 7.5 km/hr, 2.5 km/hr d) None of these
also the speed of the stream
a) 5 km/hr, 2 km/hr b) 5 km/hr, 1 km/hr 16. A boatman can row 1— km against the stream in 22—
c) 6 km/hr, 2 km/hr d) 4 km/hr, 1 km/hr
minutes and return in 15 minutes. Find the rate of cur-
5. A boat's man goes 48 km downstream in 8 hours and
rent.
returns back in 12 hours. Find the speed of the boat in
a)lkm/hr b)2km/hr c)1.5km/hr d) 1.3km/hr
still water and the rate of the stream.
17. A man can row 30 km downstream in 2 hours and 15 km
upstream in 5 hours. Find the man's rowing rate in still
c) 6 km/hr, 1.5 km/hr d) None of these
water and speed of current.
6. A boat moves with a speed of 11 km per hour and along
the stream and 7 km per hour against the stream. The
c) 9 km/hr, 5 km/hr d) Data inadequate
rate of the stream is km/hr.
18. A man can row 60 km downstream in 6 hours. I f the
a) 1 km/hr b)1.5km/hr c)2km/hr d)2.5km/hr
speed of the current is 3 km/hr, then find in what time will
7. A man rows upstream 11 km and downstream 26 km tak-
he be able to cover 16 km upstream?
ing 5 hours each time. The velocity of the current is
a) 4.5 hours b) 4 hours c) 5 hours d) 5.5 hours
km/hr.
19. A person rows 2 km downstream in 20 minutes and up-
a) 1 km/hr b) 1.3km/hr c)1.5km/hr d)2.5km/hr
stream in one hour. Find the velocity of the stream.
8. A boat moves downstream at the rate of 1 km in 6 min-
a)2.1 km/hr b)3.1 km/hr c)2km/hr d) 1.5km/hr
utes and upstream at the rate of 1 km in 10 minutes. The
20. A boatman rows 64 km downstream in 8 hours and re-
speed of the current is
turns back in 16 hours. Find the speed of the boat in still
water and the rate of the stream.

a) 6 km/hr, 2 km/hr b)4km/hr, 1 km/hr Velocity of the current = — ( 8 - 5) km/hr =1.5 km/hr
c) 5 km/hr, 1.5 km/hr d) Data inadequate
21. A boat goes 100 km downstream in 10 hours, and 75 km
upstream in 15 hours. The speed of the stream is 3. b; Hint: Rate downstream = — * 60 6 km/hr
a)7km/hr b)5km/hr c)3km/hr d) 2 - km/hr

Rate upstream = — * 60 = 2 km/hr
22. A man rows 40 km upstream in 8 hours and a distance of
36 km downstream in 6 hours, then speed of the stream
is Velocity of the stream = (6 - 2) = 2 km/hr
a)0.5km/hr b)5.5km/hr c)6km/hr d)5km/hr
23. A man can row three quarters of a km against the stream 3 4 £ r\
4. b; Hint: Rate upstream = 4 ^ x x 6 0
= 4 km/hr
1 ,1
in 11— minutes and return in 7 — minutes. Find the
4 2 3 2
speed of the man in still water. What is the speed of the Rate downstream = — x — x 6 0 = 6 km/hr
4 15
stream?
a) 5 km/hr, 1 km/hr b) 6 km/hr, 2 km/hr Speed of the man in still water (6 + 4 ) i = 5 km/hr
c) 4 km/hr, 1 km/hr d) None of these
24. A man rows upstream 13 km and downstream 28 km tak- (See Rule 3)
ing 5 hours each time. What is the velocity of the
currrent? Speed of the stream = (6 - 4)~ = 1 km/hr
a)1.5km/hr b)3 km/hr
c) 2.5 km/hr d) Data inadequate 48
25. A boat is rowed down a river at 10 km/hr and up the river 5. a; Hint: Rate downstream = — = 6 km/hr
o
at 4 — km/hr. Find the velocity of the river. 48
Rate upstream = — = 4 km/hr
6.c 7.c 8. a
a) 2— km/hr b) 2 - km/hr
O
9. c;Hint: ( l 5 - y ) l = 1.5 ... y = 15-3 = 12km/hr
c) 2— km/hr d) 2 - km/hr 10. a 11.d 12.b 13.c 14.a 15.c 16.a
o
17. a
26. In 3 hours a boat can be rowed 9 km upstream or 18 km
downstream. Find the speed of the boat in still water and 1 60 _ 16
the rate at which the stream is running, 18. b; Hint: 3 = t = 4 hours
6 t
a) 4.5 km/hr, 1.5 km/hr b) 5 km/hr, 3 km/hr
c) 6 km/hr, 4 km/hr d) Data inadequate 19. c 20. a 21. d 22. a
Answers 3 60
23. a; Hint: The boat travels with stream at — x — = 6 km/hr
16 4
7I
1. c; Hint: Man's rate upstream = —• km/hr
2
27 The boat travels against the stream at
Man's rate downstream = — km/hr 3 60
—x = 4 km/hr
r
4 ,, 1
llx—
J/27_16 4
Velocity of the current - km/hr= 1.1 km/hr
2\ 5
.-. speed of man in still water = ^-(6 + 4) = 5 km/hr and
r_2
2. d; Hint: Rate downstream = x60 km/hr = 8 km/hr speed of stream = ^ ( 6 - 4 ) = 1 km/hr
15
Rate upstream = 5 km/hr 24. a 25. d 26. a
Streams
Rule 5 7. A man swimming in a stream which flows 1.5 km/hr finds

that in a given time he can swim twice as far with the
Theorem: Ifx km be the rate of stream and a man takes n
stream as he can against it, at what rate does he swim?
times as long to row up as to row down the river, then the
a)4km/hr b)4.5km/hr c)5km/hr d)3.5km/hr
(n \)
+
Answers
rate of the man in still water is given by x I _ j J km/hr. 2+1
L b ; Hint: 4.5
2-1
4.5 • .
Ex.: A man takes twice as long to row up as to row down '•* = — = L5 km/hr
the river. I f the rate of river is 4 km/hr, find the rate of
Soln: 2.a 3.b 4. a 5.d 6. a 7.b
the man in still water.
Detail Method:
Rule 6
Let rate of man in still water be x km/hr
Theorem: If the speed of the boat in still water is x km/hr
Then,
and the rate of current is y km/hr, then the distance trav-
x + 4 = 2(x-4)
elled downstream in 'T' hours is (x +y)Tkm Le. Distance
or,x= 12 km/hr
travelled downstream=Downstream Rate X Time. And the
have distance travelled upstream in 'T' hours is (x-y)T km ie
2+1
the speed of the man in still water = 4 Distance travelled upstream = Upstream Rate x Time.
.2-1,
= 4 x 3 = 12km/hr. Illustrative Example
Ex.: The speed of a boat in still water is 8 km/hr and the
Exercise
rate of current is 4 km/hr. Find the distance travelled
1. A man can row 4.5 km/hr in still water and he finds that it
downstream and upstream in 5 minutes.
takes him twice as long to row up as to row down the
river. Find the rate of stream.
a)2km/hr b)1.5km/hr c)2.5km/hr d) 1.75km/hr 5
2. A man can row 6 km/hr in still water. It takes him twice as
Distance travelled downstream = (8 + 4): = lkm.
60
long to row up as to row down the river. Find the rate of
the stream. Distance travelled upstream = ( 8 - 4 ) x — = — km.
a)2km/hr b)3km/hr c)1.5km/hr d) 1 km/hr v ;
60 3
3. A man can row at the rate of 3.5 km/hr in still water. I f the
Exercise
1 1. The speed of a boat in still water is 15 km/hr and the rate
time taken to row a certain distance upstream is 2
of current is 3 km/hr. The distance travelled downstream
times as much as to row the same distance downstream, in 12 minutes is
find the speed of the current. a)3.6km b)2.4km c) 1.2km _ d) 1.8km
a)2.5km/hr b)1.5km/hr c)3km/hr d)1.25km/hr 2. Speed of a boat in standing water is 7 km/hr and the
A man can row 4 km/hr in still water and he finds that it speed of the stream is 1.5 km/hr. A distance of 7.7 km,
an/hr going upstream is covered in
takes him twice as long to row up as to row down the
river. Find the rate of stream. a) 1 hr 15minb) 1 hr 12 mine) 1 hr24mind)2hr6min
a) 1.3km/hr b)2km/hr c) 1 km/hr d) 1.5 km/hr 3. The speed of a boat in still water is 15 km/hr and the rate
A man can row at the rate of 4 km/hr in still water. I f the of current is 13 km/hr. Find the distance travelled down-
time taken to row a certain distance upstream is 3 times stream in 15 minutes.
as much as to row the same distance downstream, find a)7km b)8km c)7.5km d)7.6km
the speed of the current. 4. A man can row upstream 32 km in 4 hours. If the speed of
a)3km/hr b) 1.5km/hr c) 1 km/hr d)2km/hr current is 2 km/hr, find how much he can go downstream
rand in 6 hours.
A person can row 7 — km an hour in still water and he a) 70 km b)72km c)64km d)81km
5. A man can row upstream 36 km in 6 hours. I f the speed of
finds that it takes him t w r e as long to row up as to row a man in still water is 8 km/hr, find how much he can go
down the river. Find the rate of the stream. downstream b 10 hours.
a)2.5km/hr b)2km/hr c)3km/hr d) 1.5km/hr a) 150km b)80km c)90km d) 100km
The speed of a boat in still water is 5 km/hr and the rate OR

of current is 1 km/hr. Find the distance travelled in 20
minutes in (i) downstream, (ii) upstream. Total Time :\speed in still water)' - (Speed of current)']
Distance' 2 x Speed in stilt water
a)2km, 1.33km b)3km, 1.33 km
c) 1.5 km, 1 km d) Data inadequate
The speed of a boat in still water is 4 km/hr and the Note: The speed of a boat in still water is x km/hr and f.-.
speed of current is 2 km/hr. I f the time taken to reach a speed of the stream is y km/hr. A man rows to a place at i
certain distance upstream is 9 hours, find the time it will distance ofDkm and comes back to the starting point thi •
take to go to same distance downstream.
2Dx
a)2hrs b)2.5hrs c)3.5hrs d)3hrs the total time taken by him is hours OR Ton
A person can swim in still water at 4 km/hr. I f the speed
of water is 2 km/hr, how many hours will the man take to
swim back against the current for 6 km. 2 x Distance x Speed in still water
IUTI Exam, 1990] time • 2 2
(Speed in still water) - (Speed in current)
„1
a) 3 b)4 0 4- d) Data inadequate Illustrative Examples
Ex. 1: The speed of a boat in still water is 6 km/hr and
9. A man can row in still water at 7 km/hr and the rate of speed of the stream is 1.5 km/hr. A man rows to ;
stream is 3.5 km/hr. A distance o f 10.5 km in going up- place at a distance of 22.5 km and comes back to th=
stream is covered in starting point. Find the total time taken by him.
a)1.5hrs b) 1 hr c)3hrs d)15hrs Soln: Detail Method:
10. The speed of a boat in still water is 15 km/hr and the rate Boat's upstream speed = 6 - 1.5 = 4.5 km/hr
of stream is 5 km/hr the distance travelled downstream Boat's downstream speed = 6+1.5 = 7.5 km/hr
in 24 minutes is
22.5 22.5
a)4km b)8km c)6km d)16km Total time = +- 5 + 3 = 8 hrs.
4.5 7.5
Answers Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, w :
12 18 have
1. a; Hint: Required distance = (l 5 + 3 ) — = — = 3.6 km
V ;
60 5 2x22.5x6
the total time = ,2
:
2 2 8 hours.
2. c; Hint: (7-1.5)T = 7.7 :.T = — = 1 hr 24 minutes 6 -(l.5)
v
' 5.5
3. a Ex. 2: A man can row 6 km/hr in still water. When the river is
running at 1.2 km/hr, it takes him 1 hour to row to a
32 place and back. How far isthe place?
4. b; Hint: Downstream rate = — = 8 km/hr m A
4 Soln: Detail Method: Man's rate downstream = (6 + 1.2) k,
Speed of man in still water = 8 + 2 = 1 0 km/hr hr = 7.2 km/hr
Now, the required distance = (10 + 2)6 = 72 km Man's rate upstream = (6 - 1.2) km/hr = 4.8 km/hr
„ 36 „ Let the required distance be x km. Then
5-d; Hint: Speed of current = ° — - r = 2 km/hr
6 X
+ X
-1 or, 4.8.x + 7.2* = 7.2x4.8
.-. required distance = (8 + 2) 10 = 100 km 12 4^8"
6. a
7. d; Hint: Distance = (4 - 2)9 = 18 km 7.2x4.8
= 2.88 km.
18 12
.-. Required time = = 3hrs
4+2 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
8. a 9.c 10. b have
2
Rule 7 the required distance =
lx 6 -Q.2)1
Theorem: A man can row x km/hr in still waters. If in a 2x6
stream which isflowing aty km/hr, it takes him z hrs to row 36-1.44
= 3-0.12 = 2.88 km
to a place and back, the distance between the two places is 12
Exercise
•A
2x
1. A man rows 8 km/hr in still water. If the river is running at
2 km/hr, it takes 32 minutes to row to a place and back.
MATHS
Streams 493
How far is the place? place and back, how far off is the place?
a)1.5km b)2.5km c)2km d)3km a)2km b)3km c)4km d)6km
A man can row 5 km/hr in still water. I f the river is run-
Answers
ning at 1.5 km/hr, it takes him 1 hour to row to a place and
back. How far is the place? 2.ZX8 32
l.c;Hint: .-. D = 2km
a)2km b)2.5km c)2.275km d)2.175km 8^ 2 2
2
~60
A man can row 8 km per hour in still water. I f the river is 2.c 3.d 4. a 5.b 6.d 7. a 8.c
running at 2 km an hour, it takes him 48 minutes to row to 9.d 10. a 11.b
a place and back, how far is the place?
a)5km b)4km c)2km d)3km Rule 8
A man can row 5 km per hour in still water. I f the river is Theorem: If in a stream running atx km/hr, a motorboat
running at 1 km an hour, it takes him 75 minutes to row to goes D km upstream and back again to the starting point in
a place and back. The place is at a distance of km 'T' hours, then the speed of the motorboat in still water is
from the starting point.
a)3km b)4km c)5km d)2km D+ 2
^D +(Tx) 2
A man can row 5 km/hr in still water. I f the river is run- km/hr.
ning at 1 km/hr, it takes him 1 hour to row to a place and
back. How far js the place?
a)2.5km b)2.4km c)3km d)3.6km Illustrative Example
A boat travels upstream from B to A and downstream Ex.: In a stream running at 2 km/hr, a motorboat goes 10
from A to B in 3 hours. I f the speed of the boat in still km upstream and back again to the starting point in
water is 9 km/hr and the speed of the current is 3 km/hr, 55 minutes. Find the speed of the motorboat in still
the distance between A and B (in km) is water.
[BSRB Bank PO Exam, 1990] Soln: Detail Method: Let the speed of the motorboat in still
a) 4 b)6 c)8 d) 12 water be x km/hr.
A man can row 6 km/hr in the still water. I f the river is
10 10 55
running at 2 km/hr, it takes him 3 hours to row to a place
and back. How far is the place? x+2 60
a)8km b)12km c)9km d)6km or, 2 4 0 * = 1 1 * ' - 4 4
A man can row 4 km/hr in still water if the river is running
2
at 2 km/hr, it takes 6 hours to row to a place and back. or, l l x - 2 4 0 * - 4 4 = 0

How far is the place? .-. ( x - 2 2 ) ( l b c + 2 ) = 0
a)6km b)8km c)9km d)9.5km So, x = 22 km/hr (neglect the -ve value)
A boat's crew rowed down a stream from A to B and up .-. speed of the motorboat in still water = 22 km/hr.
„1 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
again in 7 — hours. I f the stream flows at 3 km/hr and have
the speed of the motorboat in still water
the crew can row in still water at 5 km/hr, find the dis-
tance from A to B.
a) 16km b)8km c)14km d)12km 10 + (,0) +||lx2
2
60 + 61
A boat's crew rowed down a stream from A to B and up 6
n 11
again in 9 hours. I f the stream flows at 2 ^ km/hr and 12 12
121 12 „„
= — x — = 22 km/hr.
the crew can row in still water at 4— km/hr, find the 11 6
distance from A to B. Exercise

1. The current of a stream runs at the rate of 4 km an hour.
A boat goes 6 km and back to its starting point in 2
_1 hours. Find the speed of the boat in still water.
A man can row 7 — km/hr in still water. I f in a river a)8km/hr b)9km/hr c)6km/hr , d)4km/hr
2
2. A motor boat can travel at 10 km/hr in still water. It trav-
running at 1 — km/hr, it takes him 50 minutes to row to a elled 91 km downstream in a river and then returned,
494 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MA
taking altogether 20 hours. Find the rate of flow of river. Note: 1. How do the denominators of the above two for-
a)6km/hr b)2km/hr c)3km/hr d)4km/hr differ? For upstream speed we use the figures of:
3. The rate of flow of river water is 4 km/hr. A boat goes 6 stream speed and time and for downstream spec
km and back to the starting point in 2 hours. Find the use the figures of upstream speed and time.
speed of the boat in still water. 2. Numerators remain the same in both formula:
4. In a stream running at 2 km/hr, a motorboat goes 12 km
Ex.: A man can row 30 km upstream and 44 km
stream in 10 hrs. Also, he can row 40 km upstrea-
upstream and back again to the starting point in 2 —
55 km downstream in 13 hrs. Find the rate of the
hours. Find the speed of the motorboat in still water. rent and the speed of the man in still water.
a) 15 km/hr b)12km/hr Soln: Detail Method:
c) 10 km/hr d) None of these Let, upstream rate = x km/hr and downstream •
= y km/hr
Answers
l.a 30 44 , n 40 55 ,„
/ 2
91 + 9 1 + ( 2 0 x ) 2
Then
>T 7 °+ = 1 a n d
T 7
+ = 1 3
v
2. c; Hint: = 10 or,30u + 44v=10
• 20 40u + 55v=13
z
or, 4Q0x =11881-8281 = 3600 1 1
Where u = — and v =
l
or, x = 9 x = 3 km/hr x y
3.b x 4.c
l l
Solving, we get u = — and v = —
Rule 9
.-. x = 5 and y = 11
Theorem: A man can row x, km upstream and y km down- ]
5 + 11 u
stream in T hours. Also, he can row x km upstream and
} 2
• rate in still water = — - — = 8 km/hr.
y km downstream in T hours. Then, the rate of the cur-
2 2
rent and speed of the man in still water is calculated by the 11-5
Rate of current = = 3 km/hr.
use of multiple cross-multiplication method as given be-
low. Quicker Method: (By use of multiple cross-multiplicar.
Step I: Arrange the given figures in the following forr
Step I: Arrange the given figures in the following form Upstrearn Downstream
Upstream Downstream Time 30 44
40 , 55
Upstream speed of man
yi
30x55-40x44 -110
=5
Upstream speed of man = km/hr 55x10-44x13 -22
Downstream speed of man
3 0 x 5 5 - 4 0 x 4 4 _ -110
x y -x y = 11
Downstream speed of man = l 2 2 l
km/hr ~ 30x13-40x10 ~ -10
V *1*2 x
~ 2^\ )
StepD:
Step I I : Now to calculate the speed of man and current, use
the following formula, 5 + 11 „
Speed of man = —-— = 8 km/hr.
Speed of man = — [upstream speed of man + down-
stream speed of man] | Remember Rule 3] and speed of stream = —- - = 3 km/hr.
and speed of stream = [Downstream speed ofman Exercise

1. A man can row 15 km upstream and 22 km down
Upstream speed of man] [Remember Rule 4] 5 hrs. Also, he can row 22 km upstream and 2"
Exercise
downstream in 6 — hrs. Find the rate of the current and
2 1. Ramesh can row a certain distance downstream in 6 hours
the speed of the man in still water, and return the same distance in 9 hours. If the speed of
a) 11 km/hr, 5 km/hr b) 8 km/hr, 3 km/hr Ramesh in still water is 12 km/hr,find the speed of the
c) 5 km/hr, 2 km/hr d) None of these stream.
1 A man can row 45 km upstream and 66 km downstream in a) 2.4 km/hr b) 2 km/hr
15 hrs. Also, he can row 66 km upstream and 82.5 km c) 3 km/hr d) Data inadequate
2. A can row a certain distance down a stream in 6 hours
downstream in 19— hrs. Find the rate of the current and and return the same distance in 9 hours. I f the stream
2
the speed of the man in still water.
a) 8 km/hr, 3 km/hr b) 11 km/hr, 3 km/hr flows at the rate o f 2 — km/hr, find how far he can row in
4
c) 11 km/hr, 8 km/hr d) Data inadequate
an hour in still water?
A man can row 60 km upstream and 88 km downstream in
20 hrs. Also, he can row 80 km upstream and 110 km
a) 11 — km/hr b) 12 km/hr
downstream in 26 hrs. Find the rate of the current and
the speed of the man in still water.
a) 12 km/hr, 4 km/hr b) 16 km/hr, 6 km/hr c) 1 1 - km/hr d) Data inadequate
c) 8 km/hr, 3 km/hr d) None of these 4
3. Ajay can row a certain distance downstream in 5 hours
\nswers and return the same distance in 7 hours. I f the stream
: b 2. a 3.c
flows at the rate of 2 km per hour find the speed of Ajay
Rule 10 in still water.
Theorem: A man rows a certain distance downstream in x
4. Rohit can row a certain distance downstream in 8 hours
hours and returns the same distance iny hrs. If the stream
and return the same distance in 12 hours. I f the stream
flows at the rate of z km/ltr then the speed of the man in still
flows at th&rate of 5 km per hour find the speed of Rohit
in still water.
mater is given by _ x km/hr. Or, Speed in still water =
Rate of stream (Sum of upstream and downstream time) Answers
Difference of upstream and downstream time 9+6
La;Hint: zj 12 z = 2.4 km/hr
unlir. 9-6,
2.c 3. a 4.d
L\.: Ramesh can row a certain distance downstream in 6 Rule 11
hours and return the same distance in 9 hours. I f the Theorem: If a man can row at a speed of x km/hr in still
stream flows at the rate of 3 km per hour find the water to a certain upstream point and back to the starting
speed of Ramesh in still water. point in a river which flows at y km/hr, then the averge
vjln: Detail Method: Let the speed of Ramesh in still water speed for total journey (up + down) is given by
be x km/hr. Then his upstream speed = (x-3) km/hr
(x + y^x-y)
and downstream speed = (x + 3) km/hr. km/hr.
Now, we are given that up and down journey are equal,
therefore, OR
(x + 3)6 = ( x - 3 ) 9 Average speed for the total journey

or, 6x + 18 = 9 x - 2 7
or, 3x = 45 Upstream rate x Downstream rate
Speed in still water
.'. x = 15 km/hr
Quicker Method: By the above theorem, we have
3(9 + 6) Illustrative Example
Ramesh's speed in still water = — — T T 15 km/hr. Ex.: A man can row at a speed of 5 km/hr in still water to a
9—6
certain upstream point and back to the starting point Illustrative Example
in a river which flows at 2 km/hr. Find his average Ex.: A man can row 6 km/hr in still water. I f the rive-
speed for total journey. running at 2 km/hr, it takes 3 hours more in upstrei-
Soln: Detail Method: Letthe distance bexkm. than to go downstream for the same distance. H
Total Distance far is the place?
Average speed = Soln: Detail Method: Let the distance of the place be x k -
Total Time
2x 2x 2xx2\
x x =3
lOx 6-2 6+2
— + -
(5 + 2 H 5 - 2 ) 7 3
or,-- 8 = 3
= — = 4 - km/hr. .-. x = 8*3 = 24km
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem. •
have
have
the required distance
(5 + 2 X 5 - 2 ) 21 .1
5~ 5 ' ^ -
2 2
average speed = aT1 ir

_ (6 - 2 ) 3 32x3
: 8 x 3 = 24 km.
2x2 ~ 4
Exercise
Exercise
1. A man can row at a speed of 4.5 km/hr in still water to a
1. A man can row 5 km/hr in still water. If the river is rur-
certain upstream point and back to the starting point in
ning at 1 km/hr, it takes 2 hours more in upstream than::
a river which flows at 1.5 km/hr. Find his average speed
go downstream for the same distance. How far is tht
for total journey.
place?
a) 4 km/hr b) 6 km/hr c) 4.5 km/hr d) 5 km/hr
a) 24 km b) 20km c)18km d)16km
2. A man row at a speed of 8 km/hr in still water to a certain
2. A man can row 7 km/hr in still water. If the river is rur-
distance upstream and back to the starting point in a
ning at 3 km/hr, it takes 6 hours more in upstream than:
river which flows at 4 km/hr. Find his average speed for
go downstream for the same distance. How far is tht
total journey.
place?
a) 48 km b) 36 km c)42km d)40km
3. A man can row at a speed of 10 km/hr in still water to a
3. A man can row 8 km/hr in still water. If the river is run-
ning at 4 km/hr, it takes 1 hour more in upstream than t:
a river which flows at 4 km/hr. Find his average speed for
go downstream for the same distance. How far is thi
total journey.
place?
a) 16 km b) 12 km c)8km d)6km
c) 1.5 km/hr d) Data inadequate
4. A man can row 9 km/hr in still water. If the river is run-
4. A man can row at a speed of 15 km/hr in still water to a
ning at 3 km/hr, it takes 3 hours more in upstream than tc
go downstream for the same distance. How far is the
a river which flows at 3 km/hr. Find his average speed for
place?
total journey.
a) 30 km b) 36 km d)24km d) None of these
c) 3 km/hr d) 2 km/hr Answers
Answers l.a 2.d 3. d 4.b
l.a 2.b j. a 4.d
Miscellaneous
Rule 12 A boat takes 3 hours to travel from place M to N down-
stream and back from N to M upstream. I f the speed 0:
Theorem: A man can row x km/hr in still water. If the river
he boat in still water is 4 km, what is the distance be-
is running aty km/hr, it takes T hours more in upstream
tween the two places? [ BSRB Delh i PO, 20001
than to go downstream for the same distance, then the dis-
a)8km b)12km
V-v V 2 c) 6 km d) Data inadequate
tance is given by km. A man rows to a place 48 km distant and back in 14
2v
hours. He finds that he can row 4 km with the stream in
ATHS
Streams 497
;
the same time as 3 km against the stream. Find the rate of .-. Rate upstream = 6 km/hr and rate downstream
the stream? km/hr
a) 1 km/hr b)2km/hr c)1.5km/hr d)2.5km/hr
I P, Q and R are the three towns on a river which flows .-. Rate of the stream = (8 - 6)-^- = 1 km/hr
uniformly. Q is equidistant from P and R. I row from P to 2
Q and back in 10 hours and I can row from P to R in 4 [See Rule 4]
R
hours. Compare the speed of my boat in still water with
that of the river.
3. a;
_2
I can row from P to R in 4 hours
a)5:3 b)4:3 c)6:5 d)7:3 .-. I can row from P to Q in 2 hours
Answers But 1 can row from P to Q and back in 10 hours.
'.. d; Let the distance between M and N and the speed o f .-. I can row from Q to P in (10 - 2 =) 8 hours
current in still water be d km and x km/hr respectively. Hence in rowing with the current I take 2 hours and in
rowing against the current I take 8 hours, the dis-
d d ,
According to the question, ^ ^ + - — - 3 +
— tance being same in both the cases.
Now, distance being the same the 'down rate' and the
In the above equation we have only one equation but 'up rate' are inversely proportional to the times.
two variables. Hence can't be determined, .-. down rate : up rate = 8:2 = 4 : 1
1 a; Suppose that the man takes x hours to cover 4 km .-. speed of boat in still water : speed of river
downstream and x hours to cover 3 km upstream. = ( 4 + l ) : ( 4 - l ) = 5:3.
48* 48* ,„ 1
+ = U o r X =
Then, ~ ~ ~y
A 2
R a c e s a n d Games
Introduction A beats B by 'x' metres

1. Race: A contest of speed is called a race. L-JC
Loser's (B) distance =<L-x) m p !
2. Racecourse: The ground or path on which contests are
arranged is called a racecourse. A and B start together at P
3. Starting Point: The point from where a race begins is When Afinishesat Q, B reaches R
called the starting point. II. A gives B a start of x metres
4. Finishing Point: The point where the race finishes is X"' •(
called finishing point or winning post. Loser's (B) distance = ( L - x) m P * * i (
5. Winner: The person who first reaches thefinishingpoint R* L-x *
is called the Winner. A starts at P, but B starts at R
6. Dead-heat Race: If all the persons contesting a race reach at the same time.
the goal exactly at the same time, then the race is called III. A beats B by t seconds
a dead-heat race.
Now, suppose A and B are two participants in a
A and B starts together at P
race. If, before the start of the race, A is at the starting
Winner's (A) time = Loser's (B) time - 1
point and B is ahead of A by 25 metres, then A is said to
A finishes at Q but t seconds
give B a start of 25 metres. To cover a race of 100 metres
before B finishes
in this case, A will cover a distance of 100 metres and B
IV. A gives B a start of t seconds
will cover 100 - 25 = 75 metres only.
Note: In the above case, we may say that "A has given a
lead of 25 metres to B."
A starts t seconds after B starts at P
7. Games: If we say that it is a game of 100, then the person
From the abovefigures,we have the following formulae for a
among the participants who scores 100 points first is the
race of two participants.
winner. If, when A scores 100 while B scores only 80
(i) Winner's distance = Length of race
points, then we say that "A can give 20 points to B" or,
(ii) Loser's distance = Winner's distance - (beat distance +
"A can give B 20 points" in a game of 100.
start distance)
Rule 1 (iii) Winner's time =• Loser's time - (beat time + start time)
Involving Two Participants Winner's time Loser's time
In a contest with two participants, one is the winner and the (iv)
Loser's distance Winner's distance
other is the loser.
a) The winner can give or allow the loser a start of t seconds beat time + start time
or x metres, i.e. beat distance + start distance
start distance = x metres and start time = t seconds. (v) If a race ends in a dead lock, i.e. both reach the winning
b) The winner can beat the loser by t seconds or x metres, i.e. post together then beat time = 0 and beat distance = 0
beat distance = x metres and beat time = t seconds
Now, consider the following cases,
Ex.: In one kilometre race, A beats B by 36 metres or 9
I. A beats B seconds. Find A's time over the course.
< L = Length of race •
Winner's (A) distance = L p , Q
Soln: Here A is the winner and B is the loser.
Using the above formula (iv) 9. In a 500 metres race, B gives A a start of 160 metres. The
Winner's time beat time + start time ratio of the speeds of A and B is 2 : 3. Who wins and by
Loser's distance beat distance + start distance how much?
A'stime 9+0 a)Bby 6— m b) A by 8 m

or, 1000-36 36 + 0
.2
c) B by 8 — m d) A by <>— m
or,A'stime = — * 964 = 241 sees 10. A takes 4 minutes 50 seconds while B takes 5 minutes to
Jo
A's time over the course is 241 seconds. 1 I
[Also see - Rule 3] complete the race. A beats B by 33 — metres. Find the
Exercise length of the course.
,1 a) lkm b)100m c)10km d) 1000km
1. A runs l j as fast as B. If A gives B a start of 30 metres, 11. Acanruna km in 3 min 10 sec and Bin 3 min 20 sec. By
what distance can A beat B?
how far must be the winning post, so that the race ends a)40m b)50m c)45m d)60m
in a dead heat? 12. A can run a kilometre in 4 minutes 50 seconds and B in 5
a) 150m b)100m c)120m d) None of these minutes. How many metre's start can A give B in a km
2 P runs a kilometre in 4 minutes and Q in 4 minutes 10 race so that the race may end in a dead heat?
seconds. How many metres start can P give Q in a ..2 ,,1
kilometre race so that the race may end in a dead heat? a)30m b) 16y m c) 33— m d)Noneofthese
a) 40 m b)50m c)30m d) None of these
13. A can run 100 metres in 27 seconds and B in 30 seconds.
3. P can run a kilometre in 4 minutes 50 seconds and Q in 5
A will beat B by
minutes. By what distance can P beat Q.
1
,^2 ,,1 a)9m b)10m c ) l l 7 m d)12m
a)30m b) 1 6 - m c) 3 3 - m d) 26- m
14. A can run a kilometre in 4 min 54 sec and B in 5 min. How

4. In a 100 metres race, A runs at a speed of 2 metres per many metres start can A give B in a km race so that the
second. If A gives B a start of 4 metres and still beats race may end in a dead heat?
him by 10 seconds,' find the speed of B. a)20m b)16m c)18m d) 14.5m
a) 1.6 m/sec b) 4 m/sec c) 1 m/sec d) 2.6 m/sec 15. A can run 20 metres while B runs 25 metres. In a km race
5. A can run 330 metres in 41 seconds and B in 44 seconds. B beats A by
By how many seconds will B win if he has 30 metres a)250m b)225m c)200m d)125m
start?
Answers
6. In a 400 metres race, A gives B a start of 5 seconds and 1. c; Hint: Assuming L = distance of the winning post such
beats him by 15 metres. In another race of400 metres, A that the race ends in a dead heat, i.e. both the partici-
pants A and B reach the winning post at the same time.
, 1 .-. time taken by A = time taken by B
beat B by ' — seconds. Find their speeds.
L-30
a) 8 m/sec, 6 m/sec b) 9 m/sec, 6 m/sec or, or,L= 120
c) 8 m/sec, 7 m/sec d) None of these
7. A can run a kilometre in 3 minutes 10 seconds and B in 3
minutes 20 seconds. By what distance can A beat B? [since t = —; where d = distance and V = velocity]
8. A can run one kilometre in half a minute less time than B. .-. length of race (distance) of winning post is 120 metres.
In a kilometre race, B gets a start of 100 metres and loses (Also see Rule - 4)
by 100 metres. Find the time A and B take to run a 2. a; Hint: P runs a kilometre in 4 minutes (= 240 seconds)
kilometre. Q runs a kilometre in 4 minutes 10 sec (= 250 seconds)
.-. P can beat Q by 10 seconds
a) 5 min, 5-j min b)2min, 2— min But if P gives Q a start of 10 seconds or x metres so that
2 the race may end in a dead heat, i.e., beat time = 0 and
c)3min, 3^-min d) None of these beat distance = 0.
2 Then, using the given formula we have
Races and Games 501
.-. speed of B is 7 metres/second, i.e. 7 metres

Loser's time beat time+ start time
Winner's distance beat distance+ start distance since B takes 7 — seconds more time than A to run 400
7
250 0 + 10
or, 1000 0 + x x = 40 metres.
Hence if P gives Q a start of 40 metres in a race of one distance
kilometre, the race will end in a dead heat. t i m e = ~sêd~
3. c; Hint: Here, P is the winner and Q is the loser. Using the
Let the speed of A be V metres/sec A
given formula we have,
Loser's time beat time + start time 400 400
= 7 I
Winner's distance beat distance + start distance speed of B speed of A 7
300 10 + 0 400 400 50

o r ' 100 beat distance + 0 or = — =^ V A = 8 metres/sec
o r ' 7 V 7 A
Hence, speed of A is 8 metres/sec and speed of B is 7

100
or, beat distance = metres. metres/sec
7. a; Hint: Here,
Applying the given formula (iv), we have,
.-. P beats Q by 33— metres in a kilometre race. A is the winner and B is the loser.
4. a; Hint: Here A is the winner and B is the loser. 190 200
[where x = required answer]
Using the given formula (iii) we have 1000-x 1000
Loser's time - Winner's time = beat time + start time or, 1000-x=950 .-. x=50 metres
or, B's time - A's time =10 + 0
Winner's time Loser's time
B's distance A's distance 8. b; Hint
= 10 Loser's distance Winner's distance
o r ' B's speed A's speed A is the winner and B is the loser
100-4 100
t--
o r ' B's speed 2 t
=> B's speed = 1.65 metres/sec 1000-(1000 + 100) 1000
Hence the speed of B is 1.6 metres/sec
5. b; Hint: B runs 330 metres in 44 seconds .-. t = — minutes.
2
44
9. a; Hint: Let after time t seconds, B reaches 500 metres,
.-. B runs (330 - 30) metres in — x 300 sees then, A reaches x A metres
i.e., 40 sees x -160 _ V xt
A A
But A runs 330 metres in 41 seconds 500 ~ V xt ( ' s n c e ^8' v e s A a s t a r t o f 160m)

So, B wins by (41 - 40) seconds, i.e., 1 second
L _i -160
6. c; Hint: In a 400 metres race, B takes ' — seconds more 500
time than A
In another 400 metres race, B takes 5 seconds more time
X A = 4 9 3 y metres
and runs 15 metres less distance than A.
B can run in | 1 ^ § seconds a distance of 15 metres.

.-. B beats A by [500 - 493-^ ~^2 m e t r e s
15 Loser's time Beat time

B can run in 1 second a distance of —— metres
10. a; Hint:
2- Winner's distance Beat distance
7
since Winner's distance = Length of course
then the value of'x' and 'y' will decide the Ilnd position in
5x60 10
L=1000 metres the race.
1
33 Ifx <y, then B will beat C, i.e. B gets the Ilnd position.
If x > y, then C will beat B, i.e. C gets the Ilnd position
11. b; Hint: A beats B by 10 seconds. L Now the following relation is used for three partici-
Distance covered by B in 200 sec = 1000 metres. pants in a race of same length
1000 ( L - X ) 2 ) X 2 3 = L(X 1 3 - X , 2 )
Distance covered by B in 10 sec = Q = 50 metres. Where, L = Length of race

.-. A beats B by 50 metres. x 12 = the distance by which 1st beats Ilnd
Note: Try to solve by the given rule also.
^ 3 = the distance by which 1st beats lllrd
12. c; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have, here A is win-
ner and B is loser 23, e distance by which Ilnd beats lllrd
x = m
290 300 a If the length of race (L) changes in each case, the
or, 2900 = 3000-3x following will be considered.
1000-x 1000
1st beats Ilnd by x, metres in a race of L, metres
2
100 1
x= —r~metres. 1st beats lllrd by x 13 metres in a race of L metres 3
Ilnd beats lllrd by x 2 3 metres in a race of L metres. 2

100
13. b; Hint: Distance covered by B in 3 seconds = x3
30 So, x , x and x are to be converted on a de-
1 2 13 2 3
sired length of race, say, L metres.

= 10 metres
.-. A beats B by 10 metres. 13 T 23 i
x l 2 =^-xL, X =
X X
Note: Try to solve by the given rule alsc. =— x L

1 3
L, —— x L . x 23
14. a; Hint: Distance covered by B in 6 sec

Then using the formula (L - x , ) x 2 2 3 =L(X| 3 - x, )
2
1000
x6 = 20 metres. the unknowns can be found out.
300
Thus, A beats B by 20 metres.
Ex. 1: In a race of 100 metres, A beats B by 4 metres and A
So, for a dead heat race, A must give B a start of 20
beats C by 2 metres. By how many metres would C
metres.
beat B in a 100 metre race?
Soln: Here, the number of participants = 3
15. c; Hint: In a 25 metres race, B beats A by 5 metres
Length of race = L = 100 metres
A becomes the winner (1st) and
In a km race B beats A by I ^-xlOOO = 200 metres. C gets Ilnd position [since2m<4m]
B gets III rd position
Using the above formula (I)
Rule 2
Involving Three Participants . (L- x ) x 1 2 2 3 =L(x 1 3 -x ) 1 2
Suppose, A, B and C participate in a race. The length of race Where

is L metres. 1st (A) beats Ilnd (C) by x 12 =2 metres
Assuming, A as the winner, i.e. A gets the 1st posi-
tion, in the race, 1st (A) beats lllrd (B) by x ) 3 = 4 metres
if A beats B by x metres Ilnd (C) beats lllrd (B) by x = ? 2 3
— L Length of race L = 100 metres

O-
B => (100-2)x x 2 3 =100(4-2) => x =2.04metres 2 3
and Hence C would beat B by 2.04 metres in a 100 metres

race.
A beats C by y metres
Ex. 2: In a race of600 metres, A can beat B by 60 metres and
L —
0_ in a race of500 metres, B can beat C by 25 metres. By
how many metres will A beat C in a 400 metres race?
Soln: Here, length of race is different in each race. So, re-
spective beat distance (given) is to be converted to a) 18 metres b) 20 metres c) 27 metres d) 9 metres
the desired length of race L (ie 400 metres) Answers
A is the winner (1st)
1. c; Hint: Here X becomes 1st, Y becomes Ilnd and Z be-
Since B can beat C therefore B becomes Ilnd and C
comes lllrd in the race
becomes lllrd in the race
[since 50 < 69]
x, , 260 Using the given formula (I) we have
.-. x 1 2 = — x L = — x400 =40metres
(L- x ) x 3 = L ( x
1 2 2 1 3 -x ) 1 2
Where,
X 2 3 = lJ X L = 5^ X 4 °° = 2 0 m e t r e s
1st (X) gives Ilnd (Y) a start of x 12 " 50 metres
1st (X) gives lllrd (Z) a start of x ] 3 = 69 metres
X,3=?
Ilnd (Y) gives lllrd (Z) a start of x 2 3 =?
Using the above formula II we have
Length of race (L) = 1000 metres
(L-Xi )x 3 = L(x
2 2 ) 3 -x 1 2 )
or, (1000-50) x =1000(69-50)2 3
or, (400 -40) x 20 = 400 (x, 3 - 40)

or, x =20 metres
2 3
360x20 A n
or, x n = + 40=>x l 3 =58 metres Hence Y gives Z a start of 20 metres.

2. a; Hint: Here, A comes 1st, B comes Ilnd and C comes lllrd
Hence A will beat C by 5 8 metres in a 400 metres race. in the contest
Exercise Using the given formula, we have
1. X, Y and Z are the three contestants in a kilometre race. (L- x ) x 3 = L ( x
1 2 2 I 3 -x ) 1 2
If X can give Y a start of 50 metres and X can also give Z

a start of 69 metres, how many metres start Y can give Z? (200-40) x x 2 3 =200(50-40)
a) 10m b)40m c)20m d)25m 25
2. A can give B 40 metres start and A can give C 50 metres or, x 2 3 = — metres
start in a 200 metres race, while B can give C two sec-
onds over the course. How long does each take to run ^ 25
200 metres? Hence, B can beat C by — metres or 2 sec, i.e. C can run
a) 24 sec, 30 sec, 32 sec b) 20 sec, 31 sec, 32 sec
c) 20 sec, 30 sec, 32 sec d) 21 sec, 30 sec, 31 sec — metres m 2 sec
3. A, B and C are three participants in a kilometre race. If A 2
can give B a start of 40 metres and B can give C a start of 2
25 metres, how many metres A can give C a start? .-. C can run 200 metres in * ^0 = 32 sec
2
a)64m b)32m c)60m d)44m

T
4. In a flat race, A beats B by 15 metres, and C by 29 metres.
When B and C run over the course together, B wins by .-. B takes (32-2),
15 metres. Find the length of the course. 30
a) 220 m b)325m c)225m d)250m i.e. 30 sec and A takes — x (200 - 40), i.e. 24 sec
5. A can give B a start of 20 metres and C a start of 39
Hence A, B and C takes 24 seconds, 30 and 32 seconds
metres in a walking race of400 metres. How much can B
respectively to run 200 metres. *
give C a start?
3. a; Hint: Here A is the winner (1st)
a)20m b)15m c)18m d)25m
Since B can give C a start, therefore, B becomes Ilnd and
6. A, B and C are the three contestants in a km race. If A
C becomes lllrd in the race.
can give B a start of 40 metres and A can give C a start of
Using the given formula, we have
64 metres, how many metres start can B give C?
a) 20 m b)25 c)35m d) None of these (L- X ) 2 ) X 3 =L(Xj3 - x )
2 ! 2
7. In a 100 metres race, A can beat B by 25 metres and B can or, (1000 - 40) x 25 = 1000 x ( x, - 40) 3
beat C by 4 metres. In the same race, A can beat C by:

a) 29 metres b) 21 metres c) 28 metres d) 26 metres or, 960 x 25 = 1000 x ( , - 40) => x = 64 metres x 3 13
8. In a 100 metres race A can give B 10 metres and C 28 Hence, A can give C a start of 64 metres
metres. In the same race, B can give C: 4. c;Hint: Using(L- x ) x 1 2 2 3 =L(x 1 3 - x, )
2
Where xM2 = A beats B = 15 metres

n
the required time = — [l 000 - 25]
v 23 = B beats C = 15 metres
975
x = A beats C = 29 metres
13
-195 seconds
L = Length of course = ? = 3 minutes 15 seconds.
.-. (L-15)15 = L(29-15)=> L=225metres Exercise
5. a;Hint:(L- x ) x 3 = L ( x 1 2 2 1 3 -x )
1 2 1. In a km race A beats B by 35 metres or 7 seconds. Find
A's time over the course.
(400-20) x 2 3 =400(39-20)
.-. x =20 metres
2 3 c) 190 seconds d) None of these
6. b; Hint: While A covers 1000 metres, B covers (1000 - 40) 2. In a km race A beats B by 5 seconds or 40 metres. How
or 960 metres and C covers (1000 - 64) or 936 metres. long does B take to run the kilometre?
Now when B covers 960 metres, C covers 936 metres a) 125 seconds b) 120 seconds
.-. When B covers 1000 metres, c) 130 seconds d) None of these
3. In a 300 metres race A beats B by 15 metres or 5 seconds.
'936
C covers = 975 metres
1 0 0 0
A's time over the course is
So, B gives C a start of (1000 - 975) or 25 metres c) 105 seconds d) 90 seconds
Note: Try to solve by the given rule also. 4. In a km race A beats B by 40 metres or 7 seconds. Find
7. c;Hint:A:B = 100:75andB:C=100:96 A's time over the course.
A B 100 100 100 a) 148 sees b) 168 sees
• AC-— —=
x x = = 100-72 c) 178 sees d) None of these
• A B C 75 96
C 72 • 1 U U U
5. In a km race A beats B by 40 metres, or 8 seconds. What

So, A beats C by (100 - 72) = 28 metres.
is A's time over the course?
Note: Try to sovle by the given rule also.
a) 3 min b) 3 min 42 sec
8. b; Hint: A : B : C = 100:90:72
c) 3 min 12 sec d) None of these
f 100" Answers
90 90 x 90, 100 Lb
B:C = = (100:80)
72 100" 80 2. a; Hint: Time taken by A to complete the course
72 x
90,
= A-nooO-40) = 120 seconds
40
So, B can give C 20 metres.
.-. time taken by B to run the km = 120 + 5 = 125 seconds.
3. b 4.b 5.c
Rule 3 Rule 4
Theorem: In a km race A beats Bbyx metres or t seconds.
Then the time taken by A to complete the race is given by
Theorem: A is times (x>y) as fast as B. If A gives B a
- ( l 0 0 0 - x ) seconds.
start of 'A' metres, then the length of race course, so that
Ex.: In a km race A beats B by 25 metres or 5 seconds.
both of them reach at the same time, is given by
Find the time taken by A to complete the race.
Soln: Detail Method: 1-^
From the question it is clear that B runs 25 metres in 5
seconds.
1
metres or Course of race=Lead metres.
.-. B's time to cover one km = -x 1000 = 200 sec- B's speed
1-
25 A's speed
onds
.-. A's time to cover one km = 200 - 5 = 195 seconds
= 3 minutes 15 seconds. Ex.: A is j times as fast as B. If A gives B a start of 60
1
Quicker Method: Applying the theorem, we have,

Races and Games 505
metres, how long should the racecourse be so that Soln: Detail Method: A beats B by 20 seconds.
both of them reach at the same time? Now, the distance covered by B in 20 seconds
Soln: Detail Method: A's speed: B's speed
1000m
2 5 -x20sec = ^ ° ^ x 2 0 = 100m
= 1-:1= - : 1 = 5:3 3 min 20 sec 200
3 3
We may say that A gains 5 - 3 = 2 m i n a race of 5 .-. A beats B by 100 m.
metres. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
have
Therefore, he will gain 60 m in arace of—x60 = 150m
2 the required distance • i o o o f i - ^ 1 100 metres
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we 200 J
have [ v 3 min = 180 seconds and 3 min 20 sec
( = 200 seconds]
the course of race = 60 = 60 Exercise

150m.
1-- 5-3 1. Rashid can run 880 metres race in 2 minutes 24 seconds,
5) and Hamid in 2 minutes 40 seconds. How many metres'
start can Rashid give Hamid in a 880 metres race to make
Exercise a dead heat?
a) 88 metres b) 77 metres c) 80 metres d) 98 metres.
1. A runs 1 ~ times as fast as B. If A gives B a start of 80 2 A can run 440 metres in 51 seconds and B in 55 seconds.
metres how far must the winning post be so that A and By how many seconds will B win if he has 40 metres
B might reach it at the same time? start?
a) 200 m b)150m c)250m d) None of these a) 10 sec b) 1 sec c) 4 sec d) Can't be determined
3. A can run 200 metres in 35 sec and B in 38 sec. By what
.1
2. A runs ~ times as fast as B. If A gives B a start of 60
2
distance can A beat B?
metres, how far must be the winning post, so that the b) 1 5 - m
race ends in a dead heat?

a) 105 m b)120m c)100m d)150m
'3 c) 1 5 y^ m d) None of these
3. A runs 1 — times as fast as B. If A gives B a start of 60
4. A can run a km in 3 min 10 sec and B in 3 min 20 sec. By
4
metres, how far must the winning post be in order that A
a)25m b)35m c)50m d)60m
and B reach it at the same time?
a) 105m b)80m c)140m d)45m K l
, 3
5. A can run 100 m in >••>— and B in 16 seconds. If B re-
4. A runs 1 — times as fast as B. If A gives B a start of 120
o
ceives 4 metres' start, who wins and by what distance?
metres, how far must the winning post be so that A and 1 1
B might reach it at the same time? a) A wins by — m b) B wins by — m
6 6
a)440m b)460m c)420m d)400m
c) A wins by 6 m d) B wins by 8 m
Answers 6. A can run 440 m in 1 min 30 sec and B in 1 min 39 sec. If
l.a 2.a 3.c 4.a B receives 40 metres start, who wins by what distance?
a) A wins by 4 metres b) B wins by 4 metres
Rule 5
c) A wins by 8 metres d) Dead heat
Theorem: A can run a km race in x minutes and B in y
minutes (y >x). The distance by which A can beat B is given
7. Two boys, A and B run at 4 ^ and 6 km an hour respec-
( >
by 1000 1 - * metres. \, A having 190 metres' start, who wins, and by how
much the course being 1 km?
Illustrative Example ^ a) B wins by 60 m b) A wins by 60 m
Ex.: A can run a km race in 3 min and B in 3 min. 20 sec. By c) A wins by 80 m d)B wins by 80 m
Answers speed of B.
1. a; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have, the distance by Soln: Detail Method: Time taken by A to cover 100 m.
<
_5J 100x18
144"\ = 100+ 5x - 72 seconds.
1 = 88m 18 25
160J
.-. B covers (100 - 8) or 92 m in (72 + 8) or 80 seconds.
.-. Rashid gives Hamid 88 metres start in the race to
92 18
make a dead heat. .-. speed of B = — x — = 4.14 km/hr
2. b; Hint: Applying the given rule we have, 80 5
Quicker Method I: B's speed
i
A can beat B by 440
5 1
55 I =32 metres 100m-8m

A's time to cover 100m + 8 sec
But from the question, B has a 40 metres start, ie B will
beat A by 40 - 32 = 8 metres 92 98
-m/s = 4.14 km/h r
72 + 8 80-
55 .
Quicker Method II: Applying the above theorem, we
.-. required time = ^ Q " ° X = 1 second. have
3.b 4.c 18 "(100-8)5" 18 "92x5"

the speed of B =
5. a; Hint: Applying the given rule, we first calculate the 5 360 + 8x5_ ~ 5 400
distance by which A will beat B ie = 4.14 km/hr.
•«H)-
100 _ 25 1
24 ~ 6 6 ' m e t r e s Exercise
But, from the question B receives 4 metres' start still A 1. In a 100 metres race, A runs at 6 km per hour. If A gives
B a start of 4 metres and still beats him by 12 seconds,
1 what is the speed of B?
wins by [ 4— 4 > m a) 6 km/hr b) 4.8 km/hr
c) 5.6 km/hr d) None of these
6.d
2. In a km race, A runs at 5 km per hour. If A gives B a start
40 of 90 metres and still beats him by 8 seconds, what is the
7. a; Hint: Time taken by A to cover 1 km = - x 6 0 =
9 J 3 speed of B?
1 a)4 km/hr b) 5 km/hr c) 5.5 km/hr d) 4.5 km/hr
min and time taken by B to cover 1 km= —x60 = lOmin. 3. In a 100 metres race, A runs at 4 km per hour. If A gives
6
Now, applying the given rule, here B will beat A (if we do
B a start of 10 metres and still beats him by 22— sec-
not take into account the fact that A having 190 metres
2
start) by °
1 0 0 ^~ =250 metres. onds, what is the speed of B?
a) 2.88 km/hr b) 2.5 km/hr c) 2.58 km/hr d) 2.08 km/hr
Now, we consider the fact that the A is having 190 metres Answers
start, therefore, B wins the race by (250 -190 —) 60 metres. l.b 2.d 3.a
Rule 6 Rule 7
Theorem: In a 100 m race, A runs at V km/hr. A gives B a Theorem: A beats B by y metres and C by y metres x 2
start ofy metres and still beats him by't' seconds, then the
(where y, > y ) in a race of x, metres. In a race of x
2 2
18 (l00-y)x
speed ofB is given by km/hr.
360+ xt yi-yi
metres C beats B by 2 metres. x x
Note: If race is of one km, then the formula for the speed of *\-yi)
18 (l000-y)x Illustrative Example
B is given by "y 3600 + xt km/hr Ex.: AbeatsBby31 mandCby 18 m in a race of200 m. By
how many metres will C beat B in a race of350 m?
Illustrative Example Soln: Detail Method:
Ex: In a 100 m race, A runs at 5 km/hr. A gives B a start of A : B : C =200:200-31:200-18=200:169:182
8 metres and Still beats him by 8 seconds. Find the
Races and Games 507
( 200-100 } - * b
182 ; HTo^^J ° -
C 182 350 2 a H i n x l 3 5 = , 5 0 m e t r e s
B 169 325 3. c; Hint: We can apply the given rule, in this problem also.
16<{^
U82 Now, applying the given rule we have
.-. C beats B by 350 - 325 = 25 m. / xV-10

Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we ,xl00 =io
have Uoo-ioJ w
or,x-10 = 9 .-. x=19m.

31-18
the required answer = x350 4. c; Hint: A can beat B by (25 x 4 =) 100 metres in a km race
1,200-18 B can beat C by (20 x 2 =) 40 metres in a km race.
13 Now, applying the given rule, we have
x350 = 25 metres.
182 ( x-100
xlOOO =40
U000-100
Exercise
L In a 100 metres race, A beats B by 10 metres and C by 13 or,*- 100 = 36 x= 100 + 36 = 136 metres.
metres. In a race of 180 metres, B will beat C by: 60
a) 5.4 metres b) 4.5 metres c) 5 metres d) 6 metres 5. b; Hint: A can beat B by -r^r* 400 = 40 m in 400 m race
600
2 In a km race A beats B by 100 metres and C by 200
metres, by how much can B beat C in a race of 1350
metres? B can beat C by ^ * 400 = 40 m in 400 m race.
a) 150 metres b) 160 metres c) 140 metres d) 13 5 metres Let A will beat C in a race of400 m by x m.
3. In a 100 metres race A can beat B by 10 metres, and B can Now, applying the given rule we have
beat C by 10 metres. By how much can A beat C in the
same race? / x-40
x400 = 4 0
a) 10m b)12m c)19m d) Can't be determined 400-40 J
4. A can beat B by 25 metres in a — km race, and B can or,x-40 = 36 .•. x=40+36=76m.
Note: Try to solve this type of question by Rule - 2 also.
6.d
beat C by 20 metres in a — km race. By how much can A
beat C in a km race? Rule 8
a) 130 m b) 126 m c) 136 m d) Data inadequate Theorem: A can give B x metres and Cy metres (y >x)ina
5. In a race of600 m, A can beat B by 60 m and in a race of R metres race, while B can give C't' seconds over the course.
500 m, B can beat C by 50 m. By how many metres will A Then the time taken to run R metres by (i) A is given by
beat C in a race of400 m?
(R-xXR-y) R-y
1 ^ seconds,(ii) B is given by 1
a) 70 m b) 76 m c) 77 - d) None of these
m . (y-x) . y-x
6. In a race of600 m, A can beat B by 50 m and in a race of
500 m, B can beat C by 60 m. By how many metres will A fR-x^
seconds and (Hi) C is given by t seconds.
beat C in a race of400 m? U-xJ
a) 76 m b) 7 6 j m c)77m d) 77y m
\. A can give B 20 m and C 25 m in a 100 m race, while B
can give C one second over the course. How long
Answers does each take to run 400 m?
I d ; Hint: Here y >y\, hence formula will change as
2
A : B : C = I00:80:75
r \
yi-y\ xx. ,/lQO^ 375
100
B:C = 80:75 = 8 0 [ J : 7 5 | — J =
W
( 13-10 > 3
. required answer = xl80 = —xl80
100-10 j 90 375 25
.Cruns 100 m in 1 second.
= 6 metres.
Rule 9
C runs 100 m in — * 100 = 16 seconds.
Theorem: In a game of 'x'points, A can give B x, points
Now, B runs 100 m in 16 -1 = 15 seconds.
And A runs 100 m in the same time as B runs 80 m and C x 2 points (x >x,)
2 then B can give
XT — Xi
ie., J O O ^ ~ ^ seconds.
x points.
x-x 1 J
have Illustrative Example
Ex.: In a game of 100 points, A can give B 25 points and C
1 (l00-20Xl00-25) 31 points, then how many points can B give C?
(i) time taken by A =
100 (25-20) Soln: Detail Method: A : B: C = 100:75 :69 TYe-j
Z L'.J
80x75
= 12 sec.
7 > 100
500 75x 100
B:C = ^ = 75-
69x-
(ii) time taken by B = 1
100-25
= — = \5 sec. 69 — 100 75 92
25-20 5 .-. B can give C 8 points. ll'USt
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we EL
(100-20 "l 80 -
(iii) time taken by G = 1 = — = 16 sec. have
^ 25-20 J 5 ( 31 — 25 N
Exercise the required answer = ^ ^ J Q O - 2 5

1. A can give B 40 metres and C 82 metres in a 880 metres 100x6 „ .
race while B can give C 9 seconds over the course. Find = ——— = 8 points.
the time C takes to run 880 metres.
a)lmin b) 180 min c)3min d) 60 sec Exercise
2 A can give B 10 metres and C 20 metres in a 100 metres 1. In
— a gameof 100 points, A can given B 20 points and C
e
race. B can give C 1 second over the course of 100 metres. 28 points. Then, B can give C:
How long does each take to run 100 metres? a) 8 points b) 10 points c) 14 points d) 40 points
a) 7.2 sec, 8 sec, 9 sec b) 6.2 sec, 8 sec, 10 sec In a game of250 points A can give B 50 points and C 70
c) 7.2 sec, 9 sec, 10 sec d) Data inadequate points. How many can B give G?
3. A can give B 40 metres and C 80 metres in a 400 metres a) 20 points b) 25 points
race. B can give C 4 seconds over the course of 400 c) 30 points d) None of these
metres. How long does A take to run 400 metres? A can give B 20 points, A can give C 32 points and B can
a) 28 sec b) 28.2 sec c) 28.8 sec d) 29 sec give C 15 points. How many points make the game?
a) 1000 b)100 c)500 d)250
Answers Eierc
A can give B 20 points in 100 and B can give C 20 points
880-40 K. A
in 100. How many in 100 can A give C?
1. c; Hint: Required answer = 9 = 180 sec=3 min. ca
82-40 a) 26 b)36 c)46 d)30
90
2. a; Hint: Time taken by A 5. A can give B 25 points, toints, A can give C 40 points and
A can give C 40 points and B B can
c
r.7 " " > » t < - U r t , . / « - » ' • " . ' n n i n t c m',1L'r> thf* ( r a m p 9
n points
ft
(100-10)(100-20) 1 72 give
m\/A C 20 How many points make the game? , c)
«7.2 sec a)200 b)150 50 c)100
) 100 d)120
d) 120
20-10 100 10 C
1 A
A can give B 15 points, A can give C 22 points and B can
he
'l00-20\_80 give C 10 points. How many points make the game?
Time taken by B = 8 sec of
:
a) 50 b)60 c)80 d)90
^ 20-10 ~ 10 a)
100-10 90
Answers c)
Time taken by C = = 9 sec l.b •• 2.b Ml A
^ 20-10 10 ca
32-20
(400-40)(100-80) 4 3 b ; Hint: * = 15 55
3. c; Hint: Time taken by A V x-20 j
80-40 400 a)
or, 12x = 15x - 300 or, -3x=-300
= 28.8 sec • x= 100 points u>«
•laces and Games 509
4. b; Hint: Let A can give C x. Now, applying the given rule, Rule 11
we have
Theorem: In a 'R' metres race, the ratio of speeds of two
x-20 runners A andBisx:y. A has a start of'D'metres. Then A
xl00 = 20
U00-20J
or, (x-20) 5 = 80 R-D
.-. x = 36 Wins by R metres.
x_
ic 6. a
y
Rule 10
Theorem: In a game of billiards, A can give B x, points inEx.: In a 500 m race, the ratio of speeds of two runners A
x vxd A can give C y, in y. In a game of z, C can give B and B is 3 : 4. A has a start of 140 m. Then A wins by
(MBA Exam, 1980)
points. To reach the winning points A covers 500 - 140
l«(y-yi)
=360m.
istrative Example
In a game of billiards, A can give B 12 points in 60 and B covers 36' 480m when A reaches the
A can give C 10 in 90. How many can C give B in a
game of 70? winning point.
Detail Method: So, A reaches the winning point while B remains 20 m
A : B = 60:48 = 90:72 behind.
A:C = 90:80 = 90:80 .-. A wins by 20 m.
'70^ Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
C:B = 80:72= 8 0
:72 = 70:63 have the
180,
.-. C gives B 7 points in the game of 70 points. 500-140
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we the required answer = 500
3/4
have
= 500 -480 = 20 metres.
90x12-60x10
the required answer = 70 Exercise
60(90-10)
1. In a 600 m race, the ratio of speeds of two runners A and
480x70 Bis5:4 . A has a start of 100 m. Then A wins by .
points. a) 100 m b)250m c)150m d)200m
60x80
2. In a 400 m race, the ratio of speeds of two runners A and
erase Bis2:3 A has a start of 150 m. Then A wins by .
At a game of billiards, A can give B 15 points in 60 and A a) 20 m b)25m c)30m d)40m
can give C 20 in 60. How many can B give C in a game of 3. In a 800 m race, the ratio of speeds of two runners A and
90? Bis4:5 A has a start of200 m. Then A wins by .
a) 30 points b) 20 points a)60m b)150m c)50m d) None ofthese
c) 10 points d) 12 points Answers
At a game of billiards, A can give B 10 points in 60, and l.d 2.b 3.c
he can give C 15 in 60. How many can B give C in a game
of90? Rule 12
a) 10 points b) 12 points Theorem: Two men A and B run a 'R' metres race on a
c) 9 points d) None of these course 'A'metres round. If their rates be x: y, (wherex>y
At a game of billiards A can give B 6 points in 50, and he and JC - v = V then the winner passes the other
can give C 13 in 65. How many can B give C in a game of
55? ' * ) - R
0) " ^ j times if —£ is an integer.
a) 4 b) 10 c)8 d)5
fers R
(ii) If — is not the integer, then the nearest lesser
2.c 3.d xA
510 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MA
their speeds be in the ratio 8 : 7, how often does

R winner pass the other?
integral value of the expression I j is taken as the
a) 3 times b) 2 times c) 4 times d) None of'
required answer. Answers
Note:
5000 5 i1
R Race 1. c; Hint: Required answer = AM c _ T -T = 2tima
2
400 x 5 2 2
maybe written as
xA Rate of winner x Length of course 2.b 3.b
Illustrative Example Miscellaneous
Ex.: Two men A and B run a 4 km race on a course 250 m 1. A and B run a km and A wins by 60 seconds. A and
round. If their rates be 5 :4, how often does the win- run a km and A wins by 375 metres. B and C run a km
ner pass the other? B wins by 30 seconds. Find the time that each takes
Soln: Detail Method: run a km.
A's rate: B's rate = 5:4 a) 2 min 30 sec, 3 min 30 sec, 4 min
=> When A makes 5 rounds, B makes 4 rounds. b) 2 min 30 sec, 1 min 30 sec, 3 min
5x250 5, c) 2 min 30 sec, 3 min 30 sec, 3 min
=> When A covers = —km,
1 0 0 Q
d) None of these
4x250 2. In a km race, if A gives B 40 m start, A wins by 19
B covers 1km. but if A gives B 30 sec starts, B wins by 40 m. Find
1000
=> A passes B each time, when A makes 5 rounds. time that each takes to run a km.
a) 125 sec, 150 sec b) 13 5 sec, 140 sec
5, c) 105 sec, 170 sec d) None of these
In covering —km, A passes B 1 time. Answers
1. a; Hint: A beats B by 60 seconds and B beats C by 30
So, in covering 4 km A passes B
.-. A beats C by (60 + 30) or 90 seconds
1 x ^ x 4 = 3 - ^ 3 times. But A beats C by 375 m
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we .-. C runs 375 m in 90 sec
have 1000 ™
4x1000 16 _1 C runs 1000 m in x 90 = 240 seconds = 4 min
the required answer = . times.
5x250 5 5 Time taken by A to run a km = 4 min - 90 sec = 2 min 9
Exercise j sec
1. Two persons A and B run a 5 km race on a round course Time taken by B to run a km=4 min - 30 sec = 3 min 30
of400 m. If their speeds be in the ratio 5 : 4, how often .-. A => 2 min 30 sec; B => 3 min 30 sec; C => 4 rna
does the winner pass the other? 2. a; Hint: Suppose A takes x sec and B y sec to run 1000
a) 3 times b)ltime c) 2 times d) 2^- times 960

By the question we have x + 19 = y (i)
2 A and B run a 7 km race on a course of 500 m round. If
their speeds be in the ratio 4 : 3 , how often does the 960x
winner pass the other? or, 1000 + 30=y (ii)
a) 4 times b) 3 times Solving (i) and (ii), x = 125, y = 150
c) 2 times d) Can't be determined .-. A takes 125 and B 150 sec.
3. A and B run a 6 km race on a course of 300 m round. If
Elementary Mensuration - 1
Triangle hectare. Find the base and the height of the lawn.
„1
Rule 1 a) 55 m, 34 m b)50m, 33 j
4
Si find the area of a triangle if its base and height are

Jpen. c) 50 m, 35 m d) Data inadequate
The base of a triangular field is three times its height. I f
1 the cost of cultivating the field at Rs 36.72 per hectare is
J * r a of a triangle = — x Base x Height
Rs 495.72, find its base and height.
a) 900 m, 300 m b) 600 m, 300 m
trative Example
c) 900 m, 600 m d) Can't be determined
The base of a triangular field is 880 metres and its
6. Find the area of a triangle in which base is 36.8 cm and
height 550 metres. Find the area o f the field. Also
height is 7.5 cm.
calculate the charges for supplying water to the field
a) 128 sq cm b)148sqcm c)130sqcm d)138sqcm
at the rate of Rs 24.25 per sq hectometre.
7. I f the area of a triangle with base x is equal to the area of
Base x Height a square with side x, then the altitude of the triangle is:
Area of the field =
a) b)x c)2x d)3x

880x550 440x550
= sq metres = . . . , . _ sq hectometres. [I tax & Central Excise 1988]
° 100x100
= 24.20 sq hectometres. I f the area of a triangle is 150 sq m and base: height is 3
C03J of supplying water to 1 sq hectometre = Rs 24.25 : 4, find its height and base.
cost of supplying water to the whole field a)20m, 15m b)30m, 10m
= Rs 24.20 x 24.25 =Rs 586.85 c) 60 m, 5 m d) Data inadequate
[GIC Exam 1983]
erase
9. The base of a triangular field is three times its height. I f
Find the area o f a triangle in which base is 1.5 m and the cost of cultivating the field at Rs 1505.52 per hectare
height is 75 cm. is Rs 20324.52 find its base and height.
a) 5625 sq cm b) 5265 sq cm a) 900 m, 300 m b) 300 m, 100 m
c)5635sqcm d)5525sqcm c) 600 m, 200 m d) Data inadequate
Find the area of a triangle whose one angle is 90°, the 10. The base of a triangular field is 880 metres, and its height
hypotenuse is 9 metres and the base is 6.5 metres. 550 metres. Find the area of the field. Also calculate the
a)20sqm b)20.5sqm c)20.15sqm d)21 sqm charges for supplying water to the field at the rate of Rs
The base of a triangular field is three times its altitude. I f 242.50 per sq hectometre.
the cost of cultivating the field at Rs 24.60 per hectare is a) Rs 5688.50 b)Rs 5868.50
Rs 332.10, find its base and height. c) Rs 6858.50 d) None of these
a) 250 m, 650 m b) 300 m, 900 m
c) 350,850 m d) None of these Answers
A lawn is in the form o f a triangle having its base and l.a
J_ 2. c; Hint: Height of the triangle = ^9 -(6.5)

2 2 = V38.75/W
height in the ratio 2 : 3 . The area of the lawn is
12
512
=6.2m (a + b + c) then, Area of the triangle
= y]s(s-a)(s-b)(s-c)
.-. Area of the triangle = -xBase* Height
Ex.: Find the area of a triangle whose sides are 50 metres,
— x6.5x6.2 sqm = 20.15 sqm
12 78 metres, 112 metres respectively and also find the
perpendicular from the opposite angle on the side
332.10 112 metres.
3. b; Hint: Area of the field - .. =13.5 hectares
24.01)
= (13.5 x 10000)= 135000sqm Soln: Here a = 50 metres, b = 78 metres, c = 112 metres.
Let, altitude be x metres. Then, base = 3x metres.
.-. s= j (50 + 78+ 112)
]_ 3x z
Area = —x base x altitude | = xxx3x sqm = - - x 240 metres = 120 metres.

2
.-. s - a = (120-50)metres = 70metres
3x l 135000x2 s - b = (120 - 78) metres = 42 metres
= 135000 or, = 300
2 - „ 3
s - c = (120 - 1 1 2 ) metres = 8 metres
Hence, altitude = 300 metres and base = 900 metres (Also area = V l 2 0 x 7 0 x 4 2 x 8 = 1680 sq metres
see Rule - 68)
2Area 1680x2
4. b; Hint: Let the base be 2x metres and height 3x metres. Perpendicular = metres
Base 112
= 30metres. [SeeRule-1]
Then | ( 2 x x 3 * ) = ^ U l 0 0 0 0
[ v 1 hectare =10000 sqm]
Exercise
1. Find the area o f a triangle with two sides equal, each
10000x2._ 100 50 being 5.1 metres and the third side 4.6 metres.
or, x= 6x12 6 ~ 3 a) 10sqm b) 10.5sqm c) 10.46sqm d) 11.46sqm
2. Find the area of a triangle in which a = 2 5 c m , b = 1 7 c m
2x50 1 and 0=12 cm.
Base = -33— metres,
3 3 a)90sqcm b)80sqcm c)85sqcm d)75sqcm
3. I f the sides of a triangle are doubled, its area
3x50
Height = — — = 50 metrees. [See Rule - 68] a) remains same b) becomes doubles
c) becomes 3 times d) becomes 4 times
495 72 [Railway Recruitment Board Exam, 1991)
5.a;Hint: Area= 3 6 7 2 x 1 0 0 0 0 ^ 135000sqm 4. The sides of a triangular field are 949,1095,1022 metres.
It is let at Rs 10000 per hectare. Find the rent of the field,
a) Rs 447636 b)Rs 446736
| * 3 x x x =135000 c) Rs 447663 d) Data inadequate
.-. x = 300 ie height = 300 m 5. The sides of a triangular field are 165 metres, 143 metres
and base = 300 x 3 = 900 m [See Rule 68] and 154 metres, find its area.
a) 10164 sqm b) 10146 sqm
1 , 2 c) 10614 sq m d) None of these
7. c;Hint: -xxxh =x .-. h = 2x 6. Two sides of a triangular field are 85 metres and 154
metres respectively and its perimeter is 324 metres. Find
8. a;Hint: ^ x 3 x x 4 x = 150 or, x = 5 (i) the area of the field
2 a) 2882 sqm b) 2782 sqm
.-. base = 3 * 5 = 15 m and height = 4x = 4 x 5 = 20 m c) 2772 sqm d) 2672 sqm
(ii) the perpendicular from the opposite angle on the
Rule 2 side 154 metres
If a, b, c are the lengths of the sides of a triangle and S = ^ c) 45 metres d) 27 metres
(iii) the cost of levelling the field at the rate of Rs 5 per sq
Elementary Mensuration - I
m
a) Rs 12860 b)Rs 13760
c)Rs 13860 d)Rs 13960
7. The sides of a triangle are 51,52,53 cm, find the perpen-
dicular from the opposite angle on the side of 52 cm.
Also find the areas of the two triangles into which the
original triangle is divided. 51 cm/
a) 45 cm, 560 sq cm, 640 sq cm \ 5 3 cm
45 cm \
b) 45 cm, 540 sq cm, 630 sq cm
c) 48 cm, 540 sq cm, 630 sq cm
d) 48 cm, 530 sq cm, 640 sq cm B D 52 cm C
Answers B D = ^ 5 1 2 ^ 4 5 2 =24cm
l.c 2.a
3. d; Hint: Let the original sides be a, b, c then A A B D = - x 2 4 x 4 5 =540sqcm
1
DC = 52-24=28cm
s = - (a + b + c)
Area of this triangle = J s(s - a)(s - b)(s - c) A A D C = - x 2 8 x 4 5 =630sq cm

For new triangle, the sides are 2a, 2b, 2c & S = 2S.
.-. Area of new triangle = y]S(S - 2a)(S - 2b)(S - 2c)
Rule 3
V3 2
= J2s(2s - 2a)(2s - 2b%2s - 2c)
Area of an equilateral triangle = — x (side) and perim-
- ^ / l 6s(s - a)(s - b)(s - c)
eter of an equilateral triangle = 3 x side.
= s(s - a)(s - b)(s - c) =4 x (area of original triangle). Illustrative Example
1 Ex.: Find the area of an equilateral triangle each of whose
4. a; Hint: S = - (949 + 1095 +1022) = 1533 m sides measures 8 cm. Also find perimeter of the equi-
lateral triangle.
Area= ^1533x584x438x511 Soln: Applying the above formula,
V3
= V511x3xl46x2x3xl46x511 Area of an equilateral triangle = — x (8) 2
= 511 x3 x 146x2sqm
10000x511x3x146x2 x 8 x 8 = 16V3 sq cm
required rent = = Rs 447636
10000 Perimeter of an equilateral triangle
3. a = 3 x side = 3 x 8 = 24 cm
Hint: The third side of the triangle = 324 - (154 + 85) = 85
Exercise
metres
1. Find the area of an equilateral triangle each of whose
Now find the area by applying the given rule.
sides measures 12 cm.
(i) c; Area = 2772 sq m
a) 36VJ sqcm b) 18^3 sqcm
2x2772
(ii) a; perpendicular distance = — — — = 36 metres
c) 24V3 sq cm d) 30^3 sq cm
(iii) c; the required cost = 2772 * 5 = Rs 13860 2. Find the area of a triangle in which each side measures 8
51 + 52 + 53 cm.
7 b ; Hint:S = = 78 cm
a) 2V3 q c
s m b) 8>/3 sq cm
Area= ^78(78 - 51)(78 - 52)(78 - 53) c) 16V3 sq cm d) 12VJ sq cm

3. Each side of an equilateral triangle is increased by 1.5%.
V78x 27x26x25 =1170sqcm
The percentage increase in its area is:
a) 1.5% b)3% c)4.5% d)5.7%

10
(Railway Recruitment Board Exam, 1991) = — V676-109-= — x 2 4 = 60 cm 2
I f the perimeter of an equilateral triangle is 12 metres, 4 4

find its area. Perimeter=2x 13 + 10=36cm.
a)4V3/M 2 b)i6V3m 2 c ) *Smd) 6 m

2 2
Exercise
( L I C Exam 1986) 1. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is equal to 14 cm:
5. The side of an equilateral triangle is 7 metres. Calculate the lateral side is to the base in the ratio 5 to 4. The area.
its area correct to three places of decimals. in cm , of the triangle is:
2
a)21.218sqm b)21.281sqm
c) 21,128 sqm d) None of these a)~i/2L b) V2T d) 2V2T
2
Answers (CDS Exam 1989)
La 2.c
2. A plot of land is in the shape of a right angled isosceles
3. a; Let original length of each side = a
triangle. The length of hypotenuse is 5 0 ^ 2 - The cost m
& i
Then, area = — a = A of fencing is Rs 3 per metre. The cost of fencing the plot
4 will be:
New area
a) less than Rs 300 b) less than Rs 400
101.5 N
c) more than Rs 500 d) more than Rs 600
4 a (CDS Exam 1991)
4 I , 20 J I , 20 J
100 3. In an isosceles right-angled triangle, the length of one
leg is 10 metres. Find its area and its perimeter.
Increase in area= | — Ax — xlOO |% = l.5»/ 0
a)50sqm,34.15m b) 50 sqm, 44.14 m
c) 50 sq m, 34.41 m d) Data inadequate
12 Answers
4. a; Hint: 3 xside= 12 m side = — = 4 m 1. d; Hint: Let lateral side = 5x & base = 4x
Then,5x + 5x + 4;c = 14 => x = l
.-. The sides are 5 cm, 5 cm, 4 cm
Area = — x 4 x 4 = 4-\/3 sqm
Now, „2 = 5 2 -2 2 = V2T
5.a
Area = - x 4 x V 2 1 cm = ijllcm
Rule 4 2
2 2
2. c; Hint: Let each of the equal sides be a metres long.

(I) Area of an isosceles triangle = — ^4a 2 -b
2
Then, a 2 +a 2 = ( 5 0 ^ 2 ) = 5000
2
•=>a =2500=>a = 50
2
.-. Perimeter of the triangle = (50 + 50 + 50 J2 )

= 100 + 50x1.4146= 170.73 m
b/2 b/2 .-. Cost offencing = Rs( 170.73 x 3) = Rs 512.19
(ii) Height(h) = j^-[f]""\â -b 2 2

3. a; Hint: Area= ^ x l O x l O =50 sqm
(Hi) Perimeter = (2a + b)

Ex.: The base and the other side of an isosceles triangle is
10 m
10 cm and 13 cm respectively. Find its area and perim-
eter.
C 10m B
Area = ^ M l 3 ) - ( l 0 )
2 2 Perimeter = AC + CB + AB
Elementary Mensuration - I 515
[AB= VlO 2 +10 2 =V200 =10V2]
Ex^ Length of the side o f an equilateral triangle is 4 ^3
= 1 0 + 1 0 + 1 0 7 2 =20+14.14 = 34.14m
cm. Find its height.
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have height
Rule 5
Theorem: The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is given as
P cm. Now consider thefollowing cases. = —— x 4A/3 = 6 cm.
2
Case I: If the base of the isosceles triangle is given by 'b'
(P-b) Exercise
cm, then the length of the equal sides is cm.
\ /
1. Height of an equilateral triangle is 6 cm. Find its side,
Case II: If the length of equal sides is given by 'a' cm, then a) 4 cm b) 3^/3 cm c) cm d) 5^/3 cm
the length of the base is(P- 2a) cm.
_2_
Ex. 1: The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 120 cm. I f the 2. Length of the side of an equilateral triangle is cm.
base is 60 cm, find the length of equal sides.
Soln: Applying the above formula, (case -1) Find its height.
120-60 o n
a) 1 m b)1.5m c ) ^ m d)0.5m
Length of equal sides = — = 30 cm
Ex. 2: The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 100 cm. I f the 3. Length of the side of an equilateral triangle is 3 ^3 cm.
length of the equal sides is given by 32 cm, find the Find its height.
length of the base.
a)4.5m b)4m c)5m d)5.5m
Soln: Applying the above formula (case - II),
Length of the base = 100 - 2 x 32 = 36 cm Answers
6x2 . ir
Exercise 1. c; Hint: 6 cm = — x side Side= —t=- = 4V3 m C
1. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 60 cm. I f the 2 V3"

a) 30 cm b)15cm c)12cm d)20cm 2. a 3.a
2 The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 45 cm. I f the
base is 25 cm, find the length of equal sides. Rule 7
a)20cm b)10cm c)8cm d)15cm Theorem: To find the area of an equilateral triangle If its
3. The perimeter o f an isosceles triangle is 32 cm. I f the height is given.
{Height) 2
4. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 1 2 0 cm. I f the
Area of the equilateral triangle = ^=
length of the equal sides is given by 50 cm, find the
length of the base.
a) 25 cm b)20cm c)15cm d)30cm Illustrative Example
5. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 50 cm. I f the Ex.: Height of an equilateral triangle is 6 cm. Find its area.
length of the equal sides is given by 12 cm, find the Soln: Detail Method: Let the base of an equilateral triangle
length of the base. be x and
V3 the height
1 be,h.
2
Now, — = - x x x / i - x base* height

x
a)26cm b)24cm c)36cm d)16cm 4 2 J
Answers
2x/j 2x6 12
Lb 2.b 3.a 4.b 5.a
or, x =
s s s
Rule 6
Theorem: Tofind the height of the equilateral triangle when V3 3 V3 12x12 j r
the length of its side is given. Area = — x x = — x — - — = 12V3 sqcm.
4 4 3
s Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we have

Height of the equilateral triangle = —-Tk side.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we have the

6x6 6x2xV3xV3 , IT
Area = - 7 = - = 7= = V 3 sq cm. 1 2 2
area of the equilateral triangle : rxl2xl2x2
3V3 '
Exercise
1. Height of an equilateral triangle is 12 cm. Find its area, = 64-\/3 sqcm.
a) 48VJ sq cm b) 36-^3 sq cm Exercise

c ) 12^3 sq cm d) Data inadequate 1. Perimeter ofa square and an equilateral triangle isequal.
2. Height of an equilateral triangle is 9 cm. Find its area, I f the diagonal of the square is \^/2 c m > then find the
(i) side of the square.
a) 27 V J sq cm b) 36-^3 sq cm
a) 12 cm b) 15 cm c) 12V2 c m <0 3^2 cm
c ) 54^3 sq cm d) Data inadequate (ii) side of the equilateral triangle.
a)20cm b)12cm c)24cm d)10cm
3. Area of an equilateral triangle is 75-^3 sq cm. Find its
(iii) area of the square.
height. a) 144 sqcm b) 225 sqcm
a) 12 cm b) 25 cm c) 15 cm d) Data inadequate c) 288 sq cm d) Data inadequate
Answers (iv) area of the equilateral triangle
l.a 2. a 3.c
a) 100 sq cm b) 100^3 sq c m
Rule 8 c) 5 0 S l s c) 100V2 sq cm
c m d
Theorem: The perimeter of a square is equal to the perim-

2. Perimeter of a square and an equilateral triangle is equal.
eter of an equilateral triangle. If the diagonal of the square
is'd' units, then I f the diagonal of the square is 18^2 cm, then find the
(i) side of the square.
d
(i) the side of the square = J T units, a) 36 cm b) 9^/2 c m c)18cm d) Data inadequate
(ii) side of the equilateral triangle
Ad a)24cm b)18cm c)28cm d)32cm
(ii) the side of the equilateraltriangle = ^ c - units, (iii) area of the square.
a) 324 sq cm b) 320 sq cm
c) 648 sq cm d) Data inadequate
(Hi) the area of the square = — square units, and
(iv) area of the equilateral triangle
A*
Z a) 144V3 sq cm b) 144^/2 sq cm
(Iv) the area of the equilateral triangle = 3 " ^ * ^
c ) 28872 s c l cm d) Data inadequate
sq units.
Answers
Illustrative Example 1. ( i j b ! (ii)a (iii)b (iv)b
Ex.: Perimeter of a square and an equilateral triangle is 2. (i)c (ii) a (iii) a (iv)a
equal. I f the diagonal of the square is 12 V2 cm, then Rule 9
find the area of the equilateral triangle.
Rectangle
Soln: Detail Method: Diagonal of the square = 12V2 (I) To find the area of a rectangle if its length and breadth
cm. or, side x J % = I2V2 are given. Area of a
.-. Side of the square = 12 cm rectangle = Length x Breadth
Perimeter of an equilateral triangle = Perimeter of the Illustrative Example
square Ex.: Find the area of a rectangular field of length 12 m and
or, 3 x side of the triangle = 4 x 1 2 width 10 m.
.•. side of the triangle = 16 Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
Area=12x I0 = 120sqm.
.-. area= ^ - x l 6 x l 6 = 16-73 sqcm. (ii) To find the breadth of a rectangle, if area and length of
a) 3 m b)4m c) 5 m d) 15 m
517
Area
the rectangle are given. Breadgh = IBank PO Exam-1990|
Length
7. A room 8 m * 6 m is to be carpeted by a carpel 2 m wide.
The length of carpet required is
a) 12m b)36m c)24m d)48m
Ex.: Area of a rectangular field of length 12 m is 120 sq m.
[Railway Recruitment, 1990|
Find the breadth of the field.
8. The length o f a plot of land is 4 times its breadth. A
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have Breadth
playground measuring 1200 sq m occupies one-third of
120 the total area of the plot. What is the length of the plot,
= 10 cm.
12 in metres?
(iii) To find the length of a rectangle, if area and breadth of a) 90 b)80 c)60 d) None of these
(Bank PO Exam-1990)
Area
the rectangle given. Length :
9. Length of a room is 6 m longer than its breadth. If the
Breadth area of the room is 72 sq m, its breadth will be:
Illustrative Example a) 12m b)6m c)8m d)10m
Ex.: Area of a rectangular field of breadth 10 cm is 120 sq 10. I f only the length of a rectangular plot is reduced to
m. Find the length of the field. 2
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have Length
— rd of its original length, the ratio of original area to
120
12 cm reduced area is:
10
a)2:3 b)3:2 c)l:2 d) None of these
Exercise |Railway Recruitment 19911
1. Find the area and perimeter of a rectangular plot whose 11. The cost of carpeting a room 15 m long with a carpet 75
length is 24.5 metres and breadth is 16.8 metres. cm wide at 30 paise per metre is Rs 36. The breadth of the
a)411.6sqm,82.6m b)412sqm,83m room is:
c) 416.1 sq m, 86.2 m d) None of these a)8m b)12m c)9m d)6m
2 Calculate the area of a rectangular field whose length is 12. Calculate the area of a rectangle 23 metres 7 decimetres
13.5m and breadth is 8 m. long and 14 metres 4 decimetres 8 centimetres wide.
a)180sqm b)108sqm a)343sqm b)363sqm c)334sqm d)365sqm
c) 140 sq m d) None of these 13. The sides of a rectangular field of 726 sq metres are in
3. The length and breadth o f a rectangular field are in the the ratio 3 :2. Find the sides.
ratio 5 : 3. I f the cost of cultivating the field at 25 paise a)33m,22m b)30m,20m
per square metre is Rs 6000, find the dimensions of the c) 45 m, 30 m d) Can't be determined
field. 14. The length of a room is 3 times its breadth and its breadth
a)250mby 100m b)50mby30m is 5 m 5dm. Find the area of its floor.
c) 200 m by 120 m d) Can't be determined a)90.75sqm b)81.12sqm
4. A room 15 m long requires 7500 tiles,'each 15 cm by 12 c) 80.75 sqm d) 90.25 sqm
cm, to cover the entire floor. Find the breadth of the Answers
room. 1. a; Hint: Area = (24.5) x (16.8) sq m = 411.6 sq m
a) 10m b)12m c)6m d)9m Perimeter=2 x (24.5 + 16.8) m = 82.6 m (See Rule -11)
5. A lawn in the form of a rectangle is half as long again as 2. b
. 2 6000x100
it is broad. The area of the lawn is ~ hectares. The 3. c; Hint: Area = = 24000 sqm
25
length of the lawn is: Let the length be 5x and breadth be 3x
z* '100^ or, 5x x 3x=24000 .-. x = ^ / l 600 ='40

a) 100 m b) 3 3 ^ m
2
c) o o y m m .-. Length = 5 x 40 = 200 m and breadth = 3 x 40 = 120 m
(15 12^
6. The width of a rectangular hall is — of its length. If the
4. d; Hint: Area of 1 tile = I Yoo" Too" J
X s t ' m
area of the hall is 300 sq m, then the difference between

its length and width is:
518- PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS
15 12 f90^
Area of the floor = 7500x — x — J = 1 3 5 s q m So, breadth of the room = i j5 m =6m
Area '135^ 12. a; Hint: Length = 23.70 metres [since 10 decimetres = 1

Breadth of the room = m =9m m]
Length V 15 y
Breadth = 14.48 metres
5. a; Hint: Let breadth = x metres. Then, length = — x metres. .-. Area=23.70x 14.48=343.176 « 343sqm
13. a;Hint:3xx2x = 726 '
3 2 or, x = 11
• xx~x=-x 10000 .-. sides = 3 x H = 3 3 m a n d 2 x = 2 x l l = 2 2 m
2 3
14. a
01 - . v . [ 1x10000j
2 So,x=^ Rule 10
To find the length of diagonal of a rectangle, if length and
3 200 breadth are given.
Length^* J = 100 metres.
3
(Diagonal) 2 = (Length) + (Breadth)
2 2
6. c; Hint: Let length = x metres. Then breadth = — x metres Or, Diagonal = -^(Length) + (Breadth) 2 2
3 ™„ 2 300x4 A n n
. x x - x = 300=>x = = 400 o r x = 20 Ex.: Find the length of diagonal of a rectangle of length 8

4 3 cm and breadth 6 cm.
( 3 } Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
. (length - breadth) = 20 — x 20 = 5 metres.
:
Diagonal = ^(length) + (breadth)

2 2
8x6 = / ( 8 ) + ( 6 ) = V64 + 36 = Vl00 = 10 cm.

A 2 2
7. c; Hint: Length of the carpet» m = 24 m

Exercise
(Also see Rule - 53) 1. Two roads X Y and YZ of 15 metres and 20 metres length
respectively are perpendicular to each other. What is
8. d; Hint: xxAx = 3600 => x = 900 => x = 30
2
the distance between X and Z by the shortest route?
.-. Length = ( 4 x 3 0 ) m = 1 2 0 m a) 35 metres b) 30 metres c) 24 metres d) 25 metres
9. b;Hint: x(x-6) = 72=>x -6x-12
2 =0 (SBI Associates PO -1999)
2. The length of the longest rod which can be laid across
=> (x-12)(x + 6) = 0 => x = 12(neglectingx=-6)
of floor of a rectangular room 12 m in length and 5 m in
.-. Breadth = (12-6)m = 6 m
breadth will be:
10. b; Hint: Let length = x & breadth = y
a) 17m b)7m c)2.4m d)13m
3. The legs of a right triangle are in the ratio of 1 :2 and its
New length = — x & breadth = y area is 36. The hypotenuse of the triangle is:
Original area _ xy _ 3 a) 3 b)VJ c)V3 d) /5

6 A
Reduced area 2 2 \y Recruitment 1991)

-xy 4. Find the diagonal of a rectangle whose sides are 12 metres
and 5 metres
3600 a) 13 metres b) 14 metres
11. d; Hint: Length of carpet = ^ = 120 m c) 16 metres d) Can't be determined
5. A ladder is placed so as to reach a window 63 m high.
75 ^1 The ladder is then turned over to the opposite side of
Area of the carpet 120x m = 90m 2 2
V 100 the street and is found to reach a point 56 m high. I f the

ladder is 65 m long, find the width of the street.
.-. Area of the room = 90m 2
a)49m b)45m c)40m d)59m
Answers 3. A rectangle is having 15 cm as its length and 150 sq cm

I d : Hint: . 1 '
as its area. Its area is increased to — times the original
1
area by increasing only its length. Its new perimeter is:

15 m
(Bank PO Exam 1989)
4. The length and breadth of a rectangular piece of land are
in the ratio o f 5 : 3. The owner spent Rs 3000 for sur-
rounding it from all the sides at the rate of Rs 7.50 per
metre. The difference between length breadth is:
X Z = V i 5 + 2 0 =V625 =25 m
2 2
a)50m b)100m c)200m d)150m
2.d (BSRB BankPO Exam 1991)
5. The sides of a rectangular park are in the ratio 3 : 2 and
3. d: Hint: — *xx.2x = 36 •=> x = 6
2 its area is 3750 m . The cost of fencing it at~50 paise per
2
metre is:
Hypotenuse = ^ 6 +(12) =Vl80 =6>/5
2 2 a)Rs312.50 b)Rs375 c)Rs 187.50 d)Rsl25 •
4. a 6. The length of the rectangular floor is twice its width. I f
5. a; Hint: the length of a diagonal is 9J5 m, then perimeter of the
rectangle is:
a)27m b)54m c)81m d)162m
7. The area of a rectangular field is 27000 sq m and the ratio
between its length and breadth is 6 : 5. Find the cost of
the wire required to go four time round the field at Rs 740
B o C per km of length of the wire.
a) Rs 1953.60 b)Rs 448.40
OB = V 5 - 6 3
6 2 2 =16m OC= ^tf^X? =33m c) Rs 1963.50 d) Data inadequate
.-. width of the street = OB + OC = 16 + 33 = 49 m 8. The perimeter of a rectangle is 640 metres and the length
is to the breadth as 5 : 3. Find its area.
Rule 11 a) 2400 sqm b) 24000 sqm
7o /inrf f/re perimeter of a rectangle if length and breadth c) 24 hectare d) Can't be determined
are given. 9. The length of a rectangular field is twice its breadth. I f
/ Perimeter = 2(length + breadth) the rent of the field at Rs 3500 a hectare is Rs 28000, find
the cost o f surrounding it with a fencing at Rs 5 per
Illustrative Example metre.
Ex.: Find the perimeter of a rectangle o f length 8 cm and
a)Rs6000 b)Rs7000 c)Rs6500 d)Rs8000
x breadth 6 cm.
Perimeter=2(8 + 6)=28 cm /, -v, 5300
Exercise 1. d;Hint: V + = =200m
1. The length of a rectangular plot is 20 metres more than
.-. 1 + b = 100 m (i) and 1 - b = 20 m (given) (ii)
its breadth. I f the cost of fencing the plot at the rate of
From eqn (i) and (ii), we have
Rs 26.50 per metre is Rs 5300, what is the length of the
• plot (in metres)? , 120
/=—=60m
a) 40 b)120 c)50 d) None of these 2
(Bank of Baroda PO 1999) 2. b; Hint: Petimeter=2 (36 + 21) = 114 m
2. The length and breadth of a playground are 36 m and 21
114
m respectively. Flagstaffs are required to be fixed on all required no of flagstaffs = = 38
along the boundary at a distance 3 m apart. The number
of flagstaffs will be: 150
a) 37 b)38 c)39 d)40 3. b; Hint: Original length = 15 cm & breadth = 10 cm
15
(I Tax & Central Excise 1989)
New area = I50x-\m 2 = 200/n 2
Ex.: One side and the diagonal of a rectangle are 40 m and
3
50 m respectively. Find its area and perimeter.
New area _ 200 Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
•• N e w = Original breadth ~ 7o~ = 2 0 c m
Area of the rectangle = 4fjx-\/50 - 4 0 2 2 = 1200 m 2
New perimeter = 2 (20 + 10) = 60 cm
3000 Perimeter of the rectangle ;

2| 40 + -/50 40
4. a; Hint: Perimeter of the field • = 400m
7.50
= 140 metres.
.-. 2(5x + 3x) = 400 => x = 25
So, length = 125 m & breadth = 75 m Exercise
Difference between length & breadth 1. Find the area of a rectangle whose one side is 3 metres
= (125-75)m = 50m and the diagonal is 5 metres.
5. d;Hint:3xx2x = 3750 r^>x =625 => x=25 2
a) 12 sqm b)8sqm c) 16 sqm d) 14 sqm
.-. Length = 75 m & breadth = 50 m 2. Calculate the area of a rectangular field whose one side
Perimeter=[2 x (75 + 50)] m=250 m is 12 m and the diagonal is 13 m.
a) 70 sq m b) 60 sq m c) 45 sq m d) 75 sq m
.-. Cost of fencing = Rs [ ^j250x = Rs 125

3. One side of a rectangular field is 4 metres and its diago-,
nal is 5 metres. The area of the field is:
6. b; Hint: Let breadth = x metres and length = 2x metres a) 12 m 2 b)20 m 2 c) 15 m 2 d) 4^/5 m 2
Then, x + ( 2 x )2 2 =(9V5) 2
4. A man walked 20 m to cross a rectangular field diago-
nally. I f the length of the field is 16 m, the breadth of the
==>5x =405-=>x = V 8 l = 9
2 [SeeRule-10] field is:
.-. Perimeter = 2 (18 + 9) = 54 m a)4m b)16m
7. a; Hint: 6x x 5x=27000 or, x = 30 c) 12 m d) Can't be determined
.-. length = 180 m, breadth = 150 m (Railway Recruitment 1991)
Length of wire required to go round the field Answers
four times = [4x 2 (180 + 150)] = 2.64 km La 2.b 3.a
.-. required cost = Rs (2.64 * 740) = Rs 1953.60
8. b;Hint:2(5x + 3x) = 640 or,x = 40 4. c; Hint: Area = 1 6 X V 2 0 - 1 6 2 2 =16x12
.-. length = 200 m and breadth = 120 m
.-. area = 200 x 120 = 24000 sq m = 2.4 hectare 16x12
breadth = 12m
16
28000
9. a; Hint: Area of the rectangular field =
Rule 13
= 8 hectare = 80000 sqm To find the area of a rectangle when Its perimeter and di-
2 x x = 80000
x [See Rule-9] agonal are given.
.'. x = V40000 = 200 m and length = 400 m
(Perimeter) 2 (Diagonal) 2
Perimeter=2 (400 + 200) = 1200 m Area of a rectangle = sq

8 2
.". Cost of fencing the rectangular field = 1200 x 5
= Rs6000 units.

Ex^ I f the perimeter and diagonal of a rectangle are 14 cm
To find the area andperimeter of a rectangle, if its one side
and 5 cm respectively. Find its area.
and one diagonal are given.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the length and width of the rect-
angle be x and y cm respectively.
(i) Area of rectangle = ^1*4 d -I 2 2 j sq units
2(x+y) = Perimeter = 14cm .-. x + y = 7cm (i)
(ii) Perimeter of rectangle = 2(1+ ^d -! ) 2 2 units. ijx +y

2 2 = diagonal = 5 cm
.-. x +y =25 cm....(ii)

Now, squaring equ (i)

(Perimeter) . 2 Perimeter
{x + yf = 49 ± —Area+
1 units.
16 4
= > x +y
2 2 + 2 x y = 4 9 => 25 + 2xy = 49
(ii) Breadth of the rectangle
.-. xy = area of the rectangle
49-25
24 Perimeter {(Perimeter)
.-. xy = = — = 12 sq cm. • - Area units.
2 2 16
14x14 5x5 49-25 Illustrative Example
required area 5 12 sq cm.
8 Ex.: I f the area and perimeter o f a rectangle are 240 cm 2
and 68 cm respectively, find its length and breadth.

Exercise Soln: Detail Method: Let the length and breadth of the rect-
1. A rectangular carpet has an area of 120 m and a perim- angle be x and y cm.
eter of 46 m. The length of its diagonal is: Area of the rectangle = xy = 240 cm 2
a)15m b)16m c)17m d)20m Perimeter of the rectangle = (x + y) 2 = 68 cm

(Railway Recruitment 1991) .-. x + y = 34 cm (i)
2. If the perimeter and diagonal of a rectangle are 16 cm and
(x-yf =(x + y) -4xy
2
4 cm respectively. Find its area.

a) 32 sq cm b) 26 sq cm c) 24 sq cm d) Data inad- = ( 3 4 ) - 4 x 2 4 0 =1156-960 = 196
2
equate
3. If the perimeter and diagonal of a rectangle are 24 cm and :.x-y = Vl96 =14 ....(ii)-
6 cm respectively. Find its area. By adding equ (i) and equ (ii), we have 2x = 48
a) 72 sq cm b) 54 sq cm .-. x = 24 cm
2y = 20 :.y = 10 cm
4. A rectangular carpet has an area of 96 sq m and a diago-
nal of 8 m. Find the perimeter of the carpet. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
a)32m b)16m c)24m d)28m have the
Answers 68x68 . . . 68
length of the rectangle = ^ — — 240 + —
46x46 (Diagonal)
l.c;Hint: 120 =
8 2
^ 2 8 9 - 2 4 0 + 17 = 7 + 17 = 24 cm
Or, 46x 46-4(Diagonal) 2 =120x8
68 68x68
Or, 4 x (Diagonal) =11562
Breadth of the rectangle = —— ^ ^ 240
.-. diagonal = ^289 = 1 7 m

= 1 7 - V 4 9 = 1 7 - 7 = 10cm.
2.c 3.b
Exercise
(Perimeter) 2 8x8
4. a; Hint: 96 = 1. When the length of a rectangular plot is increased by
four times its perimeter becomes 480 metres and area
Or, (Perimeter) =(96 + 32)8=1024
2
12800 sq m. What was its original length (in metre)?
a) 160 b)40
.-. Perimeter = ^1024 = 3 2 m c)20 d) Can't be determined
(BSRB Bhopal PO - 2000)
Rule 14 2. Calculate the area of a rectangular field whose length is
To find length and breadth of a rectangle If its area and 66 m and perimeter is 242 m.
perimeter are given. a) 3630 sqm b) 3360 sqm
(i) Length of the rectangle c) 3560 sqm d) None of these
3. The cost of fencing a rectangular field at Rs 3.50 per
metre is Rs 595. I f the length of the field be 60 metres,
find the cost of levelling it at 50 paise per square metre.

a)Rs700 b)Rs860
c) Rs 750 d) Data inadequate units.
4. The perimeter of a rectangle is 82 m and its area is 400 sq
m. The breadth of the rectangle is:
a) 14m b)16m c)18m d)12m Illustrative Example
Ex.: Perimeter and area of a rectangle are 82 cm and 400 sq
Answers cm. Find the difference in length and width.
1. b; Hint: 4x original length of the rectangular plot Soln: Detail Method: Let the length be 1 cm and width be b
an
»--,2800 l*-=40+120=160 + As per the question, (/ + b)l = 82 cm.
16 4
or, l + b = A\m ....(i) and / x £ = 400 sqcm...(ii)
460
.-. Original length = —— = 40 metres (l + bf ={l + bf-Alb =(4l) -4x400
2
••• l~b= V1681-1600 = V81 =9'cm

(242T 242
2 a ; Hint: 66 = Area + Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have the re-
16
quired answer
(242) 2
or, •Area =66-60.5 = 5.5 '82^

16 •4x400 = - / ( 4 l ) -1600 = V 8 l = 9 cm.
2
2J
A r e a = 242x242 _ ( 5 5 ) ( 5 5 )
Exercise
16
1. If the width of a rectangle is 2 m less than its length, and
= 366025-30.25 =3630 sqm
its perimeter is 32 m, the area of the rectangle is: ,
595
3. c; Hint: Perimeter of the rectangular field = = 170m a)224 m b) 108 m
2 2 c)99 m d)63 m
1 2
3.50 2. A man drives 4 km distance to go around a rectangular

Now, applying the given rule, park. I f the area of the rectangle is 0.75 sq km, the differ-
ence between the length and the breadth of the rect-
(170)' 170 ••'WgieisC ':,
60 = • Area + -
16 a)1j^25km b) 0.5 km c) 1 km d) 2.75 km
3. Th'e breadth of a rectangular tennis court is 7 metres less
/I70x 170" 1 ^ 170 , ,
n than its length and its perimeter 138 metres. Find its area.
or, ft Area =60 = 17.3 a)1178sqm b) 1187sqm c)1168sqm d) 1278sqm
16 4
170x170 „ n c
Answers
Area= - (17.5x17.5)
16
32
= 1806.25 - 306.25 = 1500 sq m l . d ; Hint: 2 = - 4 x Area
1500x50
Cost of levelling = — 100
— — = Rs 750 256-4
252
4 = 256-4 x Area area = = 63 sqm
4 4
82 82x82
4. b; Hint: Required breadth 400 2. c; Hint: Perimeter=4 km, Area=0.75 sq km
i 4 V 16 By applying the given rule find the difference between
=20.5-4.5 = 16 m length and breadth.
Rule 15
3. a; Hint: 7 = 4 x Area
To find the difference in length and width of a rectangle
when perimeter and area are given.
Difference in length and width of a rectangle or, (69) - 4 x / f r e a = 49
2
4761-49 Rule 17
or, Area = = 1178 sq m Theorem: There is a rectangle of area 'A' sq unit. If the sum
of its diagonal and length Is n times of its breadth, then the
Rule 16
An' -1
Theorem: If length of a rectangle is increased by 'x' units length and breadth of the rectangle are and
and due to this increase, area of the rectangle also increases 2n
2An
by 'y' sq units, then width is given by units. - j — units respectively,
n -1

.(ii)
Ex.: I f increasing the length of a rectangular field by 5 Ex.: There is a rectangular field of area 60 sq cm. Sum of its
metres, area also increases by 30 sq metres, then find diagonal and length is 5 times of its breadth. Find the
the value of its width. breadth of the rectangular field.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the length and breadth of the rect- Soln: Detail Method: Let the length and breadth ofthe rect-
angular field be / m and b m respectively. angular field be x cm and y cm respectively.
In first case area = lb sq m As per the question,
In second case area = (1 + 5) b = lb + 30
or, lb + 5b=lb + 30 .-. b = 6 metres. xy = 60 sq cm (i) and yjx +y 2 2 + x = 5y .... (ii)
have or, x +y
2 2 =(5y-x) 2
30 , or, x +y
2 2 = 2Sy 2 +x -\0xy
2
the width of the rectangular field = — = & m. or, 2 4 ^ = 1 0 x 6 0

2 or, y 2 =5x5
60
Exercise y = 5 cmandx : 12 cm
The area of a rectangular courtyard is 100 sq metres.
.-. Length and breadth of the rectangular field are 12
Had the length of the courtyard been longer by 2 metres,
cm and 5 cm respectively.
the area would have been increased by 10 sq metres.
Find the length and breadth of the courtyard.
have the
a)20m,5m b)25m,4m
c)30m, 3 0 j m d) Data inadequate length of the rectangular field
1 If increasing the length of a rectangular field by 4 metres, J60x(5 - l ) 2 160x24

= J * =, 1 = 12 cm and
area also increases by 16 sq metres, then find the value V 2x5 V 10
of its width.
the breadth of the rectangular field
If increasing the length of a rectangular field by 8 metres, 2x60x5
= 5 cm.
area also increases by 32 sq metres, then find the value
of its width.
a)4m b)6m c)9m d)12m Exercise
- If increasing the length of a rectangular field by 9 metres, 1. There is a rectangular field of area 48 sq cm. Sum of its
area also increases by 54 sq metres, then find the value diagonal and length is 3 times of its breadth. Find the
of its width. length and the breadth of the rectangle.
a)6m b)8m c)9m d)15m a) 8 cm, 6 cm b) 12 cm, 4 cm
c) 16 cm, 3 cm d) Data inadequate
j Answers : 2. There is a rectangular field of area 120 sq cm. Sum of its
10 diagonal and length is 4 times o f its breadth. Find the
La;Hint: Width = = 5m
perimeter of the rectangle.
a)46m \ b)15m j
100 '
.-. length = —r- = 20 m [See Rule-9] c)8m d) Data inadequate
5 3. There is a rectangular field of area 420 sq cm. Sum of its
3.a 4. a
diagonal and length is 6 times of its breadth. Find the c) 26 cm, 10 cm d) Data inadequate
diagonal of the rectangle. 2. Length of a rectangular blackboard is 12 cm more thar
a) 35 cm b)37cm c)33cm d)32cm that of its breadth. I f its length is increased by 13 cm and
its breadth is decreased by 8 cm, its area remains ur-
Answers
changed. Find the length and breadth of the rectangular
1. a
blackboard.
2. a; Hint: First find the length and breadh.
a) 52 cm, 40 cm b) 48 cm, 42 cm
Length = 15 m and breadth = 8 m
.-. perimeter = (15 + 8)2 = 46m
3. Length of a rectangular blackboard is 15 cm more than
3. b; Hint: First find the length and breadth of the rectangle.
that of its breadth. I f its length is increased by 9 cm and
Lengths 35 cm, breadth = 12 cm
its breadth is decreased by 6 cm, its area remains un-
.-. diagonal = J35 2 +\2 = Vl369 = 3 7 m
2 changed. Find the length and breadth of the rectangular
blackboard.
Rule 18 a) 60 cm, 40 cm b) 63 cm, 48 cm
Theorem: There is a rectangle. Its length is 'x'units more c) 64 cm, 48 cm d) Data inadequate
than its breadth. If its length is increased by 'y' units and its 4. Length of a rectangular blackboard is 20 cm more thar.
breadth is decreased by 'z' units, the area of the rectangle that of its breadth. I f its length is increased by 15 cm anc
is unchanged. Length and breadth of the rectangle are its breadth is decreased by 10 cm, its area remains un-
changed. Find the perimeter of the black board.
(x + z)y a) 150 cm b) 280 cm d) 270 cm d) 160 cm
and units respectively. 5. Length of a rectangular blackboard is 10 cm more than
y-z J — - I y-z
that of its breadth. I f its length is increased by 8 cm anc
Illustrative Example its breadth is decreased by 5 cm, its area remains un-
Ex.: Length of a rectangular blackboard is 8 cm more than changed. Find the area of the black board.
that of its breadth. I f its length is increased by 7 cm a) 1200 sqcm b) 1250 sqcm
and its breadth is decreased by 4 cm, its area remains c) 1320 sq cm d) Data inadequate
unchanged. Find the length and breadth of the rect-
Answers
angular blackboard.
l.b 2.a 3.b 4.b 5.a
Soln: Detail Method: Let the breadth of the blackboard be x
cm, then Rule 19
length = (x + 8) cm
Theorem: Length of a rectangle is increased by 'a' units
As per the question,
and breadth is decreased by 'b' units, area of the rectangle
(x + $ + 7)(x-4)=(x + S)x remains unchanged. If length be decreased by 'c' units and
breadth by increased by'd' units, in this case also area 0/
or, (x + l5)(x-4)=(x + S)x or, 3x = 60
the rectangle remains unchanged. Length and breadth of
:. x = 20
:. Breadth = 20 cm and Length = 20 + 8 = 28 cm d+b f a+ c N
the rectangle are given by ac and bd\

Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we ad-be \ad-bc
have
units respectively.
(8 + 4)7
the length of the blackboard : —— : cm and Illustrative Example
/ — •'• Ex.: Length of a rectangular field is increased by 1 metres
(8 + 7)4 and breadth is decreased by 3 metres, area of the field
the breadth of the blackboard = :4x5 remains unchanged. I f length be decreased by 7 metres
7-4
and breadth be increased by 5 metres, again area re-
= 20 cm.
mains unchanged. Find the length and breadth of the
Exercise . rectangular field.
1. Length of a rectangular blackboard is 16 cm more than Soln: Detail Method: Let the length and breadth of the field
that of its breadth. I f its length is increased by 14 cm and be x m and y m respectively.
its breadth is decreased by 8 cm, its area remains un- As per the question,
changed. Find the length and breadth of the rectangular In the first case,
blackboard. (x + 7) (y - 3) = xy or, xy + ly - 3x - 21 = xy
a) 28 cm, 20 cm b) 56 cm, 40 cm
or, 3 x - 7 v = -21 ....(i) Area of a square = (sidef

In the second case,
(x - l)(y + 5) = xy or,xy-7y + 5x-35=xy
Ex.: Find the area of a square whose length of the side is
or, 5x-7>> = 35 ....(ii) 5 cm. \
From equ (i) and equ (ii), we get x = 28 m and Soln: Applying the above formula, we have \
y = 15 m Area of a square = (s) = 25 sq cm

2
/, Length and breadth of the rectangular field are 28

metres and 15 metres respectively.
Exercise
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,'we 1. The length o f a rectangular plot is 144 m and its area is
have same as that of a square plot with one of its sides being
84 m. The width of the plot is:
( 7 x 5 + 7x3"! 56 a) 7 m b) 49 m c) 14 m d) Data inadequate
Length = | ~ ^ , |
c x 7 _ TT x 7 ~ 2 8 metres
35-21 14 2. The length of a rectangular hall is 16 metres. I f it can be
partitioned into two equal square rooms, what is the
21 + 21 length of the partition?
Breadth ;
x5 = 3x5 = 15 metres.
35-21 a) 16 m b) 8 m c) 4 m d) Data inadequate
|UTI Exam 1990|
Exercise 3. Find the area of a square whose side is 75 metres.
1. Length of a rectangular field is increased by 14 metres a)5625sqm b)5265sqm c)5635sqm d)5675sqm
and breadth is decreased by 6 metres, area of the field 4. The side of a square field is 89 metres. By how many
remains unchanged. I f length be decreased by 14 metres square metres does its area fall short of a hectare?
and breadth be increased by 10 metres, again area re- a)2179sqm b)2099sqm c)2079sqm d)7921 sqm
mains unchanged. Find the perimeter of the rectangle, 5. Two carpets are made at the same price per sq m. One of
a) 172m b)192m them is 25.6 m long and 8.1 m broad, and costs Rs 14400,
c)162m \) Data inadequate the other which is square costs Rs 28900. What is the
2 Length of a rectangular field is increased by 8 metres length of each side o f the square carpet?
and breadth is decreased by 4 metres, area of the field a)20.4m b)21m
remains unchanged. I f length be decreased by 6 metres c) 21.5 m d) Data inadequate
and breadth be increased by 5 metres, again area re- 6. Find, to the nearest cm, the length of the side of a square
mains unchanged. Find the area of the rectangle, ' ' " * '* 1 ' £
a) 283.5 sqm b) 284 sqm piece of ground whose area is — of a hectare.

c) 285 sq m d) Data inadequate
3. Length of a rectangular field is increased by 21 metres a) 31 m 62 cm b) 31 m 52 cm
and breadth is decreased by 9 metres, area of the field c) 30 m 62 cm d) 32 m 62 cm
remains unchanged. I f length be decreased by 21 metres
and breadth be increased by 15 metres, again area re- 7. Find the side of a square whose area is 68 — sq m.
mains unchanged. Find the length of diagonal of the
rectangle. 1 3 1 3
a) 7—m b) 8—m c) 8— m d) 7— m
a)90m b)64m
c)95.3m(approx) d) 64.8 m (approx) 8. Find the sides o f two squares, which contain together
Answers 12.25 hectares, the sides of the squares being in the ratio
l.a . 2.a of 3:4.
3. c; Hint: Firstfind the length and breadth of the rectangle. a)210m,280m b)90m, 120m
Length = 84 m and breadth = 45 m. c)150m,200m d)180m,240m
diagonal = V84 + 4 5 = V9081 * 95.3 m

2 2
Answers
Square (84)1
1. b; Hint: Required answer = = 7x7 =49m
144
Rule 20 2. b; Hint: Let the length of partition be.x m
To find the area of a square if length of one of the sides is
gixen. ; or, 1 6 X * = J C + x
2 2 ..x = 8 m
3. a 6. The area of a square field is 8 hectares. How long woutr

4. c; Hint: 1 hectare = 10000 sq m a man take to cross it diagonally by walking at the rate of
4 km per hour.
14400
5. a; Hint: Rate of the carpet per sq m = = Rs 69.4 a)5min b)6min c)4min d)8min
0.1 X Z 3 . D 7. The diagonal of a square is 3.2 m. Its area is:
28900 a)10.24m 2 b)2.56/« 2 c)3.41 m 2 d)5.12 m 2
Area of the square = ^ ^ = 416.42 sq m
8. Area of a square field is hectare. The diagonal of the

.-. length of the square = ^416.42 = 20.4 m
6. a; Hint: 1 hectare = 10000 sq m square is:
1 a)50m b)100m c)250m d) 50^/2 m

— hectare = 1000 sq m 9. A square field of 2 sq km is to be divided into two equal
parts by fence which coincides with a diagonal. Find the
.-. length of the side = 7l000 = 31.62 m = 31 m 62 cm length of the fence.
7. c a)2km b)3km c)lkm d) 1.5 km
10. What is the area of a square whose diagonal is 15 metres"
8. a;Hint: ( 3 x ) + ( 4 x ) =12.25x10000 = 122500 or,x=70
2 2
a) 225 sqm b) 112.5 sqm c) 115 sqm d) 125 sqm
.-. sidesare3x = 3 x70 = 210mand4x = 4x70 = 280m. 11. The area of a square 11370.32 sq metres. Find the lengti
of its diagonal.
Rule 21
To find the area of a square if length of the diagonal is a) 158.8 m b) 148.8 m c) 150.6 m d) 150.8 m
given. Answers
1 2
Area of the square = —{diagonal) 2 1. b; Hint: - x (diagonal) =18 .-. diagonal = 6 m
2. b; Hint: Area of the square plot
Illustrative Example = 45 x 40 = 1800 sq m [See Rule - 9]
Ex.: Find the area of a square whose length of diagonal is
6 cm. ^(diagonal) 2 =1800
.-. diagonal = Vl 800x2 = 6 0 m
Area of a square = ] - x (6) = 18 sq cm.
2
3. c 4. a
Exercise
5. c;Hint: ^.(diagonal) 2 = 200
1. Area of a square field is 18 sq m find its length of diago-
nal.
a) 5 m b)6m c ) 4 m d) Data inadequate .-. diagonal = ^400 =20 cm
2. What would be the length of the diagonal of a square 6. b; Hint: Area = 8 hectares = 8 x 10000 = 80000 sq m
plot whose area is equal to the area of a rectangular plot
of 45 m length and 40 m width l x (diagonal) 2 =80000
a) 42.5 m b)60m
c) 4800 m d) Data inadequate .-. diagonal = Vl 60000 =400m
(Bank of Baroda PO -1999) 60x400
3. Find the area of a square whose diagonal is 2.9 metres .-. required time = =6min.
long. 7. d
a)4.5sqm b)5sqm
c) 4.205 sqm d) Can't be determined 1 , 1 1
4. Find the area of a square field, the length of whose di- 8. b; Hint: - x (diagonal) = - x 10000 2
agonal is 36 metres. => diagonal = VL0000 = 100 m.

a)648sqm b)678sqm c)684sqm d)668sqm
5. Find the length o f the diagonal of a square of;area 200 9. a; Hint: Area=2X100X100X100 = 2000000 sq m
square centimetres. f \ Diagonal = V2x 2000000 = 2000 m = 2 km.
a) 30 cm b)25cm c)20cm , d)24cm
10. b 11.d
Rule 22 length. ' /
(i) Tofind perimeter of a square if its length ofside is given. a) 4^/2 m b) 16-\/2 m c ) 16 m d) Data inadequate
Perimeter of a square = 4* side 3. Find the length of sides of a square field whose diagonal
Illustrative Example is 12V2 m.
Ex.: Find the perimeter of a square field of length of one of
a) 12 m b) 10 m c) 24 m d) Data inadequate
its sides 4 m.
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have Answers
perimeter of the square field = 4 x 4 = 16 m. La 2.a
(ii) To find the length of the side of a square if perimeter of 3. a; Hint: 12V2 = 72 side
x .-. side = 12 m.
the square is given.
Perimeter Rule 24
Length of the side of a square = To find the diagonal and the perimeter of a square if its
area is given.
Ex.: Perimeter of a square field is 16 m. Find the length of (i) Length of diagonal of a square = 72 x area
its sides.
(ii) Perimeter of a square = 7l6x area
, . , 1 6
length of sides = — = 4 m. Ex.: Find the length of the diagonal and the perimeter of a
square plot if its area is 400 square metres.
Exercise Soln: Applying the above formulae, we have
1. Find the perimeter of a square field of length of one of its (i) length of diagonal of the square
sides 5 m.
= 72 x 7400 = 2072 metres.
2 Find the perimeter of a square field of length of one of its (ii) perimeter of the square
sides 6 m. = 7 1 6 x 4 0 0 = 4 x 2 0 = 80 metres.
3. Perimeter of a square field is 28 m. Find the length of its Exercise
sides. 1. In order to fence a square Manish fixed 48 poles. I f the
a) 7 m b)6m c)8m d)5m distance between two poles is 5 metres then what will be
4 Perimeter of a square field is 24 m. Find the length of its the area of the square so formed?
sides. a)2600 cm 2 b)2500 cm 2
a)6m b)5m c)9m d) None of these

c)3025 cm 2 d) None ofthese
Answers [BSRB Bangalore PO 2000]
1. c 2. a 3. a 4. a 2. The cost of cultivating a square field at the rate of Rs 160
per hectare is Rs 1440. Find the cost of putting a fence
Rule 23
around it at the rate of 75 paise per metre.
To find the diagonal of a square whose sides are given. a)Rs900 b)Rs850
Length of the diagonal of a square = x side c)Rs950 d)Rs940
3. I f the ratio o f areas of two squares is 9 : 1, the ratio of
Dlustrative Example their perimeters is:
Ix: Find the diagonal of a square field whose side is of 10
a)9:l b)3:4 c)3:l d) 1:3
m length. (Asstt. Grade 1990)
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 4. How long wi 11 a man take to walk round the boundary of
Length of the diagonal = ^ 2 x 10= i o 7 2 m - a sq field containing 9 hectares at the rate of 6 km an
hour?
Exercise a)12min b)10min
L Find the diagonal of a square field whose side is of 5 m c) 24 min d) Can't be determined
length. 5. The perimeter of a square field is 400 m. What is its area?
a ) 5V2 m D ) I0V2 m c) 10 m d)None ofthese a) 1 hectare b) 0.845 hectare
2. Find the diagonal of a square field whose side is of 4 m c) 1.2 hectare d) Can't be determined •
6. The area of a square field is 6.25 hectares. How long will

60
it take a man to walk round the outside of it at the rate of .-. required time = xlOOO =24 min
2500
2-j km/hr? (1 hectare = 10000 sq metres)
25
a)32min b)24min c)28min d)20min 7. c; Hint: Area = — x 10000 = 62500 sq m
7. Find in km the length of the wire required to go 10 times
Perimeter= Vl6x625000 = 1000 m = 1 km
round a square field o f 6 - j hectares. .-. required length of the wire = 10 x 1 = 10 km
a)8km b)5km c)10km d)16km 8. c; Hint: Perimeter = V l 6 x 16x10000 = 1600 m

8. Calculate the cost of surrounding with a fence a square .-. required cost = 1600 x 20 = Rs 32000
field of 16 hectares at Rs 20 per metre.
262440
a) Rs 30000 b)Rs 24000 c)Rs 32000 d)Rs 36000 9.b; Hint: Area = = 16.4025 hectare = 164025 sq m
9. The cost of levelling and turfing a square cricket field at 16000
Rs 16000 per hectare is Rs 262440. Find the cost of sur-
Perimeter = ^16x164025 = 1620 m
rounding it with a railing costing Rs 25 per metre.
a) Rs 45000 b)Rs 40500 c)Rs 42500 d)Rs 48500 .-. required cost = 1620 * 25 = Rs 40500
10. How long will it take to run round a square field contain- 10. d; Hint: Perimeter = -^16x1681 = 164 m
ing 1681 sq m at the rate of 4 km an hour?
a)3min b)2.45min c)3.46min d)2.46min 60x164
.-. time required = - — , . . . =2.46 min
Answers 4x1000
1. d; Hint: Perimeter = 48 * 5 = 240 metres
Rule 25
'Perimeter^ 2 ' 240^ To find the perimeter of a square if its diagonal is given.
Area =
{ 4 J -I 4 J Perimeter of the square = (2 V2 x Diagonal)
= 60x60 = 3600 sqm [See Rule-24(H)]
( Total cost \ 1440
2. a; Hint: Area= [ j ~ ^
R a t e / h e c t a r e
Ex.: The diagonal of a square is 10 cm. Find its perimeter
and area.
= 9 hectares = 90000 sq m Soln: Applying the above formulae, we have
Perimeter = Vl6x90000 = 1200 m Perimeter = ^2 * 10 = 20 V2 cm
2 \
(10) 2
. 1200x75 . Area = 50 sqcm. (SeeRule-21)

.-. Cost of fencing = — — — = Rs 900
Exercise
9
3. c; Hint: Required ratio = | — = 3 : 1
A 1. The diagonal of a square is 5 cm. Find its perimeter,
a) 5V2 cm b)6V2"cm c) 10^2 cm d) 1572 cm
[ v Perimeter a 4Area , See Rule - 24 (ii)] 2. The diagonal of a square is 6 cm. Find its perimeter.
4. a; Hint: Area=9x 10,000 sq m a ) I2V2 c m D ) 6>/2 cm c)24cm d) Data inadequate
.-. perimeter= V l 6 x 9 x l 0 0 0 0 = 4 x 3 x 100 = 1200m 3. Perimeter of a square is 24V2 cm. Find its diagonal,
60x1200 a) 12 cm b) 12V2 c m c ) 6V2 c m d)8cm

.-. required time = _ , = 12 min
6x1000
Answers
5.a;Hint: J\6xArea =400 l.c 2.a
400x400 3. a; Hint: 24-J2 = 2^2 x Diagonal

Area = 10000 sqm = 1 hectare
16 24^2
6. b; Hint: Area = 6.25 hectare = 6.25 x 10000 = 62500 sq m .'. Diagonal = 12 cm.
2^2
Perimeter = Vl 6x62500 =4 x 250 = 1000 m
Rule 26 (iii) the ratio of their diagonals.

Theorem: If the diagonal of a square becomes x times, then Let the sides of the first square be x and the second
the area of the square becomes x times.2 square be y.
i
Ratio of sides = y-> = 4:3
Ex.: The diagonal of a square increases to its thrice. How
many times will area of the new square become?
Ratio of perimeters = 4x:4y = x : y = 4:3
Soln: Detail Method: Let the diagonal of the original square
bexm. Ratio of diagonals = x-fl: yyfl = x : y = 4 :3
Original square, Diagonal = x. Area
2 have
New square, Diagonal = 3x, Area =

N 2
Exercise
the required ratios = 4 : 3 .
1. Ratio of the areas of the two squares is 25 : 9. Find the

ratio of their perimeters.
a)5:9 b)9:5 c)5:3 d)3:5
Area of the new square = = 9 times of the 2. Ratio of the areas of the two squares is 9 : 4. Find the
x ratio of their diagonals.
T a)3:2 b)3: 1 c)9:2 d)9:
original square. Answers

Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we l.c 2. a
have
Rule 28
the required answer = ( 3 ) ~ 9 times.
2
Theorem: If the perimeter of a square is equal to the perim-
Exercise 7IX-
eter of a circle, then the side of the square is and
1. The ratio of areas of two squares, one having double its 2)
diagonal then the other is
a)2:l b)3:l c)3:2 d) 4 : 1 2x
2 The diagonal of a square increases to its twice. How radius of the circle is Where, x is the side of the
many times will area of the new square become?
square and r is the radius of the circle.
a) 2 times b) 6 times c) 4 times d) Data inadequate
3. The diagonal of a square increases to its 4 times. How Illustrative Examples
many times will area of the new square become? Ex: 1. There is a square of side 22 cm. Find the radius of the
a) 16 times b) 2 times c) 8 times d) None ofthese circle whose perimeter equals the perimeter of the
Answers square.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
1. d; Hint: Diagonal a (Area)2 2.c 3.a
radius of the circle = ^ = 14 cm.
2 2 2
Rule 27 22
Theorem: If the ratio of the areas ofsquare A and square B 7
is a: b, then Ex: 2. There is a circle of radius 7 cm. Find the side of the
square whose perimeter equals the perimeter of the
(i) the ratio of their sides = 4a : 4b > circle.
Soln: Applying the above theorem,,we have
(ii) the ratio of their perimeters = 4a :4b and
22 7
(iii) the ratio of their diagonals = 4a :4b • the side of the square = — x — = 11 cm.
M 7 2
Ex.: Ratio of the areas of the two squares is 16 : 9. Find 1. There is a square of side 44 cm. Find the radius of the
(i) the ratio of their sides, circle whose perimeter equals the perimeter of the square.
(ii) the ratio of their perimeters and
a) 7 cm b) 14 cm c) 28 cm d) Data inadequate Answers

2. There is a square of side 11 cm. Find the radius of the
circle whose perimeter equals the perimeter of the square, 60
1. d; Hint: Required answer = [ t * \~Z = 5.5 cm [See Nc
3. There is a circle is radius 21 cm. Find the side of the 2.c 3.a
square whose perimeter equals the perimeter of the circle,
a) 11 cm b) 22 cm c) 33 cm d) Data inadequate Rule 30
Answers Theorem: A square room is surrounded by a verandah
l.c 2.a 3.c the outside of the square room) of width 'd' metres. If
area of the verandah is 'A' sq metres, then the area of
Rule 29
Theorem: If the side of a square is increased by 'x' units A-4d l
room is sq metres and obviously side of

and its area becomes 'y' square units, the side of the square 4d
V A-4d ) 2
is given by units, its area is given by sq units
square room is given by metres.
4d
and its perimeter is given by 41 ^

x units.
Ex.: A square room is surrounded by a verandah of \
Note: If the side of a square is increased by ' x ' units and its 2 metres. Area of the verandah is 64 sq metres,
area increases by ' y ' units then the side o f the square is the area of the room.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the side of the room ABCD
1 metres.
given by units.
Area of the room ABCD = x * x = x sq m, 2
Illustrative Example Width of the path = 2 metres (given)

Ex.: Length of a square is increased by 8 cm. Its area be- Sides of the figure A B C D ' = x + 2 + 2
comes 208 sq cm. Find its perimeter. = (x + 4) metres.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the side of the square be x cm.
Area of the figure A ' B ' C ' D ' = (x + 4) sqm. 2
As per the question, (x + 8)x = x + 208

2
A' B'
or, x + 8 x = x + 2 0 8
2 2 A B
.-. x = 26 cm
.-. Perimeter = 4x = 4 * 26 = 104 cm 2
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we m
have
208 D (r
104 cm C
the required answer = 4 x D'
8
Exercise
Area of the path = 64 sq metres
1. I f the side of a square be increased by 4 cm, the area
increases by 60 sq cms. The side of the square is: or, ( + 4) -x
x 2 2 =64
a) 12 cm b)13cm
or, x +\6 + 8x-x
2 2 =64 or, 8x = 48
c) 14 cm d) None of these
2. Length of a square is increased by 4 cm. Its area be- .•. x = 6 metres.
comes 44 sq cm. Find the area of the square. Area = x = 6 x 6 = 36 sq metres.
2
a) 11 sqcm b) 44 sqcm Quicker Method: Applying the above theorerr. i

c) 121 sqcm d) Data inadequate have
3. Length of a square is increased by 9 cm. Its area be-
comes 135 sqcm. Find its perimeter. / 64-4x2 "' 2
a) 60 cm b)30cm the area of the room =

4x2
c) 45 cm d) None of these
Area of the figure A ' B C D ' = (x-4) sq m.

531
64-16 2
( 6 ) = 3 6 sq metres.
2
Exercise
1. A square room is surrounded by a verandah of width 3
metres. Area of the verandah is 96 sq metres. Find the
area of the room.
a) 36 sqm b) 25 sqm
c) 49 sq m d) Data inadequate D C
2. A square room is surrounded by a verandah of width 4
Area of the path = 64 sq metres
metres. Area of the verandah is 160 sq metres. Find the
area of the room. or, x -{x-4)
2 2 =64
a) 42 sqm b) 49 sqm c) 36 sqm d) None ofthese
A square room is surrounded by a verandah of width 2 or, x -x -16
2 2 + 8x = 64 or, 8x = 80
metres. Area of the verandah is 72 sq metres. Find the .•. x = 10 metres.
area of the room. Area of the room = 10 x 10 = 100 sq metres.
a) 49 sqm b) 64 sqm c) 81 sqm d) 36 sqm Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
A square room is surrounded by a verandah of width 1 Area of the room
metre. Area of the verandah is 24 sq metres. Find the
area of the room. 64 + 4 x 2 l 2 80
10x10 = 100 sq m.
a) 25 sqm b) 16 sqm c) 36 sqm d) 30.25 sqm 4x2
5. A path 2m wide running all round a square garden has
an area of 9680 sq m. Find the area of the part of the Exercise
garden enclosed by the path. 1. A square field contains 2.89 hectares. It has to be fenced
all-round and a path 10 m wide has to be laid out all-
a) (1208) sq m
2 b) (1028) 2 sqm
round close to the fence inside. I f the cost of fencing is
Rs 50 per m and the cost of preparing the path is Rs 10
c) (2208) sq m
2 d) (1308) 2 sqm
per sq metre. Find the total expenses.
Answers a) Rs 64000 b)Rs 34000 c)Rs 94000 d)Rs 98000
l.b 2.c 3. a 4. a 5. a 2. A square room has a verandah of area 96 sq metres and
width 3 metres all round it on its inside. Find the area of
Rule 31 the room.
Theorem: If a square room has a verandah of area 'A' sq a) 121 sqm b)132sqm
metres and width'd' metres all round it on its inside, then c) 25 sq m d) Data inadequate
3. A square room has a verandah of area 160 sq metres and
r A + 4d ^ 2 width 4 metres all round it on its inside. Find the area of
the area of the room is sq metres and obvi- the room.
4d
4. A square room has a verandah of area 24 sq metres and
A+ 4d \
2
ously side of the square room is given as width 1 metre all round it on its inside. Find the area of
Ad metres.
the room.
a)49sqm b)25 sqm
Illustrative Example c) 64 sq m d) Data inadequate
Ex.: A square room has a verandah of area 64 sq metres
and width 2 metres all round it on its inside. Find the Answers
area of the room. 1. d; Hint: Area of the square = 2.89 hectares = 28900 sq m
Soln: Detail Method: Let the side of the room ABCD be x Perimeter = ^16x28900 = 680 m [See Rule - 24]
metres.
.-. Cost of fencing the square field = 680 x 50 = Rs 34000
Area of the room ABCD = x sq metres 2
Now applying the given rule we have
Width of the path = 2 metres (given)
^ + 4xlQ 2
Sides ofthe figure A ' B ' C ' D ' V28900 =170
= x - (2 + 2) = (x - 4) metres 4x10
Or, A = 6400 sq m = Area of the path breadth of the room are 7.5 m and 3.5 m respectively. The
.-. Cost in preparing the path = 6400 * 10 = Rs 64000 height of the room is:
.-. total expenses = Rs 34000 + Rs 64000 = Rs 98000 a) 7.7 m b)3.5m c) 6.77 m d)5.4m
2. a 3. a 4. a 5. Area of four walls of a room is 168 . The breadth and
m 2
Area of the four walls of a room height of the room are 8 m and 6 m respectively. The
length of the room is:
Rule 32 a) 14m b)12m c)3.5m d)6m
(i) To find the area of thefour walls of a room, if its length, 6. The cost of papering four walls of a room is Rs 48. Each
breadth and height are one of length, breadth and height of another room is
given. Area of the four walls of a room = 2* (Length + double that of the room. The cost of papering the walls
Breadth) x Height of this new room is:
Illustrative Example a)Rs96 b)Rsl92 c)Rs384 d)Rs288
Ex.: A room is 8 metres long, 6 metres broad and 3 metres 7. A hall, whose length is 16 metres and breadth twice its
high. Find the area of the four walls of the room. height, takes 168 metres of paper 2 metres wide for its
Soln: Applying the aboyp formula, we have four walls. Find the area of the floor.
Area of the four walls of a room = 2 x (8 + 6) * 3 = 84 a) 192sqm b) 196sqm c) 129sqm d) 190sqm
sq m. 8. Find the cost of painting the walls of a room of 5 metres
(it) To find the height of a room, if area offour walls of the long, 4 metres broad and 4 metres high at Rs 8.50 per sq
room and Its length and breadth are given. metre.
a)Rs610 b)Rs216 c)Rs512 d)Rs612
Area of four walls of the room
Height = metres. 9. The cost of painting the walls of a room 7 — metres
2(Length + Breadth)
6
Illustrative Example long, 4 metres wide at Rs 16.20 per sq metre is Rs 1940.40.
EXJ Area of a hall, whose length is 16 metres and breadth How high is the room?
is half of its length, is 576 sq metres. Find the height
of the room. a) 4— m b) 4 ! m c) 4 — m d) 4- m
4 4 3 3
10. How many metres of wall paper 2 metres wide will be
required for a room 8.3 metres long, 4.2 metres wide and
the height of the room = x = 12 metres.
5 2(16+8) 4 metres high?
a)40m b)50m c)45m d)75m
Exercise 11. The area of the four walls of a room is 5940 sq dm and the
1. A room is 13 metres long, 9 metres broad and 10 metres length is twice the breadth, the height being 33 dm. Find
high. Find the cost of carpeting the room with a carpet the area of the ceiling.
75 cm boardat the rate of Rs 2.40 per metre. What will be a) 18 sqm b) 1.8 sqm c) 16 sqm d) 1.6 sqm
the cost of painting the four walls of the room at Rs 4.65 12. A rectangular room is 6 m wide and 3 m high. If the area
per sq metre, it being given that the doors and windows of its walls is 81 sq m, find the length,
occupy 40 sq metres? a) 6.5 m b)5m c)6m d)7.5m
a) Rs 375.50, Rs 1850 b) Rs 374.40, Rs 1860 13. A room is 10.5 metres long and 6.25 metres broad. The
c) Rs 376, Rs 1875 d) Rs 374.04, Rs 1806 cost of papering the walls with paper 1.5 m wide at Rs 24
2. The cost of papering the walls of a room 12 metres long per metre is Rs 2680. Find the height of the room,
at the rate of 45 paise per square metre is Rs 113.40 and a) 5 metres b) 6 metres c) 8 metres d) 10 metres
the cost of matting the floor at the rate of 35 paise per
square metre is/Rs 37.80. Find the height of the room. 14. The length of room is 1^- times its breadth. The cost of
a)9m b)8m c)6m d)12m
3. The length and breadth of a room are in the ratio 4:3 and carpeting it at Rs 150 per sq metres is Rs 14400 and the
its height is 5.5 metres. The cost of decorating its walls cost of white washing the four walls at Rs 5 per sq metre
at Rs 6.60 per square metre is Rs 5082. Find the length is Rs 625. Find the length, breadth and height of the
and breadth of the room. room.
a)40m,30m b)50m,40m c)30m,25m d)40m,20m , 1
a) 12 m, 8 m, 3— m b) 1 2 ^ , 8^
m m ; 3- m
4. Area of four walls of a room is 77 m 2 . The length and 8
3 2 2 .-. cost of papering [2(2/ + 2b) x 2h\n 2
c) 12— m, 8— m, 3— m d) Data inadequte

ie 4[2(/ + 6 ) x A ] = 4 x 4 8 =RS192
15. The length of a room is 6.5 metres. The cost of painting
the walls at Rs 56 per sq metre is Rs 4928 and the cost of 7. a; Hint: 2(16 + 2h)h = 168x2 or, (8 + h)h = 84
carpeting the room at Rs 224 per sq metre is Rs 6552. or, h +8/7-84 = 0
2
Find the height and width of the room.

By solving the above equation we get h= 6 and -14
a)4m,5m b)4.5m,5.5m
.-. height = 6 m and breadth = 12 m (neglecting negative
c)4 m, 4.5 m d) Data inadequate
value of h)
16. The length of a room is double the breadth. The cost of
.-. area of the floor = 16 x 12 = 192sqm
colouring the ceiling at Rs 25 per sq m is Rs 5000 and the
8.d
cost of painting the four walls at Rs 240 per sq m is Rs
64800. Find the height of the room. 1940.40
9. c; Hint: Area of the four walls = sqm
a)4m b)4.5m c)3.5m d)5m 16.20
17. Two square rooms, one a metre longer each way than
the other, are of equal height, and cost respectively Rs 47 c ) 19404 1078
33600 and Rs 35280 to paper the walls at Rs 70 per sq m. 2 " T + 5 = " ^ 2 - = ^ S q m
Find the height.

1078
a) 6 m b)8m c)5m d)4m h= — = 4— m.
3 3
Answers 9x2| y +5
f„ , 13x9x 100
n
1. b; Hint: Cost of carpet = 2.40x = Rs 374.40 2x4(8.3 + 4.2)
[See Rule-54] I 75
10. b; Hint: Required answer =
11. a; Hint: 2 x 33 (x+20) = 5940
- = 50 m.
Area of four walls = [2 (13 + 9) x 10] = 440 sq m

Area to be painted = Rs (440 - 40) = 400 sq m .-. x=30dm = 3mandlength=2x=2 x30 = 60dm = 6m
Cost of painting = Rs (400 x 4.65) = Rs 1860 .-. area of the ceiling = 6 x 3 = 18 sqm
2. c; Hint: Area of floor 15
12.d;Hint:2x3(x + 6) = 81 x = — =7.5m
Total cost ( 3780 2
= 108 sqm
Rate per sqm 35 2680
13. a; Hint: Length of the paper = m
24
Area of floor _H08
.-. Breadth of the room = 2680 15
Length of the room 12 Area of the paper =
24 10 = sqm
= 9 metres /••
Now, area of four walls „ , „ i'.-^ 2680 15 n t
Now, as per the question 2 x h(\0.5 + 6.25) = —rr-x —

Total cost of Papering 11340
= 252 sqm
Rate per sq metre 35 167.5
h~ 1 c ~ - 5 m.
Let the height of room be h metres. 16.75x2
Then,2x(12 + 9 ) x h = 252 14400
252 14. a; Hint: Area ofthe room = ,
e n= 96 sq m
6 metres. 150
.-. Height, h 2x21
( 5082^1 Or. — xx x = 96 x = 8 m = breadth

3. a; Hint: Area of the four walls = = 770 sq m 2
6.6 )
Now,2(4x+3x)x5.5=770 or,x=10 .-. length = - x 8 = 12m
.-. length = 4x = 4 x 10 = 40m and breadth
= 3 x = 3 x 10 = 30m. 625
Area of the four walls • 125 sq m
4.b 5.d
6. b; Hint: Cost of papering [2(1 + b) x h\n 2 = Rs 48
Or,2xh(12 + 8)=125
•'• h " 8 8 -
m
6552 4. Find the areas of the following parallelograms

15. c; Hint: Area of floor of the room = (i) Base 26 metres, height 8 metres
224
6552 a) 208 sqm b) 206 sqm
Now, 6.5 x x = x = 4.5m c) 200 sqm d) 205 sqm
224
(ii) Base 54 metres, height 22 metres
4928 a)1288sqm b) 1388sqm
Area of the four walls of the room = , „ = 88 sq m
56 c) 1188 sqm d) 1088 sqm
Or,2xh(6.5+4.5) = 88 h = 4m. Answrs
16. b 1. a
17. a; Hint: Let the side of one square be x m and the other be
2. a;Hint:338 = x x 2 x .\x = 26
(x+l)m. .-. base =13 metres and the altitude = 26 metres
... , 33600 ... 3. b 4.(i) a (ii)c
Now, as per the question, 2n(x + x) - — - 480
.-. hx=120 (i)and Rule 34

„ „ 35280 , r n Theorem: To find the area of a parallelogram, if the lengths
2(x + l)x2h = = 504 of the two adjacent sides and the length of the diagonal
70 connecting the ends of the two sides are given, (see the
.-. xh+h=126 (ii) figure).
Putting the value of xh from equ (i) into the equ (ii) D' b C
_vh = 126-120 = 6 m
Parallelogram
Rule 33
Theorem: To find the area of a parallelogram if its Base A' B'
Where, 'a' and 'b' are the two adjacent sides and 'D' is the
and Height are given.
diagonal connecting the ends of the two sides.
Area of a parallelogram = Base x Height.
D _C Area of a parallelogram = 2^s(s - a\s - b\s - D) and S =
a + b+ D
h (Height)/
Base Ex.: The two adjacent sides o f a parallelogram are 5 cm
Illustrative Example and 4 cm respectively, and if the respective diagonal
Ex.: One side of a parallelogram is 17 cm. The perpendicu- is 7 cm then find the area of the parallelogram?
lar distance between this and the opposite side is 13
Soln: Required area = 2yjs(s - afc - b\s - D)
cm. Find the area of the parallelogram.
Soln: Here,b= 17cmandh= 13cm a+b+D 5+4+7
Now, applying the above formula, Where S =
Area of parallelogram = Base * Height = 17 x 13 = 221
cm . 2
2^/8(8-5X8-4X8-7)
Exercise
= 2>/8x3x4 = 8 ^ 6 =19.6 sqcm.
1. Find the area of a parallelogram whose base is 35 metres
and altitude 18 metres. Exercise
a)630sqm b)650sqm c)730sqm d)660sqm 1. Find the area of a parallelogram; i f its two adjacent sides
2. The area of a parallelogram is 338 sq m. I f its altitude is are 12 cm and 14 cm and i f the diagonal connecting the
twice the corresponding base, determine the base and ends is 18 cm.
the altitude. a) 176.49 sq cm b) 167.49 sq cm
a)13m,26m b) 14m,28m c) 15m,30m d)12m,24m c) 167.94 sq cm d) None of these
3. One side of a parallelogram is 14 cm. Its distance from 2. Find the area of a parallelogram wh.ose two adjacent sides
the opposite side is 16 cm. The area of the parallelogram are 130 metres and 140 metres and one of the diagonals
is: is 150 metres long.
a) 112c/w 2 b)224 cm 2 c)56 n cm 2 d)210 cm 2
a) 16800 sqm ' b)i7800sqm
c) 18600 sq m d) Can't be determined Rule 36

3. Find the area of a parallelogram whose two adjacent sides Theorem: To find the sides of a parallelogram if the dis-
are 130 metres and 140 metres and one of the diagonals tance between its opposite sides and the area of the paral-
is 150 metres long. Find also the cost of gravelling it at lelogram is given.
the rate of Rs 10 per square metre,
a) 15800sqm,Rs 158000 b) 16800 sqm, Rs 168000
c) 14800 sq m, Rs 148000 d) None of these
Answers
he 2. a 3.b
Rule 35 h>^v{'
Theorem: In a parallelogram, the sum of the squares of the o
diagonals = 2* (the sum of the squares of the two adjacent Here, ABCD is a parallelogram, h and h are the dis-
x 2
sides) tance between opposite sides, 7' and 'b' are the sides of the
parallelogram. 'A' is area of the parallelogram.
or, D +D2 2 = l(a +b )
2 2
A=lh = x bh 2
Where, D and D are the diagonals and a and b are the

x 2
A_ A_
adjacent sides. :.l= k andb= ^
Ex.: In a parallelogram, the lengths of adjacent sides are
12 cm and 14 cm respectively. I f the length of one Ex.: A parallelogram has an area of 160 cm . I f the distance 2
diagonal is 16 cm, find the length of the other diago- between its opposite sides are 10 cm and 16 cm. Find
nal. the sides of the parallelogram.
Soln: In a parallelogram, the sum of the squares of the di- Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
agonals = 2 x (the sum o f the squares of the two 1 6 0
adjacent sides) Length of the parallelogram = -~r- -1 o cm.

or, D +D 2 22 = l{a +b )
2 2
1 6 0 ,n
or, 1 6 + x = 2 ( l 2 + 1 4 )
2 2 2 2
Breadth of the parallelogram = -rr- • H i cm.
or, 256 + x =2(144+196) 2

Exercise
or, x 2 i 680 - 256 = 424 .'. * = V424 = 20.6 c m
1. A parallelogram has an area o f 150 cm . I f the distance
2
between its opposite sides are 15 cm and 25 cm. Find the

Exercise sides of the parallelogram.
1. A parallelogram, the lengths of whose sides are 11 cm a) 10 cm, 6 cm
and 13 cm has one diagonal 20 cm long. Find the length b) 12 cm, 8 cm
of another diagonal. c) 8 cm, 4 cm
a) 15 cm b)18cm d) Data indequate
c) 20 cm d) Can't be determined 2. A parallelogram has an area o f 144 cm . I f the distance
2
2. A parallelogram, the lengths o f whose sides are 11 cm between its opposite sides are 12 cm and 16 cm. Find the
and 8 cm has one diagonal 10 cm long, find the length of sides of the parallelogram.
the other diagonal. a) 12 cm, 9 cm b) 10 cm, 6 cm
a) 17.78 cm (approx) b) 18.68 cm (approx) c) 14 cm, 10 cm d) None of these
c) 17.87 cm (approx) d) Data inadequate 3. A parallelogram has an area of 196 cm . I f the distance
2
3. In a parallelogram, the lengths of adjacent sides are 24 between its opposite sides are 7 cm and 14 cm. Find the
cm and 28 cm respectively. I f the length of one diagonal sides of the parallelogram.
is 32 cm, find the length of the other diagonal. a) 28 cm, 14 cm
a) 41.2 m (approx) b) 31 m (approx) b) 14 cm, 7 cm
c) 43.2 m (approx) d) None of these c) 28 cm, 21 cm
Answers d) Data inadequate
l.c 2. a 3. a
Answers
l.a 2. a 3. a
Rhombus c) 625 sq cm d) Data inadequate

4. The side and the height of a rhombus are 12 cm and 18
Rule 37 cm respectively. Find its area.
Theorem: To find perimeter of a rhombus if the length of a)216sqcm b)261sqcm
the two diagonals are given. c) 316 sq cm d) Data inadequate
Answers
Perimeter of the rhombus = ^2^/(rf, +^)j 2 2 units.
Area of square _ base x base
Where, d and d are the two diagonals.
x 2
1. a, Hint. ^ ^ |j
r e aQ rbase height
n o m U S x
axa a
Ex.: In a rhombus, the length of the two diagonals are 40 — — = — > 1, since a > h
axn n
metres and 30 metres respectively. Find its perimeter.
2.b 3.b 4. a
perimeter of the rhombus Rule 39
= 2 /(40) +(30) = 2^2500 = 50x2 = 100m.
A 2 2
Theorem: To find the side and one of the diagonals of a
rhombus if area and one of Us diagonals are given.
Exercise 2A
1. In a rhombus, the length of the two diagonals are 3 metres (i) Diagonal of the rhombus [d ) = ^ 2
and 4 metres respectively. Find its perimeter.

a) 14m b)10m c)5m d)7m if 1,2
2. In a rhombus, the length of the two diagonals are 12 (ii) Side of the rhombus -
metres and 16 metres respectively. Find its perimeter. Where, A = area of the rhombus
a)20m b)40m c)25m d)45m
3. In a rhombus, the length of the two diagonals are 18 d = length of the one diagonal
x
metres and 24 metres respectively. Find its perimeter. d = length of the other diagonal.
2
a)30m b)45m c)60m d)55m

Answers
Ex.: A rhombus of area 24 sq cm has one of its diagonals
l.b , 2.b 3.c
of 6 cm. Find the other diagonal and side of the rhom-
Rule 38 bus.
Soln: Detail Method: Area = 24 sq cm
Theorem: To find area of a rhombus If the side and the
height are given. Length of the diagonal = d = 6 cm x
Area of the rhombus = (side x height) sq units.

Area = -£ (Product o f its diagonals) = ^-xd xd
x 2
Ex.: The side and the height of a rhombus are 14 cm arid
2 Area 24 x 2
30 cm respectively. Find its area. d =
2 = 8 cm
area of the rhombus = 14 cm * 30 cm = 420 sq cm.
Exercise Side= -4d +d = - W 8 + 6 =5 cm
x2 22 2 2
2' 2
1. I f a square and a rhombus stand on the same base, then
the ratio of areas of square and rhombus is:
have
a) greater than 1 b) equal to 1
1 1 2x24 .
c) equal to — d) equal to — (0 Diagonal of the rhombus = —~— = ° cm
2 The side and the height o f a rhombus are 15 cm and 25
cm respectively. Find its area, 1 4x24x24
36.+
a) 325 sqcm b) 375 sqcm 6x6
c) 345 sq cm d) None of these (ii) Side of the rhombus = 2
The side and the height of a rhombus are 20 cm and 30
cm respectively. Find its area, cm
10
Exercise Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,

1. A rhombus ofarea 6 sqm has one ofits diagonals of 3 m. f i -• -\
Find the other diagonal and side of the rhombus.
Area= 8 = 8 x ^ 9 = 8 x 3 = 24 sq cm
a) 4 m, 5 m b) 6 m, 8 m
c) 4 m, 2.5 m d) Data inadequate
2. A rhombus of area 96 sq m has one of its diagonals of 12 Note: Expression of the above theorem can be written as
m. Find the other diagonal and side of the rhombus. follows,
a) 16m, 10m b)8m,20m (i) Area of the rhombus
c)16m,20m d)8m, 10m
3. A rhombus of area 216 sq cm has one of its diagonals of 'Perimeter^ ( d^ 2
24 cm. Find the other diagonal and side of the rhombus. sq units.
4 J {2
a)18cm,30cm b) 18cm, 15cm
c) 9 cm, 15 cm d) Data inadequate (ii) Length of the other diagonal
Answers
l.c 2.a 3.b ( Perimeter^ (d
= 2
Rule 40 I * J ~{~2)
units.
Theorem: If one of the diagonals of a rhombus of side 'x' " I f perimeter and one of the diagonals of a rhombus are given,
units measures'd' units, then the area of the rhombus is then the area and the length of the other diagonal can be
r —\ calculated."
2
given by d n
\x - — sq units and the length of the Exercise
\1
UJ J
1. Find the area of a rhombus one side of which measures
20 cm and one of whose diagonals is 24 cin.
( 1 \ a) 384 sqcm b) 348 sqcm
2 2
other diagonal is 2 x units. c) 484 sq cm d) Can't be determined
if* -
V 2. One side of a rhombus is 10 cm and one of its diagonals

is 12 cm. The area of the rhombus is:
Illustrative Example a) 120 cm 1 b)60 cm 1
Ex.: One of the diagonals of a rhombus of side 5 cm mea-

sures 8 cm. Find the area of the rhombus. c) 80 cm 2 d)96 cm 2
Soln: Detail Method: We know that the diagonals of a rhom- Answers

bus bisect each other at right angle.
From the figure we can write for right angled triangle, 24V
1. a; Hint: Required answer = 24 ^|20 - = 16x24
5 cm r T j
= 384 sq cm
d2 \>' 2. d
8 cm
Rule 41
D
To find the area of a rhombus if its diagonals are given.
= V25-16 = 3 cm
.-. d = 3 x 2 = 6 cm
2
Area of the rhombus Area of a rhombus

1
= — xd, xd 1 = — x 8 x 6 = 24 cm x D, x D = ^-(Product of diagonals)
2
2 2
Illustrative Example a) 6 cm b) 3.5 cm c) 2.5 cm d)5cm

Ex.: Find the area of a rhombus one o f whose diagonals Find the side of a rhombus one of whose diagonals mea-
measures 8 cm and the other 10 cm. sures 12 cmjand the other 16 cm.
a) 10cm I b)20cm c)12cm d)15cm
1 8x10 Find the side of a rhombus one of whose diagonals mea-
Soln: Area = — (product of diagonals) = —r— = 40 sq cm.
sures 18 cm and the other 24 cm.
a) 20 cm b)30cm c)15cm d) Data inadequate
Exercise
1. I f the perimeter of a rhombus is 4a and lengths of the Answers
diagonals are x and y, then its area is: l.c 2. a 3.c
111 Trapezium
a)a(x + y) b)x +y
2 r c)xy d)-xy
(NDA1990) Rule 43
2. In a rhombus whose area is 144 sq cm one of its diago- To find the area of a trapezium, when length of parallel
nals is twice as long as the other. The lengths of its sides and the perpendicular distance between them is given.
diagonals are: 1
Area of a trapezium = — (sum ofparallel sides x perpen-
a) 24 cm, 48 cm b) 12 cm, 24 cm
1
c) c m > 12V2 c m d)6cm, 12 cm dicular distance between the parallel sides) = — (a + b)h;
(CDS 1989)
where a and b are the parallel sides of the trapezium and h
3. Find the area of a rhombus one of whose diagonals mea-
is the perpendicular distance between the sides a and b.
sures 6 cm and the other 12 cm.
a) 36 sq cm b) 24 sq cm Illustrative Example
c) 20 sq cm d) None of these Ex.: A trapezium has the perpendicular distance between
4. Find the area of a rhombus one of whose diagonals mea- the two parallel sides 60 m. I f the lengths of the paral-
sures 8 cm and the other 18 cm. lel sides be 40 m and 130 m, then find the area of the
a) 42 sq cm b) 72 sq cm trapezium. ^
c) 52 sq cm d) Data inadequate Soln: Applying the above formula,
Answers
1. d; Area of a trapezium = ^ (l 30 + 40)60 = 85 x 60 = 5100
2. b; Hint: Let its diagonals be x cm and 2x cm. Then sqm.
1 ,
- x x x 2 x = 144=>x =144 or,x=122 Exercise
2
Lengths of diagonals are 12 cm, 24 cm 1. The cost of ploughing trapezoid field at the rate of Rs
3.a 4.b 1.35 per square metre is Rs 421.20. The difference be-
tween the parallel sides is 8 metres and the perpendicu-
Rule 42 lar distance between them is 24 metres. Find the length
To find the sides of the rhombus if its two diagonals are of parallel sides.
given. a)17m,9m b)28m,20m
c) 34 m, 26 m d) Can't be determined
Side of rhombus = ^x^D 2 +D22 ; Where, D, and D
2
2. The two parallel sides of a trapezium are 1 m and 2 m
respectively. The perpendicular distance between them
are the two diagonals. is 6 m. The area of trapezium is:
Illustrative Example a)9m 2 b)\2m2 c)6 m 2 d)18/w 2
Ex.: Find the side of a rhombus one of whose diagonals 3. The cross section of a canal is a trapezium in shape. I f
measures 6 cm and the other 8 cm. the canal is 10 m wide at the top and 6 m wide at the
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have bottom and the area of cross section is 640 m , the2
length of canal is:

side= - x V(6) + (8) = ~ x ^(36 + 64) = 5 cm.
X 2 2
a)40m b)80m c)160ri1 d)384m
4. The area of a trapezium is 384 sq cm. If its parallel sides
Exercise are in the ratio 3 : 5 and the perpendicular distance be-
1. Find the side of a rhombus one of whose diagonals mea- tween them be 12 cm, the smaller of parallel sides is:
sures 4 cm and the other 3 cm. a) 16 cm b)24cm c)32cm c)40cm
Answers are 105 metres and 72 metres. Find the cost of ploughing
1. a; Hint: Let the length of parallel sides be x and y. the field at the rate of 60 paise per square metres.
a)Rs3404 b)Rs3440 c)Rs3574 d)Rs3414
421.20
Area = = 312 sq m 2 The two parallel sides of a trapezium measure 58 metres
and 42 metres respectively. The other two sides are equal,
Now, applying the given rule, each being 17 metres. Find its area.
a) 570 sqm b) 750 sqm
312 = - ( x + v)x24 .-. x + y = 2 6 (i) c) 740 sq m d) 760 sq m
2
3. Find the area of a trapezium whose parallel sides are 11
and x - y = 8 (given) (ii)
metres and 25 metres long and the non-parallel sides are
By solving equ (i) and equ (ii), we get
15 metres and 13 metres long respectively.
x = 17mandy = 9m.
a)216sqm b)316sqm
2. a
c)215sqm d)206sqm
3. b; Hint: let the length of canal be x m.
Answers
l..„ ,.n 640x2
Then, - ( 1 0 + 6 ) x * = 640=>;r = — — = 80m. 1.a; H i n t : k = 120 - 75 = 45
2 16
45 + 105 + 72
1 3 84 x 2 s= = 111
4. b;Hint: - ( 3 s + 5 * ) x l 2 = 384 =>x = =s
2. 8x12
120 + 75
.-. Smaller side = 24 cm. Area = yjl 11(1 11 + 45X1 11 -105X11 1-72)
45
Rule 44 = 5673.66
Theorem: Tofindthe area of a trapezium, when the lengths 5673.66x60
of parallel sides and non-parallel sides are given. .-. the cost of ploughing the field =
100
Rs3404
Area of a trapezium = ^(s-kfe-cfc-d)
2b 3. a
where, k = (a - b) ie the difference between the parallel
sides and c and d are the two non-parallel sidec of the
Rule 45
To find the perpendicular distance between the two paral-
k+c+ d lel sides of the trapezium.
trapezium. And s =
Illustrative Example Perpendicular distance = j-J ( ~ H ~ )i ~ )

s s k s c s ci
Ex.: In a trapezium, parallel sides are 60 and 90 cms re-

where, k = (a - b) ie the difference between the parallel
spectively and non-parallel sides are 40 and 50 cms
sides and c and d are the two non-parallel sides of the
respectively. Find its area.
trapezium.
Soln: k = difference between the parallel sides
= 9 0 - 6 0 = 30 cm k+c+ d
And s =
Let c be 40 cm then d = 50 cm 2
k+c+ d 30 + 40 + 50. 120 , Illustrative Example
Now,s= — = - = — = 60 ciri
Ex.: In a trapezium parallel sides are 60 and 90 cm respec-
tively and non-parallel sides are 40 and 50 cm respec-
a+ b
Area s(s - k\s - c)[s - d) tively. Find the perpendicular distance between the
k two parallel sides of the trapezium.
60 + 90 2
^60(60 - 30X60 - 40X60 - 50) Soln: h = T j s{s - k\s - c\s - d) [k=(90-60) = 30ands
30
= 5V60x30x20xl0 = 5 x 600 = 3000 sq cm. 30 + 40 + 50

= 60]
Exercise
1. A field is in the form of a trapezium whose parallel sides 0 1
= — x V 6 0 x 3 0 x 2 0 x l O = — x 6 0 0 = 40 cm
are 120 metres and 75 metres and the non-parallel sides 30 15
Exercise Exercise
1. In a trapezium parallel sides are 30 and 45 cm respec- 1. The two parallel sides of a trapezium of area 400 sq cm
tively and non-parallel sides are 20 and 25 cm respec- measure 15 cm and 35 cm. What is the height of the
tively. Find the perpendicular distance between the two trapezium.
parallel sides of the trapezium. a) 15cm b)25cm c)16cm d)24cm
a) 40 cm b)45cm c)20cm d)25cm 2. The height of a trapezium is 20 cm. Area and one of its
2. In a trapezium parallel sides are 50 and 80 cm respec- parallel sides are 250 sq cm and 16 cm respectively. Find
tively and non-parallel sides are 30 and 40 cm respec- the other parallel side.
tively. Find the perpendicular distance between the two a) 9cm b) 8 cm
parallel sides of the trapezium. c) 12 cm d) Data inadequate
3. The two parallel sides of a trapezium of area 150 sq cm
, 40>/5 40A/3 measure 12 cm and 18 cm. What is the height of the
a) — - — cm b) — - — cm
trapezium.
c) 8A/3 c m d) Data inadequate a)5cm b)10cm c)15cm d)21cm

3. In a trapezium parallel sides are 25 and 40 cm respec- Answers
tively and non-parallel sides are 15 and 20 cm respec-
l.c 2.a;Hint: 20 = 2x250 x = 9 cm. 3.b
tively. Find the perpendicular distance between the two x + 16
parallel sides of the trapezium. Circle
, 30V3 20V3
a) cm b) — - — cm Rule 47
7
Theorem: Tofind the circumference of a circle when radius
: 20V5 is given.
c) — - — cm d) Data inadequate Circumference of a circle = 2nr or, nd [: Diameter (d) =
2rJ
Answers Note: To find the radius of a circle when perimeter or cir-
l.c 2a 3.c cumference is given.
Rule 46 (i) Radius of a circle =

Perimeter or circumference
and
Theorem: Tofind the height of the trapezium if its area and 2n
parallel sides are given.
Perimeter r _ . „ i
(ii) Diameter = Diameter = 2r\
2A )
Height =
Where, A = Area of the trapezium, a and b are the length of Ex. 1: Find the perimeter or circumference of a circle of ra-
parallel sides of the trapezium. dius 7 cm.
X J- , 22 1
Circumference = 27tr = 2 x — x 7 = 44 c m
Ex. 2: Find the radius o f a circular field whose circumfer-

1
encemeasures 5— km.
2
22
ABCD is a trapezium. Take n = —
7
C_
Ex.: The two parallel sides of a trapezium of area 800 sq cm Soln: r
measure 25 cm and 55 cm. What is the height of the
trapezium. .-. required radius
2x800 2x800 11x1000 —xl000x7
= 20 cm. = - —r m = 2- m = 875m.
Height = 25 + 55 80
2
27i 2x22
elementary Mensuration - I
Exercise ['.• Diameter = 2 x radius]

The perimeter of a semi circle of 56 cm diameter will be: Note: To find the radius of a circle when its area is given.
a) 144cm b)232cm c) 154cm d) 116cm
1
[Bank PO Exam 1989]
Find the circumference o f a circle whose radius is 42
J Area and
metres.
a) 264 metres b) 624 metres c) 426 metres d) 264 metres Area
(ii) Diameter of the circle = 2
I The difference between the circumference and diameter
of a circle is 210 metres. Find the radius of the circle.
4 A circular wire of radius 42 cm is cut and bent in the form Ex. 1: Find the area of a circular field of radius 7 m.
of a rectangle whose sides are in ratio 6 : 5 . The smaller Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
side of the rectangle is: Area of the circular field
a) 30 cm b)60cm c)72cm d) 132 cm 22
= nr x 7 x 7 = 154 sqm.
11. Tax and Central Excise 1989]
i The difference between the circumference and the ra-
Ex. 2: Find the radius of a circular table whose surface area
dius of a circle is 74 metres. Find the diameter of the
3.b is 154 cm .2
circle.
a)28m b)14m c)7m d)35m
€ Find the cost of fencing a circular field of 560 metres
radius = = V 7 ^ 7 = 7 cm.
radius at Rs 332 per 10 metres.
a)Rs 118684 b)Rs 118584
Exercise
c)Rs 116864 d)Rs 116854
1. Find the circumference and the area of a circle of diam-
Answers eter 98 cm.
22 a) 308 cm, 7546 sq cm b) 380 cm, 7456 sq cm
!. a; Hint: Perimeter = (nr + 2r) = x28 + 56 = 144 cm c) 380 cm, 7645 sq cm d) 308 cm, 7545 sq cm
2 The length of a rope by which a buffalo must be tethered
_. a
in order that she may be able to graze an area of9856 sq
3a; Hint:27ir-2r= 210
and m, is:
22 a)56m b)64m c)88m d)168m
r(jt -1)=105 or,r 105 [I. Tax and Central Excise 19891
105x7 3. Find the area of a circle whose radius is 3-1 km.

.-. r = ——— = 4 9 m
a) 38.5 sq km b)83.5sqkm
c) 36.5 sq km d) None of these
22
4. I f the radius o f one circle is twelve times the radius of
4. b;Hint:2(6x + 5x) = 2x — x 4 2 . or,x=12
another, how many times does the area of the greater
.-. smaller side = 5x = 5 x 12 = 60 cm contain the area of the smaller?
5. a; Hint:27tr-r = 74 a) 12 times b) 64 times
74x7 c) 144 times d) Data inadequate
or, r(2 7t -1) = 74 or,r = 3 ? = 14m 5. The radius of a circle is 2 metres. What is the radius of
another circle whose area is 9 times that of the first?
.-. diameter = 14 x 2 = 28m a) 18m b)12m , c)6m d)9m
332 22 6. Find the area of a circle whose diameter is 200 cm [Take
6. c; Hint: Required cost = — x 2 x y x 560 = Rs 11 6864 7t=3.1416]
a)31416sqcm b)31516sqcm
Rule 48 c)31216sqcm d)31816sqcm
7. The area of a triangular plate of which the base and the
Theorem: Tofindthe area of a circle if radius is given.
altitude are 33 cm and 14 cm respectively is to be re-
f Diameter^ 2
duced to one third by drilling a circular hole through it.
Area of a circle = nr = 71
Calculate the diameter of the hole.
542 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER M A T H S
Answers Exercise
1. a; Hint: Diameter of the circle = 98 cm 1. The area of a circle is 38.5 square metres. Find its circm*-;
• Its radius=49 cm ference.
.-. Circumference = 2 n r = ^ y 2 x x 4 9 j =3.08 metres 2. The circumference of a circle is 6.6 metres. Find its area,
a)3.465sqm b)4.365sqm c)3.565 sqm d)3.466sqm
(See Rule-47) 3. The circumference of a circle is 352 m. Its area is:
a)9856 /w 2 b)8956 / M 2 c)6589 m d)5986 m
2 1
And,area = ^ 2 = ( y - x 4 9 x 4 9 J = 7 5 4 6 sqcm |NDA Examl99(t
( 4. Find the area of a circle whose circumference is 6 — km.

2. a; Hint: nr = 9 8 5 6 = > r
2 2 9856 x = (448x7)
22
r=56m. a) 7t sq km b) — sq km c) 371 sq km d) 27t sq km
22 7 7 77
3. a; Hint: Area= Y*!*! = T = 3 8 - 5 s ( l k m
Answers
7t(12r) 144
2
(circumference)
4. c; Hint: 5— = —— = 144 times l.a; Hint: 38.5 =
nr 1 An
38.5x4x22 _ .
nr' .-. circumference = 1/ z. V4s4 =22 metres
5 c ; Hint: 2 or, r 2 =36
1 71(2)
2. a 3. a 4. a
r = 6m
6. a
Rule 50
Theorem: To findarc oja sector, when 9 (angle subtended
7. b; Hint: Area of plate = * 3 1 x ! 4 j = 231 sqcm
by the arc at the centre of a circle of which arc is a part) and
circumference (or perimeter) is given.
Reduced area = - x 2 3 1 = 77 sq cm ( 1 9
(i) Arc of a sector = |, J x circumference

Area of hole = (231 - 77) = 154 sq cm
7tr =154
2
360 x Arc of sector
(ii) Circumference = —
or, r = — x7 = 7 x 7 ... r = A /7x7 =7cm

(iii) Area of a sector = -TTT * nr [If only radius (r)
.-. Diametdr = 2 r = 2 x 7 = 1 4 c m
of the circle is given]
Rule 49
1
Theorem: To find the area of circle if its perimeter or cir-
cumference is given.
= — x radius x length of arc
(circumference) 2
Area of a circle = — Illustrative Example

47t
Ex.: Length of a metal wire is 60 cm. Metal wire is bent anc
Illustrative Example made an arc as a part of perimeter of a circle. If this arc
Ex.: The circumference of a circular garden is 1012 m. Find subtends'an angle of 60° at the centre, then find the
the area. perimeter of the circle.
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 360x60 , . x n
Circumference = — — — = 360 m . C
60
22 Exercise
Area= 4x =81466 q m . S
1. : In a circle of radius 28 cm, an arc subtends an angle c

elementary Mensuration - I 543
72° at the centre. Find the length of the arc and the area the corner by the same rope, over what area can it graze?
of the sector so formed. a) 254 sq m b) 462 sq m
a) 35.2 cm, 492.8 sq cm b) 36 cm, 493 sq cm c) 616 sq m d) Data inadequate
c) 35.4 cm, 492.8 sq cm d) None of these 10. Find the length of the arcs cut off from a circle of radius
1 The length of an arc subtending an angle of 72° is 22 cm. .7 cm by a chord 7 cm long.
Find the radius of the circle.
1 2 _2 1
a) 17 cm b) 17.5 cm c) 18.5 cm d)27.5cm a) I-m, 36j m b) I- m, 3b- m
1 The radius of a circle is 35 cm. Find the area of a sector

enclosed by two radii and an arc 44 cm in length.
a) 770 sq cm b) 670 sq cm c) 8 - m, 32— m d) None of these
c) 780 sqcm d) Can't be determined
11. The radius of a circle of centre O is 5 cm. Two radii OA
4 If a piece of wire 20 cm long is bent into an arc of a circle
krr and OB are drawn at right angles to each other. Find the
subtending an angle of 60° at the centre, then the radius
areas of the two segments made by the chord BA.
of the circle (in cm) is:
1 3 2 4
7i 7i 120 60 a) 7 - sqm, 71— q m S b) <> — sqm, 7 2 y q m S
a > m ^To c > V d > T

[NDAExam 1990] c 2 3
i Find the area of sectors o f a circle whose radius is 6 c) sqm, '•>— sqm d) Data inadequate
metres
(i) when the angle at the centre is 42°. Answers
a)13.2sqm b)14sqm 2wx9 (_ 22 72 N
c) 25 sqm d) 12 sqm 1. a; Hint: Length of arc = ^ go 2x—x28x

7 360.
(ii) when the length of the arc is 11 metres,
a)33 sqm b) 34 sqm = 35.2 cm
7tr x0 2 (22 72
22 Area of the sector = x28x28x
360
i Taking n = — , find the area of the sector when 7 360
•* .7 = 492.8 sq cm
(i) angle = 90° and radius = 21 cm
72 * 22
2 b Hint: 22 =
- x 2 x -— xr r = 17.5 cm
a) 346— sq m b) 348— sqm
z. o, n u n . z z 3 6 Q ?
22 0
c) 347— sq m 3.a;Hint:44= I y ^ or, 0 = 72°.
d) Data inadequate 2 x x 3 5 x
3 3 f22 72 ^
(ii) arc = 9— metres and radius = 9— metres Area of sector = — x x35x35 = 770 sq cm
8 5 7 360
a) 48 sq m b) 45 sq m
360x20 360x20 60
c) 44 sq m d) 55 sq m 4. d; Hint: 2nr •• .-. r = — — — - — cm
60 60 7t
From a circular piece of cardboard of radius 3 metres two
sectors of 40° have been cut off. Find the area of the 42 22 , , 66 1
remaining portion. 5. (i) a; Hint: Required area = — x—- x 6 x 6 = — = 1 3 -
iOU / J J
a) 22 sqm b) 44 sqm c) 28 sqm d) 18 sqm
The area of a sector is one-twelfth that of the complete = 13.2 sqm.
circle. Find the angle of the sector, 1 e
a) 45° b)60° c)90° d)30° (ii) a; Hint: Required area = — x 6 x 11 = 33sqm

p- (i) A horse is placed inside a rectangular enclosure 40 6.(i) a (ii)b
metres by 36 metres and is tethered to one corner by a
rope 14 metres long. Over what area can it graze? „ 2x40 - 2 2
7. a; Hint: Required area = ^3 — ^ J Q . -

a)154sqm b)124sqm
(ii) I f the horse is outside the enclosure and is tethered to
1 . , 25
Q i ,.• 2 1 9x22x7 Area of the — x 5 x 5 = — sqm
A O A B =
2 2
.-. Area of the segment ADB
nr' Q 2 n 360 275 25 50 _ 1
8.d;Hint: — = — *nr 2 :. 6 = — =30°. - — — = — = / — sqm and
12 360 12 14 2 7 7 M
9. (i) a; Hint: area of the segment AEB

40m
22 50 500
= —x5x5 = = 7 1 - sqm
Rule 51
Theorem: There are two concentric circles of radii R and r
OAB is a sector of a circle whose radius is 14 metres.
respectively. Now consider the following cases.
Case I: If larger circle makes 'n' revolutions to cover m
.-. Area of the sector OAB = — X T C X 14x14
360 certain distance, then the smaller circle makes
1 22 n revolutions to cover the same distance.

= - x — x l 4 x l 4 =154 sqm
4 7
Case II: If smaller circle makes n revolutions to cover t
22
(ii) b; Hint: Required area = y x 14 x 14 -154 'A
certain distance, then the larger circle makes — A
= 616-154 = 462 sqm. revolutions to cover the same distance.

10. a; Hint: Two arcs will be cut off, one smaller and the other
bigger. (See the figure given below)
D Exj There are two concentric circles of radii 8 cm and 3 cm
respectively. I f larger circle makes 120 revolutions to
cover a certain distance, then find the number of revo-
lutions made by smaller circle to cover the same dis-
tance.
Soln: Applying the above theoerm, we have
o
the required no. of revolutions = —xl20 = 320 revo-
A OAB is an equilateral triangle 3
.. zO = 60° lutions.
.-. length of the arc ADB
Exercise
60, 22 _ _ 2 2 _ _ 1 1. There are two concentric circles of radii 15 cm and 5 cm
XZ X X/ / — rn flTld respectively. I f larger circle makes 100 revolutions to
360 7 3 3
length of the arc AEB cover a certain distance, then find the number of revolu-
tions made by smaller circle to cover the same distance
, 22 22 110 „ 2 a) 300 revolutions b) 250 revolutions
= 2x — x7 = = 36— m
c) 125 revolutions d) Data inadequate
7 3 3 3
11. a; Hint: 2. There are two concentric circles of radii 12 cm and 4 cm
respectively. I f larger circle makes 70 revolutions to cover
a certain distance, then find the number of revolutions
made by smaller circle to cover the same distance.
a) 210 b)120 c)240 d)225
3. There are two concentric circles of radii 10 cm and 6 cm
respectively. I f smaller circle makes 50 revolutions to
cover a certain distance, then find the number of revolu-
Area of the sector OADB tions made by larger circle to cover the same distance,
a) 15 b)30 c)16 d)25
90 22 275
x5x5' Answers
~ 360 * 7 14 sqm l.a 2.a 3.b
Rule 52 Exercise
545
Theorem: There are two concentric circles. Radius of the 1. There are two concentric circles. Radius of the larger
2
x circle is 14 cm. Area of the smaller circle is -j th of the
larger circle is R. If the area of the smaller circle is of
area between the two cirlces. Find the area of the shaded
the area of the region (shadedportion) between two circles, portion.
then a) 440 sqcm b) 420 sqcm
c) 220 sq cm d) 660 sq cm
1
(i) the radius of the smaller circle = Rs 2. There are two concentric circles. Radius of the larger
1
circle is 7 cm. Area of the smaller circle is — th of the
area between the two cirlces. Find the area of the smaller
circle.
a) 11 sqcm b)22sqcm c) 14sqcm d)28sqcm
3. There are two concentric circles. Radius of the larger
1
(ii) the perimeter of the smaller circle circle is 14 cm. Area of the smaller circle is — rd of the
f \ area between the two cirlces. Find the diameter of the

1 smaller circle.
2nR a) 7 cm b)14cm c)21cm d) Data inadequate
1+- 4. There are two concentric circles. Radius of the larger
4
circle is 35 cm. Area of the smaller circle is — of the area
1
(iii) the area of the smaller circle — ^ n
between the two cirlces. Find the perimeter of the smaller
1+^ circle.
V x J
a) 44 cm b)88cm c)66cm d) Data inadequate
and
Answers
( ^
l.a 2.a
1 3. b; Hint: Radius of the smaller circle = 7 cm
(iv) the area of the shaded portion = nR'
i +- .-. diameter=7x2= 14cm
y) 4. b
Where, R = radius of the larger circle. Rule 53

Theorem: Length of a carpet'd'm wide, required to cover
the floor of a room which is x m long and y m broad, is
Ex.: There are two concentric circles. Radius of the larger
1 given by m. Or
circle is 28 cm. Area of the smaller circle is — rd of the
area between the two cirlces. Find the area and perim- Length of room x Breadth of room
eter of the smaller circle. Length required 1
Width of carpet
Perimeter of the smaller circle = 2* x 28 x Ex.: How many metres of a carpet 75 cm wide will be re-
1+3
quired to cover the floor of a room which is 20 metres
22 1
2x — x 2 8 x - = 88 cm long and 12 metres broad?
7 2 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
Area of the smaller circle
20x12 „ .
required length = ^ — MM m.
= — x 2 8 x 2 8 x i = 616 sq cm.
Exercise 2. The cost of carpeting a room, 3 metres 2 dm broad with

1. When 111 metres ofcarpet will cover a floor 18.5 metres carpet at Rs 45 per sq m is Rs 1080. Find the length of the
by 7.5 metres, what is the width of the carpet? room.
a) 1.25 metres b) 2 metres a) 7 m b)7m5dm c)6m2dm d)7m2dm
c) 2.75 metres d) 2.25 metres 3. It costs Rs 15600 to carpet a room 7.5 metres wide with
2. How many metres of a carpet 60 cm wide will be required carpet 9 dm wide at Rs 234 per metre. What is the length
to cover the floor of a room which is 18 metres long and of the room?
15 metres broad? a)8m b)6m c)10m d)12m
a) 320 m b)360m c)420m d)450m 4. Ifit costs Rs 33750 to carpet a hall 25 metres by 15metres
3. How many metres of a carpet 40 cm wide wi 11 be required with carpet at Rs 225 per metre, find the width of the
to cover the floor of a room which is 16 metres long and carpet.
10 metres broad? a)2.5m b)2m c)3m d)3.5m
a) 400 m b)380m c)350m d)325m Answers
4. How many metres of a carpet 1 m 4 cm wide will be re- La
quired to cover the floor of a room which is 26 metres
long and 20 metres broad? 1080
2. b; Hint: Area of the room = = 24 sq m
45
Answers 24
.-. length of the room = y y = 7.5m = 7 m 5 dm.
18.5x7.5 18.5x7.5
1. a; Hint: 111 = • ' • * =———=1.25metres
x 111 7.5 x x _ 15600x0.9
2. d 3.a 4.c 3a; Hint: — x 234 = 15600 X ~ 7.5x234 = 8 m -
Rule 54
25x15 „_ 25x15x225
Theorem: A 'd'm wide carpet is used to cover thefloor of a 4. a; Hint: 33750 = x 225 =2.5m.
room which is x m long and y m broad. If the carpet is 33750
available at Rs A per metre, then the total amount required
Rule 55
xy
to cover the floor of the room is given by Rs M x ^ Or Theorem: Number of tiles, each measuring d m* d m, x 2
Amount required =Rs required to pave a rectangular courtyard x m long andy m
length of room x breadth of roorn^ xxy

Rate per metre x- wide are given by
width of carpet d% xd
2J
Note: Length of the carpet Or
xy length of room x breadth of room length x breadth of courtyard

Numberoftilesrequired= l e n g t h x b r e a d t h o f e a c h t i l e
d °'r width of carpet

Ex.: A 75 cm wide carpet is used to cover the floor of a Ex.: How many paving stones each measuring 2.5 m x 2 m
room which is 20 metres long and 12 metres broad. are required to pave a rectangular courtyard 30 m long
What amount needs to be spent in carpeting the floor and 16.5 m wide?
if the carpet is available at Rs 20 per metre? Soln:
Applying the above theorem, we have the required
30x16.5 = 99
„ 20x12 answer =
2.5x2
the required answer = zO x ^ ^ = r 6400. s
Exercise
Exercise 1. The dimensions of the floor of a rectangular hall are 4 m
1. How many metres of carpet 75 cm wide will be required x 3 m. The floor of the hall is to be tiied fully with 8 cm *
to cover a floor 27 m by 16 m, and what will be the cost at 6 cm rectangular tiles without breaking tiles to smaller
Rs 30 a metre. sizes. The number of tiles required is:
a)576m,Rsl7280 b)767m, Rs20280 a)4800 b)2600 c)2500 d)2400
c) 567 m, Rs 17010 d) Data inadequate [CDS Exam 19911
2. How many paving stones, each measuring 10 dm by 9 and 33 m wide. What amount needs to be spent i f the
dm are required to pave a verandah 60 m long and 6 m tiles of the aforesaid dimension are available at Re 2 per
broad? piece?
a) 600 b)800 c)400 d)450 a)Rs99 b)Rsl98 c)Rs96 c)Rsl92
2. Certain number of paving stones each measuring 4 m x 2
1 2
3. How many planks 10 — m long and 3 — dm broad will be m are required to pave a rectangular courtyard 26 m long
and 12 m wide. What amount needs to be spent i f the
required for the ground whose length is 42 m and breadth tiles of the aforesaid dimension are available at Rs 5 per
12 m? piece?
a) 160 b)240 c)60 d)120 a)Rsl95 b)Rs390 c)Rsl59 d)Rs295
3. Certain number of paving stones each measuring 6 m x 5
4. How many postage stamps 2 cm long and 1 ^ cm wide m are required to pave a rectangular courtyard 20 m long
and 15 m wide. What amount needs to be spent i f the
will be required to cover a board of paper 3 dm long and
tiles of the aforesaid dimension are available at Rs 25 per
2 dm wide?
piece?
a) 300 b)150 c)250 d)200
a)Rs250 b)Rsl50 c)Rsl25 d)Rsl60 '
Answers
Answers
l.c; Hint: Area of the floor = (400 * 300) cm 2 l.b 2.a 3.a
Area of one tiles = (8><6) cm 2
Rule 57
400x300 • = 2500 Theorem: A room x m long andy m broad is to be paved
Number of tiles =
8x6 with square tiles of equal sizes. The largest possible tile so
3.d 4.d that the tiles exactly fit is given by " H C F of length and
breadth of the room" and the no. of tiles required are
Rule 56
xxy
Theorem: Certain number of tiles, each measuring d m*
x
(HCF of x and yf
d m, are required to pave a rectangular courtyard x m
2
long and y m wide. If the tiles are available at Rs A per Illustrative Example
Ex.: A hall-room 39 m 10 cm long and 35 m 70 cm broad is
piece, then the amount needs to be spent is given by Rs
to be paved with equal square tiles. Find the largest
( xxy N tile so that the tiles exactly fit and also find the num-
Ax — ber of tiles required.
{ d xd 2 J
x
Or Side o f largest possible square tile = HCF of length
Amount required and breadth of the room
length x breadth of courtyard =HCF of 39.10and35.70m = 1.70m
= price per tile x Also, number of tiles required
length x breadth of each tile
Length x breadth o f room
(HCF of length and breadth of the room) 2
Ex.: Certain number of paving stones each measuring 2.5
m x 2 m are required to pave a rectangular courtyard
39.10x35.70
30 m long and 16.5 m wide. What amount needs to be = 483
1.70x1.70
spent i f the tiles of the aforesaid dimension are avail-
able at Re 1 per piece? Exercise
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have 1. A rectangular courtyard 3.78 metres long and 5.25 metres
30x16.5 broad is to be paved exactly with square tiles, all of the
the required answer = 1 x = Rs99 same size. What is the largest size of such a tile? Also
2.5x2
find the number of tiles.
Exercise a) 21 cm, 450 b)20cm, 450
1. Certain number of paving stones each measuring 5 m x 4 c) 25 cm, 500 d) Can't be determined
m are required to pave a rectangular courtyard 60 m long 2. The length and breadth of a room are 10 m 75 cm and 8 m
25 cm respectively. The floor is to be paved with square c) 16 sq m d) Data inadequate

tiles of the largest possible size. The size of the tiles is: 2. A square field, 13 metres long, is surrounded by a path 3
a)25cmx25cm b)50cmx50cm metres wide. Find the area of the path.
c)20cmx20cm d)30cmx30cm a) 192 sqm b) 196 sqm c) 182 sqm d) None ofthese
[Hotel Management 1991 ] 3. A square field, 16 metres long, is surrounded by a path 4
3. A room 7.3 metres by 7.1 metres is to be paved with metres wide. Find the area of the path.
equal square tiles. Find the least number of whole tiles a) 320 sqm b) 340 sqm c) 220 sqm d) None ofthese
which will exactly cover the floor. 4. A square field, 18 metres long, is surrounded by a path 2
a) 5183 b)52 metres wide. Find the area of the path.
c)5813 d) Can't be determined a)80sqm b)160sqm c)180sqm d)100sqm
4 A room 9.49 metres long and 9.23 metres broad is to be
Answers
paved with equal square tiles. Find the biggest tile which
Lb 2.a 3.a 4.a
will exactly fit and the number required.
a) 0.13x0.13 sqm, 5183 Rule 59
b) 13 x 13sqm,5183
Theorem: If a square plot isxm long. It has a gravel path
c) 0.23x0.23 sqm, 5813
d m wide all round it on the inside, then the area of the path
d) 0.13x0.13sqm,5813
is given by 4d(x -d)sqnu
1. a; Hint: Largest size of tile
Ex.: A square grass plot is 100 m long. It has a gravel path
=HCF of378 cm and 525 cm = 21 cm
2.5 metres wide all round it on the inside. Find the
'378x525' area of the path.
Number of tiles = = 450
21x21 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
2. a; Hint: Largest possible size of the tile required answer=4 x 2.5 x (100-2.5) = 975 sq metres.
= HCF of 1075 nd 825 = 25 Exercise
.-. required answer = 25 cm x 25 cm
1. A path 2 metres wide, running all round a square garden
3. a; Hint: Required answer
has an rea of7680 sq metres. Find the area of the part of
7.3x7.1 the garden enclosed by the path.
= ( Q^ 2 =5183 [Since HCF of7.3 and 7.1 is 0.1.]
a)1.5sqkm b)1.9sqkm
4. a c) 2 sq km d) Can't be determined
2. A square grass plot is 22 m long. It has a gravel path 2
Rule 58 metres wide all round it on the inside. Find the area of
Theorem: If a square hall x metres long is surrounded by a the path.
verandah (on the outside of the square hall) d metres wide, a) 80 sq m b) 82 sq m
then the area of the verandah is given by 4d(x+d) sq metres. c) 96 sq m d) Data inadequate
Illustrative Example 3. A square grass plot is 24 m long. It has a gravel path 4
metres wide all round it on the inside. Find the area of
Ex.: A square field, 10 metres long, is surrounded by a
the path.
path 2 metres wide. Find the area of the path.
a)112sqm b)80sqm c)320sqm d)Noneofthese
4. A square grass plot is 31.5 m long. It has a gravel path
A'
B' 1.5 metres wide all round it on the inside. Find the area of
A B
the path.
2 a)180sqm b)198sqm c)280sqm d)298sqm
m 10m
<-) Answers
9680
D L a ; H i n t : 4 x 2 x ( x , - 2 ) = 9680 or,x-2 = = 1210
C 8
D' or,x= 1210+2= 1212
Area of the path = 4 x 2 (10 + 2) = 96 sq metres.
Area of the garden = (1212) =1468944 sqm
2
Exercise
1. A square field, 5 metres long, is surrounded by a path 1 requiredarea =1468944-9680= 1459264 sqm
metre wide. Find the area of the path, = 1.459264 sq km a 1.5sqkm
2. a 3.c 4. a
a) 48 sq m b) 24 sq m
Rule 60 600-100
Theorem: If a rectangular hall x m long andy m broad, is ••• x y = — j ^ — = 5 0
+
surrounded by a verandah (on the outsidefo the rectangu- From this lone equation we cannot get the required ratio
lar hall) d m wide, then the area of the verandah is given by 2. b; Hint: Let the length and breadth be 7x and 4x
2d[(x+y)+2d]m . 2
2 x 4 [ ( 7 x + 4 x ) + 2 x 4 ] = 4 1 6 or,88x=416-64=352
Or
.-. x = 4
Area of verandah = 2(width of verandah) x [length+breadth .-. Iength = 7 x 4 = 2 8 m a n d b r a d t h 4 x 4 = 1 6 m .
of room + 2 (width of verandah)] 3. d 4.b 5.a
Ex.: A rectangular hall 12 m long and 10 m broad, is sur- Rule 61
rounded by a verandah 2 metres wide. Find the area Theorem: If a rectangular plot is 'x'm by 'y' nu It has a
of the verandah. gravel path'd'm wide all round It on the inside, then the
area of the path is given by 2d(x +y- 2d) sq m.
16 m
Ex.: A rectangular grassy plot is 112 m by 78 m. It has a
14 m gravel path 2.5 m wide all round it on the inside. Find
the area of the path and the cost of constructing it at
Rs 2 per square metre?
Soln: Since the verandah is outside the room, the above Soln: Since the path is inside the plot, the above theorem will
theorem will be applied. be applied,
Area of the path = 2 x 2.5 x ( l 12 + 78 - 2 * 2.5)
Areaofverandah=2x2(10+12+2x2) =4x26=104
m 2
= 5 x 185 = 925sqm.
.-. cost o f construction = rate x area '
Exercise = 2 x 925 = Rsl850
1. A rectangular garden has 5 metres wide road outside
around all the four sides. The area o f the road is 600 Exercise
square metres. What is the ratio between the length and 1. A rectangular field is 125 m long and 68 m broad. A path
the breadth of that plot? of uniform width of 3 metres runs round the field inside
a) 3 :2 b) 4:3 c) 5:4 d) Data inadequate it. Find the area of the path.
(BSRB Calcutta PO -1999) a)1122sqm b)1212sqm
2. The length and breadth of a rectangular field are in the c) 2211 sq m d) None of these
ratio 7 : 4. A path 4 metres wide running all round out- 2. A footpath of uniform width runs round the inside of a
side it has an area of 416 square metres. Find the length rectangular field 38 metres long and 32 metres wide. I f
and breadth of the field. the area of the path be 600 sq metres, find its width.
a)7m,4m b)28m, 16m a) 6 metres b) 5 metres c) 4 metres d) 8 metres
c)21 m, 12 m d) Data inadequate 3. A room 5 m x 4 m is to be carpeted leaving a margin of 25
3. A 5 m wide lawn is cultivated all along the outside of a cm from each wall. I f the cost of the carpet is Rs 80 per sq
rectangular plot measuring 90 m x 40 m. The total area of m, the cost of carpeting the room will be:
the lawn is: a)Rsl440 b)Rsl260 c)Rsl228 d)Rsll92
4. A rectangular court is 120 m long and 90 m broad and
a) 1200 m 2 b)1300 /w 2 d) 1400 m
c) 1350 m 2 2
inside it a path of uniform width of 10 m runs round it.
(CDS 1991) Find the cost of covering the path with flagstones at Rs
4. A rectangular room 10 m long and 8 m broad is sur- 25 per sq m.
rounded by a verandah 2 metres wide. Find the area of a) Rs 95000 b)Rs 59000 c)Rs9500 d)Rs5900
the verandah. 5. Find the cost at Rs 20 per metre of carpeting a floor 47 m
a) 89 sq m b) 88 sq m c) 86 sq m d) 98 sq m by 3 8 m with carpet 75 cm wide, so as to leave a margin of
5. A rectangular plot of grass 25 m 5 dm by 24 m 4 dm has 1 m uncovered all round.
a gravel walk 1.5 metres wide all-round it on the outside. a) Rs 45200 b)Rs 33200 c)Rs 43200 d)Rs 53200
Find the area of the walk in sq m.
a) 158.7 sq m b) 160 sq m c) 168.7 sq m d) 157.8 sq m
Answers
La
Answers 2. b; Hint: 2d (38 + 32 - 2d) = 600
1. d; Hint: 2 x 5 [(x+y) + (2 x 5)] = 600
oi,2d 2 -70d + 300 = 0
area of the boarder is 12 square metres. What is the

or, d -35d+150 = 0
1
width of the boarder. /

or, d -30d-5d+150 = 0
2 a) 50 cm b)lm c) 120 cm d)90cm
o r , d ( d - 3 0 ) - 5 ( d - 3 0 ) = 0 .-. d = 30,5 2. A path all around the inside of a rectangular park 25 m
.-. required answer = 5 metres by 20 m occupies 164 sq m. Find the width of the path.
Note: This can also be solved by Rule - 62. a)lm b)2m c)1.5m d)4m
3. A path all around the inside of a rectangular park 30 m
3. b; Hint: Area of the margin :
5 + 4 - 2 x 1 2x- = 4.25 by 25 m occupies 204 sq m. Find the width of the path.
V 4 a)3m b)2m c)2.5m d) 1 m
sq m Answers
Area of the carpet = 5><4- 4.25 = 15.75 sq m
.-. Costofcarpeting = 80 x 15.75 =Rs 1260 (8 + 5 ) - 7 ( 8 + 5 ) - 4 x l 2
2
1. a; Hint: Required answer =

4. a; Hint: Area of the path = 2 x 10 x [120+ 9 0 - 2 0 ]
= 2 0 x 190 = 3800 sqm 13-V169-48 13-11 1
.-. required cost = 3800 x 25 = rs 95000 = • !— = •——— = — m = 50 cm
5. c; Hint: Area of the margin = 2 x 1 (47+ 3 8 - 2 x 1 ) 4 4 2
= 166 sqm 2.b 3.b
Area of the floor = 47 x 38 = 1786 sq m Rule 63
.-. area of the carpet = 1786-166 = 1620 sqm Theorem: A rectangular garden is 'x' metres long and 'y'
™ 1620 metres broad. It Is to be provided with pavements'd' metres
.-. required cost = 20 x — — = Rg 43200 [See Rule - 54] wide all round it both on its outside as well as inside. Then
the total area of the pavement is given by 4d(x +y) sq m.
Theorem: If a path all around the Inside of a rectangular Ex.: A rectangular garden is 15 metres long and 10 metres
park 'x'mby 'y'm occupies 'A' sq m, then the width of the broad. It has 3 metres wide pavements all around it
both on its inside and outside. Find the total area of
(
{x+y)-\(x + yf -4A the pavements.
path is given by m. Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
total area ofthe pavements = 4 * 3(15+ 10) = 300sqm.

Ex.: A path all around the inside of a rectangular park 37 m 1. A garden is 30 m long and 20 m broad. It has 1.5 m wide
by 30 m occupies 570 sq m. Find the width of the path. pavements all around it both on its inside and outside.
Soln: Quicker Method -1: Fnd the total area of the pavement.
Area of path = 2 x width of path x [length + breadth of a) 300 sqm b) 150 sqm c) 600 sqm d) None ofthese
park - 2 x (width of path)] 2. A garden is 18 m long and 12 m broad. It has 2 m wide
=> 570 = 2 x x [37 + 30 - 2x] (x is the width of path)
x
pavements all around it both on its inside and outside.
=> 570=134x-4x => 4x -134x+570 = 0
2 J
Find the total area of the pavement and the cost of con-
struction of the pavement at the rate of Rs 3 per square
On solving this equation we get, x = 5 m.
metre.
Quicker Method - II:
a)Rsl440 b)Rs960 c)Rs480 d) Data inadequate
Applying the above theorem, we have
3. A garden is 35 m long and 25 m broad. It has 5 m wide
width of the path
pavements all around it both on its inside and outside.
(37 + 30)- 7(37 + 30) - 4 x 570
2
Find the total area of the pavement.
a) 1500 sqm b) 800 sqm
67-V4489-2280 67-47 4. A garden is 20 m long and 15 m broad. It has 1.5 m wide
5 m. pavements all around it both on its inside and outside.
Find the total area of the pavement.
Exercise a)210sqm b)135sqm c)175sqm d)220sqm
1. A carpet is laid on a rectangular floor of a drawing room
Answers
in a house, measuring 8 metres by 5 metres. There is a
l.a 2.a 3.c 4.a
boarder of constant width around the carpet and the
Rule 64 Soln: Quicker Method:

Now, for the given question,
Theorem: A square garden is 'x' metres long. It is to be
Areaofpath = 2 x (19.25+12.5-2)
provided with pavements'd' metres wide all round it both
=2x29.75 = 59.5 sqm.
on its outside as well as inside. Then the total area of the
.-. cost = rate x area = Rs (59.5 x 1.32) = Rs 78.54
pavement is given by (8dx) sq metres.
1. A rectangular lawn 60 metres by 40 metres has two roads
Ex.: A square garden is 10 metres long. It has 3 metres
each 5 metres wide, running in the middle of it, one par-
wide pavements all round it both on its inside and
allel to length and the other parallel to the breadth. Find
outside. Find the total area of the pavements.
the cost of gravelling them at 60 paise per square metre.
a)Rs285 b)Rs385 c)Rs275 d)Rs475
the total area of the pavements = 8 x 3 x 10 = 240 sq m.
2. A rectangular lawn 80 metres by 60 metres has two roads
Exercie each 10 metres wide running in the middle of it, one
1. A square garden is 20 metres long. It has 2 metres wide parallel to the length and the other parallel to the breadth.
pavements all round it both on its inside and outside. Find the cost of gravelling them at Rs 30 per square
Find the total area of the pavements. metre.
a) 320 sqm b) 325 sqm c)240 sqm d)None ofthese a)Rs3900 b)Rs 39000 c)Rs3600 d)Rs 36000
2. A square garden is 40 metres long. It has 1 metre wide 3. The length and breadth of a rectangular field are 500 m
pavements all round it both on its inside and outside. and 400 m respectively. I f two roads 10 m wide each are
Find the total area of the pavements. perpendicular to each other inside the field, what is the
a)320sqm b) 160sqm c)420sqm d)230sqm total area of the roads.
3. A square garden is 15 metres long. It has 1.5 metres wide a)8900sqm b)9800sqm c)9900'sqm d)8000sqm
pavements all round it both on its inside and outside. 4. A field is 19.25 m long and 12.5 m broad has two roads
Find the total area of the pavements. each 2 m wide running in the middle of it one parallel to
a) 180 sqm b) 160 sqm length and the other parallel to breadth. Find the cost of
c) 240 sq m d) Data inadequate gravelling them at Rs 1.32 per sq metre.
Answers a)Rs78 b)Rs 88.45 c)Rs 78.54 d)Rs 87.45
l.a 2. a 3. a 5. A field is 100 m long and 70 m wide. It has two roads
each of same breadth. One road is parallel to the length
Rule 65 and other parallel to breadth. I f the cost of gravelling
Theorem: An oblong piece ofground measures xmbyym. them at Rs 2 per sq metre is Rs 3200, find the breadth of
From the centre of each side a path'd'm wide goes across the roads.
to the centre of the opposite side. a) 5 m b) 10 m c) 12 m d) Data inadequate
I. Area of the path = d(x +y-d)
Answers
= (width of path) (length + breadth of park-width
1. a; Hint: Area of the path = 5 (60 + 40 - 5) = 475 sq m
ofpath)
II. Area of the park minus the path = (x-d) (y-d) 475x60
.-. the cost of gravelling the path = — ~ r r — = Rs 285
= (length of park - width of path) x (breadth of
park - width of the path) 2. b 3. a
4. c; Hint: Area of the path = 59.5 sq m
.-; the cost of gravellign the path = 59.5 x 1.32 = Rs 78.54
Ex.: An oblong piece of ground measures 19 m 2.5 dm by
12 metres 5 dm. From the centre of each side a path 2 3200
5. b; Hint: Area of the roads = = 1600 sqm
m wide goes across to the centre of the opposite side.
What is the area of the path? Find the cost of paving
these paths at the rate of Rs 1.32 per sq metre. d(100 + 70-d)=1600 or, d - 17d+ 1600 = 0
By solving equation, we have, d = 160,10
2m
.-. required answer = 10 m.
4 12.5m
2m
Rule 66
\t Theorem: There is a square garden of side 'x'metres. From
the centre of each side a path'd' metres wide goes across to
the centre of opposite side.
/. Area of the path = d(2x - d) sq metres.

In the given question, first side = |726 x — A
II. Area ofthe garden - minus the path = {x-df sq metres.
Illustrative Example Vl089 = 3 3 m

Ex.: There is a square field of side 5 metres. A path 1 metre
wide runs through the centre o f the field, one each and the second side 7 2 6 x y = V484 =22 m .
across its opposite sides. What is the total area of the
path and the area of the remaining portion of the field?
Exercise
1. The sides o f a rectangular field of 128 sq m are in the
total area of the path 1 (2 * 5 - 1 ) = 9 sq metres and the
ratio of 1 :2. Find the sides.
total area o f the remaining portion of the field =
a)16m,8m b)12m,6m
( 5 - l ) =16 sq metres.
2 c) 14 m, 7 m d) Data inadequte
2. The sides o f a rectangular field of 270 sq m are in the
Exercise ratio of 6 : 5. Find the sides.
1. There is a square field of side 10 metres. A path 2 metres a) 18m, 15m b)24m,20m
wide runs through the centre of the field, one each across c) 18 m, 12 m d) None of these
its opposite sides. What is the total area of the path and 3. The sides of a rectangular field of 1125 sq m are in the
the area of the remaining portion of the field? ratio of 9 : 5. Find the sides.
a) 36 sq m, 64 sq m b) 18 sq m, 32 sq m a)45m,25m b)36m,25m
c) 32 sq m, 64 sq m c) 18 sqm, 64 sqm c) 54 m, 25 m d) None of these
2. There is a square field of side 18 metres. A path 3 metres
Answers
wide runs through the centre of the field, one each across
l.a 2.a 3.a
its opposite sides. What is the total area of the path and
the area of the remaining portion of the field?
Rule 68
a) 99 sqm, 225 sqm b) 98 sq m, 224 sq m
Theorem: If the base and the height of a triangle are in the
cy99 sq m, 441 sq m d) Data inadequte
ratio x: y and the area of the triangle is A sqm, then the
3. There is a square field of side 21 metres. A path 1 metre
wide runs through the centre of the field, one each across
its opposite sides. What is the total area of the path and base is given by 2xAx-
mor ^ 2 x Areax Ratio and
the area of the remaining portion of the field?
a) 41 sqm, 400 sqm
b) 82 sq m, 200 sq m
the height is given by 2xAx-
c) 41 sqm, 200 sqm m
d) 82 sq m, 400 sq m
Answers or y]2 x Area x Inverse Ratio .
l.a 2.a 3.a
Rule 67 Ex.: The base of a triangular field is three times its height.
Theorem: If the sides of a rectangularfield of'A'sqm area I f the cost of cultivating the field at Rs 36.72 per hect-
are is Rs 495.72, find its base and height.
are in the ratio a: b, then the sides are given by ^jAx — or Soln: Detail Method: Area of the field
Rs 495.72 _ 27
hectares.
VAreax Ratio and y^ ~ x o r 4'AreaxInverse Ratio Rs 36.72
Illustrative Example Also, area of the field = — x 3 x Height x Height

Ex.: The sides of a rectangular field of726 sq m are in the
ratio of 3 :2. Find the sides.
= -(Height) 2
Soln: Quicker Method: Side= V Areax Ratio
2nd side = VAreax Inverse Ratio

^-(Height) - — hectares.
2
the required area

27 2
(Height) = —
2— x-T hectares X
2 3
= 9 hectares = 90000 sq metres. 24 x j ( 2 0 ) - ^ y j
2 =24x7400-144
:. Height = V90000 m == 300m = 2 4 x 1 6 = 384 cm . 2
Also, Base = 3 x Height = 900 m

Quicker Method: The ratio between base and height Exercise
1. The perimeter of a rhombus is 100 cm. If one of the di-
in above example is 3:1.
agonals measures 14 cm, what is the area of the rhom-
In such questions use the rule:
bus?
Base = 7 2 x Areax Ratio a)336sqcm b) 168sqcm c)504sqcm d)252sqcm
2. Find the area of a rhombus one side of which measures
Height - ^2 x Area x Inverse Ratio 26 cm and one diagonal 20 cm.
Now, ratio of base and height is 3 : 1. Hence, the ratio a) 480 sq cm b) 520 sq cm
attached with base is 3, the ratio attached with height c) 840 sq cm d) Data inadequate
isl. 3. Find the area of a rhombus one side of which measures
40 cm and one diagonal 48 cm.
.-. Base= J 2 x y x y = 9 0 0 m. a) 1536 sq cm b) 1436 sq cm
27 1 Answers
100
Height = - J 2 x - y x - =300 m . 1. a; Hint: Side = —— = 25 cm.
4
Exercise Applying the given rule, we get
1. The ratio of base and height of a triangular field is 3 : 2 the required answer = 336 sq cm.
and the area of the field is 108 sq m. Find its base and 2. a 3.a
height. Rule 70
a) 18m, 12m b)12m,8m Theorem: To find the other diagonal of a rhombus, ifpe-
c) 21 m, 14 m d) Data inadequate rimeter of rhombus and one of its diagonals are given.
2. The ratio of base and height of a triangular field is 5 : 4
and the area of the field is 90 sq m. Find its base and r diagonal s
height. Other diagonal = 2* (side) 2 - ; where side

a) 15m, 12m b)20m, 16m
c) 25 m, 20 m d) None of these Perimeter
3. The ratio of base and height of a triangular field is 7 : 5
and the area of the field is 437.5 sq m. Find its base and
height. Illustrative; Example
a)35m,25m b)21m,25m Ex.: The perimeter of a rhombus is 146 cm and one of its
c) 49 m, 3 5 m d) None of these diagonal is 55 cm. Find the other diagonal and the
Answers area of the rhombus.
l.a 2.a 3.a Soln: Applying the above rule,
Rule 69 146
Theorem: To find the area of a rhombus if one side and one one side of a rhombus = = 36.5 cm
diagonal are given.
Area of a rhombus = diagonal x j(side) -[^^j2 /. other diagonal = 2x j(36.5) 2 -[f J =:48 cm
Illustrative Example Now, area = — (product of diagonals)
Ex: Find the area o f a rhombus one side of which mea-
sures 20 cm and one diagonal 24 cm.
-x48x55 = 1320 sqcm.
Exercise Soln: Applying the above formula, we have

1. The perimeter of a rhombus is 144 cm and one o f its
diagonals is 18 cm, find the area o f the rhombus and |2x24V3
Side = : 4m
length of its other diagonal. ' 3>/3
a) 627.4 sq cm (approx), 69.7 cm (approx)
Octagon: An octagon has 8 sides,
b) 672.4 sq cm (approx), 67.9 cm (approx)
(i) Area of a regular Octagon
c) 527.4 sq cm (approx), 69.7 cm (approx)
d) None of these
= —cot -™)x(Side) =2y2 l\side)
l 2 + 2
2. The perimeter of a rhombus is 80 cm and one of its di- 4 8 J
agonal is 24 cm. Find the length of the other diagonal,
a) 32 cm b)30cm c)64cm d) Data inadquate Illustrative Example
3. The perimeter of a rhombus is 26 cm and one of its di- Ex: Find the area of an octagon whose side measures 6 m.
agonal is 20 cm. Find the length of the other diagonal, Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
a) 48 cm b)38cm c)36cm d)64cm the area of an octagon
Answers = 2(V2+l)s =72x2.414 = 173.82 sqm.
2
l.a 2. a 3. a (ii) If area of a regular octagon, is given, then

Problems on a Regular Polygon j Area
side of the regular octagon m
Rule 71 = \+l)
To find the area of a regular polygon if length of its each
side is given. Area of a regular polygon = Illustrative Example
Ex.: Find to the nearest metre the side of a regular octago-
n nal enclosure whose area is 1 hectare.
— cot — x(Side)\ When 'n' = No. of sides. Now con-
4
Soln: Area of a regular octagon = 2(1 + 42 \
sider the following regular polygons.
Hexagon: A hexagon has 6 sides. Now, 2(1 + V2~)z = 1 hectare.
2
6 (180 / « 10000
(i) Area of a regular Hexagon = ^ ^ " g * \y ) - lde a =-
2
2(1+72) s q m - o r ' a 2 = 2 0 7 1 s q m a pp r o x -
= | cot 30° x (Side) = ^j- x (Side)
2 2 .-. a=46 metres approx.
Exercise
[Since Cot 30°= 7 3 ]
1. Find the area of a regular hexagon whose side measures
Illustrative Example 8cm.
Ex.: Find the area of a regular hexagon whose side mea- a) 166.27 sq cm b) 156.27 sq cm
sures 9 cm. c) 166.72 sqcm d) 156.72 sqcm
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 2. Find the area of a regular octagon whose side measures
5 cm.
3V3V
area of a regular hexagon = a) ( > / 2 + l ) o sqcm b) 5o(V2+l) sqcm
Here a = 9 cm. c) 25(V2 +1) sq cm d) None of these
3V3x9 2
3. The area of a regular octagon is 51 sq cm, find its side,
.-. area = sq cm = 210.4 sq cm approx. a) 3.25 cm b) 5.25 cm c) 4.25 cm d) 6.25 cm
4. Find to the nearest metre the side o f a field which is in
(ii) If area of a regular hexagon is given, then
the form of a regular hexagon and measures 1 hectare in
' 2 x Area of a regular hexagon^ area.
side
V 3>/3 a)65m b)64m c)52m d)62m

l.a 2.b 3.a
Ex: Find the side of a regular hexagon whose area is 24>/3
4. d; Hint: 1 hectare = 10000 sq m
sq m.
Elementary Mensuration - I 55D
Rule 72 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have

Theorem: There is a regular polygon of'n'sides. If length sum of the exterior angles = 27i and the
of each side ts'a'm, then the sum of the interior angles is 2 71
value of each exterior angle = — « - — /
given by (n - 2)rt; where, n ^ 3 and the value of each inte-

Note: There is a regularpolygon of 'n' sides and the length
(r>-2\ of each side is 'a' metres. Then the sum of each exterior and
rior angle is .
interior angle is given by 71 and the perimeter of the regu-
71
\ J
lar polygon is given by 'na' metres.
Ex.: Find the value of the sum of interior angles of a regu- Illustrative Example
lar hexagon. Also find the value of each interior angle. Ex.: Find the perimeter of a regular pentagon whose each
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have side measures 6 metres. Also, find the sum of each
sum of the interior angles = (6 - 2)rt = 4n and interior and exterior angles of the regular pentagon.
f6-2^ _2 perimeter of a pentagon = 5 x 6 = 30 metres and the
the value of each interior angle = I —jr~ J ~ 3 71 7 1
sum of each interior and exterior angle = TC
Exercise
Exercise 1. There is a regular hexagon. Find the value of each exte-
1. There is a regular polygon of 12 sides. Find the sum of
rior angle.
interior angles and the value of each interior angle.
71 7t
,„ 8 c) 27t d) None of these
a) IOTC, -7t
b) 1271,-71 a>6 >? b
o
There is a regular pentagon. Find the value of each exte-
rior angle.
c) 6rt, -71 d) Data inadequate
6 2n TC 71
2 There is a regular polygon o f 8 sides. Find the sum of a) t 5 b) 75 c >' 3 d)In
interior angles and the value of each interior angle.
There is a regular polygon of 12 sides. Find the sum of
the exterior angles and the value of each exterior angle.
a) 6TC, -71 b) 871,-71
a) 2TI, - b) 2 n , y c) 27i, — d) Data inadequate

c) 671, - 7 1 d) Data inadequate
o Answers
3. Find the value of the sum of interior angles of a regular l.b 2. a 3.a
pentagon. Also find the value o f each interior angle.
Rule 74
a) 37t, yTt b) 27i, -n Theorem: If a room I metres long, b metres broad and c
metres high has
Nwindows (a mxb m,a mxb ,] l 2 2 a„mxb„m) and
C) 47t, yTt d) Data inadequate
M doors (x mxy m,x mxy m,
x x ...,x mxy m),
2 then the 2 m m
Answers cost of papering the walls with paper'd'm wide at RsXper

l.a 2. a 3.a metre is given by
Rule 73 /fc^[2(l + b)h-N(a b +a b +...+a b ) 1 1 2 2 n n
Theorem: There is a regular polygon of 'n' sides. If length d

of each side is 'a' metres, then the sum ofthe exterior angles -M(x y,+x y +... + x y )].
1 2 2 m m
2TI
Cost of paper per metre
is 2 7t and the value of each exterior angle is —. or, -x Net area of the four wall"
Width of the paper

Ex.: There is a regular polygon of 8 sides. Find the sum of Ex.: A room 8 metres long, 6 metres broad and 3 metres
the exterior angles and the value of each exterior angle.
/
4. A room is 7.5 m long, 4.5 m broad and 4 m high. It has two

high has two windows 1 — m x 1 m and a door 2 m x doors each 2.5 m long and 1.5 m broad and one window
1.50 m high and 0.8 m broad. What will be the expendi-
ture in colouring the walls at Rs 1.50 per sq m.
1 ^- m. Find the cost of papering the walls with paper a)Rsl31 b)Rs 131.95
c) Rs 130.95 d) Data inadequate
50 cm wide at 25 P per metre.
Soln: Detail Method: Answers
Area of walls = 2 (8 + 6)3 = 84 sq m. 1. a;Hint:Netarea=[2(12.5+9)7-2(2.5x 1.2)-4(1.5* 1)]
Area of two windows and door = 301-6-6=289
.-. cost of painting the walls = 289 x 3.50 = Rs 1011.50.
= 2 x 1 — x l + 2 x l — = 6 sqm.
2 2 18
Area to be covered = 84 - 6 = 78 sq m. 2. a;Hint: ^-7 [ 2 x 4 ( 7 . 2 + 6.3)-1 (1.8 x 1.5)-4(1 x 0.7)]
=Rs3690
78x100
length of paper = m = 156m 3. a 4.c
50
156x25 Rule 75
cost = Rs = Rs 39 Theorem: The radius of a circular wheel Isrnu The no. of
\
revolutions it will make In travelling'd' km is given by
—) '
have, 2nr ) '
1 . 1
X = 25P = R s - ; d = 5 0 c m = - m ; Or
Distance
n = 2 and m = 1 No. of revolutions =
2rcr
Now, required answer
2(8 + 6 ) 3 - 2 - x l I| 2 x - Ex.: The radius o f a circular wheel is 1 — m. How many

2 2
revolutions will it make in travelling 11 km?
Soln: Detail Method: Distance to be travelled = 11 km =
11000m
= - [ 8 4 - 6 ] = - x 7 8 =Rs39
2 2 3
Radius of the wheel = 1 — m
Exercise 4
1. The dimensions ofa room are 12.5 metres by 9 metres by 22 , 3
.-. circumference of the wheel=2x — x 1 — m = 11 m
7 metres. There are 2 doors and 4 windows in the room; 7 4
each door measures 2.5 metres by 1.2 metres and each .-. in travelling 11 m the wheel makes 1 revolution.
window 1.5 metres by 1 metre. Find the cost of painting
.-.in travelling 11000 m the wheel makes j - x 11000
the walls at Rs 3.50 per square metre.
a)Rs 1011.50 b)Rs 1050.50 revolutions, i.e. 1000 revolutions.
c) Rs 1101.50 d) Can't be determined Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem,
2. Find the expense of papering a room whose length is 7.2
Distance 11000
metres, breadth 6.3 metres and height 4 metres with pa- No. of revolutions = 1000.
27tr , 22 7
per half a metre wide at Rs 18 per metre, allowing for a
2x — x —
door 1.8 m by 1.5 m and 4 windows each 1 m by 0.7 m. 7 4
3. A room is 7.5 m long, 5.5 m broad and 5 m high. Ithas one
1. The diameter o f the driving wheel of a bus is 140 cm.
door 1.6 m broad and 2.5 m high and two windows each
How many revolutions per minute must the wheel make
80 cm broad and 1.25 m high. What will be the expendi-
in order to keep a speed of 66 km per hour?
ture in covering the walls by paper 40 cm broad at the
a) 250 b)300 c)200 d)350
rate of 75 paise per metre?
2. The diameter of a wheel is 2 cm. It rolls forward covering
a)Rs232.50 b)Rs230 c)Rs233 d)Rs233.50 10 revolutions. The distance travelled by it is:
fHS yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
ilementary Mensuration - I 557
a)3.14cm b)62.8cm c)31.4cm d) 125.6cm 6. a; Hint: Distance travelled in one minute

[Railway Recruitment Exam, 1990] 22
= 7 5 x 2 x y x 2 . 1 =990m
.2
If the wheel o f the engine o f a train ^ ~ metres in cir- 990 990 18
.-. speedin m/sec = —rr- = -rr- ~ - 59.4 km/hr.
y
cumference makes seven revolutions in 4 seconds, the 60 60

speed of the train in km/hr is: 3x1000 3
7. b; Hint: 1000 = d = — m.
a) 35 b)32 c)27 d)20 71
(Clerk's Grade Exam 1991)
How far has a bicycle travelled when its driving wheel 35 Rule 76
cm in diameter, has made 6300 revolutions? Theorem: The circumference of a circular garden Is 'c'
a) 6930 m b) 6390 m c) 6920 m d) 6830 m metres. Inside the garden a road of'd' metres width runs
The radius o f a wheel is 42 cm. How many revolutions round it The area of the ring-shaped road is given by
will it make in going 26.4 km? d(c -nd) or nd(2r - d) [•_• c = 2nr], where r = radius of
a) 1000 revolutions b) 10000 revolutions
the circle.
c) 5000revolutions d)"None of these
Area of ring-shaped road=width of ring (circumference of
The driving wheel of a locomotive engine 2.1 m in radius the circle - n x width of ring). Or
makes 75 revolutions in one minute. Find the speed of 7t x width of ring (2 x radius of the circle - width of ring)
the train in km/hr. A
a) 59.4 km/hr b) 60 km/hr
c) 61.5 km/hr " d) None of these
A carriage wheel makes 1000 revolutions in going over a
distance of 3 km. Find its diameter.
3
b) - m c) 3TC m d) Data inadequate
a 2 ^
) m
71
OA C is a circle of radius = r, there is pathway, inside the
swers circle of width =a\
man\ .a; Hint: Distance covered by wheel in 1 minute Illustrative Example

Ex.: The circumference of a circular garden is 1012 metres.
66x1000x100 =110000cm
60 Inside the garden, a road of 3.5 m width runs round it.
Calculate the area of this road.
Circumference of wheel = | 2x — x 7 0 =440 cm
area
110000^
Number of revolutions in 1 minute : = 250.
440 = 3 . 5 ( l 0 1 2 - l l ) = 3.5xl001 = 3503.5 sqm.
22 Exercise ,
.b; Hint: Required distance = — x 2 x l 0 =62.8 cm.
1. The circumference o f a circular garden is 512 metres.
Inside the garden, a road o f 7 m width runs round it.
30 _
I c; Hint: Distance covered in 4 seconds — x7: 30m Calculate the area of this road.
7 a)4340sqm b)3430sqm c)3450sqm d)3550sqm
.-. speed of the engine per second 2. The circumference o f a circular garden is 644 metres.
1000.
30 30 18 Inside the garden, a road o f 14 m width runs round it.
= — = — x — =27 km/hr
4 4 5 Calculate the area of this road.
.a; Hint: Distance = 35xyx6300 c m
3. The circumference of a circular garden is 1215.4metres.
Inside the garden, a road o f 4.9 m width runs round it.
= 693000 cm=6930 m Calculate the area of this road.
2640000
p . b; Hint: Required revolutions = 10000. Answers
22
2x — x 4 2 l.b 2.a 3.a
7
Rule 77 Exercise
Theorem: The circumference of a circular garden is 'c' 1. A circular grassy plot of land 70 metres in diameter has a
metres. Outside the garden, a road of'd'm width runs round path 7 metres wide running round it on the outside. How
many stones 25 cm by 11 cm are needed to pave the
it The area of the ring-shaped road is given by d(c + red) sq
path?
metres. Or Ttd(2r + d) [•.• c = 2m] where r = radius of the a)66100 b)61600 c)71600 d)61700
circle 2. A path o f 4 metres width runs round a circular grass\
Area of ring-shaped road=width of ring (circumference + -nth- ••,^S-ir>"t -•• « 3
TC x width of ring) plot whose circumference is '5— metres. Find
(i) area of the fath
a)352sqm b)362sqmc)532sqm d)325sqm
(ii) the cost of gravelling the path at Rs 35 per sq metre
a) Rs 12320 b) Rs 13220 c) Rs 12310 d) Rs 11320
(iii) the cost of turfing the plot at Rs 21 per sq metre
(a)Rs7392 b)Rs9504 c)Rs9604 d)Rs9732
3. The circumference of a circular garden is 165.6 m. Out-
OAC is a circle of radius = r, there is pathway, outside the side the garden, a road of 1.4 m width runs round it.
circle of width d. Calculate the area of the road.
a) 238 sqm b) 228 sqm
c) 328 sq m d) None of these
Ex.: The circumference of a circular garden is 1012 m. Find
the area. Outside the garden, a road of 3.5 m width Answers
runs round it. Calculate the area of this road and find 1. b; Hint: Area of the path
the cost of gravelling it at the rate of 32 paise per sq = (TCX70 + TCX7)7 = 77x22 =1694 sqm
m
= (1694 x 100 x 100) sqcm
Soln: Quicker Method -1:
Area of the one stone = (25 x 11) sq cm
(circumference) (\0\2f 1694x100x100
Area = : = - — - £ - = 81466 sqcm 61600
4TC .22 Number of stones :
4x —
M
25x11
7 2.(i) a (ii)a
Area of ring 528 528x7
(iii) b; Hint: 2rcr = — o r r = 12m
= rc[(width o f ringX2 x inner radius + width of ring)] 7 7x2x22
22
I Area _ [81466x7 Or, area of the plot = nr xl2xl2
Now, inner radius = 161 m
22
area of ring-shaped road 22
\= — x l 2 x l 2 x 2 1 =R 9504.
S
22
= yx3.5x(3.5 + 2xl6l) 3.a
22 Rule 78
y-x3.5x(3.5 + 322) = 3580.5 s q m. Theorem: A circular garden has ring-shaped road around
it both on its inside and outside, each of width'd' units. If
.-. cost of gravelling = 3580.5 x 0.32 = 1145.76 rupees.
V' is the radius of the garden, then the total area of the path
Quicker Method - I I : Applying the above theorem,
we have is (4rcdr) sq units or 2Cd [where C = perimeter = 2rcr /
\
the area of ring-shaped road = 3.5 1012 +—x3.5
7 Ex.: A circular park of radius 25 metres has a path of width
3.5 metres all round it. Find the area of the path, if the
= 3.5(1012 + 11) =3:5x1023 = 35*80.5 sqm. garden has path both on its outside as well as inside
.-. cost of gravelling=3580.5 x 0.32 = 1145.76 rupees. Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
Note: I f in the question, in place of circumference, radius is
22
given, Quicker Method I will be applied. required area= 4 x — x 3 . 5 x 2 5 = 1100 sq metres.
Exercise

559
A circular park of radius 24 metres has a path of width 7 have

metres all round it. Find the area of the path, i f the gar- 45 22 ( ; \ o 2 2
den has path both on its outside as well as inside, the area of the shaded portion = T T T * — \ ~ 6 J
360 7
a) 2110 sqm b)2112sqm 1 22
c) 1221 sq m d) Data inadequate = - r x — x 2 8 = l l sqm.
o 7
1 A circular park of radius 15 metres has a path of width
1.4 metres all round it. Find the area of the path, i f the Exercise
garden has path both on its outside as well as inside, 1. Find the area o f the shaded portion.
a) 264 sqm b) 254 sqm
• A circular park of radius 18 metres has a path of width
4.9 metres all round it. Find the area o f the path, i f the
garden has path both on its outside as well as inside,
a) 1108.8 sqm b) 1106.8 sqm
c) 1105.6 sqm d) 1104.8 sqm
Answers H H D J
[Lb 2. a 3a a) 23— sqmb) 27— sqmc) 2 4 y sqmd) 23— q m S
Find the area of the shaded portion.

Rule 79 C
Theorem: To find the area of the shaded portion of the
owing figure.
a) 19.25 sqm b) 18.75 sqm

c) 19.75 sqm d) Can't be determined
Answers
l.a 2. a
6 / 2 2^ Rule 80
-ea of the shaded portion ABCD = ^rr TC\r, - r 2 ) Theorem: There is an equilateral triangle of which each
strative Example side isxm. With all the three corners as centres, circles are
Find the area of the shaded portion x
C described each of radius — nu The area common to all the
6 err 1 2 1
circles and the triangle is — nx or —TC (radius) and the 2
//. o 2
area of the remaining portion (shaded portion) of the tri-
\
angle is l S -|j( dius)
ra 2 or (0.162) (radius) 2 or,
9 2
Detail Method: Area of sector = -r— x nr
360 (OMOS)*.
Area of sector AOB = — x TC x ( 6 f = — q m. S
Ex.: There is an equilateral triangle of which each side is 2
m. With all the three corners as centres, circles are
Area of sector DOC = ~ x TC X (8) = 8TC
2 S Q M .
described each o f radius 1 m. (i) Calculate the area
Area of the shaded portion common to all the circles and the triangle, (ii) Find the
9TC 7^ 22 7 _ area of the remaining portion of the triangle.
8rc- — - x — - 1 1 q metres.
S (Take TC =3.1416)
3 7
a).2jt sqm b) — TC sqm c) —TC sqm d) 4TC sqm
Answers
l.a 2. a 3. a
Rule 81
Theorem: The diameter of a coin isxcm. If four ofthese
Quicker Method: coins be placed on a table so that the rim of each touches
that of the other two, then the area of the unoccupied space
^Vhen the side of the equilateral triangle is double the
radius of the circles, all circles touch each other and
between them is "j* 2 or T ^ - X or (0.215>c sq.
2 2
in such cases the following formula may be used-

Area of each sector = \ TC X (radius) 2 1 2
and area of each sector is given by I j ^ * n x x sqcm.
Area of remaining (shaded) portion
(radius) = (o.i62) (radius)

2 2
Ex.: The diameter of a coin is 1 cm. I f four of these con
(i) In this given question, the area common to all be placed on a table so that the rim of each touchs
circles and triangle = sum of the area of three sectors that of the other two, find the area of the unoccupteij
AMN, BML and CLN space between them.
(Take TC =3.1416»|
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
= —Tcr +—Ttr +—rcr = — rcr
6 6 6 2
= ^xy (l) x 2 =1-57 s q m .
(ii) The area of the remaining portion of the triangle

= The area of the shaded portion = 0.162 x
(1) = 0.162 sqm.
2
Exercise Soln: Quicker Method:

1. An equilateral triangle has side 4 m. Three circles are I f the circles be placed in such a way that they t o i x i l
drawn from the three vertices o f the triangle, each of each other, then the square's side is double the j
diameter equal to the side of the triangle. Find the area of dius. In such cases the following formulae ma> 5e
the space inside the triangle which is not covered by the used:
circles.
a) 0.648 sq m b) 0.548 sq m
Area of each sector = - 7 x TC X (radius) = -— x TC X > -2
c) 6.48 sq m d) Data inadequate 4 16

2 There is an equilateral triangle of which each side is 6 m. Area of remaining portion (shaded part)
With all the three corners as centres, circles are described
each of radius 3 m. Calculate the area common to all the
= (4 - re) (radius) 2 x =(0.86) (radius*
circles and the triangle.
(Take TC =3.1416) Now, in the given question,
area o f the unoccupied space
a) -TC sq m b) 3TC sq m
= (0.86) (radius) = (0.215)x
2 2
c) 4rc sq m d) Data inadequate

3. There is an equilateral triangle of which each side is 4 m. = ( 0 . 8 6 ( l J = 0 . 215 sq cm.
With all the three corners as centres, circles are described
each of radius 2 m. Calculate the area common to all the
circles and the triangle. Exercise
(Take TC =3.1416) 1. Four circles are drawn from the four corners of a squa
The diameter o f each circle is equal to the side of the
xy
square and hence the adjacent circles touch each other rectangle =
at the mid-point o f the side of the square. I f the side of 8x
the square is 7 cm, find the area of unoccupied space 5
enclosed between the circles,
5y
a) 38.5 sqcm b) 77 sqcm decrease in breadth = y -
8 8
c) 39.5 sq cm d) None of these
2. In the figure given below ABCD is a square and the 3yxl00 75 1
circle are all congruent, each having its radius equal to 7 % decrease in breadth = — = 37 — 0/
8xy 2 2 / 0
cm. Find the area of the shaded region in sq cm.
Quicker Method: You must have gone through simi-
lar examples in the chapter 'Percentage'. Applying
the above theorem,
Required percentage decrease in breadth
100
= 60 = ^ = 3 7 Io/
0
100 + 60 2 2 •
Exercise
a) 42 sq cm b) 3 8.5 sq cm c) 84 sq cm d) 24 sq cm 1. The length of a rectangle is increased by 20%. By what
3. The given figure represents a square of side 4 cm. At its per cent should the width be decreased to maintain the
4 corners, circles of equal radii are drawn. What is the same area?
area of the shaded portion?
a) 16—% b) 26y%
c) 3 3 - % d) Data inadequate
The length of a rectangle is increased by 25%. By what

per cent should the width be decreased to maintain the
same area?
a) 20% b)25% c)16% d)24%
The length of a rectangle is increased by 30%. By what
, 3 „4 I 4 „ 3
per cent should the width be decreased to maintain the
a) J— sq cm b) 4— sq cmc) 1— sq cm d) 4— q cm S
same area?
Answers
100 200 300
l.a 2. a 3.a a) — % b) -rr-% c) —-T- % d) None of these
13 13
Rule 82
Answers
Theorem: If the length of a rectangle is increased by x%,
l.a 2. a 3.c
then the percentage decrease in width, to maintain the same
100 Rule 83
area, is given by
100 + x Theorem: If the length of a rectangle is increased by x%,
Illustrative Example then the percentage decrease in width, to reduce the area
Ex.: The length o f a rectangle is increased by 60%. By x +y
what per cent should the width be decreased to main- byy%, is given by xl00
UOO + x
tain the same area?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the length and breadth of the rect- Illustrative Example
angle be x and y. Ex.: The length of a rectangle is increased by 20%. By
Then, its area = xy what per cent should the width be decreased so that
area of the rectangle decreases by 20%?
New length = x Soln: Detail Method: Let the length and width of the rect-
\10oJ~ 5 ;-
As the area remains the same, the new breadth of the angle be x m and y m respectively.
Initial area = x x y = xy sq m. Answers

Now, length is increased by 20%, therefore new length l.a 2.c 3.a
120 6x
= xx =— m
Rule 84
100 5 Theorem: If the length of a rectangle is increased by x%,
Again, we suppose that the percentage decrease in then the percentage decrease in width, to increase the area
width is d.
( D i f f . in x and y\
100-d byy%, is given by [ J
1 0 Q + X x , 0 °.
new width = y
100
100-d") Ex.: The length o f a rectangle is increased by 20%. By
New area = y x
what per cent should the width be decreased so that
100
area of the rectangle increases only by 4%.
Decrease in area = Initial area - New area
6fl00-d^ 600-6d ( 20-4 ^ 1
= xy-xy or, ^ 1- the required answer xl00 = 13-%
51 100 500 :
100 + 20 3 •
Percentage decrease in area
Exercise
600-6d~ 1. The length of a rectangle is increased by 25%. By what
xy 1 -
500 per cent should the width be decreased so that area of
xl00
the rectangle increases only by 5%.
xy
a) 12% b) 16% c)18% d)24%
600-6d 2. The length of a rectangle is increased by 20%. By what
xy 1 - per cent should the width be decreased so that area of
500
As per the question, x 100 = 20 the rectangle increases only by 10%.
xy
a) 8 j % b)9% c) 8 j % d) 9 - %
500-600 + 6d n n
or, — = 20 r , 6d = 200 0
3. The length of a rectangle is increased by 50%. By what
200 per cent should the width be decreased so that area of
the rectangle increases only by 25%.
1. .2
.-. required answer = 33—%, a) 1 6 o /
T 0 b) 1 8 - %
3
Required answer c) 2 6 - o / 0
d) Data inadequate
^ ° - x l 0 0 = ^ M = 33l%
3 3 ' Answers
100+20 12
l.b 2. a 3. a
Exercise
1. The length of a rectangle is increased by 25%. By what Rule 85
per cent should the width be decreased so that area of Theorem: If the length of a rectangle is decreased by x%,
the rectangle decreases by 20%? then the percentage increase in width, to increase the area
a) 36% b)30% c)35% d) None ofthese
2. The length of a rectangle is increased by 50%. By what f x+y '
byy%, is given by xl00
per cent should the width be decreased so that area of 100-x,
the rectangle decreases by 10%?
a) 100% b)20% c)120% d) 125% Illustrative Example
3. The length of a rectangle is increased by 25%. By what Ex.: The length o f a rectangle is decreased by 20%. By
per cent should the width be decreased so that area of what per cent should the width be increased, so that
the rectangle decreases by 25%? area of the rectangle increases by 20%?
a) 40% b)20% c)35% d)36% Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
Elementary Mensuration
the required answer

563
>,2
a) 66 %,„
3T b) 7 6 y1» / o c ) 5« 6 -2
d)67%
20 + 20
x l 0 0 = — x l 0 0 = 50%
100-20 30 I f the length of a rectangle is decreased by 30%, by what
per cent should the width be increased to maintain the
Exercise Same area?
1. The length of a rectangle is decreased by 25%. By what
per cent should the width be increased, so that area of a) 40% b)43y« / o
the rectangle increases by 25%?
a) 66-% b) 7 8 | % c)26|o/ 0 d) 1 6 - % c) 46-o/ 0 d) 4 2 ^ «

Answers
per cent should the* width be increased, so that area of
l.a 2. a 3.d
the rectangle increases by 25%?
Rule 87
a) 5 6 - % b)/$8-o/ 0
c) 5 8 ^ % d)58%
/ 3 4 Theorem: If length and breadth of a rectangle is increased
x and y per cent respectively, then area is increased by
per cent should the width be increased, so that area of xy
the rectangle increases by 50%? x+y+
100
a) 100% b) 175% c)125% d)80%
Note: I f any of the two measuring sides of rectangle is de-
Answers creased then put negative value for that in the given
l.a 2.a 3.a formula.
Rule 86 Illustrative E x a m p l e s
Theorem: If the length of a rectangle is decreased by x%, Ex. 1: I f the length and the breadth of a rectangle is increased
then the percentage increase in width, to maintain the same by 5% and 4% respectively, then by what per cent
does the area of that rectangle increase? f
100 Soln: By Direct Formula:
area, is given by
100- 5x4
% increase in area = 5 + 4 + — = 9 + 0.2 = 9.2%
E x 2: I f the length of a rectangle increases by 10% and the
Ex.: I f the length of a rectangle is decreased by 20%, by
breadth of that rectangle decreases by 12%, then find
what per cent should the width be increased to main-
the % change in area.
tain the same area? /
Soln: Since breadth decreases by y = -12, then
Soln: Apply the above rule, we have the
% change in area
required percentage increase in breadth
= 10 + 1 2 + 1 0 x ( - 1 2 ) = - 2 - 1 . 2 = -3.2%
100/ 100
= 20^ : 25%
100-20 Since there is -ve sign, the area decreases by 3.2%.
Note: To find the above formula, we have used the rule of Exercise
fraction. /
1. I f the height of a triangle is decreased by 40% and its
Exercise / base is increased by 40%. What will be the effect on its
1. I f the length of a re/tangle is decreased by 25%, by what area?
per cent should die width be increased to maintain the a) No change b) 16% increase
same area? / c) 8% decrease d) 16% decrease
[SBIPOExam 1999]
a)33io /o
b) 23 ~% c) % d) None ofthese 2 I f the length of a rectangle is increased by 20% and the
breadth reduced by 20%, what will be the effect on its
2. I f the length of a rectangle is decreased by 40%, by what area?
per cent should the width be increased to maintain the a) 4% increase b) 6% increase
same area? c) 4% decrease d) No change
[BSRB Guwahati PO Exam 1999|
3. I f the length o f a rectangle is increased by 12—% and Ex. 1: I f radius o f a circle is increased by 5%, find the per-
centage increase in its area.
Soln: By the theorem:
the width increased by 6—%, the area of the rectangle
<2
will: % increase in its area = 2 x 5 +
100
a) increase by 19.53% b) decrease by 6 — % = 10+0.25 = 10.25%

Ex. 2: I f all the sides o f a hexagon (six-sided figure) is in-
creased by 2%, find the % increase in its area.
c) increase by 19—% d) increase by 19.92%
2 2
4. The length and breadth o f a square are increased by Soln: Required % increase=2x2+ — = 4 + 0.04=4.04%
40% and 30% respectively. The area o f resulting rect- Note: 1. Whenever there is decrease, use -ve value for x.
angle exceeds the area of the square by: Whenever you get the -ve value, don't hesitate to
a) 42% b)62% c)82% d) None of these say that there is decrease in the area.
[I. Tax & Central Excise 1988] 2. I f there is decrease in the above cases, find the per-
5. The length o f a square is increased by 40% while centage decrease in area, then answer for above two
breadth is decreased by 40%. The ratio of area of the examples is 9.75% and 3.96% respectively.
resulting rectangle so formed to that of the original square Ex. 1: % decrease in its area
is:
try
a)25:21 b)21:25 c) 16:15 d) 15:16
= 2 x ( - 5 ) + ^ - = -10 + 0.25 = -9.75%
(I. Tax & Central Excise 1989] v ' 100
6. I f each of the dimensions o f a rectangle is increased by -ve sign shows that there is a decrease.
100%, its area is increased by: Ex. 2: % decrease in its area
a) 100% b)200% c)300% d)400%
(-2?
Answers = 2 x ( - 2 ) + ^ - = - 4 + 0.46 = -;3.96%
1. d; Hint: The given rule is applicable for any two dimen- 100
sional figure. Hence, -ve sign shows that there is a decrease.
( 40x40", Exercise
the required effect = |^+40-40 — |% = -16% 1. I f the side of a square be increased by 50%, the per cent
100
increase in area is:
ie the area will decrease by 16%. a) 50 b)100 c)125 d)150
20x20 "| (NDA Exam 1987)
2. c; Hint: Required effect = 20 - 20 - o/ 0m _40/ 0
100 2 Of the two square fields, the area of one is 1 hectare,
: 4% decrease. while the other one is broader by 1%. The difference in
3. a areas is:
4. c; Hint: In this case also the given rule will be applied. a) 1 0 1 m 2 b)201 m 2 c) 100 m 2 d)200 m 2
( 40x40 "\ 3. I f radius of a circle is increased by 20%, find the percent-

5. b; Hint: Change in area = I + 4 0 - 4 0 l = -
% 1 6 % age increase in its area.
a)40% b)41% c)44% d)43%
ie area of the resulting rectangle is decreased by 16%. 4. I f radius of a circle is increased by 25%, find the percent-
100-16 84 age increase in its area.
required ratio ! = 21 :25.
100 100
a) 56^-% b)66-i% c)56^% d) 56^-%
6.c
5. I f all the sides of a hexagon (six-sided figure) is increased
Rule 88 by 1%, find the % increase in its area.
Theorem: If all the measuring sides ofany two dimensional a) 2% b)2.1% c)2.01% d)3%
figure is changed by x%, then its area changes by 6. I f all the sides o f a octagon (eight-sided figure) is in-
creased by 3%, find the % increase in its area.
2x+- % a) 6% b)6.3% c)6.03% d)6.09%
100
Answers a) 10% b) 15% c)2.5% d)5%

565
1. c 2. I f the sides of a rectangle are increased each by 6%, find

the percentage increase in its diagonals.
^ , I 201
2 n / a) 6% b)6.5% c)10% d) None of these
2. b; Hint: % increase = 2 x 1 + — = — % 3. I f the length and the two diagonals o f a rectangle are
100 100
1 hectare = 10000 sqm each increased by 8%, then find the % increase in its
breadth.
201x10000 a) 8% b)4% c)16% d) No change
increseinarea= = 201 sq m = defference
100x100 4. I f the length and the two diagonals of a rectangle are
in areas. each increased by 19%, then find the % increase in its
3.c 4.c 5.c 6.d breadth.
a) 9.5% b)28%
Rule 89 c)19% d) Can't be determined
Theorem: If all the measuring sides of any two-dimensional
figure are changed (increased or decreased) byx% then its
Answers
l.d 2.a 3. a 4.c
perimeter also changes by the same, ie, x%.
Ex.: I f diameter of a circle is increased by 12%, find the % Theorem: If a parallelogram, the length of whose sides are
increase in its circumference. x cm andy cm, has one diagonal z cm long, then the length
Soln: Although diameter is rarely used as the measuring
side of a circle, the above theorem holds good for it. r 2\
2 •> Z
Thus, by the theorem, % increase in circumference = x +y"
of the other diagonal is ' 2 m.
12%.
1. I f the radius of a circle is increased by 5% find the % Ex.: A parallelogram, the length of whose sides are 12 cm
increase in its cirucmference. and 8 cm, has one diagonal 10 cm long. Find the length
a) 10% b)5.01% c) 10.25% d)5% of the other diagonal.
2. I f the side of a square is decreased by 25.5%, find the % Soln: Detail Method:
decrease in its circumference. D ~,C
a) 50% b)25.5% c)26% d)26.5%
3. If the sides of an equilateral triangle is increased by 2%,
find the % increase in its circumference.
a) 2% b)4% c)6% d)5%
Answers
l.d 2.b 3.a
Diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
Rule 90 LetBD=10cm. .-. OB = 5cm
Theorem: If all sides of a quadrilateral are increased by In triangle ABC, O is the mid-point of AC.
x% then its corresponding diagonals also increased byx%. By a very important theorem in plane geometry, we
have in triangle ABC
Ex. 1: I f the sides of a rectangle are increased each by 10%, AB +BC =2(oB +A0 )
2 2 2 2
find the percentage increase in its diagonals.

Soln: Required % increase in diagonals = 10%. => 12 + 8 = 2 ( 5 + A 0 )
2 2 2 2
Ex. 2: I f the length and the two diagonals, of a rectangle are => 144 + 64 = 50+ 2 A 0 => A O =79 2 2
each increased by 9%, then find the % increase in its

.-. AO = 8.9 (approximately)
breadth.
.-. the other diagonal = AC = 2 A O = 2 x 8.9 = 17.8 cm.
Soln: From the above theorem it can be concluded that its
Quicker Method:
breadth also increases by the same value, i.e. 9%.
By the above mentioned theorem, we have
Exercise
AB +BC 2 2 =2(0B +A0) 2 2
1. If the sides of a rectangle are increased each by 5%, find

the percentage increase in its diagonals. or, 2 A 0 = A B + B C - 2 ( O B )
2 2 2 2

AO: ^-{AB +BC -2(0B) }2 2 2
2 2
.-. Other diagonal

required area = — (2 + TC) = (4 + 2TC) sqm.
= 2AO = 2 ^{kB + - ( ) }
2 B c 2 2 O B 2
Exercise
1. A semi-cirple is constructed on each side of a square of
or, Other diagonal = ^ { A B + B C - 2 ( O B ) ) 2 2 2
length 1 m. Find the area of the whole figure.
a) 1 + m b) 1 m
rr
-\
( ,2>
2 2 Z
TC
J 2 ^
x +y
' 2 J)
m
c)-m
d) Can't be determined
Thus, in this case, other diagonal 2. A semi-circle is constructed on each side of a square of
length 4 m. Find the area of the whole figure.
= ^/{l44 + 64 - 2 x 25}
a)8(2+n)m b)2(2+n)m
c)8rcm d)16(2+7t)m
= V 2 x l 5 8 = V316 = 17.8 (approx.)
A semi-circle is constructed on each side of a square of
Exercise length 6 m. Find the area of the whole figure.
1. A parallelogram, the length of whose sides are 15 cm/ a)18(2+7t)m b)16(2+7t)m
and 10 cm, has one diagonal 12 cm long. Find the length c) 16 TC m d)Can't be determined
of the other diagonal. Answers
a) V255 cm b) 17cm c) ^253 cm d) 7506 cryi l.a 2.a 3.a
2. A parallelogram, the length o f whose sides are 18 cm
and 12 cm, has one diagonal 14 cm long. Find the length
Rule 93
Theorem: If the radius ofa circle is decreased by 'x' metres,
of the other diagonal.
then the ratio of the area of the original circle to the re-
a) 27 cm b) 27.2 cm c) ^640 cm d) 28.5 cm
3. A parallelogram, the length of whose sides are 16 cm
and 8 cm, has one diagonal 10 cm long. Find the length
duced circle becomes a: b. The radius is given by
of the other diagonal.
1-
a) V540 cm b) 7270 cm
c) V640 cm d) Can't be determined metres.

Answers
Ex.: The area of a circle is halved when its radius is de-
l.d 2.b 3.a
creased by n. Find its radius.
Rule 92 Soln: By the question we have,
Theorem: If a semi-circle is constructed on each side of a Tt(r-n) 2 _ 1
square of length x m, then the area of the whole figure is 2 or, r 2 =2(r-n) 2
rcr
,2
given by — ( 2 + * ) sqm. or,r -{v/2(r-n)f=0

2
2 ' v
or, | r - V 2 ( r - n ) } { r + V 2 ( r - n ) } = 0
Ex.: A semi-circle is constructed on each side of a square Since r + V2 (r - n ) * 0 , we have
of length 2 m. Find the area of the whole figure.
Soln: Detail Method: Total area = Area of square + 4(Area r-V2(r-n)=0 or, {j2-l)=
r V2n
of a semi-circle)
V2n
r =
= 2 +4 2 A/2-1
2
7 1 1 - 2 ] = ( 4 + 27t)m ( r a d i u s = | = l )
2
Now, this perimeter is the circumference of the circle.

Tc(r-n) 1 2
• circumference of the circle
Quicker Method -1: We have, ;— = —
rcr 2
2V22
" 2rcr = 4V22 .'. r = •
'V2"(r-n)| _ 2 1 ^ V2(r-n)_
or, =1 area of the circle
'2V2T rcx4x22
•J2n = rcr 2 =*
or, r ( V 2 - l ) = V2n .-. r - ~WZ\ v 71 j
Quicker Method - II: Applying the above theorem, 4x22 4x22x7 . „ 2
we have = =
— = 28 cm
TC 22
n _ ->J2n Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
radius
have
. . 4x22x7
area of circle = — — — = £ ° cnr.
22
Exercise
1. The radius of a circle is decreased by 2 m, then the ratio Exercise
of the area of the original circle to the reduced circle 1. A cord is in the form of a square enclosing an area of 2.2
becomes 1 :4. Find its radius. sq m. I f the same cord is bent into a circle, then find the
a)4m b)6m c)3m d)2m area of that circle.
2. The radius of a circle is decreased by 3 m, then the ratio a)2.8sqm b)3.8sqm c)2.9sqm d)3sqm
of the area of the original circle to the reduced circle 2. A cord is in the form of a square enclosing an area of 11
becomes 1:3. Find its radius. sq cm. I f the same cord is bent into a circle, then find the
area of that circle.
3V3 a)22sqcm b) 1.4sqcm c) 14sqcm d)28sqcm
a ) 7 T 7 m
3. A cord is in the form of a square enclosing an area of 3 3
sq cm. I f the same cord is bent into a circle, then find the
3VJ area of that circle.
d) Can't be determined a)42sqcm b)48sqcm c)24sqcm d)32sqcm
c ) V T i m
4. A cord is in the form of a square enclosing an area of 4.4
3. The radius of a circle is decreased by 4 m, then the ratio sq m. I f the same cord is bent into a circle, then find the
of the area of the original circle to the reduced circle area of that circle.
becomes 4 :9. Find its radius,
a) 12m b)16m c)14m d)20m a)5.6sqm b)56sqm c)0.56sqm d)6.5sqm
Answers Answers
l.a 2.c 3.a 4.a
l.a 2.c 3.a
Rule 95
Rule 94 Theorem: Two poles 'x'm and 'y' m high stand upright. If
Theorem: If the area of a square isxsq units, then area of there feet be 'z'm apart, then the distance between their
4x
the circle formed by the same perimeter is given by — sq 1
tops is{4z (y-*) )
2+ 2 metres.
14
units. Or sq units
11' Ex.: Two poles 15 m and 30 m high stand upright in a
Illustrative Example playground. I f their feet be 36 m apart, find the dis-
Ex.: A cord is in the form of a square enclosing an area of tance between their tops.
22 cm . I f the same cord is bent into a circle, then find
2
Soln: Detail Method: Frqm the figure it is required to find the
the area of that circle. length CD.
Soln: Detail Method: Area of square = 22 cm 2
WehaveCA = LB = 15m
> L D = B D - L B = 15m
.-. Perimeter of the square = 4^22 c m
Exercise
1. The circumference of a circle is 22 cm. Find the area of
the square inscribed in the circle.
15m
a) 24 sq cm b) 24.2 sq cm
c) 24.5 sq cm d) None of these
The circumference of a circle is 44 cm. Find the side of
a) i / 2 cm
4 > b) / 2 cm
7>
c)7cm d)14cm
The circumference of a circle is 50 cm. Find the area of
36 m
• C D = / C L + D L =V36 +15 =Vl52T = 39 cm-
> 2 2 2 2
250V2 1250
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we a) sqcm b) — — sq cm
have 50 2500
the distance between their tops c) — sq cm d) — — sq cm
= /36 +(30-15) =Vl52T = 39cm

> 2 2
Answers
Exercise l.c 2.b 3.b
I. Two poles 12 m and 18 m high stand upright in a play- Rule 97

ground. If their feet be 8 m apart, find the distance be-
Theorem: The area of the largest triangle inscribed in a
tween their tops.
semi-circle of radius risr . 2
a) 10m b)12m
c) 6 m d) Can't be determined Illustrative Example
2 Two poles 7 m and 11 m high stand upright in a play- Ex: The largest triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle of
ground. If their feet be 3 m apart, find the distance be- radius 1 cm. Find the area of the triangle.
1
tween their tops. Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
a) 8 m b)6m c)5m c)9m
required area = (14) =196 sqcm.
2
3. Two poles 14 m and 32 m high stand upright in a play-
ground. If their feet be 24 m apart, find the distance be- Exercise
tween their tops. 1. The largest triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle of radius
a)25m* b)28m c)30m d)24m 4 cm. Find the area of the triangle.
Answers a) 16sqcm b) 8 sqcm
l.a 2.c 3.c c) 12 sq cm d) Data inadequate
2. The largest triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle of radius
Rule 96 15 cm. Find the area of the triangle.
Theorem: Area of a square inscribed in a circle of radius r a) 30 sqcm b) 225 sqcm
is 2r and side of a square inscribed in a circle of radius r
2
c) 310 sqcm d) 350 sqcm
is yJ2x. 12 cm. Find the area of the triangle.
Note: Such a square is the largest quadrilateral inscribed in a a) 24 sqcm b) 144 sqcm
circle. c) 288 sq cm d) None of these

Ex: The circumference bf a circle is 100 cm. Find the side l.a 2.b 3.b
of the square inscribed in the circle.
Rule 98
Soln: Circumference of the circle = 2rtr = 100
Theorem: If the largest triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle
.50 of radius r cm, then the area inside the semi-circle which is
'* H • m >j , g . .;.
50 not occupied by the triangle is sq cm.
side of the inscribed square = V2r = V2x-
Illustrative Example c) 615 sq cm d) Data inadequate

Ex.: The largest triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle of 3. Find the area of the largest circle that can be drawn in a
radius 14 cm. Find the area inside the semi-circle which square of side 2 m.
is not occupied by the triangle. a) rc sq cm b) 2TC sq cm
Such area = Area of semicircle - Area of such largest c) - sq cm d) Data inadequate
triangle
4. Find the area of the largest circle that can be drawn in a
rc 7 (22-14)
—r - l = 14 x = 112
2 square of side 1 m.
14 cnr
2
• TC TC
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we a) — sq m b) 7t sq m c) 4n sq m d) — sq m
have
Answers
the required area i x l 4
:
2 = - x l 4 x l 4 = 112 sqcm.
3. a 4. a
7 7 l.a 2.b
Exercise Rule 100

1. The largest triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle of radius Theorem: Tofind the area of the quadrilateral when its any
7 cm. Find the area inside the semi-circle which is not diagonal and the perpendiculars drawn on this diagonal
occupied by the triangle.
from other two vertices are given.
c) 24 sq cm d) Data inadequate 1
2. The largest triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle of radius Area of the quadrilateral = — x any diagonal x (sum of
21 cm. Find the area inside the semi-circle which is not perpendiculars drawn on diagonal from two vertices)
a)352sqcm b)253sqcm c)252sqcm d)254sqcm
Ex.: In a quadrilateral, the length of one of its diagonals is
23 cm and the perpendiculars drawn on this diagonal
i 28 cm. Find the area inside the semi-circle which is not
from other two vertices measure 17 cm and 7 cm re-
spectively. Find the area of the quadrilateral.
a) 448 sqcm b) 484 sqcm
Soln: In any quadrilateral,
c) 844 sq cm d) None of these
Answers Area of the quadrilateral = ]- x any diagonal * (sum
l.a 2.c 3. a
of perpendi-culars drawn on diagonal from two verti-
Rule 99 ces)
Theorem: The area of the largest circle that can be drawn
= ixDx(P,+P ) 2
in a square of side x is
Illustrative Example = ^x23x(l7 + 7)=12x23 = 276 sqcm.

Ex.: Find the area of the largest circle that can be drawn in
a square of side 14 cm.
Exercise
1. Find the area of a quadrilateral piece of ground one of
Soln: By the formula, we have
whose diagonals is 50 metres long and the lengths of
(14) x 2 zz perpendiculars from the other two vertices are 29 and 21
=yx7 2 =154 c m <3 .
• metres respectively.
the required area = \j2~ n
a) 1250 sqm b) 1520 sqm

Exercise c) 1230 sq m d) Can't be determined
1. Find the area of the largest circle that can be drawn in a 2 In a quadrilateral, the length of one of its diagonals is 13
square of side 7 cm. cm and the perpendiculars drawn on this diagonal from
a) 38.5 sq cm b) 42 sqcm c) 35 sqcm d) 42.5 sqcm other two vertices measure 12 cm and 8 cm respectively.
2 Find the area of the largest circle that c»n be drawn in a Find the area of the quadrilateral.
square of side 28 cm. a)130sqcm b)135sqcm c)145sqcm d) 144sqcm
a)516sqcm b)616sqcm 3. In a quadrilateral, the length of one of its diagonals is 16
cm and the perpendiculars drawn on this diagonal from Rule 102

other two vertices measure 15 cm and 7 cm respectively.
Theorem: The area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral
Find the area of the quadrilateral,
a) 166 sqcm b) 146 sqcm TC 2
c) 176 sqcm d) 176 sqcm triangle of side x is — x . (See figure)
4. In a quadrilateral, the length of one of its diagonals is 14
cm and the perpendiculars drawn on this diagonal from
other two vertices measure 12 cm and 6 cm respectively.
Find the area of the quadrilateral,
Answers
l.a 2. a 3.c 4. a
Rule 101 Ex: The length o f side o f an equilateral triangle is 9 cm.
Theorem: The area of a circle circumscribing an equilat- Find the area o f the circle inscribing the equilateral
triangle.
eraltriangle of side x is y x . (See figure) Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
• , 7i 27TC
the required area = — x 9 x 9 = —— q m . S C
Exercise
1. The length of side of an equilateral triangle is 6 cm. Find
the area of the circle inscribing the equilateral triangle,
a) 3TC sq cm b) 4TC sq cm
c) - t sq cm d) Data inadequate
Ex.: The side of an equilateral triangle is 9 cm long. Find The length of side of an equilateral triangle is 4 cm. Find
the area o f the circle circumscribing the equilateral the area of the circle inscribing the equilateral triangle.
triangle.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have a) 4TC sq cm b) — TC sq cm
area of the required circle = y x 9 x 9 = 27rc sqcm.

c) ~ n sqcm d) —rc sq cm
Exercise The length o f side o f an equilateral triangle is 12 cm.

1. The side of an equilateral triangle is 3 cm long. Find the Find the area of the circle inscribing the equilateral tri-
angle.
area of the circle circumscribing the equilateral triangle,
a) 3TC sq cm b) 4ic sq cm a) 12TC sq cm b) 47t sq cm
c) 6rc sq cm d) 9TC sq cm c) 871 sq cm d) Data inadequate
2 The side of an equilateral triangle is 6 cm long. Find the 4. The length of side of an equilateral triangle is 8 cm. Find
area of the circle circumscribing the equilateral triangle, the area of the circle inscribing the equilateral triangle.
a) 12TC sqcm b)l6rcsqcm 16
c) 24TC sq cm d) Data inadequate a) ~ n sqcm
3. The side of an equilateral triangle is 12 cm long. Find the b) 5TC sqcm
area of the circle circumscribing the equilateral triangle,
c) 6TI sqcm
a) 36TC sq cm b) 48rt sq cm
d) Data inadequate
c) 54TC sq cm d) Data inadequate
Answers
Answers l.a 2.c 3.a 4.a
l.a 2.a 3.b
Rule 103
Theorem: Radius of a largest circle that can be drawn in
ut equilateral triangle of side x units is units.
EJL: There is an equilateral triangle of side 12 cm. Find the
radius of the circle that can be drawn in the equilat-
eral triangle.
Ex: The length of side of an equilateral triangle is 10 cm.
Find the ratio of the areas of the circle circumscribing
the triangle to the circle inscribing the triangle.
radius of the circle - ^ x l 2 = 2>/3 cm. Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
6
required ratio = 4 : 1 .
Exercise
Exercise
L There is an equilateral triangle of side 6 cm. Find the
1. The length of side of an equilateral triangle is 12 cm.
radius of the circle that can be drawn in the equilateral
Find the ratio ot the areas of the circle circumscribing
triangle.
the triangle to the circle inscribing the triangle.
a) 4 ^ cm b) 73 cm a)4:l b)5:4 c)2:l d)3:2
2. The length o f side of an equilateral triangle is 15 cm.
c) 2>/3 cm d) Data inadequate Find the ratio of the areas of the circle circumscribing
There is an equilateral triangle of side 4 cm. Find the the triangle to the circle inscribing the triangle.
radius of the circle that can be drawn in the equilateral a^7:4 b)3:2 c)4:l d) Data inadequate
triangle. 3. The length of side of an equilateral triangle is 25 cm.
Find the ratio of the areas of the circle circumscribing
2
a) 2V3 cm b) ^3 cm c) cm d) 4^/3 cm the triangle to the circle inscribing the triangle.
a)4:l b)3:l c)5:2 d)9:0
There is an equilateral triangle of side 18 cm. Find the
Answers
radius of the circle that can be drawn in the equilateral
l.a 2.c 3.a
triangle.
Rule 105
a) 3>/3 cm b) cm Theorem: If the area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral
triangle is 'A' sq units, then the side of the equilateral tri-
c) cm d) Data inadequate |12A

angle is units.
\t
There is an equilateral triangle of side 24 cm. Find the
radius of the circle that can be drawn in the equilateral Illustrative Example
triangle. Ex: Area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral triangle is
616 sq cm. Find the side of the equilateral triangle.
4
a) 2 V J cm b)^cm Soln: Detail Method: According to the question,
7tr =616> where r = radius of the circle
2
c) 4^3 cm d) Data inadequate

616x7
Answers
v . ' - y - a " - 1 4 c m
3 2.c 3. a 4.c
From geometry, we have,
Rule 104 A D = 30D
ie Height of the equilateral triangle = 3x radius.
I Theorem: An equilateral triangle is circumscribed by a
srcle and another circle is inscribed in that triangle then = (42f
In right-angled-triangle ABD, a
'. ratio of the areas of the two circles is 4:1. (Seefigure) 2)
where, a = side of the equilateral triangle
4a -a 2 2
or,
or, 3a = (42) x 4
2 2 or, a = = 28^3 cm
F E
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we a) 56 b)48 c)20 d)32
have [Provident Fund Commissioner Exam, 20021
112x616x7 _„ , 4. Find the number o f diagonals of a polygon having 12
the required answer = J- — = vl2x28x7 sides.
a)66 b)64 c)54 d)48
= V28x28x3 =2873 cm.
Answers
Exercise. l.a 2. a 3. c; Hint: The given figure has 8 sides. 4c
1. Area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral triangle is 66 Rule 107
sq cm. Find the side of the equilateral triangle. Theorem: The area of a rectangular plot is 'x' times its
a) 7-J6 cm. b) 6^7 cm c) 36 cm d) Data inadequate breadth. If the difference between the length and breadth a
'y'metres, then the breadth is given by (x -y) metres.
2 Area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral triangle is 264
sq cm. Find the side of the equilateral triangle. Illustrative Example
Ex: The area of a rectangular plot is 14 times its breadth.
a) 12-/7 cm b)12cm
I f the difference between the length and the breadth
c) 14V7 c m d) Data inadequate is 9 metres, what is its breadth?
Soln: Detail Method: Let 1 be the length and b be the breadd:
3. Area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral triangle is 154
of the rectangular plot.
sq cm. Find the side of the equilateral triangle.
lxb=14*b .-. 1 = H
a) 12V3 cm b) r e ^ c m c) 14^7 cm d) 14^3 cm Again, 1 - b = 9
or, 14-b = 9 .-. b = 14-9 = 5metres.
Answers Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we ha\
l.b 2. a 3.d
the required answer = 1 4 - 9 = 5 metres.
Rule 106 Note: I f instead of difference, sum of the length and breadA
is given, breadth is given by (y - x) m. Here x will be
Theorem: There is a relation between the number of sides
always less than y.
and the number of diagonals in a polygon. The relation-
al _ 2} Exercise
ship is given below. Number of diagonals = -~r—-; 1. Area of a rectangular plot is 15 times its breadth. If the
difference between the length and the bredth is 10 metres,
where, n=no.of sides in the polygon. what is its breadth?
Illustrative Example a) 10 metres b) 5 metres
Ex.: Find the no. of diagonals o f a hexagon. c) 7.5 metres d) Data inadequate
Soln: Applying the above theorem, (BSRB Calcutta PO 1999|
2 Area o f a rectangular plot is 12 times its breadth. If the
6(6-3) _ difference between the length and the bredth is 8 metres,
for hexagon, there are 9 diagonals.
what is its breadth?
Note: A 'hexagon' has six sides. a) 5 m b)2m c)4m d)6m
3. Area of a rectangular plot is 14 times its breadth. If H E
Exercise difference between the length and the bredth is 9 mera.
1. Find the no. of diagonals of a pentagon. what is its breadth?
a)5 b) 10 c)15 d)8 a)5m b)4m
2. Find the no. o f diagonals of a septagon. c) 6 m d) Can't be determined
a) 14 b) 12 c)16 ' d)8 4. Area of a rectangular plot is 18 times its breadth. If a
3. How many lines other than those shown in the figure are difference between the length and the bredth is 6 meca.
required to join each coiner with another? what is its breadth?
MATH'
ii)12m b) 14 m c) 10 m d) Data inadequate The length of a rectangle is twice its breadth'. If its length
is decreased by 5 cm and breadth is incresed by 5 cm,
Answers
l.b ' 2.c 3. a 4.a the area of rectangle is increased by 75 c m . Therefore, 2
the length of the rectangle is:

Miscellaneous a) 20 cm b)30cm c)40cm d)50cm
The length and the breadth of the floor of a room is 20 ft [CDS Exam 19911
and 10 ft respectively. Square tiles of 2 ft dimension hav- The area of a rectangle is thrice that of a square. Length
ing three different colours are placed on the floor. The of the rectangle is 40 cm and breadth of the rectangle is
xam, 2002| first row of tiles on all sides is of black colour, out of the
having 12 3
remaining one-third is of white colour and the remaining
are of blue colour. How many blue-colour tiles are there? — times that o f the side of the square. The side of the
18 a) 16 b)32 c)48 d)24
ISBIPO Exam 2000] square in cm is:
The perimeter of a rectangle is equal to the perimeter of 10. a)60 b)20 c)30 d) 15
les. 4. c
a right-angled triangle of height 12 cm. I f the base of the The perimeters o f both, a square and a rectangle are
triangle is equal to the breath o f the rectangle, what is each equal to 48 m and the difference between their ar-
v' times as the length of the rectangle? eas is 4 m . The breadth of the rectangle is:
2
d breadth a a) 18 cm b)24cm c)22cm d) Data inadequate 11. a) 10 m b)12m c)14m d) None ofthese
tetres. IBSRBMumbaiPO 1998| The expenses of carpeting a hall room were Rs 54000,
The squared value of the diagonal of a rectangle is (64 + but if the length had been 2 metres less than it was, the
B ) sq cm, where B is less than 8 cm. What is the breadth
2 expenses would have been Rs 48000. What was the
its breadrk.
of that rectangle? length?
the breadth;
a) 6 cm b) 10 cm c) 8 cm d) Data inadequate 12. a) 16m b)14m c)27m d)18m
(BSRB Mumbai PO 1998] A circular road runs round a circular garden. If the differ-
; the bread*
A rectangular plate is of 6 m breadth and 12 m length. ence between the circumferences of the outer circle and
Two apertures of 2 m diameter each and one aperture of the inner circle is 44 metres find the width of the road.
1 m diameter have been made with the help of a gas a)7m b)14m c)8m d)16m
cutter. What is the area o f the remaining portion of the Answers
plate? 1. a; Hint:
ule. we nstm a) 62.5 sqm b) 68.5 sqm
A Black 0
c) 64.5 sq m d) None of these
and breadii IBank of Baroda PO 1999]
lere x will \m The length and the breadth of a rectangle are in the ratio i White | « Bluej2
of 3 : 2 respectively. I f the sides o f the rectangle are
extended on each side by 1 metre, the ratio of length to B Black
R
readth. If breadth becomes 1 0 : 7 . Find the area o f the original
Area covered by black tiles
is 10 mei rectangle in square metres. = (20 + 2 0 ) x 2 + (6 + 6) *2 = 80 + 24=104sqft
a) 256 b)150 c)280 d) None of these Area of the floor PQRS = 20 x 10 = 200 sq ft
[BSRB Guwahati PO 1999] .-. Remaining area = 100 -104 = 96 sq ft
(uate The area of a right-angled triangle is two-third of the
tta PO 1< area of a rectangle. The base of the triangle is 80 per cent
.-. Area covered by white tiles = — 96 = 32 sq ft x
jreadth. I of the breadth of the rectangle. I f the perimeter of the

th is 8 me rectangle is 200 cm, what is the height of the triangle? .-. Area covered by blue tiles = 96 - 32 = 64 sq ft
a) 20 cm b) 30 cm c) 15 cm d) Data inadequate
64
i)6m [BSRB Chennai PO 2000) No. of blue-colour tiles = = 16
2x2
breadth. I Four sheets of 50 cm * 5 cm are to be arranged in such a
1th is 9 mt manner that a square could be formed. What will be the 2. d
area of inner part of the square so formed? 3. a; Hint: Diagonal = 6 4 + B
2 2 or, i o = 6 4 + 6
2 2
a)2000 cm' b)1600 c m 2 • B =6

terminec
breadth. Ii c)1800 cm 2 d) None of these
Ufa is 61 [BSRB Bangalore PO 2000] 4. d; Hint: Reqdarea= 6 x l 2 "
9TC 9 22 ••• 2 x + 5 x - 2 5 - 2 x =75 or5x = 50 o r x = 1 0 .

2 2
. =72-('2TC + - = 72 — = 72 — x — Hence, length = 20 cm.

4 4 7
9. b; Hint: Length of the rectangle = 40 cm.
99 Let the side of the square be x cm.
= 7 2 - , = 7 . 0 7 ==, 64.93 sqm
4
Then, breadth of the rectangle = — x cm.

S. d; Hint: Let the length and breadth be / and b respectively.
/_ = 3
or,'l = - b . (0 4 0 x - x = 3 x =>x = 20 2
b 2 2
.-. side of the square = 20 cm.
1+ 2 10
or, 7/-10b = 6 (ii) 10. a; Hint: Let the length of rectangle = x metres & its breadrr.
b+ 2 7
= y m.
From eq (i) Also, let the side of the square be z metres.
10.5b-10b = 6 or,0.5b = 6 or,b= 12and/= 18 Then,2(x + y) = 4z = 48 => x + y = 24andz= 12.
Area = / x b = 1 8 x 12 = 216 m 2 Also, 2 -xy = 4 => x y =
z z 2 - 4 = 144-4= 140.
6. d; Hint: Let the base and height of triangle, and length and
So, ( x - y ) 2 =(x + y) 2 -4xy = 576-560=16.
breadth of rectangle be L and h and L , and b, respec- .-. x - y = 4andx + y = 24. So,2y = 2 0 o r y = 10 m.
11. d; Hint: Let the length be xm and breadth be ym
tively. Then - x L x h = - x L, x b, (j) Area = xy sq m
54000
L = (ii)and L , + b , =100. .(iii) Cost of carpeting per sq m = Rs (0
xy
in the.above we have three equations and four un- In the second case length is reduced by 2 m ie
knowns. Hence the value of ' h ' can't be determined. Area = (x - 2) y sq m
7.d; Hint:
48000
Cost of carpeting per sq m = ( _ 2 ) y x (")
Now, from the question, we have

54000 _ 48000
xy ~(x-2)y " x = 1 8 m e t r e s "
50 cm 12. a; Hint: Let the radii be R, and R 2 of the outer and inne-
The four sheets are BMRN, AMQL, 1MSKC and DLPK
circles respectively.
.-. Side of the new square sheet = 50 + 5 = 55 cm and side
of the inner part of the square (55 -10 =) 45 cm
2TCR, -2TCR = 4 4 2
Hence, area = (45) = 2025 sq cm.

2
8. a; Hint: Let breadth = x cm and length = 2x cm. 44

R,-R 2
7m [R,-R 2 = width of the road ]
Then, (2x - 5) (x+5) - x x 2x = 75. 2XTC
Elementary Mensuration - I I
Rule 1 maximum number o f boxes that can be carried in the

wooden box, is:
a)9800000 b) 7500000 c) 1000000 d) 1200000
• rem: To find volume of a cuboid if its length, breadth
( C D S Exam, 1991)
t eight are given.
8. A tank 3 m long, 2 m wide and 1.5 m deep is dug in a field
Volume of a cuboid = length x breadth x height
22 m long and 14 m wide. I f the earth dug out is evenly
rative Example spread out over the field, the level o f the field w i l l rise by
Find the volume o f a cuboid 24 m long, 18 m broad nearly:
and 16 m high. a) 0.299 cm b) 0.29 m m c) 2.98 cm d) 4.15 cm
volume o f the cuboid = 24 x 1 8 x 16 = 6912 cubic 9. A rectangular tank measuring internally 37— metres in
metres.
length, 12 metres in breadth and 8 metres in depth, is full
rcise
o f water. Find the weight o f water in metric tons, given
Find the volume o f a cuboid 22 cm, by 12 cm, by 7.5 cm
that one cubic metre o f water weighs 1000 kilograms,
iil980cucm b)1890cucm
a) 3584 metric tons b) 3684 metric tons
: 11680 cu cm d) None o f these
c) 3485 metric tons d) 3884 metric tons
The area o f a playground is 5600 sq. metres. Find the
10. A room 3.3 metres high is half as long again as it is wide
cost o f covering it with gravel 1 cm deep, i f the gravel
costs Rs. 2.80 per cubic metre. 3
a)Rs 166.70 b)Rs 146.80 c)Rs 186.50 d)Rs 156.80 and its volume is 123 — cub. metres. Find its length and
Find the volume o f a cuboid 90 metres by 50 metres by
"cm. breadth.
a)3375cum b ) 3 7 3 5 c u m c)3475cum d)3875cum a) 7.5 m, 6 m b ) 8 m , 5 m c) 7.5 m, 5 m d) 8.5 m, 5 m
A room 5 metres high is h a l f as long again as it is broad 11. A rectangular block o f stone measures 20 dm in length,
and its volume is 480 cubic metres. Find the length and 18 dm in breadth and 9 dm in height. What is its volume?
breadth o f the room. a) 4230 cub dm b) 3240 cub dm
a) 12 m, 8 m b)9m,6m c) 3 328 cub dm d) None o f these
c) 15 m, 10 m d) Data inadequate 12. A brick measures 22 cm by 10 cm by 7 cm. Find its v o l -
A river 2 metres oeep and 45 metres wide is flowing at ume.
the rate o f 3 k m per hour. Find how much water runs into a) 1540 cub cm b ) 1450 cub cm
the sea per minute. c) 1640 cm d) None o f these
a) 5000 c u m b) 5400 c u m 13. A piece o f squared timber is 7 metres long and 0.1 metre
c) 4500 cu m d) None o f these both in width and thickness. What is its weight at the
How many lead shots each 0.3 cm in diameter can be rate o f 9 5 0 k g per cubic metres?
made from a cuboid o f dimension 9 cm by 11 cm by 12 a) 66 kg b)67kg c) 66.5 kg d) 68.5 kg
cm? 14. H o w many cubic metres o f masonry are there in a wall 81
a) 84000 b) 86000 c) 85000 d) 48000 metres long, 4 metres high and 0.2 metre thick.
A wooden box o f dimensions 8 m x 7 m x 6 m i s t o carry a) 64.8 cub m b ) 69 cub m c ) 6 8 c u b m d) 68.9 cub m
rectangular boxes of dimensions 8 cm x 7 cm x 6 cm. The 15. A tank contains 60000 cubic metres o f water. I f the length
and breadth are 50 metres and 40 metres respectively,
find the depth. a) 40 kg b)39kg c ) 3 8 k g d) Data inadequate

a) 50 metres b) 25 metres c) 30 metres d) 20 metres 27. A field is 500 metres long and 30 metres broad and a tank
16. I f 210 cubic metres o f sand be thrown into a tank 12 50 metres long, 20 metres broad and 14 metres deep is
metres long and 5 metres wide, find how much the water dug in the field, and the earth taken out o f it is spread
will rise? evenly over the field. H o w much is the level o f the field
a) 3.5 m b)4m c)7m d) Data inadequate raised?
17. The area o f playground is 4800 sq metres. Find the cost a)0.5m b)1.5m c) 1 m d)2m
o f covering it with gravel 1 cm deep, i f the gravel costs Answers
Rs 480 per cubic metre.
1. a
a) Rs 23400 b)Rs 24300 c)Rs 23040 d)Rs 24030
2. d; Hint: Volume o f gravel
18. A beam is 8 metres long, 0.5 m broad and 0.2 m thick.
1 >
What is its cost at Rs 7000 per cubic metre?
a)Rs5600 b)Rs5800 c)Rs6600 d)Rs5400 5600 x——
100. cu metres. = 56 c u . m .
19. What length must be cut o f f a straight plank 2.5 m broad Cost o f gravelling = Rs (56 * 2.80) = Rs 156.80.
and 0.025 m thick in order that it may contain 0.25 cubic 3.a
metre?
4. a; Hint: Let breadth = x. Then, length = — x metres.
a) 6 m b)3m c)4m d)5m
20. A rectangular tank is 50 metres long and 29 metres deep. 3
I f 1 POO cubic metres o f water be drawn o f f the tank, the or, — x x x x 5 = 480 or, x = 8
level o f the water in the tank goes down by 2 metres. .-. breadth = 8 m and length = 12 m
How many cubic metres o f water can the tank hold? 5. c; Hint: Distance covered by water in 1 min
a) 14500 cub metres b) 12500 cub metres
'3000^
^ c) 16500 cub metres d) 15500 cub metres m = 50m
60 J
21. A river 10 metres deep and 200 metres wide is flowing at
Water
er that runs in 1 min = (50 x 45 x2) cu m = 4500 c. -
the rate o f 4 — km/hr. Find how many cubic m o f water Volume o f cuboid
6. a; Hint: Number o f lead shots =
Volume o f 1 lead she"
run into the sea per second.
a) 2500 cub metres b) 2000 cub metres
9x11x12
c) 2200 cub metres d) None o f these 84000 [SeeRule-10]
1 22
22. A swimming bath is 24 m long and 15 m broad. When a - x — x0.3x0.3x0.3
number o f men dive into the bath, the height o f the water 6 7
rises by one cm. I f the average amount o f water dis-
800x700x600
placed by one o f the men be 0.1 cub m , how many men
7. c; Hint: Number o f boxes = —-—- = 1000(
are there in the bath? 8x7x6
a) 32 b)46 c)42 d)36
8. c; Hint: Volume o f earth dug out = (3 x 2 x 1.5) m 3 =9 i
23. H o w many beams, each 4 metres long and measuring 20
• cm by 12 cm at the end, can be cut from a piece o f timber Area over which earth is spread — [(22 x 14) - (3 x 2)] n"
12 metres long and I metre by 80 cm at its end?
= 302 m . 2
a) 100 b) 150 c)250 d) 125

24. A school room is to be built to accommodate 70 chil- 9 9x100
dren, so as to allow 2.2 sq metres o f floor and 11 cub .-. Increase in level = r r r m ,„„ cm = 2.98 •
metres o f space for each child. I f the room be 14 metres J02 302
long, what must be its breadth and height? 9. a; Hint: volume o f water = 37 —x 12x8 cub metres
a) 12 metres, 5.5 metres b) 11 metres, 5 metres
c) 13 metres, 6 metres d) 11 metres, 4 metres 112
25. A cistern is constructed to hold 200 litres, and the base
Weight o f water = — x 12x8x1000 k g
o f the cistern is a square metre. What is the depth o f the
cistern? A cubic metre is 1000 litres. = 3584000 kg = 3584 metric tons.
10. c; Hint: Length = — x breadth; height = ^~ metro
26. Find the weight (to the nearest kilogram) o f an iron rod
o f square section, 10 metres long and 2.3 cm broad. A
3 33 3
cubic cm o f iron weighs 7.207 grams. — x breadth x breadth x — = 123 — cub metres
2 10 4
ementary Mensuration - I I 577
_ J, U 2 495 2 10
Or, (breadth) = — x - x — - = 25 sq m .-. depth = - m = j x l O O =20 cm.

breadth = ^25 = 5 ni
10x100x2.3x2.3x7x7.207
38.125 kg * 38 kg.
.-. length = - x 5 m = 7 . 5 m . 1000
27. c
I.b 12.a
"• . c; Hint: Volumeofthetimber = 7 x 0.1 *0.1 = 0 . 0 7 c u m Rule 2
.-. Weight ofthe timber = 0.07 * 950 = 66.5 kg Theorem: To find volume of a cuboid if its area of base or
4. a top, area of side face and area of other side face are given.
60000 Volume of the cuboid= Â x A x
} 2 /f
3
c; Hint: Required depth : : 30 metres

50x40
area o f base or top x area o f one face x
a; Hint: Let the initial height be h and the height after area o f the other face
- J
sand is thrown be H metres.
We have to find ( H - h). According to the question, 12 x Where, A = area of base or top,
]
5 x ( H - h ) = 210
A 2 = area of one side face and
210 _ 7
H-h= 3.5 metres Ay = area of other side face.
~6Q~ 2
c; Hint: Cost o f covering the playground = 4800 x 0.01 x Illustrative Examples
480 = Rs 23040 Ex. 1: Area o f the base o f a cuboid is 9 sq metres, area o f
.a side face and area o f other side face are 16 sq metres
and 25 sq metres respectively. Find the volume ofthe
0.25 cuboid.
: c; Hint: Required length : = 4 metres.
2.5x0.025 Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
0. a; Hint: 50 x b x 2 = 1000 (See Q. No. 16) the required answer = V 9 x 1 6 x 2 5 = V J 6 0 0 = 60 cu.
.-. b = 1 0 m
metres.
.-. capacity o f the tank = 50 X 10 x 29 = 14500 cub m Ex.2: Find the volume o f a cuboid whose area o f base and
[Also see Rule - 24] two adjacent faces are 180 sq cm, 96 sq cm and 120 sq
9 9 5 5 cm respectively.
L a ; Hint: Speed ofthe river = — km/hr = ^ J^~ X ~^ m/sec Soln: We have, volume o f a cuboid
area o f base x area o f one facex

[/> 5
• required answer = 1 0 x 2 0 0 x — = 2 5 0 0 cub m. i area o f the other face
4
= V l 8 0 x 9 6 x 1 2 0 = 1440 cu. cm.
2. d; Hint: Let the no. o f men be n. N o w , from the question,
we have Exercise
24 x 1 5 x 0 . 0 1 = n x 0.1 [SeeQ. N o . - 1 6 ] 1. The area o f a side o f a box is 120 sq cm. The area o f the
other side o f the box is 72 sq cm. I f the area o f the upper
5 x 0 . 0 1 = 36.
2 4 x 10.1 surface o f the box is 60 sq cm then find the volume o f the
12x1x0.8 box.
a; H i n t : Required no. o f beams ; = 100
4x0.2x0.12 a) 259200 c n r b)86400 c m '
4 b; Hint: 14 xb = 70x2.2
c)720 c m 3 d) Can't be determined
70x2.2
b= 11 metres and I x b x h = 70 x 11 ( B S R B Bangalore P O - 2000)
14 2. The area o f a side o f a box is 32 sq cm. The area o f the
70x11 70x11
h= = 5 metres. other side o f the box is 20 sq cm. I f the area o f the upper
lxb 70x2.2 surface o f the box is 10 sq cm then find the volume o f the
200 box.
5 b; Hint: 1 sq m x depth = a) 80 c m b)40 c m c)64 c m d)72 c m
000 3 3 3 3
3. The area o f a side o f a box is 30 sq cm. The area o f the

other side o f the box is 18 sq cm. I f the area o f the upper 6. Find the volume and surface o f a cuboid whose dimen-
" surface o f the box is 15 sq cm then find the volume o f the sions are 36 m, 1 2 m and 1 m .
box. » a) 432 cu m, 960 sq m b) 532 c u m , 860 s q m
a)85 c m 3 b)90 c m 3
c) 532 cu m, 960 sq m d ) None o f these
c) 120 c m 3 d) None o f these 7. A closed wooden box measures externally 45 cm long.
35 cm broad and 30 cm high, i f the thickness o f the wood
Answers
1. c; Hint: Required answer is 2 — cm, find the cost o f painting the box inside at the
= V l 2 0 x 7 2 x 6 0 = V 7 2 x 7 2 x l 0 0 = 720 c m 3
rate o f Rs 2 per square dm.
2. a 3.b a)Rs600 b)Rs59 c)Rsl59 d) Rs 118
Rule 3 Answers
Theorem: To find the whole surface area of a cuboid if its l.a 2.c
length, breadth and height are given. 3. c; Hint: Area needed = 2 (lb + bh + Ih)
Whole surface area of the cuboid = 2(lb + bh + Ih) = 2 [(25 x 15) + (15 x 8) + (25 * 8 ) ] = 1390 c m 2
Where, I = length, b = breadth and It = height of the cuboid. 4. d; Hint: Let the length, breadth and height be 6x, 5x and 4x
Illustrative Example metres respectivley.
Ex.: Find the surface area o f a slab o f stone measuring 4 Then, 2 x [6x x 5x + 5x x 4x + 6x x 4x] = 33300
1 .-. 148x = 3 3 3 0 0
2 or, x 2 =225 or,x=15
So, length = 90 m, breadth = 75 m and height = 60 m
metres in length, 2 metres in width and — metre in
5. a 6.a
thickness.
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the 7. d; Hint: Internal length = 45 - - x 2 = 40 cm
2
surface area = 2 ^ 4 x 2 + 4 x — + 2 x — j = 19 S q m
Internal breadth = 3 5 - — x 2 = 30 cm
2
Exercise
1. Find the surface area o f a cuboid 22 cm by 12 cm by 7.5 Internal height = 3 0 - ^ x 2 = 25 cm
cm.
Internal surface area
a)1038sqcm b)1238sqcm
= 2 [40 x 3 0 + 40 x 2 5 + 3 0 x 2 5 ] =5900 sq cm
c)1138sqcm d) 1308sqcm
2. I f the length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are 2m, 2m 5900x2
.-. required cost o f painting = — — — = Rs 118.
and 1 m respectively, then its surfare area ( i n m ) is: 2
10x10
a) 8 b) 12 c) 16 d)24
(NDA Exam-19901 Rule 4
3. The area o f the cardboard (in c m ) needed to make a box
2
Theorem: To find the diagonal of a cuboid if its length
o f size 25 cm x 15 cm 8 cm w i l l be:
x
breadth and height are given.
a) 390 b)1000 c)1390 d)2780
4. I f the length, breadth and height o f a rectangular Diagonal of cuboid = ^// 2 + D 2 + n 2 ; where I = length,
parallelopiped are in the ratio 6 : 5 : 4 and i f total surface
area is 33,300 m then the length, breadth and height o f a
2
b = breadth and
parallelopiped (in cm) respectivley are: It = height of the cuboid.
a) 90,85,60 b) 90,75.70 c) 85,75,60 d) 90,75,60
|NDA E x a m - 1 9 9 0 |
Ex.: Find the length o f diagonal o f a cuboid 12 m long. I
5. A cuboid i s 2 0 m x ] 0 m x 8 m . Find its length o f diagonal,
broad and 8 m high.
surface area and volume.
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula, we have
a) 23.75m,880 m , 1 6 0 0 m
2 3
diagonal = ^ 1 2 + 9 + 8
2 2 2 = V 2 8 ? = 1 " *«•
b) 27.35m,860 m , 1 8 0 0 m
2 3
c) 23.75m,860 m , 1 6 0 0 m
2 3
Exercise
1. Find the diagonal o f a cuboid 22 cm, by 12 cm by 7.5 c m
d) 23.75m,880 m , 1 8 0 0 m
2 3
a)684.25cm b)26.15cm c)25.14cm d)25.16cm a ) 1 7 5 s q c m b ) 1 7 0 s q c m c) 165sqcm d ) 1 8 5 s q c m

579
2 Find the length o f the longest pole that can be put in a

Answers
room 10 metres by 8 metres by 5 metres,
La 2.b 3.d 4.a
a) 12 m b)16m c)13m d)14m
3. The diagonal o f a cuboid 22 cm by 12 cm by 7.5 cm is: Rule 6
a) 13.83 cm b) 6.04 cm c) 24.25 cm d) 26.15 cm
T h e o r e m : If each edge (or side) of a cube is 'a' units then
4. The length o f the longest rod that can be placed in a
(i) volume of the cube = a 3 cubic units.
room 30 m long, 24 m broad and 18 m high, is:
(ii) whole surface of the cube = ( 6 a ) sq units. 2
a)30m 0)15^2 m c)60m d) 30^/2 m

(Hi) diagonal of the cube - (V3a) units.
[NDA Exam-19911
Note: I f diagonal o f a cube is given, then the volume o f the
Answers
1. b ( diagonal^
2. c; Hint: Length o f longest pole cube is given by
= diagonal = V l O + 8 + 5 2 2 2 = J\69 = 13 m .
d; Hint: Length o f the longest rod = length o f diagonal Ex.: Find the volume, surface area and the diagonal o f a
cube, each o f whose sides measures 2 cm.
= V ( i + b + h ) = >/(30) + ( 2 4 )
2 2 2 2 2 +(24) 2 Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
= V l 8 0 0 = 3 0 ^ 2 m. Volume= o = ( 2 x 2 x 2 ) = 8 c m
3 3
Surface area= 6a = (6 x 2 x 2 ) = 24 c n r
Rule 5 2
Theorem: To find total surface area of a cuboid if the sunt Diagonal = ^3 x a = 2^3 c m
of all three sides and diagonal are given. Total surface

area = (Sum of all three sides) - (Diagonal) 2 2
Exercise
1. Find the volume o f a cube each o f whose sides measure
18 cm.
Ex.: The sum o f length, breadth and height o f a cuboid is
a) 5823 cu cm b)8532cucm
25 cm and its diagonal is 15 cm long. Find the total
c)5832cucm d) None o f these
surface area o f the cuboid.
2. Find the surface area and the diagonal o f a cube, each o f
whose sides measure 18 cm.
the total surface area
a) 1944 sq cm, 18^3 c m b) 1844 sq cm, 18^3 c m
= (25) -(l5)
2 2 = 6 2 5 - 2 2 5 = 400 s q c m .
c) 1644 sq cm, 12^3 °0 None o f these
Exercise c m
1. The sum o f length, breadth and height o f a cuboid is 5 3. A cube has a diagonal 17.32 cm long. Find the volume o f
cm and its diagonal is 4 cm long. Find the total surface the cube.
area o f the cuboid. a)1000cucm b)1500cucm
a) 9 sq cm b) 3 sq cm c)2000cucm d)2500cucm
c) 10 sq cm d) Data indequate 4. Find the volume and surface area o f a cube, whose each
2. The sum o f length, breadth and height o f a cuboid is 26 edge measures 25 cm.
cm and its diagonal is 14 cm long. Find the total surface a) 15265 c u c m , 3750 sqcm b) 15625 cucm, 3750sq cm
area o f the cuboid. c) 15625 cu cm, 3850 sq cm d) Data inadequate
a) 840 sq cm b) 480 sq cm 5. Find the volume o f a cube whose diagonal is 10V3
c) 450 sq cm d) None o f these
metres.
3. The sum o f length, breadth and height o f a cuboid is 12
a ) 1 0 0 0 c u m b ) 1 2 0 0 c u m c) 1500cum d ) H 0 0 c u m
cm and its diagonal is 8 cm long. Find the total surface
6. A certain cube o f wood was bought for Rs 768. I f the
area o f the cuboid.
wood costs Rs 1500 per cubic metre, find the length o f
a) 60 sq cm b) 96 sq cm c) 90 sq cm d) 80 sq cm
each edge o f the cube.
4. The sum o f length, breadth and height o f a cuboid is 16
a) 70 cm b)80cm
cm and its diagonal is 9 cm long. Find the total surface
c)90cm d) Can't be determined
area o f the cuboid.
The length o f diagonal o f a cube is ( l 4 x V3) cm. The

8 x100x100^ =512000cucm
surface area o f the cube is: .1500
a)588 c m b) 1176 c m c)33.908 c m d)294 c m

2 2 2 2
.-. length o f each edge
I f each side o f a cube is doubled, then its volume: = (512000)^ = (80x80x80)^' =80 cm
a) is doubled b) becomes 4 times
7.b; Hint:
c) becomes 6 times d) becomes 8 times
9. The length o f the longest rod that can fit in a cubical Va +a +a 2 2 2 = 14x S => V3a = 14x S => a = 14
room o f 4 m side, is:
.-. Surface area
a) 8.66 m b) 5.196 m c) 6.928 m d) 7.264 m
2 = 6xa' = ( 6 x l 4 x l 4 ) c m 2 =1176cm . 2
10. The surface area o f a cube is 600 cm , The length o f its

diagonal is: 8. d;Hin*» Let original length o f edge = a. Then, volume = a 3 .
10 10 New edge = 2a; N e w volume = ( 2 a ) = 8 a . 3 3
a) 10V2 c m b ) 10V3 cm c) ^ cm d) c cm
.-. The volume becomes 8 times the original volume.
11. The percentage increase in surface area o f a cube when 9. c; Hint: Diagonal = 4 ^ 3 = 6.928 m.
each side is doubled, is:
10. b; Hint:
a) 25% b)50% c) 150% d)300%
12. A cubic metre o f copper weighing 9000 kilograms is rolled
6 a = 600 => 3 a = 300 =>
2 2 = ^ 3 0 0 = 10^3
into a square bar 9 metres long. A n exact cube is cut off
from the bar. H o w much does it weigh? .-. Diagonal = 10^3 cm.
11. d; Hint: Let the edge o f the cube = a.
a) 3 3 3 1 kg b) 2 3 3 ^ k g c) 3 3 4 i k g d) 3 3 3 ^ k g
Then, surface area = 6 a • 2
13. Find the volume and surface o f a cube whose edge is 15

New edge = 2a. So, new surface area = 6 x ( 2 a ) = 24 a . 2 2
metres.
a) 3375 c u m , 1350 sqm b) 3385 c u m , 1550 s q m
18a-
c) 3375 c u m , 1450 s q m d) 3835 c u m , 1350 s q m Increase = xlOO % = 300%.
14. The diagonal o f a cube is 30>/3 metres. What is the
12. a; Hint: (Area o f the square end) * 9 = vol = 1 cub metre
solid content?
a) 27000 c u m b) 9000 c u m
IT 1
c) 64000 cu m d) None o f these .-. side o f the square end = J— metres = - metre
15. The three co-terminus edges o f a rectangular solid are
36, 75 and 80 cm respectively. Find the edge o f a cube 1 1 1 1
which w i l l be o f the same capacity? .•. Vol. ofthe cube = — — y = — cub metre
x x
a) 70 cm b) 36 cm
c) 60 cm d) Data inadequate 9000 1
.-. Weight o f cube = ^ = 3J3 j kg.
16. A cube o f metal each edge o f which measures 5 cm,
weighs 0.625 kg. What is the length o f each edge o f a [Also See Rule-25]
cube o f the same metal which weighs 40 kg? 13. a 14. a
a) 20 cm b)25cm c)15cm d)30cm 15. c; Hint: Volume ofthe rectangular solid
Answers = 36 x 75 x 80 = 216000 cu cm
l.c 2.a .-. edge o f the cube = ^ 2 1 6 0 0 0 = 60 cm.
3.a;Hint: See Note: Required answer
16. a; Hint: Volume ofthe cube = 5 x 5 5 = 125 cu cm x
'l7.32 0.625 kg = 125 c u c m

A 17.32
= (10) =1000 c m
3 3
V3" 1.732 125 .„

••• 4 0 k g = — — x 40 = 8 0 0 0 c u c m .
U.OZJ
4.b 5. a
6. b; Hint: Volume o f the cube .-. edge = V8000 = 20 cm.
/IATHS
Elementary Mensuration - I I 581
Cylinder (ii) height = 7 metres, radius = 10 metres

a) 2000 cub m b) 4400 cub m
Rule 7 c) 2200 cub m d) 4000 cub m
Theorem: If the radius of the base of a cylinder is 'r' units 9. The circumference o f the base o f a cylinder is 6 metres
and its height (or length) is 'h' units, then volume of the and its height is 44 metres. Find the volume.
a) 126 cub m b) 128 cub m
cylinder is given by [nr h) cu. units, ie.
2
c) 136 cub m d) None o f these
Volume of the cylinder = Area of the base of cylinder x 10. H o w many cubic metres o f earth must be dug out to sink
Height of the cylinder. a well 35 metres deep and 4 metres in diameter?
Illustrative Example a) 220 cub m b) 660 cub m
c) 440 cub m d) Can't be determined
Ex.: Find the volume of a cylinder which has a height o f 14
11. The diameter o f a cylindrical tank is 24.5 metres and depth
metres and a base o f radius 3 metres.
32 metres. H o w many metric tons o f water w i l l it hold?
(One cubic metre o f water weighs 1000 kg).
22 a) 15062 metric tonnes b ) 16092 metric tonnes
Volume : — - x 3 x 3 x l 4 = 396 u.metres.
C
c) 15092 metric tonnes d) 13062 metric tonnes

12. A cylindrical iron rod is 70 cm long, and the diameter o f
Exercise
its end is 2 cm. What is its weight, reckoning a cubic cm
1. Find the volume o f a cylinder o f length 80 cm and the
o f iron to weigh 10 grams?
diameter o f whose base is 7 cm.
a) 4 k g b) 4.2 kg c) 2.2 kg d) Data inadequate
a) 8030 c u c m b) 3080 c u c m
13. Find the height o f the cylinder whose volume is 511 cub
c) 3680 cucm d) 3280 c u c m
metres and the area o f t h e base 36.5 sq metres.
2. Find the volume o f an iron rod which is 7 cm long and
a) 14 m b)22m c ) 2 1 m d) Data inadequate
whose diameter is 1 cm.
14. A cylindrical vessel, whose base is 14 dm in diameter
a)5.5cucm b)6.5cucm c ) 5 c u c m d) 11 c u c m
holds 2310 litres o f water. Taking a litre o f water to oc-
Water flows at 10 k m per hour through a pipe with cross
cupy 1000 cubic cm, what is the height o f the vessel in
section a circle o f radius 35 cm, into a cistern o f dimen-
dm?
sions 2 5 m by 12 m by 10 m . B y how much w i l l the water
a) 150 dm b) 15 dm c) 1.5 dm d) Data inadequate
level rise in the cistern in 24 minutes?
a)15.13m b)5.13m c)4.13m d)6.13m 3
15. Find how many pieces o f money — cm in diameter and
4. A powder tin has a square base w i t h side 8 cm and height
13 cm. Another is cylindrical w i t h radius o f its base 7 cm
1
and height 15 cm. Find the difference in their capacities. ~ c m thick must be melted down to form a cube whose
a)2130cucm b)2310cucm 8
c) 1478 cu cm d) 1468 cu cm edge is 3 cm long?
A metallic sphere o f radius 21 cm is dropped into a cylin- a) 820 (nearly) b) 480 (nearly)
drical vessel, which is partially filled with water. The d i - c) 489 (nearly) d) 889 (nearly)
ameter o f the vessel is 1.68 metres. I f the sphere is com-
Answers
pletely submerged, find by how much the surface o f
1. b; Hint: Length = height o f the cylinder = 80 cm and radius
water w i l l rise.
ofbase = 3.5 cm
a) 1.75 cm b)2cm c) 2.25 cm d) 1.25 cm
I 22
6. A hollow garden roller 63 cm wide with a girth of440 cm
volume-*-"*' h = | y x 3 . 5 x 3 . 5 x 8 0 = 3080 cu cm
is made o f iron 4 cm thick. The volume o f iron is:
a) 56372 c m 3 b) 58752 c m 3
22 1 1 _ 11
2. a; Hint: Required answer = — x 7 x — x — - — =5.5 c u c m
2 2
c)54982 c m 3 d)57636 c m "
3. b; Hint: volume flown in 24 m i n
The radius o f a wire is decreased to one third. I f volume
remains same, length w i l l increase: 22 35 35 10000
a) 1 time b) 6 times c) 3 times d) 9 times -x24 = 1540 cu m
7 * 100* 100* 60
8. Find the volume o f the cylinders in which
(i) height = 6 cm, area o f base = 5 sq m Initial volume o f cistern = (25 x 1 0 x 1 0 ) = 3000 cu m
a) 30 cub cm b) 20 cub cm 4540
c) 15 cub cm d) 35 cub cm New level : 15.13m
25x12
.-. Rise in level = (15.13 -10) = 5.13 m. 220x10

.-. weight o f the cylinder = = 2.2 kg
22 1000
4. c; Hint: Required answer = y x 7 x 7 x l 5 - 8 x 8 x l 3 13. a; Hint: nr \i 2 =511 cubmand n r 2 =36.5 sq m
= 2310-832= 1478 cucm.
511
5. a; Hint: Volume o f sphere .-. h= — = 14m.
3O.J
'4 22
x21x21x21 =38808 cucm. 22
3 7 14. b;Hint: y x 7 0 x 7 0 x h = 2 3 1 0 x 1 0 0 0 [ v ldm=10cm]
22
. — x 8 4 x 8 4 x h =38808 2310x1000x7
" 7 .'. h = —v. . . . _ n = 150 cm = 15 dm.
22 x 70 x 70
.-. h= 1.75 cm.
15. c; Hint: Volume o f one piece o f money
6. b; Hint: Circumference = 440 cm - > 2nr = 440
2 l 22 3 3 1
= 7ir"h = — x -x—x —
440 7 8 8 8
or, r = x ? = 7 0 cm. .-. Required answer
2x22
Inner radius = (70 - 4) cm = 66 cm 3x3x3x7x8x8x8

= 488.72*489
Volume o f iron 22x3x3x1
= n[(70) - (66) ]x 63 = ( — x 136 x 4 x 63

2 2 58752 cm' Rule 8
V7 J Theorem: If the radius of the base of a cylinder is 'r' units
7. d; Hint: Let radius = R and length = h, volume = ^ R ^ h and its height (or length) is 'h' units, then curved surface
area of the cylinder is {2nrh) sq units ie
1
New radius = - R. Let new length = H Surface area = circumference of the base x height
(1 „ V „ 7iR H 2
Ex.: Find the curved surface area o f a cylinder which has
Volume= **l~&j X H = *
a height o f 14 metres and a base o f radius 3 metres.
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have the
, , R 2 h = ^ i o r H = 9h. 22
8.(i)a (ii)c curved surface area = 2 x y x 3 x l 4 = 264 sq metres.
22 6x7 Exercise
9.a;Hint: 2 x y x r = 6 .'. r =
22x2 1. Find the curved surface area o f a cylinder o f length 80
cm and the diameter o f whose base is 7 cm.
2, 22 6x7x6x7
.-. volume = « r h = — * x44 a) 1460 sq cm b) 1560 sq cm
7 44 x 44
= 126 cub metres. 2. The area o f the curved surface o f a cylinder is 4400 c m 2
22 and the circumference o f its base is 110 cm. Find the

10. c;Hint: Required answer = y x 2 x 2 x 3 5 = 4 4 0 cub m. height and the volume o f the cylinder.
a)40 cm, 38500 cu cm b)45 cm, 38500 cu cm
11. c; Hint: Volume ofthe cylinder
. c) 40 cm, 38500 c u c m d)45 cm, 38560 cucm
22 24.5x24.5 f„ 3. H o w many cubic metres o f the earth must be dug out to
= — * — — x j 2 = 15092 cub metres sink a well 21 metres deep and 6 metres in diameter? Find
7 2x2
Since 1 cubic metre = 1000 kg the cost o f plastering the inner surface o f the well at Rs
.-. 1 cubic metre = 1 metric ton 9.50 per sq metre.
( v 1000 kg = 1 metric ton) a)594cum,Rs3762 b) 694 cu m, Rs 3672
c) 574 cum,Rs 3752 d) None o f these
.-. required answer = 15092 metric tonnes.
4. A cylindrical tower is 5 m in diameter and 14 m high. The
12. c; Hint: Volume ofthe iron rod
cost o f white washing its curved surface at 50 paise per
22 m is:
2
x l x l x 7 0 = 2 2 0 cub cm
a)Rs90 b)Rs97 c)Rsl00 d)Rsll0
5. The height o f a cylinder is 14 c m and its curved surface Rule 9

is 264 c m . The radius o f its base is:
2 Theorem: If the radius of the base of a cylinder is 'r' units
a) 3 cm b) 4 cm and its height (or length) is 7r' units, then the total surface
c) 2.4 cm d) 12.4 cm
area of the cylinder is {inrh + 2%r ) sq units.
2
6. Find the curved surface o f the cylinders in which

(i) height = 10 m, circumference = 12 m Or, Total surface area = 2nr(h + r) sq units = Circumfer-
a) 120 s q m b) 140 s q m ence x (height + radius)
c) 136 s q m d) 142 s q m
(ii) height= 14 m, radius = 10 m
Ex.: Find the total surface area o f a cylinder which has a
a) 840 s q m b) 880 s q m
height o f 14 metres and a base o f radius 3 metres.
c) 780 s q m d) 980 s q m
7. The diameter o f a cylindrical granite column is 1.5 metres
and its height is 14 metres. Find the cost o f polishing its 22 22
total surface area = 2 x — x 14 x 3 + — x 2 x 3 x3
curved surface at the rate o f Rs 7.50 per sq metre. 7 7
a)Rs495 b)Rs595 c)Rs695 d)Rs395
= 264 + ^ = 320.57 s q units.
Answers
Exercise
22
1. c; Hint: Curved Surface = * 2 r h =( 2 x ^ x 3 . 5 x 8 0 1. Find the total surface area o f a cylinder o f length 80 cm
and the diameter o f whose base is 7 cm.
= 1760 sq cm. a) 1837 sqcm b) 1687 sqcm
4400
2. a; Hint: height = 40 cm 2. Calculate the curved surface area, the total surface area
TTo~ and the volume o f a cylinder w i t h base radius 14 cm and
_ 110x7 35 height 60 cm.
2nr = 110 cm or, r cm a) 5280 sq cm, 6512 sq cm, 36960 cu cm
44
b) 2560 sq cm, 6152 sq cm, 36960 cu cm
22 35 35 c) 5280 sq cm, 6513 sq cm, 36960 cu cm
d) 5280 sq cm, 6152 sq cm, 39660 cu cm
.-. Volume= nr h = —x — x — x4Q = 3 8 5 0 0 c u c m .
2
3. A solid cylinder has a total surface area o f 231 square

3. a; Hint: Volume o f the earth dug out = Volume o f the well cm. Its curved surface area is (2/3) o f the total surface
area. Find the volume o f the cylinder.
22 • x 3 x 3 x 2 1 = 5 9 4 c u m
7 a) 270 c u c m b) 269.5 c u c m
Curved surface area o f the w e l l c) 256.5 c u c m d) 289.5 c u c m
4. The sum o f the radius o f the base and the height o f a
22
= 2 x •--x3x21 =396 s q m solid cylinder is 37 m . I f the total surface area o f the
cylinder be 1628 sq m , find the volume.
.-. required cost = 396 x 9.50 = Rs 3762. a)4620cum b)4630cum c)4520cum d)4830cum
4. d; Hint: Curved surface 5. The ratio o f total surface area to lateral surface area o f a
OO ^ cylinder whose radius is 80 cm and height is 20 cm is:
= 27irh = 2 x — x - x l 4 | = 2 2 0 m 2
a)2:l b)3:l c)4:l d)5: 1
7 2
6. I f the diameter o f the base o f a closed right circular cylin-
Cost o f white washing = Rs 220 x Rs 110 der is equal to its height h, then its whole surface area is:
a) 27th 2
b) y T t h 2 c) |7th 2
d) rch 2
22 264
5.a;Hint: 2 x — x r x l 4 = 264 [NDA Exam-1990]
' r = ~88~ = 3 c m -
6. ( i ) a Answers
(ii)b 1. a; Hint: Total Surface = (2rcrh + 2TCT 2 )
2x22x1.5x14
7. a; Hint: Curved surface area = ——z—~ = 66 sq m = (1760) + ^ 2 x y x 3 . 5 x 3 . 5
:. Cost ofpolishig = 66 x 7.50 = Rs 495. = (1760 + 77)= 1837 sqcm

2. a
1 22
Case I I : Volume ofthe sphere = - x — x 42 x 42 x 42
6 7
= 38808 cubic cm.
77 77 7 7
or, 2m- = 77
2 or, rcr = — 2
— x — = — cm Exercise
2 22 2
1. Find the volume o f a sphere whose radius is 2.1 metres,
22 7 a) 38.808 c u m b) 388.08 c u m
c) 68.808 c u m d) 38.88 c u m
or, 2 x —- x — x h = 154 .'. h = 7 cm 2. A spherical shell o f metal has an outer radius o f 9 cm and
inner radius o f 8 cm. I f the metal costs Rs 1.80 per cu cm,
22 7 7 find the cost o f shell.
.-. Volume = 2rcr h = y x - x - x 7 = 2 6 9 . 5 c u c m .
2
a)Rs 1630.80 b)Rs 1638.60 c)Rs 1636.80 d)Rs 1638.80
3. The largest sphere is carved out o f a cube o f side 7 cm.
4 . a ; H i n t : r + h = 37and 27tr ( r + h > = 1628
Find the volume o f the sphere (Take TC = 3 . 1 4 ) .
or, Tcr = 22
74
1628 a) 179.6 cu cm b) 180.6 cu cm
r = 7 cm and h = 3 7 - 7 = 3 0 c m c) 176.9 c u c m d) 189.6 c u c m
4. A metal sphere o f diameter 42 cm is dropped into a cylin-
22
Volume = 7 t r h = y x 7 x 7 x 3 0 = 4620 cu cm.
2
drical vessel, which is partly filled with water. The diam-
eter o f the vessel is 1.68 metres. I f the sphere is com-
pletely submerged, find by how much the surface o f
Total sufface area _27crh + 2Tcr _ 2 r c r ( h + r ) 2
5. d; Hint: water w i l l rise.

Lateral surface area 2Tcrh 2rcrh a) 1.75 cm b) 2.75 cm c) 2 cm d) 1 cm
5. Find the weight o f an iron shell, the external and internal
h +r / 20 + 80 diameters o f which are 13 cm and 10 cm respectively, i f 1
= T = 5 : l
\0 cu cm o f iron weighs 8 gms.
Note: This result can be used as a general formula. a)6kg b)6.015kg c)5.016kg d)5.015kg
6. A spherical ball o f radius 3 cm is melted and recast into
1
three spherical balls. The radii o f two o f these balls are
6. c; Hint: Radius = — h and height = h 1.5 cm and 2 cm. Find the radius o f the third ball.
a) 5 cm b) 1.5 cm c)3cm d)2.5cm
.-. Whole surface 7. Six spherical balls o f radius r are melted and cast into a
fi A
= 2TCX| — h x h + 2 re x = -7th 2
cylindrical rod o f metal o f same radius. The height o f rod
2 k2 j 2 w i l l be:
a)4r b)6r c)8r d)12r
Sphere 8. The amount o f water contained in a sphere o f radius 3 cm
is poured into a cube o f side 5 cm. The height upto
Rule 10
which water w i l l rise in the cube is:
Theorem: If the radius of a sphere is r units, then volume of
3rc
a) 2 cm b) — cm c) 0.5 TC cm d) 1.44 TC cm
the sphere is I ^ n r j cu units. If diameter is given, then
(i n A
9. The number o f solid spheres o f radius cm, which ma>
volume of sphere becomes I 7 7 1 \ units. [Where D
be formed from a solid sphere o f radius 4 cm is:
= diameter/
a) 4096 b)4964 c)6904 d)9640
Illustrative Example 10. H o w many bullets can be made out o f a cube o f lead
Ex.: Find the volume o f a sphere o f diameter 42 cm or whose edge measures 22 cm, each bullet being 2 cm in
radius 21 cm. diameter?
Soln: Applying the above theorem, a) 5324 b)2662 c)1347 d)2541
4 22 11. A cylindrical vessel 60 cm in diameter is partially filled
Case I : Volume ofthe sphere = y X y x 2 1 x 2 1 x 2 1
with water. A sphere, 30 cm in diameter is gently dropped
= 38808 cubic cm. into the vessel. To what further height w i l l water in the
cylinder rise?
a) 15 cm b)30cm
c) 40 cm d) Can't be determined 3V 4 1 125 3
— +—Tt(2) > = TC
2 3 I 6
12. Find the diameter o f a sphere whose volume is c u b
4 3 125 5
metres. — TCr = TC: r =—
3 6 2
a) 6 m b) 8 m c) 3 m d) 4 m
= 2.5 cm
13. H o w many bullets can be made out o f a cube o f lead
whose edge measures 22 cm, each bullet being 2 cm in 7. c; Hint: Let the height o f the rod be h.
diameter? 4 , 2
a) 2341 b)2641 c)2541 d)2451 Then, 6 x —rcr = rcr h => h = 8r
Answers 8. d; Hint: Let the required height be h cm

l.a
Then, 5 x 5 x h = j T c x ( 3 )
4 3 4 3
2. c; Hint: Volume o f metal = \~n(9) ~~ (%) K
. 36TC
••• h = — = 1.44 re
4 3
= -TC(9-8)- cucm [Also see R u l e - 3 9 ]
9. a; Hint: Number o f spheres
,4 22 ) 2728 4
XTCX4X4X4
-x — x2I7 = : cu cm 3
7 J 3 = 4 1 1 1 =4096
— X T C X — x —x —
2728 3 4 4 4
Cost o f metal = xl.80 Rs 1636.80
10. d; Hint: Volume o f cube = (22 x 22 x 22) c m 3
3. a; Hint: Diameter ofthe sphere = 7 cm

[See R u l e - 6 ]
22
.-. Volume ofthe sphere = — x - — x 7 x 7 x 7 4 22 1 3
Volume o f 1 bullet = — x — x l x l x l cm
3 7
= 179.6cu cm
4. a; Hint: Radius o f the sphere = 21 cm 22x22x22x3x7
Number o f bullets = 2541
(4 22 4x22
Volume o f sphere = I ^ x 7 X Z 1 X Z 1 X Z
11. c; Hint: Let H and h be the heights o f water level before
= 38808 c u c m and after dropping the sphere into it.
Volume o f water displaced by sphere = 38808 cu cm
Let the water rise by h cm Then, \ ? x ( 3 0 ) x h ] - [TCX(30) X h ] = * j j x ( 3 0 )
2 2 3
22
Then, y x 8 4 x 8 4 x h = 3 8 8 0 8 [See Rule - 7]
or TC x 900 x ( H — h ) = —TC x 27000
38808x7 o r , ( H - h ) = 40 cm.
or, h = 1.75 cm
22x84x84 4
1 22 , 792
5. c: Hint: Volume o f iron
12. a;Hint: T - _ - x x D r~
o / /
13
^3 792 7x6
2 l 3 7 8 .". D = - x = 36x6 = 6 x 6 x 6
= 627 cucm [See Rule - 39] 7 22
627x8 .-. D = Diameter = ^ 6 x 6 x 6 = 6m

Weight o f iron = I t n n n I = 5 . 0 1 6 kg
1000
22x22x22x3x7
6. c; Hint: Volume o f 3rd ball 13. c; Hint: Required answer = —-———•—•—;— = 2 5 4 1 .
N 4x22x1x1x1
Rule 11
b) 154 sq mm, 1 7 9 y u b mm . C
Theorem: If the radius of a sphere is r units, then the sur-
face area of the sphere is {^nr ) sq units. If in place of

2
c) 1 5 4 s q m m , 179 — cub m m
radius, diameter of the sphere is given, then the formula
becomes as follows, d) None o f these
(D\ 2 (iii)10.5 cm
Surface area of a sphere = 4rcr = 4TC — = nD sq units. a) 13 86 sq cm, 4851 cub cm
\J b) 1256sqcm, 4651 cub cm
Illustrative Example c) 1386sq cm, 4651 cub cm
Ex.: Find the surface area of a sphere of diameter 42 cm. d) 1386sqcm, 4859 cub cm
the surface area of a sphere 1. a
22
x 4 2 x 4 2 = 5544 sq units. 2. b; Hint: yTcr = 3 1 0 4 6 4
3
Exercise 3 310464x3x7
1. Find the surface area o f a sphere whose radius is 2.1 or, r = - r =74088r r r = 42 cm
4x22
metres.
a) 55.44 s q m b) 65.45 s q m 22
.-. surface area = 4 r c r = 4 x - - x 42 x 42 = 22176 sq cm
c) 54.47 sq m d) None o f these
2. Find the surface area o f a sphere whose volume is 310464 3. a; Hint: Let r be the radius o f each moulded sphere.
cu cm. Then,
a) 22276 sq cm b) 22176 sq cm
c) 12276 sq cm d) None o f these 8xyTcr =^-TCX(10) =>(2r)
3 3 3 =(10) 3 2r = 10
3. I f a solid sphere o f radius 10 cm is moulded into 8 spheri-
cal solid balls o f equal radius, then surface area o f each .-. r = 5 c m .
ball (in cm ) is:
2 So, the surface area o f each ball
a)100rc b)75rc c ) 6 0 TC d ) 5 0 TC
= [4rcx(25)] = (100Tc)cnr
|NDA Exam 1990]
4. I f the volume o f surface area o f a sphere are numerical ly 4. c; Hint: Let r be the radius o f the sphere.
the same, then its radius is: 4 3 „ j
a) 1 unit b) 2 units c) 3 untis d) 4 units Then, y T c r = 4 T U - = > r = 3 units.
(NDA Exam 1990)
5.(i) a 00c (iii)a
5. Find the surfaces and volumes o f the sphere having the
following radii Rule 12
(i) 7 metres
Theorem: If the radius of a sphere is r units, then volume of
a ) 6 1 6 s q m , '437— c u b m 2 3
a hemisphere = I ^ TC/- I cu. units. If diameter is given, then
n r
b) 661 s q m , 1 3 4 7 - u b m
C
volume of a hemisphere is given by cu units.

12
c) 6 1 6 s q m , 1447^- u b m
C
[Where, D = diameter of the sphere]
Ex.: Find the volume o f a hemisphere o f radius 21 cm
d)616sqm, 1377- cubm
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
'2 22 \
(ii) 3— mm Volume o f hemisphere = y x — x21x21x21j
2
= 19404 cm 3
a) 164 sq mm, 179 - C u b mm

Exercise a) 308 sq cm b) 803 sq cm c) 306 sq cm d) 603 sq cm

A hemispherical bowl has inner diameter 42 cm. The 2. Find the curved surface area o f a hemisphere o f radius
quantity o f liquid that the b o w l can hold (in c m ) is: 3
14 cm.
a) 1322sqcm b) 1233 sqcm
2 22
a) x--x(21)
T 3
b)fx^*(2,) 3
c) 1232 s q c m d) 1122 sqcm
3. Find the curved surface area o f a hemisphere o f radius
3 22 M n l
28 cm.
c)-xyx(20 3 d)fx^x(42) 3 a) 4928 s q c m b)4298sqcm
[ C D S Exam 19911 4. Find the curved surface area o f a hemisphere o f diameter
1 How many litres o f water w i l l a hemispherical bowl con- 35 cm.
tain whose radius is 2 metres? (1 litres = 1000 cub cm)
19 a) ^ - x 3 5 x 3 5 c m 2 b) 2 x r c x 3 5 x 3 5 c m "
a) 1 6 7 6 — litres b) 1 5 6 6 — litres
21 21
19 c)^x(17.5) 2 cm 2 d) Data inadequate

c) 1 6 8 6 — litres d) None o f these
21
Find the volume o f a hemisphere o f radius 7 cm. Answers
1. a 2. c 3.a 4. a
2056 3 2156 ,
b) -z-cm
a) - r - c m ' Rule 14
Theorem: If the radius of a sphere is r units, then the whole
2156 3
c)—-cm d) Data inadequate surface area of the hemisphere is (3ro- ) sq units. If in place
2
4. Find the volume o f a hemisphere o f radius 14 cm. of radius, diameter is given, then the whole surface area of
2 1 i *
a) - X 7 t x ( 7 ) c m b) — X T C X ( 2 8 ) c m
3 3 J
the hemisphere is given by f ^ ^ j sq units. n
2 3
c ) — x r c x ( 6 ) ' cm d) ^ X T C X ( 1 2 ) 3 cm 3 Illustrative Example
Ex.: Find the total surface area o f a hemisphere o f radius
Answers 21 cm.
1. c; Hint: (See the Illustrative Example) 2. a Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have the
3.c 4.b total surface area
Rule 13 = 3nr 2 = ^ 3 x y x 2 1 x 2 l j c m = 4158cm . 2 2
Theorem: If the radius of a sphere is r units, then the curved
surface area of the hemisphere is sq units. Exercise

If in place of radius, diameter is given, then the curved 1. Find the total surface area o f a hemisphere o f radius 7
cm.
surface area ofthe hemisphere becomes \y ) s a u n ' -
t s a) 462 sq cm b) 642 sq cm
Illustrative Example 2. Find the total surface area o f a hemisphere o f radius 14
Ex.: Find the curved surface area o f a hemisphere o f ra- cm.
dius 21 cm. a) 1648 s q c m b) 1848 s q c m
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the c) 1448 sq cm d) Data inadequate
3. Find the total surface area o f a hemisphere o f diameter
/ curved surface area = 2nr 2
16 cm
r 22 2 3
2 x — x 2 1 x 2 1 I cm = 2772cm .
2 2
a) - x n x ( 8 ) 2 sqcm b) - x r t x ( 8 ) 2 sqcm
Exercise
1. Find the curved surface area o f a hemisphere o f radius 7 3 i
cm. c) — X T T X ( 1 6 ) " s q c m d) None o f these
Answers Rule 16
l.a 2.b 3.c Theorem: To find the volume of the right circular cone, if
radius of the base and the height of the cone is given.
Right Circular Cone
Rule 15 Volume of the cone = I ^* nr h
2
cu. units.
Theorem: To find the slant height of the right circular cone
if radius of its base and height of the cone are given.
Ex.: Radius o f the base o f a right circular cone is 7 cm and
Slant height (I) = f 4h 2 +r 2 \
the height o f the cone is 3 cm. Find the volume o f the
Where h = height and r - radius of the base. cone.
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above formula,
A
1 22
Volume o f the cone :
- x 7 x 7 x 3 = 154 cm'
Exercise
1. The height o f a cone is 16 cm and the diameter o f its base
is 24 cm. Find the volume o f the cone.
16896 16876
a) — - — c u c m b) — ~ — cu cm
Ex.: Radius ofthe base o f a right circular cone is 3 cm and 19876
height o f the cone is 4 cm. Find the slant height o f the c) — ~ — c u c m d) None o f these
cone.
2. Find the volume o f a cone the diameter o f whose base is
21 cm and the slant height is 37.5 cm.
slant height o f the right circular cone
a)4158cucm b)4518cucm
= V4 +3 2 2 = 5 cm- c)4256cucm d)4156cucm
A cone o f height 7 cm and base radius 3 cm is carved
Exercise from a rectangular block o f wood 10 cm x 5 cm x 2 cm.
1. The height o f a cone is 16 c m and the diameter o f its base Calculate the percentage o f wood wasted,
is 24 cm. Find its slant height. a) 66% b)37% c)67% d)34%
a) 10cm b)20cm c)15cm d)25cm 4. From a solid right circular cylinder with height 12 cm and
2. The diameter o f the base o f a right circular cone is 4 cm radius o f the base 7 cm, a right circular cone o f the same
and its perpendicular height is 2^3 cm. The slant height height and base is removed. Find the volume o f the re-
maining solid.
o f the cone is:
a) 1232 c u c m b) 1332 c u c m
a) 5 cm b) 4 cm c) 4^3 cm d) 3 cm c) 1432 cu cm d) None o f these
3. The diameter o f the base o f a right circular cone is 6 cm The radius and height o f a right circular cone are in the
ratio 5 : 1 2 and its volume is 2512 cu cm. Find the slam
and its perpendicular height is 3^/3 cm. Find the slant
height, radius and curved surface area o f the cone. (Take
height o f the cone. TC =3.14)
a) 24 cm, 10 cm, 816.4 sq cm
a) 6 cm b) 5^/3 cm c) 6^3 c m d) V63 cm
b) 22 cm, 11 cm, 816.4 sq cm
Answers c) 21 cm, 10 cm, 861.4 sqcm
l.b 2.b d) Can't be determined
I f the height o f a cone is increased by 100%, then its
3. a; Hint: r = : 3 c m and h = 3^/3 cm volume is increased by:
a) 100% b)200% c)300% d)400%
:. slant height (1) 7. I f a right circular cone o f vertical height 24 cm has a
= \/h +r
2 2 = Vt ^) 3 2 +(3) 2 = V27 + 9 = V36 = 6 cm.
v o l u m e o f 1232 c m , then the area o f its curved surface
3
in c m 2 is:
^'.ementary Mensuration - I I 589
a) 1254 D)704 c)550 d) 154

22 1 22
(NDA Exam 1990) = I— x7x7x12--x — x7x7xl2 1232cucm.
A right cylindrical vessel is full with water. H o w many 7 3 7
right cones having same diameter and height as those o f

right cylinder w i l l be needed to store that water? 5. a;Hint: ^ x 3 . 1 4 x ( 2 5 x ) x ( 1 2 x ) = 2512 =» x = 2
2
a)2 b)3 c)4 d)5

| C D S Exam 1991] • Radius = 10 cm & height = 24 cm
A cylindrical piece o f metal o f radius 2 cm and height 6
.-. 1= V r + h 2 2 =7(10) +(24) 2 2 = 2 6 cm
cm is shaped into a cone o f same radius. The height o f
cone is: .-. Curved surface area
a) 18cm b)14cm c)12cm d)8cm = Ttrl = 3 . 1 4 x 1 0 x 2 6 =816.4sqcm

(Railway Recruitment 1991) 6. a; Hint: Let the height be h & radius be r.
10. Find the slant height o f a cone whose volume is equal to New height = 2h
12936 cubic metres and the diameter o f whose base is 42
metres. - T t r ( 2 h ) - - rcr h
2 2
3 3 xl00
Change in v o l u m e :
11 The diameter o f a cone is 21 cm. Its volume is 1848 cub -Tcrh

cm. Find the perpendicular height o f the cone,
= 100%
a) 18cm b)14cm c)16cm d)20cm
12. The volume o f a cone is 616 cubic m. Its perpendicular
7. c; Hint:
height is 27 metres, find the radius o f the base.
1 22
a)4y m b) * j m c ) 4 - m d)5m -xr 2 x24 = 1 2 3 2 ^ r 2 = f ^ — - - I : :
3 7 I 22x24
From a solid right circular cylinder with height 10 cm and

Slant height = ^ / ( 2 4 ) + ( 7 ) 2 2 = 2 5 cm
radius o f the base 6 cm, a right circular cone o f the same
height and base is removed. Find the volume o f the re-
maining solid. .-. Curved surface = (^y x 7 x 2 5 j = 550 c n r
a) ^ 5 4 y cub cm b) 7 5 4 - cub cm 8. b; Hint: Volume o f 1 cylinder = OT2 h
1 2 .
Volume o f 1 c o n e = z~ nr n
c) 756 — cub cm d) Data inadequate
• * •> 3
rcr h 2
Answers Number o f cones

l.a -Ttr h 2
2. a; Hint: h = ^/(37.5) - ( 1 0 . 5 )
2 2 = 36 cm.
9. a; Hint: - T C X ( 2 ) 2 x h = r c x ( 2 ) x 6 = > h =18
2 C m
[See R u l e - 1 5 ]
Now. volume
1 22
10.a;Hint: - x - — x 2 1 x 2 1 x h = 12936
= - r c r h = - - x — x l 0 . 5 x l 0 . 5 x 3 6 = 4158
2 C ucm 3 7
3 3 7
3. d: Hint: Volume o f the rectangular block 12936x7x3
h= =28m
= 10 cm x 5 cm x 2 cm [See R u l e - 1 ] 21x21x21
= 100 cu cm
.-. slant height (I) = V2I + 2 8 2 2 = Vl225 = 3 5 m.
Volume o f the carved cone
1 22 21 21 , . 1 0 0
1 22 11.c;Hint: - x y x — x — xh = 1848
= - x — x 3 x 3 x 7 = 66 c u c m
3 7
or, From 100 cu cm, volume carved = 66 cu cm 1848x3x7x2x2
h = = 16 cm
.-. required answer = 100 - 66 = 24%. 22x21x21
4. a; Hint: Remaining solid
a) ( 1 5 4 X V 5 ) c m 2 b) 11 c m 2
12. a;Hint: j X y x r x 2 7 = 616 2
c) (154x V 7 ) c m 2 d)5324 c m 2
2 _ 6 1 6 x 3 x 7 _ 2 8 x 3 x 7 _ 196 5. Find the curved surface area o f the cone when,

° '
r r ~ 22x27 ~ 27 _ ~9~ (i) Slant height = 25 cm,"diameter = 14 cm
fl96 14 .2 a) 450 sqcm b) 550 s q c m
c) 660 sq cm d) 440 sq cm
( i i ) slant height = 17 dm, radius = 8 dm
13. b; Hint: Required answer
3 • -v ^
22 1 22 a) 427 - q d m
S b) 4 2 6 - q dm S
= —x6x6xl0 — x— x6x6xl0
7 3 7
22 2 5280 2 c) 427 y S q dm d) Data inadequate

— x 6 x 6 x l 0 x - = — — = 7 5 4 - cub cm.
7 3 7 7
(iii) perpendicular height = 36 dm, diameter = 30 dm
Rule 17 4 4
a) 838y s q d m
J b) 1828y s q d m
Theorem: To find the curved surface area ofthe cone,
(i) if its slant height and radius of its base are given.
Curved surface area of the cone = nrl sq units. c) 1818 — q dm S d) None o f these
(ii) if its height and radius of its base are given,
Curved surf ace area of the cone = W l ^r 2 +h 2

6. The slant height o f a conical tomb is 17— metres. I f it
sq units. diameter be 28 metres, find the cost o f constructing it

Rs 135 per cubic metre and also find the cost o f white
Illustrative Example washing its slant surface at Rs 3.30 per square metre.
Ex.: Radius o f the base o f a right circular cone is 3 cm and a)Rs261090,Rs2541 b) Rs 291060, Rs 2741
the height o f the cone is 4 cm. Find the curved sur- c) Rs 291060, Rs 2541 d) Rs None o f these
face area o f the cone.
Answers
1. a
22 J [ 2 ~j
Curved surface area o f the cone = x 3| \ r j 2. c; Hint: Metal required = (rcrl + r c r ) sq cm 2
22x3x5 1 Where r = 7 cm and 1 = ^ ( 2 4 ) + ( 7 ) 2 2 = 25 cm

= 47 sq cm.
.-. required answer = 550 + 154 = 704 sq cm.
3. d
Exercise
1. The height o f a cone is 16 cm and the diameter o f its base 2 2 r154 _
4. a;Hint: W =\54=>r = 1 — x7 •r = 7
is 24 cm. Find the area o f curved surface o f the cone,
a) 754.28 sq cm b) 754.82 sq cm
c) 774.28 sq cm d) None o f these
slant height = V h + r 2 2 = ^/(14) + ( 7 ) = 7V5 J
2 2
2. It is required to make a hollow cone 24 cm high whose

base radius is 7 cm. Find the area o f the sheet metal
required including the base. Curved surface ( 1 7x7V5)
2 X = 154V5 c m 2
c) 704 sq cm d) None o f these 5.(i)b (ii)c v iii)a
3. The radius o f base o f a right circular cone is 6 cm and its
slant height is 28 cm. The curved surface o f the cone is:
6. c; Hint: Height o f the c o n e :
a)268 c m 2 b)658 c m 2 c)462 c m 2 d)528 c m 2
4. The area o f the base o f a right circular cone is 154 c m 2 1 22 21

Volume o f the cone = y - y x x l 4 x l 4 x y =2156 cubi
and its height is 14 cm. The curved surface o f cone is:
• Cost o f constructing the cone
i/ementary Mensuration - I I
= 2156 x 135 =Rs 291060 lower part is called the frustum o f the cone.
591
Curved surface area o f the cone
22 35
= Tcrl = — x l 4 x — - =770 c u b m
7 2
.-. Cost o f white washing = 770 x 3.30 = Rs 2541. Frustum
Rule 18
Theorem: To find the total surface area of the right circu-
lar cone.
Let the radius o f the base o f the frustum = R, the
(i) if its slant height and radius of its base are given.
radius o f the top o f the frustum = r, and slant height o f
Total surface area ofthe cone
the frustum = / units.
= (nrl + rcr ) = nr(l + r)sq
2 units.
( i ) Slant height (/) = ^h 2 +{R-r) 2 units.
(ii) If its height and radius of its base are given.
( i i ) Curved surface area = TC sq units.
Total surface area ofthe cone = V^ +r 2 2 +r
(iii) Total surface area = TC[(/? + r ) / + r + R j sq units. 2 2
uj units.
Illustrative Example (iv) Volume o f the frustum = y ( r 2 +r ^) cu

Lx.: Radius o f the base o f a right circular cone is 3 cm and
the height o f the cone is 4 cm. Find the total surface units.
area o f the cone. Illustrative Example
Soln: Applying the above formula, Ex.: A frustum o f a right circular cone has a diameter o f
base 10 c m o f top 6 cm and a height o f 5 cm. Find
Total surface area = — *3^4 2 +3 +3 2
(i) slant height, (ii) curved surface area,
( i i i ) total surface area and (iv) volume o f the frustum.
22x3x8 528 Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
= 75*
sq cm.
, 6 x 10 .
Here, r = — = 3 cm; R = — = 5 cm; h = 5 cm
Exercise
The height o f a cone is 16 cm and the diameter o f its base
(i) slant height = yjh 2 +{R-rf
is 24 cm. Find the total surface area o f the cone,
a) 754.28 sqcm b) 452.57 sqcm
c) 1206.85 sqcm d) None o f these = ^5 +(5-3)
2 2 = V 2 9 cm = 5.385 cm
1 Radius o f the base o f a right circular cone is 18 cm and ( i i ) curved surface area
the height o f the cone is 24 cm. Find the total surface
22
area o f the cone. = n{R + r)l = — x 8 x 5 . 3 8 5 = 135.4 s q C m.
a) 864 TC sq cm b) 468 TC sq cm
c) 854 TC sq cm d) 485 TC sq cm ( i i i ) Total surface area ofthe frustum
I Radius o f the base o f a right circular cone is 30 cm and
= n\(R + r)l + r 2 +R \ 2
the height o f the cone is 40 cm. Find the total surface

area o f the cone.
= y [ 8 x 5 . 3 8 5 + (3) + 5 ]
a) 240 TC sq cm b) 2400 TC sq cm
2 2
c) 1600 TC sqcm d) 1680 TC sqcm

22
Answers [43.08 + 9 + 2 5 ] = 242.25 q c m . S
l.c 2. a 3.b
Frustum of a Right Circular Cone (iv) Volume o f the frustum = ~"T ('' _ 2 + r 1 + r R )
Rule 19
Frustum: I f a cone is cut by a plane parallel to the base so as
— x - [ 5 + 3 +5x31= 256.67 cu. cm.
2 2
:o divide the cone into t w o parts as shown in the figure, 7 3 L 1

592 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATHS Elei
Exercise or, R 2 - 1 6 R - 8 0 = 0 o r ( R - 2 0 ) ( R + 4) = 0
1. The slant height o f the frustum o f a cone is 20 cm and .-. R = 2 0 o r R = -4
the height o f the frustum is 16 cm. The radius o f the But, R = -4 is not possible.
smaller circle is 8 cm. Find So, the radius o f bigger circle is 20 cm.
(i) the volume o f the frustum Now,
72316 73216
a) — - — cu cm b) — ~ — cu cm rch 2 i r> \
(i) Volume o f frustum = — ( K + r + Kx)
75216
c) — ~ — c u c m d) None o f these 73216
A y X y x l 6 J ( 4 0 0 + 64 + 160)
cu cm
(ii) the total area o f the surface o f the frustum
a) 6424 sq cm b) 2464 sq cm (ii) Total area o f surface o f frustum = n(R 2 +r 2 + Rl + rl)
2. I f the radii o f the ends o f a bucket 45 cm high are 28 cm
= y ( 4 0 0 + 64 + 160 + 160) = 2464 s q c m .
and 7 cm, determine its capacity and the surface area,
a) 48510 cu cm, 5610 sq cm b) 48150 cu cm, 5610 sq cm 2. a; Hint: r = 7 cm, R = 28 cm and h = 45 cm
c)48510 cucm, 551 Osq cm d)48510 c u c m , 6510 sq cm
3. A reservoir is in the shape o f a frustum o f a right circular /= > /h +(R-r)
2 2 = 4 9 . 6 cm
cone. It is 8 m across at the top and 4 m across the
Capacity = Volume o f the frustum
bottom. It is 6 m deep. Its capacity is:
a) 176 m 3 b)196m 3 c)200 m

d)110m 3 3 = yrch(R + r 2 2 + R r ) = 48510 u c m C
[CDS E x a m 1999)
4. The circumference o f one end o f a frustum o f a right Surface area o f the bucket
circular cone is 48 cm and o f the other end 34 cm, the = [Tc/(R + r) + r c r ] = 5610 c u c m
2
height ofthe frustum is 10 cm, find its volume,

a) 1250 cub cm approx b) 1850 cub cm approx rch _ 7 T A ,
c) 1350 cub cm approx d) 1360 cub cm approx 3. a;Hint: Volume = y [ R +r +Rr],

The radii o f the ends o f a frustum o f a right circular cone where R = 4 m , r = 2m, h = 6 m
are 33 cm and 27 cm, its slant height is 10 cm. Find its
volume and whole surface.
y - x i x 6 x ( 1 6 + 4 + 8)|> = 176m 2
a) 22704 cub cm, 7599 - s q C m

48x7
4. c; Hint: 2TCR = 4 8 R =
3 2x22
b) 22407 cub c m , 7 5 6 9 - S qcm
34x7
27tr = 3 4
3 2x22
c) 22704 cub cm, 7569 — q c m S
By applying the given rule find the volume.
5. a
d) Data inadequate
Answers Rule 20
l.(i) b (ii)b Theorem: To find number of bricks when the dimensions (f
Hint: Let us denote the radius o f smaller circle, radius o f brick and wall are given.
bigger circle, the height o f frustum and the slant height Volume of wall
by r, R, h and / respectively. Required no. of bricks = 771 7 , . ,
Then, r = 8 cm, h = 16 cm and / = 20 cm. * ' Volume oj one brick
But/= V [ h + ( R - r ) ] =V[('6)
2 2 2 +(R~8) ]
2
Ex: A brick measures 20 cm by 10 cm by ~l\- cm. Howl

or,
many bricks w i l l be required for a wall 25 m long. 2 i
20 = ^{R 2 +320-16/?)] or, /? + 3 2 0 - 1 6 / ? = 400
2
3
high and — m thick?
i-'.ementary Mensuration - I I 593
Soln: Volume of wall = 2 5 x 2 x — cu. m.

Rule 21
4 Theorem: To find capacity, volume of material and weight
Volume o f one brick of material of a closed box, when external dimensions (ie
20 10 15 length, breadth and height) and thickness of material of
cu. m. which box is made, are given.
100 100 200
X X 2000
Reqd. number o f bricks (i) Capacity of box = (External length - 2 x thickness) x
(External breadth - 2 x thickness) x (External height -2 *
25x2x- :25000 thickness)
2000 (ii) Volume of material = External Volume - Capacity
(iii) Weight of wood = Volume of wood x Density of wood.
Exercise
How many bricks w i l l be required for a wall 8 metres Illustrative Example
long, 6 metres high and 22.5 cm thick, i f each brick mea- Ex.: A closed wooden box measures externally 9 cm long,
sures 25 cm by 11.25 cm by 6 cm? 7 cm broad, 6 cm high. I f the thickness o f the wood is
a) 6400 b)3200 c) 64000 d) 86000 half a cm, find ( i ) the capacity o f the box and (ii) the
1 A wall o f length 25 metres, width 60 cm and height 2 weight supposing that one cubic cm. o f wood weighs
metres is to be constructed by using bricks, each o f 0.9 gm.
dimensions 20 cm by 12 cm by 8 cm. How many bricks Soln: Quicker Method:
w i l l be needed? In such cases,
a) 16525 b) 15265 c) 15625 d) 15525 Capacity = (external length - 2 x thickness) x (ex-
?. A brick measures 2.3 dm by 1.1 dm by 0.8 dm. How many ternal breadth - 2 * thickness) x (external height -
bricks will be required for a wall 92 metres long, 4 metres 2 x thickness)
high and 0.264 metre thick. Volume of material = External volume - Capacity
a) 48000 b) 46000 c) 49000 d) 84000 .-. in the given question,
4 The length of a room is 12 metres, width 8 metres, height Capacity = ( 9 - 2 x 0.5) (7 - 2 * 0.5) ( 6 - 2 x 0.5) = 8 x
6 metres. H o w many boxes w i l l it hold i f each is allowed 6 x 5 = 240 cm .3
1.5 cubic metres o f space .-. Volume o f wood = external volume - capacity
a) 356 b) 172 c)256 d)384 = 9 x 7 x 6 - 2 4 0 = 138cu.cm.
5. How many bricks 20 cm x 10 cm x 7.5 cm can be carried • Weight o f wood = Volume o f wood x density o f
by a truck whose load is 5 metric tons? The bricks in wood = 1 3 8 x 0 . 9 = 124.2 g.
question weigh 2500 kg per cubic metre.
Exercise
a) 1333 b) 1233 ' c) 1332 d) 1433
1. A n open rectangular cistern when measured from out
Answers side is 1 m 35 cm long; 1 m 8 cm broad and 90 cm deep,
1. a; Hint: Volume o f wall = (800 x 600 x 22.5) cu cm and is made o f iron 2.5 cm thick. Find (i) the capacity o f
Volume o f a brick = (25 x 11.25 x 6) cu cm the cistern, (ii) the volume o f the iron used.
• Number of bricks a) 1171625 cucm, 140575 cucm
b) 1711625 cucm, 104575 cu cm
Volume o f the wall ( 800 x 600x 22.5
= 6400 c) 1171625 cucm, 145075 cu cm
Volume o f a brick 25x11.25x6 d) None o f these
2. Find the weight o f a lead pipe 3.5 metres long, i f the
( 2500x60x200^ external diameter o f the pipe is 2.4 cm and the thickness
= 15625
2. c; Hint: Number of bricks = 20x12x8 J o f the lead is 2 m m and I cc o f lead weight 11.4 gm.
a) 5.5 kg b)5kg c)8kg d)10kg
92x4x0.264 ..... 3. A closed rectangular box has inner dimensions 24 cm by
3. a; Hint: Required number = — — — — — r - r r - 4SUUU , 12 cm by 10 cm. Calculate its capacity and the area of tin
0.2:> x 0.11x0.08
foil needed to line its inner surface.
12x8x6
4. d; Hint: Required answer = = 384 a)2680 cu cm, 1296 sq cm b)2880 cu cm, 1396 sq cm
1.5
c)2880 cu cm, 1296 sq cm d)2860 cu cm, 1296 sq cm
5. a; Hint: Required number of bricks 4. The dimensions o f an open box are 52 cm, 40 cm and 29
5000 1 cm. Its thickness is 2 cm. I f 2 cm"' o metal used in the
f
1333.3 « 1333.
2500 0.2x0.1x0.075 box weight 0.5 gm, the weight o f the box is:
[v 1 metric ton = 1000 kg] a) 8.56 k g b) 7.76 kg c) 7.756 kg d) 6.832 kg
5. A rectangular box whose external dimensions including Exercise

the lid are 32,27,12 decimetres is made o f wood 0.5 dm in 1. The surface o f a cube is 552.96 sq cm. Find the volume of
thickness. What is the volume o f wood in it? the cube.
a)1520cudm b) 1502cudm a) 884.736 cucm b) 848.736 cucm
c)1602cudm d)1620cudm c) 884.376 cu cm d) Data inadequate
Answers 2. Find the volume o f a cube whose surface area is 150
1. a; Hint: (i) Capacity = (135 - 5) (108 - 5) (90 - 2.5) [Since square metres.
cistern is open] a) 15625 c u c m b) 125 c u m
= 130 x 103 x 87.5 = 1171625 cucm c) 120 c u m d) 124 c u m
(ii) Volume o f iron = [(135 x 108 x 90) - (1171625) = 140575 3. The surface o f a cube is 1176 c m " . The volume o f this
cu cm cube is
2. a; Hint: External radius o f the pipe = 1.2 cm
a)7056 c m 3 b)4704 c m c)2744 c m 3 3 d)3528 c m 3
Internal radius o f the pipe = (1.2 - 0.2) = 1 cm
External volume 4. The volume o f a cube is 125 crtl . The surface area o f
the cube is:
yxl.2xl.2x3.5x100 1584
cu cm
a)625 c m 2 b) 125 c m 2 c) 150 c m 2 d) 100 c m 2
22
Internal v o l u m e x l x l x 3 . 5 x l 0 0 =1100 5. The curved surface o f a sphere is 1386 c m . Its volume 2
:
cu cm
is
Volume o f lead = (External Volume) - (Internal Volume)
= (1584- 1100) = 484 cucm a)2772 c m 3 b)4158 c m d)4851 c m d)5544 c m
3 3 3
f484x11.4 „ c c 1 r 88
Weight ofthe pipe = V j = 5.5176 ] 0 Q Q k g 6. The volume o f a sphere is — ( 1 4 ) J c n r . The curved
21
3. c;Hint: Capacity = Volume = (24 x 12 x 10) = 2 8 8 0 c u c m surface o f this sphere is:
Area o f tin foil needed = Total surface area
= [2(24x 12+12x 10 + 24x 1 0 ) ] = 1296 sqcm. a)2424 c m 2 b)2446 c m c)2464 c m 2 2 d)2484 c m :
4. d; Hint: Volume o f metal Answers

= (52 x40x 2 9 - 4 8 x36x27)= 13664 c m 3
552.96
1 1. a; Hint: V o l u m e :
[V(92.16)f (9.6)
.-. Weight o f metal = U 3 6 6 4 x 0 . 5 7 ^ J = X 6 8 3 2 kg.
5. b; Hint: Required answer = 32 x 27 x 1 2 - 3 1 x 26 x 11 = 884.736 cu cm.

= 10368-8866=1502 cudm. 2.b 3.c
Rule 22 Surface area

Theorem: Tofind the volume of a cube if the surface area of 4. c; Hint: 125 =
the cube is given.
Surface area Surface area

Volume of cube :
or, 5 :
Illustrative Example .-. Surface area = 5 2 x 6 = 150 sq cm.

5. c J
Ex: The surface o f a cube is 30— sq metres. Find its 6. c; Hint: B y direct formula, it is a time taking process. S:
solve this type o f question by the method given below.
volume.
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have 4 3 88x(14) 3 3 ixl4xl4xl4 3 7
-rtr = ^—=>r J x —x —
3 21 21 4 22
243 .-. r = 1 4
25 So, curved surface o f the sphere
volume = cu m.
64
22 14x14 | = 2464cw"
4x—-x
7
elementary Mensuration - I I
Rule 23 31200
595
Theorem: To find the volume of rain water at a place if the

Time taken to empty the reservoir = = 52 hrs.
mnual rainfall of that place is given.
Volume of rain water = Height (or level) of water (ie An- 3. b; Hint: Required answer = 0.02 x 60000 = 1200 cub m
nual rainfall) x Base area (ie area of the place)
Rule 24
Illustrative Example Theorem: A rectangular tank is T metres long and 'h'
Ex.: The annual rainfall at a place is 43 cm. Find the weight metres deep. If 'x' cubic metres of water be drawn off the
in metric tonnes o f the annual rainfall there on a hect- tank, the level of the water in the tank goes down by'd'
are o f land, taking the weight o f water to be 1 metric metres, then the amount of water (in cubic metres) the tank
tonne for 1 cubic metre.
Soln: Quicker Method: can hold is given by cubic metres and the breadth
Volume of water = height (level) of water x base area
In the given question, level o f rainfall is 43 cm.
I 43 n . ._ of the tank is \J2Jj metres.

.-. volume o f water = m x 10000 s q m
= 4300 c u m .
(As 1 hectare = 10,000 sq m ). Ex.: A rectangular tank is 50 metres long and 29 metres
.-. weight o f water = 4300 x 1 = 4300 metric tonnes. deep. I f 1000 cubic metres o f water be drawn o f f the
tank, the level o f the water in the tank goes down by
Exercise 2 metres. H o w many cubic metres o f water can the
In a shower 5 cm o f rain falls. Find in cubic metres the tank hold? A n d also find the breadth o f the tank.
volume o f water that falls on 2 hectares o f ground, Soln: Detail Method: Let the breadth ofthe tank be x metres.
a) 1000 cucm b) 100 c u c m Volume o f the tank = 50 x 29 x x cubic metres.
c) 1000 cu m d) None o f these From the question,
1 The water in a rectangular reservoir having a base 80 50 x 29 x = 1000 + 50 x (29-2) *x
x
metres by 60 metres is 6.5 metres deep. In what time can or,xx 5 0 x 2 = 1000 .-. x= 10metres.
the water be emptied by a pipe o f which the cross sec- .-. Breadth o f the tank is 10 metres.
tion is a square o f side 20 cm, i f the water runs through Volume o f the tank = 50 x 29 x 10 = 14500 cubic metres.
the pipe at the rate o f 15 k m per hour? Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
a)26hrs b)52hrs c)65hrs d)42hrs
3. In a shower 2 cm o f rain falls. Find in cubic metres the 1000x29 L ^ i m
Volume o f the tank = = 14500 cub m.

volume o f water that falls on 6 hectares o f ground, 2
a) 12000 cub m b) 1200 cub m Note: Looking at the above theorem, we may conclude that
c) 1600 cub m d) Can't be determined even i f the length o f the rectangular tank is not given.
Volume o f the tank can be calculated. To find breadth
Answers
o f the tank length is needed but not the height o f the
5 1 tank.
1. c; Hint: Depth o f rain = 5 cm = ie y ^ metres.
1000
Area o f ground = 2 hectares = 20000 sq metres. Breadth o f the t a n k : - 1 0 metres.
50x2
Volume o f water = 20000 x - L = 1000 cu metres. Exercise

1. A rectangular tank is 15 metres long and 27 metres deep.
2. b; Hint: Volume o f water = (80 x 60 x 6.5) = 31200 cu m I f 450 cubic metres o f water be drawn o f f the tank, the
Area o f cross section o f the pipe level o f the water in the tank goes down by 3 metres.
H o w many cubic metres o f water can the tank hold? A n d
' 20 20
sq m also find the breadth o f the tank.
îoo 100
x 25
a) 4050 c u b m, 9 m b) 4500 c ubm , 10 m
Volume o f water emptied in 1 hour c) 4050 cub m , 10 m d) Data inadequate
2. A rectangular tank is 100 cm long and 58 cm deep. If2000
15x1000x1
= 600 cubic cm o f water be drawn o f f the tank, the level o f the
25 cu m
water in the tank goes down by 4 cm. How many cubic
metres o f water can the tank hold? A n d also find the
breadth o f the tank.

a) 48000 cub cm, 10 cm b) 5 8000 cub cm, 40 cm .-. weight o f cube = — x 9 0 0 0 = 333.3 kg.
c) 58000 cub cm, 5 cm d) Data inadequate
3. A rectangular tank is 20 metres long and 15 metres deep. Quicker Method:
I f 500 cubic metres o f water be drawn o f f the tank, the In this type o f question, use the formula:
level o f the water in the tank goes down by 2 metres. Volume of cube cut off
How many cubic metres o f water can the tank hold? A n d
also find the breadth o f the tank.
a)3750cubm, 12.5m b ) 3 5 7 0 c u b m , 15.5m
c) 3750 cubm, 12 m d) 3750 c u b m , 15 m
4. A rectangular tank is 16 m deep. I f 650 cubic metres o f
water be drawn o f f the tank, the level o f the water in the
Volume = i \
tank goes down by 1 metre. H o w many cubic metres o f
water can the tank hold?
a) 10400 cub m b) 14000 cub m 9000 „„„ „
;, Weight = — = 333.3 kg.
c) 10500 cub m d) Data inadequate
Answers Note: We can also apply the above theorem directly.

l.c 2. c 3. a 4. a .-. Weight o f cube
Rule 25 9000
x9000 = 333.3 kg.
Theorem: x cubic metres of copper weighing y kilograms is 27
rolled into a square bar I metres long. An exact cube is cut
Exercise
x 1. A cubic metre o f copper weighing 8000 kilograms is rolled
off from the bar. Weight ofthe cube is given by into a square bar 4 metres long. A n exact cube is cut off
from the bar. H o w much does it weigh?
kg. a) 1000 kg b) 800 kg c) 500 kg d) 950 kg
into a square bar 16 metres long. A n exact cube is cut off
Ex.: A cubic metre o f copper weighing 9000 kilograms is
rolled into a square bar 9 metres long. A n exact cube
a) 15 k g b)32kg c)16kg d)10kg
is cut o f f from the bar. H o w much does it weigh?
into a square bar 25 metres long. A n exact cube is cut o f f
In this case a given volume o f copper is rolled into a
square bar (basically a cuboid with square base) o f
a) 25 k g b)20kg c ) 1 8 k g d) Data inadequate
given length. Then an exact cube is cut o f f from this
4. A cubic metres o f copper weighing 1600 k g is rolled into
square bar. Obviously,, the exact cube should have
a square base 16 metres long. A n exact cube is cut o f f
the same dimensions as that o f the square base o f the
square bar.
a) 200 kg b) 600 kg c) 400 kg d) Data inadequate
Now, given volume = 1 cu m .
= Area o f square base x length Answers
=> Area o f square base x length = 1 l.a 2.d 3.b 4. a
Rule 26
Area o f square base = r~~"
Jth Theorem: When many cubes integrate into one cube, the
side ofthe new cube is given by side
I
.-. side o f square base = ^
3 = VSum o f cubes o f sides o f all the cubes
• Vol. o f the cut o f f cube
f Ex.: Three cubes o f metal whose edges are 3, 4 and 5 cm
= (side o f the square base) 3 respectively are melted and formed into a single cube
27
I f there be no loss o f metal in the process find the side
o f the new cube.
Soln: Detail Method: Exercise

597
1. H a l f cubic metre o f gold sheet is extended by hammering

Volume o f the first cube = ( 3 ) = 27 cubic cm. 3
so as to cover an area o f 1 hectare. Find the thickness o f
Volume o f the second cube = ( 4 ) = 64 cu. cm 3

the gold.
a) 0.05 cm b) 0.5 cm c) 0.005 cm d) 0.0005 cm
Volume o f third cube = ( s ) = 125 cu. cm. 3
2. A metal sheet 27 cm long, 8 cm broad and 1 cm thick is
melted into a cube. The difference between the surface
V Volume remains unchanged.
• Volume o f the new cube = 27 + 64 + 125 = 216 cu cm. area o f two solids w i l l be:
a)284 c m 2 b)296 c m 2 c)286 c m 2 d)300 c m 2

.-. Side o f the new cube = \[2\6 = 6 cm-
3. A solid lead ball o f 7 cm radius was melted and then
Q u i c k e r M e t h o d : A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
drawn into a wire o f 0.2 cm diameter. The length o f wire
i d e = 3 /3 w i l l be:
3 + 4 + 5 = 2 7 + 64 + 125
3 3 3v/
a) 458.43 m b) 457.33 m c) 468.26 m d) 437.29 m

= 3
216 = 6 cm. 4. The material o f a cone is converted into the shape o f a
cylinder o f equal radius. I f the height ofthe cylinder is 5
Exercise cm, the height o f cone is:
1. Three cubes o f metal whose edges are 5, 6 and 7 cm
a) 10cm b)15cm c)18cm d)20cm
respectively are melted and formed into a single cube. I f
5. Two cubic metres o f gold are extended by hammering so
there be no loss o f metal in the process find the side o f
as to cover an area o f twelve hectares. Find the thick-
the new cube.
ness o f gold.
a) V864 cm b) ^ 6 8 4 cm a)0.017cm b)0.0017cm c) 1.7cm d)0.17cm
1
c) ^ 6 8 4 cm d) None o f these
2. Three cubes o f metal whose edges are 3 0 , 4 0 and 50 cm 6. A cub cm o f silver is drawn into a wire mm in diam-
eter, find the length o f the wire. ( TC = 3 . 1 4 1 6 )
there be no loss o f metal in the process find the side o f
a) 128 metres b) 127.3 metres
the new cube.
c) 129.3 metres d) 128.3 metres
Answers
3. Three cubes o f metal whose edges are 2, 3 and 4 cm 1. c; Hint: Volume o f Sheet
there be no loss o f metal in the process find the side o f I -xl00xl00xl00 i
the new cube.
Area o f Sheet = 1 hectare = 10000 sq metres
a) ^99 cm b) l]99 cm
= (10000 x 100 x 100)sqcm.
c) Vl 99 c m
d) J]99
3 cm Thickness
Answers Volume 100x100x100

= 0.005 cm.
l.b 2. a 3.b Area 2x10000x100x100 200
2. c; Hint: Volume o f new cube formed
Rule 27
= (27x8x 1) = 216 c m 3
T h e o r e m : Total volume of a solid does not change even
when its shape changes. Edge o f this cube = (216) ' = ( 6 x 6 x 6 ) ' =6 cm
1 3 3
.-. Old volume = New volume

.-. Surface area o f this cube = 6 a = 6 x 6 x 6 = 216 c m
2 2
Surface area o f given cuboid = 2 (27 * 8 + 8 x 1 + 27 x 1)
Ex.: A cubic metre o f gold is extended by hammering so
as to cover an area o f 6 hectares. Find the thickness = 502 c m 2
o f the gold.
.-. Difference between the surface areas = (502 - 216)
=> 1 cu m = 60000 x thickness = 286cm . 2
3. b; Hint: Let the length ofthe wire b e x c m .

1
thickness = m = 0.0017 cm.
60000 Then, — X T C X 7 X 7 X 7 = T C X 0 . 1 X 0 . 1 X X
4 7x7x7 457333 , „ „
Answers
• x = - x = = 457.3J M 1. b; Hint: In the given question, it may be considered that
• 3 0.1x0.1 100
the cubical box o f 1 metre edge is disintegrated into nu-
4. b; Hint: Let h be the height o f the cone and r be the radius
merous smaller cubes o f 10 cm edge.
o f the base o f each o f the cone and cylinder.
.-. required number o f cubes
100x100x100
Then, rcr x 5 = i r c r h => h = 15 m .
2 C =1000.
10x10x10
5. b 2.c 3.b 4. a
0.01 0.01 . , Rule 29

6. b;Hint: 3.1416x x xh =1
2 2 Theorem: A hollow cylindrical tube open at both ends is
made of a thick metal. If the Internal diameter or radius
h = = 12732.365 cm = 127.3 m. and length ofthe tube are given, then the volume of metal is
3.1416x0.01x0.01
given by [ n x height x (2 x Internal radius + thickness) x
thickness] cu. units.
Rule 28 Note: In the given formula, we can write 2 x intenal radius
Theorem: Tofind the number of possible cubes when disin- = internal diameter.
tegration of a cube into identical cubes.
Ôriginal length of side^ Ex: A hollow cylindrical tube open at both ends is made
Number of cubes = o f iron 2 cm thick. I f the internal diameter be 50 cm and
New length of side
the length o f the tube be 140 cm, find the volume o f
Illustrative Example iron in it.
Ex: A cube o f sides 3 cm is melted and smaller cubes o f Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
sides 1 cm each are formed. H o w many such cubes Here, internal diameter = 50 cm.
are possible? 50
internal radius = :25 cm
In such questions use the above rule:
22
Required volume = - y - x l 4 0 x ( 2 5 x 2 + 2 ) x 2
' original length o f side
Number possible =
new length o f side
22
= — x l 4 0 x 5 2 x 2 = 45760 c u c m .
.-. In this question, possible number o f cubes 7
Exercise
1. A hollow cylindrical tube open at both ends is made o f
= 27.
iron 4 cm thick. I f the internal diameter be 40 cm and the
length o f the tube be 144 cm, find the volume o f iron in it.
Exercise
a) 25344 re b) 23544 re
1. The number o f small cubes with edges o f 10 cm that can
c) 26344 TC d) None o f these
be accommodated in a cubical box o f 1 metre edge is:
a) 100 b)1000 c)10 d) 10000
2. What number o f 4 cm cubes can be cut from a 12 cm
cube?
a) 6000 cu cm
a) 24 b)25 c)27 d)64
b) 6600 cu cm
3. A cube o f sides 6 cm is melted and smaller cubes o f
c) 5600 cu cm
sides 3 cm each are formed. H o w many such cubes are
d) None o f these
possible?
a) 16 b)8
c)27 d) Data inadequate
length ofthe tube be 70 cm, find the volume o f iron in it.
4. A cube o f sides 15 cm is melted and smaller cubes o f
a) 12400 cu cm b) 15400 cu cm
sides 5 cm each are formed. H o w many such cubes are
c) 13800 cucm d) 16400 cucm
possible?
a) 27 b)32 c)29 d)30 Answers
La 2.b 3.b
Rule 30 or, l l Or = 5 3 9 0 - 1 4 3 0 = 3960

2
Theorem: A hollow cylindrical tube open at both ends is

3960
made of a thick metal. If the internal and external diam- or, r 2 = 36 or, r = 6 c m .
110
eter or radius of the tube are given, then the volume of
metal is given by tc x height * .-. thickness o f the cylinder = (7 - 6) = 1 cm.
3. c; Hint: External radius = 2.5 cm; Internal radius = 1.5 cm.
Êxternal radius) 2 - (internal radius) 2 ] cu. cm. •. Volume o f metal
Illustrative Example [TCx ( 2 . 5 ) x 100 - TC x (1.5) x 100J c m

2 2
Ex.: A hollow cylindrical tube open at both ends is made

o f iron. I f the external and internal radius o f the tube fxl00[(2.5) -(1.5) ]=-Mcm 2 2 3
are 25 cm and 23 cm respectively, find the volume o f

iron in it.
8800
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have Weight o f the metal = x21x- = 26.4 kg.
volume o f iron 7 1000
4. c;Hint: T t x h x O ^ - 1 . 5 ) = rcr h Z 2
= yxl40x(25 2 - 2 3 ) = 42240 cu. cm.

2
or, r 2 = 1.9 - 1 . 5
2 2 = 1.36
Exercise
.-. r = V T 3 6 = 1 . 6 6 1 * 1 . 1 7 dm.
1. The internal diameter o f an iron pipe is 6 cm and the
length is 2.8 metres. I f the thickness o f the metal be 5 m m
and 1 cu cm o f iron weighs 8 gm, find the weight o f the
Rule 31
pipe. Theorem: A hollow cylindrical tube open at both ends is
a) 288.2 kg b) 22.88 k g made of a thick metal. If the external diameter or radius
c) 822.2 kg d ) None o f these and length of the tube are given, then the volume of metal is
2. In a hollow cylinder made o f iron, the volume o f iron is given by
1430 cu cm. I f the length ofthe cylinder be 35 cm and its [TC x height x (2 x outer radius - thickness)^ thickness] cu.
external diameter be 14 cm, find the thickness o f the cyl- units.
inder. Note: In the given formula, we can write 2 x outer radius
a) 1 cm b) 2 cm c) 1.5 cm d) 2.5 cm = outer diameter.
3- If 1 cm 3 cast iron weighs 21 gm, then weight o f a cast Illustrative Example
iron pipe o f length 1 m w i t h a bore o f 3 cm and in which Ex.: A hollow cylindrical tube open at both ends is made
thickness o f metal is 1 cm, is: o f iron 2 cm thick. I f the external diameter be 50 cm
a) 2 l k g b) 24.2 kg c) 26.4 kg d) 18.6 kg and the length o f the tube be 140 cm, find the volume
4. The radius o f the inner surface o f a leaden pipe is 1.5 dm, o f iron in it.
and the radius o f the outer surface is 1.9 dm. I f the pipe Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
be melted and formed into a solid cylinder o f the same Here, external diameter = 50 cm
length as before, find its radius.
50
a) l d m b) 11.7dm c) 1.17dm d)2.17dm • external radius = — = 25 cm.
2
Answers
1. b; Hint: Volume o f the metal in the pipe
Required volume = ^ - x l 4 0 ( 2 5 x 2 - 2 ) x 2
7
=—x280x[(3.5) -(3) ]=2860 2 2 C ucm
22
x l 4 0 x 4 8 x 2 = 42240 c u c m .
[External diameter = 3 + 0.5 = 3.5 cm]
Exercise
.-. Weight ofthe pipe = ^ 2 8 6 0 x J q ^ J =22.88 kg.
1. Find the volume o f the material in a cylindrical tube in
cubic dm, the radius ofthe outer surface being 10 dm the
thickness 0.4 dm, and the height 9 dm.
2.a;Hint: y x 3 5 x [ 7 - r ] = 1430
2 2
a) 22.76 c u b m b) 221.67 c u b m
c) 221.76 c u b m d) 220.67 c u b m
or, 5 3 9 0 - 1 1 0 r = 1 4 3 0
2. Find to the nearest integer the inside volume o f a hollow Answers

cylinder, (open at both ends), whose external diameter is
l.a 2.c 3.a
3.5 metres, thickness 0.05 metre and height 2.083 metres.
(Take = 3.1416) Cases of sphere changing shapes
a)19cubm b)21cubm c)14cubm d)28cubm
Rule 33
Theorem: If a sphere of certain diameter or radius is drawn
iron 1 cm thick. I f the external diameter be 22 cm and the
into a cylinder of certain diameter or radius, then the length
or height of the cylinder is given by
a) 4620 c u c m b) 4660 c u c m
c) 3620 cucm d) 3820 c u c m 4 x (radius of sphere)3
Answers 3 x (radius of cylinder)'

l.c 2.a 3.a
Rule 32 Ex.: A copper sphere o f diameter 18 cm is drawn into a
Theorem: If a rectangular sheet is rolled into a cylinder so wire o f diameter 4 m m . Find the length o f the wire.
that the one side becomes the height of the cylinder then Soln: Quicker Method:
the volume of the cylinder so formed is given by When a sphere is converted into a cylinder (Note that
wire is basically a cylinder) the length o f the wire is
height x(other side of the sheet)2
given by the rule:
4rc
4 x (radius o f sphere) 3
Illustrative Example length of cylinder ^ ^ ( d i u s o f cylinder)

ra 2
Ex.: A rectangular sheet with dimension 22 m * 10 m is

rolled into a cylinder so that the smaller side becomes
4x(90) 3
the height o f the cylinder. What is the volume o f the .-. In the given question, length • ~| ^ 2
cylinder so formed?
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have = 243000 mm = 24300 cm.
Note: Sphere converted into a cylinder and cylinder con-
10x(22) 2
Volume = 385 c u m . verted into a sphere are one and the same thing.
. 22
4x— Exercise
7 1. The diameter o f a copper sphere is 6 cm. The sphere is
Note: The height is 10 m since it is the smaller side. The other
melted and drawn into a long wire o f uniform circular
side is obviously 22 m .
cross section. I f the length o f the wire is 36 cm, find its
Exercise radius.
1. A rectangular sheet with dimension 11 m x 8 m is rolled a) 1cm b) 2 cm
into a cylinder so that the smaller side becomes the height
c) ^3 cm d) Can't be determined
o f the cylinder. What is the volume o f the cylinder so
formed? 2. A copper sphere o f diameter 12 cm is drawn into a wire
o f diameter 2 cm. Find the length o f the wire.
a) 77 cu m b) 87 cu m
a) 288 cm b) 284 cm c) 286 cm d) None o f these
c) 66 cu m d) Data inadequate
3. A copper sphere o f diameter 24 cm is drawn into a wire
2. A rectangular sheet with dimension 33 cm x 24 cm is
rolled into a cylinder so that the smaller side becomes
a) 576 cm b) 676 cm c) 756 cm d) 776 cm
the height o f the cylinder. What is the volume o f the
4. A copper sphere o f diameter 18 cm is drawn into a wire
cylinder so formed?
a) 2069 cucm b) 2709 c u c m
a) 108 cm b) 180 cm
c) 2079 cucm d) 2089 c u c m
c) 190 cm d) None o f these
3. A rectangular sheet with dimension 44 m x 20 m is rolled
into a cylinder so that the smaller side becomes the height Answers
o f the cylinder. What is the volume o f the cylinder so
formed? 4 3
l.a;Hint: 3 6 * — x - cm. 2. a
a) 3080 c u m b) 8030 c u m 3 r
c) 5060 cu m d) None o f these 3.a 4. a
elementary Mensuration - I I 601
Rule 34 the radius o f wire
Theorem: A sphere is converted into a cylinder. If the length

36
jnd the radius of the cylinder are given, then the radius of 4x 4x18x18x18
the sphere is given by = 1.0 J m.
V 3x7290
3x7.29x1000
(length ofcylinder)(radius of cylinder) 1
\ Exercise
1. A copper sphere o f 12 m diameter is drawn into a cylin-
drical wire o f length 1.8 km. What is the radius of wire,
Ex.: A cylinder o f radius 2 cm and height 15 cm is melted
a) 4 m b) 40 cm c) 40 mm d) Data inadequate
and the same mass is used to create a sphere. What
w i l l be the radius o f the sphere?
drical wire o f length 4.5 k m . What is the radius o f wire.
a)lm b)2m c)0.1m d)0.1 cm
the radius o f sphere 3/-xl5x2x2 /45 drical wire o f length 5.4 k m . What is the radius o f wire.
a) 1 cm b) 1.2 cm c) 1.2 m d)l m
Exercise Answers
1. A cylinder o f radius 9 cm and height 12 cm is melted and
l.b 2.a 3.c
the same mass is used to create a sphere. What w i l l be
the radius o f the sphere? Rule 36
a) 9 cm b) Ifij cm Theorem: If sphere is melted toform a cylinder whose height
is if times its radius, then the ratio of radii of sphere to the
c) 8 cm d) 7 cm
2. A cylinder o f radius 6 cm and height 8 cm is melted and
the same mass is used to create a sphere. What w i l l be
cylinder is — x n
the radius o f the sphere?
a) 7 cm b) 4 cm
c)6cm d) 3/36 cm Ex.: A sphere is melted to form a cylinder whose height is
3. A cylinder o f radius 12 cm and height 16 cm is melted
and the same mass is used to create a sphere. What w i l l 4 ^ times its radius. What is the ratio o f radii o f sphere
be the radius o f the sphere?
to the cylinder?
Soln: Detail Method: Let the radius ofthe sphere and cylin-
4. A cylinder o f radius 15 cm and height 20 cm is melted
der be ' R ' and ' r ' respectively.
and the same mass is used to create a sphere. What w i l l
Volume ofthe cylinder
be the radius o f the sphere?
a) 12 cm b)18cm 9
= nr h 2 = nr \2
i 9
= — n
3
r
c) 15 cm d) Data inadequate h = —r
2 2
Answers
4 3
l.a 2.c 3.a 4.c
Volume ofthe sphere = j 7 1 "
Rule 35
Theorem: If a sphere of certain diameter or radius is drawn As per the question.
into a cylinder of certain height or length, then the radius Volume o f the sphere = Volume o f the cylinder
R 27
or, or,
I4x(radius of sphere)
of cylinder is given by
3 x (length of cylinder) .-. R : r = 3 : 2
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we
Illustrative Example have
Ex.: A copper sphere o f 36 m diameter is drawn into a
cylindrica wire o f length 7.29 k m . What is the radius
1
'9 3> 3 27 Y 3 3
o f wire. the required ratio = | 3:2
8
/
Exercise Exercise
1. A sphere is melted to form a cylinder whose height is 36
1
times its radius. What is the ratio o f radii o f sphere to the 1. A cone, whose height is ~ o f its radius, is melted to
cylinder? — 16
a)3:2 b)4:l c)9:l d)3:l form a sphere. Find the ratio o f radius o f the sphere to
2. A sphere is melted to form a cylinder whose height is that o f the cone.
a) 1:3 b)l:4 c)2:3 d) 1 : 2
15— times its radius. What is the ratio of radii o f sphere
16 2. A cone, whose height is 1 3 - times o f its radius, is
to the cylinder?
a) 3 : 1 b) 7 : 4 c) 9 : 4 d) Data inadequate melted to form a sphere. Find the ratio o f radius o f the
A sphere is melted to form a cylinder whose height is sphere to that o f the cone.
a)3:2 b)2:3 c)4:3 d)3:l
3. A cone, whose height is 32 times o f its radius, is melted
70 — times its radius. What is the ratio o f radii o f sphere
16 to form a sphere. Find the ratio o f radius o f the sphere to
to the cylinder? that o f the cone.
a) 5 :4 b) 11 :4 c)15:4 d) 13 : 4 a) 1:2 b)3:2 c)2:l d)Noneofthese
Answers Answers
l.d 2.c 3.c Lb 2.a 3.c
Rule 37 Rule 38
Theorem: If a cone, whose height is n times of its radius, is Theorem: When one cylinder is converted into many small
melted to form a sphere, assuming that there is no loss of spheres, then the number of small spheres is given by the
material in this process, ratio of radius ofthe sphere to that following formula,
Volume of cylinder
X
Number of small spheres = Tr~, T, 7
of the cone is ' r_ volumeoj 1 sphere
Illustrative Example Ex.: H o w many bullets can be made out o f a lead cylinder
Ex.: A cone, whose height is half o f its radius, is melted to 28 cm high and 6 cm radius, each bullet being 1.5 cm
form a sphere. Find the ratio o f radius o f the sphere to in diameter?
that o f the cone. Soln: In this case, one cylinder is not converted into just
Soln: Detail Method: Let the raidus o f sphere and cylinder one sphere but many spheres are being made. Here
be R and r respectively. we w i l l use the above formula:
volume o f cylinder
1 2. 1 2 Number o f bullets =
Volume of the c o n e :
-rcr h = - r c r volume o f 1 bullet
3 3 3x2
4 3
7tx6x6x28
=1792.
Volume ofthe sphere = y n R -XTCX 0.75x0.75x0.75
Exercise
1. A cylinder o f length 1 metre and diameter 15 cm is melted
Volume o f the sphere = Volume o f the cone
down and cast into spheres o f diameter 5 cm. H o w man\
4 -3 * r
— TCR
3
or, = — x — spheres can be made?

'3 3 2 a) 270 b)260 c)290 d)370
2. A cylinder o f length 16 metres and diameter 4 cm is melted
down and cast into spheres o f diameter 1.6 cm. How
or,
many spheres can be made?
.-. R : r = l : 2 a) 475 b)575 c)375 d)675
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, 3. A cylinder o f length 24 metres and diameter 5 cm is melted
down and cast into spheres o f diameter 2 cm. H o w man\
. -, i /
1/ 1 spheres can be made?
Required ratio = /2 1 :2
4 a) 450 b)360 c)480 d)950
VTHS
Answers slant height = V3 + 4 2 2 =-/25~ = 5 a n d
l.a 2.c 3.a

radius o f the greatest sphere
Rule 39 3x4 12 1
T heorem: If a sphere of radius R units has a spherical cav- — = y = l - = 1.5 metres.
ay- of radius r units, then the volume of the spherical shell is
Exercise
4
cubic units. 1. There is a cone o f radius 18 cm and height 24 cm. Find
%iven by
the radius o f the greatest sphere that can be carved out
o f that cone.
a) 9 cm b)12cm
Ex.: A sphere o f radius 5 cm has a spherical cavity o f
c) 6 cm d) Can't be determined
radius 3 cm. Find the volume o f the spherical shell.
2. There is a cone o f radius 5 cm and height 12 cm. Find the
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
radius o f the greatest sphere that can be carved out o f
fea ? 3 l that cone.
Volume ofthe spherical shell = y
4 2 2
x " — x p _3 J
. 1
a) 3 cm b) 3 - cm c) 4 ~ cm <f) 5 - cm
4
22 2 4 J
= T ^ 9 8
x x = 410-cm . 3
3 7 3 3. There is a cone o f radius 10 cm and height 24 cm. Find

the radius o f the greatest sphere that can be carved out
Exercise o f that cone.
A sphere o f radius 5 cm has a spherical cavity o f radius
4 cm. Find the volume ofthe spherical shell. a) 6 j cm b)6cm c) 6— d) Data inadequate
244
a)12rc b) *J-* c) 144TC d) Data inadequate 4. There is a cone o f radius 9 cm and height 40 cm. Find the
A sphere o f radius 6 cm has a spherical cavity o f radius that cone.
3 cm. Find the volume o f the spherical shell.
a)253 rc b)255 rc c ) 2 5 2 TC d)152rc _1
a) ' — cm b) 8— cm
A sphere o f radius 7 cm has a spherical cavity o f radius
5 cm. Find the volume o f the spherical shell.
c) 7— cm d) 8 - cm
872 874
3
a ) — 7 1 b) - y «
There is a cone o f radius 7 cm and height 24 cm. Find the
782
d) Data inadequate that cone.
Answers a) 5— cm b ) 6 cm
T1
l.b 2.c 3.a
Rule 40 c) 6 y cm d) Data inadequate
Theorem: The radius of a greatest sphere that can be carved

Answers
rh l.a 2.b 4. a 5. a
J. a
out of a cone of radius r and height his . ^
Rule 41
Where, I=slant height of the cone.
Theorem: When a sphere disintegrates into many identical
spheres, then the number of smaller identical spheres are
Illustrative Example ( bigger radius Y

given by ^ n s radius,
m a e r
Ex.: There is a cone o f radius 3 metres and height 4 metres.
Find the radius o f the greatest sphere that can be
carved out o f that cone.
Ex.: Find the number o f lead balls o f diameter 1 cm each
that can be made from a sphere o f diamete 16 cm. r

a)3>/3:4 b)3:4VJ c) 3^3 • 8 d)8: V2~
3
Volume o f big sphere 4. The cm ved surface areas o f two spheres are in the ratio
Number o f balls = v o l u m e o f 1 small sphere 1 : 2. Find the ratio o f their volumes.
a)l:VT b)2:l c)2: V2 2 d) 1 I 2V2

4 rcx8x8x8
= —3 = 4096.
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.c 4)d
-4TCX 0.5x0.5x0.5
Rule 43
Theorem: If the ratio of the radii of two spheres are given,
have
then the ratio of their surface areas will be obtained from
the following result.
the required number = = 4096
(Ratio of radii) 2 = Ratio of surface areas.
Exercise
Ex.: The radii o f two spheres are in the ratio o f 1 :2. What
1. Find the number o f lead balls o f diameter 2 cm each that
can be made from a sphere o f diameter 14 cm. is the ratio o f their surface areas?
Soln: B y the above theorem, we have,
a) 343 b)243 c)443 d)433
2. Find the number o f lead balls o f diameter 1.5 cm each (ratio o f surface areas) = (ratio o f radii) 2
that can be made from a sphere o f diameter 30 cm. = (1 : 2 ) = 1 : 4 .

2
a) 4000 b)8000 c) 16000 d) Data inadequate Exercise

3. Find the number o f lead bails o f diameter 1 cm each that 1. I f the radii o f two spheres are in ratio 1 : 4, then ratio o f
can be made from a sphere o f diameter 18 cm. their surface areas w i l l be
a)<832 b)8332 c)8532 d)5882 a) 1:2 b) 1 : 4 c) 1 : 8 d) 1 :16
(NDA Exam 1990)
Answers 2. The radii o f two spheres are in the ratio o f 1 : 3. What is
l.a 2.b 3.a the ratio o f their surface areas?
Rule 42 3. The radii o f two spheres are in the ratio o f 2 : 5. What is
Theorem: If the ratio of surface areas of the two spheres
the ratio o f their surface areas?
are given, then the ratio of their volumes will be obtained
a)4:25 b)4:5 c)6:25 d)25:2
from the following result.
4. The radii o f two spheres are in the ratio o f 3 : 4. What is
(Ratio of the surface areas) = (Ratio of volumes)
3 2
the ratio o f their surface areas?
Illustrative Example a) 9 : 16 b) 16:25 c) 9 : 1 4 d) Data inadequate
Ex.: The curved surface areas o f two spheres are in the Answers
ratio 1 : 4 . Find the ratio o f their volumes.
l.d 2.b 3.a 4. a
(1 : 4 ) = (ratio o f volumes)
3 2
Rule 44
or, ( 1 : 6 4 ) = (ratio o f volumes) 2
Theorem: If the ratio of the radii of two spheres are given,
or, ^ / l :64 = 1:8 = ratio o f volumes. then the ratio of their volumes will be obtained from tht
following result.
Exercise
{Ratio of radiif = Ratio of volumes
1. The curved surface areas o f two spheres are in the ratio
4 : 5. Find the ratio o f their volumes. Illustrative Example
Ex.: The radii o f two spheres are in the ratio o f 1 :2. W r j t
a)8:5 b)8: V3 5 c)8: V5 5 d) 5^5 :8
is the ratio o f their volumes?
2. The curved surface areas o f two spheres are in the ratio
1 : 3 . Find the ratio o f their volumes.
the ratio o f volumes
a) 1 : 3V2 b) 1 : 3V3 = {Ratio of radiif = ( l : if = 1:8

c) 1:3 d) Can't be determined Exercise
3. The curved surface areas o f two spheres are in the ratio 1. The radii of two spheres are in the ratio o f 1 : 3. W h a a
3 : 4 . Find the ratio o f their volumes.
mentary Mensuration - I I 605
r e ratio o f their volumes? Illustrative Example

• 1 :9 b) 1:27 c) 1:18 d) Data inadequate Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their
~he radii o f two spheres are in the ratio o f 2 : 5. What is heights in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the ratio o f their
•C ratio o f their volumes? curved surface areas.
»)2:25 b)4:25 c)8:125 d)8:25 Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have the
"he radii o f t w o spheres are in the ratio o f 4 : 9. What is
ratio o f curved surface areas = ^] Ratio of heights
r e ratio o f their volumes?
i i 16:81 b)64:729 .-. Ratio o f curved surface areas = yj\ = 1 : ^ 2
:i81:64 d) Can't be determined Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula
ers is applicable.
2.c 3.b Exercise
1. Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights
Cylinders
in the ratio o f 1 : 4. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
aen volumes are equal
areas.
Rule 45 a) 1:2 b)l:4 c)2:l d)4:l
em: If the ratio of the heights of two circular cylin- 2. Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights
>iequal volume are given, then the ratio of their radii in the ratio o f 1 : 9. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
in by the following result. areas.
a) 1:3 b)3 : 1 c)2:l d) 1 :2
ofradii = înverse ratio of heights
3. Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights
tetrative Example in the ratio o f 4 : 9. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their areas.
heights in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Ratio o f their radii is? a)9:4 b)4:9 c)2:3 d)3:2
: Applying the above theorem, we have 4. Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights
in the ratio o f 16 : 25. Find the ratio o f their curved sur-
the ratio o f radii
face areas.
= ^/inverse ratio o f heights = V 2 : 1 = -J2 :1 • a)4:5 b)5:4 c)16:5 d)4:25
E This formula is also applicable for two cones.
Answers
srcise l.a 2.a 3.c 4.a
Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights
I the ratio o f 1 : 4 . Ratio o f their radii is?
Rule 47
i)2:l b) 4 : 1 c) 16:1 d) Data inadequate Theorem: If the ratio of radii of two circular cylinders of
Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights equal volume are given, then the ratio of their curved sur-
n the ratio o f 16 :25. Ratio o f their radii is? face areas are given by the following result.
|4:5 b)5:4 c)3:2 d)2:3 Ratio of curved surface areas = inverse ratio of radii.
Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights Illustrative Example
• the ratio o f 4 : 9. Ratio o f their radii is? Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their ra-
i»2:3 b) 1:2 c)2:l d)3:2 d i i in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the ratio o f their curved
Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their heights surface areas.
| the ratio o f 1 : 9. Ratio o f their radii is? Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
Dl:3 b)3:l the ratio o f curved surface areas
c) 2 : 3 d) Data inadequate = inverse ratio o f radii = 2 : 1
ers Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula
2.b 3.d 4.b is applicable.
Exercise
Rule 46 1. Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their radii in the
rem: If the ratio of curved surface areas of two circu- ratio o f 1:3. Find the ratio o f their curved surface areas.
linders of equal volume are given, then the ratio of a)3:l b) 1 :3 c)l:2 d) 9 : 1
heights is given by the following result. 2. Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their radii in
of curved surface areas = j ratio of heights . the ratio o f 2 : 5. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
areas.
606 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R M A
a)5:2 b)25:4 d ) 4 : 2 5 d) Data inadequate areas.

3. Two circular cylinders o f equal volume have their radii in a) 1 :3 b) 3 : 1 c) 1 : 9 d) Data inad
the ratio o f 4 : 9. Find the ratio o f their curved surface 2. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their he
areas. the ratio o f 1 : 4. Find the ratio o f their curved s
a)9:4 b)2:3 c)3:2 d)4:9 areas.
a)4:l b)2:l c)l:2 d) 1 :4
Answers 3. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their he
1. a 2.a 3.a the ratio o f 4 : 9. Find the ratio o f their curved =
areas.
B. When radii are equal
a)2:3 b)3:2 c)9:4 d)4:9
Rule 48
Theorem: If the ratio of heights of two circular cylinders of Answers
l.c 2.d 3.d
equal radii are given then the ratio of their volumes are
given by the following result. Rule 50
Ratio of volumes = Ratio of heights. Theorem: If the ratio of volumes of two circular cy
Illustrative Example of equal radii are given then the ratio of their cu
Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their height
face areas are given by the following result.
in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the ratio o f their volumes.
Ratio of volumes = Ratio of curved surface areas.
the ratio o f volumes f ratio o f heights Illustrative Example
.-, required answer = 1 : 2 Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have the
Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula umes in the ratio o f 3 : 1. Find the ratio o f their
is applicable. surface areas.
Exercise
ratio o f curved surface areas = Ratio o f volume
1. Tw o circular cylinders o f equal radii have their height in
1.
the ratio o f 1 : 3. Find the ratio o f their volumes.
Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this fc
a)3:l b) 1:9 c)9:l d) 1 :3
is applicable.
2. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their height in
the ratio o f 4 : 5. Find the ratio o f their volumes. Exercise
a)4:5 b)16:25 c)25:16 d)5:4 1. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their \
3. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their height in . in the ratio o f 2 : 1. Find the ratio o f their curvec s.
the ratio o f 3 : 7. Find the ratio o f their volumes. areas.
a)7:3 b)3:7 c)9:49 d)49:9 a) 1:2 b) 1:4 c)4:l d)2:l
Answers 2. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their

in the ratio o f 9 : 4. Find the ratio o f their curved s
l.d 2. a 3.b
areas.
Rule 49 a)3:2 b)2:3 c)36:81 d)9:-
Theorem: If the ratio of heights of two circuldr cylinders of 3. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their
equal radii are given then the ratio of their curved surface in the ratio o f 4 : 7. Find the ratio o f their cur\c
areas are given by the following result. areas.
Ratio of curved surface areas = Ratio of heights. a)16:49 b)4:7 c)2: d)Datairr
Answers
Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their height
in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the ratio o f their curved l.d 2.d 3.b
surface areas.
C . When heights are equal
ratio o f curved surface areas = 1 : 2 . Rule 51
Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula Theorem: If the ratio of radii of two circular cylin
is applicable. equal heights are given, then the ratio of their v
given by the following result.
Exercise
Ratio of volumes = (Ratio of radii) 2
1. Two circular cylinders o f equal radii have their height in

the ratio o f 1 : 9. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
:entary Mensuration - I I 607
trative Example Answers

Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their ra- l.c 2.b 3.d
dii in the ratio o f 2 : 3 . Ratio o f their volumes is .
Applying the above theorem, we have the Rule 53
ratio o f volumes = (Ratio o f radii) = (2 : 3 ) = 4 : 9
2 2 Theorem: If the ratio of curved surface areas of two circu-
If in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula lar cylinders of equal heights are given, then the ratio of
is applicable. their volumes is given by the following results.
Ratio of volumes = (Ratio of curved surface areas) 2
cise
•so circular cylinders o f equal heights have their radii Illustrative Example
• the ratio o f 1 : 3. Ratio o f their volumes is . Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their
curved surface areas in the ratio o f 2 : 3. Find the ratio
13:1 b) 1 : 73 c ) 9 : 1) l d ; 9
o f their volumes.
n circular cylinders o f equal heights have their radii
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have,
r the ratio o f 4 : 5. Ratio o f their volumes is .
Ratio o f volumes = (Ratio o f curved surface areas) 2
i 5:4 b) 2 : ^5 c) 16:25 d) Data inadequate

= (2:3) = 4:9 2
circular cylinders o f equal heights have their radii Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula
r the ratio o f 2 : 1. Ratio o f their volumes is . is applicable.
1)4:1 ' « c) l : ^ d)72":l Exercise
"••o circular cylinders o f equal heights . . . . . their radii 1. Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their curved
r. the ratio o f 3 : 4 . Ratio o f their volumes i . surface areas in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the ratio o f their
volumes.
9: 16 b) 1 6 : 9 c\i: d) J~ 2
a^ b)2: 1 c)4:l d) 1 : ^
ers
2. Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their curved
2.c 3.a 4.a
surface areas in the ratio o f 1 : 9. Find the ratio o f their
Rule 52 volumes.
a) 1: 81 b) 1 : 3 c) 3 : 1 d) Data inadequate
m: If the ratio of radii of two circular cylinders of
3. Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their curved
heights are given, then the ratio of their curved sur-
surface areas in the ratio o f 2 : 5. Find the ratio o f their
reas is given by the following results,
volumes.
of curved surface areas = ratio of radii
a)2:5 b)5:2 c)4:25 d)25:4
trative Example
Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their ra- Answers
dii in the ratio o f 2 : 3. Find the ratio o f their curved
l.a 2.a 3.c
surface areas.
Applying the above theorem, we have the D. When curved surface areas are equal.
ratio o f curved surface areas = ratio o f radii = 2 : 3
I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula Rule 54
is applicable. Theorem: If the ratio of radii of two circular cylinders of
equal curved surface areas are given, then the ratio of vol-
rcise
umes is calculated from the following result.
Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their radii
Ratio of volumes = Ratio of radii
r. the ratio o f 1 : 4. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
L-eas.
Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas
i)l:2 b)2:l c)I:4 d)4:l
have their radii in the ratio o f 3 : 4. Find the ratio o f
Two circular cylinders o f equal heights have their radii
their volumes.
n the ratio o f 2 : 5. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem.
reas.
Ratio o f volumes = Ratio o f radii = 3 : 4
i-5:2 b)2:5 c)3:2 d)4:25
Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula
I wo circular cylinders o f equal heights have their radii
is applicable.
n the ratio o f 4 : 9. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
Exercise
reas.
1. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas have
i)2:3 b)3:2 c)9:4 d)4:9
their radii in the ratio o f 3 : 5. Find the ratio o f their
608 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MA
volumes. Illustrative Example

a)5:3 b)9:25 c)25:9 d)3:5 Ex.: T w o circular cylinders o f equal curved surface
2. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas have have their heights in the ratio o f 3 : 4 . Find the
their radii in the ratio o f 1 : 4. Find the ratio o f their their radii.
volumes. Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
a)l:4 b)2:l c)4:l d) 1:16
3. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas have Ratio o f radii = Inverse ratio o f heights = —: — =
their radii in the ratio o f 2 : 3. Find the ratio o f their 3 4
volumes. Exercise
1. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas
a) 4 : 9 b) ^ 2 : V3 c ) 2 : 3 d ) D a t a inadequate
their heights in the ratio o f 2 : 3. Find the ratio c ' -
Answers radii.
l.d 2. a 3.c a)3:2 b)4:9 c) 73:72 d)72 : %
2. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas

Rule 55 their heights in the ratio o f 1 : 4. Find the ratio c"
Theorem: If the ratio of heights of two circular cylinders of
radii.
equal curved surface areas are given, then the ratio of their
a) 4 : 1 b) 1 :2 c) 2 : 1 d) Data inac-e
volumes is calculated from the following result.
3. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface ares
Ratio of volumes = inverse ratio of heights.
their heights in the ratio o f 2 : 5. Find the ratio •
Illustrative Example radii.
Ex.: Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas
a)5:2 b)2:5 c)4:25 d) v 5
have their heights in the ratio o f 3 : 4 . Find the ratio o f
their volumes. Answers
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have,
Ratio o f volumes l.a 2.a 3.a
I I . , Two Cones
= Inverse ratio o f heights = — '• — - 4 : 3
Note: I f in place o f cylinders, cones are given, this formula
Rule 57
Theorem: If the ratio of slant heights of two right err,
is applicable.
cones of equal curves surface areas is given, then tkt
Exercise of their radii is given by the following result.
1. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas have Ratio of radii = inverse ratio of slant heights.
their heights in the ratio o f 2 : 3. Find the ratio o f their Illustrative Example
volumes. Ex.: Two right circular cones o f equal curved su-r
a)3:2 b)4:9 c)9:4 d) Data inadequate eas have their heights in the ratio o f 3 : 4. F
2. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas have ratio o f their radii.
their heights in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the ratio o f their Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem.
volumes. Ratio o f radii
a)2:l b)l:4 c)4:l d) 1 : ^ 1 1 A ,
3. Two circular cylinders o f equal curved surface areas have

= Inverse ratio o f slant heights = — '• — = 4 I
their heights in the ratio o f 5 : 4. Find the ratio o f their
volumes. Exercise
a) 7 5 : 2 b) 4 : 5 c) 2 : 7 5 d) Data inadequate 1. Two right circular cones o f equal curved surface
have their heights in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the
Answers their radii.
l.a 2.a 3.b a)2:l b)4:l c) 1 : ^ d) 1 2
2. Two right circular cones o f equal curved surface
Rule 56 have their heights in the ratio o f 2 : 3. Find the
Theorem: If the ratio of heights of two circular cylinders of their radii.
equal curved surface areas is given, then the ratio of their
a)3:2 b)3:l
radii is given by the following result.
Ratio of radii = Inverse ratio of heights. c ) 73 : V 2 d) Data inadequate
3. Two right circular cones o f equal curved suracs
<ER MA
>ed surf;::
. Find the-
i yoursmahboob.wordpress.com
T(
have their heights in the ratio o f 4 : 9. Find the ratio o f

their radii.
a)2:3 b)9:4 c)3:2 d)4:9 Exercise
1.
{Ratio of sides) 2 = (2:3) = 4:9 2
Sides o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 1 : 2. Find the ratio

609
Answers
ive o f their surface areas.
l.a •', 2.a 3.b a)l:72~ b) 1 : 4 c)4:l d) 2: 1
ts
3 Two Cubes 2. Sides o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 3 : 5. Find the ratio
o f their surface areas.
urface an
Rule 58 a)9:25 b)25:9 c)5:3 d) Data inadequate
the ratio Theorem: If the ratio of sides of two cubes is given, then the 3. Sides o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 4 : 7. Find the ratio
ratio of their volumes is calculated from the following re- o f their surface areas.
sult.
a) 16:49 b)2: c) :2 d)49:16
d) A
Ratio of volumes = (Ratio of sides) 3
surface ar Answers
the rati'
l b 2. a 3.a
Ex.: Sides o f two cubes are in the ratio 2 : 3 . Find the ratio
:
I) Data in o f their volumes. Rule 60
surface ai Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
T h e o r e m : Ifthe ratio of volumes of two cubes is given, then
the ratio Ratio o f volumes
the ratio of their surface areas is given from the following
- {Ratio of sidesf = ( 2 : 3 ) = 8: 27
3 result.
d) Exercise {ratio of surface areasf = {ratio of volumes)'
1. I f the volumes o f two cubes are in the ratio 8 : 1, the ratio Illustrative Example
o f their edges is: Ex.: Volumes o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 1 : 8 . Find the
a)8:1 b)4:l c) 2:1 d)3:l ratio o f their surface areas.
2. I f the volumes o f t w o cubes are in the ratio 1 : 2 , the ratio Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
o f their edges is:
{Ratio of surface areasf = {Ratio of volumes) 2
a) 1:4 b)4:l c)8:l d) I : 8
two right cr
3. Ifthe volumes o f two cubes are in the ratio 3 : 4 , the ratio
en, then thi = ( l : 8 ) = 1:64
2
o f their edges is:

suit.
a) 9 : 1 6 b) 2 7 : 6 4 c) ^3 :2 d) Data inadequate .-. Ratio o f surface areas = ^ 1 : 6 4 = 1:4
\ghts. 4. I f the volumes o f two cubes are in the ratio 1 : 3 , the ratio
o f their edges is:
Exercise
1. Surface areas o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 1 : 5. Find
curved s u n a) 1:27 b)27:l c) 9 : 1 d) 1 :9
the ratio o f their volumes.
o f 3 : 4. Fr
Answers a) 1 : 5^5 b) Vs : 1
5
1. c; H i n t : Ratio o f volumes = (Ratio o f sides) 3

c)5:l d) 125:1
8: 1 = (Ratio o f sides) 3
2. Volumes o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 1 : 9. Find the
_ '8 ratio o f their surface areas.
Ratio o f sides 2: 1
" J a) 1:3 b)3:l
3.b 4. a c) 1 : 3 ( 3 ) ' ' d) 3 ( 3 ) ' ' I 1

/ed surfac 3. Volumes o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 1 : 4. Find the
Find the
Rule 59 ratio o f their surface areas.
Theorem: Ifthe ratio of sides of two cubes is given, then the
a) 1:2 b)2:l
ratio of their surface areas is given by the following result.
d) 1 :2 c) 1 : 2 ( 2 ) K d) 1 : 2(2)'=
êd surface Ratio of surface areas = {Ratio of sides) 2
Find the ran Answers

Ex.: Sides o f two cubes are in the ratio o f 2 : 3. Find the 1. a; H i n t : (ratio o f volumes) = ( 1 : 5 ) = 1:125
2 3
ratio o f their surface areas.

.-. ratio o f volumes = ^ 1 : 1 2 5 = 1: 5-J$
nadequate Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
2.c j. c
urved surface Ratio o f surface areas
Rule 61 Note: This formula also holds for cylinders.
Theorem: / / the ratio of heights (not slant height) and the Exercise
ratio of diameters or radii of two right circular cones are 1. I f the volumes o f two cones are in ratio 1 : 4 and their
given, then the ratio of their volumes can he calculated by diameters are in ratio 4: 5, then the ratio o f their heights
the given formula. is:
a) 1 :5 b)5:4 c ) 5 : 16 d)25:64
Ratio of volumes = (Ratio of radiif x (ratio of heights)
(NDA Exam 1990)
Illustrative Example 2. I f the radii o f t w o cones are in the ratio 1 : 2 and their
Ex.: I f the heights o f two cones are in the ratio 1 : 4 and volumes in the ratio 2 : 3 , what is the ratio o f their heights?
their diameters in the ratio 4 : 5, what is the ratio o f a) 1:3 b) 4 : 3 c) 8 :3 d) Data inadequate
their volumes? 3. I f the radii o f two cones are in the ratio 3 : 4 and their
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have volumes in the ratio 9 : 1 4 , what is the ratio o f their
heights?
Ratio o f volumes = (4 : 5 ) ( l : 4 ) = i - x -
2 = 4 :25 a)8:5 b) 1 6 : 9 c)8:7 d)7:8
[ v ratio of diameters = ratio o f radii] Answers

1. d; H i n t : Ratio o f diameters = Ratio o f radii.
Note: This formula also holds good for cylinders.
Exercise (5
.-. required answer = x - =25:64.
1. The radii o f two cylinders are in the ratio o f 2 :3 and their 4
heights are in the ratio 5 : 3 . The ratio of their volumes is: 2.c 3.c
a)27:20 b)20:27 c)4:9 d)9:4
(Hotel Management 1991) Rule 63
2. The radii o f two cylinders are in ratio 2 :3 and teir heights Theorem: Ifthe ratio of volumes and the ratio of heights of
in ratio 5 : 3. Their volumes w i l l be in ratio: two right circular cones are given, then the ratio of their
a)4:9 b)27:20 c)20:27 d)9:4 radii is given by the following result,
(Clerks' Grade Exam 1991) ratio of radii
3. I f the heights o f two cones are in the ratio 1 : 2 and their
= y](ratio of volumes\inverse ratio of heights)
diameters in the ratio 2 : 3, what is the ratio of their v o l -
umes? Illustrative Example
a)4:15 b)2:9 c) 1 : 5 d) Data inadequate Ex.: I f the volumes o f the two cones are in the ratio 4 : 1
4. Ifthe heights o f two cones are in the ratio 3 : 4 and their and their heights in the ratio 4 : 9, what is the ratio o f
diameters in the ratio 8 : 3, what is the ratio of their v o l - their radii?
umes? Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
a) 16:3 b) 3 : 16 c)5:3 d) Data inadequate
Answers Ratio o f radii =J( 4 : ' ) 1 4 l = # ^ : 4 ) = 3:l

4 9
l.b 2.c 3.b 4.a
Note: This formula also holds good for cylinders.
Rule 62
Theorem: Ifthe ratio of radii and the ratio of volumes of
Exercise
two right circular cones are given, then the ratio of their 1. Ifthe volumes o f the two cones are in the ratio 9 : 1 and
heights can he calculated by the following result. their heights in the ratio 9 : 1 6 , what is the ratio o f their
Ratio of heights = (inverse ratio of radii) (ratio of vol-
2
radii?
umes) a)5:l b) 3 : I c)4:l d)4:3
2. Ifthe volumes o f the two cones are in the ratio 1 6 : 9 and
Illustrative Example their heights in the ratio 4 : 9, what is the ratio o f their
Ex.: If the radii of two cones are in the ratio 1 : 4 and their radii?
volumes in the ratio 4 : 5, what is the ratio of their a)2:l b)3:2 c)4:3 d) Data inadequate
heights? 3. I f the volumes o f the t w o cones are in the ratio 25 : 16
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have and their heights in the ratio 4 : 9, what is the ratio o f
their radii?
Ratio o f heights lV(4:5)=16xl :64:5 a) 15:8 b)5:3
1 4 5 c) 7 :4 d) Can' t be determ i ned
Answers Exercise
611
l.c 2.a 3.a 1. I f the radii and the curved surface areas o f two circular
cylinders are in the ratio 2 3 and 4 : 5 respectively. Find
Rule 64 the ratio o f their heights.
Theorem: Ifthe ratio of heights and the ratio of radii of two a)6:5 b)5:6 c) 3 : 5 d) 5 :3
circular cylinders are given, then the ratio of their curved 2. I f the radii and the curved surface areas o f two circular
surface areas is given by (ratio of radii) (ratio of heights) cylinders are in the ratio 3 4 and 5 : 6 respectively. Find
the ratio o f their heights,
a) 10:9 b)9:10 c)5:8 d)8:5
Ex.: I f the heights and the radii o f two circular cylinders
3. I f the radii and the curved surface areas o f two circular
are in the ratio 2 : 3 and 1 : 2 respectively. Find the
cylinders are in the ratio 4 5 and 6 : 7 respectively. Find
ratio o f their curved surface areas.
the ratio o f their heights,
a) 14:15 b) 15 :14 c)35:24 d)24:35
required ratio = (2 : 3 ) (1 : 2 ) = 1 : 3
Note: This formula also holds good for cones, just change Answers
to slant height instead o f height. l.a 2. a
Exercise Rule 66
1. I f the heights and the radii o f two circular cylinders are
T h e o r e m : If the ratio of heights and the ratio of curved
in the ratio 3 : 4 and
surface areas of two circular cylinders are given, then the
4 : 5 respectively. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
ratio of their radii is given by (Ratio of curved surface
areas.
areas) (Inverse ratio of heights)
2 Ifthe heights and the radii o f two circular cylinders are Illustrative Example
in the ratio 2 : 3 and Ex.: I f the heights and the curved surface areas o f two
4 : 5 respectively. Find the ratio o f their curved surface circular cylinders are in the ratio 1 : 3 and 4 : 5 respec-
areas. tively. Find the ratio o f their radii.
a)8:15 b)5:6 c)5:8 d)2:5 Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have the
3. I f the heights and the radii o f two circular cylinders are
in the ratio 1 : 3 and required ratio = (4 : 5 ^ 1 : i j = ( 4 : 5X3: l ) = 12:5
1 : 5 respectively. Find the ratio o f their curved surface
Note: This formula also holds good for cones, just change
areas.
to slant heights instead o f heights.
a) 1:15 b)3:5 c) 1 :3 d) 1 : 5
Exercise
Answers 1. I f the heights and the curved surface areas o f two circu-
l.b 2.a 3.a
lar cylinders are in the ratio 1 : 2 and 4 : 7 respectively.
Find the ratio o f their radii.
Rule 65
a)7:8 b)8:7 c)2:7 d)7:2
Theorem: If the ratio of radii and the ratio of curved sur-
2. I f the heights and the curved surface areas o f two circu-
face areas of two circular cylinders are given then the ratio
lar cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3 and 8 : 9 respectively.
of their heights are given by (Ratio of curved surface areas)
Find the ratio o f their radii.
(Inverse ratio of radii).
a)3:4 b)4:3 c)5:6 d) 16:9
Illustrative Example 3. I f the heights and the curved surface areas o f two circu-
Ev: I f the radii and the curved surface areas o f two circular cylinders are in the ratio 3 : 4 and 5 : 8 respectively.
lar cylinders are in the ratio 3 : 5 and 6 : 7 respectively. Find the ratio o f their radii.
Find the ratio o f their heights. a)5:6 b)5:8 c)6:5 d)15:32
Answers
the required ratio
l.b 2.b 3.a
30
(6:7)
3 5
( 6 : 7) ( 5 : 3) 10:7 Rule 67
21
T h e o r e m : x units of rain has fallen on ay square units of
Note: This formula also holds good for right circular cones,
land. Assuming that R% of the raindrops could have been
just change to slant heights instead o f heights.
collected and contained in a pool having a x , units * _y,
units base, the level, by which the water level in the pool Illustrative Example
R xy Ex: If the radius of a cylinder is doubled and the height is
would have increased, is given by TQ~Q~ units. halved, what is the ratio between the new volume and
the previous volume?
Illustrative Example Soln: Detail Method: Let the initial radius and height of the
Ex.: Two cm of rain has fallen on a square km of land. cylinder be r cm and h cm respectively.
Assuming that 50% ofthe raindrops could have been
collected and contained in a pool having a 100 m x 10 Then V, = and V = n(2r)
2 2 —= 2nr h
2
m base, by what level would the water level in the

pool have increased?
New volume 2%r h 2 2 _ ,
Soln: Detail Method: Volume of rain water = Area n height — r — = - = 2:1
Previous volume nr h 1
= a km f x 2 cm = (1000 m) x 0.02 m = 20,000 m
2 3

Quantity of collected water
have
= 50% of20,000 m = - x 20000 = 10000 m
3 3
2 x = 2 and y=
.-. increased level in pool
Volume collected 10000 = 10 .-. required ratio = ( 2 ) x — = 2:1

2
m
Base area of pool 10 x 100
Note: This theorem also holds good for right circular cones.
.-. the water level would be increased by 10 m.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Exercise
have the required answer 1. I f the radius of a cylinder is trebled and the height is
doubled, what is the ratio between the new volume and
(l000) x0.02
2 50 20000 1 ,„ the previous volume?
= x — = 10 m.
100x10 a)8:l b)9:l -a c ) 9 : 2 d) 18:1
100 1000 2
2. Ifthe radius of a cylinder becomes 4 times and the height
Exercise 3
1. One cm of rain has fallen on 2 square km of land. Assum- ~ times, what is the ratio between the new volume and
ing that 25% of the raindrops could have been collected o
and contained in a pool having a 50 m * 5 m base, by the previous volume?
what level would the water level in the pool have in- a)6:l b)5:l c)4:l d) 3: 1
creased? 3. If the radius of a circular cone is halved and the height is
a) 20 m b)40m c)25m d) Data inadequate doubled, what is the ratio between the new volume and
2 Two cm of rain has fallen on a square km of land. Assum- the previous volume?
ing that 40% of the raindrops could have been collected a)2:l b)l:2 c)4:l d) 1:4
and contained in a pool having a 200 m x 20 m base, by
Answers
what level would the water level in the pool have in- l.d 2.a 3.b
creased?
a) 2 m b) 1 m c) 4 m d) 1.5 m Rule 69
3. 4 cm of rain has fallen on 2 square km of land. Assuming Theorem: Ifthe radius of a circular cylinder becomes x
that 50% of the raindrops could have been collected and times and the height becomes y times, then the ratio be-
contained in a pool having a 100 m x 10 m base, by what tween the new curved surface area and the previous curved
level would the water level in the pool have increased? surface area of the cylinder is given by (xy).
Answers Ex: Ifthe radius of a cylinder is doubled and the height i s
l.b 2.a 3.c halved, what is the ratio between the new curved sur-
face area and the previous curved surface area of the
Rule 68 cylinder.
Theorem: Ifthe radius of a cylinder becomes 'x' times and Soln: Detail Method: Let the initial radius and height of the
the height becomes 'y' times, then the ratio between the cylinder be r cm and h cm respectively.
new volume and the previous volume is given by [x yj.
2
Then, curved surface area of the original cylinder
= 2nrh and
Elementary Mensuration - II
curved surface area of the new cylinder taken out has been spread all round it to a width of 7
613
m to form a circular embankment. Find the height of

= 2TC(2/-)X ^ = 2nrh this embankment.
Soln: Detail Method: Volume of earth dug out
:. required ratio
New curved surface area 2rcrh -j, = i - f l H l x8 = — x5.6x5.6x8 = 788.48

2 x m 3
= 1:1
Previous curved surface area 27rrh
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, Area of embankment = TC(5.6 + 7 ) - T C ( 5 . 6 ) 2 2
. =7c[(5.6 + 7 ) - ( 5 . 6 ) ]
2 2
Here, x = 2 and y = —
2
- TC[(5.6 + 7 - 5.6X5.6 + 5.6 + 7)]
.-. Required ratio = 2 y =1:1

= — x 7 x l 8 . 2 = 400.4 m 2
7
Note: This formula also hold&good for right circular cones. 788.48 . _ Q
Just change to slant height instead of height. .-. height of the embankment = — ~ • l . » / metres
Exercise Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we

have
1. If the radius of a cylinder becomes 3 times and the height
the height of embankment
1
5.6x5.6x8 _ 6.4x5.6
— times,what is the ratio between the new curved sur- • -1.97 metres.
= 7(7 + 11.2) ~ 18.2
Exercise
cylinder?
1. A well with 14 metres inside diameter is dug 8 metres
a) 1:1 b) 1:2
deep. Earth taken out of it has been evenly spread all
c) 2 :1 d) Can't be determined
around it to a width of 21 metres to form an embankment.
2. I f the radius of a cylinder is halved and the height is
The height of embankment is:
halved, what is the ratio between the new curved sur-
a) 43 cm b) 47.6 cm c) 53.3 cm d)41cm
2. A well with 10 metres inside diameter is dug 14 metres
cylinder.
deep. Earth taken out of it has been spread all-round it to
a)4:l b) 1:4 c)l:2 d) 2:1
a width of 5 metres to form an embankment. Find the
3. I f the radius of a right circular cone becomes 4 times and
height of the embankment.
1
.1
the slant height becomes — times, what is the ratio be- a) 4— metres b) 4- metres
tween the new curved surface area and the previous
curved surface area of the cone? c) 5 metres d) 5— metres
a)3:4 b)2:3 c)3:2 d)4:3 3. A well of 10 m diameter is dug 12 m deep. The earth taken
Answers out has been spread all round it to a width of 6 m to form
l.a 2.b 3.d
a circular embankment. Find the height of this embank-
Rule 70 ment.
Theorem: A wellof'D'm diameter or radius V metre (here, 1 1 2 3

a) 3 m b) 3— m c) 3— m d) 3 - m
4 j o
r = — ) is dug 7 i ' m deep. Ifthe earth taken out has been Answers
l.c 2. a 3.a
spread all round it to a width of'w'm to form a circular
embankment, then the height of this embankment is given
Rule 71
-h
2
Theorem: A right-angled triangle having base x metres
by metres. and height equal toy metres is turned around the height, a
w(w + D)
right circular cone is formed. Then,
Illustrative Example n 2
(i) the volume of the cone = cubic metres and
Ex: A well of 11.2 m diameter is dug 8 m deep. The earth I * 7
(ii) the surface area ofthe cone Find the volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find
the surface area.
x 2 + y 2
sq metres. Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem,
Illustrative Example Volume o f the cone = y x 3 x 4 x 4 = 16TC C U . m.

Ex.: A right-angled triangle having base 3 metres and
height equal to 4 metres, is turned around the height. Surface area o f the cone = TC X 4 x 5 = 20rc sq m.
Find the volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find Note: The cone thus formed has height = the base o f the
the surface area. triangle
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have Radius = Height o f the triangle
Required volume Siant height = Hypotenuse o f the triangle.
2
7 1 n
= —x y = — x 3 x 3 x 4 • 12xc cubic m.
1 1 A
Exercise
3 3 1. A right-angled triangle having base 6 metres and height
equal to 8 metres, is turned around the base. Find the
Required surface area = ^
volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find the surface
area.
= T C X 3x V3 + 4 2 2 = 1 5TC sq metres.
a ) 1 2 8 T c , 8 0 7c b) 182 TC,90 TI
Exercise C)128TC,84TC d) 128 TC,48 TC
1. A right-angled triangle having base 6 metres and height 2. A right-angled triangle having base 9 metres and height
equal to 8 metres, is turned around the height. Find the equal to 12 metres, is turned around the base. Find the
volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find the surface volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find the surface
area. area.
a ) 9 6 r c , 6 0 7i b ) 4 8 r c , 6 0 7t a)432 TC, 180 TC b)462 TC, 190 TC
C)96TC,120TC d ) 4 8 7c,30Tt c) 432 TC , 150 TC d) None o f these
2. A right-angled triangle having base 9 metres and height 3. A right-angled triangle having base 12 metres and height
equal to 12 metres, is turned around the height. Find the equal to 16 metres, is turned around the base. Find the
volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find the surface • volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find the surface
area. area.
a) 324 TC , 135 xt b) 192 71,120 TC a) 1024 TC , 320 TC b) 1044 TC , 320 TC
c) 342 TC , 145 TC d) None o f these c) 1024 TC,420 TC d ) N o n e o f these
3. A right-angled triangle having base 12 metres and height
Answers
equal to 16 metres, is turned around the height. Find the
l.a 2.a 3.a
volume o f the cone thus formed. Also find the surface
area. Rule 73
a) 768 7c, 240 71 b) 678 TC , 240 TC
T h e o r e m : If length, breadth and height of a cuboid is in-
c) 668 TC , 250 TC d) None o f these
creased by x%, y% and z% respectively, then its volume is
Answers
xy + xz + yz xy:
+ (100)
l.a 2.a 3.a increased by x+y+z+
100 2

T h e o r e m : A right-angled triangle having base x metres
Ex: The length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are i n -
and height equal to y metres is turned around the base, a
creased by 5%, 10% and 15% respectively. Find the
right circular cone is formed. Then,
percentage increase in its volume.
TC 2
(I) the volume of the cone = cubic metres and Here, x = 5%, y = 10%, and z = 15%
Percentage increase i n volume
(ii) the surface area ofthe cone = ny^jx +y j q metres. ,

10 + 15 + — '—-
(5xlO)+(5xl5)+(lOxl5)
-—-
5x10x15
2 2 S
5+ -H
100 (ioo) 2
Ex: A right-angled triangle having base 3 metres and 750
30 + + = 30 + 2.75 + 0.075 = 32.825%
height equal to 4 metres, is turned around the base. 100 (100) 2
Elementary Mensuration - II 615
Exercise Rule 75
1. The length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are increased T h e o r e m : If side of a cube is made x times, then
by 10%, 15% and 20% respectively. Find the percentage
(i) the percentage increase in its volume is {x - l ) x l 0 0 3
increase in its volume.
a) 45% b)45.8% c)51.5% d)51.8% and
2. The length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are increased (ii) the percentage increase in its total surface area is
by 5%, 10% and 20% respectively. Find the percentage
(x -l)xl00
2
increase in its volume.

a) 38.6% b)36.8% c)35% d) None o f these Illustrative Example
3. The length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are increased Ex: Each edge o f a cube is made 2 times. Find
by 10%, 10% and 20% respectively. Find the percentage ( i ) the percentage increase in its volume and
increase in its volume. ( i i ) the percentage increase in its total surface area.
a) 40% b)45% c)45.2% d)40.2% Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
the percentage increase in its volume
Answers
l.d 2.a 3.c - ( 2 - l ) 0 0 = 700% and
3
the percentage increase in its total surface area

Rule 74
T h e o r e m : If length, breadth and height of a cuboid are = ( 2 - l ) 0 0 = 300%.
2
made x, y, and z times respectively, then its volume is in-

Exercise
creased by [(xyz - l)x 100] per cent.
1. Each edge o f a cube is made 4 times. Find
Illustrative Example ( i ) the percentage increase in its volume and
Ex.: The length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are made ( i i ) the percentage increase in its total surface area,
3,4 and 5 times respectively. Find the percentage i n - a) 6300%, 1700% b) 6400%, 1500%
crease in its volume. c) 6300%, 1500% d ) None o f these
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, 2. Each edge o f a cube is made 3 times. Find
Percentage increase in volume ( i ) the percentage increase in its volume and
( i i ) the percentage increase in its total surface area,
= (3x4x5-1)100 = 5900%
a) 2600%, 800% b) 2700%, 900%
Note: 1. I f any o f the sides o f a cuboid is made x times, then
c) 260%, 80% d) Data inadequate
the percentage increase in its volume is (x - l ) x l 0 0 .
2. I f any t w o o f the sides o f a cuboid are made x and y
3. Each edge o f a cube is made — times. Find
times, then the percentage increase in its volume is
[(xy-l)xlOO]. ( i ) the percentage increase in its volume and

( i i ) the percentage increase in its total surface area.
Exercise
3700 800 6400
1. The length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are made 2,3 a)-^-~%, — % b) %,300%
27
and 4 times respectively. Find the percentage increase in
its volume. 3700 700 370 70
a) 230% b)23% c)2300% d) Data inadequate c) — %, — % d) — % , — %
2. The length, breadth and height o f a cuboid are made 2,4
and 6 times respectively. Find the percentage increase in Answers
its volume. l.c 2. a 3.c
a) 4700% b)47% c)470% d)4800%
3. I f only length o f a cuboid is made 4 times then, find the Rule 76
percentage increase in its volume. T h e o r e m : If side of a cube is increased by x%, then its
a) 6300% b)640% c)300% d) None o f these
4. I f the length and breadth o f a cuboid are made 3 and 6 3x
2 x3
volume increases by 3x + + % or
times respectively then, find the percentage increase in 100 100 2
its volume.
a) 1900% b)1700% c)170% d) 190%
Answers 1+ x100%
100
l.c 2. a 3. c; H i n t : See Note -1 4.b

Ex: Each edge of a cube is increased by 50%. What is the l.b 2.a 3.c 4.b
percentage increase in its volume?
Soln: From the theorem: Rule 78
Theorem: Ifthe radius (or diameter) of a sphere or a hemi-
3{50f (50f sphere is changed by x% then its volume changes by
% increase in volume = 3 x 50 + + ,
100 100 2
3x'
= 150 + 75 + 12.5 = 237.5% 3x + %or 1+- xl00%
100 100 2 100 )
Note: For decrease put the - v e value of x.

1. Each edge of a cube is increased by 25%. What is the Ex: The diameter of a sphere is increased by 25 per cent.
percentage increase in its volume? What is the per cent increase in its volume?
a) 95.3% b)75% c)90% d) 75.312% Soln: Applying the above theorem,
2. Each edge of a cube is increased by 100%. What is the Percentage increase in volume
percentage increase in its volume? \
25
a) 300% b)600% c)650% d)700% 1+ 1 xl00
100J
3. Each edge of a cube is increased by 20%. What is the
percentage increase in its volume? 5x5x5-4x4x4
xl00
a) 60% b)72.8% c)60.8% d)78.2% 4x4x4
Answers 125-64
l.a I d 3.b x 100 = 95.31%
64
Rule 77 Note: We have used the word 'change' in place of increase
Theorem: If side of a cube is increased by x%, then its or decrease in some cases. By this we conclude that if
i \ there is increase use the +ve value and if there is
2x + - decrease then use the - v e value. I f we get the an-
surface area increases by per cent
100 swers +ve or - v e then there is respectively increase
or decrease in the volume.
Ex: Each edge of a cube is increased by 50%. What is the Exercise
percentage increase in its volume. 1. The diameter of a sphere is increased by 25 per cent.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, What is the per cent increase in its volume?
a)95.3% b)75% c)90% d)75.312%
5 0 x 5 0 1 O C 0 ,
2. The diameter of a sphere is increased by 20 per cent.
% increase in area = 2 x 50 + ~ = 1.0/0
What is the per cent increase in its volume?
Note: 1. For the area, we see that only two measuring sides
a) 60% b)72.8% c)60.8% d)78.2%
are involved (as area has 2-dimensions). So, we use
3. The diameter of a sphere is increased by 40 per cent.
the above formula,
What is the per cent increase in its volume?
2. For decrease, put the - v e value of x.
a) 160% b) 145.6% c) 174.4% d) None of these
Exercise Answers
l.a 2.b 3.c
a)20% b)21% c)20.5% d)22% Rule 79 I
2. Each edge of a cube is increased by 20%. What is the Theorem: Ifthe radius (or diameter) of a sphere or a hemi-
percentage increase in its volume. sphere is changed by x% then its curved surface area
a) 44% b)44.5% c)40% d) None of these
3. Each edge of a cube is increased by 25%. What is the 2x+-
changes by per cent.
percentage increase in its volume. 100
a) 50% b) 31.25%
c) 56.25% d) Data inadequate
Ex: The diameter of a hemisphere is increased by 25%.
What is the percentage increase in its curved surface
area.
a) 80% b)96% c)88% d) 100.5%
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have ing its radius unchanged. What is the % change in its
% increase in surface area volume?
2y a) 4.8% b)4.6% c)9.6% d)9.2%

«2 x 25 + — = 50 + 6.25 = 56.25%
100 Answers
Note: We have used the w o r d 'change' in place o f increase l.a 2.a 3.a
or decrease in some cases. By this we conclude that i f
there is increase use the +ve value and i f there is Rule 81
decrease then use the - v e value. I f we get the an- T h e o r e m : If radius of a right circular cylinder is changed
swers +ve or - v e then there is respectively increase by x% and height remains the same the volume changes by
2
or decrease in the volume. 2 V r >
_ X 1+ — I - 1 xl00%
Exercise 2x+ 100 % Or,
\J 00 j
i. The diameter o f a hemisphere is increased by 5%. What
is the percentage increase in its curved surface area. Illustrative Example
a) 10% b)10.5% c) 10.75% d) 10.25% Ex: The radius o f a cylinder is increased by 25%. Keep-
2 The diameter o f a hemisphere is increased by 3%. What ing its height unchanged. What is the percentage
is the percentage increase in its curved surface area. increase in its volume?
a) 6% b)6.9% Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
c)6.09% d) Can't be determined
25^
3. The diameter o f a hemisphere is increased by 15%. What required answer :
2x25 + %
100 ,
is the percentage increase in its curved surface area.
a) 30% b) 32.25% c)34% d)32.5%
= 50 + — = 56.25%
100
Answers
Note: 1. This theorem also holds good for right-circular
l.d 2.c 3.b
cones.
Rule 80 2. We have used the word 'change' in place o f i n -
crease or decrease. B y this we conclude that i f there
Theorem: If height of a right circular cylinder is changed
is increase use +ve value and i f there is decrease
byx% and radius remains the same then its volume changes
then use the - v e value. I f we get the answer +ve or
byx%.
- v e then there is respectively increase or decrease
Illustrative Example in the volume.
Ex: The height o f a cylinder is decreased by 25%. Keep-
Exercise
ing its radius unchanged. What is the % change in its
1. The radius o f a cylinder is increased by 30%. Keeping
volume?
its height unchanged. What is the percentage increase
in its volume?
percentage decrease in volume = 25%.
a) 60% b)69% c)68.5% c) Data inadequate
Note: 1. This theorem also holds good for right-circular
cones.
2. We have used the w o r d 'change' in place o f i n -
in its volume?
crease or decrease. B y this we conclude that i f there
a) 82.5% b) 82.25% c)70% d)80.5%
is increase use +ve value and i f there is decrease
then use the - v e value. I f we get the answer +ve or
in its volume?
in the volume.
a) 110.25% b) 110.5% c)90% d) 105.25%
Exercise
Answers
I. The height o f a cylinder is decreased by 4%. Keeping its
l.b 2.b 3.a
radius unchanged. What is the % change in its volume?
a) 4 % b)2% c)8% d) Data inadequate
Rule 82
2 The height o f a cylinder is decreased by 8%. Keeping its
T h e o r e m : If radius of a right circular cylinder is changed
radius unchanged. What is the % change in its volume?
by x% and height is changed byy% then volume changes
a) 8% b)4% c)16% d) Data inadequate
' .4 - x +2xy x v
2
2x + y +
3. The height o f a cylinder is decreased by 4 y % Keep- by
100 100 2

Ex: The radius of a right circular cylinder is decreased by Theorem: If height and radius of a right circular cylinder
10% but its height is increased by 15%. What is the both changes by x% then volume changes by
percentage change in its volume?
i 2 3
Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, 3x x
Here, radius decreases by 10%. 3x + + =
x = - 1 0 [we put - v e sign because o f the decrease 100 ioo 2
in radius] Illustrative Example

y=15 Ex: Each o f the radius and the height o f a right circular
Percentage change in volume cylinder is both increased by 10%. Find the % by
which the volume increases.
Soln: Since all the three ( t w o radius + one height) measur-
v ' ioo (ioo) . 2
ing sides increase by the same value, we use the for-
= - 2 0 + 5 - 2 + 0.15 = - 6 . 8 5 % mula
-ve sign means decrease in volume
.-. Percentage decrease in volume = 6.85% 3(10) (10)2 3
% increase in volume = 3 x 1 0 + r~ + »
Note: 1. This theorem also holds good for right-circular 100 100 2
cones. = 30 + 3 + 0.1 = 3 3 . 1 %
2. We have used the word 'change' in place o f i n - Note: 1. This theorem also holds for right-circular cones.
crease or decrease. B y this we conclude that i f there 2. We have used the word 'change' in place o f in-
is increase use +ve value and i f there is decrease crease or decrease. B y this we conclude that i f there
then use the - v e value. I f we get the answer +ve or is increase use +ve value and i f there is decrease
- v e then there is respectively increase or decrease then use the - v e value. I f we get the answer +ve or
in the volume. - v e then there is respectively increase or decrease
Exercise in the volume.
1. The radius o f a right circular cylinder is decreased by Exercise
5% but its height is increased by 10%. What is the per- 1. Each o f the radius and the height o f a right circular cyl-
centage change in its volume? inder is both increased by 1 % . Find the % by which the
a) 0.725% increase in volume volume increases.
b) Remains unchanged a) 3% b)3.03% c ) 3 . 3 % d) Data inadequate
c) 0.725% decrease in volume 2. Each o f the radius and the height o f a right circular cyl-
d) Data inadequate inder is both increased by 20%. Find the % by which the
2. The radius o f a right circular cylinder is decreased by volume increases.
10% but its height is increased by 20%. What is the a) 62.8% b)72.8% c)72% d)60%
percentage change in its volume? 3. Each o f the radius and the height o f a right circular cyl-
a) 2.8% decrease in volume b) 3.2% increase in volume inder is both increased by 12%. Find the % by which the
c) Remains unchanged d) Data inadequate volume increases.
3. The radius o f a right-circular cone is increased by 15%
a) 40.45% b)40% c) 36.45% d) 45.45%
but its height is decreased by 20%. What is the percent-
age change in its volume? Answers
a) 5.8% increase in volume l.b 2.b 3.a
b) 5.8% decrease in volume
c) Volume remains unchanged
Rule 84
Theorem: Ifthe radius of a right circular cylinder is changed
d) None o f these
by x% and height is changed by y% then curved surface
Answers
l.c 2.a xy_
area changes by x+ y + per cent.
3. a; Hint: Change in volume 100
- 2xl5 + ( - 2 0 ) + ( 1 5 ) 2 + 2 ( 1 5 ) ( - 2 0 ) + ( 1 5 -
) 2 ( 2 0 )
100 (IOO) 2
Ex: The radius and height o f a cylinder are increased b>
= 3 0 - 2 0 - 3 . 7 5 - 0 . 7 5 = 5.8% 10% and 2 0 % respectively. Find the per cent increase
Since sign is +ve, hence there is a increase in its volume. in its curved surface area.
*-ementary Mensuration - I I 619
> n: Applying the above theorem, Note: 1. This theorem also holds good for right-circular
Per cent increase in surface area cylinders. i
2. We have used the w o r d 'change' in place o f in-
10x20
10 + 20 + = 32% crease or decrease. By this we conclude that i f there
100 is increase use +ve value and i f there is decrease
*we: 1. This theorem also holds good for right-circular then use the - v e value. I f we get the answer +ve or
cones. Just change to slant height instead o f height. - v e then there is respectively increase or decrease
2. We have used the w o r d 'change' in place o f i n - in the volume.
crease or decrease. B y this we conclude that i f there Exercise
is increase use +ve value and i f there is decrease 1. Each o f the radius and the height o f a cone is increased
then use the - v e value. I f we get the answer +ve or by 2%. Then find the % increase in volume.
a) 6.1208% b) 6.1028%
in the volume.
c) 6.0128% d) None o f these
I \ercise 2. Each o f the radius and the height o f a cone is increased
The radius and height o f a cylinder are increased by 5% by 40%. Then find the % increase in volume.
and 10% respectively. Find the per cent increase in its a) 168.4% b) 168% c) 174.4% d) Data inadequate
curved surface area. 3. Each o f the radius and the height o f a cone is increased
a) 15% b)20.5% c) 15.5% d) None o f these by 50%. Then find the % increase in volume.
The radius and height o f a cylinder are increased by a) 237.5% b)250% c) 225.25% d) 150%
15% and 2 0 % respectively. Find the per cent increase in Answers
its curved surface area.
l.a 2.c 3.a
a) 35% b)38% c)38.5% d)35.8%
The radius and height o f a cylinder are increased by Rule 86
20% and 2 5 % respectively. Find the per cent increase in T h e o r e m : If two cubes each of edge a metres are joined to
its curved surface area. form a single cuboid, then the surface area of the new cuboid
a) 45% b)50% c)56.5% d) Data inadequate
The radius o f a right circular cone is increased by 25% so formed is given by (l Qa ) sq metres.
2
and slant height is decreased by 30%. Find the change

in curved surface area o f the cone.
a) 12.5% increase b) 12.5% decrease Ex: Two cubes each o f edge 10 cm are joined to form a
c) 62.5% increase d) Can't be determined single cuboid. What is the surface area o f the new
cuboid so formed?
\nswers Soln: Detail M e t h o d : Breadth and height ofthe new cuboid
2.b 3.b w i l l remain as the edge ofthe cube but length o f the
- b: H i n t : See Note cuboid w i l l be doubled. Then for the cuboid;
Required change in surface area length (/) = 2 x 10 = 20 cm.
25x30 breadth ( b ) = 10 cm
25-30-- -12.5% = decrease in surface area. height ( h ) = 10 cm
100
.-. surface area o f cuboid = 2[/b + bh + Ih]
= 2[20x 10+lOx 10 + 20* 10]
Rule 85
= 2[500]= 1000 cm 2
Th eorem: If height and radius of a right-circular cone both

Quicker M e t h o d (Direct F o r m u l a ) :
change by x% then volume changes by
Two cubes have 6 x 2 = 12 faces. When they are
, 3x l x J joined to form a cuboid, the two faces which are joined,
>x + + %
ioo ioo 2
vanish. A n d hence, we may say that the new cuboid
has the same surface area as the total surface area o f
! 1 lustrative Example two cubes minus the two faces' area. That is, the
Ex.: Each o f the radius and the height o f a cone is i n - formula comes as:
creased by 20%. Then find the % increase in volume.
Surface area o f new cuboid = ] Q a2
>oln: Applying the above theorem,

where a is the side o f the cubes.
3(20)
/(20) 2 3
.-. in this case the total surface area o f cuboid
% increase in volume = 3 20 + x + x-
100 100 2 = 10 x(10) = 1000 cm
2 2
= 6 0 + 1 2 + 0.8 = 72.8%
Exercise .-. Smaller side = 60 cm.

1. Two cubes each of edge 2 cm are joined to form a single Exercise
cuboid. What is the surface area of the new cuboid so 1. A circular wire of radius 7 cm is cut and bent in the f o -
formed? ot a rectangle whose sides are in the ratio of 4 : 7. Find
a) 40 sq cm b) 48 sq cm the larger side of the rectangle.
c) 36 sqcm d) Can't be determined a) 14 cm b)8cm c)12cm d)6cm
2. Two cubes each of edge 4 cm are joined to form a single 2. A circular wire of radius 14 cm is cut and bent in the fom
cuboid. What is the surface area of the new cuboid so of a rectangle whose sides are in the ratio of 9 : 2. Find
formed? the smaller side of the rectangle.
a)160sqcm b)192sqcm c)180sqcm d)152sqcm a)8cm b)36cm c)24cm d)18cm
3. Two cubes each of edge 9 cm are j oined to form a single 3. A circular wire of radius 21 cm is cut and bent in the fom
cuboid. What is the surface area of the new cuboid so of a rectangle whose sides are in the ratio of 8 : 3. Fine
formed? the sides of the rectangle.
a)972sqcm b)810sqcm c)910sqcm d)820sqcm a)48cm, 18cm b)56cm,21cm
Answers
l.a 2.a 3.b Answers
l.a 2.a 3.a
Rule 87
Theorem: If a circular wire of radius x units is cut and bent Rule 88
in theform of a rectangle whose sides are in the ratio of a: Theorem: A right circular cone is exactly fitted inside 1
cube in such a way that the edges of the base ofthe cone a-i
b, then the sides of the rectangle are given by TCX touching the edges of one of the faces of the cube and tin
a + b
vertex is on the opposite face of the cube. Ifthe volume tr
the cube is given, then the volume of the cone is given to
units and 7UC

units.
a + b, — x volume of the cube
12
Ex: A circular wire of radius 42 cm is cut and bent in the Illustrative Example
form of a rectangle whose sides are in the ratio of 6 : 5 . Ex: A right circular cone is exactly fitted inside a cube rr
Find the smaller side of the rectangle. such a way that the edges of the base of the cone -n
Soln: Detail Method: Length of the wire = circumference of touching the edges of one of the faces of the c_nt
the circle and the vertex is on the opposite face of the cube if
the volume of the cube is 343 cc, what approximate*"
, 2x22x42 ' is the volume of the cone?
= 2TCX42 = = 264 cm
(GuwahatiPO-199*
Now, perimeter of the rectangle = 264 cm Soln: Detail Method: Edge ofthe cube = ^343 = 7 err
Since, perimeter includes double the length and
breadth, while finding the sides we divide by double .-. radius of cone = 3.5 cm and height = 7 cm
the sum of ratio.

.-. volume of the cone = — w "
264
Therefore, length x 6 = 72 cm
2(6 + 5)
= - x —x3.5x3.5x7=-x22xl2.25*90 C c
3 7 3
264
and breadth = -x5 = 60 cm Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, a e
2(6 + 5 ) '
have the required answer
TC . . . 22x343 49x11 n n
(6 ) 22 „„ 6 .., = —x343 = = « 9 0 cc
Sides = T C X 4 2 X _ = — x 4 2 x — = 72 cm 12 7x12 6
11 11
Exercise
5 22 „„ 5
m n .„ 1. A right circular cone is exactly fitted inside a cube
and 7tx42x—- = — x 4 2 x — = 60 m C
such a way that the edges of the base of the cone an
touching the edges o f one o f the faces o f the cube and Miscellaneous
the vertex is on the opposite face o f the cube. I f the
A hemisphere o f lead o f radius 7 cm is cast into a right
volume o f the cube is 336 cc, what is the volume o f the
circular cone o f height 49 cm. Find the radius o f the
cone?
base.
a)88cc b)90cc c)66cc d)82cc
a) 3.74 cm b) 3.47 cm c) 4.74 cm d) None o f these
A right circular cone is exactly fitted inside a cube in
The radii o f two cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their
such a way that tl.s edges o f the base o f the cone are
heights are in the ratio 5 : 3 . Calculate the ratio o f their
touching the edges o f one o f the faces o f the cube and
volumes and the ratio o f their curved surfaces.
a) 1 0 : 9 , 6 : 5 b)20:27,10:9
volume o f the cube is 126 cc, what is the volume o f the
c) 1 5 : 1 4 , 5 : 3 d) None o f these
cone?
A cone, a hemisphere and a cylinder stand on equal
a)30cc b)27cc
base and have the same height. Find the ratio o f their
c) 33 cc d) 44 cc
volumes.
A right circular cone is exactly fitted inside a cube in
a)2:3:4 b)4:3:2
such a way that the edges o f the base o f the cone are
c)l:2:3 d) Can't be determined
touching the edges o f one o f the faces o f the cube and
Sum o f the length, w i d t h and depth o f a cuboid is s and
its diagonal is d. Its surface area is:
volume o f the cube is 470.4 cc, what is the volume o f the
cone? a)s 2 b)d 2 c)s -d2 2 d)s +d2 2
a) 132.2 cc b)123.2cc ( C D S Exam 1989)

c) 125.3 cc d) None o f these 5. A cylinder and a cone have same height and same ra-
A right circular cone is exactly fitted inside a cube in dius o f the base. The ratio between the volumes o f the
such a way that the edges o f the base o f the cone are cylinder and cone is:
touching the edges o f one o f the faces o f the cube and 8)1:3 b)3:l c)l:2 d)2:l
the vertex is on the opposite face o f the cube. I f the A right cylinder and a right circular cone have same
volume o f the cube is 1260 cc, what is the volume o f the radius and same volume. The ratio o f height o f the cylin-
cone? der o f that o f the cone is:
a)330cc b)270cc c)440cc d)400cc a)3:5 - b)2:5 c)3:l ; d) 1 :3
A right circular cone is exactly fitted inside a cube in ( C D S Exam 1991)
such a way that the edges o f the base o f the cone are 7. A right circular cone is cut o f f at the middle o f its height
touching the edges o f one o f the faces o f the cube and and parallel to'base. Call smaller cone thus formed A and
the vertex is on the opposite face o f the cube. I f the remaining part B . Then:
volume ofthe cube is 1176 cc, what is the volume ofthe a)VolA<VolB b)VolA = VolB
cone? VolB
a)308cc b)803cc c)380cc d)830cc c)VolA>VolB d)VolA=
Answers ( C D S E x a m 1991)
a 2.c 3.b 4. a 5. a A solid consists o f a circular cylinder with exact fitting
right circular cone placed on the top. The height o f the
Important Points to Remember
cone is h. I f total volume o f the solid is 3 times and
1. If a cylinder, a hemisphere and a cone stand on the
volume o f cone, then the height o f circular cylinder is:
same base and have the same heights, then
(i) the ratio of their volumes - 3 : 2 : 1 and 3h 2h
a)2h b)4h c) — - d ) T
(ii) the ratio of their curve surface areas = ^ 2 : -Jl: 1
( C D S Exam 1991)
2. The ratio ofthe volumes of a cube to that ofthe sphere
The number o f solid spheres, each o f diameter 6 cm, that
which will fit inside the cube is (6 : TC). could be moulded to form a solid metal cylinder o f height
3. If a cube of maximum volume (each corner touching the 45 cm and diameter 4 cm, is:
surface from inside is cut from a sphere, then the ratio a)3 b)4 c)5 d)6
(NDA Exam 1990)
of the volumes of the cube and the sphere is ^2 : -\/3TC)-
10. The areas o f two spheres are in the ratio 1 : 4 . The ratio o f
4. The curved surface area of a sphere and that of a cylin- their volumes is:
der which circumscribes the sphere is the same.
a) 1:4 b) 1 : 2 / 2 c)l:8 d ) l :64
( C D S Exam 1991) H I
11. For a given volume, which o f the following has minimum rtr h = - 7 t r H :
2 2
H ~3'
surface area? 7. a; Hint: Let h be the height o f the cone and r be the radi.
a) cube ' b) cone c) sphere d) cylinder o f its base.
Answers
1. a; Hint: Volume o f hemisphere
1 . 1 J
Radius o f base o f A = — r, Height o f A = — h.
(I 4 *22 J) 2150
= -2x r 3
- ^ —7- x 7 x 7 x 7 = 3 cu cm
Volume o f A = 3 L 7 t x ( ^ r 1
2 J 24
Let the radius o f the base o f cone be r cm.
1 22 2 , „ 2156 (I
Volume o f B -7tr h - — r c r h
2 2 rcr h
2
Then - * — xr x49 = :
3 24 24
men, 3 7 3
.-. Vol A < Vol B

2 _ 2156x7x3
8. d; Hint: Let r be the radius o f the base o f each.
° r r " 3x22x49
= = M
1 2u
.-. Radius = ^(14) = 3 . 7 4 cm

Then, volume o f the cone = — nr h
2. b; Hint: Let their radii be 2r, 3r and heights be 5h, 3h.
Then, Total volume = T t r 2 h
V\ 7t(2/-) x(5/») _ 202 & S t _ 2nx2rx5h _ 10 .-. Volume o f cylinder = ^ n r h - j r c r h j = ^-rcr h 2 2 2
V2 n(3r) x(3h)
2 27 S 2 ~ 2nx3rx3h ~~9 1
Let H be the height o f the cylinder.
2 2
1 3 2 3 3 3 Then, T t r H = -rcrh
2 => H y b . =
3. c, Hint: Ratio o f volumes = — t r :— nr :-rcr =1:2:3.
4. c; Hint: I + b + h = sand Vi +b +h d.
4 3 . • >1
2 2 2 =
9. c; Hint: Volume o f 1 sphere = y n x ( 3 ) J =36rt
So,(l +b +h )=d 2 2 2 2
Volume o f 1 cylinder = n x ( 2 ) x 45 = 180rr 2
.-. (l + b + h ) = s 2 2 r>(l 2 + b + h ) + 2 ( l b + bh + lh) = s

2 2 2 180TC
.-. Number o f spheres = — — = 5.
= > d + 2 ( l b + b h + lh) = s
2 2
36TC
10. c; Hint: Let r and R be the radii o f the spheres. Then.
=>2(!b + bh + lh) = ( s - d )
4m_
2 2
.-. Surface area = ( s - d ) [Also See Rule - 5] 2 2

4rcR 2 R~2 R 8
4 j
5 b- Hint- ^ ° * u r n e °f the cylinder _ rcr h _ 3 _
3:1. 3 = *_ = i
Volume o f the cone 1 1
Ratio o f v o l u m e s :
* 8
— rcr h 1 ^ 3
3 3
6. d; Hint: Let r be radius o f each. Let h and H be the heights
11.c
ofthe cylinder and cone respectively. Then,
Height and Distance
itroduction (Hi) c o t e : (iv) t a n 0 =

sin 9
1. Angle tan0 cos 6
I f a straight line O A rotates about the point ' O ' called . COS0
r-e vertex from its initial position to the new position O A ' . (v) cot9 = (vi) cos 9 + s i n 9 = 1
2 2
1 ' sin 9
Then the angle A O A ' , denoted as Z A O A ' , is formed. The
aigle may be positive or negative depending up on their (vii) 1 + t a n 9 = s e c 9
2 2 (viii) cot 9 + 1 = cosec 9
2 2
rotation. I f the straight line rotates in anticlockwise direction

6. Values of the trigonometric ratios for some useful angles
i positive angle is formed and i f it rotates in clockwise direc-
-on a negative angle is formed. A n angle is measured in
4- Ratio/Angle(9)-+ 0° 30° 45° 60° 90"
:egree (°). sine 0 1 1 S 1
2 & 2
1 Quadrants
cos 6 1. s 1 1 0
Let X ' O X and Y O Y ' be two lines perpendicular to 2 V2 2
:h other. The point ' O ' is called the origin, the line X ' O X is 1
tan 6 0 1 s 00 -
lied X axis and Y O Y ' is called the Y axis. These two lines 5
»ide the plane into 4 parts. Each part is called a Q U A D - sec 9 1 2
J5 ' ''2'' CO
W T . The part X O Y , Y O X ' , X ' O Y ' and Y ' O X are respec- 73

s\y known as 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th quadrants. 2 2 ^L
cosec6 42 i
Angle of Elevation
s
1 r
I f an object A ' is above the horizontal line O A we cote CO 1 0
ave to move our eyes in upward direction through an angle
KOA' then the angle A O A ' is called the angle of elevation.
I. Angle of Depression Rule 1
I f an object O is below the horizontal line A ' O ' and Problems Based on Pythagoras Theorem
*e are standing on the point A ' then we have to move our
i>es in downward direction through an angle O ' A ' O . This Phythagoras Theorem => h 2 =p 2 +b 2 (see the figure)
ingle O ' A ' O is called the angle of depression.
5. Trigonometric Ratio
Let A B C be a right angled triangle. Also let the length
: : the sides BC, A C , and A B be a, b and c respectively. Then
AC perpendicular b . „
1) The ratio • = — = sm6
hypotenuse
BC base a
2) The ratio = — = cosS Illustrative Example
hypotenuse c Ex: The father watches his son flying a kite from a dis-
AC
3) The ratio — - perpendicular _ b _ tance o f 80 metres. The kite is at a height o f 150 metres
base a directly above the son. H o w far is the kite from the
\nd also remember that father?
1 Soln: Distance o f the kite from the father = FK
(i) c o s e c 0 = (ii) sec 9 =
sin0 COS0
to be 60°. Find the height o f the flagpost.

Soln: Detail Method: A B = height o f flagpost = x m
In AABD
AB
tan 60° =
BD
BD ....(i)
(FKf=(FSf {SKf
+
I*9 mm s
[From the above theorem]
AB
tan 4 5 ° = - + 30 = x
.-. FK = V ( l 5 0 ) + ( 8 0 )
2 2 = 170 metres. BD + DC
Exercise
30V3 7 ,
1. The father watches his son f l y i n g a kite from a distance = 30
V3"
x = » 7lm
o f 3 k m . The kite is at a height o f 4 k m directly above the 0.732
son. H o w far is the kite from the father? Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we
a) 5 k m b) 1 k m c) 7 k m d) None o f these have
2. The father watches his son f l y i n g a kite from a distance the required height o f the flagpost
o f 10 metres. The kite is at a height o f 24 metres directly 30 x tan 4 5 ° x tan 60°
above the son. H o w far is the kite from the father?
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 °
30x^3x1 30V3
Answers « 7 1 m.
l.a 2.a VJ-l 0.732
Note: 1. The angle o f elevation o f a lamppost changes from
Rule 2 9, to 9 2 when a man walks towards it. I f the height
Theorem: A man wishes to find the height of a flagpost
o f the lamppost is H metres, then the distance trav-
which stands on a horizontal plane, at a point on this plane
he finds the angle of elevation of the top of the flagpost to 7 / ( t a n 9 - tan 9 ^
2
elled by man is given by metres.

tan 9,. tan 9 2
be 9, . On walking x units towards the tower he finds the

2. I f the time for w h i c h man walks towards lamppost is
corresponding angle of elevation to be 9 * • Then the height
2
given a s ' t ' sec then speed o f the man can be calcu-
lated b y the formula given below.
x tan 9, t a n 0 ,
(H) of the flagpost is given by units and H t a n 9 - tan 9,
tan9 2 -tan0, 2
Speed o f the man = m/sec

the value of DB (See the figure given below) is given by t tan 9,. tan 9 2
.tan 9, Ex: The angle o f elevation o f a lamppost changes from

units. 30° to 60° w h e n a man walks towards it. I f the height
tan0, - t a n 0
o f the lamppost is l oV3 metres, find the distance
travelled b y man.
r-f 1 A
the distance travelled by m a n : 10V3 V J - ^ =
VJx-L
Illustrative Example = 20 metres.
Ex: A man wishes to find the height o f a flagpost w h i c h
stands on a horizontal plane; at a point on this plane
Exercise
he finds the angle o f elevation o f the top o f the 1. The angle o f elevation o f a lamppost changes from 30"
flagpost to be 45°. O n w a l k i n g 30 metres towards the to 6 0 ° when a man walks 20 m towards it. What is the
tower he finds the corresponding angle o f elevation height o f the lamppost?
MATHS
Height and Distance
a)8.66m b)10m c) 17.32m d)20m 9. I f from the top o f a tower 50 m high, the angles o f depres-
625
A man is watching from the top o f a tower a boat speed- sion o f two objects due north o f the tower are respec-
ing away from the tower. The boat makes an angle o f tively 6 0 ° and 4 5 ° , then the approximate distance be-
depression o f 45° with the man's eye when at a distance tween the objects is .
of 60 metres from the tower. After 5 seconds, the angle a) 11m b)21m c)31m d)41m
of depression becomes 3 0 ° . What is the approximate 10. Two persons standing on the same side o f a tower mea-
speed o f the boat, assuming it is running in still water? sure the angles o f elevation o f the top o f the tower as
[SBI Associates P O E x a m , 1999] 30° and 4 5 ° . I f the height o f the tower is 30 m, the dis-
a)32km/hr b ) 4 2 k m / h r c)38km/hr d ) 3 6 k m / h r tance between the two persons is approximately
A man stands at a point P and marks an angle o f 30° with a) 52 m b)26m c)82m d)22m
the top o f the tower. He moves some distance towards 11. I f from the top o f a c l i f f 100 m high, the angles o f depres-
tower and makes an angle o f 6 0 ° with the top o f the sions o f two ships out at sea are 6 0 ° and 3 0 ° , then the
tower. What is the distance between the base o f the distance between the ships is approximately.
tower and the point P? a)173m b)346m c)57.6m d) 115.3 m
[ B S R B Hyderabad P O Exam, 1999] 12. The angles o f depression o f two ships from the top o f
a) 12 units op& units the light house are 4 5 ° and 3 0 ° towards east. I f the ships
are 100 m apart, then the height o f the light house is
c) 4^/3 units d) Data inadequate
The pilot o f a helicopter, at an altitude o f 1200 m finds
that the two ships are sailing towards it in the same 50 50
direction. The angles o f depression o f the ships as ob- a) 7I7r m b ) V3^1
m
served from the helicopter are 6 0 ° and 4 5 ° respectively.
Find the distance between the two ships, c)5o(V3-l)m d)50(V3+l)m
a) 407.2 m b)510m c) 507.2 m d) Data inadequate 13. The shadow o f a tower standing on a level plane is found
I f the elevation o f the sun changed from 3 0 ° to 60°, then to be 60 m longer when the sun's attitude is 30° than
the difference between the lengths o f shadows o f a pole when it is 4 5 ° . The height o f the tower is .
15 m high, made at these two positions is . a) 81.96 m b) 51.96 m c) 21.96 m d) None o f these
14. Two observers are stationed due north o f a tower at a
15
a) 7.5 m b)15m c) 10V3 d ) ^ m distance o f 10 m from each other. The elevation o f the
tower observed by them are 30° and 4 5 ° respectively.
The angles o f elevation o f an aeroplane flying vertically The height o f the tower is .
above the ground as observed from two consecutive a)5m b)8.66m c)13.66m d)10m
stones 1 km apart are 4 5 ° and 6 0 ° . The height o f the 15. A boat being rowed away from a c l i f f 150 m high. A t the
aeroplane above the ground in k m is . top o f the c l i f f the angle o f depression o f the boat
changes from 6 0 ° to 4 5 ° in 2 minutes. The speed o f the
A/3+1 3 + V3
a) km b) km boat is .
a)2km/hr b)1.9km/hr c)2.4km/hr d)3km/hr
c)3 + 7 3 k m d)V3+lkm
Answers
A, B, C are three collinear points on the ground such 20 x tan 60° x tan 30°
that B lies between A and C and A B = 10 m. I f the angles . c; Hint: Required answer =
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 30°
of elevation o f the top o f a vertical tower at C are respec-
tively 3 0 ° and 60° as seen from A and B , then the height
of the tower is
10V3 20VJ
a) 5V3 m b)5m c) — r - m d) — m
I f the angles o f elevation o f a tower from two points

distant a and b (a > b) from its foot and in the same
straight line from it are 3 0 ° and 6 0 ° . Then the height o f >D
20 m
the tower is
^ = 10V3 =17.32 m
(a-bp/3 2
a) yja + b b)
5c; Hint:
.xx tan 3 0 °
2. a; Hint: 60 =
tan 4 5 ° - t a n 3 0 °
x x tan 60° x tan 3 0 °

xm 60 m 15 =
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 3 0 °
60 x 1
s.
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 30°
.'. x = 15 x
or, X : 6 0 x 0 . 7 3 2 metres tan 60° x tan 3 0 °
£
, 60x0.732x18 „. , „ = 15 = 1 5 V3-- l =^ l = 10V3m.
.-. reqd speed = = 31.62 « 32 km/hr
5x5
A/3 x
£.
'
£ £
3.d; H i n t : Here we use the f o r m u l a B D (ie C B ) =
I x t a n 4 5 ° x t a n 60°
xtanG, 6. b; Hint: Height ( H ) =
tan 9 - tan 8,
2
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 °
1 km
? "+C ?
Here neither the value o f C B nor the values o f x and lxlxV3 £ £ + \+ £
— X —
km
height o f the tower are given. Hence, required dis- £ - \i £+\
tance cannot be found.
10 x tan 60° tan 3 0 °
4. c; Hint: 7. a; Hint: Height
A tan 6 0 ° - t a n 3 0 °
1200 m
xm
10m
x t a n 6 0 ° x tan 4 5 °
1200 =
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 ° 10xV3x-j=-
- ^ = 5£ m
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 ° £ - 1
x = 1200 = 12
tan 60° x tan 4 5 ° £ £
= 1200 - 400V3 = (l 200 - 400 x 1.732) = 507.2 m 8 . b ; H i n t : Height - ( - ) q A ° t a° n o 6 0 x t a n 3 0
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 3 0 °
Height and Distance
627
V3 200V3
= 100 = 115.3 m
V3x-4= .
V3 J
tan 45° x tan 30°
12. d; Hint: Required height ( H ) = 100|
tan 4 5 ° - t a n 30°
a m A
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 °
9. b; Hint: Required distance (x) - 5 0
tan 60° x tan 4 5 °
A 100 m
1
100
100!
1 VJ-i
1
100 V3+1
= 5o(V3+l) m
13. a; Hint:
10. d; Hint: Required distance = 3 0 x

tan 4 5 ° x tan 30°
30 m
60 m
tan 4 5 ° x tan 30°
Required height ( H ) = 6 0 |
tan 4 5 ° - t a n 30°
1- 60x-=xl
V3"
:30 = 30(V3-l)* 2 2 m
!__L " V3-1
tan 60° - t a n 3 0 °
11. d; Hint: Required distance (x) = 100|
tan 60° x tan 30° 60 A/3+1
= 3o(V3+l)
VJ-l V3+1
: 3 0 x 2 . 7 3 2 = 81.96 m
100 m 14. c
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 °
15. b; Hint: x
xl50
tan 6 0 ° x tan 4 5 °
a) 100m b)50m c) 50V3 m d)300m

A small boy is standing at some distance from a flagpost.
When he sees the flag the angle o f elevation formed is
150 m
45°. I f the height o f the flagpost is 10 ft, what is the
distance o f the child from the flagpost?
10 '
a) ft b) 10 ft c)10V3ft d) None o f these
= 63.4 A small boy is standing at some distance from a flagpost.

m
When he sees the flag the angle o f elevation formed is
distance covered in 2 minutes = 63.4 m
30°. I f the height o f the flagpost is 24^/3 ft. what is the
63.4 60
.-. speed o f the b o a t :
X
km/hr distance o f the child from the flagpost?
2 1000
1.9km/hr. a)24ft b)48ft c)72ft d) 24>/3 ft
4. 25-\/3 from the foot o f a c l i f f on level ground, the

Rule 3 m
Theorem: A small boy is standing at some distance from a angle o f elevation o f the top o f a c l i f f is 3 0 ° . Find the
flagpost. When he sees theflag the angle of elevation formed height o f this cliff.
is 9 ° . If the height of the flagpost is 'H' units, then the a) 25 m b)75m c) 25A/3 m d) None o f these
H 45 m from the foot o f a c l i f f on level ground, the angle o f
elevation o f the top o f a c l i f f is 6 0 ° . Find the height o f
distance of the child from the flagpost is t a n go units.
this cliff.
EK A small boy is standing at some distance from a a ) ^ m b) 45-^3 m c ) 1 3 5 m d) None o f these
flagpost. When he sees the flag the angle o f eleva-
tion formed is 60°. I f the height o f the flagpost is 30 ft, Answers
what is the distance o f the child from the flagpost? H
AB
BC l.a; H i n t : 100V3 m :
tan 30°
Soln: Detail Method: — = tan 6 0 °
-1/5
3 0
or,— -V3
30 f t
100 71m
1
.-. H = 1 0 0 V 3 x t a n 3 0 ° = 100V3x-_L, = 100 m .
or,gC = ^ f X x l Q = 10V3ft 2.b 3.c 4. a 5. b
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we Rule 4

have \
Theorem: The angles of elevation of top and bottom of a
the required distance
flag kept on a flagpost from 'x'units distance are 8 , ° and
J _ 3 0 _ V 3 x ^ x l O
V3 '
= = i o V ?
tan 60° n 9 2 0 respectively. Then (i) the height of the flag is given by
Exercise [x(tan9| - t a n 9 ) ] units and (ii) the height of the flagpost is

2
//tan9 2
1- 100A/3 m from the foot o f a c l i f f on level ground, the given by units, where h = height of the
tan 9, - t a n 9 1
angle o f elevation o f the top o f a c l i f f is 3 0 ° . Find the

height o f this cliff. flag ie x ( t a n 0 , - t a n 9 ) . 2
Height and Distance
respectively. What is the height o f the flag?

629
a)2o(V3-l)m b)45(V3+l)m
c) 45(A/3 - 1 ) m d) None o f these
Answers
1. b; Hint: Required height = 72(tan 6 0 ° - tan 4 5 ° )
Note: I f the height o f the flag is not given then, we can

calculate the height o f the flagpost directly by the
formula given below,
Height o f the flagpost = ( x t a n G ) units.

2
72 m
Ex: The angles o f elevation o f top and bottom o f a flag
kept on a flagpost from 30 metres distance are 45° and = 72[73-l] = 7 2 x 0 . 7 3 2 = 52.7 m
30° respectively. What is the height o f the flag? 2.d 3.c
Soln: Detail Method: tan 4 5 ° 50 m

Rule 5
Theorem: 'x' units of distance from the foot of a cliff on
level ground, the angle of elevation of the top of a cliff b
0 ° , then the height of the cliff is (x tan 0 ° ) units.
Ex: 300 m from the foot o f a c l i f f on level ground, the
angle o f elevation o f the top o f a c l i f f is 30°. Find the
height o f this cliff.
Soln: Detail Method: Let the height o f the c l i f f A B be x m .
BC In AABC
tan 30° = o r ,«5 rC- - - ^
3 0
30 A
30
Height o f flag AB = 30 — » = 30 - 1 0 V J
V3
= 3 0 - 1 7 . 3 2 = 12.68m
have
300 m
the required height = 3 0 ( t a n 4 5 ° - t a n 3 0 ° )
AB
= 30 1 - = 12.68 metres. tan 30° =
BC 300
Exercise
1. A n observer standing 72 m away from a building notices .-. x = ^ £ = 100V3 =173.20w
that the angles o f elevation o f the top and the bottom o f V3
a flagstaff on the building are respectively 6 0 ° and 4 5 ° . Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we
The height o f the flagstaff is . have
a) 124.7 m b) 52.7 m c) 98.3 m d) 73.2 m the required height o f the c l i f f = 300 * tan 30°
2. The angles o f elevation o f top and bottom o f a flag kept
on a flagpost from 10 metres distance are 60° and 30° = 300 x 4 - = 173.20m.
respectively. What is the height o f the flag? V3
10 20
a) 20fi m b) m c) 10^3 m d) j £ m
Exercise
1. The shadow of a building is 20 m long when the angle o f
3. The angles o f elevation o f top and bottom o f a flag kept elevation o f the sun is 6 0 ° . Find the height o f the build-
on a flagpost from 45 metres distance are 60° and 4 5 ° ing.
20 Required height ( H ) = 20 * t a n 6 0 ° - 20A/3 m

a ) 20A/2 m b) 20A/3 m c) ^ m d) Data inadequate
2.c; Hint: 6 = 2A/3xtan0
2. I f a vertical pole 6 m high has a shadow o f length 2 A/3
6.
m, find the angle o f elevation o f the sun. or, "
tan 6 :
- ^TJ" - ^ .-. 9 = tan" A/3 = 6 0 °
1
a) 30° b)45° c)60° d)90°

3. A ladder leaning against a vertical wall makes an angle 3.b; Hint: ,45 = 3 tan 4 5 ° = 3m
o f 45° with the ground. The foot o f the ladder is 3 m from
the wall. Find the length o f the ladder.
a)242 m b)3A/2m c)5m d) 3^3 m H
4. The ratio o f the length o f a rod and its shadow is 1 : fi •
The angle o f elevation o f the sun is .

3 m
a) 30° b)45° c)60° d)90°
5. The angle o f elevation o f a moon when the length o f the .-. AC = fi +3
2 2 =3A/2 m
shadow o f a pole is equal to its height, is . 4. a; Hint: Let A B be the rod and A C be its shadow.
a) 30° b)45° c)60° d)90° Let ZACB = 0
6. The angle o f elevation o f a tower from a distance 100 m
from its foot is 3 0 ° . Height o f the tower is . Let AB=x. Then, AC = fix H
100 200 AB 1
a) 100A/3 m b) ^ m c) sofi
d) s m
tan 9 =
AC fix V3
7. The altitude o f the sun at any instant is 6 0 ° . The height
o f the vertical pole that w i l l cast a shadow o f 30 m is .-. 6 = tan" - J = = 3 0 °
1
V3
30 5. b; Hint: x= x tan G
a) 3 0 v 3 m b)15m <1)15A/2 m
x
,, , tan0 = - = l
r .-.9 = t a n " 1 = 4 5 ° -
1
When the sun is 3 0 ° above the horizontal, the length o f
shadow cast by a building 50 m high is .
100
50 6. b; Hint: Required height = 100 * tan30° = ^y=" m
b)50A/3m c)25m d) 25A/3 m
a ) 41 m
7. a; Hint: Required height = 3 0 x t a n 6 0 ° = 30A/3 m

A straight tree breaks due to storm and the broken part
bends so that the top o f the tree touches the ground 8. b; Hint: 50 = x x t a n 3 0 °
making an angle o f 3 0 ° w i t h the ground. The distance
50 50
from the foot o f the tree to the point where the top touches or, x •• 50A/3 m
the ground is 10 metres. The height o f the tree is . tan 30° 1/V3
a) l o ( V 3 + l ) im b) 10A/3 m 10
9.b: Hint:/!C = 10xtan30° = - p , m
A/3
10
c) 1 0 ( A / 3 - l ) m
d ) fi m
Answers
l b ; Hint:
20
AB = 10 2 + m
20 m IV3J A/3
Height and Distance 631
.-. height o f the tree = A B ( A D ) + A C have

the required height
20 10 30 , tz n
= - = + - = r = - 7 = = 10V3 m
7
V3 V3 V3 = 1 6 0 - 5 0 V 3 x t a n 3 0 ° = 1 6 0 - 5 0 V 3 x 4 = = l 10 m
V3
Rule 6
Exercise
Theorem: The horizontal distance between two towers is
1. A person o f height 2 m wants to get a fruit which is on a
'x' units. The angle of depression of the first tower when
seen from the top of the second tower is 0 ° . 10 _£_
pole o f h e i g h t — m . I f h e stands at a distance o f ^ m
(i) If the height of the second tower is ' _y, ' units then the
from the foot o f the pole, then the angle at which he
height of the first tower is given by (y, - JC tan 8 ) units.
should throw the stone, so that it hits the fruit is .
(ii) If the height of thefirst tower is given as ' y ' units then 2 a) 15° b)30° c)45° d)60°
2. The distance between two multi-storeyed buildings is
the height of the second tower is given by ( y + x tan 0 ) . 2
60 m . The angle o f depression o f the top o f the first
A building as seen from the top o f the second building,
which is 150 m high is 30°. The height o f the first build-
ing is
a) 115.36 m b) 117.85 m
p >» c) 125.36 m d) 128.34 m
3. The heights o f two poles are 80 m and 62.5 m . I f the line
j o i n i n g their tops makes an angle o f 4 5 ° with the hori-
zontal, then the distance between the poles is .
B
•*
1st t o w e r
X —
•
2nd tower a) 17.5 m b) 56.4 m c) 12.33 m d)44m

Ex: The h o r i z o n t a l distance between t w o towers is
10 4 .
50i/3 m . The angle o f depression o f the first tower Lb; Hint: 2m = y ~ ~ ^ 7 j t a n e
when seen from the top o f the second tower is 30°. I f

the height o f the second tower is 160 m, find the height or, t a n 0 x 10
o f the first tower. V3 3 3
Soln: Detail Method: Let A B be the tower 160m high.
or itan0a =' —x —
£ = - =
4 1
3 4 fi
•50j3~m •
Let C D be another tower o f height x m
Since, A M || PC
.-. angle M A C = angle A C P = 30° 150 m
So, in AAPC
AP I AP
tan 30° =
PC S 50fi 60 m
.-. A P = 5 0 m
Height o f the first building (h) = 150 - 60 tan 3 0 °
.*. the height o f the other tower
= A B - A P = 160-50= HOm. = 1 5 0 - 2 0 A / 3 =115.36 m m
Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we 3.a; Hint: 62.5= 8 0 - Y t a n 4 5 - 1
In AABP
t a n 6 0 ° = — = -=>x = yfi ...(>)

BP y
80 m In ACDP
CD
62.5 tan 30° = => xJ3 = 1 2 0 - y ....(ii)
DP 120-y
Combining equations ( i ) and ( i i ) , we get
\ J C = 8 0 - 6 2 . 5 = 17.5 m
vVJVJ = 1 2 0 - y
Rule 7 => 3 y = 1 2 0 - y => y = 3 0 m
Theorem: Two poles of equal heights stand on either sides
of a roadway which is x units wide. At a point of the road- So, from equation (i), x = y VJ = 30\/3 * 52m
way between the poles, the elevations of the tops of the pole Quicker Method: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we
are 6 , ° and Q °, then the
2
have
xtanO, t a n 0 2
\20xfix~
(i) heights of the poles: units and the
tan 6, + t a n 0 2
^ - = 30V3 mand
( i ) height o f the p o l e :
3
(ii) position of the point P from B (see the figure) =

x tan 0 2
units, and the position of the point Pfrom

tan0, + t a n 0 2
120x
/> = (ii) position o f the point P from B •• = 30 m.
fi
Exercise
1. Two poles o f equal heights are standing opposite to
each other on either side o f a road, which is 30 m wide.
From a point between them on the road, the angles o f
elevation o f the tops are 3 0 ° and 60°. The height o f each
pole is .
a)4.33m b)6.5m c)13m d)15m
Here, AB = CD = Height of the poles.
2. Two poles o f equal heights stand on either sides o f a
Illustrative Example roadway which is 20m wide. A t a point on the roadway
Ex. Two poles o f equal heights stand on either sides o f a between the poles, the elevations o f the tops o f the pole
roadway which is 120 m wide. A t a point on the road- are 4 5 ° and 30°. Find the heights o f the poles.
way between the poles, the elevations o f the tops o f
20
the pole are 60° and 30°. Find the heights o f the poles
b) 2o(VJ-l)m
and the position o f the point. a ) V3-1 m
Soln: Detail Method: Let A B and C D be two poles = x m

and P the point on the road. c) 10(V3-l) m d) None o f these
Let BP = y m; then PD = ( 1 2 0 - y ) m 3. Two poles o f equal heights stand on either sides o f a
A C roadway which is 50 m wide. A t a point on the roadway
between the poles, the elevations o f the tops o f the pole
are 6 0 ° and 45°. Find the heights o f the poles,
a) 31.69 m b) 32.96 m
c) 31.96 m d) Data inadequate
Answers
30 x tan 30° x tan 60°
1. c; Hint: Required height (h) =
tan 60° + t a n 30°
BC 3000->> ,
tan 4 5 ° = => - - \
CD x
.-. ;c = 3 0 0 0 - y ..-(ii)
Combining (i) and ( i i ) we get
3000
SOOO-y
3000x0.732
y = 3000 1 - * 1268m
73" 1.732
Q u i c k e r M e t h o d : A p p l y i n g the above formula, we

S + J_ ~ 2 =7.5x1.732
s
have
tan 45°
= 12.975 m x 13 m the required answer :
3000 1 - -
tan 60°
2.c 3.a
Rule 8 3000
1
a 1268m
Consider the following figure,
A Exercise
1. A vertical tower stands on a horizontal plane and is sur-
mounted by a flagstaff o f height 7 m. A t a point on the
plane, the angle o f elevation o f the bottom o f the flag-
staff is 3 0 ° and that o f the top o f the flagstaff is 4 5 ° . Find
the height o f the tower.
7V3 7 7V3
a)
In this figure, 8! and 8 2 are given. A C is given. 73"- m b ) VTI m c ) V3^T m d ) V3"" T+ m
To find A B we have following formula, 2. A n aeroplane when 1500 m high passes vertically above
another at an instant when the angles o f elevation at the
tan8 2
AC 1- same observing point are 60° and 30° respectively. How

tan 8, many metres lower is one than the other?
a) 1200 m b) 1000 m c)800m d) 1050 m
Illustrative Example 3. A n aeroplane when 1000 m high passes vertically above
Lv A n aeroplane when 3000 m high passes vertically another at an instant when the angles o f elevation at the
above another at an instant when the angles o f eleva- same observing point are 45° and 30° respectively. How
tion at the same observing point are 60° and 45° re- many metres lower is one than the other?
spectively. H o w many metres lower is one than the a) 442.6 m b) 424.6 m c) 482.6 m d) 444.6 m
other?
Soln: Detail M e t h o d : Let A and B be two aeroplanes, A at a Answers
height of3000 m from C and B y m lower than A . Let D 1. a; H i n t : A p p l y i n g the given rule, we have
be the point o f observation, then angle A D C = 60° the whole height (ie tower + flagstaff)
and angle B D C = 4 5 °
LetDC=xm
In AACD
AC 3000
tan 60° =
CD
3000
x=• ....(i)
Again, in A B C D
since = — =>AB = ACx~ = 102x — = 90m

.-. height o f the tower (h) = 7 -7 = 4^-7 AC 17 17
£-\
f
Quicker M e t h o d : A p p l y i n g the above formula we

£ have
i
the required answer = = _ x 102 = 90 metres.
VJ-i m Vl5 +8 2 2
2.b 3. a
Exercise
Rule 9 1. The length o f a string between a kite and a point on the
See the following figure ground is 85 m. I f the string makes an angle 8 with the
A level ground such that tan 8 = — , how high is the kite,

8
when there is no slack in the string?
a) 78.05 m b)75m
2. The length o f a string between a kite and a point on the
ground is 25 m. I f the string makes an angle a with the
In this figure, A C = x 4
level ground such that a = — , how high is the kite?
tan0 = - then, a) 20 m b)15m c)24m d)16m

b
The length o f a string between a kite and a point on the

AB- and ground is 65 m. I f the string makes an angle a with the
(0
4a b
2+ 2
12
level ground such that a = — , how high is the kite?
BC =
(ii) a) 60 m b)40m c)35m d)25m
•J a +b
2 2
Answers
15
Ex: The length o f a string between a kite and a point on 1. b; Hint: Required answer r x 8 5 = 75
;
m
the ground is 102 m. I f the string makes an angle a Vl5 +8 2 :
2. a 3.a
_ 15
with the level ground such that <X - — , how high is Rule 10
8
Theorem: The angles of depression of two ships from the
the kite?
Soln: Detail Method: C is the point on the ground and the top of a lighthouse are 8, and 8 . If the ships are 'x'
2
metres apart, then the

15
length o f the string C A = 102 m and a
8 xtan6, tan8 7
(i) height of the lighthouse is given by

tan 8, + t a n 8 7
(ii) distance ofship at Pfrom thefoot of the lighthouse is
xtan6
given by metres and the
tan8, + t a n 8 ,
(Hi) distance of ship at Qfrom the foot of lighthouse is
IS xtan8.
So, sin a
17 given by metres.
tan 8, + t a n 2 J
0
In AABC
M A 120 x tan 30°

tan 4 5 ° + t a n 3 0 °
'20 *,
* 44 metres.
1 + V3
Exercise
1. From the top o f a c l i f f ] 00\/3 m high the angles o f de-
pression o f two boats which are due south o f observer
Illustrative Example are 60° and 30°. Find the distance between the two boats.
EK The angles o f depression o f two ships from the top o f
a) 400 m b)250m c) 200^3 ™ d) 400^3 m
a lighthouse are 4 5 ° and 30°. I f the ships are 120 m
2. A landmark on a river bank is observed from two points
apart, find the height o f the lighthouse.
Soln: Detail M e t h o d : Let A B , the height o f the lighthouse = A and B on the opposite bank o f the river. The lines o f
xm sight make equal angles ( 4 5 ° ) with the bank o f the river.
M N I f A B = 1 k m , then the width o f the river is .
30° yV 4 5 °
1 , 3V2
a) 2 km b) - km c) — — km d) — km
2 2
;
The angles o f elevation o f the top o f a tower 40 m high

X
from t w o points on the level ground on its opposite
sides are 4 5 ° and 6 0 ° . The distance between the two
points in nearest metres is .
4 5 ° ( \ a)60m b)61m c)62m d)63m
y B 120 Two boats approach a light house in mid-sea from oppo-
120 m site directions. The angles o f elevation o f the top o f the
Since M N || PQ light house from the t w o boats are 3 0 ° and 4 5 ° respec-
.-. angle M A P = angle A P B == 3 0 ° and angle tively. I f the distance between the two boats is 100 m,
N A Q = angle A Q B = 4 5 ° the height o f the light to house is
Let the length between P and B be y m. a) 36.6 m b) 73.2m c) 136.6m d)68.3m
So, the length between B and Q is (120 - y ) m . Answers
In A A B P
x tan 6 0 ° x tan 30°
la; H i n t 100V3
AB J_ x
tan 30° =
BP y
U y = xfi ....(i)
Again, in AABQ
tan 45° =
BQ 120->>
=> x = 1
izu-y
20-y (ii)
Combining equations (i) and ( i i ) , we get
x = \20-xfi
f tan 6 0 ° + tan 30°
or, x(l + V3")=120
,-. .x = 100V3|
' [ t a n 6 0 ° x tan 30°
120
x = « 44m
1 + V3
Q u i c k e r M e t h o d : A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we = 100A/3 fi_ = 400 m
have
b; Hint:
Pf'fdmark) River Bank and the tower is given by units and (Hi) RM
tan P - tan a y
/itana
(Seetheflgure)-^_ xma units.
Note: I f height o f the tower is given as ' H ' units, then the
distance between the building and the tower is giver.
H
River Bank by _ ~ r7 units.
3 tanp
1 km R •
Required width (PO)
1 x tan 45° x tan 45° lxlxl 1

— gas — lcTT)
• i 4 5 ° 4 tan 4 5 ° 1+1 2 II
3. d; Hint: Required dis.zuce (x)
"tan 4 5 ° + t a n 6 0 °
*40
tan 4 5 ° x tan 6 0 °
B
Ex: From the top and bottom o f a building o f height 11'.
40 n \ metres, the angles o f elevation o f the top o f a towe-
60°\ are 30° and 45° respectively. Find the height o f the
/V °5
tower.
x Soln: A p p l y i n g the above theorem, we have
' l +VT 120 x tan 4 5 °

40 * 63 m the height o f the tower =
tan 4 5 ° - t a n 30°
100 x tan 4 5 ° x tan 30°

4. a; Hint: Required height ( h ) 120 120x1.732
!
tan 4 5 ° + t a n 30° * 284 metres

.732
B 1-
fi
Exercise
1. A tower is 30 m high. A n observer from the top o f tr*
tower makes an angle o f depression o f 6 0 ° at the base I
a building and angle o f depression o f 4 5 ° at the top o f
the building, what is the height o f the building? A > :
find the distance between building and tower.
10
a) 12.6m, ^ j m b) 12.6m, 17.3m
c) 12 m , io-y/3 m d) Data inadequate
= 5o(V3-l) = 5 0 x 0 . 7 3 2 = 36.6 m 2. The top o f a 15 metre-high tower makes an angle of el-

evation o f 6 0 ° with the bottom o f an electric pole anc x
Rule 11 angle o f elevation o f 3 0 ° with the top o f the pole. W :m
Thoerem: From the top and bottom of a building of height is the height o f the electric pole?
h units, the angles of elevation of the top of a tower are a [SBI Bank P O Exam, 1 fA
a)5m b)8m c)10m d)12m
and P respectively, then the (i) height of the tower is given
3. From the top o f a building 30 m high, the top and bon:
/?tanp o f a tower are observed to have angles o f depress m
by units, (ii) distance between the building
tan P - tan a 3 0 ° and 4 5 ° respectively. The height o f the tower •
a) 15(l + V3") m b) 3 o ( V 3 - l ) m
3. d; H i n t : Here, we have to find h = ?

1
+ -^Jin 0 ^ 1 - - ) = - 1;
d ) 330!
d) 30°
From the foot o f a tower the angle o f elevation o f the top

o f a column is 60° and from the top o f the tower which is
30 m
25 m high, the angle o f elevation is 30°. The height o f the
column is .
a) 37.5 m b) 42.5 m c) 43.3 m d) 14.4 m
H is given = 30
Answers
a = 3 0 ° and P = 4 5 °
: b; Hint: Here, a = 4 5 ° and P = 6 0 °
45, Now, applying the given rule, we have
60 /?xtan45°
30 =
tan 4 5 ° - t a n 30°
H=30m
tan 4 5 ° - t a n 3 0 °
h=? .-. h = 30] 30
m
y
tan 4 5 °
N o w applying the given rule, 4. a; Hint: Required height o f the column (H)
3 Q _ Man 60°
25 x tan 6 0 °
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 ° " tan 6 0 ° - tan 30°
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 4 5 ° B
.. h = x 3 0 = 30 12.6 m
tan 6 0 °
h = height o f the building.
H
Distance between the building and the tower
30 25 m
= — [See Note o f the given rule] 60°

tan 60 A
= ^ = 10V3 =17.3 m 25V3 25x3 75

= 37.5 m
£ 3-1
Note: The distance between building and tower can also be £

found by using the given rule ( i i ) ,
.-. required distance Miscellaneous
30 1. A balloon is connected to a meteorological station by a
30 cable o f length 200 m, inclined at 6 0 ° to the horizontal.
10^3 = 17.3
Find the height o f balloon from the ground. Assuming
£ - i "73
that there is no slack in the cable.
/i(tan 6 0 ° )
\00j3 d)
200 100
c; Hint: 1 5 =
tan 6 0 ° - t a n 3 0 ° a) 200V3 m b ) ^ = m c) m
A
2. From the top o f a c l i f f 25 m high the angle o f elevation o f
a tower is found to be equal to the angle o f depression
15 m o f the foot o f the tower. Find the height o f the tower.
3. In a rectangle, i f the angle between a diagonal and a side
is 3 0 ° and the length o f diagonal is 6 cm, the area o f the
• rectangle is .
15x
_ 15x(tan60°-tan30°) a) 9 c m 2 b) 9^3 c m 2 c)27cm 2 d)36cm 2
V3
:.h =
£
tan 6 0 ° 4. The length o f a string between a kite and a point on the
ground is 90 m. The string makes an angle of 60° with the above a lake is 3 0 ° and the angle o f depression o f its
level ground. I f there is no slack in the string, the height reflection in the lake is 6 0 ° , then the height o f the clouc
o f the kite is . above the lake, is
a) 9 0 V J m b) 4 5 ^ 3 m c)180m d)45m a) 200 m b)500m c)30m d) None of these
5. From the top o f a pillar o f height 20 m, the angles o f Answers

elevation and depression o f the top and bottom o f an- 1. c; Hint: Let B be the balloon and A B be the vertica:
other pillar are 3 0 ° and 4 5 ° respectively. The height o f height.
the second pillar (in metres) is
a ) 2 0 (f-'> b)io c)ioV3" o£t/M

V3 V3
6. The angles o f elevation o f the top o f a tower from two
points distant 30 m and 40 m on either side from the base
and in the same straight line with it are complementary.
The height o f the tower is .
Let C be the meteorological station and CB be the
a) 34.64 m b) 69.28 m c) 23.09 m d) 11.54 m
7. cable.
Two posts are k metres apart and the height o f one is
double that o f the other. I f from the middle point o f the Then, BC = 200 m and Z A C B = 60°
line joining their feet, an observer finds the angular el-
evations o f their tops to be complementary, then the AB V3
Then — = sin 60° = — -
height (in metres) o f the shorter post is . BC 2
k k
AB 73
a ) 2V2"
b) )
c kfi
d) £ ° ' 2 O T T
r = "I AB=100V3 m
8. The banks o f a river are parallel. A swimmer starts from a 2. a; Hint: Let A B be the c l i f f and C D be the tower. Then
point on one o f the banks and swims in a straight line AB = 25m p
inclined to the bank at 4 5 ° and reaches the opposite
From B draw
bank at a point 20 m from the point opposite to the start-
ing point. The breadth o f the river is . BE1CD , Br^ - 2
a) 20 m b) 28.28 m c) 14.14 m d)40m

Let Z E B D = Z A C B = a
9. The angle o f elevation o f an aeroplane from a point on
the ground is 45°. After 15 second's flight, the elevation
DE AB
changes to 3 0 ° . I f the aeroplane is flying at a height o f Now, — = tana and — = tana
3000 m, the speed o f the plane in km per hour is .
a)304.32 b) 152.16 c)527 d)263.5
DE AB
10. A man on a c l i f f observes a fishing trawler at an angle o f — = - So,DE = A B [ v B E = A C ]
depression o f 30° which is approaching the shore to the
point immediately beneath the observer with a uniform
.'. C D = C E + D E = A B + A B = 2 A B = 50 m
speed. 6 minutes later, the angle o f depression o f the
trawler is found to be 60°. The time taken by the trawler 3.b; H i n t : L e t A B C D be the r e c t a n g l e in whic'r
to reach the shore is . ZBAC = 3 0 ° and A C = 6 cm
a) 3 V3 m i n b) ^3 nun c) 1.5 min d) 3 min

11. A flagstaff o f height (1/5) o f the height o f a tower is
mounted on the top o f the tower. I f the angle o f eleva-
tion of the top o f the flagstaff as seen from the ground is
45° and the angle o f elevation o f the top o f the tower as
seen from the same place is 6 , then the value o f tan 6 is
AB £ AB £ r
5V3
I b) c) d) BC 1 BC
3 ) 6 ''6 ~' 5
= sin30° = - : BC = 3 cm
12. I f the angle o f elevation o f a cloud from a point 200 m AC 2
eight and Distance 639
.-. Area o f the rectangle = ABxBC = 9-^3 c m 2 or, AB = Vl200 = 2 o V 3 =(20xl.732)m = 34.64m
b; Hint: Let K be the position o f the kite and HK be the 7. a; Hint: Let and C D be the two posts such that AB =
string so that 2 CD. Let M be the midpoint o f CA. Let ZCMD = 9
K and ZAMB = 9 0 ° - 6 .
Clearly, C M = M 4 = ^ - £
Let C D = A • Then, AB = 2A
HK = 9 0 m & ZAHK = 60°

Now, = t a n ( 9 0 ° - 0) = cot 0
AM
D
• — = in60° = ^
s ^ — m £ - r
=> c = COt 0
HK 2 90 2 = > A K ~ 4 5 a / 3
* Height o f the kite = 4 5 ^ 3 • 4/;

=>COt0 = — ....(/)
Hint: Let AB and CD be two pillars in which AB = 20 A C
m. Let BE1DC • Then, CD fo
= tan 0 => tan 0 =
ZDBE = 3 0 ° and ZEBC = ZACB = 4 5 ° CM
Let DE = x • Clearly, EC - AB = 20 m Ah 2h
M u l t i p l y i n g (/') and (/'/'), we get ~r ~r x
K K
— = cot45° = l
AB B
:.h = — => h = metres

AC 2V2
= \=> AC = 20 m
20 8.c; Hint: Let A be the starting point and B, the end point
o f the swimmer. Then,
.-. BE = AC = 20m
A
DE _ 1 1 20
Now,^ =t a n 3 0 ° ~ ^ =- ^ = -7ym
20 2o(V3+l)
.-. HeightofpillarCD = 2 0 + x = 2 0 + rj^=—— L C B
AB = 20 m and ZBAC = 4 5 °
Hint: Let AB be the tower and C, D be the points o f
observation. BC . ... 1 BC 1
Now "— = s i n 4 5 = -7= => = ~F=
Then, AC = 30 m & AD = 40 m '
IN0W AB V2 20 V2
Let ZACB = 0 • Then, ZADB = 9 0 ° - 0 ^ c = 20xV2 = ] 4 ] 4 m
2
xi « AB AB
Now, tan 0 = = 9. c; Hint: Let A and B be the two positions o f the plane
AC 30
and let O be the point o f observation and OD be the
AB AB horizontal. Draw ACLOD & BDIOD.

tan(9O°-0) =
AD 40
AB
or cot 0 =
40 300Qm
AB 1
.'. tan 9 x cot 0 =

1200
Then, ZDOB = 3 0 ° , Let AB = h.
ZDOA = 4 5 ° &AC = BD = 3000 m.
.: — = cot 30° = S =>OD = (3000 x S) m

DB
— = cot 4 5 ° = 1 => OC = 3000 m
AC
Distance covered in 15 sec = AB = CD = OD-OC

Then, BC = —h • Let O be the observer.
5
= (3000V3 - 3000) M = 2196 m
Then, ZAOC = 4 5 ° and Z/4<3B = 9 .
.-. Speed o f the plane 0/4

Now, — = cot45° = l
'2196 1 h + -h
5
) Q x 60 x 60 I k m / h r = 527 km/hr
10. d; Hint: Let AB be the c l i f f and C and D be the two AB h 5

.-. tan 6 =
positions o f the fishing trawler. •04 = - / j OA ~ 6 ^ " 6
5
12. d; Hint: Let C be the cloud and C ' b e its reflection in th

lake.
C
Then, ZACB = 3 0 ° and ZADB = 60°

Let AB = h
AD h
Now, — r - = c o t 6 0 ° =
And, — = col30° = fi => AC = fih

AB
f
CD = AC- AD = fih- JL 2h
Let u m/min be the uniform speed o f the trawler.

Distance covered in 6 m i n = 611 metres. AB
Now, - ^ - = t a n 3 0 ° = - = r = > x - 2 0 0 = — =
2h AB VJ VJ
:. CD = 6u : 6u => h = 3A/3!(
Also, = t a n 6 0 ° = V3
, n A 3V3 w .
Now, A D = ~^ = = 3 w
x + 200 = (/15)V3
Time taken by trawler to reach A
Distance AD 3u x + 200
3min. V3(x-200) = or, x = 400
speed u
11. c; Hint: Let AB be the tower and BC the flagstaff. .-. C5 = 400 m
Permutation & Combination
In this chapter, we include only rules (ie Quicker Meth-

ods) based on the questions asked in the various exams like, = n ( n - l ) ( n - 2 ) . . . ( n - r + 1)
CAT, MAT, XLRI, FMS, Bank PO, AAO, Provident Fund, (n-r)
CET, UT1 etc. For basics, please refer to 'Magical Book on
n\ « ,
Quicker Maths'. Many aspirants find difficulty in under- Caution: ,*I
standing the basics of "Permutation and Combination".
Therefore we advise you to go through all the rules dis- For example,
cussed in the following pages and try to understand the
detail method'. Still you are unable to understand, just mug — = 8 x 7 x 6 x 5 = 1 6 8 0 * 1 - 1 ! 2>
the rules, apply to the appropriate questions and get the 4! U .
desired answers. Since weightage of this chapter is not much,
only I or 2 questions are asked in the various competitive V» -
exams mentioned above, we again advise you to stick with (n-r).
these rules your purpose will be served.
Where " P = number of permutations or arrange-
r
Some Important Notations and F o r m u l a e ments of n different things taken r at a time.

From the examination point of view the following few
results are useful. Without going into details you should "C re
simply remember the results. 4. r
ri (n-r)
1. Factorial Notations
The product of n consecutive positive integers be- Where "C,. = number of selections, or groups of n
ginning with 1 is denoted by n! or |n and read as different things taken r at a time.
factorial n. 5. From (3) and (4), we have
Thus according to the definition of |n
"P = r ! x "C
r r
Jn = 1 * 2 x 3 ... x ( - 1) x
x n n
= n x (n - 1) x ( n - 2 ) x ... x 3 x 2 x l Total number of arrangements = total no. of groups or

For example, selections * r!.
| 6 = 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x 5 x 6 = 6 x 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 = 720 If "C = "C then either x = y or x + y = n
x y
2. According to the definition of Jn

Number of permutations of n things out of which P
(a) |n = n x ( n - 1) x ( n - 2 ) x ... x 3 x 2 x ]
are alike and are of one type, q are alike and are of the
= n { ( n - l ) x ( n - 2 ) x . . . x 3 x 2 x 1}
other type, r are alike and are of another type and
= n(n - 1 ) {(n - 2 ) x ... x 3 x 2 x l } and so on.
.-. |n = n [ n - 1 = n(n - 1) |n - 2
= n ( n - l ) ( n - 2 ) In - 3 remaining [n - (p + q + r)] all are different = , ,^ .
(b) If r and n are positive integers and r < n, then
8. Number of selections of r things (r < n) out of n
n\ M x ( f l - l ) x ( r t - 2 ) x . . . x ( r + l ) x r x ( r - l ) x . . . x 3 x 2 x l
identical things is 1.
r\ - l)x(r - 2)x...x3x 2x 1
9. Total number of selections of zero or more things from
= « ( « - l X « - 2 ) . . ( r + l) n identical things = n + 1.
10. Total number of selections of zero or more things from
n different things 42! 42! 42x41x40!

= 4 2 C=-
= " C + "Cj + " C , + . . . + "C =2"
0 n .' ' 2 2! ( 4 2 - 2 ) 2! 40! 2x1x40!
Number of ways to distribute (or divide) n identical = 21 x 4 1 = 8 6 1

11.
things among r persons where any persons may get Case 2: Total no. of handshakes among the group of 16 women
16! 16x15x14!
any no. of things = 'Cr-l = 8x15 = 120
•
2! ( 1 6 - 2 ) 2x1x14!
12. (a) maximum no. of handshakes = 86 120 = 981.
(b) 0! = l
I. Permutations
(c) " C = " C - =
r n r
Rule 1
! (n-r) Problems based on direct application of the formula.
(d) " r = "C =1

n n\
"P.
13. Some F u n d a m e n t a l Principles of Counting (n-r).-
(a) Multiplication Rule Working R u l e

Suppose one starts his journey from place X and has
to reach place Z via a different place Y. n\
P, = n(n-\fn-2)... tor factors. when
(0 n
For Y, there are three means of transport - bus, train (n-r).

Work
and aeroplane - from X. From Y, the aeroplane service is not (ii) If LHS is the product of r consecutive integers, ex-
available for Z. Only either by a bus or by a train can one (0
press RHS also as the product of r consecutive inte-
reach Z from Y. Also, there is no direct bus or train servie for gers.
Z from X. We want to know the maximum possible no. of (iii)
CO
Factorise the RHS, find out the greatest factor and tr>
ways by which one can reach Z from X. with that factor. I f greatest factor does not suit then
For each means of transport from X to Y there are two try with greatest factor x least factor. Look at the ex-
means of transport for going from Y to Z. Thus, for going ample given below and try to understand the working
from X to Z via Y there will be 2 (firstly, by bus to Y and again rule.
by bus to Z; secondly, by bus to Y and thereafter by train to
Z.)
+2 (firstly, by train to Y and thereafter by bus to Z; Ex: If "P = 3 6 0 , find n.
4
secondly, by train to Y and thereafter again by train to Z.)

+2 (firstly by aeroplane to Y and thereafter by bus to Soln: Given "P. = 3 6 0
Z, secondly by aeroplane to Y and thereafter by train to Z.) =
3 2 = 6 possible ways n\
x
360
Soln:
We conclude: " («-4)
If a work A can be done in m ways and another work
or, « ( « - l X « - 2 X > 7 - 3 ) = 360 = 6 x 5 x 4 x 3
B can be done in n ways and C is the final work which is done
.-. n = 6
only when both A and B are done, then the no. of ways of
[Here LHS is the product of 4 consecutive integers
doing the final work, C = m x n.
therefore, RHS ie 360 is to be expressed as the prod-
In the above example, suppose the work to reach Y
uct of 4 consecutive integers.
from X = the work A —» in m i.e. 3 ways. The work to reach
360 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 5 , greatest of these factors is
Z from Y = the work B —» in n i.e. 2 ways. Then the final work
5, therefore try with 5.
to reach Z from X == the final work C —> in m x n, i.e. 3 x 2 = Integers just before and after 5 are 4 and 6. Both 4 anc
6 ways. 6 are factors of 360. Thus we get four consecuti\
(b) Addition Rule integers 6, 5,4 and 3 whose product is 360.
Suppose there are 42 men and 16 women in a party. If 5 does not suit, then try with 2 x 5 i.e. 10 etc.]
Each man shakes his hand only with all the men and each Exercise
woman shakes her hand only with all the women. We have
to find the maximum no. of handshakes that taken place at 1. I f "P = 9 2 4 0 , find n.
2
the party.
2. If 1 0 p - 7 2 0 , find r.
Case 1: Total no. of handshakes among the group of 42 men
Answers
Permutations & Combinations
be formed with the digits 0, 1,2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; no digit

643
being repeated in any number?

n\ a) 480 b)560 c)660 d)580
1. Hint: Given, " A = 9240 •*• 7 — = 9 2 4 0
j \n - 3 J! 5. How many positive numbers can be formed by using
any number of the digits 0, 1,2,3 and 4; no digit being
or, « ( « - l X « - 2 ) = 9240 = 2 2 x 2 1 x 2 0
repeated in any number?
.'. n = 22 a) 360 b)260 c)620 d)280
[Here 9240 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 5 x 7 x 1 1 , greatest of those
factors is 11 but it does not serve our purpose, there- Answers
fore try with 22] 1. a; Hint: [Here nothing has been given about repetition
of digits, therefore, we will assume that repetition of
10! digits is not allowed.]
2 Hint:Given, 1 0 P = 720 •'• ( _ , . ) =
r 1 0 7 2 0
Any number between 400 and 1000 must be of three

.-. 10 x 9 x 8 x ...torfactors = 7 2 0 = 10 x 9 x 8 digits only.
.\3
4 or 5 or 6
Rule 2
Problems based on formation of numbers with digits
when repetition of digits is not allowed. 3 ways P ways
2
Working Rule Since the number should be greater than 400, there-
(i) First of all decide of how many digits the required fore, hundreds place can be filled up by any one of
numbers will be. the three digits 4, 5 and 6 in 3 ways.
(ii) Then fill up the places on which there are restrictions Remaining two places can be filled up by remaining
and then apply the formula " p for filling up the five digits in P ways.
5 2
remaining places with remaining digits.

51
.-. Required number = 3 i p = 3 x - = 60
thousands place hundreds place tens place units place
2 3!
2. d; Hint: Any number between 300 and 3000 must be of 3
Illustrative E x a m p l e or 4 digits.
Case I : When number is of 3 digits.
Ex.: How many numbers of four digits can be formed with
the digits 1,2,3,4, and 5? (if repetition of digits is not 3 or 4 or 5
allowed).
Soln:
3 ways 5 /> ways
2
rlere n = number of digits = 5
and r = number of places to be filled up = 4 Hundreds place can be filled up by any one of the
three digits 3,4 and 5 in 3 ways.
I . J . J„.^.^L^-l VT;".',-;..'!
.-. Required number = P = — = 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 = 120
4
Remaining two places can be filled up by remaining
Exercise five digits in P ways.

5 2
1. How many numbers between 400 and 1000 can be made

.•. Number of numbers formed in this case = 3 x 5 p =
with the digits 2,3,4, 5,6 and 0?
a) 60 b)70 c)40 d) 120 5!
2. Find the number of numbers between 300 and 3000 that 3x-=60.
can be formed with the digits 0,1,2,3,4 and 5, no digits Case I I : When number is of 4 digits
being repeated in any number.
a) 90 b) 120 c)160 d) 180 1 or 2
3. Ho»/ many even numbers of four digits can be formed
with the digits 0, 1,2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; no digit being used 1
more than once?
2 ways P ways
3
a)300 b)140 c) 120 d)420

4. How many numbers of four digits greater than 23Q0 can Thousands place can be filled up by any one of the
two digits 1 and 2 in 2 ways and remaining three places of 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 occurs at thousands' place the number will
be definitely greater than 2300 but when 2 occurs at
can be filled up by remaining five digits in P ways. 5 3
thousands' place there will be also restriction on hun-

.-. Number of numbers formed in this case dreds' place to make the number greater than 2300.]
Case I : When 2 occurs at thousands' place:
, 5!
= 2* 5 P 3 = 2 x — = 120
2 3 or 4 or 5 or 6
.-. Required number = 60 + 120 = 180
3. d; H i n t : Each even number must have 0 , 2 , 4 or 6 in its I I 1
units' place. 1 way 4 ways 5 P 2 ways
Here total number of digits = 7. Thousands' place can be filled up by 2 in 1 way and
hundreds' place can be filled up by any one of the
0 or 2 or 4 or 6
four digits 3,4, 5 and 6 in 4 ways.
[When 0 occurs at units place there is no restriction Remaining two places can be filled up by remaining
on other places and when 2 or 4 or 6 occurs at units
five digits in P ways.
5 2
place there is restriction on thousands place as 0 can
not be put at thousands' place.] .-. Number of numbers formed in this case
Case I : When 0 occurs at units' place
= ] x 4 x p , = 4 x — = 80
5
2 3!
0 Case I I : When anyone of 3,4,5 and 6 occurs at thou-
sands' place:
i i
3 or 4 or 5 or 6
6 P 3 ways 1 way
Units place can be filled up by 0 in 1 way and remain- I I
ing three places can be filled up by remaining 6 digits
4 ways 6 P 3 ways
in P ways.
6 3 Thousands' place can be filled up by any one of the
.-. Number o f numbers formed in this case = four digits 3 , 4 , 5 and 6 in 4 ways and remaining three
places can be filled up by remining six digits in P 6 3
l x P = — = 120
6 3
3! 3
ways.
Case I I : When 0 does not occur at units' place. .-. Number of numbers formed in this case
. 4 x A = 4 x — = 480
6
any one of remaining six 3!
2 or 4 or 6 3
digits except zero .-. Required number = 80 + 480 = 560

5.b; H i n t : Case I : When number is of five digits:
i i I
1 or 2 or 3 or 4
5 ways ' 5 P ways
2 3 ways
Units' place can be filled up by any one of the three 1 i
digits 2 , 4 and 6 in 3 ways. 4 ways 4 P ways
4
Thousands place can be filled up by any one of the Ten thousands' place can be filled up by any one of
remaining six digits except zero in 5 ways. the four digits 1,2,3 and 4 in 4 ways and the remain-
Remaining two places can be filled up by remaining ing four places can be filled up by the remaining four
five digits in P ways. 5 2 digits in P ways.
4 4
.-. Number of numbers formed in this case .-. Number of numbers formed in this case = 4 x p 4 4
51
Case I I : When number is of four digits.
= 5 x3 x p 5 2 =15 x - = 300
.-. Required number = 120 + 300 = 420 1 or 2 or 3 or 4

4. b; H i n t : [Since number must be of four digits and greater
than 2300, therefore any one of the five digits 2 , 3 , 4 , i i
5 and 6 will occur at thousands' place. When any one 4 ways 4 P ways
3
a) 243 b)343 c)433 d)2187

645
.-. Number of numbers formed in this case = 4 x P 4 3

2. A telegraph has 5 arms and each arm is capable of 4
Case I I I : When number is of three digits? distinct positions, including the position of rest. What
is the total number of signals that can be made?
or 2 or 3 or 4
a) 1023 b)1024 c)3124 d)3125
4 I 3. A letter lock consists of three rings each marked with 10
different letters. In how many ways it is possible to make
4 ways 4 P ways
2
an unsuccessful attempt to open the lock.
.-. Number of numbers formed in this case = 4x P 4 2
a) 1000 b)999 c) 1001 d) None of these
4. How many numbers greater than 1000 but not greater
Case IV: When number is of two digits: than 4000 can be formed with the digits 0,1,2,3,4 repeti-
1 or 2 or 3 or 4 tion of digits being allowed.
a)357 b)375 c) 135 d) None of these
Answers
4 ways 4 P, ways lb; Hint:
.-. Number of numbers formed in this case = 4x A, 1st prize . 1 st Boy

4
• same boy; 2 m* -> same prize
} B y
2nd prize
Case V: When number is of one digit:
Number of positive numbers formed in this case = 4 Two prizes can be given to the same boy but two
.-. Required number boys cannot get the same prize, therefore, we must
start with prize.]
= 4x P +4x P +4x P +4x P,+4
4 4 4 3 4 2 4
Each of the three prizes can be given away to any one
= 96 + 96 + 48+16 + 4 = 260 of the 7 boys in 7 ways.
.-. Required number 7 x 7 x 7 = 343.
Rule 3 2. a; Hint:
Number of permutations when repetition is allowed:
1 st arm same position; Position
Working Rule: 2nd arm —> r 2nd position > same arm
Number of permutations of n different things taken r at a time
Two arms may have same position but one arm can-
when things can be repeated any number of times.
not have two positions at a time, therefore, we must
= n x n x n .... r times = .n r start with arm.]
Note: In such type of problems, you have to first determine Each of the 5 arms can have any one of the 4 posi-
as to which item can be repeated. And consider the tions in 4 ways. But all the 5 arms will be in rest posi-
value of repeated item as 'r' in the above formula. tion in l x i x i x i x l = l way and in this case no
signal will be made.
Ex.: A gentleman has 6 friends to invite. In how many .-. Required number = 4 _ ] = ] 023
5
ways can he send invitation cards to them i f he has 3.b; Hint: Two rings may have same letter at a time but
three servants to carry the cards. same ring cannot have two letters at a time, therefore,
Soln: we must start with ring.
Each of the three rings can have any one of the 10
1st Servant . 1st Friend
same friend; , • ,,
2nd Servant 2nd Friend —> same servant different letters in 10 ways.
.-. Total number of attempts = 10 x 10 x 10= 1000
Here we observe that invitation cards cannot be sent But out of these 1000 attempts only one attempt is
to the same friend by different servants but invitation
successful.
cards may be sent to different friends by the same
.*. Required number of unsuccessful attempts
servant. Thus same servant may be repeated for dif-
= 1000-1=999
ferent friends, therefore, we must start with friend.
4.b; Hint: We have to form a 4 digit number x such that
Invitation cards may be sent to each of the six friends
100<x<4000.
by any one of the three servants in 3 ways.
.-. Required number = 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 = 3<> = 729. Clearly, number of such numbers = number of 4 digit
numbers y such that 1000 < y < 4000. Any number
Exercise
greater than or equal to 1000 but less than 4000 must
1. In how many ways 3 prizes can be given away to 7 boys
be of 4 digits and digits at its thousands place must
when each boy is eligible for any of the prizes.
646 PRACTICE B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATHS
be 1 or 2 or 3. Now there are 8 places for 3 girls
1 or 2 or 3 0 or 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 .-. 3 girls can be arranged in P, ways

8
1 i i i * 8 1 7.
5 ways 5 ways 5 ways .-. Required number of ways = P a 3 x 71 = — x /.
3 ways
Thousands' place can be filled up by any one of the Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
three digits 1,2 and 3 in 3 ways. have
Hundreds', tens' and units' places can each be filled
7+1 8!
by any one of the five digits 0, 1,2,3 and 4 in 5 ways. Required answer = P3 7!=—x7!
X
.-. Required number = 3 x 5 x 5 * 5 = 375

Exercise
Rule 4 1. In how many ways can 8 I.A. and 6 I.Sc. students be
Theorem: If there are two groups A and B consisting of'm' seated in a row so that no two of the I . Sc. students may
and 'n' things respectively, then the number of ways in which sit togther?
no two of group B occur together are given by P x ml). n
9!8! 8!7! 9!8!
a) — b) -—- c) ~ d) None of these
Provided that n<m- J! 2! 4!
2. In how many ways can 6 I.A. and 4 I.Sc. students be
Illustrative E x a m p l e s
seated in a row so that no two of the I . Sc. students may
Ex. 1: In how many ways can 7 I.A. and 5 I.Sc. students be
sit togther?
seated in a row so that no two of the I . Sc. students
may sit togther? 7!3! 7!6! 7!3!
a)— b) c) — d) Can't be determined
Soln: Detail Method: Here, there is no restriction on I.A.
students, therefore, first we must fix the positions of 3. In a class of 12 students, there are 4 girls. In how many
7 I.A. students. different ways can they be arranged in a row such that
x I.A. x I.A. x I.A. x I.A. x I.A. x I.A. x l.A. x no two of the three girls are consecutive?
Now 7 I.A. students can be seated in a row in 7! ways.
Now i f I.Sc. students sit at the place (including the 9!8! 9!8! 9!5! 9!8!
two ends) indicated by ' ' then no two of the five
x
I.Sc. students will come together.

a) irb) ^r c ) ir
d ) T
4. In a class of 15 students, there are 5 girls. In how many
Now there are 8 places for 5 I.Sc. students
different ways can they be arranged in a row such that
.-. The five I.Sc. students can be seated in P ways
8 5 no two of the three girls are consecutive?
11110! 11110! 11110!
.-. Required number of ways in which 7 I.A. students a) ,, b) c) -, d) None of these
j! o! 8!
and 5 I.Sc. students can sit = P 8 5 x J] = — x7! Answers
l.a 2.b 3.a 4.b
have,
Rule 5
7+1 8! Theorem: The number of ways in which 'n' examination
required answer = %*7!=^x7!
papers can be arranged so that the best and the worst pa-
Ex.2: In a class of 10 students, there j r ^ 3 girls. In how pers never come together are given by [ ( « - 2 ) x ( « - ] ) ] ways.
many different ways can they be arranged in a row
such that no two of the three girls are consecutive? Illustrative E x a m p l e
Soln: Detail Method: Number of girls = 3, number of boys = Ex.: In how many ways can 10 examination papers be ar-
7. Since there is no restriction on boys, therefore first ranged so that the best and the worst papers never
of all fix the positions of the 7 boys. come together.
Now 7 boys, can be arranged in a row in 7! ways.
xBxBxBxBxBxBxBx Soln: Detail Method: The number of permutations of 10
If the positions of girls are fixed at places (including papers when there is no restriction = P = 10! l 0 ] 0
the two ends) indicated by crosses, no two of three When the best and the worst papers come together,
girls will be consecutive. regarding the two as one paper, we have only 9 pa-
Permutations & Combinations 647
pers. But the three girls can be arranged among themselves

in 3! ways
These 9 papers can be arranged in P = 9 ! ways 9 9
.-. number of ways when three girls are together

But these two papers can be arranged among them- = 6! x 3 !
selves in 2! ways. .-. Required number of ways in which all the three
.-. number of arrangements when the best and the girls do not sit together = 8 ! - 6 ! x 3! = 6! (8 * 7 - 6 )
worst papers do not come together = 50x61=36000.
= 101-9! x 2 ! = 9 ! ( 1 0 - 2 ) = 8 x 9 ! . Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
have, the required no. of ways = (5 + 3)!— (5 + 1)! x 3!
the required number of ways = ( 1 0 - 2 ) x ( l 0 - l ) ! = 8!-6! x 3! = 5 0 x 6 ! =36000.
= 8x91=8x9! Note: There are'm' boys and ' n ' girls. The no. of ways in
Note: The number of ways in which ' n ' books may be ar- which they can be seated in a row so that all the boys
ranged on a shelf so that two particular books shall do not sit together are given by [(m + n)! - (n + 1)! x
not be together is [(n - 2) x (n - 1)!] m!] ways.

Exercise Exercise
1. In how many ways can 12 examination papers be ar- 1. There are 3 boys and 2 girls. In how many ways can they
ranged so that the best and the worst papers never come be seated in a IOW so that all the three boys do not sit
together. together.
a) 1 0 x 1 1 ! b) 1 2 x 1 1 ! c) 1 0 x 1 2 ! d) 1 0 ! x l l ! a)72 b)42 c)172 d) 190
2. In how many ways can 15 examination papers be ar- 2. There are 8 boys and 4 girls. In how many ways can they
ranged so that the best and the worst papers never come be seated in a row so that all the girls do not sit together,
together. a) 1320x9! b) 1296 x 9!
a) 13! x 14! b) 1 3 x 1 0 ! c) 13x14! d)Noneofthese c) 1344x9! d) 1296x 12!
3. Find the number of ways in which 21 books may be 3. There are 9 boys and 5 girls. Find the no. of ways in
arranged on a shelf so that the oldest and the newest which they can be seated in a row so that all the boys do
books never come together. not sit together.
a) 19! x 20! b) 1 9 x 2 1 ! a)240240x9! b)240240x5!
c) 19 x 20! d) Can't be determined c)240234x9! d)240236x9!
Answers Answers
l.a 2.c l.a 2.b
3.c; Hint: See Note. 3. c; Hint: See Note.
Rule 6 Rule 7
Theorem: There are 'm' boys and 'n'girls. The no. of ways Theorem: The number of ways in which m boys and'm'
in which they can be seated in a row so that all the girls do girls can be seated in a row so that boys and girls are alter-
not sit together are given by [(m + «) - (m +1) x ri\ nate are given by 2(m! ml) ways.
Note: This rule is different from the Rule-I. In Rule-I, "«o Illustrative E x a m p l e
two occur together" is given whereas in this rule "all Ex.: In how many ways 4 boys and 4 girls can be seated in
the girls do not sit together" is given. a row so that boys and girls are alternate?
Illustrative E x a m p l e Soln: Detail Method:
Ex.: There are 5 boys and 3 girls. In how many ways can Case I : When a boy sits at the first place:
they be seated in a row so that all the three girls do Possible arrangement will be of the from
not sit together.
B G B G B G B G
Soln: Detail Method: Total number of persons = 5 + 3 = 8
When there is no restriction they can be seated in a Now there are four places namely 1 st, 3rd, 5th and 7th
row in 8! ways. for four boys, therefore, four boys can be seated in 4!
But when all the three girls sit together, regarding the ways. Again there are four places namely 2nd, 4th,
three girls as one persons, we have only 5 + 1 = 6 6th and 8th for four girls.
persons. .-. four girls can be seated in 4! ways.
These 6 persons can be arranged in a row in 6! ways. .-. Number of ways in this case = 4! 4!
Case I I : When a girl sits at the first place, possible row so that they are alternate?
arrangement will be of the form a)2(5!4!) b)4!4! c)2(4!4!) d)5!4!
G B G B G B G B Answers
l.a 2.a 3.d
.-. Number of arrangements in this case = 4! 4!
.-. Requirednumber = 4!4!+4!4!=2(4!4!)= 1152. Rule 9
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Theorem: .'.'< ..unber of ways in which 'm' persons of a
have particular group, caste, country etc. and'm' persons of the
the requ ired answer = 2 (4! 4!) = 1152. other group, caste, community, country etc can be seated
along a circle so that they are alternate, given by [m! (m -
Exercise
1)!J ways.
1. In how many ways 3 boys and 3 girls can be seated in a
row so that boys and girls are alternate? Illustrative E x a m p l e
a) 9 b)36 c)72 d) Data inadequate Ex.: In how many ways can 5 Indians and 5 Englishmen
2. In how many ways 5 boys and 5 girls can be seated in a be seated along a circle so that they are alternate?
row so that boys and girls are alternate? Soln: Detail Method: 5 Indians can be seated along a circle
a) 14400 b) 28800 c) 28000 d) None of these in 4! ways [See Note in Rule - 10].
3. In how many ways 2 boys and 2 girls can be seated in a If the Englishmen sit at the places indicated by cross
row so that boys and girls are alternate? ' ' then Indians and Englishmen will be alternate.
x
a) 4 b)2 c)8 d) 16
Answers
l.c 2.b 3.c
Rule 8
Theorem: The number of ways in which m boys and (m - 1 )
1
girls can be seated in a row so that they are alternate is
given by [m! (m - 1)!] ways. Now there are 5 places for 5 Englishmen.
.-. 5 Englishmen can be seated in 5! ways.
.-. Required number = 4! 5!.
Ex.: In how many ways 4 boys and 3 girls can be seated in
a row so that they are alternate?
have,
Soln: Detail Method: Possible arrangement will be of the
form the required number = 4! 5!.
Exercise
B G B G B G B
1. In how many ways can 4 Indians and 4 Englishmen be
There are four places namely 1 st, 3rd, 5th and 7th for seated along a circle so that they are alternate?
four boys. a)2(4!3!) b)4!4! c)4!3! d)4!5!
.-. Four boys can be seated in 4! ways. Again there 2. In how many ways can 6 Indians and 6 Englishmen be
are three places namely 2nd, 4th and 6th for three seated along a circle so that they are alternate?
girls. a)6!5! b)6!6! c)2x6!5! d) None of these
.-. Three girls can be seated in 3! ways 3. In how many ways can 8 Indians and 8 Englishmen be
.-. Requird number = 4! 3! = 144 seated along a circle so that they are alternate?
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we a)8!8! b)8!9! c)8!7! d) None of these
have Answers
the required answer = 4! 3! = 144. l.c 2.a 3.c
Exercise Rule 10
1. In how many ways 10 boys and 9 girls can be seated in Theorem: A round table conference is to be held between
a row so that they are alternate? 'n' delegates. The no. of ways in which they can be seated
a)10!9! b) 10111! c ) 9 ! l l ! d) Data inadequate so that'm 'particular delegates always sit together are given
2. In how many ways 8 boys and 7 girls can be seated in a by f(n - m)! x ml] ways.
row so that they are alternate?
a)8!7! b)2(8!7!) c)8!8! d)8!9! Illustrative E x a m p l e
3. In how many ways 5 boys and 4 girls can be seated in a Ex.: A round table conference is to be held between 20
delegates of 20 countries. In how many ways can and anticlockwise arrangements are not different,
they be seated if two particular delegates are always therefore, 6 beads can be arranged to form a necklace
to sit together? (6-l) 5x4x3x2x1 „
Soln: Detail Method: Regarding two particular delegates in — - — ways = = 60 ways
who are to sit together as one person, we have only Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
18+1 = 19 persons. These 19 persons can be seated have,
at the round table in 18! ways. [See Note]
But two particular persons can be arranged among the required no. = \ = -j = 60 ways. [See Note
themselves in 2! ways.
of Rule 10].
.-. Required number = 18! 2!
Y
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Exercise

have 1. Find the number of ways in which 7 different beads can
the required number = ( 2 0 - 2 ) ! * 2! = 18! * 2! be arranged to form a necklace.
Note: Always remember the following results based on the 6! 5! 4!
Circular Permutations. a) - b) - c) d) None of these
2 2 '2
1. Number of circular arrangements of 'n' different
Find the number of ways in which 8 different beads can
things = (n - 1)!.
be arranged to form a necklace.
2. When clockwise and anticlockwise arrangements
are not different, number of circular arrangements 8! 7! 9! 6!
a)- b ) - c)- d)
2 ''2 ''2 ' 2
of'n'different things = — ( " - l ) - Find the number of ways in which 12 different beads can
be arranged to form a necklace.
Exercise
11! 12! 10!
1. A round table conference is to be held between 18 del- a)y c) d)None of these
egates of 3 countries. In how many ways can they be
seated i f two particular delegates are always to sit to- Answers
gether? l.a 2.b 3. a
a) 15!* 3! b) 18! 3!
c)15!*5! d) Data inadequate Rule 12
2. A round table conference is to be held between 15 del- (0 To find the number of permutations of n things taking
egates of 2 countries. In how many ways can they be all at a time when p of them are similar and of one
seated i f two particular delegates are always to sit to- type, q of them are similar and are of another type, r of
gether? them are similar and are of third type and the remain-
a)13!><3! b)15!2! c) 13**21 d)12!><2! ing [ « - ( / ? + <? + /-)] are all different.
3. A round table conference is to be held between 16 del-
egates of 5 countries. In how many ways can they be
seated i f two particular delegates are always to sit to- The required number of permutations :
p\!
gether 9
(ii) If a work A can be done in m ways and another work
a) 16!* 5! b)ll!><5! c)11!*4! d) None of these B can be done in n ways and C is the final work which
Answers is done only when both A and B are done, then the
l.a 2.c 3.b no. of ways of doing the final work C = m x n.
Rule 11 Illustrative E x a m p l e s
Theorem: The number of ways in which 'n'different beads Ex. 1: Find the number of permutations of the letters of the
word "Pre-University".
-(«-!) Soln: There are 13 letters in the word Pre-University in which
there are two e's two i's, two r's and 7 others are
can be arranged to form a necklace are given by
different letters.
ways. 13!
Illustrative E x a m p l e .-. Required number of permutations = 2\
Ex.: Find the number of ways in which 6 different beads
Ex.2: How many different words can be formed with the
can be arranged to form a necklace.
letters of the word 'University'; so that all the vowels
Soln: Detail Method: Since in forming a necklace clockwise
Soln: Total number of letters = 10; number of vowels = 4; i

12! ,
occurs twice. .-. Required number of rearrangements = ~ ^ 7 ' -
Now, when 4 vowels are together, regarding the 4

vowels as one letter, we have only 6 + 1 = 7 letters. 2.b; Hint: Total number of letters = 8;
Now these 7 letters can be arranged in 7! ways. number of vowels = 3 r occurs twice.
Since i occurs twice, therefore, four vowels can be Total number of arrangements when there is no re-
. 4! 8!
arranged among themselves in — ways. striction :
2!
When three vowels are together, regarding them as
4! one letter, we have only 5 + 1 = 6 letters.
.-. Required number = 7! * — =60480 6!
These six letters can be arranged in — ways, since r

Exercise
1. In how many ways can the letters of the word 'civiliza- occurs twice.
tion'12!be rearranged?
12! 13' But the three vowels can be arranged among them-
a)— b)-TT-1 c) — 1 _ d)Noneofthese selves in 3! ways.
4! 4! 5!
2. In how many ways can the letters of the word 'Director' Hence number of arrangements when the three vow-
be arranged so that the three vowels are never together?
el
a) 1800 b) 18000 c) 16000 d)1600
3. Find the number of rearrangements of the letters of the els are together = — * 3!
word 'Benevolent'. How many of them end in 11
3)302400,30239 b) 302399,30239 .-. Required number
*-^x3!=-(8.7-6)=18000
=
c) 302399,30240 d) None of these 3.c; 2! 2! 2!
4. How many words can be formed with the letters of the Hint: There are ten letters in the word benevolent of
word 'Pataliputra' without changing the relative order which three are e's and two are n's. 10!
of the vowels and consonants? = 302400
a) 3600 b)6300 c)3900 d)4600 .-. Total number of arrangements = 31 21 x
5. How many different words can be formed with the let-

ters of the word 'Pencil' when vowels occupy even But one word is benevolent itself
10!
places. - 1 =302399
\r of re-arrangements = y j \
a) 140 b) 147 c) 144 d) Can't be determined
6. How many different words can be formed with five given 2nd part: When / is put in the end, number of remain-
letters of which three are vowels and two are conso- ing letters is 9 of which three are e's and two are n's
nants, no two vowels being together in any word?
a) 12 b) 16 c) 18 d) 10 9!
number of words ending in / = y ^ ; 30240
7. Letters of the word DIRECTOR are arranged in such a
way that all the vowels come together. Find out the total 4. a; Hint: There are eleven letters in the word 'Pataliputra'
no. of ways for making such arrangement. and there are two p's, two t's, three a's and four other
a) 4320 b)2720 c)2160 d) 1120 different letters.
(SBIPO Exam 1999) Number of consonants = 6, number of vowels = 5
8. How many different letter arrangements can be made Since relative order of the vowels and consonants
from the letters of the word RECOVER? remains unchanged, therefore, vowels will occupy
a) 1210 b)5040 c) 1260 d) 1200 only vowel's place and consonants will occupy only
(SBI Associates PO 1999) consonant's place.
Answers Now 6 consonants can be arranged among them-
1. b; Hint: There are 12 letters in the word 'civilization' of 6!
which four are i's and others are different letters. selves in ^ 21 w a v s -
12! [v there are two p's and two t's] and five vowels can
.-. Total number of permutations =
4T .5!
But one word is civilization itself be arranged among themselves in — ways, since a
occurs thrice person we have only three persons.

These three persons can be seated in a row in 3! ways.
6! 5!
.-. Required number = ^ T ^ ^ 7 x — 3600 But 8 Indians can be arranged among themselves in
8! ways, 4 Americans can be arranged among them-
5. c; Hint: There are 6 letters in the word 'pencil' and no selves in 4! ways and 4 Englishmen can be arrranged
letter is repeated. There are two vowels e and i among themselves in 4! ways.
Places are: .-. Requirednumber = 3! 8! 4! 4!
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Exercise

1. There are 20 books of which 4 are single volume and the
Even places are: 2nd, 4th and 6th other are books of 8, 5 and 3 volumes respectively. In
Now there are three even places for two vowels how many ways can all these books be arranged on a
.-. 3 vowels can be arranged in P = 3 != 6 ways.
3 3
shelf so that volumes of the same book are not sepa-
rated.
Four consonants can be arranged in remaining four
a)7!8!5!3! b)7!8!4!3!
places in 4! = 24 ways
c)7!6!5!3! d) None of these
.-. Required number = 6 x 24 = 144
2. A library has two books each having three copies and
6. a; Hint: Since there is no restriction on consonants,
three other books each having two copies. In how many
therefore, first of all we arrange the two consonants.
ways can all these books be arranged in a shelf so that
Two consonants can be arranged in 2! ways.
copies of the same book are not separated.
Now if the vowels are put at the places (including the
a) 120 b) 180 c)160 d) 140
two ends) indicated by the then no two vowels
3. 4 boys and 2 girls are to be seated in a row in such a way
will come together
that two girls are always together. In how many different
X consonant X consonant X ways can they be seated?
a) 120 b)720 c) 148 d)240
There are three places for three vowels and hence the (BSRB Guwahati PO 1999)
three vowels can be arranged in these three places in 4. In how many different ways can the lettes of the word
3 P = 3! ways.
3
JUDGE be arranged so that the vowels always come
together?
Hence number of words when no two vowels are to-
a) 48 b)24 c)120 d)60
gether = 2! x 3 ! = 12
(SBI BankPO 2001)
7. c; Hint: Taking all vowels (IEO) as a single letter (since
they come together) there are six letters with two 'R's. Answers
1. a; Hint: [Volumes of the same book are not to be sepa-
6!
Hence no. of arrangements = — 3! = 2160.
x
rated ie all volumes of the same book are to be kept
together.] Regarding all volumes of the same book as
[3 vowels can be arranged in 3! ways among them- one book, we have only 4 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 7 books.
selves, hence multiplied with 3!.] These seven books can be arraned in 7! ways. Vol-
7! umes of the book having 8 volumes can be arranged
8. c; Hint: Possible arrangements are ^ j r : = 1260 among themselves in 8! ways, volumes of the book
having 5 volumes can be arranged among themselves
[Division by 2 times 2! is because of the repetition of in 5! ways.
E and R] And volumes of the book having 3 volumes can be
arranged among themselves in 3! ways.
Rule 13
.-. Required number = 7! 8! 5! 3!
To find the number of permutations, when certain
2. a; Hint: Regarding all copies of the same book as one
things occur together, we do not have a general formula. But
book, we have only 5 books.
the following example will illustrate the concepts involved
These 5 books can be arranged in 5! ways. But all
in this kind of questions.
copies of the same book being identical can be ar-
Illustrative E x a m p l e ranged in only one way.
Ex.: In how many ways can 8 Indians, 4 Americans and 4 .-. Required number = 5! * 1 x 1 * 1 * 1 x 1 = 120
Englishmen be seated in a row so that all persons of 3. d; Hint: Assume the 2 given students to be together ie
the same nationality sit together. (one). Now there are 5 students.
Soln: Regarding all persons of the same nationality as one Possible ways of arranging them are 5! = 120
Now they (two girls) can arrange themselves in 2! Illustrative Example

ways. Ex.: Find the number of ways in which 5 identical balls
Hence, total ways = 120 x 2 = 240 can be distributed among 10 identical boxes, i f no;
4. a; Hint: Required number=4!2! = 48. more than one ball can go into a box.
Soln: Number of boxes = 10 and number of balls = 5.
II. Combinations Now distributing 5 balls among 10 boxes, when not
Rule 1 more than one ball can go into a box amounts to se-
Problems based on direct application of the fol- lecting boxes from among the 10 boxes. This can be
lowing formulae. done in Cl 0 5 ways.
10!
Required number of ways :
J C< = = 252
HxS
(ii) x _ , + "c = "r + 1 c r
Exercise
1. How many groups of 6 pesons can be formed from 8 mer
(iii) I f "C = "C then either x = y o r x + y = n
x y
and 7 women?
Illustrative Example a) 5000 b)5005 c)5050 d) None of these
2. There are 10 oranges in a basket. Find the no. of ways in
Ex.: If C 1 5 3 f = 15 C r+3 ,findr. which 3 oranges are chosen from the basket.
a) 125 b)140 c) 110 d) 120
Soln: We know that i f " C = "C , then x = y x y
3. There are 25 students in a class. Find the number of
or, x + y = n ways in which a committee of 3 students is to be formed
a) 2200 b)2300 c)2400 d)3200
L 3r - L r+3
Answers
.-. either 3r = r + 3, which gives r = % which is not
1. b; Hint: Total no. of persons = 8 + 7=15
possible, since r is an integer.
or,3r + r + 3 = 15, which gives r = 3. Hencer = 3. i5 r _ 15! 15!
No. of groups
6!(l5-6) 6! 9!
Exercise
1. Find n, i f " C : " " C = 3 3 : 4
6 3 3
15x14x13x12x11x10
= 5005
a) 11 b) 10 c)13 d) 12 6x5x4x3x2x1
Answer 2. d; Hint: Required number of ways = C 3
1. a; Hint: Given " C : "~ C = 33:4 6 3 3 10! i0! 10x9x8

120
= 3! ( 1 0 - 3 ) 3!7! = 3x2
n\) 33
6l(«-6)l («-3) 4 3. b; Hint: Required no. of ways
25x24x23
nl
3! 33 = 2 5 c 3 = = 2300
-x — = • 1x2x3
0T '{n-3y&r 4
«(w-l)(w-2)_33
Rule 3
Theorem: The number of triangles which can beformed bi
o r ' 6.5.4 4
joining the angular points of a polygon of m sides as verti-
or, « ( M - i X « - 2 ) = 6.5.33= 11.3.3.2.5
m(m-\\m-2)
or, / ? ( « - l X « - 2 ) = 11.(3.3).(2.5)= 11.10.9 ces are 7
.-. n = 11
Rule 2 Ex.: Find the no. of triangles formed by joining the ven-
Problems based on number of combinations. ces of a polygon of 12 sides.
(i) In simple cases Soln: Detail Method: A polygon of m sides will have n
(ii) When certain things are included or excluded. vertices. A triangle will be formed by joining any thres
vertices of the polygon.

12x9
= 54.
No. of triangles formed = L 3 _ »
!(«-3) Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
the required no. of diagonals
_ mx(m-l)x(m-2)x(w-3)_ ffix(m-l)x(m-2) 12x(l2-3) 12x9

= i = 54
6x(OT-3) 6 2 2
Putting m = 12, we get Exercise
12x11x10 1. Find the no. of diagonals of a hexagon.
required no. of triangles = 7 = 220 a) 9 b) 18 c)12 d) 15
2. Find the no. of diagonals of a septagon.
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have a) 16 b) 14 c)12 'd)18
12x11x10 3. Find the no. of diagonals of a octagon.
the required no. of triangles = = 220 a) 20 b)24 c)16 d)28
4. How many diagonals are there in a decagon?
Exercise a) 35 b)40 c)49 d)45
I. Find the no. of triangles formed by joining the vertices Answers
of a hexagon. l.a 2.b 3. a
a) 15 b) 18 c)20 d)24 4. a; Hint: No. of sides of a decagon is 10.
2 Find the no. of triangles formed by joining the vertices
10x(l0-3)
of a septagon. .-. required no. of diagonals : = 35.
a) 42 b)35 c)32 d)45
3. Find the no. of triangles formed by joining the vertices Rule 5
of a octagon.
If there are'm' horizontal and 'n' vertical lines, then
a) 56 b)64 c)42 d)49
the no. of different rectangles formed are given by
Answers ( C x"C ).
m 2 2
l.c 2.b 3. a
Rule 4 Ex. 1: In a chess board there are 9 vertical and 9 horizontal
Theorem: The number of diagonals which can be formed lines. Find the no. of rectangles formed in the chess
by joining the vertices of a polygon of'm' sides are board.
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have the total no. of
m(m-3)
rectangles = C x C
9 2 9 2 = 3 6 x 3 6 = 1296.
Ex.2:
y, v, V , H ,
H,
Ex.: Find the no. of diagonals of a polygon of 12 sides.
Soln: Detail Method: A polygon of m sides will have tn H,
vertices. A diagonal or a side of the polygon will be H 4
formed by joining any two vertices of the polygon. H 5
No. of diagonals of the polygon + no. of sides of the H 6
Count the total number of rectangles in the given

polygon (=m) = m C2
figure.
No. of diagonals of the polygon = '"C-, -m Soln: Applying the above rule, we have the no. of required
rectangles _ 6
C,x C 4 2 = 1 5 x 6 = 90.
mi m= -- m
2!(m-2) 2 Exercise
1. 10 parallel lines are intersected by 13 other parallel lines.
m{m-\)-1m m(m-3) Find the no. of parallelograms thus formed. -
2 2 a)3150 b)3510 c)3610 d)3501
Putting m = 12, we get the reqd. no. of diagonals = 2. ABCD is a rectangle. Count the no. of rectangles in the
given figure.
2. In a party every person shakes hands with every other

persons. I f there was a total of 45 handshakes in the
party, find the no. of persons who were present in the
party.
a) 9 b) 10 c) 11 d) 12
D C 3. In a party every person shakes hands with every other
a) 37800 b) 38800 c) 38700 d) None of these
persons. I f there was a total of 105 handshakes in the
Answers party, find the no. of persons who were present in the
1. b; Hint: Required no. of parallelograms party.
a) 15 b) 14 c)16 d) 12
= 1 0 Cx l 3 C,
4. In a party every person shakes hands with every other
10! 13 persons. I f there was a total of 120 handshakes in the
-x- party, find the no. of persons who were present in the
2!(l0-2) 2!(l3-2)
party.
_ 10x9x13x12 = 3 5 1 Q a) 15 b) 18 c) 16 d) None of these
4 5. On the occasion of a certain meeting each member gave
2. a shakehand to the remaining members. I f the total
shakehands were 28, how many members were present
Rule 6 for the meeting?
Theorem: In a party every person shakes hands with every a) 14 b)7 c)9 d)8
other persons. If there was a total of H handshakes in the (NABARD 1999i
party, the no. of persons 'n' who were present in the party Answers
n(n-\) „ 1. d; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have
8(8-1).
required no. of handshakes 28
can be calculatedfront the equation given as — - — = n .
2.b 3. a 4.c 5.d

Ex.: In a party every person shakes hands with every other Theorem: There are'm' members in a delegation which is
persons. If there was a total of 210 handshakes in the to be sent abroad. The total no. of members is 'n'. The no. of
party, find the no. of persons who were present in the ways in which the selection can be made so that a particu-
party. lar 'r' members are always
Soln: Detail Method: For each selection of two persons
(i) included, is given by {"' C _,)r m and
there will be one handshakes. So, no. of handshakes
(ii) excluded, is given by ("~ C ) r m
in the party = "C , where n = no. of persons.
2
Now, "C =210 (given)
= 2102
or, Ex.: There are 5 members in a delegation which is to be
o r ,n
n xx ((n--l1) )= 2 x ( 2 x 3 x5 x 7 ) = 21 x20
n
sent abroad. The total no. of members is 10. I n n \
.-. n = 21 many ways can the selection be made so that a par-
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we ticular member is always (i) included (ii) excluded"?
have, Soln: Detail Method:
(i) Selection of one particular member can be done n
n\n — l)
the required no. of persons = — W — = 210 = C, = 1 way. After the selection of the particu r
1
member, we are left with 9 members and for the de -

\. n = 21.
egation, we need 4 members more. So selection car
Exercise
be done in C
9 4 ways.
1. 8 men entered a lounge simultaneously. If each person
shook hands with the other then find the total no. of .-. required no. of ways of selection = C , x C, 1 9
handshakes.
a) 16 b)36 c)56 d)28 1x9x8x7x6
= 126.
(BSRB Bangalore PO 2000^ 24
.-. required no. of ways of selection = ' C , x C 9 4 Now 3 points can be selected out of 10 points in C
]b 3
ways.
1x9x8x7x6
= = 126 .-. number of triangles formed by 10 points when no 3
24
ofthem arecolline3r= 1 0 C 3 (i)
(ii) When one particular person has to be always
excluded from the 5-member delegation, we are left Similarly, the number of triangles formed by 4 points
with 1 0 - 1 = 9 persons. So selection can be done in when no 3 ofthem are collinear = C 4 3 (ii)
9 C 5 ways.
Now let the four points become collinear, then C 4 3
,-. required no. of ways = C = 1269 5

triangles formed by these 4 points vanish.
Quicker Method: .'. Required number of triangles formed
(i) Applying the above theorem, we have
= , 0 C - C = 1 2 0 - 4 = 116
3 4 3
the required number = 1 0 - 1 C ^ , = C =126 9 4

have,
(ii) Applying the above theorem, we have,
the required no. of triangles = , 0 C - 3 4 C =120-4
3
the required number = 1 0 - 1 C 5 = C =126

9 5
= 116.
Exercise Exercise
There are 4 members in a delegation which is to be sent 1. There are 12 points in a plane out of which 5 are col-
abroad. The total no. of members is 8. In how many ways linear. Find the number of triangles formed by the points
can the selection be made so that a particular member is as vertices.
always (i) included (ii) excluded? a)200 b)205 c)210 d)220
a) 35,35 b)35,40 c)36,32 d) None of these 2. There are 18 points in a plane out of which 6 are col-
There are 3 members in a delegation which is to be sent linear. Find the number of triangles formed by the points
abroad. The total no. of members is 7. In how many ways as vertices.
can the selection be made so that a particular member is a) 816 b)796 c)820 d)790
always (i) included (ii) excluded? 3. There are 14 points in a plane out of which 4 are col-
a)3,20 b)4,21 c)3,18 d)5,20 linear. Find the number of triangles formed by the points
There are 8 members in a delegation which is to be sent as vertices.
abroad. The total no. of members is 18. In how many a) 360 b)368 c)364 d) None of these
ways can the selection be made so that 2 members are
always (i) included (ii) excluded? Answers
a)8800,4920 b) 8008,4290 l.c 2.b 3.a
c) 8008,4920 d) None of these Rule 9
swers Theorem: There are '«' points in a plane out ofwhich'm'
La 2.a 3.b points are collinear. The number of straight lines formed
Rule 8 by joining them are given by - m C +l).

2
Theorem: There are 'n' points in a plane out of which'm' Illustrative E x a m p l e

paints are collinear. The number of triangles formed by the Ex.: There are 10 points in a plane out of which 4 rre col-
Kbits as vertices are given by (" C - 3 m C ).
3
linear. Find the number of straight lines formed by
joining them.
Illustrative E x a m p l e Soln: Detail Method: For the time being let us suppose that
El: There are 10 points in a plane out of which 4 are col- the 10 points are such that no three of the'm' are
linear. Find the number of triangles formed by the collinear. Now a straight line will be formed by any
points as vertices. two of these 10 points. Thus forming a straight line
Scln: Detail Method: For the time being let us suppose that amounts to selecting two of the 10 points.
the 10 points are such that no three of them are col- Now out of 10 points 2 can be selected in 1 0 C ways.
2
linear. Now a triangle will be formed by any three of

these ten points. Thus forming a triangle amounts to .-. number of straight lines formed by 10 points when
selecting any three of the 10 points.
656 PRACTICE BOOK ON QUICKER MATHS Pern
Now let the four points become collinear, then C 4 9 or, „<• _ „ _ 6 0 0 = 0
straight lines formed by them will reduce to only one or, ( « - 2 5 ) ( « + 2 4 ) = 0
straight line. .-. n = 25,-24
.-. required number of lines formed
But n * _24 .-. n = 25
10 have,
' C , +1 = 4 5 - 6 + 1 = 40
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we the number of students in the class
have, n ( n - l ) = 600
or, n 2 -«-600 =0 .-. n = 25,-24
the required number o f straight lines =
.-. required number of students = 25.
, 0 C - C
2 4 2 + l = 4 5 - 6 + l = 40.
Exercise
Exercise 1. On a new year day every student of a class sends a card
1. There are 12 points in a plane out of which 5 are col- to every other student. The postman delivers 552 cards.
linear. Find the number of straight lines formed by join- How many students are there in the class.
ing them. a) 23 b)24 c)22 d)33
a) 56 b)57 c)47 d)46 2. On a new year day every student of a class sends a card
2 There are 13 points in a plane out of which 4 are col- to every other student. The postman delivers 1190 cards.
linear. Find the number of straight lines formed by join- How many students are there in the class.
ing them. a) 35 b)34 c)33 d)45
a) 73 b)72 c)70 d)71 3. On a new year day every student of a class sends a card
3. There are 8 points in a plane out of which 3 are collinear. to every other student. The postman delivers 930 cards.
Find the number of straight lines formed by joining them, How many students are there in the class.
a) 25 b)26 c)28 d)29 a) 30 b)29 c)41 d) 31
Answers 4. On a new year day every student of a class sends a card
Lb 2. a 3.b to other student. I f the total no. of students are 51 then
find how many cards did the post man deliver?
Rule 10 a) 2550 b)5250 c)5220 d)2530
Theorem: On a new year day every student of a class sends
Answers
a card to every other student. If the postman delivers 'C
l.b 2. a 3.d
cards, then the number of students in the class can be
4. a; Hint: Required answer = 51(51 - 1) = 51 x 50 = 2550
calculated by the following equation. n(n - I) = C.
cards.
Ex.: On a new year day every student of a class sends a Rule 11
card to every other student. The postman delivers Theorem: If in an examination a minimum is to be secured
600 cards. How many students are there in the class. in each of 'n' subjectsfor a pass, then the number of ways a
Sola: Detail Method: Let n be the number of students.
student can fail is given by ( 2 " - 1 ) ways.
Now number of ways in which two students can be
selected out of n students is " C . 2
Ex: In an examination a minimum is to be secured in each
.-. number of pairs of students = " C • 2
of 5 subjects for a pass. In how many ways can t
But for each pair of students, number of cards sent is student fail?
2 (since if there are two students A and B, A will send Soln: Detail Method: The student will fail if he fails in one
a card to B and B will send a card to A). or more subjects. Now, the students can fail in one or
more subjects out of 5 subjects in
.-. for " C pairs, number of cards sent = 2 * " C .
2 2
5 C, + C + C + C + C
5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 ways
According to the question, 2 * " C = 600 2
5 C 0 + C, + C , + C , + C , + C ,
5 5 5 5 5 S C„
n{n-l)_
or. 2 x = 600 = 2 - 1 = 31 ways
2! 5
[;• " c + "c,+...+ c

0 n n =(1+1)" =2")
.-. Required number = 31 3. There are 5 questions in a question paper. In how many
657
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we ways can a student solve one or more questions?
have, a)31 b)32 c)33 d)30
4. There are 4 questions in a question paper. In how many
required number = 2" - 1 = 2 - 1 = 31 ways. 5
ways can a student solve one or more questions?

Exercise a) 16 b)17 c)31 d) 15
In an examination a minimum is to be secured in each of
Answers
3 subjects for a pass. In how many ways can a student
l.d 2.d 3.a 4.d
fail?
a) 8 b)9 c)7 d) Data inadequate Rule 13
1 In an examination a minimum is to be secured in each of
Theorem: Front 'x' persons of a group A and 'y'persons
from group B, the number of ways in which 'n 'persons can
fail?
be chosen to include exactly 'r' persons of group A and the
-
: In an examination a minimum is to be secured in each of rest of group B is given by ( * C x C„_ ) ways.
r y r

fail? Illustrative Example
a) 17 b)26 c)15 d) 31 Ex: From 4 officers and 8 jawans in how many ways can 6
- In an examination a minimum is to be secured in each of be chosen to include exactly one officer?
2 subjects for a pass. In how many ways can a student Soln: Detail Method:
fail? No. of officers No. of jawans No. of ways
a)4 b)2 c)3 d)5 1 5 4 C, x C

8 5
Answers .-. Required number = C, x C = 4 x 56 = 224

4 8 5
l.c 2. b 3.c 4. c
Rule 12 have,
Theorem: If there are 'n' questions in a question paper, the required answer = C , x C _,
4 8 6
then the no. of ways in which a student can solve one or

= C,x C
4 8 5 =224.
more questions are given by ( 2 " - l ) ways.
Exercise
1. From 5 officers and 7 jawans in how many ways can 4 be
Ex: There are 6 questions in a question paper. In how chosen to include exactly 2 officers?
many ways can a student solve one or more ques- a)210 b)120 c)200 d) 105
tions? 2. From 6 officers and 10 jawans in how many ways can 5
Soln: Detail Method: A student will solve one or more ques- be chosen to include exactly 1 officer?
tions out of 6 questions in a) 1290 b) 1160 c) 1260 d) None of these
6 C , + C + C + C + C + C ways.
6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 3. From 8 officers and 12 jawans in how many ways can 7
be chosen to include exactly 3 officers?
= C + C, + C + % + C + C + C - C
6 0 6 6 2 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 0
a) 27720 b) 27270 c) 26620 d) None of these
= 2 - 1 64 - 1 =63 ways.
6 = Answers
.-. required number = 63 l.a 2.c 3.a
have Rule 14
Theorem: In a basket there are certain number of fruits.
the required number = 2 - 1 = 64 - 1 = 63 • 6
Out of which, there are 'x'oranges, 'y'apples, 'z' mangoes

xercise and the remaining 'n' are of different kinds. Then the num-
There are 7 questions in a question paper. In how many ber of ways a person can make a selection of fruits from
ways can a student solve one or more questions? among the fruits in the basket are given by
a) 128 b)63 c)129 d) 127
\x +1)(y + l)(z + l)x 2" - 1 ] ways.
There are 8 questions in a question paper. In how many
ways can a student solve one or.more questions? Note: Here we consider all fruits of the same type are iden-
a) 256 b)257 c)127 d)255 tical.
Illustrative E x a m p l e Soln: Detail Method:

Ex.: There are 4 oranges, 5 apples and 6 mangoes in a fruit Each person will get 4 things. Now first person can be
basket. In how many ways can a person make a selec-
given 4 things out of 12 different things in C ways. 1 2 4
tion of fruits from among the fruits in the basket?

Soln: Detail Method: Second person can be given 4 things out of remain-
Zero or more oranges can be selected out of 4 identi- ing 8 things in C 8 4 ways. And third person can be
cal oranges in 4 + 1 = 5 ways.
Zero or more apples can be selected out of 5 identical given 4 things out of remaining 4 things in C ways. 4 4
apples in 5 + 1 = 6 ways.
.-. Required number = 1 2 C x C x C
4 8 4 4 4
Zero or more mangoes can be selected out of 6 iden-

tical mangoes in 6 + 1 = 7 ways. 12! 8! 12!
.-. total number of selections when all the three types
4! 8! 4! 4!X X ~ (4l) 3
of fruits are selected (the number of any type of fruits

may also be zero) = 5 x 6 x 7 = 210. Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
But in one of these selections number of each type of have,
fruit is zero and hence this selection must be excluded. the required number
.-. required number = 2 1 0 - 1 = 2 0 9 . Since n x m = 12 and n = 3
12!
.-. m = — = 4
have, (4? 3
the reqd number of ways (4 + 1) (5 + 1) (6 + 1) x 2° - 1 Note: If "mn' different things are divided equally among ' n '
= 5 x 6 x 7 * 1- 1 = 2 1 0 - 1 = 2 0 9 . groups, then the total no of different ways of distri-
Exercise • • , (nm).
bution are given by -r—-—-r—
1. There are 5 oranges, 6 apples and 7 mangoes in a fruit
basket. In how many ways can a person make a selec- Exercise
tion of fruits from among the fruits in the basket? 1. In how many ways 12 different things can be divided in
a) 336 b)337 c)335 d) Can't be determined three sets each having 4 things.
2. There are 2 oranges, 3 apples and 4 mangoes in a fruit
12! 12! 12! 12!
basket. In how many ways can a person make a selec-
tion of fruits from among the fruits in the basket? (4!) x3!
3 ) 3 (3!)S^! W^-
b ) W^- c ) d )
a)61 b)59 c)60 d)58 2. In how many ways 15 different things can be divided
3. There are 5 oranges, 7 apples and 9 mangoes in a fruit equally among 5 persons?
basket. In how many ways can a person make a selec- 15! 15! 15! 15!
tion of fruits from among the fruits in the basket? a)7TA5 b)77^r c) u,v d)7^T
(3!) 0)(5\f ^(5!) (3!)
a) 480 b)481 c)482 d)479 5 c 2 Q j 3
4. In a basket, there are 4 oranges, 6 apples, 8 mangoes and 3. In how many ways 18 different things can be divided
the remaining 3 are of different kinds. In how many ways equally among 6 persons?
can a person make a selection of fruits from among the 18! 18! 18! 18!
fruits in the basket?
a )(6\f W (3lf
b) W C ) d)
a) 2520 b)2521 c)2519 d)2522 4. In how many ways 20 different things can be divided
Answers equally among 4 persons?
l.c 2.b 3.d 4.c 201 20! 20!
b) d)None of these
Rule 15 a ) (4!) 5 (5!) 4
C ) (50 5
Theorem: The number of ways in which (n x m) different

Answers
things can be divided equally among 'n'persons are given
1. a; Hint: See Note. Here, n x m = 12, n = 3 .-. m = 4.
2. a 3.c 4.b
Rule 16
Illustrative E x a m p l e Theorem: The number of ways to distribute or divide 'n'
Ex.: In how many ways 12 different things can be divided identical things among 'r' persons when any person may
equally among 3 persons?
get any number of things are given by {" "' C _, J ways. +r r
Permutations 85 Combinations
Illustrative Example 4.
659
Find the no. of quadrilaterals that can be formed by join-

Ex.: In how many ways 20 apples can be divided among 5 ing the vertices of a polygon of 12 sides,
boys. a) 495 b)945 c)545 d)549
Soln: Number of ways of dividing 'n' identical things among Answers
V persons when any person may get any number of l.a 2.b
things = " + r _ 1 C _j [From the above theorem]
r
3. a; Hint: A decagon has 10 sides.
4. a
Here, n = 20, and r = 5
required number Rule 18
24 24! Theorem: If there are n points in a plane and no points are
Ci = 23x22x21 = 10626 collinear, then the number of straight lines can be drawn
4! 20!
n(n-\)
Exercise
1. In how many ways 12 bananas can be divided among 4 using these 'n'points are given by '
girls.
a) C , 2 4 b) 1 3 C 3 c) C 1 5 3 d) Data inadequate Illustrative Example
2. In how many ways 16 oranges can be divided among 8 Ex.: How many straight lines can be drawn with 16 points
boys. in a plane of which no points are collinear?
a) C 2i s b) C l 6 8 c) C i J 7 d) None of these
required number of straight lines
In how many ways 13 apples can be divided among 5 = MlM
2
= x 8 = 120.
1 5
students.
Exercise
a) 1 7 C 4 b) 1 3 C 5 c) , 4 Q d) , 2 C 4
1. How many straight lines can be drawn with 15 points in

Answers a plane of which no points are collinear?
l.c 2.c 3.a a) 105 b)120 c) 110 d)None ofthese
2. How many straight lines can be drawn with 18 points in
Rule 17 a plane of which no points are collinear?
Theorem: The number of quadrilaterals that can beformed a) 150 b) 153 c) 148 d) Can't be determined
by joining the vertices of a polygon of n sides are given by 3. How many straight lines can be drawn with 14 points in
a plane of which no points are collinear?
«(H-1)(W-2)(«-3)1
; where n>3. a)90 b) 101 c)91 d)92
24
Answers
Illustrative Example l.a 2.b 3.c
Ex.: Find the no. of quadrilaterals that can be formed by
joining the vertices of an octagon. Rule 19
Soln: Applying the above theorem, Theorem: If there are 'n' points in a plane and no three
an octagon has 8 sides, hence here, n = 8 points are collinear, then the number of triangles formed
.-. required number n(n-\\n-l)
with 'n 'points are given by 7
8(8-1X8-2X8-3) _ 8 x 7 x 6 x 5
= 70.
24 24 Illustrative Example
Exercise Ex.: Find the no. of triangles that can be formed with 12
1. Find the no. of quadrilaterals that can be formed by join- points in a plane of which no three points are col-
ing the vertices of an hexagon. linear.
a) 15 b)20 c)70 d) 16 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
2. Find the no. of quadrilaterals that can be formed by join- 12x11x10 ...
ing the vertices of an septagon. required no. of triangles = - 220.
a) 45 b)35 c)42 d)28 6
3. Find the no. of quadrilaterals that can be formed by join- Exercise
ing the vertices of an decagon. 1. Find the no. of triangles that can be formed with 13 points
a)210 b)200 c)120 d)160 in a plane of which no three points are collinear.
a) 276 b)286 c)296 d) Can't be determined Exercise

2. Find the no. of triangles that can be formed with 14 points 1. 2 matches are to be played in a chess tournament. In
in a plane of which no three points are collinear. how many ways can their results be decided?
a) 346 b)364 c)384 d)464 a) 27 b)9 c)8 d) None of these
3. Find the no. of triangles that can be formed with 15 points 2. 4 matches are to be played in a chess tournament. In
in a plane of which no three points are collinear. how many ways can their results be decided?
a) 454 b)455 c)544 d)445 a) 81 b) 16 c)27 d)64
Answers 3. 5 matches are to be played in a chess tournament. In
l.b 2.b 3.b how many ways can their results be decided?
a) 343 b)243 c) 128 d) None of these
Rule 20 Answers
Theorem: n students appear in an examination. The num- l.b 2.a 3.b
ber of ways the result of the examination can be announced
are given by (2)".

Rule 22
Theorem: A badminton tournament consists of 'n' matches.
IIlustrativeExample (i) The number of ways in which their results can be
Ex.: 6 students appear in an examination. In how many forecast are given by ( 2 ) " ways.
ways can the result be announced?
(ii) Total number of forecasts containing all correct re-
Soln: Detail Method: Each student can either pass or fail in
sults or all wrong results are given by 1.
the examination. So, there exists 2 possibilities for
each of the 6 students in the result. Illustrative Example
.-. total number of ways for the result" (2) = 64
6
Ex: A badminton tournament consists of 3 matches.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we (i) In how many ways can their results be forecast?
have (ii) How many different forecasts can contain all wrong
results.
the required answer = (2) = 64 .
6
(iii) How many different forecasts can contain all cor-
Exercise rect results?
1. 4 students appear in an examination. In how many ways Soln: Each badminton match can be decided in only 2 ways
can the result be announced? ie win or loss for a particular team.
a) 15 b) 16 c)17 d) None of these .-. Total no. of ways the results of 3 matches can be
2 5 students appear in an examination. In how many ways forecast = 2 = 8
3
can the result be announced? Result of each match can be forecast wrong in only 1
a) 32 b)33 c) 31 d) Data inadequate way.
3. 7 students appear in an examination. In how many ways .-. Total no. of forecasts containing all wrong results
can the result be announced?
a) 126 b)127 c)129 d) 128
Answers Similarly, result of each match can be forecast correct
l.b 2.a 3.d in only 1 way.
Rule 21 .-. Total no. of forecasts containing all correct results

Theorem: n' matches are to be played in a chess tourna- = (1) =1
3
ment. The number of ways in which their results can be

Exercise
decided are gien by (3)" ways.
1. A badminton tournament consists of 4 matches. In how
Illustrative Example many ways can there results be forecast?
a) 16 b)32 c)15 d) 31
Ex: 3 matches are to be played in a chess tournament. In
how many ways can their results be decided?
many ways can their results be forecast?
Soln: The result of each of the 3 matches can be in three
a)32 b)31 c)33 d)64
ways namely win, draw or loss.
total no. of ways in which results of 3 matches can
many ways can their results be forecast?
be decided = (3^ = 27. a)64 b)70 c) 128 d) 127
Permutations 85 Combinations 661
Answers (SBI Bank PO Exam 2001)

l.a 2.a 3.c (i) In how many different ways can it be done so that the
committee has at least one woman?
Rule 23 a)210 b)225 c)195 d) 185
Theorem: The Indian hockey team is to play 'n' matches (ii) In how many different ways can it be done so that the
for the world cup. committee has at least 2 men?
(i) The number of differentforecasts that will contain all a)210 b)225 c) 195 d) 185
correct results is ( l ) " or 1. Answers

(ii) The number of different forecasts that will contain l.a; Hint: Detail Method:
all wrong results are (2)". No. of officers No. ofjawans No. of ways
Case I 1 5 Cj x C = 224 6 5
Ex.: The Indian hockey team is to play 4 matches for the

world cup.
Case I I 2 4 'C x 2 8 C =420
4
(i) How many different forecasts will contain all cor-
rect results?
Caselll 3 3 'C x 3 8 C =224 3
(ii) How many different forecasts will contain all wrong
results?
Case IV 4 4 C x C =28 4 8 2
Soln: Result of each hockey match can be decided in 3 ways
ie win, loss or draw. .-. Required number = 224 + 420 + 224 + 28 = 896
(i) Only in 1 way we can correctly predict each match
ie 'forecast' and the actual result are the same.
have,
Hence, total no. of ways to predict all 4 matches
x = 4,y = 8andn = 6
correctly = ( l ) = 1.
4
The value of
(ii) For each match the prediction can go wrong in 2
ways. For example, prediction for any match is
X CX x C_ y n x = C x C_ = C x C
4 6 4 4 2
win but the actual result is either loss or draw.

.-. total no. of forecasts containing all wrong Now, from the above theorem,
results = (2) = 1 6 .
4
Required answer
Exercise = C, x C + C x C + C x C + C x C
4 8 5 4 2 8 4 4 3 8 3 4 4 8 2
1. The Indian hockey team is to play 3 matches for the = 224 + 420 + 224 + 28 = 896
world cup. How many different forecasts will contain all
2. (i) c; Hint: Required no. of ways
correct results?
a)8 b) 16 c)l d)32
= C , x C + ' C x C + C x C, + C
4 6 3 4 2 6 2 4 3 6 4 4
2. The Indian hockey team is to play 8 matches for the

world cup.
6x5x4 4x3 6x5 4x3x2
(i) How many different forecasts will contain all correct 4x x6 + l
1x2x3 1x2 1x2 1x2x3
results?
a) 8 b)l c)256 d) None of these = 80 + 90 + 24 + 1 = 195
(ii) How many different forecasts will contain all wrong
(ii) d; Hint: Required no. of ways
results?
a) 128 b)256 c)512 d) None of these = C x C + C x Cj + C
6 2 4 2 6 3 4 6 4
Answers
l.c 2.(i)b;(ii)b 6x5 4x3 6 x 5 x 4 6x5x4x3
-x = x4 + -
1x2 1x2 1x2x3 1x2x3x4
Miscellaneous = 90 + 80+ 15=185
1. From 4 officers and 8 jawans in how many ways can be 6
chosen to include at least one officer.
a) 896 b)986 c)886 d)996
2 From a group of 6 men and 4 women a committee of 4
persons is to be formed.
Probability
In this chapter, only rules with illustrative examples have

4 2
been given. For basics please consult "Magical Book on
••• P ^ 6 =3
Quicker Maths."
(vii) E (a no. greater than 6) = { } , i.e. there is no num-
Rule 1 ber greater than 6 in the sample space
Theorem: Probability of an event (E) is denoted by P(E)
and is defined as P(E) .-. P ( E ) = ^ = 0
n(E) no. of desired events Probability of an impossible event = 0

n(S) total no. of events (ie no. of sample space) (viii) E (a no. less than or equal to 6)
= {l,2,3,4,5,6},n(E) = 6
Ex.: A dice is thrown. What is the probability that the P(E) = « = 1
number shown on the dice is (i) an even no; (ii) an 6
odd no.; (iii) a no. divisible by 2; (iv) a no. divisible by Probability of a certain event = 1.
3; (v) a no. less than 4; (vi) a no. less than or equal to Note: 0 < P(E) < 1
4; (vii) a no. greater than 6; (viii) a no. less than or
Exercise
equal to 6.
1. In a simultaneous throw of two dice find the probability
Soln: In all the above cases, S = { 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 } , n(S) = 6.
of getting a total of 8.
(0 E(anevenno.;={2,4,6},n(E) = 3
1
a) c) d) Data inadequate
P(E) = 9 b >' 336
l ' 6
n(S)
A coin is successively tossed two times. Find the prob-
(ii) E ( a n o d d n o . ) = { l , 3 , 5 } , n ( E ) = 3
ability of getting
n(E) _ 3 _ 1 l)exatly one head 2) at least one head.
•'•P ( E ) " 6~2
=
14 12
(iii) E (a no. divisible by 2) = {2,4,6}, n(E) = 3 1 2 2
a)
2'4 4'7 C ) >2'3 d
3 V In a box carrying one dozen of oranges, one third have

P(E) =
6 ~2 become bad. I f 3 oranges are taken out from the box at
(iv) E (ano. divisible by 3) = { 3 , 6 } , n(E) = 2 random, what is the probability that at least one orange
out of the three oranges picked up is good?
2-1
.-. P(E) = 1 54 45 3
6 ~3
a) b) c)
(v) E (a no. less than 4 ) = { 1 , 2 , 3 } , n(E) = 3 55 55 ' 55 d ) 5?
(SBI Bank PO Exam 1999)
3 1
Out of 15 students studying in a class, 7 are from
Maharashtra, 5 are from Karnataka and 3 are from Goa.
(vi) E (a no. less than or equal to 4) Four students are to be selected at random. What are
= {1,2,3,4} n(E) = 4 the chances that at least one is from Karnataka?
14. The odds in favour of an event are 3:5. The probability

12 11 10 1
of occurrence of the event is
a ) TI b ) B C) T5 d ) 15
(BSRB Guwahati PO1999) 1 1
5. The probability that a teacher will give one surprise test 5
a)
8
b)
3 d)
c)
?
15. The odds against the occurrence of an event are 5:4.
1
during any class meeting in a week is —. I f a student is The probability of its occurrence is .
absent twice, what is the probability that he will miss at 4 4 1

least one test. a >? b) 77
9 c)" ' 5
4" d )
16. In a lottery there are 20 prizes and 15 blanks. What is the

4 1 91 16
probability of getting prize?
a) l5~ b) Ts c) Ys d ) i2T
(BSRB Mumbai PO Exam 1999)
a)
6. In a throw of a coin, the probabi; y of getting a head is To » 1 c >7 d >7
17. An urn contains 9 red, 7 white and 4 black balls. A ball is
drawn at random. What is the probability that the ball
1
c)l d) None of these drawn is not red?
2
3 )
In a simultaneous throw of two coins, the probability of 1 9 2 11

getting at least one head is . a ) TT b ) 2 l C ) TT d >20
18. What is the probability that a number selected from the
1 2 3 1
numbers 1,2,3,4,5,..., 16 is a prime number?
a>2 b >y c > i d ) I
8. Three unbiased coins are tossed, what is the probability 1
a)
of getting exactly two heads? 16 b ) ¥ "c) I d >l6
1 19. Ticket numbered 1 to 20 are mixed up and then a ticket is
3
c) drawn at random. What is the probability that the ticket
3 ) 3 7 b ) >8 d
drawn bears a number which is a multiple of 3?

9. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probabil-
ity of getting at most 2 heads? 3 2 1
a) c)5T d)
20 b ) 10 "*
1 3 7 1
a)- b)- 0 - d)- 20. Ticket numbered 1 to 20 are mixed up and then a ticket is
drawn at random. What is the probability that the ticket
10. A fair coin is tossed 100 times. The probability of get-
drawn bears a number which is a multiple of 3 or 7?
ting head an odd number of times is .
1
1 2 3 a) b)~ c)
a) c)~ d) L5
3 :
b ) - 4
11. A bag contains 6 black balls and 8 white balls. One ball Answers
is drawn at random. What is the probability that the ball 1. b; Hint: In a simultaneous throw of two dice
drawn is white? Sample space = 6 x 6 = 36
Favourable cases are (2,6) (3,5) (4,4) (5,3) (6,2)
4 3 4 1
a)y b)- O- d)- 5
So, the required probability = —
12. A bag contains 8 red and 5 white balls. 2 balls are drawn
at random. What is the probability that both are white? 2. a; Hint: In tossing a coin 2 times the sample space is 4 ie
(H,H),(H,T),(T,H),(T,T)
a) b) c) d) 1) I f A, denotes exactly one head
16 ' 13 ' 26 39
13. A bag contains 5 blue and 4 black balls. Three balls are
then, A, = { ( H , T ) ( T , H ) } S o , P ( A , ) = - :
drawn at random. What is the probability that 2 are blue
and 1 is black? 2) I f A denotes at least one head
I
d) None of these then A = {(H, T), (T, H), (H, H)} .\) = •
a ) I b >7 C >6
Probability 665
10. c; Hint: w(s) = 2 1 0 0
3.c; Hint: n ( S ) = C = , 2 3 ^ ^ = 2x11x10 = 220

3x2 n(E) = no. of favourable ways
No. of selection of 3 oranges out of the total 12
= , 0 0 C + 1 , 0 0 C +...+
3 , 0 0 C 9 9 =2 , 0 0 - = 2
1 9 9
oranges = C =2 « 11 x 10 = 220
, 2 3
|v C + C + C + ... = 2 " - |
n 1 n 3 n 5 ,
No. of selection of 3 bad oranges out of the total 4

bad oranges = C = 4 4 3
.-. n(E) = no. of desired selection of oranges • K ' n(s) 2 m 2

= 220-4 = 216 Note: The given case can be generalised as "If a unbiased
coin is tossed times, then the chance that the
head will present itself an odd number of times is
v ; n(s) 220 55
1
4. b; Hint: Total possible ways of selecting 4 students out it
2 '
i< 15x14x13x12 , „ „ 11. a; Hint: Total no. of balls = (6 + 8) = 14
of 15 students = <- = —
4 —-— = 1365
1x2x3x4 No. of white balls = 8
The no. of ways of selecting 4 students in which no
student belongs to Karnataka = C .-. P(drawing a white ball) =
1 0 4
14 ~ 7
.-. number of ways of selecting at least one student 12. d; Hint:
n(S) = Number of ways of drawing 2 balls out of 13
fromKarnataka= , 5 C - 1 0 C , =115 5.
13x12
1155 77 11 = , 3 C = 7 = 78
Probability =
1365 91 13
n(E) = No. of ways of drawing 2 balls out of 5
5. b; Hint: The probability of absenting of the student in
5x4
2 1 = 'C = 2 = 10
the class " ~ " r
6 3
n(E) _ 10 _ 5
.-. the probability of missing his test •'• P ( E ) = ~njs)~ 78 ~ 39
5*3 ~ 15 "
13. c; Hint: Let S be the sample space and E be the event of
6. a; Hint: Here S = {H, T} and E = {H}
drawing 3 balls out of which 2 are blue and 1 is black.
n{E)_\ Then, n(S) = Number of ways of drawing 3 balls out
n(s) 2 9x8x7
of 9 = C = 9 3 = 84
7.c; Hint:
Hint:SS== {HH, HT, TT, TH} and E = {HH, HT, TH} 3x2x1
n(E) = Number of ways of drawing 2 balls out of 5 and
n{E) = 3
... He)- 1 ball out of 4.
n(s)~4
( 5x4
8. d; Hint: S = {HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, TTH, THT, HTT, 5 C + C, 2 4 + 4 =14
TTTJand
E = Event of getting exactly two heads 4M) 14 i
= {HHT, HTH, THH}
•• ^ = ^ )
P ^ 6 - = =
14. b; Hint: Number of cases favourable to E = 3

V ; n{s) 8 Total number of cases = (3 + 5) = 8
'3
9. c; Hint: n(S) = 8 [See hint of the Q. No. 8] .-. P(E) =
E = Event of getting 0, or 1 or 2 heads 8'
= {TTT, TTH, THT, HTT, HHT, HTH, THH} 15. b; Hint: Number of cases favourable to E = 4
or, n(E) = 7 Total number of cases = (5 + 4) = 9
n(E) 1 4
••• P(E)= n -
666 P R A C T I C E B O O K O N Q U I C K E R MATHS
{Sunday}, n(E)= 1
20 20 4
16.c; Hint: P(getting a prize) 1
20 + 15 35 7
.-. P ( E ) = y
9 _9_
17. d; Hint:P(red) = Exercise
9+7+4 20
1. What is the probability that a leap year selected ran-
9* II domly will have 53 Mondays?
P(not-red) =• 1 -
20 ~ 20
7 5 1
18. c; Hint: S= {1,2,3,..., 16} andE= {2,3,5,7,11,13} a)- b) c) — d) Data inadequate
7 7
n(E) 6 3 What is the probability that an oridinary year has 53
•• ®=^) r6 i-
p = =
Sundays?
19. b; Hint: S = {1,2,3,... 20} and E - ;3,6,9,12,15,18} 53 1 48

b) c) d)
a ) 3^ 53
n{E)
•'• P ( E ) = n(s) " 20 ~ 10 Answers
20. c; Hint: Clearly, n(S) = 20 and E = {3,6,9,12,15,18,7, 1. a; Hint: A leap year has 366 days = 52 weeks + 2 days
14} These 2 days can be (Sunday, Monday), (Monday,
Tuesday), (Tuesday, Wednesday) ... or, (Saturday,
n(E) _ _8_ _ 2 Sunday). Out of these total 7 outcomes, there are 2
P(E) = " 20 ~ 5 • cases favourable to the desired event ie (Sunday,
Monday) and (Monday, Tuesday)
Rule 2 2
Problems based on leap year. .-. required probability = — .
A leap year has 366 days, hence it has 52 complete weeks 2. b; Hint: An ordinary year has 365 days ie 52 weeks and
and 2 more days. 1 day. So the probability that this day is a Sunday is
When the year is not a leap year, it has 52 complete weeks
1
and 1 more day.
7 '
Ex.: (i) What is the chance that a leap year selected ran- Rule 3
domly will have 53 Sundays? Problems based on dice
(ii) What is the chance, if the year selected is a not a Following chart will be helpful in solving the problems
leap year? based on dice.
Soln: (i) A leap year has 366 days so it has 52 complete Chart: When two dice are thrown, we have,
weeks and 2 more days. The two days can be {Sun-
S = {(1,1), ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 1 , 6 ) , (2,1), ( 2 , 2 ) , ( 2 , 6 ) , (3,1),
day and Monday, Monday and Tuesday, Tuesday
( 3 , 2 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 4 , 1 ) , ( 4 , 6 ) , ( 5 , 1 ) , ( 5 , 6 ) , (6,1)
and Wednesday, Wednesday and Thursday, Thurs-
(6,6)}
day and Friday, Friday and Saturday, Saturday and
n(S) = 6><6 = 36
Sunday}, i.e. n(S) = 7.
Out of these 7 cases, cases favourable for more Sun- Sum of the no. n(S)
of the two dice Events
days are
{Sunday and Monday, Saturday and Sunday}, (!) («) (0 (ii)
i.e.n(E) = 2
2 12 1 [1,1) {6. 6}
3 11 2 (1.2), {2, 1) {6, 5}, {5, 6}
.-. P(E) =
4 10 3 (1.3), (3,1), {2,2} {6,4}, {4,6}, {5,5}
(ii) When the year is not a leap year, it has 52 com-
5 9 4 (1,4), {4. 1), (2,3), (6,3), {3,6}, |5, 4),
plete weeks and 1 more day that can be {Sunday, (3,2) H, 5}
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday,
6 8 S Hi 5), (5, 1}, (2, 4), {6,2}, {2,6}. (5,3),
Saturday}, n(S) = 7 {4.2}, {3,3} {3, 5}, {4. 4}
Out of these 7 cases, cases favourable for one more
7 6 {1,6}, {6, 1}, {2,5|, {5.2}, M, 3}, {3,4}
Sunday is
Probability yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 667
Illustrative Example 2. In a simultaneous throw of two dice, what is the prob-

Ex.: When two dice are thrown, what is the probability ability of getting a doublet?
that 1 33 2
(i) sum of numbers appeared is 6 and 7? b) j _4 d)
3 ) 6~ 4 c )
~' 3
(ii) sum of numbers appeared < 8?
3. In a simultaneous throw of two dice, what is the prob-
(iii) sum of numbers is an odd no?
ability of getting a total of 10 or 11 ?
(iv) sum of numbers is a multiple of 3?
(v) numbers shown are equal? 7 5 1 1
(vi) the difference of the numbers is 2? & ) n b ) 37 C ) 6 V~4
(vii) Sum of the numbers is at least 5. 4. In a single throw of two dice what is the probability of
Soln: (i) Use the above chart: not getting the same number on both the dice?
n(E) _ 5 1 2 5
For 6, reqd probability = d) r
n(S) ~ 36 a >6 j
6 1 Answers
For 7, reqd probability :
36 6 1. b; Hint: Here S = {1,2,3,4,5,6} and E =» {2,3,5}
(ii) Desired sums of the numbers are 2,3,4,5,6,7 and 3 1
8; ,.P(E)= r i.
n ( S ) = l + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 5 = 26 2. a; Hint: In a simultaneous throw of two dice
26 13 n(S) = 36
.-. reqd probability = ~ ~r^ =
36 18 Let E = {(1,1), (2,2), (3,3), (4,4), (5,5), (6,6)}
(iii) Desired sums of the numbers are 3,5,7,9 and 11;
6 1
n(S) = 2 + 4 + 6 + 4 + 2 = 18
. . . 18 1 ••• P ^ 3 T 6 -
.-. reqd probability = — - % 3. b; Hint: Clearly, n(s) = 36
36 2
(iv) Desired sums of the numbers are 3,6,9 and 12; Let(E)= {(4,6), (5,5), (6,4), (5,6), (6,5)}
n(S) = 2 + 5 + 4 + l = 12'
5
.-. P(E) =
11 = 1 36
.-. reqd probability :
36 ~ 3 4.c; Hint: Clearly, n(S) = 36
(v) Events = { l , 1}, {2,2}, {3,3}, {4,4}, {5,5}, {6,6}; Let E = {(1,1), (2,2), (3,3), (4,4), (5,5), (6,6)}
n(S) = 6
6 1 .-. P(E) =
36
••• P ( E ) = 37 = 6
_5
(vi) Events = {3,1}, {4,2}, {5,3}, {6,4}, {4,6}, {3,5}, So, P(not-E) = 1 —
6
{2,4}, {1,3}
orn(S) = 8
Rule 4
8 2
Problems based on cards
I •• P ( E >=36 = 9 Following chart will be helpful to solve the problems based
(vii) Events; either 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 on cards.
n(E)=l+2 + 3+4=10 Chart: A pack of cards has a total of 52 cards.
n(S) = 36
Red suit (26) Black suit (26)
n(E)_ 10 _ 5
• P ( E ) = «(S)"36"18' Club (13)
Diamond (13) Heart (13) Spade (13)
Exercise
In a throw of a die, the probability of getting a prime The numbers in the brackets show the respective no.
number is of cards in that category.
1 1 Each of Diamond, Heart, Spade and Club contains
b) c) nine digit-cards 2,3,4,5,6,7, 8,9 and 10 (a total of 9
x 4 = 36 digit-cards) along with four Honour cards (ii) Total no. of Queens = 4
Ace, King, Queen and Jack (a total of 4 x 4 = 16 Honour Selection of 1 Queen card out of 4 can be done in
cards).
4 C, = 4 ways. He can select the remaining 1 card
from the remaining (52 - 4 =) 48 cards. Now, cards in
Ex. 1: A card is drawn from a pack of cards. What is the
48
probability that it is C, =48 ways.
(i) a card of black suit?
(ii) a spade card? 4x48 32
n(E) = 4 x 4 8 P(E) =
(iii) an honours card of red suit? 26x51 221
(iv) an honours card of club? (iii) Total no. of honours card = 16
(v) a card having the number less than 7? To have no honours card, he has to select two card:
(vi) a card having the number a multiple of 3? out of the remaining 52 - 16 = 36 cards which he car.
(vii) a king or a queen?
(viii) a digit-card of heart? do in 3 6 C 9 = ^ ^ = 18x35 ways
2 .
(ix) ajack of black suit?
Soln: 18x35 105
.'. P(E) =
For all the above cases n(S) - 52, :52 26x51 221
16, 8x15 20
26 26, 26 (iv)P(E) =
or, (v » C , = n ) 26x51 26x51 221
(OH 52.
52
(v)n(E)= C , x C , = 4 x 4 = 16
4 4
13 4x2 2_
00 s - (iii)
52 13
• ® , P26x51 663
Ex. 3: From a pack of 52 cards, 3 cards are drawn. What is the
5x4 5
(v) probability that it has
(iv) 52 = n 52 (i) all three aces?
3x4 (ii) no queen?
(vi) (iii) one ace, one king and one queen?
52
(iv) one ace and two jacks?
4 1 4 1 (v) two digit-cards and one honours card of black
(vii) P(a king) = — = — ; P(a queen) = ^ = suit?
Soln: For all the above cases, n(S)
1 1 2
.-. P(a king or a queen) = 7J + 7J 52x51x50 = 26x17x50
13 = 5 2 C
3x2
2 1
(viii) (i)n(E) _ 4
C =4
52 52 26 ( k ) =
3
Ex. 2: From a pack of 52 cards, 2 cards are drawn at random. 1

What is the probability that it has ,P(E) =
26x17x50 5525
(i) both the Aces? (ii) exactly one queen?
(iii) no honours card? (iv) no digit-card? (ii)n(E)= 4 8 C 3 =8x47x46
(v) One King and one Queen?
8*47x46 4324
52^ 52x51 ,P(E) =
26x51 26x17x50 5525
Soln: For all the above cases, n(S)= C =—^——
2
(iii)n(E)= C,x C,x C, =4x4x4 4 4 4
(i) Total no. of Aces = 4

nr. VC = 4x4x4 16
:. n(E)= 2
4 x 3
= f.6 ,.P(E) =
26x17x50 5525
1 (iv)n(E)= C , x C , = 4 x 6 4 4
••, P(E):
26x51 221
Probability yoursmahboob.wordpress.com 669
4x6 6 m 28 7
,P(E) = P(E) =
26x17x50 ~ 5525 n(s) 52 13
(v)n(E) = 36- : x ° C , =18x35x8 3. a; Hint: n(S) = Number of ways of drawing 2 cards out
of52
18x35x8 252
P(E) = = 5 2 52x51 = 1 3 2 6
26x17x50 1105
2x1 2
Exercise n(E) = Number of ways of drawing 2 cards out of 4

One card is drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards.
What is the probability that the card drawn is a face
card?
1
1 1
.'. P(E) =
a) b) c) d) 1326 221"
13 4 52 ' 13
4.c; Hint: Clearly, n(S) =52, there are 4 kings and 4 queens.
One card is drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards.
What is the probability that the card drawn is either a n(E) _ 8 _ 2
red card or a king? • P ( E ) = «(5)"52"13-
1 27 5.b; Hint: There are 13 hearts and 3 more kings
d)
c >lJ 52
13 + 3 _ 4
Two cards are drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards. P(heart or a king) =
52 ~ 13
What is the probability that the drawn cards are both
aces? 9_
P(neither a heart nor a king) = » 4 =
1 2 3 13 13 '
a) d) None of these g -
a
Hint: Let E and F be the event of getting a spade and
2^1 b ) 13 C ) 2~6
that of getting a king respectively.
What is the probability of getting a king or a queen in a
Then £ n F>s the event of getting a king of spade
single drawn from a pack of 52 cards?
v n(E) = 13, n(F) = 4 and n(E n F) = 1
11
1 1
a)
26 13 'c)
' 13
d)None of these
So, P(E) =
52
1 4 _ 1
-,P(F) = - - - a n d
A card is drawn from a pack of 52 cards. A card is drawn
at random. What is the probability that it is neither a 1
P(EnF)=-
heart nor a king?
P(a spade or a king) = P(E u F)
4 9 2 4
a ) 77 b)— c)— d) = P(E) + P(F) - P(E n F)
13 13 C )13 ~' 13
]_ _1_ 4
A card is drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards. What
4 L3+ 52
is the probability that the card drawn is a spade or a
king? Rule 5
4 3 2 1 Theorem: If a bag contains x red, y yellow and z green
a) 77 b)
13 ' 13 T3 C )
balls, 3 balls are drawn randomly, then the probability of
\nswers the balls drawn contain balls of different colour is given by
| I . a; Hint: Clearly, n(S) = 52 and there are 16 face cards. 6xyz
] 6 _ _4_ {x + y + z)(x + y + z-\)(x + y + z-2)
P(E) =
52 * 13 C] X ^Cy X C|
Hint: Clearly n(S) = 52. There are 26 red cards (includ- or
ing 2 kings) and there are 2 more kings.
Let (E) be the event of getting either a red card or a Illustrative Example
king. Ex: A bag contains 3 red, 5 yellow and 4 green balls. 3
Then, n(E) = 28 balls are drawn randomly. What is the probability that
the balls drawn contain balls of different colours?
Soln: Detail Method: Totalno.ofballs = 3+ 5 + 4 = 12

3y(y-\)(x + z)
_ 12 12x11x10
= 220 (x + y + z)(x + y + z-\)(x + y + z-2) W*+$C
n(S) c, = 3x2
o r X
(iii) exactly 2 red balls is given by

In order to have 3 different coloured balls, the selec-
tion of one ball of each colour is to be made. 3x(x-\)(y + z)
era
n(E)= 3 C , x C , x C , = 3 x 5 x 4 = 60
5 4
(x + y + z) (x + y + z -1) (x + y + z - 2) or
60 _ 3 Illustrative Example
P(E) = Ex: A bag contains 3 red, 5 yellow and 4 green balls, j
220 " 11
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we balls are drawn randomly. What is the probability that
have balls drawn contain exactly two green balls?
Sol: Detail Method:
6x3x5x4 _ 3 Total no. of balls = 3 + 5 + 4 = 1 2
the required answer = ——~—— - — .
12x11x10 11 1 2 ^ 12x11x10 „„„
Exercise ' " ( S ) = C 3 = - ^ 2 - = 2 2 °
1. A bag contains 4 red, 6 yellow and 5 green balls. 3 balls 2 green balls can be selected from 4 green balls r
are drawn randomly. What is the probability that the
balls drawn contain balls of different colours? 4 C ways and the rest one ball can be selected frorr
2
24 14 13 21 the remaining (12 - 4) = 8 balls in C , ways. 8
a)^T b ) - O - d ) -
n(E) = ' C x C, 2 s 6x8 = 48
2. A bag contains 5 red, 7 yellow and 6 green balls. 3 balls
are drawn randomly. What is the probability that the 48 12
balls drawn contain balls of different colours? .-. P(E) =
220 55
35 35 35 35 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
3 ) Tl8 b ) 136 C ) l37 d ) 163 have
3. A bag contains 6 red, 8 yellow and 4 green balls. 3 balls the required answer
are drawn randomly. What is the probability that the 3x4x(4-l)x8 3x4x3x8 12
balls drawn contain balls of different colours?
12x11x10 12x11x10 55
4 3 6 8
Exercise
a ) r7 b ) n c) n d ) T7 1. A bag contains 4 red, 6 yellow and 5 green balls. 3 ba
4. A bag contains 4 yellow, 5 red and 8 green balls. 3 balls are drawn randomly.
are drawn randomly. What is the probability that the (i) What is the probability that balls drawn contain
balls drawn contain balls of different colours? exactly 2 green balls?
8 20 15 10
a) b) c) a) d) Data inadequate
17 17 17 d ) I7 91 b ) 9l C ) 91
Answers (ii) What is the probability that balls drawn contain
l.a 2.b 3. a 4.c exactly 2 yellow balls?
20 28 27 37
Rule 6
Theorem: If a bag contains x red, y yellow and z green
T\9f
a) C ) ?T d) Yl
(iii) What is the probability that balls drawn contain ex-
balls, 3 balls are drawn randomly, then the probability of
actly 2 red balls?
the balls drawn contain
(i) exactly 2 green balls is given by 54 44 54
a) b) d) None of the«
455 ' 455
3z(z-\)(x + y) >cx:c2
2. A bag contains 5 red, 7 yellow and 6 green balls. 3 ba.:
(x + y + z) (x + y + z -1) (x + y + z - 2) or
are drawn randomly.
(ii) exactly 2 yellow balls is given by (i) What is the probability that balls drawn contain
exactly 2 green balls?
Probability 671
the balls drawn contain no yellow ball?

14 13 15 15
a) 77 b ) — C)7TT d) 68 Soln: Detail Method: Total no. of balls = 3 + 5 + 4 = 12
68 68 91
C )
,2- 12x11x10
(ii) What is the probability that balls drawn contain = 220
exactly 2 yellow balls?
3 balls can be selected from 3(red) + 4(green)
77 76 77 76
a) — b) 2 ? 2 c) 2 ? 1 d) 2 ? 1
= 7 balls in C 7 3 ways.
7x6x5
(iii) What is the probability that balls drawn contain n(E) = 35
7 c =
3
3x2
exactly 2 red balls?
35 _ 7
55 54 55 55 .-. P(E) =
220 " 44 '
a ) 406 408 b ) 408 480 C ) d )

A bag contains 4 red, 5 yellow and 6 green balls. 3 balls
have
are drawn randomly.
7 x 6 x 5 _ 35 _ 7
(i) What is the probability that balls drawn contain the required answer = ,, - rrr - —.
exactly 2 green balls? n 12x11x10 220 44
27 20 54 Exercise
a) 777 b)' — c)' 91 d) None of these 1. A bag contains 4 red, 5 yellow and 6 green balls. 3 balls
91 91
are drawn randomly.
(ii) What is the probability that balls drawn contain
(i) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain
exactly 2 yellow balls?
no yellow ball?
20 27 54
a) c) - r j j d) Data inadequate 24 33 12
91 a) 777 b) — c) 77 d) Data inadequate
yi 91 65
(iii) What is the probability that balls drawn contain
(ii) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain
exactly 2 red balls?
no red ball?
20 19 12
a) c) d) None of these 12 33 24
91 b >9l 91 a) 77 b)' -91 c)' 91 d) None of these
65
Answers (iii) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain
l.(i)a (ii)c (iii) a 2.(i)d (ii)a (iii)c no green balls?
I (i) a (ii) a (iii) c
12 33 24 1
Rule 7 a) Ts b) Ti 5~ c) Yi d )
Theorem: A bag containsx red,yyellow andzgreen balls. A bag contains 5 red, 6 yellow and 7 green balls. 3 balls
I balls are drawn randomly. The probability of the balls are drawn randomly.
Jrawn contain (i) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain
(i) no yellow ball is given by no yellow ball?
(*«) 55 143 55 55
(x + z)(x + z-l)(x + z-2)
204 408 c ) T272
77 d)' 208
(x + y + z)(x + y + z - l ) ( x + y + z - 2 ) or { z)x+y+ c 3 ) b )
(ii) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain

u) no red ball is given by no red ball?
(y + z)(y + z - l ) ( y + z - 2 ) 55 55 143 143
(x + y + z)(x + y + z - l)(x + y + z - 2) or ( ) x+y+: c
a) 2~n b ) 2 ^ C) 4^8" d ) 406~
iii) no green ball is given by (iii) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain
(x+y) no green balls?
(x + y)(x + y-\)(x + y-2)
(x + y + z) (x + y + z -\)(x + y + z - 2) Or (r y+ ),
+ : _55_ _55_ _55_
a )408 272 b ) 204 208C ) d )
Illustrative Example 3. A bag contains 3 red, 5 yellow and 7 green balls. 3 balls
•jc A bag contains 3 red, 5 yellow and 4 green balls. 3
are drawn randomly.
balls are drawn randomly. What is the probability that
(i) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain
no yellow ball? 4!5! 4x3x2 _ 1

= P(girls are together) :
24 25 44 8 8! " v ° o ' 8 x 7 x 6 ~ 14
.-. P(A11 girls are not together) = 1 - P
a 9l ) b) n c) Yid) Ts
(ii) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain , 1 13
(All girls are together) = 1 - — = — .
no red ball?
8 44 24 45 Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
have
a ) 6T b ) ^T c ) 91 d) Y\
5!4!
(iii) What is the probability that the balls drawn contain the required answer = 1 - -
no green balls? 8!
5!4!
44 24 |8
c) 8! 14 14 '
a) b)
9l ~9l 65
Exercise
Answers 1. There are 5 boys and 4 girls. They sit in a row randomly
l.(i)a (ii)b (iii)a 2.(i)a (ii)c (iii)b (i) What is the chance that all the girls sit together?
3.(i) a (ii)b (iii)d
6!4! 5!4! 5!4!
a) ~m b) — c) d) None of these
Rule 8 9! ~' 9! ~' 10!
Theorem: There are 'x' boys and 'y' girls. If they sit in a (ii) What is the chance that all the boys sit together 9
row randomly, then the chance that 6!4! 5!5! 5!5! 6!4!
(x + l)!y! > IT
a b )^T c )Tri d ) ToT
(i) all the girls sit together is given by (iii) What is the chance that all the girls do not sit to-
(x + y)! _
gether?
(y + l)!x! 1 20 19 2
(ii) all the boys sit together is given by a)- b ) - 0 - d ) -
(x + y)!
(iii) all the girls do not sit together is given by (iv) What is the chance that all the boys do not sit to-
gether?
\x + l)!y!"
6 121
(x + y)! a) c) d)None of these
126 b "*
> 126 126
(v) What is the chance that the no two girls sit together"
(y + l)!x!
(iv) all the boys do not sit together is given by 37 25
(x + y)!
b)T7 c) d) Data inadequate
42 ' 42
x+\
C .x!y!
y 2. There are 6 boys and 5 girls. They sit in a row random!)
(v) no two girls sit together (x >y) is given by (i) What is the chance that all the girls sit together?
(x + y )
1 65 1 76
Illustrative Example a ) 6^ b ) 67 c ) t7 d) Ti
Ex: There are 4 boys and 4 girls. They sit in a row ran-
(ii) What is the chance that all the boys sit together"
domly. What is the chance that all the girls do not sit
together? J_ 76
b) d) Data inadequate
Soln: Detail Method: a ) 67 77
77 C )
Total no. of arrangements = n(S) = P - 8! 8 S

(iii) What is the chance that all the girls do not sit to-
gether?
Consider all the 4 girls as one, we have 4 boys + 1 girl
65 1 7 76 I
= 5 persons. Which can be arranged in P = 5! ways. 5 5
3 ) 67 b ) 66 C ) 77 d ) 77
But the 4 girls can also be arranged in P = 4! ways 4 4 (iv) What is the chance that all the boys do not sit to-
among themselves. gether?
So, in 4! x 5! ways can the persons be arranged so 1 65 76
that girls are together /> b) c)
a ) 7T 66 66 d ) 7T
Probability 673
(v) What is the chance that the no two girls sit together?
n(E) 19
21 3 19 1 .-. Required probability, P(E) =
n(S) 66
a)— b)— c) d)
22 '22 ' 22 ' 22
There are 5 boys and 5 girls. They sit in a row randomly,
(i) What is the chance that all the girls sit together? 4(4 - 1 ) + 3(3 - 1 ) +- 5(5 -1)
Required answer =
(4 + 3 + 5)(4 + 3 + 5 - l )
1 41 3
a) 7 7 b) - c) - d) None of these
12 + 6 + 20 19
(ii) What is the chance that all the boys sit together? 12x11 66
3 41 3 1 Note: The probability that both the balls are not of
b) the same colour is given by 1 - P (Probability of the
a ) V 2 V5 42 4i C) d )
same colour)
(iii) What is the chance that all the girls do not sit to-
Case II: I f r = 3; then the formula for required probability
gether?
is given by
41 39 31
d) None of these xjx - iXx - 2)+ y(y - jjy - 2)+ z{z -\\z - 2)"
a) 742
7 b)' —
42 c) 42
(iv) What is the chance that all the boys do not sit to- (x + y + zfx + y + z- l\x + y + z-2)
gether? Ex.: A box contains 5 green, 4 yellow and 3 white marbles.

3 marbles are drawn at random. What is the probabil-
3_ 11
a) b) c) d) Data inadequate ity that they are not of the same colour?
35 42 42
(SBI Associates PO Exam 1999)
Answers Soln: Detail Method:
1. (i)a (ii)b (iii)b (iv)c (v)a Total no. of balls = 5 + 4 + 3 = 1 2
2. (i) a (ii)b (iii) a (iv)d (v)d 12x11x10
3. (i) a (ii)d (iii) a (iv)b n(S) = : c =
3
220
1x2x3
Rule 9 i.e, 3 marbles out of 12 marbles can be drawn in 220
Theorem: A box contains x black balls, y red balls and z ways.
green balls, 'r' balls are drawn from the box at random. If all the three marbles are of the same colour, it can be
The probability that all the balls are of the same colour is done in
x cr +ycr+zcr 5 C + C + C
3 4 3 3 3 =10 + 4 + 1 = 15 ways
Now, P(A11 the 3 marbles of the same colour) + P(all
given by (x + y + z )c where r <x,y ,z
the 3 marbles are not of the same colour) = 1
.-. P(all the 3 marbles are not of the same colour)
_
15 _ 205 _ 41
]
Case I: If r = 2; then the formula for required probability is
x(x-l)+y(y-\)+z{z-\) 220 ~ 220 ~ 44 '
given by Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
(x + y + z\x + y + z - 1 )
have,
the required answer
Ex: A box contains 4 black balls, 3 red balls and 5 green
balls. 2 balls are drawn from the box at random. What 5x4x3+4x3x2+3x2x1
1--
is the probability that both the balls are of the same 12x11x10
colour?
Soln: Detail Method: 60 + 24 + 6
Total no. of balls = 4 + 3 + 5 = 1 2 12x11x10
,2„ 12x11 „
n ( S ) = ' C = - ^ — = 66
2 2 90 3 _41
12xllxl0~ 44~44"
™ V J-r 4x3 3x2 5x4 Note: The probability that all the balls are not of the same
n(E)= C + C + C 2 2 2 = ^7~ + _ 7 _-y-+
colour is given by 1 - P (Probability of the same

= 6 + 3 + 10=19 colour).
Exercise Rule 10
1. A box contains 5 black balls, 4 red balls and 6 green Theorem: A hag contains 'x' redand 'y' black balls. If two
balls. 2 balls are drawn from the box at random. What is draws of three balls each are made, the ball being replaced
the probability that both the balls are of the same colour? after the first draw, then the chance that the balls were red
31_ 30 1 74 in the first draw and black in the second draw is given b\
a) c)
05 b ) 150 105 d > To?
{x(x-\){x-2)){y(y-\)(y-2)]\ ^C 3 3
A box contains 3 black balls, 5 red balls and 7 green

{
{x + y K x + y - \ x + y-2)} 2 \
r '
balls. 2 balls are drawn from the box at random. What is
the probability that both the balls are of the same colour?
74_ 34_ 71 31 Ex.: A bag a contains 5 red and 8 black balls. Two draw;
a) d) of three balls each are made, the ball being replace:
105 b ) 105 C ) 105 105
A box contains 4 black balls, 6 red balls and 8 green after the first draw. What is the chance that the balls
balls. 2 balls are drawn from the box at random. What is were red in the first draw and black in the second?
the probability that both the balls are not of the same Soln: Detail Method:
colour? Total no. of balls = 5 + 8 = 13
,»„ 11x12x13
49 50 103 104 = 286
a) b) d)
53 153 C) 'i 5153
3~ ' 153
A box contains 4 green, 5 yellow and 6 white marbles. 3
Chance that the balls were red in first draw = 1 3
marbles are drawn at random. What is the probability
-j
that all the three marbles are of the same colour?
and
102 204 102
a) b) c) d) None of these Chance that the balls were black in the second dm
1365 1365 1635
A box contains 3 green, 5 yellow and 3 white marbles. 3
marbles are drawn at random. What is the probability = i £ 3 [ v balls are replaced after first draw]
that all the three marbles of the same colour?
s c 3 140
51 4 3 52 Required probability = 1 3
<C, 20449
a) 5~5 b ) 5? C ) 5? A)TS
Note: In the above example, the two events are indepe--
A box contains 4 green, 5 yellow and A white marbles. 3 dent and can occur simultaneously. So, we used mu-
marbles are drawn at random. What is the probability tiplication.
that all the three balls are not of the same colour? Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, w-
9_ 134 8 135 have,
a)
43 b ) 143 7c) 143
d)
143 (5x4x3)x(8x7x6)
a box contains 4 black, 6 red and 8 green balls. 4 balls are the required probability =
(13x12x11)'
drawn from the box at random. What is the probability
that all the balls are of same colour? 20160 140
47 43 49 2944656 20449'
a) b) c) d)
11
90 90 90 90 Exercise
Answers 1. A bag a contains 4 red and 7 black balls. Two draws af
la 2.b three balls each are made, the ball being replaced aftr
the first draw. What is the chance that the balls were rec
49 104
in the first draw and black in the second?
3. d; Hint: See Note Required probability = 1 - 77J = TTfi
153
28 25 28 25
4. a 5b 6. b
a) b) c) d)
7. b; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have 5445 ' 5448 " 4554 4554
the required probability 2. A bag a contains 5 red and 6 black balls. Two draws :•-
three balls each are made, the ball being replaced after
*C + C + C 1 + 15 + 70 43 the first draw. What is the chance that the balls were rtz
4 5 4 8 4
C 4
15x4x3 90
Probability 675
in the first draw and black in the second? Note: From the above example we can see that how the
quicker methods for such questions have been de-
1081
a) b) c) d) rived.
1089 ' 1089 ' 1089 ' 1089
3. A bag a contains 7 red and 8 black balls. Two draws of Exercise
three balls each are made, the ball being replaced after 1. A bag contains 4 black and 6 white balls. A ball is drawn
the first draw. What is the chance that the balls were red out of it and replaced in the bag. Then a ball is drawn
in the first draw and black in the second? again. What is the probability that
(i) both the balls drawn were black;
18 8
a) c) d) None of these 4 9 2
845 b >845 845 c) d)
a)Ys b ) 2?
Answers (ii) both were white;
l.a 2.b 3.c
3
a) b) c) d)
Rule 11 25 25
Theorem: A bag contains x black andy white balls. A ball (iii) the first ball was white and the second black;
is drawn out of it and replaced in the bag. Then a ball is
6 21 19
drawn again. The probability that d) Data inadequate
a) 725
7 b)' 725
7 c )' 25
2. A bag contains 6 black and 9 white balls. A ball is drawn
(i) both the balls drawn were black is given by out of it and replaced in the bag. Then a ball is drawn
x+ y
again. What is the probability that
f \ (i) both the balls drawn were black;
(ii) both the balls drawn were white is given by y
(Hi) the first ball was white and the second black and vice
a ) 2? b ^ c)
25
d) None of these
(ii) both were white;

xy
versa is given by 16 21
a)
25 b >25 C >25" d ) 2?
Illustrative Example (iii) the first ball was white and the second black;
Ex: A bag contains 5 black and 7 white balls. A ball is
drawn out of it and replaced in the bag. Then a ball is a) b) c) d)
25 25 25 25
drawn again. What is the probability that (i) both the
balls drawn were black; (ii) both were white; (iii) the Answers
first ball was white and the second black; (iv) the first l.(i)a (ii)d (iii)a 2.(i) a (ii)a (iii) a
ball was black and the second white?
Soln: The events are independent and capable of simulta- Rule 12
neous occurrence. The rule of multiplication would Theorem: A bag contains x red and y white balls. Four
be applied. balls are drawn out one by one and not replaced. Then the
The probability that probability that they are alternatively of different colours
5_ 5 _ 25 2x(x-\)y(y-\)
(i) both the balls were black :
12 12 ~ 144 is given by
X
(x + y)(x + y-\)(x + y-2)(x + y-3)
7 7 49
(ii) both the balls were white = — x — = Illustrative Example
12 12 144
Ex. 2: A bag contains 6 red and 3 white balls. Four balls are
(iii) the first was white and the second black
drawn out one by one and not replaced. What is the
_ 1_ 5 _ 35
probability that they are alternatively of different
~ 12* 12 ~ 144 colours?
(iv) the first was black and the second white Soln: Detail Method: Balls can be drawn alternately in the
5 7 35 following order:
—x—
12 12 144 Red, White, Red, White OR White, Red, White, Red
If red ball is drawn first, the probability of drawing the Answers

balls alternatively l.c 2.c 3.a 4.b
6 3 5 2
— X — X — X —
9 8 7 6
(I) Rule 13
If white ball is drawn first the probability of drawing Theorem: A bag contains 'x' white and 'y' red balls. If two
the balls alternately draws of one ball each are made without replacement, then
6 3 5 2 the probability that one is red and the other white is given
= — X — X — X —
....(II)
9 8 7 6 2xy
Required probability = (I) + (II) (*) by
(x + y)(x + y-\)
6 3 5 2 3 6 2 5 5 5 5
s — X — X — X 1 X — X — X — = 1 =
9 8 7 6 9 8 7 6 84 84 42 ' Illustrative Example

Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we Ex.: A bag contains 4 white and 6 red balls. Two draws of
have one ball each are made without replacement. What is
the required probability the probability that one is red and other white?
6x3x(6-l)(3-l) Soln: Detail Method: Such problems can be very easily
x2
(6 + 3)(6 + 3 l)(6 + 3 - 2 ) ( 6 + 3 - 3 ) solved with the help of the rules of permutation and
combination.
6x3x5x2 5
x2 =
9x8x7x6 42 Two balls can be drawn out of 10 balls in 1 0 C , or
Note: Wherever we find the word AND between two events,
10! 10x9
we use multiplication. Mark that both also means first or 45 ways.
and second. On the other hand, i f the two events are 2!8! or
- 2
joined with OR, we use addition as in the above ex- One white ball can be drawn out of 4 white balls in
ample.
4!
Exercise
4 C , or j , , or4 ways.
3
1. A bag contains 6 red and 4 white balls. Four balls are

One red ball can be drawn out of 6 red balls in C , or 6

colours? 6 ways.
The total number of ways of drawing a white and a
1
b) c) d) Data inadequate red ball are C , x C o r 4 x 6 = 24.
a >7 7 "'7 4 6 1
2. A bag contains 8 red and 3 white balls. Four balls are The required probability would be
drawn out one by one and not replaced. What is the No. of cases favourable to the event
probability that they are alternatively o f different Total no. of ways in which the event can happen
colours?
14 24
b) c) 45 15
T?
a ) 145 165 16i d )
A bag contains 9 red and 7 white balls. Four balls are Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we
drawn out one by one and not replaced. What is the have
probability that they are alternatively of different 2x6x4
the required probability =
colours? 10x9 15
Note: The above theorem may be put as given below.
8
a) b) c) "A bag contains x' white and 'y' red balls. If two
65 ' 65 ' ' 130 ^130 balls are drawn in succession at random, then the
A bag contains 5 red and 4 white balls. Four balls are probability that one of them is white and the other
2xy
colours? red,isgivenby\j^r J^ ^) y y
]0 F5 Exercise
b) c) d) None of these
a >6T 63 63 1. A bag contains 8 white and 12 red balls. Two draws of
one ball each are made without replacement. What is the
Probability 677
probability that one is red and other white? Similarly, i f the second basket be chosen, the prob-
ability of drawing a white ball =
48 24 1
a) d) None of these
95 95
b ) 19 C ) 1 C\ 6_ 3_
2. A bag contains 5 white and 5 red balls. Two draws of 2 X 1 4 C ~2 14 14
Since, the two events are mutually exclusive, we use
probability that one is red and other white? addition, therefore, the probability of drawing a white
25 1 5 4 ball from either basket is
a >17 b >3" C >9 d >9 7 + 12 19
3. A bag contains 4 white and 8 red balls. Two draws of
I A
8 14 56 56
probability that one is red and other white?
have,
16 3_ 6_
a) b) c) d) Data inadequate J9
33 ' 33 "Ml the required probability :
12 14 56
A bag contains 9 white and 3 red balls. Two balls are
Exercise
drawn in succession at random. What is the probability
1. A basket contains 4 white and 10 black balls. There is
that one of them is white and the other red?
another basket which contains 5 white and 7 black balls.
_3_ One ball is to be drawn from either of the two baskets.
a) | b) c) d)
22 22 11 (i) What is the probability of drawing a white ball?
Answers 89 59 59 89
l.a 2.c 3.b a ) m M
b) C ) 168 d ) 84
4. a; Hint: See Note. (ii) What is the probability of drawing a black ball?
Rule 14 119 89 59 109

a) 168 b) 168 d)
C ) 168 168
Theorem: A basket contains x white and y x x blackballs.
2. A basket contains 5 white and 9 black balls. There is
There is another basket which contains x 2 white and y 2
another basket which contains 7 white and 7 black balls.
black balls if one ball is to be drawn from either of the two One ball is to be drawn from either of the two baskets,
baskets, then the probability of drawing (i) What is the probability of drawing a white ball?
f \
x\2 6 3_
(i) a white ball is given by ? + and a) b) d) None of these
7 "'7 C ) 7
(ii) What is the probability of drawing a black ball?
(ii) a black ball is given by ^ 8
5_ 4
a) 7 b)
"'7 C ) 7
Ex: A basket contains 3 white and 9 black balls. There is A basket contains 6 white and 9 black balls. There is
another basket which contains 6 white and 8 black another basket which contains 8 white and 7 black balls.
balls. One ball is to be drawn from either of the two One ball is to be drawn from either of the two baskets,
baskets. What is the probability of drawing a white (i) What is the probability of drawing a white ball?
ball? 8 7 3 6
Soln: Detail Method: a)
TI b ) T5 C ) I d ) Ts"
Since there are two baskets, each equally likely to be
(ii) What is the probability of drawing a black ball?
chosen, the probability of choosing either basket is
fc b) c) d)
a >T? 15 15 15
2'
I f the first basket is chosen, the probability of draw- Answers
l.(i) c (ii)d 2.(i)c (ii)c
1 1 A 3.(i)b (ii)b
ing a white ball = ~ x \
C, 2 12
Rule 15 3. A and B stand in a ring with 7 other persons. I f the

arrangement of the 9 persons is at random, then the prob-
Theorem: A and B stand in a ring with 'x' other persons. If
ability that there are exactly 2 persons between A and B
the arrangement of all the persons is at random, then the
is
probability that there are exactly 'y' persons between A
1 3 2 3
2
and B is given by I ~ ~ j J . Where y < x. a) l 4" 9b ) >8 C ) d
4. A and B stand in a ring with 11 other persons. I f the

Illustrative Example arrangement of the 13 persons is at random, then the
Ex: A and B stand in a ring with 10 other persons. I f the probability that there are exactly 3 persons between A
arrangement of the 12 persons is at random, then the and B is.
probability that there are exactly 3 persons between 1 2 3 4
A and B is.
3 ) 6 b ) IT C >* d ) 9
(Provident Fund Exam 2002)
7 arrangement of the 16 persons is at random, then the
6, probability that there are exactly 6 persons between A
and B is.
1
a) 77 b) c) d)
14
Answers
l.b 2.b3.a 4. a 5.a
Let A stand on some point of the ring.
Then n(S) = the number of points on which B can Rule 16
stand = 11 Theorem: If 'n' persons are seated at a around table then
If there be exactly 3 persons between A and B, then the probability that'm' particular persons sit together is
corresponding to any position occupied, B can take
(n—m)\m\
up only two position, the 4th place and the 8th place given by
as counted from A.
Thus n(E) = 2 Illustrative Example
n{E) Ex.: 10 persons are seated at a round table. What is the
P(E) = n(S) probability that two particular persons sit together?
11
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we n(S) = no.of ways of sitting 10 persons at round table
have, = (10-1)!=9!
Since 2 particular persons will be always together,
the required probability = then the no. of persons = 8 + 1 = 9
10 + 1 11
,", 9 persons will be seated in (9 - 1)! = 8! ways at
Exercise round table and 2 particular persons will be seated
1. A and B stand in a ring with 9 other persons. I f the themselves in 2! ways.
arrangement of the 11 persons is at random, then the .-. The number of ways in which two persons always
probability that there are exactly 4 persons between A sit together at round table = 8! * 2! = n(E)
and B is. n(E) _ 8!x2! _ 8!x2 _ 2
1 1 1 •"• P (n(S) ~ 9! ~ 9 x 8 ! ~ 9
E ) =
a) b) c) d) Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we

11 "' 5 10 "Ml
have,
arrangement of the 10 persons is at random, then the (10-2)!2! 8! 2!
probability that there are exactly 5 persons between A the required probability :
(10-1)! 9!
and B is.
Exercise
1 1
a) d)y 1. 12 persons are seated at a round table. What is the prob-
b >9 C >9
ability that 4 particular persons sit together?
Probability 679
4 8 9 4
q = probability of not-happening = —
a) ToT b) T6? C ) 185 d) Y5
8 persons are seated at a round table. What is the prob- 7-5

r i V (V
.-. required probability = C xX -
7 5
*
,2j \, 2 ,
2 1
a) r b) - c) d)None of these
7 ' 1 "'14 21
10 persons are seated at a round table. What is the prob- 128
Exercise
1 1 1
c) d) 1. An unbiased coin is tossed 5 times, find the chance that
b >9 exactly 3 times tail will appear.
Answers
5 5 10
l.a 2.b 3.a a) 77 b) — c) d) None of these
16 " ' 32 ' 64
Rule 17 2. An unbiased coin is tossed 9 times, find the chance that
Theorem: If an event is repeated, under similar conditions, exactly 6 times head will appear.
exactly 'n' times, then the probability that event happens 21 21 21
exactly V times is | " C x p xq"~ \,
r r r provided that a) 7777 b ) 256 °^ 64 d ) D a t a m a d e c l u a t e
p = probability of happening and 3. An unbiased coin is tossed 6 times, find the chance that
q = probability of not happening ie p + q = 1. exactly 4 times tail will appear.
Illustrative Example 15 15 11 15
Ex.: An unbiased coin is tossed 7 times, find the chance a) 77 b) c) d)
128 64 256
that exactly 5 times head will appear.
Soln: Here, n = 7, r = 5 Answers
l.a 2. a 3.c
p = probability of happening = —
Clocks
Introduction
The dial of a clock is a circle whose circumference is 11. In one minute, the hour hand moves
2°
divided into 12 parts, called hour spaces. Each hour space is
further divided into 5 parts, called minute spaces. This way,
12. In one minute the minute hand gains 5 ^ more than
the whole circumference is divided into 12 x 5 = 60 minute
spaces. hour hand.
The time taken by the hour hand (smaller hand) to 13. When the hands are together, they are 0° apart.
cover a distance of an hour space is equal to the time taken Hence,
by the minute hand (longer hand) to cover a distance of the Both hands Required Angle
whole circumference. Thus, we may conclude that in 60 min- to be coincident 0°
utes, the minute hand gains 55 minutes on the hour hand.
to be at right angle 90°
Note: The above statement (given in bold) is very
much useful in solving the problems in this chapter, so it to be in opposite direction 180°
should be remembered. The above statement wants to say to be in straight line 0° or 180°
that:
As per the required angle difference between minute-hand
"In an hour, the hour-hand moves a distance of 5
and hour-hand and the initial (or starting) position of the
minute spaces whereas the minute-hand moves a distance of
hour-hand, different formulae are used to find out the re-
60 minute spaces. Thus the minute-hand remains 60 - 5 = 55
quired time. Now consider the Rules (Quicker Methods)
minute spaces ahead of the hour-hand."
given in the following pages.
Some other facts:
Too Fast And Too Slow:
1. In every hour, both the hands coincide once.
If a watch indicates 9.20, when the correct time is 9.10,
2. When the two hands are at right angle, they are 15 minute
it is said to be 10 minutes too fast. And i f it indicates 9.00,
spaces apart. This happens twice in every hour.
when the correct time is 9.10, it is said to be 10 minutes too
3. When the hands are in opposite directions, they are 30
slow.
minute spaces apart. This happens once in every hour.
4. The hands are in the same straight line when they are Rule 1
coincident or opposite to each other.
Theorem: Between x and (x + l)o 'clock, the two hands will
5. The hour hand moves around the whole circumference
of clock once in 12 hours. So the minute hand is twelve f\2\
times faster than hour hand.
6. The clock is divided into 60 equal minute divisions. be together at 5x^~^-J minutes past x.
360° „
7. 1 minute division = - ° apart.
8. The clock has 12 hours numbered from 1 to 12 serially Ex: At what time between 4 and 5 o'clock are the hands
arranged. of the clock together?
9. Each hour number evenly and equally separated by five Soln: Detail Method: At 4 o'clock, the hour hand is at 4 and
minute divisions (= 5 * 6°) = 30° apart. the minute hand is at 12. It means that they are 20 min
10. In one minute, the minute hand moves one minute divi- spaces apart. To be together, the minute hand must
sion or 6°. gain 20 minutes over the hour hand. Now, we know
that 55 min. are gained in 60 min.
cases:
^ . 60 „ 240 9 .
.-. 20 min are gained in — x ^ = - j r - = * yy min.
1 Case I : When the minute hand is 15 min spaces be-
hind the hour hand.
To be in this position, the min hand should have to
Therefore, the hands will be together at 2 1 — min gain 2 0 - 15 = 5 min spaces.
past 4.
Now, we know that 55 min spaces are gained in 60 min
have
.-, 5 min spaces are gained in 55 JT m m
required answer
5x12 „ 240 9 . ,*, they are at right angle at 5 — min past 4.
= "~Tl~ 11 minpast4.
Cae I I : When the minute hand is 15 min spaces ahead
Exercise of the hour hand.
1. At what time between 3 and 4 o'clock are the hands of a To be in this position, the min hand should have to
clock together? gain 20+ 15 = 35 min spaces.
Now, we know that 55 min spaces are gained in 60 min
a) 16— min past 3 b) 16 YY min past 3 60 2
,', 35 min spaces will be gained in T ^ * - " ~ \
c) 16— min past 3 d) None of these
min
2. At what time between 5 and 6 are the hands of a clock .•. they are at right angle at 38— min past 4.
coincident?
a) 22 minutes past 5 b) 30 minutes past 5 Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we can
say that,
8 „ 3
c) 22 — minutes past 5 d) 2 7 y y minutes past 5 12
they will be at right angle at ( 5 x 4 - 1 5 ) x — and
3. At what time between 9 and 10 will the hands of a watch
be together?
12 5 2
a) 45 minutes past 9 b) 50 minutes past 9 (5x4 + 15)x— min past 4 or, 5— min and 38—
1 2
c) 49— minutes past 9 d) 48— minutes past 9 min past 4.
4. At what time, are the hands of a clock together between

Exercise
2 and 3? 1. At what time between 5 and 6 o'clock will the hands of a
clock be at right angle?
9 10
a) 10— min past2 b) 10— min past 2 10 9
a) min past 4 b) ' ^ J ^ min past 4
c) 10— min past 2 d) None of these v,,10 -

c) 1 1 — mm past 4 d) None of these
Answers 2. At what times are the hands of a clock at right angles
l.c 2.d 3.c 4.b between 7 am and 8 am?
Rule 2 . .. 6 „, 9
Theorem: Between x and (x +1) o 'clock the two hands are a) 54 — min past 7, y y min past 7 2 1
12 5 8
b) 52— min past 7, ' y y min past 72
at right angle at (5x±15)x — minutes past x.
Illustrative Example c) " Y Y

5 m i n past 7, 2 1 — min past 7
Ex: At what time between 4 and 5 o'clock will the hand of
clock be at right angle? d) None of these
Soln: Detail Method: At 4 o'clock, there are 20 min. spaces 3. At what time between 5.30 and 6 will the hands of a clock
between hour and minute hands.To be at right angle, be at right angles?
they should be 15 min spaces apart. So, there are two
Clocks
. 5
a) 43 — minutes past 5 b) 43— minutes past 5 .-. the hand will in opposite directions at 5— min
c) 40 minutes past 5 d) 45 minutes past 5 past 7.

At what time between 10 and 11 O' c lock wi 11 the hand of Case I I : When they coincide (or come together), ie, 0 min
clock be at right angle? spaces apart. (See rule 1).
Quicker Method:
a) 38— min past 10 b) 6 YY min past 10 Case I : Between x and (x + 1) O'clock the two hands are in
opposite directions at
c) 38— min past 10 d) 8 — min past 10 12 12

(5X-30)YJ- min past x = (35-30)x — min past 7
Answers
l.a 2. a = 5— min past 7.
3.b; Hint: In this case direct formula is not applicable be-
Case I I : Same as Ex 1.
cause, given data is not in the form of x and x + 1.
Ex.2: At what time between 4 and 5 will the hands of a
At 5 O'clock, the hands are 25 min spaces apart. To
watch point in opposite direction?
be at right angles and that too between 5.30 and 6, the
Soln: Applying the above rule, we have,
min hand has to gain (25 + 15) or 40 min spaces.
Now applying the formula, we have required answer
the required answer = (5x4 + 30)— min past 4
12
x40
11 43 YY min past 5.
= 54— min past 4.
4. a
Rule 3 Exercise
Theorem: Between x and (x+ l)o 'clock, the two hands are 1. Find at what time between 8 and 9 O'clock will the hands
in the same straight line of a clock be in the same straight line but not together.
Case I (a) when they are in opposite directions ie, 30 min- , 10
A
utes spaces apart, at a) 10— min past 8 b) 10 YY m>n past 8
(5x - 3 0J— minutes past x. [where x > 6]

d) None of these
(b) when x < 6, the above formula will become as
Find at what time between 2 and 3 O'clock will the hands
12 of a clock be in the same straight line but not together.
(5X + 30)JY minutes pastx. [See Ex. 2]
a) 43— min past 2 b) 43— min past 2
Note: At 6 O'clock two hands will be in opposite direction.
Case I I : When they coincide (or come together), ie 0 minute
'12^ c) 43— min past 2 d) None of these
spaces apart at 5x minutes pastx (see Rule 1)
Find at what time between 9 and 10 O'clock will the hands
of a clock be in the same straight line but not together.
Ex. 1: Find at what time between 7 and 8 o'clock will the b) 16-j- min past 9
a) 16 YY min past 9
hands of a clock be in the same straight line.
Soln: Detail Method: There are two cases: 3 .
c) 16 — min past 9 d) None of these
Case I : When they are in opposite directions, ie, 30 min
spaces apart. Answers
At 7 o'clock they are 25 min spaces apart. , o , \12 n 120
Therefore, to be in opposite directions the minute 1. a; Hint: Required answer = (5x8--Ô/yy = "JT m m
hand will have to gain 30 - 25 = 5 min spaces.

,-10 .
= 10— min past 8
I . 60 .
. 5
Now, 5 min spaces will be gained in — x 5 - 5- min 2. b 3. a
55 11
Rule 4 3. At what time between 3 and 4 is the minute-hand 7 min-

utes ahead of the hour-hand?
Theorem: Between x and (x+1)0 'clock the two hands will a) 24 min past 5 b) 24 min past 7
c) 24 min past 3 d) 24 min past 8
he't' minutes apart at [px + tj— minutes past x. 4. At what time between 3 and 4 is the minute-hand 4 min-
utes behind the hour-hand?
Illustrative Example a) 12 minutes past 3 b) 14 minutes past 3
c) 16 minutes past 3 d) None of these
Ex: At what time between 4 and 5 are the hands 2 minute
spaces apart? Answers
Soln: Detail Method: At 4 o'clock, the two hands are 20 min l.a 2. a
spaces apart.
Case I: When the minute hand is 2 minute spaces behind the 3. b; Hint: Required answer = (l5 + 7 ) — =24 min past 7.
hour hand. In this case, the minute hand will have to
gain (20 -2), ie, 18 minute spaces. Now, we know that
18 min spaces will be gained in 4. a; Hint: Required answer = ( 5 x 3 - 4 ) — = 12 min past 3.
— xl8 = = 19— n.m l
55 11 II Rule 5
7 Theorem: The minute hand of a clock overtakes the hour
.-. they will be 2 min apart at ^ — min past 4. hand at certain intervals (given in minutes) of correct time.
Case II: When the minute hand is 2 min spaces ahead of the The clock lose or gain in a day is given by
hour hand. In this case, the min-hand will have to 720
gain (20 + 2), ie, 22 minute spaces. given interval in minute
11
Now, we know that 22 minute spaces will be gained in
60x24
— x22 = 24 min
55 given interval in minutes
.-. the hands will be 2 min apart at 24 min past 4. according as the sign is +ve or -ve.
the required answer
Ex: The minute hand of a clock overtakes the hour hand
U , 12 18x12 22x12 at intervals of 63 minutes of correct time. How much a
= (5x4±2)— = or day does the clock lose or gain?
11 11 11
7
In a correct clock, the minute hand gains 55 min spaces
= 1 9 o r 24 min
over the hour-hand in 60 minutes. To be together
7 again, the minute-hand must gain 60 min over the
Therefore, they will be 2 min spaces apart at 19yy hour hand.
min past 4 and 24 min past 4. We know that 60 min are gained in
Exercise
1. At what time between 5 and 6 are the hands of a clock 3 — x60 = 6 5 — n m
55 11
minutes apart?
But they are together after 63 minutes.
a) 24 min past 6 b) 26 min past 5
c) 30— min past 5 d) Can't be determined 27
.-. gain in 63 minutes = 65 63 min.
11 11
2. At what time between 4 and 5 are the hands of a clock 4 6
minutes apart? 27x60x24 „ 8

.-. gain in 24 hrs = —llx63— = 5 6 ^ y min.
a) 6 y y min past 4
2 b) 2 ( > ~ min past 4 Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have
the required answer
c) W>-— min past 4 d) None of these 720 60x24 27 60 x 24.
-63 min Y p x - ^ T - min.
63
Clocks
= 30x0-12.5=12.5°
Since sign is +ve, there is a gain of 5 6 — min. Ex. 2: At what angle the hands of a clock are inclined at 15
I 77 minutes past 5?
Exercise Soln: Quicker Method:
The minute hand of a clock overtakes the hour hand at
intervals of 65 minutes. How much a day does the clock Angle = 30 Diff of 5 and— +
gain or lose? 5J
5
a) 1 0 — mm b) 10 min = 30x2 + — = 67.5°
2
Ex.3: At what angle are the hands of a clock inclined at 55
ii 1 0 minutes past 8?
c) 1 1 — m i n d) None of these
Soln: By the above formula:
How much does a watch gain or lose per day, if its hands
coincide every 64 minutes? A n g l e = 30lDiffof8and^l + 5 | 117.5°
a) 32— min b) 31 —~ min But it is not correct. If we think carefully wc find that
the angle should be less than 90°. In this case, the
formula differs and is given below as
c) 32— min d) None of these
55
Angle = 30^Diff of 8 a n d y
nswers i
2. a = 30(3)-27.5 = 62.5°
Note: The two types of formulae work in two different cases.
Rule 6
(1) When hour hand is ahead of the minute hand (like,
find the angle between hands of clock, when the minute hand is at 4, the hour hand should
gle between two hands = be after 4, ie, between 4-5,5-6,6-7....) we use the for-
Minutes Minutes mula:
30x Difference of hours and
5 2 Minutest minutes
30 Diff of hrs and
If the angle is greater
formula, (2)
Angle use the formula:
Minutes Minutes Minutes ] minutes
= 30 Difference of hours and 30^Diff of hrs and
5 2 5 J 2 ~
[See Ex. 3]
Exercise
Illustrative Examples 1. Find the time between 3 and 4 O'clock when the angle
E\ 1: At what angle are the hands of a clock inclined at 25 between the hands of a watch is one-third of a right
minutes past 5? angle.
In: Detail Method:
At 25 minutes past 5, the minute hand is at 5 and hour b) 10— min past 3
a) 'Oyy m m P a s t 3
hand sightly ahead of 5.
The hour-hand moves by an angle of 30° in 60 min.
.-. in 25 minutes, the hour hand moves by an angle of c) min past 3 d) None of these
1
30 ,„1
M
Find the angle between the two hands of a clock of 15
— x 25 = 1 2 - °
60 2 minutes past 4 O'clock.
.-. the angle between two hands = 12.5° a) 38.5° b)36.5° c)37.5° d) None of these
Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we have Find the angle between the two hands of a clock at 4.30
pm.
the required answer = : id—I + 2 5
a) 45° b)30° c)60° d) None of these
At what angle are the two hands of a clock inclined at 20
minutes past 5? 6. A clock is set right at 4 a.m. The clock loses 20 min in 24
a) 30° b)45 c c)50° d)40° hours. What will be the true time when the clock indi-
cates 3 a.m. on 4th day?
Answers
a) 4 am b)5am c)3am d)4pm
M 7. A watch, which gains uniformly is 2 min slow at noon or
1. a; Hint: 3- + ^ = 30
3 0
2 Monday, and is 4 min 48 seconds fast at 2 pm on the
following Monday. When was it correct?
M a) 2 pm on Tuesday b) 2 pm on Wednesday
or,(15-M)6- 30 or, 180-12M + M = 60 c) 3 pm on Thursday d) 1 pm on Friday
2
8. A watch which gains 5 seconds in 3 minutes was set
120
10 right at 7 am. In the afternoon of the same day, when the
• M= = 10—minpast3.
11 l 1 F watch indicated quarter past 4 O'clock, the true time is
2. c; Hint: At 15 minutes past 4, the minute-hand is behind
the hour-hand. Hence, using the given formula (i), we a) 59— minutes past 3 b)4pm
have the required answer 12
7 3
15 c) 58— minutes past 3 d) 2 — minutes past 4
= 30 x4- + — = 30 + 7.5: 57.5°
2
9. How many times do the hands of a clock coincide in a
a; Hint: At 4.30 pm the minute-hand is ahead of the hour- day?
hand. Therefore, we apply the given formula (ii)
a) 24 b)20 c)21 d)22
.-. required answer
10. How many times do the hands of a clock point towards
30 each other in a day?
30 H_ 4 = 3 0 x 2 - 1 5 = 45° a) 24 b)20 c)12 d)22
5
11 At what time between 4 and 5 will the hands of a watc"
Note: Sometimes, time is given in the form of 24 hours in- be equidistant from the figure 5.
stead of 12 hours in order to avoid the confusion of am
and pm. For example, 14.20 or 1420 hours. In all such „ 8
a) 27 yy min past 4 b) 27— i n past 4 m
cases when the hour part exceeds 12, we subtract 1200
from it and then solve it. So, 14.20 reduces to 2.20 or 20
minutes past 2. d) None of these
c) 27 — min past 4
4.d
12. I f the hands of a clock coincide every 65 minutes (tr_:
Miscellaneous
time) how much does the clock gain or lose in 24 houn'
1. How many times do the hands of a clock point opposite
to each other in 12 hours? ,i 1 0 ,« 1°
b) 1 0 — min
a) 6 times b) 10 times c) 11 times d) 12 times .a)ll—min
2. How many times are the hands of a clock at right angles
in a day? c) 1 0 — min d) None of these
a) 24 times b) 48 times c) 22 times d) 44 times
3. How many times in a day are the hands of a clock straight? Answers
a) 48 times b) 24 times c) 44 times d) None of these 1. c; Hint: The hands of a clock point opposite to each otbe-
4. A watch which gains uniformly, is 5 min slow at 8 O'clock 11 times in every 12 hours (because between 5 and 7. a
in the morning on Sunday, and is 5 min 48 sec fast at 8 6 O'clock only they point opposite to each other).
pm on following Sunday. When was it correct? 2. d; Hint: In 12 hours, they are at right angles 22 times
a) 20 min past 7 pm on Tuesday cause two positions of 3 O'clock and 9 O'clock are c
b) 20 min past 7 pm on Wednesday mon). Therefore, in a day they are at right angles for
c) 10 min past 7 pm on Tuesday times.
d) 10 min past 7 pm on Wednesday 3. c; Hint: The hands coincide or are in opposite direction
5. A clock is set right at 8 am. The clock gains 10 minutes in + 22) ie 44 times in a day.
24 hours. What will be the true time when the clock indi- 4. b; Hint: Time between the given interval = 180 hrs
cates 1 pm on the following day?
a) 28 hrs b) 28 hrs 48 min
The watch gains = 5 _ "5" m ' n ' ' ^0 hrs
n
c) 28 hrs 42 min d) None of these

locks 687
9. d; Hint: The hands of a clock coincide 11 times in every 12

180x5 .
.-. 5 min is gained in ——— -> =83 hrs 20 min
x hours (because between 11 and 1, they coincide only
° 54
once, at 12 O'clock). So, the hands coincide 22 times in a
= 3 days 11 hrs 20 min day.
.-. it was correct at 20 min past 7 pm on Wednesday, 10. d; Hint: The hands of a clock point towards each other 11
b; Hint: Time from 8 am on a day to 1 pm on the following times in every 12 hours (because between 5 and 7, at 6
day is 29 hrs. O'clock only they point towards each other).
Now, 24 hrs 10 min of this clock are the same as 24 hours So, in a day the hands point towards each other 22 times.
of the correct clock. 11. c; Hint: The hands will be equidistant from the figure 5,
145 (i) when they are coincident between 4 and 5 and
ie, —— hrs of this clock = 24 hrs of correct clock. (ii) when they are in the position shown in the diagram.
6
(24x6 )
29 hrs of this clock = I x 2 " j hrs of correct clock.
= 28 hrs 48 min of correct clock.

So, the correct time is 28 hrs 48 min after 8 am or 48 min
past 12.
a; Hint: Time from 4 a.m. to 3 a.m. on 3rd day = 24 x 3 - 1 =
71 hrs. For the 1st case see Rule 1
Now, 23 hrs 40 min of this clock = 24 hrs of correct clock. In the second case suppose that the hour-hand is at A,
and the minute-hand at B, so that A5 = 5B. Since the
,,2 71
space between 4 and 5 is equal to the space between 5
and 6,
or, 23— = —- hrs of this clock = 24 hrs of correct clock.
.-. 4A = 6B
71 Hence, 12B+4A= 12B + 6B = 30min
24x3x71 That is, the two hands, between them have moved
clock.
• 71 hrs of this clock = — 72 hrs of correct through a space of 30 minutes since 4 O'clock. But the
Therefore, the correct time = 3 a.m. + ( 7 2 - 7 1 ) = 4 a.m.
b; Hint: Time from Monday noon to 2 pm on following minute hand moves 12 times as fast as the hour hand.
Monday 12
= 7 days 2 hours = 170 hours Hence 12B= 30 x 27 — i n .
m
13
( ; 4^ 34
The watch gains | 2 + 4 ~ | or, — min in 170 hours .-. the required time is 27 — min past 4.
5.
170x5 12. b; Hint: The minute-hand gains 60 minutes over the hour-
it will gain 2 min in x2 hrs
34 60x60 5
hand in ——— or " y y minutes. Therefore, the hands
= 50 hrs = 2 days 2 hrs.
So, the watch is correct 2 days 2 hours after Monday
noon ie, at 2 pm on Wednesday, of a correct clock coincide every 65 — minutes.
b; Hint: Time from 7 am to quarter past 4
But the hands of the clock mentioned in the question
= 9 hours 15 min = 555 min.
coincide every 65 minutes. Hence in 65 minutes, the clock
37
Now, — min of this watch = 3 min of the correct watch.
12 gains — min.
3x12 .-. in 60 24 min or 24 hours it gains
x
555 min of this watch = x555

37 min
A J _ x 6 0 x 2 4 = 1 0 — min
x
11 65 143
3x12 555
-x hrs = 9 hrs of the correct watch.
V 37 60 J
Correct time is 9 hours after 7 am ie, 4 pm
Calendar
Introduction Therefore, 100 years contain 5 odd days.

"Today is 15 August 1995". And you are asked to Now, (i) 200 years contain 5 x 2 = 10, ie, 3 odd
find the day of the week on 15 August 2001. days.
If you don't know the method, it will prove a tough (ii) 300 years contain 5x3 = 15, ie, 1 odd day.
job for you. This type of question is sometimes asked in (Hi) 400 years contain 5*4+1=21, ie, no odd
competitive exams. The process of finding it lies in obtaining day.
the number of odd days. So, we should be familiar with odd Similarly, 800, 1200 etc contain no odd day.
days. Note: (i) 5 x 2 = 10 days = 1 week + 3 days ie. 3 odd days.
The number of days more than the complete number (ii) 5 x 3 = 1 5 days = 2 weeks + 1 day ie. 1 odd day.
of weeks in a given period, are called odd days. For example: (iii) 400th year is a leap year therefore, one additional
(1) In an oridinary year (of 365 days) there are 52 day is added.
weeks and one odd day. (v) Remember all the lines which are given in italics.
(2) In a leap year (of366 days) there are 52 weeks and
two odd days. Rule 1
What is Leap and Ordinary Year? To find the day of a week by the help of the number of odd
Every year which is exactly divisible by 4 such as days, when reference day is given:
1988,1992,1996 etc. is called a leap year. Suppose a question like "Jan 1, 1992 was a Wednes-
Also every 4th century is a leap year. The other cen- day. What day of the week will it be on Jan 1, 1993"?
turies, although divisible by 4, are not leap years. Thus, for a If you recall, 1992 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days.
century to be a leap year, it should be exactly divisible by So the required day will be two days beyond Wednesday,
400. For example: that is, it will be 'Friday'.
(1) 400, 800, 1200, etc are leap years since they are Working Rule
exactly divisible by 400. (i) Find the net number of odd days for the period be-
(2) 700, 600, 500 etc are not leap years since they are tween the reference date and the given date. Exclude
not exactly divisible by 400. the reference day but count the given date for count-
How tofindnumber of odd days: ing the number of net odd days.
An ordinary year has 365 days. If we divide 365 by 7, (ii) The day of the week on the particular date is equal
we get, 52 as quotient and 1 as remainder. Thus, we may say number of net odd days ahead of the reference day (if
that an ordinary year of 365 days has 52 weeks and 1 day. the reference day was before this date) but behind
Since, the remainder day is left odd-out we call it odd day. the reference day (if this date was behind the refer-
Therefore, an ordinary year has 1 odd day. ence day).
A leap year has 366 days, i.e. 52 weeks and 2 days. Illustrative Examples
Therefore, a leap year has 2 odd days. Ex. 1:Jan 5, 1991 was a Saturday. What day of the week
A century, ie, 100 years has: was on March 3,1992?
76 ordinary years and 24 leap years. Soln: 1991 is an ordinary year, hence it has only 1 odd day.
= [(76 x 52) weeks + 76 days] + Thus, Jan 5, 1992 was a day beyond Saturday, ie,
[(24 x 52) weeks + 24 x 2 days] Sunday.
= 5200 weeks + 124 days Now, in Jan 1992 there are 26 days left, ie, 5 odd days.
= 5200 weeks + 17 weeks + 5 days In Feb 1992 there are 29 days, ie 1 odd day. In March
= 5217 weeks + 5 days 1992 there are 31 days, ie, 3 odd days.
.-. Total no. of odd days after Jan 5, 1992 a) Wednesday b) Thursday c) Friday d) Saturday
= 5 + 1 + 3 = 9 days, ie, 2 odd days. 7. January 16,1997 was a Thursday. What day of the week
Therefore, 3 March 1992 will be 2 days beyond Sun- will it be on January 4,2000?
day, ie, Tuesday. a) Tuesday b) Thursday c) Wednesday d) Friday
Other Method 8. February 20, 1999 was Saturday. What day of the week
Total no. of days between Jan 5, 1991 and March 3, was on December 30,1997?
1992 = 360 days in 1991 + (31 + 29 + 3) days in 1992 = a) Tuesday b) Monday
3 odd days. c) Thursday d) Data inadequate
Therefore, March 3, 1992 is three days beyond Satur- 9. March 5,1999 was on Friday, what day of the week will
day, ie, Tuesday. be on March 5,2000?
Ex.2: Monday falls on 4th April, 1988. What was the day a) Monday b) Tuesday c) Sunday d) None of these
on 3rd Nov 1987?
Soln: No. of days between 3rd Nov. 1987 and 4th April 1988 Answers
= 27 (Nov) + 31 (Dec) + 31 (Jan) + 29 (Feb) + 31 (Mar) 1. a; Hint: First find the day on 1 st August, 1980.
+ 4 (Apr) =153 days = 21 weeks + 6 days = 6 odd days 1st August, 1980 means, '(1979 years+ 7 months + 1
Then,3rdNov 1987 w a s 7 - 6 = 1 day beyond the day day)'.
on 4th April, 1988. So, the day was Tuesday. Now 1600 years contain 0 odd day.
Note: 3rd Nov 1987 lies before 4th Apr 1988, hence the 300 years contain 15 or 1 odd day.
required day will be 6 days before Monday or 7 - 6 = f 19 leap years + 60 ordinary years!
] = 38 + 60 or 98 or 0 odd day J
1 day beyond Monday
Thus 1979 years contain 0 + 1 + 0 = 1 odd day.
Ex. 3: Today is 21 st August. The day of the week is Mon-
day. This is a leap year. What will be the day of the Number of days from Jan., 1980 upto 1 st Aug, 1980.
week on this day after 3 years? Jan Feb March April May June July Aug
31 + 2 9 + 31 + 30+ 31 + 30 + 31 + 1
Soln: Since this is a leap year, none of the next 3 years is a
leap year. So, the day of the week will be 3 days be- = 214 days = 30 weeks + 4 days = 4 odd days.
yond Monday, ie, it will be Thursday. Total number of odd days = 1 + 4 = 5.
Ex.4: It was Thursday on 2nd Jan 1993. What day of the So, on 1st Aug, 1980, it was'Friday'.
week will be on 15th March 1993? So, 1st Monday in August, 1980 lies on 4th August.
Soln: Total no. of days = 29 (Jan) + 28 (Feb) + 15 (Mar) .-. Monday falls on 4th, 11th, 18th, & 25th in August.
= 72 days = 10 weeks + 2 days = 2 odd days. 1980.
Thus, the given, date will fall on two days beyond 2. d; Hint: 1992 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days. So, the
Thursday, ie, Saturday. first day of the year
1993 will be two days beyond Wednesday, ie it will be
Exercise Friday.
1. On what date (among the following) of August 1980 did 3. b; Hint: The year 1979 bieng an ordinary year, it has 1
Monday fall? odd day.
a) 18th b) 16th c)24th d) 12th So, the day on 12th January 1980 is one day beyond
2. January 1,1992 was a Wednesday. What day of the week the day on 12th January, 1979.
will it be on January 1,1993? But, January 12,1980 being Saturday
a) Monday b) Tuesday c) Sunday d) Friday .-. January 12,1979 was Friday.
3. On January 12, 1980, it was Saturday. The day of the 4. c; Hint: The year 1984 being a leap year, it has 2 odd
week on January 12, 1979 was: days.
a) Saturday b) Friday c) Sunday d) Thursday So, the day on 2nd July, 1985 is two days beyond the
4. On July 2, 1985, it was Wednesday. The day of the week day on 2nd July, 1984.
on July 2,1984 was: But, 2nd July 1985 was Wednesday.
a) Wednesday b) Tuesday c) Monday d) Thursday .-. 2nd July, 1984 was Monday.
5. Monday falls on 4th April, 1988. What was the day on 5. c; Hint: Counting the number of days after 3rd Novem-
3rd November, 1987? ber, 1987 we have:
a) Monday b) Sunday c) Tuesday d) Wednes- Nov Dec Jan Feb March April
day days 27+ 3 1 + 3 1 + 2 9 + 31+ 4
6. Today is 1 st August. The day of the week is Monday. = 153 days containing 6 odd days
This is a leap year. The day of the week on this day after ie, (7 - 6) = 1 day beyond the day on 4th April, 1988.
3 years will be: So, the day was Tuesday.
Calendar
6. b;
Hint: This being a leap year none of the next 3 years Note: 1. First January, 1 A D was Monday. Therefore we
691
is a leap year. So, the day of the week will be 3 days must count days from Sunday ie Sunday for 0 odd
beyond Monday ie, it will be Thursday. day, Monday for 1 odd day, Tuesday for 2 odd
7. a; Hint: First we look for the leap years during this pe- days, and so on.
riod. 2. February in an ordinary year gives no odd day, but
1997,1998,1999 are not leap years. in a leap year gives one odd day.
1998 and 1999 together have net 2 odd days. Suppose someone asks you to find the day of the
No. of days remaining in 1997 = 365 - 16 = 349 days week on 12th January 1979.
= 49 weeks 6 odd days. 12th Jan, 1979 means 1978 years + 12 days
January 4,2000 gives 4 odd days. Now, 1600 years have 0 odd day.
.-. Total no. of odd days = 2 + 6 + 4 = 1 2 days = 7 days 300 years have 5 * 3 = 15 ie 1 odd day
(1 week) + 5 odd days 78 years have 59 ordinary years + 19 leap years
Hence, January 4,2000 will be 5 days beyond thursday = 59 + 2 x 19 = 97 days = 13 weeks+ 6 days
ie it will be on Tuesday. =6 odd days
8. a; Hint: The year during this interval was 1998 and it Total number of odd days = 0 + 1 + 6 + 1 2 = 19
was not a leap year. Now, we calculate the no. of odd or 5 odd days
days in 1999 up to February 19: So the day was Friday [See the table]
January 1999 gives 3 odd days
19 February 1999 gives 5 odd days Illustrative Examples
1998, being ordinary year, gives 1 odd day Ex.1: The first Republic Day of India was celebrated on
In 1997, December 30 and 31 give 2 odd days 26th January 1950. What was the day of the week on
.-. total no. of odd days = 3 + 5 + 1+ 2 = 1 1 days = 4 that date?
odd days Soln: Total no. of odd days = 1600 years have 0 odd day +
Therefore, December 30,1997 will fall 4 days before 300 years have 1 odd day + 49 years (12 leap + 37
Saturday ie on Tuesday. ordinary) have 5 odd days + 26 days of Jan have 5
9. c; Hint: Year 2000 is a leap year. odd days = 0 + 1 + 5 + 5 = 4 odd days
No. of remaining days in 1999 = So, the day was Thursday.
365 - [31 days in January + 28 days in February + 5 Ex. 2: Mahatma Gandhi was born on 2 Oct 1869. The day of
days in March] = 301 days = 43 weeks ie 0 odd day. the week was.
No. of days passed in 2000 = Soln: 1600 years have 0 odd day
January (31 days) gives 3 odd days 200 years have 2 x 5 = 10, ie, 3 odd days.
February (29 days, being a leap year) gives 1 odd day 68 years contain 17 leap years and 51 ordinary years.
March (5 days) gives 5 odd days That is, 17 x 2 + 51 = 85 days, ie, 1 odd day.
.-. total no. of odd days = 0 + 3 + 1+ 5 = 9 days ie 2 In 1869, upto 2nd Oct, total number odd days = 31
odd days. (Jan) + 28 (Feb) + 31 (Mar) + 30 (Apr) + 31 (May) + 30
Therefore, March 5, 2000 will be two days beyond (Jun) + 31 (Jul) + 31 (Aug) +30 (Sep) + 2 (Oct) = 275
Friday, ie on Sunday. days = 2 odd days
.-. total odd days = 0 + 3 + 1+ 2 = 6 odd days.
Rule 2 .-. the day was Saturday.
To find the day of a week by the help of the number of odd Other Method:
days, when no reference day is given: Whenever, the day of week for a year later than 1600
Working Rule is asked, divide the years like (in this case)
1. Count the net number of odd days on the given date. 2 Oct of 1869
2. In that case we count days according to number of = 1600 + 200 + 68 + Jan 1 to 2 Oct of 1869
odd days. See the table given below = 1600 + 200 + 68 + 365 days - 2 Oct to 31 Dec of 1869
Number of odd days Days = 1600 + 200 + 68 + (365 - 90) days
0 Sunday No. of odd days = 0 + 3 + 1 (for 17 leap years & 51
1 Monday ordinary years) + 2 = 6 odd days
2 Tuesday .-. the day is Saturday.
3 Wednesday Ex.3: India got Independence on 15th August 1947. What
4 Thursday was the day of the week?
5 Friday Soln: 15 Aug 1947 = (1600 + 300 + 46) years + 1 Jan to 15
6 Saturday Aug of1947
= (1600 + 300 + 46) years + 3 6 5 - 16 .-. 1775 years give 0 + 5 + 2 = 7 and so 0 odd day.
Aug to 31 Dec 1947 Also number of days from 1 st Jan., 1776 to 16th July,
= (1600 + 300 + 46) years + (365 -138) days 1776
No. of odd days = 0 + 1 + 1 (from 11 leap years and 35 Jan Feb March April May June July
ordinary years) + 3 = 5 odd days. 31 + 29+ 31 + 30 + 31 +30 + 16
.*. the day was Friday. = 198 days = 28 weeks + 2 days = 2 odd days.
Remember the following table .-. Total number of odd days = 0 + 2 = 2.
Months Odd days Hence the day on 16th July, 1776 was 'Tuesday'.
Jan 3 (ii)b;Hint: 12th January, 1979 means, (1978 years + 12 days)
Feb 0/1 (Ordinary/leap year) Now 1600 years have 0 odd day
Mar 3 300 years have 15 or 1 odd day
Apr 2 78 years have
May 3
19 leap years + 59 ordinary years
Jun 2 = (38 + 59) or 97 odd days or 6 odd days
Jul 3
Aug 3 12 days of January has 5 odd days
Sep 2 Total number of odd days : 0 + 1 + 6 + 5
Oct 3 = 12 or 5 odd days.
Nov 2 So, the day was 'Friday'.
Dec 3 2. b; Hint: Each day of the week is repeated after 7 days.
.-. After 63 days, it would be Friday.
Exercise So, after 62 days, it would be Thursday.
1. Find the day of the week on 3. c; Hint: 1600 years contain 0 odd day; 300 years con-
(i) 16th July, 1776. tain 1 odd day.
a) Monday b) Tuesday Also, 83 years contain 20 leap years and 63 ordinary
c) Wednesday d) None of these years and therefore (40 + 0) odd days ie, 5 odd days.
(ii) 12th January, 1979. .-. 1983 years contain (0 + 1 + 5) ie, 6 odd days.
a) Saturday b) Friday Number of days from Jan, 1984 to 31 st Oct 1984.
c) Wednesday d) Thursday = (31+29 + 31+30 + 31 +30 + 31 +31 +30 + 31)
2. Today is Friday. After 62 days it will be: = 305 days = 4 odd days
a) Friday b) Thursday c) Saturday d) Monday .-. Total number of odd days = 6 + 4 = 10 ie 3 odd
3. Smt Indira Gandhi died on 31 st October, 1984. The day days.
of the week was: So, 31 st Oct, 1984 was Wednesday.
a) Monday b) Tuesday c) Wednesday d) Friday 4. c; Hint: Starting with 1988, we go on counting the num-
4. The year next to 1988 having the same calendar as that ber of odd days till the sum is divisible by 7
of 1988 is: Years 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992
a) 1990 b)1992 c)1993 d) 1995 Odd days 2 1 1 1 2
5. The year next to 1991 having the same calendar as that = 7 ie 0 odd day
of 1990 is: .-. Calendar for 1993 is the same as that of 1988.
a) 1998 b)2001 c)2002 d)2003 5. c; Hint: We go on counting the odd days from 1991
6. What day of the week 20th June, 1837? onwards till the sum is divisible by 7. The number of
a) Monday b) Tuesday c) Thursday d) Friday such days are 14 upto the year 2001.
7. The year next to 1990 having the same calendar as that So, the calendar for 1991 will be repeated in the year
of 1990 is . 2002.
a) 1998 b)2001 c)2002 d)2004 6. b; Hint: 20th June, 1837 means " 1836 complete years +
Answers first 5 months of the year 1837 + 20 days of June"
1. (i) b; Hint: 16th July, 1776 means 1600 years give no odd day
(1775 years + 6 months + 16 days) 200 years give 3 odd days
Now, 1600 years have 0 odd days. 36 years give 3 odd days.
100 years have 5 odd days. [36 years contain 9 leap years and 27 ordinary years
75 years contain 18 leap yeas & 57 ordinary years and and therefore, (27 + 18 =) 45 odd days = 3 odd days].
therefore .-. 1836 years give (0 + 3 + 3) = 6 odd days
(36 + 57) or 93 or 2 odd days. Now, from first January to 20th June
Calendar 693
we have, .-. total no. of odd days

odd days = [1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 1+2]
January = 3 = 14 days ie 0 odd days.
February = 0 Hence the result follows.
March = 3 2. Hint: 1st Century, ie 100 years contain 76 ordinary
April = 2 years and 24 leap years and therefore, (76 + 48) or 124
May = 3 odd days or 5 odd days.
June = 6 .-. The last day of 1st century is 'Friday'.
17 ie 3 odd days. Two Centuries, ie 200 years contain 152 ordinary years
.-. Total number of odd days = (6 + 3) = 9 odd days ie and 48 leap years and therefore (152 + 96) or 248 or 3
2 odd days. odd days.
This means that the 20th June fell on the 2nd day .-. The last day of 2nd century is 'Wednesday'.
commencing from Monday. Therefore the required Three Centuries, ie 300 years contain 228 ordinary
day was Tuesday. years and 72 leap years and therefore, (228 + 144) or
7. b; Hint: We go on counting the no. of odd days from 372 or 1 odd day.
1990 onward till the sum is exactly divisible by 7. .-. The last day of third century is 'Monday'.
The no. of such days are 14 upto the year 2000. So the Four Centuries, ie 400 years contain 303 ordinary years
calendar for 1990 will be repeated in the year 2001. and 97 leap years and therefore, (303 + 194) or 497 or
Note: No. of odd days =1(1990) + 1 (1991) + 2( 1992) + 0 odd day.
1(1993)+1(1994)+1(1995)+2(1996)+1(1997)+1(1998) .-. The last day of 4th century is 'Sunday'.
+1 (1999) + 0(2000) + 1 (2001) + 1 (2002) = 14 odd days. Since the order is continually kept in successive
cycles, we see that the last day of a century can not
Miscellaneous be Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
1. Prove that the calendar for 1990 will serve for 2001 also. Note: The first day of a century must be either Mon-
2. Prove that the last day of a century can not be either day, Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday. 3. Hint: In order to prove the required result, we have to
3. Prove that any date in March is the same day of the show that the total number of odd days between last
week as the corresponding date in November of that day of February and last day of October is zero.
year. Number of days between these dates are:
4. How many times does the 29th day of the month occur March April May June July Aug Sept Oct
in 400 consecutive years? 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 31 +31 +30 + 31
a) 4400 times b) 4487 times c) 4496 times d) 4497 times = 245 days = 35 weeks = 0 odd day.
Hence, the result follows.
Answers 4. d; Hint: In 400 consecutive years there are 97 leap years.
1. Hint: In order that the calendar for 1990 and 2001 be Hence in 400 consecutive years February has the 29th
the same, 1st January of both the years must be on day 97 times, and the remaining 11 months have the
the same day of the week. For this, the total number 29th day 400 x 11 or 4400 times.
of odd days between 31st Dec 1989 and 31st Dec .-. the 29th day of the month occurs (4400 + 97)
2000 must be zero. = 4497 times.
Odd days are as under
Year No. of odd days
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000 (leap year)
Logarithm
Introduction c)100 d) Can't be determined

We are familiar with a simple exponential identity a x 2. I f log 64 = x, find the value of*.
8
= b. Here, 'a' is called the base, ' x ' the exponent and 'b' the a) 4 b)l c)2 d)3
result.
Now, just as we can say J 4 = 2 , which is basically 3. What is the value of l o g /~^~] ?
another way of saying 2 * 2 = 4, we can say a) 4 b)2 c)-2 d)~4
log b = x a
4. I f log (O.OOOl) = - 4 , findb.
6
It is another way of saying a x =b

a) 10 b) i o °
Thus a log or logarithm is an equivalent way of ex-
pressing an exponential identity and the following two ex- c) 1 0 2 d) Can't be determined
pressions are completely equivalent
a x =b o log b = x
a 5. If'°82 /2^^^j N find the value of x.
log b is generally expressed as log of b to the base a.

a
16 16
Generally, the base is taken as 10 in which case the subscript a) j b)4 c)-4 d)
for the base is not written.
Hence log b means log b . Thus, if no base is given 10
6. I f \og V2=
h —, find the value of b.
assume that the base is 10.
a) 16 b)32 c)64 d)4
Rule 1 7. Find the value of x, i f log, [log (log JC)] = 0 .5 3
I f log b = x then, a = b
a
a) 81 b)243 c) 128 d)256
8. I f log V3
fl find the value of a.
Ex. 1: I f log a = 4 . Find the value of a.
3 6
a) 9 b)27 c)18 d)3
Soln: l o g a = 4 = > 3 = a :. a = 81
3 4
Answers
Ex.2: I f log [log (log x)] = 0, find the value of x.
3 4 2
1. c
Soln : log [log (log x)] = log 1
3 4 2 3 (As, log 1 = 0 )
3
2. c; Hint: x = log 64 or, 64 = 8
8 X or, 8 = g *
2
or, log (log x) = \4 2

.-. x=2.
or, 4 = log x or, log x = 4 or, 2 = x

1 2 2 4 :, x = 16 3. d; Hint: log ( — j =x
3
Exercise
1. I f log x = 2, find the value of.x. or, — = 3 V or, - ^ = 3* 0^3^**^ .-. x « - 4
a) 4 b) 10 81 3 4
696 PRACTICE B O O K ON QUICKER MATHS
4. a; Hint: log (0.000l)=-4 or, - A b 4 = o.OOOl = 10~ 4 3. Find the value of 55-iog 25 5
.-. b = 10 a)25 b)5 c)125 d) 5 4
1 _'/x 4. Find the value o f 3+'og 8-iog, ,2

Hint: ^ - = (2V2") =2"
4 4 f
5. d; r
-=2 / 2
256
a) 256V2 b) 128V2 c) 156^3 d) 256V3
•16
o r , - x = -8 .*.*•• 5. Find the value o f I<5 S-I . Io 5
or, " = 2 2 8 Ax
a) 5 b) 16 c)25 d)36
6. The value of 2 2 + L °S2 5 is .
6. b; Hint: log V2 = - | A . ^V" = 2 ]/i
a)2 b)4 c) 10 d)20

/l 5 7. Find the value of 32+^,5
or, b^ =(2 ) s 5 b = 2 5 =32
a) 20 b)30 c)45 d)50
7.b; Hint: log, [log (log )x] = 0 5 3
Answers
log (log x)=l 5 3 or, log, x = 5 .-. * = 3 = 243 5
1. d; Hint: g s> _3 iog,4 _ iog,4 = 16
io 4 2 3 2
8.b; Hint: log V3 = - a

2. c; Hint: 3 +iog,9-iog 9 _ 2
2 81 3 x ,iog 9 3 x 3 -io g s i 9
= 3 x 9 x 3"*
2 [Wc suppose x = log 9 ] gl
or, a ] ' = V3 6 A a= ( V 3 f = 3 = 27 3
Now find the value of x, x = l o g 9 gl
Rule 2 _ log 9 3 = 21og 3 3 = I
a , o g ' =n
n
~log 81 3 41og 3 3 2
[See Rule 7]
Proof: Letx= '°ga a n
Presenting the above exponential identity in loga-

.-. required answer = 3 x3 2 =3 2 =3 2
rithm
3. c; Hint: s^âs ? 2 = 5 5 x 5 -iog 25 5
log O) = log («) a a , . \B or, ' ° B . »

a = „
= 5 x25"' = 5 =125
Illustrative Examples 5 3
4. a; Hint: 4 3+iog 8-iog ,2 4 K x 4 iogj8 x 4 -iog»,2

Ex. 1: Find the value o f 2 l o g 2 5 •
= 4 x8 x43 , _ l 0 8 ' 2 2 = 4 x8 x4<- / ^ 3 , 1 2 2
Let 2 8 2 L O 5 =x
• =4 x8 x(4 ^ )~
3 , l 0 2 1 / 2 =4 x8 x2- 3 I , / 2
.-. log (x) = log (5) => x = 5
2 .-. ' ° = = 5 2 2 B 5

= (6+3-1] 17
can directly get the answer. 2^ > =2 = 256V2 2 2
2 S2L O 5 =5 5. c; Hint: I 6 1 0 8 4 5 =4 2 l o ?4 5 = 4 i°g 5 4 2 = 2 5

Ex.2: Find the value o f 3 2 ->°g3 5
6. d; Hint: 2 2 + 1 °^ 5 = 2 2 x 2 > = 2 x 5 = 20
loB 5 2
Soln: 3 - i » K 3 5 _ 32 -io ,5
2 x 3 G
7. c; Hint: 3 2+1 °gj 5 = 3 2 x 3 SJ Io 5 « 9 5 x = 45
2 lo 5'-" 2 - l 9
= 3 x 3 G J = 3 x 5 =
Rule 3
5
Exercise log r a* = - ( l o g
A f t a)
y
1. Find the value of Q 8J 1 o 4 . If b = a = n, then
a)8 b)9 c)6 d) 16
2. Find the value of 3 2 + 1 °g3 - 8«i 9 l 0 9
a) 3 3 b) 3 / 5 2 c) 3 / 7 2 d) 3 ~ / 7 2
Proof: Let log , ( « ) = . n T
Logarithm 697
= 1-0.3010 = 0.6990
\n ) y =n x ^>n =n y2 x
yz = x
log 5 _ 10 0.6990 _ 699
-log 5 = --2
or, log, 2 " 0 0.3010 ~ 301
[See Rule 71
6. d; Hint: Iog , x + log 2 r + log x = 11
2 ] 2 2
Ex.: Find the value of l o g 25 125 — log 4 8
Soln: log (l25)-log (4)

25 8
or, i l o g x + ^ - l o g x + l o g x = l l
2 2 2
= log (5 ) - l o g ( 2 )
52 3 2 l 2
I x + |log x = l l
2
3 2 5 3 2
= —~— (from the above formula) = *r
2 3 6 11 1x6
or, — l o g x = l l 2 or, log x = 2 =6
Exercise
1. Find the value of log 81 - log 32 . 9 4
x = 2 = 64
1 3 1
a)" b)-- c)- :
d)2 Rule 4
2 ' 2 ' 2
\og b" a =n\og b a
2. Find the value of l o g 49 16807 - log 27 9
3
a)0 b)l c) d)- 1
Ex.: If logx = log5+21og3 - — log25, find the value ofx.
3. Find the value of !og 2 + l o g 32 8 2 4 3 3 - log
7 36 1296
1
a)3 b)2 c)l d)0 Soln : logx = Iog5 + 2 log3 - - log25
4. Find the value of log 0 1 2 5 64
= log5+ log 3 2 -log(25)^
a)-2 b)2
c)0 d) Can't be determined = log5 + log9-log5 =log9
.-. x = 9
5. If 1 0 0 3 0 1 0 = 2 , then find the value of log 0 1 2 5 125 .
699 Note: 1. \og (b^)=-\og b

a a
699 n
a) d)^2
30l
2. log (A-")=-nlog *
a 0
6. If log x + log x + log x = 11, then the value of x is

8 4 2
Exercise
1. If s ' 5 x = 2 ~ , find the value ofx.
X 5
a) 2 0)4 c)8 d)64

a) 5 b)0
Answers c) 1 d) Can't be determined
2. I f 2!og x = 1 + l o g ( x - l ) , find the value ofx.
4 4
1. c; Hint: log 32 3 - log

4 22 2 = 2~2 = ~2
a) 2 b)l c)4 d)3
2. b 3.c 3. I f log 3 = 0.477 and (l Q00) = 3 , then x equals to x
4. a; Hint:
a) 0.159 b)10 c)0.0477 d)0.0159
SSC Graduate Level PT Exam - 2000
log , 0 6 4 = g -' l o 2 2 6 = —T §2 l 0 2 =~ [ 2 V '°g2 2 = ] !
4. Find the value of l o g (0.0001). 10
2 a) 4 b)l c)0 d)^l

5. b; Hint: l o g . 0 125 125 = l o g , 5 = - - l o g , 5 = - l o g 5
r 3 2
5. Find the value of log 5{log 25 + log 125}. 5 5 5
v 10 0 3 0 1 0 = 2 = > l o g 2 = 0.3010 1 0
a) 2 b)l c)5 d)4
6. Find the value of [log (51og 100)] . 10 l0 2
10
•"• log 5 = log, I0 = log, 10-log 2 0 10 a)0 b)l c)2 d)4
698 PRACTICE BOOK O N QUICKER MATHS
7. The logarithm of 144 to the base 2^3 ' s • Now, log 9 = log(3) = 2 log 3 2
a) 2 b)4 c)6 d)8 .-. 2 log 3 = 0.9542 .-. log 3 = 0.4771

8. If log 8 = 0.9031 an log 9 = 0.9542 then find the value of N O W , log6 = log(2x3)= log2 + log3 = 0 3010 + 0.477U 0.7781
log 6.
a) 0.3010 b) 0.4771 c) 0.7781 d) None of these Rule 5
log (xy) = log (x) + log (y)
Answers
l.a; Hint: s ' 5 x =2 " r 5 or, s ~* s Jjfi'^
Ex.1: I f log m = b- log| n , find the value of m.
w 0
or, ( 5 - x ) log 5 = - ( 5 - x ) log 2
or. (5-x)log5 + ( 5 - x ) l o g 2 = 0 Soln: We have, log in = b- log n10 10
or, (5-x){log5 + l o g 2 } = 0 => l o g / n + l o g « = 6

l0 10
=> log, (««) = 6

0
or, ( 5 - x ) | l o g ^ + l o g 2 } = 0 10"
10° =mn m-
or, ( 5 - x ) { l o g l 0 - l o g 2 + log2} = 0
Ex. 2: If log8 = 0.9031 and log9 = 0.9542 then find the value
or, 5 - x = 0 x= 5
of log6.
2. a; Hint: 21og x = 1 + l o g ( x - 1 ) 4 4
Soln : Iog8 = log(2) = 3 log2

3
log x =log 4 + log (x-l)

4 2 4 4
.-. 3 log2 = 0.9031
or, x = 4 ( x - l )
2 or, x 2 _ 4^ + 4 = 0 0.9031
.-. log2= — - — =0.3010
or, ( x - 2 ) 2 =0
Now,log9= | g(3) =21og3
0 2
.-. x = 2
.-. 2 log3 = 0.9542
3. a; Hint: (lOOO)* =3 .-. log.3 = 0.4771
or, x l o g , 3 = log3 0
Now, log6 = log(2 x 3) = log2 + log3 =0.3010 + 0.4771
= 0.7781
log 3 0.477 n i c n Note: 1. log (x) + log (y) ^ log (x + y)
or, 3x = log3 .-. j r = - | - = - y - = 0.159
2. log(xy) * log(x) x log(y)
4. d; Hint: log (0.000l)= l o g ( l 0 " ) = -41og, 10 = - 4

10 10 4 0
Exercise
5. a; Hint: 1. I f log 2 = x , log 3 = y and log 7 = r , then the value of
log 5{log 25 + log 125} = log 5{log (25x125)}
5 5 5 5 5
log(4xV63") is .
= log 5 = 21og 5 = 2
5 2 5
[Assistants' Grade Exam, 1998|
6. b; Hint: a) ~2x + -y + -z -, + -y + -z
b) 2x 2 1
[log (5log 100)P = [ l o g 5 log,„ 1 0 f = [log (l0)p = ( l ) = I

l0 l0 l0 2 lo 2 - 2 1
c) 2x + -y--z d)2x--y + -z
7. b; Hint: 144 3 3 j 3
=2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x X X X If log(0.57) = 1.756, then the value of
log57 + log(0.57) +logV0J7 is 3 .

[SSC Graduate Level (PT) Exam, 1999]
Now, l o g 2 V 3 144 = ^ , ^ ( 2 / 3 ) * = 4 1 o g 2 V T 2V3 =4x1 = 4
a)0.902 b) 1.902 c) T . 1 4 6 d) 2.146
8. c; Hint: log8 = log(2) = 3 log 2 3
I f log90 = 1.9542 then log3 equals to .
0 9031 |SSC Graduate Level (PT) Exam, 2000|
.-. 3 log2 = 0.9031 .-. log2 = — — = 0.3010 a) 0.9771 b) 0.6514 c) 0.4771 d)0.3181
Logarithm 699
3. c; Hint: Iog90 = 1.9542

4. Find the value of — log25-21og| 3 + log, 18 0 0
or, log(3 x 10)= 1.9542

2
a)0 b)l c)2 d) or, 2log3 + log 10 = 1.9542
0 954?
5. Find the value of log.v + log or, log3 = - ^ y ^ = 0.4771
4. b; Hint: ~ l o g 25 - 2 l o g 3 + log, 1810 l0 0
a)0 b)l c)-l d)
6. The equation l o g x + log (l + x) = 0 can be written as

a a
= Iog, (25)" -log (3) +log, I8
0 2 l0 2 0
= l o g , 5 - l o g , 9 + log| 18
0 0 0
a) x- +x-l =0 b) x +x + \ 02
f 5x18^1
= log, log, 10 = 1 0
c) x" +x-e =0 d) x +x + e = 0
2
V * J
1
7. Find the value of log 8 + log 1
5. a;Hint: l o g x + l o g - = log;t+logl - log.r
vJt
a)0 b)l c)2 d) log(64)
= log,v- log.v+ 0 = 0
( L2\
8. Find the value of log + log + log 6. a; Hint: log x + log (l + .v) = 0
fl fl
bc
K J
\J y ab J
or, log,, x(x +1) = log„ 1 (Since log 1 = 0 )

a)0 b)l c)abc d) a 2 b 2 c 2
or, x(.r + l ) = l or, x 2 + -\=o x
Answers logl=0
7 a: Hint: - ''g| | ] =
l l o ^ f x 7
1. b; Hint: ^ x fe)= log 2 x (3 x 3 x 7 ^ 2

r* ->, 2 2 A
abc
8. a; Hint: Given expression = '°S 2i.2 2
= logl=0
= log2 +log(3x3x7)i
2
ytl b C j
Rule 6
= 21og2 + i l o g ( 3 x 7 )2
log = log(x) - log( y)

= 21og2 + l [ l o g 3 + l o g 7 ]
2
= 21og2 + j l o g 3 + y l o g 7 Ex.: I f log| (/w)=6 + log| (/7),findthevalueofm.
0 0
Soln: We have, log, m = b+ log n 0 10
= 2x + — y + —z
3 3 => log, w - l o g , n = b
0 0
57x100
.a;Hint: log 3Iog(0.57)+|log(0.57) ///
100 ) log = b
= log(0.57)+logl0 +31og(0.57)+~log(0.57)
2
"=10*
.-. « = /7 1 0"
=[l 3 + + ijlog(0.57) 2 + [ v l o g l o 2 = 2 ]
. , t ni 1 log/?/
Note: log — | * •
= (4.5 x T .756)+ 2 = 4.5 x (-1 + 0.756)+ 2 = 0.902 ».J I02/7
Exercise = log25 + log3 - log 16 - log25 + log81 + log 16

I. I f l o g 2 = 0.301, then the value o f log (50) is
10 l0
H log2-log81-log3
= log2
a) 0.699 b) 1.301 c) 1.699 d) 2.301 5. a; Hint: Given expression
[SI Delhi Police Exam, 1997)
'9 27 3 l , ( 9 3 32
2. I f log, 2 = 0.3010 and log, 7 = 0.8451, then the value
0 0 log - + — x — = log —x —x —
8 32 4 1 8 4 27
of log| 2.8 is
0 .
a) 0.4471 b) 1.4471 c) 2.4471 d) 14.471 = logl = 0
[SSC Graduate Level PT Exam, 1999]
Rule 7
3. I f log2 = 0.3010 , then log5 equals to
a) 0.3010 log/,*
l0g f l X =
b) 0.6990 log* a
c) 0.7525
d) Given log 2, it is not possible to calculate log 5
Proof: Let
|SSC Graduate Level PT Exam, 2000| log/,«
75 5 32 or, l o g x = v l o g a
4. The simplified form of l o g — - 2 l o g - + l o g — — j s
A A
16 9 343
or, \og x =h \og (a )
h y
a) log 2 b) 2 log 2 c) log3 d) log5

|SSC Graduate Level PT Exam, 2000|
9 27 3 or, l o g „ W = l o g ( a ) = y = a y
5. The value of log - - log — + log - j s . log/, a

o 32 4
a)0 b)l c)2 d)3
Answers Ex. I: I f log| m = Z>log n, find the value of m.

0 ]0
50x2 logio m
1. c; Hint: l o g 50 = log 1 0
I0 = log!00-log2 Soln: We have, = b
logio "
= log 2-log2
10 => log,, m = b
= 2-0.301 = 1.699
:. m = n
28
Ex. 2: If log2 = 0.3010 and log3 = 0.4771, then what value of
2. a; Hint: log 2.8 = l o g — = l o g 2 8 - l o g 10
t0 10
x satisfies
log(7 x 4 ) - log 10 = log 7 + 2 log 2 - log 10 the equation y + i =135 (approximately)?
= 0.8451 + 2x0.3010-1 Soln : We have, 3 x+3 135
= 0.8451 + 0.6020-1 =0.4471
or, 3 x3
x 3 =135
3. b; Hint: log5 = l o g y = l o g l 0 - l o g 2 , 3 - 1 ^ =5
27
= 1-0.3010 = 0.6990 => log 5 = x
3
, *i 5 .7 5 32
_a ' ° g i o 5 _ r
4. a;Hint: log — - 2 1 o g - + l o g -
ic 9 343 log 3 ^ t n e a D O v e I° r r n u l }
a
. 25x3 , 25 , 16x2 _ log (10 + 2)

10
= log l o g — + log = X
4x4 6 81 81x3
s logio 3
= log(25 x 3 ) - log(4 x 4 ) - log(25) + log81 log)0-log 2 1 0
+ log(l6x2)-log(81x3) = X
log,o 3
Logarithm 701
1-0.3010 or, a l o g l 2 = log3

=> =x
or, a log(3 x 4) = 3 log 3
0.4771
or, a[log 3 + log 4] = 3 log 3
.". x « 1 . 5 (approximately)
Ex. 3: log,, a \og b log,, c = ? c
or, alog4 + alog3 = 31og3
Soln: log ax log,.bx\og c A a
or, a l o g 2 2 = (3-a)log3
\og a c log. y
l o g / 3 x l o g c Since, \og y =
c a x or, 2alog2 = (3-a)log3
log b c log. x
log2 3-a
or, log 3 •(»)
= l o g . a x l o g c = l Since, \og . a =
c a L
log e logl6_ log2 4 4 log 2

a
Now, log 1 6 • 6
log 6 log(2x3) log2 + log3

Exercise
1. Given that log 2 = 0.3010 , then log, 10 is equal to
10 I!.
0 2 /3-a)
log3 _ ( 2a] _ 4 ( 3 - a )
| Assistant's Grade Exam, 1997] log 2 3-a
+1 3+a
+1
1000 699 log 3 2a
a) 0.3010 b) 0.6990 c) d)
301 301
log 4 2
2. I f l o g 27 * a then log 16 is
l2 6 3. d; Hint: l o S.v 4 :
\ogx 5
[Assistant's Grade Exam, 1997|
2 log 2 _ 2
4(3 -a) 4(3 + a ) 3+a 3-a
o r ' logx~ ~ 5 o r ' l o 8 x = 5 l o § 2 = 8
l o 2 5 r >og32
b)
3 + a - 3-a C ; 4(3-4 d ) 4 ( 3 + a)
.-. x = 32
3. I f log 4 = 0.4, then the value of x is
x . 4. b; Hint: log,, y = 100, log x = 10 2
[ Assistant's Grade Exam, 1998]

a)4 b) 16 c)l d)32 logy i n n log* l f l
or, 1 = 1 0 0 and -log 2 = 1 0
4. I f l o g y = 100 and log x = 10 , then the value of y is

t 2 ' logx
logy
[SSC Graduate Level PT Exam, 1999| = 100x10 = 1000
° n log2
a) 2»o b) 2 1000 c) 2 100 d) 2 10000
or, l o g y = 1000 2 or, y = 2 1 0 0 0
5. I f a = b> b " = c> c = a - then the value of xyz is

x } z
5. b; Hint: a* =b or > '°ga b = x

a)0 b)l c)2 d)4 or, t> = c y or, log* c = y
6. The value of log, 3 x log 2 x log, 4 x log 3 is 3 4
or, - c a ff or, log,, a = 2
a)l b)2 c)3 d)4
.-. x x y x 2 SB log,, b x log/, cx log,, a = 1
log., x [See Illustrative Ex. 3]
7. The value of — 5 2 log b is u .
log , x fl/ log3 log2 log4 log3
a)0 b) 1 c) a d) ab 6. a; Hint: — ^ x — ? — x — ^ x — ^ - = 1
log 2 log 3 log 3 log 4
Answers
7. b; Hint: log„x = - ^ ^ 1
loglO _ 1 _ 1.0000 _ J000 g<,/> -0 lo
l.c; Hint:'°g2 1 0
log2 " log2 ~ 0.3010 ~ 301 .-. the given expression

ab
log 27 I - log,, b = log,, a & - log,, h = log,, -
.a; Hint: iog 27 = a or, , 12=a o o ] 2
log„ A a b
I = log a = 1 a
Rule 8 or, 2 x - 4 = x
.-. x = 4
y Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we
If log (x + y ) = log (x) + log 0 ) , then x = _j have
Proof: log (x + y) = log (xy) (2) 2
or, x + y = xy x= = 4.
2-1
Exercise
v-1
If log(x--3) = log(x)- log(3), then, find the value ofx.
Ex.: If log (x + 2) = log (.v) + log (2), then find the value of b)9 c)4 d) - -
2
3 )
x
If log(x--4) = log(x)-- log(4). then find the value ofx.
We have, log (x + 2) = log (x) + log (2) = log (2x) 16
b)5 c)4 d)-l
or, x + 2 = 2x a ) y
:. x = 2 If log(x--5) = log(x)-- log(5) and
have log(x - 6) = log(x)- log(6), then which of the following
is correct.
a) x > y b) x < y c) x = y d) Can't say
2-1
Answers
Exercise
l.a 2. a
1. I f log(x + 5) = log(5)+log(x), then find the value ofx.
3b; Hint:-v = — = 6 - a n d > = — = 7 -
4 4 5 5
a) 5 b)25 c)- $ |
2. If log(x + 3)= log(3)+ log(x), then find the value ofx.

Rule 10
a) | b)y c)3 d)4 To find the number of digits in a h .
3. I f log(x + 4)= log(4)+log(x) and No. of digits = [integral part of (b log <3)]+1 10
Iog(x + 6)= log(y)+log(6), then which of the follow- Illustrative Example

ing is correct? Ex.: Find the no. o f digits in 2 4 7 • (Given that
a)x=y b)x<y c)x>y d) Can't say
log 2 =0.3010)
10
Answers
l.d 2.a
the required answer = (Integral part of 47 l o g 2 ) + 1 10
4 4 5 5
3.c; Hint:x = — = , y = — =
y - = (47 x 0.3010)+1 =[14.1470+1]
= 14+ 1 = 15.
.'. x>y
Exercise
Rule 9 1. Find the no. o f digits in s 5 7 (given that
l o g 2 = 0.3010)
l0
to# fx-y) = tog x - logy, then x = .
a)52 b)50 c)51 d)53
Illustrative Example 2. Find the number o f digits in g 10 . (Given that
Ex: If log (x - 2) = logx - log (2), then find the value ofx. l o g 2 = 0.3010)
l0

[ RRB, Calcutta Supervisor (P Way) Exam, 2000]
We have, log (x - 2) - log (x) - log (2)
a) 19 b)20 c)17 d) 10
x
or, x - 2 = — 3. I f log 2 = 0.3010 , then the number of digits in 2 6 4 is
Logarithm

703
[CBI and CPO Exam, 1997] 3 log,7 _ y l o g s 3
a) 18 b) 19 c)20 d)21
Hence, (a) is the correct answer.
Answers
Exercise
La; Hint: 8 57 =(2 ) 3 5 7 = 2 , 7 ,
1. I f A = log 625 + 7
27 l 0 8 " 1 3 andB= log 125+13 " ,
9 log 7
.-. required answer = [l711og, 2 + l ] 0 then which of the following is true

a) A > B b) A < B c)A = B d) Can't say
= [l71x0.3010]+l = [51.4710]+l = 51 + l = 52
Hint:b; A = l o g 625 + 7 27 l o g " 1 3 = log , 5 + 7
3 4 l o g " 1 3
2. d; Hint: 8 1 0 =(2 )' =23 0 3 0
.-. required answer = [301og 2 + l] 10 = |log 5 + 7 3 l o g ^ 3
= [30x0.3010]+l =(9.03)+l = 9 + l = 10
B = log 125 + 1 3 " = l o g
9 log 7 32 5 +13 "
3 log 7
3. c; Hint: Required answer • [641og 2]+l I0
= [64x0.3010]+l = [l9.264]+l = 19 + 1 = 2 0 . = |te 5+13'°«"

fo 7
Rule 11 Let log 5 = x and by the above rule

3
7I0811I3 _ ]3log,,7
Therefore,A= J A : + 1 3 " ,ob 7 a n d B = | * + 13 " ,og 7
Ex.: Find the value of 3 g5 l o 7
Clearly, A < B. Hence (b) is the correct answer.

a) 7>°g5 3 b) 5 gJl o 7 c) 7 lc, g3 5 d) None of these
True Discount
Introduction P.W.xRxT
Suppose I have to pay you Rs 104 in a year's time. and A = P.W. + T.D. = P.W. +
100
But you want your money at once. Certainly you cannot
demand and 1 cannot give full Rs 104. What to do then? Let RxT" 100+RxT
us go to some good bank, say, the State Bank of India, Delhi = P.W. 1+- P.W.
100 100
and enquire the rate of interests allowed by it. Suppose the
rate of interest is 4%. Clearly I can discharge my debt by lOOxA
paying you Rs 100 at once. You lose nothing. Why? Because P.W = •0)
100 + R x T
if you deposit Rs 100 in the bank, it will in a year's time
amount to Rs 104. Now you can easily understand that Rs lOOxT.D. _ „
Again A = P.W. + T.D. = — — + T.D.
100 is the present value (or present worth) or Rs 104 due 1 RxT
>ear hence, and the portion deducted namely, Rs 4 is the
discount. 100 RxT+100
= T.D. 1 + = T.D.
The Present Value or Present Worth of a sum of RxT RxT
Tioney due at the end of a given time is that sum which with
AxRxT
ts interest for the given time at the given rate will amount to T.D. = .(ii)
Tie sum due. The sum due is called the amount. 100 + R x T
The True Discount is the difference between the sum Present Worth and True Discount can be obtained in
iue at the end of a given time and its present worth. a much simpler way with the help of formulae (i) and
I wn the definition it is clear that (ii).
True Discount = Interest on Present Worth
ind Amount = Present Worth + Discount Rule 1
A = P.W.+T.D. To find Present Worth when Rate, Amount and Time are
Note: given.
1. True discount is also called Mathematical, Arithmeti- 100xA
cal, Theoretical or Equitable Discount. PW (Present Worth) =
100+RT
. In questions on Discount, True Discount, is gener-
Where A = Amount or sum; R = Rate per cent per annum;
ally denoted by T.D.
T = Time in years
Present Worth is denoted by P.W.
Amount or sum denoted by A. Illustrative Example
Rate is denoted by R.
Time is denoted by T. -J
Interest is denoted by I . Ex: Find the present worth of Rs 481.25 due 2— years
P.W.xRxT hence, reckoning simple interest at 4 p.c. per annum.
Thus T.D. = I on P.W. at given R and T =
100 .1
lOQxT.D. Soln: Detail Method: InterestonRs lOOfor 2— yrsat4p.c.
P.W.
RxT
= Rs 10
220 at a credit of 1 year. If the rate of interest is 10%, the

100x-x4 man:
2 a) gains Rs 15 b) gains Rs 3
[v SI = 10]
100 c) gains Rs 5 d) loses Rs 5
.-. amount of Rs 100 = Rs 100 + Rs 10 = Rs 110 7. A man purchased a cow for Rs 300 and sold it the same
.-. present worth of Rs 110 = Rs 100 day for Rs 360, allowing the buyer a credit of 9 years. If
100
present worth of Re 1 the rate of interest be 7 — % per annum, then the man
110
has a gain of:
.-. present worth of Rs 4 8 1 | = | ^ x 4 8 1 . 2 5
„ 1
a) 4 - % c)6% d) 5%
= Rs 437.50 2
Quicker Method: Applying the above formula, we 8. A owes B, Rs 1120 payable 2 years hence and B owes A.
get Rs 1081.50 payable 6 months hence. If they decide to
settle their accounts forthwith by payment of read}
100x481.25 „ 48125
money and the rate o f interest be 6% per annum, then
PW = Rs r - = Rs——— =Rs 473.50
100 + 4x 110 who should pay and how much:
a)A,Rs50 b)B,Rs50 c)A,Rs70 d)B,Rs70
9. Find the present worth of Rs 264 due in 2 years reckon-
Exercise
ing simple interest at 5 per cent per annum.
1. Find the present worth (PW) and the true discount reck-
a)Rs240 b)Rs360 c)Rs540 d)Rs260
oning 6% per annum simple interest of Rs 176 due in 20
10. What is the present worth of Rs 272.61 due in 2 years 7?
months time.
a)Rsl60,Rsl6 b)Rsl30,Rs46 _1
c) Rs 150, Rs 26 d) None of these days at 7 — per cent?
, 1 a)Rs334 b)Rs254 c)Rs234 d) None of these

2. Find the present worth of Rs 9950 due 3 ~ years hence 11. Find the present value of Rs 1051.25 due a year hence at
at 7 — per cent per annum simple interest. Also find the
discount. a)Rsl200 b)Rsl000 c)Rsl500 d)Rsl050

12. What sum will discharge a debt of Rs 5300 due a year
a) Rs 7000, Rs 2950 b) Rs 8000, Rs 1950
and a half hence at 4% per annum?
a)Rs5000 b)Rs4500 c)Rs4200 d)Rs5250
3. I want to sell may scooter. There are two offers, one at
cash payment of Rs 8100 and another at a credit of Rs Answers
8250 to be paid after 6 months. I f money being worth
1. a; Hint: Applying the given rule we have
A I
6 — % per annum simple interest, which is the better 100x76
4
Present Worth = 100 + 6x 20
— = Rs 160
offer? 12
a) Rs8100 in cash
True Discount = Amount - Present Worth
b) Rs 8250 due 6 months hence
= R s l 7 6 - R s l 6 0 = Rsl6
c) both are equally good
[See Note of the Rule-2]
d) Can't be said
2. b
4. The present worth fo Rs 1404 due in two equal half
3. a; Hint: PW of Rs 8250 due 6 months hence = Rs
yearly instalments at 8% per annum simple interest is:
5. A trader owes a merchant Rs 901 due 1 year's hence.
100x8250
However, the trader want to settle the account after 3 Rs8000
(25 1
months. How much cash should he pay, if rate of inter- 100 + — x —
est is 8% per annum: 4 2
a)Rs870 b)Rs850 c)Rs 828.92 d)Rs 846.94 Rs 8100 in cash is a better offer.
6. A man buys a watch for Rs 195 in cash and sells it for Rs
True Discount
4. a; Hint: PW of Rs 702 due 6 months hence 11. b

707
100x702 100x5300 100x5300

= Rs i = Rs675 = Rs5000.
106
100 + 8x- 100 + - x 4
2
100x702 Rule 2
PW of Rs 702 due 1 year hence = R 1 JQO + (8X1) Tofinddiscount when, Amount or Sum, Rate and Time are
given.
= Rs650 AxRxT
.-. Total PW m Rs (675 + 650) = Rs 1325
5. b; Hint: PW of Rs 901 due 9 months hence at 8% True Discount (TD) = 1 0 0 + R T
100x901 (100x901x1 EK Find the true discount reckoning 4 per cent per an-
= Rs Rs850. „1
106
100+ 8x num simple interest of Rs 481.25 due in 2— years
time.
6. c; Hint: PW of Rs 220 due 1 year hence Soln: Applying the above formula, we get
'100x220 481.25x4x
, 100 + 10 = Rs200
= True Discount = : Rs43.75
Hence, the man gains Rs 5. 100 + 4x
7. d; Hint: PW of Rs 360 due 2 years hence at 7 - % . . p a

Note: True Discount can be found by first calculating
present worth and then subtracting it from the sum or
amount. [Since Present Worth = Amount + True Dis-
count]
100x360 100x360x7
Rs315 Exercise
800 1. If the true discount on a sum due 2 years hence at 5%
100+j^yX2
per annum be Rs 75, then the sum due is:
a)Rs750 b)Rs825 c)Rs875 d)Rs800
.-. SP = Rs315
2. Find the true discount on a bill for Rs 1270 due 7 months
15x100
hence at 10% per annum.
Hence gain % = — — = 5% a)Rs60 b)Rs75 c)Rs70 d) None of these
8. b; Hint: PW of Rs 1120 due 2 years hence at 6% 3. Find the true discount reckoning 3 per cent per annum
simple interest of Rs 1802 due in 2 years time.
' 100x1120 " a)Rsl00 b)Rs98 c)Rsl02 d) None of these
.100 + ( 6 x 2 ) J = R s 1 0 0 0
Answers
PW of Rs 1081.50 due 6 months hence at 6%
Ax2x5
l . b : Hint: 75 =
100 + 2x5
100x1081.50 100x1081.50
Rsl050 110x75
103
100 + 6 x 1 or, A = — — — = Rs 825
2
So, A owes B, Rs 1000 cash and B owes A Rs 1050 cash.
.-. B must pay Rs 50 to A.
1270x — xlO , ~ , n n n n
9. a 12 _ 1270x7x10
= Rs 70.
10. c; Hint: Required answer 1270
100 + — x l O
100x272.61 27261 27261x2 12
= Rs234. 3.c
15 73 33 233
100+ — x 2 — 100 +
2 365 2
Rule 3 102
Tofind (Present Worth) P. W, when True Discount (TD), Rate 4. b; Hint: SP = (102% of Rs 600) = Rs 100 x600 =R 612 S
per cent (R), and Time (T) are given.

.-. PW of Rs 650.25 due 9 months hence is Rs 612
IOOXTD or, Rs 38.25 is SI on Rs 612 for 9 months.
PW =
RxT
f \
Illustrative Example 100x38.25 % = 8 - %
Ex: The true discount on a bill due 9 months hence at Rate =
612x 3 '
12% per annum is Rs 270. Find the present worth.
Soln: Applying the above formula, we get
Present worth
100x270 Rule 4
:
q— =Rs3000.
12x — To find amount (A), when True Discount (TD), Rate per
12 cent (R), and Time (T) are given.
Exercise 100
Amount = TD 1+-
1. The true discount on a bill due 8 months hence at 12% RxT
per annum is Rs 240. Find the amount of the bill and its Illustrative Example
present worth. EK The true discount on a bill due 9 months hence at
a)Rs3000,Rs3240 b) Rs 2000, Rs 2240 12% per annum isRs270. Find the amount of the bill.
c) Rs 2100, Rs 2340 d) None of these Soln: Applying the above formula, we get
2. The true discount on a bill due 9 months hence at 6% per
annum is Rs 180. Find the amount of the bill and its
present worth. 100
1 +- 270x109
a)Rs3000,Rs3180 b) Rs 4000, Rs 4180 Amount = Rs 270 = Rs
12x
c) Rs 4500, Rs 4680 d) None of these 12
3. The interest on Rs 750 for 2 years is equal to the true
disocunt on Rs 810 for the same time and at the same = Rs30x 109 = Rs3270
rate. The rate per cent is: Note: Amount = Present Worth + True Discount
[If you calculate present worth (PW), amount can t5e
calculated by adding True Discount (TD) to PW] '
a) 4 j % b) 5i%
Exercise
c)4% d)5% 1. The true discount on a bill due 10 months hence at 6%
4. Goods were bought for Rs 600 and sold and the same per annum is Rs 26.25. Find the amount of the bill,
day for Rs 650.25 at a credit of 9 months and still there
a) Rs 551.25 b)Rs550 c)Rs551.50 c)Rs 550.25
was a gain of 2%. The rate per cent is:
\_
1 -,43
a) 6-0/0 b) 8yO /o
c) 8% d)7-o / o 2
per annum is Rs 265.10. Find the amount of the bill.
Answers a)Rs 16171.10 b)Rs 16711.10
1. a; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have, c)Rs 16181.10 d) None of these
The true discount on a bill due 2 years hence at 5% per
IOOxTD 100x240
Present worth, PW = - = — = Rs 3000 annum is Rs 15. Find the amount of the bill.
RxT
12x- a)Rsl85 b)Rsl56 c)Rsl58 d)Rsl65
12
.-. Present worth is Rs 3000 1 „1
The true discount on a bill due 3—
— years hence at 33—
-%
.-. A = Amount of bill = PW + TD = 3000 + 240 = 3240
2. b per annum is Rs 24.50. Find the amount of the bill,
3. c; Hint: Since TD is SI on PW, we have a) Rs 224.50 b)Rs 124.50
Rs (810 - 750) or Rs 60 as SI on Rs 750 for 2 years. c)Rs 324.50 d) None of these :
100x60
Rate = = 4% The true discount on a bill due 8— years hence at 4%
750x2
True Discount
per annum is Rs 192.24. Find the amount of the bill, est on the same sum for the same time by Rs 81. Find the
709
a) Rs 786.96 b)Rs 876.96 sum.

c)Rs 776.76 d)Rs 776.96 a)Rs4140 b)Rs4240 c)Rs4150 d)Rs4250
5. The difference between the simple interest and discount
Answers
on a certain sum of money due 1 year 9 months hence at
l.a 2.a 3.d 4.a 5.b
4% is Rs 7.35. What is the sum?
Rule 5 a)Rsl605 b)Rsl805 c)Rsl525 d)RsI625
6. I f the difference between the interest and discount on a
To find the difference between simple interest (SI) and True
certain sum of money for 6 months at 6% be Rs 2.25.
Discount (TD) when amount (A), time (T) and rate (R) are
Find the sum.
given
a)Rs7525 b)Rs2255 c)Rs2575 d)Rs2755
Ax(RT)
SI-TD = Answers
100(100 + RT)
1. a; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have
Illustrative Example SI-TD
Ex: Find the difference between simple interest and true
Ax(RT) 960 x (4x5)" 960x20x20
discount on Rs 840 due 4 years hence at 5% per an-
num simple interest. 100000 + RT) 100x(100 + 4x5) 100+120
Soln: Applying the above formula, we get = Rs32
840x(4x5) 2 840x20x20 2. c; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have.
SI-TD = = Rs28.
100x(100 + 4 x 5 ) 100x120 \
Note: Tofind the amount or sum when difference in SI and Ax 4x-
TD, time (T) and rate (R) are given 2
15 = A = Rs 38,250.
(S1-TD)(100+RT)100 I00j^l00 + 4 x - -
Amount (A) = (RT) 2
Ex: The difference between the simple interest and the 3.a
true discount on a certain sum for 6 months at 4% is
Rs 15. Find the sum.
81 100 + 6x^1100
Soln: Applying the above formula, we get 8100x115
4. a; Hint: Amount =
225
100 + 4 x — |>. 100 6x
15x(102)xl00 2)
A=
= Rs4140
4x
12 Note: Here SI - TD = Rs 81 (given).
5.a 6.c
= Rs 38250.
Exercise Rule 6
1. Find the difference between simple interest and true dis- To find the time when TD, Amount (A) and Rate (R) are
count on Rs 960 due 4 years hence at 5% per annum given.
simple interest. IOOxTD
a)Rs32 b)Rs52 c)Rs42 d) None of these 77m*(T;= ( A _ T D ) x R
2. The difference between the simple interest and the true

discount on a certain sum for 6 months at 4% is Rs 15. Illustrative Example
Find the sum. Ex: The true discount on Rs 2040 due after a certain time
a) Rs 32850 b)Rs28250 c)Rs 38250 d)Rs 38350 at 6% per annum is Rs 40. Find the time after which it
3. The difference between the simple interest and the true is due.
discount on a certain sum of money for 6 months at 6% Soln: Applying the above formula, we get
is Rs 27. Find the sum.
100x40 _ 100x40 _ 2
a) Rs 30900 b)Rs 39000 c)Rs 20900 d)Rs 30600
4. The true discount on a certain sum of money due after T i m e = (2040 - 40) x 6 ~ 2000x6 ~ 6 y e a r s
= 4 months.
2 i years at 6% per annum is less than the simple inter-
Exercise 7. What must be the rate of interest in order that the dis-
1. The true discount on Rs 1860 due after a cerain time at count on Rs 774.76 payable at the end of 3 years may be
5% is Rs 60. Find the time after which it is due. Rs 83.01?
a) 6 months b) 5 months c) 8 months d) None of these a) 3% b)2% c)4% d) None of these
2. The true discount on Rs 2525 due after a cerain time at
Answers
3% is Rs 25. Find the time after which it is due.
1. a; Hint: Applying the above rule,
3. The true discount on Rs 4080 due after a cerain time at IOOxTD _ IOOxTD _ 100x60
8% is Rs 80. Find the time after which it is due. R = P W x T " ( A - T D ) x T ~ 7800x3
a) 4 months b) 6 months c) 3 months d)None of these = 10% [since PW = A - T D ]
Answers .-. The rate per cent is 10% per annum
l.c 2.c 3.c 2. c 3.b 4.c
100x21
Rule 7 5. a; Hint: Required answer = = 6%.
To find the rate (R) when TD, Amount (A) and Time (T) are (161 - 2 1 ) x 2 -
given. 2
6. b
IOOxTD
* " " W (A-TD)xR 100x83.1 8310
=
7. c; Hint: Rate % = 4%
(774.76-83.0 l)x 3 691.75x3
Ex: The true discount on Rs 260 due 3 years hence is Rs Rule 8
60. Find the rate per cent. To find the sum or amount (A) when simple interest and
Soln: Applying the above formula, we get true discount are given.
100x60 100x60 SIxTD
Rate = = 10% Sum or Amount (A) = ———
(260 - 60) x 3 200x3 ol 1 U
.-. rate per cent is 10% per annum. Illustrative Example

Ex: The true discount on a certain sum of money due 6
Exercise
years hence is Rs 200 and the simple interest on the
1. The true discount on Rs 1,860 due 3 years hence is Rs
same sum for the same time and at the same rate is Rs
60. Find the rate per cent.
300. Find the sum.
a) 10% b)!2% c)5% d)15%
Soln: Applying the above formula, we get
2. The true discount on Rs 2575 due 4 months hence is Rs
75. Find the rate per cent of interest. 300x200
a) 8% b)6% c)9% d) None of these Sum(A) = 300-200 = Rs600.
3. The true discount on Rs 340 due 5 years hence is Rs 40. Exercise
Find the rate per cent. 1. The true discount on a certain sum of money due 3 years
hence is Rs 100 and the simple interest on the same sum
a) 3% b) 2-o/c c)3^% d) 3 y % for the same time and at the same rate is Rs 120. Find the
sum and the rate per cent.
4. The true discount on Rs 2080 due 2 years hence is Rs 80.
Find the rate per cent.
a)Rs600, 6yO /o b)Rs400,10%
, 1 c) Rs 500,8% d) None of these
If the true discount on Rs 161 due 2— years hence be 2. The simple interest and the true discount on a certain
sum for a given time and at a given rate are Rs 25 and Rs
Rs 21, at what rate per cent is the interest calculated?
20 respectively. The sum is:
a) 6% b)4% c)8% d)12%
If the discount on Rs 2273.70 due at the end of a year
The true discount on a certain sum of money due 5 years
and a half be Rs 128.70, what is the rate of interest?
.1 for the same time and at the same rate is Rs 51. Find the
a) 6% b)4% c)3% d) 4-o/o
2 sum.
True Discount 711
a)Rsl02 b)Rsl20 c)Rsl05 d)Rs!10 Rule 10

Answers Application of the formula
SIxTD [120x100 PW x g, x 7j
X (A-TD^xR, xT x
1. a; Hint: Sum due ; Rs 600

SI-TD 20 (TD) 2 PW xR xT
2 2 2 (A-TD )xR xT
2 2 2
100x120 ^ 2 Illustrative Example

Rate= . . . - = 6-o/ 0
600 x j 3 Ex: If Rs 60 be the true discount on Rs 240 for a certain

2.d 3. a time, what is the discount on the same sum for double
the time, the rate being the same in both the cases.
Rule 9 Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
To find the rate (R) when simple interest (SI), time (T) and 60 (240-60)xRxT
true discount (TD) are given.
TD, " ( 2 4 0 - T D ) x R x 2 T 2
100 ' SI
Rate (R) -1
T TD 240 TD, 180
T D , =Rs96
TD, 2x60
Ex: The true discount on a certain sum of money due 6 The true discount on the same sum for double the
years hence is Rs 200 and the simple interest on the time is Rs 96.
same sum for the same time and at the same rate is Rs
Exercise
300. Find the rate per cent per annum.
1. If Rs 21 be the true discount on Rs 371 for a certain time,
Soln: Applying the above formula, we get what is the discount on the same sum for double the
100 300 time, the rate being the same in both the cases.
-1 - 8 '•/
R ~6~ 200
2 5
a)Rs40 b)Rs 39.75 c)Rs 40.25 d) None of these
~3~ 3 P e r a n n u m
2. I f Rs 120 be the true discount on Rs 480 for a certain

100 SI time, what is the discount on the same sum for double
the time, the rate being the same in both the cases.
Vote: Time (T) = T D 1 years. a)Rsl92 b)Rs96 c)Rs48 d) None of these
3. If Rs 42 be the true discount on Rs 742 for a certain time,
what is the discount on the same sum for double the
Exercise
time, the rate being the same in both the cases.
1. The true discount on a certain sum of money due 5 years
a)Rs80 b)Rs 39.75 c)Rs79.5 d)Rs 69.25
for the same time and at the same rate is Rs 150. Find the Answers
rate per cent per annum. l.b 2. a 3.c
a) 10% b)8% c)18% d)20%
2. The true discount on a certain sum of money due 8 years Rule 11
hence is Rs 150 and the simple interest on the same sum Application of the formula,
for the same time and at the same rate is Rs 450. Find the PW! _ 100 + R x T 2
rate per cent per annum.

PW 2 ~ 100+RxT,
a) 20% b) 15% c)25% d)30%
2 Where PW, = Present worth of an amount due in T,
3. The true discount on a certain sum of money due — 2
years hence is Rs 150 and the simple interest on the years

same sum for the same time and at the same rate is Rs PW = Present worth of the same amount due in T
2 2
200. Find the rate per cent per annum. years
a) I2j% b) 12% R = Rate of interest per annum.

c)10% d) 8 - % Ex: The present worth of a bill due 6 months hence is Rs
1500 and if the bill were due at the end of 2 years, its
Answers present worth would be Rs 1200. Find the rate per
l.d 2.c 3. a cent per annum.

100x184
Rate : = 10%.
1500 _ 100 + R x 2 1840x1
" ^ l O O + Rx-L Also,

sum due = Rs 1200 + (SI on Rs 1200 for 7 months at 10%)
7 10
[Since T, = 6 months = — years, T = 2 year] 2
= Rs 1200+ 1200x — x — = Rs 1270
12 100 J
Quicker Method: Applying the given rule, we have
5R HR
> 500 + — =400 + 8R= — - = 100 1 2 Q 0 100 + R x |
2 2
1016
.-. R = 18—% 100+Rx
12
Exercise
1. The present worth of a bill due 7 months hence is Rs
or,
I20U lOii
12 J
R x—I = 1016fl00 + R x -
1 2
A
„1 or,3680R = 36800 .-. R=10%

1200, and if the bill were due at the end of 2 — years, its .-. Sum due = 1200 + (SI on Rs 1200 for 7 months at 10%)
present worth would be Rs 1016. Find the rate per cent

and the sum of the bill. Rs 1200 + 1200x — x — = Rsl270.
12 100
a) 10%, Rs 1270 b) 8%, Rs 1720
c) 16%, Rs 1570 d) 18%, Rs 1560 2.b 3.c
2. The present worth of a bill due 1 year hence is Rs 3000
and if the bill were due at the end of 4 years, its present
Rule 12
worth would be Rs 2400. Find the rate per cent per an- Theorem: If the simple interest on Rs Pfor Tyears be equal
num. to the true discount on Rs A for the same time and at the
same rate, then the rate per cent per annum is given by
200 100 300 400
a ) - % 0 ) - % 0 - % \A
——\A-t\
1 0 0 p1
1
PxT
3. The present worth of a bill due 1— years hence is Rs Illustrative Example
6
2400 and i f the bill were due at the end of 5 years, its Ex: I f the simple interest on Rs 600 for 5 years be equal to
present worth would be Rs 2032. Find the rate per cent the true discount on Rs 720 for the same time and at
per annum. the same rate, find the rate per cent per annum.
a) 10% b)20% c)5% d) 12%
the required rate%
Answers
720-600 t 120x100
M
1. a; Hint: Detail Method: Sum due = PW + TD = PW + SI on - x l 0 0 = ———— =4%.

600x5 600x5
PW
Now,sumdue = (Rs 1200 + SIon Rs 1200 for 7 months) Exercise
1. I f the simple interest on Rs 400 for 8 years be equal to the
Also, sum due = (Rs 1016 + SI on Rs 1016 for — years)
true discount on Rs 800 for the same time and at the
same rate, find the rate per cent per annum.
{Rs 1200 + S I on Rs ^ 2 0 0 > < ^ for 1 year}
a) 12-% b) 12% c)10^% d)8^%
' 5^
= {Rs 1016 +SI on Rs 1 0 1 6 x - for 1 year}
2) 2. I f the interest on Rs 50 at 4 — % be equal to the discount
or, {Rs 1200 + SI on Rs 700 for 1 year}
= {Rs 1016 + SI on Rs 2540 for 1 year} on Rs 59 for the same time and at the same rate when is
or, SI on Rs (2540 - 700) for 1 year the latter sum due?
= Rs(1200-1016) a) 2 years b) 4 years c) 6 years d) 3 years
or, SI on Rs 1840 for 1 year = Rs 184 3. If the interest on Rs 150.62 at 8% be equal to the dis-
True Discount 713
count on Rs 225.93 for the same time, and at the same discount.
rate, when is the latter sum due? a)Rs2500,Rs416 b)Rs2400, Rs516
a ) 4— years b) 6 — years c) 6— years d) 12— years 3. Find the present worth of Rs 220.50 due in 2 years reck-
oning compound interest at 5%.
4. If the discount on Rs 3050 be equal to the simple interest a)Rs200 b)Rs250
on Rs 3000 for the same time, find the time, the rate of c)Rs210 d)Rs310
interest being 5% per annum. 4. Find the present worth of Rs 169 due in 2 years reckon-
a) 4 months b) 6 months c) 3 months d) None of these ing compound interest at 4%.
Answers a) Rs 156.25 b)Rs 150.50
1. a c) Rs 158.50 d) None of these
2. b; Hint: Applying the given rule, we have 5. Find the true discount on Rs 39.69 due in 2 years reckon-
9 59-50 ing compound interest at 5%
-xl00 a)Rs3.69 b)Rs5 c)Rs5.69 d)Rs4.69
2 50xT .-. T = 4years.
3. b 6. Find the true discount on Rs 226.59 due in one year 9
months, reckoning compound interest at 5%.
3050-3000 a)Rsl8.6 b)Rs 18.59 c)Rs 16.59 d)Rs 28.59
4. a; Hint: 5 , s j. 1 x 0 0 or, T = - years = 4 months.
Answers
1. a; Hint: Here sum is put on compound interest, hence
Rule 13 applying the given rule, we have
Tofindpresent worth of A rupees due n years hence at r per
cent compound Interest payable annually, 2420
We have PW = : Rs 2000
10}
1+
100 J 100
(i) A = Present Worth 1 +
100J TD = P W - P
.-. True Discount = 2420-2000 = Rs 420.
2. a 3. a 4. a
(ii) Present Worth -
5. a; Hint: Present Worth
1+-
100 J 39.69 3969x100x100
= Rs36
(Hi) True Discount - Amount - Present Worth 100x105x105
Illustrative Example I 100 J
Ex: Find the present worth and discount of Rs 1722.25 True discount = Rs 39.69 - 36 = Rs 3.69
/ 3 6.b
due in 2 years reckoning compound interest at 3—%.
Rule 14
To find equal annual payments:
1722.25 1722.25x400x400 Theorem: A sum of Rs A is borrowed to be paid back in n
PW = = Rsl600 years in n equal annual payments, R per cent compound
15/ 415x415
interest being allowed. Then the value of annual payment
1+-
100 A
is given by Rs —
True Discount = A - P W = 1722.25 -1600 = Rs 122.25. 100 100
Exercise R 100 + /?
1. Find the present worth of a bill of Rs 2420 due 2 years
hence at 10% compound interest. Also find the true dis- Illustrative Example
count. Ex: A sum of Rs 2550 is borrowed to be paid back in two
a)Rs2000,Rs420 b) Rs 2200, Rs 520 years by equal annual payments, 4 per cent, com-
c) Rs 2100, Rs 460 d) None of these pound interest being allowed. What is the annual
2. Find the present worth of a bill of Rs 2916 due 2 years payment?
hence at 8% compound interest. Also calculate the true Soln: Detail Method: Let Rs x be the annual payment.
The present value of the 1st payment b) A gains Rs 7.34

c) A loses Rs7.34
x _ 25x
d) A gains Rs 11
1
100 J 4. A owes B Rs 456.75 payable 4 — months hence and B
The present value of the 2nd payment owes A Rs 455.51 payable 3 months hence. If they agree
to settle their account by a ready money payment, what
x 625x sum should be paid over and to whom, reckoning the
676 rate of true discount at 4 per cent per annum?
100 J a)Rel,A b)Rs2,B c)Rs2,A d)Rel,B
Answers
25 625
1. d; Hint: SI on Rs (110 -10) for a given time = Rs 10
N 0 W '26 676*
X + ° = 2 5 5
SI on Rs 100 for double the time = Rs 20
1275*
= 2550 1352 Sum = Rs(100 + 20)Rsl20.
676
.-. the annual payment = Rs 1352.
T D on Rs i 10 Rs | T ^ ° Rs 18.33.
Quicker Method: Applying the above theorem, we x l l
have
2. b; Hint: SI on Rs 240 for a given time = Rs 20
the reqd annual payment
SI on Rs 240 for half the time = Rs 10
2550 _ 2550x676 .-. Rs 10isTDonRs250.
= Rsl352.
100 25x51
So, TD on Rs 260 = Rs f ^ x 2 6 0 j = Rs 10.40.
4 1 UJ
3. b; Hint: A has to pay the PW of Rs 220 due 1 year hence,
Exercise which is
1. A sum of Rs 820 is borrowed to be paid back in two
years by equal annual payments, 5 per cent, compound 100x220
= Rs 100 + (10xl) = Rs200
interest being allowed. What is the annual payment?
a)Rs441 b)Rs410 c)Rs420 d) None of these A actually pays = Rs [110 + PW of Rs 110 due 2 years
2. A sum of Rs 2600 is borrowed to be paid back in two hence]
years by equal annual payments, 8 per cent, compound
interest being allowed. What is the annual payment? 100x110
a)Rsl358 b)Rsl458 c)Rs!498 d) None of these = Rs 110 + = Rs 192.66
100+ (8x2)
Answers .-. A gains = Rs [200 -192.66] = Rs 7.34.
l.a 2.b
• .-1 3
4. a; Hint: time = 4— months = — yr, rate = 4 per cent
Miscellaneous
1. I f Rs 10 be allowed as true discount on a bill of Rs 110
203
due at the end of a certain time, then the discount al- amount of Rs 100 = Rs
lowed on the same sum due at the end of double the time
is: 20"*
a)Rs20 b)Rs21.81 c)Rs22 d)Rs 18.33 PW = Rs 456.75 + —^-x 100 =Rs450
2
2. Rs 20 is the true discount on Rs 260 due after a certain
time. What will be the true discount on the same sum
Again, time = 3 months = — yr; rate = 4 per cent
due after half of the former time, the rate of interest being
the same:
a)Rsl0 b)Rs 10.40 c)Rs 15.20 c)Rsl3 PW = Rs 4 5 5 . 5 1 x — = R 4 5 1 S
3. A has to pay Rs 220 to B after 1 year. B asks A to pay Rs 104

110 in cash and defer the payment of Rs 110 for 2 years. Hence the required sum to be paid to A
A agrees to it. Counting, the rate of interest at 10% per = Rs451-Rs450=Rel.
annum in this new mode of payment:
a) there is no gain or loss to any one
Banker's Discount
Introduction Bill amount (A) x Rate (R) x Unexpired Time (T)

As discussed in the chapter of "True Discount", i f 100
the borrower returns the loan before the due date, he has to (ii) Banker's Gain (BG) = Simple interest on True Dis-
pay slightly less money than the amount due. This less money T.DxRxT
is the benefit given to the borrower for earlier repayment and count(TD)= 1 Q ( )
is known as True Discount. In fact true discount is the "in- = Banker's Discount (B.D) - True Discount (TD.)
terest calculated on the Present Worth of the Due Amount (iif) True Discount ( T D . ) = Bill Amount (A) - Present
for due periodfrom right new ". Worth (PW)
But, suppose the debtor (who has taken the loan) is = Simple Interest on Present Worth (PW)
not able to clear the loan before it is due, but the creditor PWxRxT
(who has given the loan) requires money, he has no right to
100
ask the debtor to pay back before the bill is due. The only
way the creditor can raise money is to go to a bank and Rule 1
encash the bill. During encashment of the bill, the bank will To find the Banker's Discount when Bill Amount (A), Time
charge a simple interest on the amount mentioned in the bill (T) and Rate (R) are given.
for the unexpired time.
AxRxT
Now look at some important terms that are frequently Banker's Discount =
used in this chapter. 100
1. Face value:
The amount mentioned in the bill is called face value.
EK Find the banker's discount on a bill of Rs 2550 due 4
2. Banker's Discount: (B.D.)
months hence and 6% per annum.
It is the simple interest on the amount mentioned in
the bill (or face value) for the period from the date on which
2550x6x4
the bill was encashed and the legally due date. Banker's Discount = ... = Rs 51
"Banker's Discount is slightly more than True Dis- 100x12
count ' Exercise
3. Banker's Gain (B.G.): 1. The true discount on a bill of Rs 1860 due after 8 months
The difference between Banker's Discount (B.D) and is Rs 60. Find the banker's discount.
True Discount (TD) is known as Banker's Gain. a)Rs62 b)Rs52 c)Rs60 d) None of these
Note: 1. Banker's Discount, True Discount and Banker's Gain 2. Find the banker's discount on a bill of Rs 12750 due 2
are on the unexpired (unutilised) time of the bill and months hence and 3% per annum.
face value (or actual amount) of the bill. a) Rs 63.75 b)Rs61.75 c)Rs 64.75 d)Rs 63.25
2. In Arithmetic 'Discount' always means 'True Dis- 3. The true discount on a bill of Rs 3720 due after 4 months
count' unless Banker's Discount is expressly meant. is Rs 120. Find the banker's discount.
Banker's Discount is generally denoted by BD. a)Rsl22 b)Rsl34 c) 124 d) None of these
Important Results
Answers
(i) Banker's Discount (BD) = Simple interest on bill for 1. a; Hint: Amount = Rs 1860; True Discount * Rs 60
its unexpired time
• Present Worth = Rs 1860 - Rs 60 - Rs 1800
SI on Rs 1800 for 8 months = Rs 60 Answers

1. d; Hint: Present Worth = Rs 1860 - Rs 60 = Rs 1800
\
100x60 (TD) Z 60x60
Rate = % = 5% BG = = Rs2
1800x Present Worth 1800
2. a
3. c; Hint: Present Worth = 540 - 90 = Rs 450
1860x5x-
90x90
Banker's Discount = -2- = R 62
S
Banker's Gain = — = Rs 18
100 450
2. a 3.c .-. Banker's discount = 90 + 18 = Rs 108 [See Note].
(TD) 36x36
Rule 2 4. c; Hint: BG = = Rsl.62.
PW ^ 800
To find the Banker's Gain (BG) when Bill Amount (A), rime
.-. BD = TD + BG = Rs36 + Rsl.62 = Rs37.62
(T) and Rate (R) are given.
5. b; Hint: Difference between the banker's discount and the
A(RT) (TD)'2
true discount = Banker's gain.
(I) Banker's Gain = , or,
1 f t f t / l f t n D T N
100(100 + RT) PW '
8100x5x-x5xl
where TD = True Discount, PW = Present Worth 4 4
required answer = Rs 1.25.
AxRxT 100 100 + 5x
(11) True Discount (TD) =
100 + R T

Ex: Find the banker's gain on a bill of Rs 2550 due 4 months
To find theface value (or bill amount) when Banker's Dis-
hence at 6% per annum.
count (BD) and Time (T) are given.
IOOXBD
Face value (A) =
RxT
2550x 6x
2550x4 Illustrative Example
Banker's Gain = = Rel. Ex: I f the B . D on a bill at 4% per annum is Rs 60, find the
100x102
100 100+ 6x face value of 6 months bill.
Note: Banker's Gain = BD - TD [ie if you calculate TD, you
100x60
can find the Banker's Gain by subtracting TD from Face value = Rs3000
BD. 4x-
12
Exercise
1. The true discount on a bill of Rs 1860 due after 8 months Exercise
is Rs 60. Find the banker's gain. 1. I f the B.D on a bill at 8% per annum is Rs 120, find the
a)Rsl.5 b)Rs2.5 c)Rs4 d)Rs2 face value of 1 year bill.
2. Find the banker's gain on a bill of Rs 6900 due 3 years a) Rs 3000 b) Rs 750
hence at 5% per annum simple interest. c)Rsl500 d)Rs2250
a)Rsl35 b)Rsl25 _c)Rsl85 d)Rsl45 2. If the B.D on a bill at 5% per annum is Rs 135, find the
3. The true disocunt on a bill of Rs 540 is Rs 90. The banker's face value of 9 months bill.
discount is: a)Rs3600 b)Rs3650
a)Rs60 b)Rsl50 c)Rsl08 d)Rsll0 c)Rs2750 d)Rs3250
4. The present worth of a certain bill due sometime hence 3. If the B.D on a bill at 6% per annum is Rs 63, find the face
is Rs 800 and the true discount is Rs 36. Then, the banker's value of 3 months bill.
discount is: a)Rs415<) b)Rs4200
a)Rs37 b)Rs 34.38 c)Rs 37:62 d)Rs 38.98 c)Rs4250 d) None of these
5. Find the difference between the banker's discount and Answers
the true discount on Rs 8100 for 3 months at 5%. !.c 2.'a 3.b
a)Rs0.125 b)Rsl.25 c)Rs!2.5 d) None of these
i Banker's Discount 717
Rule 4 5% being given that the banker's gain is Rs 90.

a)Rs550 b)Rs650 c)Rs690 d)Rs600
To find the Banker's Discount if True Discount, Rate and
2. The banker's gain on a bill due 1 year 4 months hence at
Time are given.
Banker's Discount
7^-% per annum simple interest is Rs 16. Find the sum.
Rate x Time RT
True Discount 1 + = TD 1 + a)Rsl760 b)Rsl560 c)Rsl660 d)Rsl860
100 Too
3. The banker's gain on a bill due 1 year hence at 5% is Re
Illustrative Example 1. The true discount is:
Ex: If the TD on a certain sum due 9 months hence at 4% a)Rsl5 b)Rs20 c)Rs25 d)Rs5
is Rs 20. What is the BD on the same sum for the same
Answers
time and at the same rate?
90x100
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 1. c; Hint: True Discount = ——2— Rs 600
=
3x5
4x9
BD=20 1 + = Rs 20.60. .-. Banker's Discount = True Discount + Banker's Gain
12x100 = Rs600 + Rs90 = Rs690
16x100
Exercise 2. a; Hint: TD = j p= = Rs 160
1. If the true discount on a certain sum due 6 months hence —x —
at 6% is Rs 36, what is the banker's discount on the same 3 2
sum for the same time and at the same rate? BD = Rsl60 + Rs 16 = R s l 7 6
a) Rs 37.80 b)Rs 27.08 c)Rs 37.08 d) None of these
176x100
2. The banker's discount on a bill due 6 months hence at Sum = = Rsl760 [See Rule 3]
4 15
6% is Rs 37.08. Find the true discount. —x —
a)Rs38 b)Rs32 c)Rs36 d)Noneofthese 3 2
,1 BGxlOO 1x100
3. If the TD on a certain sum due 1 — years hence at 8% is 3.b; Hint: TD = = Rs20.
RxT 5x1
Rs 25. What is the BD on the same sum for the same time
and at the same rate?
Rule 6
a) Rs 27.50 b)Rs 28.50 c)Rs28 d)Rs 27.25
To find the Banker's Discount when True Discount and the
Answers Face Value are given.
1. c Banker's Discount
3708
2. c; Hint: 37.08 = TD 1 ,A A .-. TD = Rs36 Bill Amount or Face Value x True Discount AxTD
100 103
~~ Bill Amount or Face Value-True Discount A-TD
3. c
Rule 5 Ex: If the true discount on a bill for Rs 480 is Rs 80. Find
To find Banker's Gain (BG) when True Discount (TD), Rate the bankers' discount.
(R) and Time (T) are given. Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
Banker's Gain (BG)
480x80 480x80
True Discount x Rate x Time TD x R x T Banker's Discount 1
= Rs96
480-80 400
100 ~ 100
Ex: If the TD on a certain sum due 4 years hence at 4% is 1. I f the true discount on a bill for Rs 560 is Rs 60. Find the
Rs 250. What is the Banker's gain (BG) on the same bankers' discount.
sum for the same time and at the same rate? a)Rs67.2 b)Rs68 c)Rs68.5 d)Rs67.5
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have 2. If the true discount on a bill for Rs 450 is Rs 50. Find the
250x4x5 bankers' discount.
Banker's Gain = — — = Rs 50. a) Rs 66.25 b)Rs 56.25 c)Rs 56.50 d) None of these
3. If the true discount on a bill for Rs 670 is Rs 70. Find the
Exercise bankers' discount.
1. Find the banker's discount on a bill due 3 years hence at a)Rs88 b)Rs76 c)Rs78 d)Rs80
Answers hence is Rs 165. Find the true discount and the banker's
I.a 2.b 3.c gain.
a)Rsl50,Rsl5 b)Rsl60,Rs5
Rule 7 c)Rsl45,Rs20 d) None of these
To find present worth, when Banker's Gain (BG), Time (T) 3. The present worth of a certain bill due some time hence
and Rate (R) are given: is Rs 1600 and the true discount on the bill is Rs 160.
Find the banker's discount and the extra gain the banker
H.NJ
would make in the transaction.
Present worth = Banker's Gain x
RT a)Rsl76,Rsl8 b)Rsl86,Rsl6
c)Rsl76,Rsl6 d) None of these
Illustrative Example 4. The present worth of a sum due sometimes hence is Rs
EK The banker's gain on a bill due 4 years hence at 5% is 576 and the banker's gain is Re 1. The true discount is:
Rs 40. Find the present worth of the bill. a)Rsl6 b)Rsl8 c)Rs24 d)Rs32
Answers
100x100
Present Worth = 4 0 x = 25 x40 = Rsl000. l.a;Hint:TD= V P W X B G
20x20
(TP) 110x110
Exercise or, BG = = Rs 11
PW 1100
1. The banker's gain on a bill due 2 years hence at 5% is Rs
.-. BD = BG + TD = R s ( l l + 110) = Rsl21.
8, find the present worth of the bill.
a)Rs800 b)Rs650 c)Rs750 d)Rs850 BDxTD BDxTD
2. The banker's gain on a bill due 2 years hence at 6% is Rs 2. a; Hint: Sum = B D - T D BG
36. Find the present worth of the bill.
TD Sum 1650 10
a)Rs2400 b)Rs2550 c)Rs2440 d)Rs2500
3. The banker's gain on a bill due 3 years hence at 5% is Rs BG BD 165 1
45. Find the present worth of the bill. i.e., if BG is Re 1, TD = Rs 10 or BD = Rs 11
a)Rs2000 b)Rs2200 c)Rs2250 d) None of these .-. If BD is Rs 11, TD = Rs 10
Answers 10
If BD is Rs 165,TD = Rs xl65 Rs 150
„ 100x100 11
1. a; Hint: Present Worth = 8 x — — = R s goo
10x10 Also BG = Rs (165- 150) = Rsl5.
2.d 3. a
3. c; Hint: 160= V l 6 0 0 x B G
Rule 8
To find True Discount when present worth and Banker's 160x160
Gain are given. •• B G = - 7 6 ^ = R s 1 6
True Discount'= ^ P W x B G .-. Banker's Discount = 160 + 16 = Rs 176.

[ v BD=TD+BG].
4. c;Hint:TD= ^ ( P W x B G ) = ^(576x1) =Rs24.
Ex: The present worth and the banker's gain on a bill is
Rs 160000 and Rs 25 respectively. Find the discount
of the bill. Rule 9
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have Tofind the sum or Bill Amount when the banker's discount
and the true discount are given.
True Discount = Vl60000x25 =400x5 = Rs2000.
Ban ker's Discount x True Discount
Exercise Bill Amount (A) = B a. Discount - True Discount
nk e r s
1. The present worth of a bill due sometime hence is Rs

1100 and the true discount on the bill is Rs 110. Find the Banker's Discount x True Discount
banker's discount and the extra gain the banker would
Banker's Gain
make in the transaction.
a)Rsll,Rsl21 b)Rs21,Rsl31 Illustrative Example
c) Rs 12, Rs 122 d) None of these Ex: The bankers discount and the true discount on a cer-
2. The banker's discount on Rs 1650 due a certain time tain sum is Rs 50 and Rs 40. Find the sum.
Banker's Discount 719
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the same rate. Find the time.
50x40
S u m = Ioô-=Rs20°- 100(1050-1000)
Exercise
Time= —j^m— =lyear
1. The banker's discount and the true discount on a sum of lOOf y - x ^

money due 8 months hence are Rs 52 and Rs 50, respec- Note: I f time is given, R can be calculated by j I I
tively. Find the sum and the rate per cent.
per cent.
a) Rs 1300,6% b) Rs 1200,5%
c) Rs 1500,8% d) None of these Exercise
2. The banker's discount on a certain sum of money is Rs 1. The banker's disocunt on Rs 1800 at 5% is equal to the
36 and the discount on the same sum for the same time true discount on Rs 1830 for the same time and at the
and at the same rate is Rs 30. Find the sum. same rate. Find the time.
a)Rsl50 b)Rsl90 c)Rsl65 d)Rsl80 a) 3 months b) 4 months
3. The banker's discount on a bill due 1 year 8 months c) 6 months d) None of these
hence is Rs 50 and the true discount on the same sum at 2. The banker's discount on Rs 1600 at 6% is the same as
the same rate per cent is Rs 45. The rate per cent is: the true discount on Rs 1624 for the same time and at the
44 same rate. Then, the time is:
a) 6% b) e | % c) 6 - % a) 3 months b) 4 months c) 6 months d) 8 months
2
3. The banker's discount on Rs 800 at 15% is equal to the
Answers true discount on Rs 950 for the same time and at the
same rate. Find the time.
BDxTD (52x50
1. a; Hint: Sum = gQ_-j-[) ; Rsl300 .1 ,1
a) 1— years b) 1— years
Since BD is SI on sum due, so SI on Rs 1300 for 8 months
is Rs 52. Consequently,
c) I- years d) None of these
/ ^
100x52 Answers
Rate = % = 6%
1. b
1300x:
2. a; Hint: SI on Rs 1600 = TD on Rs 1624
.-. Rs 1600isPWofRs 1624
2.d
i.e., Rs 24 is the SI on Rs 1600 at 6%
BDxTD 50x45 (100x24") _ 1
3. c; Hint: Sunv Rs450
BD-TD ••• l l 6 0 0 x 6 j ~ 4 y<*r= 3 months.
T i m e =
Now, Rs 50 is SI on Rs 450 for (5/3) years. Note: Try to solve by direct formula also.
3. fa
100x50 Rule 11
Rate^ = 6-%
3 Theorem: If the banker's gain on a certain sum due 'T'
450 x -
x
years hence is ~ of the banker's discount on itfor the same
Rule 10
time and at the same rate then the rate per cent is given by
Theorem: The banker's discount on Rs x at R% is equal to
the true discount on Rsy for the same time and at the same 100
T \_y-x
lOOf y-
rate. Then the time is given by ^ 1 ; years. Note: Herex<>>.
Illustrative Example Ex: If the banker's gain on a certain sum due 4 years hence
Ex: The banker's discount on Rs 1000 at 5% is equal to
the true discount on Rs 1050 for the same time and at is — of the banker's discount on it for the same time
and at the same rate, find the rate per cent. time and at the same rate. Find the rate per cent.
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have the
Required rate per cent ,100(11 ^ 1
required rate per cent = LQ 1 I = 20 X — - 2 /O
100 25x9 9 1
4 59-9 ^ = ~ = 4-percent Note: When in place of time (T), rate (R) is given, then the
time (T) can be calculated by
Note: When in place of time, rate (R) is given then the time
(T) can be calculated by 100
T= *-i
7T years.
100
R years.
y-x
Exercise
Exercise 1. The banker's discount on a certain sum due 2 years hence
11
1. The banker's gain on a certain sum due 2 — years hence is — of the true discount on it for the same time and at
the same rate. Find the rate per cent.
is r r of the banker's discount on it for the same time a) 2% b)3% c)4% d)5%
and at the same rate. Find the rate per cent, 2. The banker's discount on a certain sum due 3 years hence
a) 5% b)4% c)8% d)6% 31
2. If the banker's gain on a certain sum due 5 years hence is is — of the true discount on it for the same time and at
1 the same rate. Find the rate per cent.
— of the banker's discount on it for the same time and at
the same rate, find the rate per cent.
3. The banker's discount on a certain sum due 4 years hence
a) 4% b)5% c)6% d) 5 - o / 0 21
2 is — of the true discount on it for the same time and at
If the banker's gain on a certain sum due 3 years hence is
the same rate. Find the rate per cent.
— of the banker's discount on it for the same time and

J I a) l i % b) 2 - % c)l-% d) None of these
at the same rate, find the rate per cent.
a) 5% b)6% c)8% d)9% Answers
l.d 2.c 3.a
Answers
100x2 Rule 13
1. d; Hint: Rate per cent = = 6% Theorem: If the rate per cent and timefor a bill are numeri-
23-3
cally equal and also the true discount is 'n' times the
2. b 3.c
banker's gain, then the rate per cent or time is given by
Rule 12
Theorem: If the banker's discount on a certain sum due 'T'
x
4
Ex: If the rate per cent and time for a bill are numerically
years hence is ~ of the true discount on it for the same equal and also the true discount is 25 times the
banker's gain, find the rate per cent.
time and at the same rate, then the rate per cent is given by
100 Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have
y T
Rate per cent = 10, 2 per cent.
:
25
Note: Here.v>y.
Note: I f time and rate are not equal, use the following result
Illustrative Example to calculate R and T.
Ex: The banker's discount on a certain sum due 5 years RT
11 Too
hence is — of the true discount on it for the same
Banker's Discount 721

1. I f the rate per cent and time for a bill are numerically Ex: The banker's discount and banker's gain are Rs 125
equal and also the true discount is 4 times the banker's and Rs 5 respectively. Find the amount of the bill.
gain, find the rate per cent. Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
a) 5% b)4% c)6% d)3% 125x(125-5)
2. I f the rate per cent and time for a bill are numerically Bill amount = 125 x 24 = Rs 3000.
equal and also the true discount is 16 times the banker's
gain, find the rate per cent.
Exercise
1. The banker's discount and banker's gain are Rs 120 and
a) 2 - % b)5% c)6% d)4% Rs 5 respectively. Find the amount of the bill.
2 a)Rs2760 b)Rs2560 c)Rs2670 d) None of these
3. I f the rate per cent and time for a bill are numerically
2. The banker's discount and banker's gain are Rs 144 and
equal and also the true discount is 9 times the banker's
Rs 12 respectively. Find the amount of the bill.
gain, find the rate per cent.
a)Rsl854 b)Rsl485 c)Rsl584 d)Noneofthese
„1 3. The banker's discount and banker's gain are Rs 49 and
a) 2% b)3% c ) 3 j % d) None of these
Rs 7 respectively. Find the amount of the bill.
Answers a)Rs294 b)Rs284 c)Rs249 d)Rs274
l.a 2.a 3.c Answers
l.a 2.c 3.a
Rule 14
To find the true discount if the banker's discount and bill Miscellaneous
amount are given.
Exercise
Bill Amount x Banker's Discount
True Discount = 1. What rate per cent does a man get for his money when in
Bill Amount + Banker's Discount
discounting a bill due 10 months hence, he deducts 4%
Illustrative Example of the amount of the bill?
Ex: If the B.D on a bill for Rs 540 is Rs 108. Find the true a) 5% b)6% c)8% d)4%
discount. 2. A bill was drawn on March 8, at 7 months date and was
Soln: Applying the above theorem, we have discounted on May 18, at 5%. I f the banker's gain is Rs
3, find
540x108
(i) the true discount
TD= =Rs9a a)Rsl60 b ) R s l 5 2 c)Rsl53 d)Rsl50
Exercise (ii) the banker's discount and
1. I f the B.D on a bill for Rs 650 is Rs 150. Find the true a)Rsl53 b)Rs 151 c)Rsl55 d)Rsl63
discount. (iii) the sum of the bill.
a)Rsl20 b)Rs 129.8 c)Rs 121.8 d)Rs 120.8 a) Rs 7650 b) Rs 7550
2. If the B.D on a bill for Rs 540 is Rs 180. Find the true c) Rs7850 d) None ofthese
discount. 3. The holder of a bill for Rs 17850 nominally due on 21st
a)Rsl30 b)Rsl35 c)Rsl25 d) None of these May, 1991 received Rs 357 less than the amount of the
3. I f the B.D on a bill for Rs 350 is Rs 50. Find the true bill by having it discounted at 5%. When was it
discount. disocunted?
a) Rs 43.75 b)Rs45 c)Rs 39.75 d) None of these a) Dec 29,1990 b) Dec 30,1989
c) Dec 19,1990 d) None of these
the Answers 4. A bill for Rs 5656 is drawn on July, 14 at 5 months. It is
l.c 2.b 3.a discounted on Oct 5th at 5%.
Rule 15 (i) banker's discount
To find the amount of bill or bill amount or face value a) Rs 56.56 b)Rs56 c)Rs 56.50 d) None of these
when Banker's Discount and Banker's gain are given. (ii) true discount
esuh Bill Amount (A) a)Rs50 b)Rs 54.56 c) Rs 56 d) None of these
(iii) banker's gain and
Ban ker's Discount x (Ban ker' J Discount - Ban ker's Gain)
a)Rs6.56 b)Rsl.44 c)Rs0.56 d)None ofthese
Ban ker's Gain
(iv) Money received by the holder of the bill,
BDx(BD-BG) a) Rs 5599.56 b)Rs 5599.44
BG ,

... 2 5
A banker paid Rs 5767.50 for a bill of Rs 5840, drawn on ;Rsl50 + Rs 1 5 0 x y x ^ =Rsl53.
April 4, at 6 months. On what day was the bill discounted,
the rate of interest being 7%? BDxTD 153x150
a) 3rd Aug b) 4th Aug c) 3rd Sep d) 3rd Jul (iii) a; Sum ! = Rs7650.
BD-TD 153-150
3. a; Hint: Clearly, SI on Rs 17850 at 5% is Rs 357.
The banker's discount on a sum of money for \ years
(100x357
is Rs 60 and the true discount on the same sum for 2 146 days.
T i m e = 17850^5
years is Rs 75. The rate per cent is:
So, the bill is 146 days prior to 24th may, the legally due
,2
„1
a) 5% b) 6% c) d) 3-o/
6-0/0 0 date.
3-• May April March Feb Jan Dec
A bill is discounted at 5% per annum. I f banker's dis- 24+ 30+ 31 + 28+ 31 + 2 = 146 days.
count be allowed, at what rate per cent must the pro- So, the bill was discounted on Dec 29,1990.
ceeds be invested, so that nothing may be lost? 4. Hint: (i) a; Face value of the bill = Rs 5656
Date on which the bill was drawn = July, 14th at 5 months.
a) 5% b 4 ) Yi % ) ]|
b 5 %
d) 10% Nominally due date = December, 14 th
Legally due date = December, 17th.
8. The interest on a certain sum of money is Rs 67.20 and
Date on which the bill was discounted = October, 5th
the discount on the same sum of money for the same
Period for which the bill has yet to run
time and at the same rate is Rs 60. What is the sum?
Oct Nov Dec
a)Rs560 b)Rs480 c)Rs590 d)Rs860
1
Answers 26 + 30 + 17 = 73 days or — year
l.a; Hint: Let the amount of bill be Rs 100.
Money deducted = Rs 4
.-. BD = SI on Rs 5656 fpr - years at 5%
Money received by holder of the bill
= Rs(100-4) = Rs96
^5656x1x5^
SI on Rs 96 for 10 months = Rs 4 = Rs = Rs 56.56
100x5
100x4x6
Rate : = 5%.
96x5
5656x5x —
2. Hint: Date on which the bill was drawn 5
= March 8th at 7 months. ( i i ) c ; T D = Rs ' Rs56
Nominally due date = Oct 8th. 100+ 5x
Legally due date Oct, 11th.
Date on which the bill was discounted = May, 18th. (iii) c; BG = BD - TD = 56 paise
Time for Which the bill has yet to run (iv) b; Money received by the holder of the bill
May June July Aug Sep Oct = Rs (5656 - 56.56) = Rs 5599.44.
5. a; Hint: BD = Rs (5840 - 5767.20) = Rs 72.80
13 + 30+ 31 + 31 + 30+ 1 1 = 146 days = - years. .-. Rs 72.80 is SI on Rs 5840 at 7%
Now (i) d; Banker's gain = SI on TD 100x72.80 13 •

So, unexpired time = _ ,_ = — years = 65 days.
7x5840 73
i.e., Rs 3 is SI on TD for — years at 5% Now, date of draw of bill = April, 4 at 6 months.
Nominally due date = October, 4
Legally due date = October, 7
100x3
So, we must go back 65 days from October, 7
•. TD = Rs ±2 =
5
=R s l 5 0
x
Oct Sept Aug = 7 + 30 + 28
5
i.e., The bill was discounted on 3rd August.
(ii)a;BD = TD + SI on TD 6. d; Hint: BD for (3/2) years = Rs 60
f60x2 ,1
Rs 150 + SI on Rs 150 for ~ years at 5%
BDfor2years = Rs — I — x 2 =Rs80
Banker's Discount
Proof: Sum = PW + T D
723
Now, BD = Rs 80 : TD = Rs 75 and Time = 2 years.

.. Interest on sum = Int on PW + Int on TD = TD + Int
( 80x75"!
.-. Sum = R s l — ; — j = R s l 2 0 0 onTD
Interest on sum - T D = Int on TD or, Banker's gain =
.-. Rs 80 is SI on Rs 1200 for 2 years. IntonTDj
In the given question, we have
100x80\ Rs 67.20 - Rs 60 = Int on Rs 60
So, rate :
% = 3-o/ 0
,1200x2, 3
1
7. c; Hint: Let the sum be Rs 100. Then, BD = Rs 5. Rs 7 Int on Rs 60
Proceeds = Rs (100 - 5) = Rs 95
.-. Rs 5 must be the interest on Rs 95 for 1 year. 60
Re 1 = Int on Rs
e 100x5" 1
So, rate =
95x1 = V -
/o
8. a; Hint: Interest on Sum - True Discount = Interest on True

• Rs 6 7 - = I n t o n R s — x 6 7 -
r
Discount 5 1 5
[ The difference between the simple interest and the 5
true discount on a sum of money is equal to the simple
interest on the true discount for the given time at the
given rate per cent. .-. the required sum = Rs —~- x 67 — = Rs 560.
7± 5
5
32 Stocks and Shares
Introduction buyer has to pay Rs (105 + 1) and the seller receives

Rs(105-1).
1. Stock
Stock is the name given to the money borrowed by 2. Share
any Government, or to the capital of a Trading Company. The convenient unit in which the capital stock of a
Suppose the Government of India wants to raise a joint stock company is divided, is called a share. These shares
loan of Rs 100,00,000 to meet the expenses of the plan. It will are generally worth Rs 10 and Rs 100 each. The company
issue bonds or promissory notes of say Rs 100 each and offer raises its capital by means of such shares.
them for sale. By these bonds the Government undertakes to
pay a fixed rate of interest (say 10%) to the holders of the 3. Company, Joint Stock Company and Paid-up-
notes. The interest is generally paid half-yearly. capital
I f a man purchases a bond of Rs 100, he would be said Suppose a new factory is to be started for automobile
to hold Rs 100 stock, and this stock would secure to him the manufacture, and it is estimated that a sum of Rs 10000000 is
right of receiving every six months the sum of Rs 5 as inter- required to carry out the project. It may be beyond the power
est. of one or two persons to provide all this money. A Joint
Suppose the Government promises to pay off the prin- Stock Company is then formed in the following way: The
cipal of the bond in the year 2000, but the holder of the note, persons interested in the project, issue a prospectus explain-
owing to change in his circumstances, wants the money being the proposal and inviting the public to subscribe. They
fore the year. Certainly he cannot claim repayment from the divide the required capital into small parts called shares, which
Government. What should he do then? He can sell his stock may be of any value. Each person who purchases one or
to some other person, whereby his claim to interest is trans- more shares is called a shareholders. The whole body of the
ferred to that person. shareholders is called the Company.
The cash value of stock does not remain constant, it I f the whole capital of the company is divided into
varies from time-to-time owing to political and commercial 1000000 shares, the value of each share would be Rs 10,
causes. I f the current rate of interest is less than 10%, the Since the construction of the factory cannot be completed in
investment free from risk and the number of people desrious a month or a year, the whole amount, viz., Rs 10000000 is not
of becoming investors large, then the holder of Rs 100 stock required at once. The company therefore might ask its share-
can sell it for more than Rs 100. On the other hand, if the holders to pay at first only Rs 7 cash on each share and the
current rate of interest is greater than 10%, or if the invest- remaining Rs 3 when called upon. Rs 7000000 thus raised
ment is not considered free from risk, this Rs 100 stock would would be called the paid-up capital of the company.
have to be sold for a sum less than Rs 100.
If the selling price of Rs 100 stock is exactly Rs 100
4. Dividend
cash, the stock is said to be at par. Now suppose the factory is complete. It sells auto-
I f the selling price of Rs 100 stock is more tha Rs 100 mobiles and thus earns money. Part of the income is used in
cash, the stock is said to be at a premium or above par. paying working expenses, and the remainder is divided
If the selling price of Rs 100 stock is less than Rs 100 amongst the shareholders. Profits divided amongst the share-
cash, the stock is said to be at a discount or below par. holders are called dividends.
Stock is usually bought and sold through a broker 5. Face Value and Market Value
who generally charges 1 per cent on the stock bought or
The original value of a share is called its Nominal
sold. Thus, if the market value ofRs 100 stock is Rs 105, the
Value, Face Value or Par Value. This value is printed on the value may now be equal to or greater than or less than
share certificate. The price of a share at any particular time is Rs500.
called its Market Value ie the value at which a share is avail- 7. Sometimes a stock is named by means of the rate of
able in markets. interest it pays. Thus the expression "5 per cent at 95"
refers to some company's stock which pays a dividend
6. Different kinds of shares. of Rs 5 on every Rs 100 stock and further states that
Shares are of two kinds: each Rs 100 stock can be purchasedfor Rs 95. If a man
(a) Preference Shares: On these shares a fixed rate of buys Rs 100 stock by paying Rs 95 cash, he will be
dividend is paid to their holders, subject to profits of entitled to receive Rs 5 as interest. In other words he will
the company. get a dividend of Rs 5 on an investment of Rs 95.
(b) Ordinary or Equity Shares: The holders of these
shares receive dividend only after the holders of pref- 11. Methods for Solving Problems on Stock
erence shares have received their share of dividend. Let us consider an example,
The rate of dividend to Equity shareholders varies Rs 6000,5% stock at 8 premium, brokerage 2%
with the profit of the company. Here, Rs 6000 = Amount of stock
Generally a company issues a combined certificate to 5% = Rate per cent per annum
the shareholder for the number of shares held by him. Thus a Rate per cent per annum indicates income of stock-
person who holds 2000 shares of a company of the face value holder. (See the definition of stock)
of Rs 10 each, is said to hold a stock of Rs 20000 in the This means that on investing Rs 100 + 8 (Market
company. Value), annual income = Rs 5
8 = Premium at Market Value
7. Relation between Face Value and Market Value (a) When stock is at premium sale,
(i) If the market value = face value, then share is at par Market value = 100 + Premium
(ii) If the market value > face value, then share is at pre- (b) When stock is at discount sale,
mium or above par. Market value = 100 - Discount
(iii) If the market value < face value, then share is at dis- 2% = Brokerage or Broker's commission
counter below par. [During purchase o f stock, brokerage is added to
8. Debentures Market Value and during sale of stock, brokerage is
When a company likes to borrow money from the subtracted from Market Value]
share holders or public for a fixed period at a fixed rate of (i) When Purchase Cost and Sale Realisation is to be
interest the company issues debentures. So debentures are a calculated, data of rate per cent per annum is not
debt of a company. required,
(a) Purchase cost
9. Stock Exchange, Share Brokers & Brokerage
Market Value + Brokerage
Shares and Debentures are generally sold or pur- x Amount of stock
100
chased in a market known as stock exchange through
authorised persons known as Share Brokers or Brokers. (b) Sale Realisation
Brokers's commission is called 'Brokerage'. Market Value - Brokerage
x Amount of stock
Brokers charge commission from the purchasers and 100
also from the sellers. Brokerage is calculated on market value Amount of Stock Sale Re alisation
of shares of debentures. (c) 100 Market Value + Brokerage
10. Note PurchaseCost
1. A debenture-holder receives interest on the face value Market Value - Brokerage
of debentures at a fixed rate of the company. The inter-
est doesnot vary. (ii) When Annual Income and Investment is to be calcu-
2. Dividend on share is calculated on face value. lated data of rate per cent of stock is required.
3. Interest on debentures is calculated on face value (a) Annual Income
4. Share purchaser has to pay (Market Value + Brokerage). Amount of Stock
5. Share-seller will get (Market Value - Brokerage). = Per cent rate of stock *
100
6. In solving questions, the aspirants should make a clear
distinction between cash and stock. 'Rs 500' means Rs Purchase Cost
500 cash whereas 'Rs 500 stock' means an amount of : % rate of stock *
stock which originally cost Rs 500, but whose market
Stocks and S h a r e s 727
(vii) Income (Dividend Earned)

Purchase Cost
v Amount of stock = -xlOO Per cent rate of dividend
"Too -
Investment Face Value x Number of shares

= % rate of stock *
Income %rate of dividend
[ v Purchase Cost = Total Investment]
Investment 100
Annual Income per cent rate of stock
Face Value
'
or Investment Market Value + Brokerage
Market Value (1 - %Brokerage)
(b) Actual Rate per cent on Investment
(viii) Actual Rate per cent on Investment
per cent rate of stock
-xlOO
Market Value + Brokerage Dividend % x Face Value Income x 100
Annual Income Market Value (] + % Brokerage) Investment
-xlOO
Investment By Now, we hope that you must have been well ac-
quainted with the basic of stocks and shares. Now consider
12. Methods For Solving Problems on Shares
the Rules with Illustrative Examples and Exercises discussed
and Debentures in the following pages.
All the formulae on shares are also applicable for de-
bentures. Always remember the following points. Rule 1
(i) Per cent rate of dividend is calculated on Face Value. To find the cost of purchase when amount of stock and
(ii) Per cent Brokerage is calculated as per cent of Market market value and brokerage are given.
Value. Cost of purchase
(iii) Per cent Brokerage is added to Market Value during
Purchase. Market Value + Brokerage
= Amount of stock x
(iv) Per cent Brokerage is deducted from Market Value 100
during selling.
(v) For one share
Ex: Find the cost of Rs 4500, 8% stock at 80.
(a) Purchase value = Market Value (1 + % Brokerage)
(b) Sale Value = Market Value (1 - % Brokerage)
(c) If the share is at par, 80
the cost of purchase = 4500 x Rs3600
Market Value = Face Value 100
(d) If the share is at premium,
• Amount of stock = Rs 4500 and
Market value = Face value + Premium Market Value = Rs 80
(e) If the share is at discount, Here the value of Rate percent is has not
Market value = Face Value - Discount been used.
(vi) For 'n' member of shares Note: Here brokerage is not given, therefore we take the
(a) Investment = Number of shares x Purchase Value value of brokerage = 0. \
of one share
Exercise
Investment 1. What is the cost of Rs 5400, 9 per cent stock at 90?
;. Number of shares = a)Rs4680 b)Rs4860 c)Rs4660 d)Rs4870
Purchase Value of one share
2. Find the cost of Rs 1000 stock at 95.
Similarly,
Sale Realisation 3. Find the cost of Rs 2600 stock at 105
Number of shares = a)Rs2730 b)Rs2370 c)Rs2750 d)Rs2760
SaleValueof oneshare
4. Find the cost of Rs 5750 of 3% stock at 104.
(b) Number of shares
Investment
5. Find the cost of Rs 12600 Railway stock at 150 - (divi-
Market Value (1 + % Brokerage)
Sale Re alisation dend 5 - % )

Market Value{\- % Brokerage) 2
a)Rs 18963 b)Rs 19863 c)Rs 18933 d) None of these a)Rs4680 b)Rs4860 c)Rs4630 d) None of these
6. How much stock at 105 can be purchased for Rs 1433.25? 2. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 15760, 8% stock at par.
a)Rsl365 b)Rsl635 c)Rsl355 d)Noneofthese a) Rs 15670 b)Rs 15760 c)Rs 15750 d)Noneofthese
7. How much stock can be purchased for Rs 7350 at 105? 3. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 6000, 8% stock at par.
8. How much stock can be purchased for Rs 794.50 at 112.5 4. How much stock can be purchased for Rs 10000 at par?
(Brokerage 1)? a) Rs 10000 b)Rs 12000
a)Rs650 b)Rs485 c)Rs706 d)Rs700 c) Data inadequate d) None of these
9. How much must I pay for Rs 1365 stock at 104? (Broker-
age \%y Answers
a)Rs 1433.50 b)Rs 1344.25 l.a 2.b 3.a 4. a
Rule 3
To find the cost ofpurchase when amount of stock and the
10. Find theôst of Rs 15000, 5 - % , stock at 99 (Brokerage
value of premium are given.
1> • 7 100+ Premium
a) Rs 15000 b) Rs 12500- Cost ofpurchase = Amount of stock x —
c)Rs 13000 d) None of these
Answers Ex: Find the cost of Rs 1000, 7% stock at 5 premium.
l.b 2.b 3.a 4.c Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
301 100 + 5
5. a; Hint: Required answer = 1 2 6 0 0 x — Rs 18963. the cost of purchase = ' 000 x = Rs 1050.
100
1 105 Exercise
6. a; Hint: 1433— = Amount of stock x — -
4 100 1. Find the cost of Rs 500, 5% stock at 6 premium.
100x1433- 2. Find the cost of Rs 6500,3% stock at 2 premium.
amount of stock = 4_ = R$ 1365. a)Rs6330 b)Rs6630 c)Rs6830 d) None of these
105 Find the cost of Rs 6040,6% stock at 5 premium.
7. b a)Rs6322 b)Rs6352 c)Rs6342 d)Rs6642
4. Find the cost of Rs 5400,8% stock at 9 premium.
112.5 + 1
a)Rs5668 b)Rs5886 c)Rs5776 d)Rs5996
8. d; Hint: Rs 794.50 = — — — x Amount of stock
Answers
794.50x100 l.a 2.b 3.c 4.b
.-. Amount of stock = ,,, . = Rs 700.
11 J.5 Rule 4
9. c; Hint: Required answer To find the cost of purchase when amount of stock and the
value of discount are given.
= Rs 1365 x (104 + 1 ) _ 1365 x105 = Rs 1433.25.
100 100
100- Discount
10. Cost ofpurchase - Amount of stock x —

To find the cost ofpurchase when amount of stock is given Ex: Find the cost of purchase of Rs 1000; 8% stock at 10
and the stock is at par. discount.
Cost of purchase = Amount of stock Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
Illustrative Example 100-10
Ex: Find the cost of purchase of Rs 4500,8% stock at par.
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the cost of purchase = lOOOx——— = R 900. S
the cost of purchase = Amount of stock = Rs 4500.
Exercise Exercise
1. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 4680, 8% stock at par. 1. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 500; 3% stock at 5 dis-
count.
a)Rs475 b)Rs675 c)Rs575 d)Rs875
Stocks and Shares 729
2. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 650; 6% stock at 4 dis- Rule 6

count.
Tofind the cost ofpurchase when amount ofstock, value of
a)Rs684 b)Rs624 c)Rs724 d)Rs644
premium and brokerage are given.
Cost of purchase
3. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 945; 7—% stock at 6
100+ Premium + Brokerage
discount. = Amount of stock x
100
a)Rs888 b)Rs333.8 c)Rs888.3 d)Noneofthese
Answers
Ex: Find the cost of Rs 2000,5% stock at 5 premium (bro-
l.a 2.b 3.c
1 n /
Rule 5
kerage — / o )
To find the cost of purchase when amount of stock and
brokerage are given. An another condition that the stock is Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
at par is given. 100 + 5 + -
100 +Brokerage the purchase cost = 2000 x — = Rs 2110.
Cost of purchase = Amount ofstock x 100
700
Exercise
1. Find the cost of Rs 1000, 5% stock at 10 premium (bro-
Ex: Find the cost of purchase of Rs 1000,4% stock at par
kerage 1%)
a)Rslll0 b)Rs2110 c ) R s l l 2 0 d) None of these
brokerage—%
10 „1

the purchase cost 2. Find the cost of Rs 2500,4% stock at. 4— premium (bro-
100 + kerage ^" °)

0/
lOOOx- 10 = 1 0 x ]0?I=Rsl001.
a)Rs2526 b)Rs2825 c)Rs2625 d)Rs3025
100 10
_1
Exercise
3. Find the cost of Rs 2400,7% stock at 7 — premium (bro-
1. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 5000, 4 — % stock at par
kerage 1 — % )
f 1 a)Rs2676 b)Rs2616 c)Rs2636 d)Rs2606
brokerage—%
Answers
a)Rsl001 b ) R s l l 0 0 c)Rs5010 d)Rsl010 l.a 2.c 3.b
2. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 6000, 5% stock at par Rule 7
To find the cost ofpurchase when amount of stock, value of
(brokerage—% discount and brokerage are given.
Cost of purchase
=Amount of stock x
a)Rs!001 b)Rs6010 c)Rs5001 d)Rsl010 100 - Discount
100+ Brokerage
3. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 800, 3—% stock at par Ex: Find the cost of purchase of Rs 2000, 5% stock at 4
discount (brokerage ^ ° ) 0 /
brokerage—%
a)Rs 101 b)Rs801
c)Rs810 d) None of these 100-4 + -
Answers the purchase cost = 2000 x — = Rs 1930.
100
l.c 2.b 3.b

Ex: How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 1144
1. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 1500, 4% stock at 4 — from 6% stock at 5 premium (brokerage 1%)
discount (brokerage — % ) 1 1 4 4
the amount of stock = ; ; 100 = R n 00.

x s
a)Rsl440 b)Rsl425 c)Rsl420 d) None of these 100 + 5 - 1

2. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 2500, 7% stock at 6 Exercise
discount (brokerage 1%) 1. How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 1050 from
a)Rsl375 b)Rs2475 c)Rs2375 d)Rs2365 8% stock at 6 premium (brokerage 1%)
3. Find the cost of purchase of Rs 1450, 8% stock at 7 a)Rsl000 b)Rs950 c)Rs850 d)Rs995
discount (brokerage 1 %) 2. How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 1768 from
7—% stock at 4— premium (brokerage ^" °) 0//
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.a a)Rsl750 b)Rsl700 c)Rsl695 d)Rsl750
3. How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 1590 from
Rule 8 8% stock at 7 premium (brokerage 1%)
To find the Sale Realisation when Amount of Stock, Bro- a)Rsl400 b)Rsl450 c)Rsl500 d) None of these
kerage and Premium are given.
Answers
100 + Premium - Brokerage
Sale Realisation l.a 2.b 3.c
100
Amount of stock Rule 10
Illustrative Example To find the Sale Realisation when Amount of stock, Bro-
Ex: Find the cash realised by selling Rs 1500,4% stock at kerage and Discount are given.
6 premium (brokerage 1%) Sale Realisation
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 100 - Discount - Brokerage
the Sale Realisation = — x Amount of stock
100
100 + 6 - 1 105
-xl500 :1500 =Rsl575. Illustrative Example
100 100
Ex Find the cash realised by selling Rs 1500,4% stock at
Exercise 6 discount (brokerage 1%).
1. Find the cash realized by selling Rs 2400, 5—% stock at
100-6-1
Sale Realisation = -x 1500 = R 1395.
s
100
5 premium (brokerage ~ % )
Exercise
a)Rs2514 b)Rs2516 c)Rs2416 d) None of these 1. Find the cash realised by selling Rs 1450, 5% stock at 5
2. Find the cash realized by selling Rs 1400, 5% stock at discount (brokerage 1%).
4— premium (brokerage ^" °) 0/
2. Find the cash realised by selling Rs 1680,4% stock at 7
a)Rsl556 b)Rsl456 c)Rsl256 d)Rsl656 discount (brokerage 1%).
3. Find the cash realized by selling Rs 1600,4% stock at 11 a) Rs 1545.5 b)Rs 1545.6 c)Rs 1544.6 d)Rs 1455.6
premium (brokerage 1%)
* » a)Rsl760 b)Rsl670 c)Rsl560 d) None of these 3. Find the cash realised by selling Rs 1400, 7—% stock
Answers
at 4 discount (brokerage 1%).
l.a 2.b 3.a a)Rsl330 b)Rsl430 c)Rsl320 d)Rsl340
Rule 9 Answers
To find the amount of stock when sale realisation, pre- l.c 2.b 3.a
mium and brokerage are given.
Rule 11
Sale Realisation
Amount of stock = T^T 7, : „—; xlOO To find the amount of stock if sale realisation, discount
J 100+ Premium - Brokerage and brokerage are given.
Stocks and Shares
investing Rs 1940 (brokerage 1%).

731
Sale Realisation
Amount of stock •• -xlOO a)Rs2050 b)Rsl960
100- Discount - Brokerage c) Rs 2000 d) None of these
3. How much 8% stock at 5 — discount can be purchased
Ex.: How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 1128
from 6% stock at 5 discount (brokerage 1%). by investing Rs 1425 (brokerage 1/2%).
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have a)Rsl550 b)Rsl560 c)Rsl500 d)Rsl620
1128 Answers
the amount of stock = xlOO = R 1200.
S
100-5- 1. a; Hint: In the given formula, we put Market Value ie 95

in place of (100 - discount), in this case. Therefore
Exercise
applying the given rule we have the required answer
How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 1425 from
5% stock at 4 discount (brokerage 1%). 1905
100 =Rs2000.
95 + -
2. How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 1488 from
2.c j.c
4—% stock at 6 discount (brokerage 1%).
a)Rsl650 b)Rsl550 c)Rsl600 d) None of these

Rule 13
3. How much stock should be sold to realise Rs 2576 from To find the Amount of Stock when Purchase Cost or Total
Investment, Premium and Brokerage are given.
Amount of stock
8% stock at 8— discount (brokerage
Purchase cost or Total Investment
a) Rs 2800 b)Rs2900 c)Rs2700 d)Rs2850 xlOO
100 + Premium + Brokerage
Answers
l.a 2.c 3.a Illustrative Example
Ex: How much 5% stock at 6 premium can be purchased
Rule 12 by investing Rs 1284 (brokerage 1%).
To find the amount of stock when purchase cost or total Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
investment, discount and brokerage are given.
1284
the amount of stock : xlOO = R 1200.
S
Purchase Cost or Total Investment 100 + 6 + 1
-xlOO
Amount ofstock= - £>«co««r + Brokerage
1 0 0
Hence stock being at 6 premium, by investing Rs 1284,
one can purchase stock of Rs 1200 which is less than
Illustrative Example Rs1284.
Ex: How much 5% stock at 6 discount can be purchased
by investing Rs 950 (brokerage 1%). Exercise
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 1. How much 4% stock at 4 premium can be purchased by
investing Rs 1785 (brokerage 1%).
950 a)Rsl650 b)Rsl750 c)Rsl700 d)Rsl600
amount of stock = -xlOO = R 1000.
S
100-6 + 1
Hence stock being at 6% discount, by investing Rs 2. How much 6% stock at 5 — premium can be purchased
950, one can purchase stock of Rs 1000, which is more
than Rs 950. by investing Rs 1537 (brokerage 1/2%).
Exercise
3. How much 7% stock at 4— premium can be purchased
1. How much 4—% stock at 95 can be pruchased by in-
by investing Rs 1934.5 (brokerage 1—% ).
vesting Rs 1905, (brokerage —%y? a)Rs!825 b)Rsl850 c)Rsl875 d)Rsl900
a)Rs2000 b)Rs2500 c)Rs2200 d)Rs2350

Answers
2. How much 6% stock at 4 discount can be purchased by l.c 2.b 3.a
Rule 14 Soln: Here, total investment is given as Rs 7500. But amount

of stock purchase is not known. Hence, we apply the
To find the Annual Income if amount of stock and per cent
above formula,
rate of stock are given.
7500 .
'% Rate of stock\
Annual Income = Amount of Stock Annual Income = ~ 7 ^ ~ x 4 =Rs240
100
[Note: Rs 125 is Market Value of the stock]
Ex: Find the annual income derived from Rs 7500, 4% Exercise
stock at 125. 1. What annual income will be derived by investing Rs
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 1547 in 13 per cent Railway stock at 119?
2. What income will be derived by investing Rs 3470 in
the Annual Income = 7 5 0 0 x [j ^ " I ' ii;
1 3
10— per cent stock at 86—?
2 4
Exercise
a)Rs520 b)Rs420 c)Rs450 d)Rs460
1. What income will be derived from Rs 3275 of 11 % stock? 3. Find what sum of money I must invest in a 10 per cent
a) Rs 360.50 b)Rs 350.25 stock at 102 to obtain an income of Rs 400 per year.
c) Rs 360.25 d) None of these a)Rs4800 b)Rs8040 c)Rs4080 d)Rs8400
2. What income will be derived from 4. Find what sum of money I must invest in a 9% stock at
(i) Rs 10000 of 9.5 per cent stock? 102 to obtain an income of Rs 300 per year.
a)Rs950 b)Rsl000 c)Rs900 d)Rsl050 a)Rs3400 b)Rs3600 c)Rs3450 d)Rs3540
(ii) Rs 4205 of 10 per cent stock?
a)Rs430 b)Rs420 c)Rs 430.5 d)Rs 420.5
5. What sum of money must a lady invest in a 10—%
(i ii) Rs 7740 of 11 ^ per cent stock? stock at 120 to get an income of Rs 63?
a)Rs890.01 b)Rs809.10
c)Rs890.10 d) None of these 6. What sum invested in a 13—% stock at 121— will pro-
3. What income will be derived by investing Rs 3000 in 2 2
duce an income of Rs 100?
9 — per cent stock at par? a)Rs900 b)Rs850 c)Rsl050 d)Rs950
Answers
a)Rs285 b) Rs 825
1547 „
c)Rs385 d) None of these
1. c; Hint: Required answer = x 13 =Rsl69.
Answers 2. b
3. c; Hint: Applying the given rule we have,
1. c; Hint: Income = 3275 x — = R 360.25
s
400 = — x 10
2. (i)a (ii)d (iii)c 102
19 or, =
x 1 0 2 x 4 0 0 =102x40 =Rs4080.
3. a; Hint: Required answer = 3 0 0 0 x ^ =Rs285. 10
4. a 5.c 6. a
Rule 15
To find the annual income if Total Investment, per cent
Rule 16
Rate of stock and Market value are given. To find Annual Income if per cent rate of stock, total in-
vestment, premium and brokerage are given.
' Total Investment ^ Annual Income
Annual Income = x % Rate of stock
Market Value Investment
x per cent rate of stock
100 + Pr emium + Brokerage
Ex: Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 7500, Illustrative Example
in 4% stock at 125. Ex: Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 2100
in 5% stock at 4 premium (brokerage 1 % ) . 7% stock at 9 discount (brokerage 1 %)

Soln: Applying the above formula, we have a)Rsl05 b)Rsl50 c)Rsl20 d)Rsl70
the Annual Income
Answers
2100 . 2100 .
1900
100 + 4 + 1 x 5 = —105
— x5 = R s l 0 0 . 1. a; Hint: Required income • x8 = R 160 S
100-5 + 0
Exercise [Here value of brokerage is 0]
1. What income will be derived by investing Rs 3150 in 2.d 3.a
12— per cent stock at 5 premium? Rule 18

To find the actual rate %, if per cent rate of stock, discount
a) Rs 282.25 b)Rs 282.50 and brokerage are given.
c)Rs 382.50 d) None of these
% rate of stock
2. Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 5300 in Actual Rate per cent = "777 77- ~1> 7 -xlOO
4% stock at 5 premium (brokerage 1%). J 00 — Discount + Brokerage
r
a)Rsl00 b)Rsl50 c)Rs250 d)Rs200 Illustrative Example

3. Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 2160 in Ex.: What rate per cent is obtained by investing in 5%
-71 1
stock at 5 discount (brokerage — % )
9% stock at 7— premium (brokerage — % ) .
Soln: Applying the above formula we have
a)Rsl80 b)Rs90 c)Rs200 d)Rsl60
5
Answers Actual rate % = xl00 = ^ - =5.23%
100-5 + 0.5
3150 51 Exercise
1. c; Hint: Required income = Rs 382.50
100 + 5 + 0 4
1
[Note: Here value of brokerage is 0.] 1. What rate of interest is obtained from investing in 8
2.d 3. a
per cent stock when the quoted price is 6.5 per cent
Rule 17 below par?
To find Annual Income, if per cent rate of stock, total in-
vestment, discount and brokerage are given.
a ) 8 i 7 % b ) 9 TT % c ) 1 1 9~ % d ) 1 0 9~ %
Annual Income
Investment 2. What rate of interest is obtained from investing in 8 —

4
100 - Discount + Brokerage * ^ * ra e *v •
per cent stock when the price is at a discount of 12 — per
cent?
Ex.: Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 950
in 5% stock at 6 discount (brokerage 1%) a) 12% b) 10% c)8% d)16%
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have 3. What rate % is obtained by investing in 7% stock at 5
the annual income
discount (brokerage ~
950 950 M c
= 5 = x x5 =Rs50
a) 7.35% b)7.55% c)7.05% d)8%
100-6 + 1 95
Exercise Answers
1. What income will be derived by investing Rs 1900 in 8 1. b; Hint: Required answer
per cent stock at 5 discount?
17 17 1
a)Rsl60 b)Rsl50 c)Rsl00 d)Rsl80 = ^xl00 = xl00 = 9 — %
2. Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 1674 in 2(100-6.5) 187 11
2. b
6% stock at 7— discount (brokerage ^ ° ) 0//
7
a)Rsl80 b)Rsl44 c)Rsl26 d)Rsl08 100 = 7.349 a 7.35%(Appro\.)
3. Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 13 80 in 100-5 + 0.25
Rule 19 Rule 20
To find the actual rate per cent, if per cent rate of stock, To find the Market Value if per cent rate of stock, annual
premium and brokerage are given. income total investment and brokerage are given.
% rate of stock Investment x % rate of stock

xlOO Market value = • Brokerage
Actual rate per cent = ] Q Q + ^ r e m i u m + B r o k e r a g e
Annual Income

Ex.: What rate per cent is obtained by investing in 5% Ex: Find the market value of a 6% stock in which an in-
come of Rs 244 is derived by investing Rs 1220, bro-
stock at 5 premium (brokerage — % ) kerage being —%.
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have ° 4
the actual rate % Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
1220x6 1
x l 0 0 = — — =4.74%. the Market Value =
100 + 5 + 0.5 105.5 244 4
= 30- 0.25 = Rs 29.75.
Exercise
Exercise 2.
1. What rate of interest is obtained from investing in 9 — 1. What is the annual income derived from Rs 1800, 5%
stock at 100?
per cent at par? a)Rs90 b)Rsl00 c)Rsll0 d)Rs95 3.
1 1 2 2. What is the annual income by investing Rs 3000 in 6%
a) 9 - % b) 8 - % c)18y% d) None of these stock at 120?
a)Rsl50 b)Rsl00 c)Rs200 d)Rs250
1 3. Find the annual income derived by investing Rs 770 in
2. What rate of interest is obtained from investing in 9
per cent stock when the quoted price is 14 per cent above 4 ~ % stock at 96 (brokerage ^ % ) .
par?
a) Rs 56 b)Rs46 c)Rs39 d)Rs36
1 7 1
Answers
a) 8 - % b) 8 - % c) 9 - % d) Data inadequate
J j 3 ,„ 1800x5 1800x5
x = — - — = 90
n
l.a; Hint: 100 = 0 o r

.,3 .-. required answer = Rs 90
per—
12 per cent stock when the price is at a premium of 2
cent?
2.a; Hint: 120= 3 M ^ _ 0
a) 25% b)8^-% c) 1 2 ^ % d)ll|%

3000x6 D . „
x = =Rs 150.
Answers 120
1. a; Hint: Actual rate per cent
770 x- 770x-
«1 3. d; Hint: 96 ; Rs36
or, x
* xlOO = 9 - % 96 + -
100 + 0 + 0 2 • 4
2. a; Hint: Actual rate per cent
1
Rule 21
9- To find the Total Investment if% rate of stock, market value
= x l 0 0 = ~ = 8-% and annual income are given.
100 + 14 + 0 3 3
3. c; Hint: Required answer Annual Income* Market Value
Total Investment =
% rate of stock
51 25 1
, — x l O O = -— = 1 2 - %
4x(l00 + 2) + 0 2 2

Ex: How much should one invest in 7% stock at 147 to 1. Find what a purchaser would have to pay for 250 shares
secure an annual income of Rs 250. of Rs 8 each quoted at Rs 12. What would be the gain to
Soln: Applying the above formula, we have the share-holder, i f he had purchased the share at par'.'
250x147
Investment = ~ = Rs 5250 2. Find what a purchaser would have to pay for 400 shares
of Rs 12 each quoted at Rs 21. What would be the gain
Note: If % rate of stock at discount or at premium with bro- to the share-holder, i f he had purchased the share at
kerage is given, we can calculate total investment by par?
using the formula given below. a)Rs3500 b)Rs3575 c)Rs3600 d)Rs3675
Annual Income Total Investment 3. Find what a purchaser would have to pay for 450 shares
of Rs 6 each quoted at Rs 15. What would be the gain to
% Rate of stock Market Value + % Brokerage
the share-holder, if he had purchased the share at par?
Market Value = 100-Discount and 100 +Premium. a)Rs4050 b)Rs4500 c)Rs4060 d)Rs3950
Exercise 4. What profit is made by selling 60 shares of Rs 50 each,
1. How much should one invest in 8% stock at 147 to se- when they are quoted at Rs 65.60?
cure an annual income of Rs 560. a)Rs930 b)Rs830 c)Rs950 d) None of these
a) Rs 12090 b)Rs 10290 c)Rs 10270 d)Noneofthese Answers
2. How much should one invest in 6% stock at 156 to se- l.a 2.c 3.a 4.a
cure an annual income of Rs 150.
a)Rs3900 b)Rs3850 c)Rs4900 d)Rs3950 Rule 23
3. How much should one invest in 5% stock at 125 to se- To find sell realisation if market value, total investment or
cure an annual income of Rs 120. purchase cost of stock and brokerage are given.
a)Rs3000 b)Rs2500 c)Rs2800 d)Rs2900 Sale realisation = Purchase cost or Investment
Answers Market Value - Brokerage
l.b 2.a 3.a
Rule 22
To find the gain to the shareholder if theface value and the
market value of the shares are given.
Ex: A man invests Rs 4220 in 6 - % stock at 105. On
Gain to the shareholders = Total no. of shares (Market 2
Value - Face Value) selling the invested stock, how much will he realise?
Illustrative Example ( 1' N
Brokerage — %
Ex: Find what a purchaser would have to pay for 300
shares of Rs 10 each quoted at Rs 25. What would be Soln: Applying the above formula, we have
the gain to the share-holder, if he had purchased the
share at par? (105-0.5 (104.5 ^1
Sale realisation = 4220 = 42201
Soln: Detail Method: 105 + 0.5 105.5 J
Face value of 1 share = Rs 10 = Rs4180
Market value of 1 share = Rs 25 Note: I f discount or premium is given, then put the market
Amount paid by the purchaser to share-holder value = 1 0 0 - discount or 100 + premium respectively
= 300x25 = Rs7500 into the above formula.
if share-holder had purchased the shares at par then Exercise
the purchase cost by share-holder 1. A man invests Rs 1272 in 7% stock at 104.5. On selling
= 300x 10 =Rs3000 the invested stock, how much w i l l he realise?
.-. Gain by the share-holder
= Rs 7500 - Rs 3000 = Rs 4500.
I
I Brokerage 1—%
2
have, a)Rsl236 b ) R s l l 3 6 c)Rsl026 d)Rsl226
Gain to the share-holder = 300 (25 - 10) = Rs 4500. 2. A man invests Rs 1070 in 5% stock at 106. On selling the
invested stock, how much will he realise? Brokerage 1%

3. A man invests Rs 3020 in 6% stock at 150. On selling the 2. a; Hint: Cost of shares = 4 4 ^ 2 5 + + £ J = Rs 1331 (See
5
invested stock, how much will he realise? Brokerage 1%

a)Rs2980 b)Rs2890 c)Rs2990 d)Rs2880 Note of the given Rule)
Answers .-. Investment made = Rs 1331.
Now, face value of 1 share = Rs 25.
l.a 2.b 3.a
.-. Face value of 44 shares = Rs (44 x 25) = Rs 1100.
Rule 24
Theorem: Purchase cost of n shares of Rs 'S' each at 'x' Now, dividend on Rs 100 = Rs — .
2
discount, brokerage being y'per share, is given by Rs n(S
• Dividend on Rs 1100
-x+y)
Note: If in place of discount, premium is given, then formula 11
Rs x l l 0 ° =Rs 60.50
becomes Rs n(S + x + y). ,2x100
Illustrative Example Also income on investment of Rs 1331 Rs 60.50
Ex: Find the purchase cost of 80 shares of Rs 10 each at .-. income on investment of Rs 100
3 1 60.50
— discount, brokerage being ~per share. = Rs x l 0 ° =4.55%.
8 o ^ 1331
Soln: Detail Method: 3. d; Hint: See Note, Required answer
Since Market Value = Face Value - Discount = 66[35+ 10+1] = 4 6 x 6 6 = Rs 3036.
.-. Cost of 1 share
= Face value - discount + brokerage Rule 25
3 1 3 To find the annual income if total investment, market value,
= 10-- + -=Rs9- face value of the share dividend per cent are given.
8 8 4
Annual Income
•. Cost of 80 shares = 8 0 x 9 - =Rs780 Total Investment* Facevaluex Dividend%

4 Market Value x 100
Note: Dividend is always calculated on Face value.
have,
purchase cost = 8 0 ^ 1 0 - ^ + ^ j =Rs780. Ex: A man invested Rs 2625. When he bought shares of
a company at Rs 105 each, the face value of a share
Exercise was Rs 200. The company paid 10 per cent dividend.
Find the dividend earned (income derived) at the end
1. Find the cost of 96 shares of Rs 10 each at — discount,
4 of the year.
brokerage being — per share.
2625x200x10
Income derived = — — — — : — =Rs500.
a)Rs912 b)Rs812 c)Rs712 d) None of these 105x100
2. Find the income derived from 44 shares of Rs 25 each at
5 premium (brokerage 1/4 per share), the rate of dividend Exercise
being 5%. Also find the rate of interest in the invest- 1. A man invested Rs 2200. When he bought shares of a
ment. company at Rs 110 each, the face value of a share was
a) Rs 60.5,4.55% b) Rs 60,5% Rs 150. The company paid 5 per cent dividend. Find the
c) Rs 80.5,5.55% d) None of these dividend earned (income derived) at the end of the year.
3. Find the purchase cost of 66 shares of Rs 35 each at 10 a)Rs200 b)Rs220 c)Rsl50 d)Rs330
premium, brokerage being 1% per share. 2. A man invested Rs 3000. When he bought shares of a
a)Rs3630 b)Rs3360 c)Rs3063 d)Rs3036 company at Rs 150 each, the face value of a share was
Rs 300. The company paid 20 per cent dividend. Find the
Answers dividend earned (income derived) at the end of the year.
f 3 1 A
1. a; Hint: Required answer = 96 1 0 - - + - : Rs912 3. A man invested Rs 1200. When he bought shares of a
v 4 4
company at Rs 105 each, the face value of a share was
Rs 180. The company paid 7 per cent dividend. Find the Which is the better investment
dividend earned (income derived) at the end of the year.
a)Rsl26 b)Rsl44 c)Rsl62 d)Rsl48 (i) 10.5% stock at 130or (ii) 10-%stock at 125?
o
Answers a) 1st investment is more profitable
l.c 2.a 3.b b) 2nd investment is more profitable
c) Both are equal
Rule 26 d) Can't say
To find which one is a better investment from the followings 4. Which as the better investment
(i) x % debentures or shares at y^/o premium or discount.
(
(i) 11 % stock at 110 or (ii) 5% stock at 60?
(ii) x % debentures or shares at y % premium or dis-
2 2
a) 1st investment is more profitable
count. b) 2nd investment is more profitable
Step I: Find the Market value, c) Both are equal
Market value = 100 + premium or d) Can't say
= 100- discount 5. Which is the better investment
Note: If neither premium nor discount is mentioned ie
(i) stock at 90 or (ii) 11% stock at par?
it is given as 'x% stock at A', then A will be consid-
ered as Market Value. a) 1 st investment is more profitable
Step II: Arrange them in the way given below b) 2nd investment is more profitable
Investment % Market value c) Both are equal
(i) x 100 + y, or 100 -y, d) Can't say
(accordingly) 6. Which is the better investment
(ii) 100 + y , o r l 0 0 - y 2
(accordingly) (i) 8^-% stock at 80 or (ii) 9% stock at 10 discount?

Step III: Make cross-multiplication and i f a) 1 st investment is more profitable
a) (i) > (ii); Investment (i) will be better and i f b) 2nd investment is more profitable
b) (ii) > (i); Investment (ii) will be better c) Both are equal
Illustrative Example d) Can't say
Ex: Which is a better investment? 7. Which is the better investment
(i) 15% debentures at 8% premium or
(i) 14—% stock at 5 below par or
(ii) 14% debentures at 4% discount.
Soln: Using the above method, we have 3
Investment % Market Value (ii) 15—% stock at 5 premium?
(i) l5 +~s~ ^'
= (100 + 8 )= 108
(ii) 1 4 < - ^ ^ ( 1 0 0 - 4 ) = 96
> <
b) 2nd investment is more profitable
After cross multiplication we obtain, c) Both are equal
0)15x96=1440 d) Can't say
(ii) 14x108=1520 Answers
Here, (ii)>(i) l.b; Hint:(i) 9 — » 91 =1089
.-. Investment (ii) is better. (ii) 2« —* 121 = 1092
Here (ii) > (i), hence 2nd investment is more profit-
Exercise
able.
1. Which is the better investment:
2. a 3.b 4. a
(i) 9 per cent stock at 91 or (ii) 12 per cent stock at 121 ?
a) 1 st investment is more profitable 21
5. a; Hint:(i) 90=1050
c) Both are equal (ii) 1 100 = 990
d) Can't say (0>(ii) 1 st is better investment
2. , Which is the better investment
33
(i) 12% stock at 100 or (ii) 9% stock at 90? 6. a; Hint: (i) 80 = 742.5
c) Both are equal
(ii)
4
9^ X ^ * 100-10 = 90 = 77
Here, (i) > (ii), hence, (i) is the better investment.
d) Can't say
57 7350x100
7.c; (i) 100-5 = 95 = 1496.25 Amount of stock = — =Rs7000.
4 105
63
(ii) 4.d; Hint: 8190 = x Amount of stock
4 100
Here, (i) = (ii), .-. Both investments are equal.
8190x100
Rule 27 Amount of stock = rr
117 = Rs 7000.
To find the Sale Realisation, when amount of stock, market

2130x200
value and brokerage are given. 5. a; Hint: Required answer = Rs2000.
Sale Realisation 213
Market Value - Brokerage Rule 28

=Amount of Stock *
100 To find the actual rate per cent, if per cent rate of stock and
Illustrative Example market value are given.
Ex.: How much money is obtained from the sale of Rs
percent rate of stock
5000 stock at 123 (Brokerage 1%)? Actual rate per cent xlOO
Soln: Applying the aobve rule, we have, Market Value
j Illustrative Example
Sale Realisation = 5000 x — =R 6100.
S
Ex.: What rate per cent will a man receive who invests his
Exercise money in 9— per cent stock at 110?
1. How much money is obtained from the sale of Rs 30000 Soln: Detail Method: To buy Rs 100 stock, and thus to get
stock at 93 (Brokerage 1—%)? an annual income of Rs 9 —, the man must invest Rs

a) Rs 24750 b)Rs 37450 c)Rs 27450 d) None ofthese 2
2. How much money is obtained from the sale of Rs 1700 110. This means that Rs 110 cash will bring an income
stock at 106 - ? ofRs 9 - .
4 2 -
a) Rs 1806.25 b)Rs 1608.25 Hence the income of Rs 100
3. How much stock must be sold to realize Rs 7350 from a = Rs 9 —x =R 8 — S
2 110 11
stock at 105? ' \ Quicker Method: Applying the above rule, we can
a)Rs7500 b)Rs6920 c)Rs7000 d)Rs6400 get directly
4. How much stock must be sold to realize Rs 8190 from a
19
stock at 118 (Brokerage 1%) the required answer = - — r ^ r ' 00 x
2x110
a)Rs7100 b)Rs7050 c)Rs6850 d)Rs7000
5. How much stock must be sold to realise Rs 2130 from a 7 7
= Rs8—= 8 —%.
stock at 1 0 6 - ? 11 11
2 Exercise
a)Rs2000 b)Rs2200 c)Rsl800 d)Rs2100 1
1. What rate of interest is obtained from investing in 10—%
Answers 2
at 90?
2 1 2
93-- 3 a)lly% b)H-% c )10-% d)Noneofthese
30000x- == = 183 x 150 = Rs 27450
100
1
425
2. a; Hint: Required answer = 1700 x = Rs 1806.25.
4x100 per cent at 110?
105 + 0
3.c; Hint: 7350 = Amount of stock x a) TT%
n b)10 — % c) 11 — % d) 12—%'
100 11 11 ' 11 ' 11
l
3. What rate of interest is obtained from investing in 7- price of Rs 100 stock = Rs 168— cash
1 3. a; Hint: Sale Realisation
per cent consols at 62 — ? Market Value

x Amount of stock
100
a) 10% b) 14% c) 12% d) 16%
120
Answers x4500 =Rs5400
l.a 2.a 3.c Too
Miscellaneous ( Total Amount of stock Y
Income before selling = 7o
{ ~100~ ~ J
1. At what price is 13 — % stock quoted when Rs 9600
rate of stock
cash can bring an income of Rs 1080 a year?
a)Rsl20 b)Rs220 c)Rs320 d)Rsl50 = 4500x = R ?25 s
100
Income after sale from two stocks = 225 + 75 = Rs 300
2. A railway stock pays a dividend of 10— per cent. What
Now, we suppose that Rs x of sale proceeds be in-
price should a person pay for a Rs 100 of the stock so vested in 3% stock at 99 and Rs (5400 - x) be invested
that he may have 12 per cent interest on his money? in 8% stock at 132.
.-. Income from 1 stock + Income from II stock
3 1 2 3
a)R 168- b)Rsl68- ) R s l 6 8 j
s c d)Rsl88- = Rs 300
xx3 (5400 - x ) 8
3. A man sells Rs 4500, 5% stock at 120 and invests the + — F 3 2 -
proceeds partly in 3% stock at 99 and partly in 8% stock .-. x = Rs 900 invested in 3% stock at 99 and
at 132. He thereby increases his income by Rs 75. How 5400 - x = Rs 4500 invested in 8% stock at 132.
much of the sale proceeds were invested in each stock? 4. b; Hint: Face value of 1 share = Rs 1000
a)Rs4500 b)Rs4800 c)Rs4200 d)Rs5100
4. A man's net income from 5% Government paper is Rs Gross income on 1 share = Rs | JQQ '^00 X Rs50
1225 after paying an income tax at the rate of 2%. Find
the number of shares of Rs 1000 each owned by him. Income tax on 1 share's income
a) 35 b)25 c)45 d)30
2
5. A man buys Rs 25 shares in a company which pays 9% Rs I 50 Re 1
x
dividend. The money invested by the person is that much ' 100
as gives 10% on investment. At what price did he buy Net income on 1 share = Rs (50 - 1) = Rs 49
the shares? If the net income is Rs 49, number of share = 1
a)Rs25 b)Rs 22.50 c)Rs23 d)Rs 23.50 If the net income is Rs 1225. number of shares
Answers xl225 = 25
1. a; Hint: Cash required for bringing an income of Rs 1080 49
= Rs9600 5.b; Hint: Face value of 1 share = Rs 25.
1
.-. Cash required for bringing an income of Rs 13
Dividend on 1 share = Rs (| JQQ«x W JI
9
= Rs ~9
9600 1 Now, Rs 10 is an income on an investment of Rs 100

= Rs xl3— = R s l 2 0
1080 2 9 •
.-. the price of Rs 100 stock = Rs 120 cash • Rs — is an income on an investment ot Rs
4
2. a; Hint: Rs 4 = interest on Rs 100
„„ 1 100 „„ 1 100 9
-. Rs 2 0 - = interest on Rs x20-
4 12 4
3 Hence, cost of share = Rs 22.50.
interest on Rs 168
Miscellaneous
I. Binary Numbers: A Discussion base or the radix. Therefore, under a decimal system
our base is 10 and we use a total of ten digits to repre-
In order to understand what a binary number is we should
sent any number.
first understand what a decimal number is.
Decimal Numbers Binary Numbers
(i) In our everyday life we represent numbers by using ten (i) Just as we use ten digits to represent a decimal number,
digits (which are 0, 1,2, 3, 4, 5,6, 7,8,9) and therefore we may as well use only two digits (which are: 0, 1) to
these numbers are called decimal numbers (deci means represent any number. This will be called a binary sys-
ten in Latin). tem as bi means two in Latin.
(ii) Any number can be represented using these ten digits. (ii) Any number can be represented using these two digits:
(iii) Consider for example a sequence of digits 197. Here we 0 and 1.
have three digits 1,9 and 7 written in that order. All of us (iii) Consider, for example, a sequence of the digits: 1010.
know that when 1, 9 and 7 are written in that order this Here we have a sequence of digits: 1, 0, 1 and 0, in that
sequence of digits is equal to the number: "One hun- order. What is the value of this number? We get the
dred and ninety-seven". How do we arrive at this value value in the following manner:
for the given sequence? We do it in the following man- 1010 = l x 2 + 0 x 2 + 1 x 2 ' + 0 x 2 °
3 2
ners: =1x8+0x4+lx2+0x1
197= l x l O +9x10' + 7 x 1 0 ° =100+90 + 7=197
2
= 8 + 0 + 2 + 0=10(ten).
Note: io° = 1. In fact, the value is always equal to 1 Therefore, 1010 in the binary system represents the num-
ber: ten. (Which is represented as 10 in our usual decimal
if any number is raised to the power zero.
system.).
This means that to get the value of any decimal num-
This means that to get the value of any binary number
ber we follow the following rules:
we follow the following rules:
The 1st digit from the right is multiplied by io° • The 1 st digit from right is multiplied by 2° (= 1).
The 2nd digit from right is multiplied by 2' (= 2).
The 2nd digit from right is multiplied by J O •1
The 3rd digit from right is multiplied by 2 (= 4).
2
u M <•<• U
The 3rd digit from right is multiplied by i o •2
55 51 55 55 The nth digit from right is multiplied by 2 n_1
51 51 55 55 Finally, all these are added.

Ex.2: What is the value i f 1, 0, 1, 1 are written in this
The nth digit from right is multiplied by i o " " 1
sequence: 1101?
And finally, all these are added.
Ex. 1: What is the value if 3, 5, 7 and 9 are written in this Soln: 1101=i 2 lx2 +0x2 +lx2
x 3 + 2 1 0
order: 5793. = 8 + 4 + 0 + 1 = 13. (Thirteen).

Thus the binary number 1101 represents thirteen. Which
Soln: 5793= 5 x l 0 + 7 x l 0 + 9 x 1 0 ' + 3 x 1 0 °
3 2
is represented as 13 in the decimal system.
= 5 x 1000 + 7 x 100 + 9x 10 + 3 x 1=5793 (iv) Obviously, here the base or radix is 2.
(Five thousand seven hundred and ninety-three). Conclusion: Thus we see that binary system is a system
(iv) We get the value of numbers in these cases by multiply- of representing numbers just as decimal system is a system
ing every digit by power of 10. Here this 10 is called the of representing numbers. The difference is that in case of
decimal system we represent numbers by ten digits (0,1,2,3, For a quicker conversion of binary numbers to
4,5,6,7, 8 and 9) and the value of the number is obtained by decimal numbers we must remember the above-mentioned
multiplying different digits of the sequence by powers of 10 table by heart. Thus, we can save time by directly writing the
and adding; while in case of binary system we represent value to be multiplied (for example instead of writing 1 x 2 we
3
numbers by two digits (0 and 1) and the value of the number can directly write 1 8). Now, since anything multiplied by 1
x
is obtained by multiplying different digits of the sequence gives the same number and since anything multiplied by 0
by powers of 2 and adding. gives zero, we can further save time by writing (i) only the
value of the power of 2 wherever it has to be multiplied by 1,
Converting binary numbers to decimal numbers
and (ii) zero, wherever it has to be multiplied by zero. Thus, in
We have already seen how to do it. A binary number is
Ex 2, to convert 1010 we may directly write as 1 * 2 + 1 * 2' or
3
converted to a decimal number by
8 + 2 (because other terms will be multiplied by 0 and give 0 in
(1) multiplying the nth digit from right by 2°"', where n = 1,
any case). Thus we can develop the following quicker method
2,...
for conversion of binary into decimal numbers:
(2) adding all these.
Ex. 3: Convert the following binary numbers into decimal numbers: Quicker method for converting binary num-
(a) 1010 (b) 1111 (c)100 (d) 10000 (e) 1110010
bers to decimal
Soln: (a) 1010= l x 2 + 0 x 2 + 1 x 2 ' + 0 x 2 °
3 2
Step I : Starting from the rightmost digit of the given binary
= 8 + 0 + 2 + 0=10(Ten) number, write 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32... and so on below
(b) l l l l = l x 2 + l x 2 +1x2°
l x 2 3 + 2 I
each digit as you proceed towards the left.
= 8 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 15 (Fifteen) Step I I : Ignore the numbers below the 0s (zeroes). Add all
the remaining numbers below the Is.
(c) 100= l x 2 + 0 x 2 ' + 0 x 2 ° = 4 + 0 + 0 = 4(Four)
2
Ex. 4: Solve Ex. 3 by quicker method.
(d) 10000= l x 2 + 0 x 2 + 0 x 2 + 0 x 2 ' + 0 x 2 °
4 3 2
Soln: (a) 1010
= 16 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 = 16(Sixteen) Step I : Starting from right we write 1,2,4 and 8 below the
digits. We get
(e) 1110010 = l x 2 + l x 2 + l x 2 + 0 x 2 +
6 5 4 3
1 0 1 0
0 x 2 +1x2' + 0 x 2 ° 2
8 4 2 1
= 64 + 32+ 16 + 0 + 0 + 2 + 0
Step I I : 4 and 1 fall below the zeros. We ignore them and
= 114 (Hundred Fourteen)
add the remaining. We get 8 + 2 = 10 (Ten).
Table 1: List of powers of 2
O) 1111
Power Value Step I : Starting from right, we write 1,2,4, and 8 below the
digits. We get
2° 1
1 1 1 1
2' 2=2 8 4 2 1
Step I I : All numbers fall below Is. So we add all of them to
2 2 4 = 2x2 get8 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 15 (fifteen)
(c) 100.
2 3 8= 2x2x2
Step I : Starting from right, we write 1, 2 and 4 below the
2 4 16 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 digits. We get:
1 0 0
Power Value 4 2 1
Step I I : 1 and 2 fall below the zeros, we ignore them. This
2 5 32 = 2 x2 x2 x2 x 2 leaves 4 (four),
(d) 10000.
2 6 64 = 2 x2 x2 x2 x 2x 2
Step I : Starting from right, we write 1,2,4,8, and 16 below
2 7 128 = 2 x 2... 7 times the digits. We get
1 0 0 0 0
2 s 256 = 2 x 2... 8 times
16 8 4 2 1
2 9 512 = 2 x 2... 9 times Step I I : 1, 2, 4, 8 fall below the zeros. Ignore them. That
leaves 16. (Sixteen)
Miscellaneous 743
(e) 1110010 Ex. 6: Convert (a) 11 and (b) 14 into binary:

Step I : Starting from right, we write 1,2,4, 8,16,32 and 64 Soln: (a)
below the digits. We get 11 1
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 5 1
2 0
64 32 16 8 4 2 1
1
Step I I : We ignore 8, 4 and 1 as they fall below the zeros.
.-. 1 1 = 1011 in binary
Adding the rest, 64 + 32 + 16 + 2 we get 114 (One
(b)
hundred and fourteen)
11 1
Converting decimal numbers into binary 5 1
A decimal number is converted into binary by the method 2 0
of successive divisions. Each time the dividend is divided by 1
2. The remainder is noted and the quotient becomes the next .-. 14 = 1110 in binary
dividend, which is again divided by 2. This process is re- [Note: We can use the method of 18.3.1 to check if
peated until no more division is possible. our answer is right.
We will explain it by the following example.
Forexample, 1011 = l x 2 3 + 0 x 2 +1x2' +1x2°
2
Ex. 5: Convert 17 into a binary number:

= 8 + 2 + 1=11 (Eleven)
Soln: Step I : We divide 17 by 2. The remainder is 1 and the
dividend is 8. (See below) 1110 = l x 2 3 +lx2 2 +1x2' +0x2°
= 8 + 4 + 2 = 14 (Fourteen)]
17
Table 2: Some decimal numbers and their binary repre-
8 1
sentation
Step I I : In the previous step the dividend was 8. That is, our
(The following table could be used for read\-
new quotient. We divide it again by 2. Now the re-
ence in case you require a quick solution. Yes ma\o like
mainder is 0 and dividend is 4. (See below)
to memorise the binary representation of first 16 numbers: it
17 will save you a lot of time.)
8 1
4 0 Decimal Binary Decimal Brian Decimal Brian
number form number form number form
Step I I I : Last step's dividend is our new quotient. I f we di-
vide it again by 2, our dividend is 2 and remainder 0. 1 1 12 1100 23 10111
(See below)
2 10 13 1101 24 11000
17 1
8 0
3 11 14 1110 25 11001
4 0
2
4 100 15 1111 26 11010
Step IV: Last step's dividend is now our quotient, i.e. 2. If we
divide it by 2 our dividend is 1 and remainder 0. (See 5 101 16 10000 27 11011
below)
17 1 6 110 17 10001 28 11100
8 0
4 0 7 111 18 10010 29 11101
2 0
1 8 1000 19 10011 30 11110
Note that any more divisions are not possible be-
cause 1 is not divisible by 2. Now, we write all our 9 1001 20 10100 31 inn
remainders from left to right in the order shown be-
low by the arrows 10 1010 21 10101 32 100000
17 1 11 1011 22 10110 — —
8 0
4 0
2 0 Some tips for quick answers
1
Tip 1: (A) The binary form of an odd number will always
.-. Our binary number for 17 is 10001. have a 1 in the end and the binary form of an even
number will always have a 0 in the end. direct value of P, whereas equation II is quadratic. In Q 3
(B) Conversely, if the binary form has a 0 in the end it both the equations are quadratic. In Q 4 two linear equa-
must be an even number and if it has a 1 in the end tions are combined together. In Q 5 both the equations
it must be an odd number give direct values of p and q. In Q 6 equation I is qua-
Tip 2: (A) The binary form of 4, 5, 6 and 7 has three digits; dratic and equation II gives direct value of q. In Q 7 both
that of8, 9,15; has four digits and that of 16, 17, the equations are quadratic.
31 has five digits. 3. First we will learn to solve the questions based on linear
(B) Conversely, if the binary form has three digits, it equation and then on quadratic equation. After that the
must be one of 4, 5, 6 or 7; if it has four digits it questions based on combined equations and other types
must be one of 8, 9,15; if it has five digits it must of equation will be discussed,
be one of 16, 17..., 31. (i) Questions based on Linear Equations
Tip 3: Just as a zero at the leftmost place has no value for In such questions we are given two linear equa-
a decimal number, it has no valuefor a binary num- tions. To find the value of p & q, we are required to solve
ber also. (For example, 010 is the same as 10 in these two equations. Now, the problem is to solve the two
binary system and it equals 2 in the decimal. So, linear equations. There are some well-known methods to solve
effectively, 010 is not a 3- digit number but a 2- them. See the following example (Q No. 1).
digit number). I . 4p + 8q = 3 I I . 12p + 4q = 4
We can't say which is greater (p or q) in the first
I I . Questions Based on Equations glance. We will have to solve these equations and find the
In recent years, there have been some changes in values of p and q. These two equations can be solved through
the pattern of test papers of various exams. Some new chap- graph. But it is not useful for us. The second method, which
ters and some new types of question have been introduced is most in vogue, is to equate the coefficient of p in the two
in Quantitative Aptitude paper. We are going to discuss one equations and subtract one equation from the other to get
of those newly introduced patterns of question. These ques- the value of q. See.
tions are a part of Algebra. They are mainly related to Linear 4p + 8q = 3 ....(1)
Equation, Quadratic equation, Inequality and Exponential 12p + 4q = 4 ....(2)
chapters. We multiply eqn(l) by (3) and eqn (2) by 1 to equate
Type of question: See the following direction and the coefficients of p. Now, the two equations become
questions. 12p + 24q = 9 ....(3)
Directions: In each of the following questions one 12p + 4q = 4 ....(4)
or more equations is/are given. On the basis of the given Now we subtract (4) from (3) and we have
equation(s) find the relationship between p and q. Mark an-
\_
swer: 20q = 5 .-. q =
l)ifp = q 2) i f p > q 3)ifq>p 20 4
4) if p > q Now, substitute q in either (1) or (2) and get the

5) i f q > P
value of p.
Questions
1. I.4p + 8q = 3 I I . 12p + 4q = 4 <W - 1
4p + 8 P=
4p 8
I. =0 II. 9q =12q-4
2
15 Thus p = q
The above operation involves at least two steps,
3. I . q — 15q + 56 = 0
2 I I . 2 p - 1 0 p + 12 = 0
2
which takes a little written work. Now, our aim should be to
4. I . pq+30 = 6p + 5q reduce the written work and save our time. We are going to
discuss a time-saving method. Which gives direct value of p
5. I.p(p-')=p-' n. q = 4 q -
2 1 and q without any written work. See the following carefully.
Take two general linear equations:
6. I . 2p = 23p-63
2 H. 2 q ( q - ) = q -
8 36
ajp + b,q + c, = 0
7. I . 2p(p + 4) = 8(p + 5) I I . q + 4 = 7q"'
a p + b q + c =0
2 2 2
Note:
1. All the above questions have been asked in PO Exams 1
during 1999-2000 and 2000-01. b,c 2 -b c
2
2. Q 1 is based on linear equations. In Q 2 equation I gives

Miscellaneous 745
Because, both the equations together give single val-

b]C 2 - b?c
2H _ 2H C
3.1l*-2
P= and q
a
ues of p and q. So in linear equation cases, one value (p)
a,b 2 -a b, 2 a,b 2 -a b,
2
can't be greater than or equal to other value (q). So our
Note: Note that the denominators of both the values are answer can't be choices (4) or (5).
the same (a,b - a b ] ) . It is very systematic and
2 2
2. From the given formula
easy to remember. Once we find the value of p, we P b,c -b Ci
2 2
can get q by putting p in either of the equations. So

32 3 1l*-2
C
you don't need to remember both the formulae.
In the above example:
I.4p+8q-3 = 0 II. 12p + 4 q - 4 = 0
„£>, => p > q
8 ( - 4 ) - 4 ( - 3 ) _ - 3 2 + 12 _ 1
P=
4x4-12x8 * -80 ~4 p =q
Putting p = - in I , q p =q
p<q
If you have good practice of multiplication and addi-
tion you can write the values of p and q direct. Thus it Can we apply the above rule to find our answer
minimises writing work at the cost of mental work, which directly? No. Our conclusion may be wrong for -ve values of
ultimately saves our time. p and q. Check question (6).
See the following two examples: p+q+1=0
Exl. (I) p + 2q-95 = 0 p-q-5=0
(II) 2p + 3q-151=0
p _ -5 + 1 _ - 4 _ - 2
Ex 2. (I) 3p + 4q-25 = 0
q ~ 11+5
+ 5 ~ T6 ~ 3 — q q>p
(II) 2p + 3q-18=0
But if we solve, the correct value of p = 2 and q = -3,
-302 + 285 ,_
Soln which implies that p > q. So the above method does not give
(i)P = - 7 T T - = 1 7
the correct answer in all the cases.
Puttingp= 17 i n l , q = 3 q>p Solution
(1)2; I. p + 4q-6 = 0 II.5p + 8q-18 = 0
72 + 75 = 3
Soln (2)P
9-8 -72 + 48 -24 r
Puttingp = 3 in I , q = 4 => q > p P 8-20 -12
Exercise: Solve the following questions which are Putting p = 2 in I , q = 1 p>q
based on the direction given earlier. First try yourself. I f you (2)3;I.3p + 4 q + l = 0 II.p + 6q-9 = 0
find any problem only then see the given solution.
-36-6
1.1.p + 4q = 6 II. 5p + 8q= 18 p= = -3
2.1.3p + 4q+ 1 = 0 II.p + 6q-9 = 0 18-4
Putting p in I , q = 2 =; q > p
. 3
3.1. 6p + q = 4 - II.2p + 3 q = 3 ^
„
1 9
(3)3; 6p + q - 4 - = 0 6p + q - — = 0
,2
4.1.6p + 3q = 3 II.3p + 2q= l j 43 .
2p + 3 q - 3 - = 0 > 2p + 3 q - — = 0
5.1. 3p + 2q = 2.3 II. 4p + q=1.9
6.1.p + q + 1=0 II.p-q-5 =0
43 57
7.1.2p + 2q = 7 II.4p + q = 5 -43 + 171 128
12 + 4
8.1.p + 7q = 6 II. 3p + 5q = 2 12x16 12x16 12
18-2
9.1.2p-q=16 II.3p + 2q = 66
P 7q , 3
10.1. T - + - T - = 1 H.3p ^ + =2 Putting P = y i n l , q = 4
q>p
2 4
Mark the following points (4) l ; 6 p + 3 q - 3 = 0
1. Your answer would be choice (1), (2) or (3) only. Why?
3p + 2 q - y = 0 • b ± V b -4ac
2 -b
— . Sum of the two values of x - — and mul-
2a a
-5 + 6
P= tiplication of the two values = .
12-9 —
a
Now, with the help of the above information we will
Putting P 3inl,q = - p=q try to solve the problems.
(5) 3;3p + 2q-2.3=0 Take question (3). I. q — 15q + 56 = 0
2
4p + q-1.9 = 0
II. 2 p - 1 0 p + 12 = 0
2
-3.8 + 2.3 -1.5

P= = = 0.3
I. q -15q + 56 = 0
2
3-8 -5
Let p = 0.3 in I , q = 0.7 q>p
+ 151^225-4x56 15 + 1 „ „
(6) 2;p + q + 1 = 0 => q = ~ = — = 7 '8
p-q-5=0
2 2
-5 + 1
P= = 2
II. 2 p - 1 0 p + 12 = 0
2
+ 10 + V 1 0 0 - 9 6 10 + 2 . ,
Putting p = 2 in 1, q = -3 p>q => p = = _ ^ = 2,3
(7)3;2p + 2q-7 = 0 4 4
4p + q - 5 = 0 Thus q > p
-10 + 7 Other Method: (By factorisation)
P= I. q - 1 5 q + 56 = 0
2-8 -6 ~ 2 2
1 or, q - 7 q - 8 q + 56 = 0
2
Putting p = — in I , q = 3 q>p
or,q(q-7)-8(q-7) = 0
(8)3;p + 7q-6 = 0 o r , ( q - 8 ) ( q - 7 ) = 0=> q = 7,8
3p + 5q-2 = 0 SimilarlyII. = ( p - 2 ) ( p - 3 ) = 0 => p = 2,3
-14 + 30 Therefore, q > p.
-1
5-21 Suggested Method
Putting p = -1 in I , q = 1 q>p q > p means both the values of q are more than both
(9)2;2p-q-16 = 0 the values of p. This further implies that sum of both the
3p + 2q-66 = 0 values of q is more than sum of both the values of p. In-
versely, i f sum of two values of q is greater than sum of two
66 + 32 98
P= - 14 values of p then q > p.
4+3 7 See the same in above case:
Putting p = 14 in I , q = 12 p>q
Inequation I. q — 15q +56 = 0
2
P 7q Sum of two roots (or two values of q)

1 => 2p + 7q-4 = 0
(10)3; J + ^ _-(-15).
= 15
5q 1
3p + -^- = 2 r^> 6p + 5q-4 = 0
In equation II. 2p - 1 Op +12 = 0
2
_ -28 + 20 -8 _ 1
P ~ 10-42 ~^32~4 Sum of two values of p = - ^ =5 q>p.
1 I Now our work becomes so easy. We don't need to
Putting p = — in I , q = — q>p
find the roots of the quadratic equations. With the help of
(ii) Questions Related to Quadratic Equations the above explanation we can find our answer quickly. But
The general form o f quadratic equation is what happens when one value of q is equal to one value of p,
ax + bx + c = 0 . The two roots or the two values of x are
2
which requires the choice (5) q > p ?
Miscellaneous
What happens when one value of q is more and the Note: The roots (or values of p&q) of the quadratic
other value of q is less than the respective values of p? tions in the above two examples can be found easiK by
To get the solution of the above questions mark the factor method. This does not imply that the suggesk :
following points. method (discussed above) is useless. It is useful when
(1) Suppose the quadratic equations give the value of p the equations are difficult to factorise and roots come
and q like: in fractional value.
p = 3,7 ancfq = 1 , 8 Take some more examples:
In such case, we can't say p > q or p < q because 3 is less E x : l . 1.18p + 3p - 3 = 0
2 II. 1 4 q - 9 q - 1 =0 :
than 8 but more than 1; similarly, 7 is more than 1 but less Soln: By factor Method:
than 8. Then what should be our answer? We have no I. 18p + 9 p - 6 p - 3 = 0
2
choice to mark !! Don't worry. Such a case will never 9p(2p+l)-3(2p+l) = 0

i come if you have no option among given choices.
=>(9p -3)(2p+l) = 0=i
i > p=X.-J*
(2) Our method suggests only about q > p or p > q but what
happens when one value of p is equal to one value of q, II. 14q + 9q + 1 = 0 => 14q + 7q - 2q - 1 = 0
: 2
which subsequently changes our answer as q > p or => 7 q ( 2 q + l ) + ( 2 q + l ) = 0
p > q ? To know theêfrdttfOfTofequality of one root in 1^

•S> (7q+ l ) ( 2 q + l ) = 0rr> q =
two quadratic equations. See the following explanation. :
Suppose the two given quadratic equations are Therefore p > q .
I. a , p + b , p + c, = 0
2 II. a q + b q t-c = 0
2 2 2 2
By Solution Method:
Suppose one value of p and one value of q are equal - 3 ± V 9 + 12xl8 - 3 + 15 1 1
i.p =
ie, P| = q , = a (say). Then 36 36.
a,a + b,a + c, = 0 and a cc + b a + c, = 0

2 2 2 2
9 ± V81-56 -9 +5 1 1
II. q =
28 28
or
Then Therefore p > q
b]C 2 — b-)C| a Cj2 a|C 2 ajbi —a b| 2
By Suggested Method:
b|C 2 b-jCj a C| —a|C
2 2
•-3
or, a C ] —ajC->
2 ajb 2 — a->b| I . Sum of roots :
" 18
of,â c, - a , c ) = (a,b - a b , X b c - b c , )
2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
I I . Sum of roots p>q :
14
or, (a,c - a c , ) = (a,b - a b , X b , c - b c , ) **
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
For equality of roots,

Now, we may conclude that if the relation given in**
(18 + 42) = (162-42)(3 + 27)
2
is true then one of the values of p is equal to one of the

values of q. The above relationship is very systematic. Mark 3600 = 3600 = > p > q
and remember it. Ex:2. I.p -12p + 36 = 0
2 Il.q -14q + 48 = 0 2
Soln: By Factor Method:

Take the example:
I. p - 12p + 36 = 0 => p - 6p - 6p + 36 = 0
2 2
I. p -10p + 24 = 0
2 II. q - 9 q + 20 = 0
2
= > ( p - 6 ) ( p - 6 ) = 0 s» p = 6
II. q - 14q+ 48 = 0 => q - 8 q - 6 q + 48 = 0
2 2
Sum of roots (p, + q ) = — ^ p ^ = 10 2

=> q ( q - 8 ) - 6 ( q - 8 ) = 0 => ( q - 6 ) ( q - 8 ) = 0
.-. q = 6,8 Therefore q > p
Sum of roots fai + q ) = 2 ^ ^ = 9 p>q By Solution Method:
Now, check the equality of root. j p = 12+Vl2 -144 2 = 6
( 2 0 - 2 4 ) = ( - 9 + 10X-200 + 216)
2
=> 16=16, which is true. Hence one root of p 14 + V196-192. 14 + 2 . n
is equal to one root of q. Thus our required answer II. q = - = = 6,8

should be p > q
748 P R A C T I C E B O O K ON Q U I C K E R MATHS M
Therefore q > p Suggested Method: Put the value ofx = - l andy= 1.Check the r
equality of the given equations as suggested below.
By Suggested Method:
We have, L.
I. Sum of roots = 12 II. Sum of roots = 14 => q > p
For equality of roots, xy -x y
2 2 + 2x y 2 2 = xy (\ y{2y-\)
2 2 = ne
(48-36) = (-14 + 12) (-12*48+ 14x36)
2
1) . 2)
(12) = (-2)(72)(7-8) ^
2
xy {\+x)-x y{\-y)
2 2 = xy\y{l + x)-x(l - y)] =
(12) = (12) => q > p
2 2
" 3) 4)
Note: We call the third method as suggested method and not
the quicker method, because for students whose basic xy^x + y) +y(l-y)-x{\+x)\
2
calculation is not fast this method is not quicker.

Ex: 3. 1.2p + 12p+ 16 = 0 => p + 6p + 8 = 0
2 2
Now, put x = - 1 and y = 1 and check the equality of all given in
II. 2q +14q + 24 = 0"=> q + 7q+12 = 0
: 2 equations.
Soln: By factor Method: it.
0) > (-lXl) -(-l) 0) 2(-l) (l)2 2 + 2 2
•1
I. p + 4p + 2p + 8 = 0 => p(p + 4) + 2(p- •4) = 0
2
=>(p + 2){p + 4) = 0 ±> p = -2,-4 > -1-1 + 2 => 0

II. q + 4q + 3q+12 = 0
2 (2) > (-iXr) [i-2(-i)]+(-i) (i)[2(i)-i]
2 2
=> q(q + 4)+3(q + 4) = 0 > l [ l + 2 ] + l [ 2 - l ] => 4

=> (q + 3)(q + 4) = 0 => q = -3,-4 •I
(3) > (-iXi) [i+(-i)]-(-i) xi[i-i]ô-o=>o
2 2
Therefore p > q th
By Solution Method: (4) > ( - l ) ( l ) [ l ( l + ( - l ) ] _ ( - l ) [ l - ( + ! ) ] => 0 - 0 ^ 0 te
Ex
-6±V36-32 -6±2 (5) » (-IXI)[(-I+I) ]+I(I-I)-(-IXI+(-I)]
I.P = =-2,-4 2
2 2 =^ 0 + 0 => 0.
•7 + V49^ 48 -7±1 From the above calculation we can conclude that the all
II. q = = -3,-4
2 2 parts are equal except the equation (2). Hence (2) is the cor- E
Therefore p > q rect answer.
By Suggested Method: Note: The above suggested method is not true for each and
I . Sum of roots = -6 I I . Sum of roots = -7 => p > q every case. But aspirants are advised to try this method.
Here your luck has to play its role. I f you are lucky
For equality:
enough, you may save atleast 1 minute. Now, take the
(12-8) = (72 - 56)(7 - 6)
2 case given below carefully.
Direction: Four of the five parts numbered (1), (2), (3), (4)
16=16 = > p > q
and (5) in the following equation are exactly equal. Which
I I I . To find the part of the equations part is not equal to the other four? The number of that
which is not equal to the other given part is the answer.
equations. {\)x{x + y) -2x y

2 2 = (2) x{x-y) +2x y 2 2 =
First see the format of the question given below.
(3) x(x +y ) 2 2 = ^)x\x + y) -2xy]
2 =
Direction: Four of the following five parts numbered (1), (2),
(3), (4) and (5) in the following equation are exactly equal. (5) x\x + y) -2xy \
2 2
Which of the parts is not equal to the other four? The

(SBI Associates PO 1999)
number of that part is the answer.
Now, we try to solve by the suggested method. By put-
xy -x y
2 2 + 2x y 2 2 = xy (\ + x y(2y-\)
2 2 = ting the value of x = - 1 and y = 1, we find that every part of
1) 2) «• equation is equal to (-2). Hence, the given method doesnot
hold true in this case. Therefore, in such cases traditional
xy (l + x) - x y{l - y) = xy\y{\ x) - x(l - y)] =
2 2
method will be applied. After simplification of the equations
3) 4) given in the above question, we find that all equations are
xy\x + y) + y{] - y)-x(\ x)]
2 equal to x +xy 3 2 except equation (5). Hence (5) is the cor-
5) rect answer.
(SBI Bank PO Exam, 1999)
Miscellaneous 749
IV. Questions Based on Inequality Some Solved Examples

"Equation" means A statement of equality which has Ex.1: Solve(3x-l)(x-2) < 0
L.H.S (Left Hand Side) and R.H.S (Right Hand Side) and con- Soln: Divide 3 on both side (because the term 3 x is there
nected by a equal sign (=). so to get x we have to divide it by 3)
Now see the following statements.
6 is greater than 5 (6 > 5) then
x is less than y (x < y)
a is greater than or equal to b (a > b)
-3 is less than or equal to x ( - 3 < x)

Here the signs are >, > , < and < so these are called
inequalities or inequation and not equations.
• -<x<2
Now go through the following rules and try to remember
it.
Ex.2: Solve(2-x)(x-5)<0
* I f a >b then
Soln: Multiply (-1) on both sides and that is why
(i) a + c > b + c (ii) a - c > b - c
' < ' sign will change to ' > '
a b ie(-l)(2-x)(x-5)>0(-l)
(iii) ac>bc (cis+ve) (iv) — > — (c is +ve)
b c s» (x-2X*-5)>0
* In an inequality if one term goes from one side to the other
the sign of the inequality remains the same but the sign of -+-
term changes from +ve to -ve, from x to * and vice versa. 2 5
Ex: I f a - c > b then a > c + b
X<2\>5 ie xeR-[2, 5J
Ifa + b > c t h e n a > b * c.
* I f the signs of all terms of an inequality changes Ex.3: Solve 2x 2 -7x-6>0
then the sign of the inequality is reversed.
Soln: 3x - 9 x + 2 x - 6 > 0
z
Ex: Ifa>bthen-a<-b
=> 3 X ( X - 3 ) + 2 ( J C - 3 ) > 0
1 1
*Ifa>bthen " a > D " and ~ 7 7 7 (Ifnis+ve)
<
=> (x-3X3x + 2 ) > 0
a b
(a,b,c,x,y,z>0)
(x- 3^x +1 j > 0 (dividing both sides by 3).
How to solve an inequality
We should divide it into two categories
1. (i) I f ( x - a ) ( x - b ) < O a n d a < b
<-*-» (x-3
3JI
•>0 .
••
x<*—ui>3
3
a b
The solution is a < x < b. Ex.4: Solve Sx +6x + l < 0
2
(ii) (x - a) (x - b) < 0 and a < b

Soln: 5x +6x
2 + \<0
The solution is a < x < b
I (i) If(x-a)(x-b)>Oanda<b => 5x +5x + x + \0
2
5x(x+ l ) + x + 1 < 0
I *-!(-• n
<0
a b
=> ( x + l ) ( 5 x + l ) < 0 X + IJ X +
The solution is x < a u x > b. ie. x e R - [a, b]

(ii) I f ( x - a ) ( x - b ) > Oanda<b •'• -l<x< —
=> The solution is x < a u x > i ie. x e R-(a,b) 5

Class Notes Quant PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Class Notes Quant PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

yoursmahboob.wordpress.

1. Basic Calculations 1-13

This chapter largely includes addition, subtraction, (ii) 23145xll

7. tfl75* 124 = 217, then the value of 1.75 x 124 is .

[BSRB Bank PO Exam, 1990| a) 6421 b)6681 c)6111

34. (l7) +(23) =?

a)718 b)818 c)988 1 1 . 1 1 1

a) 250 b)220 c)240

278%of 1365 -138.2 x 36.8+12 - 13 3 2 a) 695 b)705 c)715

a) 3063 b)3060 c)3066 a) 3,000 b) 2,500 c) 3,500

324-y/l300 + 793 = ? + 450 a) 180 b)140 c)90

a) 300 b)305 c)310 16x5.88 K 1

d)321 e)315 a)6 b)7 c)8

115.48?+12x4 = 80 [SBIPO, 1999] a) 7x15 b). 45x30

c) f followed by a d) b followed by f c) d) 26x8 + Vl6

question mark(?) in the following equation? d) e) [GuwahatiPO,1999]

of question mark (?)? 11 5 22 11

=490.92 +439.65 - 64.9 = (7189.3 - 2860.93) + 5

the following equation? 48V?+32V?=320 [NABARD, 1999]

155. What approximate value should come in place of ques-

following equation? [BSRB Bangalore PO, 2000]

[BSRB Chennai PO, 2000] ,18 188 ,88

d)5000 e) 9000000 = V81 [BSRB Delhi PO, 2000|

170. Which of the following will come in place of both the

.-. answer is (5). 131 e =

154. b; 8597-7 = 7429-4358 2 7 17 6

155. d:? = 857 of 14%-5.6* 12.128

3 , 11 . 1 28 56 11 164. a; Given expression is ; 5

-28 — x 11 = 2 11 = 11 = 7 ~ (l0x +5x )+(3 + 6x)

159.d:?= ^45689 = 213.75* 210

Rule 1 2. Simplify: i 0 - | < 5 - ( 7 - ( 6 - 8 - 5 )

of Simplification: a)8 b)6 c)7 d) 10

( i ) After removing the bar, the brackets must be removed, +—of —

Note: The rule is also known as the rule o f

_7__14 8. Simplify: 2-[2-{2-2^2}|

1 25 9. The value o f 4.5 - [4.5 + (9.0-4.5 + x)\\= 0 , the

a) I b)2 c)l d)3

a) 3 b)4 c)6 d)8 Exercise

a)0 b)4 c)2 d)5 1 1

Hint: (l007) =(l000 + 7 ) = ( l 0 0 0 ) + ( 7 ) +2x1000x7

Rule 2 .-. Answer = 1

£ 1.43 x 1.43+ 0.43x0.43-0.86 x 1.43=?

a)0 b)l c)2 d)4

7. Find the value of

(Clerk's Grade 1991)

a) 0.032 b) 0.023 c) 0.052 d) 0.042

8. b; Hint: 1 - 0.924 = 0.076 = 0.538 - 0.462 ' 4x1125x143

Rule 4 (0.576 + 0.324) - (0.576 - 0.324) _

4. Find the value of

(6.25 + 5.25) +(6.25-5-0.25) 2 2

5. Find the value of ^

(0.46 + 0.64) +(0.18) 2 2

a)l b)2 c)4 d)8

(50 + 4 0 X 5 0 - 4 0 ) _ 90x10 Soln: The above expression can be written as

1. Find the value of

2. 0.6x0.6x0.6 + 0.4x0.4x0.4 + 0.4x0.6x3 _ 0

2 0.6x0.6 + 0.4x0.4 + 0.48

0.73 x 0.73 x 0.73 + 0.27 x 0.27 x 0.27 + 0.81x0.73

5. Find the value of a)l b)8 c)27 d)64

a)l b)0 c)2 d) Can't be determined 12x12x12 + 3 x 3 x 3 + 3x3x12(12 + 3)

(RRB Exam, 1991)

Application of the formula,

(l.65f - 3 x 7.65 x 7.65 x 0.65 + 22.95 x (0.65) - (0.65) 2 3